documentstart
1
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
study
is
a
history
of
the
dewey
decimal
classification
the
first
edition
of
the
ddc
was
published
in
the
eighteenth
edition
in
and
future
editions
will
continue
to
appear
as
needed
in
spite
of
the
ddc's
long
and
healthy
life
however
its
full
story
has
never
been
told
there
have
been
biographies
of
dewey
that
briefly
describe
his
system
but
this
is
the
first
attempt
to
provide
a
detailed
history
of
the
work
that
more
than
any
other
has
spurred
the
growth
of
librarianship
in
this
country
and
abroad
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
10
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
study
was
to
develop
evaluate
and
recommend
a
national
plan
for
improving
access
to
periodical
resources
about
percent
of
all
academic
interlibrary
loans
are
for
periodical
materials
with
the
bulk
of
the
loans
being
satisfied
in
the
form
of
photocopies
a
major
consideration
in
the
long
range
improvement
of
the
interlibrary
loan
system
is
the
possible
augmentation
with
a
national
system
for
acquiring
storing
and
satisfying
loan
requests
for
periodical
materials
this
study
focused
on
the
physical
access
to
the
periodical
literature
based
on
the
needs
of
the
library
community
design
features
were
developed
and
included
the
following
service
should
be
made
available
to
all
users
without
any
restriction
other
than
access
through
a
library
initially
the
service
should
be
confined
primarily
to
rapid
dependable
delivery
of
photocopies
of
journal
articles
the
collection
of
a
center
should
be
comprehensive
in
subject
coverage
excluding
only
medicine
all
worthwhile
journals
should
be
collected
irrespective
of
language
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
100
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
can
only
guess
what
historians
of
the
future
will
say
about
the
condition
of
present
day
sociology
but
it
seems
safe
to
anticipate
one
of
their
observations
when
the
trevelyans
of
come
to
write
that
history
as
they
well
might
for
this
clan
of
historians
promises
to
go
on
forever
they
will
doubtless
find
it
strange
that
so
few
sociologists
and
historians
of
the
twentieth
century
could
bring
themselves
in
their
work
to
treat
science
as
one
of
the
great
social
institutions
of
the
time
they
will
observe
that
long
after
the
sociology
of
science
became
an
identifiable
field
of
inquiry
it
remained
little
cultivated
in
a
world
where
science
loomed
large
enough
to
present
mankind
with
the
choice
of
destruction
or
survival
they
may
even
suggest
that
somewhere
in
the
process
by
which
social
scientists
take
note
of
the
world
as
it
is
and
as
it
once
was
a
sense
of
values
appears
to
have
become
badly
scrambled
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
101
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
uninterrupted
growth
of
a
scientific
field
depends
upon
the
existence
of
a
scientific
community
permanently
devoting
itself
to
the
field
therefore
the
new
idea
is
not
sufficient
to
start
the
take
off
into
sustained
growth
in
a
new
field
a
new
role
must
be
created
as
well
in
scientific
psychology
this
occurred
in
the
late
nineteenth
century
in
germany
using
germany
as
a
positive
case
and
france
britain
and
the
united
states
as
negative
cases
it
is
shown
that
the
new
role
resulted
from
academic
career
opportunities
favoring
the
mobility
of
practitioners
and
students
of
psychology
into
other
fields
and
from
the
relatively
low
academic
standing
of
speculative
philosophy
and
its
consequent
receptivity
to
persons
and
ideas
which
promised
to
turn
the
study
of
the
human
mind
into
an
experimental
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
102
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
relationship
between
the
quantity
and
quality
of
scientific
output
of
university
physicists
was
studied
although
these
two
variables
are
highly
correlated
some
physicists
produce
many
papers
of
little
significance
and
other
produce
a
few
papers
of
great
significance
the
responses
of
the
community
of
physicists
to
these
distinct
patterns
of
research
publication
were
investigated
quality
of
output
is
more
significant
than
quantity
in
eliciting
recognition
through
the
receipt
of
awards
appointment
to
prestigious
academic
departments
and
being
widely
known
to
one's
colleagues
the
reward
system
operates
to
encourage
creative
scientists
to
be
highly
productive
to
divert
the
energies
of
less
creative
physicists
into
other
channels
and
to
produce
a
higher
correlation
between
quantity
and
quality
of
output
in
the
top
departments
than
in
the
weaker
departments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
103
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
nobel
laureates
in
science
publish
more
and
are
more
apt
to
collaborate
than
a
matched
sample
of
scientists
interviews
with
of
laureates
and
comparison
of
their
research
output
with
the
output
of
the
matched
sample
indicate
that
these
patterns
hold
at
every
stage
of
the
life
work
cycle
as
laureates
report
and
as
their
publications
collaborate
they
exercise
noblesse
oblige
in
arranging
co
authorship
in
collaborative
publications
receipt
of
the
nobel
prize
is
followed
by
declining
productivity
and
changed
work
practices
as
a
result
of
changed
role
obligations
and
activities
reductions
in
productivity
are
more
severe
for
laureates
who
experience
comparatively
large
increments
in
prestige
through
the
prize
than
for
those
who
were
already
eminent
the
prize
generates
strain
in
collaborative
associations
so
that
most
of
these
terminate
soon
after
the
award
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
104
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
contains
an
analysis
of
several
aspects
of
the
communication
process
in
science
using
data
obtained
from
printed
sources
and
questionnaires
mailed
to
university
physicists
the
conditions
making
for
high
visibility
of
a
scientists'
work
are
studied
four
strong
determinates
of
visibility
were
found
the
quality
of
work
as
measured
by
citations
the
honorific
awards
received
for
work
in
physics
the
prestige
of
the
physics
department
to
which
the
scientist
belong
and
speciality
quantity
of
output
age
and
name
ordering
patterns
on
collaborative
papers
have
no
independent
effect
on
visibility
just
as
some
physicists
may
be
easily
seen
i
e
have
high
visibility
other
are
in
positions
where
they
may
easily
see
this
latter
characteristic
is
called
awareness
the
data
indicate
that
awareness
is
high
in
all
sectors
of
the
population
studied
variables
such
as
age
rank
of
department
and
quality
of
work
made
for
only
minor
differences
in
awareness
we
conclude
that
the
communication
system
in
physics
operates
efficiently
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
105
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
existence
of
social
organization
within
a
research
area
may
be
inferred
a
if
scientists
who
have
published
in
the
area
have
more
social
ties
with
one
another
than
with
scientists
who
have
not
published
and
b
scientists
who
have
published
in
the
area
can
be
differentiated
by
degree
od
social
participation
within
the
area
using
the
mail
questionnaire
sociometric
data
on
different
types
of
scientific
relationships
were
obtained
from
scientists
all
of
whom
had
published
in
a
particular
problem
area
respondents
chose
scientists
who
had
not
published
in
the
area
as
often
as
they
chose
scientists
within
the
area
analysis
of
direct
and
indirect
ties
using
cleman's
method
for
analysis
of
sociometric
connectedness
revealed
that
a
tie
with
one
or
more
of
the
highly
productive
scientists
brought
other
scientists
of
less
productivity
into
a
large
network
of
influence
and
communication
similarities
between
this
type
of
social
organization
and
that
of
the
social
circle
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
106
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
rapidly
advancing
scientific
discipline
new
contributions
will
supersede
older
ones
this
selection
in
favor
of
recent
literature
should
be
observable
in
the
distribution
of
footnote
citations
in
a
given
discipline
by
age
of
article
cited
however
the
age
distribution
of
citations
also
depends
on
the
rate
of
growth
of
the
disciplinary
literature
the
effect
of
growth
of
the
literature
and
of
selection
favoring
recent
articles
can
be
separated
if
certain
assumptions
hold
by
use
of
an
exponential
model
that
expands
and
clarifies
earlier
findings
by
price
this
model
provides
a
reasonably
good
fit
to
age
distributions
of
footnotes
in
several
disciplines
and
its
application
suggest
that
citations
in
sociology
tend
to
refer
to
older
articles
than
those
in
the
natural
sciences
a
parameter
in
the
model
measuring
the
degree
of
selectivity
in
favor
of
recent
articles
can
be
estimated
and
may
be
useful
in
comparative
studies
of
the
communication
systems
of
various
disciplines
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
107
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
kuhn's
concept
of
paradigm
suggests
that
academic
disciplines
could
be
viewed
as
technologies
involving
degree
of
task
predictability
a
series
of
hypotheses
were
developed
in
which
relatively
high
paradigm
development
in
a
discipline
was
predicted
to
facilitate
research
and
teaching
through
improved
processes
of
communication
and
access
to
stored
information
using
questionnaire
data
collected
from
university
graduate
departments
physicists
and
chemists
were
found
to
exhibit
more
agreement
over
field
content
and
to
be
more
willing
and
satisfied
to
spend
time
with
graduate
students
than
sociologists
and
political
scientists
in
addition
chemists
were
found
to
collaborate
with
larger
numbers
of
graduate
students
in
research
than
scientists
in
the
other
fields
two
other
aspects
of
scientific
structure
are
discussed
the
level
of
innovation
being
pursued
within
a
field
of
a
given
time
and
the
degree
of
institutionalized
differentiation
of
the
field
into
subdisciplines
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
108
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
highly
skewed
distributions
of
productivity
among
scientists
can
be
partly
explained
by
a
process
of
accumulative
advantage
because
of
feedback
through
recognition
and
resources
highly
productive
scientists
maintain
or
increase
their
productivity
while
scientists
who
produce
very
little
produce
even
less
later
on
a
major
implication
of
accumulative
advantage
is
that
the
distribution
of
productivity
becomes
increasingly
unequal
as
a
cohort
of
scientists
ages
cross
sectional
survey
data
support
this
hypothesis
for
chemists
physicists
and
mathematicians
who
show
strong
linear
increases
in
inequality
with
increasing
career
age
this
increase
is
highly
associated
with
a
changing
distribution
of
time
spent
on
research
another
implication
of
accumulative
advantage
is
also
corroborated
the
association
among
productivity
resources
and
esteem
increases
as
career
age
increases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
109
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
informal
communication
among
biological
scientists
forms
a
discernible
social
structure
this
research
analyzes
the
relation
of
that
structure
to
scientists'
descriptions
of
their
research
and
the
orientations
that
underlie
those
descriptions
social
status
in
science
and
the
formal
social
categories
of
science
i
e
discipline
department
and
research
organization
each
of
the
observed
structures
is
contrasted
with
a
random
model
neither
social
status
nor
the
formal
social
categories
show
greater
association
on
the
social
structure
than
to
the
random
model
the
culture
of
science
on
the
other
hand
as
represented
by
description
of
research
and
the
orientations
underlying
those
descriptions
shows
very
strong
associations
with
the
discerned
network
structures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
11
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
scope
of
acquisitions
work
outlined
in
the
introduction
acknowledges
the
importance
of
selection
policy
serials
recording
and
other
topics
kindred
to
acquisitions
these
topics
are
discussed
in
this
book
only
as
they
relate
to
obtaining
library
materials
they
are
examined
thoroughly
in
books
and
papers
that
are
cited
in
the
references
and
the
bibliographic
note
centralized
acquisitions
and
automation
of
order
routines
are
of
major
importance
in
order
work
and
they
are
reviewed
as
chapters
in
this
book
these
chapters
are
introductions
to
the
concepts
and
problems
of
centralization
and
automation
not
manuals
of
practice
for
treatment
of
these
topics
in
particular
and
in
depth
the
reader
is
referred
to
the
references
cited
for
automation
these
references
are
only
a
modest
selection
from
an
enormous
literature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
110
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
norms
of
scientific
behavior
as
described
by
merton
include
the
prescription
that
scientific
achievements
are
to
be
judged
without
reference
to
scientists'
social
characteristics
this
article
will
attempt
to
assess
the
extent
to
which
this
norm
is
followed
with
respect
to
the
evaluation
of
articles
by
scientific
journals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
111
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
study
attempted
to
extend
previous
work
on
bibliographical
reference
patterns
in
sociological
journals
in
the
following
ways
by
selecting
for
study
those
journals
to
which
american
sociologists
prefer
to
submit
their
work
by
including
over
a
two
year
period
all
bibliographical
references
journals
books
technical
reports
etc
and
by
including
for
initial
comparison
a
journal
from
the
physical
sciences
such
a
study
it
was
hoped
would
yield
data
concerning
similarities
and
differences
among
the
sociological
journals
and
between
the
sociological
journals
and
the
physical
science
journal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
112
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
sociology
today
as
in
other
sciences
the
professional
journals
serve
as
major
channels
for
the
dissemination
of
ideas
and
information
the
papers
presented
in
the
principal
periodicals
reach
a
wide
audience
among
sociologists
are
acknowledged
as
the
best
work
and
stand
as
models
for
all
who
aspire
to
success
the
viewpoints
conceptual
schemes
interests
and
methodologies
reflected
in
these
articles
are
therefore
significant
influences
on
both
the
current
character
and
the
future
development
of
our
discipline
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
113
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
assessing
the
quality
of
scientific
publications
has
long
been
a
major
impediment
to
progress
in
the
sociology
of
science
most
researchers
have
typically
paid
homage
to
the
belief
that
quantity
of
output
is
not
the
equivalent
of
quality
and
have
then
gone
ahead
and
used
publication
counts
anyway
coler
crane
price
wilson
there
seemed
to
be
no
practicable
way
to
measure
the
quality
of
large
numbers
of
papers
or
the
life's
work
of
large
numbers
of
scientists
the
invention
of
the
science
citation
index
sci
a
few
years
ago
provides
a
new
and
reliable
tool
to
measure
the
significance
of
individual
scientists'
contributions
starting
in
the
sci
has
listed
all
bibliographic
references
appearing
in
an
increasingly
large
number
of
journals
the
number
of
citations
an
individual
receives
may
be
tabulated
and
used
as
an
indicator
of
the
relative
scientific
significance
or
quality
of
that
individual's
publications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
114
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
intended
to
supply
the
background
needed
for
participation
in
the
analysis
and
design
of
information
handling
systems
and
for
understanding
the
literature
in
the
field
i
have
tried
to
present
a
unified
approach
to
the
subject
and
to
the
relation
of
information
retrieval
to
other
disciplines
and
an
appreciation
of
the
importance
of
this
interdisciplinary
relationship
i
hope
that
the
scientist
or
computer
programmer
newly
interested
in
information
retrieval
problems
as
well
as
the
librarian
will
find
the
book
of
value
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
115
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
research
study
is
concerned
with
the
use
of
the
last
circulation
date
as
a
statistic
to
help
describe
library
user
circulation
requirements
some
decision
rules
were
developed
to
use
this
parameter
as
an
aid
in
determining
the
number
of
copies
of
books
to
be
held
in
the
library
and
as
an
aid
in
the
weeding
of
books
from
the
library's
holdings
the
effect
of
these
decision
rules
on
the
circulation
requirements
of
users
as
well
as
on
library
operations
are
described
the
method
of
data
collection
is
described
in
detail
and
is
applicable
at
libraries
having
comparable
charging
systems
cumulative
distribution
functions
of
last
circulation
date
at
two
large
college
libraries
and
a
public
library
were
prepared
and
have
been
plotted
for
both
circulation
data
and
stack
holding
data
this
same
data
has
also
been
plotted
by
subdivided
subject
category
circulation
operating
characteristics
were
prepared
for
all
three
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
116
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
due
to
the
fact
that
scientific
technical
research
is
constantly
increasing
it
is
becoming
more
and
more
difficult
to
retrieve
the
published
results
of
research
a
new
field
of
science
documentation
has
been
developed
as
a
contribution
to
the
removal
of
this
difficulty
depending
on
the
type
and
extent
of
the
subject
different
methods
for
its
documentation
will
be
followed
methods
and
possibilities
for
the
comprehensive
documentation
of
chemistry
and
its
related
fields
are
explained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
117
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
mechanized
systems
used
for
searching
in
literature
stores
there
is
a
steadily
growing
necessity
not
only
to
be
able
to
formulate
concepts
as
a
search
condition
but
also
the
characteristic
connections
under
which
these
concepts
appear
in
the
inquiry
in
this
way
the
precision
of
the
mechanized
literature
search
is
considerably
increased
tosar
has
been
developed
in
order
to
improve
computerized
literature
searching
in
this
respect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
118
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
theory
presented
in
this
book
links
together
the
subjects
of
population
and
brhavior
it
applies
to
animals
in
general
which
gives
it
an
exceedingly
wide
scope
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
119
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
literature
active
network
plans
and
developments
appear
to
cluster
in
three
main
areas
education
libraries
and
government
industry
and
professional
societies
these
network
groupings
are
described
in
this
chapter
following
a
discussion
of
network
definitions
concepts
and
current
impetus
references
to
information
systems
are
included
when
there
is
an
indication
that
a
particular
system
will
probably
be
transformed
into
a
network
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
12
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ligue
des
bibliotheques
europeennes
de
recherche
liber
was
set
up
in
as
an
international
non
governmental
organization
with
the
aim
of
establishing
close
collaboration
between
the
general
research
libraries
of
western
europe
particularly
national
and
university
libraries
and
in
particular
to
help
in
finding
practical
ways
of
improving
the
quality
of
the
services
these
libraries
provide
at
the
second
meeting
of
its
general
assembly
held
in
luxembourg
in
liber
decided
to
hold
a
seminar
on
the
acquisition
of
materials
from
the
'third
world'
and
i
was
charged
with
the
'intellectual
organization'
of
this
seminar
the
purpose
of
the
meeting
would
be
to
examine
the
problems
of
acquisition
the
availability
of
materials
in
european
libraries
both
for
reference
and
for
lending
and
the
feasibility
of
setting
up
a
european
centre
for
the
collection
of
such
material
to
be
available
for
loan
the
provision
of
bibliographic
information
preferable
in
machine
readable
form
was
to
be
a
basic
consideration
whatever
means
were
proposed
for
acquiring
publications
from
those
areas
the
council
of
europe
made
a
generous
grant
towards
the
cost
of
the
seminar
which
was
held
at
the
university
of
sussex
from
to
september
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
120
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
corresponding
chapters
of
earlier
volumes
of
this
review
may
be
discerned
a
trend
toward
progressive
broadening
of
content
coverage
the
initial
emphasis
was
on
design
and
evaluation
concepts
and
on
techniques
that
were
rather
closely
and
narrowly
connected
with
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
it
is
becoming
increasingly
clear
however
that
there
are
many
activities
and
ideas
outside
of
this
context
that
have
or
can
have
a
very
important
bearing
on
the
work
of
systems
analysts
designers
and
evaluators
working
on
library
and
documentation
systems
this
chapter
attempts
to
continue
enlarging
our
perception
of
the
range
of
reported
activities
that
can
help
to
improve
the
kinds
of
systems
in
which
our
readers
are
chiefly
interested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
121
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
chapter
is
directed
to
those
whose
vocation
or
avocation
is
information
while
we
may
call
ourselves
librarians
information
scientists
or
technologists
abstractors
and
indexers
documentalists
is
r
specialists
literature
searchers
and
so
forth
we
all
have
one
thing
in
common
we
are
either
directly
or
indirectly
involved
in
the
dissemination
of
information
as
disseminators
we
are
interested
in
far
more
than
the
techniques
for
transmission
of
information
from
one
point
to
another
despite
mcluhan's
statement
that
the
medium
is
the
message
we
must
concern
ourselves
with
not
only
the
means
of
document
dissemination
but
also
the
content
and
value
of
the
documents
we
disseminate
this
idea
is
prevalent
throughout
most
of
the
papers
reviewed
in
this
chapter
a
disseminator
should
think
of
himself
as
a
selective
switching
center
inputting
data
evaluating
them
selecting
worthy
items
and
directing
and
controlling
their
transmission
to
a
target
the
reader
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
122
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
rapidly
growing
rate
at
which
information
is
produced
and
used
in
our
complex
society
has
presented
us
with
major
problems
in
information
transfer
we
encounter
these
problems
not
only
in
libraries
information
centers
and
schools
but
also
in
many
of
the
operations
of
government
and
business
the
handling
of
large
amounts
of
information
is
becoming
a
dominant
theme
in
the
management
of
our
way
of
life
we
are
a
technologically
oriented
society
and
we
have
naturally
turned
to
our
communications
technology
to
help
us
perform
our
enormous
information
transfer
task
beginning
with
the
telegraph
and
continuing
through
the
telephone
through
radio
and
television
to
the
communications
satellite
the
methods
of
electrical
signal
transmission
have
served
to
distribute
information
to
its
ultimate
users
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
123
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
spite
of
concerns
expressed
in
the
literature
about
the
health
and
vigor
of
the
field
of
information
science
and
of
its
service
oriented
institutions
libraries
and
information
centers
the
progress
reviews
in
this
volume
provide
grounds
for
optimism
some
of
the
trends
that
were
commented
on
in
volume
have
proved
to
be
solid
and
important
for
example
the
movement
toward
rapid
interactive
access
to
major
public
and
commercial
data
bases
is
not
very
strong
and
it
will
probably
not
be
many
years
before
satisfying
experience
with
this
new
mode
of
information
access
will
help
it
become
not
merely
an
experimental
innovation
but
the
standard
means
of
searching
and
using
centrally
or
regionally
held
data
three
chapters
in
this
volume
touch
on
related
aspects
of
the
movement
bennett's
review
of
the
user
interface
in
interactive
systems
gechman's
report
on
machine
readable
bibliographic
data
bases
and
brandhorst
and
eckert's
review
of
document
retrieval
and
dissemination
systems
this
volume
also
introduces
a
new
annual
review
topic
of
potentially
great
importance
for
future
libraries
video
cartridges
and
cassettes
it
is
widely
accepted
that
libraries
and
information
centers
will
in
the
coming
years
shift
the
balance
of
their
holdings
in
the
direction
of
some
of
the
newer
media
and
the
chapter
by
kletter
and
hudson
helps
to
define
the
potential
and
problems
of
some
of
the
promising
new
media
other
new
areas
of
interest
are
information
system
applications
in
the
criminal
justice
system
and
information
system
applications
in
the
humanities
in
addition
to
these
topics
this
volume
covers
three
of
the
core
areas
of
information
science
which
we
attempt
to
review
on
as
close
to
an
annual
basis
as
possible
information
needs
and
uses
document
description
and
representation
and
organization
of
information
this
coverage
is
consistent
with
a
newly
developed
annual
review
master
plan
for
cyclic
but
flexible
coverage
of
some
major
areas
of
interest
in
library
and
information
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
124
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
digital
computer
has
been
used
as
a
problem
solving
tool
for
only
two
decades
during
most
of
this
time
computer
scientists
have
concentrated
on
learning
how
to
build
the
tool
applying
electronic
technology
arranging
for
data
flow
between
components
and
manufacturing
the
hardware
now
we
are
entering
a
new
stage
in
which
computing
power
is
made
available
through
interactive
terminals
to
people
who
are
not
computer
scientists
this
is
possible
on
a
large
scale
only
because
design
and
marketing
innovators
now
have
confidence
in
their
ability
to
provide
reliable
cost
effective
service
to
less
sophisticated
users
in
this
new
stage
the
natural
behavior
patterns
of
users
become
an
important
element
in
the
design
of
the
interface
to
the
tool
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
125
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
advent
of
machine
readable
data
bases
is
one
of
the
most
significant
forward
steps
in
information
retrieval
currently
the
creation
and
application
of
these
data
bases
are
in
a
period
of
very
rapid
growth
this
reviewer
sees
a
great
need
for
a
review
of
what
is
going
on
because
there
is
so
much
going
on
it
is
the
goal
of
this
chapter
to
fulfill
that
need
even
though
it
is
difficult
to
hold
this
dynamic
field
static
for
a
good
meaningful
look
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
126
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
major
trends
of
the
's
in
information
system
planning
and
services
are
becoming
clear
as
indicated
in
this
year's
annual
review
chapters
the
movement
toward
inter
institutional
operations
or
networking
began
gaining
force
in
the
period
through
the
establishment
of
many
new
library
consortia
and
there
were
some
tentative
efforts
to
use
computers
for
nationwide
bibliographic
information
utilities
these
movements
are
now
more
vigorous
and
are
showing
signs
of
being
cost
effective
productive
ventures
inter
institutional
cooperation
not
only
promises
service
improvements
and
cost
reductions
but
also
poses
new
problems
and
demands
formalized
cooperation
among
different
institutions
requires
agreement
about
needs
and
priorities
and
gives
special
importance
to
a
clear
understanding
of
the
information
needs
of
specific
user
subgroups
it
also
requires
more
careful
and
productive
system
planning
and
design
including
intelligent
consideration
of
the
make
versus
buy
issue
several
chapters
in
this
volume
touch
on
these
problems
and
considerations
one
of
the
most
significant
developments
in
was
the
rapid
growth
in
the
use
of
on
line
information
retrieval
services
both
those
operated
by
the
federal
government
and
those
operated
by
the
private
sector
the
apparent
cost
effectiveness
of
these
services
is
raising
some
of
the
same
problems
for
data
base
producers
that
inter
institutional
cooperation
among
library
and
information
facilities
is
raising
for
the
publishers
of
printed
materials
namely
how
to
cover
rising
costs
in
the
face
of
declining
or
less
rapidly
growing
sales
of
individual
units
of
the
product
monographs
serials
secondary
information
publications
or
magnetic
tapes
the
inclusion
of
a
chapter
on
copyright
the
first
in
the
annual
review
series
reflects
the
importance
of
this
topic
in
the
growing
controversy
over
the
ownership
and
distribution
of
information
another
aspect
of
that
controversy
the
role
of
government
and
non
profit
information
services
in
relation
to
those
of
private
industry
is
explored
in
this
year's
chapter
on
document
retrieval
systems
and
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
127
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
the
first
annual
review
chapter
entitled
use
of
machine
readable
data
bases
therefore
the
coverage
provided
is
for
more
than
a
one
year
period
a
chapter
by
gechman
on
machine
readable
bibliographic
data
bases
included
literature
from
through
a
chapter
by
housman
covered
the
use
of
data
bases
for
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
and
a
chapter
by
parkins
kennedy
has
previously
reviewed
secondary
information
services
this
chapter
will
cover
the
literature
on
data
bases
as
well
as
earlier
data
base
papers
not
treated
in
prior
chapters
for
purposes
of
this
chapter
a
data
base
is
considered
to
be
an
organized
set
of
machine
readable
records
containing
bibliographic
or
document
related
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
128
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
co
joining
of
design
with
evaluation
that
is
called
for
by
this
chapter
posed
organizational
and
inclusion
exclusion
problems
for
the
author
in
part
design
and
evaluation
prescribe
two
separate
sets
of
activities
the
former
pertaining
to
the
planning
development
and
testing
of
new
information
system
structures
and
modification
of
existing
structures
the
latter
to
appraisals
and
assessments
of
operational
systems
and
system
components
however
design
includes
not
only
the
formulation
of
goals
and
objectives
for
systems
but
also
provisions
for
evaluation
in
accordance
with
expectations
evaluation
applies
to
testing
design
concepts
and
to
trying
out
preliminary
implementations
for
the
purpose
of
improving
initial
designs
as
well
as
to
the
appraisal
of
operating
systems
appraisals
at
any
stage
of
system
operability
may
yield
data
that
indicate
the
need
for
system
modifications
that
require
redesign
and
assessment
thus
portions
of
design
and
evaluation
are
closely
interrelated
as
katter
demonstrated
in
his
review
design
and
evaluation
may
be
examined
methodologically
or
with
respect
to
outcomes
of
the
application
of
methodologies
increasingly
designers
and
evaluators
have
been
acknowledging
the
dependence
of
outcomes
on
sound
procedural
conceptualizations
the
current
literature
discloses
research
on
the
processes
of
design
and
evaluation
as
well
as
on
their
products
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
129
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
chapter
continues
the
coverage
of
the
generation
and
use
of
machine
readable
data
bases
inaugurated
in
volume
by
williams
it
is
therefore
an
update
consisting
primarily
of
material
and
is
prepared
in
general
accordance
with
williams's
initial
compilation
the
same
definition
of
data
bases
and
the
boundaries
of
their
applications
used
in
volume
are
continued
this
year
a
data
base
is
considered
to
be
an
organized
collection
of
machine
readable
records
containing
bibliographic
and
or
document
related
data
e
g
index
information
the
data
bases
that
we
will
consider
are
used
for
information
storage
and
retrieval
and
or
research
in
information
storage
and
retrieval
or
data
base
generation
the
choice
of
these
constraints
precludes
coverage
of
several
areas
first
data
bases
primarily
concerned
with
numerical
or
other
nonbibliographic
information
such
as
chemical
structures
milen
et
al
are
excluded
thus
even
though
the
chemical
abstracts
service
cas
registry
number
is
a
data
element
common
to
many
bibliographic
data
bases
papers
such
as
that
by
cas
regarding
progress
in
building
the
registry
system
itself
are
excluded
similarly
though
some
textual
and
bibliographic
material
is
included
in
the
systems
consultants
inc
report
to
the
navy
most
of
the
information
retrieval
is
concerned
with
miniaturized
hardware
in
a
shipboard
environment
and
thus
is
not
considered
within
the
scope
of
this
chapter
finally
though
many
of
the
data
bases
are
used
for
generation
of
publications
via
phototypesetting
we
are
not
considering
that
production
operation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
13
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
i
am
not
nor
have
i
ever
pretended
to
be
an
expert
on
microfiche
nevertheless
when
i
was
invited
to
address
the
third
annual
northeastern
ddc
industry
users
conference
in
waltham
massachusetts
in
april
of
i
had
the
temerity
to
attempt
to
describe
what
i
as
a
user
would
like
to
have
in
a
fiche
reader
towards
a
uniform
federal
report
numbering
system
and
a
cuddly
microfiche
reader
two
modest
proposals
revised
september
ad
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
130
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
international
cooperation
in
the
processing
sharing
and
transfer
of
scientific
and
technical
information
takes
many
forms
and
can
be
accomplished
through
many
agencies
this
chapter
proposes
to
review
the
role
played
by
international
organizations
in
stimulating
and
providing
channels
and
mechanisms
for
such
cooperation
the
international
organizations
to
be
discussed
are
of
two
types
intergovernmental
organizations
igos
in
which
member
nations
participate
through
their
governments
under
formal
treaties
or
agreements
and
nongovernmental
organizations
ngos
where
with
some
exceptions
participation
is
through
national
professional
societies
or
nongovernmental
institutions
the
specialized
agencies
of
the
united
nations
including
unesco
fall
in
the
first
category
organizations
such
as
the
international
federation
for
documentation
fid
are
in
the
second
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
131
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
over
the
past
or
years
a
new
and
growing
field
of
inquiry
has
begun
to
take
shape
this
field
which
will
be
referred
to
as
information
science
and
technology
draws
on
fragments
and
fringes
of
a
number
of
sciences
technologies
disciplines
arts
and
practices
the
element
that
provides
whatever
degree
of
cohesiveness
now
exists
in
the
field
is
a
shared
deep
concern
with
information
its
generation
transformation
communication
storage
retrieval
and
use
because
of
the
universality
of
information
processes
and
also
because
of
the
variety
of
backgrounds
of
those
concerned
with
them
there
is
very
little
agreement
about
the
boundaries
of
information
science
and
technology
or
about
its
parentage
its
essential
nature
or
its
future
to
put
it
simply
at
the
present
time
there
is
no
clearly
defined
and
well
understood
field
of
information
science
and
technology
there
is
not
truth
to
tell
even
clear
agreement
on
what
the
word
information
itself
means
and
particularly
on
whether
it
implies
a
creative
act
of
the
intellect
or
a
commodity
that
can
be
embodied
in
documents
transported
and
exchanged
distressing
as
this
ambiguity
and
lack
of
agreement
may
be
they
need
not
and
do
no
preclude
a
constructive
review
of
topics
of
current
interest
to
users
designers
and
students
of
information
systems
and
services
the
purpose
of
the
adi
annual
review
series
initiated
in
this
volume
is
to
provide
such
a
review
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
132
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
way
in
which
scientists
and
engineers
make
use
of
the
information
systems
at
their
disposal
the
demands
that
they
put
to
them
the
satisfaction
achieved
by
their
efforts
and
the
resultant
impact
on
their
further
work
are
among
the
items
of
knowledge
which
are
necessary
for
the
wise
planning
of
science
information
systems
and
policy
besides
these
matters
can
be
of
great
significance
to
the
behavioral
scientist
interested
in
human
organization
and
communication
while
user
studies
have
not
yet
gone
very
far
in
serving
either
of
these
functions
the
end
of
seems
to
have
been
something
of
a
take
off
point
for
empirical
research
on
the
information
needs
and
uses
of
scientists
and
technologists
for
this
first
volume
of
the
annual
review
we
shall
therefore
cover
studies
that
made
their
appearance
as
far
back
as
the
last
month
of
to
give
the
reader
a
rounded
picture
of
a
period
during
which
this
area
of
research
has
witnessed
progress
along
the
following
lines
substantial
advances
in
the
more
systematic
and
fruitful
application
of
a
technique
critical
incidents
that
had
made
its
appearance
in
this
field
earlier
in
less
rigorous
forms
the
introduction
of
at
least
two
very
promising
approaches
solution
development
records
comparison
of
research
teams
working
on
identical
tasks
quite
different
from
any
that
had
been
applied
to
this
field
before
and
an
increase
in
the
number
of
efforts
at
comprehensive
study
of
the
information
flow
situation
in
given
disciplines
one
of
which
american
psychological
association
has
become
the
model
and
envy
of
research
in
this
area
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
133
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
is
the
second
in
a
series
of
annual
reviews
of
progress
in
the
field
of
information
science
and
technology
like
its
predecessor
it
attempts
to
describe
compare
and
evaluate
the
most
significant
work
that
has
been
reported
in
the
field
during
the
past
year
the
effort
has
been
undertaken
in
the
belief
that
such
taking
stock
of
accomplishments
provides
a
valuable
service
to
the
specialists
in
the
information
science
field
the
chapters
on
new
techniques
for
publication
and
distribution
of
information
on
new
developments
in
chemical
documentation
and
on
applications
in
medicine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
134
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
chapter
summarizes
and
discusses
the
present
state
of
the
art
in
testing
and
evaluation
three
tasks
will
be
undertaken
to
outline
in
some
detail
the
few
substantive
research
projects
involving
testing
and
evaluation
to
describe
a
number
of
research
projects
in
areas
cognate
to
testing
and
evaluation
and
finally
to
provide
some
general
conclusions
with
respect
to
past
and
future
activity
although
a
distinction
is
made
in
this
review
between
laboratory
based
experimentation
and
tests
of
operational
systems
the
methodology
used
in
each
instance
is
substantially
the
same
as
yet
no
full
scale
and
elaborate
field
approach
has
been
attempted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
135
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
review
has
selected
for
emphasis
reports
on
concepts
of
systems
analysis
and
on
the
procedures
for
applying
these
concepts
to
the
design
of
information
systems
literature
dealing
with
the
automation
of
libraries
and
information
centers
has
been
explicitly
excluded
while
material
on
user
studies
file
organization
evaluation
etc
is
only
mentioned
briefly
since
it
is
covered
more
thoroughly
in
other
chapters
the
selected
relevant
and
available
literature
that
has
been
published
in
the
last
year
or
so
is
organized
into
four
groups
as
follows
articles
that
help
define
the
process
of
systems
analysis
and
the
relationship
to
information
science
articles
that
describe
the
concepts
of
systems
analysis
as
applied
to
the
analysis
and
design
of
information
systems
articles
primarily
concerned
with
the
design
of
document
storage
and
retrieval
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
136
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
annual
review
of
information
science
and
technology
is
now
in
its
third
year
like
its
two
predecessors
this
volume
attempts
to
describe
and
evaluate
the
most
significant
work
that
has
been
reported
in
the
field
during
the
past
year
with
the
ultimate
aim
of
improving
both
our
standards
and
our
means
of
professional
communication
the
field
of
information
science
and
technology
continues
to
evolve
and
grow
as
it
does
new
areas
of
interest
emerge
and
established
areas
of
interest
change
in
importance
accordingly
our
pattern
of
coverage
changes
the
single
chapter
on
automation
in
libraries
and
information
centers
in
volume
has
been
expanded
into
two
chapters
one
covering
automation
of
technical
processes
and
the
other
covering
document
networks
and
a
new
chapter
has
been
added
on
information
system
applications
in
education
such
applications
are
important
not
just
because
they
involve
in
part
libraries
and
other
information
facilities
but
because
they
highlight
innovative
ideas
and
techniques
that
should
be
of
value
to
anyone
interested
in
the
total
communication
process
at
the
same
time
core
chapters
of
the
review
are
continued
information
needs
and
uses
content
analysis
specification
and
control
file
organization
and
search
publication
and
distribution
techniques
automated
language
processing
man
machine
communication
information
system
design
and
evaluation
and
professional
aspects
of
information
science
these
topics
are
of
continuing
and
vital
interest
to
our
readers
and
their
annual
literature
is
significant
large
and
growing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
137
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
information
science
meets
behavioral
science
in
the
study
of
information
needs
and
uses
at
first
the
meeting
of
these
fields
was
inconclusive
until
the
mid
's
there
were
only
a
few
substantial
studies
of
information
needs
and
uses
since
about
however
a
significant
literature
has
grown
rapidly
there
is
evidence
now
of
a
productive
entente
between
the
fields
when
information
scientists
see
reliable
valid
and
nontrivial
data
on
users'
behavior
they
begin
to
use
behavioral
criteria
in
evaluating
information
system
performance
when
behavioral
scientists
glimpse
the
full
complexity
of
dissemination
documentation
storage
and
retrieval
processes
they
offer
fewer
naive
solutions
to
the
information
problem
this
mutual
education
and
accommodation
will
undoubtedly
continue
information
science
and
behavioral
science
need
each
other
big
science
needs
them
both
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
138
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
the
fourth
volume
of
the
annual
review
of
information
science
and
technology
is
both
like
and
unlike
its
predecessors
the
basic
objective
to
provide
the
most
comprehensive
and
technically
sound
progress
review
ever
prepared
in
the
information
science
field
remains
the
same
as
do
the
basic
areas
of
interest
and
coverage
too
the
primary
emphasis
continues
to
be
on
published
literature
and
reports
to
permit
the
reader
to
identify
locate
and
examine
interesting
and
important
sources
of
information
about
various
aspects
of
our
technical
progress
some
new
areas
of
growing
importance
are
introduced
this
year
for
the
first
time
a
chapter
on
reprography
and
microfilm
technology
and
one
on
the
international
aspects
of
information
transfer
have
been
included
also
the
topics
of
document
dissemination
and
the
secondary
services
usually
covered
in
parts
of
other
chapters
have
full
and
separate
chapters
this
year
another
change
made
in
response
to
suggestions
from
readers
for
better
signposts
within
each
volume
is
the
division
of
the
book
into
several
major
segments
each
introduced
by
a
short
description
of
the
contents
of
the
section
the
relationships
among
the
chapters
within
it
and
in
some
instances
one
or
two
highlights
of
the
year's
technical
progress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
139
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
previous
authors
in
this
series
writing
on
this
subject
have
usually
felt
it
necessary
to
begin
with
a
statement
concerning
the
state
of
the
methodology
of
user
studies
they
have
for
the
most
part
found
it
improved
over
the
past
and
this
year
is
no
exception
in
that
regard
there
remains
however
the
tendency
on
the
part
of
many
who
are
untrained
in
social
science
methodology
to
assume
that
the
art
of
questionnaire
design
and
administration
is
a
very
simple
one
that
anyone
with
intelligence
can
master
in
a
single
attempt
one
never
realizes
how
truly
wrong
this
view
is
until
he
finds
himself
the
author
of
a
review
chapter
and
is
then
confronted
with
the
sort
of
trivia
that
many
authors
submit
as
research
papers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
14
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
if
this
book
has
a
central
thesis
it
rests
upon
the
simple
but
frequently
neglected
principle
that
college
library
service
goes
beyond
the
commonly
accepted
functions
of
book
circulation
and
storage
the
college
library
exists
not
merely
to
house
and
circulate
library
materials
but
to
supplement
and
extend
the
teaching
process
with
reference
service
to
afford
faculty
members
library
opportunities
for
improving
instruction
and
to
encourage
students
to
read
more
and
better
books
administration
is
essentially
a
service
activity
a
tool
through
which
library
functions
are
more
fully
and
efficiently
realized
the
present
work
retains
most
of
the
material
of
the
first
edition
but
includes
substantial
revision
in
each
chapter
the
book
was
planned
not
only
as
a
text
in
the
teaching
of
college
library
administration
but
also
for
independent
professional
reading
because
readers
have
found
the
footnotes
and
chapter
bibliographies
useful
for
reference
purposes
they
have
been
brought
up
to
date
and
in
some
cases
extended
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
140
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
field
of
information
science
and
technology
continues
to
grow
and
as
it
grows
to
show
new
emphases
and
explore
new
areas
of
interest
volume
reflects
these
changes
the
increasing
interest
in
and
movement
toward
library
networks
and
other
cooperative
technology
supported
information
activities
have
helped
to
focus
special
attention
not
only
on
data
processing
and
microfilm
technology
the
two
traditional
mainstays
of
library
and
document
handling
systems
but
also
on
the
rapidly
developing
capabilities
in
modern
tele
communications
thus
a
chapter
on
communication
technology
has
appeared
for
the
first
time
to
bring
readers
up
to
date
on
changes
in
the
communications
industry
that
have
had
or
will
have
a
great
impact
on
how
we
design
and
use
information
handling
systems
two
other
first
time
chapters
cover
management
information
systems
and
information
systems
in
state
and
local
government
while
the
intent
behind
the
development
of
such
systems
and
the
kinds
of
services
they
provide
is
peripheral
to
the
purposes
and
services
of
library
and
document
handling
systems
one
often
sees
in
these
peripheral
areas
some
information
parallels
indeed
one
of
the
reasons
for
the
annual
review's
covering
one
or
more
of
these
areas
each
year
is
to
help
its
readers
exploit
more
fully
the
thinking
and
the
problem
solving
techniques
they
are
fostering
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
141
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
application
of
computer
technology
to
library
and
network
processes
and
services
is
not
an
end
in
itself
but
rather
a
means
of
narrowing
the
gap
between
the
demand
for
library
services
and
the
ability
of
libraries
to
provide
those
services
libraries
have
assumed
the
active
role
of
serving
the
informational
educational
and
recreational
needs
of
the
population
the
size
of
that
population
grows
constantly
its
educational
level
keeps
climbing
and
its
percentage
of
leisure
time
is
increasing
the
application
of
computer
technology
to
libraries
especially
to
the
manipulation
of
bibliographic
records
in
the
performance
of
library
functions
is
a
complex
process
and
demands
the
highest
level
of
talent
of
both
the
library
and
computer
professions
for
its
accomplishment
it
cannot
be
accomplished
by
either
profession
alone
rather
the
design
of
a
library
system
is
a
team
effort
between
librarians
computer
system
analysts
and
programmers
even
a
limited
effort
demands
careful
long
term
planning
if
it
is
to
fit
with
later
efforts
into
a
cohesive
whole
the
smallest
project
will
affect
nearly
all
operations
of
the
library
for
these
reasons
it
is
necessary
that
all
library
staff
have
at
least
a
general
overview
of
what
library
automation
is
all
about
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
142
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
distinct
characteristic
of
man
is
the
need
to
communicate
and
record
knowledge
the
tools
of
communication
have
ranged
from
clay
to
satellites
civilized
societies
have
taken
great
pains
to
place
recorded
knowledge
in
safe
places
and
create
archives
and
libraries
for
this
purpose
the
importance
of
recorded
knowledge
for
survival
and
progress
is
constantly
being
elevated
as
more
and
more
information
is
presented
without
information
and
its
necessary
control
a
society
is
not
only
stagnant
but
regressive
with
social
memory
preserved
and
controlled
by
archives
and
libraries
a
society
is
able
to
evolve
to
whatever
future
it
is
destined
to
experience
in
an
ever
changing
environment
archives
were
the
forerunners
of
libraries
the
ancient
archives
contained
the
best
of
society's
accumulated
knowledge
and
as
nations
grew
in
wealth
and
security
archives
and
libraries
become
symbols
of
a
country's
aspiration
to
create
a
better
society
today
archives
and
libraries
are
necessities
these
cultural
institutions
pass
information
to
succeeding
generations
in
a
variety
of
forms
of
distributable
media
in
this
way
archives
and
libraries
preserve
the
memory
of
civilization
and
pass
this
memory
on
to
living
individuals
the
materials
in
these
institutions
contain
the
written
and
graphic
record
of
social
memory
and
human
heritage
and
provide
society
with
information
on
which
to
base
actions
develop
policies
ascertain
rights
educate
and
entertain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
143
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
the
intent
of
this
volume
to
develop
a
model
designed
to
eliminate
present
difficulties
and
ambiguities
and
to
improve
administrative
procedures
for
future
development
of
area
programs
this
will
be
accomplished
by
giving
some
indication
of
the
climate
of
opinion
toward
area
specialist
bibliographers
and
by
isolating
factors
which
influence
these
opinions
these
attitudes
will
be
presented
by
the
perceptions
of
area
bibliographers
toward
their
role
and
the
expectations
of
faculty
and
library
administrators
toward
that
role
the
bibliographer's
academic
professional
and
educational
experience
will
be
examined
in
this
framework
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
144
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
process
of
preparing
programs
for
a
digital
computer
is
especially
attractive
because
it
not
only
can
be
economically
and
scientifically
rewarding
it
can
also
be
an
aesthetic
experience
much
like
composing
poetry
or
music
this
book
is
the
first
volume
of
a
seven
volume
set
of
books
that
has
been
designed
to
train
the
reader
in
the
various
skills
which
go
into
a
programmer's
craft
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
145
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
data
in
that
survey
covered
the
year
many
recipients
of
the
document
have
requested
updated
information
accordingly
the
asidic
cooperative
data
management
committee
initiated
a
new
survey
the
questionnaires
were
mailed
out
in
january
of
and
responses
came
in
throughout
the
year
questionnaires
were
sent
to
all
member
organizations
of
asidic
and
eusidic
questionnaires
were
also
sent
to
individual
members
of
asis
sig
sdi
and
sig
uoi
responses
received
throughout
were
checked
and
tabulated
in
because
of
the
time
delay
in
producing
the
final
compilation
the
reader
is
warned
against
using
this
survey
as
an
up
to
date
source
for
information
as
to
which
centers
are
processing
which
data
bases
of
the
responding
organizations
process
data
bases
and
use
data
base
services
either
as
end
users
or
as
brokers
of
the
that
process
data
bases
i
e
spin
tapes
are
members
of
asidic
and
or
eusidic
this
survey
provides
representative
data
for
data
base
processing
organizations
the
use
of
online
search
services
was
relatively
new
in
hence
data
regarding
online
users
would
not
be
representative
of
the
online
situation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
146
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
paper
we
set
out
the
fundamental
operations
involved
in
compiling
and
using
an
index
show
how
the
various
factors
can
influence
the
operating
efficiency
and
consider
the
methods
to
be
used
in
the
present
aslib
cranfield
investigation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
147
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
bernal
made
his
pilot
survey
of
the
use
of
scientific
literature
for
the
royal
society
scientific
information
conference
at
least
three
dozen
other
investigations
have
been
reported
of
the
needs
of
scientists
and
engineers
for
information
of
their
information
gathering
habits
and
the
use
to
which
they
put
information
some
of
these
have
been
concerned
with
the
people
in
individual
organizations
but
have
implications
elsewhere
others
including
aslib's
own
investigations
have
had
wider
aims
some
have
been
based
upon
observations
and
records
of
what
the
scientists
and
engineers
themselves
did
or
said
and
some
upon
records
of
the
demands
they
made
upon
libraries
there
have
been
both
surveys
of
opinions
and
collections
of
facts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
148
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
i
am
going
to
describe
in
general
terms
a
research
project
which
has
been
established
to
explore
some
of
the
problems
of
the
use
of
the
literature
particularly
in
the
field
of
biomedical
engineering
of
the
national
institute
for
medical
research
hampstead
laboratories
the
project
is
scheduled
to
last
for
three
years
and
like
most
research
consists
of
a
number
of
overlapping
stages
we
have
reached
the
stage
now
of
having
acquired
sufficient
equipment
and
data
to
start
trying
out
some
of
our
ideas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
149
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
investigation
dealt
with
the
effect
which
different
devices
have
on
the
performance
of
index
languages
it
appeared
that
the
most
important
consideration
was
the
specificity
of
the
index
terms
within
the
context
of
the
conditions
existing
in
this
test
single
word
terms
were
more
effective
than
concept
terms
or
a
controlled
vocabulary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
15
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
technical
communication
patterns
in
two
research
and
development
laboratories
were
examined
using
modified
sociometric
techniques
the
structure
of
technical
communication
networks
in
the
two
laboratories
results
from
the
interaction
of
both
social
relations
and
work
structure
the
sociometric
stars
in
the
technical
communication
network
who
provide
other
members
of
the
organization
with
information
either
make
greater
use
of
individuals
outside
the
organization
or
read
the
literature
more
than
other
members
of
the
laboratory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
150
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
during
the
past
year
we
have
been
one
of
the
organizations
participating
in
the
chemical
society's
experiment
on
the
use
of
routine
computer
searches
of
chemical
titles
ct
and
chemical
biological
activities
cbac
for
current
awareness
for
some
time
we
have
also
been
subscribing
to
the
automatic
subject
citation
alert
asca
which
is
produced
by
the
institute
for
scientific
information
as
a
by
product
of
the
science
citation
index
these
three
sources
differ
in
their
scope
and
methods
but
share
the
same
ultimate
objective
of
providing
a
computer
based
current
awareness
service
ct
covers
journals
in
all
branches
of
chemistry
but
provides
only
authors
and
titles
the
latter
translated
into
american
and
edited
by
breaking
down
complex
words
so
that
word
fragments
can
be
retrieved
cbac
covers
only
papers
on
the
interaction
of
chemical
compounds
with
biological
systems
but
provides
abstracts
which
are
available
for
computer
search
the
computer
can
also
search
for
molecular
formulae
and
for
chemical
abstracts
registry
numbers
of
all
compounds
included
in
the
abstracts
asca
in
its
original
form
was
based
on
citations
the
search
profile
can
consist
of
a
list
of
references
to
older
work
and
the
output
is
then
a
list
of
new
papers
citing
this
work
last
spring
asca
introduced
a
'term
search'
which
is
a
search
for
words
in
the
titles
of
current
papers
and
is
therefore
analogous
to
a
ct
search
this
paper
discusses
and
compares
the
results
we
have
obtained
so
far
with
these
three
services
and
the
potential
use
of
systems
of
this
type
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
151
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
review
has
been
sponsored
by
the
office
for
scientific
and
technical
information
and
the
end
product
of
the
complete
research
will
be
a
thesaurus
of
management
terms
parallel
research
in
the
business
management
area
and
also
supported
by
osti
is
being
conducted
by
david
dews
librarian
of
the
manchester
business
school
and
k
d
c
vernon
librarian
of
the
london
graduate
school
of
business
studies
as
mr
vernon
is
at
present
engaged
in
the
construction
of
a
faceted
classification
scheme
for
management
this
investigation
has
concentrated
on
the
possibility
of
utilizing
faceted
techniques
to
construct
such
a
thesaurus
a
study
of
existing
information
retrieval
systems
in
the
management
field
has
already
been
made
so
a
decision
to
adopt
some
form
of
post
co
ordinate
indexing
was
assumed
thus
a
comparative
study
of
other
systems
will
not
be
attempted
a
decision
has
also
already
been
made
that
a
controlled
vocabulary
i
e
a
thesaurus
was
eventually
going
to
be
developed
despite
the
latest
cranfield
results
that
appear
to
provide
evidence
of
the
superiority
of
natural
language
over
controlled
vocabularies
this
was
primarily
because
these
results
were
restricted
to
tests
on
an
aeronautical
collection
and
it
may
well
be
that
the
natural
language
of
this
discipline
is
in
itself
a
fairly
controlled
one
which
is
certainly
not
the
case
with
the
rather
'soft'
language
of
management
this
is
borne
out
to
some
extent
by
halkin
who
quotes
relevance
figures
for
coordinate
indexing
applied
to
organic
chemistry
percent
engineering
percent
and
social
science
per
cent
machine
methods
of
term
generation
as
described
by
ovchinnikov
mastermann
and
luhn
will
not
be
considered
as
there
is
no
equipment
available
to
prepare
thesauri
on
the
lines
these
authors
suggest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
152
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
for
about
five
years
now
a
small
group
of
us
at
mit
have
been
conducting
a
series
of
investigations
into
the
information
needs
of
technologists
the
manner
in
which
these
needs
are
presently
met
the
relation
between
various
ways
of
fulfilling
information
needs
and
technological
performance
and
the
nature
of
factors
which
determine
the
ways
in
which
information
needs
will
be
fulfilled
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
153
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
july
john
i
thompson
company
accepted
a
contract
with
the
picatinny
arsenal
us
department
of
the
army
to
perform
a
study
aimed
at
developing
'criteria
for
evaluating
the
effectiveness
of
library
operations
and
services'
under
the
atlis
program
army
technical
library
improvement
studies
the
study
was
divided
into
three
phases
aimed
at
i
a
literature
search
to
reflect
the
current
'state
of
the
art'
covering
library
standards
and
the
methods
of
evaluating
libraries
developed
up
to
the
present
ii
a
phase
in
which
to
gather
and
evaluate
any
data
required
from
army
technical
libraries
from
available
surveys
already
published
or
from
any
other
sources
by
which
to
develop
criteria
iii
a
phase
in
which
to
establish
and
validate
the
criteria
phases
i
and
ii
of
the
study
are
now
complete
phase
iii
is
in
progress
and
is
expected
to
be
completed
by
the
late
fall
of
the
reports
of
phases
i
and
ii
are
already
available
for
detailed
study
and
that
of
phase
iii
will
be
available
soon
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
present
some
of
the
findings
of
the
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
154
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
universal
decimal
classification
dying
duck
or
live
bird
or
some
such
title
was
suggested
to
me
but
this
is
highly
debatable
and
there
will
hardly
be
time
for
the
duck
shooters
to
develop
a
concerted
onslaught
in
the
half
hour
or
so
allowed
us
for
discussion
besides
i
hope
to
be
able
to
convince
you
if
the
bsi's
fine
efforts
have
not
already
done
so
that
the
udc
is
by
no
means
the
dying
duck
certainly
not
the
dead
duck
that
some
of
its
severest
critics
seem
to
imagine
perhaps
the
bird
has
ceased
to
soar
as
it
once
did
in
the
times
of
otlet
la
fontaine
bradford
and
donker
duyvis
but
that
it
is
still
viable
in
the
turbulent
air
of
current
documentation
may
be
gauged
from
a
recent
fid
inquiry
aimed
at
obtaining
figures
for
the
distribution
of
udc
editions
and
an
approximate
estimate
of
the
number
of
users
throughout
the
world
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
155
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
analysis
of
citations
has
often
been
employed
to
indicate
the
use
of
the
literature
of
science
and
technology
citation
is
only
an
indicator
of
use
not
an
accurate
measure
and
like
all
such
indicators
has
defects
differences
between
indicators
have
been
discussed
elsewhere
despite
these
defects
an
examination
of
citations
does
enable
one
to
sample
acts
of
literature
use
within
a
large
community
the
study
reported
here
was
directed
in
fact
to
all
united
kingdom
authors
of
science
technology
publications
in
a
given
year
and
because
of
its
width
and
the
type
of
analysis
performed
is
considered
to
be
worth
reporting
the
study
was
primarily
undertaken
to
obtain
comparable
information
about
social
science
literature
and
this
has
been
reported
elsewhere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
156
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
may
we
please
raise
four
questions
which
are
important
at
the
present
time
when
government
policy
on
information
retrieval
is
being
considered
these
arise
from
results
recently
produced
by
sdc
which
are
germane
to
dr
somerfield's
paper
on
'computer
based
information
services'
aslib
proceedings
and
to
osti's
work
in
this
field
the
sdc
is
making
comparisons
of
the
efficiency
of
various
published
indexes
and
other
sources
of
scientific
information
and
the
first
results
of
rigorously
checked
comparisons
are
becoming
available
for
a
case
study
on
the
subject
of
'computers
related
to
mass
spectrometry'
this
results
from
an
extensive
literature
search
prepared
by
combining
and
collating
results
of
searches
in
twelve
of
the
world's
major
indexes
to
chemistry
and
spectroscopy
including
searches
of
sdc's
own
data
bank
files
nearly
two
hundred
unique
references
on
'computers
related
to
mass
spectrometry'
were
found
and
are
being
checked
individually
for
relevance
going
back
to
the
original
paper
or
asking
expert
opinion
where
necessary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
157
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
planning
of
any
kind
can
be
motivated
by
a
pressing
practical
problem
which
has
to
be
solved
for
example
an
increasing
number
of
people
may
have
to
be
housed
in
the
same
area
or
by
a
long
term
idealistic
vision
or
by
both
the
idealist
seeing
the
long
term
implications
of
an
immediate
problem
in
short
term
planning
the
danger
exists
that
the
more
technical
problems
may
be
solved
without
attention
to
their
implications
for
human
beings
to
take
my
housing
example
higher
and
higher
flats
may
be
built
without
considering
the
possible
effects
e
g
the
effect
on
social
groupings
in
long
term
planning
utopian
or
ideological
blueprints
may
be
produced
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
158
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
for
some
time
past
interest
has
been
developing
within
the
aslib
research
department
in
the
problems
of
establishing
standard
costs
for
information
systems
a
literature
search
recently
conducted
by
the
department
r
reynolds
has
revealed
a
scarcity
of
usable
information
on
this
subject
such
data
as
is
available
is
difficult
to
evaluate
comparatively
because
of
the
differing
definitions
of
the
operations
costed
and
of
the
terms
used
to
describe
them
it
would
seem
therefore
that
a
first
step
towards
developing
a
costing
method
of
widespread
application
would
be
the
establishment
of
standard
conventions
for
the
analysis
of
information
systems
one
might
postulate
two
possible
ways
of
arriving
at
comparative
costs
for
these
systems
namely
a
general
survey
method
the
overall
costs
of
a
large
number
of
information
systems
are
broken
down
into
a
small
number
of
categories
and
analysed
for
correlation
see
for
example
c
j
wessel
et
al
b
in
depth
study
a
small
number
of
systems
are
studied
in
detail
in
an
attempt
to
establish
the
true
sources
of
the
costs
and
factors
affecting
them
in
a
current
project
we
are
attempting
to
apply
method
b
to
the
production
of
current
awareness
bulletins
an
outline
of
some
of
the
preliminary
work
in
this
project
follows
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
159
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
i
see
from
the
programme
that
i
am
supposed
to
talk
on
an
information
language
for
marc
and
it
is
true
that
the
work
i
have
been
doing
for
the
past
year
or
so
has
been
under
the
auspices
of
the
marc
project
but
the
subject
indexing
system
we
have
developed
is
concerned
as
much
with
bnb's
plans
for
computer
production
from
as
with
the
marc
tapes
as
such
and
i
hope
to
show
that
we
have
also
gone
some
way
towards
developing
a
compatible
general
system
with
even
wider
application
before
coming
to
this
however
it
is
necessary
to
describe
briefly
some
of
the
day
to
day
pressures
of
work
which
caused
bnb
to
look
to
the
computer
for
help
from
this
we
can
see
how
the
computer
forced
us
to
reconsider
our
whole
approach
to
subject
indexing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
16
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
manual
is
designed
to
make
it
possible
for
any
library
to
change
efficiently
to
the
library
of
congress
classification
system
detailed
procedures
are
outlined
which
may
serve
as
exact
models
or
as
a
series
of
suggested
steps
which
have
proven
effective
in
actual
use
most
of
the
text
deals
with
the
necessary
criteria
for
effecting
the
planning
making
the
preparations
selecting
the
tools
and
establishing
the
procedures
which
are
essential
for
a
reclassification
project
beyond
this
considerable
attention
has
been
given
to
many
of
the
problem
areas
of
the
lc
classification
series
biography
bibliography
law
pz
and
pz
in
addition
the
literature
tables
viiia
and
ixa
two
of
the
most
frequently
used
tables
throughout
the
entire
class
system
have
been
thoroughly
explained
and
their
application
illustrated
by
a
series
of
comprehensive
examples
since
the
mechanics
production
and
cost
of
catalogue
card
copy
can
significantly
affect
the
flow
of
books
to
users
a
chapter
has
been
devoted
to
describing
the
use
of
xerox
copying
machines
in
library
operations
finally
an
annotated
bibliography
of
books
and
articles
judged
to
be
helpful
in
deciding
to
reclassify
is
included
for
those
readers
who
wish
to
delve
more
deeply
into
the
tortuous
and
frustrating
year
history
of
the
concept
of
centralized
cataloging
and
classification
the
numbers
enclosed
in
parentheses
throughout
the
text
refer
to
sources
in
the
bibliography
which
relate
to
or
support
the
arguments
being
advanced
in
any
particular
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
160
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
university
the
mode
of
research
is
usually
what
is
called
'pure'
or
'basic'
research
since
i
am
keeping
in
mind
primarily
the
applications
of
information
science
i
will
prefer
the
word
'basic'
although
there
is
not
so
much
difference
in
such
research
and
really
in
any
good
research
one
should
not
be
collecting
data
haphazardly
one
must
isolate
and
define
a
problem
and
as
far
as
possible
control
other
conditions
so
that
interfering
factors
are
eliminated
preferably
one
will
narrow
down
the
problem
to
manageable
proportions
it
is
then
essential
to
approach
the
problem
with
some
sort
of
hypothesis
or
theory
of
the
situation
and
to
concentrate
on
obtaining
evidence
for
or
against
that
hypothesis
the
important
task
is
to
devise
just
that
crucial
experiment
which
will
give
the
answer
as
efficiently
as
possible
if
the
answer
disproves
the
hypothesis
one
has
at
least
further
evidence
upon
which
to
construct
a
different
hypothesis
if
it
confirms
the
hypothesis
one
is
ready
for
a
further
step
forward
and
so
on
research
is
easier
in
a
fully
controlled
and
reproducible
situation
in
a
biological
or
human
situation
one
must
often
have
recourse
to
statistical
methods
but
this
does
not
alter
the
general
methodology
on
the
whole
i
find
a
clear
methodology
lacking
in
much
that
is
being
done
in
the
field
of
information
science
today
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
161
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
my
terms
of
reference
when
asked
to
prepare
this
review
of
user
studies
were
to
bring
fishenden's
work
up
to
date
this
was
published
in
the
journal
of
documentation
in
september
and
in
his
paper
he
looks
at
a
limited
number
of
british
use
studies
and
draws
some
broad
general
conclusions
relating
to
the
development
of
a
national
information
service
the
present
paper
which
covers
the
literature
back
to
the
beginning
of
is
somewhat
more
detailed
it
considers
a
wide
range
of
investigations
into
the
information
gathering
habits
of
scientists
engineers
social
scientists
and
others
and
reports
results
which
it
is
hoped
will
provide
managers
with
information
on
which
to
develop
policies
regarding
library
and
information
services
at
all
levels
although
an
increasing
number
of
studies
is
being
carried
out
in
eastern
europe
and
in
the
ussr
there
has
been
no
major
work
reported
and
consequently
the
review
considers
mainly
british
and
american
investigations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
162
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
with
the
thirteenth
issue
affected
by
the
recent
postal
strike
now
seems
an
opportune
moment
to
take
a
look
at
the
performance
of
lisa
in
its
first
two
years
this
bi
monthly
abstracts
service
succeeded
the
former
library
science
abstracts
in
as
a
joint
venture
between
the
library
association
and
aslib
a
recount
of
its
birth
and
a
brief
report
on
early
progress
both
appeared
in
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
163
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
when
infross
began
in
the
autumn
of
although
a
large
number
of
studies
had
been
conducted
into
the
requirements
of
scientists
for
information
very
little
had
been
done
in
the
field
of
social
science
information
there
are
a
number
of
possible
reasons
for
this
social
scientists
faced
with
a
much
smaller
total
volume
of
information
were
much
less
information
conscious
and
less
inclined
to
seek
for
solutions
there
are
very
few
specialist
libraries
in
the
social
sciences
and
few
librarians
were
therefore
confronted
with
social
scientists'
information
needs
in
the
same
way
as
librarians
in
scientific
libraries
were
confronted
with
users
and
their
problems
finally
until
osti
came
along
there
was
little
in
the
way
of
funds
to
support
this
kind
of
research
this
almost
total
absence
of
previous
research
had
its
disadvantages
and
advantages
there
were
very
few
clues
to
guide
us
and
we
were
therefore
working
to
a
certain
extent
in
the
dark
on
the
other
hand
we
had
a
clean
and
open
field
uncorrupted
by
confusing
and
non
comparable
studies
there
is
something
to
be
said
for
being
one
of
the
first
in
a
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
164
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
context
of
the
present
symposium
it
would
seem
appropriate
that
i
should
deal
specifically
with
the
economic
aspects
of
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
operation
and
use
in
my
opinion
the
technical
feasibility
and
merits
of
sdi
have
been
adequately
demonstrated
the
main
barriers
hindering
general
use
however
tend
to
be
of
an
economic
nature
at
shell
research
in
sittingbourne
we
have
been
operating
since
an
sdi
service
for
the
research
staff
and
it
has
grown
rapidly
particularly
since
we
started
to
use
the
ca
condensates
tapes
early
in
in
addition
to
these
tapes
we
are
currently
using
the
ba
previews
tapes
agdoc
tapes
prepared
by
ourselves
using
punched
card
input
received
from
derwent
and
on
an
experimental
basis
toxitapes
produced
by
biosis
philadelphia
all
these
tapes
are
searched
locally
involving
the
running
of
around
five
hundred
profiles
weekly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
165
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
successful
delegated
searching
for
publications
relevant
to
the
topic
of
an
inquirer
obeys
rules
whose
relations
to
thermodynamics
are
unmistakable
by
the
continuous
growth
of
a
documentation
system
in
the
physical
and
conceptual
respect
steadily
increasing
demands
are
made
on
the
degree
of
order
which
prevails
in
the
system
or
can
be
established
at
the
specific
request
of
an
inquirer
if
the
order
in
a
system
cannot
keep
pace
with
the
increasing
requirements
its
working
capability
will
continuously
decrease
because
the
searcher
is
becoming
more
and
more
overburdened
in
relation
to
his
available
search
time
search
patience
and
search
memory
the
degree
of
order
attainable
in
a
growing
literature
collection
can
be
estimated
on
the
basis
of
six
postulates
the
better
the
requirements
imposed
by
these
postulates
are
approximated
in
a
practical
documentation
system
the
higher
are
its
working
capability
and
life
expectancy
but
the
expenditure
to
be
made
on
the
literature
analyses
must
also
inevitably
be
higher
the
establishment
of
these
postulates
originated
from
practical
experience
with
the
idc
system
and
its
precursors
these
postulates
form
the
basis
of
this
system
and
of
its
further
development
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
166
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
i
am
sure
you
do
not
need
reminding
of
the
flood
of
scientific
information
that
is
available
today
and
the
estimates
of
its
growth
in
the
next
two
decades
in
olaf
helmer
then
senior
mathematician
at
the
rand
corporation
forecast
that
scientists
and
engineers
would
increase
from
five
million
in
to
twenty
five
million
by
the
year
and
their
total
productivity
would
go
up
by
a
factor
of
ten
he
declined
to
assess
the
associated
growth
of
and
need
for
scientific
information
but
merely
stated
that
there
would
be
substantial
changes
in
the
way
in
which
science
would
actually
be
transacted
it
is
these
'substantial
changes'
that
concern
the
publisher
editor
information
scientist
and
librarian
because
if
we
do
not
anticipate
or
at
least
keep
pace
with
these
changes
then
we
will
not
be
able
to
meet
the
information
needs
of
our
readers
and
we
will
become
redundant
scientific
information
is
a
growing
industry
and
it
would
be
ironic
if
we
could
not
survive
amid
an
abundance
of
information
i
regard
the
chance
to
do
something
about
the
flow
of
information
as
a
response
to
opportunity
not
as
an
act
of
desperation
the
big
problem
is
to
sort
out
what
is
pertinent
among
this
information
and
in
this
world
of
rapid
change
select
and
develop
the
technological
devices
that
will
match
the
needs
of
the
scientist
to
this
mass
of
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
167
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
progress
which
has
been
made
toward
the
development
of
a
procedural
model
intended
as
a
code
of
good
practice
to
enable
special
librarians
to
effect
economies
in
their
journal
holdings
by
systematically
planned
use
of
the
bll
a
theoretical
model
suggested
by
b
c
brookes
was
tested
on
various
sets
of
usage
data
from
seven
special
libraries
but
the
results
proved
to
be
unrealistic
in
terms
of
immediate
provision
to
the
user
a
new
experimental
approach
has
now
been
developed
based
on
the
total
use
versus
total
cost
of
a
journal
collection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
168
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
idea
that
a
language
is
based
on
a
system
of
rules
determining
the
interpretation
of
its
infinitely
many
sentences
is
by
no
means
novel
well
over
a
century
ago
it
was
expressed
with
reasonable
clarity
by
wilhelm
von
humboldt
in
his
famous
but
rarely
studied
introduction
to
general
linguistics
humboldt
his
view
that
a
language
makes
infinite
use
of
finite
means
and
that
its
grammar
must
describe
the
processes
that
make
this
possible
is
furthermore
a
outgrowth
of
a
persistent
concern
within
rationalistic
philosophy
of
language
and
mind
with
this
creative
aspect
of
language
use
for
discussion
see
chomsky
forthcoming
what
is
more
it
seems
that
even
panini's
grammar
can
be
interpreted
as
a
fragment
of
such
a
generative
grammar
in
essentially
the
contemporary
sense
of
this
term
this
monograph
is
an
exploratory
study
of
various
problems
that
have
arisen
in
the
course
of
work
on
transformational
grammar
which
is
presupposed
throughout
as
a
general
framework
for
the
discussion
what
is
at
issue
here
is
precisely
how
this
theory
should
be
formulated
this
study
deals
then
with
questions
that
are
at
the
border
of
research
in
transformational
grammar
for
some
definite
answers
will
be
proposed
but
more
often
the
discussion
will
merely
raise
issues
and
consider
possible
approaches
to
them
without
reaching
any
definite
conclusions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
169
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
genesis
of
this
book
can
be
traced
to
a
telephone
call
i
received
during
the
fall
of
from
dr
james
g
miller
then
director
of
the
university
of
michigan's
mental
health
institute
and
currently
vice
president
for
academic
affairs
of
cleveland
state
university
he
asked
what
i
am
sure
he
thought
was
a
relatively
straightforward
and
easily
answered
question
what
are
the
legal
consequences
of
computerizing
copyrighted
materials
on
closer
inquiry
i
discovered
that
dr
miller
was
exploring
the
possibility
of
using
computer
technology
to
develop
a
national
multi
media
information
network
that
would
electronically
integrate
our
colleges
and
universities
eventually
providing
each
of
them
a
comprehensive
and
easily
accessible
pool
of
scholarly
works
and
educational
services
he
subsequently
sought
to
breathe
life
into
this
idea
of
promoting
the
formation
of
an
organization
called
the
interuniversity
communications
council
educom
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
17
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
has
long
been
a
need
for
a
continuing
series
to
provide
scholarly
reviews
of
the
rapidly
changing
and
advancing
field
of
librarianship
a
series
which
would
select
subjects
with
particular
current
significance
to
the
profession
and
provide
an
analysis
of
the
advances
made
through
research
and
practice
advances
in
librarianship
is
planned
and
designed
to
fill
this
need
it
will
present
critical
articles
and
surveys
based
on
the
published
literature
research
in
progress
and
developments
in
libraries
of
all
types
mechanization
may
appear
to
be
the
most
obvious
of
the
advancing
fronts
of
librarianship
for
automation
has
caught
the
enthusiastic
support
of
all
librarians
who
can
visualize
its
potential
advances
in
this
field
will
certainly
be
found
in
every
volume
of
this
series
as
the
first
group
of
articles
in
this
volume
demonstrate
technological
change
has
an
obvious
and
direct
implication
for
libraries
but
the
problem
has
been
found
to
be
much
more
complex
than
the
simple
inventory
problem
many
experts
expected
advances
in
librarianship
is
dedicated
to
presenting
the
realities
of
automation
assessing
where
we
are
where
we
are
going
and
how
fast
we
can
hope
to
get
there
the
machine
and
cataloging
reviews
the
current
status
of
the
machine
produced
book
catalog
and
what
lies
ahead
as
we
enter
the
age
of
marc
where
business
methods
have
greater
applicability
progress
is
easier
as
reported
in
mechanization
of
acquisition
processes
even
in
this
area
generally
acceptable
practices
and
standardization
are
in
the
future
not
the
past
one
of
the
problems
of
major
and
immediate
importance
in
computerization
of
catalog
information
is
that
discussed
in
filing
systems
for
computer
manipulation
this
detailed
review
presents
the
complexity
of
the
problems
and
suggests
possible
solutions
for
many
years
technical
service
costs
have
been
defended
without
adequate
knowledge
of
the
facts
as
automated
procedures
are
proposed
standards
are
determining
costs
of
traditional
operations
become
essential
the
article
on
standards
for
such
costs
shows
why
the
problems
have
been
difficult
and
reviews
the
significant
advances
of
the
past
few
years
the
school
library
has
widened
its
dimensions
in
materials
and
services
much
more
rapidly
than
other
libraries
as
reflected
in
its
new
name
the
instructional
media
center
here
technical
change
together
with
new
teaching
methods
has
made
possible
major
developments
in
library
service
in
schools
as
well
as
for
children
in
the
public
library
two
articles
make
clear
that
what
can
be
done
has
been
demonstrated
and
that
what
remains
is
to
make
this
the
rule
rather
than
the
exception
bibliotherapy
is
an
example
of
a
field
in
which
progress
has
been
slow
articles
which
illustrate
the
potential
which
systems
theory
and
managerial
planning
theory
have
for
libraries
the
articles
on
the
application
of
these
concepts
which
come
from
research
in
administration
are
provocative
and
may
appear
controversial
to
some
the
article
on
library
development
in
developing
countries
provides
an
analysis
in
depth
of
our
efforts
and
degree
of
success
in
assisting
other
countries
in
providing
the
library
service
which
is
so
important
in
the
modern
world
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
170
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
before
this
study
was
begun
in
the
spring
of
serious
deliberation
was
given
to
the
question
of
american
council
of
education
sponsorship
of
an
evaluation
of
selected
graduate
programs
of
major
universities
that
comprise
an
important
segment
of
the
council's
membership
there
was
never
any
question
about
the
need
for
doing
in
a
systematic
and
objective
way
what
necessarily
goes
on
continually
in
any
event
though
usually
in
a
piecemeal
and
more
impressionistic
way
our
commission
on
plans
and
objectives
for
higher
education
and
other
leading
educators
consulted
concluded
that
a
thoroughgoing
study
should
be
made
and
that
the
council's
aegis
was
a
suitable
one
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
171
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
growth
of
professions
has
been
one
of
the
sociological
phenomena
of
the
past
century
as
the
strength
of
national
professional
associations
of
practitioners
has
increased
concern
with
education
for
the
professions
has
prompted
schools
to
develop
standards
and
curricula
to
support
the
preparation
of
practitioners
during
the
half
century
spanning
the
schools
in
many
professions
formed
national
associations
the
association
of
american
medical
colleges
for
example
was
established
in
other
professional
school
associations
followed
engineering
law
librarianship
theology
and
social
work
these
associations
to
cite
a
few
have
developed
in
different
ways
while
conforming
to
general
patterns
and
have
reached
various
lvels
of
influence
in
affecting
professional
education
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
172
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
director
of
the
office
of
scientific
research
and
development
dr
vannevar
bush
has
coordinated
the
activities
of
some
six
thousand
leading
american
scientists
in
the
application
of
science
to
warfare
in
this
significant
article
he
holds
up
an
incentive
for
scientists
when
the
fighting
has
ceased
he
urges
that
men
of
science
should
then
turn
to
the
massive
task
of
making
more
accessible
our
bewildering
store
of
knowledge
for
years
inventions
have
extended
man's
physical
powers
rather
than
the
powers
of
his
mind
trip
hammers
that
multiply
the
fists
microscopes
that
sharpen
the
eye
and
engines
of
destruction
and
detection
are
new
results
but
not
the
end
results
of
modern
science
now
says
dr
bush
instruments
are
at
hand
which
if
properly
developed
will
give
man
access
to
and
command
over
the
inherited
knowledge
of
the
ages
the
perfection
of
these
pacific
instruments
should
be
the
first
objective
of
our
scientists
as
they
emerge
from
their
war
work
like
emerson's
famous
address
of
on
the
american
scholar
this
paper
by
dr
bush
calls
for
a
new
relationship
between
thinking
man
and
the
sum
of
our
knowledge
the
editor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
173
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
a
book
about
social
discrimination
but
its
purpose
is
not
simply
to
add
a
few
more
empirical
findings
to
an
already
extensive
body
of
information
the
central
theme
of
the
work
is
a
relatively
new
concept
the
rise
of
an
anthropological
species
we
call
the
authoritarian
type
of
man
in
contrast
to
the
bigot
of
the
older
style
he
seems
to
combine
the
ideas
and
skills
which
are
typical
of
a
highly
industrialized
society
with
irrational
or
anti
rational
beliefs
he
is
at
the
same
time
enlightened
and
superstitious
proud
to
be
an
individualist
and
in
constant
fear
of
not
being
like
all
the
others
jealous
of
his
independence
and
inclined
to
submit
blindly
to
power
and
authority
the
character
structure
which
comprises
these
conflicting
trends
has
already
attracted
the
attention
of
modern
philosophers
and
political
thinkers
this
book
approaches
the
problem
with
the
means
of
socio
psychological
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
174
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
idea
for
automated
language
processing
was
suggested
in
at
a
time
when
the
research
efforts
in
information
storage
and
retrieval
were
expanding
at
system
development
corporation
many
people
in
the
company
were
directly
interested
in
this
area
and
an
even
larger
group
had
interests
that
were
tangentially
related
a
quick
and
effective
means
of
acquainting
them
with
the
state
of
the
art
was
needed
but
no
convenient
compilation
of
relevant
material
was
available
it
was
agreed
that
a
book
on
the
theory
and
techniques
of
information
storage
and
retrieval
procedures
would
be
a
worthwhile
project
for
the
language
processing
staff
to
undertake
although
no
one
member
could
reasonably
be
expected
to
cover
the
entire
range
of
technical
developments
in
this
field
the
staff
as
a
whole
is
concerned
with
most
phases
of
the
work
this
is
attested
by
the
fact
that
all
but
one
of
the
chapter
authors
were
connected
with
sdc
either
as
employees
or
consultants
the
single
exception
is
pendergraft
for
sdc
has
had
no
sustained
project
in
machine
translation
sdc
management
was
enthusiastic
in
its
support
of
the
new
project
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
175
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
information
retrieval
is
a
field
concerned
with
the
structure
analysis
organization
storage
searching
and
retrieval
of
information
this
book
deals
with
the
computer
processing
of
large
information
files
with
special
emphasis
on
automatic
text
handling
methods
described
in
particular
are
procedures
for
dictionary
construction
and
dictionary
look
up
statistical
and
syntactic
language
analysis
methods
information
search
and
matching
procedures
automatic
information
dissemination
systems
and
methods
for
user
interaction
with
the
mechanized
system
as
such
the
text
includes
elements
of
linguistics
mathematics
and
computer
programming
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
176
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
primarily
a
research
monograph
in
which
the
discussion
of
the
main
topics
has
been
broadened
so
that
they
are
related
to
their
surrounding
context
in
information
retrieval
as
a
whole
it
is
not
a
textbook
and
no
attempt
has
therefore
been
made
to
justify
the
choice
of
topic
or
account
for
the
use
of
certain
concepts
or
to
provide
an
elementary
description
of
either
for
instance
in
chapter
it
is
assumed
that
the
reader
is
familiar
with
the
idea
of
using
keywords
in
information
retrieval
i
have
not
considered
the
relation
between
this
kind
of
retrieval
device
and
a
controlled
thesaurus
or
descriptor
set
or
that
between
the
use
of
simple
class
lists
as
document
descriptions
and
the
use
of
descriptions
with
a
syntactic
structure
for
example
equally
in
chapter
i
have
made
use
of
recall
precision
ratios
as
a
means
of
characterising
retrieval
performance
without
justification
or
argument
but
this
does
not
mean
that
i
am
unaware
of
the
difficulties
of
doing
this
or
of
the
attention
which
has
been
devoted
to
and
controversy
which
has
raged
round
this
subject
it
is
simply
that
from
the
point
of
view
of
my
main
purpose
it
is
reasonable
to
use
these
ratios
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
177
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
my
purpose
in
writing
this
book
has
been
to
try
to
give
an
understanding
of
what
automated
systems
can
do
in
libraries
today
i
have
limited
myself
strictly
to
those
areas
which
are
commonly
termed
library
housekeeping
the
processes
of
book
ordering
and
cataloguing
periodicals
accessioning
and
circulation
control
whose
purpose
is
to
make
a
library
into
an
efficient
machine
for
acquiring
storing
and
disseminating
knowledge
and
information
these
are
the
processes
which
can
be
automated
here
and
now
to
improve
the
quality
of
service
which
a
library
can
give
to
its
readers
i
hope
that
the
descriptions
and
explanations
given
here
will
be
of
assistance
to
librarians
in
developing
appropriate
automated
systems
in
their
own
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
178
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
during
the
past
decade
the
library
of
congress
in
common
with
many
other
research
libraries
has
become
increasingly
aware
of
pressures
and
strains
in
many
of
its
operations
these
areas
of
concern
well
known
to
librarians
include
mounting
arrearages
in
cataloguing
and
other
processing
activities
increasing
complexity
of
manual
inventory
control
files
increasing
difficulty
in
keeping
card
catalogues
reasonably
current
and
accurate
and
increasing
demands
for
a
wide
variety
of
services
for
a
clientele
whose
needs
for
information
have
grown
tremendously
since
world
war
ii
and
many
of
whom
have
only
recently
turned
to
large
research
libraries
for
help
five
years
ago
an
internal
committee
of
the
library
of
congress
was
charged
to
study
potential
applications
of
electronic
data
processing
equipment
to
library
procedures
subsequently
representatives
of
three
computer
firms
made
brief
studies
of
library
operations
which
intimated
that
certain
areas
could
benefit
substantially
by
automation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
179
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
deals
with
the
computer
processing
of
large
information
files
with
special
emphasis
on
automatic
text
handling
methods
described
in
particular
are
procedures
for
dictionary
construction
and
dictionary
look
up
statistical
and
syntactic
language
analysis
methods
information
search
and
matching
procedures
automatic
information
dissemination
systems
and
methods
for
user
interaction
with
the
mechanized
system
as
such
the
text
includes
elements
of
linguistics
mathematics
and
computer
programming
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
18
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
contribution
does
not
duplicate
previous
studies
but
complements
the
earlier
publications
and
closes
the
few
gaps
that
exist
in
the
literature
prior
to
and
after
additionally
it
is
a
bold
attempt
to
evaluate
critically
and
objectively
the
history
of
the
mechanized
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
as
reflected
in
the
literature
from
the
initial
description
by
luhn
b
c
to
the
post
period
when
the
sdi
boom
began
losing
ground
to
the
more
popular
on
line
interactive
systems
the
review
therefore
questions
and
interprets
the
concept
of
sdi
its
implementation
and
its
evolution
in
the
light
of
work
performed
by
many
companies
government
agencies
universities
societies
and
libraries
during
the
last
fourteen
years
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
180
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
easiest
of
all
to
apply
mechanization
and
automation
to
the
transmission
accumulation
and
search
of
information
automation
can
also
be
extended
to
cover
some
more
complicated
functions
in
all
of
these
cases
the
results
supplied
by
automatic
devices
are
analysed
and
decisions
are
taken
usually
by
man
thus
the
role
of
machine
is
to
considerably
extend
man's
capabilities
rather
than
to
completely
replace
man
the
automated
systems
intended
to
accumulate
and
search
for
information
have
come
to
be
called
information
retrieval
systems
irs
these
systems
can
also
perform
the
simpler
forms
of
data
processing
the
physical
facilities
of
these
systems
are
communications
equipment
punched
card
computers
microfilming
equipment
and
electronic
computers
the
latter
playing
the
most
prominent
part
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
181
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
at
the
june
convention
of
the
medical
library
association
in
chicago
illinois
mr
stanley
truelson
now
librarian
of
the
university
of
rochester
school
of
medicine
and
dentistry
circulated
a
petition
requesting
the
collection
and
publication
of
medical
school
library
statistics
forty
eight
medical
school
head
librarians
signed
the
petition
indicating
their
approval
and
a
committee
for
this
purpose
was
formed
by
dr
vilma
proctor
chairman
of
the
medical
school
libraries
group
of
the
medical
library
association
this
committee
composed
of
mr
truelson
dr
proctor
and
myself
studied
the
questionnaires
already
in
use
such
as
that
of
the
u
s
office
of
education
these
were
rejected
as
not
meeting
the
needs
of
our
specialized
group
of
libraries
as
a
guide
for
selecting
the
terminology
in
the
questionnaire
we
used
the
american
library
association's
definitions
for
library
statistics
a
preliminary
draft
chicago
after
several
drafts
a
sample
questionnaire
was
approved
by
the
committee
and
distributed
to
all
the
medical
school
libraries
in
the
united
states
and
canada
the
canadian
medical
school
libraries
were
included
as
a
result
of
communications
with
miss
doreen
fraser
librarian
of
the
bio
medical
library
of
the
university
of
british
columbia
and
dr
j
wendell
mcleod
of
the
association
of
canadian
medical
colleges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
182
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
four
hundred
sixty
eight
medical
societies
in
the
united
states
were
surveyed
to
determine
those
which
sponsor
libraries
seventy
eight
libraries
were
identified
of
which
eighteen
are
marginal
and
nine
are
jointly
supported
by
a
medical
school
and
a
society
leaving
fifty
one
relatively
substantial
libraries
whose
major
support
is
through
society
membership
characteristics
measured
include
size
of
collection
types
of
media
staff
budget
services
and
sources
of
support
questions
are
raised
concerning
the
role
of
the
medical
library
as
one
institution
which
participates
in
the
continuing
education
of
the
physician
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
183
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
survey
of
the
circulation
of
books
and
journals
at
the
downstate
medical
center
library
was
conducted
based
on
cancelled
circulation
cards
accumulated
during
a
one
year
period
analysis
of
the
results
shows
the
frequency
of
use
of
various
materials
by
several
groups
of
borrowers
and
brings
out
important
differences
between
circulation
of
books
and
that
of
journals
one
of
the
result
was
the
compilation
of
a
list
of
most
frequently
used
journals
the
findings
are
graphically
represented
by
several
tables
and
charts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
184
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
relatively
few
studies
have
been
concerned
with
the
use
of
biomedical
books
this
paper
reports
an
investigation
into
use
made
of
library
books
by
biomedical
investigators
based
on
cancelled
charge
slips
collected
at
the
yale
medical
library
circulation
desk
telephone
appointments
were
made
to
interview
those
research
investigators
whose
books
has
been
returned
the
previous
day
the
interviewer
obtained
answers
from
the
investigator
to
a
questionnaire
to
discover
how
the
investigator
had
learned
of
a
book
if
the
book
had
been
useful
and
if
useful
how
it
had
been
used
during
the
six
month
study
period
percent
of
researchers'
volumes
returned
were
monographs
almost
four
fifths
of
books
borrowed
supplied
information
wanted
and
about
four
fifths
of
books
used
had
been
printed
in
the
previous
decade
nine
tenths
of
the
use
of
books
was
research
related
the
other
tenth
being
for
lecture
preparation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
185
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
order
to
plan
adequately
for
education
in
health
science
librarianship
and
to
be
able
to
project
future
demands
and
needs
we
need
to
know
a
great
deal
more
about
existing
manpower
in
health
science
libraries
this
paper
the
first
in
a
series
of
reports
on
an
investigation
to
gather
this
data
discusses
the
research
methodology
and
the
development
of
an
inventory
of
the
institution
program
population
upon
which
the
survey
is
based
an
analysis
in
terms
of
geographic
location
type
educational
research
etc
administrative
control
and
primary
cognate
area
of
these
institutions
is
presented
and
their
distribution
through
the
various
regional
medical
library
areas
is
noted
preliminary
estimates
are
made
based
on
questionnaire
to
the
libraries
on
the
size
of
the
library
population
their
relationship
to
reporting
programs
or
institutions
exclusive
of
the
hospital
population
which
is
being
covered
in
an
independent
survey
a
questionnaire
to
library
personnel
is
underway
which
will
establish
along
with
the
other
questionnaires
a
basis
for
exploring
the
relationships
which
exist
between
institutions
or
programs
libraries
and
manpower
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
186
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
part
of
an
investigation
of
health
sciences
library
manpower
the
universe
of
health
related
institutions
and
programs
excluding
hospitals
was
surveyed
by
postcard
questionnaire
to
produce
an
inventory
and
description
of
libraries
providing
services
to
these
institutions
reported
access
to
library
resources
indicating
usage
of
some
non
hospital
libraries
eighty
percent
of
the
institutions
reported
that
the
library
used
was
within
their
own
institution
percent
noted
that
the
library
was
outside
of
their
institution
the
distribution
of
health
related
institutions
and
libraries
is
shown
by
rml
districts
together
with
relevant
census
data
a
classification
of
libraries
based
on
the
degree
of
involvement
of
the
libraries'
facilities
resources
and
personnel
in
supplying
services
to
health
related
institutions
was
developed
it
is
concluded
that
projections
of
manpower
needs
should
take
into
account
institutions
and
programs
not
at
present
possessing
health
sciences
libraries
as
well
as
documented
demand
in
existing
health
sciences
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
187
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
the
manpower
requirements
of
health
sciences
libraries
and
of
educational
programs
appropriate
to
these
manpower
needs
was
begun
in
march
to
data
libraries
have
been
identified
as
being
used
by
health
sciences
institutions
and
programs
of
this
total
are
hospital
libraries
are
health
sciences
libraries
and
are
academic
or
public
libraries
within
these
libraries
some
persons
are
directly
involved
either
full
or
part
time
in
the
delivery
of
health
sciences
library
services
of
the
total
work
force
persons
are
employed
in
hospital
libraries
and
are
employed
in
health
sciences
libraries
and
collections
the
ratio
between
professional
and
nonprofessional
employees
is
professional
and
nonprofessional
status
was
assigned
by
the
chief
librarian
survey
data
indicate
a
percent
manpower
shortage
in
positions
classified
as
professional
and
a
percent
shortage
in
positions
classified
as
nonprofessional
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
188
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
statistical
description
based
on
a
mail
survey
of
personnel
in
health
sciences
libraries
located
outside
of
the
hospital
setting
is
reported
respondents
to
the
survey
were
divided
into
three
groups
professionals
those
possessing
a
graduate
library
degree
nonprofessionals
those
not
possessing
graduate
library
degree
and
chief
librarians
those
responsible
for
a
library's
operations
survey
items
dealt
with
education
sex
age
salary
job
mobility
and
preference
for
continuing
education
programs
some
percent
of
the
respondents
were
professionals
percent
were
nonprofessionals
seven
hundred
and
twenty
eight
chief
librarians
were
identified
in
the
population
percent
were
professional
librarians
while
the
remainder
were
without
a
graduate
library
degree
approximately
of
all
survey
respondents
were
men
the
age
distribution
for
the
work
force
tended
to
be
bimodal
reflecting
the
career
patterns
of
women
and
the
later
entry
of
men
into
librarianship
the
annual
salary
for
male
professionals
was
calculated
at
for
female
professionals
at
for
male
nonprofessionals
at
and
for
female
nonprofessionals
at
male
professionals
were
found
to
have
the
highest
rates
of
job
and
geographic
mobility
conversely
female
nonprofessionals
were
lowest
in
mobility
in
expressing
a
preference
for
continuing
education
programs
in
library
science
professionals
tended
to
request
courses
dealing
with
the
organization
of
libraries
health
sciences
institutions
and
their
relationships
while
nonprofessionals
inclined
towards
courses
in
technical
processing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
189
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
updated
list
of
books
and
journals
is
intended
as
a
selection
aid
for
the
small
library
of
a
hospital
medical
society
clinic
or
similar
organization
books
and
journals
are
arranged
by
subject
with
the
books
followed
by
an
author
index
and
the
journals
by
an
alphabetical
title
listing
items
suggested
for
first
purchase
by
smaller
libraries
are
noted
by
an
asterisk
to
purchase
the
entire
collection
of
books
and
to
pay
for
the
annual
subscription
costs
of
all
the
journals
would
require
an
expenditure
of
about
to
acquire
only
those
items
suggested
for
first
purchase
approximately
would
be
needed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
19
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
trying
to
give
an
account
of
the
statistical
properties
of
language
one
is
faced
with
the
problem
of
having
to
find
the
common
thread
which
would
show
the
many
and
multifarious
forms
of
language
statistics
embodied
in
scattered
papers
written
by
linguists
philosophers
mathematicians
engineers
each
using
his
own
professional
idiom
as
belonging
to
one
great
whole
quantitative
linguistics
the
book
stresses
the
peculiarity
of
statistics
of
language
structure
as
against
just
conventional
statistics
to
put
the
difference
between
two
types
of
statistics
briefly
the
latter
comprises
the
methods
and
parameters
of
general
number
statistics
as
applied
e
g
in
economics
and
demography
the
former
has
its
own
methods
and
characterising
parameters
particularly
useful
for
describing
and
evaluating
language
structure
the
idea
of
statistical
linguistics
as
using
concepts
and
methods
of
its
own
which
was
adumbrated
in
the
author's
language
as
choice
and
chance
has
now
taken
definite
shape
of
this
development
i
shall
try
to
give
a
brief
account
in
my
book
language
as
choice
and
chance
the
foundation
was
laid
for
a
truly
sensible
application
of
statistics
to
language
by
my
interpretation
of
the
langue
parole
dichotomy
as
being
essentially
that
between
statistical
universe
and
sample
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
190
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
medline
medlars
on
line
is
the
new
on
line
interactive
bibliographic
searching
system
which
was
recently
developed
by
the
national
library
of
medicine
the
system
provides
users
with
lists
of
bibliographical
citations
and
other
information
from
a
three
year
file
of
over
biomedical
journals
a
survey
testing
user
reactions
was
conducted
at
the
university
of
virginia
medical
library
the
results
of
the
survey
are
based
on
replies
by
users
who
requested
one
or
more
medline
searches
between
september
and
march
the
findings
indicate
that
over
believe
that
medline
is
a
substantial
improvement
over
the
traditional
methods
of
searching
through
the
printed
indexes
these
respondents
also
stated
that
the
results
of
medline
searches
had
assisted
them
in
their
clinical
or
research
work
or
both
asked
whether
they
would
continue
to
use
medline
after
the
imposition
of
user
charges
on
july
about
said
that
they
would
the
remaining
expressed
some
reservation
and
doubts
the
survey
gives
reason
to
believe
that
with
the
imposition
of
user
charges
the
use
of
medline
will
decline
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
191
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
medlearn
an
orientation
to
medline
was
developed
to
educate
members
of
the
biomedical
community
to
become
competent
on
line
searchers
it
appears
in
two
complementary
forms
an
interactive
terminal
presentation
available
on
the
tymshare
network
and
a
supporting
hard
copy
manual
which
contains
the
didactic
portions
of
the
computer
program
as
well
as
additional
items
which
are
not
suitable
for
on
line
presentation
medlearn
a
flexible
instruction
tool
is
divided
into
forty
sections
which
may
be
selected
in
various
sequences
depending
on
the
user's
previous
experience
two
medline
simulations
and
feedback
sections
after
practice
on
medline
provide
motivation
for
continued
learning
the
orientation
program
was
evaluated
at
several
medical
centers
with
uniformly
favorable
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
192
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
regionally
cooperative
method
of
distributing
responsibility
for
every
serial
title
in
a
region
is
outlined
the
system
assures
the
equitable
distribution
of
the
number
of
titles
for
which
each
library
is
committed
later
refinements
suggest
an
equalization
of
cost
commitments
on
the
basis
of
fiscal
resources
available
for
serial
purchases
it
is
pointed
out
that
fiscal
realities
will
force
some
sort
of
serial
acquisition
cooperation
for
all
viable
medical
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
193
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
data
for
the
end
of
on
recorded
use
of
some
two
hundred
of
the
most
often
used
scientific
and
medical
journals
in
the
yale
medical
library
the
investigation
was
designed
to
identify
the
most
abundantly
used
titles
of
recent
date
of
publication
to
guide
the
acquisition
of
multiple
subscriptions
at
the
same
time
data
was
collected
to
distinguish
heavily
used
back
sets
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
194
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
possible
criteria
by
which
the
effectiveness
of
a
published
index
may
be
evaluated
and
suggest
procedures
that
might
be
used
to
conduct
an
evaluation
of
a
published
index
the
procedures
were
developed
for
the
national
library
of
medicine
and
relate
specifically
to
the
recurring
bibliographies
produced
by
medlars
in
various
specialized
areas
of
biomedicine
the
methods
described
should
however
be
applicable
to
other
printed
indexes
and
abstract
journals
factors
affecting
the
performance
of
a
published
index
are
also
discussed
and
some
research
projects
relevant
to
the
evaluation
of
published
indexes
are
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
195
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
is
an
application
of
the
relationship
of
serial
articles
published
to
serial
articles
cited
developed
in
theory
in
the
author's
statistical
bibliography
in
the
health
sciences
bulletin
july
a
ranked
list
of
the
indexes
of
significance
of
most
of
the
serials
indexed
in
current
list
of
medical
literature
was
derived
and
erected
from
citations
secured
in
a
random
sampling
of
and
biomedical
journals
regularly
received
in
the
yale
medical
library
the
author
measures
the
gross
indexing
effectiveness
of
current
list
against
his
indexes
of
significance
offers
his
method
and
results
as
means
to
reach
objective
standards
for
indexing
and
abstracting
and
projects
his
results
as
measures
of
general
value
of
the
serials
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
196
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
basic
journal
list
of
forty
eight
journal
titles
is
intended
as
a
selection
guide
for
the
librarian
of
the
small
hospitals
it
is
based
on
a
survey
of
physicians
in
virginia
who
were
asked
to
review
journal
titles
contained
in
the
edition
of
a
list
compiled
by
mr
alfred
n
brandon
the
list
is
designed
for
the
library
in
a
hospital
of
from
to
beds
and
for
the
active
clinician
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
197
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
reviews
the
highlights
of
a
four
week
trial
period
november
december
during
which
the
medical
library
of
the
university
of
virginia
experimented
with
a
new
remote
access
bibliographical
control
and
retrieval
system
via
its
twx
machine
the
system
called
aim
twx
was
sponsored
by
the
lister
hill
national
center
for
biomedical
communications
and
utilized
a
time
shared
ibm
computer
in
santa
monica
california
citations
from
clinically
oriented
journals
from
to
date
including
those
currently
included
in
the
abridged
index
medicus
may
be
retrieved
either
on
or
off
line
various
aspects
of
this
service
are
described
including
problems
of
staffing
training
and
record
keeping
as
well
as
the
role
of
the
mesh
vocabulary
which
is
the
principle
language
of
the
man
computer
dialog
the
statistical
results
indicated
that
the
system
was
used
for
approximately
minuted
on
nineteen
days
and
that
an
average
of
sixteen
searches
were
run
on
any
given
day
or
about
searches
per
hour
of
use
in
spite
of
an
inexperienced
staff
who
had
little
knowledge
of
the
mesh
vocabulary
and
whose
training
schedule
was
limited
to
one
four
hour
session
the
experiment
was
highly
successful
in
terms
of
searches
and
citations
at
the
end
of
the
period
searches
had
been
run
for
requestors
and
citations
had
been
produced
only
fifty
five
searches
yielded
no
citations
the
experiment
generated
a
great
deal
of
excitement
and
interest
among
the
staff
of
the
library
and
of
the
medical
center
moreover
a
large
number
of
medical
practitioners
in
large
and
small
communities
of
virginia
participated
in
this
experiment
indicating
that
there
exists
a
great
demand
for
this
type
of
literature
searching
which
aim
twx
is
able
to
provide
with
great
rapidity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
198
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
for
many
years
administrators
of
library
collections
have
sought
objective
criteria
for
assembling
well
rounded
periodical
collections
in
the
subject
fields
represented
by
their
collections
the
nearest
approach
to
any
criterion
which
does
away
with
the
a
priori
knowledge
of
the
specialist
was
first
suggested
by
gross
and
gross
in
this
method
consists
essentially
of
counting
the
bibliographic
citations
at
the
conclusions
of
the
articles
in
a
basic
periodical
of
the
field
under
consideration
and
of
arranging
the
journals
cited
in
order
of
the
frequency
of
their
citation
thus
in
the
field
of
chemistry
the
references
in
the
journal
of
the
american
chemical
society
are
counted
and
a
list
is
made
of
the
most
frequently
cited
journals
according
to
gross
and
gross
the
journals
which
are
cited
most
frequently
in
the
journal
of
the
american
chemical
society
are
the
most
valuable
journals
for
a
library
to
purchase
in
order
to
possess
a
well
rounded
collection
in
chemistry
although
the
gross
and
gross
method
has
been
in
use
for
almost
twenty
years
the
fundamental
assumptions
upon
which
the
method
is
based
have
never
been
examined
these
assumptions
are
the
value
of
a
periodical
to
a
professional
worker
is
in
direct
proportion
to
the
number
of
times
it
is
cited
in
the
professional
literature
the
journal
or
journals
used
as
the
base
for
the
tabulation
are
representative
of
the
entire
field
if
more
than
one
journal
is
used
as
a
base
all
of
them
can
be
weighted
equally
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
199
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
sustained
interest
in
documentation
as
a
key
to
the
retrieval
of
information
in
the
literature
of
the
sciences
has
obscured
largely
the
potential
utility
of
statistical
bibliography
as
a
method
of
analyzing
information
needs
in
the
belief
that
a
discussion
of
the
latter
may
be
of
value
to
interested
biomedical
librarians
and
scientists
a
review
of
investigative
methods
and
results
in
the
health
sciences
is
offered
here
statistical
bibliography
may
be
defined
as
the
assembling
and
interpretation
of
statistics
relating
to
books
and
periodicals
it
may
be
used
in
a
variety
of
situations
for
an
almost
unlimited
number
of
measurements
within
the
last
forty
years
bibliographical
statistics
have
been
collected
and
explained
in
several
fields
of
science
for
these
main
purposes
to
demonstrate
historical
movements
to
determine
the
national
or
universal
research
use
of
books
and
journals
and
to
ascertain
in
many
local
situations
the
general
use
of
books
and
journals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
2
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
is
an
analysis
of
acts
of
use
in
technical
libraries
in
the
united
kingdom
library
use
is
only
one
aspect
of
the
wider
pattern
of
information
use
information
transfer
in
libraries
is
restricted
to
the
use
of
documents
it
takes
no
account
of
documents
used
outside
the
library
still
less
of
information
transferred
orally
from
person
to
person
the
library
acts
as
a
channel
in
only
a
proportion
of
the
situations
in
which
information
is
transferred
taking
technical
information
transfer
as
a
whole
there
is
no
doubt
that
this
proportion
is
not
the
major
one
there
are
users
of
technical
information
particularly
in
technology
rather
than
science
who
visit
libraries
rarely
if
at
all
relying
on
desk
collections
of
handbooks
current
periodicals
and
personal
contact
with
their
colleagues
and
with
people
in
other
organizations
even
regular
library
users
also
receive
information
in
other
ways
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
20
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
most
librarians
mark
the
beginning
of
modern
librarianship
from
the
founding
of
the
american
library
association
in
and
the
appearance
on
the
national
library
scene
of
such
dynamic
and
controversial
figures
as
melvil
dewey
and
charles
ammi
cutter
but
in
doing
so
they
overlook
an
extremely
significant
era
in
the
history
of
our
profession
for
the
quarter
century
preceding
the
meeting
in
philadelphia
was
one
characterized
by
great
advances
in
the
field
of
american
librarianship
this
period
of
growth
was
to
have
considerable
influence
on
the
course
of
library
development
in
america
after
to
ignore
the
third
quarter
of
the
nineteenth
century
is
to
risk
misinterpreting
the
pivotal
post
era
and
in
this
time
of
reappraisal
it
seems
particularly
appropriate
and
useful
to
focus
our
attention
on
the
years
preceding
the
founding
of
the
american
library
association
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
200
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
mechanical
means
for
expediting
library
work
have
been
considered
for
many
years
as
an
examination
of
the
early
pages
of
library
journals
bears
out
the
very
first
volume
of
the
forerunner
of
the
bulletin
the
medical
library
and
historical
journal
moreover
contained
an
article
on
the
use
of
the
typewriting
machine
in
cataloging
telephones
have
long
been
accepted
as
library
machines
and
except
for
unusual
items
hand
bookbinding
has
given
way
to
machine
bound
books
nevertheless
when
the
term
machine
methods
is
used
for
libraries
today
the
prevailing
idea
is
that
expensive
and
complicated
electronic
equipment
must
be
employed
and
since
few
libraries
are
able
to
afford
such
equipment
for
themselves
it
is
generally
assumed
that
none
but
the
largest
libraries
the
library
of
congress
or
the
national
library
of
medicine
for
example
will
be
able
to
employ
already
existing
mechanical
methods
or
devise
systems
specifically
applicable
to
their
own
situations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
201
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
investigation
was
to
produce
a
title
list
of
current
journals
suppling
upwards
of
percent
of
demand
at
the
columbia
and
yale
medical
libraries
columbia
received
nearly
journals
and
yale
over
findings
are
based
upon
an
analysis
of
canceled
charge
slips
for
issues
published
from
through
june
this
combined
study
of
recorded
usage
for
six
months
in
the
columbia
medical
library
percent
of
circulation
during
january
through
june
and
for
one
year
in
the
yale
medical
library
percent
of
circulation
revealed
that
a
core
of
journals
supplied
percent
of
use
of
titles
published
in
the
to
mid
period
however
it
is
probable
that
current
issues
of
all
titles
received
were
used
at
least
once
within
the
libraries
titles
of
sixty
seven
journals
which
supplied
slightly
more
than
percent
of
use
are
listed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
202
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
users
of
information
in
science
and
technology
have
been
studied
in
great
detail
with
respect
to
material
read
amount
of
time
spent
in
reading
and
searching
the
literature
categories
of
questions
asked
an
so
on
probing
for
this
information
has
been
undertaken
by
means
of
structured
and
unstructured
interviews
diaries
surveys
and
questionnaires
although
a
large
amount
of
data
has
emerged
on
information
usage
and
flow
the
subjective
response
of
scientists
furnishes
comment
only
on
the
satisfaction
produced
by
present
information
services
and
does
not
yield
insight
into
the
extent
to
which
needs
remain
unsatisfied
relevance
figures
based
upon
the
response
of
systems
to
questions
cannot
be
equated
with
satisfaction
of
needs
since
questions
constitute
in
most
cases
inadequate
representations
of
underlying
information
needs
assessment
of
the
needs
of
users
of
medical
libraries
and
information
system
must
in
fact
be
made
in
relation
to
the
observed
behavior
and
experience
of
biomedical
scientists
there
is
room
for
well
designed
experimentation
which
can
explore
the
interaction
of
both
psychological
and
environmental
factors
significant
differences
in
information
needs
exist
among
and
between
individuals
such
as
researches
and
clinicians
in
the
same
environment
with
respect
to
environment
it
is
hypothesized
that
the
information
needs
for
medical
practitioners
in
remote
areas
might
differ
significantly
from
those
of
their
colleagues
working
in
large
metropolitan
centers
in
close
proximity
to
medical
schools
research
institutions
and
other
rich
sources
of
information
fallout
it
is
anticipated
that
experimentation
will
eventually
result
in
a
methodology
which
will
permit
the
determination
and
prediction
of
the
information
needs
of
any
identified
groups
of
users
in
a
specific
environment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
203
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
book
and
journal
circulation
is
based
on
cancelled
charge
slips
collected
over
a
one
year
period
in
the
yale
medical
library
about
two
fifths
of
material
circulated
were
monographs
books
and
journals
in
seven
subject
fields
provided
over
half
of
the
circulation
approximately
two
thirds
of
both
books
and
journals
used
had
been
published
during
the
most
recent
nine
years
a
subject
by
subject
examination
of
the
ratio
of
books
to
journals
circulating
revealed
that
in
subject
where
proportionally
more
journals
than
books
were
taken
out
of
the
library
books
were
of
more
recent
imprint
dates
than
were
journals
contrary
to
the
overall
pattern
date
distribution
of
books
and
journals
by
subject
was
also
studied
results
are
illustrated
with
graphs
and
tables
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
204
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
cancelled
charge
slips
collected
over
a
one
year
period
supply
the
data
for
this
analysis
of
circulation
in
the
yale
medical
library
full
time
teacher
faculty
are
the
heaviest
users
of
journal
literature
and
students
of
monograph
literature
faculties
of
medical
school
departments
are
compared
in
terms
of
their
use
of
material
in
individual
subjects
subject
literatures
are
analyzed
in
terms
of
groups
of
users
borrowing
from
them
the
extent
to
which
journal
titles
used
by
medical
students
are
also
used
by
medical
school
faculty
is
examined
one
of
the
products
of
the
study
is
a
rank
list
of
journal
titles
used
in
the
library
results
are
presented
in
several
tables
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
205
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
conventionally
erected
and
reported
circulation
analysis
of
serial
use
in
the
individual
and
the
feeder
library
is
found
to
be
statistically
invalid
and
misleading
since
it
measures
neither
the
intellectual
use
of
the
serial's
contents
nor
the
physical
handlings
or
serial
units
and
is
nonrepresentative
of
the
in
depth
library
use
of
serials
it
fails
utterly
to
report
or
even
to
suggest
the
relation
of
intralibrary
and
interlibrary
serial
resources
the
actual
mechanics
of
the
serial
use
analysis
and
the
active
variables
in
the
library
situation
which
affect
serial
use
are
demonstrated
in
a
simulated
analysis
and
are
explained
at
length
a
positive
design
is
offered
for
the
objective
gathering
and
reporting
of
data
on
the
local
intellectual
use
and
physical
handling
of
serials
and
the
relating
of
resources
data
gathering
in
the
feeder
library
and
implications
for
the
extension
of
the
feeder
library's
resources
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
206
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
july
the
institute
for
advancement
of
medical
communication
began
work
on
a
project
aimed
at
developing
methods
for
collecting
objective
data
suitable
for
planning
and
guiding
local
regional
and
national
programs
to
improve
biomedical
libraries
and
the
biomedical
information
complex
this
article
constitutes
an
introduction
to
a
series
of
reports
on
the
methodologic
tools
that
have
been
developed
it
describes
the
overall
purpose
and
initial
goals
of
the
project
gives
the
general
plan
of
the
work
and
presents
five
basic
concepts
that
underlie
the
project's
approach
and
structure
the
entire
effort
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
207
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
method
of
measuring
a
library's
capability
for
providing
the
documents
its
users
need
has
been
developed
the
library
is
tested
with
representative
sample
of
such
documents
to
determine
how
long
would
be
required
for
users
to
obtain
these
documents
test
results
are
expressed
in
terms
of
a
capability
index
which
has
a
maximal
value
of
only
if
all
the
sample
documents
are
found
on
shelf
specific
tests
employing
samples
of
documents
have
been
developed
that
are
appropriate
for
academic
an
for
reservoir
biomedical
libraries
realistic
field
trials
have
demonstrated
that
these
two
tests
are
practical
to
administer
and
that
test
results
are
adequately
reproducible
when
strict
comparability
is
not
important
a
library
can
test
itself
in
assessing
a
reservoir
library
test
results
are
supplemented
by
data
on
its
typical
processing
time
for
interlibrary
loan
requests
currently
these
tests
are
being
used
in
a
national
survey
the
general
method
is
applicable
to
other
types
of
libraries
provided
appropriate
test
samples
are
established
if
their
limitations
are
clearly
understood
these
document
delivery
tests
can
be
valuable
tools
for
planning
and
managing
library
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
208
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
standardized
procedure
was
developed
for
eliciting
those
details
for
a
library's
service
policies
that
are
important
to
its
users
and
for
recording
the
data
by
checking
appropriate
categories
on
a
form
this
inventory
procedure
covers
the
entire
spectrum
of
user
services
and
accommodates
a
wide
range
of
policies
the
inventory
was
originally
designed
for
use
by
trained
interviewers
in
large
scale
surveys
of
academic
medical
libraries
however
it
is
also
suitable
for
other
kinds
of
libraries
and
the
interview
guide
and
checklist
can
be
used
for
a
self
survey
by
library
stuff
in
addition
to
survey
use
the
inventory
has
a
variety
of
educational
administrative
managerial
and
research
applications
a
methods
for
weighting
the
categorical
inventory
data
to
reflect
the
relative
desirability
of
different
policies
makes
it
possible
to
calculate
scores
indicating
how
a
library's
policies
compare
with
those
of
an
optimal
library
an
analogous
inventory
of
the
services
a
library
provides
to
other
libraries
was
developed
for
surveying
major
backup
resources
in
the
medical
library
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
209
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
survey
of
present
uses
and
arrangement
of
medical
library
card
catalogs
was
made
in
order
to
determine
current
practices
and
trends
attention
was
focused
on
the
influences
of
mesh
on
the
card
catalog
the
results
indicate
that
the
prevalent
type
of
card
catalog
found
in
medical
libraries
is
the
divided
catalog
in
addition
it
appears
that
this
catalog
arrangement
is
gaining
acceptance
and
the
trend
is
toward
division
mesh
has
an
effect
on
the
organization
of
the
card
catalog
libraries
indicate
that
it
is
an
influential
factor
in
the
decision
to
divide
the
catalog
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
21
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
book
lorenz
deals
with
the
evolution
of
aggression
in
vertebrates
he
points
out
that
aggressivity
is
totally
different
from
predation
that
it
is
a
biological
necessity
for
defence
of
territory
and
for
a
cornered
animal
and
that
it
becomes
mixed
up
with
other
innate
drives
thus
leading
up
towards
reduction
of
intraspecific
damage
this
be
it
noted
is
most
evident
in
fiercer
social
predators
like
wolves
where
escape
from
the
pack
is
virtually
impossible
and
where
co
operation
without
fighting
is
necessary
for
survival
whereas
in
the
non
social
but
proverbially
peaceful
dove
prevention
of
escape
leads
to
violent
and
often
fatal
attacks
on
the
weaker
mate
in
a
final
chapter
he
advances
some
suggestion
as
to
how
in
the
human
species
where
evolution
is
primarily
cultural
and
not
guided
by
darwinian
selection
in
the
strict
sense
the
aggressive
drive
may
be
canalized
into
less
dangerous
channels
man
has
innumerable
ways
of
adaptively
ritualizing
his
behavior
many
of
them
analogous
if
not
homologous
to
those
found
in
animals
in
any
event
on
aggression
is
a
fascinating
book
by
a
master
of
his
subject
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
210
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
reports
the
results
of
a
four
week
questionnaire
survey
carried
out
at
the
national
lending
library
n
l
l
great
britian
to
discover
which
types
of
organizations
were
the
principal
users
of
medical
literature
what
types
of
literature
were
used
and
which
were
the
main
sources
of
references
to
medical
publications
industrial
organizations
and
universities
accounted
for
the
majority
percent
of
the
loans
most
of
which
were
english
language
periodicals
published
since
for
the
whole
sample
citation
list
in
periodical
articles
were
the
principal
sources
of
references
although
for
literature
published
in
the
last
fifteen
months
abstracting
and
indexing
journals
were
the
main
sources
of
the
latter
index
medicus
proved
to
be
the
most
fruitful
source
of
references
by
asking
whether
the
item
requested
was
really
useful
to
their
work
a
measure
of
the
reliability
of
the
different
sources
of
references
was
obtained
appendixes
include
the
questionnaire
a
list
of
the
most
frequently
borrowed
journals
and
a
list
of
abstracting
and
indexing
journals
used
as
sources
of
references
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
211
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
raison
d'etre
for
cooperative
networks
is
discussed
and
the
development
of
the
suny
biomedical
communication
network
is
traces
briefly
a
description
of
the
system
and
its
products
is
given
the
cooperative
cataloging
program
engaged
in
with
the
francis
a
countway
library
of
medicine
and
the
national
library
of
medicine
is
described
as
are
the
efforts
of
the
network
in
the
production
of
regional
and
state
wide
union
lists
of
serials
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
212
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
the
construction
of
a
synonym
thesaurus
or
entry
vocabulary
for
the
suny
biomedical
communication
network
which
will
permit
the
user
greater
ease
of
access
to
mesh
indexed
material
without
previously
consulting
a
printed
list
of
indexed
terms
in
order
to
discover
the
actual
terminalogy
used
by
a
researcher
words
were
extracted
from
titles
of
articles
appearing
in
index
medicus
and
compared
with
the
subject
heading
under
which
they
appeared
as
well
as
strict
synonyms
grammatical
variants
were
also
included
work
is
continuing
on
relating
other
indexing
vocabularies
such
as
excerpta
medica
and
current
medical
terminalogy
used
in
the
biomedical
world
to
mesh
terms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
213
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
many
ongoing
selective
dissemination
systems
designers
assume
that
the
librarian
can
be
omitted
from
active
participation
in
execution
of
the
master
plan
isi's
four
years
of
experience
with
asca
service
have
shown
that
librarians
must
be
an
integral
part
of
the
system
and
engage
in
a
active
dialogue
between
users
and
the
machine
specific
examples
of
how
librarians
can
best
serve
the
information
needs
of
scientists
using
sdi
systems
are
examined
it
is
the
basic
contention
of
this
paper
that
the
librarian
should
serve
as
an
intermediary
between
users
and
the
numerous
new
information
media
in
this
manner
the
librarian
can
filter
and
translate
the
requirements
of
individual
scientists
to
conform
with
the
inherent
limitations
of
all
machine
systems
while
exploiting
their
capabilities
to
the
fullest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
214
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
experience
of
two
libraries
participating
in
the
suny
biomedical
communication
network
is
described
the
history
of
the
network
if
briefly
given
together
with
its
original
aims
and
their
current
status
use
of
the
terminals
and
formulation
of
queries
are
explained
figures
are
given
for
total
costs
number
of
searches
performed
and
cost
per
search
there
is
a
account
of
the
internal
structure
of
the
administration
of
the
network
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
215
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
annotated
list
of
items
is
compiled
as
a
guide
to
the
development
of
the
reference
collection
in
a
small
medical
library
arrangement
following
the
pattern
of
the
previous
revision
is
by
broad
subject
groups
titles
are
chiefly
in
english
textbooks
in
subject
fields
have
been
omitted
since
these
are
covered
adequately
in
several
comprehensive
guides
to
the
literature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
216
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
medical
library
assistance
act
authorized
the
regional
medical
library
program
to
improve
information
services
in
health
fields
as
well
as
other
programs
designed
to
help
the
health
worker
both
the
rmlp
and
the
regional
medical
program
are
based
on
regional
cooperation
to
enhance
the
value
of
available
resources
and
to
enable
health
workers
away
from
main
centers
to
use
them
services
with
regional
medical
libraries
must
supply
are
described
as
this
program
develops
more
than
conventional
library
services
will
be
provided
regional
medical
programs
stress
the
continuing
education
of
health
related
personnel
and
their
need
for
health
information
libraries
are
necessarily
involved
in
such
programs
the
regions
of
the
rmp
are
smaller
than
those
of
the
rmlp
and
the
smaller
regional
focus
may
be
an
advantage
specific
examples
of
the
coordination
of
library
services
and
library
oriented
programs
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
217
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
breadth
and
depth
of
services
that
ninety
two
medical
school
libraries
offer
to
individual
user
were
ascertained
by
interviewing
the
heads
of
these
libraries
employing
a
standardized
inventory
procedure
developed
earlier
bulletin
oct
selected
aspects
of
the
descriptive
data
obtained
on
services
to
faculty
and
to
medical
students
are
presented
and
commented
upon
comparisons
with
the
findings
of
earlies
surveys
suggest
that
increases
in
the
stuffs
and
budgets
of
medical
school
libraries
over
the
past
two
decades
have
gone
largely
to
supporting
a
rapidly
increasing
volume
of
service
rather
than
to
any
striking
increase
in
the
breadth
and
depth
of
services
to
facilitate
summarization
and
comparisons
among
libraries
the
descriptive
data
were
weighted
and
converted
to
quantitative
measures
the
weighting
scheme
was
established
by
a
group
of
five
academic
medical
librarians
to
reflect
the
relative
values
the
group
assigned
to
different
services
one
these
quantitative
measures
the
percentage
score
for
overall
services
relative
to
the
optimal
library
summarizes
a
library
s
services
in
a
single
figure
on
this
measure
medical
school
libraries
ranged
from
percent
to
percent
the
median
overall
score
was
percent
results
of
some
exploratory
analysis
are
described
these
analyses
attempted
ti
find
explanations
for
the
observed
differences
among
libraries
and
among
geographical
regions
on
the
quantitative
measures
present
and
potential
uses
of
the
survey
data
for
managerial
and
research
purposes
are
discussed
one
of
the
most
important
of
these
uses
is
in
establishing
and
implementing
standards
activities
which
should
be
carried
out
by
the
library
profession
itself
and
recommendations
are
made
for
a
program
of
such
activities
that
is
appropriate
for
the
medical
library
association
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
218
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
national
biomedical
communications
network
has
evolved
both
from
a
set
of
conceptual
recommendations
over
the
last
twelve
years
and
an
accumulation
of
needs
manifesting
themselves
in
the
requests
of
members
of
the
medical
community
with
a
short
history
of
three
years
this
network
and
its
developing
structure
have
exhibited
most
of
the
stresses
of
technology
interfacing
with
customer
groups
and
of
a
structure
attempting
to
build
itself
upon
many
existing
fragmentary
unconnected
segments
of
a
potentially
viable
resource
sharing
capability
in
addition
to
addressing
these
topics
the
paper
treats
a
design
appropriate
to
any
network
devoted
to
information
transfer
in
a
special
interest
user
community
it
discusses
fundamentals
of
network
design
highlighting
that
network
structure
most
appropriate
to
a
national
information
network
examples
are
given
of
cost
analyses
of
information
services
and
certain
conjectures
are
offered
concerning
the
roles
of
national
networks
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
219
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
results
of
a
survey
and
weighted
summary
of
all
major
suggested
journal
subscription
lists
for
hospital
libraries
are
described
a
total
of
ninety
one
titles
taken
from
titles
examined
is
listed
under
thirty
three
subject
headings
contrasts
are
made
for
the
titles
and
subject
headings
employed
by
others
and
the
potential
of
stearns'
core
collection
concept
for
small
medical
libraries
is
dealt
with
in
detail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
22
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
is
not
an
official
policy
statement
of
the
american
library
association
nor
of
the
office
for
library
education
it
is
simply
an
exploration
an
outline
of
possibilities
for
consideration
by
the
profession
its
purpose
is
to
generate
discussion
that
will
lead
eventually
to
a
statement
of
association
policy
that
the
profession
will
support
and
make
effective
a
basic
assumption
on
which
the
statement
rests
is
this
that
the
library
occupation
is
much
broader
than
that
segment
of
it
which
is
the
library
profession
but
that
the
professional
segment
has
responsibility
for
the
definition
and
supervision
of
the
training
and
education
required
by
the
complete
range
of
activities
encompassed
by
the
occupation
librarians
are
not
the
only
persons
who
work
in
libraries
but
librarians
are
the
ones
who
are
concerned
with
the
advancement
and
improvement
of
the
library
profession
it
follows
then
that
it
is
the
obligation
of
the
professionals
to
engage
actively
in
the
establishment
and
maintenance
of
standards
and
norms
governing
the
preparation
of
people
who
work
at
any
level
in
libraries
they
should
define
and
guide
the
kinds
of
preparation
most
useful
at
the
pre
professional
level
and
not
merely
the
education
of
those
who
will
hold
positions
at
the
level
we
now
call
professional
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
220
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
imbalance
between
medical
library
resources
and
information
needs
of
the
health
professional
led
to
a
reexamination
of
the
mandate
for
the
national
library
of
medicine
legislation
known
as
the
medical
library
assistance
act
mlaa
was
passed
in
which
enabled
the
nlm
to
initiate
programs
to
assist
the
nation's
medical
libraries
and
develop
a
medical
library
network
with
the
establishment
of
regional
medical
libraries
to
link
the
nlm
with
local
institutions
the
national
library
of
medicine
through
the
mlaa
has
made
available
million
to
the
medical
library
community
under
a
competitive
grant
and
contract
mechanism
for
the
period
july
june
a
total
of
projects
has
been
executed
in
resources
research
and
development
training
construction
regional
medical
libraries
publications
and
special
scientific
projects
an
assessment
is
given
of
each
of
these
programs
and
their
impact
on
both
the
national
library
of
medicine
and
individual
medical
libraries
in
the
aggregate
these
programs
have
significantly
improved
library
and
information
services
to
the
professional
health
user
the
principal
limitation
has
been
inadequate
funding
to
accomplish
the
level
of
originally
stated
objectives
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
221
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
bibliography
of
nonserial
publications
consists
of
annotations
it
is
intended
as
a
guide
to
the
development
of
a
collection
for
librarians
and
for
health
professionals
in
research
and
education
references
are
mostly
to
publications
from
titles
are
in
english
both
primary
and
secondary
sources
are
cited
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
222
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
reports
the
results
of
survey
of
literature
on
measures
of
library
effectiveness
this
survey
led
to
the
formulation
of
six
criterion
concepts
accessibility
cost
user
satisfaction
response
time
cost
benefit
ratio
and
use
the
advantages
and
disadvantages
of
each
method
of
measurement
are
discussed
several
points
which
became
clear
during
the
analysis
are
discussed
first
there
is
a
relative
lack
of
concern
with
the
rationale
behind
the
evaluation
process
although
the
results
invariably
lead
to
a
confused
interpretation
when
there
is
no
clear
understanding
of
the
purpose
of
an
evaluation
second
the
total
library
system
is
rarely
considered
instead
each
evaluation
criterion
is
taken
in
isolation
rather
than
as
part
of
the
whole
third
the
library's
preservation
function
has
not
been
considered
at
all
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
223
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
standardized
document
delivery
tests
ddt's
developed
earlier
bulletin
july
were
employed
to
assess
the
capability
of
ninety
two
medical
school
libraries
for
meeting
the
document
needs
of
biomedical
researchers
and
the
capability
of
fifteen
major
resource
libraries
for
filling
i
l
requests
from
biomedical
libraries
the
primary
test
data
are
summarized
as
statistics
on
the
observed
availability
status
of
the
plus
documents
in
the
test
samples
and
as
measures
expressing
capability
as
a
function
of
the
mean
time
that
would
be
required
for
users
to
obtain
test
sample
documents
a
mathematical
model
is
developed
in
which
the
virtual
capability
of
a
library
as
seen
by
its
users
equals
the
algebraic
sum
of
the
basic
capability
afforded
by
its
holdings
the
combined
losses
attributable
to
use
of
its
collection
processing
relative
inaccessibility
and
housekeeping
problems
and
the
gain
realized
by
coupling
with
other
resources
i
l
borrowing
for
a
particular
library
or
group
of
libraries
empirical
values
for
each
of
these
variables
can
be
calculated
easily
from
the
capability
measures
and
the
status
statistics
regression
equations
are
derived
that
provide
useful
predictions
of
basic
capability
from
collection
size
the
most
important
result
of
this
work
is
that
cost
effectiveness
analyses
can
now
be
used
as
practical
decision
aids
in
managing
a
basic
library
service
a
program
of
periodic
surveys
and
further
development
of
ddt's
is
recommended
as
appropriate
for
the
medical
library
association
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
224
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
missouri
institute
of
psychiatry
library
has
implemented
an
inexpensive
manual
sdi
selective
dissemination
of
information
service
based
upon
the
monthly
issues
of
index
medicus
the
implementation
and
refinement
of
the
system
are
documented
and
the
very
favorable
response
to
the
system
is
examined
the
sdi
service
is
compared
to
current
contents
with
the
finding
that
percent
of
the
sdi
participants
prefer
it
to
current
contents
for
this
select
portion
of
researchers
the
index
medicus
sdi
is
the
more
suitable
mode
of
current
awareness
for
a
significant
portion
of
the
mip
staff
however
the
score
of
index
medicus
is
too
restricted
to
suitable
replace
current
contents
all
sdi
users
find
it
highly
acceptable
curent
awareness
service
for
use
in
addition
to
current
contents
and
have
indicated
the
desire
to
continue
participation
in
the
service
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
225
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
during
two
one
week
periods
in
april
information
on
periodical
title
and
date
was
gathered
from
periodicals
collected
from
study
and
reshelving
tables
of
the
university
of
minnesota
bio
medical
library
it
was
determined
that
a
few
titles
accounted
for
most
of
the
total
use
the
relationship
between
age
and
amount
of
use
of
a
journal
may
be
described
by
the
equation
y
ke
bx
and
the
last
five
years
of
publication
accounted
for
of
the
total
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
226
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
to
issue
a
clarion
call
for
historians
to
adopt
a
behavioral
approach
to
their
subject
may
seem
as
up
to
date
and
exciting
as
last
month's
newspaper
for
it
is
the
academic
fashion
today
to
argue
the
utility
of
social
science
theory
in
the
writing
of
history
books
and
articles
issue
forth
from
the
presses
in
seeming
profusion
advocating
and
even
occasionally
demonstrating
such
an
approach
yet
these
many
pages
fail
in
three
significant
ways
to
accomplish
the
end
they
nominally
espouse
and
which
i
urge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
227
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
about
the
business
firm
and
the
way
it
makes
economic
decisions
we
propose
to
make
detailed
observations
of
the
procedures
by
which
firms
make
decisions
and
to
use
these
observations
as
a
basis
for
a
theory
of
decision
making
within
business
organizations
our
articles
of
faith
are
simple
we
believe
that
in
order
to
understand
contemporary
economic
decision
making
we
need
to
supplement
the
study
of
market
factors
with
an
examination
of
the
internal
operation
of
the
firm
to
study
the
effects
of
organizational
structure
and
conventional
practice
on
the
development
of
goals
the
formation
of
expectations
and
the
execution
of
choices
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
228
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
recent
development
of
various
methods
of
modulation
such
as
pcm
and
ppm
which
exchange
bandwidth
for
signal
to
noise
ratio
has
intensified
the
interest
in
a
general
theory
of
communication
a
basis
for
such
a
theory
is
contained
in
the
important
papers
of
nyquist
and
hartley
on
this
subject
in
the
present
paper
we
will
extend
the
theory
to
include
a
number
of
new
factors
in
particular
the
effect
of
noise
in
the
channel
and
the
savings
possible
due
to
the
statistical
structure
of
the
original
message
and
due
to
the
nature
of
the
final
destination
of
the
information
the
fundamental
problem
of
communication
is
that
of
reproducing
at
one
point
either
exactly
or
approximately
a
message
selected
at
another
point
frequently
the
messages
have
meaning
that
is
they
refer
to
or
are
correlated
according
to
some
system
with
certain
physical
or
conceptual
entities
these
semantic
aspects
of
communication
are
irrelevant
to
the
engineering
problem
the
significant
aspect
is
that
the
actual
message
is
one
selected
from
a
set
of
possible
messages
the
system
must
be
designed
to
operate
for
each
possible
selection
not
just
the
one
which
will
actually
be
chosen
since
this
is
unknown
at
the
time
of
design
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
229
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
final
installment
of
the
paper
we
consider
the
case
where
the
signals
or
the
messages
or
both
are
continuously
variable
in
contrast
with
the
discrete
nature
assumed
until
now
to
a
considerable
extent
the
continuous
case
can
be
obtained
through
a
limiting
process
from
the
discrete
case
by
dividing
the
continuum
of
messages
and
signals
into
a
large
but
finite
number
of
small
regions
and
calculating
the
various
parameters
involved
on
a
discrete
basis
as
the
size
of
the
regions
is
decreased
these
parameters
in
general
approach
as
limits
the
proper
values
for
the
continuous
case
there
are
however
a
few
new
effects
that
appear
and
also
a
general
change
of
emphasis
in
the
direction
of
specialization
of
the
general
results
to
particular
cases
we
will
not
attempt
in
the
continuous
case
to
obtain
our
results
with
the
greatest
generality
or
with
the
extreme
rigor
of
pure
mathematics
since
this
would
involve
a
great
deal
of
abstract
measure
theory
and
would
obscure
the
main
thread
of
the
analysis
a
preliminary
study
however
indicates
that
the
theory
can
be
formulated
in
a
completely
axiomatic
and
rigorous
manner
which
includes
both
the
continuous
and
discrete
cases
and
many
others
the
occasional
liberties
taken
with
limiting
processes
in
the
present
analysis
can
be
justified
in
all
cases
of
practical
interest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
23
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
project
was
undertaken
because
of
the
high
degree
of
uncertainty
among
the
library
staff
regarding
the
extent
of
the
problem
of
missing
books
the
findings
of
this
study
gave
the
ohio
state
university
libraries
concrete
evidence
as
to
how
many
books
are
missing
and
indicated
the
areas
in
which
book
losses
are
the
greatest
these
figures
also
provide
information
which
can
be
conveyed
to
the
faculty
or
administration
when
they
voice
complaints
about
the
unavailability
of
library
books
the
areas
where
losses
are
high
also
tend
to
indicate
the
areas
of
most
frequent
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
230
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
intent
of
this
survey
is
to
describe
educational
practice
to
spring
in
the
emerging
sixth
year
specialist
programs
in
library
schools
accredited
by
the
american
library
association
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
231
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
educational
systems
specialists
lament
the
deplorable
lack
of
organization
of
nonprint
media
for
utilization
in
the
learning
process
audiovisual
personnel
have
out
of
despair
made
a
painful
entry
into
the
world
of
bibliography
while
librarians
long
experienced
in
the
bibliographic
control
of
printed
matter
still
appear
preoccupied
with
more
conventional
forms
of
information
and
reluctant
to
turn
their
expertise
to
the
organization
of
nonprint
media
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
232
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
bibliographic
control
of
microforms
is
a
foremost
need
in
today's
library
world
despite
the
rapidly
increasing
quantity
of
materials
and
their
bibliographic
complexity
the
methods
for
controlling
microforms
on
all
levels
local
national
and
international
are
inadequate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
233
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
paper
to
analyse
a
class
of
distribution
functions
that
appears
in
a
wide
range
of
empirical
data
particularly
data
describing
sociological
biological
and
economic
phenomena
its
appearance
is
so
frequent
and
the
phenomena
in
which
it
appears
so
diverse
that
one
is
led
to
the
conjecture
that
if
these
phenomena
have
any
property
in
common
it
can
only
be
a
similarity
in
the
structure
of
the
underlying
probability
mechanisms
the
empirical
distributions
to
which
we
shall
refer
specifically
are
a
distributions
of
words
in
prose
samples
by
their
frequency
of
occurrence
b
distributions
of
scientists
by
number
of
papers
published
c
distributions
of
cities
by
population
d
distributions
of
incomes
by
size
and
e
distributions
of
biological
generally
by
number
of
species
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
234
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
essentially
logistical
problem
of
making
library
books
physically
available
when
wanted
by
library
users
is
central
to
librarianship
this
book
is
a
tentative
attempt
to
provide
a
treatise
on
this
problem
as
such
it
has
to
deal
with
both
theoretical
analysis
and
the
practicality
of
solutions
no
apology
is
made
for
the
attention
devoted
to
theoretical
analysis
because
the
author
believes
that
a
clear
conceptual
understanding
of
the
factors
involved
is
important
for
improved
librarianship
the
fact
that
analytical
models
are
not
always
usable
does
not
mean
that
the
insight
that
can
sometimes
be
derived
from
such
analyses
will
not
lead
to
a
better
understanding
of
the
problems
and
thereby
to
improved
library
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
235
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
intervening
years
since
the
appearance
of
the
first
collection
of
papers
concerning
book
catalogs
kingery
robert
e
and
tauber
maurice
f
book
catalogs
n
y
the
scarecrow
press
attention
has
been
concentrated
on
the
book
catalog
as
a
substitute
for
or
an
auxiliary
to
the
card
catalog
this
selection
of
papers
has
identified
some
of
the
efforts
to
solve
particular
problems
concerned
with
book
catalogs
the
published
papers
as
well
as
those
which
have
been
written
specifically
for
this
volume
bring
additional
observations
concerning
the
place
of
the
book
catalog
in
library
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
236
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
speak
of
book
publishing
as
an
industry
and
as
a
profession
both
designations
are
certainly
appropriate
book
publishing
is
a
business
conducted
for
the
most
part
for
profit
but
its
practitioners
at
least
those
who
do
it
honor
have
motivations
that
transcend
their
profit
interest
they
know
that
books
are
no
mere
commodity
no
mere
items
for
consumption
that
leave
their
readers
much
as
they
find
them
books
like
other
vehicles
of
information
and
sources
of
entertainment
can
change
influence
elevate
demean
exalt
or
depress
those
who
expose
themselves
to
them
what
books
are
and
can
be
depends
heavily
on
the
judgement
integrity
taste
and
acumen
of
those
who
select
and
produce
them
their
publishers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
237
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
key
question
was
whether
restrictions
are
being
imposed
on
librarians
or
whether
they
are
imposing
restrictions
on
themselves
that
threaten
the
citizen's
right
to
easy
access
to
as
adequate
a
collection
of
books
and
periodicals
as
his
community
his
country
or
his
state
can
afford
readers
of
this
report
may
come
to
different
conclusions
about
the
right
answer
to
this
question
but
whether
they
conclude
that
librarians
are
or
are
not
being
as
forceful
as
they
might
be
in
developing
and
upholding
freedom
to
read
principles
it
should
not
be
forgotten
that
it
is
librarians
themselves
who
have
had
the
courage
to
provide
the
evidence
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
238
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
when
is
a
librarian's
decision
not
to
include
a
book
in
his
library
collection
an
act
of
book
selection
and
when
is
it
censorship
is
there
in
fact
any
discernible
difference
in
the
two
terms
book
selection
and
censorship
this
topic
was
discussed
so
lucidly
and
ably
long
ago
by
lester
asheim
in
what
has
become
a
classic
essay
in
the
literature
of
librarianship
not
censorship
but
selection
that
raising
it
again
may
appear
to
be
an
exercise
in
redundancy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
239
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
the
second
book
based
on
studies
into
social
aspects
of
book
reading
the
present
book
is
largely
a
report
on
work
which
was
carried
out
in
but
either
not
analysed
or
written
up
in
time
for
the
first
book
or
work
actually
carried
out
and
analysed
during
the
second
year's
research
the
reader
of
this
book
will
find
it
useful
to
have
read
the
first
book
but
the
present
book
is
self
contained
and
does
not
require
reference
to
the
first
one
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
24
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
what
do
we
mean
by
technology
and
what
kind
of
technological
forces
are
we
concerned
with
why
is
it
important
to
be
concerned
with
technology
in
thinking
about
the
future
of
libraries
what
kinds
of
technology
are
particularly
important
for
libraries
how
can
this
technology
be
applied
today
what
can
we
foresee
for
the
future
as
we
move
toward
the
year
what
if
anything
should
we
do
tomorrow
to
try
to
get
from
here
to
here
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
240
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
primary
purpose
of
this
publication
is
to
serve
as
a
book
selection
guide
for
junior
and
community
college
libraries
whether
long
established
newly
established
or
in
the
planning
and
preinstruction
stage
the
need
for
a
new
and
authoritative
book
list
has
long
been
expressed
by
administrators
faculty
members
and
librarians
it
is
hoped
that
the
present
list
will
meet
this
need
and
that
it
will
also
be
useful
in
four
year
colleges
with
special
reference
to
their
lower
division
work
in
secondary
schools
especially
where
accelerated
and
honors
programs
or
courses
for
advanced
college
placement
are
offered
and
in
public
libraries
seeking
to
satisfy
the
demands
of
high
school
and
college
students
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
241
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
guide
is
a
recapitulation
and
refinement
of
the
substantive
content
of
a
one
and
a
half
day
course
which
was
given
before
three
groups
of
federal
scientists
and
engineers
during
the
fall
of
its
purpose
was
to
train
and
inform
working
scientists
and
engineers
as
to
the
most
direct
and
efficient
means
of
seeking
and
acquiring
work
related
information
the
impetus
for
the
course
was
the
recognition
of
the
growing
need
for
working
scientists
and
engineers
to
share
and
participate
in
the
existing
and
emerging
information
tools
and
mechanisms
and
to
avail
themselves
of
the
opportunities
afforded
by
the
newer
approaches
to
information
collection
organization
and
dissemination
a
further
related
purpose
of
the
course
was
to
facilitate
the
fullest
possible
participation
of
the
working
scientist
and
engineer
in
the
evolution
of
information
services
and
mechanisms
which
are
likely
to
have
a
greater
and
greater
effect
on
his
professional
activities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
242
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
each
year
thousands
of
books
are
published
by
the
general
the
technical
the
governmental
and
the
university
presses
in
this
and
other
countries
from
this
overwhelming
mass
of
new
publications
every
library
must
within
the
limit
of
its
funds
select
that
small
part
which
will
be
most
beneficial
to
the
community
it
serves
this
is
properly
an
awesome
responsibility
to
the
young
inexperienced
librarian
to
the
competent
veteran
it
is
a
task
which
though
carried
on
week
after
week
never
can
approach
the
ease
of
a
well
mastered
routine
each
book
examined
requires
the
exercise
of
careful
judgement
integrity
emotional
control
at
times
and
scrupulous
honesty
guided
always
by
a
sense
of
purpose
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
243
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
april
the
can
sdi
project
developed
by
the
canadian
national
science
library
completed
its
first
year
of
operation
at
that
time
the
project
designed
as
a
national
service
to
alert
scientists
and
technologists
to
current
information
in
specific
fields
of
research
was
serving
over
six
hundred
and
fifty
subscribers
requiring
a
total
of
more
than
three
thousand
five
hundred
individual
computer
queries
over
one
thousand
personalized
bibliographies
are
prepared
each
week
from
commercially
available
data
bases
purchased
from
chemical
abstracts
service
the
institute
for
scientific
information
isi
and
the
british
institution
of
electrical
engineers
a
detailed
description
of
the
service
was
given
in
a
paper
by
j
e
brown
published
in
october
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
244
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
case
studies
in
library
computer
systems
does
not
follow
the
mode
of
the
other
volumes
in
this
series
because
none
of
the
persons
libraries
or
systems
is
disguised
neither
has
information
been
withheld
to
force
readers
tp
explore
alternative
choices
as
in
the
usual
case
method
rather
all
systems
are
identified
and
described
as
accurately
as
possible
descriptive
case
studies
are
problem
oriented
however
because
they
analyze
a
situation
in
which
a
librarian
had
to
decide
if
a
computer
could
be
successfully
utilized
to
solve
the
problem
at
hand
the
descriptive
case
method
rather
than
the
problem
case
method
was
chosen
because
it
seemed
important
to
describe
each
system
in
detail
and
to
evaluate
its
performance
in
the
context
of
a
real
library
environment
and
against
the
background
of
particular
institutional
service
objectives
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
245
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
marriage
between
the
university
of
michigan
library
and
community
systems
foundation
seemed
like
a
sensible
step
at
the
time
too
often
library
administration
found
it
necessary
to
choose
between
alternate
courses
of
action
without
having
adequate
information
in
addition
overburdened
department
heads
rarely
found
time
to
alter
their
systems
substantially
to
accommodate
demands
on
the
library
and
their
departments
let
alone
time
to
make
these
changes
in
a
systematic
manner
which
considered
the
impact
on
other
departments
and
carefully
weighed
alternative
solutions
as
a
consequence
of
this
situation
the
library
administrators
were
considering
ways
of
providing
staff
assistance
to
themselves
and
the
department
heads
so
that
alternate
courses
of
action
could
be
designed
and
properly
evaluated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
246
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
study
was
undertaken
pursuant
to
an
assignment
by
the
library
of
congress
the
author
was
directed
to
prepare
for
the
board
on
cataloging
policy
and
research
of
the
a
l
a
division
of
cataloging
and
classification
a
general
analysis
of
the
ala
cataloging
rules
for
author
and
title
entry
with
special
consideration
of
the
rules
for
corporate
authors
and
a
discussion
of
the
objectives
and
principles
which
should
underlie
a
revision
of
the
rules
the
first
three
parts
of
the
report
are
directed
respectively
to
the
three
aspects
of
this
assignment
the
fourth
part
of
the
report
was
added
to
deal
with
general
questions
raised
by
readers
of
a
preliminary
draft
of
this
report
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
247
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
book
deals
almost
entirely
with
theory
and
principles
only
now
and
then
if
it
seems
necessary
to
a
complete
understanding
of
the
implications
of
theory
is
some
detail
of
practice
briefly
described
it
follows
that
the
work
is
not
a
substitute
for
rules
of
entry
and
description
subject
headings
rules
and
lists
classification
schemes
or
other
similar
reference
books
instead
it
is
only
a
commentary
on
such
works
and
it
does
not
profess
to
comment
on
more
than
a
few
of
what
seem
to
be
the
most
important
aspects
of
each
comments
are
made
only
on
cataloging
in
the
united
states
many
interesting
practices
have
always
been
part
of
cataloging
abroad
but
to
write
of
these
practices
also
would
have
taken
several
books
this
work
looks
at
the
foreign
scene
only
when
it
seems
necessary
to
understand
fully
some
procedure
in
this
country
if
a
reader
in
some
other
country
finds
anything
in
this
book
helpful
that
will
be
i
hope
good
for
him
and
for
his
country's
cataloging
i
am
not
at
all
sure
however
that
what
we
do
and
think
in
this
country
will
be
of
value
in
other
countries
with
other
conditions
in
no
sense
is
this
a
book
of
american
intellectual
imperialism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
248
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
papers
in
this
publication
represent
the
edited
oral
presentations
of
the
speakers
at
the
conference
the
conference
theme
centered
on
the
implications
of
cable
television
for
libraries
the
general
purpose
of
the
institute
was
to
foster
greater
understanding
about
the
subject
of
cable
television
in
the
conference
participants
more
specifically
the
planning
committee
for
the
conference
enumerated
the
following
objectives
to
provide
an
atmosphere
of
inquiry
focused
on
the
implications
of
cable
television
for
libraries
to
provide
consultants
and
resource
people
who
have
knowledge
and
experience
related
to
the
potential
of
cable
television
and
its
implications
for
libraries
to
expand
the
participants'
understandings
and
perceptions
of
the
technology
of
cable
television
and
its
related
equipment
as
they
affect
the
libraries'
communications
responsibilities
to
suggest
some
techniques
for
utilizing
cable
television
in
originating
local
programs
and
to
explore
the
possibilities
for
the
varieties
of
services
cable
television
can
offer
the
profession
to
aid
librarians
in
all
types
of
libraries
to
become
aware
of
the
unique
possibilities
for
the
utilization
of
cable
television
in
their
specific
types
of
libraries
and
also
to
suggest
the
importance
of
cable
television
in
a
systematic
approach
to
library
and
information
networks
and
to
create
a
growing
and
continuing
consciousness
of
the
problems
and
opportunities
for
the
utilization
of
cable
television
in
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
249
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
summarizes
the
results
of
the
fourteen
month
feasibility
study
the
colorado
academic
libraries
book
processing
center
project
calbpc
the
report
is
organized
under
nine
major
sections
i
background
ii
participating
libraries
operational
characteristics
iii
cost
analysis
iv
business
office
procedures
v
the
book
processing
center
vi
approval
plan
utilization
vii
mathematical
model
simulation
viii
attitude
survey
ix
conclusions
and
recommendations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
25
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
far
back
as
the
's
algebra
had
been
accepted
as
the
science
studying
the
properties
of
sets
on
which
there
is
defined
a
particular
system
of
operations
however
up
until
the
forties
the
overwhelming
majority
of
algebraists
were
investigating
merely
a
few
kinds
of
algebraic
structures
these
were
primarily
groups
rings
and
lattices
the
first
general
theoretical
work
dealing
with
arbitrary
sets
with
arbitrary
operations
is
due
to
g
birkhoff
during
these
same
years
a
tarski
published
an
important
paper
in
which
he
formulated
the
basic
principles
of
a
theory
of
sets
equipped
with
a
system
of
relations
such
sets
are
now
called
models
in
contrast
to
algebra
model
theory
made
abundant
use
of
the
apparatus
of
mathematical
logic
the
possibility
of
making
fruitful
use
of
logic
not
only
to
study
universal
algebras
but
also
the
more
classical
parts
of
algebra
such
as
group
theory
was
discovered
by
the
author
in
during
the
next
twenty
five
years
it
gradually
became
clear
that
the
theory
of
universal
algebras
and
model
theory
are
very
intimately
related
despite
a
certain
difference
in
the
nature
of
their
problems
and
it
is
therefore
meaningful
to
speak
of
a
single
theory
of
algebraic
systems
dealing
with
sets
on
which
there
is
defined
a
series
of
operations
and
relations
algebraic
systems
the
formal
apparatus
of
the
theory
is
the
language
of
the
so
called
applied
predicate
calculus
thus
the
theory
can
be
considered
to
border
on
logic
and
algebra
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
250
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
the
final
report
of
the
colorado
academic
libraries
book
processing
center
calbpc
project
the
calbpc
project
was
begun
in
by
nine
academic
libraries
in
colorado
in
an
effort
to
establish
a
centralized
acquisition
and
processing
center
the
report
of
phase
i
ii
completed
in
june
dealt
primarily
with
a
general
feasibility
study
the
design
of
the
central
system
costs
of
acquiring
and
processing
in
nine
libraries
and
a
number
of
related
concerns
such
as
accounting
the
congruence
of
approval
plans
and
user
attitudes
toward
library
services
this
report
focuses
on
the
experimental
operations
which
were
concluded
officially
on
september
whereas
the
phase
i
ii
study
dealt
with
the
theory
and
principles
upon
which
a
system
might
be
based
we
are
presently
concerned
with
the
pragmatics
of
book
processing
the
obstacles
encountered
and
the
solutions
achieved
although
this
report
deals
primarily
with
cooperative
acquisitions
and
processing
we
believe
it
also
contributes
to
a
better
understanding
of
cooperative
programs
the
experiment
was
designed
to
monitor
operations
throughout
the
acquisition
cataloging
cycle
performance
and
cost
measurements
were
made
on
most
internal
and
external
aspects
of
the
system
monitoring
also
extended
into
the
participating
libraries
where
a
product
acceptance
study
was
conducted
a
secondary
objective
of
the
project
was
to
observe
the
relationships
which
formed
between
the
participants
and
the
central
agency
such
as
the
interface
of
systems
and
the
human
interaction
of
participants
and
the
center
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
251
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
carl
hastings
milam
spent
the
most
productive
years
of
his
life
in
the
positions
with
which
his
name
is
most
closely
associated
those
of
secretary
and
later
executive
secretary
of
the
american
library
association
ala
from
to
when
he
became
secretary
the
association
had
already
been
in
existence
for
forty
four
years
what
kind
of
association
was
it
that
claimed
milam's
allegiance
what
experience
had
he
had
with
ala
before
becoming
its
secretary
the
answers
to
these
questions
lead
to
better
understanding
of
milam
the
association
and
their
close
relationship
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
252
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
chemical
abstracts
service
along
with
the
entire
acs
publications
program
is
converting
to
a
computer
base
this
change
in
our
basic
method
of
handling
information
will
provide
powerful
new
tools
for
chemists
and
chemical
engineers
to
meet
their
information
needs
our
goal
is
a
unified
system
that
will
produce
both
a
full
printed
record
of
chemical
and
chemical
engineering
knowledge
and
a
variety
of
timely
special
subject
alerting
services
simultaneously
providing
a
mechanized
match
and
retrieval
system
that
is
sufficiently
flexible
to
meet
the
varied
needs
of
information
users
the
output
will
be
supplied
in
whatever
form
best
suits
the
user's
needs
printed
pages
microfilm
or
computer
searchable
tapes
tapes
and
search
programs
will
be
usable
on
the
customer's
computer
or
cas
will
provide
custom
matches
of
its
own
computer
files
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
253
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
abstracts
of
scientific
papers
from
journals
and
other
serial
publications
which
now
make
up
about
of
the
abstracts
in
ca
increased
at
an
average
annual
rate
of
between
and
compared
with
in
the
previous
decade
the
number
of
such
abstracts
published
annually
now
is
doubling
every
years
the
number
of
patent
abstracts
increased
at
an
average
rate
of
per
year
in
the
's
compared
with
in
the
's
however
the
total
number
of
patents
covered
by
ca
either
by
actual
abstracts
or
through
the
ca
patent
concordance
grew
at
an
average
rate
of
from
through
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
254
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
a
chemical
information
system
must
not
be
restricted
to
the
storage
and
retrieval
of
facts
it
is
equally
important
that
the
system
shall
provide
methods
which
enable
a
scientist
to
assemble
and
to
correlate
the
facts
chemical
information
systems
are
required
primarily
as
a
service
to
research
chemists
to
enable
them
to
keep
up
to
date
with
current
developments
in
their
fields
of
interest
and
the
establishment
of
information
services
has
relieved
the
chemist
of
many
of
his
problems
of
literature
searching
and
information
storage
and
organization
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
255
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
most
british
universities
are
spending
at
least
pounds
per
year
on
chemical
journals
alone
and
this
does
not
include
any
administration
or
binding
costs
which
may
be
as
much
again
are
the
universities
getting
their
money's
worth
out
of
these
journals
this
survey
of
one
particular
chemistry
department
suggests
that
they
are
not
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
256
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
are
concerned
in
this
book
with
a
number
of
classic
themes
of
political
science
with
what
the
greeks
called
civic
virtue
and
its
consequences
for
the
effectiveness
and
stability
of
the
democratic
polity
and
with
the
kind
of
community
life
social
organization
and
upbringing
of
children
that
fosters
civic
virtue
in
using
survey
research
to
study
these
classic
themes
we
are
also
following
the
traditional
practice
of
relying
on
the
most
precise
methods
available
to
us
for
the
investigation
of
these
problems
perhaps
tocqueville
and
bryce
were
they
living
today
would
have
relied
somewhat
on
the
cross
section
survey
in
their
comparative
studies
of
democratic
attitudes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
257
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
role
of
classification
schemes
in
libraries
and
information
services
has
probably
caused
more
argument
than
any
other
professional
activity
this
would
be
surprising
if
classification
were
no
more
than
a
fairly
convenient
way
of
arranging
books
on
shelves
some
librarians
think
it
is
and
support
their
view
by
heaping
scorn
on
the
heads
of
those
who
like
the
classification
research
group
actually
spend
years
of
their
time
in
theoretical
discussions
that
seem
to
result
in
more
and
more
abstruse
and
difficult
complications
to
what
ought
to
be
a
straightforward
exercise
yet
today
we
can
see
clearly
two
relatively
new
spectacles
on
the
library
scene
on
the
one
hand
some
librarians
are
criticizing
the
decimal
classification
especially
as
used
in
the
british
national
bibliography
for
being
too
detailed
and
unwieldy
on
the
other
hand
some
librarians
and
still
more
information
officers
are
busy
revising
the
universal
decimal
classification
in
order
to
make
it
more
detailed
in
the
next
field
as
it
were
computerized
indexing
and
retrieval
systems
are
pounding
away
at
the
ever
growing
masses
of
literature
producing
results
that
impress
computer
specialists
but
not
information
users
who
are
so
deafened
by
the
noise
that
they
cannot
hear
what
is
new
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
258
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
first
problem
that
of
learning
of
a
publication's
existence
is
tackled
by
a
multiplicity
of
abstracting
and
indexing
journals
and
other
bibliographies
and
at
local
levels
by
library
catalogues
and
unnecessary
overlapping
among
these
services
while
ensuring
adequately
comprehensive
coverage
are
very
great
but
even
if
these
were
overcome
problems
of
the
internal
arrangement
of
these
bibliographical
aids
would
still
remain
it
is
not
enough
for
them
collectively
to
record
every
scientific
publication
the
user
must
be
able
to
find
every
such
record
starting
only
with
a
subject
on
which
he
wants
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
259
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
preface
to
the
first
edition
of
this
book
which
is
reproduced
following
this
shows
that
in
the
classification
ideas
in
it
were
felt
to
be
controversial
needing
to
be
championed
a
few
years
before
the
classification
research
group
had
issued
a
memorandum
proclaiming
'the
need
for
a
faceted
classification
as
the
basis
of
all
methods
of
information
retrieval
'
as
part
author
of
this
memorandum
i
must
now
judge
the
claim
to
have
been
too
bold
even
brash
but
it
has
been
vindicated
to
an
extent
for
both
in
theory
and
practice
the
value
of
facet
analysis
in
the
organization
of
subject
vocabularies
for
indexing
and
search
has
been
widely
accepted
whether
these
vocabularies
are
classified
or
alphabetical
and
whether
used
in
pre
or
post
coordinate
fashion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
26
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
discusses
the
possibility
of
exploiting
the
statistics
of
word
co
occurrence
in
text
for
purposes
of
document
retrieval
co
occurrence
is
defined
and
related
to
the
mental
processes
of
authors
and
readers
several
means
of
quantitative
measurement
of
word
co
occurrence
are
then
scrutinized
it
is
shown
that
the
most
strongly
co
occurring
word
pairs
which
are
therefore
associated
in
a
statistical
sense
can
be
represented
in
the
form
of
an
association
map
the
last
half
of
the
article
presents
two
modes
of
use
of
association
maps
in
literature
searching
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
260
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
objectives
of
the
sub
committee
in
starting
their
enquiries
were
basically
three
fold
to
gather
a
reasonable
collection
of
statistics
relating
to
the
general
practice
of
classification
in
this
country
to
gather
information
on
th
actual
use
of
the
dewey
decimal
classification
in
this
country
to
provide
a
basis
for
the
recommendations
which
are
provided
periodically
for
the
dewey
editorial
policy
committee
from
the
library
association
library
research
committee's
sub
committee
on
dewey
decimal
classification
revision
to
this
end
a
questionnaire
was
sent
out
to
over
libraries
of
all
types
throughout
the
country
and
after
six
months
reminders
sent
to
librarians
to
ensure
they
had
received
them
and
that
none
had
been
overlooked
the
result
of
this
was
very
pleasing
were
returned
the
vast
majority
completed
correctly
the
actual
figures
of
type
and
size
of
library
are
given
in
the
body
of
the
report
but
no
type
of
library
is
completely
omitted
and
a
significant
proportion
of
the
larger
libraries
returned
the
questionnaire
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
261
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
examination
made
over
a
period
of
years
of
the
principles
of
classifying
law
books
for
use
in
libraries
and
of
their
treatment
in
many
general
and
specialized
classification
schemes
convinced
me
that
no
scheme
existed
which
was
generally
suitable
for
libraries
in
english
speaking
countries
outside
the
united
states
law
collections
in
academic
libraries
in
the
united
kingdom
and
the
commonwealth
were
in
a
particularly
difficult
position
they
had
the
choice
of
adopting
one
of
the
good
american
schemes
which
generally
make
inadequate
provision
for
the
needs
of
overseas
commonwealth
libraries
or
of
adopting
one
of
the
english
schemes
each
of
which
is
virtually
tailored
to
a
particular
library
and
several
of
which
are
even
less
well
suited
to
overseas
libraries
or
of
devising
new
schemes
for
themselves
there
seemed
to
be
an
urgent
need
for
a
practical
law
classification
scheme
capable
of
being
used
in
a
variety
of
libraries
large
and
small
general
and
special
academic
and
professional
in
these
countries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
262
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
plan
of
the
following
classification
and
index
was
developed
early
in
it
was
the
result
of
several
months'
study
of
library
economy
as
found
in
some
hundreds
of
books
and
pamphlets
and
in
over
fifty
personal
visits
to
various
american
libraries
in
this
study
the
author
became
convinced
that
the
usefulness
of
these
libraries
might
be
greatly
increased
without
additional
expenditure
three
years
practical
use
of
the
system
here
explained
leads
him
to
believe
that
it
will
accomplish
this
result
for
with
its
aid
the
catalogues
shelf
lists
indexes
and
cross
references
essential
to
this
increased
usefulness
can
be
made
more
economically
than
by
any
other
method
which
he
has
been
able
to
find
the
system
was
devised
for
cataloguing
and
indexing
purposes
but
it
was
found
on
trial
to
be
equally
valuable
for
numbering
and
arranging
books
and
pamphlets
on
the
shelves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
263
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
author
the
dictionary
and
the
classified
catalogues
represent
three
successive
stages
in
the
order
of
evolution
of
the
internal
form
of
the
library
catalogue
the
classified
form
being
the
latest
to
evolve
the
literature
relating
to
it
is
comparatively
scanty
it
is
strikingly
so
in
the
form
of
a
systematic
code
of
rules
for
cataloguing
while
the
number
of
codes
for
the
author
catalogue
is
fairly
large
and
the
number
for
the
dictionary
catalogue
is
also
respectable
there
appear
to
be
few
systematic
and
complete
codes
published
in
book
form
for
the
classified
catalogue
hence
this
little
venture
which
is
based
on
twenty
five
years
of
experimentation
and
on
the
valuable
reciprocal
influence
gained
by
its
being
taught
to
students
of
library
science
during
the
last
twenty
years
while
the
call
numbers
occurring
in
the
examples
given
are
constructed
by
the
colon
classification
the
rules
of
this
code
are
not
necessarily
dependent
on
that
scheme
for
their
applicability
they
are
all
of
general
application
irrespective
of
the
scheme
of
classification
in
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
264
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
destructive
effects
of
air
pollution
in
the
modern
city
upon
the
health
of
its
people
its
trees
and
its
gardens
even
its
buildings
and
statues
are
well
known
and
are
being
increasingly
fought
against
but
the
public
generally
and
even
many
librarians
and
book
collectors
who
should
know
better
are
apparently
unaware
of
the
rapid
deterioration
of
the
world's
libraries
under
these
conditions
in
libraries
museums
and
private
homes
preventive
care
is
regularly
given
to
pictures
and
sculpture
fine
furniture
silver
and
brass
but
the
gradually
deteriorating
volumes
on
the
shelves
are
given
no
more
attention
than
an
occasional
dusting
which
abrades
the
books
more
than
it
protects
them
i
would
judge
that
more
than
percent
of
the
books
and
documents
that
come
to
my
bindery
for
repair
or
restoration
are
in
a
condition
that
could
have
been
avoided
by
regular
and
appropriate
preventive
care
unfortunately
even
when
the
custodians
of
books
become
aware
of
the
problem
they
my
be
handicapped
by
the
relative
unavailability
of
expert
advice
on
what
procedures
to
follow
in
conserving
their
libraries
the
present
essay
is
intended
to
meet
this
need
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
265
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
following
rules
represent
a
system
designed
to
produce
an
instrument
essential
to
the
operations
and
services
of
a
library
its
catalog
to
understand
the
rules
and
to
apply
them
properly
it
is
necessary
to
comprehend
the
objectives
which
the
catalog
is
to
serve
the
method
by
which
these
objectives
are
to
be
achieved
the
basic
aspects
of
the
problem
of
cataloging
and
the
general
principles
which
underlie
the
rules
objectives
the
objectives
which
the
catalog
is
to
serve
are
two
first
to
facilitate
the
location
of
a
particular
publication
i
e
of
a
particular
edition
of
a
work
which
is
in
the
library
second
to
relate
and
display
together
the
editions
which
a
library
has
of
a
given
work
and
the
works
which
it
has
of
a
given
author
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
266
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
authors
challenge
accepted
doctrine
which
asserts
that
the
adequacy
of
an
academic
library
cannot
be
measured
by
the
number
of
books
which
it
contains
out
of
their
feeling
that
the
standards
for
college
libraries
and
the
standards
for
junior
college
libraries
are
inadequate
for
estimating
the
size
in
volumes
required
for
minimum
adequacy
by
libraries
of
institutions
of
higher
education
of
widely
differing
characteristics
they
developed
new
formulas
for
this
purpose
these
formulas
attempt
to
identify
the
principal
factors
affecting
academic
needs
for
books
and
to
ascribe
suitable
to
each
factor
the
authors
then
illustrate
the
application
of
the
formulas
to
specific
institutions
and
conclude
that
while
the
results
are
useful
further
research
in
needed
they
end
by
suggesting
specific
topics
for
such
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
267
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
comprehensive
enginnering
approach
to
the
analysis
and
functional
design
of
library
systems
is
described
in
terms
of
fundamental
space
time
relationship
which
characterize
university
libraries
long
run
trends
in
aquisitions
and
circulation
are
related
to
the
relative
obsolescence
of
stored
materials
and
the
uncertainty
of
short
run
demand
pattern
is
related
to
the
need
for
excess
service
capability
the
spatial
dispertion
of
library
resources
among
specialized
information
centers
and
central
depositories
is
considered
with
respect
to
availability
retrieval
duplication
and
efficient
storage
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
268
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
an
attempt
to
supply
in
other
disciplines
the
bibliographical
expertise
traditionally
furnished
by
university
library
systems
to
departments
with
departmental
libraries
indiana
university
has
over
the
past
three
years
established
ten
subject
specialist
positions
in
the
social
sciences
humanities
and
area
studies
programs
these
librarians
select
materials
render
reference
service
to
faculty
members
and
graduate
students
give
instruction
in
library
use
and
serve
generally
as
the
main
channel
of
communication
between
the
library
and
the
academic
departments
to
which
they
are
allied
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
269
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
several
possible
methods
of
sampling
of
social
science
monograph
titles
in
the
general
library
of
purdue
university
were
considered
and
a
good
method
was
used
to
obtain
estimates
of
their
usage
in
the
library
and
at
home
during
the
period
july
august
the
term
relative
usage
was
defined
and
used
to
study
the
effect
of
language
country
of
publication
year
of
publication
and
year
of
accession
of
a
monograph
title
an
attempt
was
made
to
fit
a
regression
model
for
titles
in
english
by
quantifying
the
last
three
independent
variables
with
relative
usage
as
the
dependent
variable
functions
based
on
the
above
variables
have
been
developed
to
identify
monograph
titles
for
storage
a
questionnaire
was
employed
to
stady
the
usage
of
library
facilities
and
to
gather
opinions
of
library
patrons
purpose
of
visiting
the
library
reason
for
checkout
of
library
material
reason
for
preferring
library
or
home
for
the
use
of
library
material
etc
were
analyzed
on
the
basis
of
the
replies
received
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
27
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computer
program
has
been
written
and
used
which
simulates
the
several
year
operation
of
an
information
system
and
computes
estimates
of
the
expected
operating
costs
as
well
as
the
amount
of
equipment
and
personnel
required
during
that
time
period
the
program
has
been
used
for
the
analysis
of
several
large
systems
and
has
proven
itself
to
be
a
useful
research
tool
for
the
study
of
systems
with
so
many
components
and
interrelated
operations
that
an
equivalent
manual
analysis
would
be
extremely
cumbersome
and
time
consuming
and
perhaps
even
impractical
this
paper
describes
this
program
and
shows
as
an
example
some
of
the
results
of
a
simulation
of
two
of
several
suggested
designs
for
a
specific
information
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
270
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
intergroup
conflict
in
libraries
is
explored
including
conflict
between
departments
between
professionals
and
bureaucracy
and
between
older
and
newer
staff
members
other
special
interests
such
as
informal
power
holders
and
the
subprofessional
are
identified
this
analysis
shows
that
existing
organizational
relationships
in
libraries
let
means
become
ends
strong
forces
toward
conformity
hamper
desirable
growth
and
change
a
restructuring
of
libraries
is
proposed
along
the
lines
of
professional
rather
than
semiprofessional
organizations
principal
changes
to
be
made
are
in
existing
processing
service
relationships
and
administrative
professional
relationships
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
271
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
device
is
outlined
to
help
formulate
the
annual
book
budget
request
courses
described
in
the
college
catalog
are
matched
with
the
books
listed
in
the
american
book
publishing
record
bpr
cumulative
courses
treated
as
if
monographes
are
designed
dewey
classification
numbers
and
arranged
in
decimal
sequence
by
groups
books
in
bpr
falling
into
the
groups
are
tallied
the
dc
groups
are
then
rearranged
by
departments
and
the
number
and
cost
of
books
in
each
are
totaled
results
are
sound
estimates
of
each
department's
probable
current
domestic
book
needs
for
that
year
and
may
be
applied
to
the
subsequent
year
as
an
estimate
of
what
will
probably
be
needed
they
may
be
used
as
factors
in
an
allocation
formula
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
272
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
question
of
librarianship
as
a
profession
is
considered
here
in
terms
of
the
three
key
relationships
of
a
professional
client
organizational
and
professional
professional
practice
in
this
field
is
thus
cast
against
accepted
norms
and
standards
of
professional
behavior
this
critical
assessment
suggests
that
librarianship
falls
far
short
of
the
professional
model
major
shifts
in
the
nature
of
the
services
performed
by
librarians
and
in
their
bureaucratic
relationships
will
be
required
if
librarianship
is
to
advance
the
contributions
of
the
professional
associations
and
of
library
schools
to
the
advancement
of
the
process
of
professionalization
is
also
analyzed
progress
in
the
field
is
viewed
to
be
inextricably
tied
to
the
success
or
failure
which
librarianship
achieves
in
its
quest
for
true
professional
attainment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
273
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
library
administrators
could
adjudge
their
likely
fortunes
in
the
academic
tug
of
war
for
funds
if
they
understood
more
clearly
the
attitudes
of
institutional
administrators
toward
libraries
some
view
the
library
as
a
bottomless
pit
all
recognize
that
the
library
is
unlikely
to
generate
much
political
pressure
for
its
own
aggrandizement
many
young
institutional
administrators
are
coming
to
apply
more
sophisticated
measures
to
their
funding
formulas
than
have
been
utilized
in
the
past
librarians
therefore
would
be
well
advised
to
become
more
proficient
in
modern
management
techniques
and
program
budgeting
concepts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
274
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
seekers
of
information
in
libraries
either
go
through
a
librarian
intermediary
or
they
help
themselves
when
they
go
through
librarians
they
must
develop
their
questions
through
four
levels
of
need
referred
to
here
as
the
visceral
conscious
formalized
and
compromised
needs
in
this
pre
search
interview
with
an
information
seeker
the
reference
librarian
attempts
to
help
him
arrive
at
an
understanding
od
his
compromised
need
by
determining
the
subject
of
his
interest
his
motivation
his
personal
characteristics
the
relationship
of
the
inquiry
to
file
organization
and
anticipated
answers
the
author
contends
that
research
is
needed
into
the
techniques
of
conducting
this
negotiation
between
the
user
and
the
reference
librarian
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
275
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
circulation
statistics
can
be
precise
reflections
of
library
use
according
to
the
curriculum
the
statistics
can
help
the
librarian
decide
how
to
allocate
the
budget
to
departments
traditional
counts
by
department
personnel
or
by
broad
dewey
or
lc
classes
are
imprecise
an
analogy
between
curriculum
and
circulation
can
be
constructed
by
classifying
courses
in
the
college
catalog
by
dc
or
lc
rearranging
the
numbers
thus
generated
by
department
and
then
counting
circulation
within
those
groups
the
analogy
is
thus
a
quantitative
measure
and
a
precise
reflection
of
library
use
according
to
curriculum
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
276
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
accessibility
of
the
card
catalog
seems
to
be
inversely
proportional
to
the
complexity
of
its
arrangement
a
catalog
divided
into
author
title
and
subject
sequence
simplifies
the
filing
order
of
cards
and
facilitates
the
use
of
each
catalog
it
is
argued
here
that
a
three
way
division
into
author
title
and
subject
catalogs
will
further
augment
these
advantages
in
this
paper
a
separation
of
the
title
catalog
at
the
university
of
wisconsin
milwaukee
library
is
described
and
evaluated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
277
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
authors
derive
a
book
fund
distribution
formula
from
a
factor
analysis
of
twenty
two
variables
which
measure
and
quantify
academic
departments
the
analysis
generates
a
x
matrix
of
correlations
a
few
of
the
significant
correlations
are
discussed
e
g
those
between
books
published
and
books
circulated
high
correlation
and
circulation
by
subject
and
circulation
by
person
low
correlation
the
factor
analysis
sorts
out
the
complex
relationships
between
the
twenty
two
variables
and
reduces
them
to
three
main
factors
two
of
which
seem
to
describe
materials
used
and
users
the
third
may
describe
needs
the
three
factors
are
the
chief
elements
in
the
formula
each
factor
can
be
represented
by
any
one
or
more
of
the
variables
in
that
factor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
278
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
questions
about
the
accuracy
of
library
records
the
behavior
or
attitudes
of
patrons
or
the
conditions
of
the
books
in
the
collection
can
often
be
answered
by
a
random
sampling
study
use
of
this
time
and
money
saving
technique
requires
no
special
mathematical
ability
or
statistical
background
the
concept
of
accuracy
is
discussed
and
a
table
is
provided
to
simplify
the
determination
of
an
appropriate
sample
size
a
method
of
selecting
a
sample
using
random
numbers
is
shown
three
examples
illustrate
the
application
of
the
technique
to
library
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
279
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
libraries
in
academic
institutions
have
traditionally
prepared
annual
budgets
based
either
upon
subjective
judgments
or
upon
oversimplified
formulas
two
budgeting
techniques
recently
introduced
into
universities
from
the
defense
establishment
are
program
budgeting
and
benefit
analysis
properly
applied
they
can
be
utilized
to
gain
better
decisions
in
problems
facing
academic
library
managers
and
improved
allocation
of
library
resources
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
28
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
recently
a
number
of
articles
books
and
reports
dealing
with
information
systems
i
e
document
retrieval
systems
have
advanced
the
doctrine
that
such
systems
are
to
be
evaluated
in
terms
of
the
degree
or
percentage
of
relevancy
they
provide
although
there
seems
to
be
little
agreement
on
what
relevance
means
and
some
doubt
that
it
is
quantifiable
there
is
nevertheless
a
growing
agreement
that
a
fixed
and
formal
relationship
exists
between
the
relevance
and
the
recall
performance
of
any
system
thus
we
will
find
in
the
literature
both
a
frankly
subjective
notion
of
relevance
as
reported
by
individual
users
and
equations
curves
and
mathematical
formulations
which
presumably
provide
numerical
measures
of
the
recall
and
relevance
characteristics
of
information
systems
this
phenomenon
of
shifting
back
and
forth
from
an
admittedly
subjective
and
non
mathematical
term
to
equations
in
which
the
same
term
is
given
a
mathematical
value
or
a
mathematical
definition
has
its
ancient
parallel
in
discussions
of
probability
one
cannot
of
course
legislate
the
meaning
of
a
term
it
all
depends
as
alice
pointed
out
on
who
is
master
the
user
or
the
term
on
the
other
hand
the
use
of
a
single
term
in
the
same
document
to
cover
two
or
more
distinct
meanings
especially
when
such
a
usage
is
designed
to
secure
the
acceptance
of
a
doctrine
by
attributing
to
it
mathematical
validity
which
it
does
not
have
represents
a
more
serious
situation
than
merely
careless
ambiguity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
280
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
an
effort
to
determine
certain
facts
concerning
the
relation
of
circulation
satisfaction
to
collection
size
the
author
sampled
the
last
circulation
date
of
stack
books
and
of
circulated
books
in
three
considerably
different
kinds
of
academic
libraries
the
experience
of
these
three
libraries
proved
to
be
surprisingly
similar
the
author
speculates
concerning
potential
uses
to
which
such
data
might
be
profitably
applied
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
281
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
steadily
increasing
rate
of
productivity
should
be
the
economic
goal
of
library
automation
such
productivity
will
be
achieved
only
by
development
of
a
new
library
technology
thereby
rise
in
library
costs
which
are
going
up
exponentially
at
a
frightening
rate
will
be
brought
into
line
with
cost
rises
in
the
economy
as
a
whole
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
282
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
authors
contrast
the
university
catalog
and
the
card
catalog
and
conclude
that
the
university
catalog
is
the
best
guide
to
the
university's
current
scholarly
interest
they
urge
that
librarians
study
and
classify
courses
therein
such
as
books
using
the
library
of
congress
or
dewey
decimal
schemes
so
that
specific
class
number
are
grouped
by
academic
department
and
become
substantial
spans
the
profile
can
be
used
as
a
selection
tool
as
a
correlating
tool
between
curriculum
circulation
and
publishing
and
as
a
device
to
aid
weeding
and
shelving
general
and
specific
quidelines
for
classifying
including
a
method
for
resolving
apparent
duplication
of
courses
in
different
departments
are
presented
time
and
unit
figures
are
tabulated
specific
steps
in
classification
and
editing
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
283
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
academic
librarians
will
archive
and
deserve
full
academic
status
only
after
they
cause
changes
in
the
bureaucratic
structure
of
libraries
and
in
library
education
and
when
they
provide
professional
service
on
a
scholarly
level
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
284
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
following
paper
was
read
at
the
second
international
seminar
on
approval
and
gathering
plans
for
large
and
medium
size
academic
libraries
kalamazoo
michigan
october
we
print
it
here
because
its
dissenting
viewpoint
is
a
timely
as
it
is
provocative
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
285
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
among
the
several
kinds
of
change
that
appear
to
be
in
order
in
personnel
management
in
university
libraries
some
have
been
described
others
have
not
there
has
perhaps
been
a
super
abundance
of
attention
devoted
for
example
to
the
inadequate
treatment
of
librarians
within
the
university
community
as
a
whole
but
little
discussion
has
thus
far
appeared
in
print
concerning
their
treatment
within
the
library
itself
this
paper
will
attempt
to
define
certain
progressive
changes
that
it
is
possible
and
probably
desirable
for
the
library
to
implement
internally
regardless
of
the
university's
willingness
to
consider
improving
the
librarian's
lot
in
the
larger
community
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
286
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
recent
emphasis
placed
on
the
use
of
microfiche
by
large
government
agencies
has
increased
the
pressure
in
libraries
supporting
government
research
to
make
greater
use
of
microfiche
negative
and
apathetic
user
attitudes
expressed
by
researchers
indicate
that
expanded
efforts
to
overcome
resistance
if
the
great
potential
of
microfiche
is
to
be
realized
efforts
in
microphotography
expended
on
technical
achievement
in
the
past
should
be
directed
toward
understanding
the
user
and
his
needs
to
discover
why
he
avoids
microforms
and
how
to
overcome
his
resistance
to
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
287
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
is
based
on
a
longer
more
detailed
paper
prepared
for
the
midwinter
meeting
of
the
association
of
research
libraries
readers
interested
in
the
complete
test
with
bibliography
are
referred
to
the
minutes
of
the
arl
meeting
the
author
discusses
automation
in
the
context
of
the
management
facilities
and
system
requirements
for
large
research
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
288
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
article
summarizes
the
problems
encountered
at
the
fau
library
in
the
and
the
library's
subsequent
reorganization
a
detailed
cost
study
is
analyzed
and
the
clapp
jordan
and
university
of
washington
formulae
for
budgeting
are
described
as
well
as
a
modified
formula
the
resulting
program
performance
budgeting
system
is
now
in
use
by
the
state
university
of
florida
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
289
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
which
are
exposed
the
delicious
delusions
of
those
will
o
the
wisps
the
echoes
is
computerization
of
phrenology
haruspication
and
other
discredited
ancient
sciences
and
the
moral
and
mental
decline
of
our
profession
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
29
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
expression
satisfying
a
requester's
information
need
is
often
used
but
its
meaning
is
obscure
the
literature
on
information
need
in
relation
to
retrieval
suggests
three
different
though
not
inconsistent
possible
interpretations
however
each
of
these
interpretations
is
itself
fundamentally
unclear
the
various
obscurities
involved
are
indicated
by
critical
questions
which
those
who
write
of
information
need
are
invited
to
answer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
290
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
traditional
over
the
counter
circulation
count
is
not
always
considered
a
reliable
indicator
of
total
library
use
to
test
this
assumption
the
author
hypothesized
that
no
correlation
exists
between
the
subjects
of
books
taken
out
of
the
library
and
those
used
within
the
library
counts
were
made
of
books
left
on
tables
chairs
desks
and
other
surfaces
and
correlated
to
books
charged
out
two
studies
were
made
in
the
first
books
were
counted
within
finely
delineated
lc
and
dewey
class
spans
relating
to
academic
departments
in
the
second
books
were
counted
within
the
broad
lc
first
and
second
letters
and
the
dewey
tens
in
the
first
case
the
overall
correlation
was
in
the
second
with
less
data
the
author
concludes
that
out
of
library
circulation
totals
can
be
reliable
indicators
of
in
library
use
for
predicting
in
library
use
and
thus
total
use
two
methods
are
cited
simple
ratio
of
out
to
in
and
the
regression
equation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
291
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
is
directed
toward
the
service
in
systems
work
its
purpose
is
to
generalize
at
a
very
elementary
level
a
methodology
or
approach
which
can
be
used
in
conducting
a
systems
study
systems
work
is
discussed
here
as
a
point
of
view
a
logical
coherent
from
the
top
down
preface
to
decision
making
and
resource
allocation
which
utilizes
a
very
powerful
body
of
sophisticated
techniques
the
approach
and
techniques
reviewed
in
this
paper
however
will
be
those
on
the
most
elementary
level
no
attempt
will
be
made
to
discuss
the
techniques
of
queueing
inventory
management
linear
programming
simulation
marginal
analysis
game
theory
statistical
inference
or
any
of
the
other
highly
sophisticated
techniques
available
to
the
operations
research
systems
analysis
or
sa
analyst
when
the
systems
approach
is
clearly
understood
and
properly
used
it
becomes
a
potent
weapon
in
the
arsenal
of
the
administrator
rather
than
a
review
of
the
tools
themselves
a
delineation
of
this
systems
methodology
and
point
of
view
will
be
considered
in
this
article
the
methodology
discussed
here
embraces
a
number
of
standard
techniques
used
by
the
systems
engineer
time
and
motion
analyst
operations
researcher
and
occasionally
even
the
librarian
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
292
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
approach
to
library
planning
studies
in
this
paper
is
the
use
of
accounting
models
to
measure
library
costs
and
implement
program
budgets
a
cost
flow
model
for
a
university
library
is
developed
and
tested
with
historical
data
from
the
general
library
at
the
university
of
california
berkeley
various
comparisons
of
an
exploratory
nature
are
made
of
the
unit
costs
and
total
costs
for
different
parts
of
the
berkeley
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
293
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
never
noted
for
their
willingness
to
accept
innovative
suggestions
and
implement
change
from
outside
sources
academic
libraries
have
remained
institutions
in
which
changes
in
service
policies
and
programs
originated
from
internal
sources
only
in
order
to
shift
to
an
orientation
that
seeks
to
develop
new
and
expanding
service
programs
the
establishment
to
research
groups
could
do
much
to
improve
both
the
services
offered
by
a
library
and
its
role
in
the
academic
community
while
certain
constraints
always
limit
modification
or
the
initiation
of
services
a
properly
constituted
research
group
could
do
much
to
generate
a
climate
for
change
provide
feedback
to
the
library
and
successfully
continue
to
develop
new
and
more
effective
library
and
information
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
294
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
librarians
must
frequently
judge
circulation
systems
on
the
basis
of
widely
disparate
descriptions
that
make
comparisons
difficult
a
way
is
needed
to
place
various
systems
into
a
common
perspective
framework
so
that
their
similarities
and
differences
can
be
readily
understood
this
paper
explains
basic
and
largely
familiar
concepts
and
components
that
are
common
to
manual
machine
aided
and
computer
based
systems
and
documents
their
significance
as
key
factors
in
the
analysis
and
design
of
academic
library
circulation
systems
cost
factors
are
not
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
295
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
description
of
the
methodology
used
in
collecting
performance
data
in
a
large
academic
research
library
is
given
twelve
types
of
surveys
used
to
measure
and
evaluate
users
services
and
materials
were
developed
and
conducted
during
the
period
at
columbia
university
libraries
and
later
evaluated
sample
results
are
included
costs
of
providing
research
services
were
found
to
be
percent
versus
percent
for
instructional
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
296
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
reviews
a
recent
study
on
the
influence
of
participative
management
on
library
performance
because
most
of
the
recent
theoretical
and
empirical
research
being
done
in
this
area
is
ignored
and
an
invalid
measure
of
participation
in
decision
making
is
used
the
study
provides
no
basis
for
the
generalization
that
in
increase
in
the
library
staff's
participation
in
decision
making
will
increase
the
library's
effectiveness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
297
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
campus
delivery
service
is
one
way
to
increase
accessibility
of
library
materials
this
report
provides
an
overview
of
such
a
service
evaluates
its
performance
notes
the
economic
implications
and
concludes
that
the
service
can
solve
some
of
the
problems
of
decentralized
collections
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
298
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
role
of
the
university
library
director
has
changed
markedly
in
the
last
decade
the
position
of
library
director
has
become
a
difficult
role
to
serve
directors
has
been
subjected
to
pressures
from
different
quarters
five
sources
are
identified
by
the
authors
including
pressures
from
the
president's
office
library
stuff
faculty
and
students
these
difficulties
coupled
with
a
declining
ability
to
meet
user
needs
the
lack
of
cohesive
library
planning
and
an
institutional
inability
to
accommodate
change
have
all
contributed
to
the
declining
status
of
the
library
director
recommendations
as
to
ways
to
ameliorate
the
problem
are
offered
among
the
suggestions
included
are
better
planning
improved
budgeting
techniques
and
the
introduction
of
new
organizational
patterns
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
299
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
method
of
developing
computer
catalogs
is
proposed
which
does
not
require
unit
card
conversion
but
rather
the
accumulation
of
data
from
operating
programs
it
is
proposed
that
the
bibliographic
and
finding
functions
of
the
catalog
be
separated
with
the
latter
being
the
first
automated
such
automation
is
seen
as
being
advantageous
on
a
cost
basis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
3
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
relationships
between
the
organization
and
control
of
writings
and
the
organization
and
control
of
knowledge
and
information
will
inevitably
enter
our
story
for
writings
contain
along
with
much
else
a
great
deal
of
mankind's
stock
of
knowledge
and
information
bibliographical
control
is
a
form
of
power
and
if
knowledge
itself
is
a
form
of
power
as
the
familiar
slogan
claims
bibliographical
control
is
in
a
certain
sense
power
over
power
power
to
obtain
the
knowledge
recorded
in
written
form
as
writings
are
not
simply
and
not
in
any
simple
way
storehouses
of
knowledge
we
cannot
satisfactorily
discuss
bibliographical
control
as
simply
control
over
the
knowledge
and
information
contained
in
writings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
30
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
rationale
is
given
for
creation
and
maintainance
by
an
information
center
of
a
controlled
indexing
and
retrieval
vocabulary
basic
vocabulary
principles
are
use
of
natural
language
development
of
hospitality
to
new
concepts
provision
of
adequate
cross
referencing
and
formatting
for
easy
use
terminalogical
conventions
necessary
for
development
and
control
of
a
useful
vocabulary
are
summarized
and
the
techniques
for
applying
these
conventions
to
construct
a
thesaurus
are
described
computerized
editing
techniques
and
updating
techniques
are
briefly
set
forth
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
300
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
survey
of
the
faculties
at
six
colleges
was
undertaken
to
measure
the
degree
to
which
the
libraries
of
those
institutions
were
communicating
with
the
faculty
concerning
the
availability
of
various
references
services
the
results
demonstrated
that
the
average
faculty
member
was
aware
of
barely
half
the
services
actually
available
variables
of
academic
rank
length
of
teaching
and
amount
of
library
and
reference
use
were
some
of
the
factors
shown
to
affect
faculty
awareness
of
library
service
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
301
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
clr
fellowship
in
enabled
the
author
to
examine
staff
participation
in
the
management
of
large
academic
libraries
the
report
considers
the
climate
of
participation
preparation
given
the
staff
areas
of
decision
making
the
role
of
the
professional
staff
association
and
the
reaction
of
staff
to
such
participation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
302
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
many
methods
of
library
management
are
no
longer
sufficient
to
meet
the
more
sophisticated
demands
of
today
a
promising
management
technique
for
librarians
is
managements
by
objectives
which
helps
to
establish
library
goals
measure
performance
objectively
and
to
identify
factors
affecting
an
operation's
final
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
303
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
one
approach
to
making
college
library
more
relevant
dynamic
and
intelligible
is
to
employ
specialists
with
broad
subject
competence
throughly
familiar
with
the
terminology
bibliographic
tools
and
major
writings
of
several
related
disciplines
these
subject
specialists
or
reference
bibliographers
provide
reference
and
institutional
services
and
serve
as
coordinators
between
academic
departments
and
the
library
a
significant
increase
in
the
quality
of
library
service
is
attained
with
reference
bibliographers
both
building
and
interpreting
the
collection
the
reference
bibliographer
concept
is
examined
from
several
perspectives
historical
antecedents
relationship
to
the
academic
setting
and
the
authors'
experience
with
a
staff
of
subject
specialists
at
a
predominantly
undergraduate
college
library
during
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
304
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
management
review
and
analysis
program
mrap
designed
tested
and
operated
by
the
association
of
research
libraries'
office
of
university
library
management
studies
oms
is
an
assisted
self
study
strategy
intended
for
use
by
large
academic
and
research
libraries
the
program
assists
libraries
in
reviewing
and
analyzing
their
current
management
policies
and
practices
and
provides
guidelines
for
the
application
of
contemporary
principles
of
management
for
the
improvement
of
library
programs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
305
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
inflation
is
currently
affected
library
book
budgets
particularly
with
respect
to
the
acquisition
of
serials
a
model
is
proposed
which
would
balance
the
purchase
of
serials
against
the
purchase
of
monographs
by
individual
funding
units
within
the
academic
library
special
consideration
is
given
to
inflation
as
a
cost
factor
affected
by
both
the
form
of
publication
and
the
subject
matter
applying
the
model
to
a
specific
example
demonstrates
its
use
in
providing
control
over
collection
development
and
allowing
for
equitable
distribution
of
book
funds
among
funding
units
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
306
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
general
the
more
critical
the
decision
the
less
useful
a
cost
benefit
analysis
is
to
library
decision
makers
political
analysis
is
required
and
easton's
conceptual
framework
is
presented
to
suggest
the
utility
of
political
analysis
a
list
of
normative
issues
is
derived
from
raising
descriptive
questions
about
the
politics
of
university
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
307
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ready
availability
of
externally
processed
bibliographic
data
based
has
made
it
possible
for
an
academic
library
to
provide
computerized
searches
on
a
large
number
of
data
bases
with
a
very
small
initial
investment
and
utilizing
its
own
personnel
the
experience
of
the
university
of
pennsylvania
libraries
has
confirmed
that
such
an
approach
is
indeed
feasible
this
article
discusses
the
approach
questions
and
problems
encountered
and
the
factors
considered
in
their
resolution
also
discussed
are
the
role
of
the
data
services
librarian
the
cost
incurred
and
some
observations
as
to
the
philosophy
of
the
approach
with
particular
attention
to
the
integration
of
the
service
into
the
reference
department
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
308
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
criticism
and
transformation
of
society
can
be
divorced
only
at
our
peril
from
the
criticism
and
transformation
of
theories
about
society
yet
the
gap
between
theory
and
practice
so
common
in
the
history
of
american
radical
movements
is
in
some
quarters
growing
wider
some
of
the
most
militant
of
american
radicals
in
the
new
left
or
in
the
movement
for
black
liberation
have
at
least
temporarily
avoided
any
serious
concern
with
social
theory
this
neglect
of
theory
doubtless
has
various
origins
in
some
part
it
is
due
to
the
fact
that
these
social
movements
are
still
new
and
their
political
activism
consumes
their
necessarily
limited
energies
and
resources
the
new
radicalisms
will
in
short
need
time
to
produce
their
new
theories
although
the
neglect
of
theory
is
scarcely
peculiar
to
americans
it
is
in
part
also
due
to
the
fact
that
american
radicals
are
often
more
american
than
they
know
and
may
prefer
the
tangible
outcomes
of
pragmatic
politics
to
the
intangible
outputs
of
theory
again
part
of
their
neglect
of
theoretical
problems
is
probably
due
to
the
close
links
that
some
young
radicals
have
with
the
hippie
contingent
of
their
generation
whose
more
expressive
and
aesthetic
styles
of
rejecting
american
culture
dispose
them
to
avoid
what
they
take
to
be
the
sterile
hassles
of
intellectual
confrontation
there
is
also
a
vocal
minority
who
as
has
been
said
feel
personally
excluded
when
they
hear
an
appeal
to
reason
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
309
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
fully
automatic
document
retrieval
system
operating
on
the
ibm
is
described
the
system
is
characterized
by
the
fact
that
several
hundred
different
methods
are
available
to
analyze
documents
and
search
requests
this
feature
is
used
in
the
retrieval
process
by
leaving
the
exact
sequence
of
operations
initially
unspecified
and
adapting
the
search
strategy
to
the
needs
of
individual
users
the
system
is
used
not
only
to
simulate
an
actual
operating
environment
but
also
to
test
the
effectiveness
of
the
various
available
processing
methods
results
obtained
so
far
seem
to
indicate
that
some
combination
of
analysis
procedures
can
in
general
be
relied
upon
to
retrieve
the
wanted
information
a
typical
search
request
is
used
as
an
example
in
the
present
report
to
illustrate
systems
operations
and
evaluation
procedures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
31
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
an
interim
report
on
continuing
studies
of
library
operations
at
massachusetts
institute
of
technology
being
made
by
members
of
the
institute's
operations
research
project
in
cooperation
with
the
librarians
and
library
staff
in
this
report
which
is
based
on
actual
observations
of
on
the
premise
use
made
of
the
science
library
various
statistics
measuring
the
kind
degree
and
intensity
of
use
are
tabulated
in
addition
there
are
some
suggested
measures
of
effectiveness
of
the
library
a
unique
outcome
of
the
survey
has
been
the
construction
and
verification
of
a
mathematical
model
employing
probability
theory
to
measure
rate
and
kind
of
use
of
library
material
together
with
length
of
stay
of
library
patrons
such
models
characteristic
of
an
operations
research
approach
give
promise
of
furthering
the
goal
of
effective
library
management
and
planning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
310
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
future
users
of
large
data
banks
must
be
protected
from
having
to
know
how
the
data
is
organized
in
the
machine
the
internal
representation
a
prompting
service
which
supplies
such
information
is
not
a
satisfactory
solution
activities
of
users
at
terminals
and
most
application
programs
should
remain
unaffected
when
the
internal
representation
of
data
is
changed
and
even
when
some
aspects
of
the
external
representation
are
changed
changes
in
data
representation
will
often
be
nedded
as
a
result
of
changes
in
query
update
and
report
traffic
and
natural
growth
in
the
types
of
stored
information
existing
noninferential
formated
data
systems
provide
users
with
tree
structured
files
or
slightly
more
general
network
models
of
the
data
in
section
inadequacies
of
these
models
are
discussed
a
model
based
on
n
ary
relations
a
normal
form
for
data
base
relations
and
the
concept
of
a
universal
data
sublanguage
are
introduced
in
section
certain
operations
other
than
logical
inference
are
discussed
and
applied
to
the
problems
of
redundancy
and
consistency
in
the
user's
model
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
311
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
the
johns
hopkins
university
center
for
research
in
scientific
communication
has
been
conducting
studies
of
the
information
flow
process
the
production
dissemination
and
assimilation
of
information
associated
with
nine
scientific
and
engineering
disciplines
this
process
in
most
disciplines
appears
from
the
dissemination
point
of
view
to
consume
about
five
years
from
the
time
a
scientist
begins
his
research
until
reports
of
his
findings
are
cited
in
a
review
to
date
we
have
conducted
over
sixty
studies
of
this
process
and
since
one
of
the
main
goals
of
our
program
is
to
make
genuine
comparisons
of
the
scientific
communication
associated
with
the
disciplines
being
studied
we
have
standardized
the
procedures
instruments
and
analyses
in
those
of
the
major
studies
which
were
conducted
for
all
disciplines
we
will
present
findings
from
the
major
studies
conducted
to
date
in
order
to
indicate
the
types
of
data
we
have
collected
on
approximately
scientists
and
engineers
during
the
past
three
years
to
indicate
some
of
the
goals
of
our
program
and
to
suggest
a
preliminary
picture
of
the
communication
structure
of
science
as
our
program
has
led
us
to
perceive
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
312
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
present
edition
we
have
to
a
far
greater
extent
integrated
diffusion
research
with
the
scientific
study
of
human
communication
diffusion
researchers
have
long
been
aware
that
they
were
investigating
a
special
type
of
communication
behavior
in
this
book
we
stress
communication
concepts
and
frameworks
in
our
analysis
of
the
diffusion
process
we
feel
this
provides
an
advantage
of
conceptual
clarity
as
well
as
ease
of
wide
expression
our
adoption
of
the
communication
viewpoint
is
reflected
in
the
addition
of
several
chapters
the
complete
reorganization
of
all
chapters
and
the
frequent
inclusion
of
new
concepts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
313
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
course
of
collecting
data
on
nine
scientific
and
technological
disciplines
it
has
become
obvious
to
us
that
in
their
communication
activities
some
disciplines
behave
quite
differently
from
others
recently
we
have
reanalyzed
our
data
for
the
physical
the
engineering
and
the
social
sciences
we
do
not
have
time
to
discuss
differences
among
all
three
groups
so
we
have
decided
to
compare
only
the
physical
and
social
sciences
we
have
included
data
pertaining
to
the
engineering
sciences
on
the
graphs
however
so
you
can
get
some
idea
of
how
they
differ
from
the
other
two
groups
before
discussing
these
differences
we
should
like
to
emphasize
that
there
are
similarities
that
there
are
of
major
importance
and
that
they
in
fact
make
genuine
comparisons
among
the
groups
feasible
we
will
discuss
differences
between
the
physical
and
the
social
sciences
in
terms
of
three
major
communication
characteristics
associated
with
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
314
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
perhaps
the
fundamental
problem
of
those
that
work
in
the
scientific
information
industry
is
that
it
is
not
just
that
special
part
of
an
information
industry
that
happens
to
deal
with
material
having
a
scientific
content
technical
librarianship
involves
much
more
than
librarianship
applied
to
books
with
an
esoteric
vocabulary
and
much
mathematics
my
reason
for
choosing
this
problem
as
a
contribution
for
such
a
strategic
conference
is
that
i
know
well
as
an
historian
of
science
that
the
greatest
and
most
useful
advances
in
our
technologies
have
not
come
from
the
applied
research
of
trained
people
trying
to
make
themselves
useful
to
society
but
rather
from
basic
research
aimed
at
furthering
understanding
and
curiousity
and
powered
by
the
latest
instrumentation
that
the
useful
people
have
devised
i
suspect
that
all
the
new
indexing
tools
and
computer
handlings
will
be
more
useful
to
basic
research
in
understanding
scientists
than
they
will
to
solving
practical
problems
for
which
they
are
designed
it
seems
clear
however
that
it
is
only
such
new
understanding
that
can
bring
success
whatever
solutions
ultimately
emerge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
315
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
preparation
for
the
widespread
use
of
automatic
scanner
which
will
read
documents
and
transmit
their
contents
in
automatic
analysis
the
relative
frequency
approach
to
measuring
the
significance
of
words
word
groups
and
sentences
the
relative
frequency
approach
is
discussed
in
detail
as
is
its
application
to
problems
of
automatic
indexing
and
automatic
abstracting
included
in
the
report
is
a
summary
of
automatic
analysis
studies
published
as
of
the
date
of
writing
conclusions
are
drawn
that
point
toward
more
sophisticated
mathematical
and
linguistic
techniques
for
the
solution
of
problems
of
automatic
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
316
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
scatter
storage
techniques
as
a
method
for
implementing
the
symbol
tables
of
assemblers
and
compilers
are
reviewed
and
a
number
of
ways
of
using
them
more
effectively
are
presented
many
of
most
useful
variants
of
the
techniques
are
documented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
317
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
recent
experiments
in
programming
natural
language
question
answering
system
are
reviewed
to
summarize
the
methods
that
have
been
developed
for
syntactic
semantic
and
logical
analysis
of
english
strings
it
is
concluded
that
at
least
minimally
effective
techniques
have
been
devised
for
answering
questions
from
natural
language
subsets
in
small
scale
experimental
systems
and
that
a
useful
paradigm
has
evolved
to
guide
research
efforts
in
the
field
current
approaches
to
semantic
analysis
and
logical
inference
are
seen
to
be
effective
beginnings
but
of
questionable
generality
with
respect
either
to
subtle
aspects
of
meaning
or
to
applications
over
large
subset
of
english
generalizing
from
current
small
scale
experiments
to
language
processing
systems
based
on
dictionaries
with
thousands
of
entries
with
correspondingly
large
grammars
and
semantic
systems
may
entail
a
new
order
of
complexity
and
require
the
invention
and
development
of
entirely
different
approaches
to
semantic
analysis
and
question
answering
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
318
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
generalized
file
structure
is
provided
by
which
the
concepts
of
keyword
index
record
file
directory
decoding
and
record
retrieval
are
defined
and
from
which
some
of
the
frequently
used
file
structures
such
is
inverted
files
index
sequential
files
and
multilists
files
are
derived
two
algorithms
which
retrieve
records
from
the
generalized
file
structure
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
319
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
note
we
attempt
to
point
out
why
boolean
functions
are
in
general
not
applicable
in
information
retrieval
systems
first
we
wish
to
stress
that
a
system
which
supposedly
is
to
serve
a
certain
purpose
has
to
try
to
optimize
some
overall
performance
rather
than
certain
detailed
parts
of
it
this
situation
is
of
course
well
known
saying
that
a
system
should
cater
to
an
optimal
performance
implies
that
the
reward
varies
with
different
circumstances
that
is
there
may
always
be
some
customers
who
will
not
agree
that
the
system's
output
is
satisfactory
however
these
should
be
relatively
few
in
the
case
of
an
information
retrieval
system
let
us
consider
one
whose
function
is
to
furnish
a
reference
list
as
a
reaction
to
a
question
so
if
we
have
a
set
of
documents
s
and
a
set
of
questions
q
the
system
has
to
assign
to
each
question
q
an
answer
a
q
which
is
a
subset
of
s
naturally
this
answer
cannot
be
chosen
arbitrarily
it
should
reflect
a
relation
between
the
question
and
the
resulting
reference
list
usually
one
says
that
the
documents
in
the
list
are
relevant
to
the
question
more
precisely
stated
we
assume
that
the
enquirer
expects
a
certain
reference
list
namely
the
one
he
would
have
procured
had
he
himself
probed
the
documents
in
the
set
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
32
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
of
creative
and
noncreative
research
chemists
with
respect
to
the
ways
in
which
they
use
their
professional
and
technical
literature
the
creative
chemists
differ
from
the
noncreative
in
that
the
former
read
more
technical
literature
on
the
job
are
less
reluctant
to
use
literature
of
greater
reading
difficulty
are
less
influenced
in
their
independence
of
thought
read
more
extensively
and
consult
more
frequently
the
older
material
are
more
inquisitive
and
have
broader
cultural
interests
the
findings
of
the
study
are
believed
to
be
helpful
in
planning
library
and
information
services
in
refining
future
inquiries
into
the
ways
in
which
scientists
use
recorded
information
and
in
improving
tests
for
the
identification
of
creative
ability
among
chemists
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
320
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
teachable
language
comprehender
tlc
is
a
program
designed
to
be
capable
of
being
taught
to
comprehend
english
text
when
text
which
the
program
has
not
seen
before
is
input
to
it
it
comprehends
that
text
by
correctly
relating
each
explicit
or
implicit
assertion
of
the
new
text
to
a
large
memory
this
memory
is
a
semantic
network
representing
factual
assertions
about
the
world
the
program
also
creates
copies
of
the
parts
of
its
memory
which
have
been
found
to
relate
to
the
new
text
adapting
and
combining
these
copies
to
represent
the
meaning
of
the
new
text
by
this
means
the
meaning
of
all
text
the
program
successfully
comprehends
is
encoded
into
the
same
format
as
that
of
the
memory
in
this
form
it
can
be
added
into
the
memory
both
factual
assertions
for
the
memory
and
the
capabilities
for
correctly
relating
text
to
the
memory's
prior
content
are
to
be
taught
to
the
program
as
they
are
needed
tlc
presently
contains
a
relatively
small
number
of
examples
of
such
assertions
and
capabilities
but
within
the
system
notations
for
expressing
either
of
these
are
provided
thus
the
program
now
corresponds
to
a
general
process
for
comprehending
language
and
it
provides
a
methodology
for
adding
the
additional
information
this
process
requires
to
actually
comprehend
text
of
any
particular
kind
the
memory
structure
and
comprehension
process
of
tlc
allow
new
factual
assertions
and
capabilities
for
relating
text
to
such
stored
assertions
and
capabilities
for
relating
text
to
such
stored
assertions
to
generalize
automatically
that
is
once
such
an
assertion
or
capability
is
put
into
the
system
it
becomes
available
to
help
comprehend
a
great
many
other
sentences
in
the
future
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
321
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
using
direct
access
computer
files
of
bibliographic
information
an
attempt
is
made
to
overcome
one
of
the
problems
often
associated
with
information
retrieval
namely
the
maintenance
and
use
of
large
dictionaries
the
greater
part
of
which
is
used
only
infrequently
a
novel
method
is
presented
which
maps
they
hyperbolic
frequency
distribution
of
text
characteristics
onto
a
rectangular
distribution
this
is
more
suited
to
implementation
on
storage
devices
this
method
treats
text
as
a
string
of
characters
rather
than
words
bounded
by
spaces
and
chooses
subsets
of
strings
such
that
their
frequencies
of
occurrence
are
more
even
than
those
of
word
types
the
members
of
this
subset
are
then
used
as
index
keys
for
retrieval
the
rectangular
distribution
of
key
frequencies
results
in
a
much
simplified
file
organization
and
promises
considerable
cost
advantages
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
322
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
deals
with
the
learning
resources
programs
of
the
public
two
year
colleges
in
former
years
these
institutions
were
commonly
called
junior
colleges
and
the
college
departments
or
divisions
that
assembled
organized
and
interpreted
the
learning
resources
mainly
books
were
commonly
called
libraries
in
keeping
with
traditional
terminology
i
could
have
chosen
the
junior
college
library
as
the
title
for
the
study
however
i
decided
to
modify
the
title
to
make
it
correspond
more
closely
to
prevailing
current
terminology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
323
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
decade
professionals
in
the
field
of
librarianship
and
the
information
sciences
will
continue
to
be
faced
with
most
of
the
problems
that
have
haunted
libraries
for
generations
problems
that
can
be
best
summed
up
as
the
attempt
to
reduce
the
anonymity
of
information
there
will
also
be
many
new
problems
some
of
these
are
already
becoming
apparent
while
others
are
still
unknown
but
librarians
need
not
despair
the
past
record
is
clear
through
the
use
of
sophisticated
electronic
machines
we
have
begun
to
master
the
bibliographical
control
and
retrieval
of
information
we
have
improved
the
communication
between
librarians
and
the
consumers
of
information
on
a
national
and
international
basis
and
we
have
refined
the
many
problems
concerned
with
cataloging
and
classifying
information
in
addition
library
education
has
been
on
the
front
line
in
trying
to
educate
people
to
understand
the
complexities
of
organizing
and
disseminating
information
of
all
types
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
324
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
readers
can
expect
to
find
many
parts
of
this
volume
tantalizing
the
definiteness
of
the
answers
to
certain
questions
irresistibly
provokes
more
questions
the
happy
feature
is
that
the
book
provides
information
required
to
limit
the
effect
to
that
of
tantalizing
rather
than
frustrating
for
there
is
given
here
a
wholly
adequate
description
of
the
nature
of
the
corpus
of
present
day
edited
american
english
on
which
this
study
is
based
the
details
of
its
constituents
and
the
modes
of
its
transfer
to
tape
a
replica
of
that
tape
is
available
at
a
small
cost
in
money
which
is
minuscule
compared
to
the
cost
in
time
needed
to
produce
a
like
corpus
accordingly
any
reader
who
seriously
wants
answers
to
further
questions
can
set
about
getting
those
answers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
325
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
describes
some
of
the
various
ways
in
which
a
computer
could
be
used
as
part
of
a
library
system
in
doing
so
it
aims
to
bridge
the
gap
between
librarian
and
computer
specialist
by
introducing
computers
to
those
involved
in
library
work
especially
students
of
librarianship
and
at
the
same
time
helping
to
make
those
interested
in
the
computer
applications
field
aware
of
the
potential
and
problems
of
the
library
environment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
326
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
need
to
establish
a
filing
code
for
computer
arrangement
has
become
increasingly
apparent
as
more
and
more
book
catalogs
and
indexes
have
been
prepared
mechanically
many
of
the
difficulties
in
manual
filing
as
shown
in
the
a
l
a
rules
for
filing
catalog
cards
become
even
more
intricate
to
cope
with
when
computers
are
used
of
course
if
cost
is
not
an
object
the
theoretical
potentialities
for
computer
programming
are
practically
limitless
however
modifications
in
rules
and
procedures
can
make
the
alphabetic
arranging
or
merging
of
index
catalog
or
bibliographic
entries
by
computer
more
readily
possible
and
these
modifications
are
made
in
this
proposed
code
for
computer
filing
of
complex
alphabetic
entries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
327
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
far
reaching
changes
in
the
patterns
of
communication
in
science
are
at
present
in
motion
which
seem
likely
to
have
fundamental
effects
on
scientists's
use
of
and
access
to
existing
knowledge
these
changes
derive
from
the
increasing
involvement
of
computer
techniques
in
the
publication
dissemination
and
retrieval
of
scientific
and
technical
information
many
of
the
implications
of
the
changes
are
not
yet
clear
information
handling
is
rapidly
changing
from
a
labour
intensive
industry
to
a
capital
intensive
one
as
soaring
man
power
requirements
reflect
the
increasing
flow
of
information
and
increasing
demands
for
timeliness
accuracy
and
improved
access
but
the
changes
to
be
effected
also
have
major
social
implications
the
reasons
for
publication
and
use
of
information
are
complex
reflecting
the
factors
of
a
sociological
nature
which
are
still
imperfectly
understood
the
rate
at
which
innovations
in
information
handling
win
acceptance
from
scientists
is
determined
partly
by
their
appreciation
of
the
greater
flexibility
which
the
novel
methods
offer
but
also
by
the
sensitivity
on
the
part
of
the
designers
and
operators
of
information
systems
to
the
needs
and
habits
of
users
and
to
their
perception
of
the
usefulness
of
the
newer
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
328
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
computer
programs
for
automatic
classification
are
a
desideratum
in
many
fields
work
on
suitable
procedures
for
handling
large
bodies
of
object
property
descriptions
has
been
in
progress
at
the
cambridge
language
research
unit
for
some
years
this
paper
describes
the
current
series
of
general
purpose
programs
which
have
been
developed
there
in
which
classes
or
clamps
of
objects
are
obtained
using
a
similarity
matrix
by
a
simple
iterative
scan
of
the
universe
of
objects
distributing
them
in
such
a
way
that
an
appropriate
cohesion
function
is
minimized
this
actual
clump
finding
process
is
embedded
in
a
overall
package
in
which
the
information
given
by
a
classification
is
manipulated
in
a
variety
of
ways
the
current
applications
of
the
programs
especially
for
information
retrieval
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
329
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
words
of
natural
language
texts
exhibit
a
poisson
or
zipfian
rank
frequency
relationship
i
e
a
small
number
of
common
words
accounts
for
a
large
proportion
of
word
occurrences
while
a
large
number
of
the
words
occur
as
singletons
or
only
infrequently
inverted
file
retrieval
systems
using
free
text
data
bases
commonly
identify
words
as
the
keys
or
index
terms
about
which
the
file
is
inverted
and
through
which
access
is
provided
they
therefore
involve
large
and
growing
dictionaries
and
many
entail
inefficient
utilization
of
storage
because
of
the
distribution
characteristics
an
alternative
approach
may
be
based
on
the
analysis
of
text
in
terms
of
sets
of
variable
length
character
strings
the
frequency
distributions
of
which
are
much
less
disparate
than
those
of
words
this
could
lead
to
substantial
reductions
in
dictionary
size
and
increased
efficiency
both
in
dictionary
look
up
times
and
storage
utilization
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
33
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
consideration
of
the
analogy
between
the
half
life
of
radioactive
substances
and
the
rate
of
obsolescence
of
scientific
literature
the
validity
of
this
analogy
suggest
the
possibility
of
more
accurate
prognostications
concerning
the
period
of
time
during
which
scientific
literature
may
by
used
and
hence
might
help
to
guide
the
planning
of
library
collections
and
technical
information
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
330
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
document
computer
readable
bibliographic
data
bases
a
directory
and
data
sourcebook
not
only
updates
the
publication
which
included
information
on
data
bases
but
expands
the
coverage
to
data
bases
and
includes
considerably
more
information
about
the
data
bases
methodology
used
to
obtain
data
involved
consulting
published
and
unpublished
sources
design
of
a
page
questionnaire
mail
survey
and
telephone
follow
up
and
verification
the
sources
consulted
were
the
survey
of
commercially
available
computer
readable
bibliographic
data
bases
m
e
williams'
personal
data
base
files
which
include
information
from
the
open
literature
news
releases
and
personal
contacts
newsidic
april
issue
number
the
quarterly
newsletter
produced
by
eusidic
which
included
a
survey
of
computer
readable
bibliographic
files
the
world
inventory
of
abstracting
and
indexing
services
data
elements
definition
list
and
the
asidic
survey
of
information
center
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
331
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
a
slightly
modified
form
of
a
report
on
computerized
library
catalogs
prepared
for
the
office
of
education
of
the
united
states
department
of
health
education
and
welfare
contract
oec
it
consists
of
seven
chapters
the
first
poses
the
problems
that
have
been
studied
introduces
background
material
to
facilitate
an
understanding
of
their
significance
and
presents
our
conclusions
and
general
recommendations
the
remaining
chapters
belong
to
one
of
two
parts
depending
on
whether
their
principle
concern
is
the
utility
or
the
cost
of
computeerized
library
catalogs
because
the
problem
of
utility
is
the
more
speculative
of
the
two
it
has
been
placed
in
the
second
part
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
332
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
is
a
survey
of
current
methods
of
the
on
line
creation
and
editing
of
computer
programs
and
of
ordinary
manuscript
text
the
characteristics
of
on
line
editing
systems
are
examined
and
examples
of
various
implementations
are
described
in
three
categories
program
editors
text
editors
and
terminals
with
local
editing
facilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
333
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
work
published
here
is
rather
like
those
conclusive
statements
of
renaissance
science
that
located
the
soul
not
in
the
human
frame
but
in
the
human
spirit
the
author
of
this
work
may
face
the
wrath
of
the
medievalists
among
our
fellow
professional
catalogers
at
the
least
the
publication
of
this
book
should
encourage
a
complete
reappraisal
of
our
cataloging
methods
because
the
difference
between
title
unit
entry
and
author
equivalent
unit
entry
a
confabulation
of
main
and
unit
entry
arising
from
tradition
rather
than
practicality
can
be
clearly
seen
not
only
in
the
job
classifications
and
job
descriptions
of
cataloging
departments
but
also
in
our
philosophy
of
librarianship
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
334
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
librarians
are
known
for
their
organizational
work
with
recorded
knowledge
information
storage
and
retrieval
are
two
well
known
basic
functions
associated
with
this
work
a
search
of
the
literature
of
library
science
reveals
that
these
functions
have
not
been
examined
to
any
significant
degree
from
the
users'
point
of
view
this
is
true
in
regard
to
library
catalogs
and
library
subject
headings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
335
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
far
as
philosophers
are
concerned
the
conference
seems
to
be
justified
precisely
because
of
the
present
state
of
the
classification
of
knowledge
for
two
thousand
years
the
classification
of
knowledge
has
been
a
major
philosophical
problem
lately
it
has
evolved
from
a
philosophical
preoccupation
into
a
specialized
technique
a
species
of
the
general
techniques
of
classification
far
removed
from
philosophical
preoccupations
and
equally
ignored
by
philosophers
at
the
present
time
there
exist
powerful
technical
models
of
classification
and
highly
developed
classifications
of
various
branches
of
knowledge
what
is
lacking
is
a
satisfactory
general
classification
of
knowledge
and
an
adequate
clarification
of
the
philosophical
problems
underlying
such
classification
the
need
for
clarification
is
important
from
the
theoretical
as
well
as
practical
point
of
view
because
the
general
systems
of
classification
of
knowledge
depend
on
theories
of
knowledge
it
is
therefore
highly
desirable
that
philosophers
and
specialists
in
classification
get
together
and
discuss
problems
of
common
interest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
336
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
work
describes
a
conceptual
design
of
an
automated
national
library
system
the
design
is
conceptual
in
that
it
is
intended
to
show
the
feasibility
of
a
system
concept
rather
than
provide
a
detailed
engineering
design
the
design
concerns
an
automated
national
library
system
but
does
not
attempt
to
automate
all
parts
of
the
system
it
is
primarily
concerned
with
the
functions
of
bibliographic
searching
acquisition
circulation
and
cataloging
if
these
functions
can
be
economically
automated
the
major
problems
associated
with
our
information
explosion
will
be
solved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
337
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
provides
an
introduction
to
the
various
facets
of
conservation
as
well
as
bibliographical
data
of
permanent
value
in
addition
to
being
a
critical
description
of
the
literature
on
the
historic
and
technical
aspects
of
the
care
repair
and
restoration
of
books
prints
maps
and
manuscripts
and
other
important
records
it
is
a
manual
of
practical
guidance
for
librarians
archivists
curators
conservators
restorationists
and
bookbinders
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
338
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
review
papers
included
in
this
volume
represent
one
of
the
valuable
products
of
the
american
society
for
information
science
the
original
draft
papers
were
sponsored
by
the
tisa
technical
information
support
activities
project
of
the
army
corps
of
engineers
as
indicated
on
the
reverse
title
page
the
basic
objective
of
this
tisa
project
was
to
improve
the
efficiency
and
effectiveness
of
department
of
defense
dod
technical
libraries
information
centers
and
information
analysis
centers
the
establishment
of
priorities
for
tisa
sponsored
research
was
undertaken
by
the
graduate
library
school
of
the
university
of
indiana
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
339
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
and
its
recommendations
are
in
response
to
the
commission's
request
for
a
nationwide
program
of
continuing
education
for
personnel
in
the
library
and
information
science
field
while
it
is
offered
as
only
the
start
of
an
on
going
process
of
developing
a
nationwide
program
its
recommendations
are
the
result
of
an
intensive
nine
month
project
involving
hundreds
of
persons
in
the
library
and
information
science
fields
many
of
these
persons
participated
in
mini
charettes
in
a
written
survey
or
in
personal
interviews
which
addressed
major
issues
such
as
certification
organizational
and
individual
incentives
for
continuing
education
educational
methods
and
continuing
education
needs
the
contribution
of
these
library
personnel
cannot
be
overstated
their
collective
wisdom
and
perspective
have
led
the
project
team
to
many
of
its
major
recommendations
however
as
would
be
expected
when
such
a
large
number
of
people
are
involved
there
were
differences
of
opinion
even
as
there
are
many
differences
of
opinion
reflected
in
the
literature
of
continuing
education
emanating
from
the
various
professions
in
the
present
study
most
of
these
differences
related
to
the
input
into
and
control
over
the
policies
of
the
national
structure
three
alternative
models
which
have
been
considered
are
outlined
in
appendix
d
alternatives
to
several
specific
features
of
the
recommended
model
are
presented
at
the
end
of
chapter
throughout
the
text
when
issues
are
presented
on
which
there
is
uncertainty
because
of
the
intensity
of
opinions
expressed
these
areas
are
identified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
34
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
distinction
is
made
between
bibliographical
indexes
for
new
and
past
literature
based
on
the
willingness
of
the
user
to
trade
perfection
for
currency
indexes
giving
keywords
in
their
context
are
proposed
as
suitable
for
disseminating
new
information
these
can
be
entirely
machine
generated
and
hence
kept
up
to
date
with
the
current
literature
a
compatible
coding
scheme
to
identify
the
indexed
documents
is
also
proposed
in
it
elements
are
automatically
extracted
from
the
usual
identifiers
of
the
document
so
that
the
coded
identifier
yields
a
maximum
of
information
while
remaining
susceptible
to
normal
methods
of
ordering
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
340
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
bibliography
uses
the
traditional
typology
of
libraries
as
its
starting
point
public
school
academic
research
and
special
libraries
this
classification
is
most
commonly
used
and
provides
a
sufficiently
clear
distinction
for
the
purposes
of
this
work
public
libraries
are
those
which
are
free
to
all
residents
of
the
library's
district
and
supported
primarily
from
general
public
funds
or
taxes
levied
for
library
purposes
local
public
libraries
systems
of
public
libraries
and
state
library
agencies
are
included
in
this
category
school
libraries
are
those
maintained
by
the
governing
boards
of
schools
whether
they
be
public
private
or
parochial
school
libraries
at
the
elementary
junior
high
school
and
senior
high
school
level
are
included
academic
research
libraries
include
the
libraries
of
institutions
of
higher
education
both
public
and
private
as
well
as
libraries
which
while
they
might
be
defined
as
either
public
or
special
are
widely
known
for
their
research
resources
junior
college
libraries
college
libraries
university
libraries
and
technical
school
libraries
are
included
as
academic
libraries
the
library
of
congress
the
newberry
library
and
linda
hall
library
are
examples
of
nonacademic
research
libraries
special
libraries
are
those
directed
toward
making
information
available
to
people
within
a
particular
organization
with
fairly
well
defined
information
needs
business
and
industrial
libraries
and
the
libraries
of
nonprofit
organizations
are
common
examples
while
distinctions
between
research
and
special
libraries
are
not
always
easily
made
it
is
felt
that
in
the
case
of
this
bibliography
no
serious
problems
are
created
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
341
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
current
need
for
a
manual
of
copying
methods
dealing
with
the
processes
methods
techniques
and
types
of
equipment
which
can
be
used
for
reproducing
documents
of
a
great
many
different
kinds
arises
from
two
factors
the
great
importance
of
document
reproduction
processes
in
the
acquisition
preservation
dissemination
and
communication
of
information
vital
to
the
conduct
of
research
work
in
all
fields
of
human
endeavor
and
on
an
international
scale
the
complexity
of
the
field
of
document
reproduction
today
which
has
resulted
from
the
enormous
technical
advances
made
in
the
past
fifteen
years
the
need
for
the
coining
of
the
new
class
word
reprography
an
unfortunate
graft
of
a
latin
fragment
on
a
greek
root
is
in
itself
indicative
of
the
great
changes
that
have
come
about
processes
and
methods
which
formerly
were
discrete
and
distinctive
have
now
become
intricately
interrelated
new
processes
and
combinations
of
processes
with
different
and
astonishing
capabilities
continue
to
appear
this
revolution
in
the
document
copying
field
has
been
powerfully
augmented
by
intensive
competition
on
the
part
of
manufacturers
for
a
share
of
the
vast
and
lucrative
office
records
copying
field
the
results
however
have
led
to
highly
important
applications
in
the
reproduction
of
research
materials
as
well
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
342
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
is
an
attempt
to
submit
to
a
critical
analysis
the
main
problems
related
to
corporate
headings
the
difficulties
raised
by
them
and
the
solutions
which
now
prevail
in
various
countries
in
order
to
make
the
differences
existing
between
the
various
solutions
and
the
unsatisfactory
character
revealed
by
many
of
them
more
evident
a
great
number
of
examples
in
a
variety
of
languages
extracted
from
cataloguing
codes
national
bibliographies
printed
lists
of
corporate
headings
have
been
added
these
examples
are
also
intended
to
draw
attention
to
differences
existing
with
regard
to
various
technical
details
such
as
punctuation
capitalization
transliteration
etc
in
addition
many
of
these
examples
will
clearly
prove
that
certain
solutions
which
may
be
considered
to
be
suitable
for
one
country
or
one
language
would
not
satisfy
the
requirements
of
another
country
or
another
language
in
the
study
examination
and
analysis
of
codes
has
been
complemented
by
references
to
professional
literature
on
the
subject
available
to
the
author
and
by
an
analysis
of
opinions
expressed
there
special
attention
has
been
paid
to
comparisons
of
cataloguing
practices
and
citation
usages
and
to
investigations
of
the
users'
approach
to
corporate
headings
it
is
well
understood
and
appreciated
that
for
the
catalogue
user
the
identification
of
and
search
for
corporate
headings
present
more
problems
than
any
other
type
of
heading
unfortunately
however
professional
literature
has
as
yet
paid
insufficient
attention
to
these
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
343
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
on
almost
all
the
occasions
when
we
turn
explicitly
to
the
same
problems
sir
karl's
view
of
science
and
my
own
are
very
nearly
identical
we
are
both
concerned
with
the
dynamic
process
by
which
scientific
knowledge
is
acquired
rather
than
with
the
logical
structure
of
the
products
of
scientific
research
given
that
concern
both
of
us
emphasize
as
legitimate
data
the
facts
and
also
the
spirit
of
actual
scientific
life
and
both
of
us
turn
often
to
history
to
find
them
from
this
pool
of
shared
data
we
draw
many
of
the
same
conclusions
both
of
us
reject
the
view
that
science
progresses
by
accretion
both
emphasize
instead
the
revolutionary
process
by
which
an
older
theory
is
rejected
and
replaced
by
an
incompatible
new
one
and
both
deeply
underscore
the
role
played
in
this
process
by
the
older
theory's
occasional
failure
to
meet
challenges
posed
by
logic
experiment
or
observation
finally
sir
karl
and
i
are
united
in
opposition
to
a
number
of
classical
positivism's
most
characteristic
theses
we
both
emphasize
for
example
the
intimate
and
inevitable
entanglement
of
scientific
observation
with
scientific
theory
we
are
correspondingly
sceptical
of
efforts
to
produce
any
neutral
observation
language
and
we
both
insist
that
scientists
may
properly
aim
to
invent
theories
that
explain
observed
phenomena
and
that
do
so
in
terms
of
real
objects
whatever
the
latter
phrase
may
mean
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
344
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
current
problems
in
reference
service
is
a
collection
of
thirty
five
new
problem
case
studies
intended
for
instructional
use
in
both
formal
and
informal
teaching
learning
situations
in
the
field
of
librarianship
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
345
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
was
written
with
several
diverse
audiences
in
mind
social
and
behavioral
scientists
and
their
students
librarians
and
library
science
students
who
are
favorable
about
employing
computers
and
computer
usable
information
in
their
work
and
classes
and
archivists
and
their
employees
who
desire
to
have
more
than
a
current
overview
of
the
problems
and
their
tentative
solutions
because
of
the
diversity
of
material
it
is
not
expected
that
all
readers
will
use
the
book
in
the
same
way
rather
it
is
assumed
that
readers
will
supplement
a
subset
of
the
book
with
bibliographical
materials
from
the
reference
sections
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
346
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
information
whose
handling
is
the
topic
of
this
book
is
generated
by
change
and
whatever
is
our
unit
of
change
is
our
unit
of
information
in
a
situation
in
which
only
three
possible
moves
can
be
made
only
three
fundamental
units
of
information
can
be
found
no
matter
how
complex
a
structure
we
may
build
upon
them
our
topic
is
therefore
a
special
sort
of
change
the
change
brought
about
in
acquiring
or
keeping
or
transmitting
elements
of
knowledge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
347
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
the
key
points
that
characterize
cas'
approach
to
large
scale
scientific
technical
information
systems
that
must
handle
over
documents
per
year
the
first
of
these
points
is
the
single
analysis
multiple
use
concept
intellectual
ability
is
a
rare
commodity
and
essential
to
an
information
service
therefore
it
makes
sense
to
conserve
that
commodity
and
not
use
manpower
to
perform
repetitive
jobs
or
to
waste
effort
analyzing
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
348
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ohio
college
library
center
is
developing
a
computerized
user
oriented
library
system
that
will
improve
efficiency
of
library
use
and
operations
that
will
increase
availability
of
library
resources
within
a
region
and
that
will
facilitate
evolution
of
new
and
easier
accesses
to
information
in
libraries
the
center
does
not
conceive
of
its
task
as
being
merely
the
mechanization
of
library
procedures
of
the
past
for
the
immediate
future
the
principal
academic
objective
of
the
center
is
to
increase
the
availability
of
library
resources
for
use
in
educational
and
research
programs
in
colleges
and
universities
throughout
ohio
a
more
distant
objective
is
to
enable
libraries
to
participate
actively
in
the
programs
of
instruction
and
research
in
their
institutions
the
passive
service
functions
that
libraries
have
developed
during
the
past
century
are
proving
inadequate
to
meet
the
present
demands
made
of
libraries
and
will
be
increasingly
inadequate
in
the
future
the
per
student
costs
of
libraries
are
rising
somewhat
more
than
twice
as
rapidly
as
unit
cost
rises
in
the
general
economy
therefore
the
principal
economic
goal
of
the
ohio
college
library
center
is
to
decelerate
the
rate
of
rise
of
per
student
costs
so
that
the
rate
of
increase
will
approximate
that
of
the
economy
as
a
whole
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
349
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
these
lectures
do
not
present
a
descriptive
theory
of
actual
behavior
neither
do
they
present
a
positive
theory
of
behavior
for
a
superintelligent
fictitious
being
nowhere
in
our
analysis
shall
we
refer
to
the
behavior
of
an
idealized
rational
and
economic
man
a
man
who
always
acts
in
a
perfectly
consistent
manner
as
if
somehow
there
were
embedded
in
his
nature
a
coherent
set
of
evaluation
patterns
that
cover
any
and
all
eventualities
rather
the
approach
we
take
prescribes
how
an
individual
who
is
faced
with
a
problem
of
choice
under
uncertainty
should
go
about
choosing
a
course
of
action
that
is
consistent
with
his
personal
basic
judgements
and
preferences
he
must
consciously
police
the
consistency
of
his
subjective
inputs
and
calculate
their
implications
for
action
such
an
approach
is
designed
to
help
us
reason
and
act
a
bit
more
systematically
when
we
choose
to
do
so
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
35
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
experiment
was
conducted
to
determine
which
of
four
types
of
lexical
indicators
of
content
could
be
utilized
best
by
subjects
to
determine
relevant
from
irrelevant
documents
and
to
answer
a
set
of
questions
the
results
indicate
that
there
were
no
major
differences
between
the
groups
using
complete
text
and
abstracts
to
select
relevant
documents
but
the
group
utilizing
the
complete
text
obtained
a
significantly
higher
score
on
the
examination
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
350
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
design
is
used
throughout
in
its
most
generic
sense
to
include
planning
operations
research
engineering
design
architectural
design
programming
budgeting
and
all
the
other
activities
in
which
we
consciously
attempt
to
change
ourselves
and
our
environment
to
improve
the
quality
of
our
lives
so
the
book
could
be
read
as
a
philosophy
of
organization
theory
or
of
architectural
or
engineering
design
or
of
operations
research
or
of
planning
the
word
inquiry
suggests
that
the
audience
includes
persons
interested
in
the
philosophy
of
science
this
is
true
so
long
as
the
interest
is
a
very
broad
one
concerned
with
the
meaning
of
science
with
respect
to
other
social
institutions
health
education
morality
and
so
on
inquiry
is
by
no
means
restricted
to
the
disciplines
of
science
i
could
have
called
the
book
the
design
of
systems
but
this
would
not
adequately
reflect
my
style
which
is
to
proceed
from
the
more
specific
problem
of
inquiry
to
the
whole
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
351
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
deterioration
of
library
materials
constant
since
libraries
began
has
accelerated
to
alarming
proportions
in
researchers
have
predicted
that
all
paper
based
records
of
this
century
as
well
as
those
of
earlier
years
face
imminent
ruin
without
new
and
effective
efforts
for
their
preservation
most
will
not
be
usable
in
their
present
form
in
the
next
century
the
danger
of
destruction
threatens
not
only
research
library
collections
but
also
the
world
of
knowledge
and
scholarship
that
they
support
for
not
only
paper
is
involved
similar
dangers
of
destruction
confront
other
cellulosic
products
such
as
film
which
may
substitute
for
paper
as
the
material
base
of
records
and
not
only
research
libraries
are
involved
the
surprisingly
rapid
deterioration
of
printed
materials
even
those
that
have
been
produced
with
some
eye
to
permanence
creates
problems
and
expenses
for
other
libraries
as
well
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
352
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
presents
the
concept
of
the
modern
library
as
a
comprehensive
resource
center
the
philosophy
and
objectives
of
the
center
are
clarified
and
desirable
practices
in
the
selection
and
acquisition
of
nonbook
or
audiovisual
materials
interchangeably
defined
as
those
materials
that
communicate
primarily
through
aural
and
visual
stimuli
are
recommended
along
with
information
pertinent
to
facilitating
these
tasks
their
organization
in
general
in
discussed
with
emphasis
on
the
necessity
for
basic
decisions
and
policies
cataloging
and
physical
processing
are
treated
in
particular
demonstrating
that
accepted
library
practices
can
be
flexible
enough
to
allow
adaptation
for
both
the
individual
library
and
its
specific
clientele
realistic
methods
of
handling
the
many
different
kinds
of
nonbook
materials
are
demonstrated
by
treating
each
type
separately
many
easy
to
follow
cataloging
examples
are
presented
and
consistent
with
established
library
routine
practical
information
is
provided
on
selection
acquisition
physical
processing
storage
and
equipment
work
flow
charts
are
included
to
present
a
graphic
demonstration
of
efficient
procedures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
353
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
modern
american
library
history
has
received
only
sporadic
attention
as
a
subject
for
investigation
though
we
have
now
accumulated
an
adequate
supply
of
source
materials
to
draw
upon
in
the
form
of
annual
reports
service
studies
biographical
accounts
and
chronicles
of
individual
libraries
no
one
has
yet
fashioned
out
of
these
materials
a
critical
history
of
american
librarianship
to
paraphrase
leo
lamontagne
we
have
salvaged
remnants
from
the
past
but
we
have
yet
to
convert
them
into
history
the
lack
has
cost
the
profession
dearly
even
a
casual
survey
of
the
literature
of
librarianship
reveals
the
shocking
degree
of
duplication
and
naivete
that
stem
from
an
insufficient
awareness
of
previous
efforts
there
is
clearly
room
and
need
for
a
series
of
evaluative
studies
of
the
development
of
american
library
services
which
could
eventually
be
put
together
to
form
the
desired
definitive
history
of
american
librarianship
the
present
dissertation
is
intended
as
a
contribution
toward
that
end
it
undertakes
to
furnish
the
historical
background
for
one
of
the
continuing
problems
of
american
librarianship
the
provision
of
reference
services
in
research
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
354
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
schedules
of
edition
like
those
of
are
based
on
the
principle
of
subject
integrity
both
the
subject
matter
and
the
notation
are
hierarchical
so
that
what
is
true
of
a
given
whole
is
true
of
all
its
parts
the
schedules
are
developed
according
to
logical
principles
so
that
the
classifier
is
guided
to
make
correct
decisions
the
terminology
of
the
classification
scheme
reflects
the
terminology
used
by
the
literature
being
classified
for
ease
of
use
this
edition
includes
many
more
example
notes
more
detailed
and
precise
instructions
and
freer
use
of
layman's
terminology
than
did
its
immediate
predecessor
since
this
edition
is
intended
for
use
as
a
shelf
arrangement
system
for
general
libraries
of
all
sizes
its
fulness
is
based
upon
the
number
of
titles
that
large
libraries
may
be
expected
to
acquire
in
various
fields
since
it
is
also
intended
for
use
in
classified
catalogs
and
bibliographies
for
which
the
dewey
decimal
classification
is
increasingly
in
demand
in
many
countries
it
contains
an
increased
number
of
provisions
for
number
building
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
355
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
during
the
last
several
decades
science
and
technology
have
undergone
a
drastic
transformation
the
enormity
and
depth
of
this
transformation
can
be
measured
in
many
ways
it
can
be
measured
in
terms
of
the
number
of
students
enrolled
in
graduate
and
undergraduate
schools
offering
degrees
in
the
physical
and
applied
sciences
in
terms
of
the
number
of
new
devices
products
and
innovations
introduced
into
the
military
establishment
and
into
the
civilian
sector
of
our
economy
in
terms
of
the
number
of
scientists
and
engineers
employed
by
industry
and
public
and
private
institutions
in
terms
of
the
amounts
of
money
expended
annually
on
research
and
development
in
terms
of
the
number
of
technical
reports
books
journals
papers
reprints
and
conference
proceedings
stemming
from
these
expenditures
and
in
many
other
ways
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
356
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
directed
both
to
advanced
college
students
enrolled
in
sociology
courses
and
to
students
of
the
other
social
sciences
such
as
anthropology
economics
history
and
psychology
who
are
concerned
with
diffusion
for
this
reason
sociological
concepts
are
defined
when
they
are
introduced
more
than
five
hundred
publications
on
the
diffusion
of
innovations
are
reviewed
here
the
innovations
studied
range
from
new
drugs
among
physicians
to
hand
tools
among
primitive
tribes
and
from
driver
training
among
public
high
schools
to
hybrid
corn
among
farmers
although
a
generally
consistent
set
of
findings
has
emerged
from
these
studies
a
search
of
the
literature
shows
little
attempt
to
summarize
and
evaluate
available
results
and
theories
on
the
spread
of
ideas
this
volume
synthesizes
these
findings
and
theories
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
357
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
one
of
the
early
members
of
the
computer
community
i
have
been
keenly
interested
in
the
development
of
quantitative
methodologies
in
the
social
and
behavioral
sciences
and
their
encouragement
by
the
data
processing
environment
the
economists
with
an
already
established
mathematical
orientation
were
among
the
earliest
beneficiaries
of
the
machine
technology
that
enhances
their
ability
to
construct
the
test
models
of
economic
behavior
today
statistical
methods
have
so
affected
many
disciplines
that
it
is
not
unusual
for
doctoral
programs
to
accept
statistical
techniques
as
a
substitute
for
one
foreign
language
similarly
the
ability
to
program
in
an
appropriate
language
is
also
frequently
as
acceptable
as
french
or
german
in
providing
the
research
skills
needed
by
doctoral
students
at
the
city
university
of
new
york
and
at
other
universities
the
chief
function
of
this
directory
in
terms
of
academic
supplies
of
data
is
not
to
reinventory
the
social
science
data
archives
that
are
well
known
to
the
academic
community
not
to
duplicate
the
announcements
of
holdings
that
they
themselves
make
available
to
their
members
the
reason
for
mentioning
them
and
indicating
the
nature
of
their
holdings
is
to
make
this
kind
of
data
resource
known
to
those
researchers
either
in
or
out
of
the
university
who
are
not
sufficiently
aware
of
these
important
resources
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
358
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
report
is
concerned
with
the
social
utility
of
libraries
and
with
the
factors
that
appear
to
be
requirements
for
effective
programs
in
the
absence
of
established
standards
or
criteria
for
measuring
program
effectiveness
we
have
substituted
a
comparative
analysis
of
a
number
of
programs
based
on
detailed
observation
of
the
program
process
a
survey
of
needs
and
interests
of
the
target
groups
both
users
and
nonusers
and
an
assessment
of
the
library's
role
in
the
target
neighborhood
as
it
is
perceived
by
other
community
institutions
serving
the
same
groups
thus
a
basis
for
comparisons
and
for
judgements
has
been
introduced
which
provides
a
foundation
for
suggestions
as
to
the
direction
in
which
programs
of
service
to
the
disadvantaged
might
move
to
achieve
the
study
objectives
library
programs
and
practices
in
low
income
neighborhoods
were
examined
in
a
number
of
cities
in
each
of
fifteen
cities
data
were
collected
through
interview
and
observation
in
four
subject
areas
the
needs
and
interests
of
the
community
residents
library
services
in
relation
to
other
available
community
resources
the
nature
and
scope
of
the
neighborhood
library
program
and
its
relation
to
the
rest
of
the
library
system
and
available
measures
of
the
impact
or
effectiveness
of
the
program
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
359
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
more
than
half
a
century
ago
la
fontaine
and
otlet
started
their
lives'
work
which
at
first
was
connected
with
the
term
bibliography
but
to
which
gradually
the
work
documentation
was
attributed
what
they
developed
was
of
a
far
wider
scope
than
the
establishment
of
a
new
technique
dealing
with
printed
and
non
printed
documents
the
great
deal
which
inspired
them
and
those
who
worked
side
by
side
with
them
was
to
render
accessible
the
totality
of
what
is
crystallized
from
human
thought
and
to
make
of
it
a
common
treasure
of
mankind
serving
to
bring
mutual
comprehension
and
to
build
for
peace
by
the
co
operation
of
all
men
of
goodwill
of
all
nations
it
was
in
this
spirit
that
my
friend
bradford
joined
those
men
whose
noble
faces
have
passed
and
to
whom
it
never
was
given
to
see
the
achievement
of
the
work
to
which
they
devoted
their
lives
and
it
was
in
this
spirit
that
bradford
thanks
to
his
knowledge
and
experience
as
scientist
as
well
as
librarian
not
only
gave
his
strong
and
valuable
support
to
the
common
work
but
added
to
it
fundamental
and
constructive
new
elements
just
for
this
reason
the
present
book
we
owe
to
him
gives
far
more
than
a
mere
compilation
of
facts
and
experiences
such
a
compilation
would
indeed
be
welcome
because
curiously
enough
up
to
now
there
is
no
good
general
treatise
on
documentation
available
but
his
book
gives
us
before
all
things
an
abundance
of
original
ideas
and
creative
thoughts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
36
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
explores
the
amount
of
use
of
books
by
categories
of
borrowers
in
the
yale
medical
library
with
a
view
to
discovering
the
proportion
of
the
catalogue
which
should
be
put
in
machinable
form
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
360
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
current
need
for
a
manual
of
copying
methods
dealing
with
the
processes
methods
techniques
and
types
of
equipment
which
can
be
used
for
reproducing
documents
of
a
great
many
different
kinds
arises
from
two
factors
the
great
importance
of
document
reproduction
processes
in
the
acquisition
preservation
dissemination
and
communication
of
information
vital
to
the
conduct
of
research
work
in
all
fields
of
human
endeavor
and
on
an
international
scale
the
complexity
of
the
field
of
document
reproduction
today
which
has
resulted
from
the
enormous
technical
advances
made
in
the
past
fifteen
years
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
361
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
the
first
publication
of
this
work
dr
bradford
has
died
and
a
further
edition
now
being
called
for
an
attempt
has
been
made
to
recognize
if
not
to
deal
with
some
criticisms
expressed
on
the
first
edition
the
principal
one
was
that
whereas
the
book
was
entitled
documentation
it
dealt
in
the
main
with
the
universal
decimal
classification
which
bradford
did
much
to
develop
but
that
it
neglected
other
aspects
and
instruments
of
the
subject
of
which
the
udc
is
only
one
even
if
an
important
one
of
various
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
362
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
considers
nature
and
properties
of
document
information
information
characteristics
of
documents
the
types
and
functions
of
constituents
of
traditional
auxiliary
apparatus
discusses
formalization
of
document
information
considers
continuous
classificatory
rank
of
formalization
document
sequences
from
questionnaire
distribution
to
matrix
documents
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
363
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
among
the
various
information
processing
tasks
which
may
be
carried
out
with
computing
equipment
a
special
class
exists
for
which
the
term
information
takes
on
the
literal
and
direct
sense
of
recorded
knowledge
or
intelligence
the
elements
being
transformed
are
then
no
longer
restricted
to
mathematical
symbols
alone
but
they
may
be
words
and
phrases
books
documents
pictures
and
other
information
carriers
it
is
that
more
restricted
interpretation
of
an
information
process
which
gives
rise
to
the
field
of
information
science
concerned
with
the
collection
analysis
classification
storage
retrieval
transmission
and
dissemination
of
recorded
data
and
intelligence
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
364
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
addresses
itself
to
several
questions
important
to
all
public
libraries
how
should
the
library
allocate
its
book
budget
what
kinds
of
books
should
it
tend
to
buy
what
types
of
households
use
the
library
why
do
some
households
not
use
the
library
what
is
the
cost
of
the
various
services
provided
by
the
library
what
specific
steps
can
the
library
take
to
improve
its
services
what
are
the
library's
options
in
choosing
among
the
different
circulation
systems
for
how
long
should
the
library
allow
books
to
be
checked
out
how
frequently
should
overdue
notices
be
sent
out
is
an
investment
in
a
security
system
worthwhile
we
have
studied
these
questions
in
the
context
of
one
public
library
the
beverly
hills
california
public
library
and
have
developed
a
methodology
for
determining
answers
to
them
as
well
as
to
other
questions
that
arose
during
our
investigation
although
answers
will
vary
from
library
to
library
our
methodology
is
quite
general
and
should
prove
useful
at
many
public
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
365
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
represents
what
we
believe
to
be
as
complete
and
thorough
an
analysis
as
possible
of
the
available
economic
data
on
college
and
university
libraries
in
the
course
of
our
study
we
have
examined
the
data
for
comprehensiveness
and
consistency
we
have
investigated
their
intertemporal
behavior
both
as
a
basis
for
projection
and
as
an
instrument
for
long
range
planning
and
we
have
constructed
a
set
of
analytic
interrelationships
which
permit
us
to
derive
statistical
estimates
of
the
interrelations
of
some
of
the
most
critical
economic
variables
relating
to
library
operations
in
particular
in
the
course
of
this
last
step
we
have
provided
relationships
explaining
statistically
the
determination
of
such
variables
as
the
size
of
libraries'
budgets
and
the
magnitude
of
their
professional
staffs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
366
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
current
budget
strains
on
college
and
university
libraries
require
a
stepped
up
search
for
operating
economies
the
timely
topic
of
economics
of
approval
plans
of
the
third
international
conference
on
approval
and
gathering
plans
for
large
and
medium
size
academic
libraries
held
at
the
ramada
inn
west
palm
beach
florida
february
has
thus
generated
considerable
interest
the
papers
published
here
constitute
by
and
large
original
research
in
this
area
the
importance
of
these
contributions
can
hardly
be
overestimated
since
they
will
no
doubt
mold
and
influence
collection
development
practices
in
the
current
imprint
area
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
367
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
attempts
to
present
and
interpret
current
winter
information
on
the
economics
of
book
storage
in
relation
to
the
other
factors
a
university
administrator
must
consider
in
developing
a
program
for
housing
an
ever
growing
book
collection
when
there
are
present
or
future
limitations
on
space
and
money
the
study
will
attempt
to
answer
two
specific
questions
is
it
economical
for
colleges
and
universities
to
select
so
called
little
used
books
from
the
regular
bookstacks
and
store
them
elsewhere
is
the
cost
factor
the
only
one
a
university
need
consider
in
adopting
a
storage
program
and
if
not
how
is
cost
related
to
the
others
the
facts
and
conclusions
in
this
report
are
based
on
the
library
book
storage
situation
as
of
innovations
in
computer
applications
and
other
technologies
could
presumably
change
the
nature
of
some
of
the
cost
factors
but
it
is
the
author's
opinion
that
these
changes
unlikely
to
occur
within
the
next
to
years
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
368
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
not
a
simple
matter
to
describe
this
book
briefly
it
attempts
to
provide
and
apply
a
set
of
concepts
from
economic
theory
that
may
prove
valuable
to
those
who
are
now
or
may
become
decision
makers
in
the
selection
financing
and
or
use
of
computers
only
theory
relevant
for
such
decision
makers
is
presented
here
this
means
that
the
effects
of
computers
on
the
economy
as
a
whole
lie
outside
the
scope
of
this
book
as
do
a
number
of
related
issues
we
deal
thus
with
microeconomic
not
macroeconomic
theory
our
focus
is
on
the
small
industry
firm
computer
and
not
the
large
gross
national
product
consumer
price
index
unemployment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
369
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
book
is
to
explain
a
way
of
looking
at
military
problems
which
we
and
others
with
whom
we
have
been
associated
have
found
fruitful
in
insights
and
productive
of
solutions
essentially
we
regard
all
military
problems
as
in
one
of
their
aspects
economic
problems
in
the
efficient
allocation
and
use
of
resources
we
believe
that
this
way
of
looking
at
military
problems
goes
far
toward
reconciling
the
apparent
conflict
of
views
between
the
officers
and
officials
who
are
responsible
for
defense
and
the
officials
and
congressmen
whose
primary
interest
is
economy
except
in
determining
the
over
all
size
of
the
military
budget
where
conflict
between
these
points
of
view
is
inevitable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
37
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
quantitative
estimate
is
made
of
the
magnitude
of
the
world's
scientific
and
technical
journal
literature
problem
using
a
number
of
basic
sources
of
statistical
information
a
composite
picture
is
established
to
show
such
things
as
the
total
volume
linguistic
and
national
origins
breakdown
by
subject
field
and
degree
of
coverage
by
the
abstracting
and
indexing
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
370
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
educating
the
library
user
is
a
collection
of
original
essays
case
studies
and
research
reports
on
the
problems
hopes
and
techniques
of
instructing
library
users
and
nonusers
from
the
kindergartener
to
the
preschool
adult
in
the
effective
use
of
libraries
and
their
resources
merging
the
library
use
teachings
of
school
public
and
academic
libraries
this
book
demonstrates
the
need
for
a
consistent
sequential
plan
of
library
use
instruction
that
crosses
traditional
library
boundaries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
371
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
exponential
growth
of
the
literature
of
science
and
technology
is
a
phenomenon
which
scientists
have
been
living
with
for
the
past
years
it
is
in
the
nature
of
such
growth
that
its
effect
is
recognized
only
slowly
but
when
a
critical
point
is
reached
its
consequences
can
be
overwhelming
in
science
information
this
point
has
now
been
reached
to
take
but
one
field
chemistry
it
took
well
over
two
centuries
for
the
first
million
papers
to
be
published
and
over
years
from
to
for
the
first
million
to
be
abstracted
in
chemical
abstracts
we
are
now
at
the
stage
where
one
million
papers
have
been
abstracted
in
a
five
year
period
and
before
the
point
will
have
been
reached
where
one
million
papers
equal
to
the
output
of
the
whole
pre
war
generation
of
chemists
will
be
published
and
abstracted
in
a
single
year
the
first
scientific
serial
began
publication
in
some
years
later
in
the
science
museum
library
was
receiving
current
scientific
serials
within
only
a
further
years
the
national
lending
library
for
science
and
technology
n
l
l
was
receiving
over
three
times
this
number
the
growth
in
the
use
of
scientific
literature
is
no
less
spectacular
thus
for
example
in
the
number
of
loans
by
the
science
museum
library
was
in
the
n
l
l
which
had
taken
over
the
national
lending
function
of
the
science
museum
library
lent
well
over
half
a
million
items
a
total
exceeding
that
of
all
the
loans
by
the
science
museum
library
between
and
a
period
which
itself
saw
the
discovery
of
nuclear
fission
and
its
application
for
peaceful
uses
enormous
progress
in
antibiotics
developments
in
synthetic
materials
and
great
advances
in
all
branches
of
science
and
technology
there
are
some
signs
that
the
rate
of
increase
implied
in
these
examples
may
not
be
maintained
but
any
flattening
out
that
may
develop
will
be
at
a
very
high
level
indeed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
372
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
considers
basic
tendency
of
the
development
of
information
science
theoretically
proves
necessity
and
feasibility
possibility
of
determining
the
economical
effectiveness
of
scientific
technical
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
373
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
librarians
publishers
and
information
system
engineers
have
very
little
verified
information
and
few
guidelines
to
describe
the
user's
specific
requirements
for
information
such
information
is
needed
to
properly
design
or
evaluate
the
information
systems
to
date
most
of
the
statements
of
requirements
have
been
rather
subjective
and
often
reflect
opinion
rather
than
actual
fact
relatively
little
objective
data
have
been
obtained
this
is
probably
due
in
large
part
to
the
fact
that
there
are
extremely
difficult
methodological
problems
in
trying
to
determine
and
state
user
requirements
in
a
meaningful
manner
this
paper
suggests
an
approach
or
point
of
view
that
might
help
this
situation
by
providing
a
method
of
phrasing
the
statements
of
user
requirements
in
a
more
convenient
and
meaningful
manner
this
paper
also
furnishes
several
examples
of
such
statements
and
discusses
the
techniques
and
data
that
support
these
statements
in
this
paper
attention
is
initially
focused
on
the
information
requirements
of
workers
in
the
field
of
science
and
technology
with
no
serious
attempt
made
to
include
workers
in
other
fields
however
it
seems
quite
likely
that
the
approach
and
perhaps
even
the
stated
principles
could
be
extended
and
generalized
to
cover
other
fields
of
knowledge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
374
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
following
five
years
of
experience
with
the
mechanization
of
procedures
using
data
processing
equipment
the
university
library
in
bochum
is
attempting
to
summarize
its
findings
a
comparison
with
earlier
publications
about
the
use
of
electronic
data
processing
equipment
shows
in
what
measure
the
original
plans
have
actually
been
affected
by
the
experience
that
has
been
gained
this
summary
also
serves
as
a
report
for
the
wider
public
that
may
be
interested
in
technical
questions
of
library
processing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
375
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
processing
and
transfer
of
information
is
an
important
activity
of
many
thousands
of
libraries
research
institutes
educational
institutions
professional
and
trade
associations
non
profit
organizations
publishing
houses
government
agencies
and
others
all
of
these
groups
are
already
listed
in
a
variety
of
existing
directories
this
publication
on
the
other
hand
has
selected
from
the
above
groups
those
organizations
and
services
which
are
principally
concerned
with
storage
retrieval
and
dissemination
of
information
and
in
addition
are
innovative
experimental
or
non
conventional
a
major
emphasis
is
on
computerization
micrographics
networks
advanced
reference
services
information
centers
and
data
banks
the
encyclopedia
of
information
systems
and
services
includes
descriptions
of
the
following
types
of
services
and
facilities
information
centers
computerized
systems
and
services
networks
and
cooperative
programs
data
banks
documentation
centers
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
micrographic
systems
and
services
research
centers
and
projects
clearinghouses
and
referral
centerss
consulting
and
planning
organizations
and
services
information
offices
industrial
research
information
centers
professional
associations
specialized
library
reference
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
376
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
publication
describes
and
analyzes
approximately
organizations
concerned
with
new
forms
new
media
and
new
methods
for
providing
information
services
among
these
organizations
are
publishers
computer
software
and
time
sharing
companies
micrographic
firms
libraries
information
centers
and
consultants
the
common
interest
of
these
diverse
organizations
is
in
service
based
on
storage
and
representation
of
structured
information
with
output
on
a
recurring
or
demand
basis
the
concept
of
information
as
used
throughout
this
book
is
defined
as
data
organized
into
a
collection
of
facts
and
most
often
recorded
in
two
basic
forms
textual
data
or
literature
and
numeric
data
roles
played
by
the
organizations
described
on
the
following
pages
vary
but
include
one
or
more
of
the
following
functions
data
base
creation
data
base
publishing
data
transmission
data
manipulation
and
analysis
and
data
storage
and
retrieval
emphasis
in
this
publication
is
on
organizations
involved
in
computerized
services
micrographic
applications
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
and
networking
not
included
in
the
encyclopedia
of
information
systems
and
services
are
printed
commercial
and
legal
services
traditional
academic
and
special
libraries
public
information
offices
hardware
manufacturers
and
distributors
within
the
computer
and
micrographic
field
conventional
indexing
and
abstracting
services
and
most
library
automation
programs
which
are
limited
to
such
housekeeping
functions
as
circulation
serials
control
and
acquisitions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
377
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
citation
indexing
is
a
relatively
new
method
of
organizing
the
contents
of
a
collection
of
documents
in
a
way
that
overcomes
many
of
the
shortcomings
of
the
more
traditional
indexing
methods
the
primary
advantage
of
citation
indexing
is
that
it
identifies
relationships
between
documents
that
are
often
overlooked
in
a
subject
index
an
important
secondary
advantage
is
that
the
compilation
of
citation
indexes
is
especially
well
suited
to
the
use
of
man
machine
indexing
methods
that
do
not
require
indexers
who
are
subject
specialists
furthermore
citations
which
are
bibliographic
descriptions
of
documents
are
not
vulnerable
to
scientific
and
technological
obsolescence
as
are
the
terms
used
in
subject
indexes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
378
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
dialog
is
the
name
given
to
an
interactive
computer
based
information
retrieval
language
developed
at
the
lockheed
palo
alto
research
laboratory
the
dialog
systems
consists
of
a
series
of
computer
programs
which
have
been
designed
to
make
full
use
of
direct
access
memory
devices
in
which
data
located
anywhere
on
the
device
can
be
accessed
in
approximately
the
same
amount
of
time
and
video
display
units
to
provide
the
user
a
rapid
and
powerful
means
of
identifying
records
within
a
file
which
satisfy
the
particular
information
need
by
providing
the
user
full
display
access
to
the
indexing
vocabulary
and
the
ability
to
modify
search
expressions
dialog
becomes
a
data
processing
extension
of
the
human
operator
who
directs
and
controls
the
process
according
to
his
own
personal
needs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
379
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
alternative
hypothesis
to
be
investigated
is
that
to
a
considerable
extent
the
references
are
scattered
throughout
all
periodicals
with
a
frequency
approximately
related
inversely
to
the
scope
on
this
hypothesis
the
aggregate
of
periodicals
can
be
divided
into
classes
according
to
relevance
of
scope
to
the
subject
concerned
but
the
more
remote
classes
will
in
the
aggregate
produce
as
many
references
as
the
more
related
classes
the
whole
range
of
periodicals
thus
acts
as
a
family
of
successive
generations
of
diminishing
kinship
each
generation
being
greater
in
number
than
the
preceding
and
each
constituent
of
a
generation
producing
inversely
according
to
its
degree
of
remoteness
the
investigation
covered
in
the
first
place
the
references
quoted
in
the
course
of
four
and
two
and
a
half
years
respectively
by
the
current
bibliographies
of
applied
geophysics
and
lubrication
which
are
prepared
in
the
library
the
source
of
each
reference
being
given
it
was
possible
to
arrange
the
sources
in
order
of
productivity
the
results
being
set
down
in
columns
a
and
b
of
the
table
in
the
previous
column
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
38
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
several
thousand
entries
in
a
classified
bibliography
of
article
titles
the
index
medicus
revealed
that
a
large
proportion
of
the
title
entries
contained
words
identical
to
or
synonymous
with
words
of
the
corresponding
subject
heading
it
is
inferred
that
a
major
part
of
the
bibliography
studied
could
have
been
compiled
by
a
machine
procedure
operating
on
titles
alone
provided
the
machine
was
supplied
with
a
suitable
synonym
dictionary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
380
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
several
major
developments
have
contributed
to
the
rapid
emergence
of
the
field
of
error
correcting
codes
over
the
past
two
decades
externally
the
cost
of
solid
state
electronic
devices
has
decreased
almost
as
dramatically
as
their
size
this
has
stimulated
the
development
of
digital
computers
and
peripheral
devices
and
this
in
turn
has
caused
a
dramatic
increase
in
the
volume
of
data
communicated
between
such
machines
the
intolerance
of
computing
systems
to
error
and
in
some
cases
the
inherently
critical
nature
of
the
data
demand
the
use
of
either
error
free
facilities
or
some
type
of
error
detecting
or
correcting
code
in
the
terminal
devices
in
many
cases
the
latter
approach
is
the
more
economical
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
381
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
continuing
need
to
put
scientists
in
contact
with
the
research
of
others
coupled
with
the
rapidly
expanding
volume
of
published
material
during
the
past
several
decades
has
placed
new
emphasis
on
the
old
arts
of
assembling
coding
and
disseminating
recorded
knowledge
in
some
instances
the
emphasis
has
manifested
itself
in
research
on
improvement
of
traditional
library
systems
in
other
instances
it
has
resulted
in
the
assembly
of
specialized
collections
and
their
intensive
indexing
for
access
in
a
variety
of
ways
still
other
systems
have
progressed
from
the
passive
role
of
responding
to
requests
to
the
active
role
of
supplying
documents
or
references
to
them
to
researchers
as
the
documents
become
available
for
lack
of
a
more
descriptive
terminology
all
of
these
activities
are
referred
to
in
this
book
as
document
transfer
systems
implying
that
the
product
being
retrieved
or
disseminated
is
a
document
rather
than
the
information
if
any
in
it
that
is
intelligence
systems
or
fact
retrieval
systems
if
facts
are
indeed
retrieved
are
excluded
from
our
concern
the
document
of
course
may
be
a
book
a
journal
article
a
drawing
an
abstract
a
piece
of
film
or
a
piece
of
magnetic
tape
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
382
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
presents
the
results
of
a
detailed
analysis
by
the
national
library
of
medicine
of
the
performance
of
medlars
its
medical
literature
analysis
and
retrieval
system
in
relation
to
actual
requests
made
to
the
system
in
and
thanks
to
this
study
we
now
know
considerably
more
about
the
requirements
of
medlars
users
how
well
the
system
is
meeting
these
requirements
and
what
we
must
do
to
improve
the
overall
performance
level
the
investigation
is
timely
the
library
is
now
planning
a
second
generation
medlars
and
the
design
of
medlars
ii
should
benefit
greatly
from
our
knowledge
of
factors
affecting
the
performance
of
the
present
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
383
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
micropublishing
as
it
pertains
to
library
materials
is
essentially
a
form
of
the
republishing
of
materials
no
longer
in
print
the
need
for
such
materials
of
many
kinds
monographs
serials
newspapers
reference
works
has
grown
greatly
during
the
past
quarter
century
and
this
need
is
reflected
in
the
growth
of
the
micropublishing
industry
as
new
colleges
and
junior
colleges
are
founded
and
established
colleges
and
universities
continue
to
expand
to
meet
growing
educational
needs
both
groups
of
institutions
find
that
in
more
and
more
instances
the
materials
they
need
are
available
only
in
microform
as
a
result
the
ratio
of
microforms
to
books
in
college
and
research
libraries
has
been
steadily
rising
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
384
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
publication
presents
the
culmination
of
a
concerted
international
effort
to
survey
the
relevant
world's
scientific
and
technological
literature
for
its
food
science
and
technology
content
as
a
preliminary
step
towards
the
establishment
of
a
comprehensive
abstracting
and
documentation
service
in
this
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
385
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
these
days
of
large
government
programs
intended
to
reduce
poverty
develop
communities
prevent
delinquency
and
crime
control
disease
and
reconstruct
cities
the
predominant
rhetoric
is
that
of
planning
pilot
projects
experimental
and
demonstration
programs
and
evaluation
those
who
seek
to
select
for
support
the
more
promising
plans
and
projects
submitted
to
funding
agencies
have
become
habituated
to
the
ritualistic
inclusion
in
the
proposal
of
a
final
section
on
evaluation
in
most
cases
this
section
consists
of
sometimes
grandiose
but
usually
vague
statements
of
intent
and
procedure
for
assessing
the
impact
of
the
proposed
action
in
some
cases
there
is
an
elegant
highly
academic
and
impractical
scheme
worked
out
in
meticulous
detail
by
an
obviously
talented
research
consultant
in
a
few
treasured
instances
there
is
a
well
considered
realistic
and
workmanlike
plan
for
getting
some
fairly
reliable
answers
to
the
questions
of
what
worked
and
why
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
386
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
formal
and
informal
scientific
communication
are
complementary
they
must
not
be
thought
of
as
alternatives
in
the
sense
that
perhaps
certain
messages
are
obtained
exclusively
through
the
printed
word
the
library
and
the
mechanized
search
and
retrieval
system
whereas
others
are
obtained
by
the
exclusive
use
of
word
of
mouth
and
the
telephone
the
much
more
typical
event
is
one
in
which
the
receipt
of
a
single
message
is
secured
by
the
successive
interplay
of
these
two
kinds
of
communication
for
any
given
transaction
between
a
scientist
as
a
receiver
of
information
and
the
channel
that
brings
him
that
information
usually
has
a
history
behind
it
and
a
future
ahead
of
it
that
may
be
very
relevant
to
the
evaluation
of
the
success
of
that
transaction
and
to
the
prognosis
of
whether
this
kind
of
transaction
will
happen
again
with
similar
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
387
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
study
is
a
result
of
a
theory
of
librarianship
which
has
been
in
the
process
of
maturation
for
more
than
a
quarter
century
of
teaching
and
administration
first
at
the
university
of
chicago
and
subsequently
at
western
reserve
university
now
case
western
reserve
university
and
which
has
been
elaborated
in
essays
and
addresses
as
the
inquiry
progressed
my
purpose
has
been
to
explore
the
role
of
the
library
as
it
contributes
to
the
total
communication
system
in
society
and
the
meaning
of
that
role
for
the
library
profession
and
having
determined
the
requirements
of
that
role
to
identify
those
which
are
appropriately
met
by
graduate
professional
education
therefore
the
inquiry
begins
with
a
consideration
of
the
communication
system
within
the
individual
as
related
to
his
physiological
neurological
and
psychological
structure
and
its
meaning
for
learning
and
reading
patterns
and
characteristics
the
study
then
progresses
to
an
exposition
of
the
cultural
environment
and
its
communication
system
in
society
together
with
the
place
of
the
library
in
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
388
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
classification
in
libraries
is
traditional
and
its
value
is
appreciated
for
documentation
and
information
retrieval
in
general
other
techniques
such
as
alphabetical
indexing
and
machine
selection
are
also
available
that
classification
is
of
value
in
information
retrieval
as
well
as
in
book
arrangement
is
however
made
evident
in
two
ways
first
to
achieve
consistency
and
subtlety
in
alphabetical
indexing
and
machine
selection
designers
of
such
retrieval
systems
find
the
need
to
introduce
classificatory
techniques
second
there
is
a
continuing
demand
for
the
construction
of
special
classifications
for
detailed
arrangement
and
cataloguing
of
documents
in
restricted
but
intensively
cultivated
fields
of
knowledge
it
is
to
help
meet
these
demands
particularly
the
second
that
this
guide
has
been
prepared
the
techniques
of
detailed
depth
classification
have
been
greatly
developed
during
the
past
decade
and
instruments
of
much
greater
subtlety
and
efficiency
than
the
traditional
'tree
of
knowledge'
schemes
can
now
be
designed
these
developments
have
been
reported
mainly
as
research
papers
in
a
variety
of
library
journals
and
are
often
made
unnecessarily
difficult
to
follow
by
the
use
of
unfamiliar
terminology
there
is
a
need
for
a
more
simply
written
and
more
readily
available
practical
guide
to
the
use
of
the
newer
techniques
of
classification
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
389
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
original
aslib
cranfield
investigations
on
the
efficiency
of
indexing
systems
references
and
did
not
by
itself
produce
firm
answers
to
what
is
one
of
the
basic
problems
in
information
retrieval
namely
the
decision
as
to
which
index
language
should
be
used
certainly
it
did
not
as
some
people
had
anticipated
demonstrate
that
one
system
was
'better'
than
another
either
generally
or
in
any
given
situation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
39
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
describes
the
results
of
automatic
processing
of
a
large
number
of
scientific
papers
according
to
a
rigorously
defined
criterion
of
coupling
the
population
of
papers
under
study
was
ordered
into
groups
that
satisfy
the
stated
criterion
of
interrelation
an
examination
of
the
papers
that
constitute
the
groups
shows
a
high
degree
of
logical
correlation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
390
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
test
results
are
presented
for
a
number
of
different
index
languages
using
various
devices
which
affect
recall
or
precision
within
the
environment
of
this
test
it
is
shown
that
the
best
performance
was
obtained
with
the
group
of
eight
index
languages
which
used
single
terms
the
group
of
fifteen
index
languages
which
were
based
on
concepts
gave
the
worst
performance
while
a
group
of
six
index
languages
based
on
the
thesaurus
of
engineering
terms
of
the
engineers
joint
council
were
intermediary
of
the
single
term
index
languages
the
only
method
of
improving
performance
was
to
group
synonyms
and
word
forms
and
any
broader
groupings
of
terms
depressed
performance
the
use
of
precision
devices
such
as
links
gave
no
advantage
as
compared
to
the
basic
device
of
simple
coordination
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
391
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
strong
correlation
between
the
scope
and
depth
of
this
country's
research
and
development
activities
and
the
vigor
and
the
growth
of
its
industrial
plant
is
today
a
widely
accepted
fact
government
expenditures
for
research
and
development
have
increased
from
a
modest
annual
rate
of
million
some
thirty
years
ago
to
billion
today
the
research
budgets
of
the
private
sector
of
the
economy
which
were
almost
miniscule
in
the
's
total
approximately
billion
today
these
expenditures
have
had
their
many
tangible
and
visible
results
ranging
from
nylon
and
antibiotics
to
radar
and
solid
state
electronics
but
what
is
not
so
generally
appreciated
is
the
additional
product
represented
by
the
increasing
inventory
of
ideas
and
new
knowledge
whose
application
for
the
most
part
is
still
a
potential
one
the
sophisticated
and
often
urgent
nature
of
some
of
the
larger
products
in
which
we
engage
today
which
require
vast
research
expenditures
to
find
the
efficient
way
or
the
economical
way
or
the
safe
way
or
the
most
accurate
way
to
accomplish
some
end
purpose
also
produces
an
increase
in
the
national
level
of
scientific
and
technological
competence
that
has
not
yet
been
transferred
into
the
civilian
economy
the
value
of
the
technical
ideas
now
stored
and
awaiting
application
can
be
estimated
as
a
value
many
times
larger
than
the
annual
rate
of
billions
of
dollars
invested
in
the
effort
it
took
to
develop
this
increased
technical
capability
as
a
national
resource
for
underwriting
further
economic
and
industrial
development
this
technical
inventory
is
a
factor
of
major
importance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
392
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
review
the
history
of
the
struggle
for
faculty
status
for
librarians
and
some
of
the
arguments
advanced
in
support
of
that
objective
and
to
gather
information
on
the
similarities
and
differences
between
librarians
and
faculty
members
in
the
broad
areas
of
preparation
contributions
and
rewards
with
detailed
information
on
such
matters
as
education
salaries
professional
experience
tenure
sabbaticals
participation
in
academic
government
and
scholarly
activity
of
librarians
and
faculty
members
one
should
be
able
to
judge
whether
librarians
receive
unfair
or
unequal
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
393
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
publication
of
this
collection
of
essays
opens
a
new
era
for
libraries
taking
the
first
departure
in
years
from
that
durable
model
conceived
by
the
librarians
of
alexandria
and
endlessly
replicated
by
every
succeeding
generation
of
librarians
right
down
to
the
present
day
the
alexandrian
model
persists
through
the
unexamined
faith
that
to
be
good
a
library
must
be
vast
and
always
growing
the
papers
presented
here
examine
that
faith
scientifically
demonstrate
that
it
rests
on
nothing
more
solid
than
mistaken
intuition
and
consign
it
to
the
limbo
of
outworn
dogmas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
394
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
two
major
problems
of
the
present
system
are
the
unequal
distribution
of
lending
with
a
few
of
the
largest
libraries
handling
a
large
proportion
of
the
requests
and
the
difficulty
of
filling
requests
which
are
incomplete
incorrect
or
inadequately
checked
solutions
proposed
for
these
two
problems
have
been
compensation
to
the
largest
libraries
for
each
transaction
and
better
bibliographic
checking
of
requests
before
they
are
forwarded
to
the
lending
library
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
395
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study's
aim
was
to
gather
and
analyze
reliable
data
on
the
quantifiable
characteristics
of
the
biomedical
literature
that
affects
communication
problems
within
the
research
community
previous
studies
and
standard
bibliographic
compilations
were
critically
reviewed
particularly
for
data
that
could
be
used
to
determine
changes
with
time
in
addition
all
publications
generated
during
by
the
extramural
and
intramural
research
programs
of
the
national
institutes
of
health
nih
were
analyzed
as
samples
of
the
current
document
output
of
us
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
396
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
develops
a
theory
of
formal
languages
from
the
point
of
view
of
generative
devices
mainly
grammars
recognition
devices
automata
are
introduced
only
as
a
secondary
tool
and
are
themselves
presented
within
the
framework
of
rewriting
systems
the
main
emphasis
is
on
mathematical
aspects
of
formal
languages
rather
than
application
people
interested
only
in
applications
to
programming
languages
resp
natural
languages
would
certainly
prefer
a
more
comprehensive
discussion
on
topics
such
as
lr
k
grammars
resp
transformational
grammars
such
discussions
lie
outside
the
scope
of
this
book
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
397
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
presents
the
theory
of
formal
languages
as
a
coherent
theory
and
makes
explicit
its
relationship
to
automata
the
book
begins
with
an
explanation
of
the
notion
of
a
finite
description
of
a
language
the
fundamental
descriptive
device
the
grammar
is
explained
as
well
as
its
three
major
subclasses
regular
context
free
and
context
sensitive
grammars
the
context
free
grammars
are
treated
in
detail
and
such
topics
as
normal
forms
derivation
trees
and
ambiguity
are
covered
four
types
of
automata
equivalent
to
the
four
types
of
grammars
are
described
these
automata
are
the
finite
automaton
the
pushdown
automaton
the
linear
bounded
automaton
and
the
turing
machine
the
turing
machine
is
covered
in
detail
and
unsolvability
of
the
halting
problem
shown
the
book
concludes
with
certain
advanced
topics
in
language
theory
closure
properties
computational
complexity
deterministic
pushdown
automata
lr
k
grammars
stack
automata
and
decidability
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
398
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
what
are
the
needs
being
served
by
informal
communication
what
can
be
done
about
giving
informal
communication
without
destroying
its
function
for
the
active
researcher
certain
of
the
advantages
of
formal
communication
such
as
general
accessibility
permanence
etc
how
can
formal
channels
be
manipulated
to
take
on
the
characteristics
of
informal
communication
to
cast
light
on
these
questions
the
present
paper
examines
the
role
of
informal
and
formal
channels
within
the
overall
system
of
scientific
dissemination
in
psychology
considers
the
special
advantages
of
informal
communication
and
outlines
certain
relations
between
informal
and
formal
channels
in
a
final
section
of
the
paper
two
experiments
in
scientific
communication
are
described
one
experiment
being
built
about
an
innovation
that
attempts
to
informalize
formal
channels
while
the
other
is
built
about
another
innovation
that
in
general
attempts
to
formalize
an
informal
channel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
399
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
book
sums
up
a
certain
stage
in
the
research
on
algebraic
linguistics
being
pursued
at
charles
university
prague
it
is
based
mainly
on
p
sgall's
book
a
in
czech
which
represents
the
first
attempt
at
a
systematic
formulation
of
the
conception
of
generative
description
that
has
gradually
been
elaborated
by
our
research
group
we
do
not
claim
that
any
particular
question
has
been
answered
here
in
a
definitive
way
but
the
conception
of
a
generative
system
based
on
an
articulation
of
the
semantic
relation
see
section
may
perhaps
be
interesting
in
connection
with
the
present
development
of
algebraic
linguistics
this
conception
originated
in
mainly
as
a
reaction
to
the
existing
form
of
transformational
description
it
has
not
yet
been
possible
to
take
the
more
recent
impulses
into
account
to
an
extent
that
would
be
adequate
to
their
scope
and
theoretical
significance
only
some
aspects
of
these
impulses
are
commented
on
in
the
relevant
parts
of
the
present
book
we
do
not
present
a
complete
characterization
of
a
system
that
could
be
regarded
as
a
counterpart
to
the
new
version
of
transformational
grammar
we
have
simply
tried
to
formulate
a
conception
that
can
serve
as
a
starting
point
for
the
development
of
a
new
alternative
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
4
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
establishment
of
nine
new
universities
in
the
's
provoked
a
highly
stimulating
re
examination
of
the
nature
purpose
and
management
of
academic
libraries
long
established
attitudes
and
methods
were
questioned
but
although
changes
were
made
the
basic
difficulty
remained
a
lack
of
objective
information
about
the
best
ways
of
providing
a
library
service
in
a
university
the
report
of
the
ugc
committee
on
libraries
the
parry
repot
which
in
general
endorsed
these
changes
also
stressed
the
need
for
research
into
all
aspects
of
academic
library
provision
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
40
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
results
of
the
census
of
the
world's
scientific
and
technical
serial
literature
within
the
limits
defined
and
based
on
an
examination
of
published
source
material
from
countries
throughout
the
world
reflect
a
total
title
population
much
lower
than
estimated
before
distribution
of
this
population
by
country
showing
better
than
of
the
total
divided
among
six
major
countries
is
included
and
discussed
together
with
a
broad
subject
distribution
of
serials
for
certain
countries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
400
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
communication
technology
has
entered
a
period
of
revolutionary
change
the
last
decade
has
brought
new
inventions
of
enormous
potential
it
will
probably
be
two
decades
before
we
fully
grasp
the
shattering
effect
they
will
have
on
society
these
inventions
include
the
communication
satellite
suddenly
this
has
provided
telephone
and
television
links
to
the
underdeveloped
world
much
larger
satellites
will
be
built
and
will
have
an
enormous
impact
on
education
and
communications
both
in
the
united
states
and
throughout
the
world
the
satellite
antennae
in
some
underdeveloped
countries
stand
next
to
fields
ploughed
by
oxen
the
helical
waveguide
a
pipe
now
operating
that
can
carry
simultaneous
telephone
calls
or
equivalent
information
over
long
distances
the
laser
this
means
of
transmission
still
in
the
research
laboratory
has
the
potential
of
carrying
many
millions
of
simultaneous
telephone
calls
or
their
equivalent
large
scale
integration
lsi
a
form
of
ultraminiaturized
computer
circuitry
that
probably
marks
the
beginning
of
mass
production
of
computers
and
computerlike
logic
circuitry
it
offers
the
potential
of
extremely
reliable
extremely
small
and
in
some
of
its
forms
extremely
fast
computers
if
large
enough
quantities
can
be
built
this
circuitry
can
become
very
low
in
cost
on
line
real
time
computers
computers
capable
of
responding
to
many
distant
terminals
on
telecommunication
lines
at
a
speed
geared
to
human
thinking
they
have
the
potential
of
bringing
the
power
and
information
of
innumerable
computers
into
every
office
and
eventually
every
home
picturephone
a
public
dial
up
telephone
system
in
which
subscribers
see
as
well
as
hear
each
other
large
tv
screens
tv
screens
that
can
occupy
a
whole
wall
if
necessary
cable
tv
provides
a
cable
into
homes
with
a
potential
signal
carrying
capacity
more
than
one
thousand
times
that
of
the
telephone
cable
it
could
be
used
for
signals
other
than
television
voice
answerback
computers
can
now
assembly
human
voice
words
and
speak
them
over
the
telephone
this
fact
coupled
with
the
touchtone
telephone
set
makes
every
such
telephone
a
potential
computer
terminal
millimeter
wave
radio
radio
at
frequencies
in
the
band
above
the
microwave
band
can
relay
a
quantity
of
information
greater
than
all
the
other
radio
bands
combined
chains
of
closely
spaced
antennas
will
distribute
these
millimeter
wave
signals
pulse
code
modulation
all
signals
including
telephone
picturephone
music
facsimile
and
television
can
be
converted
into
digital
bit
stream
and
transmitted
along
with
computer
data
over
the
same
digital
links
major
advantages
accrue
from
this
computerized
switching
computerized
telephone
exchanges
are
coming
into
operation
and
computer
like
logic
can
be
employed
for
switching
and
concentrating
all
types
of
signals
data
banks
electronic
storage
for
huge
quantities
of
information
that
can
be
manipulated
and
indexed
by
computers
and
that
can
be
accessed
in
a
fraction
of
a
second
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
401
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
a
book
about
what
happens
to
people
when
they
are
overwhelmed
by
change
it
is
about
the
ways
in
which
we
adapt
or
fail
to
adapt
to
the
future
much
has
been
written
about
the
future
yet
for
the
most
part
books
about
the
world
to
come
sound
a
harsh
metallic
note
these
pages
by
contrast
concern
themselves
with
the
soft
or
human
side
of
tomorrow
moreover
they
concern
themselves
with
the
steps
by
which
we
are
likely
to
reach
tomorrow
they
deal
with
common
everyday
matters
the
products
we
buy
and
discard
the
places
we
leave
behind
the
corporations
we
inhabit
the
people
who
pass
at
an
ever
faster
clip
through
our
lives
the
future
of
friendship
and
family
life
in
probed
strange
new
subcultures
and
life
styles
are
investigated
along
with
an
array
of
other
subjects
from
politics
and
playgrounds
to
skydiving
and
sex
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
402
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
major
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
describe
analyze
and
evaluate
the
position
of
the
public
library
in
the
structure
of
government
in
the
united
states
the
use
of
the
word
government
in
the
title
therefore
is
deliberate
we
are
here
concerned
with
the
legal
forms
and
types
of
governmental
organization
of
the
public
library
and
with
its
relation
to
the
city
or
other
political
unit
to
which
it
is
attached
or
which
it
serves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
403
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
expansion
of
government
at
all
levels
international
national
provincial
or
state
and
local
has
resulted
in
increasing
government
influence
on
the
life
of
each
citizen
concomitant
with
this
development
is
the
proliferation
of
published
directives
regulations
reports
technical
studies
and
other
informational
issuances
in
such
volume
that
no
one
engaged
in
a
business
or
profession
no
financial
tycoon
educator
researcher
farmer
housewife
welfare
recipient
or
unemployed
person
can
function
without
some
reference
to
government
publications
yet
in
few
areas
of
recorded
human
knowledge
have
control
and
bibliographic
aids
been
so
little
systemized
the
present
work
designed
to
provide
the
prospective
user
as
well
as
the
trained
researcher
and
librarian
with
a
guide
to
the
maze
is
a
direct
descendant
of
the
childs
essay
the
extent
to
which
the
mass
of
published
material
has
grown
is
underscored
by
the
contrasting
physical
size
of
the
two
publications
childs'
was
a
page
pamphlet
containing
approximately
entries
whereas
this
book
of
over
pages
cites
more
than
titles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
404
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
guide
is
an
introduction
to
the
library
of
congress
classification
as
such
it
does
not
include
instructions
for
every
subclass
or
table
but
attempts
to
provide
the
reader
with
an
understanding
of
the
characteristics
of
the
classification
the
arrangement
within
the
classes
the
format
of
the
schedules
and
tables
and
special
problems
of
use
and
notation
the
reader
should
trace
the
analysis
of
each
example
of
classing
through
the
pages
from
the
l
c
schedule
provided
in
the
guide
it
is
important
to
remind
the
reader
that
a
thorough
study
of
each
class
schedule
in
addition
to
the
recommended
readings
is
essential
the
author
realizes
that
many
imperfections
may
be
present
in
this
guide
and
will
appreciate
suggestions
for
changes
from
readers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
405
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
fundamental
principles
of
reference
work
remain
more
or
less
constant
through
the
years
but
the
rapid
expansion
of
the
publication
of
reference
books
in
all
fields
makes
essential
a
careful
selection
to
fit
the
needs
of
each
library
the
purpose
of
this
volume
is
to
list
reference
books
basic
to
research
general
and
special
and
thus
to
serve
as
a
reference
manual
for
the
library
assistant
research
worker
or
other
user
of
library
resources
a
selection
aid
for
the
librarian
and
a
textbook
for
the
student
who
either
in
library
school
training
class
or
college
course
in
bibliography
is
pursuing
a
systematic
study
of
reference
books
the
needs
of
these
types
of
users
have
influenced
the
organization
and
make
up
of
this
volume
in
that
the
requirements
of
the
first
two
groups
have
made
the
manual
more
comprehensive
than
it
might
have
been
if
intended
for
a
textbook
only
while
the
introductions
to
sections
and
many
of
the
annotations
have
been
provided
particularly
for
the
library
school
student
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
406
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
one
of
the
products
of
a
contract
initiated
by
the
automation
task
force
of
the
federal
library
committee
sponsored
and
monitored
by
the
u
s
office
of
education
and
carried
out
by
the
system
development
corporation
the
project
included
a
questionnaire
survey
of
all
federal
libraries
as
of
december
to
gather
systems
planning
data
and
to
identify
federal
libraries
with
operational
or
planned
automated
systems
respondents
in
the
latter
group
were
sent
a
federal
library
automation
survey
questionnaire
requesting
specific
details
about
existing
and
planned
systems
from
these
sources
amplified
by
visits
to
federal
libraries
and
an
extensive
review
of
the
automation
literature
information
was
distilled
for
use
in
this
handbook
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
407
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
first
part
written
by
myself
deals
with
'comparative
librarianship
and
comparative
method'
and
is
intended
for
both
teachers
of
comparative
librarianship
and
their
students
it
can
be
approached
in
a
number
of
ways
the
first
three
chapters
outline
comparative
librarianship
and
the
theoretical
basis
of
its
methodology
against
the
wider
background
of
other
comparative
sciences
and
the
scientific
method
the
three
chapters
following
are
purely
practical
and
explain
the
various
steps
of
writing
a
comparative
study
the
last
chapter
is
intended
for
teachers
the
second
part
compiled
by
mrs
mackee
is
a
bibliographical
guide
to
the
main
sources
on
librarianship
throughout
the
world
it
draws
on
the
bibliographies
collected
by
comparative
librarianship
students
in
the
course
of
their
project
work
on
replies
to
a
questionnaire
sent
to
the
various
library
associations
of
the
world
and
on
mrs
mackee's
own
collection
of
references
gathered
over
a
number
of
years
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
408
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
book
therefore
is
to
assist
libraries
and
librarians
in
resolving
some
of
the
problems
faced
in
utilizing
this
new
technology
the
intent
is
to
provide
a
concrete
factual
guide
to
the
principles
and
methods
available
for
the
application
of
modern
data
processing
to
library
operations
for
the
operating
librarian
it
should
be
considered
a
handbook
a
tool
to
guide
him
in
decisions
concerning
the
introduction
of
data
processing
techniques
into
his
own
library
for
the
student
it
should
be
a
textbook
educating
him
not
only
in
methodology
but
also
in
the
interrelationships
between
data
processing
and
the
library
for
the
system
designer
it
should
be
a
summary
of
the
state
of
the
art
serving
as
a
bridge
between
library
objectives
and
the
technology
the
book
throughout
lays
special
stress
on
the
library
and
particularly
on
the
significance
of
library
values
and
policies
for
determining
the
choice
of
system
the
book
gives
emphasis
to
the
computer
but
always
in
the
context
of
applying
this
technology
to
the
solution
of
operating
problems
as
an
addition
to
resources
for
information
service
as
a
tool
of
good
management
and
not
as
an
end
in
itself
at
most
therefore
the
book
aims
to
educate
the
profession
in
the
use
of
these
tools
and
in
the
special
problems
of
applying
them
to
libraries
in
this
respect
much
of
the
groundwork
has
already
been
done
the
profession
has
been
educating
itself
has
carried
out
analyses
of
library
operations
has
experimented
with
mechanization
and
is
developing
better
concepts
of
cost
control
the
book
merely
continues
a
process
that
is
already
underway
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
409
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
four
years
since
the
first
edition
of
this
book
was
published
have
been
a
period
of
exceptional
advance
in
the
usage
of
computers
in
libraries
where
one
or
two
examples
were
all
that
were
available
at
that
time
to
illustrate
each
kind
of
application
now
there
are
five
to
ten
where
the
cadre
of
knowledgeable
people
in
libraries
at
that
time
was
small
now
virtually
every
major
library
has
some
kind
of
systems
department
where
the
efforts
at
that
time
were
largely
experimental
and
developmental
now
there
is
a
wealth
this
second
edition
has
therefore
been
written
in
a
context
totally
different
from
that
of
the
first
but
its
aims
are
the
same
to
ensure
that
practicing
librarians
and
that
students
in
library
schools
approach
the
world
of
automation
with
knowledge
of
its
capabilities
and
limitations
and
with
the
techniques
of
systems
analysis
by
which
to
analyze
and
evaluate
alternative
answers
to
the
library's
processing
problems
the
changes
from
the
first
edition
therefore
represent
not
a
departure
from
that
purpose
but
simply
an
updating
of
its
content
to
reflect
the
advances
and
experience
gained
and
an
opportunity
to
correct
the
errors
hopefully
minor
that
have
been
found
through
use
of
the
first
edition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
41
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
more
than
one
million
citations
from
the
scientific
literature
have
been
processed
by
the
citation
index
project
at
the
institute
for
scientific
information
the
project
sponsored
by
nsf
and
nih
will
be
described
briefly
and
new
methods
of
using
citation
data
for
evaluation
of
publications
will
be
discussed
summaries
of
statistical
data
compiled
by
computer
methods
such
as
the
following
will
be
given
frequency
of
citation
of
one
journal
by
another
frequency
of
current
citations
to
the
past
literature
frequency
of
self
citation
by
journals
and
authors
number
of
source
citations
per
cited
paper
number
of
references
per
source
paper
number
of
papers
published
per
journal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
410
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
medical
library
association
has
long
been
aware
of
the
need
for
a
third
edition
of
the
handbook
changes
in
library
practices
proliferating
demands
upon
established
libraries
and
the
development
of
new
ones
created
the
need
of
an
up
to
date
tool
like
the
earlier
editions
this
handbook
is
such
a
tool
a
manual
not
a
survey
of
the
state
of
the
art
it
offers
practical
advice
to
all
fledgling
librarians
starting
their
careers
experienced
librarians
transferring
to
the
field
of
health
sciences
established
medical
librarians
refreshing
memories
or
adopting
procedures
unfamiliar
to
them
and
specialists
in
related
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
411
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
methods
were
used
a
thorough
search
of
professional
literature
principally
since
with
exceptions
in
cases
where
no
later
information
was
available
and
direct
communication
with
associations
through
a
questionnaire
and
consultation
of
supplementary
material
provided
by
the
associations
the
final
result
of
the
authors'
search
was
a
total
of
library
associations
international
in
scope
and
national
see
statistical
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
412
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
generally
speaking
there
are
two
types
of
books
of
interest
to
the
serious
reader
today
those
that
are
content
oriented
designed
to
convey
a
particular
body
of
knowledge
and
those
that
deal
with
structure
the
way
in
which
events
are
organized
it
is
doubtful
if
an
author
has
any
control
over
which
of
these
two
types
of
books
he
writes
though
it
is
desirable
that
he
be
aware
of
the
difference
the
same
applies
to
the
reader
whose
satisfaction
depends
largely
on
his
unstated
expectations
in
today's
world
when
all
of
us
are
overwhelmed
with
data
from
many
sources
it
is
easy
to
understand
why
people
are
apt
to
feel
that
they
are
losing
touch
with
developments
even
in
their
own
field
one
senses
that
there
is
also
a
growing
awareness
of
a
loss
of
relatedness
to
the
world
at
large
this
loss
of
relatedness
leads
to
an
increased
need
for
organizing
frames
of
reference
to
aid
in
intergrating
the
mass
of
rapidly
changing
information
with
which
man
must
cope
the
hidden
dimension
attempts
to
provide
just
this
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
413
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
a
revision
and
enlargement
of
origins
of
the
american
library
school
someone
has
observed
that
the
roots
of
the
present
lie
deep
in
the
past
and
must
be
uncovered
to
understand
fully
how
the
present
came
to
be
what
it
is
this
study
is
less
a
descriptive
history
of
library
schools
and
their
work
than
a
search
for
perspective
within
which
major
problems
as
well
as
the
course
pursued
in
resolving
them
can
be
more
fully
understood
the
original
study
begun
in
sought
to
throw
light
on
how
library
education
at
that
time
came
to
be
what
is
was
the
present
study
continues
beyond
the
early
forming
of
the
american
library
school
to
the
reforming
of
basic
lines
of
policy
and
organization
a
new
title
is
used
to
reflect
the
broadened
scope
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
414
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
work
is
an
attempt
to
trace
the
history
of
libraries
in
the
western
world
to
indicate
how
libraries
developed
and
how
they
influenced
the
social
and
cultural
history
of
our
civilization
the
book
is
intended
for
the
student
of
library
science
or
of
cultural
history
and
for
the
general
reader
interested
in
the
development
of
western
civilization
much
has
been
omitted
concerning
libraries
and
librarians
that
could
have
been
included
conversely
some
facts
could
have
been
omitted
without
seriously
detracting
from
the
story
as
a
whole
but
have
been
included
to
illustrate
how
library
history
developed
they
point
out
the
high
spots
and
indicate
trends
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
415
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
choosing
from
the
growing
number
of
medical
and
paramedical
journals
is
becoming
increasingly
difficult
for
the
health
science
librarian
the
author
states
she
describes
a
survey
of
librarians
and
directors
of
medical
education
to
obtain
recommendations
on
titles
to
form
a
core
journal
collection
and
lists
in
order
of
preference
the
top
ranking
titles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
416
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
nearly
twenty
five
years
ago
it
occurred
to
me
that
we
might
gain
considerable
insight
into
the
mainsprings
of
human
behavior
if
we
viewed
it
purely
as
a
natural
phenomenon
like
everything
else
in
the
universe
and
if
we
studied
it
with
the
same
dispassionate
objectivity
with
which
one
is
wont
to
study
say
the
social
behavior
of
bees
or
the
nestbuilding
habits
of
birds
the
present
book
reports
the
results
of
the
extended
inquiry
that
ensued
in
the
course
of
those
years
and
which
led
to
the
disclosure
of
some
fundamental
principles
that
seem
to
govern
important
aspects
of
our
behavior
both
as
individuals
and
as
members
of
social
groups
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
417
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
study
is
concerned
with
the
performance
of
intelligent
adults
in
our
own
culture
the
tasks
discussed
are
short
half
hour
moderately
difficult
problems
of
a
symbolic
nature
the
three
main
tasks
we
use
chess
symbolic
logic
and
algebra
like
puzzles
called
cryptarithmetic
puzzles
typify
this
class
of
problems
the
study
is
concerned
with
the
integrated
activities
that
constitute
problem
solving
it
is
not
centrally
concerned
with
perception
motor
skill
or
what
are
called
personality
variables
the
study
is
concerned
primarily
with
performance
only
a
little
with
learning
and
not
at
all
with
development
or
differences
related
to
age
finally
it
is
concerned
with
integrated
activities
hence
deemphasizes
the
details
of
processing
on
the
time
scale
of
elementary
reactions
that
is
half
a
second
or
less
similarly
long
term
integrated
activities
extending
over
periods
of
days
or
years
receive
no
attention
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
418
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
is
an
attempt
to
substantiate
the
thesis
that
the
human
side
of
enterprise
is
all
of
a
piece
that
the
theoretical
assumptions
management
holds
about
controlling
its
human
resources
determine
the
whole
character
of
the
enterprise
they
determine
also
the
quality
of
its
successive
generations
of
management
of
course
the
process
is
circular
and
herein
lies
the
possibility
and
the
hope
of
future
progress
the
key
question
for
top
management
is
what
are
your
assumptions
implicit
as
well
as
explicit
about
the
most
effective
way
to
manage
people
from
the
answer
to
this
question
flow
the
answers
to
the
questions
mr
sloan
raised
in
our
discussion
about
the
making
of
managers
as
well
as
answers
to
many
other
questions
which
perplex
and
confound
management
as
it
seeks
to
achieve
more
successfully
the
economic
objectives
of
enterprise
it
will
be
clear
to
the
reader
that
i
believe
many
of
our
present
assumptions
about
the
most
effective
way
to
manage
people
are
far
from
adequate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
419
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
written
communication
of
ideas
is
carried
out
on
the
basis
of
statistical
probability
in
that
a
writer
chooses
that
level
of
subject
specificity
and
that
combination
of
words
which
he
feels
will
convey
the
most
meaning
since
this
process
varies
among
individuals
and
since
similar
ideas
are
therefore
relayed
of
different
levels
of
specificity
and
by
means
of
different
words
the
problem
of
literature
searching
by
machines
still
present
major
difficulties
a
statistical
approach
to
this
problem
will
be
outlined
and
the
various
steps
of
a
system
based
on
this
approach
will
be
described
steps
include
the
statistical
analysis
of
a
collection
of
document
in
a
field
of
interest
the
establishment
of
a
set
of
notions
and
the
vocabulary
by
which
they
are
expressed
the
compilation
of
a
thesaurus
type
dictionary
and
index
the
automatic
encoding
of
documents
by
machine
with
the
aid
of
such
a
dictionary
the
encoding
of
topological
notations
such
as
branches
structures
the
recording
of
the
coded
information
the
establishment
of
a
searching
pattern
for
finding
pertinent
information
and
the
programming
of
appropriate
machines
to
carry
out
a
search
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
42
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
the
problems
of
defining
the
mutual
relevancies
of
queries
and
document
collections
indicates
that
they
essentially
involve
the
problem
of
conceptual
relatedness
in
order
to
consider
the
later
problem
the
question
of
concept
formation
is
first
discussed
which
in
turn
requires
a
definition
of
concept
an
extensional
interpretation
is
suggested
whereby
a
concept
is
associated
with
a
class
of
conceptually
similar
documents
users'
similarity
judgments
then
provide
the
empirical
data
for
formal
definitions
of
concept
and
conceptual
relatedness
it
is
found
however
that
certain
very
general
difficulties
rule
out
the
possibility
of
defining
concepts
and
their
relatedness
by
the
method
proposed
since
this
method
is
based
on
human
relevance
judgments
it
seems
a
natural
one
to
adopt
so
that
its
collapse
has
serious
practical
and
theoretical
consequences
an
alternative
approach
is
therefore
proposed
whose
elaboration
will
form
part
ii
of
this
article
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
420
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
experts
of
technical
papers
and
magazine
articles
that
serve
the
purposes
of
conventional
abstracts
have
been
created
entirely
by
automatic
means
in
the
exploratory
research
described
the
complete
text
of
an
article
in
machine
readable
form
is
scanned
by
an
ibm
data
processing
machine
and
analyzed
in
accordance
with
a
standard
program
statistical
information
derived
from
word
frequency
and
distribution
is
used
by
the
machine
to
compute
a
relative
measure
of
significance
first
for
individual
words
and
then
for
sentences
sentences
scoring
highest
in
significance
are
extracted
and
printed
out
to
become
the
auto
abstract
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
421
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
automatic
system
is
being
developed
to
disseminate
information
to
the
various
sections
of
any
industrial
scientific
or
government
organization
this
intelligence
system
will
utilize
data
processing
machines
for
auto
abstracting
and
auto
encoding
of
documents
and
for
creating
interest
profiles
for
each
of
the
action
points
in
an
organization
both
incoming
and
internally
generated
documents
are
automatically
abstracted
characterized
by
a
word
pattern
and
sent
automatically
to
appropriate
action
points
this
paper
shows
the
flexibility
of
such
a
system
in
identifying
known
information
in
finding
who
needs
to
know
it
and
in
disseminating
it
efficiently
either
in
abstract
form
or
as
a
complete
document
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
422
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
organizing
a
large
mass
of
data
occurs
frequently
in
research
normally
some
process
of
generalization
is
used
to
compress
the
data
so
that
it
can
be
analyzed
more
easily
a
primitive
step
in
this
process
is
the
clustering
technique
which
involves
gathering
together
similar
data
into
a
cluster
to
permit
a
significant
generalization
this
paper
describes
a
number
of
methods
which
make
use
of
ibm
computer
programs
to
do
clustering
a
medical
research
problem
is
used
to
illustrate
and
compare
these
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
423
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
review
of
the
literature
on
r
and
d
project
selection
and
an
analysis
of
interview
data
suggest
that
there
is
a
lack
of
testing
and
use
of
the
methods
proposed
several
or
ms
methods
are
identified
and
their
current
status
is
indicated
three
representative
procedures
are
examined
in
some
detail
it
is
argued
that
both
a
lack
of
testing
concerning
feasibility
and
shortcomings
of
the
models
themselves
help
to
explain
why
the
methods
have
not
been
used
some
of
these
shortcomings
are
identified
and
discussed
implications
for
future
research
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
424
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
analytical
problems
of
developing
quantitative
techniques
for
r
d
investment
management
are
often
complicated
by
the
existence
of
conflicting
goals
corporate
goals
may
require
the
r
d
manager
to
simultaneously
seek
the
highest
probable
profits
the
largest
probable
number
of
successes
and
the
greatest
probable
profit
per
dollar
spent
departmental
goals
may
restrict
the
manager
to
some
maximum
budget
a
minimum
number
of
projects
to
be
worked
on
and
minimum
levels
of
accomplishment
on
specific
projects
in
a
sense
then
the
research
manager
is
faced
with
a
constrained
multiple
output
production
problem
how
much
to
spend
on
which
project
and
how
much
to
spend
overall
this
paper
shows
how
a
slight
modification
of
hess'
approach
to
project
selection
and
an
analogy
to
the
theoretical
economics
of
a
multiple
product
factory
have
been
used
to
help
our
research
management
simultaneously
solve
these
project
selection
resource
allocation
and
budget
determination
problems
most
approaches
in
the
literature
have
treated
these
three
problems
separately
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
425
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
a
summary
of
methods
of
evaluating
and
selecting
r
d
projects
approximately
thirty
methods
which
have
appeared
is
scattered
places
in
the
literature
are
described
briefly
and
a
bibliography
is
provided
for
further
information
the
various
methods
are
compared
and
contrasted
with
each
other
relative
to
a
standard
set
of
features
which
they
may
possess
to
a
standard
set
of
characteristics
relating
to
ease
of
use
and
to
scientific
or
technological
area
of
applicability
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
426
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
flow
model
is
presented
which
identifies
some
of
the
organizational
factors
influencing
idea
generation
behavior
in
industrial
r
d
laboratories
the
model
is
constructed
from
literature
based
propositions
which
make
explicit
the
role
played
by
several
organizational
factors
identified
in
the
model
data
were
collected
on
about
ideas
created
in
a
divisional
laboratory
of
a
major
u
s
corporation
in
general
these
data
support
the
a
priori
propositions
further
data
analysis
suggests
that
two
pieces
of
information
are
required
before
an
idea
is
generated
knowledge
of
a
need
problem
or
opportunity
relevant
to
the
company
and
knowledge
of
a
means
or
technique
for
satisfying
the
need
solving
the
problem
or
capitalizing
on
the
opportunity
these
results
are
discussed
with
respect
to
the
stage
of
creative
thought
proposed
by
other
investigators
finally
the
organizational
events
which
were
associated
as
needs
events
or
means
events
for
the
ideas
studies
are
identified
and
analyzed
with
respect
to
both
quantity
and
quality
of
ideas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
427
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
models
and
techniques
to
aid
management
in
planning
controlling
r
d
projects
frequently
use
subjective
probability
of
success
forecasts
as
one
of
the
major
inputs
an
experiment
was
conducted
at
the
research
laboratories
of
monsanto
company
to
measure
the
predictive
validity
and
consistency
of
such
forecasts
the
results
indicate
that
the
eventual
success
or
failure
of
certain
types
of
r
d
projects
can
be
predicted
by
measuring
the
time
shape
of
polled
probability
of
success
forecasts
probability
of
success
forecasts
appear
to
yield
more
valid
advance
warning
indicators
than
several
commonly
used
project
status
measures
these
results
tend
to
support
the
hypothesis
that
r
d
planning
and
control
models
that
are
based
on
subjective
probability
estimates
may
reliably
be
used
by
management
to
aid
in
early
identification
of
eventually
failing
projects
as
well
as
to
aid
in
project
selection
and
project
funding
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
428
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
the
analytical
review
of
mathematical
programming
models
that
have
been
proposed
as
aids
to
the
related
problems
of
resources
allocation
and
project
selection
in
r
d
the
models
are
classified
according
to
whether
they
are
based
on
linear
integer
chance
constrained
or
dynamic
programming
representative
examples
from
these
classes
are
described
and
evaluated
in
detail
the
evaluation
is
on
terms
of
data
requirements
built
in
assumptions
ease
of
computation
usefulness
of
outputs
versatility
of
application
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
429
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
many
alerting
and
information
services
rely
very
heavily
on
the
use
of
titles
to
transfer
information
to
the
potential
user
it
is
essential
that
he
be
aware
of
the
proportion
of
the
information
contained
in
the
complete
document
which
will
not
be
deducible
from
the
title
and
which
he
will
therefore
miss
methods
will
be
discussed
for
analyzing
the
relative
information
content
of
the
titles
of
engineering
paper
and
results
presented
for
the
amount
and
type
of
information
lost
through
scanning
title
listing
only
between
one
third
and
one
half
of
indexable
terms
are
not
retrievable
from
article
titles
even
if
all
possible
synonyms
and
related
terms
are
used
if
all
synonyms
are
used
instead
of
one
keyword
the
amount
of
information
retrieved
is
increased
by
about
percent
the
problems
of
dealing
with
synonyms
and
with
syntactical
variants
in
searching
titles
indexes
are
discussed
the
possibility
of
using
keywords
in
journal
titles
as
supplementary
retrieval
tags
is
suggested
since
they
were
deemed
useful
in
nearly
one
third
of
the
sample
of
papers
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
43
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
of
the
ability
of
humans
to
consistently
judge
the
relevance
of
documents
to
their
general
interests
from
bases
of
citations
abstracts
keywords
and
total
text
was
made
under
controlled
experimental
conditions
the
results
showed
that
humans
are
able
to
make
such
judgments
consistently
and
the
consistency
of
the
judgment
is
independent
of
the
particular
base
from
which
it
is
made
apparent
inconsistency
arising
from
judgments
made
on
the
basis
of
abstracts
remains
unexplained
this
experiment
as
well
as
others
concerned
with
human
evaluations
of
text
material
leave
unexplored
the
basic
problem
of
providing
a
metric
scale
on
which
such
evaluations
can
be
measured
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
430
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
fuzzy
mapping
from
x
to
y
is
a
fuzzy
set
on
x
y
the
concept
is
extended
to
fuzzy
mappings
of
fuzzy
set
on
x
to
y
fuzzy
function
and
its
inverse
fuzzy
parametric
function
fuzzy
observation
and
control
set
theoretical
relations
are
obtained
for
fuzzy
mappings
fuzzy
functions
and
fuzzy
parametric
functions
it
is
shown
that
under
certain
conditions
a
precise
control
goal
can
be
attained
with
fuzzy
observation
and
control
as
long
as
the
observations
become
sufficiently
precise
when
the
goal
is
approached
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
431
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
bibliography
is
designed
to
supplement
capitalize
between
types
of
libraries
an
annotated
bibliography
by
ralph
h
stenstrom
the
staff
of
the
library
research
center
at
the
university
of
illinois
in
cooperation
with
the
illinois
state
library
plans
to
issue
an
annual
supplement
which
will
appear
in
illinois
libraries
each
year
it
is
hoped
the
supplements
issued
in
this
manner
can
be
cumulated
periodically
and
issued
in
monograph
form
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
432
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
illustrative
computer
programming
is
intended
as
a
graded
workbook
or
text
supplement
containing
typical
practical
problems
suggested
solutions
and
tried
analyses
which
emphasize
programming
efficiency
and
some
of
the
major
features
of
pl
i
programming
language
one
as
such
it
can
be
used
alone
or
in
combination
with
established
pl
i
textbooks
such
as
those
listed
in
the
selected
bibliography
programmers
with
knowledge
of
other
languages
will
not
be
bothered
by
excessive
introductory
material
while
beginners
can
learn
much
by
looking
at
the
solutions
to
the
problems
and
their
accompanying
analyses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
433
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
motivation
for
this
investigation
derived
from
a
series
of
visits
to
institutions
which
were
deeply
committed
to
the
design
development
and
operation
of
non
traditional
automated
information
systems
at
the
time
of
the
visits
the
systems
seemed
to
be
working
technically
but
paradoxically
they
did
not
appear
to
have
made
a
significant
impact
on
the
respective
user
communities
although
few
people
associated
with
the
systems
openly
expressed
concern
there
were
non
verbal
indicators
which
suggested
that
some
people
were
becoming
nervous
since
all
of
the
systems
represented
high
expenditures
of
time
and
money
a
feeling
of
uneasiness
seemed
quite
appropriate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
434
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
has
two
objectives
first
to
reassess
thoroughly
the
functions
of
an
indexing
language
or
thesaurus
in
a
information
storage
and
retrieval
system
and
in
the
light
of
this
reassessment
to
analyze
the
structure
of
indexing
languages
and
thesauri
most
importantly
this
reassessment
is
based
on
a
unified
view
of
indexing
languages
classification
schemes
and
thesauri
as
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
on
the
other
it
results
in
general
principles
that
are
applicable
to
a
wide
range
of
situations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
435
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
intended
for
the
student
of
management
whether
he
is
in
a
formal
academic
program
or
in
business
it
treats
the
central
framework
underlying
industrial
activity
the
goal
is
enterprise
design
to
create
more
successful
management
policies
and
organizational
structures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
436
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
after
many
years
of
neglect
technological
change
is
receiving
the
attention
from
economists
that
it
deserves
the
's
being
a
time
of
a
enormous
interest
in
this
area
in
academic
government
and
business
circles
central
to
the
economics
of
technological
change
is
the
manner
in
which
new
processes
and
products
are
conceived
developed
commercialized
and
accepted
to
help
promote
a
better
understanding
of
this
process
i
have
been
engaged
for
a
number
of
years
in
a
series
of
related
econometric
studies
of
industrial
research
and
technological
innovation
the
purpose
of
this
book
is
to
bring
together
the
results
of
these
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
437
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
written
in
the
belief
that
the
full
and
speedy
application
of
science
in
industry
is
necessary
to
economic
progress
and
should
indeed
be
one
of
the
most
important
objectives
of
national
policy
this
being
so
it
is
important
to
identify
the
hindrances
to
speedy
application
many
people
have
already
drawn
attention
to
particular
hindrances
but
the
three
bodies
which
have
sponsored
this
report
did
not
consider
that
there
was
any
up
to
date
assessment
of
the
problem
which
attempted
to
look
at
it
as
a
whole
in
all
its
variety
and
complexity
hence
the
investigation
which
they
undertook
and
largely
entrusted
to
us
an
investigation
which
through
the
great
goodwill
of
many
people
in
british
industry
has
yielded
so
much
material
that
this
book
can
only
be
a
first
impression
and
summary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
438
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
summarizes
the
results
of
three
years
of
research
at
the
center
for
educational
policy
research
the
eight
coauthors
were
all
research
associates
at
the
center
and
our
work
there
was
a
collaborative
effort
we
plagiarized
both
ideas
and
data
from
one
another
most
of
us
also
spent
a
good
deal
of
time
criticizing
one
another's
work
while
each
of
us
took
primary
responsibility
for
certain
lines
of
inquiry
and
this
responsibility
is
recorded
in
appropriate
footnotes
we
see
our
research
as
an
integrated
effort
which
should
bear
all
our
names
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
439
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
is
the
first
in
a
series
which
described
the
general
procedures
and
some
findings
of
over
seventy
studies
which
we
conducted
from
to
on
the
information
exchange
activities
of
over
scientists
and
engineers
in
a
sample
of
nine
physical
social
and
engineering
sciences
we
designed
the
studies
so
that
a
the
full
spectrum
of
scientific
communication
media
could
be
explored
b
the
various
studies
were
coupled
in
order
that
data
obtained
from
one
study
could
be
directly
related
to
those
obtained
from
other
studies
c
the
scheduling
of
the
studies
was
conducted
in
real
time
in
order
that
the
same
body
of
information
could
be
followed
from
its
inception
to
its
final
integration
into
the
general
body
of
scientific
knowledge
and
d
the
same
studies
were
conducted
for
all
nine
disciplines
being
studied
in
order
that
genuine
comparisons
could
be
made
among
them
the
data
are
now
stored
on
machine
readable
magnetic
tapes
and
will
be
made
available
to
scholars
in
the
field
of
information
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
44
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
semi
empirical
correlation
based
on
data
from
nine
indexes
permits
the
prediction
of
the
percentage
of
terms
in
a
manipulative
index
vocabulary
which
will
be
used
to
index
any
given
number
of
documents
this
is
a
function
of
the
total
number
of
index
entries
in
the
system
a
log
normal
relationship
similar
to
zipf's
law
exists
between
total
index
entries
and
distribution
of
term
usage
based
upon
the
correlation
optimum
vocabulary
size
and
growth
rate
can
inferred
as
well
as
the
most
efficient
arrangement
of
index
entries
in
a
storage
medium
the
results
agree
well
with
published
data
and
appear
to
be
particularly
useful
for
designers
of
mechanized
retrieval
or
publication
operations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
440
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
is
the
last
in
series
which
describes
a
set
of
studies
which
were
conducted
over
a
year
period
the
series
of
articles
sought
to
describe
a
comprehensive
picture
of
the
dissemination
and
assimilation
of
scientific
information
as
it
flows
through
various
informal
and
formal
media
from
the
time
a
scientist
initiates
his
work
until
it
is
published
the
present
article
examines
the
continuity
of
scientific
work
and
information
exchange
by
productive
scientists
two
years
after
the
publication
of
their
articles
in
the
results
indicate
that
about
half
of
the
authors
had
changed
to
a
subject
matter
area
which
differed
from
that
of
their
earlier
articles
however
such
shifts
did
not
decrease
authors'
productivity
nor
greatly
increase
their
information
needs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
441
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
apply
a
year
old
mathematical
theorem
to
a
year
old
historical
problem
more
to
advance
statistics
than
history
though
problems
of
disputed
authorship
are
common
in
history
literature
and
politics
scholars
regard
their
solutions
as
minor
advances
for
us
the
question
of
whether
hamilton
or
madison
wrote
the
disputed
federalist
papers
has
served
as
a
laboratory
and
demonstration
problem
for
developing
and
comparing
statistical
methods
while
we
help
solve
this
historical
problem
our
practical
application
of
bayes'
theorem
to
a
large
analysis
of
data
is
a
step
in
testing
the
feasibility
of
a
method
being
explored
with
fresh
attitudes
and
fresh
mathematics
furthermore
large
practical
applications
have
until
now
been
few
and
our
work
helps
fill
that
gap
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
442
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
analysis
is
made
of
the
effect
of
using
an
efficient
code
of
compression
of
terms
within
a
document
data
base
the
storage
efficiency
is
expressed
in
terms
of
the
vocabulary
length
and
the
values
of
certain
parameters
which
describe
the
structure
of
the
code
for
vocabularies
of
up
to
terms
the
average
code
length
is
approximately
twelve
bits
no
information
is
lost
through
term
truncation
or
abbreviation
the
tables
required
for
coding
and
decoding
may
be
ordered
for
rapid
access
without
reduction
in
the
ease
of
update
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
443
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
point
of
departure
in
this
paper
is
the
definition
of
a
language
l
as
a
fuzzy
relation
from
a
set
of
terms
t
x
to
a
universe
of
discourse
u
y
as
a
fuzzy
relation
l
is
characterized
by
its
membership
function
ml
t
u
which
associates
with
each
ordered
pair
x
y
its
grade
of
membership
ml
x
y
in
l
given
a
particular
x
in
t
the
membership
function
ml
x
y
defines
a
fuzzy
set
m
x
in
u
whose
membership
function
is
given
by
mm
x
y
ml
x
y
the
fuzzy
set
m
x
is
defined
to
be
the
meaning
of
the
term
x
with
x
playing
the
role
of
a
name
for
m
x
if
a
term
x
in
t
is
a
concatenation
of
other
terms
in
t
that
is
x
x
xn
xi
t
i
epsilon
n
then
the
meaning
of
x
can
be
expressed
in
terms
of
the
meanings
of
x
xn
through
the
use
of
a
lambda
expression
or
by
solving
a
system
of
equations
in
the
membership
functions
of
the
xi
which
are
deduced
from
the
syntax
tree
of
x
the
use
of
this
approach
is
illustrated
by
examples
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
444
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
relevance
is
defined
as
a
measure
of
information
conveyed
by
a
document
relative
to
a
query
it
is
shown
that
the
relationship
between
the
document
and
the
query
though
necessary
is
not
sufficient
to
determine
relevance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
445
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
concept
of
relevance
sometimes
also
called
pertinence
or
aboutness
is
central
to
the
theory
of
information
retrieval
unfortunately
however
there
is
at
present
no
consensus
as
to
how
this
notion
should
be
defined
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
propose
and
defend
a
definition
of
what
it
means
to
say
that
a
piece
of
stored
information
is
relevant
to
the
information
need
of
a
retrieval
system
user
the
suggested
definition
explicates
relevance
in
terms
of
logical
implication
for
one
yes
or
no
question
answering
system
which
operates
with
one
of
the
standard
formalized
languages
the
definition
provides
a
mathematically
precise
criterion
of
relevance
for
other
types
of
fact
retrieval
systems
and
reference
retrieval
systems
including
all
systems
whose
stored
information
is
expressed
in
natural
language
the
definition
is
not
mathematically
precise
but
is
nevertheless
still
helpful
on
a
conceptual
level
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
446
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
describes
a
technique
which
enables
an
on
line
computer
based
information
retrieval
system
to
aid
the
indexers
by
selecting
possible
index
terms
to
be
assigned
to
a
new
document
entering
the
system
the
method
analyses
the
index
terms
assigned
to
the
references
cited
by
the
new
article
this
produces
a
list
of
index
terms
weighted
according
to
their
expected
correlation
with
the
subject
matter
of
the
new
article
thus
the
indexer
is
presented
with
the
weighted
list
of
proposed
indexing
terms
as
an
aid
an
evaluation
is
made
of
the
results
produced
by
the
technique
for
a
trial
set
of
documents
these
documents
have
already
been
indexed
for
the
medlars
system
the
list
of
actual
index
terms
for
this
trial
set
of
documents
is
compared
with
the
set
of
index
terms
proposed
by
the
technique
for
each
document
the
results
of
this
comparison
are
encouraging
and
they
are
discussed
in
the
paper
the
economic
aspects
of
implementing
the
technique
in
a
working
information
retrieval
system
is
considered
this
included
the
expected
benefits
and
an
estimate
of
the
cost
of
using
the
technique
as
an
aid
in
terms
of
computer
time
and
indexer
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
447
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
recent
articles
in
this
journal
konigova
cooper
have
gone
beyond
the
usual
slapdash
use
of
the
words
relevant
and
relevance
and
have
attempted
to
explicate
the
concept
further
both
attempts
only
partially
succeed
konigova
proposes
three
types
formal
relevance
subject
content
relevance
and
subjective
relevance
or
pertinency
this
classification
has
validity
but
is
not
further
elaborated
and
indeed
she
reverts
to
a
less
precise
language
for
example
in
defining
second
order
noise
she
uses
the
ambiguous
phrase
a
formally
relevant
document
which
is
not
really
relevant
presumably
meaning
not
subjectively
relevant
according
to
the
real
need
of
the
enquirer
and
in
her
mathematics
as
she
admits
no
account
is
taken
of
the
subjective
relevance
pertinence
yet
this
is
surely
the
true
aim
of
the
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
448
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
evaluation
of
graph
theoretical
clusters
of
index
terms
which
can
be
extracted
from
an
automatically
indexed
document
collection
and
the
effects
of
employing
such
cluster
in
automatic
document
retrieval
is
described
the
graph
theoretical
cluster
which
were
developed
from
six
data
base
under
two
different
cluster
definition
were
analyzed
for
average
size
and
related
data
the
clusters
were
also
used
to
expand
the
queries
in
each
of
six
data
bases
to
determine
the
effect
of
the
expansions
on
the
document
retrieval
results
although
a
large
variety
of
clusters
and
associated
query
explanations
were
obtained
no
significant
improvements
in
the
document
retrieval
performance
were
achieved
in
some
cases
however
significant
degradations
in
the
retrieval
performance
occurred
although
seemingly
meaningful
clusters
can
be
obtained
the
results
indicate
that
the
effort
involved
in
finding
clusters
and
adding
the
clustered
terms
to
queries
is
far
to
great
to
warrant
their
use
in
an
operational
system
the
data
bases
employed
were
relatively
small
and
the
authors
caution
against
generalizing
these
results
to
large
data
bases
or
other
situations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
449
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
concept
of
situational
relevance
is
introduced
based
on
w
s
cooper's
definitions
of
logical
relevance
on
the
notion
of
evidential
relevance
drawn
from
inductive
logic
on
the
notions
of
a
personal
stock
of
knowledge
and
a
set
of
personal
concerns
the
latter
explained
in
terms
of
preferences
over
ranges
of
alternatives
situationally
relevant
items
of
information
are
those
that
answer
or
logically
help
to
answer
questions
of
concern
significant
situationally
relevant
information
is
explained
in
terms
of
changes
of
view
in
relation
to
questions
of
concern
it
is
claimed
that
situational
relevance
is
an
explication
of
the
ordinary
notion
of
practical
relevance
and
that
it
is
the
appropriate
relevance
concept
to
use
in
evaluation
of
systems
supplying
practically
relevant
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
45
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
procedures
for
measuring
the
consistency
of
document
classification
are
described
three
subject
specialists
classified
abstracts
of
psychological
reports
into
one
of
eleven
categories
these
abstracts
were
also
mechanically
classified
by
a
computer
program
using
a
factor
score
computational
procedure
each
abstract
was
scored
for
all
categories
and
assigned
to
the
one
with
the
highest
score
the
three
manual
classifications
were
compared
with
each
other
and
with
the
mechanical
classifications
and
a
series
of
contingency
coefficients
was
computed
the
average
reliability
of
manual
classification
procedures
was
equal
to
the
correlation
between
automatic
and
manual
classification
was
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
450
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
design
of
programs
to
research
large
document
data
bases
is
discussed
with
regard
to
the
use
of
compression
coding
combined
with
adoption
of
word
fragments
as
the
basic
language
elements
an
algorithm
is
described
for
determination
of
a
set
of
almost
equifrequent
fragments
its
efficiency
is
tested
for
a
sample
data
base
formed
from
the
marc
tapes
a
certain
threshold
frequency
acts
as
a
parameter
whose
value
determines
the
number
of
distinct
fragments
the
selection
algorithm
is
designed
to
give
some
preference
to
choice
of
the
longest
fragments
and
hence
allow
compact
coding
of
the
data
base
by
concatenation
of
non
overlapping
fragments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
451
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
large
mechanized
retrieval
system
a
certain
proportion
of
the
search
failures
are
likely
to
be
directly
attributable
to
inadequate
user
system
interaction
request
statements
may
be
only
distant
approximations
of
actual
information
requirements
this
paper
discusses
some
of
the
problems
of
the
user
system
interface
and
suggests
methods
whereby
these
problems
may
be
alleviated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
452
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
u
s
national
library
of
medicine
nlm
initiated
its
computer
based
bibliographic
information
storage
and
retrieval
system
medlars
in
currently
the
nlm
has
eight
international
medlars
quid
pro
quo
arrangements
with
the
united
kingdom
sweden
france
west
germany
japan
australia
canada
and
the
world
health
organization
the
policy
aspects
of
the
arrangements
are
discussed
as
well
as
the
organizational
and
operational
characteristics
of
these
non
u
s
medlars
centers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
453
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
primary
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
estimate
the
supply
of
and
above
all
the
demand
for
scientific
and
technical
information
its
secondary
objective
is
to
make
a
long
term
assessment
of
qualitative
and
quantitative
requirements
for
information
specialists
in
both
instances
of
course
future
technical
developments
as
far
as
they
can
be
foreseen
must
be
taken
into
account
at
the
same
time
like
most
work
sponsored
by
the
oecd
its
aim
is
to
identify
significant
criteria
for
defining
a
policy
in
this
case
an
information
policy
which
is
greatly
needed
in
all
oecd
countries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
454
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
therefore
the
purpose
of
this
book
remains
the
same
as
that
of
textbook
on
mechanized
information
retrieval
to
teach
basics
to
those
who
have
had
no
previous
exposure
either
to
the
field
or
to
computers
or
both
therefore
the
action
is
slowed
to
the
point
where
the
logical
principles
of
information
retrieval
systems
are
laid
bare
other
books
have
been
published
that
emphasize
computer
programming
this
one
does
not
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
455
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
fuzzy
set
is
a
class
of
objects
with
a
continuum
of
grades
of
membership
such
a
set
is
characterized
by
a
membership
characteristic
function
which
assigns
to
each
object
a
grade
of
membership
ranging
between
zero
and
one
the
notions
of
inclusion
union
intersection
complement
relation
convexity
etc
are
extended
to
such
sets
and
various
properties
of
these
notions
in
the
context
of
fuzzy
sets
are
established
in
particular
a
separation
theorem
for
convex
fuzzy
sets
is
proved
without
requiring
that
the
fuzzy
sets
be
disjoint
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
456
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
science
and
technology
user
studies
are
numerous
and
have
a
history
of
some
twenty
years
the
relevance
of
the
methodology
of
science
user
studies
to
the
social
sciences
is
considered
in
chapter
the
pressing
need
in
user
studies
in
science
as
well
as
social
science
is
for
a
general
body
of
theory
about
the
flow
of
information
in
research
and
teaching
communities
some
of
the
fundamental
characteristics
of
social
science
research
and
its
literature
which
have
a
bearing
upon
investigations
of
information
needs
and
requirements
are
considered
in
the
first
part
of
chapter
and
the
second
part
is
devoted
to
a
review
of
empirical
studies
in
the
social
sciences
other
relevant
material
about
the
use
made
of
information
is
discussed
in
chapter
on
systematic
approaches
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
457
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
day
when
it
is
hard
enough
in
most
fields
of
science
to
keep
abreast
of
new
and
non
redundant
literature
the
publication
of
collected
papers
like
the
estate
of
holy
matrimony
is
something
not
to
be
undertaken
'unadvisedly
lightly
or
wantonly'
in
the
present
case
it
would
not
have
been
considered
at
all
but
for
the
kindly
initiative
of
my
respected
friend
professor
roman
jakobson
whose
persistent
encouragement
alone
overcame
that
distaste
which
most
of
us
feel
for
our
ten
to
twenty
year
old
productions
and
brought
this
first
volume
to
the
point
of
no
return
it
is
true
that
these
exploratory
papers
were
scattered
among
an
unconscionably
awkward
selection
of
publications
for
anyone
wanting
to
follow
them
up
on
the
other
hand
as
most
of
them
were
written
for
specific
occasions
each
of
which
demanded
some
rehearsal
of
points
covered
in
earlier
essays
the
resulting
repetitiveness
presented
a
special
problem
with
occasional
exceptions
redundancy
could
have
been
eliminated
only
at
the
cost
of
mutilating
individual
papers
the
solution
adopted
has
been
to
leave
almost
all
repetitive
passages
intact
offsetting
in
small
print
those
that
can
be
skipped
without
loss
by
readers
of
the
earlier
chapters
where
some
comment
has
seemed
necessary
by
way
of
foreword
or
postscript
to
the
original
papers
the
passages
added
have
been
italicized
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
458
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
concerned
primarily
with
those
intellectual
factors
that
significantly
affect
the
performance
of
all
information
retrieval
systems
namely
indexing
policy
and
practice
vocabulary
control
searching
strategies
interaction
between
the
system
and
its
users
my
viewpoint
is
that
of
the
evaluator
of
information
systems
i
have
therefore
paid
considerable
attention
to
a
discussion
of
the
requirements
of
users
of
information
systems
and
the
measurement
of
system
performance
in
terms
of
the
efficient
and
economical
satisfaction
of
these
requirements
the
book
does
not
concern
itself
except
indirectly
with
equipment
for
the
implementation
of
retrieval
systems
a
topic
that
is
adequately
covered
by
other
volumes
in
this
seris
moreover
it
is
my
contention
that
the
importance
of
hardware
and
data
processing
aspects
of
information
systems
has
been
exaggerated
in
the
united
states
with
some
detriment
to
the
performance
of
many
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
459
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
deals
with
on
line
systems
for
bibliographic
search
and
retrieval
the
literature
on
this
subject
is
increasing
rapidly
and
new
systems
are
appearing
all
the
time
we
have
attempted
to
provide
a
broad
survey
of
the
characteristics
capabilities
and
limitations
of
present
systems
our
emphasis
is
on
the
design
evaluation
and
use
of
on
line
retrieval
systems
primarily
from
the
viewpoint
of
the
planner
and
manager
of
information
services
it
is
oriented
toward
the
intellectual
aspects
of
information
retrieval
rather
than
the
hardware
or
programming
aspects
we
hope
that
this
book
may
have
some
value
for
all
students
of
library
and
information
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
46
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
strategy
outlined
in
this
article
describes
a
possible
aid
to
the
librarian
for
thinning
a
library's
stack
according
to
the
criterion
of
user
needs
the
method
uses
the
last
circulation
date
as
a
parameter
of
user
circulation
requirements
the
resulting
stack
collection
would
by
design
satisfy
over
percent
of
the
user
circulation
requirements
and
yet
be
of
minimum
size
preliminary
but
not
yet
fully
validated
research
indicates
that
the
number
of
volumes
in
a
library's
holdings
may
be
reduced
by
to
percent
and
yet
satisfy
well
over
percent
of
the
user
requirements
it
may
also
be
possible
to
determine
which
books
should
have
multiple
copies
in
order
that
user
disappointment
can
be
minimized
the
effective
result
of
this
approach
is
that
there
now
may
be
a
quantitative
method
of
maintaining
the
library's
holdings
at
a
reasonable
level
and
in
addition
a
reduction
in
the
disappointment
of
the
user
who
is
unable
to
find
the
book
he
wants
because
of
use
by
another
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
460
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
for
several
years
we
have
thought
that
greater
effort
should
be
expended
to
create
more
understanding
of
the
processes
involved
in
information
storage
retrieval
and
dissemination
too
often
concepts
deriving
from
science
and
technology
are
made
to
seem
unnecessarily
abstruse
either
inadvertently
or
deliberately
to
preserve
some
sort
of
mystique
this
book
is
intended
to
explicate
if
not
popularize
major
aspects
of
i
s
r
processes
as
they
are
exemplified
by
the
field
of
chemical
documentation
to
the
extent
that
this
work
is
found
useful
by
chemists
information
specialists
and
all
individuals
interested
in
scientific
documentation
we
shall
be
gratified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
461
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
book
embodies
a
change
in
structure
and
focus
to
reflect
the
fact
that
the
reader
of
today's
book
is
much
more
likely
to
be
an
interested
college
student
with
a
great
awareness
of
the
current
information
revolution
than
was
the
case
ten
years
ago
thus
hardware
materials
and
processes
used
in
connection
with
information
systems
are
discussed
first
in
chapters
two
through
four
the
subject
of
information
retrieval
per
se
begins
with
chapters
five
and
six
which
have
to
do
with
librarianship
and
documentation
because
of
their
somewhat
historical
slant
these
chapters
along
with
seven
are
the
only
ones
taken
from
the
book
which
adhere
to
their
original
character
chapter
seven
presents
a
simplified
concept
of
an
information
system
and
its
components
and
paves
the
way
for
discussion
of
computerized
retrieval
in
the
chapters
to
follow
especially
for
data
retrieval
in
chapter
eight
and
document
retrieval
in
chapter
nine
chapters
ten
through
twelve
on
language
processing
evaluation
and
user
studies
describe
important
facets
of
the
information
retrieval
field
that
have
developed
strongly
since
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
462
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
material
of
this
book
is
aimed
at
advanced
undergraduate
information
or
computer
science
students
postgraduate
library
science
students
and
research
workers
in
the
field
of
ir
some
of
the
chapters
particularly
chapter
make
simple
use
of
a
little
advanced
mathematics
however
the
necessary
mathematical
tools
can
be
easily
mastered
from
numerous
mathematical
texts
that
now
exist
and
in
any
case
references
have
been
given
where
the
mathematics
occur
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
463
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
of
eight
chapters
this
first
one
deals
with
principles
and
definitions
and
then
with
the
slow
development
of
information
retrieval
through
about
years
until
the
introduction
of
printing
in
europe
less
than
years
prior
to
our
period
of
principal
coverage
this
latter
period
coincides
with
the
second
century
of
the
united
states
of
america
during
which
were
intensified
earlier
efforts
to
carry
out
one
of
washington's
urgings
in
his
farewell
address
promote
then
as
an
object
of
primary
importance
institutions
for
the
general
diffusion
of
knowledge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
464
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
notion
of
similarity
as
defined
in
this
paper
is
essentially
a
generalization
of
the
notion
of
equivalence
in
the
same
vein
a
fuzzy
ordering
is
a
generalization
of
the
concept
of
ordering
for
example
the
relation
x
y
is
a
fuzzy
linear
ordering
in
the
set
of
real
numbers
more
correctly
a
similarity
relation
s
is
a
fuzzy
relation
which
is
reflexive
symmetric
and
transitive
various
properties
of
similarity
relations
and
fuzzy
ordering
are
investigated
and
as
an
illustration
an
extended
version
of
szpilrajn's
theorem
is
proved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
465
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
reviews
the
need
for
current
awareness
services
and
describes
the
basic
characteristics
of
sdi
indicating
its
advantages
details
are
given
of
the
problems
that
have
arisen
in
providing
an
sdi
service
based
on
chemical
titles
tapes
at
aldermaston
with
particular
reference
to
program
limitations
data
on
operating
costs
and
on
use
assessments
of
the
service
are
given
the
pros
and
cons
of
title
only
alerting
systems
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
466
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
outline
is
given
of
the
history
of
the
project
and
the
development
with
osti
support
of
an
information
service
in
intestinal
absorption
which
is
intended
to
become
self
supporting
results
of
an
evaluation
of
computer
based
current
awareness
techniques
including
journal
scanning
is
discussed
with
reference
to
cost
completeness
and
minimum
delay
a
simple
technique
is
suggested
for
profile
construction
e
g
for
chemical
titles
computer
search
based
on
frequency
and
specificity
of
words
in
a
sample
of
relevant
titles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
467
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
experience
of
the
use
of
a
number
of
commercially
available
magnetic
tapes
for
a
current
awareness
service
is
described
difficulties
encountered
in
the
assimilation
of
various
types
of
tape
format
into
the
system
developed
for
the
unilever
research
laboratory
are
discussed
and
problems
in
the
retrospective
searching
of
tapes
are
outlined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
468
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
project
was
undertaken
to
discover
the
major
determinants
of
the
costs
of
searching
on
line
on
a
practical
reference
retrieval
system
scisearch
the
methodology
and
some
results
of
this
project
are
reported
controlled
searches
were
undertaken
to
isolate
the
effect
of
each
of
a
number
of
variables
a
model
involving
several
of
the
major
variables
was
then
developed
the
general
approach
proved
to
be
in
this
case
both
feasible
and
useful
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
469
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
discusses
the
various
explicit
and
implicit
definitions
of
information
and
information
science
against
a
view
of
their
historical
development
shows
how
the
various
views
of
information
science
overlap
with
other
disciplines
and
concludes
with
a
proposal
for
a
definition
of
information
science
based
on
social
need
a
schema
of
information
sciences
is
put
forward
with
the
plea
that
any
discussion
of
information
and
information
science
should
first
declare
the
definitions
to
be
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
47
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
citation
indexes
to
large
bodies
of
science
literature
can
often
list
far
more
citing
references
under
the
known
cited
reference
than
the
user
can
afford
the
time
to
look
up
by
providing
some
additional
information
beyond
the
minimal
association
of
the
citing
reference
with
the
cited
reference
a
citation
index
could
provide
the
means
of
the
user
to
select
from
a
long
list
those
citing
references
which
are
most
relevant
to
his
immediate
search
requirement
means
of
providing
this
selectivity
are
discussed
particular
attention
is
given
to
the
possibility
of
adding
short
codes
to
the
citation
entries
which
would
be
informative
of
the
way
in
which
the
citing
publication
is
operationally
related
to
the
cited
one
this
method
is
an
integral
feature
of
the
shepard's
legal
citations
a
scheme
of
citation
relationships
of
potential
value
to
users
of
science
literature
is
presented
these
relationships
were
tested
on
a
sampling
of
physics
literature
the
suggested
categories
include
indicators
of
the
relation
of
the
citing
reference
to
the
scientific
process
in
general
as
well
as
indicators
of
its
relationship
to
the
cited
reference
in
particular
assignment
of
the
categories
to
a
citation
requires
the
exercise
of
judgment
as
in
subject
indexing
but
does
not
involve
the
use
of
subject
terminology
an
illustration
is
provided
of
the
application
from
a
citation
index
to
physics
literature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
470
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
two
studies
presented
here
represent
efforts
to
measure
the
performance
of
library
staffs
in
an
unobstrusive
fashion
that
is
to
apply
certain
tests
generally
similar
to
portions
of
the
normal
workload
without
drawing
attention
to
the
fact
that
a
test
is
being
carried
out
the
two
projects
were
rather
different
as
to
purpose
method
and
reliability
of
result
that
is
statistical
significance
dr
crowley's
investigation
the
first
in
point
of
time
arose
partly
from
his
experience
in
a
county
library
his
curiousity
about
the
real
result
of
the
reference
activities
as
different
from
merely
counting
the
questions
answered
led
him
to
ask
is
there
substantial
difference
between
the
claims
made
by
librarians
for
reference
work
and
the
actual
result
as
observed
in
a
number
of
different
situations
by
individuals
posing
as
clients
the
study
which
followed
from
this
question
was
then
exploratory
and
necessarily
less
rigidly
controlled
than
was
the
second
study
of
this
pair
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
471
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
textbook
grew
out
of
some
discussions
between
the
authors
about
the
interdisciplinary
character
of
the
field
of
information
storage
and
retrieval
we
both
felt
that
the
need
existed
to
show
what
each
professional
group
concerned
with
the
solution
of
information
storage
and
retrieval
problems
could
contribute
a
university
level
course
was
developed
based
on
the
concept
that
each
person
should
be
made
aware
of
how
others
could
help
him
the
course
was
presented
about
a
dozen
times
over
the
ensuing
years
and
this
book
is
based
on
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
472
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
deals
with
the
simplest
of
the
three
corrective
measures
the
improvement
of
the
document
retrieval
system
there
are
different
ways
and
means
of
accomplishing
this
and
these
methods
of
improving
the
organization
and
retrieval
of
personal
document
collections
are
the
principal
topics
to
be
covered
the
book
is
addressed
primarily
to
the
researcher
in
any
subject
field
who
desires
to
improve
the
index
to
his
document
collection
or
start
an
index
to
his
document
collection
but
does
not
quite
know
how
to
go
about
it
an
index
is
herein
defined
as
a
systematic
organization
of
a
collection
of
documents
or
data
there
are
indexes
to
various
types
of
document
and
data
collections
and
there
are
various
types
of
indexes
examples
of
familiar
indexes
are
indexes
to
individual
books
to
collections
of
books
the
card
catalog
in
a
library
to
the
contents
of
journals
or
periodicals
for
example
the
reader's
guide
to
periodical
literature
to
collections
of
facts
for
example
a
telephone
directory
or
to
numeric
data
such
as
physical
constants
of
a
group
of
compounds
or
numeric
data
collected
in
a
questionnaire
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
473
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
methods
of
bibliographic
coupling
were
applied
to
papers
in
thirty
five
volumes
of
the
physical
review
vol
to
vol
the
results
are
reported
in
the
form
of
ten
case
histories
each
case
was
chosen
to
illustrate
a
problem
in
information
retrieval
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
474
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
recognition
of
the
importance
of
useful
evaluative
techniques
is
an
indirect
or
secondary
result
of
the
hugely
expanded
national
investment
in
scientific
research
such
recognition
has
followed
the
expenditure
of
much
time
and
money
on
the
development
of
information
systems
which
utilize
advances
in
information
handling
and
data
processing
primarily
computer
oriented
to
handle
the
explosion
of
recorded
information
information
scientists
from
a
typically
diverse
group
of
parent
disciplines
are
now
cooperating
not
only
to
develop
methodologies
of
evaluation
of
such
systems
but
to
apply
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
475
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
structured
questionnaire
was
administered
to
professional
personnel
in
industrial
and
government
organizations
asking
the
subjects
to
rank
eight
information
gathering
methods
according
to
their
preference
in
given
hypothetical
situation
the
subjects
were
then
asked
to
rate
the
methods
on
a
seven
point
scale
according
to
a
ease
of
use
and
b
amount
of
information
expected
the
subjects
were
divided
into
two
groups
determined
by
their
time
spent
in
research
or
research
related
activities
the
groups
were
designated
research
and
nonresearch
a
statistical
analysis
of
the
data
from
subjects
in
research
in
nonresearch
showed
that
no
statistically
significant
differences
were
present
in
either
the
rankings
or
ratings
between
research
and
nonresearch
personnel
the
results
of
the
study
infer
that
the
ease
of
use
of
an
information
gathering
method
is
more
important
than
the
amount
of
information
expected
for
information
gathering
methods
in
industrial
and
government
regardless
of
the
research
orientation
of
the
users
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
476
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
are
two
major
purposes
in
mind
for
this
gathering
the
first
is
the
most
general
that
can
be
proposed
for
any
gathering
the
simple
advantage
of
bringing
together
those
who
have
been
at
work
on
a
single
problem
or
at
least
a
small
class
of
problems
especially
when
this
problem
has
not
previously
benefited
from
exclusive
and
thematic
collaboration
among
its
investigators
to
further
such
thematic
collaboration
the
formal
presentations
have
been
scheduled
no
more
than
three
each
day
with
time
left
after
each
presentation
for
formal
discussion
here
in
the
conference
room
and
with
as
much
time
as
possible
given
the
number
of
presentations
left
free
for
informal
discussion
the
second
purpose
is
one
of
even
greater
necessity
in
my
opinion
though
one
not
so
obvious
as
the
first
over
and
above
the
hope
for
interchange
of
what
has
already
been
thought
out
in
the
form
of
personal
contact
where
the
presence
of
the
originator
of
the
system
or
theory
can
reinforce
the
printed
word
in
its
usual
and
ineffable
way
it
is
my
hope
that
we
will
all
be
able
especially
in
our
informal
discussions
to
penetrate
beyond
mere
similarity
and
difference
to
the
underlying
philosophical
bases
of
syntactic
relationship
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
477
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
machine
language
information
language
in
our
terminology
d
s
should
not
be
confused
with
the
machine
code
upenskii
in
ranganathan's
more
general
terms
there
should
be
no
confusion
between
the
idea
plane
and
the
notational
plane
many
difficulties
in
classification
arise
from
this
confusion
this
paper
is
devoted
mainly
to
problems
on
the
idea
plane
the
ir
language
i
want
to
talk
about
is
the
language
in
which
the
information
to
be
retrieved
is
formulated
i
e
a
declarative
sentence
language
not
the
imperative
sentence
language
of
the
programmer
retriever
bohnert
in
samet
that
is
the
information
language
should
not
be
confused
with
the
programming
language
to
avoid
misunderstandings
it
would
perhaps
be
better
to
say
descriptive
instead
of
declarative
and
to
state
explicitly
that
in
a
descriptive
sentence
an
imperative
may
be
described
which
is
however
not
to
be
executed
by
the
system
but
to
be
retrieved
by
appropriate
searches
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
478
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
all
analysis
of
information
for
storage
and
of
questions
for
effecting
retrieval
must
be
in
terms
of
concepts
and
the
relations
between
them
the
concepts
may
be
just
words
descriptors
as
in
simple
post
co
ordinate
keyword
indexing
systems
or
they
may
be
class
terms
or
other
idea
groupings
as
in
classifications
the
relations
between
concepts
often
appear
to
be
absent
but
if
more
than
one
word
is
used
in
indexing
or
in
a
search
there
is
clearly
an
implicit
relation
between
them
in
the
mind
of
the
indexer
or
questioner
and
other
relations
possible
between
the
words
would
lead
to
false
drops
classification
has
traditionally
been
a
method
of
organization
of
concepts
in
which
the
relations
between
concepts
are
ostensibly
displayed
in
the
form
of
groupings
called
classes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
479
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
recent
research
at
the
cambridge
language
research
unit
has
been
concerned
with
the
application
of
the
automatic
classification
techniques
associated
with
the
theory
of
clumps
to
document
description
obtained
from
the
aslib
cranfield
project
and
with
the
use
of
the
resulting
term
classifications
in
retrieval
a
substantial
program
engine
has
been
developed
which
computes
similarities
between
pairs
of
terms
on
the
basis
of
their
occurrences
and
co
occurrences
in
document
descriptions
and
finds
classes
of
terms
with
strong
similarity
connections
by
minimizing
the
cohesion
between
a
potential
clump
and
its
complement
and
which
retrieves
using
single
terms
and
or
term
classes
according
to
specification
and
calculates
recall
and
precision
ratios
for
sets
of
requests
serious
tests
with
different
similarity
and
clump
definitions
and
with
different
modes
of
using
term
classes
are
still
in
progress
so
on
definite
conclusions
about
the
value
of
this
kind
of
classification
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
48
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
publication
explosion
has
focused
renewed
attention
on
the
lowly
footnote
while
we
are
all
at
least
partially
aware
of
the
technical
functions
of
the
citation
for
both
the
writer
and
the
reader
of
the
scientific
paper
little
is
known
about
the
norms
operating
in
actual
practice
even
less
is
known
about
the
operating
norms
with
respect
to
the
more
sociological
functions
including
the
acknowledgement
of
intellectual
debts
or
the
conferral
of
recognition
upon
the
works
of
others
this
paper
reviews
the
state
of
our
knowledge
raises
questions
and
proposes
suggestions
and
hypotheses
for
studying
the
relationships
between
footnoting
practices
among
scientists
and
the
social
system
of
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
480
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
articulated
subject
index
is
one
in
which
logical
transformations
of
natural
language
phrases
containing
prepositions
or
connectives
are
employed
to
organize
the
noun
phrases
as
subject
headings
with
subordinate
displays
of
the
remainder
of
the
phrases
the
best
known
example
of
the
articulated
subject
index
is
that
to
chemical
abstracts
it
has
been
shown
that
a
well
defined
transformation
links
the
entry
as
it
appears
in
the
index
with
the
original
phrase
in
natural
order
as
it
was
first
compiled
by
the
indexer
a
reverse
transformation
can
be
used
to
generate
potential
index
entries
from
indexing
phrases
containing
one
or
more
prepositions
or
connectives
a
simple
model
has
been
devised
for
the
generation
of
articulated
subject
index
entries
from
natural
language
indexing
phrases
which
exclude
infinitives
or
words
acting
as
gerunds
or
participles
a
sorting
algorithm
has
also
been
developed
the
purpose
of
which
is
to
select
those
entries
which
lead
to
greatest
organization
in
the
index
display
deviations
from
the
model
in
manually
produced
indexes
are
described
the
potential
value
of
certain
of
these
characteristics
in
information
retrieval
is
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
481
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
various
premises
which
need
consideration
when
developing
a
realistic
and
flexible
information
storage
retrieval
and
dissemination
isrd
system
are
discussed
their
implication
is
illustrated
with
some
examples
from
the
development
of
the
system
at
shell
research
sittingbourne
one
of
the
factors
which
will
affect
the
satisfactory
performance
of
an
isrd
system
is
the
ease
with
which
relevant
literature
information
not
held
in
the
system
can
be
provided
the
later
part
of
the
paper
is
developed
to
a
discussion
of
this
problem
and
of
a
possible
means
of
dealing
with
it
in
the
not
too
distant
future
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
482
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
small
scale
computer
based
sdi
system
in
plasma
physics
and
the
related
subjects
is
described
briefly
the
system
serves
about
research
scientists
and
engineers
and
uses
title
input
only
in
order
to
minimize
input
costs
the
implications
of
this
approach
and
its
effect
upon
the
system
parameters
is
discussed
some
comparison
of
the
costs
of
the
computer
based
system
with
those
of
a
manual
system
is
made
further
experiments
are
described
in
which
the
service
is
expanded
to
external
users
on
a
world
wide
basis
the
aim
being
to
compare
under
controlled
conditions
the
parameters
of
the
small
scale
internal
service
with
those
of
an
external
service
on
a
wide
scale
the
paper
concludes
with
some
observations
on
the
future
development
and
organization
of
computer
assisted
services
their
possibilities
and
the
main
problems
which
are
likely
to
arise
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
483
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
smart
document
retrieval
system
is
used
to
investigate
algorithms
for
text
analysis
and
request
searching
results
from
three
document
collections
indicate
that
word
normalization
is
efficiently
performed
by
automatic
thesaurus
lookup
while
phrase
matching
procedures
statistical
association
methods
and
concept
hierarchies
are
useful
for
special
applications
automatic
document
clustering
schemes
and
use
interactive
feedback
methods
permit
rapid
searches
of
large
collections
abstracts
are
found
to
be
superior
to
titles
as
a
base
for
content
analysis
in
a
document
retrieval
system
and
almost
as
good
as
complete
texts
proper
procedures
for
designing
dictionaries
and
searching
requests
are
discussed
the
practicality
of
large
scale
document
centers
and
their
proper
design
are
considered
in
light
of
these
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
484
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
focus
of
discussion
is
a
prototype
retrieval
system
with
three
major
components
for
text
processing
connectivity
and
decision
operations
each
of
these
components
is
based
on
a
distinguishable
subtheory
computer
programs
for
the
first
two
components
have
been
written
for
a
ge
computer
the
complete
prototype
system
is
now
being
programmed
for
operation
in
a
time
shared
environment
it
is
a
user
oriented
system
with
planned
capabilities
for
the
browsing
and
man
machine
interaction
a
major
goal
is
to
develop
procedures
whereby
research
workers
can
conduct
an
on
line
dialog
via
terminals
with
a
body
of
scientific
information
each
user
submitted
inquiry
is
a
set
of
sentences
without
restriction
as
to
vocabulary
or
form
the
system
converses
with
the
user
to
obtain
source
derived
phrases
that
elaborate
and
refine
the
initial
inquiry
the
use
is
led
to
browse
in
the
general
area
of
his
inquiry
and
to
broaden
or
narrow
it
as
a
further
aid
to
request
formulation
evaluation
of
system
performance
is
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
485
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
document
collection
consisting
of
articles
on
theoretical
high
energy
physics
is
analyzed
by
an
empirical
clustering
procedure
in
which
bibliographic
coupling
obtained
by
computer
is
used
to
measure
the
relatedness
of
articles
meaningful
groups
of
documents
were
produced
the
clustering
process
ia
adapted
to
future
use
in
the
computer
generation
of
a
classification
scheme
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
486
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
widely
used
criteria
for
evaluating
the
effectiveness
of
information
retrieval
system
are
respectively
the
recall
and
the
precision
since
the
determination
of
these
measures
is
dependent
on
a
distinction
between
documents
which
are
relevant
to
a
given
query
and
documents
which
are
not
relevant
to
that
query
it
has
sometimes
been
claimed
that
an
accurate
generally
valid
evaluation
cannot
be
based
on
recall
and
precision
measures
a
study
was
made
to
determine
that
effect
of
variations
in
relevance
assessments
on
the
average
recall
and
precision
values
used
to
measure
retrieval
effectiveness
using
a
collection
of
documents
in
information
science
for
test
purposes
it
is
found
that
large
scale
differences
in
the
relevance
assessments
do
not
produce
significant
variations
in
average
recall
and
precision
it
thus
appears
that
properly
computed
recall
and
precision
data
may
represent
effectiveness
indicators
which
are
generally
valid
for
many
distinct
user
classes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
487
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
information
retrieval
process
treated
strictly
as
a
matching
procedure
has
the
defects
that
tha
whole
file
must
be
probed
for
each
query
and
that
it
overlooks
the
fact
that
the
relevance
of
the
information
from
one
document
depends
upon
what
is
already
known
about
the
subject
and
in
term
affects
the
relevance
of
other
documents
subsequently
examined
a
mathematical
model
of
a
search
technique
in
which
the
defects
of
the
direct
method
are
taken
into
account
is
demonstrated
by
an
experiment
in
which
a
given
paper
is
treated
as
an
enquiry
and
the
references
cited
in
the
paper
are
treated
as
relevant
answers
the
results
in
two
tests
show
much
better
results
than
those
achieved
by
the
direct
method
no
spurious
material
was
retrieved
by
either
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
488
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
summarizes
the
work
carried
out
on
the
automatic
construction
of
keyword
classifications
and
their
use
in
information
retrieval
that
we
have
carried
out
in
the
last
eighteen
months
it
discusses
the
possible
characteristics
of
such
classifications
and
potential
ways
of
using
them
and
described
the
various
approaches
to
classification
we
have
considered
in
terms
of
an
overall
frame
of
reference
in
which
several
types
of
classification
are
distinguished
the
results
of
experiments
using
a
collection
of
documents
and
test
requests
obtained
from
the
aslib
clanfield
project
are
presented
from
which
it
can
be
conclude
that
automatic
classifications
which
lead
to
noticeable
improvements
in
retrieval
performance
over
those
obtainable
with
unclassified
terms
can
be
set
up
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
489
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
most
challenging
task
in
preparing
an
index
to
a
book
is
to
select
all
and
only
those
terms
that
are
related
to
the
text
and
are
useful
for
relevance
purposes
while
a
knowledgeable
human
can
make
the
selection
on
an
intuitive
basis
automatic
indexing
requires
a
precise
operational
criterion
for
defining
and
selecting
good
and
useful
index
terms
two
principles
of
selection
are
proposed
specification
and
selection
of
useful
terms
and
specification
and
exclusion
of
useless
terms
because
of
the
nebulous
nature
and
meaning
of
good
index
terms
and
the
difficulties
involved
in
devising
machine
algorithms
for
their
selection
this
research
in
automatic
indexing
is
based
on
the
principle
of
excluding
useless
terms
even
so
fully
automatic
indexing
was
not
achieved
in
this
study
single
words
proved
to
be
little
value
as
index
terms
multiple
word
terms
were
generated
by
the
computer
but
no
algorithm
could
successfully
eliminate
the
useless
phrases
final
selection
had
to
be
made
by
the
experimenter
a
comprehensive
and
useful
book
index
was
achieved
by
using
machine
aided
rather
than
fully
automated
indexing
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
49
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
computer
dissemination
of
information
offers
significant
advantages
over
manual
dissemination
because
the
computer
can
use
strategies
that
are
impractical
and
in
some
cases
impossible
for
a
human
this
paper
describes
the
ames
laboratory
selective
dissemination
of
information
system
with
emphasis
on
the
effectiveness
of
user
feedback
the
system
will
accept
any
document
abstract
keyword
etc
in
a
kwic
or
science
citation
index
source
format
user
profiles
consist
of
words
or
word
clusters
each
with
an
initially
assigned
significance
value
these
values
are
used
in
making
the
decision
to
notify
a
user
that
he
may
be
interested
in
a
particular
document
according
to
responses
the
significance
values
are
increased
or
decreased
and
quickly
attain
an
equilibrium
which
accurately
describes
the
user's
interests
the
system
is
economical
compared
to
other
existing
sdi
systems
and
human
intervention
is
negligible
except
for
adding
and
deleting
profile
entries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
490
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
economic
merits
of
applying
computers
in
information
storage
retrieval
and
dissemination
have
usually
been
considered
with
respect
only
to
the
cost
of
operating
the
information
services
concerned
this
had
tended
to
indicate
that
computer
use
is
economically
justified
mainly
for
housekeeping
operations
in
the
large
scale
organizations
the
present
paper
takes
a
wider
view
and
included
in
its
appraisal
the
costs
involved
in
information
gathering
and
dissemination
for
the
total
system
representing
the
information
services
and
its
users
it
is
suggested
that
the
inclusion
of
cost
elements
associated
with
user
time
devoted
to
information
gathering
tends
to
shift
the
economic
appraisal
in
favor
of
computer
application
in
information
work
in
fact
such
computer
use
appears
to
find
its
main
stimulus
and
economic
justification
in
an
environment
that
provides
strong
incentives
to
minimize
the
total
cost
of
the
system
whilst
maximizing
its
benefits
to
the
users
to
illustrate
this
some
example
are
given
based
on
experience
gained
in
research
data
handling
and
the
operation
of
sdi
services
in
an
industrial
research
establishment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
491
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
research
sdi
system
has
now
been
in
operation
for
one
year
using
the
isi
source
tapes
as
a
data
base
tapes
are
received
weekly
from
isi
philadelphia
and
are
run
against
approximately
search
terms
representing
about
profiles
the
computer
system
and
search
programs
will
be
described
together
with
costs
for
the
operation
user
reaction
will
be
commented
upon
within
the
context
of
future
developments
of
sdi
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
492
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
an
information
retrieval
system
is
to
provide
the
user
with
citations
relevant
to
his
query
since
the
user
is
the
only
person
competent
to
make
the
final
judgement
of
relevance
it
is
natural
to
suppose
that
the
selection
of
items
from
a
data
base
will
lead
to
two
kinds
of
retrieval
error
the
extent
of
these
errors
is
expressed
by
the
familiar
measures
of
performance
precision
and
recall
precision
measures
the
failure
of
the
system
to
retrieve
only
relevant
documents
while
recall
measures
its
failure
to
retrieve
all
relevant
documents
actually
present
in
the
data
base
it
is
difficult
to
visualize
a
situation
in
which
a
user
would
find
advantage
in
being
provided
with
irrelevant
citations
from
the
user's
point
of
view
therefore
a
system
which
offers
less
than
per
cent
precision
is
a
deficient
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
493
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
stages
in
the
development
of
a
program
for
the
production
of
articulated
subject
indexes
are
described
the
preparation
of
an
index
to
the
third
edition
of
the
smre
bibliography
has
enabled
the
technique
to
be
assessed
in
a
practical
situation
titles
from
documents
included
in
the
bibliography
were
edited
to
provide
input
to
the
program
and
the
output
recorded
on
a
micro
film
hard
copy
recorder
in
upper
case
alone
further
developments
now
in
hand
are
indicated
and
criteria
for
assessing
the
suitability
of
the
technique
relative
to
other
index
production
techniques
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
494
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
provision
of
periodicals
and
bibliographic
aids
for
the
three
levels
of
the
hierarchy
is
considered
viability
analysis
establishes
minimum
operating
scales
and
bradford
zipf
analysis
optimizes
the
selection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
495
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
computer
searches
on
chemical
titles
tapes
for
current
awareness
at
the
university
of
alberta
since
may
have
provided
sufficient
data
to
allow
formulation
of
a
cost
function
based
on
the
number
of
titles
searched
the
length
of
questions
the
extent
to
which
questions
may
be
batched
and
certain
details
regarding
the
allowed
forms
of
question
with
different
choice
of
parameters
the
cost
function
could
be
adapted
to
apply
to
searches
of
other
data
bases
an
attempt
to
make
retrospective
searching
economically
feasible
has
led
to
formulation
of
different
search
techniques
it
is
suggested
that
the
search
procedure
should
be
designed
to
minimize
computation
time
at
the
expense
of
convenience
in
the
form
of
output
but
that
facilities
should
be
included
so
that
the
user
who
is
willing
to
play
the
additional
cost
may
receive
output
in
a
more
convenient
form
in
recognition
of
the
fact
that
the
form
of
search
question
should
be
dependent
on
the
vocabulary
of
the
data
base
a
program
has
been
developed
to
modify
a
question
so
that
it
is
optimal
for
searches
on
the
given
data
base
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
496
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
presentation
on
economic
aspects
of
information
retrieval
is
based
on
data
gathered
by
project
urbandoc
during
the
course
of
four
years
in
developing
documentation
services
for
the
literature
of
urban
planning
and
renewal
it
was
a
substantial
effort
half
a
million
dollars
is
no
small
sum
in
the
social
sciences
made
possible
by
an
urban
renewal
demonstration
grant
from
the
u
s
department
of
housing
and
urban
development
hud
to
the
city
university
of
new
york
the
proposal
that
initiated
the
project
in
grew
out
of
the
extensive
dissatisfaction
with
bibliographic
services
in
planning
librarianship
at
a
time
when
both
planners
and
librarians
were
looking
to
data
processing
to
solve
a
variety
of
information
problems
urbandoc
was
to
apply
the
techniques
of
scientific
documentation
to
a
body
of
literature
which
had
been
neglected
by
the
information
science
community
before
the
advent
of
computerization
and
completely
by
passed
by
it
afterwards
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
497
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
many
of
the
large
scale
mechanized
information
systems
in
operation
today
grew
up
because
of
the
need
of
the
military
and
para
military
establishments
to
have
rapid
access
to
large
quantities
of
scientific
and
technological
information
this
paper
will
deal
with
two
complementary
efforts
in
the
field
of
social
sciences
where
an
awareness
of
the
information
problem
is
acute
and
the
global
needs
staggering
the
target
audiences
for
these
two
systems
are
on
the
one
hand
social
science
researchers
and
on
the
other
policy
planners
and
makers
in
the
broad
field
of
economic
and
social
development
an
operational
system
in
the
international
labour
office
will
be
described
and
an
array
of
figures
representing
actual
or
theoretical
operating
costs
will
be
given
as
could
be
expected
however
these
figures
relate
only
to
costs
of
systems
development
input
preparation
file
maintenance
and
retrieval
no
attempt
can
be
made
to
evaluate
in
other
than
general
terms
the
economic
impact
that
the
existence
of
such
a
system
may
have
it
can
be
readily
demonstrated
however
that
computer
assisted
information
systems
may
make
sense
within
individual
institutional
environments
and
make
greater
sense
when
on
line
systems
linking
various
collaborating
institutions
can
result
in
enabling
each
to
operate
more
efficiently
and
at
lower
cost
the
existence
of
such
on
line
networks
would
make
the
greatest
sense
for
users
because
of
the
possibility
of
having
access
at
a
reasonable
price
to
large
information
stores
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
498
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
reports
the
results
of
a
practical
study
of
the
application
of
digital
computers
to
the
storage
analysis
and
retrieval
of
the
full
text
of
acts
of
parliament
and
associated
delegated
legislation
dealing
with
automatic
energy
a
total
of
some
words
a
suite
of
computer
programs
has
been
prepared
in
a
high
level
language
for
generating
a
dictionary
and
concordance
to
the
full
text
and
organizing
the
search
process
the
interrogation
language
quest
is
described
and
its
application
to
full
text
searching
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
499
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
reports
on
several
experiments
in
automatic
extracting
and
one
experiment
in
automating
indexing
nine
chapters
each
from
a
different
technical
book
were
used
as
a
text
corpus
for
all
the
experiments
in
the
first
experiment
an
attempt
was
made
to
construct
a
sentence
dictionary
of
syntactic
sentence
types
for
distinguishing
extract
worthy
sentences
but
it
proved
unrewarding
nevertheless
the
results
indicated
that
sentence
typing
might
be
used
in
a
screening
process
in
conjunction
with
other
extracting
techniques
the
later
attempts
to
combine
synactic
and
statistical
criteria
in
the
choice
of
extract
sentences
and
index
phrases
proved
more
rewarding
the
sentences
selected
by
the
extracting
algorithm
were
representative
and
are
presented
for
the
reader
to
peruse
the
noun
phrases
selected
by
the
indexing
algorithm
compared
favorably
with
the
back
of
the
book
index
phrases
there
is
every
indication
that
satisfactory
back
of
the
book
indexes
could
be
produced
automatically
with
post
editing
to
delete
superfluous
items
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
5
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
although
the
use
of
games
in
professional
education
has
become
widespread
only
during
the
last
decade
the
method
has
been
used
in
a
number
of
fields
for
many
hundreds
of
years
its
origins
have
been
traced
to
simple
war
games
used
in
military
training
when
the
real
thing
was
either
unavailable
or
too
dangerous
in
more
recent
times
these
games
have
become
more
and
more
sophisticated
and
many
now
use
large
electronic
computers
to
handle
the
complex
calculations
involved
since
when
the
first
well
developed
management
game
was
introduced
the
technique
has
spread
rapidly
into
a
wide
variety
of
disciplines
and
today
it
is
used
at
all
levels
of
education
from
primary
school
classes
to
courses
for
experienced
professional
men
and
women
one
of
the
main
causes
of
this
game
explosion
has
been
the
rapid
development
of
sophisticated
management
techniques
such
as
simulation
and
mathematical
modelling
which
have
been
made
possible
by
rapid
advances
in
computer
technology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
50
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
detailed
comparison
of
how
papers
in
volume
of
physical
review
form
related
groups
according
to
two
criteria
of
relatedness
the
criteria
are
the
analytic
subject
index
as
used
by
the
editors
of
the
physical
review
and
the
method
of
bibliographic
coupling
the
similarities
and
differences
between
the
groups
thus
formed
are
illustrated
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
500
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
to
date
the
many
decisions
among
alternatives
that
are
required
in
the
course
of
developmental
efforts
to
improve
indexing
have
with
few
exceptions
been
guided
primarily
by
criteria
related
to
effectiveness
as
measured
by
some
objective
method
or
as
judged
subjectively
although
effectiveness
type
criteria
may
be
adequate
for
work
intended
solely
to
advance
the
state
of
the
art
when
the
goal
is
to
develop
indexing
techniques
appropriate
for
operating
services
it
seems
highly
desirable
to
employ
some
criterion
that
takes
cost
as
well
as
effectiveness
into
consideration
the
central
problem
of
operating
services
can
be
reduced
to
either
that
of
producing
the
best
indexing
possible
at
a
given
cost
or
that
of
producing
indexing
of
a
given
level
of
effectiveness
at
least
cost
in
our
current
effort
to
develop
rules
for
human
machine
and
man
machine
indexing
we
employ
a
cost
effectiveness
type
of
criterion
in
making
the
critical
developmental
decision
the
general
approach
is
described
and
illustrated
with
examples
of
how
measures
of
cost
and
of
effectiveness
were
considered
jointly
in
decision
making
primarily
for
how
to
reduce
cost
of
indexing
at
a
given
level
of
effectiveness
problems
of
defining
cost
are
also
discussed
such
as
how
to
divide
indexing
into
discrete
steps
the
effects
of
long
term
vs
short
term
activity
in
humans
and
small
batch
vs
large
batch
considerations
for
machines
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
501
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
thesaurus
can
be
defined
as
a
structured
vocabulary
for
use
in
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
three
parts
of
this
definition
need
further
elaboration
a
vocabulary
is
a
collection
of
terms
the
structure
of
a
vocabulary
can
be
described
as
a
set
of
relationships
between
terms
utilization
of
a
thesaurus
in
an
information
system
involves
a
set
of
rules
which
take
into
account
the
characteristics
of
the
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
502
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
is
based
on
the
data
from
a
survey
of
catalog
use
at
three
university
libraries
and
one
public
library
both
known
item
searches
and
subject
searches
were
analyzed
the
characteristics
of
the
user
population
were
examined
and
methodological
problems
of
the
survey
were
discussed
a
relation
was
found
between
the
academic
rank
of
the
catalog
users
and
type
of
search
that
they
carry
out
some
of
the
factors
influencing
the
success
or
failure
of
the
search
were
analyzed
and
the
meaning
of
success
for
the
two
types
of
search
was
discussed
the
study
investigated
tends
in
search
strategies
as
well
as
degree
of
perseverance
of
catalog
searchers
implications
for
the
design
of
modern
information
retrieval
systems
were
pointed
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
503
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
present
completely
automatic
procedures
for
the
self
generation
of
meaningful
groups
among
the
members
of
a
document
collection
and
for
the
classification
according
to
these
groups
of
subsequent
documents
these
procedures
operate
on
large
document
collections
with
reasonably
short
computation
times
thus
far
in
our
experiments
on
the
physics
literature
automatic
classification
has
proven
to
be
as
good
as
or
better
than
manual
indexing
and
in
addition
potentially
less
expensive
empirically
derived
our
method
is
based
upon
a
pattern
discovery
algorithm
which
use
only
the
citation
content
of
a
document
and
with
operates
on
the
bibliographic
links
among
papers
the
self
generated
groups
correspond
to
very
specific
subject
headings
retrospective
bibliographies
generated
in
the
procedures
allow
one
to
classify
the
subsequent
literature
with
remarkably
high
recall
and
relevance
ratios
close
to
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
504
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
system
for
computer
based
thesaurus
production
and
maintenance
has
been
developed
at
columbia
university
school
of
library
service
the
system
is
highly
flexible
providing
for
all
the
types
of
data
elements
which
have
been
used
in
both
thesauri
and
subject
heading
lists
with
additional
features
found
to
be
useful
as
a
result
of
the
ongoing
research
program
at
columbia
three
thesauri
in
widely
varying
subject
fields
are
in
the
final
stages
of
production
under
the
system
as
a
result
of
the
simultaneous
development
of
the
thesauri
based
on
actual
indexing
universes
and
of
the
production
system
which
is
part
of
a
larger
program
of
research
in
information
handling
problems
a
variety
of
new
techniques
and
procedures
have
been
developed
as
their
usefulness
became
evident
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
505
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
annual
review
of
information
science
and
technology
arist
is
now
years
old
in
these
years
arist
became
not
only
a
very
much
used
and
quoted
tool
but
also
an
established
institution
this
is
testified
by
the
fact
that
each
of
the
five
volumes
was
the
year's
most
frequently
and
most
comprehensively
reviewed
book
in
the
field
the
arist
effort
is
unparalleled
in
great
many
fields
currently
we
are
entering
an
era
of
intense
concern
about
and
reactions
to
science
and
technology
all
sciences
and
technologies
are
subject
to
questioning
scrutiny
and
evaluation
both
inside
and
outside
of
their
subject
areas
scrutiny
of
a
field
may
be
attempted
by
a
scrutiny
of
its
important
literature
items
with
years
and
five
volumes
arist
invites
and
affords
a
perspective
this
review
is
attempting
in
broad
brushstrokes
to
be
a
critical
examination
of
the
underlying
structure
and
literature
base
as
well
as
the
achievements
of
the
arist
effort
as
a
whole
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
506
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
selectivity
timeliness
and
quality
of
indexing
of
a
commercial
service
may
be
assessed
by
comparing
the
journal
articles
chosen
by
an
organization
as
relevant
to
its
interests
with
those
subsequently
reported
by
the
service
these
aspects
were
evaluated
with
respect
to
drugdoc
which
scans
over
biomedical
journals
the
results
showed
that
the
selection
criteria
laid
down
by
drugdoc
are
strictly
adhered
to
the
mean
time
of
alerting
of
an
article
was
weeks
after
receipt
of
the
journal
at
wellcome
and
all
articles
from
a
particular
journal
issue
were
reported
by
drugdoc
on
average
within
weeks
indexing
was
examined
in
detail
and
on
average
primary
thesaurus
controlled
indexing
terms
were
assigned
per
article
pilot
studies
were
also
run
on
sdi
profiles
compiled
from
the
drugdoc
thesaurus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
507
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
paper
the
experiences
costs
price
policy
market
sales
promotion
and
foreign
cooperation
of
a
danish
documentation
department
are
described
in
relation
to
two
databases
as
follows
the
compendex
tapes
are
scanned
in
denmark
whereas
the
inspec
tapes
are
scanned
in
holland
with
the
inclusion
of
danish
profiles
according
to
a
bilateral
agreement
the
total
costs
in
connection
with
compendex
are
evaluated
and
divided
into
four
main
components
disbursement
to
the
supplier
of
the
tape
system
working
expenses
of
the
documentation
center
costs
of
the
electronic
data
processing
and
expenses
connected
with
the
procurement
of
the
original
material
to
the
subscribers
they
can
choose
between
including
or
deleting
the
compendex
abstracts
during
sequential
text
scanning
and
printing
out
search
profiles
are
formed
by
the
terms
word
author
journal
code
connected
by
and
or
not
logic
and
weight
factors
the
above
documentation
department
belongs
to
the
national
technological
library
of
denmark
and
also
two
sdi
services
based
on
tape
systems
from
cas
retrospective
searches
have
been
carried
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
508
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
express
the
conviction
that
on
line
reference
retrieval
will
largely
replace
the
present
tape
driven
system
in
a
few
years
we
describe
the
design
criteria
of
such
an
on
line
system
based
on
our
experience
of
a
pilot
system
which
has
been
operational
for
years
emphasizing
the
importance
of
minimizing
the
number
of
disk
accesses
we
recommend
the
use
of
hash
coding
for
searching
in
a
thesaurus
and
point
out
that
the
user
of
an
on
line
system
should
use
the
most
precise
terms
first
and
the
common
terms
last
the
opposite
of
the
procedure
in
a
manual
search
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
509
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
introduce
information
retrieval
strategies
which
are
based
on
automatic
hierarchic
clustering
of
documents
we
discuss
the
evaluation
of
retrieval
strategies
and
show
using
a
subset
of
the
cranfield
aeronautics
document
collection
that
cluster
based
retrieval
strategies
can
be
devised
which
are
as
effective
as
linear
associative
retrieval
strategies
and
much
more
efficient
finally
we
outline
how
cluster
based
retrieval
may
be
extended
to
large
growing
document
collections
and
indicate
some
ways
in
which
the
effectiveness
of
cluster
based
retrieval
strategies
may
be
improved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
51
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
describes
a
method
of
indexing
documents
which
is
based
on
the
assumptions
that
a
subset
of
the
words
in
a
document
can
be
an
effective
index
to
that
document
and
that
this
subject
can
be
approximated
by
selecting
those
words
from
the
document
whose
frequencies
are
statistically
unexpectedly
high
the
results
of
the
experiment
are
encouraging
although
not
definitive
because
any
index
set
chosen
must
be
tested
by
using
it
for
retrieval
from
a
large
collection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
510
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
by
the
means
of
the
flexible
machine
search
system
three
experiments
have
been
made
in
order
to
test
the
retrieval
efficiency
of
searching
free
text
and
keywords
base
upon
the
relevance
judgements
of
the
users
the
results
indicate
that
titles
and
abstracts
are
good
index
material
which
can
be
used
for
machine
searching
without
human
indexing
in
the
three
fields
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
511
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
retrospective
search
of
large
document
data
bases
requires
development
of
special
techniques
for
automatic
compression
of
data
and
minimization
of
the
number
of
input
output
operations
to
the
computer
accessible
files
also
the
computer
program
should
be
designed
to
require
a
relatively
small
amount
of
internal
memory
the
present
paper
contains
a
description
of
the
structure
of
a
program
that
meets
the
above
requirements
the
vocabulary
of
the
data
base
is
automatically
expressed
in
terms
of
and
bit
codes
chosen
to
point
to
the
natural
spelling
in
a
dictionary
thus
file
size
is
reduced
without
the
necessity
for
extensive
processing
for
decoding
use
of
a
compressed
bit
string
inverted
index
greatly
reduces
search
time
and
a
storage
management
system
enables
long
strings
to
be
processed
with
use
of
a
limited
amount
of
internal
storage
creation
of
reduced
files
and
tables
is
an
important
feature
of
a
program
it
allows
the
files
needed
only
by
specific
phases
of
the
program
to
be
designed
to
use
a
relatively
small
amount
of
internal
storage
and
input
output
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
512
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
computer
search
center
csc
at
iit
research
institute
iitri
provides
information
from
computer
readable
data
bases
to
users
in
industry
government
and
universities
the
center
was
designed
to
meet
user
needs
by
providing
a
variety
of
services
from
multiple
data
bases
with
minimal
restrictions
and
a
high
degree
of
flexibility
a
new
modular
machine
independent
pl
software
system
was
developed
for
handling
virtually
any
bibliographic
type
base
csc
have
run
at
nine
different
computer
facilities
with
different
hardware
computer
models
versions
of
os
peripherals
of
the
pl
compiler
all
data
bases
are
converted
by
preprocessors
to
a
standard
iitri
format
which
employs
a
directory
and
character
string
type
of
the
structure
user
oriented
profile
features
include
full
free
form
boolean
logic
with
any
degree
of
nesting
search
terms
may
be
any
data
element
on
a
data
base
search
terms
may
be
single
words
multi
word
terms
phrases
or
term
fragments
full
truncation
capabilities
optional
sort
of
author
citation
number
or
weight
and
optional
printing
of
output
on
x
cards
multilith
masters
paper
or
tape
user
aids
were
developed
for
each
data
base
to
assist
in
profile
and
monitoring
they
include
search
manuals
truncation
guides
term
frequency
list
and
klic
indexes
research
is
conducted
and
statistics
maintained
to
study
monitor
and
improve
center
components
including
data
bases
user
satisfaction
systems
personnel
functions
and
services
the
many
advantages
of
computerized
retrieval
which
are
the
raison
d'etre
for
the
center
include
coverage
thoroughness
consistency
interdisciplinariness
recall
speed
regularity
file
preparation
and
cost
effectiveness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
513
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
scientific
disciplines
can
be
regarded
as
social
devices
which
have
as
one
function
the
analysis
and
reduction
of
raw
information
to
assimilated
knowledge
of
a
type
which
can
be
transmitted
through
professional
training
data
on
information
flow
in
psychology
reveal
feedback
to
scientific
workers
and
result
in
refinements
of
the
product
of
research
later
disseminations
are
interwoven
with
processes
of
evaluation
and
selection
and
are
directed
toward
the
creation
of
an
integrated
and
tested
body
of
knowledge
the
reported
data
finish
an
empirical
base
for
ziman's
consensual
model
of
science
and
illuminate
difficulties
which
have
arisen
in
the
design
and
implementation
of
information
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
514
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
evaluation
of
an
on
line
retrieval
system
known
as
ears
epilepsy
abstracts
retrieval
system
has
been
performed
the
system
which
permits
the
free
text
searching
of
approximately
abstracts
drawn
from
epilepsy
abstracts
is
supported
by
the
national
institute
of
neurological
diseases
and
stroke
ninds
specialists
in
the
field
of
neurology
at
six
medical
centers
in
the
united
states
conducted
on
line
searches
to
satisfy
their
own
needs
for
information
parallel
searches
were
conducted
on
the
same
search
topics
by
a
neurologist
at
ninds
who
was
highly
experienced
in
using
the
system
the
results
of
the
original
searches
were
evaluated
in
terms
of
recall
precision
and
general
user
satisfaction
a
detailed
analysis
of
factors
affecting
the
success
and
failure
of
the
on
line
searches
was
carried
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
515
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
selecting
which
journals
to
acquire
in
order
to
best
satisfy
library
objectives
is
modeled
as
a
zero
one
linear
programming
problem
and
examined
in
detail
the
model
incorporates
an
objective
function
based
on
expected
usage
as
a
measure
of
journal
worth
and
cost
constraints
which
account
for
the
scarcity
of
capital
the
model
can
be
used
to
aid
the
librarian
in
making
better
selection
decisions
since
the
objective
function
can
be
shown
to
reflect
the
evaluation
of
the
library
as
an
information
retrieval
system
and
as
a
service
organization
moreover
the
model
of
seen
to
be
related
to
inventory
problems
and
scheduling
models
in
industrial
operations
journal
usage
is
discussed
as
a
measure
of
journal
worth
and
is
contrasted
to
journal
productivity
constraints
are
considered
for
scarce
resources
other
than
capital
and
for
journal
interrelationships
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
516
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
structured
data
base
such
as
that
obtained
when
information
is
indexed
in
a
format
including
explicit
relations
retrieval
of
all
relevant
items
in
response
to
a
question
may
in
some
cases
be
restricted
by
technicalities
of
the
structure
condensations
in
the
form
of
logical
jumps
or
the
omission
of
a
concept
with
one
relation
out
of
a
string
of
three
concepts
with
two
interstitial
relations
have
been
investigated
by
two
different
methods
in
order
to
overcome
one
of
these
technicalities
thirty
two
rules
are
proposed
which
could
permit
the
automatic
condensation
of
either
of
both
the
stored
information
and
the
question
when
the
concepts
and
relations
are
in
the
form
of
linear
or
string
display
nine
rules
are
proposed
for
condensation
of
angular
structures
other
type
of
logical
jump
and
abbreviation
are
discussed
together
with
related
studies
of
expansions
and
inference
steps
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
517
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
to
index
successfully
in
the
defense
documentation
center's
environment
an
automated
system
must
chose
single
words
or
phrases
dependent
upon
context
rapidly
and
economically
the
automation
of
ddc's
indexing
has
been
machine
aided
from
its
inception
a
machine
aided
indexing
mai
system
is
described
that
indexes
one
million
words
of
text
per
hour
of
cpu
time
grammatical
errors
do
not
exceed
five
per
cent
of
the
output
so
human
screening
is
satisfactorily
low
the
system
could
potentially
scale
up
to
an
operational
size
of
million
words
of
text
per
year
the
equivalent
of
a
dozen
bibles
or
a
third
of
the
encyclopedia
britannica
in
a
batch
mode
the
programs
to
accomplish
this
indexing
would
require
no
more
than
fifteen
minutes
of
cpu
time
per
week
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
518
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
a
probabilistic
model
for
interactive
retrieval
specifically
it
applies
the
principles
of
bayesian
statistical
decision
theory
the
use
of
both
prior
subjective
and
sample
information
about
the
relationship
of
document
descriptions
to
query
relevance
and
maximization
of
the
expected
value
of
a
utility
function
to
the
problem
of
optimally
restructuring
a
search
strategy
in
an
interactive
environment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
519
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
general
measure
of
retrieval
effectiveness
having
full
metric
properties
and
treating
the
retrieval
system
arbiter
of
relevance
situation
symmetrically
is
the
marczewski
steinhaus
metric
d
measuring
the
distance
between
the
set
of
relevant
documents
a
and
set
of
retrieved
documents
b
according
to
d
n
a
b
n
a
u
b
d
can
be
expressed
as
a
function
of
presicion
and
recall
or
of
generality
fallout
and
recall
and
of
other
sets
of
traditional
measures
acceptance
of
the
measure
allows
criteria
for
retrieval
optimality
and
degeneracy
to
be
stated
defined
by
minimum
and
constant
values
of
d
respectively
precision
recall
degeneracy
curves
for
d
are
given
and
compared
with
those
for
another
general
measure
the
probability
that
a
document
will
be
correctly
identified
by
a
retrieval
system
statistical
extensions
of
d
are
examined
and
these
and
other
properties
of
the
metric
are
illustrated
with
seven
examples
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
52
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
original
aim
of
this
study
was
to
obtain
objective
data
bearing
on
the
much
argued
question
of
whether
author
indexing
is
good
author
indexing
of
documents
reporting
biomedical
research
was
scored
by
comparing
the
author
supplied
terms
author
set
for
each
paper
with
a
criterion
set
of
terms
that
was
established
by
asking
a
group
of
potential
users
to
describe
the
same
document
terms
in
the
document
title
title
set
were
scored
similarly
the
average
author
set
contained
almost
half
of
all
the
terms
employed
by
more
than
one
member
of
the
user
group
and
scored
of
the
maximal
possible
score
as
compared
with
for
the
average
title
set
when
judged
by
the
method
and
criterion
employed
here
author
indexing
is
substantially
better
than
indexing
derived
from
document
titles
the
findings
suggest
that
indicia
supplied
by
an
author
should
serve
scientists
in
biomedical
disciplines
other
than
his
own
about
as
well
as
they
serve
his
disciplinary
colleagues
the
general
method
developed
for
measuring
indexing
quality
may
represent
a
practical
yardstick
of
wide
applicability
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
520
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
retrospective
test
search
on
year
of
ca
condensates
was
carried
out
in
order
to
calculate
the
cost
per
profile
and
to
get
an
impression
of
how
ca
condensates
would
suffice
as
a
database
for
a
retrospective
use
some
means
of
improving
the
search
strategy
by
means
of
the
cas
standard
distribution
format
were
investigated
the
question
is
raised
whether
the
costs
and
efforts
presently
devoted
to
research
regarding
retrospective
searches
on
large
free
text
databases
are
justified
in
view
of
the
low
average
precision
ratios
generally
observed
for
free
text
databases
and
the
very
high
number
of
references
of
potential
interest
retrieved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
521
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
substantial
degrees
of
compression
of
bibliographical
data
bases
result
from
the
application
to
them
a
modified
form
of
run
length
coding
the
method
involves
attenuation
of
the
zero
one
bit
ratio
of
the
data
base
this
can
be
achieved
by
substitution
of
codes
with
the
highest
zero
one
ratios
the
most
frequent
symbols
or
by
substitution
of
bytes
codes
for
diagrams
a
form
of
run
length
coding
in
which
the
run
length
is
represented
as
a
fixed
length
binary
number
is
then
applied
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
522
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
system
of
automatic
indexing
based
on
baye's
theorem
is
described
briefly
in
assigning
documents
to
categories
there
were
cases
of
agreement
with
professional
indexers
using
a
collection
factor
based
on
per
cent
human
consistency
from
other
courses
the
computer
appears
then
to
index
with
per
cent
accuracy
in
this
case
the
technique
is
then
used
with
two
randomized
sample
document
groups
drawn
from
nine
categories
each
group
in
turn
is
used
as
the
basis
for
indexing
the
other
the
computer
knows
only
the
number
of
categories
after
cycles
the
computer
is
found
to
have
formed
groups
consisting
of
about
per
cent
of
documents
that
were
also
lumped
together
by
professional
indexers
on
the
basis
of
subject
content
a
new
measure
of
performance
is
proposed
and
some
other
applications
of
the
technique
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
523
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
cost
performance
evaluation
of
the
supars
system
is
reported
supars
was
an
on
line
free
text
bibliographic
retrieval
system
cost
effectiveness
data
of
such
systems
are
not
readily
available
in
our
evaluation
two
measures
of
cost
were
employed
a
computer
processing
charge
expressed
in
dollars
and
the
number
of
documents
retrieved
a
measure
of
work
that
must
be
expended
to
review
the
retrieved
items
the
measure
of
performance
was
an
estimate
of
the
recall
ratio
to
obtain
the
requisite
measures
an
experimental
plan
was
developed
in
which
experts
searched
the
data
base
of
psychological
abstracts
forming
their
queries
from
written
statements
of
information
needs
these
statements
along
with
the
list
of
documents
relevant
to
them
were
produced
by
people
with
information
problems
tallies
were
kept
of
the
number
of
documents
retrieved
before
each
of
the
designed
relevant
items
were
found
the
major
findings
are
noted
below
queries
to
the
system
employing
simple
boolean
operators
and
or
have
better
cost
performance
characteristics
than
queries
using
more
elegant
searching
operators
on
demand
access
to
the
index
or
dictionary
contributes
sizeably
to
improving
the
cost
performance
of
the
system
the
argument
is
raised
that
human
factors
such
as
the
differences
among
users
of
a
system
probably
should
be
a
major
factor
in
the
design
operation
and
evaluation
of
retrieval
systems
it
appears
that
consideration
of
these
factors
will
improve
system
cost
performance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
524
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
high
degree
of
constancy
has
been
found
to
exist
in
the
microstructure
of
titles
of
samples
of
the
inspec
data
base
taken
over
year
period
character
and
diagram
frequencies
are
shown
to
be
relatively
stable
while
variable
length
character
string
characterizing
samples
separated
by
years
in
time
show
close
similarities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
525
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
personal
literature
search
of
a
scientist
is
strongly
governed
by
subjective
influences
if
he
delegates
his
literature
search
he
should
always
be
aware
of
the
problems
necessarily
emanating
from
his
subjective
view
this
prevents
him
from
imposing
unsatisfiable
demands
on
the
delegated
search
particularly
with
respect
to
its
expected
performance
and
makes
him
conscious
of
the
fact
that
in
order
to
satisfy
his
entire
information
need
he
cannot
dispense
with
the
browsing
serendipity
of
his
personal
literature
search
he
will
also
better
understand
the
peculiarities
of
the
documentary
methods
needed
for
operating
large
and
continuously
growing
systems
as
compared
with
the
methods
sufficient
for
his
personal
file
the
information
scientist
on
the
other
hand
in
charge
of
establishing
operating
and
evaluating
retrieval
systems
of
high
performance
and
survival
power
should
take
into
consideration
the
pronouncedly
subjective
character
of
fundamental
notions
such
as
information
and
order
this
gives
him
a
better
understanding
of
the
kind
of
inquiries
submitted
to
him
and
of
the
inherently
even
if
latently
subjective
character
of
several
fundamental
operations
in
storage
and
retrieval
and
will
cause
him
to
refrain
from
futile
attempts
to
make
such
operations
more
objective
and
formal
such
a
better
mutual
understanding
will
be
bound
to
promote
advance
in
methodology
and
psychology
of
scientific
communication
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
526
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
an
on
line
information
retrieval
system
by
the
scientists
themselves
is
described
medusa
was
designed
to
allow
physicians
to
interrogate
the
medlars
data
base
a
brief
description
is
given
of
the
system
and
details
of
an
experiment
to
test
its
effectiveness
search
formulation
prepared
on
line
by
medical
research
workers
are
compared
for
recall
and
precision
with
the
same
requests
formulated
by
search
editors
in
the
normal
way
the
results
show
that
physicians
can
use
an
on
line
system
effectively
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
527
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
subject
indexing
of
text
can
in
principle
be
accomplished
in
many
ways
the
technique
for
machine
aided
indexing
mai
developed
at
the
defense
documentation
center
ddc
is
illustrated
on
a
randomly
chosen
abstract
additional
text
is
provided
in
coded
form
so
that
the
reader
can
more
fully
explore
this
technique
and
form
his
own
opinion
of
the
applicability
and
versatility
of
this
particular
procedure
the
ddc
method
for
subject
indexing
is
very
close
to
operational
status
for
a
data
base
which
grows
at
the
rate
of
two
million
words
of
text
per
year
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
528
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
leadermart
is
a
fully
operational
information
retrieval
system
featuring
on
line
interactive
service
to
a
wide
variety
of
user
groups
in
business
industry
government
and
universities
with
the
availability
of
many
computer
readable
bibliographic
data
bases
experience
with
users
dictated
the
development
of
special
purpose
information
products
based
on
a
thorough
understanding
of
individual
client
needs
and
the
delivery
of
such
products
in
a
customized
form
each
different
application
required
a
different
package
with
variations
of
both
software
and
data
base
coverage
these
packages
were
developed
via
suitable
modification
of
modular
system
software
to
result
in
products
tailored
to
user
idiosyncracies
the
paper
describes
problems
associated
with
these
repackaging
procedures
and
discusses
the
changes
brought
about
by
the
introduction
of
an
on
line
interactive
retrieval
service
into
the
operating
environment
of
users
implications
for
networking
and
resource
sharing
focusing
upon
cost
effectiveness
and
performance
measures
are
also
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
529
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
a
technical
document
center
providing
remote
terminal
retrospective
search
capability
and
shows
its
evolution
from
the
traditional
catalog
card
operation
the
system
uses
mini
computers
for
on
line
input
and
editing
of
data
and
for
production
of
announcements
and
uses
a
commercial
computer
utility
communication
network
for
retrospective
searching
a
hybrid
of
microform
and
computer
storage
was
designed
to
decrease
computer
and
line
charges
and
to
allow
for
security
considerations
bilingual
search
capability
in
either
of
two
models
suitable
for
experienced
users
or
novices
is
provided
to
a
network
of
satellite
libraries
separated
by
as
much
as
miles
a
selective
dissemination
of
information
service
is
provided
using
in
house
and
foreign
data
bases
and
serving
over
profiles
of
interest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
53
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
defines
and
describes
the
kwic
keyword
in
context
index
concept
providing
a
history
of
the
concept
and
of
its
literature
it
discusses
variations
of
the
index
such
as
the
bell
telephone
index
kwoc
indexes
and
the
wadex
the
paper
discusses
improvements
and
variations
to
the
kwic
index
such
as
manipulation
of
the
index
line
variations
of
the
code
addition
of
classification
information
combination
of
author
index
and
title
index
and
improvements
to
the
preparation
of
the
kwic
indexes
such
as
improvement
of
titles
and
use
of
a
thesaurus
and
discusses
improvement
of
the
use
of
the
kwic
index
the
paper
discusses
the
usage
of
the
kwic
index
and
comments
on
the
future
of
kwic
indexes
of
the
kwic
concept
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
530
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
proposal
for
a
computer
aided
method
of
building
up
an
indexing
language
is
made
the
method
involves
linking
the
terms
relevant
to
any
special
retrieval
system
into
the
udc
preferably
in
the
form
of
the
standard
reference
code
when
it
becomes
available
links
between
the
terms
are
intended
to
be
established
in
such
a
way
that
provided
indexing
input
sessions
are
accomplished
via
a
video
terminal
a
hybrid
thesaurus
classification
could
be
built
up
by
a
form
of
learning
process
in
the
course
of
regular
indexing
the
proposed
means
of
establishing
links
between
terms
are
described
the
associated
computer
system
is
outlined
and
an
example
of
indexing
language
built
up
procedure
is
presented
possible
uses
for
natural
language
search
using
the
thesaurus
classification
as
a
switching
language
and
for
automatic
classification
are
suggested
as
long
term
aims
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
531
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
various
approaches
to
index
term
weighting
have
been
investigated
in
particular
claims
have
been
made
for
the
value
of
statistically
based
indexing
in
automatic
retrieval
systems
the
paper
discusses
the
logic
of
different
types
of
weighting
and
describes
experiments
testing
weighting
schemes
of
these
types
the
result
show
that
one
type
of
weighting
leads
to
material
performance
improvements
in
quite
different
collection
environments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
532
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
different
between
pertinence
and
relevance
is
discussed
other
pairs
of
terms
and
the
differences
between
their
members
are
examined
and
the
suggestion
is
made
that
such
studies
could
increase
our
understanding
of
the
theory
of
information
systems
and
hence
lead
to
practical
improvements
some
examples
are
considered
among
them
the
use
of
personality
profiles
to
improve
the
pertinence
effectiveness
of
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
533
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
article
we
examine
the
concept
of
the
information
user
and
attempt
to
describe
some
of
the
dynamics
of
the
situation
by
discussing
some
of
our
data
relative
to
intraindividual
variations
changes
which
occur
within
individual
scientists
as
their
scientific
work
progresses
and
interindividual
variations
physical
vs
social
scientists
basic
vs
applied
scientists
experienced
vs
inexperienced
scientists
and
scientists'
working
in
the
same
subject
matter
area
vs
scientists
who
recently
changed
their
areas
all
of
these
were
found
to
produce
significant
variation
in
the
information
needs
of
scientists
and
in
the
sources
they
used
to
satisfy
these
needs
some
implications
of
these
findings
relative
to
information
technology
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
534
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
comprehensive
review
of
the
experimental
information
storage
and
retrieval
system
developed
by
project
intrex
is
presented
together
with
a
description
of
major
results
and
conclusions
that
were
derived
through
use
of
the
system
salient
features
of
the
intrex
system
included
an
argumented
catalog
stored
in
an
online
interactive
computer
in
combination
with
full
text
storage
on
microfiche
guaranteed
access
to
full
text
at
remote
allocations
was
provided
through
use
of
an
automatic
fiche
storage
and
retrieval
system
that
was
computer
controlled
discussed
in
the
paper
are
the
details
of
the
catalog
structure
user
experiments
economic
studies
and
information
system
networking
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
535
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
concerned
with
the
practices
of
information
transfer
and
use
it
examines
information
science
for
the
purpose
of
control
of
the
information
flood
through
systems
services
and
centers
the
book
is
designed
as
a
text
for
use
at
the
university
level
and
as
a
reference
source
for
working
information
scientists
and
specialists
for
documentalists
for
engineers
and
for
researchers
in
the
physical
life
and
social
sciences
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
536
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
designed
primarily
for
use
as
a
first
year
graduate
text
in
information
theory
suitable
for
both
engineers
and
mathematicians
it
is
assumed
that
the
reader
has
some
understanding
of
freshman
calculus
and
elementary
probability
and
in
the
later
chapters
some
introductory
random
process
theory
unfortunately
there
is
one
more
requirement
that
is
harder
to
meet
the
reader
must
have
a
reasonable
level
of
mathematical
maturity
and
capability
for
abstract
thought
the
major
results
of
the
theory
are
quite
subtle
and
abstract
and
must
sometimes
be
arrived
at
by
what
appears
to
be
rather
devious
routes
fortunately
recent
simplifications
in
the
theory
have
made
the
major
results
more
accessible
than
in
the
past
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
537
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
describes
the
results
of
a
study
which
the
author
has
carried
out
during
the
summer
of
in
heidelberg
and
san
francisco
about
the
development
of
the
information
sciences
in
the
federal
republic
of
germany
this
study
was
conducted
following
an
undertaking
between
the
federal
ministry
for
scientific
research
the
institute
for
documentation
questions
and
the
study
group
for
research
in
system
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
538
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
concerned
primarily
with
those
intellectual
factors
that
significantly
affect
the
performance
of
all
information
retrieval
systems
namely
indexing
policy
and
practice
vocabulary
control
searching
control
interaction
between
the
system
and
its
users
my
viewpoint
is
that
of
the
evaluator
of
information
systems
i
have
therefore
paid
considerable
attention
to
a
discussion
of
the
requirements
of
users
of
information
systems
and
the
measurement
of
system
performance
in
terms
of
the
efficient
and
economical
satisfaction
of
these
requirements
the
book
does
not
concern
itself
except
indirectly
with
equipment
for
the
implementation
of
retrieval
systems
a
topic
that
is
adequately
covered
by
other
volumes
in
this
series
moreover
it
is
my
contention
that
the
importance
of
hardware
and
data
processing
aspects
of
information
systems
has
been
exaggerated
in
the
united
states
with
some
detriment
to
the
performance
of
many
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
539
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
gives
classification
and
detailed
description
of
different
types
of
information
retrieval
languages
a
universal
scheme
served
as
the
basis
for
classifying
information
retrieval
languages
the
book
analyses
in
detail
universal
scheme
similarities
and
differences
between
natural
and
information
retrieval
languages
some
ways
of
constructing
information
retrieval
language
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
54
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
evolution
described
below
of
one
aspect
of
the
nasa
system
and
technical
information
facility's
machine
search
system
may
be
of
general
interest
to
the
documentation
profession
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
540
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
sheds
light
on
basic
problems
principles
and
results
of
philosophical
methodological
research
in
information
concepts
gives
critical
analysis
of
its
idealistic
interpretation
author
proves
possibility
more
general
definition
of
information
using
categories
of
reflectivity
and
inequality
both
mathematical
variants
statistical
probability
and
nonstatistical
as
well
as
semantic
concepts
of
information
are
analyzed
basic
information
species
and
functions
in
human
society
are
determined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
541
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
at
the
ifla
liverpool
conference
in
a
joint
working
group
of
the
committees
on
cataloguing
and
on
serial
publications
was
set
up
to
draw
up
an
international
standard
bibliographic
description
for
serials
taking
the
isbd
m
as
a
model
in
so
far
as
practicable
as
might
be
expected
the
special
problems
presented
by
serial
publications
made
the
task
of
developing
an
isbd
s
a
difficult
assignment
which
the
joint
working
group
tackled
with
great
energy
and
devotion
the
successive
drafts
were
prepared
by
the
chairman
and
the
secretary
mlle
m
l
bossuat
and
mlle
m
pelletier
probably
no
data
element
presented
such
a
severe
problem
as
that
of
serial
title
the
seemingly
countless
mitteilungen
memoires
proceedings
bulletins
trudy's
and
the
like
seemed
to
demand
some
useful
and
standardized
way
to
be
identified
a
solution
to
this
problem
was
found
in
the
adoption
of
a
device
which
consisted
of
marrying
the
author
statement
to
the
generic
title
proper
with
a
wedding
ring
consisting
of
a
space
hyphen
space
and
dubbing
the
happy
couple
the
distinctive
title
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
542
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
concept
is
regarded
as
the
common
element
of
both
classification
systems
and
thesauri
reality
and
knowledge
are
not
represented
by
words
or
terms
but
by
the
meanings
behind
these
tokens
a
concept
of
say
an
object
a
property
of
an
object
a
process
etc
is
derived
from
verbal
statements
on
these
as
subjects
and
may
therefore
be
defined
as
the
whole
of
true
and
possible
predicates
that
can
be
collected
on
a
given
subject
it
is
from
these
predicates
that
the
characteristics
of
the
corresponding
concepts
can
be
derived
common
characteristics
in
different
concepts
lead
to
relations
between
concepts
which
relations
in
turn
are
factors
for
the
formation
of
concept
systems
different
kinds
of
relationships
as
well
as
different
kinds
of
concepts
are
distinguished
it
is
pointed
out
that
an
orderly
supply
of
the
elements
for
propositions
information
statements
on
new
knowledge
requires
the
construction
and
availability
of
such
concept
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
543
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
common
tool
for
the
selection
of
serial
publications
for
a
research
library
is
the
lists
of
most
cited
serials
the
possibilities
of
this
method
were
first
studied
by
gross
and
gross
who
in
applied
a
method
of
sample
statistical
investigation
to
the
grading
of
scientific
serials
according
to
their
relative
importance
based
on
citation
counting
from
source
journals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
544
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
the
formal
communication
system
of
science
has
become
less
able
to
supply
information
with
the
rapidity
that
scientists
require
increasing
attention
has
been
paid
to
the
structure
of
communication
in
science
how
are
scientific
publications
utilized
by
scientists
what
is
accomplished
by
the
circulation
of
scientific
information
on
an
informal
basis
how
does
the
social
organization
among
scientists
facilitate
or
inhibit
these
processes
three
types
of
studies
have
been
conducted
in
this
area
a
studies
of
the
scientific
literature
itself
b
studies
of
how
scientists
obtain
the
information
which
they
need
for
their
research
and
c
studies
of
the
relationship
between
scientists
who
conduct
research
in
the
same
areas
for
the
most
part
studies
of
formal
communication
and
information
gathering
have
been
conducted
in
the
absence
of
all
but
the
most
rudimentary
theoretical
models
as
has
been
pointed
out
in
at
least
three
recent
reviews
of
these
studies
libbey
and
zaltman
p
paisley
storer
p
the
lack
of
theory
can
be
attributed
partly
to
the
practical
orientation
of
many
of
the
studies
and
also
to
the
fact
that
an
adequate
model
cannot
be
based
on
any
one
of
these
types
of
studies
alone
a
useful
theory
must
integrate
knowledge
from
all
three
types
in
this
article
we
will
review
these
studies
and
will
describe
a
teoretical
model
which
has
been
designed
to
fill
this
purpose
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
545
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
great
concern
with
scientific
communication
in
the
last
few
decades
has
produced
a
number
of
studies
analyzing
the
use
of
information
one
approach
to
these
matters
has
been
via
the
citation
study
a
method
often
used
in
the
physical
sciences
but
applied
less
frequently
in
the
humanities
and
social
sciences
however
in
the
latter
area
enough
citation
studies
have
been
completed
to
produce
material
for
interesting
comparisons
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
546
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
on
the
th
and
th
of
january
a
workshop
on
the
user
interface
for
interactive
search
of
bibliographic
data
bases
was
held
at
ricky's
hyatt
house
in
palo
alto
california
the
workshop
sponsored
by
the
information
systems
committee
of
the
american
federation
of
information
processing
societies
brought
together
a
group
of
information
scientists
who
have
been
directly
involved
with
this
subject
area
they
were
provided
in
advance
with
a
challenge
paper
and
with
a
number
of
papers
prepared
in
response
to
that
challenge
the
workshop
sessions
themselves
were
devoted
exclusively
to
focussed
discussions
of
the
material
and
of
the
problems
in
and
the
prospects
for
more
effective
systems
design
of
the
user
interface
the
content
of
these
two
days
of
deliberation
prompted
making
the
substance
of
the
workshop
experience
available
to
a
larger
audience
this
book
is
intended
to
accomplish
that
goal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
547
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
lister
hill
national
center
for
biomedical
communications
of
the
national
library
of
medicine
in
conjunction
with
the
nlm
library
operations
staff
initiated
in
june
a
new
experimental
service
called
aim
twx
abridged
index
medicus
twx
to
provide
rapid
responsive
searching
of
the
medical
literature
this
experiment
is
being
conducted
to
identify
the
need
for
and
usefulness
of
such
services
to
help
medical
practitioners
situated
in
isolated
areas
to
assist
in
undergraduate
graduate
and
continuing
medical
education
and
to
provide
information
precisely
when
and
where
it
is
needed
for
health
care
a
limited
group
of
practitioners
students
and
librarians
is
being
given
access
to
the
system
so
that
it
will
not
be
overloaded
and
rejected
because
of
busy
signals
and
so
that
a
variety
of
user
groups
can
test
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
548
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
university
printing
presses
exist
and
are
subsidized
by
the
government
for
the
purpose
of
producing
books
which
no
one
can
read
and
they
are
true
to
their
high
calling
books
are
the
sources
of
material
for
lectures
they
should
be
kept
from
the
young
for
to
read
books
and
remember
what
you
read
well
enough
to
reproduce
it
is
called
'cramming'
and
this
is
destructive
of
all
true
education
the
best
way
to
protect
the
young
from
books
is
first
to
make
them
in
such
a
way
that
no
one
can
find
them
without
several
years'
training
a
lecturer
is
a
sound
scholar
who
is
chosen
to
teach
on
the
ground
that
he
was
once
able
to
learn
eloquence
is
not
permissible
in
a
lecture
it
is
a
privilege
reserved
by
stature
for
the
public
orator
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
549
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
one
broad
category
of
theories
the
problems
are
expressed
in
terms
of
actualities
of
events
in
group
relations
as
they
exist
in
everyday
life
on
the
whole
theories
advanced
by
many
social
scientists
fall
in
this
broad
category
in
this
concern
over
actualities
the
problem
is
frequently
not
stated
and
discussion
not
developed
in
a
way
that
can
be
tested
rigorously
in
the
second
broad
category
of
theories
problems
are
stated
and
analysis
carried
out
in
terms
of
more
rigorous
appearing
concepts
and
units
of
analysis
theories
coming
from
psychologists
and
social
scientists
heavily
influenced
by
them
fall
within
this
broad
category
in
this
line
of
approach
theories
are
advanced
without
due
regard
to
actualities
and
consequently
they
are
plagued
with
serious
questions
of
validity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
55
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
bradford's
methods
are
applied
to
the
keenan
atherton
data
the
results
do
not
fit
bradford's
law
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
550
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
interlibrary
loan
transactions
involving
academic
libraries
in
the
united
states
numbered
over
items
in
this
number
is
growing
exponentially
large
libraries
report
that
they
cannot
fill
about
a
third
of
the
interlibrary
loan
requests
they
receive
unfilled
interlibrary
loans
are
costly
to
both
the
borrowing
and
the
lending
libraries
and
reduce
the
usefulness
of
the
service
to
the
reader
many
of
these
interlibrary
loan
failures
are
preventable
chiefly
by
publishing
policies
of
the
lending
libraries
to
prevent
borrowers
from
requesting
noncirculating
materials
and
by
determining
in
advance
what
library
owns
the
item
wanted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
551
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
approximately
interlibrary
loan
requests
were
not
filled
because
the
borrowing
library
in
ignorance
requested
non
circulating
material
contrary
to
the
interlibrary
lending
policies
of
the
lending
library
these
unfilled
requests
probably
cost
the
borrowing
and
lending
libraries
over
in
wasted
manpower
besides
disappointing
readers
who
waited
in
vain
for
their
materials
much
of
this
waste
could
be
prevented
if
borrowing
libraries
check
in
advance
the
lending
policies
before
sending
requests
the
major
elements
determining
whether
or
not
libraries
receive
requests
to
borrow
from
libraries
at
a
distance
are
whether
the
library
lists
unusual
materials
in
union
lists
especially
the
national
union
catalog
the
union
list
of
serials
and
new
serial
titles
and
whether
it
has
strong
collections
in
a
subject
field
listed
in
library
directories
volume
of
out
of
state
lending
is
related
to
the
type
of
lending
library
the
size
of
collection
budget
for
current
acquisitions
number
of
periodicals
received
photocopy
charges
population
density
in
neighboring
states
proximity
to
other
libraries
and
completeness
of
reporting
holdings
in
the
national
union
catalog
or
other
bibliographic
centers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
552
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
our
survey
in
other
words
is
offered
within
the
bounds
of
descriptive
or
deductive
statistics
which
seeks
to
analyze
a
group
not
attempt
to
estimate
the
parameters
of
that
population
of
which
the
group
has
been
chosen
as
a
sample
the
latter
role
is
assumed
by
inductive
statistics
which
makes
use
of
probability
sampling
accordingly
our
data
are
presented
in
those
forms
and
with
those
statistical
measures
appropriate
to
the
methods
of
descriptive
statistics
arrays
frequency
distributions
breakdowns
by
categories
which
seem
of
optimum
value
to
the
librarian
and
administrator
e
g
the
frequency
of
requests
for
journals
versus
monographs
the
age
of
journals
requested
the
types
and
ages
of
materials
requested
by
the
various
types
of
libraries
university
pharmaceutical
etc
the
tables
are
arranged
to
give
evidence
of
the
types
of
frequency
distribution
revealed
by
the
survey
as
well
as
to
indicate
central
tendency
dispersion
rank
order
and
possibly
correlations
for
significant
factors
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
553
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
an
introduction
to
the
field
of
information
science
and
technology
with
particular
emphasis
on
document
organization
its
point
of
view
is
general
in
the
sense
that
it
attempts
to
deal
with
types
of
problems
rather
than
particular
systems
when
particular
systems
are
described
they
are
used
as
examples
of
systems
rather
than
as
models
the
method
of
presentation
is
expository
at
the
introductory
level
while
differing
points
of
view
are
frequently
noted
this
book
is
not
intended
to
provide
definitive
critical
evaluation
relevant
research
is
reviewed
in
order
to
indicate
current
thinking
and
activities
in
the
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
554
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
main
emphasis
of
this
book
is
on
work
of
a
theoretical
and
experimental
nature
rather
than
on
practical
applications
however
the
articles
selected
are
viewed
as
having
a
considerable
potential
in
two
major
respects
they
have
important
implications
for
the
practice
of
information
handling
but
even
more
important
they
contain
aspects
of
generalization
the
book
is
oriented
toward
basic
and
experimental
work
such
as
that
performed
by
traditional
sciences
with
the
hope
that
a
reader
may
find
much
relevant
to
his
own
interests
educational
level
and
background
a
bridge
toward
generalizations
a
feeling
of
interconnection
between
seemingly
unrelated
works
either
presented
in
the
book
or
found
in
the
literature
an
awareness
of
apparent
gaps
in
knowledge
and
even
ideas
for
practical
solutions
or
further
theoretical
or
experimental
work
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
555
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
librarianship
classifies
as
a
social
science
because
the
library
as
an
institution
is
a
creature
of
society
and
its
goal
is
the
improvement
of
society
by
helping
the
individual
to
understand
himself
and
the
world
of
which
he
is
a
part
but
the
library
is
also
concerned
with
man
as
a
rational
being
thus
it
remains
primarily
a
humanistic
enterprise
the
traditional
lines
of
demarcation
among
the
disciplines
are
breaking
down
and
in
certain
areas
becoming
almost
obliterated
and
librarianship
in
both
its
technology
and
its
services
is
drawing
ever
closer
to
the
social
and
physical
sciences
but
we
would
do
well
to
remind
ourselves
of
the
library's
humanistic
origins
otherwise
in
excessive
enthusiasm
for
the
technology
of
science
and
the
social
action
of
the
behaviorist
we
may
lose
sight
of
the
individual
and
his
needs
and
the
humanistic
values
implicit
in
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
556
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
programmed
text
has
been
developed
from
work
initially
carried
out
under
a
research
project
funded
by
the
office
for
scientific
and
technical
information
now
the
british
library
research
and
development
department
the
project
designed
to
investigate
the
applicability
of
the
techniques
of
programmed
instruction
in
the
teaching
of
practical
subject
indexing
was
conducted
at
the
school
of
librarianship
the
polytechnic
of
north
london
in
cooperation
with
the
college
of
librarianship
wales
the
programmed
instruction
course
written
during
this
project
and
used
by
students
at
both
schools
of
librarianship
forms
the
basis
of
the
programmed
text
most
of
the
existing
programmed
texts
relevant
to
the
field
of
practical
subject
indexing
are
concerned
with
the
translation
stage
of
indexing
and
aim
to
impart
skills
in
the
use
of
particular
indexing
languages
our
intention
in
the
above
mentioned
project
was
to
produce
a
course
of
programmed
instruction
which
presented
an
integrated
view
of
the
basic
principles
and
practices
of
subject
indexing
rather
than
attempting
to
impart
to
the
student
a
high
degree
of
familiarity
with
any
particular
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
557
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
general
systems
theory
pioneered
by
von
bertalanffy
kenneth
boulding
anatol
rapoport
and
their
collaborators
gives
us
a
theoretical
instrument
for
assuring
the
mutual
relevance
of
scientific
information
and
philosophic
meaning
extended
into
a
general
systems
philosophy
this
instrument
can
polarize
the
contemporary
theoretical
scene
as
a
magnet
polarizes
a
field
of
charged
particles
by
ordering
the
formerly
random
segments
into
a
meaningful
pattern
if
made
good
use
of
this
instrument
could
channel
to
us
a
stream
of
informed
as
well
as
sophisticated
answers
through
the
cross
fertilization
of
contemporary
science
and
philosophy
this
then
is
my
credo
the
conviction
which
led
to
the
formulation
of
the
present
introduction
to
systems
philosophy
over
a
period
of
three
years
of
research
in
alternating
states
of
euphoria
and
dejection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
558
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
a
introductory
book
in
the
sense
that
it
does
not
presuppose
any
previous
training
in
the
subject
but
it
does
assume
that
the
reader
especially
the
reader
whose
educational
background
like
my
own
is
more
in
the
'humanities'
than
in
mathematics
and
'science'
is
prepared
to
make
a
certain
intellectual
effort
with
respect
to
the
use
of
symbols
and
formulae
few
subjects
suffer
more
than
linguistics
from
the
separation
of
the
'sciences'
and
the
'humanities'
that
is
still
maintained
in
the
curricula
of
most
of
our
schools
ad
universities
for
contemporary
linguistic
theory
draws
simultaneously
and
in
roughly
equal
measure
upon
the
more
traditional
approach
to
language
that
is
characteristic
of
the
'humanities'
and
the
more
'scientific'
approach
that
has
developed
recently
in
connection
with
advances
that
have
been
made
in
formal
logic
computer
science
and
automata
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
559
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
last
ten
years
have
witnessed
the
growth
of
an
intense
public
interest
in
university
affairs
almost
anything
to
do
with
universities
is
now
headline
news
previously
such
attention
as
they
did
receive
was
limited
to
brief
reports
in
sober
middle
class
newspapers
of
appointments
awards
and
meetings
leavened
once
a
year
by
an
obligatory
account
in
all
newspapers
of
the
boat
race
all
this
has
changed
as
michael
befoff
comments
in
his
book
the
plateglass
universities
having
made
the
foregoing
points
and
more
besides
what
were
once
ivory
towers
have
now
become
goldfish
bowls
he
goes
on
to
give
the
obvious
explanation
for
the
change
universities
are
of
public
interest
because
they
are
now
almost
wholly
supported
by
the
taxpayers'
money
they
represent
a
massive
investment
on
the
part
of
the
government
and
consequently
are
expected
to
yield
a
vitally
important
return
in
trained
and
educated
manpower
over
the
last
twenty
years
government
expenditure
in
this
country
on
universities
has
risen
from
four
million
pounds
a
year
to
more
than
two
hundred
million
pounds
a
year
the
total
university
student
population
is
in
excess
of
two
hundred
thousand
and
teaching
and
research
staff
number
approximately
twenty
five
thousand
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
56
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
philosophy
production
and
cost
effectiveness
of
a
computer
generated
library
catalog
is
described
this
catalog
is
unique
in
that
it
utilizes
direct
computer
to
microfilm
composition
techniques
employing
the
stromberg
carlson
cost
user
acceptance
and
by
product
capabilities
are
stressed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
560
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
last
two
decades
dramatic
increases
in
the
scope
and
volume
of
scientific
research
have
occurred
as
may
be
illustrated
by
the
fact
that
the
amount
of
scientific
literature
is
doubling
approximately
every
ten
years
price
for
the
scientist
who
needs
to
locate
particular
items
of
scientific
information
and
for
the
documentation
specialist
who
must
make
them
readily
available
the
organization
and
management
of
this
huge
and
expanding
store
of
information
is
a
serious
problem
increasingly
radical
solutions
are
being
proposed
for
example
some
experts
would
like
to
scrap
scientific
journals
and
distribute
their
contents
piecemeal
information
retrieval
and
delivery
systems
are
being
developed
to
enable
scientists
to
locate
information
quickly
and
effectively
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
561
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
contemporary
models
of
research
and
development
are
incomplete
in
that
they
ignore
the
many
reappraisals
and
budgeting
decisions
that
occur
in
the
time
between
a
project's
proposal
and
its
commercialization
the
sequential
decision
aspects
of
project
budgeting
are
particularly
important
since
the
research
expenditure
is
usually
an
order
of
magnitude
less
than
the
irrevocable
investment
for
commercialization
and
an
allocation
to
a
project
today
does
not
presuppose
continuation
of
the
project
into
future
periods
the
research
and
development
budgeting
problem
is
structured
to
take
into
account
the
sequential
decision
characteristic
utilizing
the
technique
of
dynamic
programming
methods
are
developed
to
determine
optimal
project
budgets
when
the
aggregate
research
and
development
budget
is
either
constrained
or
unconstrained
these
models
also
suggest
a
rational
explanation
of
the
patterns
of
project
expenditures
over
time
that
one
observes
in
practice
finally
some
of
the
shortcomings
of
the
developed
methods
which
inhibit
their
practical
application
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
562
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
an
all
computer
document
retrieval
system
which
can
find
documents
related
to
a
request
even
though
they
may
not
be
indexed
by
the
exact
terms
of
the
request
and
can
present
these
documents
in
the
order
of
their
relevance
to
the
request
the
key
to
this
ability
lies
in
the
application
of
a
statistical
formula
by
which
the
computer
calculates
the
degree
of
association
between
pairs
of
index
terms
with
proper
manipulation
of
these
associations
entirely
within
the
machine
a
vocabulary
of
synonyms
near
synonyms
and
other
words
closely
related
to
any
given
term
or
group
of
terms
is
derived
such
a
vocabulary
related
to
a
group
of
request
terms
is
believed
to
be
a
much
more
powerful
tool
for
selecting
documents
from
a
collection
than
has
been
available
heretofore
by
noting
the
number
of
matching
terms
between
this
extended
list
of
request
terms
and
the
terms
used
to
index
a
document
and
with
due
regard
for
their
degree
of
association
documents
are
selected
by
the
computer
and
arranged
in
the
order
of
their
relevance
to
the
request
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
563
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
investigated
various
techniques
for
systematically
abbreviating
english
words
and
names
most
of
the
attention
was
given
to
the
techniques
which
could
be
mechanized
with
a
digital
device
such
as
a
general
purpose
digital
computer
particular
was
paid
to
techniques
that
could
process
incoming
information
without
prior
knowledge
of
its
existence
i
e
no
table
lookups
thirteen
basic
techniques
and
their
modifications
are
described
in
addition
most
of
the
techniques
were
tested
on
a
sample
of
several
thousand
subject
words
and
several
thousand
proper
names
in
order
to
provide
a
quantitative
measure
of
comparison
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
564
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
starting
with
a
collection
of
document
abstracts
dealing
with
computers
the
experiment
in
automatic
document
classification
proceeds
to
construct
an
empirically
based
mathematically
derived
classification
system
by
use
of
a
factor
analysis
technique
the
documents
are
then
classified
into
these
derived
categories
by
five
subjects
and
the
resulting
classification
serves
as
a
criterion
against
which
the
automatic
classification
is
to
be
evaluated
of
the
documents
in
the
validation
group
which
contained
two
or
more
clue
words
and
which
therefore
could
be
automatically
classified
documents
or
per
cent
were
placed
into
their
correct
categories
by
use
of
a
computer
formula
these
results
are
almost
identical
to
the
results
obtained
by
maron
in
a
previous
experiment
using
the
same
data
but
with
a
different
set
of
classification
categories
and
a
different
computational
formula
the
experimental
evidence
support
the
conclusion
that
automatic
document
classification
is
possible
additional
experiments
are
described
which
when
executed
should
improve
the
accuracy
of
the
automatic
classification
technique
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
565
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
automatic
indexing
methods
are
evaluated
and
design
criteria
for
modern
information
system
are
derived
information
retrieval
indexing
methods
automatic
retrieval
information
systems
document
retrieval
text
analysis
document
handling
retrieval
effectiveness
smart
precision
recall
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
566
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computer
procedure
to
recognize
indexing
vocabularies
is
described
index
terms
are
drawn
from
the
vocabulary
of
a
structured
indexing
system
and
may
consist
of
single
words
collection
of
words
or
syntactic
phrases
the
basic
idea
is
that
a
measure
of
the
semantic
association
between
index
terms
can
be
determined
from
the
structural
relationships
which
the
terms
exhibit
by
their
relative
positions
in
the
system
the
association
measure
which
is
based
on
a
priori
preassigned
semantic
relationships
between
terms
rather
than
their
co
occurrence
in
a
document
corpus
is
then
for
grouping
index
terms
into
clusters
or
concepts
some
results
of
an
experimental
investigation
are
presented
information
retrieval
clustering
index
terms
semantic
graphs
clusters
associations
synonyms
subgraphs
complete
maximal
connected
component
relevance
measure
vocabulary
indexing
systems
cliques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
567
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
memory
utilization
and
retrieval
time
from
direct
access
inverted
files
are
investigated
as
a
function
of
the
data
base
the
demands
on
it
and
a
parameter
which
the
system
designer
may
control
an
analysis
of
the
effects
of
data
base
characteristics
and
data
base
usage
is
also
made
for
a
linked
list
structure
information
retrieval
direct
access
memory
disk
drum
data
base
access
time
inverted
list
threaded
list
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
568
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
pattern
recognition
has
been
introduced
to
the
chemical
literature
as
a
general
tool
which
can
be
used
by
the
chemist
to
reduce
masses
of
experimental
data
to
relevant
information
perhaps
more
importantly
it
provides
connections
between
raw
multivariant
data
and
sought
for
information
without
making
restrictive
assumptions
about
the
underlying
statistics
of
the
data
the
general
problem
has
been
stated
as
follows
given
a
collection
of
objects
and
a
list
of
measurements
made
on
each
object
is
it
possible
to
find
and
or
predict
a
property
of
the
objects
that
is
not
directly
measurable
but
is
known
to
be
related
to
the
measurements
via
some
unknown
relationship
the
only
assumption
made
is
that
similarities
and
dissimilarities
among
objects
are
reflected
in
at
least
some
of
the
measurements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
569
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
algorithm
has
been
developed
and
implemented
to
generate
for
each
chemical
structure
a
unique
and
invariant
linear
name
which
includes
double
bond
and
asymmetric
carbon
isomerism
a
logical
proof
is
given
for
the
one
to
one
correspondence
between
name
and
structure
by
inspection
of
the
linear
names
of
two
structures
one
can
determine
if
the
two
structures
are
identical
nonisometric
constitutionally
isometric
diastereometric
or
enantiometric
the
algorithm
determines
the
true
stereocenters
and
calculates
a
reduced
set
of
chiral
centers
src
it
is
proven
that
if
three
are
any
centers
in
src
that
the
compound
must
be
chiral
an
a
chiral
compound
must
have
src
null
extensions
of
the
algorithm
are
outlined
to
allow
uniquely
naming
conformational
isomers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
57
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
function
was
developed
for
the
optimum
distribution
of
indexing
terms
by
the
number
of
postings
this
makes
it
possible
to
transmit
information
with
maximum
efficiency
the
comparison
of
the
actual
distribution
of
the
term
groups
with
the
calculated
optimum
distribution
provides
an
objective
measure
for
evaluating
any
indexing
system
with
respect
to
its
efficiency
as
information
transmission
channel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
570
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
discuss
how
alternative
methods
of
automatic
term
clustering
may
provide
insight
into
how
terms
are
related
within
a
corpus
the
work
reported
uses
a
corpus
of
documents
that
contain
index
terms
a
similarity
matrix
is
developed
using
the
document
term
matrix
a
threshold
level
t
is
applied
to
the
similarity
matrix
entries
in
the
matrix
that
are
greater
than
or
equal
to
the
threshold
level
are
set
equal
to
one
and
the
remaining
entries
are
set
to
zero
three
definitions
are
applied
to
the
corresponding
graph
of
each
threshold
matrix
to
develop
clusters
these
are
the
connected
components
of
the
graph
the
maximal
complete
subgraphs
of
the
graph
and
the
combined
maximal
complete
subgraphs
of
the
graph
as
described
that
show
how
insight
may
be
gained
into
the
term
relations
by
varying
the
threshold
levels
and
the
cluster
definitions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
571
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
together
with
the
increasing
shortage
of
qualified
abstracts
the
factors
of
time
cost
and
value
have
lent
impetus
to
a
trend
toward
the
automatic
generation
of
abstracts
and
indexes
this
trend
has
caused
increased
emphasis
to
be
placed
on
the
abstract
as
the
locus
of
data
for
automatic
retrieval
systems
this
necessitates
the
creating
of
high
quality
abstracts
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
paper
to
report
on
the
development
of
techniques
for
the
automatic
production
of
high
quality
abstracts
from
the
full
text
of
the
original
document
it
is
necessary
to
analyze
the
conditions
under
which
various
methods
of
sentence
selection
are
successful
in
order
to
develop
criteria
for
selecting
sentences
to
form
an
abstract
but
clearly
an
abstract
can
be
produced
by
rejecting
sentences
of
the
original
which
are
irrelevant
to
the
abstract
as
will
be
seen
it
is
this
point
which
is
perhaps
the
most
significant
contribution
of
this
paper
methods
of
sentence
selection
and
rejection
are
discussed
these
include
contextual
inference
intersentence
reference
frequency
criteria
and
coherency
considerations
the
automatic
abstracting
system
we
have
developed
consists
basically
of
a
dictionary
called
the
word
control
list
and
of
a
set
of
rules
for
implementing
certain
functions
specified
for
each
wcl
entry
the
abstracts
we
have
obtained
so
far
are
of
sufficiently
good
quality
to
indicate
that
large
scale
testing
of
the
methods
of
the
automatic
abstracting
system
is
warranted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
572
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
defines
the
relationship
between
linguistics
and
information
science
in
terms
of
a
common
interest
in
natural
language
the
notion
of
automated
processing
of
natural
language
i
e
machine
simulation
of
the
language
processing
activities
of
a
human
provides
novel
possibilities
for
interaction
between
linguists
who
have
a
theoretical
interest
in
such
activities
and
information
scientists
who
have
more
practical
goals
e
g
simulating
the
language
processing
activities
of
an
indexer
with
a
machine
the
concept
of
a
natural
language
information
system
is
introduced
as
a
framework
for
reviewing
automated
language
processing
effort
by
computational
linguists
and
information
scientists
in
terms
of
this
framework
the
former
have
concentrated
on
automating
the
operations
of
the
component
for
content
analysis
and
representation
while
the
latter
have
emphasized
the
data
management
component
the
complementary
nature
of
these
developments
allows
the
postulation
of
an
integrated
approach
to
automated
language
processing
this
approach
which
is
outlined
in
the
final
sections
of
the
paper
incorporates
current
notions
in
linguistic
theory
and
information
science
as
well
as
design
features
of
recent
computational
linguistic
models
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
573
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
combination
of
quantitative
and
qualitative
analyses
were
used
on
the
journal
articles
indexed
in
one
volume
of
library
literature
findings
include
the
dispersion
of
a
articles
among
journals
followed
a
bradford
type
distribution
except
for
a
collapse
at
the
end
possibly
showing
low
level
of
interaction
of
librarianship
with
other
fields
considerable
proportion
of
articles
was
of
news
type
administration
was
the
largest
single
subject
covered
the
methodology
may
be
appropriate
for
analysis
of
activities
in
other
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
574
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
concept
of
information
is
examined
within
the
framework
of
the
mathematical
theory
of
communication
and
semiotics
the
study
of
signs
and
sign
systems
the
implications
of
these
theories
for
the
better
understanding
of
information
as
we
deal
with
this
concept
in
the
context
of
information
systems
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
575
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
decision
theory
approach
is
used
to
model
the
information
retrieval
decision
problem
of
which
documents
to
retrieve
from
a
library
collection
in
response
to
a
specific
user
query
for
information
a
thorough
discussion
of
decision
theory
including
the
components
of
the
alternatives
states
of
nature
outcomes
and
evaluations
as
well
as
of
the
optimization
process
under
the
cases
of
certainty
risk
and
uncertainty
is
presented
bayesian
statistics
are
also
discussed
to
show
how
prior
information
about
the
various
documents
via
classification
analysis
can
affect
the
decision
process
under
risk
an
example
problem
is
used
to
illustrate
the
decision
theory
approach
and
to
compare
tha
overall
performance
of
the
retrieval
system
under
risk
with
and
without
document
classification
information
thus
the
operations
research
technique
of
decision
theory
is
used
to
model
the
retrieval
decision
process
illustrate
how
important
evaluation
is
and
to
demonstrate
the
value
of
prior
information
via
document
classification
analysis
moreover
the
paper
presents
in
a
somewhat
tutorial
mode
an
overall
framework
for
considering
the
information
retrieval
decision
problem
incorporating
the
aspects
of
cost
effectiveness
and
alternative
evaluation
which
allows
one
to
better
understand
the
contributions
made
by
many
researchers
in
this
crucial
area
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
576
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
study
was
undertaken
to
classify
mechanically
a
document
collection
using
the
free
language
words
in
the
titles
and
abstracts
of
a
corpus
of
physics
research
papers
using
a
clustering
algorithm
results
were
obtained
which
closely
duplicated
the
clusters
obtained
by
previous
experiments
with
citations
a
brief
comparison
is
made
with
a
traditional
manual
classification
system
it
is
shown
that
the
mechanical
procedure
is
capable
of
achieving
simultaneous
average
relevance
and
recall
figures
above
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
577
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
is
developed
in
two
stages
the
first
stage
describes
an
experiment
that
explores
properties
of
the
class
of
words
that
are
not
useful
in
conveying
subject
meaning
and
distinguishes
them
from
those
classes
of
words
that
do
convey
subject
meaning
to
various
degrees
in
particular
we
study
the
clustering
properties
of
these
words
the
analysis
is
based
on
statistical
properties
alone
and
techniques
are
introduced
that
may
be
of
value
in
other
areas
of
information
science
on
the
basis
of
the
results
of
this
experiment
a
model
of
word
occurrences
is
introduced
and
discussed
later
papers
by
us
and
by
harter
will
apply
this
model
to
indexing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
578
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
terse
conclusion
prompt
literatures
of
organized
terse
conclusions
may
increase
ability
to
keep
up
in
a
subject
reduce
need
for
translation
and
make
information
available
promptly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
579
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
effective
man
machine
interactive
retrieval
system
is
not
achieved
by
simply
placing
a
terminal
on
each
end
of
an
existing
machine
retrieval
system
an
interactive
system
requires
a
sequence
of
steps
in
which
man
and
machine
alternately
take
action
it
should
also
provide
different
levels
of
services
to
experienced
and
inexperienced
searchers
recognize
the
difference
between
a
narrow
and
broad
query
furnish
clues
as
to
the
next
direction
to
be
searched
recognize
the
data
base
dynamically
as
the
searcher
changes
his
viewpoint
provide
a
ranking
of
responses
in
the
most
likely
sequence
and
offer
the
searcher
the
option
of
overriding
the
ranking
when
a
particular
term
is
of
extreme
significance
an
online
interactive
system
meeting
many
of
these
needs
has
been
developed
and
tested
the
objectives
of
the
development
of
this
system
browser
was
to
investigate
the
effectiveness
of
a
free
form
query
with
a
combinatorial
search
algorithm
and
the
effectiveness
of
various
techniques
and
components
to
facilitate
online
browsing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
58
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
disagreements
about
the
relevance
of
documents
to
retrieval
requests
occur
because
relevance
judges
differently
interpret
requests
of
documents
requests
may
be
differently
interpreted
because
they
are
unclear
well
known
types
of
request
obscurity
are
reviewed
less
well
known
is
that
a
request
may
be
unclear
because
its
form
documents
about
subject
s
document
answering
question
q
etc
is
unclear
explications
are
developed
of
the
meanings
of
the
request
forms
just
given
and
several
others
a
request
of
any
of
the
forms
discussed
is
interpreted
to
be
for
documents
which
support
statements
of
a
specified
kind
in
a
specified
way
examples
are
given
which
suggest
that
some
perhaps
all
about
s
requests
are
unclear
some
ways
of
formulating
clear
question
requests
are
given
various
ways
in
which
documents
may
support
statements
are
distinguished
these
depend
on
on
such
factors
as
parts
of
a
document
use
inference
strength
and
background
knowledge
permitted
some
possible
clear
support
specifications
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
580
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
april
the
biosciences
information
service
of
biological
abstracts
the
chemical
abstracts
service
and
engineering
index
inc
began
a
five
part
study
to
determine
the
relationships
between
and
the
overlap
in
coverage
in
their
printed
publications
and
computer
readable
services
this
study
was
designed
to
provide
information
needed
by
these
three
accessing
services
for
planning
future
cooperative
programs
and
for
reconciling
differences
in
policies
and
practices
so
as
to
make
their
publications
and
services
more
useful
to
their
user
communities
this
paper
is
based
on
the
first
part
of
the
study
which
compared
listings
of
the
journals
each
service
was
routinely
monitoring
as
of
may
of
the
different
journals
monitored
were
monitored
by
all
three
of
the
services
were
monitored
by
two
of
the
three
services
and
were
monitored
by
only
one
of
the
three
services
subsequent
phases
of
the
study
will
determine
the
extent
to
which
the
services
cover
the
same
articles
within
the
journals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
581
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computer
program
for
automatic
identification
of
full
form
case
citations
in
legal
literature
e
g
rutherford
v
geddes
wall
l
ed
southland
industries
inc
v
federal
communications
commission
app
d
c
f
d
has
been
developed
by
this
group
and
is
now
operational
the
level
of
performance
of
this
program
known
as
the
citation
identifier
is
high
in
a
recent
computer
run
the
citation
identifier
scanned
ther
full
texts
of
randomly
selected
decisions
of
u
s
court
of
appeals
some
words
of
running
text
and
located
correctly
full
form
citations
out
of
a
total
of
that
is
better
than
of
the
total
only
seven
misses
and
three
false
drops
occurred
of
full
form
citations
located
correctly
were
identified
perfectly
in
addition
there
were
partial
identifications
containing
two
types
of
errors
partial
identifications
in
which
some
citation
terms
were
mistakenly
lopped
off
by
the
program
short
hits
and
partial
identifications
that
contained
words
improperly
included
in
the
citations
long
hits
both
types
of
errors
are
for
the
most
part
easily
correctible
and
can
be
largely
eliminated
by
suitable
changes
in
the
program
the
citation
identifier
operates
rather
rapidly
in
a
recent
test
run
the
total
time
required
to
process
some
running
words
of
text
was
approximately
minutes
this
speed
could
be
further
increased
by
suitable
changes
in
the
computer
program
an
extension
of
the
citation
identifier
to
reduced
form
citations
e
g
the
geddes
decision
the
southland
industries
case
is
now
in
preparation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
582
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
principles
underlying
alerting
services
are
discussed
general
alerting
services
as
distinct
from
sdi
systems
need
to
transfer
to
their
users
a
large
quantity
of
current
but
mainly
irrelevent
information
as
speedily
as
possible
as
title
indexes
are
the
easiest
to
prepare
and
are
therefore
common
the
user
needs
to
know
how
much
significant
information
is
not
discernible
from
a
documents
title
this
is
estimated
to
be
but
can
vary
with
subject
and
type
of
information
sought
if
a
search
of
say
chemical
titles
is
made
ignoring
synonyms
but
allowing
for
all
syntactical
variants
only
about
one
third
of
the
significant
information
will
be
recovered
synonyms
and
other
nomenclature
problems
are
discussed
delay
times
and
time
of
use
are
the
two
most
important
factors
in
evaluating
an
alerting
service
and
are
reviewed
for
some
typical
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
583
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
librarian
attempting
to
do
a
literature
search
currently
faces
an
eight
month
gap
in
access
to
the
literature
of
his
field
through
library
literature
in
april
librarians
made
a
rare
examination
of
their
own
literature
and
considered
this
gap
and
other
information
problems
in
librarianship
the
albany
conference
on
the
bibliographic
control
of
library
science
literature
recommended
the
establishment
of
a
fast
announcement
service
for
library
schools
a
monthly
keyword
in
context
kwic
index
serving
the
whole
range
of
information
oriented
professions
was
a
specific
proposal
which
was
favored
by
one
conference
group
to
meet
the
need
for
current
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
584
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
state
of
the
art
literature
review
disclosed
that
society
has
not
yet
come
to
the
point
that
paying
for
library
information
services
is
a
common
thing
it
was
also
found
that
a
sound
basis
for
determining
the
costs
of
the
services
let
alone
charge
for
them
does
not
exist
while
some
data
on
specific
cost
for
unit
operations
are
available
it
is
very
difficult
to
compare
the
data
and
arrive
at
meaningful
figures
nevertheless
there
is
an
indication
that
large
operating
centers
are
becoming
concerned
with
cost
to
the
point
that
they
are
cost
according
their
operations
which
would
permit
them
to
establish
realistic
fees
for
their
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
585
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
arguments
are
advanced
to
suggest
that
information
and
operations
on
information
are
phenomena
the
principles
of
which
provide
the
basis
for
a
metascience
of
information
informatology
the
fundamental
character
of
the
phenomena
is
evidenced
in
the
operations
executed
during
the
processing
and
communication
functions
the
role
of
the
metascience
is
dictated
by
several
factors
namely
the
need
for
a
common
basis
upon
which
all
information
oriented
specialized
sciences
and
technologies
can
be
understood
and
studied
a
common
framework
and
language
for
all
scientists
and
technologists
concerned
in
some
form
or
other
with
information
on
one
side
and
man's
relationship
to
the
phenomena
on
the
other
side
the
content
of
the
postulated
metascience
of
information
is
circumscribed
by
a
list
of
specific
questions
and
problems
for
which
the
science
has
to
provide
answers
and
solutions
it
is
suggested
that
an
educational
concept
responsive
to
the
needs
of
metascience
of
information
be
developed
and
implemented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
586
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
evaluation
of
the
performance
of
index
medicus
and
medlars
in
the
field
of
ophthalmology
is
presented
using
data
generated
by
a
separate
study
medlars
performance
figures
gave
a
screened
precision
ratio
of
and
a
recall
ratio
of
over
the
same
set
of
questions
index
medicus
had
a
screened
precision
ratio
of
and
a
recall
ratio
of
results
for
index
medicus
alone
over
a
large
set
of
questions
gave
a
screened
precision
ratio
and
a
recall
ratio
a
random
sample
of
medlars
and
index
medicus
precision
and
recall
failures
showed
that
most
of
the
index
medicus
recall
failures
resulted
from
manual
searcher
omission
the
major
causes
of
medlars
precision
failures
were
inadequate
indexing
terminalogy
to
express
concepts
and
attempts
at
providing
too
exhaustive
a
search
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
587
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
problems
arising
in
the
measurement
of
the
rates
of
obsolescence
of
the
sets
of
periodicals
taken
by
special
libraries
are
discussed
the
relatively
large
errors
that
arise
in
sampling
the
negative
exponential
distribution
are
analyzed
because
they
may
account
for
some
of
the
discrepancies
reported
and
because
they
indicate
the
need
for
firmer
statistical
control
of
work
on
obsolescence
than
has
yet
been
generally
appreciated
when
the
rate
of
decline
has
been
satisfactorily
established
there
still
remains
the
problem
of
deciding
how
to
apply
it
issues
of
those
periodicals
that
contribute
most
productively
should
be
retained
for
a
longer
period
than
those
of
periodicals
that
contribute
less
to
solve
this
problem
the
concept
of
utility
contours
is
introduced
and
exemplified
in
the
design
of
a
p
library
it
is
argued
that
no
discarding
policy
is
likely
to
be
generally
applicable
every
special
library
must
be
regarded
as
a
special
case
rather
than
suggest
new
measurements
therefore
the
paper
offers
simple
graphical
techniques
that
are
applicable
to
any
other
special
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
588
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
groups
of
journals
were
identified
as
potential
sources
for
cardiovascular
c
v
information
the
first
group
consists
of
c
v
specialty
journals
identified
as
cardiovascular
from
the
title
these
emanate
from
countries
with
about
one
half
of
the
specialty
journals
being
published
by
national
and
international
societies
the
second
group
of
journals
is
composed
of
those
journals
used
by
grantees
of
the
national
heart
institute
nhi
to
publish
their
findings
in
fiscal
papers
appearing
in
journals
were
reported
to
nhi
taking
the
grantees
of
nhi
as
being
representative
of
u
s
c
v
researchers
it
was
found
that
the
specialty
journals
were
not
the
most
quantitatively
fertile
sources
of
c
v
information
only
about
of
american
c
v
papers
were
published
there
the
remaining
of
the
literature
was
widely
dispersed
throughout
nonspecialty
c
v
journals
the
extent
of
bibliographic
control
by
the
major
indexing
and
abstracting
services
was
found
to
be
more
extensive
for
the
top
ranking
journals
in
the
nhi
sample
than
for
the
group
of
c
v
specialty
journals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
589
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
efficiency
of
key
work
in
context
kwic
permuted
title
indexes
and
their
numerous
variations
is
highly
dependent
upon
authors'
choices
of
titles
for
their
papers
titles
are
important
not
only
in
commercial
services
such
as
chemical
titles
basic
current
contents
and
ca
condensates
but
also
in
scanning
primary
journals
and
in
traditional
library
services
such
as
bibliographies
it
is
generally
believed
and
often
stated
that
titles
of
chemical
papers
are
becoming
more
informative
as
authors
become
increasingly
aware
of
the
importance
of
titles
as
carriers
of
information
the
present
study
was
undertaken
to
test
whether
titles
of
chemical
papers
are
becoming
more
informative
and
whether
uninformative
titles
of
chemical
papers
are
being
eliminated
since
the
advent
of
the
kwic
index
in
the
first
hypothesis
was
tested
by
comparing
titles
published
in
and
by
the
following
criteria
a
count
of
substantive
words
in
the
title
a
count
of
all
word
matches
between
title
and
leading
substantive
words
selected
from
the
abstract
with
and
without
the
use
of
a
thesaurus
and
a
count
of
word
matches
between
title
and
leading
substantive
words
selected
from
the
abstract
with
and
without
the
use
of
a
thesaurus
the
second
hypothesis
was
tested
by
comparing
a
count
of
short
titles
with
or
less
substantive
words
published
in
and
results
confirm
that
uninformative
titles
of
chemical
papers
are
being
eliminated
and
that
informative
titles
are
becoming
more
informative
since
the
advent
of
the
kwic
index
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
59
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
although
a
large
number
of
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
systems
have
been
planned
implemented
and
tested
over
the
past
few
years
insufficient
attention
has
been
given
to
the
collection
and
interpretation
of
important
data
needed
for
evaluation
we
describe
some
of
the
defects
common
to
almost
all
of
the
reported
systems
single
out
one
recent
report
for
detailed
discussion
and
argue
in
favor
of
collection
and
correct
interpretation
of
data
on
one
important
and
frequently
overlooked
evaluation
factor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
590
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
present
the
elements
of
a
basis
for
a
theory
of
information
storage
and
retrieval
it
is
believed
that
this
theory
can
best
be
formulated
in
terms
of
a
general
theory
of
indexing
after
stating
basic
premises
and
defining
essential
concepts
the
relationship
between
a
theory
of
indexing
and
a
theory
of
information
storage
and
retrieval
is
considered
the
similarities
between
the
indexing
process
and
the
general
communication
process
are
discussed
and
indexing
is
viewed
as
an
order
increasing
i
e
entropy
decreasing
operation
the
concept
of
a
theoretical
index
is
developed
and
contrasted
with
real
world
indexing
systems
the
relationship
between
query
formulation
retrieval
and
benefit
is
discussed
and
these
notions
are
then
related
to
the
human
performance
variable
it
is
believed
that
the
ideas
presented
in
this
paper
provide
a
useful
framework
for
more
detailed
investigations
into
the
indexing
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
591
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
distinction
is
made
between
cost
effectiveness
analysis
and
cost
benefits
analysis
as
applied
to
information
systems
and
the
relationship
between
costs
performance
and
benefits
is
discussed
some
factors
influencing
the
cost
effectiveness
of
retrieval
and
dissemination
systems
are
identified
various
aspects
of
system
operation
that
are
susceptible
to
cost
effectiveness
analysis
are
discussed
including
system
coverage
indexing
policies
and
procedures
system
vocabulary
searching
procedures
and
mode
of
interaction
between
system
and
user
possible
tradeoffs
between
input
and
output
costs
and
the
effects
of
these
tradeoffs
on
cost
effectiveness
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
592
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
let
me
remind
you
of
that
famous
place
in
dickins'
pickwick
papers
where
we
hear
of
a
researcher
who
composed
a
copious
review
on
chinese
metaphysics
with
the
aid
only
of
the
encyclopedia
britannica
which
contained
absolutely
no
information
on
that
subject
the
technique
used
we
are
told
with
a
nudge
of
superiority
was
to
read
for
metaphysics
under
the
letter
m
and
for
china
under
the
letter
c
and
to
combine
the
information
i
feel
that
we
may
be
performing
just
such
a
miracle
of
creative
juxtaposition
when
we
assume
that
scientific
information
is
just
some
special
variety
of
information
that
contains
queer
words
like
potassium
permanganate
pi
r
squared
and
numbers
like
we
suppose
too
that
scientific
libraries
are
just
libraries
that
happen
to
be
full
of
scientific
books
and
that
the
best
possible
technical
librarian
would
be
somebody
who
had
picked
up
a
library
qualification
and
combined
it
with
the
appropriate
sort
of
technical
qualification
there
is
as
they
used
to
say
no
mixture
of
ingredients
but
a
genuine
chemical
compound
i
wish
to
point
out
two
simple
facts
there
is
more
to
scholarship
than
the
mere
cumulation
storage
and
retrieval
of
information
and
there
is
about
science
and
technology
something
intrinsically
different
from
mere
scholarship
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
593
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
elms
experimental
library
management
system
is
an
experimental
system
for
total
library
management
operating
on
line
with
an
ibm
through
ibm
and
terminals
the
system
is
designed
to
handle
large
amounts
of
highly
variable
information
which
it
processes
on
command
giving
on
line
computer
service
for
all
library
operations
at
the
same
time
it
must
accommodate
the
different
needs
and
skills
of
a
broad
range
of
library
users
from
new
patrons
to
well
trained
librarians
such
a
system
presents
programming
problems
that
will
be
typical
of
large
interactive
computer
systems
in
the
seventies
this
paper
discusses
elms
features
that
facilitate
user
interaction
and
may
prove
useful
in
similar
systems
techniques
for
tutoring
the
user
display
format
one
question
one
answer
displays
and
kwic
indexing
adaptability
for
the
experienced
user
command
chains
and
a
standard
set
of
four
letter
mnemonic
codes
for
higher
level
control
minimization
of
keying
line
numbers
one
character
mnemonic
codes
used
with
procedures
and
use
of
default
conditions
performance
of
clerical
tasks
by
exception
notification
and
collection
of
operational
statistics
to
help
improve
the
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
594
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
interactive
systems
in
existence
for
nearly
years
are
becoming
increasingly
important
both
for
information
retrieval
and
library
support
operations
the
virtues
of
these
systems
are
speed
intimacy
and
if
time
sharing
is
involved
economy
the
major
problems
are
the
cost
of
the
large
computers
and
files
necessary
for
bibliographic
data
the
still
high
cost
of
communications
and
the
generally
poor
design
of
the
user
system
interfaces
the
desirable
features
of
on
line
retrieval
interfaces
are
only
now
being
defined
and
tested
in
a
systematic
way
e
g
by
the
national
library
of
medicine
in
its
aim
twx
nationwide
experimental
retrieval
service
system
implementers
must
in
addition
to
engineering
the
right
capabilities
into
on
line
systems
also
make
a
careful
concerted
effort
to
engineer
user
acceptance
common
pitfalls
here
include
overselling
system
capabilities
and
failure
to
take
into
account
the
social
context
around
the
user
terminal
the
major
national
problem
is
to
avoid
or
limit
wasteful
and
expensive
duplication
in
providing
nationwide
search
access
to
the
hundreds
of
public
and
private
data
bases
that
will
be
readily
available
during
the
next
few
years
we
do
not
need
technological
breakthroughs
to
exploit
the
potential
of
on
line
systems
but
we
do
need
breakthroughs
in
organizing
for
technological
change
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
595
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
variety
of
aspects
related
to
testing
of
retrieval
systems
were
examined
a
model
of
a
retrieval
system
together
with
a
set
of
measures
and
a
methodology
for
performance
testing
were
developed
in
the
main
experiment
the
effect
on
performance
of
the
following
variables
was
tested
sources
of
indexing
indexing
languages
coding
schemes
question
analyses
search
strategies
and
formats
of
output
in
addition
a
series
of
separate
experiments
was
carried
out
to
investigate
the
problems
of
controls
in
experimentation
with
ir
systems
the
main
conclusions
the
human
factor
appears
to
be
the
main
variable
in
all
components
of
an
ir
system
length
of
indexes
affects
performance
considerably
more
than
indexing
languages
question
analyses
and
search
strategies
to
affect
performance
to
a
great
extent
as
much
if
not
more
than
indexing
retrieval
systems
seem
to
be
able
to
perform
at
present
only
on
a
general
level
failing
to
be
at
the
same
time
comprehensive
and
specific
it
seems
that
testing
of
total
ir
systems
controlling
and
monitoring
all
factors
environmental
and
systems
related
is
not
possible
at
present
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
596
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
though
the
idea
of
constructing
a
keyword
classification
for
retrieval
purposes
automatically
is
not
a
new
one
comparatively
few
systematic
experiments
have
been
carried
out
in
this
area
and
while
many
suggestions
have
been
put
forward
not
enough
is
known
about
the
behaviour
of
automatic
keyword
classifications
and
hence
about
the
properties
such
classifications
should
have
and
the
ways
they
should
be
used
in
previous
experiments
we
showed
that
some
forms
of
classification
could
give
good
results
and
this
paper
describes
a
further
series
of
tests
designed
to
examine
this
sort
of
classification
in
more
detail
with
a
view
to
establishing
the
optimum
forms
of
classification
and
procedures
for
using
them
in
different
retrieval
situations
these
tests
demonstrate
that
further
improvements
in
performance
over
that
for
unclassified
keywords
can
be
obtained
and
that
definite
conclusions
can
be
drawn
about
the
correct
approach
to
classification
for
collections
like
the
test
one
the
best
results
are
given
when
grouping
is
confined
to
strongly
connected
nonfrequent
keywords
when
the
classification
is
used
to
provide
additional
rather
than
alternative
indexing
terms
particularly
for
requests
and
when
matching
is
controlled
by
keyword
frequency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
597
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
collection
of
general
reference
works
was
analyzed
and
encoded
according
to
identifiable
characteristics
of
services
and
contained
data
comprising
an
approach
language
expressing
search
parametrs
in
response
to
a
request
submitted
at
on
line
terminal
the
refsearch
system
retrieves
the
names
of
those
works
who
profiles
meet
or
exceed
the
specification
the
background
and
rationale
of
the
system
is
discussed
its
current
use
in
the
school
of
librarianship
university
of
california
and
its
potential
for
direct
service
to
library
patrons
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
598
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
curriculum
committee
of
the
special
interest
group
education
information
science
of
asis
is
charged
with
the
responsibility
for
determining
the
scope
and
characteristics
of
information
science
programs
in
the
us
and
canada
in
terms
of
curriculum
developments
and
course
offerings
to
fulfill
this
responsibility
questionnaires
were
developed
to
elicit
reliable
information
concerning
courses
being
offered
relating
to
information
storage
and
retrieval
information
science
and
or
documentation
the
data
requested
included
course
levels
pre
and
post
requisite
courses
textbooks
used
topics
covered
frequency
with
which
offered
etc
responses
were
received
from
schools
providing
information
about
courses
and
topics
using
several
methods
of
clustering
the
data
it
was
difficult
to
arrive
at
firm
results
because
of
the
diversity
and
scatter
of
the
topics
included
in
this
field
it
was
therefore
decided
to
hold
a
workshop
of
experts
which
would
examine
the
validity
of
the
questionnaire
results
this
workshop
using
the
delphi
technique
to
arrive
at
consensus
was
held
at
the
university
of
pittsburgh
on
september
sixteen
specialists
in
the
field
representing
universities
industry
and
government
were
brought
together
to
participate
consensus
was
reached
in
identifying
nine
factors
which
contribute
to
the
curriculum
in
information
science
and
seven
courses
which
constitute
the
core
for
the
master's
program
the
topics
to
be
included
in
each
of
these
courses
were
also
isolated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
599
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
emergence
and
development
of
information
science
within
its
wider
disciplinary
framework
is
interpreted
information
science
is
approached
as
one
of
a
modern
generation
of
communication
or
behavioral
disciplines
which
emerged
almost
simultaneously
around
world
war
ii
consequently
an
attempt
is
made
to
discern
the
evolution
of
relationship
between
information
science
and
other
generation
disciplines
the
internal
development
of
information
science
is
first
sketched
second
possible
relationship
and
roles
of
information
science
within
a
potentially
emergent
suprasystem
of
knowledge
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
6
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
graduate
library
school
study
of
abstracting
should
be
more
than
a
how
to
do
it
course
it
should
include
general
material
on
the
characteristcs
and
types
of
abstracts
the
historical
development
of
abstracting
publications
the
abstract
publishing
industry
especially
in
the
united
states
and
the
need
for
standards
in
the
preparation
and
evaluation
of
the
product
these
topics
we
call
concepts
the
text
includes
a
methods
section
containing
instructions
for
writing
various
types
of
abstracts
and
for
editing
and
preparing
abstracting
publications
these
detailed
instructions
are
supplemented
by
examples
and
exercises
in
the
appendix
there
is
a
brief
discussion
of
indexing
of
abstract
publications
research
on
automation
has
been
treated
extensively
in
this
work
for
we
believe
that
the
topic
deserves
greater
emphasis
than
it
has
received
in
the
past
computer
use
is
becoming
increasingly
important
in
all
aspects
of
librarianship
much
research
effort
has
been
expended
on
the
preparation
and
evaluation
of
computer
prepared
abstracts
and
extracts
students
librarians
and
abstractors
will
benefit
from
knowing
about
this
research
and
understanding
how
computer
programs
were
researched
to
analyze
text
select
key
sentences
and
prepare
extracts
and
abstracts
the
benefits
of
this
research
are
discussed
abstracting
is
a
key
segment
of
the
information
industry
opportunities
are
available
for
both
full
time
professionals
and
part
time
or
volunteer
workers
many
librarians
find
such
activities
pleasant
and
rewarding
for
they
know
they
are
contributing
to
the
more
effective
use
of
stored
information
one
chapter
is
devoted
to
career
opportunities
for
abstractors
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
60
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
seeking
a
new
sense
of
identity
we
ask
in
this
article
the
question
what
is
information
science
what
does
the
information
science
do
tentative
answers
to
these
questions
are
given
in
the
hope
of
simulating
discussion
that
will
help
clarify
the
nature
of
our
field
and
our
work
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
600
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
compound
words
cause
some
difficulty
in
post
coordinate
indexing
systems
if
too
many
are
fractured
or
the
wrong
categories
are
selected
for
fracturing
noise
will
be
produced
at
unacceptable
levels
on
retrieval
various
prior
suggestions
for
handling
compound
terms
are
examined
which
include
those
for
pre
coordinated
or
rotated
indexes
the
syntactic
origins
are
also
explored
and
it
is
found
that
many
compound
words
hinge
on
a
prepositional
relationship
between
the
components
and
that
this
relationship
can
be
applied
to
decision
making
other
compound
words
are
in
effect
abbreviated
statements
from
longer
phrases
while
some
are
influenced
by
the
presence
of
a
verb
like
form
these
syntactic
influences
together
with
some
of
the
philosophy
from
earlier
studies
especially
that
of
the
'force'
required
to
fracture
a
term
have
been
combined
to
produce
a
set
of
rules
which
have
been
employed
at
the
national
rubber
producers'
research
association
nrpra
for
over
two
years
these
have
greatly
eased
decision
making
and
have
enabled
the
thesaural
vocabulary
to
be
made
more
consistent
it
is
also
suggested
that
the
rules
have
some
bearing
on
the
application
of
roles
especially
if
these
are
employed
on
a
pre
coordinate
basis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
601
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
approach
to
the
problem
of
converting
printed
bibliographic
records
to
machine
readable
form
is
developed
based
on
principles
of
system
analysis
experience
from
several
recent
projects
conducted
by
the
institute
of
library
research
university
of
california
are
used
to
illustrate
how
this
theoretical
approach
is
currently
being
tested
prior
to
implementation
in
a
large
scale
conversion
project
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
602
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
at
the
frontiers
of
an
active
area
of
science
social
structure
based
upon
communication
is
demonstrated
using
sociometric
techniques
an
informal
communication
network
was
identified
which
included
of
the
scientists
within
the
network
was
a
core
group
of
scientists
who
were
the
focus
of
a
disproportionately
large
number
of
contacts
and
who
were
differentiated
from
others
by
greater
productivity
higher
citation
record
and
wider
readership
information
transferred
to
these
scientists
is
so
situated
that
it
could
be
transmitted
to
of
the
network
scientists
through
one
intermediary
scientist
or
less
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
603
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
previous
research
has
indicated
that
the
titles
rather
than
index
terms
would
in
the
standard
medlars
system
gave
lower
recall
but
higher
precision
a
title
searching
technique
is
described
which
allows
the
number
of
references
retrieved
to
be
fixed
before
a
search
commences
with
this
technique
the
greater
applicability
of
title
terms
offsets
their
relative
paucity
the
title
searching
technique
is
tested
using
queries
put
to
medlars
these
queries
were
not
specially
solicited
for
the
test
title
searching
is
compared
with
the
standard
medlars
index
term
search
and
with
an
index
term
search
with
fixed
output
size
for
equal
output
sizes
title
searching
retrieves
relevant
references
for
every
retrieved
by
index
term
searching
thus
the
relative
retrieval
efficiency
of
title
and
index
terms
is
so
close
that
the
choice
of
one
method
or
the
other
must
be
primarily
on
economic
grounds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
604
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
a
detailed
analysis
of
the
content
and
format
of
seven
machine
readable
bibliographic
data
bases
chemical
abstract
service
condensates
chemical
and
biological
activities
and
polymer
science
and
technology
biosciences
information
service's
ba
previews
including
biological
abstracts
and
bioreseach
index
institute
for
science
information
source
tape
and
engineering
index
compendex
selected
issue
test
tapes
of
each
data
base
were
printed
and
checked
for
the
types
of
data
that
were
contained
in
the
issue
and
the
methods
in
which
the
data
were
formatted
this
paper
compared
the
physical
formats
of
the
tapes
and
describes
the
varied
treatments
given
to
such
data
elements
as
authors
titles
abstracts
etc
comparison
of
data
bases
requires
common
use
of
terms
all
terms
are
defined
at
the
beginning
of
the
paper
the
authors
found
great
discrepancies
in
the
presentation
of
essentially
similar
bibliographic
data
and
they
offer
some
suggestions
for
mitigating
the
discrepancies
by
use
of
standards
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
605
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
mathematical
model
is
presented
which
explains
the
observed
exponential
growth
rates
of
citations
and
references
in
a
scientific
discipline
the
independent
variables
are
the
growth
rate
of
the
number
of
articles
published
and
the
decay
rate
of
citation
of
old
literature
it
is
shown
how
the
parameters
of
the
model
can
be
estimated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
606
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
focuses
on
the
human
interaction
characteristics
of
an
information
retrieval
system
suggests
some
design
considerations
to
improve
man
machine
cooperation
and
describes
a
research
system
at
stanford
that
is
exploring
some
of
these
techniques
librarians
can
only
be
of
limited
assistance
in
helping
the
naive
user
formulate
an
unstructured
feeling
in
his
mind
into
an
appropriate
search
query
that
maps
into
the
retrieval
system
consequently
the
process
of
query
formulation
by
the
user
interactively
with
the
information
available
in
te
system
remains
one
of
the
principal
problems
in
information
retrieval
today
in
an
attempt
to
solve
this
problem
by
improving
the
interface
communication
between
man
and
the
computer
we
have
pursued
the
objective
of
displaying
hierarchically
structured
index
trees
on
a
crt
in
a
decision
tree
format
permitting
the
user
merely
to
point
with
a
light
pen
at
alternatives
which
seem
most
appropriate
to
him
using
his
passive
rather
than
his
active
vocabulary
expands
his
interaction
vocabulary
by
at
least
an
order
of
magnitude
moreover
a
hierarchically
displayed
index
is
a
modified
thesaurus
and
may
be
augmented
by
adding
lateral
links
to
provide
semantic
assistance
to
the
user
a
hierarchical
structure
was
chosen
because
it
seems
to
replicate
the
structure
of
cognitive
thought
processes
most
closely
thus
allowing
the
simplest
most
direct
transfer
of
the
man's
problem
into
the
structure
and
vocabulary
of
the
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
607
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
a
period
for
rapid
growth
in
information
systems
for
the
sciences
and
professions
information
centers
are
springing
up
across
the
country
federal
agencies
and
private
groups
are
both
collaborating
and
competing
to
establish
comprehensive
systems
changing
the
library's
name
to
information
center
is
more
than
linguistic
faddism
new
active
roles
subordinate
the
library's
traditional
passive
role
as
a
preserver
and
codifier
of
knowledge
information
center
bears
analogy
to
economic
center
and
transportation
center
like
these
centers
its
significance
is
in
transaction
the
significance
of
a
transportation
center
lies
in
routes
to
other
centers
the
significance
of
an
information
center
lies
in
communication
lines
to
knowledge
producers
and
knowledge
users
information
centers
are
judged
by
their
information
throughput
not
by
their
holdings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
608
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
testing
process
is
described
designed
to
compare
conventional
retrieval
medlars
and
automatic
text
analysis
methods
smart
the
results
obtained
with
a
collection
of
documents
chosen
independently
of
either
smart
or
medlars
indicate
that
a
simple
automatic
extraction
of
keywords
from
document
abstracts
produces
a
to
percent
loss
compared
with
medlars
indexing
a
replacement
of
the
unranked
boolean
searches
used
in
medlars
by
the
standard
ranked
output
normally
provided
by
smart
reduces
the
loss
to
between
and
percent
when
automatically
generated
word
control
list
or
a
thesaurus
is
used
as
part
of
the
smart
analysis
the
results
are
comparable
in
effectiveness
to
those
obtained
by
the
intellectual
medlars
indexing
finally
the
incorporation
of
user
feedback
procedures
into
smart
furnishes
an
improvement
over
the
normal
medlars
output
of
to
percent
one
concludes
again
that
no
technical
justification
exists
for
maintaining
controlled
manual
indexing
in
operational
retrieval
environments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
609
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
selected
sample
of
u
k
university
industrial
and
government
scientists
were
given
a
current
awareness
service
for
months
in
order
to
investigate
the
practicability
and
problems
of
such
a
service
six
hundred
profiles
were
run
using
the
natural
language
data
bases
chemical
titles
and
chemical
biological
activities
produced
by
chemical
abstracts
service
precision
and
recall
were
measured
and
correlations
between
profile
performance
and
such
factors
as
subject
area
and
profile
logic
were
investigated
statistically
precision
and
recall
failures
were
analyzed
and
various
improvements
to
the
system
were
suggested
as
a
consequence
it
was
concluded
that
a
viable
computerized
current
awareness
service
based
on
searching
natural
language
could
be
created
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
61
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
measure
of
document
retrieval
system
performance
called
the
expected
search
length
reduction
factor
is
defined
and
compared
with
indicators
such
as
precision
and
recall
that
have
been
suggested
by
other
workers
the
new
measure
is
based
on
calculations
of
the
expected
number
of
irrelevant
documents
in
the
collection
which
would
have
to
be
searched
through
before
the
desired
number
of
relevant
documents
could
be
found
its
advantages
are
it
provides
a
single
index
of
the
property
it
attempts
to
measure
it
allows
for
gradations
of
retrieval
status
through
the
mathematical
concept
of
a
weak
ordering
it
evaluates
retrieval
performance
relative
to
random
searching
and
it
takes
into
account
the
amount
of
relevant
material
desired
by
the
requester
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
610
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
semantic
differential
sd
is
a
commonly
used
instrument
which
can
be
used
to
reliably
measure
attitude
toward
a
variety
of
objects
or
concepts
each
sd
consists
of
a
series
of
bipolar
adjective
scales
on
which
a
respondent
reacts
in
relation
to
the
object
or
concept
of
interest
to
interpret
completed
sds
it
simplifies
the
procedures
and
aids
in
the
development
of
theory
if
the
adjective
scales
are
grouped
into
one
or
more
independent
clusters
the
primary
purpose
of
this
study
was
to
identify
those
clusters
or
dimensions
applied
by
a
user
of
an
on
line
user
oriented
reference
retrieval
system
when
he
reacts
toward
such
a
system
seventy
one
who
used
or
were
familiar
with
a
working
on
line
reference
retrieval
system
completed
a
packet
of
sds
each
consisting
of
the
same
adjective
scales
the
correlations
among
the
scales
were
factor
analyzed
three
independent
dimensions
were
identified
factor
i
was
labeled
evaluative
specific
and
accounted
for
over
of
the
total
variance
factor
ii
was
called
desirability
it
accounted
for
over
of
the
total
variance
and
factor
iii
entitled
enormity
accounted
for
over
of
the
total
variance
another
analysis
showed
the
factor
structure
to
be
highly
reliable
therefore
if
the
derived
three
dimensional
structure
underlies
users'
attitudes
toward
a
more
general
class
of
retrieval
systems
then
undimensional
or
unstructured
system
evaluation
of
users'
attitudes
will
be
simplistic
and
possibly
misleading
in
order
to
construct
a
working
semantic
differential
adjective
scales
were
identified
which
best
represented
the
three
dimensions
brief
instructions
are
included
which
outline
how
to
use
this
sd
the
discussion
is
mainly
concerned
with
the
obtained
factor
structure
and
the
need
for
a
predicative
replication
of
the
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
611
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
an
on
line
computer
system
for
locating
bibliographic
citations
has
been
hailed
as
an
important
innovation
for
coping
with
the
information
explosion
however
on
line
reference
retrieval
is
only
one
element
in
a
large
social
system
of
information
dissemination
to
have
a
widespread
impact
an
on
line
system
must
compete
successfully
with
a
multitude
of
other
sources
of
references
this
paper
reviews
studies
of
information
dissemination
as
a
basis
for
determining
how
on
line
retrieval
can
best
compete
it
recommends
the
functional
groups
for
whom
an
on
line
system
should
be
designed
and
the
forms
of
written
media
that
should
be
included
in
the
system's
initial
data
base
finally
it
presents
criteria
the
system
should
satisfy
to
be
as
widely
used
and
as
comprehensive
as
other
reference
retrieval
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
612
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
surprising
difference
is
found
in
the
acceptance
of
on
line
bibliographic
search
between
university
research
workers
and
students
in
the
classroom
the
typical
research
worker
even
after
careful
preparation
and
individual
help
abandons
the
on
line
system
in
favor
of
more
traditional
searching
techniques
the
student
and
the
seminar
participant
on
the
other
hand
take
to
this
new
tool
with
enthusiasm
and
profit
bibliographic
data
bases
in
physics
astronomy
and
urban
systems
are
available
to
users
through
on
line
access
to
the
remote
information
query
system
riqs
examples
of
introductory
on
line
sessions
are
presented
and
a
report
of
one
of
the
professors
participating
is
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
613
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
an
attempt
to
further
amplify
the
characteristics
of
the
cardiovascular
serial
literature
citation
patterns
were
studied
as
previously
shown
one
third
of
the
papers
from
the
national
heart
institute
grantees
for
appeared
within
journals
after
the
exclusion
of
the
abstract
journals
the
remaining
journals
were
used
to
obtain
a
basic
pool
of
cardiovascular
related
articles
science
citation
index
was
used
to
gather
statistics
relative
to
citing
author
journal
and
year
the
articles
in
the
basic
pool
were
cited
a
total
of
times
during
this
four
year
period
the
figures
concerning
citation
rate
by
year
serve
to
uphold
the
idea
that
journal
citation
reaches
a
peak
during
the
third
year
after
publication
also
some
definite
patterns
of
self
citation
were
noted
it
was
found
that
when
analyzed
on
the
basis
of
first
author
percent
of
the
citations
were
self
citations
the
ten
basic
journals
tend
to
be
cited
mostly
within
themselves
one
third
of
the
citations
were
found
in
these
journals
although
the
citations
were
found
throughout
journals
indicating
an
extensive
scatter
a
relatively
high
percentage
of
papers
were
found
in
few
journals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
614
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
investigation
was
to
reveal
the
use
of
patterns
of
the
physics
journals
in
the
m
i
t
science
library
the
findings
are
based
upon
an
analysis
of
actual
use
data
recorded
from
all
volumes
and
issues
left
by
library
users
on
study
tables
and
on
trucks
in
the
photocopy
area
from
march
to
june
the
science
library
contains
some
physics
journals
the
study
reveals
that
only
journals
were
used
even
once
during
the
month
interval
a
core
of
journals
supplies
of
use
and
these
items
would
cost
of
the
total
single
subscription
costs
of
the
used
titles
of
use
occurs
in
journal
volumes
less
than
years
old
english
is
the
most
used
language
of
physics
journals
and
the
english
journals
account
for
of
use
american
journals
of
which
are
published
by
the
american
institute
of
physics
supply
of
the
total
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
615
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
develops
a
mathematical
model
for
use
in
studying
how
to
minimize
the
cost
of
operating
a
mechanized
retrieval
system
through
the
use
of
cost
analysis
the
model
provides
a
method
for
comparative
evaluation
between
information
retrieval
systems
the
cost
model
divides
the
costs
of
a
retrieval
system
into
two
components
system
costs
and
user
costs
in
addition
it
suggests
that
a
trade
off
exists
between
the
performance
level
of
the
system
and
the
combination
of
user
and
systems
time
that
is
expended
in
working
with
the
system
this
minimizes
the
total
cost
of
operating
the
system
the
allocation
is
done
for
a
given
performance
level
and
for
a
given
cost
per
unit
of
user
and
system
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
616
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
several
bibliometric
techniques
previously
applied
to
separate
scientific
literatures
were
used
together
in
the
analysis
of
a
single
corpus
of
journal
articles
relating
to
information
science
techniques
included
are
a
bradford
analysis
b
epidemic
analysis
c
identification
of
research
front
and
d
bibliographic
coupling
similar
analysis
was
made
of
writings
cited
by
the
main
corpus
articles
and
of
the
literature
which
in
turn
cites
the
main
corpus
results
were
analyzed
in
terms
of
structure
and
processes
observable
in
patterns
of
authorship
publication
and
citation
their
significance
is
discussed
with
potential
application
of
the
method
to
the
solution
of
problems
in
the
management
of
large
research
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
617
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
on
line
serials
control
system
with
particular
emphasis
on
storage
and
maintenance
concepts
is
described
the
system
operational
since
january
has
evolved
from
a
former
batch
card
system
and
remains
completely
compatible
with
it
the
system
allows
real
time
display
and
updating
of
all
elements
of
the
file
consequently
all
check
in
bindery
and
claims
operations
as
well
as
new
entries
and
data
field
changes
are
accomplished
on
a
real
time
basis
all
programs
are
in
pl
required
equipment
is
an
ibm
time
shared
facility
with
k
memory
available
for
the
applications
programs
and
ibm
display
units
this
article
is
the
first
of
three
the
second
is
concerned
with
an
analysis
of
inverted
file
retrieval
features
and
the
third
compares
the
operation
of
the
on
line
with
the
batch
system
comparable
manual
operations
and
discusses
costs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
618
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
series
of
models
of
the
interrelationship
of
scientific
journals
has
been
developed
from
the
cross
citing
amongst
journals
in
mathematics
physics
chemistry
biochemistry
and
biology
the
data
source
was
the
journal
citation
index
jci
a
file
derived
from
the
science
citation
index
the
jci
consists
of
a
journal
by
journal
tabulation
of
citings
to
and
from
each
journal
in
the
index
a
large
amount
of
consistency
was
found
between
the
citing
characteristics
of
the
journals
in
the
different
scientific
fields
with
quite
clear
boundaries
between
fields
and
a
few
well
known
cross
disciplinary
journals
as
cross
field
information
links
the
separate
disciplines
appear
to
relate
to
each
other
in
an
orderly
manner
with
a
natural
sequence
mathematics
physics
chemistry
biochemistry
biology
within
disciplines
the
journals
form
fully
transitive
hierarchies
with
very
few
relational
conflicts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
619
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
initiated
as
an
experiment
supported
by
the
division
of
medicinal
chemistry
of
walter
reed
army
institute
of
research
the
operational
retrospective
retrieval
service
offered
by
biosis
now
in
its
eighth
year
exploits
a
file
created
essentially
without
vocabulary
control
the
file
comprises
some
million
index
access
points
to
million
references
in
research
biology
announced
in
biological
abstracts
and
bioresearch
index
since
september
a
pragmatic
program
of
file
building
criteria
has
been
pursued
originally
with
modest
support
from
the
office
of
science
information
service
of
the
national
science
foundation
which
has
provided
improved
retrieval
and
an
annual
summary
of
the
vocabulary
of
the
literature
available
to
anyone
interested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
62
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
principle
of
sequential
optimization
in
search
theory
distributes
the
search
effort
at
each
stage
so
as
to
maximize
the
probability
of
target
detection
with
the
effort
expended
thus
far
as
an
application
of
this
principle
to
the
search
of
pertinent
items
in
a
literature
file
the
file
items
should
be
arranged
in
decreasing
order
of
the
probability
that
an
item
will
yield
the
information
sought
complete
ordering
in
this
manner
may
not
be
feasible
and
it
is
proposed
that
the
files
be
partially
ordered
in
search
zones
with
some
loss
in
search
efficiency
a
model
for
assessing
the
relative
efficiency
for
partial
ordering
is
developed
and
used
to
determine
optimal
zone
sizes
under
an
assumed
target
distribution
pattern
in
this
way
trade
off
between
file
organization
effort
and
search
effort
can
be
meaningfully
evaluated
a
representative
target
distribution
function
for
search
literature
appears
to
follow
the
bradford
law
of
scattering
this
function
is
used
to
demonstrate
the
application
of
the
model
over
a
meaningful
range
of
parameters
obtained
from
empirical
studies
it
is
shown
that
a
good
two
zone
search
plan
to
scientific
literature
is
one
in
which
of
the
most
useful
documents
are
examined
first
only
about
one
of
three
searches
should
have
to
go
on
to
a
search
over
the
remainder
of
the
file
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
620
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
on
line
serials
control
system
in
use
at
ucla
biomedical
library
utilizes
an
inverted
file
for
its
primary
technique
the
correct
title
is
reached
with
a
entry
about
of
the
time
by
using
average
of
three
title
words
a
detailed
profile
of
title
structure
and
search
scheme
is
given
the
major
determinants
of
the
scheme
are
evaluated
on
a
performance
and
cost
basis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
621
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
taxonomy
for
modeling
information
systems
is
presented
the
taxonomy
derives
from
the
history
of
modern
epistemology
epistemology
is
used
as
a
prescriptive
modeling
basis
because
the
fundamental
problems
of
epistemology
are
concerned
with
information
and
because
the
history
of
epistemology
identifies
any
archetypal
ways
that
men
have
conceived
of
information
and
of
models
it
is
shown
how
the
different
models
of
epistemology
can
be
made
scientifically
operational
through
the
use
of
a
special
kind
of
systems
analysis
finally
the
results
of
a
preliminary
experiment
based
on
one
of
the
models
are
presented
in
the
form
of
prescriptive
rules
for
the
design
of
future
experiments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
622
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
of
primary
journals
being
collectively
monitored
by
the
biosciences
information
service
of
biological
abstracts
biosis
the
chemical
abstracts
service
cas
and
engineering
index
inc
ei
on
may
only
were
being
monitored
by
two
or
more
of
the
services
the
extent
to
which
all
three
or
any
two
of
these
services
select
the
same
journal
article
for
coverage
was
determined
by
examining
each
service's
selection
records
for
the
july
june
issues
of
these
overlap
journals
the
maximum
possible
journal
article
overlap
among
biosis
cas
and
ei
was
found
to
be
articles
and
between
biosis
and
ei
articles
the
journal
article
overlap
between
biosis
and
cas
was
found
to
be
articles
and
between
cas
and
ei
articles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
623
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
previous
paper
from
the
wellcome
foundation
scott
et
al
a
technique
was
described
for
measuring
the
usefulness
of
a
commercial
data
base
by
comparing
the
choice
of
papers
and
of
indexing
terms
to
those
chosen
as
relevant
to
the
organization
in
this
paper
we
are
comparing
the
cost
effectiveness
of
several
commercial
data
bases
journal
scanning
by
information
scientists
and
the
impact
of
private
communication
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
624
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
a
medical
library
by
members
of
the
faculty
of
a
medical
school
was
studied
by
questionnaire
in
an
effort
to
ascertain
the
part
the
library
played
among
channels
of
communication
in
work
related
information
searches
the
study
described
the
population
of
users
and
the
kinds
of
sources
they
utilized
in
an
information
search
in
an
effort
to
identify
the
factors
influencing
their
choice
of
kinds
of
sources
and
leading
to
the
possibility
of
predicting
use
of
kinds
of
source
once
the
characteristics
of
the
users
were
known
it
brought
out
a
high
use
of
sources
which
are
accessible
and
easy
to
use
the
tabulations
show
the
importance
of
co
workers
in
informal
communication
low
delegation
of
documentation
tasks
to
libraries
was
apparent
the
main
user
of
the
library
studied
was
a
clinician
in
the
area
of
internal
medicine
who
used
journal
articles
about
diseases
for
information
to
use
in
the
treatment
of
his
patients
the
recommendations
were
made
that
journals
should
be
shelved
accessibly
with
index
medicus
nearby
books
might
be
shelved
less
accessibly
telephone
access
to
the
library
is
of
major
importance
as
is
the
provision
of
adequate
photocopying
facilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
625
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
argued
that
a
user's
subjective
evaluation
of
the
personal
utility
of
a
retrieval
system's
output
to
him
if
it
could
be
properly
quantified
would
be
a
near
ideal
measure
of
retrieval
effectiveness
a
hypothetical
methodology
is
presented
for
measuring
this
utility
by
means
of
an
elicitation
procedure
because
the
hypothetical
methodology
is
impractical
compromise
methods
are
outlined
and
their
underlying
simplifying
assumptions
are
discussed
the
more
plausible
the
simplifying
assumptions
on
which
a
performance
measure
is
based
the
better
the
measure
this
along
with
evidence
gleaned
from
'validation
experiments'
of
a
certain
kind
is
suggested
as
a
criterion
for
selecting
or
deriving
the
best
measure
of
effectiveness
to
use
under
given
test
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
626
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
little
substantiated
evidence
exists
concerning
the
features
that
should
of
should
not
be
included
in
the
man
machine
interface
of
interactive
bibliographic
search
and
retrieval
ibsr
systems
an
informal
survey
tapping
the
opinions
of
scientists
active
in
this
research
area
was
conducted
an
analysis
of
the
responses
showed
a
significant
level
of
agreement
concerning
interface
features
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
627
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
was
argued
that
the
present
day
thesaurus
construction
and
maintenance
rules
and
conventions
are
not
theoretically
based
for
this
reason
there
are
few
rules
and
conventions
for
updating
a
thesaurus
consequently
most
of
the
thesauri
adopted
by
operating
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
are
not
systematically
updated
in
order
to
investigate
how
thesauri
are
actually
updated
a
survey
was
conducted
the
working
hypothesis
was
that
the
communication
process
between
authors
and
readers
is
linear
in
nature
one
way
communication
allowing
no
reciprocal
feedback
if
a
thesaurus
utilized
in
a
system
is
not
updated
by
both
indexers
and
question
negotiators
findings
show
that
thesauri
viewed
from
the
communications
point
of
view
do
not
allow
a
cybernetic
process
of
communication
both
way
communication
the
survey
indicated
that
the
present
practice
of
updating
thesauri
is
largely
done
by
indexers
alone
no
attempt
was
made
to
develop
a
theory
of
thesaurus
construction
and
updating
it
was
however
argued
that
such
a
theory
if
developed
should
at
least
account
for
the
concepts
of
meaning
and
knowledge
within
this
theoretical
framework
two
techniques
are
suggested
to
be
considered
for
the
systematic
updating
of
a
thesaurus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
628
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
has
been
suggested
that
information
science
is
still
of
the
stage
of
alchemy
if
this
is
so
then
mutual
exclusivity
must
form
its
philosopher's
stone
mutual
exclusivity
appears
to
be
alien
to
the
observable
universe
that
this
is
so
is
displayed
through
a
series
of
examples
some
of
these
relate
to
everyday
things
like
trees
beaches
and
man
himself
whilst
others
relate
to
more
obscure
phenomena
like
continental
drift
and
black
holes
the
act
of
observation
is
also
considered
as
this
has
a
considerable
bearing
on
the
problem
nevertheless
mutual
exclusivity
must
form
part
of
man's
mental
powers
and
this
has
found
expression
in
the
relatively
exclusive
series
of
symbols
used
in
communication
the
dangers
of
exclusive
thinking
in
relation
to
environmental
problems
are
considered
and
this
results
in
a
paradox
which
is
probably
unresolvable
finally
it
is
observed
that
out
standing
genius
appears
to
pay
scant
regard
to
existing
classifications
and
is
more
likely
to
be
involved
in
an
integrated
approach
to
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
629
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
deals
with
the
promotion
of
information
services
specifically
the
formation
and
subsequent
evaluation
of
different
promotional
programs
for
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
services
provided
by
the
mechanized
information
center
mic
at
the
ohio
state
university
three
programs
opinion
leadership
blitz
and
telephone
solicitation
were
developed
data
were
collected
to
show
for
each
of
the
programs
the
level
of
market
penetration
achieved
the
level
of
user
satisfaction
generated
from
the
service
the
effect
in
terms
of
influence
of
the
various
media
employed
and
cost
effectiveness
data
analysis
focused
on
a
determination
of
the
most
effective
methods
to
promote
sdi
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
63
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
much
vaunted
information
explosion
seems
to
be
the
manifestation
of
a
rather
generalized
publication
inflation
multipublication
and
pretentious
writing
have
become
obstacles
to
communication
between
human
minds
to
counteract
their
harmful
effects
it
will
be
necessary
to
reduce
the
quantity
and
improve
the
quality
of
the
printed
records
by
filtering
the
material
before
it
is
stored
for
retrieval
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
630
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
philosophy
of
a
systems
approach
to
the
design
of
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
is
suggested
in
which
the
computer
is
recognized
in
its
proper
perspective
as
a
powerful
and
effective
alternative
tool
this
philosophy
is
in
contrast
to
a
prevalent
philosophy
of
the
'
's
in
which
many
information
systems
designers
touted
the
computer
as
the
answer
to
all
information
storage
and
retrieval
situations
important
principles
of
information
system
design
incorporated
within
the
framework
of
the
novel
philosophy
for
the
'
's
are
presented
these
are
the
performance
of
users'
needs
studies
by
the
representative
small
group
technique
the
analysis
of
users'
needs
including
their
rank
ordering
by
priority
the
selection
and
adaptation
for
a
specific
application
of
a
suitable
existent
information
storage
and
retrieval
system
from
those
available
the
involvement
of
potential
users
in
the
system
design
by
establishing
a
model
with
which
they
can
interact
and
provide
feedback
and
the
final
design
of
a
cost
effective
system
a
number
of
pitfalls
arising
from
earlier
design
methodologies
are
pointed
out
and
the
avoidance
of
these
pitfalls
by
adopting
a
true
systems
approach
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
631
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
statistical
model
for
characterizing
the
growth
patterns
of
data
base
utilization
and
for
estimating
future
utilization
levels
of
demand
has
been
developed
for
information
retrieval
organizations
the
model
developed
is
y
b
e
at
where
y
is
the
number
of
users
of
a
data
base
at
time
t
and
a
and
b
are
parameters
to
be
estimated
illustrations
of
the
model
applied
to
a
typical
information
retrieval
organization
are
given
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
632
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
form
of
document
coupling
called
co
citation
is
defined
as
the
frequency
with
which
two
documents
are
cited
together
the
co
citation
frequency
of
two
scientific
papers
can
be
determined
by
comparing
lists
of
citing
documents
in
the
science
citation
index
and
counting
identical
entries
networks
of
co
cited
papers
can
be
generated
for
specific
scientific
specialties
and
an
example
is
drawn
from
the
literature
of
particle
physics
co
citation
patterns
are
found
to
differ
significantly
from
bibliographic
coupling
patterns
but
to
agree
generally
with
patterns
of
direct
citation
clusters
of
co
cited
papers
provide
a
new
way
to
study
the
specialty
structure
of
science
they
may
provide
a
new
approach
to
indexing
and
to
the
creation
of
sdi
profiles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
633
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
conventional
method
of
preparing
sdi
selective
dissemination
of
information
profiles
often
necessitates
detailed
interview
sessions
between
the
client
and
one
or
more
information
scientists
this
research
shows
that
by
submitting
samples
of
the
client's
recent
professional
reading
material
to
automatic
text
analysis
sdi
profiles
can
be
prepared
that
result
in
significantly
higher
initial
recall
scores
than
do
those
prepared
by
conventional
techniques
relevance
scores
are
not
significantly
different
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
634
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
was
argued
in
part
i
see
jasis
march
april
p
that
the
best
way
to
evaluate
a
retrieval
system
is
in
principle
at
least
to
elicit
subjective
estimates
of
the
system's
utility
to
its
users
quantified
in
terms
of
the
numbers
of
utilities
e
g
dollars
they
would
have
been
willing
to
give
up
in
exchange
for
the
privilege
of
using
the
system
and
a
naive
methodology
was
outlined
for
evaluating
retrieval
systems
on
this
basis
but
the
impracticality
of
the
naive
evaluation
procedure
as
it
stands
raises
the
questions
how
can
one
decide
which
practical
measure
is
likely
to
yield
results
most
closely
resembling
those
of
the
naive
methodology
and
how
can
one
tell
whether
the
resemblance
is
close
enough
to
make
applying
the
measure
worth
while
in
the
present
paper
two
kinds
of
solution
to
these
problems
are
taken
up
the
first
answers
the
questions
in
terms
of
the
reasonableness
of
the
simplifying
assumptions
needed
to
get
from
the
naive
measure
to
the
proposed
substitute
the
second
answers
it
by
experimentation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
635
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
cluster
analysis
procedure
is
described
in
which
journals
in
the
discipline
of
physics
chemistry
and
molecular
biology
are
grouped
into
clusters
most
of
the
clusters
are
easily
identified
as
subdisciplinary
subject
areas
the
data
source
was
the
cross
citing
amongst
the
journals
derived
from
the
journal
citation
index
jci
a
file
derived
in
turn
from
the
science
citation
index
sci
the
jci
consists
of
journal
by
journal
tabulation
of
citings
to
and
from
each
journal
processed
in
the
sci
two
step
citation
maps
linking
the
clusters
are
presented
for
each
discipline
within
the
disciplines
the
clusters
of
journals
form
fully
transitive
hierarchies
with
very
few
relational
conflicts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
636
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
some
new
text
searching
retrieval
techniques
are
described
which
retrieve
not
documents
but
sentences
from
documents
and
sometimes
on
occasions
determined
by
the
computer
multi
sentence
sequences
since
the
goal
of
the
techniques
is
retrieval
of
answer
providing
documents
answer
passages
are
retrieved
an
answer
passage
is
a
passage
which
is
either
answer
providing
or
answer
indicative
i
e
it
permits
inferring
that
the
document
containing
it
is
answer
providing
in
most
cases
answer
sentences
i
e
single
sentence
answer
passages
are
retrieved
this
has
great
advantages
for
screening
retrieval
output
two
new
automatic
procedures
for
measuring
closeness
of
relation
between
clue
words
in
a
sentence
are
described
one
approximates
syntactic
closeness
by
counting
the
number
of
intervening
syntactic
joints
roughly
speaking
prepositions
conjunctions
and
punctuation
marks
between
successive
clue
words
the
other
measure
uses
word
proximity
in
a
new
way
the
two
measures
perform
about
equally
well
the
computer
uses
enclosure
and
connector
words
for
determining
when
a
multi
sentence
passage
should
be
retrieved
however
no
procedure
was
found
in
this
study
for
retrieving
multi
paragraph
answer
passages
which
were
the
only
answer
passages
occurring
in
of
the
papers
in
a
test
of
the
techniques
they
failed
to
retrieve
two
answer
providing
documents
of
those
to
be
retrieved
because
of
one
multi
paragraph
answer
passage
and
one
complete
failure
of
clue
word
selection
for
the
other
answer
providing
documents
they
retrieved
at
all
recall
levels
with
greater
precision
than
smart
which
has
produced
the
best
previously
reported
recall
precision
results
the
retrieval
questions
mostly
from
real
users
and
documents
used
in
this
study
were
from
the
field
of
information
science
the
results
of
the
study
are
surprisingly
good
for
retrieval
in
such
a
soft
science
and
it
is
reasonable
to
hope
that
in
less
soft
sciences
and
technologies
the
techniques
described
will
work
even
better
on
this
basis
a
dissemination
and
retrieval
system
of
the
near
future
is
predicted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
637
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
challenges
of
design
of
programming
systems
file
organization
and
manipulation
and
user
oriented
query
languages
have
held
the
spotlight
in
the
development
of
data
processing
support
to
systems
for
retrieval
of
scientific
literature
at
biosis
development
of
such
a
system
from
the
pragmatic
viewpoint
of
providing
viable
self
supporting
retrieval
service
from
a
data
base
of
more
than
two
million
references
has
resulted
in
focusing
attention
on
supporting
the
formulation
of
the
information
need
into
an
effective
computer
search
specification
developed
under
cps
and
now
implemented
under
cics
the
program
claims
no
novelty
of
structure
or
technique
but
constitutes
an
innovation
in
application
and
goal
with
primary
emphasis
on
accommodating
the
behavior
of
a
user
not
previously
knowledgeable
about
the
structure
indexing
language
and
detailed
content
of
a
machine
based
references
file
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
638
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
chen's
data
for
the
raw
frequency
of
use
of
physics
journals
in
the
science
library
at
m
i
t
are
re
examined
and
converted
to
densities
of
use
per
meter
of
shelf
other
units
of
size
for
obtaining
densities
and
their
measurement
are
discussed
there
is
no
evidence
for
synchronous
obsolescence
in
the
to
volumes
of
these
journals
instead
there
is
some
statistically
significant
evidence
of
greater
density
of
use
with
greater
age
similar
evidence
elsewhere
is
cited
the
ranking
order
for
heaviness
of
use
is
also
radically
altered
by
converting
raw
frequencies
to
densities
of
use
it
is
suggested
that
for
comparing
the
relative
values
of
different
journals
or
age
groups
in
library
use
or
citation
studies
analyses
of
raw
frequencies
are
valueless
and
indeed
potentially
dangerously
misleading
until
they
are
converted
to
allow
for
the
numbers
of
available
items
in
each
group
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
639
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
with
budget
constraints
the
problems
of
cost
and
effectiveness
have
advanced
to
the
top
of
priority
list
of
all
information
services
managers
determining
and
monitoring
effectiveness
should
be
cost
effective
also
the
author
traces
the
cost
effectiveness
problems
back
to
the
genesis
of
an
information
system
performance
parameters
and
their
shifting
in
the
desired
direction
are
briefly
discussed
the
monthly
statement
is
intended
to
assist
a
manager
in
budgeting
and
planning
and
it
should
also
alert
him
to
any
irregularities
in
costs
and
effectiveness
either
in
time
or
among
individual
services
if
adopted
more
widely
it
could
even
serve
as
a
means
of
comparison
between
centers
if
due
consideration
is
given
to
varying
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
64
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
rather
than
reiterate
the
obvious
purposes
and
procedures
involved
in
creating
a
computer
system
for
control
of
serials
in
this
paper
the
author
deals
with
the
concept
upon
which
the
ucla
system
is
based
and
the
manner
in
which
the
system
is
maintained
in
day
to
day
operations
of
the
ucla
biomedical
library
the
paper
deals
with
some
of
the
points
made
in
an
earlier
publication
from
the
ucla
serials
project
the
attempt
is
to
show
how
the
theory
of
publication
pattern
discussed
in
the
earlier
article
has
been
used
to
produce
a
different
idea
in
computer
control
of
serials
publication
pattern
information
which
is
entered
into
the
master
record
for
each
title
causes
check
in
cards
for
the
next
expected
issue
of
each
title
to
be
generated
by
the
computer
regardless
of
when
this
text
issue
is
expected
next
week
next
month
next
year
this
is
departure
from
most
systems
which
attempt
to
predict
a
certain
number
of
issues
which
should
arrive
during
a
given
time
period
the
information
which
must
be
a
part
of
the
computer
record
is
described
as
are
library
procedures
in
maintaining
the
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
640
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
throughout
my
years
of
work
as
an
information
scientist
i
have
been
plagued
by
a
personal
and
professional
sense
of
doubt
with
respect
to
the
field
a
central
theme
of
every
conference
that
i
have
attended
related
to
what
is
information
science
or
is
information
science
a
science
in
this
paper
i
hope
to
take
these
questions
head
on
i
must
begin
by
saying
that
i
do
take
information
science
seriously
as
a
science
i
see
it
as
the
quest
for
understanding
of
the
nature
of
information
and
man's
interaction
with
it
that
we
lack
so
much
in
this
quest
for
understanding
is
the
greatest
challenge
of
the
science
i
intend
to
explore
the
tradition
or
world
view
bearing
on
the
scientific
study
of
information
the
currently
prevalent
world
view
is
the
scientific
tradition
which
extends
from
the
enlightenment
to
the
present
i
also
intend
to
look
critically
at
what
i
perceive
to
be
te
premises
underlying
most
of
our
current
efforts
to
understand
the
phenomenon
of
information
the
criticism
will
by
necessity
be
speculative
i
intend
to
stick
my
neck
out
not
because
i
can
prove
my
assertions
but
because
i
believe
these
ideas
must
be
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
641
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
successful
information
retrieval
from
a
mechanized
file
is
heavily
dependent
on
the
fidelity
of
the
representation
of
concepts
in
the
particular
language
of
the
system
and
on
the
predictability
of
this
representation
if
an
index
language
is
employed
predictability
is
guaranteed
and
the
quality
of
the
retrieval
is
predominantly
governed
by
the
fidelity
of
the
representation
i
e
by
the
extent
to
which
conceptual
distortion
of
the
concepts
to
be
represented
can
be
avoided
the
various
index
languages
vary
widely
with
respect
to
their
fidelity
differences
in
their
performance
are
correspondingly
great
the
lack
of
fidelity
in
most
of
the
present
day
indexing
languages
is
due
mainly
to
insufficient
representation
of
the
relationships
among
concepts
we
describe
a
new
graphical
method
of
storing
and
retrieving
concept
relations
of
various
kinds
the
points
of
such
a
graph
are
occupied
by
concepts
and
the
connecting
lines
between
these
points
represent
concept
relations
in
a
special
field
of
chemistry
these
graphs
also
serve
as
a
kind
of
presentation
of
the
essentials
of
a
document
to
the
reader
that
is
much
more
lucid
than
a
natural
language
text
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
642
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
on
line
interactive
searching
of
several
information
bases
through
several
service
operators
was
introduced
in
an
industrial
research
environment
thorough
knowledge
of
the
information
base
and
its
structure
in
the
search
system
is
a
major
factor
of
successful
searching
and
differences
among
search
systems
do
not
present
serious
barriers
this
new
technique
was
most
effectively
used
when
the
information
specialist
and
the
scientist
searched
as
a
team
on
line
searching
is
now
an
established
search
tool
at
exxon
research
and
engineering
company
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
643
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
good
deal
of
work
has
been
done
over
the
years
in
an
attempt
to
use
statistical
or
probabilistic
techniques
as
a
basis
of
automatic
indexing
and
content
analysis
unfortunately
many
of
these
methods
are
lacking
in
effectiveness
and
the
more
refined
procedures
are
computationally
unattractive
a
new
technique
known
as
discrimination
value
analysis
ranks
the
text
words
in
accordance
with
how
much
they
are
able
to
discriminate
the
documents
of
a
collection
from
each
other
that
is
the
value
of
a
term
depends
on
how
much
the
average
separation
between
individual
documents
changes
when
the
given
term
is
assigned
for
content
identification
the
best
words
are
those
which
achieve
the
greatest
separation
the
discrimination
value
analysis
is
computationally
simple
and
it
assigns
a
specific
role
in
content
analysis
to
single
words
juxtaposed
words
and
phrases
and
word
groups
or
thesaurus
categories
experimental
results
are
given
showing
the
effectiveness
of
the
technique
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
644
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
indexing
of
a
document
is
among
the
most
crucial
steps
in
preparing
that
document
for
retrieval
the
adequacy
of
the
indexing
determines
the
ability
of
the
system
to
respond
to
patron
requests
this
paper
discusses
this
process
and
document
retrieval
in
general
on
the
basis
of
formal
decision
theory
the
basic
theoretical
approach
taken
is
illustrated
by
means
of
a
model
of
word
occurrences
in
documents
in
the
context
of
a
model
information
system
both
models
are
fully
defined
in
this
paper
though
the
main
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
provide
insights
into
a
very
complex
process
formulae
are
developed
that
may
prove
to
be
of
value
for
an
automated
operating
system
the
paper
concludes
with
an
interpretation
of
recall
and
precision
curves
as
seen
from
the
point
of
view
of
decision
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
645
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
improvement
in
the
production
and
use
of
citations
to
research
literature
calls
for
coordination
of
activities
by
a
number
of
abstracting
and
indexing
services
the
ohio
college
library
center
oclc
has
developed
a
cost
effective
on
line
shared
cataloging
system
now
in
widespread
use
by
u
s
libraries
it
could
readily
serve
as
a
pattern
for
a
system
to
create
and
share
descriptive
indexing
on
line
a
proposed
system
is
outlined
possible
developers
are
noted
and
further
action
is
urged
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
646
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
considers
conceptual
and
methodological
components
of
information
science
evaluation
studies
the
paper
discusses
the
judgmental
process
of
evaluation
and
the
scientific
nature
of
evaluation
study
in
the
context
of
purpose
statements
criteria
the
selection
of
variables
and
data
collection
and
analysis
techniques
and
requirements
of
validity
reproducibility
and
reliability
industrial
value
analysis
engineering
methodology
is
described
and
related
to
assessments
of
information
products
and
services
the
state
of
the
art
of
evaluation
study
in
information
science
is
analyzed
with
respect
to
the
scope
of
evaluation
studies
the
use
of
laboratory
type
environments
the
use
of
surrogate
judges
selection
of
variables
frequency
of
study
and
comparabilty
of
study
results
evaluation
study
is
seen
as
essential
to
the
management
of
information
centers
and
systems
and
as
having
approachable
growth
potential
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
647
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
procedure
is
developed
for
optimal
allocation
of
resources
among
the
many
processes
of
a
library
system
queueing
theory
is
used
to
model
processes
as
either
waiting
or
balking
processes
the
optimal
allocation
of
resources
to
these
processes
is
defined
as
that
which
maximizes
the
expected
value
of
the
decision
maker's
utility
function
an
application
of
the
procedure
to
a
specific
library
system
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
648
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
early
's
have
clearly
shown
a
trend
toward
the
use
of
on
line
systems
as
the
ideal
medium
for
information
retrieval
the
emphasis
placed
on
direct
access
by
the
practitioners
in
the
field
rather
than
delegated
searches
through
information
specialists
leads
to
the
growing
need
for
an
efficient
design
in
training
transient
user
groups
printed
manuals
live
help
audiovisual
presentations
and
on
line
instructions
have
all
been
used
with
varying
degrees
of
success
the
author
contends
that
the
use
of
computer
assisted
instruction
in
conjunction
with
the
on
line
information
retrieval
system
is
the
most
promising
form
of
instruction
in
that
the
medium
itself
as
well
as
the
message
may
be
used
to
acquaint
the
novice
searcher
with
an
interactive
user
system
interface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
649
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
studied
in
this
research
is
that
of
developing
a
set
of
formal
statistical
rules
for
the
purpose
of
identifying
the
keywords
of
a
document
words
likely
to
be
useful
as
index
terms
for
that
document
the
research
was
prompted
by
the
observation
made
by
a
number
of
writers
that
non
specialty
words
words
which
possess
little
value
for
indexing
purposes
tend
to
be
distributed
at
random
in
a
collection
of
documents
in
contrast
specialty
words
are
not
so
distributed
in
part
i
of
the
study
a
mixture
of
two
poisson
distributions
is
examined
in
detail
as
a
model
of
specialty
word
distribution
and
formulas
expressing
the
three
parameters
of
the
model
in
terms
of
empirical
frequency
statistics
are
derived
the
fit
of
the
model
is
tested
on
an
experimental
document
collection
and
found
to
be
acceptable
for
the
purposes
of
the
study
a
measure
intended
to
identify
specialty
words
consistent
with
the
poisson
model
is
proposed
and
evaluated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
65
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
is
a
report
of
most
of
the
major
findings
of
a
study
in
searching
the
periodical
eye
research
literature
questions
were
collected
from
eye
researchers
and
a
selected
group
of
these
were
searched
in
nine
different
secondary
sources
articles
thought
to
be
relevant
were
xeroxed
and
sent
to
the
eye
researchers
who
subsequently
rated
the
articles
articles
of
eye
research
interest
are
found
in
a
wide
variety
of
journals
but
a
small
number
of
journals
carry
a
large
proportion
of
the
articles
judged
valuable
by
the
eye
researchers
approximately
a
fourth
of
eye
research
articles
are
in
foreign
languages
translations
are
not
readily
available
despite
a
delay
of
more
than
month
between
the
original
appearance
of
article
in
journals
and
the
mailing
of
photocopies
about
half
of
the
articles
of
interest
to
the
researchers
were
not
known
to
them
previously
for
extensive
retrospective
searches
more
than
one
secondary
service
must
be
used
index
medicus
and
excerpta
medica
section
or
ophthalmic
literature
would
be
good
sources
medlars
demand
searches
were
not
shown
to
be
clearly
superior
to
manual
searches
of
index
medicus
titles
abstracts
and
full
text
were
shown
to
be
equally
effective
in
permitting
searches
to
retrieve
references
that
were
subsequently
rated
as
relevant
by
the
researchers
a
searcher
with
a
background
in
ophthalmology
was
able
to
retrieve
more
articles
of
research
interest
than
other
non
ophthalmologist
searchers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
650
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
have
investigated
the
relative
merits
of
searching
on
titles
subject
headings
abstracts
free
language
terms
and
combinations
of
these
elements
the
compendex
data
base
was
used
for
this
study
since
it
contained
all
of
the
data
elements
of
interest
in
general
the
results
obtained
from
the
experiments
indicate
that
as
expected
titles
alone
are
not
satisfactory
for
efficient
retrieval
the
combination
of
titles
and
abstracts
came
the
closest
to
retrieval
with
searching
of
abstracts
alone
doing
almost
as
well
indexer
input
although
necessary
for
retrieval
in
almost
all
cases
was
found
to
be
relatively
unimportant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
651
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
decision
model
for
book
acquisitions
has
been
developed
to
simulate
the
intellectual
processes
used
in
acquiring
these
materials
in
academic
libraries
it
consists
of
a
flow
chart
weighted
inputs
and
an
equation
which
when
solved
indicates
whether
a
library
should
add
the
title
to
its
collection
refer
it
to
a
cooperative
group
defer
the
decision
or
drop
it
altogether
inputs
to
the
model
need
further
study
and
development
but
the
model
is
a
step
in
defining
and
quantifying
the
decision
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
652
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
information
science
emerged
as
the
third
subject
along
with
logic
and
philosophy
to
deal
with
relevance
an
elusive
human
notion
the
concern
with
relevance
as
a
key
notion
in
information
science
is
traced
to
the
problems
of
scientific
communication
relevance
is
considered
as
a
measure
of
the
effectiveness
of
a
contact
between
a
source
and
a
destination
in
a
communication
process
the
different
views
of
relevance
that
emerged
are
interpreted
and
related
within
a
framework
of
communication
of
knowledge
different
views
arose
because
relevance
was
considered
at
a
number
of
different
points
in
the
process
of
knowledge
communication
it
is
suggested
that
there
exists
an
interlocking
interplaying
cycle
of
various
systems
of
relevances
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
653
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
selection
grouping
and
cross
referencing
of
the
usually
single
word
terms
are
based
on
a
systematic
approach
to
indexing
in
depth
based
on
earlier
work
and
resulting
in
reasonably
consistent
indexing
an
analytical
approach
to
word
forms
in
which
the
following
categories
are
distinguished
action
forms
means
material
means
machine
and
means
man
forms
states
variables
and
latent
properties
for
each
word
those
forms
included
in
a
certain
category
are
represented
by
a
single
code
the
category
switching
caused
by
prepositions
must
be
taken
into
account
criteria
for
term
splitting
with
limited
semantic
factoring
occasionally
semantic
integration
is
used
critera
for
dealing
with
antonyms
which
are
classified
as
reciprocals
complements
unequivalent
opposites
diametrical
opposites
and
reversals
introduction
of
conditional
cross
referencing
recognition
of
multiword
synonyms
as
the
major
difficulty
in
coordinate
indexing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
654
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
networks
and
network
models
of
industrial
and
military
systems
have
received
much
attention
in
operation
research
literature
the
extension
of
network
modeling
to
library
networks
provides
some
interesting
twists
of
the
usual
models
a
general
library
network
is
offered
a
mathematical
statement
of
the
network
problem
is
given
and
the
solution
of
the
problem
is
discussed
an
example
of
the
use
of
the
model
in
evaluation
and
design
situations
is
provided
the
necessity
for
further
work
in
both
theoretical
and
applied
areas
is
cited
in
the
summary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
655
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
library
patrons
who
wish
to
obtain
a
known
document
with
which
they
have
had
prior
personal
contact
often
cannot
remember
the
standard
author
title
subject
information
about
it
with
sufficient
accuracy
to
be
able
to
look
it
up
easily
in
present
day
card
catalogs
however
they
may
remember
a
surprising
amount
of
such
nonstandard
information
as
the
color
of
the
document's
cover
or
its
approximate
length
could
this
type
of
nonstandard
information
be
profitably
exploited
in
computerized
catalogs
of
the
future
such
facilities
if
available
would
surely
be
used
for
according
to
catalog
usage
surveys
a
majority
of
today's
library
patrons
seek
known
documents
and
of
these
a
substantial
minority
possess
nonstandard
information
in
this
report
the
results
of
a
memory
experiment
to
test
the
memorability
of
various
types
of
nonstandard
information
are
described
and
analyzed
a
ranking
according
to
relative
memorability
and
potential
retrieval
usefulness
of
various
nonstandard
book
features
is
given
it
is
estimated
that
if
the
average
patron's
nonstandard
information
were
exploited
by
appropriate
retrieval
strategies
he
would
only
have
to
search
through
roughly
one
five
hundredth
as
many
documents
as
in
a
random
search
this
reduction
factor
is
great
enough
to
make
nonstandard
information
potentially
useful
in
many
situations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
656
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
effective
transfer
of
technology
involves
more
than
just
distributing
paper
it
demands
that
useful
documents
be
disseminated
with
a
minimum
of
useless
ones
for
month
researchers
recorded
a
sample
of
the
written
technical
information
items
that
they
received
months
later
they
were
interviewed
to
determine
which
of
these
items
had
proved
useful
and
in
what
ways
the
results
indicate
that
a
researcher
will
call
an
item
useful
even
if
it
does
not
cause
him
to
take
some
action
but
only
has
some
significance
for
him
the
more
the
source
of
an
item
knows
about
the
needs
of
the
researcher
or
the
more
the
researcher
knows
about
an
item
he
seeks
the
more
likely
it
is
that
the
researcher
will
find
the
item
useful
no
strong
relationships
were
found
between
certain
readily
observable
physical
arrangements
and
information
behavior
and
an
item
may
prove
useful
not
because
of
the
information
objectively
contained
in
that
item
but
because
the
item
causes
a
cognitive
restructuring
of
the
researcher's
mind
or
a
free
association
other
studies
that
restrict
their
measures
of
information
usefulness
to
externally
observable
behavior
or
that
do
not
carefully
define
usefulness
may
not
be
validly
representing
usefulness
to
the
researcher
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
657
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
abstract
as
defined
here
is
an
abbreviated
accurate
representation
of
a
document
the
following
recommendations
are
made
for
the
guidance
of
authors
and
editors
so
that
abstracts
in
primary
documents
may
be
both
helpful
to
their
readers
and
reproducible
with
little
or
no
change
in
secondary
publications
and
services
prepare
an
abstract
for
every
formal
item
in
journals
and
proceedings
and
for
each
separately
published
report
pamphlet
thesis
monograph
and
patent
place
the
abstract
as
early
as
possible
in
the
document
make
the
abstract
as
informative
as
the
document
will
permit
so
that
readers
may
decide
whether
they
need
to
read
the
entire
document
state
the
purpose
methods
results
and
conclusions
presented
in
the
document
either
in
that
order
or
with
initial
emphasis
on
findings
make
each
abstract
self
contained
but
concise
retain
the
basic
information
and
tone
of
the
original
document
keep
abstracts
of
most
papers
to
fewer
than
words
abstracts
of
reports
and
theses
to
fewer
than
words
preferably
on
one
page
and
abstracts
of
short
communications
to
fewer
than
words
write
most
abstracts
in
a
single
paragraph
normally
employ
complete
connected
sentences
active
verbs
ad
the
third
person
employ
standard
nomenclature
or
define
unfamiliar
terms
abbreviations
and
symbols
the
first
time
they
occur
in
the
abstract
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
658
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
criteria
employed
by
engineers
in
the
selection
of
various
technical
information
channels
in
problem
solving
endeavors
are
investigated
the
relationships
of
certain
criteria
identified
in
past
research
to
such
factors
as
frequency
of
channel
utilization
and
the
rate
at
which
engineers
accept
or
reject
technical
information
received
from
specific
channels
are
the
focal
points
of
the
study
a
direct
relationship
is
founded
between
perceived
accessibility
of
information
channels
and
several
objective
measures
of
utilization
whereas
no
definite
support
is
found
for
the
hypothesis
that
the
channel
perceived
highest
in
technical
quality
are
those
used
most
frequently
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
659
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
a
document
retrieval
system
implemented
with
a
subset
of
the
medical
literature
with
the
exception
of
the
development
of
a
negative
dictionary
all
system
operations
are
completely
automatic
introduced
are
methods
for
computation
of
term
term
association
factors
indexing
assignment
of
term
document
relevance
values
and
computations
for
recall
and
relevance
high
weights
are
provided
for
low
frequency
terms
and
retrieval
is
performed
directly
from
highly
connected
term
document
files
without
elaboration
recall
and
relevance
are
based
on
quantitative
internal
system
computations
and
results
are
compared
with
user
evaluations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
66
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
aspect
of
the
human
use
of
information
that
has
generally
been
overlooked
in
the
automation
in
information
services
is
the
human
tendency
to
locate
information
spatially
computer
based
systems
do
not
necessarily
assign
any
unique
role
to
spatial
tags
and
so
a
feature
of
considerable
importance
for
the
organization
of
the
user's
memory
seems
to
have
been
largely
overlooked
the
spatial
dimension
of
human
memory
is
discussed
and
some
suggestions
are
offered
for
exploiting
it
more
effectively
in
the
context
of
information
retrieval
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
660
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
reports
on
a
novel
technique
for
literature
indexing
and
searching
in
a
mechanized
library
system
the
notion
of
relevance
is
taken
as
the
key
concept
in
the
theory
of
information
retrieval
and
a
comparative
concept
of
relevance
is
explicated
in
terms
of
the
theory
of
probability
the
resulting
technique
called
probabilistic
indexing
allows
a
computing
machine
given
a
request
for
information
to
make
a
statistical
inference
and
derive
a
number
called
the
relevance
number
for
each
document
which
is
a
measure
of
the
probability
that
the
document
will
satisfy
the
given
request
ranked
according
to
their
probable
relevance
the
paper
goes
on
to
show
that
whereas
in
a
conventional
library
system
the
cross
referencing
see
and
see
also
is
based
solely
on
the
semantical
closeness
between
index
terms
statistical
measures
of
closeness
between
index
terms
can
be
defined
and
computed
thus
given
an
arbitrary
request
consisting
of
one
or
many
index
term
s
a
machine
can
elaborate
on
it
to
increase
the
probability
of
selecting
relevant
documents
that
would
not
otherwise
have
been
selected
finally
the
paper
suggests
an
interpretation
of
the
whole
library
problem
as
one
where
the
request
is
considered
as
a
clue
on
the
basis
of
which
the
library
system
makes
a
concatenated
statistical
inference
in
order
to
provide
as
an
output
an
ordered
list
of
those
documents
which
most
probably
satisfy
the
information
needs
of
the
user
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
661
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
statistical
approach
to
the
analysis
of
document
collections
and
retrieval
therefrom
has
proceeded
along
two
main
lines
associative
machine
searching
and
automatic
classification
the
former
approach
has
been
favored
because
of
the
tendency
of
people
in
the
computer
field
to
strive
for
new
methods
of
dealing
with
the
literature
methods
which
do
not
resemble
those
of
traditional
libraries
but
automatic
classification
study
also
has
been
thriving
some
of
the
reasons
for
this
are
discussed
the
crucial
question
of
the
quality
of
automatic
classification
is
treated
at
considerable
length
and
empirical
data
are
introduced
to
support
the
hypothesis
that
classification
quality
improves
as
more
information
about
each
document
is
used
for
input
to
the
classification
program
six
nonjudgmental
criteria
are
used
in
testing
the
hypothesis
for
keyword
lists
each
list
representing
a
document
for
a
series
of
computer
runs
in
which
the
number
of
words
per
document
is
increased
progressively
from
to
four
of
the
six
criteria
indicate
the
hypothesis
holds
and
two
point
to
no
effect
previous
work
of
this
kind
has
been
confined
to
the
range
of
one
through
eight
words
per
document
finally
the
future
of
automatic
classification
and
some
of
the
practical
problems
to
be
faced
are
outlined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
662
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
inquiry
examines
a
technique
for
automatically
classifying
indexing
documents
according
to
their
subject
content
the
task
in
essence
is
to
have
a
computing
machine
read
a
document
and
on
the
basis
of
the
occurrence
of
selected
clue
words
decide
to
which
of
many
subject
categories
the
document
in
question
belongs
this
paper
describes
the
design
execution
and
evaluation
of
a
modest
experimental
study
aimed
at
testing
empirically
one
statistical
technique
for
automatic
indexing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
663
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
reports
the
results
of
a
series
of
experiments
in
the
techniques
of
automatic
document
classification
two
different
classification
schedules
are
compared
along
with
two
methods
of
automatically
classifying
documents
into
categories
it
is
concluded
that
while
there
is
no
significant
difference
in
the
predictive
efficiency
between
the
bayesian
and
the
factor
score
methods
automatic
document
classification
is
enhanced
by
the
use
of
a
factor
analytically
derived
classification
schedule
approximately
percent
of
the
documents
were
automatically
and
correctly
classified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
664
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
retrieval
of
documented
information
is
one
of
today's
most
widespread
technical
problems
affecting
almost
every
large
professional
group
corporation
and
government
bureau
because
document
retrieval
is
in
part
an
information
processing
problem
much
hope
for
a
solution
has
vested
in
computers
but
large
fast
reliable
ones
have
been
around
now
for
five
year
and
people
have
steadily
realized
that
the
over
all
task
of
information
retrieval
is
not
one
of
those
rote
jobs
for
which
digital
computers
are
made
to
order
cataloging
and
searching
are
intellectual
tasks
and
have
been
thought
of
as
rote
not
because
they
are
menial
and
straightforward
but
because
they
are
unpalatable
and
unwanted
many
people
do
like
to
use
their
minds
yes
but
not
for
plowing
through
and
discarding
irrelevant
material
many
people
have
assumed
that
this
would
also
be
the
case
in
information
retrieval
accordingly
the
rush
to
put
computers
to
work
in
this
area
has
led
primarily
to
their
use
as
searching
instruments
and
much
activity
has
centered
around
the
design
and
operation
of
searching
machinery
boundary
conditions
have
been
assumed
such
as
an
ideal
searcher
who
knows
what
he
wants
and
who
knows
how
to
express
it
in
terms
understood
by
the
machine
and
such
as
ideal
correspondence
of
descriptors
to
the
documents
they
describe
then
attention
has
been
focused
on
optimizing
the
processes
between
these
boundaries
the
resulting
theories
and
systems
in
most
cases
seem
highly
adapted
to
the
needs
of
machine
but
not
adapted
to
the
needs
of
humans
we
are
after
all
dealing
with
the
elemental
situation
of
an
author
talking
to
a
reader
even
if
by
means
of
a
buffer
storage
which
will
grow
more
and
more
mechanical
the
basic
problem
is
to
increase
the
mental
contact
between
the
reader
and
the
information
store
so
that
the
reader
can
proceed
unerringly
and
swiftly
to
identify
and
receive
the
message
he
is
looking
for
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
665
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
such
phrases
as
information
flow
may
be
purely
metaphorical
or
may
refer
to
porterage
and
storage
of
physical
documents
transmission
of
signals
power
required
for
signaling
shannon's
selective
information
changes
in
the
state
of
one's
personal
knowledge
propagation
of
announcements
concerning
messages
social
increase
of
awareness
propagation
of
or
reaction
to
imperatives
and
so
on
these
matters
are
distinct
and
must
be
distinguished
then
conditions
must
be
stated
under
which
one
can
validly
speak
of
and
measure
the
appropriate
flow
in
this
paper
it
is
shown
that
within
the
field
of
notification
mention
and
delivery
of
recorded
messages
to
users
there
are
twenty
basic
activities
formed
by
choosing
triads
from
the
six
variables
message
code
channel
source
destination
and
designation
flow
has
meaning
only
when
two
such
triads
have
two
variables
in
common
forming
a
tetrad
then
flow
or
correspondence
between
any
pair
of
variables
is
inextricable
from
a
conjugate
flow
or
correspondence
between
the
other
pair
between
any
pair
of
endpoints
there
are
six
possibly
distinct
types
of
flow
according
to
which
two
of
the
remaining
four
variables
are
directly
used
to
achieve
the
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
666
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
new
methods
of
automatically
extracting
documents
for
screening
purposes
i
e
the
computer
selection
of
sentences
having
the
greatest
possible
potential
for
conveying
to
the
reader
the
substance
of
the
document
while
previous
work
has
focused
on
one
component
of
sentence
significance
namely
the
presence
of
high
frequency
content
words
key
words
the
methods
described
here
also
treat
three
additional
components
pragmatic
words
cue
words
title
and
heading
words
and
structural
indicators
sentence
location
the
research
has
resulted
in
an
operating
system
and
a
research
methodology
the
extracting
system
is
parameterized
to
control
and
vary
the
influence
of
the
above
four
components
the
research
methodology
includes
procedures
for
the
compilation
of
the
required
dictionaries
the
setting
of
the
control
parameters
and
the
comparative
evaluation
of
the
automatic
extracts
with
manually
produced
extracts
the
results
indicate
that
the
three
newly
proposed
components
dominate
the
frequency
component
in
the
production
of
better
extracts
key
words
and
phrases
automatic
extracting
automatic
abstracting
sentence
selection
document
screening
sentence
significance
relevance
content
words
key
words
pragmatic
words
cue
words
title
words
sentence
location
research
methodology
parameterization
comparative
evaluation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
667
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
spread
of
ideas
within
a
scientific
community
and
the
spread
of
infectious
disease
are
both
special
cases
of
a
general
communication
process
thus
a
general
theory
of
epidemics
can
explain
the
growth
of
symbolic
logic
from
to
an
epidemic
model
predicts
the
rise
and
fall
of
particular
research
areas
within
symbolic
logic
a
markov
chain
model
of
individual
movement
between
research
areas
indicates
that
once
an
individual
leaves
an
area
he
is
not
expected
to
return
key
words
and
phrases
epidemic
model
epidemic
process
theory
of
epidemics
growth
of
literature
history
of
symbolic
logic
epidemiology
of
symbolic
logic
epidemic
curve
stochastic
models
markov
chains
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
668
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
many
methods
for
the
coding
of
chemical
structures
have
been
described
in
the
literature
some
methods
code
the
compound
only
partially
typical
of
these
are
the
methods
using
descriptor
codes
other
methods
among
which
the
so
called
ciphers
are
prominent
code
compounds
exhaustively
all
these
methods
require
cerebral
effort
that
is
a
chemist
is
needed
who
must
have
learned
the
rules
of
the
code
and
who
must
known
how
to
dismember
correctly
each
structure
to
be
coded
a
disadvantage
of
code
designations
of
structures
is
furthermore
that
they
are
not
generally
understood
by
chemists
no
advantages
accrue
to
the
chemist
from
knowing
how
to
generate
and
how
to
interpret
a
chemical
code
codes
are
needed
only
for
the
mechanical
manipulation
of
chemical
structures
clearly
then
if
the
coding
of
chemical
compounds
could
be
accomplished
automatically
this
automatic
conversion
would
relieve
the
chemist
of
considerable
burden
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
669
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
wiswesser
chemical
line
notation
is
an
unique
and
unambiguous
method
of
representing
chemical
structures
by
a
linear
series
of
letters
numbers
ampersands
and
hyphens
these
symbols
are
meaningful
to
chemists
familiar
with
the
notation
and
can
be
processed
by
automatic
data
processing
adp
equipment
the
uniqueness
of
the
line
notation
permits
the
use
of
alphanumerically
arranged
lists
of
notations
for
dictionary
type
searches
this
ordered
arrangement
permits
the
rapid
location
of
a
specific
compound
or
a
specific
class
of
ring
compounds
other
than
benzenoid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
67
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
previous
applications
of
simulation
to
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
isrs
have
been
overly
restrictive
in
their
scope
and
have
failed
to
consider
the
environment
within
which
such
systems
operate
this
paper
considers
the
isrs
as
a
subsystem
within
a
larger
system
which
includes
the
users
and
the
funders
of
the
retrieval
system
the
three
components
form
a
closed
loop
information
feedback
system
in
which
user
response
influences
both
the
funding
and
operation
of
the
isrs
as
it
attempts
to
satisfy
user
needs
within
a
finite
budget
allocation
reward
cost
theory
provides
the
basis
for
describing
user
behavior
an
industrial
dynamics
model
has
been
developed
to
simulate
isrs
user
funder
behavior
where
a
university
departmental
library
is
the
isrs
component
the
results
which
such
an
analysis
can
produce
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
670
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
early
as
we
in
the
engineering
department
of
du
pont
recognized
the
need
for
a
better
system
for
recording
chemical
structure
information
for
storage
and
subsequent
retrieval
we
believed
that
current
methods
and
the
then
current
development
of
notation
systems
would
not
completely
serve
our
chemists'
long
range
chemical
identification
needs
accordingly
we
studied
and
then
developed
a
chemical
structure
storage
and
search
system
huber
gave
a
good
review
of
the
various
approaches
and
applications
to
use
his
terminology
our
system
is
topological
coding
our
initial
investigation
led
to
singling
out
the
following
needs
for
such
a
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
671
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
part
of
the
development
of
a
computer
based
chemical
information
system
at
cas
it
has
been
necessary
to
devise
techniques
for
the
registration
of
drawings
of
chemical
structures
a
major
purpose
of
the
cas
registration
process
is
to
determine
whether
a
particular
structure
has
already
been
stored
in
the
system
the
ability
to
make
this
determination
makes
it
possible
to
utilize
a
computer
to
assign
to
every
chemical
structure
a
unique
identifying
label
this
identifying
label
referred
to
as
a
registry
number
is
the
thread
that
ties
together
all
information
associated
with
a
particular
compound
throughout
the
developing
cas
computer
system
it
is
because
of
this
association
made
possible
by
the
registration
process
that
cas
will
be
able
to
provide
multiple
file
correlative
searches
with
assurance
that
all
information
on
file
for
a
particular
compound
has
been
located
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
672
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
late
in
the
chemical
abstracts
service
announced
that
in
it
would
lease
chemical
abstracts
in
microfilm
form
to
subscribers
to
its
current
printed
abstracts
with
this
move
microfilm
entered
a
new
stage
use
in
technical
information
work
as
a
publication
medium
for
frequently
employed
tools
rather
than
for
largely
archival
documents
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
673
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
previous
papers
in
this
series
have
discussed
the
concept
of
a
index
of
permuted
wiswesser
chemical
line
notations
the
significance
of
a
quick
scan
area
and
simple
methods
for
preparing
this
type
of
index
for
a
small
index
file
of
compounds
up
to
ca
it
has
been
pointed
out
that
the
preparation
of
a
index
for
a
large
number
of
compounds
would
require
the
use
of
a
computer
this
is
the
subject
of
this
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
674
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
the
chemical
abstracts
service
has
been
working
toward
establishing
a
computer
based
system
for
handling
chemical
information
briefly
the
concept
of
the
cas
system
consists
of
sets
of
special
subject
files
in
the
following
categories
physical
properties
chemical
reactivities
biochemical
activities
and
applications
with
the
importance
of
compounds
in
correlation
studies
and
the
need
to
interrelate
compounds
and
the
huge
collections
of
chemical
and
other
data
a
highly
developed
subsystem
called
the
registry
system
for
handling
compounds
must
be
the
first
step
in
the
actual
operation
of
an
over
all
computer
based
service
the
registry
system
will
include
files
of
compounds
interconnected
with
files
of
associated
data
that
permit
identifying
the
compounds
and
retrieving
them
from
the
files
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
675
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
novel
features
have
been
added
to
a
paper
tape
typewriter
having
a
removable
typing
element
a
symbol
set
has
been
devised
which
requires
only
nine
characters
for
typing
common
chemical
structures
the
typewriter
has
an
uncoded
index
key
which
advances
the
paper
without
carriage
return
a
companion
key
back
index
was
provided
which
directly
retracts
the
paper
both
have
been
coded
a
tape
record
containing
information
sufficient
for
a
computer
to
calculate
an
atom
bond
connection
table
for
a
chemical
structure
is
obtained
by
typing
the
structure
in
any
order
solely
from
the
keyboard
or
by
use
of
the
reader
with
prepunched
tapes
containing
frequently
occurring
substructures
cost
was
about
one
fourth
that
of
earlier
paper
tape
chemical
typewriters
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
676
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
asca
automatic
subject
citation
alert
is
a
commercially
available
sdi
system
covering
the
journal
literature
the
repertoire
of
questions
which
asca
can
utilize
includes
cited
references
words
from
titles
authors
organizations
etc
and
allows
for
logical
combinations
of
these
questions
this
paper
discusses
differences
and
similarities
between
citations
and
words
in
retrieving
and
disseminating
information
the
problem
of
user
system
interaction
is
explored
and
some
techniques
for
developing
effective
interest
profiles
are
described
although
asca
is
a
multi
disciplinary
system
examples
from
fields
like
synthetic
chemistry
and
biochemistry
are
provided
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
677
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
simultaneously
with
its
development
of
a
computer
based
chemical
compound
registry
system
chemical
abstracts
service
is
devising
procedures
for
automatically
converting
systematic
names
of
organic
compounds
into
atom
bound
connection
tables
which
can
be
manipulated
by
computer
a
study
of
systematic
chemical
abstracts
ca
index
names
has
resulted
in
a
dictionary
of
word
roots
used
in
the
names
and
in
step
by
step
procedures
for
converting
names
to
connection
tables
statistical
studies
of
nomenclature
in
ca
indexes
show
that
these
procedures
are
applicable
not
only
to
current
nomenclature
but
also
generally
to
names
in
past
indexes
procedures
have
been
written
which
are
applicable
to
the
majority
of
names
of
carbon
compounds
and
the
preparation
of
computer
programs
is
now
under
way
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
678
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
and
specifies
the
rules
for
generating
a
code
to
represent
chemical
formulas
it
may
be
used
either
as
a
notation
or
for
internal
manipulation
by
computer
for
registration
screening
and
atom
by
atom
search
it
is
basically
a
connection
table
in
a
concise
format
which
also
contains
abnormality
information
relating
to
specific
atoms
or
relations
between
atoms
the
notation
produced
by
these
rules
unambiguously
defines
a
structure
as
a
connection
table
but
the
notation
is
unique
only
to
a
given
numbering
or
citation
order
of
the
atoms
hence
its
uniqueness
is
dependent
on
the
numbering
uniqueness
of
the
atoms
in
the
structural
formula
techniques
for
the
use
of
the
code
in
registry
and
substructure
search
are
also
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
679
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computer
program
is
described
which
generates
a
connectivity
matrix
using
as
input
an
unmodified
wiswesser
notation
this
program
records
the
topology
of
a
molecule
as
a
statement
of
the
atoms
and
their
connectivity
one
symbol
is
used
to
represent
each
atom
and
this
symbol
is
descriptive
of
the
atom
and
its
bonds
the
network
of
a
complex
molecule
is
recorded
as
a
series
of
interruptions
in
an
assumed
linear
path
the
application
of
this
matrix
to
information
handling
of
chemical
structures
is
described
in
a
subsequent
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
68
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
i
better
understanding
of
subject
document
retrieval
might
result
if
different
functions
of
subject
document
retrieval
system
are
studied
separately
this
paper
is
concerned
with
retrieval
of
documents
in
response
to
a
question
from
which
answers
to
that
question
can
be
inferred
answer
providing
documents
answer
can
be
inferred
from
document
has
many
possible
meanings
one
of
which
must
be
selected
an
inference
specification
inasmuch
as
scientists
in
a
field
disagree
about
the
correctness
of
inferences
have
somewhat
different
background
knowledge
etc
any
inference
specification
can
only
approximate
scientific
inference
practices
two
sources
of
systematic
knowledge
of
document
statement
inference
practices
in
a
scientific
field
are
described
ii
if
a
content
word
occurs
in
a
question
then
it
occurs
in
any
answer
to
that
question
with
some
apparently
tractable
exceptions
an
indexing
procedure
based
on
that
fact
is
described
which
would
permit
retrieval
of
all
answer
providing
documents
for
a
question
however
because
the
indexing
is
nonrelational
it
could
cause
false
retrievals
as
well
various
ways
of
dealing
with
such
false
retrievals
are
briefly
indicated
and
a
study
is
sketched
that
would
provide
data
for
helping
selection
among
them
two
special
point
concerning
indexing
for
retrieval
of
answer
providing
documents
are
discussed
separately
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
680
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
unique
method
of
computerized
storage
and
retrieval
of
technical
information
is
applied
in
the
swift
significant
word
in
full
title
program
swift
chooses
potential
keywords
from
the
titles
compares
the
key
words
with
an
exclusion
word
glossary
to
remove
insignificant
words
and
an
internal
glossary
to
prevent
duplication
of
terms
the
keywords
may
be
either
a
full
or
fragmented
term
an
option
is
available
to
index
also
by
author
indexes
containing
full
citations
are
printed
periodically
and
cumulatively
the
magnetic
tape
file
is
available
for
computer
search
through
a
sort
and
print
program
responses
to
inquiries
conducted
through
the
computer
program
are
listed
in
full
citation
format
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
681
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computer
program
has
been
written
to
generate
the
canonical
wiswesser
notation
for
complex
polycyclic
structures
the
program
accepts
as
input
the
connection
between
all
the
ring
atoms
and
then
selects
the
path
which
conforms
to
the
notation
rules
the
operation
of
the
program
is
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
682
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
monitor
system
based
upon
computer
produced
printed
indexes
is
described
in
this
paper
the
system
is
intended
to
monitor
a
large
scale
experiment
in
file
organization
for
a
real
time
interactive
chemical
information
system
it
is
based
upon
a
topological
screen
system
that
ensures
the
inclusion
of
every
compound
atom
including
h
in
at
least
one
screen
assignment
that
appears
to
be
responsive
to
a
broad
range
of
query
types
and
that
is
amenable
to
random
access
techniques
the
monitor
system
is
also
considered
in
this
paper
as
an
independent
interim
approach
toward
fulfilling
in
an
effective
and
economic
manner
the
functional
requirements
of
a
small
to
medium
sized
chemical
information
system
thus
it
could
be
used
to
encode
and
generate
structure
files
to
assign
search
screens
and
to
provide
manual
substructure
search
capability
via
microfilm
or
hard
copy
printed
indexes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
683
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
after
a
decade
of
systems
development
firms
of
the
european
chemical
industry
founded
a
corporation
idc
to
make
the
chemical
journal
and
patent
literature
accessible
by
efficient
computer
methods
a
comprehensive
and
critical
review
of
these
methods
accommodated
to
the
four
most
important
types
of
chemical
data
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
684
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
central
patent
index
is
one
of
many
information
centers
constituting
du
pont's
information
network
the
development
of
this
index
and
its
relationship
with
other
centers
in
the
network
is
followed
by
a
description
of
its
operation
input
storage
and
search
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
685
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
historical
role
of
the
primary
journal
as
a
social
institution
of
science
as
well
as
a
communication
medium
is
discussed
with
particular
reference
to
its
function
as
the
official
public
scientific
record
and
the
prime
mechanism
for
rewarding
the
performance
of
research
the
impact
of
various
proposed
changes
in
the
role
of
the
journal
on
these
traditional
function
is
also
considered
and
predictions
are
made
as
to
its
possible
future
state
in
a
more
computerized
world
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
686
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
form
and
function
of
the
journal
as
a
medium
of
communication
between
scientists
that
is
one
scientist
talking
to
another
have
not
changed
greatly
these
past
years
but
during
that
time
the
journal
has
evolved
to
a
highly
effective
medium
for
meeting
the
scientists'
needs
for
publication
distribution
storage
and
retrieval
of
scientific
information
kessler
describes
the
journal
as
the
most
successful
and
ubiquitous
carrier
of
scientific
information
in
the
entire
history
of
science
and
the
scientific
paper
he
adds
is
such
a
marvelous
and
commodating
invention
that
we
seem
to
take
it
for
granted
and
forget
that
it
has
form
and
structure
that
fit
its
function
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
687
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
index
chemicus
registry
system
icrs
launched
in
with
the
support
of
a
dozen
industrial
and
governmental
organizations
is
now
a
current
operational
monthly
service
subscribers
receive
magnetic
tapes
and
printouts
in
which
the
weekly
issues
of
index
chemicus
ic
have
been
encoded
in
wiswesser
line
notations
wln
over
compounds
per
month
are
provided
in
machine
language
the
canonical
wln
is
also
provided
in
alphabetized
printouts
encoding
of
over
new
chemical
compounds
from
ic
has
already
been
completed
including
all
those
reported
in
and
since
the
tapes
also
include
title
and
other
bibliographic
information
this
paper
describes
the
use
of
supporting
software
provided
for
sdi
search
systems
employing
word
and
other
searching
terms
in
addition
to
the
wln
fragments
use
of
the
monthly
and
annual
printouts
are
illustrated
for
those
searches
which
do
not
require
computer
manipulation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
688
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
index
not
only
can
be
a
creative
communication
medium
it
needs
to
be
in
a
research
and
development
environment
a
creative
index
is
achievable
if
the
relationship
and
association
of
things
and
actions
one
to
another
can
be
communicated
as
a
continuous
function
vis
a
vis
the
real
world
of
science
and
technology
a
chemist
does
not
think
of
a
chemical
for
example
ethyl
alcohol
in
isolation
ethyl
alcohol
is
not
merely
a
word
or
a
term
without
dimensions
to
a
chemist
it
is
a
concept
that
he
associates
with
or
relates
to
a
product
a
reactant
a
solvent
in
a
reaction
a
use
a
property
etc
it
is
within
the
semantics
of
his
conceptual
needs
that
he
would
like
to
use
an
index
to
retrieve
those
documents
he
needs
he
wants
more
than
documents
however
from
the
index
he
wants
the
index
to
direct
him
to
those
documents
which
are
pertinent
to
his
problem
he
wants
the
index
to
help
him
to
generate
thoughts
and
to
suggest
new
combinations
he
wants
the
index
to
help
him
in
terms
of
his
language
logic
and
semantics
and
through
a
generic
or
specific
approach
whichever
occurs
to
him
first
he
wants
the
ability
to
browse
among
the
terms
to
discover
the
term
that
is
on
the
tip
of
his
tongue
or
recessed
in
his
memory
these
are
the
criteria
an
index
must
satisfy
if
it
is
to
be
a
creative
medium
of
communication
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
689
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
genealogical
retrieval
by
magnetic
tapes
storage
gremas
system
and
the
potential
it
offers
for
searches
are
described
the
input
and
retrieval
procedures
of
the
system
are
explained
as
well
as
the
integration
of
the
gremas
system
into
the
idc
system
i
e
machine
generation
of
the
gremas
coding
from
topological
input
and
of
the
superimposed
bit
code
from
the
gremas
coding
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
69
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
results
of
an
experiment
in
the
use
of
statistical
techniques
for
extracting
a
technical
vocabulary
from
document
texts
are
presented
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
690
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
new
computer
methods
have
been
developed
in
associations
with
the
drug
development
programs
of
the
walter
reed
army
institute
of
research
experiences
with
these
systems
are
recounted
special
input
devices
and
computer
programming
have
been
developed
for
the
input
and
retrieval
of
conventional
chemical
structural
diagrams
the
costs
operation
and
the
advantages
of
this
system
are
discussed
associated
files
of
biological
properties
and
inventory
control
information
have
been
created
which
are
searchable
the
methods
used
in
creating
consolidated
listings
of
selected
chemical
compounds
and
associated
biological
data
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
691
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
selected
sample
of
readers
of
the
journal
of
organic
chemistry
has
been
interviewed
personally
to
obtain
data
on
their
reading
patterns
of
the
november
issue
approximately
of
the
individual
subscribers
to
joc
had
read
or
looked
through
the
journal
within
the
first
seven
days
of
receipt
the
average
reader
claims
to
have
read
part
or
all
of
articles
out
of
the
available
at
least
of
every
one
of
the
articles
was
read
ranging
from
a
low
of
to
a
high
of
structures
or
equations
rated
high
as
a
noted
segment
of
an
article
in
addition
to
data
on
amount
of
reading
of
the
issue
respondents
were
asked
about
amount
of
time
spent
reading
other
journals
read
and
journals
subscribed
to
correlations
have
been
developed
between
subject
interest
as
stated
by
respondent
and
his
actual
reading
pattern
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
692
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
objective
of
the
computer
search
center
csc
of
the
information
sciences
section
of
iit
research
institute
iitri
is
to
provide
a
link
between
a
wide
variety
of
users
and
the
rapidly
expanding
information
resources
in
machine
readable
form
because
none
of
the
available
computer
search
programs
met
the
criteria
of
the
center
and
because
of
the
need
to
handle
a
variety
of
data
bases
new
general
purpose
computer
programs
were
written
and
a
tape
format
was
developed
so
that
a
wide
variety
of
data
bases
can
be
searched
by
the
same
computer
program
the
center
was
designed
to
provide
current
awareness
and
retrospective
search
services
from
both
document
type
and
data
type
computerized
data
files
the
desire
to
develop
transferable
programs
for
use
at
many
installations
prompted
the
adoption
of
the
machine
independent
compiler
language
pl
and
the
use
of
ibm
series
computers
the
objective
of
education
and
training
led
to
the
development
of
a
search
manual
for
profile
preparation
the
development
of
a
workbook
in
modern
techniques
in
chemical
information
the
teaching
of
a
new
academic
course
and
the
presentation
of
seminars
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
693
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
linear
notation
system
which
denotes
carbon
in
terms
of
bounds
and
attached
hydrogen
s
is
used
to
correlate
proton
groups
in
organic
molecules
with
chemical
shifts
the
notation
system
is
illustrated
with
acyclic
and
cyclic
examples
and
the
production
of
tables
of
nmr
data
via
computer
by
proton
group
vis
a
vis
neighboring
groups
is
demonstrated
tables
of
chemical
shifts
in
ascending
order
is
a
valuable
by
product
of
the
computerized
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
694
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
computer
programs
developed
at
the
national
institutes
of
health
nih
produce
uncontracted
though
otherwise
canonical
wiswesser
line
notation
wln
for
a
fairly
broad
class
of
compounds
an
associated
front
end
allows
a
chemist
to
communicate
with
the
programs
by
drawing
structures
on
a
rand
tablet
the
wln
generation
programs
accept
connection
table
input
either
from
a
previously
existing
file
or
generated
from
the
rand
tablet
drawing
the
programs
recognize
situations
which
they
cannot
handle
the
output
is
thus
either
correct
wln
or
a
message
by
which
the
programs
acknowledge
their
limitations
in
general
correct
wln
will
be
produced
for
any
compound
containing
not
more
than
one
nonbenzene
ring
work
is
under
way
to
extend
this
to
polycyclic
fused
ring
systems
the
philosophy
and
concepts
behind
these
programs
are
explained
along
with
the
more
interesting
algorithmic
results
the
role
of
the
wln
generation
programs
in
a
developing
nih
chemical
information
system
is
briefly
discussed
the
wln
programs
are
written
in
fortran
iv
and
have
been
developed
on
a
pdp
computer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
695
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
interactive
search
and
retrieval
system
for
weswesser
line
notation
wln
has
been
implemented
the
system
employs
bit
screens
which
are
useful
for
filtering
a
file
the
user
can
graphically
specify
a
search
request
structure
and
immediately
receive
graphic
information
as
the
result
of
the
search
four
fortran
iv
programs
were
developed
to
prepare
bit
screens
for
wln
files
input
the
search
request
to
generate
the
wln
iteratively
search
the
wln
bit
screen
file
and
generate
a
two
dimensional
representation
of
the
chemical
structure
directly
from
the
wln
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
696
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
to
compare
computerized
services
in
chemistry
pharmacology
toxicology
and
clinical
medicine
of
pharmaceutical
interest
equivalent
profiles
were
run
on
magnetic
tape
files
of
ca
condensates
cbac
excerpta
medica
medlars
and
ringdoc
the
results
of
these
searches
which
covered
individual
chemical
compounds
used
in
pharmacology
and
medicine
are
tabulated
overlap
of
services
relative
speed
of
citing
references
and
unique
areas
of
journal
coverage
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
697
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
computer
program
for
the
generation
of
weswesser
line
notation
wln
has
been
extended
to
include
polyfused
rings
methyl
contraction
rules
chain
of
two
ring
systems
some
perifused
rings
some
chelates
and
some
metallocences
salts
and
ions
are
also
handled
but
in
a
different
manner
than
what
is
normally
found
multipliers
are
not
used
by
the
program
the
normal
input
for
the
wln
generation
is
an
easy
input
program
using
a
rand
tablet
however
teletype
and
connection
table
input
can
also
be
used
in
most
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
698
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
deals
with
the
encoding
and
decoding
of
a
wiswesser
line
notation
wln
this
problem
so
far
has
been
addressed
only
from
the
point
of
human
this
paper
discusses
the
encoding
and
decoding
with
exactness
suitable
for
a
computer
and
is
an
outgrowth
of
a
computer
program
now
in
operation
at
nih
which
automatically
encodes
and
decodes
wln
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
699
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
tss
topological
screens
system
for
substructure
search
was
applied
to
the
cas
registry
file
of
million
compounds
making
it
searchable
on
line
the
tss
screens
and
the
use
of
the
screen
indexes
are
described
statistics
on
screen
assignment
are
provided
and
the
strengths
and
weaknesses
of
the
system
in
general
and
in
particular
for
a
large
file
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
7
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
attempts
to
present
representative
examples
of
successful
architectural
solutions
to
the
important
problems
librarians
and
architects
face
in
planning
new
college
and
university
library
buildings
or
in
remodeling
and
enlarging
existing
structures
it
does
not
attempt
to
make
case
study
evaluations
as
was
done
by
ellsworth
mason
for
brown
and
yale
nor
does
it
present
examples
of
unsuccessful
solutions
except
to
show
how
to
avoid
mistakes
and
in
these
cases
the
libraries
will
not
be
identified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
70
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
empirical
investigation
of
the
role
of
documents
in
relevance
judgements
is
reported
abstracts
previously
judged
relevant
partially
relevant
and
nonrelevant
to
each
of
questions
were
compared
to
see
whether
textual
differences
could
be
found
which
might
reasonably
account
for
the
rating
differences
the
results
of
this
comparison
were
fairly
clear
cut
characterizations
in
each
case
of
relevant
and
partially
relevant
abstracts
these
characterizations
were
found
to
be
expressible
largely
as
meaningful
co
occurrences
of
terms
closely
related
to
the
question
it
is
suggested
that
the
textual
bases
of
user
choices
may
be
more
understandable
than
has
been
supposed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
700
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
major
problem
in
the
design
of
screening
systems
for
substructure
searches
of
chemical
structure
files
is
the
development
of
a
methodology
for
selection
of
an
optimal
set
of
structural
characteristics
to
act
as
screens
the
set
chosen
for
a
particular
application
will
depend
on
the
characteristics
of
the
collection
as
well
as
on
its
size
and
growth
rate
a
strategy
which
takes
account
of
the
disparate
frequencies
of
the
various
species
of
fragments
in
a
data
base
by
use
of
differential
and
in
part
hierarchical
levels
of
description
is
detailed
the
distributions
of
a
variety
of
structural
characteristics
including
bond
centered
atom
centered
and
ring
fragments
in
a
compound
sample
of
the
chemical
abstracts
service
registry
system
are
summarized
implementation
of
the
approach
using
primarily
bond
centered
fragments
by
means
of
simple
and
highly
efficient
computer
programs
is
detailed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
701
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
index
names
for
chemical
substances
have
been
significantly
revised
by
chemical
abstracts
service
cas
for
volume
january
june
the
first
volume
of
the
ninth
collective
period
and
subsequent
volumes
of
chemical
abstracts
while
remaining
generally
within
the
framework
of
iupac
and
other
existing
nomenclature
rules
the
most
systematic
recommended
names
have
been
chosen
these
names
are
more
easily
derived
from
molecular
structural
diagrams
and
therefore
are
more
quickly
found
by
index
users
machine
editing
of
index
names
and
translation
of
these
names
into
structural
representations
in
the
cas
computer
based
information
system
are
also
aided
by
the
revisions
the
index
name
revisions
include
i
conversion
of
almost
all
trivial
or
author
terminology
into
more
systematic
names
ii
simplification
of
general
name
selection
rules
and
iii
elimination
of
special
treatment
for
certain
classes
of
substances
specific
identifiable
alloys
elementary
particles
enzymes
and
mixtures
of
substances
are
now
indexed
like
conventional
chemical
substances
difficulties
encountered
with
generation
of
previous
chemical
abstracts
index
names
and
indexing
rules
are
described
and
comparisons
are
made
of
new
and
former
index
names
for
chemical
compounds
and
substituent
radicals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
702
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
relative
retrieval
performances
of
the
ca
integrated
subject
file
caisf
ca
condensates
and
a
merged
file
created
from
these
two
data
bases
have
been
measured
retrieval
performance
is
reported
in
terms
of
recall
and
precision
values
as
well
as
costs
the
precision
and
recall
retrieval
failures
i
e
irrelevant
documents
and
missed
documents
have
been
analyzed
for
each
data
base
and
characterized
according
to
the
five
major
types
of
failures
index
language
indexing
searching
clerical
and
miscellaneous
over
all
analysis
of
the
performance
suggests
that
an
effective
data
base
can
be
created
by
augmenting
the
ca
condensates
data
base
with
registry
numbers
and
some
representation
of
the
caisf
general
subject
concept
headings
which
results
in
a
file
approximately
half
the
size
of
the
corresponding
caisf
data
base
and
is
suitable
for
search
using
existing
retrieval
system
software
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
703
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
mechanization
of
chemical
information
retrieval
systems
until
now
has
been
limited
to
those
organizations
that
have
access
to
extensive
computer
facilities
now
small
low
cost
computers
such
as
ibm's
or
dec's
pdp
are
available
with
input
output
capacities
that
make
them
suitable
for
sdi
and
retrospective
searching
on
any
of
the
many
commercially
available
data
bases
such
a
machine
located
at
the
new
england
research
application
center
nerac
is
described
and
the
problems
of
using
it
for
chemical
information
retrieval
are
discussed
nerac's
sdi
chemical
search
system
is
described
and
an
example
profile
is
used
to
illustrate
its
capabilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
704
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computer
operated
storage
and
retrieval
system
for
chemical
structures
based
on
the
use
of
the
iupac
notation
has
been
in
operation
at
shell
research
limited
sittingbourne
kent
england
since
involving
a
file
of
nearly
compounds
use
of
the
iupac
cipher
has
proved
advantageous
as
regards
speed
and
cost
of
both
input
and
searching
for
most
searches
scanning
of
the
information
explicit
in
the
cipher
has
proved
adequate
our
computer
programs
also
enable
conversion
of
ciphers
into
atom
connection
tables
and
generation
of
fragmentation
codes
the
integrated
use
of
these
facilities
and
their
merits
relative
to
other
approaches
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
705
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
methods
for
retrieval
of
information
on
chemical
compounds
utilizing
several
computer
data
bases
have
been
compared
to
determine
scope
of
data
base
coverage
queries
for
a
single
chemical
n
ethyl
methyl
m
trifluoromethylphenethyla
fenfluramine
and
generic
chemicals
pyrrolidinones
were
submitted
to
the
services
for
searching
through
the
recent
literature
data
bases
employed
included
medlars
excerpta
medica
ca
condensates
cbac
ringdoc
current
abstracts
in
chemistry
and
automatic
new
structure
alert
ansa
preparation
of
search
questions
is
outlined
and
comparative
results
are
reported
indicating
the
yield
from
each
data
base
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
706
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
are
many
chemical
retrieval
systems
which
process
the
first
type
of
request
efficiently
most
of
these
systems
are
also
capable
of
handling
certain
fragment
requests
however
the
fragments
which
can
be
processed
are
frequently
of
a
restricted
nature
for
example
in
retrieval
systems
which
are
based
on
linear
ciphers
only
those
fragments
which
are
explicit
in
the
cipher
are
readily
detected
to
allow
a
completely
general
specification
of
fragments
it
seems
inevitable
that
a
detailed
atom
by
atom
comparison
is
required
of
the
query
and
library
structures
a
technique
for
making
such
detailed
comparisons
is
presented
in
this
report
this
technique
is
novel
in
that
it
avoids
the
excessive
backtracking
ad
restarting
required
by
other
atom
by
atom
matching
procedures
before
giving
the
details
of
the
proposed
algorithm
some
definitions
are
reviewed
and
a
brief
example
is
presented
to
illustrate
the
over
all
concepts
then
the
flow
diagram
of
the
algorithm
is
explained
in
terms
of
additional
examples
finally
the
mechanization
of
the
algorithm
for
a
digital
computer
is
discussed
this
report
is
a
condensed
version
of
the
original
which
gives
a
generalization
and
comprehensive
description
of
the
algorithm
proofs
of
convergence
and
related
topics
and
applications
other
than
chemical
retrieval
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
707
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
incentive
and
the
main
lines
of
french
policy
on
chemical
information
as
well
as
their
implementation
are
described
new
governmental
bodies
have
been
created
aiming
at
seting
up
a
national
network
for
scientific
and
technical
information
among
these
the
cnic
centre
national
d'information
chemique
is
in
charge
of
the
chemical
field
the
darc
system
is
being
implemented
as
a
tool
of
national
policy
for
chemical
information
an
exhaustive
chemical
data
processing
system
it
features
topological
encoding
input
and
retrieval
methods
which
are
described
in
this
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
708
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
method
has
been
developed
for
generating
efficient
screens
for
chemical
structures
fragments
are
generated
by
an
algorithm
under
control
of
file
statistics
the
fragments
obtained
are
normalized
by
weighting
their
code
patterns
superimposition
of
these
codes
yields
the
screen
codes
for
the
structures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
709
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
chemical
abstracts
service
cas
chemical
registry
system
is
a
computer
based
system
that
uniquely
identifies
chemical
substances
on
the
basis
of
composition
and
structure
since
initial
operation
in
as
a
stand
alone
input
storage
and
retrieval
system
for
structural
representations
of
organic
chemical
compounds
the
scope
of
the
cas
registry
system
has
steadily
increased
to
include
all
types
of
chemical
substances
and
the
entire
system
has
been
integrated
into
cas
indexing
operations
the
third
refinement
of
this
system
registry
iii
which
has
been
in
operation
for
over
a
year
involves
major
changes
in
registry
recods
but
no
change
in
the
basic
algorithmic
techniques
for
registering
chemical
substances
the
previous
format
for
listing
atoms
and
bonds
has
been
modified
so
that
each
ring
system
is
now
separately
identified
and
this
ring
system
identifier
is
used
in
the
record
for
each
substance
that
contains
that
ring
these
modifications
support
cas
nomenclature
derivation
and
also
a
computer
based
structure
output
system
the
general
design
of
registry
iii
which
involves
a
structure
record
of
cyclic
and
acyclic
segments
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
71
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
smart
automatic
document
retrieval
system
is
used
to
study
association
procedures
for
automatic
content
analysis
the
effect
of
word
frequency
and
other
parameters
on
the
association
process
is
investigated
through
examination
of
related
pairs
and
through
retrieval
experiments
associated
pairs
of
words
usually
reflect
localized
word
meanings
and
true
synonyms
cannot
readily
be
found
from
first
or
second
order
relationships
in
our
document
collections
there
is
little
overlap
between
word
relationships
found
through
associations
and
those
used
in
thesaurus
construction
and
the
effects
of
word
associations
and
a
thesaurus
in
retrieval
are
independent
the
use
of
associations
in
retrieval
experiments
improves
not
only
recall
by
permitting
new
matches
between
requests
and
documents
but
also
precision
by
reinforcing
existing
matches
in
our
experiments
the
precision
effect
is
responsible
for
most
of
the
improvement
possible
with
associations
a
properly
constructed
thesaurus
however
offers
better
performance
than
statistical
association
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
710
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
status
of
msss
is
described
problems
and
experiences
that
have
been
encountered
in
three
years
of
commmercial
operation
of
this
system
are
reported
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
711
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
introduction
of
chemical
titles
in
marked
the
first
publication
produced
almost
entirely
by
computers
and
other
data
processing
equipment
the
success
of
this
innovation
has
generated
many
requests
for
more
information
about
it
with
this
in
mind
we
hope
to
encourage
other
organizations
to
make
use
of
this
technique
for
dissemination
of
information
by
presenting
here
a
history
of
chemical
titles'
development
coupled
with
a
description
of
its
production
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
712
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
abstracts
can
serve
their
purpose
best
only
if
they
are
carefully
written
to
transmit
important
information
to
readers
quickly
and
accurately
this
requires
knowledge
of
audience
needs
habits
and
desires
ability
to
identify
the
key
facts
in
the
document
ability
to
organize
these
facts
to
present
them
in
the
order
best
suited
to
the
audience
and
ability
to
write
the
abstracts
clearly
concisely
and
in
conformity
with
the
style
rules
of
the
medium
involved
some
of
these
abilities
are
inborn
but
all
can
be
learned
by
study
practice
and
criticism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
713
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
unique
features
of
the
references
cited
in
u
s
patents
are
discussed
in
relation
to
their
use
in
the
patent
section
of
the
science
citation
index
which
adds
a
new
dimension
to
patent
searching
citation
indexing
provides
a
new
basis
for
clarifying
the
concepts
of
similarity
coupling
novelty
and
relevance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
714
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
ten
to
years
ago
much
technical
literature
was
accurately
indexed
according
to
strict
rules
of
classification
today
because
of
the
large
amount
of
technical
data
written
it
is
no
longer
practical
to
apply
the
same
rigid
indexing
procedures
we
should
therefore
be
concerned
with
new
search
techniques
which
will
allow
us
to
handle
input
at
the
lower
level
we
are
forced
to
accept
this
paper
describes
such
a
search
technique
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
715
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
simple
and
logical
model
for
the
automatic
generation
of
subject
indexes
from
title
like
phrases
is
described
and
its
advantages
and
disadvantages
are
discussed
it
is
based
on
recent
studies
of
the
structure
of
articulated
subject
indexes
such
as
those
to
chemical
abstracts
the
model
employs
the
prepositions
and
connectives
of
phrases
of
simple
structure
as
articulating
points
and
selects
from
all
possible
forms
of
entries
those
which
lead
to
optimal
organization
in
an
index
the
technique
is
illustrated
with
part
of
an
index
to
a
recent
abstracting
journal
the
wide
variety
of
controls
which
can
be
exerted
by
the
indexer
and
the
program
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
716
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
most
discussions
about
the
future
design
of
chemical
information
systems
emphasize
the
effects
of
computer
speed
on
composition
storage
searching
and
retrieval
little
attention
has
been
paid
to
the
behavior
of
the
scientist
chemist
toward
the
learning
process
and
the
role
of
the
literature
in
that
learning
process
the
acs
has
gained
some
insight
into
this
behavior
and
thus
urges
caution
before
one
leaps
to
the
uncritical
conclusion
that
the
literature
as
now
constituted
is
dead
but
has
not
yet
fallen
over
what
seems
more
likely
when
human
behavior
patterns
are
considered
is
that
the
new
and
the
old
will
co
exist
side
by
side
for
several
generations
and
that
the
system's
current
emphasis
on
completeness
will
be
replaced
with
selective
compression
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
717
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
detailed
description
and
a
tabulated
summary
of
the
salient
feature
of
current
awareness
information
services
are
presented
to
illustrate
various
approaches
to
handling
the
current
information
dissemination
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
718
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
critical
reviews
are
examined
in
terms
of
the
quality
and
quantity
of
their
present
production
and
the
measure
of
their
value
and
utility
to
scientists
in
meeting
information
needs
the
paper
presented
the
viewpoint
of
user
sponsor
author
and
editor
and
discuss
present
problems
and
possible
future
solutions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
719
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
scientists
are
worried
about
the
information
explosion
and
the
amount
of
published
literature
that
could
have
a
significant
impact
on
their
work
one
thing
that
can
help
is
a
condensation
and
evaluation
of
the
published
material
this
is
the
task
of
reviews
and
without
them
the
other
tools
for
dealing
with
the
information
explosion
will
be
inadequate
suggestions
are
made
on
ways
for
authors
and
editors
to
make
their
reviews
more
eccessible
and
more
useful
and
on
the
need
for
better
education
of
users
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
72
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
effectiveness
of
conventional
document
indexing
is
compared
with
that
achievable
by
fully
automatic
text
processing
methods
evaluation
results
are
given
for
a
comparison
between
the
medlars
search
system
used
at
the
national
library
of
medicine
and
the
experimental
smart
system
and
conclusions
are
reached
concerning
the
design
of
future
automatic
information
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
720
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
operational
performance
over
a
month
period
of
the
previously
described
selective
dissemination
system
is
presented
of
the
notifications
sent
to
about
users
were
evaluated
of
these
were
of
document
ordered
interest
were
of
interest
were
marginal
and
were
of
no
interest
recall
data
obtained
from
about
half
the
users
over
a
period
of
eight
months
show
the
precision
factor
recall
factor
products
are
generally
greater
than
the
effect
of
iterative
profile
adjustments
on
precision
recall
performance
is
discussed
a
comparison
made
with
four
other
sdi
systems
shows
a
relatively
high
level
of
performance
for
this
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
721
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
availability
of
scientific
journals
on
mm
film
is
a
relatively
new
phenomenon
user
acceptance
of
this
microfilm
application
has
been
greatly
improved
by
loading
the
file
into
cartridges
and
making
use
of
motor
driven
reader
printers
this
equipment
permits
rapid
searching
of
the
microfilm
and
adds
the
convenience
of
on
the
spot
hard
copy
prints
as
needed
of
prime
importance
are
the
economic
advantages
of
these
editions
since
they
allow
many
special
libraries
to
stretch
greatly
the
space
available
to
them
for
journal
housing
the
economics
of
this
approach
are
also
discussed
as
are
the
reactions
of
the
scientists
and
information
personnel
who
use
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
722
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
some
methods
of
estimating
the
minimum
amounts
of
information
in
a
document
not
retrievable
through
its
title
are
discussed
an
analysis
of
the
information
transferred
by
different
types
of
keywords
is
helpful
in
planning
search
strategies
e
g
of
chemical
substances
mentioned
in
journal
articles
are
not
discernable
in
their
titles
even
when
broad
class
names
are
used
as
synonyms
patents
have
considerably
less
informative
titles
than
journal
articles
in
nuclear
science
report
titles
are
also
less
informative
than
those
of
journal
articles
but
the
proportion
of
reports
with
completely
uninformative
titles
is
now
only
of
the
value
titles
in
chemistry
are
more
informative
than
those
in
most
other
fields
but
the
use
of
alerting
and
other
services
based
on
titles
requires
a
good
understanding
of
the
underlying
information
transfer
principles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
723
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
development
of
a
current
awareness
system
in
the
dow
chemical
company
has
resulted
in
four
established
services
one
based
on
internal
information
and
the
other
three
on
chemical
abstracts
in
addition
several
other
services
are
now
being
tried
or
considered
the
operation
of
such
a
service
is
expensive
but
the
willingness
of
the
user
to
pay
for
it
and
responses
to
a
survey
indicate
that
it
is
a
useful
and
worthwhile
tool
to
the
scientist
and
engineer
the
use
of
such
services
also
has
a
significant
effect
on
other
established
information
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
724
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
long
range
copies
of
needed
documents
will
be
rapidly
and
inexpensively
supplied
to
users
in
libraries
or
at
their
desks
by
querying
an
electronic
network
linking
document
sources
central
libraries
and
publishers
in
the
interim
local
libraries
will
slowly
progress
through
increased
dependence
on
local
holdings
of
microfilm
to
development
of
and
dependence
on
regional
national
and
discipline
networks
for
access
to
most
of
the
documents
desired
these
developments
will
depend
however
on
resolution
of
the
copyright
problem
by
mechanisms
that
will
fairly
remunerate
the
copyright
owners
as
background
and
because
radical
change
is
not
expected
overnight
the
paper
also
reviews
conventional
and
sophisticated
storage
systems
including
microfilm
facsimile
and
video
copyright
aspects
costs
need
for
speed
other
user
considerations
and
standards
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
725
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
some
of
the
problems
associated
with
present
journal
publications
practices
are
discussed
these
are
attributed
to
the
fact
that
as
the
literature
has
expanded
the
needs
of
both
authors
and
readers
are
no
longer
being
met
by
printing
and
distributing
all
of
the
material
accepted
to
all
subscribers
a
two
edition
system
is
proposed
with
short
versions
of
papers
in
a
broad
circulation
issue
and
expanded
versions
including
full
details
and
discussion
in
library
circulation
microfilm
editions
reactions
of
chemists
to
such
a
system
are
discussed
it
is
recommended
that
two
edition
journals
be
developed
in
a
evolutionary
way
by
increasing
use
of
the
acs
mcirofilm
editions
for
sections
of
articles
and
for
supplementary
documents
to
accompany
communications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
726
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
performance
of
ca
condensates
and
chemical
titles
based
on
analysis
of
precision
and
relative
recall
ct
cc
for
a
collection
of
search
profiles
was
studied
over
a
period
of
one
year
special
emphasis
was
laid
on
the
function
of
the
keyword
phrases
of
cc
and
the
users'
attitude
towards
literature
categories
not
represented
in
ct
the
results
are
discussed
in
terms
of
the
value
of
the
systems
for
danish
users
seen
from
users'
and
the
documentalist's
point
of
view
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
727
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
statistical
models
for
estimating
search
time
have
been
developed
for
the
ca
condensates
data
base
using
the
university
of
georgia
text
search
system
graphs
showing
the
effect
of
data
base
size
and
number
of
search
terms
on
search
time
are
presented
comparative
timings
between
the
chemical
abstracts
service
search
program
and
the
university
of
georgia
search
program
are
made
for
the
ca
condensates
data
base
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
728
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
academic
users
of
the
bibliographic
information
dissemination
center
were
surveyed
to
determine
the
ways
in
which
the
search
results
were
being
used
the
impact
which
the
services
had
had
on
professional
activities
such
as
research
and
instruction
the
interface
between
the
computer
based
retrieval
and
the
traditional
form
of
library
resources
and
the
effect
of
document
overlap
between
different
data
bases
the
survey
results
indicate
that
the
dissemination
services
are
being
used
by
a
large
portion
of
the
faculty
and
the
graduate
students
within
the
university
system
of
georgia
with
an
average
of
to
people
seeing
the
bibliography
from
each
search
question
over
of
the
respondees
indicated
some
or
substantial
contribution
to
their
professional
activities
with
the
major
contributions
being
a
savings
or
more
efficient
use
of
time
and
broadened
subject
coverage
the
users
indicated
several
changes
in
library
use
habits
as
a
result
of
the
computer
based
searches
among
them
more
direct
access
to
the
primary
literature
and
increased
use
of
library
resources
as
they
had
been
made
aware
of
new
sources
and
media
e
g
microforms
percentage
responses
on
these
and
related
topics
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
729
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
data
base
of
citations
dated
was
obtained
through
an
author
survey
of
the
members
of
the
society
of
toxicology
coverage
was
determined
by
checking
the
author
index
through
a
maximum
of
three
years
after
publication
or
through
the
end
of
the
decade
chemical
abstracts
consistently
provided
coverage
of
more
than
two
thirds
of
the
citations
in
the
data
base
chemical
abstracts
biological
abstracts
index
medicus
and
science
citation
index
each
provided
coverage
of
to
of
the
citations
dated
and
their
combined
coverage
exceeded
excerpta
medica
section
iic
and
chemical
biological
activities
provided
and
coverage
respectively
of
this
same
group
of
citations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
73
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
results
of
some
different
retrieval
methods
applied
in
three
experimental
retrieval
systems
were
subjected
to
the
analysis
suggested
by
statistical
decision
theory
the
analysis
validates
a
previously
proposed
measure
of
effectiveness
and
demonstrates
its
several
desirable
properties
the
examination
of
a
wide
range
of
data
in
relation
to
this
one
metric
provides
a
clear
and
general
assessment
of
the
current
state
of
the
retrieval
art
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
730
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
a
summary
of
the
status
of
chemical
information
processing
is
the
latest
in
the
series
prepared
by
the
national
academy
of
sciences
national
research
council
committee
on
chemical
information
the
period
covered
is
to
the
present
the
user
technological
developments
publications
services
the
federal
government
academia
and
industry
are
the
topics
reviewed
as
related
to
chemical
information
in
addition
to
present
status
trends
are
evaluated
problems
are
stated
and
recommendations
for
action
by
appropriate
bodies
are
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
731
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
index
chemicus
registry
system
icrs
is
the
machine
readable
equivalent
of
current
abstracts
in
chemistry
index
chemicus
cac
ic
in
an
earlier
paper
we
described
the
development
of
an
experimental
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
service
based
on
these
tapes
a
detailed
description
of
the
techniques
of
profile
construction
for
searching
a
wiswesser
line
notation
wln
structure
file
is
given
in
this
earlier
paper
the
present
paper
describes
the
evaluation
of
the
sdi
service
in
terms
both
of
quantitative
measures
of
retrieval
performance
coverage
and
currency
and
also
of
user
reactions
to
the
service
as
expressed
in
their
replies
to
a
questionnaire
failure
analysis
techniques
were
used
to
identify
the
reasons
for
retrieval
failures
and
possible
methods
for
improving
retrieval
performance
a
fuller
description
of
the
evaluation
has
been
published
in
report
form
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
732
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
statistics
gathered
over
five
years
of
operation
by
iit
research
institute's
computer
search
center
are
summarized
for
profile
terms
and
lists
use
of
truncation
modes
use
of
logic
operators
some
characteristics
of
ca
condensates
etc
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
733
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
major
tool
employed
to
enter
an
information
source
is
the
search
profile
the
development
of
an
adequate
profile
depends
upon
the
aids
supplied
by
the
data
bases
these
aids
vary
in
their
content
and
depth
and
their
proper
use
is
essential
for
relevant
information
retrieval
the
data
bases
examined
are
ca
condensates
index
medicus
and
ba
data
bases
several
searches
are
presented
with
a
study
of
their
comparative
profiles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
734
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
research
library
of
rohm
and
haas
company
has
been
searching
a
variety
of
bibliographic
data
bases
on
line
for
over
one
year
a
summary
of
our
experiences
and
the
merits
of
on
line
searching
is
presented
a
conference
call
technique
for
driving
a
remote
slave
terminal
is
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
735
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
present
up
to
date
material
to
indicate
some
of
the
changes
that
have
taken
place
during
and
since
world
war
ii
for
purposes
of
comparison
the
work
of
patterson
and
sheppard
is
represented
in
abbreviated
form
in
tables
and
the
results
of
our
own
study
are
presented
as
tables
and
the
reader
can
draw
several
obvious
conclusions
about
half
of
all
the
citations
in
tables
and
are
to
papers
published
in
the
's
this
in
part
reflects
the
present
highly
vigorous
state
of
chemical
investigation
and
its
rapid
expansion
in
recent
years
another
striking
fact
is
that
in
the
journal
of
the
american
chemical
society
of
the
citations
are
to
previous
work
published
in
the
journal
itself
in
industrial
and
engineering
chemistry
the
percentage
of
self
citations
is
to
some
extent
this
may
result
from
the
fact
that
writers
who
habitually
publish
in
a
particular
journal
tend
to
cite
their
own
work
however
it
seems
to
reflect
to
a
greater
degree
the
dominance
of
these
journals
in
their
respective
fields
more
than
of
the
citations
in
industrial
and
engineering
chemistry
are
to
various
american
chemical
society
publications
in
the
journal
of
the
american
chemical
society
more
than
of
the
citations
are
to
society
publications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
736
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
committee
on
chemical
information
of
the
national
academy
of
sciences
national
research
council
recognized
the
problem
of
large
data
bases
and
accordingly
created
a
subcommittee
to
investigate
the
problem
and
its
impact
on
chemical
information
the
first
task
of
the
large
data
base
subcommittee
was
to
survey
organizations
that
generate
and
or
process
large
data
bases
giering
has
indicated
several
different
ways
in
which
one
can
view
a
data
base
as
being
large
it
can
be
large
in
terms
of
having
a
large
number
of
entries
or
records
or
bibliographic
references
it
can
be
large
in
the
sense
of
having
a
large
number
of
fields
or
data
elements
which
implies
a
degree
of
complexity
it
can
be
thought
of
as
large
in
the
sense
of
having
a
large
number
of
searchable
or
selectable
elements
and
it
also
can
be
large
in
the
most
readily
understandable
sense
of
having
a
large
number
of
characters
in
storage
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
737
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
first
presents
a
brief
tutorial
on
the
principal
random
file
organization
methods
for
handling
two
major
applications
transaction
oriented
systems
and
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
it
then
addresses
a
particular
large
data
base
dilemma
not
satisfactorily
resolved
by
any
of
these
methods
and
which
is
currently
under
active
investigation
two
approaches
to
a
solution
are
described
one
is
called
the
hybrid
inverted
list
the
other
is
based
upon
an
old
technique
called
super
imposed
coding
the
former
has
been
implemented
and
has
recently
been
installed
in
an
operational
system
some
statistics
related
to
file
characteristics
in
this
application
are
provided
but
operational
cost
and
performance
statistics
are
not
yet
available
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
738
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
increasing
availability
of
computer
readable
files
of
chemical
nomenclature
and
of
programs
for
text
searching
has
led
to
the
development
of
methods
for
performing
substructure
searches
in
which
ca
nomenclature
terms
are
used
as
search
terms
substructure
searches
on
ca
index
nomenclature
can
often
result
in
very
high
recall
relative
to
topological
searches
as
is
shown
by
experimental
results
achieved
on
a
variety
of
searches
many
data
bases
which
contain
ca
index
nomenclature
also
contain
nonsubstance
data
thus
searching
of
substance
and
nonsubstance
data
can
often
be
done
within
a
single
search
of
a
file
with
both
high
recall
and
relevancy
profile
construction
aids
prepared
by
cas
make
it
possible
for
persons
without
sophisticated
nomenclature
backgrounds
to
construct
nomenclature
profiles
for
many
questions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
739
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
a
rapid
and
efficient
generalized
minicomputer
text
searching
system
the
system
has
been
applied
to
chemical
condensates
and
enjoys
search
speeds
comparable
to
services
operating
on
large
computer
systems
complete
boolean
algebraic
search
strategy
expressions
may
be
used
as
direct
entries
and
all
forms
of
transaction
are
automatically
processed
benchmark
search
speeds
and
results
are
presented
for
realistic
profiles
serving
varied
research
groups
in
a
major
university
chemistry
department
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
74
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
describe
a
research
project
conducted
at
a
technical
center
to
test
the
hypothesis
that
a
theoretically
sound
managerial
cost
accounting
system
can
be
designed
to
meet
the
specific
characteristics
of
a
technical
information
center
by
revising
and
innovating
systems
utilized
by
other
enterprises
a
computerized
cost
system
was
developed
and
operated
for
a
three
month
period
to
test
this
hypothesis
the
results
of
the
study
indicate
that
effective
managerial
cost
accounting
is
possible
for
a
technical
information
center
relevant
cost
information
was
generated
periodically
to
measure
the
operating
performance
of
the
center's
production
process
a
summary
of
the
data
that
were
reported
regularly
to
management
is
presented
in
this
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
740
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
study
was
conducted
to
compare
the
comprehensiveness
of
searches
performed
using
systems
development
corporation's
sdc
chemcon
data
base
and
keyword
indexes
of
chemical
abstracts
it
was
concluded
that
in
most
cases
a
computer
search
yielded
at
least
as
many
relevant
references
as
did
a
manual
search
however
in
the
case
of
very
general
search
questions
results
from
manual
searches
were
much
more
satisfactory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
741
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
of
march
as
much
as
four
and
one
half
years
of
chemical
abstracts
indexes
and
on
line
accessible
chemical
abstracts
condensates
can
be
compared
although
combined
searches
of
both
data
bases
are
the
most
effective
examples
are
shown
in
which
it
is
more
practical
and
efficient
to
search
ca
condensates
chemcon
and
chem
the
on
line
versions
of
ca
condensates
loaded
at
system
development
corp
sdc
are
compared
with
ca
indexes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
742
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
of
the
most
used
features
of
system
development
corporation's
orbit
and
lockheed's
dialog
systems
is
made
especially
in
reference
to
conducting
searchers
of
chemical
abstracts
condensates
many
of
the
operations
are
similar
in
nature
however
the
capabilities
are
sufficiently
different
that
an
experienced
searcher
can
select
the
system
which
gives
the
best
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
743
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
to
explore
their
use
of
on
line
computer
based
bibliographic
search
services
a
one
page
questionnaire
was
sent
to
academic
libraries
in
the
united
states
having
separate
departmental
chemistry
or
science
libraries
an
attempt
was
made
to
determine
the
background
training
of
the
persons
performing
the
searches
who
the
end
users
were
the
growth
trend
the
funding
the
data
bases
used
and
the
value
to
the
users
of
the
replies
indicated
use
of
such
services
while
were
planning
to
use
them
primarily
by
faculty
and
graduate
students
of
those
reporting
used
searchers
with
a
background
in
library
or
information
science
had
a
background
in
scientific
discipline
two
or
more
on
line
services
were
used
by
a
majority
of
respondents
stated
that
the
use
paid
all
expenses
or
a
portion
of
the
expenses
the
searches
met
the
needs
of
the
use
most
of
the
time
in
of
the
cases
and
all
of
the
time
in
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
744
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
using
an
on
line
literature
searching
system
the
number
of
papers
in
many
journals
dealing
with
semiconductors
was
determined
the
journals
are
ranked
by
the
percentage
of
their
contents
devoted
to
semiconductors
and
by
the
total
number
of
semiconductors
papers
are
published
only
four
journals
devote
over
half
of
their
contents
to
semiconductors
papers
approximately
half
of
the
papers
which
were
found
in
journals
appeared
in
eight
journals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
745
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
basic
idea
suggested
in
this
paper
is
that
a
linguistic
hedge
such
as
very
more
or
less
much
essentially
slightly
etc
may
be
viewed
as
an
operator
which
acts
on
the
fuzzy
set
representing
the
meaning
of
its
operand
for
example
in
the
case
of
the
composite
term
very
tall
man
the
operator
very
acts
on
the
fuzzy
meaning
of
the
term
tall
man
to
represent
a
hedge
as
an
operator
it
is
convenient
to
define
several
elementary
operations
on
fuzzy
sets
from
which
more
complicated
operations
may
be
built
up
by
combination
or
composition
in
this
way
an
approximate
representation
for
a
hedge
can
be
expressed
in
terms
of
such
operations
as
complementation
intersection
concentration
dilation
contrast
intensification
fuzzification
accentuation
etc
two
categories
of
hedges
are
considered
in
the
case
of
hedges
of
type
i
e
g
very
much
more
or
less
slightly
etc
the
hedge
can
be
approximated
by
an
operator
acting
on
a
single
fuzzy
set
in
the
case
of
hedges
of
type
ii
e
g
technically
essentially
practically
etc
the
effect
of
the
hedge
is
more
complicated
requiring
a
description
of
the
manner
in
which
the
components
of
its
operand
are
modified
if
in
addition
the
characterization
of
a
hedge
requires
a
consideration
of
a
metric
or
proximity
relation
in
the
space
of
its
operand
then
the
hedge
is
said
to
be
of
type
ip
or
iip
depending
on
whether
it
falls
into
category
i
or
ii
the
approach
is
illustrated
by
constructing
operator
representations
for
several
relatively
simple
hedges
such
as
very
more
or
less
much
slightly
etc
more
complicated
hedges
whose
effect
is
strongly
context
dependent
require
the
use
of
a
fuzzy
algorithmic
mode
of
characterization
which
is
more
qualitative
in
nature
than
the
approach
described
in
the
present
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
746
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
index
entries
from
the
subject
indexes
to
ca
can
in
general
be
converted
to
'normal'
or
title
like
phrases
by
applying
simple
tests
to
the
positions
of
prepositions
and
conjunctions
in
the
entries
other
more
complex
entries
can
be
transformed
after
somewhat
deeper
analysis
these
manipulations
are
a
necessary
preliminary
step
to
the
use
of
the
subject
index
language
in
retrieval
a
scheme
is
outlined
for
automatically
compiling
and
editing
subject
indexes
by
transforming
descriptive
phrases
with
regular
structure
and
vocabulary
these
transformations
based
on
the
formal
structure
of
language
are
shown
to
be
admirably
suited
to
computer
manipulation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
747
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
listing
the
literature
concerning
the
subject
of
'vibrating
plates'
the
following
law
was
noticed
rj
x
aj
t
constant
x
where
rj
is
the
'citation
factor'
for
the
year
j
and
aj
t
stands
for
the
total
number
of
articles
that
have
appeared
up
to
and
including
year
j
'this
'citation
law'
is
based
on
the
remarkable
fact
that
in
more
than
years
the
mean
number
of
relevant
citations
per
article
per
year
has
remained
constant
viz
x
in
spite
of
the
fact
that
after
three
times
as
many
articles
have
been
published
as
in
the
period
before
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
748
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
any
statistical
regularities
found
in
documentation
should
be
fully
exploited
to
produce
estimates
or
predictions
and
to
save
documentalists
work
but
present
formulations
of
the
bradford
distribution
demand
penetrating
search
for
peripheral
papers
and
tedious
computation
in
application
the
present
paper
shows
that
the
bradford
distribution
is
closely
related
to
the
zipf
distribution
it
requires
data
on
only
the
most
productive
journals
is
mathematically
simple
and
amenable
to
graphical
methods
if
a
proposed
idea
of
the
'completeness'
of
a
search
is
accepted
for
comparability
of
results
certain
conditions
which
include
a
specified
minimum
level
of
productivity
of
journals
need
to
be
standardized
a
standard
form
is
suggested
it
is
found
however
that
a
modified
form
of
the
bradford
distribution
is
required
when
bradford
type
collections
of
journals
are
merged
into
large
collections
when
'saturation'
of
the
most
productive
journals
occurs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
749
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
term
statistical
bibliography
seems
to
have
been
first
used
by
e
wyndham
hulme
in
when
he
delivered
two
lectures
as
the
sandars
reader
in
bibliography
at
the
university
of
cambridge
subsequently
the
lectures
were
published
as
a
book
although
the
debt
has
never
been
explicitly
recognized
by
means
of
citations
hulme
anticipated
modern
work
on
the
history
of
science
he
used
the
term
to
mean
the
illumination
of
the
processes
of
science
and
technology
by
means
of
counting
documents
hulme
both
summarized
the
results
of
cole
and
eales
and
produced
original
work
on
the
growth
of
uk
patents
relating
these
to
social
progress
in
the
uk
and
on
the
changes
displayed
in
the
international
catalogue
of
scientific
literature
relating
changes
in
subject
and
country
production
of
literature
to
international
developments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
75
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
comprehensive
program
to
evaluate
the
performance
of
medlars
was
conducted
by
the
national
library
of
medicine
in
and
this
report
describes
the
methodology
used
and
presents
a
summary
of
the
principal
results
conclusions
and
recommendations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
750
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
semiconductor
physics
literature
is
studied
in
order
to
investigate
recent
hypotheses
relating
obsolescence
to
the
growth
in
periodical
literature
and
the
growth
in
the
number
of
contributing
scientists
the
results
indicate
that
obsolescence
remains
constant
and
that
the
two
growth
rates
are
within
experimental
error
of
equal
magnitude
for
this
subject
over
a
five
year
period
these
results
are
seen
to
be
inconsistent
with
the
assumption
that
an
exponentially
growing
literature
possesses
a
constant
utility
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
751
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
recent
discussion
of
bradford's
law
of
scatter
has
been
founded
on
two
formulations
that
are
not
mathematically
equivalent
a
method
of
comparing
the
two
formulations
against
empirical
data
is
developed
and
the
results
using
four
sets
of
existing
data
are
discussed
the
results
show
that
one
particular
formulation
is
more
consistent
with
the
practical
situation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
752
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
now
ten
years
since
some
slight
experimental
evidence
was
presented
which
appeared
to
support
the
hypothesis
that
there
was
an
inverse
relationship
between
recall
and
precision
the
idea
of
this
was
certainly
not
new
fairthorne
had
more
than
implied
it
in
his
discussions
on
obna
and
abno
systems
i
e
only
but
not
all
high
precision
and
all
but
not
only
high
recall
however
it
was
one
of
the
propositions
arising
from
cranfield
i
which
met
with
strong
opposition
and
was
quite
rightly
attacked
in
reply
to
the
critical
review
by
swanson
i
had
to
agree
that
the
simple
hypothesis
required
modification
by
the
following
year
test
results
coming
from
the
experiments
by
salton
and
from
cranfield
ii
made
further
modification
necessary
and
the
hypothesis
was
finally
put
forward
to
read
as
follows
'within
a
single
system
assuming
that
a
sequence
of
subsearches
for
a
particular
question
is
made
in
the
logical
order
of
expected
decreasing
precision
and
the
requirements
are
those
stated
in
the
question
there
is
an
inverse
relationship
between
recall
and
precision
if
the
results
of
a
number
of
different
searches
are
averaged
this
it
will
be
noted
has
four
qualifications
to
the
basic
statement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
753
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
uses
to
which
analysis
of
bibliographical
references
and
citations
can
be
put
are
categorized
five
sources
of
references
and
citations
are
identified
and
their
advantages
and
disadvantages
for
various
purposes
assessed
and
compared
comparative
studies
of
different
sources
are
urged
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
754
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
many
retrieval
experiments
are
intended
to
discover
ways
of
improving
performance
taking
the
results
obtained
with
some
particular
technique
as
a
baseline
the
fact
that
substantial
alterations
to
a
system
often
have
little
or
no
effect
on
particular
collections
is
puzzling
this
may
be
due
to
the
initially
poor
separation
of
relevant
and
non
relevant
documents
the
paper
presents
a
procedure
for
characterizing
this
separation
for
the
collection
which
can
be
used
to
show
whether
proposed
modifications
of
the
base
system
are
likely
to
be
useful
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
755
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
examines
the
implications
of
the
findings
of
evaluative
tests
regarding
the
retrieval
performance
of
natural
language
in
various
subject
fields
it
suggests
parallel
investigations
into
the
structure
of
natural
language
with
particular
reference
to
terminology
as
used
in
the
different
branches
of
basic
science
the
criteria
for
defining
the
terminological
consistency
of
a
subject
are
formulated
and
a
measure
suggested
for
determining
the
degree
of
terminological
consistency
the
terminological
and
information
structures
of
specific
disciplines
such
as
chemistry
physics
botany
zoology
and
geology
the
circumstances
in
which
terms
originate
and
the
efforts
made
by
the
international
scientific
community
to
standardize
the
terminology
in
their
respective
disciplines
are
examined
in
detail
this
investigation
shows
why
and
how
an
artificially
created
scientific
language
finds
it
impossible
to
keep
pace
with
current
developments
and
thus
points
to
the
source
of
natural
language
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
756
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
paper
sengupta
analysed
references
to
biochemical
journals
in
an
attempt
to
provide
a
guide
for
librarians
with
a
limited
budget
he
not
only
ranked
journals
by
the
absolute
number
of
citations
made
to
volumes
but
related
the
number
of
citations
to
the
number
of
papers
and
even
to
the
number
of
words
in
each
journal
as
perhaps
'a
better
guide
to
selection
of
journals
for
subscription
than
position
in
the
ranking
list
'
a
similar
procedure
is
adopted
in
two
more
recent
articles
by
sengupta
on
physiology
and
microbiology
journals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
757
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
lists
of
journals
ranked
according
to
number
of
citations
received
are
frequently
used
as
indicators
of
usefulness
but
little
research
has
been
carried
out
to
test
the
validity
of
this
hypothesis
on
comparing
lists
of
titles
of
journals
ranked
by
citation
counting
with
lists
of
the
same
journals
ranked
according
to
frequency
of
use
using
data
from
a
survey
at
the
national
lending
library
it
was
found
that
the
rank
order
correlation
between
the
two
was
low
this
suggestions
that
ranked
lists
produced
by
analyses
of
citations
do
not
constitute
valid
guides
for
journal
selection
by
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
758
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
classification
is
a
theory
of
the
structure
of
knowledge
from
a
discussion
of
the
nature
of
truth
it
is
held
that
scientific
knowledge
is
the
only
knowledge
which
can
be
regarded
as
true
the
method
of
induction
from
empirical
data
is
therefore
applied
to
the
construction
of
a
classification
items
of
knowledge
are
divided
into
uniquely
definable
terms
called
isolates
and
the
relations
between
them
called
operators
it
is
shown
that
only
four
basic
operators
exist
expressing
appurtenance
equivalence
reaction
and
causation
using
symbols
for
these
operators
all
subjects
can
be
analysed
in
a
linear
form
called
an
analet
with
the
addition
of
the
permissible
permutations
of
such
analets
formed
according
to
simple
rules
alphabetical
arrangement
of
the
first
terms
provides
a
complete
logical
subject
index
examples
are
given
and
possible
difficulties
are
considered
a
classification
can
then
be
constructed
by
selection
of
deductive
relations
arranged
in
hierarchical
form
the
nature
of
possible
classifications
is
discussed
it
is
claimed
that
such
an
inductively
constructed
classification
is
the
only
true
representation
of
the
structure
of
knowledge
and
that
these
principles
provide
a
simple
technique
for
accurately
and
fully
indexing
and
classifying
any
given
set
of
data
with
complete
flexibility
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
759
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
was
first
observed
by
bradford
that
for
a
large
collection
of
journal
references
on
a
given
subject
most
of
the
articles
are
derived
from
a
small
proportion
of
the
total
titles
bradford
listed
the
journals
concerned
in
order
of
decreasing
productivity
and
by
plotting
the
logarithms
of
the
cumulative
totals
of
titles
against
the
cumulative
totals
of
relevant
articles
produced
he
obtained
a
straight
line
similar
results
have
been
obtained
by
many
later
workers
the
pattern
is
illustrated
by
table
i
which
shows
the
distribution
of
references
among
journal
titles
obtained
by
the
author
during
a
study
of
literature
usage
in
the
petroleum
industry
on
the
basis
of
these
results
bradford
then
formulated
a
simple
mathematical
model
to
describe
reference
scattering
vickery
later
pointed
out
that
this
'law
of
scattering'
predicted
not
a
straight
line
but
a
curve
kendall
has
now
provided
a
more
refined
statistical
explanation
of
the
straight
line
observed
by
bradford
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
76
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
author's
journal
reference
cards
for
and
were
analyzed
according
to
three
interest
patterns
i
the
total
collection
of
article
titles
a
potentially
useful
set
ii
a
subset
concerning
only
his
research
speciality
and
iii
a
subset
of
articles
defined
as
useful
for
each
pattern
journals
were
ranked
by
frequency
of
use
and
a
scatter
diagram
was
drawn
patterns
i
and
ii
largely
resembled
patterns
obtained
by
counting
citations
in
basic
journals
or
by
counting
publications
of
selected
researchers
pattern
iii
was
more
widely
scattered
it
is
concluded
that
access
to
diverse
journals
is
needed
by
researchers
to
supply
new
ideas
and
that
this
diversity
of
reading
is
not
reflected
adequately
by
citation
counting
or
other
indirect
means
current
contents
used
by
the
author
for
current
awareness
purposes
in
building
his
card
file
generated
of
all
articles
scatter
diagrams
indicated
the
decreased
scatter
predicted
from
its
use
the
most
important
journals
in
this
collection
including
about
of
titles
are
ranked
for
each
pattern
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
760
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
foreign
language
barrier
facing
british
scientists
is
a
function
of
a
the
amount
and
value
of
foreign
scientific
literature
produced
b
the
linguistic
ability
of
the
people
wishing
to
read
it
and
c
the
availability
and
effectiveness
of
translation
services
to
obtain
quantitative
data
on
these
points
the
nll
has
recently
conducted
a
survey
amongst
scientists
and
librarians
in
the
united
kingdom
and
the
present
paper
presents
the
more
important
results
the
survey
has
shown
that
the
language
problem
is
of
considerable
magnitude
and
is
common
to
the
majority
of
scientists
and
technologists
the
languages
creating
the
most
difficulty
are
russian
german
and
japanese
it
has
also
indicated
that
local
translation
facilities
are
not
particularly
effective
and
that
as
far
as
national
facilities
are
concerned
british
scientists
are
largely
unaware
of
existing
services
which
might
help
them
to
overcome
their
difficulties
the
results
of
the
investigation
suggest
a
number
of
lines
of
action
which
the
appropriate
authorities
might
follow
the
most
important
would
seem
to
be
the
publishing
of
a
international
index
to
translations
and
the
creation
within
the
united
kingdom
of
a
centralized
japanese
translation
service
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
761
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
words
have
no
precision
though
in
information
storage
and
retrieval
we
are
required
to
act
as
if
they
did
we
have
therefore
to
impose
certain
arbitrary
conditions
to
reduce
the
element
of
personal
interpretation
'meaning'
must
be
remove
from
the
indexing
stage
to
that
of
vocabulary
construction
vocabularies
can
be
reduced
to
a
minimum
first
to
a
core
of
terms
used
in
specialist
science
and
following
russel
ultimately
to
undefined
terms
symbolic
of
sense
experience
'basic
english'
has
shown
similar
minimizing
to
be
feasible
for
a
natural
language
the
success
of
batten
cards
shown
that
the
principle
could
be
equally
applicable
to
specialist
indexing
vocabularies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
762
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
project
was
to
identify
variables
thought
to
affect
relevance
judgements
and
conduct
a
series
of
laboratory
studies
to
determine
the
effects
of
these
variables
on
relevance
judgements
this
paper
discusses
the
variable
of
'implicit
use
orientations'
the
particular
attitude
taken
by
a
subject
judge
about
the
intended
use
of
a
document
one
hundred
and
forty
judges
rated
each
of
nine
abstracts
for
relevance
to
several
short
information
requirement
statements
the
some
judges
then
repeated
the
ratings
each
adopting
assuming
one
of
the
fourteen
use
orientations
described
to
them
it
was
found
that
the
particular
use
orientation
assumed
by
the
judge
has
a
marked
effect
on
relevance
judgements
it
was
also
found
that
implicit
use
orientations
can
be
analysed
in
terms
of
their
underlying
structure
and
that
their
study
offers
the
possibility
of
discovering
the
conditions
under
which
one
person
can
accurately
simulate
and
use
the
implicit
use
orientations
of
another
relevance
judgements
have
been
used
as
a
basis
of
measures
designed
to
evaluate
the
effectiveness
of
information
retrieval
system
this
judgements
have
usually
been
accepted
at
face
value
and
have
not
been
subjected
to
critical
scrutiny
there
is
reason
to
believe
however
that
as
ordinarily
obtained
they
may
be
unreliable
and
sensitive
to
a
number
of
conditions
of
measurement
that
have
not
been
carefully
controlled
in
previous
evaluation
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
763
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
outline
of
methods
and
summary
of
findings
of
a
study
of
american
british
and
overseas
physicists
this
project
was
conducted
by
aslib
research
department
acting
for
the
institution
of
electrical
engineers
and
the
american
institute
of
physics
it
took
place
in
the
first
year
of
publication
of
current
papers
in
physics
aims
were
to
assess
the
need
for
and
reactions
to
this
new
current
awareness
journal
and
suggestions
for
improvement
and
to
obtain
background
information
on
the
current
awareness
requirements
of
the
physics
community
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
764
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
term
'obsolescence'
occurs
frequently
in
the
literature
of
librarianship
and
information
science
in
numerous
papers
we
are
told
how
most
published
literature
becomes
obsolete
within
a
measurable
time
and
that
an
item
receives
half
the
uses
it
will
ever
receive
'half
life'
in
a
few
years
'obsolescence'
is
however
very
rarely
defined
and
its
validity
interest
and
practical
value
are
often
assumed
rather
than
explained
before
reviewing
studies
on
'obsolescence'
therefore
it
is
necessary
to
look
at
the
concept
and
to
identify
the
reasons
why
it
should
be
of
interest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
765
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
these
authors
collected
a
large
number
of
references
to
a
certain
subject
and
arranged
the
periodicals
in
which
the
references
occurred
in
order
of
decreasing
productivity
thus
for
applied
geophysics
they
found
loc
cit
p
periodical
containing
references
containing
containing
containing
and
containing
only
reference
they
then
made
cumulative
totals
for
the
two
sets
of
figures
so
that
in
the
t
most
productive
periodicals
there
occurred
in
all
r
references
bradford
then
plotted
log
t
against
r
and
his
curves
are
reproduced
as
b
and
c
in
fig
an
exactly
similar
procedure
for
periodical
references
borrowed
by
butterwick
resulted
in
curve
a
in
both
a
and
b
after
an
initial
steep
rise
up
to
about
r
the
curves
approximate
to
a
straight
line
r
a
log
t
b
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
766
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
elsewhere
a
survey
has
been
reported
of
the
use
of
the
serials
in
the
science
museum
library
in
brief
this
showed
that
where
the
science
museum
library's
copy
of
a
serial
was
frequently
used
this
serial
was
widely
held
and
that
the
converse
was
true
in
fact
it
appears
that
the
use
of
the
science
museum's
copy
of
a
periodical
is
a
rough
measure
of
the
national
loan
use
of
library
copies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
767
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
effective
planning
of
technical
libraries
would
be
greatly
facilitated
if
there
were
some
theoretical
basis
which
could
be
used
to
predict
the
probable
distribution
by
titles
and
by
age
of
journal
of
future
journal
demand
as
a
first
step
the
author
has
recently
developed
a
general
expression
for
the
distribution
among
journal
titles
of
large
groups
of
journal
references
in
this
present
paper
a
relationship
between
usage
and
age
of
journal
is
established
and
the
application
of
this
relationship
to
some
library
planning
problems
is
illustrated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
768
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
good
deal
is
now
known
about
the
use
made
by
students
of
university
libraries
notably
from
the
surveys
carried
out
by
leeds
university
library
in
and
statistics
of
use
however
will
not
by
themselves
indicate
how
good
a
library
is
whether
as
a
bookstock
a
building
or
an
administrative
department
how
adequate
is
the
bookstock
how
fully
is
it
being
exploited
how
important
are
physical
and
personal
elements
these
are
questions
librarians
are
continually
asking
themselves
but
they
are
also
questions
readers
could
be
asked
directly
or
indirectly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
769
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
recent
work
at
the
cambridge
language
research
unit
has
been
concerned
with
the
development
of
automatic
classification
procedures
for
information
retrieval
this
has
taken
the
form
of
research
into
methods
of
classification
of
keywords
extracted
from
documents
with
a
view
to
using
the
classes
found
for
co
ordinate
indexing
of
technical
material
we
cannot
claim
to
have
solved
this
problem
because
the
methods
we
have
been
able
to
develop
so
far
cannot
be
applied
on
a
sufficiently
large
scale
we
have
however
made
enough
progress
to
make
us
feel
that
this
a
fruitful
line
of
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
77
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
work
concerned
with
the
statistical
evaluation
of
the
output
of
the
medico
automatic
indexing
method
is
described
the
statistical
test
were
designed
primarily
to
examine
the
validity
of
the
assumptions
which
formed
the
basis
of
the
algorithms
developed
for
the
automatic
computation
of
weights
and
for
the
automatic
generation
of
links
between
index
terms
and
modifiers
this
evaluation
also
includes
a
comparison
of
the
output
generated
from
full
text
and
from
the
processing
of
the
abstracts
or
summaries
of
the
same
articles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
770
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
amount
of
scientific
and
technical
information
published
annually
in
the
form
of
journal
articles
conference
papers
reports
theses
patents
and
books
now
greatly
exceeds
in
every
field
of
interest
the
amount
which
may
be
scanned
by
a
scientist
wishing
to
keep
himself
completely
up
to
date
in
his
own
subject
for
a
scientist
wishing
to
inform
himself
of
new
developments
in
neighbouring
subject
fields
the
problem
is
even
greater
consequently
either
the
scientist
reconciles
himself
to
the
knowledge
that
he
is
not
aware
of
all
relevant
information
in
his
field
or
he
places
increasingly
more
reliance
on
such
bibliographic
tools
as
are
available
to
guide
him
towards
the
relevant
literature
first
among
such
tools
is
the
abstracts
journal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
771
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
scientific
research
is
expensive
and
the
practical
application
of
its
results
is
even
more
expensive
information
services
are
relatively
inexpensive
and
by
constantly
improving
their
scope
and
efficiency
and
encouraging
the
scientist
to
make
the
best
use
of
them
we
can
minimize
duplication
and
inefficiency
in
research
and
development
this
is
the
justification
for
the
present
survey
and
for
all
the
work
on
user
needs
which
has
preceded
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
772
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
information
use
studies
are
vitally
necessary
in
order
to
complement
challenge
and
sharpen
informed
intuitive
judgements
but
even
the
broadest
conclusions
drawn
from
such
studies
need
to
be
examined
critically
the
conclusions
or
their
generality
may
sometimes
be
invalidated
by
special
conditions
in
the
survey
sample
by
the
environment
having
been
disturbed
by
the
survey
by
the
interpretation
given
to
questions
or
observations
or
by
the
way
the
data
has
been
analyzed
these
same
factors
make
direct
comparison
of
results
from
different
surveys
difficult
and
make
superficial
comparisons
misleading
some
comparisons
and
conclusions
are
certainly
much
less
sound
than
the
casual
reader
might
suppose
particularly
when
results
have
been
compressed
and
taken
out
of
their
context
in
the
original
survey
the
difficulty
of
comparing
information
use
surveys
is
well
illustrated
by
the
copious
footnotes
used
by
menzel
lieberman
and
dulchin
in
order
to
qualify
the
significance
of
the
results
which
they
compare
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
773
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
computerized
information
centre
of
the
european
atomic
energy
community
has
become
operational
a
survey
of
its
principal
characteristics
is
given
and
the
main
problems
that
arose
in
the
development
phase
of
the
system
are
discussed
the
euratom
thesaurus
includes
graphic
representation
of
relationships
between
indexing
terms
a
dual
vocabulary
allows
specific
indexing
for
high
relevance
and
generic
indexing
for
high
recall
retrieval
strategy
involves
utilization
of
boolean
operators
and
frequency
of
occurrence
tables
recall
ration
can
be
determined
graphically
by
a
continuous
approach
method
indexing
consistency
tests
show
that
it
pays
to
use
subject
specialists
user's
needs
are
discussed
in
terms
of
subject
coverage
specificity
rapidity
and
presentation
the
user
service
comprises
retrospective
searches
on
request
as
well
as
customer
profile
service
on
subscription
there
are
three
types
of
relevance
and
various
ways
of
bringing
system
relevance
to
coincide
with
user
relevance
the
centre's
budgetary
requirements
are
low
due
to
circumspect
use
of
its
computer
an
ibm
model
its
aims
are
centralization
of
documentation
in
the
nuclear
field
and
international
co
operation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
774
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
may
a
survey
into
student
attitudes
to
the
library
of
southampton
university
was
carried
out
by
questionnaire
with
a
sample
of
undergraduates
the
aim
was
to
assess
the
effect
if
any
of
the
considerable
measures
taken
since
the
survey
uncontrolled
factors
mainly
related
to
the
rapid
expansion
of
the
university
may
however
have
effected
the
results
it
appears
that
except
for
social
science
students
there
were
few
improvements
in
attitudes
and
use
and
that
seminars
had
little
measurable
effect
possible
explanations
for
this
are
offered
and
the
place
of
reader
services
in
a
university
library
discussed
other
items
covered
by
the
survey
include
the
use
of
libraries
in
halls
of
resinence
and
of
southampton
public
libraries
which
in
both
cases
showed
a
sharp
decline
since
the
number
and
cost
of
books
bought
by
undergraduates
and
their
use
of
libraries
in
vacations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
775
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
citation
characteristic
of
papers
in
the
monthly
notices
of
the
royal
astronomical
society
especially
for
the
years
have
been
examined
as
a
means
of
studying
the
usage
of
astronomical
literature
in
the
united
kingdom
the
decrease
of
usage
with
age
has
been
investigated
and
the
decay
half
life
determined
particular
attention
has
been
paid
to
the
immediacy
affect
and
to
its
possible
variation
in
different
sub
fields
of
astronomy
the
citations
have
also
been
separated
according
to
journal
of
origin
as
a
result
of
this
study
a
quantitative
estimate
has
been
made
of
the
titles
and
backruns
that
are
required
to
satisfy
a
given
percentage
of
the
demand
for
astronomical
research
literature
in
the
country
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
776
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
previous
paper
j
doc
a
series
of
tests
on
the
coverage
overlap
and
indexing
of
abstracts
journals
were
described
briefly
these
were
carried
out
by
selecting
recent
comprehensive
bibliographies
on
specific
subjects
searching
the
appropriate
abstracts
journals
via
the
author
indexes
to
determine
the
number
of
references
given
in
the
bibliography
that
were
abstracted
then
consulting
the
subject
indexes
to
try
to
locate
those
references
which
are
known
to
have
been
abstracted
a
further
eight
bibliographies
have
been
studied
and
the
results
are
reported
here
our
results
are
presented
below
in
the
following
form
title
of
bibliography
source
content
number
of
journal
references
reports
etc
abstracts
journals
consulted
coverage
and
multiple
coverage
this
is
a
bar
chart
showing
number
of
references
not
abstracted
those
covered
once
twice
and
so
on
coverage
by
each
abstracts
journal
given
as
a
bar
chart
the
last
column
showing
coverage
by
all
services
combined
where
bar
charts
are
given
they
show
coverages
as
percentages
of
the
whole
bibliography
actual
numbers
of
references
being
shown
beneath
the
appropriate
columns
taking
each
abstracts
journal
separately
we
show
the
headings
under
which
references
were
found
in
the
subject
index
some
references
we
were
unable
to
locate
so
there
is
often
an
apparent
discrepancy
with
the
figures
given
in
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
777
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
published
estimates
of
the
number
of
scientific
and
technical
periodicals
currently
being
published
are
analyzed
a
new
estimates
is
put
forward
based
on
the
experience
of
the
nll
in
attempting
to
build
up
a
comprehensive
collection
of
the
world's
scientific
and
technical
periodical
literature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
778
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
distribution
of
references
in
a
collection
of
pertinent
source
documents
can
be
described
and
predicted
by
the
relation
f
x
ln
bx
ln
b
where
the
parameter
b
is
related
to
the
subject
field
and
the
completeness
of
the
collection
the
model
is
used
to
predict
the
reference
yield
of
abstracting
journals
in
a
search
for
thermophysical
property
data
it
is
used
also
to
explain
differences
among
various
literature
studies
of
the
past
in
terms
of
differences
in
subject
and
comprehensiveness
of
search
the
model
is
derived
from
s
c
bradford's
'law
of
scattering'
and
is
called
the
bradford
distribution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
779
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
retrieval
system
may
be
evaluated
strictly
in
terms
of
user
satisfaction
operating
efficiency
or
it
may
be
evaluated
from
the
point
of
view
of
efficient
means
of
satisfying
user
requirements
economic
efficiency
when
we
consider
the
relationship
between
operating
efficiency
and
economic
efficiency
we
are
faced
with
a
whole
series
of
possible
trade
offs
there
may
be
several
alternative
paths
we
can
follow
in
order
to
serve
user
needs
the
problem
is
to
determine
the
most
economical
path
to
follow
pay
off
factors
break
even
points
and
diminishing
returns
must
be
taken
into
consideration
this
paper
considers
some
of
these
factors
in
relation
to
various
parts
of
the
complete
retrieval
system
the
acquisition
subsystem
the
indexing
subsystem
the
index
language
the
searching
subsystem
and
the
equipment
subsystem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
78
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
when
adding
a
document
to
a
collection
an
indexer
should
choose
a
representation
which
makes
evident
both
the
content
of
the
document
and
its
relation
to
other
documents
already
in
the
collection
toward
this
end
the
negotiated
search
facility
nsf
makes
possible
indexer
controlled
retrieval
of
information
from
a
collection
data
base
using
tools
beyond
those
available
in
a
traditional
bibliographic
catalog
the
design
philosophy
of
nsf
is
to
offer
a
framework
to
guide
the
indexer
while
allowing
him
freedom
to
retrieve
any
data
which
he
judges
will
help
him
make
indexing
decisions
an
example
which
indicates
how
an
indexer
might
use
the
facility
also
shows
how
the
display
formats
and
command
language
promote
interaction
while
the
discussion
is
directed
toward
indexing
it
should
be
clear
that
the
facility
would
be
equally
useful
to
the
searcher
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
780
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
objective
comparisons
of
the
effectiveness
of
ir
techniques
are
needed
for
development
of
ir
systems
the
measures
proposed
by
swets
which
offer
important
advantages
are
analyzed
and
critically
discussed
modifications
of
the
swets
measures
designed
to
increase
their
generality
and
to
facilitate
their
interpretation
in
terms
of
system
variables
are
proposed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
781
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
determining
the
optimal
cross
reference
structure
for
a
given
index
and
for
a
given
community
of
users
is
discussed
a
ross
reference
structure
is
represented
as
a
graph
in
which
the
nodes
are
index
terms
and
the
links
are
relations
between
index
terms
in
order
to
clarify
the
concept
of
'level
of
cross
referencing'
the
characteristics
of
cross
referencing
structure
are
studied
some
measures
of
cross
reference
distributions
are
suggested
as
a
means
of
comparing
the
cross
referencing
levels
of
subject
indexes
types
of
relations
linking
the
terms
of
cross
references
in
existing
indexes
and
thesauri
are
examined
the
implications
of
the
study
for
the
construction
and
testing
on
indexes
and
thesauri
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
782
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
estimate
of
the
number
of
currently
published
scientific
and
technical
periodicals
has
been
put
forward
by
k
p
barr
of
the
national
lending
library
it
may
be
of
interest
to
supplement
this
with
some
figures
on
the
number
and
distribution
of
articles
within
these
periodicals
these
figures
are
derived
from
a
survey
undertaken
at
the
nll
early
in
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
783
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
details
are
given
of
a
survey
carried
out
in
a
large
scientific
special
library
on
the
comparative
accuracy
of
the
author
and
title
information
which
the
user
brings
to
the
catalogue
the
sample
was
restricted
to
requests
for
book
material
the
results
are
analyzed
in
detail
and
show
the
title
to
be
more
accurate
some
suggestions
are
made
for
extending
this
type
of
survey
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
784
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
i
would
suggest
three
possible
reasons
for
the
constant
average
number
of
references
per
article
firstly
on
average
articles
more
than
fifteen
years
old
rarely
get
cited
as
they
are
rendered
obsolete
by
the
rate
of
advance
the
net
increase
per
annum
of
'citeable
articles'
is
not
as
large
as
might
otherwise
be
expected
secondly
many
relatively
small
specialized
subject
areas
each
tending
to
have
its
own
literature
and
'internal'
citation
practices
are
hiving
off
from
the
classical
areas
because
of
the
specialized
nature
of
modern
science
thirdly
it
seems
that
the
'building
blocks'
of
an
article
can
on
average
be
adequately
specified
regardless
of
the
volume
of
published
information
by
reference
to
about
eleven
items
of
the
prior
art
relating
to
the
main
theme
associated
concepts
and
methods
and
general
background
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
785
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
some
parameters
and
techniques
in
use
for
describing
the
results
of
tests
on
ir
systems
are
analysed
several
considerations
outside
the
score
of
the
usual
x
table
are
relevant
to
the
choice
of
parameters
in
particular
a
variable
which
produces
a
'performance
curve'
of
a
system
corresponds
to
an
extension
of
the
x
table
also
the
statistical
relationships
between
parameters
are
all
important
it
is
considered
that
precision
is
not
such
a
useful
measure
of
performance
in
conjunction
with
recall
as
fallout
a
more
powerful
alternative
to
cleverdon's
'inevitable
inverse
relationship
between
recall
and
precision'
is
proposed
and
justified
namely
that
the
recall
fallout
graph
is
convex
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
786
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
recent
article
by
kozachkov
and
khursin
entitled
'the
basic
probability
distribution
in
information
flow
systems'
describes
the
fundamental
similarity
of
a
number
of
known
statistical
regularities
in
the
flow
of
information
they
propose
a
basic
model
called
the
'hyperbolic
ladder'
and
relate
it
in
particular
to
work
in
linguistics
by
zipf
in
documentation
by
bradford
and
in
the
science
of
science
by
lotka
the
purpose
of
this
note
is
to
speculate
further
on
the
relevance
of
zipf's
law
in
librarianship
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
787
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
technical
note
summarizes
the
outcome
of
recent
analyses
of
empirical
data
which
have
enabled
the
general
form
of
the
bradford
zipf
distribution
to
be
elucidated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
788
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
presents
the
results
of
a
survey
of
the
use
of
social
science
periodicals
carried
out
at
the
national
lending
library
during
a
period
of
four
weeks
in
three
quarters
of
the
requests
came
from
universities
and
industrial
organizations
and
over
of
the
requests
were
for
english
language
publications
over
a
fifth
of
the
requests
were
for
seventeen
titles
there
were
marked
variations
in
the
subject
matter
requested
by
different
types
of
organizations
and
although
the
overall
'half
life'
of
the
literature
proved
to
be
years
this
figure
varied
considerably
from
one
subject
to
another
concerning
the
sources
of
references
it
was
discovered
that
compared
with
scientists
and
technologists
social
scientists
make
relatively
little
use
of
abstracting
and
indexing
publications
appendixes
include
a
copy
of
the
questionnaire
used
in
the
survey
a
list
of
title
requested
six
or
more
times
and
a
list
of
abstracting
and
indexing
publications
cited
five
or
more
times
as
sources
of
references
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
789
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
sample
of
citations
made
in
united
kingdom
social
science
literature
has
been
analyzed
according
to
subject
bibliographic
form
country
of
origin
language
and
date
and
comparisons
made
with
citations
from
science
and
technology
literature
the
relative
size
of
the
outputs
of
and
demands
for
literature
in
these
fields
are
estimated
and
the
subject
distribution
of
citation
within
social
science
the
interrelations
between
source
and
cited
subject
are
discussed
use
as
indicated
by
citation
is
compared
with
use
measured
by
loan
demand
on
the
national
lending
library
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
79
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
statistically
based
method
for
automatically
identifying
keywords
in
machine
readable
text
has
been
developed
which
produces
keyword
lists
that
agree
better
with
composite
lists
produced
by
panels
of
human
indexers
than
do
lists
produced
by
five
statistical
criteria
previously
suggested
and
also
better
than
lists
produced
by
most
of
the
individual
panel
members
the
method
makes
use
of
both
the
in
document
word
occurrence
frequency
and
the
in
corpus
relative
occurrence
frequency
as
measures
of
word
importance
each
statistical
criterion
was
compared
with
the
performance
of
human
indexers
by
the
use
of
rank
correlation
statistics
the
simple
word
count
was
found
to
be
superior
to
the
other
four
previously
suggested
criteria
all
of
which
made
use
of
the
in
corpus
relative
occurrence
frequency
the
test
were
conducted
over
documents
dealing
with
the
subject
of
information
science
a
total
of
over
word
occurrences
seventeen
indexers
representing
eight
different
information
centers
participated
in
experiments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
790
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
automatic
indexing
method
is
described
in
which
index
tags
for
documents
are
generated
by
the
computer
the
computer
scans
the
text
of
periodical
articles
and
automatically
assigns
to
them
index
terms
with
their
respective
weights
on
the
basis
of
explicitly
defined
text
characteristics
a
machine
file
of
document
references
with
their
associated
index
terms
is
automatically
produced
which
can
be
searched
on
a
co
ordinate
basis
for
the
retrieval
of
specified
drug
related
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
791
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
and
especially
during
the
past
three
years
many
papers
have
appeared
about
particular
manifestations
and
applications
of
a
certain
class
of
empirical
laws
to
a
field
that
may
be
labelled
conveniently
'bibliometrics'
this
term
resuscitated
by
alan
pritchard
see
page
denotes
in
my
paraphrase
quantitative
treatment
of
the
properties
of
recorded
discourse
and
behaviour
appertaining
to
it
in
this
field
the
law
cited
is
usually
that
named
after
bradford
or
zipf
according
to
whether
the
interest
is
in
vocabulary
or
periodical
literature
or
physical
access
in
the
rate
of
diminishing
returns
or
in
the
cumulative
yield
from
a
given
input
the
behaviour
is
hyperbolic
that
is
the
product
of
fixed
powers
of
the
variables
is
constant
this
type
of
behaviour
has
been
observed
for
a
century
or
so
in
fields
ranging
from
meteorology
to
economics
and
has
given
rise
to
many
particular
explanations
appropriate
to
the
particular
fields
thus
it
has
received
many
names
according
to
its
exponents
in
both
senses
of
that
word
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
792
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
evidence
provided
by
the
dainton
report
indicates
that
special
libraries
in
the
uk
are
far
from
fully
exploiting
the
photocopying
services
provided
by
the
national
libraries
as
these
photocopying
services
are
legally
obliged
to
operate
at
cost
they
offer
significant
economies
to
any
special
library
which
exploits
them
systematically
this
paper
describes
a
simple
graphical
method
of
estimating
the
savings
that
can
be
made
or
the
extended
subject
coverage
that
can
be
obtained
at
no
additional
cost
by
substituting
photocopies
for
relevant
papers
in
the
peripheral
periodicals
relating
to
any
well
defined
scientific
or
technical
subject
though
photocopying
charges
must
be
realistic
the
confident
exploitation
of
the
national
photocopying
services
depends
on
the
avoidance
of
arbitrary
jumps
in
photocopying
charges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
793
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
expression
'half
life'
borrowed
from
physics
has
appeared
quite
frequently
in
the
literature
on
documentation
since
when
an
article
by
burton
and
kebler
on
the
'half
life'
of
some
scientific
and
technical
literatures
was
published
although
it
had
certainly
been
used
previously
burton
and
kebler
point
out
that
literature
becomes
obsolescent
rather
than
disintegrating
as
in
its
original
meaning
so
that
'half
life'
means
'half
the
active
life'
and
this
is
commonly
understood
as
meaning
the
time
during
which
one
half
of
the
currently
active
literature
was
published
numerous
studies
have
been
carried
out
mainly
by
the
analysis
of
citations
to
establish
obsolescence
rates
of
the
literature
of
different
subjects
bourne
points
out
that
different
studies
have
given
widely
different
results
so
that
many
of
the
'half
life'
figures
reported
are
not
valid
beyond
the
particular
sample
of
literature
or
users
surveyed
certainly
they
cannot
be
used
as
accurate
measures
for
discriminating
between
different
subject
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
794
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
first
diagram
below
gives
a
schematic
view
of
a
subject
literature
that
is
growing
exponentially
with
time
the
number
of
items
published
per
year
doubles
in
five
years
each
square
of
the
paper
represents
a
published
item
the
marks
on
the
diagram
represent
current
uses
of
the
literature
say
citations
made
or
items
borrowed
this
year
the
inked
squares
are
actual
uses
the
dots
are
hypothetical
uses
those
that
would
occur
if
every
published
item
had
an
equal
chance
of
being
used
in
fact
every
fifth
item
is
dotted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
795
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
thirty
years
or
more
ago
a
favoured
question
in
examination
papers
for
librarians
was
some
variation
on
the
theme
'compare
the
merits
of
a
classified
catalogue
and
an
alphabetical
subject
catalogue'
this
was
a
subject
which
it
was
possible
to
write
on
or
to
discuss
at
great
length
advancing
a
number
of
theoretical
arguments
or
opinions
expressed
by
pundits
without
ever
stating
a
single
demonstratable
fact
when
in
the
early
's
various
people
such
as
taube
and
mooers
proposed
new
techniques
for
indexing
the
reaction
from
the
traditionally
minded
was
such
that
it
appeared
there
was
to
be
a
repetition
of
all
the
old
arguments
in
an
editorial
in
american
documentation
in
perry
expressed
a
viewpoint
shared
by
many
others
when
he
wrote
cautious
and
searching
evaluation
of
all
experimental
results
is
essential
in
rating
the
efficiency
of
documentation
systems
may
the
age
old
controversies
that
arose
from
the
conventional
concepts
of
classification
not
be
reborn
in
the
mechanized
searching
systems
of
the
future
there
is
hope
for
the
avoidance
of
such
errors
if
we
will
but
regard
documentation
systems
as
useful
devices
the
benefits
of
which
must
be
determined
not
by
polemics
but
by
the
intelligent
measurement
of
such
benefits
in
relation
to
needs
and
costs
the
machines
of
the
future
can
make
us
free
but
only
if
we
are
willing
to
subject
them
and
ourselves
to
the
most
rigid
intellectual
discipline
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
796
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
describes
some
properties
of
simple
interconversion
devices
which
enable
material
initially
subject
indexed
by
a
particular
indexing
system
to
be
made
available
to
other
institutions
using
different
indexing
languages
in
such
a
form
as
to
be
readily
integrated
into
their
indexes
reference
is
made
to
the
outline
intermediate
lexicon
which
is
the
germinal
form
of
a
switching
language
for
the
field
of
information
science
difficulties
and
problems
in
effecting
satisfactory
information
transfer
through
such
an
interconversion
scheme
are
explored
and
suggestions
made
for
the
lines
upon
which
further
research
needs
to
be
undertaken
the
author
was
the
classification
research
group
representative
on
the
international
working
party
concerned
with
the
intermediate
lexicon
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
797
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
classification
is
so
fundamental
and
pervasive
an
activity
that
care
is
needed
to
define
its
scope
when
discussing
a
particular
application
such
as
information
retrieval
retrieval
from
an
information
store
a
'library'
of
those
items
relevant
to
a
request
involves
locating
a
particular
class
describing
what
we
think
we
want
and
then
if
necessary
adjusting
this
class
broadening
it
to
find
more
material
or
narrowing
it
if
the
initial
response
proves
excessive
this
implies
recognition
of
the
relations
between
the
classes
and
the
whole
operation
is
often
referred
to
neatly
as
'locating
and
relating'
assuming
that
we
examine
only
a
limited
set
of
documents
those
most
likely
to
be
relevant
the
operation
is
entirely
one
of
classification
the
recognition
of
particular
classes
and
their
relations
the
fact
that
the
instrument
we
use
to
assist
this
operation
may
display
quasi
classificatory
features
e
g
alphabetical
sequence
or
may
consist
largely
of
our
own
brain
box
and
memory
store
should
not
hide
this
otherwise
obvious
fact
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
798
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
description
is
given
of
the
english
electric
'thesaurofacet'
a
faceted
classification
and
thesaurus
covering
engineering
and
related
scientific
technical
and
management
subjects
a
novel
feature
of
the
system
is
the
integration
of
the
classification
schedules
and
thesaurus
each
term
appears
both
in
the
thesaurus
and
in
the
schedules
in
the
schedules
the
term
is
displayed
in
the
most
appropriate
facet
and
hierarchy
the
thesaurus
supplements
this
information
by
indicating
alternative
hierarchies
and
other
relationships
which
cut
across
the
classified
arrangement
the
thesaurus
also
controls
word
forms
and
synonyms
and
acts
as
the
alphabetical
index
to
the
class
numbers
the
resulting
tool
is
multipurpose
as
easily
applicable
to
shelf
arrangement
and
conventional
classified
card
catalogues
as
to
co
ordinate
indexing
and
computerized
retrieval
systems
the
reasons
are
given
for
modifying
certain
traditional
facet
techniques
including
the
choice
of
traditional
disciplines
for
main
classes
the
lack
of
a
'built
in'
preferred
order
and
the
use
in
certain
instances
of
enumeration
rather
than
synthesis
to
express
multi
term
concepts
methods
of
application
of
the
thesaurofacet
in
pre
coordinate
and
post
coordinate
systems
are
discussed
and
brief
account
is
given
of
the
techniques
employed
in
its
compilation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
799
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
patterns
of
searching
in
library
catalogues
were
analysed
using
the
data
from
a
large
survey
of
the
use
of
three
university
library
and
one
public
library
catalogues
'known
item'
searches
were
the
object
of
the
study
success
or
failure
of
the
search
was
correlated
to
degree
of
correctness
and
completeness
of
the
searcher's
information
about
title
and
author
of
the
item
that
he
wished
to
locate
factors
involved
in
searching
strategies
were
discussed
the
double
role
played
by
both
the
title
and
the
author
as
a
way
of
access
to
the
catalogue
and
as
a
means
for
identifying
the
right
entry
was
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
8
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
important
for
staff
members'
individual
development
as
was
the
apprenticeship
in
administration
perhaps
the
most
significant
attitude
one
acquired
while
working
for
guy
was
engendered
by
his
insistence
that
librarians
must
be
interested
in
and
knowledgeable
about
the
content
of
the
materials
with
which
they
dealt
his
love
of
literature
his
respect
for
scholarship
his
admiration
for
good
writing
and
reading
were
manifested
in
many
ways
but
most
notably
in
his
admonition
that
though
we
were
primarily
a
research
library
we
must
constantly
keep
in
mind
our
obligation
to
collect
contemporary
poetry
fiction
and
belles
letters
it
was
primarily
up
to
the
library
staff
he
felt
to
be
responsible
for
these
as
well
as
for
general
books
which
crossed
disciplinary
lines
or
fell
between
the
disciplines
those
books
which
a
faculty
mostly
concerned
with
research
materials
is
apt
to
overlook
and
in
building
this
portion
of
the
collection
there
is
no
substitute
for
a
thorough
acquaintance
with
books
through
a
reading
of
critical
reviews
and
the
books
themselves
this
counsel
is
from
the
president
the
professor
and
the
college
library
but
the
importance
of
its
thrust
the
need
to
keep
up
with
the
world
of
books
and
publishing
was
continually
impressed
upon
us
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
80
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
to
improve
accessibility
and
maintenance
of
art
slides
in
the
united
states
military
academy
library
at
west
point
a
model
card
with
a
graphic
image
of
the
slide
was
designed
with
pertinent
identifying
information
displayed
directly
above
a
black
and
white
opaque
photo
and
also
key
punched
into
it
the
card
serves
for
ample
comparison
reference
previous
to
handling
the
slides
and
can
produce
a
subject
arranged
permuted
index
in
book
form
the
later
permits
access
from
the
approach
of
form
geographic
area
name
time
of
origin
artist
school
or
style
etc
some
added
advantages
common
to
other
kinds
of
graphic
collections
are
detailed
estimated
costs
of
photo
reproduction
of
original
cards
various
kinds
of
copies
and
computer
time
and
materials
are
listed
future
benefits
from
a
consistent
unified
cataloging
system
for
graphic
objects
and
the
dissemination
of
this
kind
of
information
in
a
network
structure
are
indicated
as
major
goals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
800
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
line's
recently
proposed
technique
for
correcting
the
'apparent'
half
life
to
allow
for
the
rate
of
growth
of
the
literature
and
vickery's
critical
analysis
of
the
proposal
are
both
further
analyzed
using
the
concept
of
utility
and
considering
the
sampling
variances
involved
the
paper
shows
that
line's
technique
is
both
questionable
and
impractical
and
that
a
further
factor
the
growth
of
the
number
of
contributors
needs
to
be
allowed
for
in
vickery's
analysis
a
collaborative
empirical
investigation
is
proposed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
801
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
extension
of
the
selective
dissemination
of
information
system
required
the
adoption
of
computer
based
techniques
the
indexing
language
adopted
is
udc
and
it
was
necessary
to
construct
user
profiles
based
on
the
classification
profiles
have
been
compiled
for
individual
clients
of
the
service
for
works
within
the
british
steel
corporation
and
for
broad
fields
of
activity
within
the
iron
and
steel
industry
use
of
the
service
has
shown
that
udc
provides
a
satisfactory
basis
for
profile
compilation
the
majority
of
profiles
so
far
constructed
have
relevance
of
over
based
on
user
assessment
possible
future
developments
in
the
compilation
of
the
profiles
are
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
802
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
feasibility
is
examined
of
devising
a
scheme
for
operating
a
joint
keyword
system
in
a
given
subject
area
using
several
independently
compiled
thesauri
it
is
suggested
that
if
the
individual
keywords
of
each
participating
thesaurus
represent
indentifiable
concepts
and
these
concepts
are
given
unique
code
numbers
then
the
code
numbers
enable
the
keywords
of
any
participating
thesaurus
to
be
converted
into
the
appropriate
keywords
of
any
other
participant
incompatibilities
between
keywords
systems
arise
from
differences
in
the
selection
and
form
of
keywords
eleven
types
of
incompatibility
are
identified
and
a
method
of
reconciliation
is
proposed
for
each
the
types
of
incompatibility
that
can
arise
in
a
single
language
include
those
that
arise
between
one
language
and
another
so
that
a
multilingual
joint
system
presents
no
additional
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
803
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
term
'informatics'
was
first
advanced
formally
by
the
director
of
viniti
a
i
mikhailov
and
his
colleagues
a
i
chernyi
and
r
s
gilyarevskii
in
their
paper
informatics
new
name
for
the
theory
of
scientific
information
published
at
the
end
of
an
english
translation
was
circularized
in
the
beginning
of
as
the
authors
state
in
this
paper
they
are
not
the
first
to
use
this
term
and
they
quote
a
review
by
professor
j
g
dorfmann
of
their
own
book
fundamentals
of
scientific
information
in
which
dorfmann
criticizes
the
use
of
other
terminology
such
as
'documentation'
'documentalistics'
'information
science'
and
so
on
their
definition
is
as
stated
above
but
they
are
careful
to
add
the
rider
that
informatics
does
not
investigate
the
specific
content
of
scientific
information
only
the
structure
and
properties
in
their
paper
they
also
advance
definitions
for
'information'
'scientific
information'
'scientific
information
activity'
'information
officer'
and
'information
scientist'
they
have
backed
up
their
proposal
by
changing
the
title
of
their
own
book
for
its
second
edition
and
the
title
of
the
information
science
fascicule
of
the
referativnyi
zhurnal
which
is
now
called
informatiki
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
804
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
several
power
law
relations
are
found
to
occur
in
bibliographic
studies
of
scientific
journals
articles
and
citations
these
can
be
interpreted
in
a
self
consistent
manner
in
terms
of
growth
parameters
of
articles
journals
and
citations
similar
models
have
been
proposed
earlier
in
physical
biological
and
behavioral
sciences
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
805
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
bibliographic
citations
attached
to
technical
documents
have
been
used
variously
to
refer
to
related
items
in
the
literature
to
confer
importance
to
a
given
piece
of
writing
and
to
serve
as
supplementary
indications
of
document
content
in
the
present
study
citations
are
used
directly
to
identify
document
content
and
an
attempt
is
made
to
evaluate
their
effectiveness
in
a
retrieval
environment
it
is
shown
that
the
use
of
bibliographic
citations
in
addition
to
the
normal
keyword
type
indicators
produces
improved
retrieval
performance
and
that
in
some
circumstances
citations
are
more
effective
for
retrieval
purposes
than
other
more
conventional
terms
and
concepts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
806
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
performance
of
a
retrieval
system
with
a
file
of
only
a
few
hundred
references
can
be
measured
by
assessing
the
relevance
of
each
reference
to
each
of
a
number
of
queries
a
suitable
measure
of
retrieval
performance
is
then
the
recall
ratio
the
fraction
of
the
relevant
references
that
are
retrieved
by
the
system
when
the
file
is
large
this
method
of
measuring
performance
is
not
practicable
and
recall
cannot
be
measured
although
it
can
be
estimated
a
number
of
estimation
procedures
are
examined
and
found
unsatisfactory
another
measure
of
retrieval
performance
is
the
extension
ratio
which
is
approximately
the
ratio
of
the
quantity
of
known
relevant
references
before
and
after
putting
a
query
to
the
retrieval
system
the
properties
of
this
measure
are
examined
and
it
is
applied
to
medlars
searches
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
807
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
comparative
performance
profiles
were
determined
by
two
independent
scientific
information
centres
for
on
line
retrieval
by
means
of
a
free
text
words
and
b
subject
indexing
codes
from
a
data
base
of
descriptions
of
in
going
research
projects
in
four
broad
subject
areas
altogether
thirty
nine
questions
that
users
had
previously
asked
of
the
science
information
exchange
sie
of
the
smithsonian
institution
and
that
were
in
the
four
subjects
areas
were
employed
by
sie
staff
scientists
and
twelve
of
these
were
independently
used
by
staff
members
of
the
biological
science
communication
project
bscp
of
the
george
washington
university
results
of
the
two
studies
showed
average
recall
values
higher
and
relevance
values
higher
for
subject
index
code
use
as
compared
with
text
word
use
advantages
and
disadvantages
of
both
approaches
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
808
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
terminalogy
and
parameters
for
describing
the
relation
between
figures
for
the
use
of
library
literature
and
for
its
age
are
discussed
unless
a
correction
for
growth
is
applied
half
life
fails
a
simple
test
of
suitability
as
do
brookes's
aging
and
utility
factors
results
based
on
cumulated
data
have
other
important
disadvantages
relative
'use
per
item'
figures
are
satisfactory
the
need
to
relate
terminology
more
closely
to
the
facts
they
represent
is
stressed
item
consultation
decay
rate
and
consultation
probability
age
are
suggested
and
defined
in
the
context
of
citation
studies
item
citation
decay
rate
and
citation
probability
age
are
equivalent
and
avoid
similar
objections
in
data
from
nrlsi
item
consultation
decay
rates
are
only
approximately
exponential
different
rates
are
demonstrated
for
updating
and
basic
searches
for
academic
and
other
types
of
readers
and
for
types
of
literature
for
some
historical
searches
negative
decay
rates
were
found
in
the
nrlsi
and
bml
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
809
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
assassin
as
designed
and
operated
by
ici
agricultural
division
provides
from
a
single
paper
tape
input
a
current
awareness
service
by
sdi
and
a
retrospective
search
both
by
a
weighted
term
machine
search
and
printed
kwoc
type
indexes
programs
for
producing
structured
thesauri
are
part
of
the
package
input
is
in
the
form
of
abstracts
from
both
published
and
internal
source
the
system
has
operated
for
more
than
a
year
at
the
agricultural
division
and
is
currently
in
use
at
five
other
locations
flexibility
of
the
package
is
demonstrated
by
the
variety
of
applications
this
paper
outlines
the
various
applications
and
shows
how
a
single
package
may
be
used
complete
or
in
part
or
with
modification
machine
costs
are
given
for
the
major
application
the
system
was
designed
with
the
possible
input
of
externally
produced
machine
readable
data
in
mind
the
intended
application
of
the
package
in
conjunction
with
tapes
such
as
those
of
the
institute
for
scientific
information
source
and
chemical
abstracts
condensates
is
outlined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
81
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
measure
of
indexing
consistency
is
developed
based
on
the
concept
of
fuzzy
sets
it
assigns
a
higher
consistency
value
if
indexers
agree
on
the
more
important
terms
measures
of
the
quality
of
an
indexer's
work
and
exhaustivity
of
indexing
are
also
proposed
experimental
data
on
indexing
consistency
is
presented
for
certain
categories
of
indexers
and
consistency
quality
and
exhaustivity
values
are
compared
and
analyzed
the
analysis
of
indexing
exhaustivity
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
the
increase
of
information
as
a
result
of
group
indexing
is
a
process
analogous
to
bradford's
law
of
information
scattering
lotka's
law
of
scientific
productivity
and
zipf's
law
of
vocabulary
distribution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
810
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
one
technique
for
searching
a
co
ordinate
index
is
to
compare
each
reference
with
a
boolean
expression
of
index
terms
this
divides
the
file
into
retrieved
and
not
retrieved
references
an
alternative
is
to
assign
each
reference
score
calculated
from
its
index
terms
and
to
retrieve
the
n
highest
scoring
references
in
the
file
this
scoring
technique
has
several
advantages
in
theory
and
it
performed
slightly
better
in
a
retrieval
test
with
n
equal
to
the
number
of
references
retrieved
by
the
corresponding
boolean
search
in
the
test
a
minimum
value
of
n
was
used
and
when
less
then
this
number
of
references
matched
the
boolean
search
requirement
the
scoring
technique
successfully
widened
the
score
of
the
search
and
retrieved
twice
as
many
relevant
references
as
the
boolean
searches
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
811
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
availability
of
books
known
to
be
held
by
the
library
it
outlines
a
simple
survey
method
whereby
readers
record
the
non
availability
of
books
which
they
are
looking
for
the
survey
has
already
been
installed
at
four
university
libraries
but
the
results
from
only
one
library
are
considered
here
these
results
show
how
a
librarian
can
find
out
the
degree
of
non
availability
or
failure
in
any
particular
area
of
the
library
the
causes
of
failure
and
even
the
particular
items
which
are
in
heavy
demand
and
not
available
they
also
provide
information
on
the
degree
of
co
operation
by
the
readers
the
number
of
titles
failing
once
twice
three
times
etc
the
overlap
of
demand
for
popular
books
by
different
groups
of
borrowers
the
waiting
time
for
books
that
failed
the
pattern
of
demand
for
particular
books
over
a
period
of
time
the
relationship
between
failure
and
recall
the
correlation
of
failure
from
one
term
to
the
next
and
the
relative
use
of
books
inside
and
outside
the
library
from
the
results
it
was
possible
to
recommend
certain
changes
in
library
procedure
which
should
have
reduced
failure
and
to
compare
the
titles
of
books
failing
in
the
main
library
with
the
holdings
of
a
departmental
library
the
time
spent
on
the
survey
and
the
total
cost
of
the
survey
are
also
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
812
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
exhaustivity
of
document
descriptions
and
the
specificity
of
index
terms
are
usually
regarded
as
independent
it
is
suggested
that
specificity
should
be
interpreted
statistically
as
a
function
of
term
use
rather
than
of
term
meaning
the
effect
on
retrieval
of
variations
in
term
specificity
are
examined
experiments
with
three
test
collections
showing
in
particular
that
frequently
occurring
terms
are
required
for
good
overall
performance
it
is
argued
that
terms
should
be
weighted
according
to
collection
frequency
so
that
matches
on
less
frequent
more
specific
terms
are
of
greater
value
than
matches
on
frequent
terms
results
for
the
test
collections
show
that
considerable
improvements
in
performance
are
obtained
with
this
very
simple
procedure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
813
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
choice
of
the
suitable
data
base
for
providing
an
information
service
is
governed
by
factors
of
coverage
performance
and
cost
the
cost
of
the
data
base
to
subscribers
is
a
known
quantity
and
the
coverage
is
decided
by
the
data
base
producers
this
paper
describes
an
investigation
into
the
relative
performance
of
the
four
major
chemical
abstracts
service
magnetic
tape
data
base
chemical
titles
ct
which
contains
the
titles
of
citations
only
chemical
abstracts
condensates
cac
which
contains
titles
enriched
with
keyword
phrases
chemical
biological
activities
cbac
and
polymer
science
and
technology
post
both
of
which
contain
full
digests
in
addition
to
titles
the
performance
was
measured
in
terms
of
the
relative
currency
of
the
four
data
bases
on
the
retrieval
efficiency
of
profiles
searched
against
them
fifty
questions
from
industrial
and
government
research
organizations
were
used
in
the
experiment
search
profiles
corresponding
to
these
questions
were
constructed
for
searching
against
each
database
output
was
assessed
for
relevance
by
users
and
profile
performance
figures
precision
and
recall
ratios
were
calculated
for
each
profile
the
overall
retrieval
efficiency
of
profiles
searched
against
data
bases
containing
titles
only
titles
plus
keywords
and
titles
plus
digests
was
calculated
and
these
results
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
814
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
part
of
the
chemical
abstracts
condensate
evaluation
cac
evaluation
carried
out
by
the
united
kingdom
chemical
information
service
ukcis
the
work
described
was
designed
to
test
the
feasibility
of
using
automatic
or
semi
automatic
methods
to
replace
or
reduce
the
intellectual
effort
involved
in
retrieving
information
from
machine
readable
stores
particularly
those
using
natural
language
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
815
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
with
a
view
of
obtaining
a
set
of
standard
times
for
information
system
operations
aslib
research
department
is
developing
and
testing
methods
for
collecting
and
analyzing
data
on
the
time
taken
to
perform
certain
operations
the
current
state
of
development
of
these
methods
is
described
data
collection
is
by
a
self
recording
diary
method
completed
at
the
time
of
performing
the
operation
the
major
problem
is
one
of
identifying
describing
and
analyzing
the
effect
of
the
various
factors
which
might
affect
the
time
first
results
indicate
that
it
is
possible
to
explain
a
large
proportion
of
the
variations
in
individual
times
by
taking
account
of
a
sufficient
number
of
variables
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
816
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
continues
the
reporting
of
the
unit's
work
on
a
method
of
investigating
how
often
readers
fail
to
find
what
they
are
looking
for
on
the
shelves
why
they
fail
and
what
particular
books
they
fail
to
find
the
method
used
is
a
slight
modification
of
the
earlier
one
readers
were
asked
to
record
on
a
slip
provided
the
details
of
the
book
or
periodical
they
were
looking
for
or
subject
area
they
were
looking
in
their
academic
status
and
the
date
and
then
to
place
the
slip
in
an
adjoining
box
fron
analysis
of
these
'failure'
slips
it
was
possible
to
determine
the
cause
of
the
reader's
failure
the
individual
book
the
reader
was
looking
for
and
the
pattern
of
failure
for
different
groups
of
volumes
a
new
development
was
surveys
of
samples
of
readers
carried
out
during
the
fortnight
of
peak
demand
answers
to
these
surveys
provided
information
on
the
effect
or
failure
on
a
reader's
work
what
action
he
took
after
failing
whether
he
found
adequate
substitutes
how
many
books
he
found
by
browsing
and
what
proportion
of
the
books
he
consulted
he
borrowed
some
of
these
answers
could
be
checked
by
a
direct
count
of
the
books
used
in
and
borrowed
from
the
library
the
investigations
were
carried
out
in
three
university
libraries
each
with
its
own
characteristic
library
structure
and
teaching
patterns
these
differences
were
reflected
in
the
results
obtained
it
is
hoped
that
the
methods
of
investigation
used
can
be
employed
by
librarians
to
investigate
the
effectiveness
of
some
of
the
services
in
their
own
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
817
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
reports
a
laboratory
comparision
of
the
effectiveness
and
efficiency
of
five
index
languages
in
the
subject
area
of
library
and
information
science
three
post
co
ordinate
languages
compressed
term
uncontrolled
and
hierarchically
structured
and
two
pre
co
ordinate
ones
hierarchically
structures
and
relational
indexing
eight
test
comparisons
were
made
and
factors
studied
were
index
language
specificity
and
linkage
indexing
specificity
and
exhaustivity
method
of
co
ordination
the
precision
devices
of
partitioning
and
relational
operators
and
the
provision
of
context
in
the
search
file
full
details
of
the
test
and
retrieval
results
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
818
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
task
of
the
librarian
is
to
achieve
his
library's
objectives
a
simplistic
statement
perhaps
but
it
is
rare
that
a
library's
objectives
are
defined
in
any
terms
other
than
the
broadest
for
example
'to
meet
the
needs
of
its
users'
in
fact
the
definition
of
objectives
in
any
service
organization
is
likely
to
be
an
iterative
process
but
the
explicit
commitment
to
users'
needs
however
mystical
this
concept
may
be
requires
the
librarian
to
examine
users'
behaviour
as
a
first
step
to
determining
policy
since
a
complete
state
of
the
art
in
user
behaviour
would
fill
a
substantial
book
this
survey
is
restricted
to
drawing
together
some
threads
of
research
of
potential
application
in
university
libraries
methodological
problems
are
not
discussed
here
since
these
are
adequately
reviewed
elsewhere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
819
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
presentation
i
shell
be
concerned
with
only
one
aspect
of
information
science
and
its
relation
with
linguistics
namely
document
analysis
'document
analysis'
is
here
understood
in
following
sense
the
extraction
of
meaning
of
documents
in
the
present
case
written
documents
we
could
define
the
latter
without
reference
to
the
usual
distinction
between
'scientific
literature'
the
object
of
document
analysis
in
information
science
and
other
kinds
of
texts
historical
records
myths
folklore
sacred
writings
etc
indeed
one
of
my
theses
in
that
there
is
little
hope
of
understanding
the
kind
of
intellectual
operations
involved
in
the
analysis
of
scientific
documents
or
questions
pertaining
to
them
other
than
through
a
study
of
textual
analysis
in
general
as
carried
out
in
many
disciplines
history
sociology
cultural
anthropology
exegesis
etc
gardin
for
the
purpose
of
this
presentation
however
i
shall
concentrate
on
the
handling
of
scientific
documents
in
the
first
narrower
sense
and
only
refer
to
other
categories
of
texts
in
so
far
as
they
have
been
submitted
to
analytical
processes
of
a
comparable
nature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
82
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
often
assumed
that
the
amount
of
interindexer
consistency
experienced
under
a
given
method
of
indexing
is
somehow
indicative
of
the
quality
of
the
indexing
to
explore
this
assumption
two
hypotheses
are
stated
concerning
the
possible
connection
between
interindexer
consistency
and
indexing
quality
a
specific
counter
example
is
then
exhibited
which
shows
both
hypotheses
to
be
invalid
although
a
mathematical
analysis
of
the
counterexample
yields
certain
insights
the
general
relationship
between
interindexer
consistency
and
successful
retrieval
is
more
subtle
than
might
have
been
expected
it
is
concluded
that
until
equations
describing
this
relationship
have
been
derived
measurements
of
inter
indexer
consistency
will
have
little
meaning
as
clues
to
indexing
quality
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
820
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
selective
dissemination
of
information
service
based
on
computer
scanning
of
nuclear
science
abstracts
tapes
has
operated
at
harwell
since
october
users'
interest
profiles
are
constructed
using
euratom
index
terms
and
nsa
subject
categories
assigned
to
each
item
in
nsa
the
performance
of
the
mechanized
sdi
service
has
been
compared
with
that
of
the
pre
existing
current
awareness
service
which
is
based
on
visual
scanning
of
journals
and
reports
by
information
staff
the
visual
service
was
found
to
be
providing
an
important
service
of
good
currency
and
high
precision
about
to
a
limited
number
of
users
the
mechanized
service
is
less
selective
and
of
lower
precision
approximately
but
can
be
expanded
more
readily
in
order
to
compare
the
effectiveness
of
euratom
index
terms
and
words
on
titles
for
computer
sdi
matching
an
experiment
was
set
up
in
which
sixty
users
of
the
mechanized
service
assessed
nsa
document
notifications
which
were
generated
by
matching
either
index
terms
and
subject
categories
or
words
in
titles
and
subject
categories
without
being
aware
of
the
method
of
matching
over
document
assessments
fron
six
issues
of
nsa
were
returned
the
average
precision
was
for
index
terms
and
for
title
words
index
terms
retrieved
more
documents
in
the
ratio
but
both
systems
missed
many
relevant
documents
retrieved
by
the
other
index
terms
retrieved
only
of
the
relevant
documents
selected
by
titles
the
converse
ratio
was
no
significant
effects
of
document
types
or
subject
on
the
relative
effectiveness
of
two
matching
systems
were
found
but
when
the
results
were
analyzed
by
title
length
it
appeared
that
for
titles
longer
than
about
characters
title
words
gave
recall
equal
to
that
of
index
terms
though
with
a
lower
precision
a
detailed
study
of
samples
of
items
found
by
visual
scanning
but
missed
by
computer
matching
or
found
by
one
computer
method
but
not
by
the
other
was
made
to
identify
reasons
for
failure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
821
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ideas
and
techniques
of
physics
have
been
systematically
applied
to
the
study
of
living
matter
since
the
s
and
s
as
a
result
a
rapid
and
large
increase
has
taken
place
in
the
research
activity
in
this
field
and
biophysics
and
molecular
biology
have
emerged
as
important
areas
of
study
the
consequent
enormous
growth
of
literature
in
the
field
has
created
great
difficulties
in
tracking
out
the
significant
literature
of
the
subject
to
cope
with
this
unprecedented
growth
of
literature
a
ranking
list
of
periodicals
in
this
field
has
been
prepared
on
the
basis
of
citations
in
the
annual
review
of
biochemistry
for
and
this
list
is
expected
to
reflect
the
impact
of
literature
on
the
progress
of
biochemical
knowledge
more
accurately
than
the
list
prepared
by
henkle
in
the
present
list
brings
out
the
predominant
position
of
biochemical
research
in
the
total
scientific
effort
today
and
the
increasing
bias
of
cognate
disciplines
towards
biochemical
methodologies
a
method
of
analysis
of
the
number
of
citations
in
relation
to
size
of
the
journal
concerned
and
average
length
of
the
papers
published
has
been
developed
and
applied
in
this
study
the
analysis
yields
three
parameters
which
should
be
useful
in
assessing
the
actual
scientific
interest
of
a
journal
in
relation
to
the
number
of
paper
published
compactness
of
the
information
content
and
the
scientific
value
of
the
paper
in
relation
to
compactness
of
presentation
the
results
of
the
present
study
have
been
discussed
in
relation
to
bradford's
law
of
scattering
and
an
extension
of
the
law
has
been
suggested
namely
that
during
phases
of
rapid
and
vigorous
growth
of
knowledge
in
a
scientific
disciplines
articles
of
interest
to
that
discipline
appear
in
increasing
numbers
in
periodicals
distant
from
that
field
it
is
expected
that
the
present
ranking
list
will
enable
librarians
and
other
professional
workers
in
the
field
of
biochemistry
to
select
journals
from
the
viewpoint
of
their
significance
to
the
active
areas
or
present
day
biochemical
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
822
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
course
of
the
survey
covered
by
this
paper
cost
data
were
collected
by
visiting
eighteen
operational
computer
based
systems
in
europe
and
the
usa
using
a
structured
cost
analysis
scheme
the
sample
included
data
base
producers
and
self
contained
systems
that
both
create
and
provide
services
from
a
data
base
from
the
data
obtained
unit
costs
have
been
derived
for
most
operations
and
the
factors
contributing
to
variations
in
the
figures
are
discussed
analysis
of
the
data
has
shown
that
costs
are
affected
more
significantly
by
factors
such
as
system
management
salary
variations
and
productivity
of
staff
than
by
technical
factors
such
as
depth
of
indexing
data
preparation
methods
or
computer
programming
the
total
operating
budgets
of
most
of
the
systems
have
also
been
analysed
to
show
the
overall
pattern
of
cost
distribution
including
overheads
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
823
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
literature
of
the
last
few
decades
reflects
a
steadily
increasing
concern
with
quantitative
assessment
of
libraries
and
their
services
this
concern
is
both
the
result
of
and
a
reaction
to
growing
pressures
from
within
and
without
the
library
profession
to
adopt
the
tools
of
the
management
sciences
the
pressures
are
generated
by
many
factors
including
the
success
of
these
tools
in
other
fields
and
their
adoption
by
the
organizations
supporting
libraries
the
increasingly
explicit
character
of
competition
for
funds
at
all
levels
and
the
complexity
and
critical
nature
of
decisions
on
the
host
of
new
options
being
created
by
technology
and
by
formalization
of
library
networks
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
824
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
existing
practice
in
automatic
indexing
is
reviewed
and
it
is
shown
that
the
standard
theories
for
the
specification
of
term
values
or
weights
are
not
adequate
new
techniques
are
introduced
for
the
assignment
of
weights
to
index
terms
based
on
the
characteristics
of
individual
document
collections
the
effectiveness
of
some
of
the
proposed
methods
is
evaluated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
825
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
before
starting
to
trace
the
development
of
precis
to
its
theoretical
beginnings
i
shall
describe
the
system
briefly
in
its
present
form
this
will
serve
not
only
as
an
introduction
for
those
who
are
not
familiar
with
the
system
but
will
also
help
to
explain
the
relevance
of
some
of
the
historical
sections
which
follow
in
which
we
shall
see
how
a
machine
produced
alphabetical
indexing
system
based
on
a
syntax
derived
from
a
study
of
natural
language
developed
out
of
research
into
principles
for
a
new
general
classification
precis
or
the
preserved
context
indexing
system
differs
in
some
respects
from
traditional
alphabetical
indexes
and
lists
of
subject
headings
like
the
system
developed
by
coates
for
the
british
technology
index
precis
consists
essentially
of
a
set
of
working
procedures
not
a
prescribed
list
of
terms
or
phrases
the
system
is
firmly
based
upon
the
concept
of
an
open
ended
vocabulary
which
means
that
terms
can
be
admitted
into
the
index
at
any
time
as
soon
as
they
have
been
encountered
in
literature
once
a
term
has
been
admitted
its
relationships
with
other
terms
are
handled
in
two
different
ways
distinguished
as
the
syntactical
and
the
semantic
sides
of
the
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
826
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
while
fairthorne
may
not
have
been
the
first
person
to
recognize
it
certainly
for
this
author
fairthorne
was
the
first
to
make
explicit
the
fundamental
problems
of
information
retrieval
systems
namely
the
clash
between
obna
and
abno
only
but
not
all
and
all
but
not
only
although
it
was
not
until
that
the
terms
occur
in
fairthorne's
writings
the
concept
had
been
discussed
in
many
meetings
of
the
agard
documentation
panel
and
elsewhere
originally
it
was
considered
that
to
meet
these
two
requirements
it
might
be
necessary
to
have
two
separate
systems
and
the
test
of
the
uniterm
system
in
was
based
on
the
hypothesis
that
a
'marshalling'
system
e
g
u
d
c
was
fundamentally
different
from
a
'retrieval'
system
e
g
uniterm
while
the
idea
persisted
in
this
form
for
some
time
it
gradually
evolved
into
the
inverse
relationship
of
recall
and
precision
which
is
to
say
that
while
it
is
possible
to
obtain
of
the
relevant
documents
all
but
not
only
or
alternatively
to
obtain
only
but
not
all
it
is
not
possible
to
obtain
all
and
only
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
827
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
methods
of
testing
systems
in
practice
and
in
theory
are
critically
reviewed
some
new
theoretical
considerations
are
advanced
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
828
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
mailed
questionnaires
were
used
to
study
the
use
of
two
printed
current
awareness
devices
in
specialized
areas
of
the
neurosciences
one
manually
prepared
and
the
other
a
product
of
medlars
the
study
determined
who
uses
each
publication
how
much
for
what
purpose
and
with
what
degree
of
success
a
major
purpose
was
to
discover
how
valuable
the
publications
are
to
users
and
what
impact
they
have
had
on
their
own
research
or
professional
practice
as
well
as
on
their
information
seeking
behaviour
comparisons
are
made
between
the
results
for
the
two
publications
some
conclusions
are
drawn
on
information
seeking
behaviour
in
the
neuroscience
community
and
on
requirements
for
effective
current
awareness
services
in
this
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
829
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
mathematical
theory
of
measurement
is
used
to
construct
a
framework
for
the
evaluation
of
information
retrieval
strategies
the
model
arrived
at
is
based
on
precision
and
recall
after
a
detailed
examination
of
the
kind
of
conditions
the
model
can
be
expected
to
satisfy
a
plausible
measure
of
effectiveness
is
derived
finally
a
number
of
other
measures
are
shown
to
be
special
cases
of
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
83
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
state
of
the
art
literature
review
on
the
cost
of
classification
cataloging
indexing
and
abstracting
has
been
included
it
was
found
that
while
some
data
on
specific
costs
are
available
the
literature
is
generally
found
lacking
from
the
point
of
view
of
accuracy
completeness
consistency
and
availability
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
830
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
reviews
the
state
of
the
art
in
automatic
indexing
that
is
automatic
techniques
for
analyzing
and
characterizing
documents
for
manipulating
their
descriptions
in
searching
and
for
generating
the
index
language
used
for
these
purposes
it
concentrates
on
the
literature
from
to
section
i
defines
the
topic
and
its
context
sections
ii
and
iii
consider
work
in
syntax
and
semantics
respectively
in
detail
section
iv
comments
on
'indirect'
indexing
section
v
briefly
surveys
operating
mechanized
systems
in
section
vi
major
experiments
in
automatic
indexing
are
reviewed
and
section
vii
attempts
an
overall
conclusion
on
the
current
state
of
automatic
indexing
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
831
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
proposition
is
examined
that
large
scale
photocopying
such
as
that
practised
by
the
british
library
lending
division
affects
the
sales
of
journals
there
is
little
evidence
of
a
reduction
in
journal
circulation
figures
in
spite
of
large
increases
in
journal
prices
which
have
risen
much
faster
in
terms
of
cost
per
page
than
the
retail
price
index
university
libraries
have
since
the
nllst
was
established
devoted
an
increasingly
high
proportion
of
their
budgets
to
journals
though
recent
financial
pressures
are
now
forcing
cancellation
an
extensive
survey
of
demand
for
journals
at
blld
shows
a
heavy
concentration
on
a
relatively
small
number
of
titles
most
of
them
well
established
journals
widely
held
by
libraries
and
with
large
circulations
the
demand
for
in
print
issues
of
the
average
journal
is
small
it
is
concluded
in
the
absence
of
any
evidence
to
the
contrary
that
economic
difficulties
experienced
by
journals
publishers
and
the
increased
demand
on
the
blld
are
unrelated
though
both
owe
something
to
the
economic
pressures
on
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
832
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
early
schools
were
dedicated
to
practical
work
as
a
necessary
component
of
every
program
this
fact
is
heavily
documented
in
numerous
commentaries
on
the
time
as
this
century
progressed
however
this
pioneer
preoccupation
came
under
strong
criticism
and
by
the
's
and
in
more
recent
decades
an
equally
strong
documentation
attacks
the
earlier
curricula
now
in
the
's
amid
the
many
questions
raised
about
the
relevance
of
contemporary
library
education
there
appears
to
be
a
revival
in
the
use
of
field
experiences
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
833
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
linear
notation
system
is
described
which
was
designed
to
have
a
one
to
one
correspondence
with
the
chemical
structures
represented
by
the
notations
each
notation
is
unique
and
unambiguous
yet
simple
and
compatible
with
computer
input
and
output
characters
the
symbols
used
in
the
notation
system
denote
carbon
in
terms
of
bounds
and
attached
hydrogen
s
the
notation
system
is
illustrated
with
acyclic
carbocyclic
and
heterocyclic
examples
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
834
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
production
costs
of
cards
are
analyzed
cards
were
produced
by
four
variants
of
the
columbia
harvard
yale
procedure
employing
an
ibm
document
writer
and
an
ibm
computer
costs
per
card
ranged
from
to
cents
for
completed
cards
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
835
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
description
and
comparison
is
presented
of
four
compression
techniques
for
word
coding
having
application
to
information
retrieval
the
emphasis
on
codes
useful
in
creating
directories
to
large
data
files
it
is
further
shown
how
differing
application
objectives
lead
to
differing
measures
of
optimality
for
codes
though
compression
may
be
a
common
quality
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
836
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
entry
title
compression
code
is
proposed
which
will
fulfill
the
following
requirements
at
the
library
university
of
saskatchewan
entry
title
access
to
marc
tapes
entry
title
access
to
the
acquisitions
and
cataloguing
in
process
file
and
entry
title
duplicate
order
edit
within
the
acquisitions
and
cataloguing
in
process
file
the
study
which
produced
the
code
and
applications
for
the
code
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
837
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
information
requirements
in
the
social
sciences
are
almost
entirely
unexplored
i
shall
argue
that
exploration
is
desirable
discuss
some
of
the
reasons
why
this
is
so
attempt
an
analysis
of
the
factors
to
be
investigated
and
consider
some
possible
methods
of
investigation
this
article
is
an
early
by
product
of
the
investigation
into
information
requirements
of
the
social
sciences
being
carried
out
by
two
researchers
under
my
direction
and
supported
by
the
office
for
scientific
and
technical
information
it
is
based
on
the
report
on
the
preliminary
stage
presented
to
osti
in
april
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
838
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
traditional
classification
schemes
the
universe
of
knowledge
is
broken
down
into
self
contained
disciplines
which
are
further
analysed
to
the
point
at
which
a
particular
concept
is
decated
this
leads
to
problems
of
a
currency
keeping
the
scheme
in
line
with
new
discoveries
b
hospitality
allowing
room
for
insertion
of
new
subjects
c
cross
classification
a
concept
may
be
considered
in
such
a
way
that
it
fits
as
logically
into
one
discipline
as
another
machine
retrieval
is
also
hampered
by
the
fact
that
any
individual
concept
is
notated
differently
depending
on
where
in
the
scheme
it
appears
the
approach
now
considered
is
from
an
organized
universe
of
concepts
every
concept
being
set
down
only
once
in
an
appropriate
vocabulary
where
it
acquires
the
notation
which
identifies
it
wherever
it
is
used
it
has
been
found
that
all
the
concepts
present
in
any
compound
subject
can
be
handled
as
though
they
belong
to
one
of
two
basic
concept
types
using
either
entitles
or
attributes
in
classing
these
concepts
are
identified
and
notation
is
selected
from
appropriate
schedules
subjects
are
then
built
according
to
formal
rules
the
final
class
number
incorporating
operators
which
convey
the
fundamental
relationships
between
concepts
fron
this
viewpoint
the
rules
and
operators
of
the
proposed
system
can
be
seen
as
the
grammar
of
an
ir
language
and
the
schedules
of
entitles
and
attributes
as
its
vocabulary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
839
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
development
in
university
libraries
in
recent
years
in
reader
services
instruction
in
library
use
and
subject
specialization
go
only
a
small
way
to
meeting
the
problems
created
by
the
information
explosion
reasons
why
more
dynamic
and
personal
information
services
for
scientists
and
social
scientists
should
be
developed
include
the
limitations
in
researchers'
present
use
of
libraries
and
information
the
preference
of
users
for
informal
channels
of
communication
increasing
pressures
on
the
time
of
university
teachers
and
problems
associated
with
computer
retrieval
systems
specialist
posts
of
information
officer
should
be
created
as
part
of
the
library
services
but
with
functions
distinct
from
those
of
the
librarian
difficulties
that
may
arise
with
their
location
and
operation
are
discussed
the
cost
of
information
services
in
depth
is
heavy
but
it
may
be
possible
to
develop
them
within
the
existing
budget
by
a
reallocation
of
funds
and
staff
duties
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
84
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
eighty
two
documents
and
questions
in
documentation
and
related
areas
was
compared
to
find
answer
providing
documents
documents
from
which
answers
to
questions
can
be
inferred
two
judges
documentation
experts
made
comparisons
independently
they
discussed
their
disagreements
attempting
to
resolve
them
in
each
case
the
positive
judge
was
first
asked
to
indicate
what
answer
he
inferred
and
from
what
document
passage
s
the
further
discussion
depended
on
the
details
of
each
case
in
general
the
resolution
procedures
used
will
resolve
a
disagreement
about
whether
a
document
is
answer
providing
or
reduce
it
to
a
familiar
kind
of
scientific
disagreement
about
a
passage's
meaning
a
statement's
correctness
or
an
inference's
correctness
this
seems
better
than
treating
relevance
judgements
as
subjective
and
not
open
to
rational
discussion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
840
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
simple
model
of
a
two
stage
hierarchical
library
system
is
described
the
model
indicates
in
terms
of
user
costs
and
library
viability
how
the
branch
library
should
be
stocked
the
most
significant
factor
used
in
the
analysis
is
shown
to
be
the
ratio
of
the
two
actual
user
costs
rather
than
the
actual
costs
themselves
it
is
shown
that
the
viability
level
of
stock
provision
of
the
branch
library
is
determined
by
this
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
841
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
brief
review
of
the
principal
work
study
techniques
is
given
it
is
suggested
that
these
techniques
are
applicable
to
libraries
and
librarians
and
will
become
increasingly
useful
as
the
problems
of
increased
work
loads
become
more
severe
data
concerning
standard
times
and
performances
would
be
useful
for
system
design
and
planning
providing
such
data
is
put
in
its
proper
context
and
particularly
if
it
is
used
to
improve
effectiveness
as
well
as
efficiency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
842
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
kinds
of
information
needed
by
managing
librarians
to
make
correct
decisions
are
considered
with
emphasis
on
the
value
of
current
data
on
the
exceptional
situation
management
information
in
a
library
is
of
greatest
use
in
comparison
either
internally
or
with
data
from
other
libraries
a
simple
standard
method
of
recording
and
costing
is
urged
so
that
librarians
may
readily
identify
procedures
requiring
improvement
development
of
the
present
costing
method
is
traced
from
its
original
state
as
a
simple
management
information
system
based
on
exception
reporting
i
e
reporting
the
exceptions
which
occur
in
any
particular
survey
through
a
pilot
study
in
a
large
university
library
to
its
full
installation
in
two
further
university
libraries
the
method
of
analyzing
the
raw
data
is
described
and
examples
of
the
tables
are
given
together
with
brief
background
information
on
the
libraries
concerned
after
a
note
on
the
limitations
of
the
present
costing
method
and
of
unit
costs
in
general
unit
times
and
costs
are
given
for
numerous
operations
in
both
the
libraries
surveyed
covering
both
reader
and
technical
services
there
is
agreement
between
results
of
several
american
studies
and
those
of
the
present
investigation
for
further
comparison
the
information
on
times
and
salaries
has
been
used
in
conjunction
with
a
standard
civil
service
costing
procedure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
843
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
library
of
the
university
of
east
anglia
has
been
organized
on
the
basis
of
subject
specialization
a
system
which
the
author
believes
to
be
applicable
to
small
and
medium
sized
universities
a
comparison
of
university
structure
and
university
library
structure
shows
how
the
system
can
bring
about
organizational
strains
and
conflict
situations
in
respect
of
career
patterns
of
senior
staff
members
the
need
to
recognize
academic
considerations
for
library
promotions
is
stressed
and
a
case
made
out
for
the
fullest
involvement
of
all
senior
library
staff
in
policy
making
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
844
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
sheffield
follow
up
study
revealed
that
an
overwhelming
majority
of
graduates
of
the
post
graduate
school
of
librarianship
and
information
science
are
satisfied
with
their
work
and
working
situations
some
of
the
factors
relating
to
job
satisfaction
dissatisfaction
are
examined
together
with
job
mobility
and
drop
out
rates
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
845
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
between
and
bath
university
library
experimented
with
a
personalized
information
service
to
social
science
researchers
at
the
universities
of
bath
and
bristol
the
principal
service
offered
was
a
manual
current
awareness
service
based
mainly
on
the
scanning
of
primary
and
abstracting
journals
the
service
was
evaluated
by
feedback
slips
returned
by
clients
for
each
reference
notified
and
by
a
questionnaire
at
the
end
of
the
experiment
the
relevance
performance
was
good
and
few
references
had
been
seen
before
some
precision
could
have
been
sacrificed
to
ensure
comprehensive
recall
the
whole
service
was
rated
highly
by
nearly
all
users
and
considered
to
be
a
high
priority
among
the
various
possible
claims
on
university
resources
those
who
had
the
closest
contact
with
the
information
officers
had
the
best
scores
on
most
aspects
evaluated
and
rated
the
service
most
highly
some
general
observations
on
the
place
and
value
of
an
information
service
in
a
university
library
are
given
in
conclusion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
846
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
twenty
years
ago
jesse
shera
suggested
that
there
was
a
need
for
a
more
analytical
study
of
bibliography
which
might
help
to
bridge
library
and
information
services
little
note
was
taken
of
this
proposal
at
the
time
but
developments
have
since
occurred
and
are
here
briefly
reported
it
is
argued
that
shera's
macrobibliography
or
social
epistemology
provides
not
only
a
subject
for
theoretical
study
but
that
it
will
also
be
needed
for
the
rational
design
of
library
and
information
systems
and
networks
of
the
near
future
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
847
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
a
university
education
is
defined
here
as
the
need
to
guide
the
student
towards
becoming
a
self
directing
individual
this
paper
examines
this
purpose
in
terms
of
student
needs
and
the
awareness
of
both
academic
and
library
staff
psychological
principles
of
learning
as
applied
to
this
purpose
are
considered
together
with
the
use
of
audio
visual
methods
the
paper
ends
with
a
consideration
of
some
present
practical
constraints
and
the
possibilities
for
future
action
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
848
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
description
of
a
system
for
the
production
of
a
book
catalog
for
an
undergraduate
library
using
an
ibm
computer
k
storage
tape
drives
an
expanded
print
chain
on
the
printer
and
an
card
punch
for
input
described
are
the
conversion
of
cataloging
information
into
machine
readable
form
the
machine
record
produced
the
computer
programs
employed
and
printing
of
the
catalog
the
catalog
issued
annually
is
in
three
parts
an
author
title
catalog
a
subject
catalog
and
a
shelf
list
cumulative
supplements
are
issued
quarterly
a
central
idea
in
the
depiction
of
entries
in
the
catalog
is
the
abandonment
of
the
main
entry
concept
the
alphabetical
arrangement
of
entries
is
discussed
sort
keys
employed
filing
order
observed
symbols
employed
to
alter
this
order
and
problems
encountered
cost
factors
involved
in
the
preparation
of
the
catalog
are
summarized
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
849
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
first
part
of
this
paper
considers
three
general
approaches
to
the
development
of
an
automation
program
in
a
large
research
library
the
library
may
decide
simply
to
wait
for
developments
it
may
attempt
to
develop
a
total
or
integrated
system
from
the
start
or
it
may
adopt
an
evolutionary
approach
leading
to
an
integrated
system
outside
consultants
it
is
suggested
will
become
increasingly
important
the
second
part
of
the
paper
deals
with
important
elements
in
any
program
regardless
of
the
approach
these
include
the
building
of
a
capability
to
do
automation
work
staffing
equipment
organizational
structure
selection
of
projects
and
costs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
85
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
pointed
out
that
if
information
science
is
to
be
considered
a
true
science
similar
to
physics
or
chemistry
then
it
must
have
a
set
of
concepts
and
analytical
expression
which
apply
to
the
flow
of
information
in
a
general
way
in
several
previous
papers
the
author
and
a
colleague
have
described
a
model
of
a
generalized
information
system
which
has
wide
and
perhaps
universal
applicability
this
paper
elaborates
on
this
model
and
indicates
the
range
of
its
applicability
several
fundamental
quantities
are
defined
specifically
in
a
way
which
allows
for
quantification
it
is
pointed
out
in
this
paper
that
this
model
can
be
the
basis
for
the
development
of
a
true
science
of
information
with
all
of
the
necessary
requirements
for
a
science
by
the
use
of
this
model
and
the
definition
of
a
true
science
the
goals
and
requirements
for
a
curriculum
in
information
science
are
thus
established
within
this
context
information
is
defined
as
data
of
value
in
decision
making
quantitative
measures
of
information
can
be
obtained
by
relating
information
to
specific
observable
actions
which
can
be
measured
physically
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
850
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
bell
telephone
laboratories
has
established
an
on
line
circulation
system
linking
two
terminals
in
each
of
its
three
largest
libraries
to
a
central
computer
objectives
include
improved
service
through
computer
pooling
of
collections
immediate
reporting
on
publication
availability
or
a
borrower's
record
automatic
reserve
follow
up
reduced
labor
and
increased
management
information
loans
returns
reserves
and
many
queries
are
handled
in
real
time
input
may
be
keyboard
only
or
combined
with
card
reading
to
handle
all
publications
with
borrower
present
or
absent
bellrel
is
now
being
used
for
some
transactions
per
day
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
851
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
problems
associated
with
bibliographic
retrieval
using
unverified
input
data
supplied
by
requesters
a
code
derived
from
compression
of
title
and
author
information
to
four
four
character
abbreviations
each
was
used
for
retrieval
tests
on
an
ibm
computer
retrieval
accuracy
was
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
852
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
description
of
the
machine
processing
of
marc
ii
records
using
cobol
for
an
application
on
the
library
of
congress
system
emphasis
is
on
the
manipulation
by
cobol
of
highly
complex
variable
length
marc
records
containing
variable
length
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
853
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
economical
classification
process
of
order
n
log
n
for
n
elements
which
does
not
employ
n
square
procedures
conversion
proofs
are
given
and
possible
information
retrieval
applications
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
854
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
preliminary
report
on
planning
for
network
design
undertaken
by
the
reference
round
table
of
the
texas
library
association
and
the
state
advisory
council
to
library
services
and
construction
act
title
iii
texas
program
necessary
components
of
a
network
are
discussed
and
network
transactions
of
eighteen
dallas
area
libraries
analyzed
using
a
methodology
and
quantitative
measures
developed
for
this
project
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
855
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
describes
the
characteristics
performance
and
potential
of
sked
sort
key
edit
a
generalized
computer
program
for
creating
sort
keys
for
marc
ii
records
at
the
user's
option
sked
and
a
modification
of
the
ibm
s
dos
tape
sort
merge
program
form
the
basis
for
a
comprehensive
program
for
arranging
catalog
by
computer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
856
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
concept
for
mechanized
descriptive
cataloging
is
presented
together
with
four
areas
of
research
programs
to
be
undertaken
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
857
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computer
based
laboratory
for
library
science
students
to
use
in
class
assignments
and
for
independent
projects
has
been
developed
and
used
for
one
year
at
syracuse
university
marc
pilot
project
tapes
formed
the
data
base
different
computer
programs
and
various
samples
of
the
marc
file
records
approx
were
used
for
search
and
retrieval
operations
data
bases
programs
and
seven
different
class
assignments
are
described
and
evaluated
for
their
impact
on
library
education
in
general
and
individual
students
and
faculty
in
particular
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
858
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
synthesis
of
the
progress
report
submitted
by
the
library
of
congress
to
the
council
on
library
resources
under
an
officer's
grant
to
initiate
the
recon
pilot
project
that
gives
an
overview
of
the
project
and
the
progress
made
from
august
november
in
the
following
areas
training
selection
of
material
to
be
converted
investigation
of
input
devices
and
format
recognition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
859
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
of
arrival
dates
of
lc
proofslips
and
corresponding
marc
magnetic
tape
records
that
four
fifths
of
the
marc
records
were
received
the
same
week
as
or
earlier
than
the
proofslips
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
86
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
indexes
to
a
collection
of
documents
in
the
field
of
chemistry
were
test
searched
the
indexes
are
a
keyword
from
title
index
without
added
keywords
and
a
single
access
point
per
document
alphabetic
subject
index
the
indexes
were
searched
by
graduate
chemistry
students
using
questions
search
results
are
characterized
in
terms
of
recall
precision
and
search
time
there
is
no
statistically
significant
difference
in
recall
and
precision
search
result
between
the
multiple
access
points
per
document
keyword
from
title
index
and
the
single
access
point
per
document
alphabetic
subject
index
search
time
was
significantly
better
for
the
alphabetic
subject
index
for
all
but
those
questions
having
only
one
relevant
document
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
860
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
costs
of
the
automated
library
systems
as
currently
given
in
published
reports
tend
to
be
misleading
and
confusing
it
is
necessary
to
have
a
clear
understanding
of
how
they
were
derived
before
any
comparisons
can
be
made
clearly
defined
costs
in
terms
of
time
units
are
more
meaningful
than
straight
dollar
costs
and
can
be
used
as
one
means
of
comparison
among
various
system
designs
and
as
guidelines
for
the
design
of
new
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
861
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
synthesis
of
the
second
progress
report
submitted
by
the
library
of
congress
to
the
council
on
library
resources
under
a
grant
for
the
recon
pilot
project
an
overview
of
the
progress
made
from
november
to
april
in
the
following
areas
production
official
catalog
comparison
format
recognition
research
titles
microfilming
investigation
of
input
devices
in
addition
the
status
of
the
tasks
assigned
to
the
recon
woking
task
force
are
briefly
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
862
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
viable
on
line
search
systems
require
reasonable
capabilities
to
automatically
detect
and
hopefully
correct
variations
between
request
format
and
stored
format
an
important
requirement
is
the
solution
of
the
problem
of
matching
proper
names
not
only
because
both
input
specifications
and
storage
specifications
are
subject
ot
error
but
also
because
various
transliteration
schemes
exist
and
can
provide
variant
proper
name
forms
in
the
same
data
base
this
paper
reviews
several
proper
name
matching
schemes
and
provides
an
updated
version
of
these
schemes
which
tests
out
nicely
on
the
proper
name
equivalence
classes
of
a
suburban
telephone
book
an
appendix
lists
the
corpus
of
names
used
for
algorithm
test
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
863
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
synopsis
of
the
third
progress
report
on
the
recon
pilot
project
submitted
by
the
library
of
congress
to
the
council
on
library
resources
an
overview
is
given
of
the
progress
made
from
april
through
september
in
the
following
areas
recon
production
format
recognition
research
titles
microfilming
and
investigation
of
input
devices
in
addition
the
status
of
the
tasks
assigned
to
the
recon
working
task
force
are
briefly
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
864
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
processing
format
based
on
marc
ii
and
some
of
bnb's
elaborations
of
marc
ii
it
further
enlarges
marc
ii
to
encompass
french
cataloging
practices
and
filing
arrangements
in
french
catalogs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
865
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computerized
serials
record
and
control
system
developed
in
for
the
technical
information
department
of
pfizer
inc
is
described
and
subjected
to
a
cost
analysis
this
cost
analysis
is
conducted
in
the
context
of
an
investment
decision
using
the
concept
of
net
present
value
a
method
not
previously
used
in
library
literature
the
cost
analysis
reveals
a
positive
net
present
value
and
a
system
life
break
even
requirement
of
seven
years
at
a
cost
of
capital
this
demonstrates
that
such
an
automated
system
can
be
economically
justifiable
in
a
library
of
relatively
modest
size
approx
serial
and
periodical
titles
it
may
be
that
the
break
even
point
in
terms
of
collection
size
required
for
successful
automation
of
serial
records
is
smaller
than
has
been
assumed
to
date
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
866
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
subscriptions
to
the
library
of
congress'
marc
tapes
number
approximately
sixty
the
use
to
which
the
weekly
tapes
have
been
put
have
been
minimal
in
the
area
of
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
and
current
awareness
this
paper
reviews
work
that
has
been
performed
on
batched
retrieval
dissemination
and
provides
a
description
of
a
highly
flexible
cooperative
sdi
system
developed
by
the
library
university
of
saskatchewan
and
the
national
science
library
the
system
will
permit
searching
over
all
subject
areas
represented
by
the
english
language
monographic
literature
on
marc
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
867
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
description
of
a
technique
for
compressing
data
to
be
placed
in
computer
auxiliary
storage
the
technique
operates
on
the
principle
of
taking
two
alphabetic
characters
frequently
used
in
combination
and
replacing
them
with
one
unused
special
character
code
such
one
for
two
replacement
has
enabled
the
ilo
to
achieve
a
rate
of
compression
of
on
a
data
base
of
approximately
bibliographic
records
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
868
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
experiment
testing
utility
of
truncated
search
keys
as
inquiry
terms
in
an
on
line
system
was
performed
on
a
file
of
title
only
bibliographic
entries
use
of
a
key
yields
eight
or
fewer
entries
of
the
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
869
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
experiment
showing
that
search
keys
derived
from
titles
are
sufficiently
specific
to
be
an
efficient
computerized
interactive
index
to
a
file
of
marc
ii
records
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
87
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
following
books
and
journals
for
the
core
nursing
library
suggested
reference
materials
and
supplementary
books
and
journals
were
selected
by
experts
in
nursing
from
all
parts
of
the
united
states
the
purpose
is
to
let
practitioners
and
community
hospitals
know
which
books
and
journals
from
a
wealth
of
printed
material
would
in
the
opinion
of
experts
be
most
useful
especially
where
funds
and
space
are
limited
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
870
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
after
outlining
the
terms
of
reference
of
an
investigation
of
user
reaction
to
the
selective
dissemination
of
marc
records
a
summary
of
the
types
of
users
is
given
user
response
is
analyzed
and
interpreted
in
the
light
of
recent
developments
at
the
library
of
congress
implications
for
the
future
of
sdi
of
marc
in
a
university
setting
conclude
the
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
871
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
research
keys
and
are
analyzed
using
a
probability
formula
on
a
bibliographic
file
of
records
assuming
random
requests
by
record
permits
the
creation
of
a
predictive
model
which
more
closely
approximates
the
actual
behavior
of
a
search
and
retrieval
system
as
determined
by
a
usage
survey
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
872
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
development
and
implementation
of
an
off
line
catalog
card
production
system
and
on
line
shared
cataloging
system
are
described
in
off
line
production
average
cost
per
card
for
catalog
cards
in
finished
form
and
alphabetized
for
filing
was
c
an
account
is
given
of
system
design
and
equipment
selection
for
the
on
line
system
file
organization
and
programs
are
described
and
the
on
line
cataloging
system
is
discussed
the
system
is
easy
to
use
efficient
reliable
and
cost
beneficial
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
873
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
under
the
auspices
of
the
international
federation
of
library
association's
committees
on
cataloging
and
mechanization
an
international
working
group
on
content
designators
was
formed
to
attempt
to
resolve
the
differences
in
the
content
designators
assigned
by
national
agencies
to
their
machine
readable
bibliographic
records
all
working
papers
emanating
from
the
ifla
working
group
will
be
submitted
to
the
international
standards
organization
technical
committee
subcommittee
working
group
on
content
designators
prior
to
any
attempt
to
standardize
the
content
designators
for
the
international
exchange
of
bibliographic
data
in
machine
readable
form
it
is
necessary
to
agree
on
certain
basic
points
from
which
all
future
work
will
be
derived
this
first
working
paper
is
a
statement
of
the
obstacles
that
presently
exist
which
prevent
the
effective
international
interchange
of
bibliographic
data
in
machine
readable
form
the
score
of
concern
for
the
ifla
working
group
and
the
definition
of
terms
included
in
the
broader
term
content
designators
if
an
international
standard
format
can
be
derived
it
would
greatly
facilitate
the
use
in
this
country
of
machine
readable
bibliographic
records
issued
by
other
national
agencies
it
should
also
contribute
significantly
to
the
expansion
of
marc
to
other
languages
by
the
library
of
congress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
874
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
comprehensive
automated
bibliographic
control
system
has
been
developed
by
the
new
york
public
library
this
system
is
unique
in
its
use
of
an
automated
authority
system
and
highly
sophisticated
machine
filing
algorithms
the
primary
aim
was
the
rigorous
control
of
established
forms
and
their
cross
reference
structure
the
original
impetus
for
creation
of
the
system
and
its
most
highly
visible
product
is
a
photocomposed
book
catalog
the
book
catalog
subsystem
supplies
automatic
punctuation
of
condensed
entries
and
contains
the
ability
to
produce
cumulation
supplement
book
catalogs
in
installments
without
loss
of
control
of
the
cross
referencing
structure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
875
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
description
is
given
of
the
file
organization
and
design
of
an
on
line
catalog
suitable
for
automation
of
a
library
of
one
million
books
a
method
of
virtual
hash
addressing
allows
rapid
search
of
the
indexes
to
the
catalog
file
storage
of
textual
material
in
a
compressed
form
allows
considerable
reduction
in
storage
costs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
876
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
investigation
shows
that
search
keys
derived
from
personal
author
names
possess
a
sufficient
degree
of
distinctness
to
be
employed
in
an
efficient
computerized
interactive
index
to
a
file
marc
ii
catalog
records
having
personal
author
entries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
877
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
briefly
characterizes
and
compares
the
specifications
for
serial
records
of
the
mar
serials
distribution
service
the
national
serials
data
program
and
the
international
standard
bibliographic
description
for
serials
both
data
content
and
where
applicable
machine
format
are
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
878
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ad
hoc
discussion
group
on
serials
data
bases
was
formed
as
a
result
of
an
informal
meeting
held
during
the
american
library
association's
conference
in
las
vegas
on
june
those
in
attendance
were
primarily
interested
in
the
generation
and
maintenance
of
machine
readable
union
files
of
serials
this
author's
involvement
in
that
meeting
and
the
later
activities
of
the
group
stems
from
a
contract
between
the
national
library
of
canada
and
york
university
concerning
an
investigation
of
the
problems
associated
with
machine
readable
serials
files
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
879
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
libraries
will
play
a
key
role
in
providing
access
to
data
bases
but
not
by
subscribing
to
tape
services
and
establishing
local
processing
centers
as
is
commonly
assumed
high
costs
and
the
nature
of
the
demand
will
make
this
approach
unfeasible
it
is
more
likely
that
the
library's
reference
staff
will
develop
the
capability
of
serving
as
a
broker
between
the
local
campus
user
and
the
various
regional
or
specialized
retail
distribution
centers
which
exist
or
will
be
established
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
88
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
with
increasing
scientific
collaboration
visibility
of
individual
role
performance
has
diminished
ordering
of
author'
names
as
an
adaptive
device
which
symbolizes
their
relative
contributions
to
research
interviews
with
nobel
laureates
and
comparisons
of
their
name
order
practices
to
those
of
other
scientists
suggest
that
this
symbol
is
ambiguous
and
makes
evaluation
of
individual
role
performance
difficult
a
probability
model
of
expected
distribution
of
name
orders
is
used
in
measuring
preferences
for
particular
sequences
and
these
preferences
vary
with
the
authors'
eminence
on
the
assumptions
that
authors'
names
are
listed
in
order
of
the
value
of
their
contributions
laureates
should
be
first
authors
more
often
than
other
scientists
in
fact
they
are
not
instead
they
exercise
their
noblesse
oblige
by
giving
credit
to
less
eminent
co
workers
increasingly
as
their
eminence
grows
they
do
so
more
often
after
the
prize
and
eminent
laureates
to
be
forego
first
authorship
more
often
than
those
as
yet
unrecognized
the
noblesse
oblige
however
has
its
limits
laureates'
contributions
to
prize
winning
research
are
more
visible
than
contributions
to
their
other
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
880
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
bibcon
file
management
system
designed
for
use
on
ibm
system
equipment
performs
two
basic
functions
it
creates
marc
structured
bibliographic
records
from
untagged
input
data
from
these
records
it
produces
page
image
output
for
book
catalogs
the
system
accepts
data
from
several
different
input
devices
and
can
produce
a
variety
of
output
formats
by
line
printer
photocomposition
or
computer
output
microform
com
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
881
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
several
recently
established
national
programs
are
evaluated
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
practicing
librarian
it
is
essential
that
we
be
aware
of
the
consequences
of
adopting
these
programs
and
that
planners
and
librarians
communicate
adequately
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
882
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purposes
of
this
paper
are
to
explain
what
the
conser
project
is
to
answer
some
of
the
questions
that
have
been
raised
concerning
it
and
to
make
some
general
comments
on
the
problems
associated
with
this
type
of
project
this
paper
will
not
attempt
to
review
in
detail
the
history
and
operational
facets
of
the
project
since
these
are
available
elsewhere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
883
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
medlars
ii
the
replacement
for
the
medlars
system
used
by
the
national
library
of
medicine
over
the
past
decade
incorporates
a
number
of
major
advances
in
the
state
of
the
art
for
massive
information
retrieval
systems
on
line
access
to
a
number
of
very
large
bibliographic
files
an
efficient
throughput
figure
validation
and
mapping
of
inputs
against
authority
files
and
modularity
and
parametric
programming
to
provide
the
flexibility
needed
to
support
future
system
enhancements
major
medlars
ii
subsystems
described
are
specification
maintenance
input
and
release
file
maintenance
retrieval
publication
production
and
management
reporting
the
medlars
ii
retrieval
subsystem
elhill
incorporated
the
results
of
the
experimental
aim
twx
service
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
884
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
washington
library
network
is
developing
a
computer
assisted
bibliographic
system
to
speed
and
expand
library
operations
throughout
the
state
features
include
marc
format
with
all
content
designators
subject
and
name
authority
files
sorting
by
lc
rules
and
stringent
quality
control
feature
modules
will
add
acquisition
accounting
and
circulation
support
on
line
capabilities
are
currently
under
development
this
paper
describes
the
present
batch
mode
cataloging
support
subsystem
its
history
operation
impacts
problems
costs
present
developmental
efforts
toward
on
line
integrated
acquisitions
and
cataloging
support
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
885
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
is
little
so
ephemeral
as
a
current
review
in
an
area
so
rapidly
changing
as
library
networking
yet
this
very
characteristic
of
rapid
change
makes
valid
the
effort
of
providing
an
overview
at
a
point
in
time
the
first
task
then
is
network
definition
and
description
necessary
because
a
large
number
of
library
activities
have
been
described
as
networks
and
only
a
limited
number
are
covered
here
the
chapter
on
library
and
information
networks
in
volume
seven
of
the
annual
review
of
information
science
and
technology
provides
a
normative
list
of
essential
characteristics
a
network's
function
is
to
marshal
resources
to
accomplish
results
beyond
the
ability
of
any
one
of
its
members
a
network
has
developed
an
organizational
design
and
structure
that
allows
it
to
establish
an
identifiable
domain
it
has
a
base
in
communications
technology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
886
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
results
of
a
study
carried
out
under
the
auspices
of
the
council
on
library
resources
are
described
the
stated
goal
of
this
study
was
to
determine
and
analyze
the
current
state
of
planning
and
implementation
for
computer
generated
replacements
for
the
card
catalog
book
catalog
microimage
catalog
on
line
catalog
for
large
collections
titles
or
more
and
selected
smaller
libraries
less
than
titles
that
had
actually
implemented
an
alternative
form
of
catalog
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
887
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
production
of
a
com
catalog
using
oclc
records
on
magnetic
tape
is
outlined
standards
developed
within
the
library
community
as
represented
in
the
mark
format
have
made
this
catalog
possible
a
brief
overview
of
the
procedures
involved
and
of
the
catalog
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
888
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
will
describe
three
areas
of
current
serials
activity
which
are
of
importance
to
conventional
libraries
i
would
like
to
do
this
in
general
terms
eschewing
details
which
only
seem
to
serve
to
confuse
the
three
areas
are
l
standards
what
they
are
what
impact
they
can
have
what
influence
they
currently
are
having
on
serials
processing
standards
setting
projects
i
will
attempt
to
describe
and
or
define
the
almost
incestuous
intricacies
of
the
national
serials
data
program
nsdp
the
international
serials
data
system
isds
and
conser
conversion
of
serials
code
revision
activities
i
will
outline
the
influence
that
current
standards
and
projects
are
having
on
code
revision
activities
my
comments
are
to
be
considered
within
the
context
of
conventional
libraries
primarily
one
wherein
card
catalogs
still
exist
and
manual
processes
are
the
rule
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
889
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
documentation
research
project
of
the
american
institute
has
been
engaged
for
some
years
in
an
effort
to
improve
the
various
systems
available
for
the
publication
and
dissemination
of
physics
literature
numerous
aspects
of
the
problem
have
been
studied
and
much
information
has
been
obtained
from
the
projects
listed
in
the
bibliography
which
appears
on
the
inside
cover
of
this
report
studies
which
resulted
in
the
determination
of
the
indexing
requirements
of
research
physicists
new
methods
for
the
content
analysis
and
indexing
of
physics
research
papers
and
better
production
methods
for
journal
indexes
have
formed
the
backbone
of
the
work
which
has
as
its
ultimate
objective
the
creation
of
a
reference
retrieval
system
which
is
adequate
for
the
physicists
who
will
use
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
89
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
matthew
effect
occurs
when
scientists
receive
differential
recognition
for
a
particular
scientific
contribution
depending
on
their
location
in
the
stratification
system
merton
originally
introduced
the
concept
to
explain
the
allocation
of
credit
among
authors
of
multiple
discoveries
or
collaborators
in
this
paper
the
concept
is
generalized
to
apply
to
all
scientific
work
if
the
matthew
effect
were
to
operate
the
reception
of
papers
of
equal
quality
should
be
influenced
by
the
location
of
their
authors
in
the
stratification
system
to
test
this
hypothesis
data
are
drawn
from
several
studies
of
similar
design
in
each
study
we
control
for
the
number
of
citations
papers
received
at
time
this
enables
us
to
look
at
groups
of
papers
that
were
judged
to
be
roughly
equal
in
quality
at
time
we
then
see
whether
there
were
any
differences
in
the
reception
of
these
papers
at
time
depending
upon
various
aspects
of
the
author's
location
in
the
stratification
system
all
the
data
indicate
that
assessed
quality
of
papers
at
time
is
a
more
important
determinant
of
a
paper's
initial
reception
than
any
of
the
stratification
variables
however
the
speed
of
diffusion
of
papers
of
equal
quality
is
influenced
by
the
reputation
of
the
author
based
on
past
work
that
is
being
heavily
utilized
at
the
time
of
a
new
discovery
the
matthew
effect
also
operates
for
those
scientists
located
at
prestigious
points
of
the
social
system
of
science
all
other
stratification
variables
including
eminence
as
measured
by
receipt
of
awards
did
not
influence
the
speed
of
diffusion
data
are
presented
that
indicate
that
top
papers
written
by
high
ranking
scientists
are
no
more
likely
to
be
widely
diffused
early
than
are
top
papers
by
low
ranking
scientists
the
matthew
effect
also
serves
to
focus
attention
on
the
work
of
little
known
men
who
collaborate
with
scientists
of
high
repute
and
to
increase
retroactively
the
visibility
of
the
early
work
of
scientists
who
go
on
to
greater
fame
a
discussion
is
included
of
the
relevance
of
these
data
for
the
study
of
resistance
to
scientific
discoveries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
890
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
reports
the
application
of
pattern
recognition
and
substructural
analysis
to
the
problem
of
predicting
the
antineoplastic
activity
of
test
compounds
in
an
experimental
mouse
brain
tumor
system
based
on
structurally
diverse
compounds
tested
in
this
tumor
system
the
molecules
were
represented
by
three
types
of
substructural
fragments
the
augmented
atom
the
heteropath
and
the
ring
fragments
of
the
two
pattern
recognition
methods
used
to
predict
the
activity
of
the
test
compounds
the
nearest
neighbor
method
predicted
correctly
while
the
learning
machine
method
predicted
correctly
the
test
structures
and
the
important
substructural
fragments
used
in
this
study
are
given
and
the
implications
of
these
results
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
891
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
prepared
at
the
request
of
the
national
library
of
medicine
is
the
result
of
a
study
of
the
status
and
needs
of
the
libraries
of
medical
schools
and
schools
of
basic
medical
sciences
which
are
institutional
members
of
the
association
of
american
medical
libraries
and
are
approved
by
the
american
medical
association
it
is
intended
to
summarize
the
impact
of
changing
experiments
in
medical
research
education
and
practice
on
the
collections
serving
housing
and
staffs
of
medical
school
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
892
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
price
gilbert
memorial
library
of
the
georgia
institute
of
technology
has
reproduced
its
entire
card
catalog
on
microfiche
and
is
updating
this
basic
file
with
a
bimonthly
cumulated
supplement
produced
by
the
computer
output
microfiche
com
process
the
total
catalog
has
been
placed
with
in
appropriate
microfiche
reader
in
every
academic
and
research
department
on
campus
thereby
taking
the
chief
bibliographic
record
of
the
library
to
the
faculty
user
remote
bibliographic
access
is
complemented
by
a
telephone
request
and
delivery
service
which
provides
delivery
of
requested
books
or
photocopies
from
the
library
to
the
faculty
member
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
893
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
would
be
of
interest
to
determine
if
possible
the
part
which
men
of
different
calibre
contribute
to
the
progress
of
science
considering
first
simple
volume
of
production
a
count
was
made
of
the
number
of
names
in
the
decennial
index
of
chemical
abstracts
against
which
appeared
entries
names
of
firms
e
g
aktiengesellschaft
etc
were
omitted
from
reckoning
since
they
represent
the
output
not
of
a
single
individual
but
of
an
unknown
number
of
persons
the
letters
a
and
b
of
the
alphabet
only
were
covered
these
were
treated
both
separately
and
in
the
aggregate
with
the
results
shown
in
the
table
and
in
figures
and
below
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
894
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
an
experimental
study
of
index
term
frequency
as
a
factor
in
retrieval
performance
the
frequency
of
an
index
term
or
its
breadth
as
it
is
called
here
is
the
number
of
postings
made
to
the
term
in
a
given
collection
the
question
is
asked
of
index
terms
assigned
to
documents
which
function
most
effectively
in
retrieval
the
most
term
or
popular
terms
or
those
which
are
used
relatively
infrequently
the
experiment
is
a
retrieval
experiment
and
uses
the
cranfield
salton
data
breadth
of
indexing
is
varied
by
nonrandomly
deleting
terms
from
documents
retrieval
output
is
evaluated
using
the
expected
search
length
measure
of
retrieval
effectiveness
as
well
as
the
usual
precision
and
recall
the
wilcoxen
test
is
used
to
determine
the
statistical
significance
of
the
different
indexings
the
results
show
that
the
optimal
breadth
of
indexing
is
a
variable
depending
on
user
needs
if
a
few
documents
are
wanted
or
high
precision
is
desired
then
narrow
terms
are
more
effective
than
broad
ones
if
on
the
other
hand
all
or
most
relevant
documents
are
wanted
then
broad
terms
are
better
an
argument
however
can
be
made
for
the
quality
of
narrow
terms
since
when
these
terms
are
deleted
precision
never
improves
whereas
deleting
broad
terms
always
results
in
a
higher
precision
a
corollary
experiment
is
carried
out
to
compare
two
indexings
of
the
same
average
breadth
where
one
indexing
consists
of
semantically
appropriate
terms
terms
taken
from
the
document
title
and
the
other
consists
of
merely
reasonable
index
terms
the
result
suggest
that
title
term
indexing
is
qualifiedly
superior
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
895
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
swets's
theory
of
information
retrieval
allows
the
threads
of
document
weighting
formulae
probabilistic
measures
of
effectiveness
and
management
theory
to
be
woven
into
a
coherent
pattern
benefits
of
the
theory
are
the
beginnings
of
a
quantitative
description
of
retrieval
languages
a
clear
distinction
between
retrieval
'systems'
and
'language'
a
recognition
that
retrieval
performance
can
be
tailored
to
suit
individual
needs
in
a
systematic
way
and
confirmation
that
question
generality
is
a
pivotal
feature
of
the
retrieval
process
the
hypotheses
involved
are
still
in
need
of
rigorous
experimental
testing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
896
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
was
undertaken
to
meet
more
fully
the
demands
for
improved
and
expanded
training
of
library
personnel
especially
at
the
middle
and
upper
levels
occasioned
by
the
rapidly
changing
roles
and
functions
of
libraries
as
they
try
to
adapt
to
the
vast
social
economic
and
technological
changes
currently
in
progress
the
rise
to
a
higher
level
of
required
skills
and
competencies
often
new
has
brought
about
an
urgent
need
for
improved
training
beyond
the
first
professional
degree
at
the
post
master's
level
the
basic
purpose
of
this
research
is
curriculum
development
at
the
post
master's
level
that
will
equip
the
middle
and
upper
level
personnel
in
libraries
for
the
changes
confronting
them
although
it
would
be
possible
to
restructure
the
master's
program
and
add
the
courses
that
this
study
shows
a
need
for
that
alternative
has
not
been
pursued
for
two
reasons
a
fairly
stable
master's
curriculum
is
widely
accepted
and
institutionalized
and
more
important
the
new
courses
are
designed
for
a
different
group
of
students
experienced
librarians
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
897
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
on
line
cataloging
pilot
project
for
two
elementary
school
is
discussed
the
system
components
are
terminals
upper
lower
case
input
ibm's
faster
generalized
software
package
and
usual
cards
labels
output
reasons
for
choosing
faster
software
and
hardware
features
operating
procedures
system
performance
and
costs
are
detailed
future
expansion
to
cataloging
annual
k
acquisitions
on
line
circulation
retrospective
conversion
and
union
book
catalogs
is
set
forth
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
898
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
field
of
documentation
originated
from
the
desire
of
librarians
to
arrange
the
document
collection
by
subject
areas
mono
dicraredical
classification
systems
were
developed
for
this
purpose
which
made
it
possible
in
each
case
to
find
a
single
clearly
defined
category
for
each
bibliographic
item
the
development
of
modern
science
has
brought
about
two
principal
changes
in
the
situation
first
it
is
no
longer
enough
to
simply
provide
for
the
retrieval
of
complete
bibliographic
items
as
a
unit
but
rather
one
tends
more
and
more
to
request
informational
details
that
may
be
contained
in
the
book
second
modern
knowledge
has
become
too
complex
and
interdependent
that
it
is
no
longer
possible
to
provide
a
single
well
defined
category
for
the
books
or
journal
articles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
899
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
intense
development
of
science
and
its
immediate
application
in
production
is
one
of
the
characteristic
feelings
of
our
time
the
growth
of
the
economy
now
depends
more
and
more
on
the
speed
of
scientific
research
one
of
the
main
tasks
of
the
five
year
plan
is
to
develop
in
every
possible
way
basic
and
applied
scientific
research
and
to
rapidly
introduce
their
results
into
the
national
economy
the
directives
of
the
th
congress
of
the
cpsu
emphasize
the
need
to
improve
scientific
technical
information
and
to
guarantee
the
systematic
transfer
to
interested
fields
and
institutions
of
information
on
scientific
achievements
and
progressive
experimentation
in
the
areas
of
technology
the
organization
of
production
and
production
management
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
9
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
assumed
that
an
additional
use
study
held
less
promise
than
an
analytical
consideration
of
concepts
the
basic
approach
was
a
survey
comparing
traditional
and
current
professional
ideas
on
direct
access
principal
data
gathering
instruments
were
documentary
analysis
and
opinion
questionnaire
findings
of
the
documentary
analysis
included
the
following
research
from
to
on
the
direct
shelf
approach
and
browsing
left
the
problems
largely
unresolved
and
evidently
resistant
to
established
methods
of
use
and
user
research
the
need
for
an
exhaustive
study
of
concepts
was
confirmed
open
shelf
libraries
organized
through
shelf
classification
and
relative
location
were
meant
to
arouse
the
intellectual
social
and
political
interest
of
the
average
citizen
and
affect
his
democratic
self
realization
definitions
of
browsing
varied
greatly
self
indulgence
by
the
untutored
in
objectionable
works
beneficial
self
education
for
the
general
reader
valuable
guidance
for
the
scholar
in
his
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
90
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
most
libraries
most
users
face
a
complex
monolithic
arrangement
of
entries
in
catalogs
and
books
on
shelves
in
classical
librarianship
no
effort
can
be
made
to
personalize
the
listing
of
titles
or
arrangement
of
volumes
for
an
individual
user
a
user
is
unidentified
and
except
for
that
small
fraction
of
a
percent
who
consult
reference
librarians
users
remain
nameless
the
computer
however
with
its
superb
ability
to
treat
users
as
individual
persons
and
events
as
individual
events
possesses
the
potential
for
enabling
big
libraries
to
recapture
the
human
qualities
of
which
classical
librarianship
has
deprived
them
since
their
days
as
one
librarian
libraries
however
rehumanization
is
not
the
only
contribution
computerization
will
make
to
libraries
developments
in
modern
society
are
forcing
libraries
to
establish
new
objectives
contemporary
living
is
information
based
a
phenomenon
that
is
outmoding
the
venerable
concept
of
library
function
as
small
special
libraries
already
do
all
libraries
must
participate
in
the
cultural
activities
of
the
individuals
in
their
communities
rather
than
merely
make
available
a
torpid
service
libraries
must
look
forward
to
supplying
information
to
a
user
when
and
where
he
needs
it
an
objective
impossible
to
attain
with
classical
library
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
900
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
presents
the
results
of
a
detailed
study
of
the
place
of
foreign
language
materials
in
university
research
in
the
course
of
our
investigation
we
accumulated
a
large
amount
of
data
on
the
use
of
published
information
and
of
library
services
by
research
workers
and
academic
staff
our
analyses
have
necessarily
been
limited
by
the
specific
aims
of
the
project
but
we
have
been
constantly
aware
that
there
are
many
other
possible
analyses
of
the
same
material
for
this
reason
we
have
endeavoured
to
include
in
the
appendix
as
much
of
this
raw
data
as
possible
and
to
provide
in
the
text
itself
when
presenting
our
own
analyses
as
much
detail
as
possible
of
the
methodology
and
other
background
information
necessary
for
any
full
evaluation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
901
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
at
one
time
or
another
many
authors
must
have
faced
the
dilemma
of
whether
to
gather
their
articles
published
on
a
certain
topic
and
republish
them
as
a
collection
of
essays
or
whether
to
rework
them
into
an
entirely
new
book
i
decided
in
favor
of
the
first
course
with
regard
to
the
articles
i
had
written
during
the
last
fifteen
years
on
language
and
information
in
particular
on
the
more
technical
and
applied
aspects
leaving
for
some
future
occasion
my
papers
on
the
philosophy
of
language
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
902
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
three
chapters
of
this
book
are
somewhat
elaborated
versions
of
three
lectures
the
beckman
lectures
that
i
delivered
at
the
university
of
california
at
berkeley
in
january
the
first
is
an
attempt
to
evaluate
past
contributions
to
the
study
of
mind
that
have
been
been
based
on
research
and
speculation
regarding
the
nature
of
language
the
second
is
devoted
to
contemporary
developments
in
linguistics
that
have
a
bearing
on
the
study
of
the
mind
the
third
is
a
highly
speculative
discussion
of
directions
that
the
study
of
language
and
mind
might
take
in
coming
years
the
three
lectures
then
are
concerned
with
the
past
the
present
and
the
future
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
903
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
do
you
know
that
there
are
counties
and
parishes
and
county
equivalents
in
the
united
states
making
a
total
of
do
you
know
that
only
states
have
statutory
provisions
for
county
law
libraries
do
you
know
that
seven
states
have
no
listing
for
county
law
libraries
in
the
american
association
of
law
libraries
directory
of
law
libraries
do
you
know
that
los
angeles
county
california
not
only
has
the
largest
county
law
library
collection
in
the
united
states
but
it
also
has
seven
branch
law
libraries
these
four
questions
readily
point
out
the
simple
fact
that
the
growth
and
development
of
county
law
libraries
in
the
united
states
has
been
uneven
without
pattern
or
standards
not
only
on
a
state
to
state
basis
but
on
a
county
to
county
basis
within
a
particular
state
a
survey
of
the
state
statutes
relating
to
county
law
libraries
reveals
that
there
are
no
two
states
that
have
exactly
the
same
method
for
the
establishment
administration
financial
support
or
maintenance
of
a
county
law
library
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
904
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
one
of
the
objectives
of
a
library
catalog
is
to
enable
one
to
determine
what
books
or
publications
by
an
author
are
in
the
library
establishment
of
special
rules
of
entry
for
serial
publications
which
preclude
attribution
of
authorship
defeats
this
objective
the
present
rule
of
the
anglo
american
cataloging
rules
are
the
paris
principles
are
criticized
in
this
regard
in
the
course
of
this
criticism
it
is
shown
that
the
presence
of
a
generic
title
the
presence
of
the
name
of
a
corporate
body
within
the
serial
publication
are
not
valid
criteria
for
determining
authorship
of
a
serial
publication
furthermore
using
the
form
of
publication
produces
unpredictable
entries
for
serials
therefore
it
is
proposed
that
special
rules
for
entry
of
serials
be
abolished
that
a
serial
be
treated
like
any
other
work
of
corporate
or
personal
authorship
including
compilations
and
works
produced
under
editorial
direction
this
will
have
the
added
benefit
of
allowing
consistent
treatment
of
instances
of
corporate
and
personal
authorship
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
905
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
the
advent
of
periodical
literature
in
the
seventeenth
century
well
over
ten
thousand
journals
have
been
published
in
the
field
of
bio
medicine
many
of
these
have
ceased
publication
others
are
only
of
local
interest
still
approximately
two
thousand
desirable
periodicals
in
this
field
are
being
currently
released
as
research
and
discovery
are
recorded
in
the
journal
literature
the
greatest
asset
of
a
scientific
library
is
its
subscription
list
and
periodical
holdings
it
therefore
becomes
a
major
responsibility
of
such
libraries
to
make
this
wealth
of
experimental
data
available
to
their
readers
when
funds
are
limited
the
selection
of
a
periodical
collection
that
will
best
serve
the
most
urgent
needs
of
the
reader
becomes
of
paramount
importance
a
plan
of
highly
selective
purchasing
must
be
adopted
to
prevent
the
improper
use
of
funds
actual
needs
of
the
library
must
be
at
hand
to
carry
out
such
a
plan
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
906
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
work
is
a
contribution
to
the
literature
of
librarianship
and
some
parts
of
it
may
interest
a
wider
audience
the
chapters
consist
of
a
series
of
introductory
explorations
into
several
related
fields
some
of
these
areas
are
usually
included
in
curricula
for
library
studies
programmes
under
a
title
such
as
the
library
and
the
community
or
the
social
background
to
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
907
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
of
research
on
concepts
and
problems
of
libraries
of
the
future
records
the
result
of
a
two
year
inquiry
into
the
applicability
of
some
of
the
newer
techniques
for
handling
information
to
what
goes
at
present
by
the
name
of
library
work
i
e
the
operations
connected
with
assembling
information
in
recorded
form
and
of
organizing
and
making
it
available
for
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
908
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
libraries
at
large
is
itself
one
tangible
outcome
of
advisory
commission
activity
representing
the
combined
efforts
of
duke
university
the
r
r
bowker
company
members
of
the
commission
and
its
several
study
groups
and
many
other
diverse
individuals
within
and
without
the
library
world
the
resultant
theme
is
the
same
one
that
characterized
the
work
of
our
commission
from
the
beginning
namely
a
concern
that
every
individual
in
our
society
be
provided
with
library
and
informational
services
adequate
to
his
current
and
emerging
needs
confronting
this
goal
requires
a
recognition
of
inevitable
change
and
we
have
questioned
status
quo
recognizing
at
the
same
time
the
differing
pace
and
character
requisite
for
the
implementation
of
designs
in
the
adaptability
to
change
the
national
interest
demands
simultaneous
sympathy
with
people
in
pockets
of
illiteracy
and
people
in
the
vanguards
of
intellectual
achievement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
909
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
was
written
in
an
attempt
to
fill
a
gap
if
one
ignored
the
major
historical
resources
in
other
languages
which
few
united
states
students
read
notably
the
handbuch
der
bibliothekswissenschaft
edited
by
fritz
milkau
and
others
d
ed
leipzig
harrassowitz
registerband
it
was
plain
that
the
goodly
company
of
works
available
did
not
meet
all
fundamental
needs
the
most
nearly
comprehensive
treatment
was
elmer
c
johnson's
a
history
of
libraries
in
the
western
world
scarecrow
which
remains
in
its
second
edition
scarecrow
solid
and
attractive
reading
but
continues
as
announced
to
cover
only
libraries
its
attention
to
librarianship
is
very
limited
numerous
important
theorists
are
not
even
mentioned
furthermore
the
predominant
organization
by
type
of
library
hampers
the
analysis
of
crosscurrents
between
libraries
and
life
and
thought
particularly
the
development
of
the
image
of
the
library
and
librarian
the
aim
here
has
been
to
tie
it
all
together
in
the
present
offering
the
west
is
used
conventionally
european
civilization
with
its
near
eastern
ancestors
and
its
western
hemisphere
progeny
the
limitation
is
practical
to
try
to
cover
even
the
west
may
prove
to
be
too
much
for
one
person
to
go
beyond
would
be
rash
yet
an
understanding
of
those
lands
beyond
would
be
most
valuable
to
us
all
let
us
hope
that
someone
will
try
to
provide
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
91
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
contains
a
call
for
active
participation
by
all
segments
of
the
library
and
educational
community
in
the
williams
and
wilkins
controversy
and
in
the
effort
to
achieve
appropriate
copyright
revision
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
910
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
has
been
suggested
by
various
librarians
concerned
with
inner
city
service
that
the
library
serve
as
an
informational
and
interpersonal
link
between
community
residents
and
social
agencies
the
major
question
is
whether
it
is
necessary
to
add
another
agency
to
the
already
overburdened
social
service
bureaucracy
the
rationale
for
envisioning
the
library
in
this
role
is
twofold
the
library
has
achieved
a
reputation
for
impartiality
because
it
provides
information
on
all
sides
of
an
issue
and
is
not
committed
to
any
particular
action
program
community
service
or
clientele
and
librarians
are
specifically
trained
to
locate
organize
update
and
disseminate
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
911
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
from
time
to
time
in
the
course
of
its
historical
development
a
professional
activity
enters
a
new
stage
this
usually
takes
place
as
the
culmination
of
a
series
of
modifications
to
the
practice
of
the
art
arising
out
of
changes
in
the
social
situation
in
which
the
profession
operates
skilled
workers
sensitive
to
changing
needs
alter
or
refine
their
practice
so
that
it
develops
in
tune
with
the
progress
of
society
itself
descriptive
accounts
of
new
or
improved
methods
appear
in
the
literature
and
from
time
to
time
a
leading
thinker
makes
a
new
synthesis
by
combining
these
explanations
into
a
system
or
theory
which
gives
a
rational
account
of
what
is
going
on
and
so
prepares
the
way
forward
this
is
what
dean
jesse
h
shera
has
set
out
to
do
in
this
collection
of
his
essays
and
addresses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
912
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
undertakes
to
document
the
process
and
the
thinking
that
led
leyh
to
his
controversial
professional
political
activities
and
his
widely
criticized
writings
in
his
later
years
every
effort
has
been
made
to
present
the
documentary
material
and
to
analyze
leyh's
reactions
to
political
and
psychological
pressures
without
favoring
any
particular
position
neither
a
justification
nor
a
critique
of
leyh's
actions
is
intended
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
913
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
although
catalogue
codes
and
standards
have
received
much
attention
there
has
been
very
little
fundamental
questioning
of
cataloguing
principles
and
practice
basic
questions
in
need
of
investigation
include
whether
individual
libraries
need
catalogues
of
their
own
stock
how
far
printed
bibliographies
could
serve
as
a
substitute
the
functions
catalogues
are
serving
at
present
and
the
actual
demands
placed
on
them
the
nature
of
users
and
non
users
and
the
possible
conflicts
between
the
catalogue
needs
of
librarians
and
non
librarians
the
psychological
factors
of
approachability
and
usability
whether
standardization
should
over
rule
local
needs
whether
catalogues
should
be
designed
for
use
by
readers
at
all
the
functions
of
printed
national
catalogues
the
implications
of
increased
co
operation
and
of
the
changing
functions
of
libraries
what
a
catalogue
entry
should
contain
and
how
it
should
be
arranged
and
the
possible
administrative
uses
of
catalogue
data
mechanization
has
made
these
questions
of
great
urgency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
914
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
survey
of
the
events
leading
to
the
decision
to
replace
library
science
abstracts
by
a
new
service
indicates
the
arrangement
of
lisa
and
how
this
will
differ
from
lsa
gives
a
brief
account
of
the
working
routines
for
the
new
service
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
915
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
reference
has
been
made
to
work
done
at
the
university
of
lancaster
in
recent
issues
of
the
record
this
article
summarizes
past
present
and
possible
future
activities
in
this
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
916
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
goal
of
this
book
library
automation
experience
methodology
and
technology
of
the
library
as
an
information
system
is
to
provide
a
perspective
of
the
library
functions
that
have
been
or
might
be
mechanized
or
automated
an
outline
of
the
methodology
of
the
systems
approach
an
overview
of
the
technology
available
to
the
library
and
a
projection
of
the
prospects
for
library
automation
there
is
a
concern
in
every
library
for
the
proper
handling
and
control
of
a
veritable
flood
of
material
and
for
the
prompt
and
convenient
fulfillment
of
service
demands
that
concern
is
matched
by
excitement
about
the
possibilities
for
effective
use
of
the
computers
and
communications
network
in
many
library
functions
knowledge
the
library's
stock
in
trade
is
being
generated
at
an
unprecedented
rate
and
sought
after
with
unprecedented
intensity
technology
the
driving
force
behind
the
library's
problems
and
one
hope
for
future
solution
is
being
advanced
to
unprecedented
levels
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
917
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
intended
as
a
reasonably
comprehensive
discussion
of
library
automation
systems
for
the
librarian
without
previous
knowledge
or
experience
in
the
field
and
for
the
intelligent
layman
library
automation
systems
in
the
context
of
this
work
are
combinations
of
electronic
data
processing
machines
and
appropriate
programs
and
operating
procedures
organized
to
work
together
in
carrying
out
with
a
minimum
of
human
intervention
some
well
defined
library
process
it
is
a
field
that
many
thoughtful
observers
feel
has
reached
a
certain
maturity
and
so
deserves
to
have
its
portrait
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
918
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
book
was
built
on
interviews
with
the
library's
middle
managers
on
discussions
with
working
specialists
in
the
various
divisions
on
conversations
with
and
questionnaires
sent
to
out
of
library
users
and
from
my
own
observations
through
almost
twenty
five
years
in
the
library's
congressional
research
service
after
the
text
was
completed
it
was
read
by
appropriate
people
in
each
department
for
factual
content
and
ultimately
by
the
staff
in
the
librarian's
office
for
their
comment
at
no
point
was
there
pressure
to
change
text
or
conclusions
although
there
were
plenty
of
good
natured
suggestions
on
details
and
nearly
everyone
urged
a
fuller
description
of
his
own
particular
specialty
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
919
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
international
meeting
of
cataloguing
experts
convened
in
copenhagen
in
under
the
auspices
of
the
ifla
committee
on
uniform
cataloguing
rules
later
committee
on
cataloguing
set
in
motion
the
first
major
development
in
continuation
of
the
success
achieved
by
the
paris
international
conference
on
cataloguing
principles
in
the
matter
of
the
principles
and
general
rules
for
entry
and
heading
taking
under
consideration
the
study
of
bibliographical
data
in
national
bibliography
entries
prepared
by
michael
gorman
the
experts
of
the
copenhagen
meeting
set
up
a
working
group
with
jack
wells
as
chairman
charged
with
drafting
an
international
standard
bibliographic
description
for
monographic
publications
there
was
common
agreement
that
the
objective
was
the
development
of
specifications
for
the
necessary
data
elements
their
order
of
presentation
and
the
punctuation
to
delimit
them
these
specifications
should
be
designed
to
satisfy
the
needs
of
national
bibliographies
and
with
whatever
judicious
trimming
might
be
desirable
the
needs
of
the
libraries
of
the
entire
world
it
was
further
agreed
that
these
bibliographic
descriptions
were
to
be
made
quite
independently
of
the
heading
under
which
they
might
appear
in
listings
the
working
group
succeeded
in
its
task
and
brought
forth
its
provisional
isbd
m
in
the
first
standard
edition
was
published
earlier
this
year
the
success
of
this
standard
is
manifested
by
the
continuing
increase
in
the
number
of
countries
that
have
adopted
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
92
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
sometimes
it
seems
as
if
the
library
world
has
divided
into
two
camps
those
who
seem
to
know
all
about
this
thing
called
oclc
and
who
keep
popping
that
rounded
acronym
into
their
conversation
with
a
certain
bromidic
effervescence
and
the
other
camp
plain
folk
who
are
happy
to
take
library
life
one
acronym
at
a
time
as
they
need
it
and
who
if
pressed
might
guess
that
oclc
has
something
to
do
with
oh
optical
codes
at
the
library
of
congress
only
in
ohio
where
the
ohio
college
library
center
began
and
where
this
national
computerized
bibliographic
data
exchange
continues
to
grow
is
oclc
universally
a
library
household
term
even
among
computer
phobes
in
ohio
most
librarians
already
realize
the
kind
of
thing
going
on
at
oclc
is
not
simply
the
building
up
of
someone
else's
data
base
in
little
bits
and
bytes
but
perhaps
the
biggest
revolution
in
access
to
library
collections
since
books
were
unchained
from
the
shelves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
920
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
nature
of
serials
is
such
that
in
both
the
ala
cataloging
rules
for
author
and
titles
entries
and
the
anglo
american
cataloging
rules
aacr
there
are
special
rules
for
choice
of
entry
for
serials
that
differ
from
the
rules
for
monographs
while
the
statement
of
principles
adopted
at
the
international
conference
on
cataloging
principles
paris
principles
leaves
much
room
for
interpretation
and
controversy
regarding
serials
it
also
provides
for
special
rules
for
choice
of
entry
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
921
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
final
report
from
the
association
of
research
libraries'
ad
hoc
committee
on
machine
based
serials
written
in
january
of
this
year
showed
that
of
the
libraries
which
participated
in
the
committee's
survey
of
efforts
in
the
area
of
machine
readable
serials
files
had
files
containing
a
total
of
titles
twenty
two
libraries
reported
having
no
files
and
one
library
indicated
that
it
was
in
the
process
of
converting
its
file
the
cost
of
converting
these
files
is
approximately
not
to
mention
the
utilization
of
an
incredible
amount
of
duplicate
conversion
effort
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
922
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
major
conclusions
and
recommendations
of
the
study
which
follows
are
that
the
catalogs
of
the
research
libraries
of
the
new
york
public
library
be
divided
chronologically
at
the
earliest
possible
date
that
the
present
or
retrospective
public
catalog
be
reproduced
photographically
in
book
form
that
the
future
or
prospective
catalogs
be
produced
in
a
combination
of
card
and
book
form
from
a
store
of
machine
readable
data
that
a
central
serial
record
be
created
to
contain
acquisition
information
cataloging
and
holdings
data
and
bindery
records
for
all
serial
publications
in
the
research
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
923
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
social
structures
have
changed
more
quickly
during
the
last
one
hundred
years
than
during
any
other
equivalent
period
in
history
with
these
changes
have
come
alternations
in
the
role
of
institutions
of
higher
education
during
the
centennial
year
we
shall
try
to
measure
the
need
and
nature
of
further
change
and
to
evolve
ideas
that
may
influence
its
direction
in
keeping
with
this
idea
the
graduate
school
of
library
science
of
the
university
of
illinois
felt
that
this
indeed
was
a
time
propitious
for
holding
an
international
conference
on
education
for
librarianship
the
profession
as
a
whole
and
library
education
in
particular
are
still
quite
young
but
in
less
than
one
hundred
years
we
have
seen
revolutionary
changes
demands
have
been
made
on
the
world's
libraries
and
in
turn
on
the
schools'
training
personnel
for
these
libraries
almost
too
rapidly
for
them
to
satisfy
it
seemed
logical
for
library
education
therefore
to
measure
the
need
and
nature
of
future
change
and
to
evolve
ideas
that
may
influence
its
direction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
924
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
conference
on
library
education
and
training
in
developing
countries
was
arranged
in
order
to
examine
more
closely
the
present
facilities
curricula
and
programs
for
training
library
workers
in
the
developing
countries
of
the
world
closest
to
hawaii
those
in
east
and
south
asia
to
determine
their
short
and
long
range
needs
for
trained
library
workers
and
to
determine
their
needs
for
additional
library
education
and
training
facilities
and
for
revised
curricula
in
the
light
of
this
information
the
conference
proposed
to
evaluate
the
assistance
given
in
recent
years
by
american
advisors
and
temporary
library
school
faculty
in
these
countries
and
then
to
ascertain
the
roles
that
both
local
library
schools
and
their
counterparts
in
the
united
states
can
play
in
serving
the
needs
for
trained
library
workers
in
these
and
other
developing
countries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
925
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
an
experiment
in
several
respects
the
pressures
of
rising
publication
together
with
the
dazzling
potentialities
of
the
electronic
computer
are
forcing
librarians
to
think
more
quantitatively
about
their
libraries
than
most
of
them
ever
have
before
and
simultaneously
have
aroused
the
interest
of
the
computer
expert
and
the
systems
analyst
in
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
of
which
the
library
is
still
the
most
successful
exemplar
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
926
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
would
add
greatly
to
the
usefulness
of
our
reference
libraries
if
an
agreement
should
be
made
to
lend
books
to
each
other
for
short
periods
of
time
it
happens
not
unfrequently
that
some
book
is
called
for
by
a
reader
or
that
in
looking
up
the
answer
to
a
question
a
librarian
has
occasion
to
use
a
book
which
he
finds
in
the
catalogue
of
another
library
but
which
does
not
belong
to
his
own
collection
the
book
very
likely
is
one
that
can
be
replaced
if
lost
but
it
would
take
time
to
get
it
through
ordinary
channels
it
might
be
necessary
to
send
abroad
for
a
copy
or
to
wait
to
pick
up
one
if
the
book
is
scarce
in
such
a
case
it
would
be
a
great
convenience
to
be
able
to
borrow
a
book
for
a
few
days
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
927
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
when
scholars
and
persons
of
high
social
position
come
to
a
library
they
have
confidence
enough
in
regard
to
the
cordiality
of
their
reception
to
make
known
their
wishes
without
timidity
or
reserve
modest
men
in
the
humbler
walks
of
life
and
well
trained
boys
and
girls
need
encouragement
before
they
become
ready
to
say
freely
what
they
want
a
hearty
reception
by
a
sympathizing
friend
and
the
recognition
of
some
one
at
hand
who
will
listen
to
inquiries
even
although
he
may
consider
them
unimportant
make
it
easy
for
such
persons
to
ask
questions
and
put
them
at
once
on
a
home
footing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
928
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
early
as
the
divided
catalog
was
being
presented
as
a
preferable
alternative
to
the
dictionary
catalog
writing
in
dorothy
grosser
found
that
the
steady
stream
of
papers
on
the
subject
began
in
she
reported
articles
based
on
actual
experience
with
the
divided
catalog
a
quick
check
of
her
list
discloses
that
all
divided
catalogs
are
not
represented
by
articles
she
recorded
nine
opponents
of
the
divided
catalog
and
six
better
known
members
of
the
profession
reserving
judgement
lyle
in
his
new
edition
of
the
administration
of
the
college
library
considers
it
safer
rather
than
wiser
as
in
his
earlier
edition
to
await
further
evidence
faced
at
central
methodist
college
library
with
a
dictionary
catalog
which
had
outgrown
its
cabinets
and
which
was
to
be
expanded
a
survey
of
catalog
user
opinion
was
undertaken
to
determine
if
some
division
of
the
catalog
should
be
considered
some
revision
of
the
filing
would
be
needed
anyway
because
of
inconsistencies
which
had
crept
in
largely
involving
the
inter
filing
of
subject
and
title
entries
the
following
questions
were
asked
of
all
users
of
the
catalog
during
hours
selected
at
random
over
several
weeks
are
you
looking
for
a
particular
book
or
for
books
on
a
particular
subject
were
you
looking
under
author
title
or
subject
what
is
your
greatest
difficulty
in
using
the
catalog
how
would
you
feel
about
having
the
subject
cards
in
a
separate
file
one
hundred
persons
approximately
one
tenth
of
the
campus
population
were
questioned
per
cent
felt
that
they
would
prefer
having
subject
cards
in
a
separate
catalog
per
cent
were
opposed
and
per
cent
undecided
it
must
be
admitted
that
the
prejudice
of
the
person
asking
may
have
influenced
the
way
in
which
the
question
was
answered
a
similar
survey
made
in
by
the
university
of
toronto
showed
general
support
for
the
dictionary
catalog
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
929
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
number
of
trips
to
the
united
states
to
teach
in
library
schools
have
inculcated
in
me
a
variety
of
views
about
the
present
state
of
american
library
education
they
are
personal
opinions
no
more
but
they
come
from
one
who
has
seen
much
that
he
admires
and
who
believes
wholeheartedly
that
the
american
spirit
includes
a
firm
resolution
to
change
whatever
is
inefficient
or
corrupt
otherwise
would
have
no
meaning
the
opinions
do
not
stem
directly
from
my
experience
in
the
five
accredited
schools
in
which
i
have
taught
but
are
strongly
rooted
in
my
general
observation
of
library
education
practice
and
my
discussions
with
members
of
the
library
profession
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
93
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
the
result
of
a
collaborative
effort
extending
over
seven
years
we
have
tried
hard
to
make
the
book
a
genuine
joint
product
to
which
each
of
us
made
the
contributions
he
is
best
qualified
to
make
there
is
no
senior
author
the
sequence
of
name
is
simply
alphabetical
and
we
have
reversed
it
in
signing
the
preface
and
elsewhere
to
emphasize
this
fact
our
collaboration
was
motivated
by
our
shared
interest
in
social
stratification
our
common
concern
with
advancing
scientific
social
theory
on
the
basis
of
systematic
research
and
the
conviction
that
the
inquiry
would
benefit
from
the
different
qualifications
and
viewpoints
the
two
of
us
represent
there
can
be
no
doubt
that
our
interests
in
and
approaches
to
sociological
problems
differ
to
a
considerable
degree
although
we
agree
that
refining
research
methods
and
advancing
social
theory
are
both
important
for
example
it
is
only
fair
to
state
that
duncan
lays
more
stress
on
deriving
theoretical
generalizations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
930
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
after
a
century
of
public
library
service
and
progress
public
libraries
attract
less
than
a
third
perhaps
only
a
quarter
of
the
adult
population
either
to
read
and
borrow
books
or
to
look
up
information
but
nearly
per
cent
of
the
population
is
over
currently
a
few
large
city
libraries
show
slight
decreases
in
annual
circulation
the
major
measure
of
their
usefulness
yet
nationally
circulation
and
the
informational
use
of
public
libraries
have
in
general
steadily
increased
especially
in
the
last
decade
possibly
because
the
number
of
public
college
university
and
special
libraries
doubled
from
reported
in
to
in
publishers'
weekly
january
and
there
are
more
than
that
many
school
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
931
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
scheme
for
circulating
nonfiction
books
without
the
help
of
the
library
of
congress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
932
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
american
urban
public
library
is
in
something
of
a
dilemma
relatively
secure
in
the
affections
of
the
populace
the
library
is
nevertheless
frequently
threatened
by
loss
of
income
the
threats
are
cyclical
and
are
associated
with
the
local
tax
picture
which
at
the
present
time
is
notably
obscure
the
abortive
attempts
earlier
this
year
to
reduce
appropriations
for
the
libraries
in
newark
and
new
york
received
widespread
attention
both
because
the
libraries
are
quite
visible
nationally
and
because
the
proposed
cuts
were
preposterously
unmistakable
in
the
eye
of
the
politician
who
must
find
that
tiny
bit
of
safe
water
between
the
shoals
of
economy
and
those
of
service
the
library
appears
to
be
expendable
ballast
to
be
dumped
in
heavy
weather
in
years
in
two
city
libraries
i
have
seen
almost
every
budget
year
produce
a
critical
fight
to
prevent
disaster
from
overtaking
the
library
i
think
the
experience
is
not
uncommon
only
the
most
extraordinary
efforts
keep
most
urban
libraries
from
going
under
libraries
seldom
thrive
they
survive
periods
of
calm
and
prosperity
are
rare
for
urban
public
libraries
in
the
richest
nation
in
the
world
during
this
era
of
extraordinary
national
economic
success
the
paradox
invites
some
critical
self
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
933
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
deadliest
disease
afflicting
the
library
press
is
proliferation
the
kindest
and
most
conservative
estimate
i
am
able
to
bring
myself
to
make
is
that
there
are
at
least
three
times
as
many
library
periodicals
in
this
country
as
we
can
afford
or
are
necessary
perhaps
the
most
constructive
single
thing
that
could
be
accomplished
would
be
to
persuade
at
least
one
in
three
publishers
of
a
library
periodical
to
cease
publication
one
might
reasonably
expect
that
librarians
who
have
done
so
much
public
wailing
about
the
publication
explosion
would
be
among
the
chief
advocates
and
practitioners
of
birth
control
in
the
world
of
print
instead
we
find
them
cavorting
as
uninhibitedly
in
the
king
size
bed
of
printed
procreation
as
do
the
denizens
of
the
sodom
and
gomorrah
of
science
and
technology
just
about
every
library
of
any
consequence
and
some
of
little
consequence
and
almost
without
exception
every
group
or
organization
within
the
loose
boundaries
of
our
profession
decides
virtually
at
the
moment
of
its
birth
that
it
cannot
survive
without
a
publication
of
its
own
a
newsletter
a
journal
some
regular
calling
card
to
announce
its
presence
to
the
world
at
large
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
934
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
major
and
largely
justifiable
criticism
of
library
education
has
always
been
that
it
is
too
closely
tied
to
present
practices
and
that
it
trains
for
current
service
instead
of
educating
for
growth
and
change
unfortunately
the
picture
many
faculty
members
have
of
what
today's
requirements
for
public
library
service
are
tends
to
be
obsolete
graduates
are
thus
doubly
handicapped
not
only
do
we
fail
to
educate
we
fail
even
to
provide
realistic
training
at
worst
we
perpetuate
the
past
and
train
people
for
tasks
that
are
no
longer
central
to
the
concerns
of
public
libraries
library
education
like
the
public
library
itself
will
have
to
accelerate
the
pace
of
change
or
risk
the
fate
of
oblivion
institutions
that
can
move
with
the
times
and
maintain
a
position
of
relevance
to
contemporary
affairs
will
survive
others
will
wither
away
disappear
or
be
replaced
by
more
responsive
agencies
there
is
no
shortage
of
prophets
of
doom
for
both
the
public
library
and
for
graduate
library
education
but
there
are
plenty
of
signs
of
life
yet
in
both
an
article
in
the
june
issue
of
the
reporter
called
dust
gathers
on
the
public
library
summed
up
nicely
the
apparent
slow
decline
and
loss
of
purpose
of
a
once
revered
institution
however
the
reporter
is
dead
while
the
public
library
lives
on
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
935
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
battle
is
currently
being
waged
at
the
university
of
maryland
school
of
library
and
information
services
its
outcome
will
influence
the
future
of
the
library
profession
because
of
the
significance
of
this
controversy
this
situation
at
maryland
is
here
brought
to
the
attention
of
the
profession
at
large
last
fall
a
group
with
funding
from
the
office
of
education
brought
into
being
an
educational
program
which
is
addressing
the
profession's
most
critical
problems
those
central
to
its
survival
as
a
viable
social
institution
the
library
profession's
need
to
define
and
fulfill
an
important
service
function
in
the
public
arena
its
failure
to
make
itself
relevant
to
other
than
middle
class
interests
in
the
culture
and
its
inavailability
to
contribute
to
the
alleviation
of
the
severe
social
economic
and
other
inequalities
which
exist
in
the
culture
and
which
continue
to
deprive
black
americans
particularly
of
even
minimal
life
opportunities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
936
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
invitation
to
apply
for
this
council
on
library
resources
fellowship
stated
as
one
aim
to
break
administrators
loose
from
their
desk
to
read
investigate
and
reach
for
broadening
experiences
that
might
make
them
administrate
better
the
application
listed
seven
targets
of
study
in
the
working
context
of
university
research
libraries
organizational
structures
management
techniques
program
budgeting
use
of
machines
including
the
computer
research
collection
development
non
book
materials
in
the
library
out
of
building
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
937
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
objectives
of
the
research
were
to
determine
actual
requirements
for
library
resources
by
elementary
and
secondary
grade
students
and
to
evaluate
existing
library
resources
in
terms
both
of
student
needs
and
national
standards
and
on
the
basis
of
this
information
to
outline
the
respective
roles
of
the
school
libraries
and
the
public
libraries
in
providing
needed
resources
and
in
developing
joint
planning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
938
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
unforgivably
time
has
passed
since
the
days
when
the
library's
patron
was
the
local
monarch
and
cost
was
no
deterrent
time's
passage
has
replaced
the
monarch
with
taxpayers
or
stockholders
and
concurrently
sensitivity
to
cost
has
attained
stellar
importance
the
causes
for
being
unaware
of
costs
may
stem
from
a
variety
of
reasons
but
they
cannot
in
all
fairness
to
the
profession
belie
an
inability
to
perform
the
simple
arithmetic
of
cost
accounting
what
is
suspected
is
a
lack
of
the
few
simple
ground
rules
and
the
logical
operations
that
bind
them
together
in
short
a
recipe
for
cost
accounting
and
analysis
in
the
following
is
outlined
one
such
set
of
ground
rules
and
their
related
procedural
requirements
which
have
evolved
and
been
applied
with
success
over
the
past
few
years
it
is
stressed
that
since
this
set
represents
the
findings
of
one
library
it
may
not
fully
satisfy
the
specific
requirements
of
your
own
shop
therefore
feel
free
to
adopt
the
ground
rules
to
your
immediate
requirements
with
regard
to
discipline
it
is
pretty
much
summed
up
in
the
six
steps
and
five
resource
requirements
which
follow
in
addition
to
identifying
steps
requirements
and
the
mysterious
ways
of
cost
analysis
these
ingredients
are
blended
together
in
a
manner
which
will
be
meaningful
for
your
internal
operations
and
may
be
significant
for
your
library's
future
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
939
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
need
for
libraries
to
cooperate
has
long
been
recognized
as
countless
articles
written
within
the
past
decade
will
attest
moreover
the
necessity
to
combine
forces
has
never
been
as
apparent
as
it
is
today
because
the
cost
of
self
sufficiency
has
become
undeniably
prohibitive
libraries
can
no
longer
afford
to
act
as
free
agents
voluntary
library
cooperation
is
no
natural
manifestation
of
social
interaction
rhetoric
alone
is
a
impotent
agent
of
change
in
truth
cooperative
programs
succeed
only
as
long
as
each
participant
perceives
the
arrangement
as
beneficial
to
his
institution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
94
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
united
states
has
been
engaged
in
activities
known
variously
as
technical
assistance
technical
cooperation
or
development
assistance
for
the
past
twenty
five
years
this
form
of
foreign
aid
either
government
sponsored
or
privately
supported
is
a
twentieth
century
phenomenon
the
broader
concept
foreign
aid
or
foreign
assistance
means
providing
another
country
with
any
kind
of
goods
whether
financial
commodity
or
manpower
to
almost
any
purpose
and
extends
to
antiquity
technical
assistance
which
may
be
defined
on
the
other
hand
as
the
supplying
of
techniques
is
an
outgrowth
of
the
industrial
revolution
and
parallels
america's
rise
in
the
nineteenth
century
to
world
recognition
as
an
important
industrial
and
trade
power
government
use
of
such
aid
as
an
instrument
of
foreign
policy
as
well
as
the
integration
of
these
private
and
public
efforts
in
the
foreign
assistance
field
began
to
develop
under
president
roosevelt's
good
neighbor
policy
this
integration
soon
expanded
under
the
new
cultural
relations
program
which
the
united
states
implemented
during
world
war
ii
to
offset
the
nazi
propaganda
and
cultural
offensive
in
latin
america
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
940
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
proper
understanding
of
the
international
standard
bibliographic
description
isbd
a
standard
promulgated
by
the
international
federation
of
library
associations
ifla
requires
some
knowledge
of
how
it
came
into
existence
what
reasoning
prompted
its
development
ad
what
useful
results
can
be
expected
from
its
adoption
these
matters
will
be
dealt
with
below
hopefully
in
sufficient
detail
to
provide
readers
with
a
basis
for
teaching
a
sound
evaluation
of
the
effect
of
this
standard
when
applied
to
american
cataloging
practice
and
in
particular
to
lc
cataloging
and
marc
tapes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
941
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
controversial
isbd
will
mean
radical
changes
in
descriptive
cataloging
practice
if
put
into
operation
as
planned
by
the
library
of
congress
users
of
lc
catalog
cards
will
require
retraining
all
reference
librarians
will
experience
an
immediate
and
continuing
demand
for
explanation
of
the
new
catalog
cards
to
users
those
large
public
and
research
libraries
with
computer
based
systems
will
require
costly
modifications
of
computer
programs
yet
the
isbd
international
standard
bibliographic
description
is
destined
to
be
implemented
by
the
library
of
congress
with
the
sanction
of
ala
but
without
even
being
considered
by
the
recognized
standards
associations
iso
ansi
to
say
nothing
of
the
other
professional
and
information
industry
organizations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
942
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
battle
lines
are
being
drawn
for
a
great
debate
over
the
emotionally
and
politically
charged
issue
of
how
library
and
information
services
are
to
be
funded
in
the
coming
decades
most
librarians
will
be
on
the
side
of
conservatism
and
democracy
favoring
the
continuation
of
traditional
modes
of
tax
supported
public
library
service
with
information
freely
available
to
all
as
a
matter
of
right
information
industry
people
publishers
government
officials
engineers
and
even
perhaps
authors
will
be
on
the
side
of
progress
and
profits
advocating
a
new
concept
of
for
profit
or
pay
libraries
user
charges
and
information
as
a
salable
commodity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
943
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
during
the
last
two
decades
academic
libraries
in
parallel
with
their
parent
institutions
experienced
the
greatest
period
of
growth
and
affluence
that
they
have
ever
known
the
watchword
was
more
more
money
more
books
and
journals
more
staff
more
space
and
more
technology
many
new
research
libraries
were
created
and
those
that
already
existed
experienced
unprecedented
growth
although
libraries
got
more
of
everything
during
those
years
they
still
could
not
keep
pace
with
the
growth
of
new
fields
of
research
new
doctoral
programs
and
the
increasing
production
of
books
and
journals
two
decades
of
affluence
not
only
failed
to
help
solve
the
many
problems
that
were
brought
on
by
exponential
growth
they
exacerbated
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
944
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
funny
thing
happened
on
the
way
to
the
biggest
building
boom
in
library
history
book
collections
grew
faster
than
the
new
space
to
hold
them
so
when
the
boom
was
over
the
aggregate
space
problem
of
academic
libraries
was
a
little
worse
than
it
was
at
the
beginning
during
the
roughly
eight
year
span
of
the
rise
and
fall
of
the
boom
some
new
or
expanded
library
buildings
sprang
up
on
the
campuses
of
four
year
and
graduate
institutions
around
the
nation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
945
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
although
the
use
of
games
in
professional
education
has
become
widespread
only
during
the
last
decade
the
method
has
been
used
in
a
number
of
fields
for
many
hundreds
of
years
its
origins
have
been
traced
to
simple
war
games
used
in
military
training
when
the
real
thing
was
either
unavailable
or
too
dangerous
in
more
recent
times
these
games
have
become
more
and
more
sophisticated
and
many
now
use
large
electronic
computers
to
handle
the
complex
calculations
involved
since
when
the
first
well
developed
management
game
was
introduced
the
technique
has
spread
rapidly
into
a
wide
variety
of
disciplines
and
today
it
is
used
at
all
levels
of
education
from
primary
school
classes
to
courses
for
experienced
men
and
women
one
of
the
main
causes
of
this
game
explosion
has
been
the
rapid
development
of
sophisticated
management
techniques
such
as
simulation
and
mathematical
modelling
which
have
been
made
possible
by
rapid
advances
in
computer
technology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
946
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
investigated
by
the
research
was
the
development
of
standards
for
reading
materials
that
would
support
the
adult
new
reader
in
the
exercise
of
his
new
found
skill
and
build
the
habit
of
regular
use
of
the
printed
word
bridging
the
gap
between
minimal
literacy
skills
and
the
reading
habit
was
proposed
as
essential
to
the
purposes
of
the
library
program
in
helping
the
reader
improve
has
basic
education
skills
increase
his
employability
and
develop
his
potential
as
a
citizen
and
gain
personal
satisfaction
in
his
many
adult
roles
the
nature
of
library
materials
best
designed
for
this
end
required
study
in
depth
the
findings
and
conclusions
derived
from
the
research
project
provide
basic
information
about
the
adult
new
reader
and
his
reading
criteria
for
analysis
of
reading
materials
and
a
bibliography
of
materials
these
products
of
the
study
constitute
a
series
of
reading
selection
and
guidance
aids
for
use
by
all
persons
working
in
this
area
of
service
librarians
community
workers
teachers
publishers
editors
and
reading
specialists
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
947
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
combination
of
computers
and
communications
technology
is
a
development
whose
time
has
come
for
libraries
in
the
u
s
and
despite
missteps
and
false
starts
inevitable
in
adapting
the
new
technology
for
its
use
libraries
are
now
rapidly
expanding
telecommunications
networks
to
serve
their
need
to
disseminate
ever
expanding
amounts
of
information
in
more
effective
ways
it
makes
a
good
deal
of
sense
when
one
considers
that
the
library's
function
is
to
parcel
out
information
and
that
information
can
be
forwarded
electronically
as
easily
as
it
can
be
mailed
in
fact
the
logic
of
library
networks
is
such
that
everyone
is
hopping
on
the
bandwagon
consultants
systems
analysts
state
agencies
and
a
growing
list
of
manufacturers
that
includes
xerox
and
international
business
machines
their
initial
efforts
are
concentrated
on
what
are
basically
bookkeeping
tasks
in
particular
the
cataloging
of
new
acquisitions
the
ohio
college
library
center
for
example
provides
its
customers
with
entries
for
their
card
catalog
files
and
because
oclc
is
the
first
and
most
extensive
of
the
networks
its
approach
is
being
closely
copied
by
the
others
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
948
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
research
project
which
produced
this
book
concentrated
on
the
problem
of
the
design
and
development
of
statistical
information
systems
that
would
provide
quantitative
information
for
effective
management
of
university
and
large
public
libraries
since
there
is
an
inseparable
need
not
only
for
improved
library
statistical
data
systems
but
also
for
the
above
mentioned
frameworks
for
rational
planning
and
decision
making
we
have
devoted
considerable
effort
to
the
development
of
analytical
models
that
might
assist
library
administrators
in
making
decisions
that
would
maximize
the
flow
of
benefits
imparted
to
the
communities
the
library
serves
some
of
the
results
of
this
model
building
effort
are
repored
in
these
pages
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
949
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
according
to
a
national
hospital
panel
survey
conducted
by
the
american
hospital
association
in
february
percent
of
the
community
hospitals
in
the
united
states
operated
a
library
this
percentage
falls
to
when
only
hospitals
of
less
than
bed
capacity
are
considered
libraries
in
hospitals
in
the
libraries
one
or
more
full
time
staff
members
were
found
in
only
percent
in
even
fewer
was
there
supervision
of
the
library
by
a
professional
librarian
clearly
there
is
a
massive
job
to
be
done
if
these
libraries
are
to
perform
properly
their
functions
of
health
education
and
patient
care
by
community
hospital
we
mean
the
nonfederal
short
term
hospital
providing
general
and
selected
special
services
the
hospital
located
at
some
distance
from
a
large
medical
center
and
without
teaching
and
research
programs
such
as
a
nursing
school
or
internships
though
the
librarians
of
more
sophisticated
teaching
institutions
may
well
profit
from
the
study
of
this
book
it
is
written
primarily
for
an
audience
of
untrained
probably
newly
employed
individuals
who
find
themselves
supervising
the
hospital's
library
and
do
not
know
where
to
begin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
95
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
recent
upsurge
of
interest
in
the
behavioral
aspects
of
scientific
and
technical
communication
and
information
flow
has
two
distinct
sources
a
theoretical
one
in
the
development
of
communication
research
and
a
practical
one
in
the
concerns
of
policy
makers
in
scientific
organizations
and
information
services
for
some
time
past
the
attention
of
sociologists
and
social
psychologists
studying
communication
processes
once
focused
on
so
called
mass
phenomena
and
mass
publics
has
turned
to
the
interplay
of
communication
processes
with
more
and
more
definitely
delineated
and
mapped
aspects
of
social
structure
one
aspect
of
this
shift
in
interest
has
been
the
increasing
attention
paid
by
behavioral
scientists
to
the
systems
supplying
information
of
a
specialized
sort
and
to
the
publics
which
are
consumers
of
this
specialized
information
the
scientific
and
applied
professions
have
been
most
prominent
among
the
publics
so
studied
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
950
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
wise
german
librarian
has
linked
the
library
administrator
and
the
cataloger
as
working
for
the
common
aim
of
economy
in
work
and
cost
coupled
with
better
utilization
of
a
library's
resources
this
aim
he
thinks
is
expressed
in
various
kinds
of
cooperative
work
of
pooling
interests
and
of
setting
standards
it
is
to
be
developed
prudently
he
says
with
the
objectives
setting
limitations
in
such
a
way
that
more
values
will
not
be
destroyed
than
are
created
this
ideal
he
set
out
in
a
chapter
entitled
tasks
for
the
future
there
was
a
time
and
not
so
very
far
back
when
the
library
administrator
and
the
cataloger
worked
side
by
side
in
the
more
immediate
past
however
the
two
have
become
separated
so
that
their
closer
collaboration
does
need
to
be
set
down
as
a
task
for
the
future
the
immediate
future
at
that
many
new
problems
of
administration
have
served
to
busy
the
administrator
and
most
catalogers
have
had
more
work
than
enough
with
the
result
that
administrators
have
come
to
know
less
and
less
of
cataloging
and
catalogers
have
come
to
know
less
and
less
about
general
library
administration
the
situation
now
is
that
the
administrator
will
be
forced
to
pay
more
attention
to
cataloging
because
it
has
become
a
major
problem
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
951
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
spite
of
the
great
volume
of
material
dealing
with
departmental
and
collegiate
libraries
that
has
appeared
in
library
periodicals
and
books
on
university
and
college
library
administration
there
has
been
relatively
little
original
thought
on
the
subject
and
virtually
no
historical
treatment
to
provide
an
adequate
background
for
solution
of
problems
which
have
their
roots
in
a
former
generation
most
of
the
literature
has
been
either
repetition
of
the
old
arguments
for
and
against
this
type
of
library
organization
or
statements
of
how
this
or
that
institution
has
faced
its
peculiar
problems
except
for
contemporary
accounts
of
early
american
scholars
describing
the
attempts
to
transplant
the
german
seminar
library
to
american
soil
and
reports
on
a
few
large
university
libraries
there
is
no
account
of
the
conditions
which
brought
about
and
for
many
years
invigorated
the
departmental
system
an
evaluation
of
trends
in
the
history
of
departmental
libraries
over
the
last
three
quarters
of
a
century
should
prove
to
be
a
valuable
supplement
to
other
information
in
the
hands
of
surveyors
and
administrators
who
are
interested
in
abolishing
establishing
continuing
or
amalgamating
departmental
libraries
in
a
given
institution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
952
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
increasing
growth
and
complexities
of
research
libraries
are
natural
consequences
of
the
growth
of
knowledge
and
the
increasing
complexity
of
knowledge
librarians
have
tried
to
amass
more
and
more
knowledge
in
the
form
of
books
for
the
benefit
of
the
diverse
interests
of
their
clienteles
their
success
in
this
activity
has
been
reflected
in
the
increasing
difficulties
of
identifying
satisfactorily
what
they
have
the
processes
of
cataloging
classifying
and
related
technical
routines
have
become
increasingly
complex
and
expensive
the
processes
are
of
such
a
nature
that
the
cost
for
adding
each
new
item
to
a
large
library
is
on
the
average
potentially
if
not
actually
higher
than
that
for
its
predecessor
the
total
proportion
of
the
budgets
of
large
research
libraries
that
is
spent
for
the
processing
of
material
as
distinguished
from
the
costs
of
its
purchase
or
its
direct
servicing
is
now
such
as
to
give
librarians
pause
for
fear
a
day
may
come
when
nearly
all
the
money
available
to
large
libraries
will
be
spent
in
processing
material
and
little
will
be
left
to
service
the
collection
or
to
buy
new
books
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
953
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
the
second
of
two
papers
dealing
with
the
characteristics
of
the
literature
used
by
research
chemists
and
physicists
in
the
united
states
the
method
of
the
study
was
fully
outlined
in
th
first
article
and
will
therefore
not
be
repeated
here
the
previous
paper
was
devoted
to
a
discussion
of
the
importance
of
the
literature
of
various
subject
fields
to
research
in
chemistry
and
physics
the
remarks
that
follow
are
directed
primarily
to
a
discussion
of
the
temporal
span
of
the
literature
the
principal
forms
of
the
literature
the
national
origins
of
the
literature
used
in
the
united
states
and
some
attention
is
devoted
to
the
more
important
serial
titles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
954
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
industrial
society
has
an
open
class
stratification
system
it
offers
some
an
opportunity
to
rise
but
it
offers
no
guarantee
against
downward
social
mobility
compared
to
other
types
of
societies
this
one
demands
a
wider
variety
of
higher
level
skills
and
thus
generates
much
pressure
against
the
forces
that
in
all
societies
tend
to
keep
the
individual
in
his
original
caste
or
class
much
of
the
resulting
mobility
is
based
on
a
radical
change
which
has
taken
place
in
the
occupational
structure
of
modern
industrial
societies
one
which
neither
marx
nor
orthodox
economists
anticipated
an
expansion
of
the
demand
for
professional
and
technical
skills
of
a
high
order
thus
not
only
are
individuals
competing
with
one
another
in
their
efforts
to
rise
in
the
class
system
but
occupations
too
are
engaged
in
the
same
competition
and
may
move
up
or
down
in
power
prestige
or
income
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
955
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
paper
will
first
deal
with
some
of
the
objectives
etiology
and
requirements
of
the
library
network
as
it
overtakes
and
embraces
co
operation
next
in
this
context
of
network
development
a
number
of
activities
involving
special
libraries
will
be
reviewed
by
way
of
illustration
and
example
the
greatest
proportion
of
special
library
interrelationships
are
on
the
surface
at
least
random
and
informal
we
shall
therefore
concentrate
on
such
arrangements
as
have
about
them
some
measure
of
structure
and
intent
finally
we
will
deduce
from
these
examples
the
performance
and
promise
which
special
libraries
may
offer
to
a
total
library
network
or
information
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
956
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
relevance
assessments
belonging
to
the
cranfield
ii
document
query
collection
are
shown
to
be
faulty
in
the
sense
that
many
relevant
documents
were
not
so
identified
by
the
cranfield
judges
the
implications
of
these
omissions
for
the
evaluation
of
information
retrieval
experiments
based
on
the
cranfield
collection
are
examined
in
detail
it
is
shown
that
numerical
measures
of
retrieval
effectiveness
may
be
greatly
altered
bu
consideration
of
the
missing
relevant
documents
and
that
a
ranking
of
retrieval
methods
according
to
order
of
performance
may
vary
as
well
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
957
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
libraries
find
it
increasingly
necessary
to
use
their
limited
resources
in
the
most
efficient
manner
this
requires
the
use
of
decision
rules
which
permit
library
resources
to
be
directed
to
those
activities
which
yield
the
highest
returns
an
effort
is
made
to
utilize
part
of
welfare
economics
to
suggest
which
groups
of
library
users
will
provide
the
greatest
return
to
society
an
evaluation
of
the
traditional
library
functions
of
education
information
and
leisure
suggests
that
libraries
should
direct
their
resources
toward
educational
activities
and
not
toward
recreation
when
public
monies
are
involved
a
case
can
be
made
for
subsidizing
the
library
activities
of
school
age
children
other
explicitly
involved
in
education
disadvantages
minority
groups
and
governmental
officials
and
staff
since
public
and
school
libraries
produce
and
distribute
essentially
the
same
services
it
is
an
uneconomic
use
of
the
communities'
resources
to
maintain
two
separate
institutions
one
of
which
imposes
costs
on
the
other
as
children
are
forced
to
use
public
library
facilities
due
to
school
library
inadequacies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
958
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
characteristics
and
problems
associated
with
the
review
literature
in
the
sciences
were
examined
three
major
classes
of
review
articles
were
identified
the
annual
review
which
aims
to
provide
a
systematic
record
of
the
contributions
made
within
the
previous
year
the
critical
review
which
selectively
evaluates
contributions
to
the
solution
of
a
common
research
problem
and
data
compilations
which
are
concerned
with
facts
and
findings
rather
than
the
opinions
of
the
authors
of
papers
from
which
the
data
are
taken
the
role
and
control
of
the
review
article
in
medicine
was
described
over
the
past
fifteen
years
the
ratio
of
review
to
nonreview
articles
in
medicine
has
been
on
the
order
of
possible
solutions
to
a
number
of
problems
associated
with
the
review
literature
are
discussed
such
as
the
selection
of
articles
for
review
further
examination
of
some
critical
questions
relating
to
the
production
and
organization
of
reviews
will
have
to
be
undertaken
before
the
review
as
a
means
of
bringing
the
most
significant
information
to
its
users
will
be
accepted
as
a
reliable
adjunct
to
the
original
publications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
959
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
mathematical
models
of
library
operations
are
presented
allowing
managers
to
estimate
measures
of
effectiveness
for
a
library
these
models
describe
the
amount
of
use
made
of
resources
by
a
user
in
a
visit
the
distribution
of
book
circulation
in
a
collection
the
dependence
of
circulation
on
time
and
the
effect
of
multiple
copies
on
user
satisfaction
predictions
are
made
on
the
basis
of
the
models
of
the
consequence
of
breaking
of
central
library
into
branch
libraries
the
effect
in
terms
of
frustrated
use
of
removing
the
least
used
books
from
a
collection
is
discussed
as
are
strategies
for
for
duplication
the
emphasis
is
on
facilitating
getting
results
from
models
for
this
purpose
graphic
techniques
supplement
the
mathematical
formulas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
96
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
preceding
papers
have
addressed
themselves
to
the
study
of
information
flow
in
a
particular
stream
of
human
activity
which
has
been
variously
called
science
pure
science
basic
research
or
fundamental
research
and
which
is
only
secondarily
if
at
all
concerned
with
the
practical
utilization
of
its
products
at
this
point
it
is
appropriate
to
note
that
there
is
a
parallel
activity
which
includes
applied
research
exploratory
development
and
engineering
development
this
second
stream
of
research
we
will
call
technology
far
more
is
known
about
the
flow
of
information
among
scientists
than
among
technologists
from
the
knowledge
that
is
available
however
we
are
led
to
conclude
that
the
communication
patterns
in
the
two
areas
of
activity
are
not
only
largely
independent
of
one
another
but
qualitatively
different
in
their
nature
this
difference
is
reflected
most
clearly
in
the
mechanisms
by
which
information
is
diffused
within
the
two
sets
of
practitioners
the
present
paper
is
addressed
to
these
differences
and
to
a
discussion
of
the
nature
of
the
communication
process
between
science
and
technology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
960
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
begins
with
a
discussion
of
the
broad
role
of
operations
research
o
r
in
a
society
undergoing
change
the
nature
of
o
r
terms
in
a
library
environment
is
then
considered
the
function
of
models
in
o
r
is
analyzed
the
development
of
a
model
being
contrasted
with
its
formal
presentation
criteria
for
good
models
are
suggested
this
article
then
focuses
on
storage
models
for
libraries
first
considering
the
dewey
classification
system
from
this
perspective
and
then
summarizing
more
current
research
carried
out
under
the
direction
of
the
author
with
a
grant
from
the
national
science
foundation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
961
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
library
research
unit
of
the
university
of
lancaster
used
an
operations
research
o
r
approach
to
recommend
changes
in
loan
and
duplication
policies
in
the
university
library
the
variable
loan
and
duplication
policy
which
was
developed
is
described
and
also
the
considerable
impact
of
implementation
other
libraries
are
now
adopting
this
kind
of
policy
the
work
is
presented
as
a
case
study
in
library
o
r
the
great
importance
of
analyzing
the
structure
of
problems
is
stressed
and
the
nature
and
usefulness
of
models
is
described
for
the
most
useful
results
suitable
librarians
should
be
included
in
the
research
team
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
962
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
for
optimal
allocations
of
limited
funds
it
is
necessary
for
libraries
to
develop
measures
of
output
various
forms
of
user
exposure
to
documents
are
discussed
in
an
effort
to
develop
such
measures
for
public
libraries
it
is
suggested
that
the
actual
method
of
accounting
be
used
to
compare
such
measures
with
costs
and
an
illustrative
computation
is
presented
it
is
shown
how
size
of
user
population
amount
of
exposure
and
costs
for
a
given
year
can
be
estimated
similar
techniques
are
suggested
for
evaluation
of
library
programs
this
approach
is
then
compared
with
current
concepts
of
library
standards
the
paper
concludes
with
suggestions
for
further
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
963
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
concern
with
the
questions
of
when
and
how
best
to
computerize
the
catalog
of
a
large
research
library
and
how
to
improve
an
existing
conventional
catalog
motivated
a
study
of
the
utilization
of
the
main
catalog
of
the
yale
university
library
the
study
was
carefully
designed
to
provide
a
representative
sample
of
catalog
use
traffic
through
the
catalog
area
was
observed
over
a
period
of
more
than
a
year
a
schedule
of
interviews
with
catalog
users
was
based
on
observed
traffic
volume
by
hour
of
day
day
of
week
and
time
of
year
more
than
interviews
were
completed
using
nonleading
interviewing
technique
information
was
derived
on
the
catalog
user's
objective
starting
clues
and
university
affiliation
search
success
was
determined
follow
up
studies
were
performed
on
the
catalog
cards
and
the
actual
books
identified
in
successful
searches
reasons
for
search
failure
were
determined
for
know
item
searches
availability
and
accuracy
of
different
categories
of
search
clues
were
ascertained
published
algorithms
for
searching
computerized
bibliographic
files
were
evaluated
attention
is
given
to
the
feasibility
of
automatic
construction
of
computerized
catalogs
some
of
the
available
results
are
presented
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
964
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
rather
surprising
that
behavioral
scientists
have
not
discovered
libraries
much
sooner
in
their
search
for
institutional
environments
suited
for
the
testing
of
theoretical
hypotheses
librarians
and
their
assistants
respect
research
and
scholarship
and
are
inclined
to
go
far
beyond
the
call
of
duty
in
helping
the
investigator
even
when
they
are
skeptical
rightfully
in
most
instances
of
the
usefulness
of
such
research
for
the
improvement
of
their
own
organizations
data
and
related
information
are
necessarily
treated
with
greater
precision
and
discipline
in
libraries
than
in
factories
and
most
bureaucratic
offices
therefore
significant
results
can
often
be
obtained
with
smaller
samples
and
in
shorter
periods
of
observation
people
working
in
libraries
do
not
feel
they
should
curtail
disclosures
about
basic
processes
elsewhere
professional
employees
are
obligated
to
preserve
trade
secrets
from
competitors
or
to
suppress
facts
which
might
be
considered
scandalous
by
legislative
committees
at
least
as
important
to
an
investigator
is
the
fact
that
one
or
more
libraries
almost
always
lie
close
at
hand
there
could
hardly
be
any
more
convenient
institution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
965
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
information
demands
or
information
needs
of
current
scientific
research
are
similar
in
many
respects
to
the
information
needs
in
other
forms
of
scholarship
but
this
is
not
true
in
all
cases
and
the
focus
of
this
paper
is
on
the
needs
of
the
research
scientists
in
discussing
the
information
needs
of
the
scientist
i
shall
not
limit
myself
to
those
for
which
library
work
is
immediately
relevant
in
fact
a
good
part
of
this
paper
will
call
attention
to
the
importance
of
those
aspects
of
scientific
communication
that
take
place
outside
libraries
and
indeed
outside
literature
there
are
of
course
very
few
aspects
of
scientific
communication
to
which
library
work
is
not
at
least
indirectly
relevant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
966
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
indexing
or
classification
system
should
be
judged
by
the
retrieval
results
it
produces
namely
the
extent
to
which
it
brings
forth
relevant
material
and
rejects
the
irrelevant
thus
well
designed
experiments
should
permit
judging
the
relative
merits
of
different
classification
schemes
this
notion
although
self
evident
had
remarkably
little
impact
on
the
field
of
library
science
prior
to
the
's
during
that
decade
the
first
controlled
experiments
on
information
retrieval
were
performed
and
these
mark
a
turning
point
in
the
history
of
classification
research
for
the
first
time
experimental
procedure
and
the
rules
of
scientific
evidence
became
of
critical
importance
to
indexing
and
classification
it
is
my
purpose
here
to
review
some
aspects
of
the
most
notable
of
these
experimental
tests
the
aslib
cranfield
research
project
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
967
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
libraries
and
information
services
of
the
twenty
first
century
almost
certainly
will
be
the
beneficiary
or
perhaps
the
victim
of
enormous
technological
change
high
speed
search
by
computers
microrecording
techniques
remote
interrogation
consoles
and
great
communication
networks
will
someday
place
the
world's
knowledge
at
our
fingertips
it
is
inferred
by
many
that
through
such
a
metamorphosis
we
shall
cure
the
information
ills
of
our
age
bring
order
out
of
chaos
and
somehow
contain
the
information
explosion
or
at
least
reduce
it
to
a
small
conflagration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
968
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
article
is
to
discuss
the
part
played
by
the
library
environment
in
regulating
interaction
between
people
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
969
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
develop
an
approach
to
a
practical
treatment
for
the
wet
deacidification
of
paper
in
books
stored
in
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
97
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
aforementioned
studies
are
related
to
the
problem
of
information
exchange
in
psychology
journals
are
a
part
of
the
formal
channel
of
scientific
communication
as
well
as
storage
elements
for
the
summary
accounts
of
research
undertakings
analysis
of
bibliographical
citations
thus
can
reveal
certain
characteristics
of
the
pattern
of
information
flow
created
by
scientists
in
their
work
the
potential
usefulness
of
this
type
of
investigation
is
increased
when
it
becomes
possible
to
examine
the
trends
through
time
of
the
communication
network
under
consideration
and
also
when
different
communication
networks
can
be
compared
the
present
paper
deals
with
some
of
the
characteristics
of
bibliographical
citations
in
the
same
psychological
journals
published
both
in
and
in
the
list
of
journals
used
along
with
the
abbreviations
to
be
used
here
is
given
in
table
it
includes
journals
published
by
the
american
psychological
association
and
journals
published
by
other
organizations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
970
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
information
systems
office
iso
of
the
library
of
congress
has
as
its
mission
the
development
and
implementation
of
the
main
automation
program
for
the
library
and
the
co
ordination
of
all
lc
automation
efforts
one
of
the
primary
activities
in
this
effort
is
a
system
development
study
concentrating
on
the
central
bibliographic
operations
that
is
acquisitions
cataloging
reference
etc
this
study
is
now
in
its
early
stages
and
it
is
too
soon
to
predict
the
actual
system
that
will
evolve
as
an
adjunct
to
this
study
an
analysis
of
the
potential
uses
of
and
problems
involved
in
the
machine
processing
of
cataloging
data
was
begun
one
aspect
of
the
analysis
was
the
design
of
a
preliminary
machine
readable
catalog
record
the
results
of
this
work
are
in
a
report
issued
by
the
iso
as
its
planning
memorandum
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
971
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
aims
to
provide
some
basic
information
references
to
further
information
and
a
sense
of
proportion
about
the
action
of
hydrogen
ions
and
storage
conditions
on
paper
other
important
causes
of
paper
deterioration
such
as
oxidative
degradation
biological
attack
photocatalyzed
degradation
and
mechanical
wear
and
tear
will
not
be
considered
at
this
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
972
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
design
and
study
of
library
information
networks
are
enhanced
by
the
use
of
the
concepts
which
have
been
developed
by
graph
theorists
in
this
paper
we
expand
upon
this
theme
proposing
a
general
network
structure
which
we
believe
to
be
a
good
model
for
a
wide
variety
of
library
and
other
information
networks
the
basic
concepts
from
graph
theory
are
illustrated
with
the
aid
of
a
hypothetical
public
library
access
network
plan
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
973
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
earliest
item
in
the
bibliography
here
presented
fletcher
challenges
the
right
of
the
dictionary
catalog
to
be
the
overwhelmingly
predominant
type
of
catalog
in
libraries
he
questions
its
advocates'
claim
that
it
best
meets
a
library's
needs
he
advocates
a
divided
catalog
such
as
the
one
at
amherst
because
for
one
thing
the
separate
catalog
can
more
readily
be
used
in
conjunction
with
bibliographies
in
the
subject
fields
we
find
a
similar
argument
in
the
latest
item
in
the
bibliography
harris
fletcher's
article
seems
to
have
been
followed
by
more
than
thirty
years
of
silence
in
the
library
journals
on
the
subject
of
the
divided
catalog
during
that
period
there
were
probably
some
divisions
of
catalogs
at
some
libraries
but
as
thom
q
v
indicates
the
greatest
period
of
such
activity
started
in
our
survey
of
the
literature
on
the
divided
catalog
corroborates
this
since
in
the
year
in
which
the
steady
stream
of
papers
on
the
subject
began
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
974
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
was
our
original
intention
to
include
the
cost
of
book
selection
with
the
cost
of
ordering
as
part
of
the
total
acquisition
process
we
also
attempted
to
get
indirect
costs
such
as
rent
and
utilities
very
few
of
the
libraries
were
able
to
supply
these
figures
so
we
based
our
survey
on
direct
cost
only
we
found
from
the
preliminary
survey
that
book
selection
statistics
were
extremely
difficult
to
determine
since
all
the
professional
staff
in
the
libraries
concerned
participated
in
book
selection
with
the
chief
librarian
performing
most
of
it
as
a
result
the
cost
of
book
selection
was
exceedingly
high
and
threw
the
cost
of
ordering
out
of
proportion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
975
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
most
academic
librarians
will
no
doubt
agree
with
lyle's
statement
that
the
book
fund
is
one
of
the
most
important
items
in
the
library
budget
fewer
academic
librarians
however
are
likely
to
agree
with
the
view
that
in
their
handling
of
the
book
budget
college
and
university
librarians
for
the
most
part
have
not
been
living
up
to
their
professional
responsibilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
976
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
increasingly
librarians
have
felt
the
need
for
more
accurate
cost
data
the
prime
reason
for
this
need
has
been
in
the
development
and
presentation
of
the
budget
which
is
the
instrument
used
to
determine
and
obtain
the
funds
for
the
library's
forthcoming
fiscal
period
since
libraries
do
not
charge
for
the
service
they
render
their
users
they
must
derive
the
funds
necessary
for
their
operations
and
growth
from
supporting
bodies
such
as
federal
state
or
local
governments
private
institutions
and
industrial
firms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
977
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
limited
physical
space
expansion
an
administrative
consideration
in
every
library
becomes
a
stringent
factor
in
the
planning
of
special
libraries
while
public
and
college
libraries
may
have
several
decades
of
growth
possibility
when
they
take
possession
of
a
building
or
area
it
is
indeed
a
fortunate
industrial
library
whose
stacks
are
not
overcrowded
after
five
years
of
establishment
in
new
quarters
industrial
floorspace
is
too
greatly
in
demand
to
devote
more
effort
to
the
possible
future
growth
of
the
library
weeding
or
storage
requirements
therefore
are
far
more
immediate
considerations
to
the
special
industrial
library
administrators
than
they
are
to
administrators
of
other
types
of
libraries
the
limits
of
expansion
are
usually
apparent
earliest
in
the
serials
collections
of
industrial
libraries
because
so
much
current
technical
data
is
published
first
in
scientific
and
technical
periodicals
these
collections
grow
rapidly
this
summarization
of
a
recent
study
made
by
one
technical
library
in
the
area
of
space
for
use
of
technical
journals
has
potential
for
other
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
978
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
general
purpose
of
my
part
in
this
program
discussion
is
to
report
to
you
on
the
new
program
of
centralized
acquisitions
and
cataloging
to
be
undertaken
by
the
library
of
congress
under
authorization
granted
under
title
iic
of
the
higher
education
act
of
by
this
action
the
congress
took
two
most
important
steps
to
aid
libraries
of
higher
education
in
the
united
states
it
fully
recognized
for
the
first
time
the
importance
of
granting
federal
aid
and
assistance
toward
solving
the
problem
of
cataloging
in
this
country
and
it
gave
the
library
of
congress
a
clear
mandate
to
provide
new
and
unparalleled
services
for
the
benefit
of
academic
and
research
libraries
of
this
country
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
979
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
june
the
acquisitions
department
of
the
university
of
michigan
library
began
using
a
computer
based
system
for
ordering
books
and
other
library
materials
this
is
the
beginning
of
an
over
all
automated
system
for
the
acquisitions
department
and
was
designed
with
the
assistance
of
robert
o
kindt
systems
analyst
from
the
university's
office
of
management
services
preliminary
work
on
the
automated
system
was
begun
in
late
and
in
september
mr
kindt
was
assigned
to
the
university
library
on
a
full
time
basis
after
the
preliminary
proposal
was
drafted
cost
and
feasibility
studies
were
made
current
i
e
volume
and
costs
were
compared
with
anticipated
volume
and
costs
in
and
for
both
manual
and
automated
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
98
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
is
considerable
apprehension
today
within
the
scientific
community
over
the
communication
crisis
in
science
the
present
article
which
attempts
to
clarify
certain
aspects
of
the
problem
overviews
the
data
collected
by
the
apa
project
on
scientific
information
exchange
in
psychology
together
with
data
which
we
have
more
recently
obtained
relative
to
other
disciplines
such
a
reexamination
of
the
data
should
help
to
clarify
apa's
relationship
to
the
many
information
media
involved
in
the
communication
process
which
begins
with
research
and
ends
with
the
incorporation
of
research
findings
into
psychological
knowledge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
980
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
facsimile
transmission
is
the
rapid
transmission
of
printed
pages
from
one
point
to
another
using
electronic
devices
all
facsimile
transmission
methods
require
converting
the
original
picture
into
an
electrical
impulse
which
is
then
transmitted
over
telephone
lines
private
lines
microwave
or
a
combination
of
these
communication
links
the
receiving
unit
reconverts
the
electrical
impulse
into
an
exact
duplicate
of
the
original
document
on
a
screen
or
in
the
form
of
a
hard
copy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
981
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
part
of
a
design
study
to
specify
a
regional
processing
center
for
the
new
england
state
university
libraries
it
was
required
to
know
the
percentage
of
collection
overlap
with
respect
to
each
of
the
ordered
pairs
of
libraries
participating
states
were
maine
new
hampshire
vermont
massachusetts
rhode
island
and
connecticut
this
overlap
data
was
needed
to
predict
the
degree
of
joint
use
of
cataloging
information
and
to
estimate
the
efficiency
of
collective
reclassification
the
results
revealed
a
high
degree
of
commonality
in
the
collections
showing
for
example
that
a
random
title
from
one
library
had
a
chance
of
being
present
in
another
randomly
selected
library
when
current
imprint
samples
were
tested
the
figure
rose
to
rhode
island's
holdings
were
shown
to
be
the
collection
of
greatest
duplication
elsewhere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
982
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
widespread
introduction
of
electronic
digital
computer
systems
for
information
processing
has
produced
significant
advances
in
management
theory
and
practice
in
recent
years
for
example
two
management
devices
pert
and
cpm
undeveloped
and
impractical
before
computers
have
been
basic
to
the
success
of
our
outer
space
program
it
is
perhaps
overlate
in
library
development
but
appropriate
in
this
memorial
to
miss
esther
j
piercy
to
explore
the
application
of
new
management
knowledge
and
practice
to
the
administration
of
libraries
and
information
centers
and
to
sketch
some
directions
in
which
research
could
be
undertaken
to
benefit
the
management
of
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
983
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
growing
library
collections
have
focused
attention
upon
the
need
for
selective
storage
and
weeding
of
the
materials
certain
objective
measures
for
determining
which
items
in
a
collection
may
be
retired
to
storage
are
presented
and
an
example
of
the
use
of
such
measures
at
columbia
university
is
described
it
is
concluded
that
the
criteria
for
weeding
and
storage
must
be
selected
on
the
basis
of
the
goals
of
the
institution
in
question
and
of
the
various
patterns
of
use
in
different
disciplines
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
984
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
when
the
chairman
of
the
technical
services
cost
committee
asked
the
three
of
us
to
summarize
the
findings
of
the
colorado
study
on
centralized
processing
i
agreed
later
i
began
to
have
second
thoughts
i
suppose
because
we
were
almost
buried
under
an
avalanche
of
data
and
it
soon
became
apparent
that
we
could
not
really
summarize
the
findings
of
the
study
in
one
evening
the
investigation
took
off
in
tangents
that
had
not
been
originally
anticipated
as
you
have
already
been
informed
the
final
report
deals
with
such
diverse
topics
as
a
faculty
user
attitude
survey
mathematical
model
simulations
of
processing
center
operations
approval
plan
utilization
and
an
inter
institutional
bookkeeping
system
all
in
addition
to
the
cost
studies
of
acquisitions
and
cataloging
in
nine
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
985
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
academic
libraries
in
their
quest
to
secure
and
make
available
library
materials
necessary
to
support
instructional
and
research
programs
are
finding
it
necessary
to
rely
upon
librarians
functioning
as
book
selectors
the
term
bibliographer
frequently
applied
to
these
selectors
is
gradually
taken
on
new
meaning
in
library
service
the
role
of
the
bibliographer
is
changing
to
include
besides
book
selection
new
duties
and
responsibilities
such
as
advanced
reference
research
work
instruction
and
liaison
duties
between
teaching
departments
and
the
library
in
addition
academic
library
organization
is
gradually
being
affected
by
the
increasing
use
of
bibliographers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
986
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
medlars
medical
literature
analysis
and
retrieval
system
system
at
the
national
library
of
medicine
nlm
has
over
the
past
few
years
been
one
of
the
most
significant
and
one
of
the
most
publicized
automated
bibliographic
information
retrieval
systems
over
two
hundred
articles
on
it
have
appeared
in
american
newspapers
and
popular
magazines
in
specialized
medical
journals
throughout
the
world
and
in
a
variety
of
library
journals
the
publicity
that
has
attended
this
project
has
in
a
way
been
unfortunate
for
it
has
presented
an
exaggerated
picture
of
the
system
and
its
accomplishments
which
has
only
made
the
sceptics
more
skeptical
and
it
has
obscured
in
part
the
examination
of
medlars'
real
accomplishments
there
has
to
date
been
very
little
careful
outside
analysis
and
evaluation
of
medlars
over
percent
of
all
the
articles
listed
in
the
bibliography
in
austin's
report
and
virtually
all
the
substantive
ones
represent
the
work
of
persons
closely
connected
with
nlm
or
the
development
of
the
medlars
system
their
judgement
on
the
effectiveness
of
the
system
and
its
overall
value
cannot
help
but
be
colored
by
this
connection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
987
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
history
of
the
near
success
of
the
experiment
with
cataloging
in
source
and
the
subsequent
refusal
of
the
library
community
to
accept
its
failure
are
punctuated
by
data
from
a
recent
survey
of
libraries
in
is
categories
regarding
attitudes
toward
prepublication
cataloging
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
988
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
when
we
were
asked
in
october
for
an
expression
of
attitude
about
a
renewal
of
cataloging
in
source
our
response
was
positive
we
were
interested
and
we
were
determined
to
make
it
succeed
profiting
from
the
experience
gained
in
the
experiment
we
specified
that
a
survey
of
libraries
be
conducted
a
survey
of
publishers
be
conducted
an
expert
investigator
be
secured
there
must
be
adequate
funding
there
be
adequate
space
and
that
those
factors
be
eliminated
which
represented
the
most
crucial
problem
areas
in
the
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
989
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
explores
the
possibilities
of
merging
the
terminology
of
the
universal
decimal
classification
system
with
that
of
a
term
system
engineers
point
council's
thesaurus
for
nuclear
science
and
technology
concludes
from
the
evidence
presented
that
udc
can
be
effectively
used
as
a
term
system
proposes
that
the
two
systems
coordinate
the
terms
and
merge
a
major
thesaurus
ejc
with
an
effective
classification
scheme
of
international
scope
udc
to
provide
a
needed
tool
in
the
area
of
classification
and
documentation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
99
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
individual
correlation
is
a
correlation
in
which
the
statistical
object
or
thing
described
is
indivisible
the
correlation
between
color
and
illiteracy
for
persons
in
the
united
states
shown
later
in
table
is
an
individual
correlation
because
the
kind
of
thing
described
is
an
indivisible
unit
a
person
in
an
individual
correlation
the
variables
are
descriptive
properties
of
individuals
such
as
height
income
eye
color
or
race
and
not
descriptive
statistical
constants
such
as
rates
or
means
in
an
ecological
correlation
the
statistical
object
is
a
group
of
persons
the
correlation
between
the
percentage
of
the
population
which
is
negro
and
the
percentage
of
the
population
which
is
illiterate
for
the
states
shown
later
as
figure
is
an
ecological
correlation
the
thing
described
is
the
population
of
a
state
and
not
a
single
individual
the
variables
are
percentages
descriptive
properties
of
groups
and
not
descriptive
properties
of
individuals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
990
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
reports
on
activities
relating
to
the
automation
of
technical
processing
at
the
library
of
congress
the
master
guidelines
for
automation
of
the
lc
core
bibliographic
system
are
discussed
and
the
following
individual
projects
are
described
machine
readable
cataloging
marc
and
related
activities
recon
pilot
project
format
recognition
multiple
use
marc
system
order
division
project
automated
process
information
file
subject
headings
project
filing
program
book
catalogs
and
the
crad
division
project
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
991
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
new
filing
rules
have
been
developed
for
the
catalogs
of
the
library
of
congress
to
ease
the
tasks
of
filers
and
users
and
to
pave
the
way
for
computer
assisted
filing
this
article
discusses
preliminary
considerations
about
the
functions
of
large
bibliographic
files
the
complexities
of
cataloging
the
interaction
between
users
and
catalogs
and
ways
to
simplify
arrangements
the
assumptions
and
principles
that
underlie
the
proposed
rules
are
stated
and
their
organization
and
anticipated
use
are
described
an
abridged
version
of
the
rules
is
illustrated
by
an
extended
example
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
992
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
development
of
cataloging
codes
for
nonbook
materials
in
surveyed
with
particular
attention
devoted
to
the
absence
of
stated
objectives
the
problem
of
the
integrated
catalog
terminology
and
examples
and
some
of
the
complications
caused
by
the
blanket
use
of
title
main
entry
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
993
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
offer
a
solution
to
the
problems
of
documentation
and
bibliographic
control
of
machine
readable
data
files
it
is
a
solution
which
attempts
to
meet
both
the
needs
of
the
data
user
and
the
data
librarian
it
is
design
to
make
readily
feasible
the
conversion
completely
or
in
part
to
a
computer
based
operation
and
to
tie
in
directly
to
an
information
retrieval
system
in
the
future
the
four
elements
of
this
documentation
and
control
system
are
standard
catalogue
entries
data
abstract
and
data
description
forms
content
documentation
codebooks
and
records
of
physical
and
logical
characteristics
of
the
data
set
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
994
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
an
effort
to
develop
a
simple
method
for
librarians
to
employ
to
measure
and
evaluate
author
catalogue
use
the
library
management
research
unit
tested
a
survey
design
in
four
varying
libraries
the
reader
was
asked
to
note
details
of
items
not
found
in
the
catalogue
the
source
of
the
reference
and
his
status
the
items
were
then
checked
by
library
staff
to
discover
the
cause
of
failure
library
staff
interviewed
samples
of
catalogue
users
to
determine
the
overall
rate
of
failure
the
cooperation
with
catalogue
query
slips
rate
and
the
action
readers
proposed
to
take
in
order
to
obtain
the
item
s
not
found
in
the
catalogue
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
995
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
much
favored
early
warning
generic
medium
designation
is
discriminatory
functionally
inefficient
and
out
of
line
with
the
national
and
international
acceptance
of
aacr
a
specific
designation
placed
with
the
collation
is
preferable
on
all
these
grounds
and
there
are
better
ways
of
giving
an
early
warning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
996
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ifla
committee
on
cataloging
has
been
at
work
since
to
establish
international
standards
for
cataloging
and
bibliographic
records
it
was
responsible
for
the
international
conference
on
cataloging
principles
paris
and
and
the
international
meeting
of
cataloging
experts
copenhagen
in
recent
years
there
have
been
increasing
demands
from
national
cataloging
bodies
and
bibliographic
agencies
for
uniformity
in
codes
and
practices
and
in
consequence
there
has
been
more
willingness
to
make
national
concessions
in
order
to
reach
international
standards
the
ifla
cataloging
secretariat
was
established
in
to
assist
this
trend
by
co
ordinating
work
promoting
new
projects
and
acting
as
a
liaison
center
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
997
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ohio
college
library
center
is
a
regional
library
network
its
on
line
shared
cataloging
system
has
been
operational
since
october
and
utilizes
cathode
ray
tube
terminals
located
in
the
center's
fifty
three
member
libraries
these
terminals
are
connected
to
the
sigma
computer
in
columbus
by
a
multiple
line
multiple
party
synchronous
transmission
telephone
network
between
january
and
june
the
system
operated
at
an
annual
rate
of
works
cataloged
and
over
catalog
cards
produced
these
cards
are
individualized
to
fit
the
requirements
of
each
member
and
are
produced
in
packs
designated
for
particular
catalogs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
998
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
authors
investigate
the
impact
of
a
bibliographic
retrieval
card
production
system
such
as
the
ohio
college
library
center
oclc
with
special
attention
to
its
role
in
cataloging
activities
required
at
the
local
level
to
make
the
lc
card
a
functioning
component
of
the
catalog
are
described
the
characteristics
of
the
ensuring
workload
are
examined
along
with
methods
of
accomplishing
it
these
activities
are
seen
as
a
factor
in
the
persistence
of
backlogs
the
design
of
oclc
because
of
the
immobility
of
the
terminal
and
the
absence
of
the
catalog
from
the
data
base
by
passes
this
workload
leaving
the
local
library
to
accomplish
it
by
the
method
of
its
choice
as
before
or
to
leave
it
undone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
999
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
major
provisions
of
the
international
serials
data
systems
and
the
international
standard
bibliographic
description
for
serials
are
presented
and
related
to
present
rules
of
entry
for
serials
as
detailed
in
the
anglo
american
cataloging
rules
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
investigation
of
the
aerodynamics
of
a
wing
in
a
slipstream
an
experimental
study
of
a
wing
in
a
propeller
slipstream
was
made
in
order
to
determine
the
spanwise
distribution
of
the
lift
increase
due
to
slipstream
at
different
angles
of
attack
of
the
wing
and
at
different
free
stream
to
slipstream
velocity
ratios
the
results
were
intended
in
part
as
an
evaluation
basis
for
different
theoretical
treatments
of
this
problem
the
comparative
span
loading
curves
together
with
supporting
evidence
showed
that
a
substantial
part
of
the
lift
increment
produced
by
the
slipstream
was
due
to
a
destalling
or
boundary
layer
control
effect
the
integrated
remaining
lift
increment
after
subtracting
this
destalling
lift
was
found
to
agree
well
with
a
potential
flow
theory
an
empirical
evaluation
of
the
destalling
effects
was
made
for
the
specific
configuration
of
the
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
10
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
theory
of
the
impact
tube
at
low
pressure
a
theoretical
analysis
has
been
made
for
an
impact
tube
of
the
relation
between
free
stream
mach
number
and
the
impact
and
free
stream
pressures
and
densities
for
extremely
low
pressures
it
is
shown
that
the
results
differ
appreciably
from
the
corresponding
continuum
relations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
100
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
vibration
isolation
of
aircraft
power
plants
vibration
in
aircraft
structure
can
almost
always
be
traced
to
vibratory
forces
originating
from
the
power
plant
these
forces
are
transmitted
to
the
aircraft
in
two
ways
by
the
action
of
air
forces
upon
the
surfaces
of
the
aircraft
in
or
adjacent
to
the
slip
stream
of
the
propeller
and
by
direct
transmission
of
unbalanced
forces
from
the
power
plant
through
the
engine
mounting
the
latter
has
always
caused
the
preponderance
of
disturbance
vibratory
stresses
induced
in
the
engine
mounting
structure
occasionally
produce
fatigue
failures
in
the
associated
parts
and
always
shorten
the
useful
life
of
the
entire
aircraft
structure
more
important
however
are
the
psychological
and
physiological
effects
of
continuous
vibration
and
its
attendant
noise
on
the
passengers
and
crew
this
may
very
likely
be
the
major
source
of
the
rapid
fatigue
which
is
so
intimately
associated
with
flying
the
importance
and
desirability
of
drastically
reducing
vibration
can
hardly
be
questioned
this
paper
is
limited
to
a
consideration
of
the
directly
transmitted
forces
and
further
considers
the
power
plants
as
rigid
bodies
attached
by
flexible
means
to
the
aircraft
which
is
also
considered
as
a
rigid
body
of
relatively
large
mass
it
is
also
limited
to
the
case
of
engines
and
engine
supporting
structures
having
axial
symmetry
radial
engines
although
the
methods
employed
could
easily
be
extended
to
other
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
101
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
heat
transfer
over
blunt
nosed
bodies
at
hypersonic
flight
speeds
this
paper
deals
with
two
limiting
cases
of
laminar
heat
transfer
over
blunt
nosed
bodies
at
hypersonic
flight
speeds
or
high
stagnation
temperatures
a
thermodynamic
equilibrium
in
which
the
chemical
reaction
rates
are
regarded
as
very
fast
compared
to
the
rates
of
diffusion
across
streamlines
b
diffusion
as
rate
governing
in
which
the
volume
recombination
rates
within
the
boundary
layer
are
very
slow
compared
to
diffusion
across
streamlines
in
either
case
the
gas
density
near
the
surface
of
a
blunt
nosed
body
is
much
higher
than
the
density
just
outside
the
boundary
layer
and
the
velocity
and
stagnation
enthalpy
profiles
are
much
less
sensitive
to
pressure
gradient
than
in
the
more
familiar
case
of
moderate
temperature
differences
in
fact
in
case
a
the
nondimensionalized
enthalpy
gradient
at
the
surface
is
represented
very
accurately
by
the
classical
zero
pressure
gradient
value
and
the
surface
heat
transfer
rate
distribution
is
obtained
directly
in
terms
of
the
surface
pressure
distribution
in
order
to
illustrate
the
method
this
solution
is
applied
to
the
special
cases
of
an
unyawed
hemisphere
and
an
unyawed
blunt
cone
capped
by
a
spherical
segment
in
the
opposite
limiting
case
where
diffusion
is
rate
controlling
the
diffusion
equation
for
each
species
is
reduced
to
the
same
form
as
the
low
speed
energy
equation
except
that
the
prandtl
number
is
replaced
by
the
schmidt
number
the
simplifications
introduced
in
case
a
are
also
applicable
here
and
the
expression
for
surface
heat
transfer
rate
is
similar
the
maximum
value
of
the
ratio
between
the
rate
of
heat
transfer
by
diffusion
alone
and
by
heat
conduction
alone
in
the
case
of
thermodynamic
equilibrium
is
given
by
prandtl
no
schmidt
no
when
the
diffusion
coefficient
is
estimated
by
taking
a
reasonable
value
of
atom
molecule
collision
cross
section
this
ratio
is
additional
theoretical
and
especially
experimental
studies
are
clearly
required
before
these
simple
results
are
accepted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
102
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
advantages
and
limitations
of
models
summary
the
use
of
models
for
structural
test
investigations
in
the
presence
of
kinetic
heating
effects
is
examined
the
principal
features
of
the
complex
process
to
be
represented
are
discussed
under
the
classifications
external
air
flow
internal
heat
transfer
elastic
response
of
these
the
second
is
found
to
influence
most
model
design
and
an
analysis
of
a
typical
structure
is
included
to
illustrate
the
various
contributions
to
internal
heat
transfer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
103
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theory
of
mixing
and
chemical
reaction
in
the
opposed
jet
diffusion
flame
an
idealization
of
the
flow
system
used
by
potter
and
butler
is
analyzed
the
differential
equation
of
mixing
is
solved
exactly
to
give
the
location
of
and
burning
rate
in
the
flame
the
solutions
to
the
chemical
kinetic
differential
equation
are
discussed
relations
being
derived
between
the
jet
flow
rate
at
extinction
the
chemical
kinetic
constants
and
the
laminar
flame
speed
in
premixed
gases
it
is
shown
that
the
jet
flow
rate
at
extinction
is
independent
of
the
transport
properties
comparison
is
made
with
the
experimental
data
of
potter
heimel
and
butler
it
is
argued
that
experiments
must
be
carried
out
at
higher
reynolds
numbers
if
the
measurements
are
to
be
quantitatively
analyzable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
104
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similar
solutions
of
a
free
convection
boundary
layer
equation
for
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
author
investigates
the
existence
of
a
class
of
similar
solutions
for
free
convection
from
a
vertical
flat
plate
such
as
are
known
for
free
convection
in
a
nonconducting
fluid
the
magnetic
field
acts
transversely
to
the
fluid
motion
and
is
assumed
to
remain
constant
in
the
direction
perpendicular
to
the
plate
this
introduces
into
the
momentum
equation
a
retarding
force
which
is
a
function
only
of
x
the
distance
along
the
plate
length
for
similarity
it
is
found
that
the
magnetic
inductance
must
vary
as
if
the
plate
temperature
is
constant
if
n
the
magnetic
inductance
is
constant
while
the
plate
temperature
increases
linearly
with
x
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
105
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
asymptotic
boundary
layer
on
a
circular
cylinder
in
axial
incompressible
flow
in
this
paper
the
incompressible
boundary
layer
over
a
circular
cylinder
in
an
axial
flow
is
investigated
far
from
the
leading
edge
if
u
and
v
are
the
velocity
components
in
the
x
and
r
direction
respectively
and
a
stream
function
is
introduced
by
and
then
for
a
constant
free
stream
velocity
has
the
following
asymptotic
form
where
the
p's
are
determined
successively
first
for
s
and
all
t
then
s
and
all
t
etc
from
ordinary
differential
equations
here
and
log
c
euler's
constant
it
is
shown
that
the
effect
of
the
curvature
of
the
body
in
planes
perpendicular
to
the
flow
is
to
increase
the
skin
friction
also
the
case
in
which
the
free
stream
velocity
is
proportional
to
at
the
method
breaks
down
is
studied
it
is
concluded
that
the
effect
of
the
curvature
of
the
cylinder
when
the
boundary
layer
has
a
thickness
comparable
with
its
radius
of
curvature
is
to
delay
separation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
106
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
transverse
potential
flow
past
a
body
of
revolution
it
is
shown
that
in
the
potential
flow
of
an
incompressible
inviscid
fluid
past
a
body
of
revolution
set
with
its
axis
at
right
angles
to
the
stream
the
velocity
components
at
the
surface
along
and
perpendicular
to
the
meridians
vary
with
azimuthal
angle
round
the
body
in
a
simple
manner
this
is
shown
by
entirely
elementary
considerations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
107
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
mixing
of
two
parallel
streams
using
the
techniques
of
boundary
layer
theory
the
proper
third
boundary
condition
for
the
mixing
of
two
parallel
streams
is
derived
from
the
compatibility
condition
of
the
higher
order
approximation
it
is
shown
that
the
commonly
adopted
third
boundary
condition
of
balancing
of
transverse
momentum
is
correct
only
for
the
mixing
problem
of
two
semi
infinite
incompressible
streams
for
the
fulfillment
of
the
proper
third
boundary
condition
the
possibility
of
introducing
the
similar
solution
of
blasius
type
is
examined
for
various
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
108
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
properties
of
the
confluent
hypergeometric
function
the
confluent
hypergeometric
functions
have
proved
useful
in
many
branches
of
physics
they
have
been
used
in
such
problems
involving
diffusion
and
sedimentation
as
isotope
separation
and
protein
molecular
weight
determinations
in
the
ultracentrifuge
the
solution
of
the
equation
for
the
velocity
distribution
of
electrons
in
high
frequency
gas
discharges
may
frequently
be
expressed
in
terms
of
these
functions
the
high
frequency
breakdown
electric
field
may
then
be
predicted
theoretically
for
gases
by
the
use
of
such
solutions
together
with
kinetic
theory
this
report
presents
some
of
the
properties
of
the
confluent
hypergeometric
functions
together
with
six
figure
tables
of
the
functions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
109
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
production
of
uniform
shear
flow
in
a
wind
tunnel
a
nearly
uniform
shear
flow
was
obtained
in
the
working
section
of
a
wind
tunnel
by
inserting
a
grid
of
parallel
rods
with
varying
spacing
the
function
of
such
a
grid
is
to
impose
a
resistance
to
the
flow
so
graded
across
the
working
section
as
to
produce
a
linear
variation
in
the
total
pressure
at
large
distances
downstream
without
introducing
an
appreciable
gradient
in
static
pressure
near
the
grid
a
method
of
calculating
a
suitable
arrangement
of
the
rods
is
described
although
this
method
is
strictly
applicable
only
to
weakly
sheared
flows
an
experiment
made
with
a
grid
designed
for
a
shear
parameter
as
large
as
gave
results
in
close
agreement
with
the
theory
there
was
no
evidence
from
the
experiment
of
any
large
scale
secondary
flow
accompanying
the
shear
a
danger
inherent
in
an
empirical
attempt
to
grade
the
resistance
of
the
grid
nor
was
any
tendency
observed
for
the
shear
to
decay
with
increasing
distance
from
the
grid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
11
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similar
solutions
in
compressible
laminar
free
mixing
problems
there
are
in
supersonic
aerodynamics
many
situations
of
practical
interest
wherein
streams
of
different
velocities
and
in
general
different
stagnation
pressures
mix
with
one
another
in
the
majority
of
these
problems
the
interaction
between
the
two
streams
takes
place
in
the
presence
of
an
axial
pressure
gradient
its
effect
on
the
characteristics
of
the
mixing
may
influence
significantly
the
performances
of
the
devices
wherein
the
phenomena
cited
above
occur
a
theoretical
and
experimental
program
of
research
to
study
mixing
in
the
presence
of
axial
pressure
gradients
is
being
carried
on
at
the
polytechnic
institute
of
brooklyn
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
110
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
dynamics
of
a
dissociating
gas
this
is
a
lucid
introduction
to
the
effects
of
dissociation
in
gas
dynamics
the
problem
in
view
is
that
of
air
flow
past
a
bluff
body
at
speeds
somewhat
above
km
sec
thermodynamic
equilibrium
is
assumed
theories
of
near
equilibrium
for
transport
properties
and
of
large
departures
from
equilibrium
being
promised
in
parts
and
following
a
survey
of
the
equilibrium
statistical
thermodynamics
of
a
pure
dissociating
diatomic
gas
a
new
model
is
introduced
this
ideal
dissociating
gas
is
characterized
by
only
three
constants
the
characteristic
temperature
density
and
internal
energy
for
dissociation
physically
it
may
be
regarded
as
having
its
vibrational
modes
always
just
half
excited
so
that
at
low
temperatures
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
approaches
rather
then
thermodynamic
properties
of
the
ideal
gas
are
derived
and
the
oblique
shock
wave
relations
deduced
in
the
strong
shock
approximation
including
an
elegant
relation
between
the
principal
curvatures
of
any
bow
shock
and
the
subsequent
vorticity
useful
relations
are
given
for
the
isentropic
changes
that
take
place
along
streamlines
between
shocks
various
of
these
results
are
applied
to
the
problem
typified
by
a
sphere
flying
at
high
mach
number
the
newtonian
impact
theory
and
its
empirical
modification
are
dismissed
as
lacking
theoretical
basis
in
favor
of
the
limit
for
large
values
of
both
mach
number
and
density
ratio
across
the
shock
it
is
suggested
that
the
zero
surface
pressure
sometimes
predicted
by
the
latter
theory
corresponds
to
separation
not
of
the
flow
but
of
the
shock
wave
from
the
surface
an
estimate
is
given
for
the
subsequent
shape
of
the
shock
finally
another
approximation
is
applied
to
the
region
near
the
stagnation
streamline
the
fluid
is
assumed
incompressible
but
rotational
in
accord
with
the
shock
relations
and
it
is
shown
that
a
spherical
shock
corresponds
to
a
concentric
spherical
body
the
resulting
surface
pressure
is
within
per
cent
of
that
predicted
by
freeman's
second
approximation
based
on
the
newtonian
plus
centrifugal
solution
same
j
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
111
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equation
a
method
of
solution
by
means
of
an
automatic
computer
a
method
very
suitable
for
use
with
an
automatic
computer
of
solving
the
hartree
womersley
approximation
to
the
incompressible
boundary
layer
equation
is
developed
it
is
based
on
an
iterative
process
and
the
choleski
method
of
solving
a
simultaneous
set
of
linear
algebraic
equations
the
programming
of
this
method
for
an
automatic
computer
is
discussed
tables
of
a
solution
of
the
boundary
layer
equation
in
a
region
upstream
of
the
separation
point
are
given
in
the
upstream
neighbourhood
of
separation
this
solution
is
compared
with
goldstein's
asymptotic
solution
and
the
agreement
is
good
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
112
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
steady
motion
of
conducting
fluids
in
pipes
under
transverse
magnetic
fields
this
paper
studies
the
steady
motion
of
an
electrically
conducting
viscous
fluid
along
channels
in
the
presence
of
an
imposed
transverse
magnetic
field
when
the
walls
do
not
conduct
currents
the
equations
which
determine
the
velocity
profile
induced
currents
and
field
are
derived
and
solved
exactly
in
the
case
of
a
rectangular
channel
when
the
imposed
field
is
sufficiently
strong
the
velocity
profile
is
found
to
degenerate
into
a
core
of
uniform
flow
surrounded
by
boundary
layers
on
each
wall
the
layers
on
the
walls
parallel
to
the
imposed
field
are
of
a
novel
character
an
analogous
degenerate
solution
for
channels
of
any
symmetrical
shape
is
developed
the
predicted
pressure
gradients
for
given
volumes
of
flow
at
various
field
strengths
are
finally
compared
with
experimental
results
for
square
and
circular
pipes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
113
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
acoustical
signal
detection
in
turbulent
airflow
improvement
in
detected
signal
to
noise
ratio
is
obtained
for
a
periodic
signal
masked
by
additive
noise
and
turbulent
noise
backgrounds
comparisons
are
made
between
autocorrelation
crosscorrelation
and
a
combination
of
frequency
filtering
and
crosscorrelation
although
the
latter
method
provided
the
greatest
improvement
the
crosscorrelation
technique
was
the
most
successful
single
method
it
turned
out
that
the
maximum
improvement
obtainable
was
limited
by
the
dynamic
range
of
the
correlator
computer
and
not
by
errors
due
to
finite
averaging
time
and
scanning
the
delay
the
improvement
for
signals
masked
by
turbulent
noise
was
found
to
be
about
db
less
than
that
obtained
for
additive
noise
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
114
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
response
of
plates
to
a
decaying
and
convecting
randon
pressure
field
following
the
methods
of
lyon
an
analysis
of
the
vibratory
response
of
a
plate
to
a
random
pressure
field
is
given
the
pressure
correlation
of
the
random
field
is
assumed
to
have
a
scale
small
compared
to
the
plate
size
to
decay
exponentially
and
to
convect
with
constant
speed
over
the
plate
two
cases
are
considered
one
in
which
the
convection
speed
is
much
less
than
the
speed
of
free
flexural
waves
in
the
plate
the
other
in
which
the
convection
speed
is
the
same
order
as
the
flexural
wave
speed
the
mean
square
plate
displacement
is
shown
to
be
relatively
independent
of
convection
for
speeds
much
less
than
the
flexural
wave
speed
and
to
increase
significantly
for
speeds
in
the
order
of
the
flexural
wave
speed
it
is
shown
that
damping
is
usually
but
not
always
an
effective
means
of
vibration
reduction
in
the
case
of
convection
speeds
much
smaller
than
the
flexural
speed
the
use
of
hysteretic
damping
for
reduction
of
the
displacement
response
is
shown
to
be
limited
by
the
decay
of
the
assumed
random
pressure
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
115
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
turbulent
lubrication
the
paper
concerns
the
hydrodynamic
turbulent
motion
in
the
lubricant
layer
proceeding
from
the
reynolds
equations
and
introducing
the
approximations
currently
used
in
lubrication
problems
owing
to
the
lubricant
film
thickness
the
general
motion
equations
for
turbulent
lubrication
are
written
using
the
prandtl
mixing
length
hypothesis
exact
and
approximate
solutions
are
obtained
for
the
velocity
distribution
into
the
lubricant
layer
the
results
are
discussed
by
pointing
out
the
pressure
gradient
and
the
reynolds
number
influence
on
the
velocity
distributions
as
well
as
the
differences
with
respect
to
the
laminar
flow
in
order
to
obtain
simple
formulae
the
exact
dependence
of
the
rate
of
flow
on
the
pressure
gradient
into
a
dimensionless
form
is
replaced
by
a
linear
relation
the
slope
of
which
depends
on
the
reynolds
number
this
approximation
allows
the
obtainment
of
the
pressure
differential
equation
under
a
simple
form
the
pressure
equation
is
integrated
in
case
of
journal
bearings
by
assuming
a
constant
or
a
variable
viscosity
of
the
lubricant
the
results
are
compared
to
the
experimental
data
obtained
by
m
i
smith
and
d
d
fuller
and
the
good
qualitative
agreement
is
pointed
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
116
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
elliptic
cylinder
in
a
shear
flow
with
hyperbolic
velocity
profile
the
stream
function
for
the
shear
flow
with
hyperbolic
velocity
profile
past
an
elliptic
cylinder
has
been
determined
as
an
infinite
series
of
mathieu
functions
it
is
found
that
the
stagnation
streamline
of
the
flow
is
displaced
towards
a
region
of
higher
velocity
this
displacement
increasing
the
main
stream
as
the
stream
becomes
progressively
non
uniform
with
increase
of
minor
axis
length
when
the
major
axis
length
remains
invariant
in
each
case
the
displacement
reaches
a
limiting
value
as
the
cylinder
moves
away
from
the
axis
of
symmetry
of
the
stream
these
limiting
values
are
reached
at
critical
distances
from
the
axis
of
symmetry
which
decrease
as
the
stream
becomes
progressively
non
uniform
but
these
distances
are
approximately
independent
of
incidence
the
pressure
coefficients
and
the
resultant
force
and
moment
coefficients
associated
with
the
cylinder
have
also
been
obtained
and
investigated
numerically
for
the
flat
plate
type
of
cylinder
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
117
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
motion
of
a
viscous
liquid
past
a
paraboloid
an
approximate
solution
for
the
steady
flow
of
incompressible
viscous
liquid
past
a
paraboloid
of
revolution
is
described
an
assumption
is
made
for
the
form
of
the
stokes
stream
function
and
substituted
into
the
navier
stokes
equations
using
paraboloidal
coordinates
after
making
suitable
approximations
a
non
linear
differential
equation
for
a
function
f
is
deduced
the
solutions
of
this
equation
depend
on
the
reynolds
number
of
the
flow
considered
examples
found
by
numerical
integration
are
given
to
illustrate
the
properties
of
the
function
f
for
reynolds
numbers
varying
from
to
is
found
and
it
is
shown
that
this
approximate
solution
tends
to
the
perfect
fluid
flow
away
from
the
boundary
allowance
being
made
for
the
displacement
effect
of
what
may
be
called
the
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
118
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
transonic
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
through
an
axially
symmetrical
nozzle
by
a
method
similar
to
that
developed
by
s
tomotika
and
k
tamada
quart
appl
math
these
rev
for
computing
two
dimensional
mixed
isentropic
flows
in
the
sonic
region
the
flow
in
the
vicinity
of
the
throat
of
an
axially
symmetrical
nozzle
is
studied
several
exact
solutions
to
von
karman's
equation
for
axially
symmetrical
transonic
flows
are
obtained
and
the
one
that
gives
flows
through
a
converging
and
diverging
nozzle
is
considered
in
detail
this
solution
consists
of
four
branches
of
which
two
are
rejected
because
of
singularities
of
the
remaining
two
branches
one
gives
pure
supersonic
flow
and
the
other
gives
taylor's
type
of
flow
with
a
local
supersonic
region
in
the
throat
by
varying
a
parameter
the
latter
branch
approaches
two
asymptotes
which
yield
meyer's
type
of
asymmetrical
flows
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
119
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
conduction
of
fluctuating
heat
flow
in
a
wall
consisting
of
many
layers
van
gorcum
has
pointed
to
interesting
and
important
analogies
between
the
theory
of
a
passive
four
pole
and
the
conduction
of
heat
waves
through
stratiform
bodies
this
paper
generalizes
in
certain
regards
van
gorcum's
ideas
and
draws
their
consequences
for
the
case
of
a
solid
bounded
by
two
infinite
parallel
planes
and
consisting
of
any
number
of
layers
made
from
different
materials
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
12
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
structural
and
aerelastic
considerations
of
high
speed
flight
the
dominating
factors
in
structural
design
of
high
speed
aircraft
are
thermal
and
aeroelastic
in
origin
the
subject
matter
is
concerned
largely
with
a
discussion
of
these
factors
and
their
interrelation
with
one
another
a
summary
is
presented
of
some
of
the
analytical
and
experimental
tools
available
to
aeronautical
engineers
to
meet
the
demands
of
high
speed
flight
upon
aircraft
structures
the
state
of
the
art
with
respect
to
heat
transfer
from
the
boundary
layer
into
the
structure
modes
of
failure
under
combined
load
as
well
as
thermal
inputs
and
acrothermoelasticity
is
discussed
methods
of
attacking
and
alleviating
structural
and
aeroelastic
problems
of
high
speed
flight
are
summarized
finally
some
avenues
of
fundamental
research
are
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
120
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurement
of
convective
heat
transfer
by
means
of
the
reynolds
analogy
preston's
method
for
measuring
skin
friction
in
pipes
has
been
extended
to
include
non
uniform
flow
with
and
without
pressure
gradients
over
flat
surfaces
by
means
of
a
modified
form
of
the
reynolds
analogy
the
local
convective
heat
transfer
coefficient
can
be
related
to
the
skin
friction
and
it
is
proposed
that
the
method
be
used
in
aerodynamic
models
of
furnaces
and
in
heat
transfer
plant
of
simple
geometry
more
investigations
are
required
of
the
effects
of
fluid
turbulence
surface
roughness
and
surface
curvature
on
convective
heat
transfer
and
skin
friction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
121
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theory
for
base
pressures
in
transonic
and
supersonic
flow
a
physical
flow
model
is
devised
based
on
the
concepts
of
interaction
between
the
dissipative
shear
flow
and
the
adjacent
free
stream
and
the
conservation
of
mass
in
the
wake
four
flow
components
are
integrated
in
the
model
namely
the
flow
approaching
the
trailing
edge
the
expansion
around
the
trailing
edge
the
mixing
within
the
free
jet
boundary
and
the
recompression
at
the
end
of
the
wake
a
unique
and
stable
solution
results
for
the
base
pressure
theoretical
results
obtained
for
thin
approaching
boundary
layer
do
not
require
empirical
information
and
are
therefore
best
suited
to
evaluate
the
merits
of
the
theory
here
emphasized
is
the
case
of
isoenergetic
constant
pressure
mixing
in
the
turbulent
free
jet
boundary
and
agreement
is
found
between
theory
and
experimental
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
122
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
simplified
approximate
method
for
the
calculation
of
the
pressure
around
conical
bodies
of
arbitrary
shape
in
supersonic
and
hypersonic
flow
exact
conical
flow
solutions
are
available
only
for
circular
cones
at
zero
angle
of
attack
for
nonaxisymmetric
cones
or
cones
at
angle
of
attack
only
approximate
methods
exist
these
methods
are
generally
quite
complicated
and
further
limited
to
certain
body
shapes
or
certain
mach
number
ranges
a
great
need
was
therefore
felt
for
a
simple
approximate
method
applicable
to
any
arbitrarily
shaped
conical
body
at
zero
incidence
as
well
as
at
angle
of
attack
such
a
method
has
been
developed
recently
at
lockheed
and
is
presented
here
in
abbreviated
form
the
method
is
based
on
the
equivalent
cone
theory
this
theory
determines
the
pressure
on
a
conical
body
utilizing
information
for
a
symmetric
cone
at
zero
angle
of
attack
with
the
same
normal
component
of
the
free
stream
with
respect
to
the
surface
as
the
local
element
of
the
body
considered
this
method
works
relatively
well
at
high
mach
numbers
however
it
is
quite
inconsistent
at
lower
mach
numbers
especially
for
bodies
which
deviate
considerably
from
circular
cones
the
equivalent
cone
method
does
not
give
satisfactory
results
mainly
due
to
the
fact
that
it
considers
only
the
local
surface
element
on
the
body
independent
of
the
other
body
elements
in
the
newtonian
theory
manner
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
123
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
downstream
influence
of
mass
transfer
at
the
nose
of
a
slender
cone
the
influence
of
localized
mass
transfer
at
the
nose
of
a
slender
cone
under
hypersonic
flow
conditions
has
been
studied
by
experimental
and
theoretical
means
two
gaseous
coolants
nitrogen
and
helium
are
injected
through
a
porous
plug
subtending
a
half
angle
of
the
effect
of
the
mass
transfer
on
the
shock
shape
pressure
distribution
heat
transfer
and
transition
are
investigated
the
experimental
work
involved
tests
in
the
mach
number
tunnel
at
pibal
the
theoretical
analysis
involved
a
study
of
the
effect
of
mass
transfer
on
the
shock
stand
off
distance
and
leads
to
an
inviscid
flow
parameter
permitting
the
experimentally
determined
shock
shape
and
pressure
distribution
to
be
extrapolated
to
other
than
test
conditions
and
to
other
coolant
gases
there
is
obtained
the
maximum
value
of
this
parameter
resulting
in
no
significant
alteration
of
the
pressure
distribution
on
the
cone
and
thus
defining
the
flows
in
which
boundary
layer
type
similarity
applies
significant
reductions
in
heat
transfer
are
obtained
with
injection
indeed
with
small
amounts
of
helium
injection
the
peak
heating
is
found
to
occur
downstream
on
the
cone
and
to
be
an
order
of
magnitude
less
than
would
occur
at
the
stagnation
point
without
mass
transfer
with
nitrogen
early
transition
is
found
to
occur
so
that
local
heating
rates
are
actually
increased
over
those
prevailing
at
the
same
reynolds
number
without
injection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
124
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
summary
of
the
supersonic
pressure
drag
of
bodies
of
revolution
a
number
of
approximate
theories
for
supersonic
and
hypersonic
flow
over
bodies
of
revolution
at
zero
angle
of
attack
are
appraised
by
a
critical
comparison
with
characteristics
and
second
order
results
with
the
use
of
hypersonic
similarity
as
a
basis
for
the
comparison
most
of
the
approximate
theories
are
inadequate
except
over
very
limited
ranges
of
fineness
ratio
and
mach
number
the
combination
of
second
order
supersonic
theory
and
second
order
shock
expansion
theory
provides
consistently
good
results
throughout
the
supersonic
speed
range
on
the
basis
of
exact
or
nearly
exact
supersonic
solutions
and
a
limited
amount
of
test
data
and
theory
in
the
transonic
region
summary
design
curves
are
developed
that
give
the
pressure
drag
of
conical
and
ogive
noses
and
conical
and
ogive
boattails
over
the
complete
range
of
transonic
supersonic
and
hypersonic
mach
numbers
other
shapes
can
be
analyzed
in
the
same
manner
provided
that
an
equivalent
amount
of
data
is
available
the
analysis
is
made
with
the
assumption
of
inviscid
flow
so
that
the
effects
of
boundary
layer
growth
shock
boundary
layer
interaction
and
flow
separation
are
not
included
the
present
correlations
provide
a
sound
basis
of
inviscid
flow
results
from
which
these
additional
viscous
effects
can
be
evaluated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
125
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurements
of
skin
friction
of
the
compressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
on
a
cone
with
foreign
gas
injection
measurements
of
average
skin
friction
of
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
have
been
made
on
a
total
included
angle
cone
with
foreign
gas
injection
measurements
of
total
skin
friction
drag
were
obtained
at
free
stream
mach
numbers
of
and
x
with
injection
of
helium
air
and
freon
through
the
porous
wall
substantial
reductions
in
skin
friction
are
realized
with
gas
injection
within
the
range
of
mach
numbers
of
this
test
the
relative
reduction
in
skin
friction
is
in
accordance
with
theory
that
is
the
light
gases
are
most
effective
when
compared
on
a
mass
flow
basis
there
is
a
marked
effect
of
mach
number
on
the
reduction
of
average
skin
friction
this
effect
is
not
shown
by
the
available
theories
limited
transition
location
measurements
indicate
that
the
boundary
layer
does
not
fully
trip
with
gas
injection
but
that
the
transition
point
approaches
a
forward
limit
with
increasing
injection
the
variation
of
the
skin
friction
coefficient
for
the
lower
injection
rates
with
natural
transition
is
dependent
on
the
flow
reynolds
number
and
type
of
injected
gas
and
at
the
high
injection
rates
the
skin
friction
is
in
fair
agreement
with
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
126
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
two
dimensional
supersonic
base
pressures
an
investigation
of
the
base
pressure
behind
wedges
at
mach
numbers
and
in
the
laminar
and
the
transitional
regime
is
reported
temperature
and
velocity
traverses
through
the
mixing
zone
are
shown
and
exploratory
investigations
of
the
wake
vortex
by
use
of
hot
wires
and
flow
visualization
techniques
are
described
it
is
found
that
the
laminar
two
dimensional
base
pressure
agrees
well
with
chapman's
theoretical
predictions
the
shear
layer
exhibits
gross
velocity
distributions
characteristic
of
the
free
jet
mixing
zone
but
also
shows
disturbances
that
originate
in
the
expansion
turning
of
the
oncoming
boundary
layer
an
interesting
trailing
vortex
is
observed
which
is
explained
in
terms
of
nonuniform
mixing
rate
in
the
wake
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
127
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
axially
symmetric
nozzles
at
each
of
twenty
one
exit
mach
numbers
ranging
from
to
ten
supersonic
axially
symmetric
nozzle
shapes
with
plane
sonic
surfaces
have
been
computed
on
the
eniac
by
the
method
of
characteristics
the
boundary
of
the
shortest
of
each
group
of
ten
has
a
sharp
edge
at
the
sonic
plane
while
the
others
have
smooth
boundaries
this
report
describes
the
computational
procedures
and
presents
a
sample
of
the
results
for
twenty
nozzles
more
extensive
and
elaborate
tables
of
the
results
of
the
entire
computations
are
available
at
the
ballistic
research
laboratories
nozzle
contours
can
be
obtained
accurately
from
them
by
interpolation
for
exit
mach
numbers
between
and
for
a
wide
range
of
ratios
of
nozzle
length
to
throat
diameter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
128
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
free
stream
vorticity
on
the
behaviour
of
a
viscous
boundary
layer
theoretical
investigation
is
considered
of
the
two
dimensional
steady
flow
field
at
large
distance
from
a
finite
object
set
in
a
viscous
incompressible
fluid
study
is
made
of
coordinate
type
expansions
for
pressure
and
velocity
for
large
r
uniformly
in
for
fixed
reynolds
number
assuming
exact
boundary
conditions
at
infinity
and
regularity
of
flow
with
zero
net
mass
flow
across
a
simple
curve
enclosing
the
object
mathematical
nature
of
the
distinction
between
parameter
and
coordinate
type
expansions
is
discussed
with
description
of
inner
and
outer
expansions
and
matching
techniques
a
feature
of
the
expansion
procedure
is
the
introduction
of
an
artificial
parameter
inner
and
outer
expansions
are
matched
with
the
aid
of
known
solutions
of
the
navier
stokes
equations
analysis
requires
simple
consideration
of
the
heat
and
laplace
equations
without
resort
to
special
methods
paper
is
worth
studying
by
those
interested
in
asymptotic
expansion
procedures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
129
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
the
noise
produced
by
a
subsonic
air
jet
to
investigate
the
theoretical
predictions
of
lighthill
on
aerodynamic
sound
measurements
have
been
made
of
the
sound
field
of
a
in
air
jet
issuing
from
a
long
pipe
the
measurements
have
been
made
over
a
wide
frequency
band
to
cycles
sec
and
in
one
third
octave
bands
in
this
frequency
range
the
mean
mach
number
at
the
pipe
orifice
was
varied
from
to
the
dependence
of
the
apparent
position
of
the
noise
sources
on
frequency
and
jet
speed
was
investigated
at
a
given
frequency
a
source
is
situated
farther
from
the
jet
orifice
the
higher
the
jet
speed
lower
frequency
sources
appear
farther
downstream
than
ones
of
higher
frequency
consistent
with
their
association
with
larger
eddies
the
directional
characteristics
of
the
sound
field
at
different
frequencies
and
jet
speeds
are
illustrated
by
means
of
scale
diagrams
showing
lines
of
constant
sound
intensity
these
sound
fields
are
analyzed
in
terms
of
the
moving
quadrupole
sources
of
lighthill's
theory
and
good
agreement
obtained
it
is
shown
that
the
apparent
spread
of
the
sources
at
low
frequencies
is
due
to
the
doppler
effect
at
low
frequency
relative
to
the
frequency
of
maximum
power
output
the
radiation
is
predominantly
that
of
three
mutually
orthogonal
longitudinal
quadrupoles
which
except
for
the
effect
of
convection
upon
it
has
a
sound
field
like
a
monopole
source
at
higher
frequencies
the
sound
fields
of
lateral
and
longitudinal
quadrupoles
predominate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
13
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similarity
laws
for
stressing
heated
wings
it
will
be
shown
that
the
differential
equations
for
a
heated
plate
with
large
temperature
gradient
and
for
a
similar
plate
at
constant
temperature
can
be
made
the
same
by
a
proper
modification
of
the
thickness
and
the
loading
for
the
isothermal
plate
this
fact
leads
to
the
result
that
the
stresses
in
the
heated
plate
can
be
calculated
from
measured
strains
on
the
unheated
plate
by
a
series
of
relations
called
the
similarity
laws
the
application
of
this
analog
theory
to
solid
wings
under
aerodynamic
heating
is
discussed
in
detail
the
loading
on
the
unheated
analog
wing
is
however
complicated
and
involves
the
novel
concept
of
feedback
and
body
force
loading
the
problem
of
stressing
a
heated
box
wing
structure
can
be
solved
by
the
same
analog
method
and
is
briefly
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
130
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
behaviour
of
non
linear
systems
many
of
the
phenomena
that
occur
in
the
world
around
us
are
governed
by
nonlinear
relationships
in
the
development
of
the
mathematical
sciences
the
difficulties
of
nonlinear
analysis
have
hindered
the
formulation
of
nonlinear
concepts
that
would
permit
us
to
understand
such
phenomena
in
the
present
article
our
progress
in
understanding
the
behavior
of
nonlinear
systems
is
reviewed
and
an
attempt
is
made
to
present
the
resulting
concepts
in
such
a
way
that
they
may
be
applied
with
some
generality
to
other
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
131
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
two
dimensional
jet
mixing
of
a
compressible
fluid
the
mixing
and
divergence
of
a
supersonic
jet
exhausting
into
a
supersonic
stream
are
investigated
theoretically
in
the
first
part
of
this
paper
the
flow
is
assumed
to
be
laminar
when
the
velocity
and
temperature
in
the
jet
are
different
slightly
from
those
of
the
surrounding
stream
by
the
method
of
small
perturbations
and
under
ordinary
boundary
layer
assumptions
the
equation
of
motion
of
two
dimensional
flow
will
be
reduced
to
a
form
of
the
well
known
equation
of
heat
conduction
whose
solution
is
known
for
any
given
boundary
conditions
it
has
also
been
shown
that
the
exact
solution
of
the
two
dimensional
jet
mixing
of
viscous
compressible
fluids
can
be
obtained
by
successive
approximations
starting
with
the
solution
of
small
perturbations
velocity
and
temperature
distributions
for
two
cases
one
is
the
mixing
of
two
uniform
flows
and
the
other
is
the
mixing
of
a
jet
of
compressible
fluid
from
a
two
dimensional
nozzle
with
full
expansion
exhausting
into
a
supersonic
stream
have
been
calculated
the
properties
of
the
jet
mixing
depend
mainly
on
the
momentum
of
the
jet
regardless
of
whether
the
change
of
momentum
is
due
to
the
change
of
velocity
or
the
change
of
temperature
i
e
the
change
of
density
compressibility
has
a
considerable
effect
on
the
properties
of
the
jet
in
the
second
part
the
cases
of
turbulent
flow
are
investigated
by
means
of
reichardt's
theory
of
free
turbulence
the
turbulent
shearing
stress
may
be
expressed
as
it
has
been
shown
in
this
paper
that
where
is
a
constant
that
can
be
determined
experimentally
the
value
of
n
lies
between
and
the
exact
value
of
n
depends
on
the
condition
of
mixing
when
the
expression
of
turbulent
shearing
stress
given
above
is
used
instead
of
the
viscous
stress
in
the
equation
of
motion
by
suitable
transformation
of
variables
it
has
been
shown
that
the
equation
of
two
dimensional
turbulent
jet
mixing
is
identical
to
that
of
the
laminar
case
hence
the
solution
of
the
first
part
of
this
paper
can
be
applied
to
the
turbulent
case
provided
that
the
characteristic
constants
and
n
have
been
properly
chosen
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
132
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscosity
effects
in
sound
waves
of
finite
amplitude
in
survey
in
mechanics
this
article
has
as
its
subject
the
conflicting
influence
on
sound
propagation
of
convection
on
the
one
hand
and
of
diffusion
and
relaxation
on
the
other
whose
importance
in
the
determination
of
the
structure
of
shock
waves
was
first
appreciated
clearly
by
sir
geoffrey
taylor
as
an
essential
introduction
to
the
main
topics
author
gives
an
exceptionally
clear
and
valuable
account
of
the
physical
mechanisms
of
viscosity
thermal
conductivity
and
other
diffusion
effects
including
relaxation
the
classical
theory
of
shock
wave
formation
is
then
discussed
and
some
extensions
are
made
the
remainder
of
the
article
is
based
on
the
demonstration
that
the
nonlinear
equation
for
plane
progressive
sound
waves
in
which
convection
and
diffusion
are
taken
into
account
to
a
first
approximation
can
be
transformed
into
burgers's
equation
the
general
solution
of
which
was
given
by
hopf
and
cole
this
approach
in
which
all
flows
are
continuous
they
become
discontinuous
at
shock
waves
in
the
limit
as
viscosity
etc
tend
to
zero
allows
the
author
to
re
derive
and
extend
whitham's
theory
of
the
formation
and
decay
of
weak
plane
shock
waves
and
to
derive
many
new
results
such
as
the
velocity
distributions
during
the
union
of
two
shock
waves
and
during
the
formation
of
a
shock
wave
the
application
of
the
same
idea
to
non
plane
shock
waves
is
also
discussed
but
more
briefly
in
these
cases
burgers's
equation
is
not
quite
such
a
good
approximation
as
before
the
article
concludes
with
sections
on
sound
waves
whose
reynolds
numbers
based
on
the
length
scale
of
the
flow
and
the
velocity
amplitude
are
comparable
with
unity
and
on
the
effects
of
relaxation
on
the
properties
of
shock
waves
the
whole
is
much
more
than
a
survey
and
represents
a
very
substantial
advance
in
the
theory
of
sound
waves
it
is
the
finest
possible
tribute
to
sir
geoffrey
taylor
that
he
should
be
able
to
inspire
articles
such
as
this
and
the
others
in
this
volume
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
133
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
effects
of
surface
curvature
on
laminar
boundary
layer
flow
the
laminar
flow
of
a
viscous
incompressible
fluid
over
a
two
dimensional
curved
surface
is
investigated
for
two
cases
one
in
which
the
curvature
is
large
and
the
other
in
which
it
is
cases
are
obtained
as
approximations
from
the
exact
equations
of
motion
by
an
order
of
magnitude
analysis
these
equations
are
solved
for
flow
over
a
particular
surface
with
zero
surface
pressure
gradient
in
this
analysis
the
pressure
gradient
normal
to
the
surface
is
included
and
the
outer
boundary
conditions
are
modified
in
accordance
with
the
requirements
of
flow
over
a
curved
surface
the
results
indicate
that
for
equal
reynolds
numbers
the
stress
on
convex
surfaces
is
less
than
the
flat
plate
value
while
the
stress
on
concave
surfaces
is
greater
than
for
a
flat
plate
the
most
important
effect
of
surface
curvature
for
the
cases
considered
is
the
modification
of
the
shape
of
the
velocity
profile
near
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
the
requirement
that
a
smooth
transition
exist
between
the
viscous
flow
and
the
potential
flow
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
layer
causes
the
profile
to
have
a
negative
slope
near
the
outer
edge
for
convex
surface
curvature
and
a
positive
slope
for
concave
surface
curvature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
134
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
an
interaction
between
the
boundary
layer
and
the
inviscid
flow
according
to
the
classical
boundary
layer
theory
the
flow
about
bodies
at
reynolds
numbers
of
aeronautical
interest
can
be
considered
as
composed
of
two
regimes
an
outside
inviscid
flow
and
a
thin
boundary
layer
region
adjacent
to
the
body
this
point
of
view
leads
to
the
approximation
that
on
a
slightly
curved
surface
throughout
the
layer
is
negligibly
small
the
additional
assumption
that
the
inviscid
flow
is
irrotational
leads
to
the
requirement
that
is
zero
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
in
this
theory
any
interaction
between
the
two
regimes
is
accountable
by
a
simple
correction
to
the
body
shape
based
on
the
boundary
layer
displacement
thickness
recently
in
connection
with
hypersonic
laminar
boundary
layers
this
classical
point
of
view
has
been
modified
an
interaction
between
the
two
flow
regimes
leading
to
a
self
induced
axial
pressure
gradient
has
been
considered
it
is
the
purpose
of
the
present
note
to
point
out
another
type
of
interaction
which
may
be
of
practical
importance
and
of
fundamental
interest
even
at
mach
numbers
below
those
considered
in
the
hypersonic
boundary
layer
theory
and
which
may
have
to
be
considered
in
that
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
135
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
calculation
of
wall
shearing
stress
from
heat
transfer
measurements
in
compressible
flows
it
has
been
shown
by
ludwieg
that
the
wall
shearing
stress
of
a
laminar
or
turbulent
boundary
layer
in
an
incompressible
flow
can
be
determined
from
a
heat
transfer
measurement
at
the
surface
the
instrument
used
in
that
investigation
was
essentially
a
small
locally
insulated
heating
element
embedded
in
the
test
surface
the
size
of
the
instrument
was
restricted
by
the
condition
that
the
thermal
boundary
layer
generated
by
the
heating
element
be
contained
locally
within
the
laminar
sublayer
in
the
present
analysis
ludweig's
theory
for
such
an
instrument
is
extended
to
compressible
flow
over
an
insulated
flat
plate
with
the
same
limitations
on
the
design
and
operation
of
the
instrument
as
mentioned
above
it
can
also
be
assumed
for
compressible
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
that
only
the
flow
in
the
immediate
vicinity
of
the
wall
or
the
laminar
sublayer
will
be
affected
in
the
region
of
the
heated
element
this
assumption
then
permits
the
use
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
as
the
governing
equations
for
this
analysis
for
both
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
136
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
recent
developments
in
rocket
nozzle
configurations
existing
configurations
of
supersonic
portion
of
rocket
nozzles
are
described
and
compared
survey
covers
bell
type
conical
and
contoured
nozzles
annular
nozzles
plug
nozzles
and
the
author's
own
e
d
expansion
deflection
nozzle
the
latter
is
a
bell
type
nozzle
in
which
the
gases
are
first
deflected
radially
outward
by
a
small
central
plug
then
expanded
radially
inward
around
the
base
of
the
plug
and
finally
deflected
back
to
a
nearly
axial
direction
by
the
nozzle
wall
in
compressive
turning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
137
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
generation
of
sound
by
aerodynamic
means
a
summary
is
given
of
some
of
the
more
important
experimental
results
relating
to
the
noise
radiated
from
a
cold
subsonic
turbulent
jet
these
are
then
related
to
the
predictions
of
lighthill's
general
theory
of
aerodynamic
noise
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
138
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wakes
in
axial
compressors
the
tendency
in
the
past
has
been
to
assume
that
when
wakes
or
non
uniform
total
head
profiles
are
fed
into
an
axial
compressor
then
substantially
constant
static
pressure
prevails
at
the
entry
the
variations
in
total
head
appearing
as
variations
in
velocity
this
variation
in
velocity
causes
variation
in
incidence
on
the
early
stage
blade
rows
and
thus
can
give
rise
to
excitation
of
blade
vibration
this
assumption
is
implicit
for
instance
in
references
and
but
we
think
has
been
a
common
assumption
by
most
of
the
people
working
in
this
field
where
the
compressor
is
fed
by
a
duct
of
substantially
parallel
walls
for
a
reasonable
length
ahead
such
an
assumption
appeared
justifiable
such
a
duct
when
given
an
air
flow
test
with
its
outlet
discharging
for
instance
to
atmosphere
instead
of
to
the
compressor
then
the
distribution
assumed
would
normally
be
obtained
and
in
fact
many
surveys
of
such
ducts
have
been
represented
in
this
fashion
the
object
of
this
note
is
to
show
that
in
fact
this
distribution
will
not
normally
occur
when
the
compressor
is
present
and
we
may
normally
expect
much
more
nearly
a
constant
velocity
into
the
compressor
with
attendant
static
pressure
distributions
to
match
with
the
total
head
variations
ahead
of
the
intake
with
of
course
the
attendant
curved
flow
to
support
the
static
pressure
gradients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
139
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscous
effects
on
pitot
tubes
at
low
speeds
measurements
were
made
of
the
pressure
in
a
blunt
nosed
pitot
tube
in
an
air
stream
at
reynolds
numbers
from
about
to
the
results
are
expressed
in
terms
of
a
pressure
coefficient
density
of
the
fluid
and
p
and
v
are
the
static
pressure
and
velocity
in
the
undisturbed
stream
as
found
in
previous
investigations
becomes
greater
than
at
low
reynolds
numbers
the
increase
being
about
at
a
reynolds
number
of
based
on
external
tube
radius
in
disagreement
with
the
work
of
hurd
chesky
and
shapiro
no
decrease
of
below
was
found
at
any
reynolds
number
when
the
values
of
found
by
various
experiments
are
plotted
against
reynolds
numbers
based
on
internal
tube
radius
it
is
found
that
the
curves
are
in
closer
agreement
than
when
the
external
radius
is
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
14
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
piston
theory
a
new
aerodynamic
tool
for
the
aeroelastician
representative
applications
are
described
which
illustrate
the
extent
to
which
simplifications
in
the
solutions
of
high
speed
unsteady
aeroelastic
problems
can
be
achieved
through
the
use
of
certain
aerodynamic
techniques
known
collectively
as
piston
theory
based
on
a
physical
model
originally
proposed
by
hayes
and
lighthill
piston
theory
for
airfoils
and
finite
wings
has
been
systematically
developed
by
landahl
utilizing
expansions
in
powers
of
the
thickness
ratio
and
the
inverse
of
the
flight
mach
number
m
when
contributions
of
orders
and
are
negligible
the
theory
predicts
a
point
function
relationship
between
the
local
pressure
on
the
surface
of
a
wing
and
the
normal
component
of
fluid
velocity
produced
by
the
wing's
motion
the
computation
of
generalized
forces
in
aeroelastic
equations
such
as
the
flutter
determinant
is
then
always
reduced
to
elementary
integrations
of
the
assumed
modes
of
motion
essentially
closed
form
solutions
are
given
for
the
bending
torsion
and
control
surface
flutter
properties
of
typical
section
airfoils
at
high
mach
numbers
these
agree
well
with
results
of
more
exact
theories
wherever
comparisons
can
be
fairly
made
moreover
they
demonstrate
the
increasingly
important
influence
of
thickness
and
profile
shape
as
m
grows
larger
a
discovery
that
would
be
almost
impossible
using
other
available
aerodynamic
tools
the
complexity
of
more
practical
flutter
analyses
e
g
on
three
dimensional
wings
and
panels
is
shown
to
be
substantially
reduced
by
piston
theory
an
iterative
procedure
is
outlined
by
which
improved
flutter
eigenvalues
can
be
found
through
the
successive
introduction
of
higher
order
terms
in
and
other
applications
to
unsteady
supersonic
problems
are
reviewed
including
gust
response
and
rapid
maneuvers
of
elastic
aircraft
steady
state
aeroelastic
calculations
are
also
discussed
but
for
them
piston
theory
amounts
only
to
a
slight
modification
of
ackeret's
formulas
suggestions
are
made
regarding
future
research
based
on
the
new
aerodynamic
method
with
particular
emphasis
on
areas
where
computational
labor
can
be
reduced
with
a
minimum
loss
of
precision
it
is
pointed
out
that
a
mach
number
zone
exists
where
thermal
effects
are
appreciable
but
nonlinear
viscous
interactions
may
be
neglected
and
that
in
this
zone
piston
theory
is
the
logical
way
of
estimating
air
loads
when
analyzing
aerodynamic
thermoelastic
interaction
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
140
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
determination
of
turbulent
skin
friction
by
means
of
pitot
tubes
a
simple
method
of
determining
local
turbulent
skin
friction
on
a
smooth
surface
has
been
developed
which
utilises
a
round
pitot
tube
resting
on
the
surface
assuming
the
existence
of
a
region
near
the
surface
in
which
conditions
are
functions
only
of
the
skin
friction
the
relevant
physical
constants
of
the
fluid
and
a
suitable
length
a
universal
non
dimensional
relation
is
obtained
for
the
difference
between
the
total
pressure
recorded
by
the
tube
and
the
static
pressure
at
the
wall
in
terms
of
the
skin
friction
this
relation
on
this
assumption
is
independent
of
the
pressure
gradient
the
truth
and
form
of
the
relation
were
first
established
to
a
considerable
degree
of
accuracy
in
a
pipe
using
four
geometrically
similar
round
pitot
tubes
the
diameter
being
taken
as
representative
length
these
four
pitot
tubes
were
then
used
to
determine
the
local
skin
friction
coefficient
at
three
stations
on
a
wind
tunnel
wall
under
varying
conditions
of
pressure
gradient
at
each
station
within
the
limits
of
experimental
accuracy
the
deduced
skin
friction
coefficient
was
found
to
be
the
same
for
each
pitot
tube
thus
confirming
the
basic
assumption
and
leaving
little
doubt
as
to
the
correctness
of
the
skin
friction
so
found
pitot
traverses
were
then
made
in
the
pipe
and
in
the
boundary
layer
on
the
wind
tunnel
wall
the
results
were
plotted
in
two
non
dimensional
forms
on
the
basis
already
suggested
and
they
fell
close
together
in
a
region
whose
outer
limit
represented
the
breakdown
of
the
basic
assumption
but
close
to
the
wall
the
results
spread
out
due
to
the
unknown
displacement
of
the
effective
centre
of
a
pitot
tube
near
a
wall
this
again
provides
further
evidence
of
the
existence
of
a
region
of
local
dynamical
similarity
and
of
the
correctness
of
the
skin
friction
deduced
from
measurements
with
round
pitot
tubes
on
the
wind
tunnel
wall
the
extent
of
the
region
in
which
the
local
dynamical
similarity
may
be
expected
to
hold
appears
to
vary
from
about
to
of
the
boundary
layer
thickness
for
conditions
remote
from
and
close
to
separation
respectively
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
141
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
techniques
for
high
speed
aerodynamic
research
the
development
rocket
borne
and
rocket
launched
high
speed
airplane
model
test
is
described
details
of
airborne
components
telemetering
units
tracking
and
their
calibration
are
also
discussed
tests
on
controls
drag
measurements
longitudinal
stability
evaluations
lift
measurements
pressure
measurements
aeroelastic
estimations
and
sonic
bang
recordings
are
effected
the
reynolds
numbers
involved
are
much
higher
than
are
usual
in
the
wind
tunnel
and
extensions
of
mach
numbers
are
obtained
beyond
the
tunnel
limits
both
free
of
the
tunnel
wall
interference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
142
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
aerodynamic
heating
paper
is
a
good
review
of
knowledge
to
date
on
convective
heat
transfer
to
objects
moving
through
air
at
low
and
high
speeds
theoretical
and
experimental
information
is
given
on
recovery
factors
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
for
isothermal
surfaces
of
unswept
flat
plates
wedges
and
cones
with
attached
shock
waves
and
stagnation
points
of
blunt
bodies
of
revolution
for
both
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
a
convenient
nomograph
for
calculating
flat
plate
turbulent
boundary
layer
heat
transfer
coefficients
is
given
effects
of
surface
cooling
surface
roughness
and
supply
stream
turbulence
on
transition
are
discussed
and
shown
graphically
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
143
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
interplanetary
orbits
the
basic
equations
under
simplified
conditions
for
interplanetary
flight
are
derived
for
a
voyage
from
planet
to
planet
an
unlimited
number
of
orbits
is
possible
in
order
to
give
a
clear
survey
of
these
possible
orbits
a
diagram
is
developed
from
which
the
approximate
energy
requirement
the
duration
and
other
particulars
of
a
voyage
can
be
easily
found
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
144
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
flow
in
composite
slabs
this
paper
presents
the
solution
of
the
heat
flow
problem
in
composite
walls
under
heat
transfer
conditions
which
are
typical
of
uncooled
rocket
engine
walls
analytic
expressions
in
the
form
of
fourier
sums
are
obtained
for
the
temperature
distribution
in
a
composite
wall
consisting
of
an
inner
refractory
medium
and
an
outer
metallic
medium
under
newtonian
heat
transfer
into
the
first
medium
with
negligible
heat
transfer
from
the
second
medium
to
the
exterior
the
expressions
obtained
are
based
on
a
plane
parallel
composite
slab
as
a
representative
model
for
relatively
thin
cylindrical
walls
with
thickness
to
radius
ratio
not
exceeding
the
general
results
for
the
composite
slab
are
simplified
for
the
limiting
cases
of
a
thin
refractory
shield
with
a
thick
shielded
medium
and
a
thick
refractory
shield
with
a
thin
shielded
medium
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
145
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
skin
friction
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
in
compressible
flow
from
an
analysis
of
the
work
of
crocco
and
others
semi
empirical
formulae
are
derived
for
the
skin
friction
on
a
flat
plate
at
zero
incidence
with
a
laminar
boundary
layer
these
formulae
are
for
the
general
case
of
heat
transfer
and
when
there
is
no
heat
transfer
the
problem
of
heat
transfer
and
the
effect
of
radiation
are
discussed
in
the
light
of
these
formulae
the
second
formula
is
then
utilised
in
the
development
of
an
approximate
method
for
solving
the
momentum
equation
of
the
boundary
layer
on
a
cylinder
without
heat
transfer
the
method
indicates
that
with
increase
of
mach
number
there
is
a
marked
forward
movement
of
separation
from
a
flat
plate
in
the
presence
of
a
constant
adverse
velocity
gradient
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
146
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
flow
past
slender
bodies
with
discontinuous
profile
slope
ward's
slender
body
theory
is
extended
to
derive
first
approximations
to
the
external
forces
on
slender
bodies
of
general
cross
section
with
discontinuous
profile
slope
two
classes
of
body
are
considered
bodies
whose
profile
typified
by
the
local
radius
is
continuous
between
the
nose
and
base
and
certain
bodies
whose
profile
is
discontinuous
such
as
bodies
with
annular
or
side
air
intakes
and
wing
bodies
on
which
the
wing
has
an
unswept
leading
edge
where
air
intakes
are
concerned
it
is
assumed
that
they
are
sharp
edged
and
that
there
is
no
spillage
of
the
internal
flow
the
following
conclusions
apply
to
the
former
class
of
bodies
the
variation
of
drag
with
mach
number
is
found
to
depend
only
on
the
discontinuities
in
the
longitudinal
rate
of
change
of
the
cross
sectional
area
and
is
thus
independent
of
cross
sectional
shape
the
drag
itself
is
unchanged
if
the
direction
of
the
flow
is
reversed
the
expressions
for
lift
and
moment
assume
the
same
forms
as
for
smooth
pointed
bodies
the
lift
depending
only
on
conditions
at
the
base
of
the
body
the
general
theory
is
applied
to
winged
bodies
of
revolution
with
an
unswept
wing
leading
edge
the
results
bear
a
marked
resemblance
to
those
obtained
by
ward
the
results
for
wings
alone
are
seen
to
be
applicable
with
one
modification
to
subsonic
as
well
as
to
supersonic
speeds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
147
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
flow
past
slender
pointed
wings
with
similar
cross
sections
at
zero
lift
some
recent
theoretical
work
on
slender
pointed
wings
at
zero
lift
is
co
ordinated
and
extended
the
wings
considered
may
have
any
pointed
plan
form
shape
provided
that
the
trailing
edge
is
straight
and
unswept
the
root
section
profile
and
cross
section
shapes
are
arbitrary
provided
that
on
any
one
wing
the
latter
are
descriptively
similar
diamond
or
parabolic
biconvex
for
instance
though
not
necessarily
geometrically
similar
the
chief
aim
of
the
work
is
to
find
wings
with
simple
geometry
low
wave
drag
and
pressure
distributions
which
are
unlikely
to
be
seriously
affected
by
viscous
effects
wave
drag
and
pressure
distributions
are
calculated
by
slender
wing
theory
general
formulae
which
are
both
simple
and
instructive
are
given
for
the
wave
drag
and
the
overall
pressure
distribution
with
particular
emphasis
on
the
root
pressure
distribution
results
for
a
number
of
wings
of
special
interest
are
presented
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
148
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
displacement
thickness
four
alternative
theoretical
treatments
of
'displacement
thickness'
and
generally
of
the
influence
of
boundary
layers
and
wakes
on
the
flow
outside
them
are
set
out
first
for
two
dimensional
and
then
for
three
dimensional
laminar
or
turbulent
incompressible
flow
they
may
be
called
the
methods
of
'flow
reduction'
'equivalent
sources'
'velocity
comparison'
and
the
principal
expression
obtained
for
the
displacement
thickness
in
three
dimensional
flow
may
be
written
if
as
orthogonal
coordinates
x
y
specifying
position
on
the
surface
we
choose
x
as
the
velocity
potential
of
the
external
flow
and
y
as
a
coordinate
constant
along
the
external
flow
streamlines
such
that
h
dy
is
the
distance
between
x
y
and
z
is
the
distance
from
the
surface
u
and
v
are
the
x
and
y
components
of
velocity
and
u
takes
the
value
u
just
outside
the
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
149
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
expansions
at
small
reynolds
number
for
the
flow
past
a
sphere
and
a
circular
cylinder
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
problem
of
obtaining
higher
approximations
to
the
flow
past
a
sphere
and
a
circular
cylinder
than
those
represented
by
the
well
known
solutions
of
stokes
and
oseen
since
the
perturbation
theory
arising
from
the
consideration
of
small
non
zero
reynolds
numbers
is
a
singular
one
the
problem
is
largely
that
of
devising
suitable
techniques
for
taking
this
singularity
into
account
when
expanding
the
solution
for
small
reynolds
numbers
the
technique
adopted
is
as
follows
separate
locally
valid
the
regions
close
to
and
far
from
the
obstacle
reasons
are
presented
for
believing
that
these
'stokes'
and
'oseen'
expansions
are
respectively
of
the
forms
where
are
spherical
or
cylindrical
polar
coordinates
made
dimensionless
with
the
radius
of
the
obstacle
r
is
the
reynolds
number
and
and
vanish
with
r
substitution
of
these
expansions
in
the
navier
stokes
equation
then
yields
a
set
of
differential
equations
for
the
coefficients
and
but
only
one
set
of
physical
boundary
conditions
is
applicable
to
each
expansion
the
no
slip
conditions
for
the
stokes
expansion
and
the
uniform
stream
condition
for
the
oseen
expansion
so
that
unique
solutions
cannot
be
derived
immediately
however
the
fact
that
the
two
expansions
are
in
principle
both
derived
from
the
same
exact
solution
leads
to
a
'matching'
procedure
which
yields
further
boundary
conditions
for
each
expansion
it
is
thus
possible
to
determine
alternately
successive
terms
in
each
expansion
the
leading
terms
of
the
expansions
are
shown
to
be
closely
related
to
the
original
solutions
of
stokes
and
oseen
and
detailed
results
for
some
further
terms
are
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
15
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
two
dimensional
panel
flutter
theory
and
experiments
of
the
flutter
of
a
buckled
plate
are
discussed
it
is
shown
that
an
increase
in
the
initial
deviation
from
flatness
or
a
static
pressure
differential
across
the
plate
raises
the
critical
value
of
the
reduced
velocity
the
applicability
of
the
galerkin
method
to
the
linearized
problem
of
flutter
of
an
unbuckled
plate
has
been
questioned
by
several
authors
in
this
paper
the
flutter
condition
was
formulated
in
the
form
of
an
integral
equation
and
solved
numerically
by
the
method
of
iteration
and
the
method
of
matrix
approximations
thus
avoiding
the
constraint
of
assumed
modes
for
a
plate
with
finite
bending
rigidity
the
results
confirm
those
given
by
the
galerkin
method
an
approximate
analysis
of
the
limiting
form
and
amplitude
of
the
flutter
motion
for
a
buckled
plate
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
150
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
integration
of
the
boundary
layer
equations
the
equations
of
the
boundary
layer
are
integrated
by
an
expression
of
the
form
where
f
x
is
a
positive
function
with
x
as
the
stationary
point
x
is
slowly
varying
the
integral
contains
an
unknown
parameter
which
is
found
from
the
condition
the
integral
is
evaluated
by
the
method
of
steepest
descent
the
expressions
obtained
are
usually
divergent
except
in
few
cases
which
include
blasius's
equation
the
divergent
expressions
are
summed
by
euler's
transformation
to
check
the
procedure
it
is
applied
to
falkner
and
skan's
equation
the
results
obtained
are
very
striking
few
terms
in
the
expansions
are
sufficient
to
obtain
close
agreement
with
hartree's
laborious
numerical
computations
the
method
is
also
applied
to
the
general
boundary
layer
equation
for
the
case
of
flow
past
an
elliptic
cylinder
measured
by
schubauer
the
results
obtained
are
in
close
agreement
with
schubauer's
measurements
for
the
velocities
almost
up
to
separation
for
the
position
of
the
separation
point
and
in
satisfactory
agreement
downstream
of
separation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
151
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
generation
of
noise
by
isotropic
turbulence
a
finite
region
with
fixed
boundaries
of
an
infinite
expanse
of
compressible
fluid
is
in
turbulent
motion
this
motion
generates
noise
and
radiates
it
into
the
surrounding
fluid
the
acoustic
properties
of
the
system
are
studied
in
the
special
case
in
which
the
turbulent
region
consists
of
decaying
isotropic
turbulence
it
is
assumed
that
the
reynolds
number
of
the
turbulence
is
large
and
that
the
mach
number
is
small
the
noise
appears
to
be
generated
mainly
by
those
eddies
of
the
turbulence
whose
contribution
to
the
rate
of
dissipation
of
kinetic
energy
by
viscosity
is
negligible
it
is
shown
that
the
intensity
of
sound
at
large
distances
from
the
turbulence
is
the
same
as
that
due
to
a
volume
distribution
of
simple
acoustic
sources
occupying
the
turbulent
region
in
this
analogy
the
whole
fluid
is
to
be
regarded
as
a
stationary
and
uniform
acoustic
medium
the
local
value
of
the
acoustic
power
output
p
per
mass
of
turbulent
fluid
is
given
approximately
by
the
formula
where
a
is
a
numerical
constant
u
is
the
mean
square
velocity
fluctuation
is
the
time
and
c
is
the
velocity
of
sound
in
the
fluid
the
constant
a
is
expressed
in
terms
of
the
well
known
velocity
correlation
function
f
r
by
assuming
the
joint
probability
distribution
of
the
turbulent
velocities
and
their
first
two
time
derivatives
at
two
points
in
space
to
be
gaussian
the
numerical
value
is
then
obtained
by
substituting
the
form
of
f
r
corresponding
to
heisenberg's
theoretical
spectrum
of
isotropic
turbulence
it
is
found
that
the
effects
of
decay
make
only
a
small
contribution
to
the
value
of
a
and
that
the
order
of
magnitude
of
a
is
not
changed
when
widely
differing
forms
of
the
function
f
r
are
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
152
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
flow
of
compressible
fluid
past
an
obstacle
it
is
well
known
that
according
to
classical
hydrodynamics
a
steady
stream
of
frictionless
incompressible
fluid
exercises
no
resultant
force
upon
an
obstacle
such
as
a
rigid
sphere
immersed
in
it
the
development
of
a
resistance
is
usually
attributed
to
viscosity
or
when
there
is
a
sharp
edge
to
the
negative
pressure
which
may
accompany
it
helmholtz
in
either
case
it
would
seem
that
resistance
involves
something
of
the
nature
of
a
wake
extending
behind
the
obstacle
to
an
infinite
distance
when
the
system
of
disturbed
velocities
although
it
may
mathematically
extend
to
infinity
remains
as
it
were
attached
to
the
obstacle
there
can
be
no
resistance
the
absence
of
resistance
is
asserted
for
an
incompressible
fluid
but
it
can
hardly
be
supposed
that
a
small
degree
of
compressibility
as
in
water
would
affect
the
conclusion
on
the
other
hand
high
relative
velocities
exceeding
that
of
sound
in
the
fluid
must
entirely
alter
the
conditions
it
seems
worth
while
to
examine
this
question
more
closely
especially
as
the
first
effects
of
compressibility
are
amenable
to
mathematical
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
153
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
steady
motion
of
viscous
incompressible
fluids
with
particular
reference
to
a
variation
principle
except
in
exceptional
cases
it
is
not
possible
to
represent
the
motion
of
a
viscous
incompressible
liquid
by
means
of
a
variation
principle
but
all
cases
of
such
motion
that
have
yet
been
discovered
belong
to
this
class
of
exceptional
cases
the
appropriate
functions
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
154
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
velocity
and
temperature
distributions
in
the
turbulent
wake
behind
a
heated
body
of
revolution
recently
see
abstract
goldstein
made
calculations
based
on
theories
of
vorticity
transfer
of
the
distributions
of
velocity
and
temperature
in
the
turbulent
wake
behind
a
heated
body
of
revolution
and
the
present
authors
now
record
an
experimental
determination
of
these
distributions
in
a
low
turbulence
wind
tunnel
difficulty
was
experienced
in
obtaining
a
truly
symmetrical
wake
and
observations
have
been
reduced
to
mean
values
curves
of
which
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
155
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
solution
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
the
problem
of
the
flow
along
a
flat
plate
placed
edgewise
to
a
steady
stream
when
a
retarding
pressure
gradient
varying
linearly
as
the
distance
x
from
the
leading
edge
of
the
plate
is
superposed
is
discussed
if
y
denotes
distance
measured
perpendicular
to
the
plate
a
solution
is
obtained
in
the
form
of
a
power
series
in
x
where
coefficients
are
functions
of
differential
equations
are
obtained
for
these
coefficients
seven
of
the
coefficients
have
been
obtained
with
reasonable
accuracy
and
the
eighth
and
ninth
roughly
unfortunately
it
appears
that
about
eight
more
terms
are
required
to
carry
the
solution
to
the
point
of
separation
the
work
involved
in
their
determination
is
prohibitive
two
approximate
methods
have
been
developed
for
determining
the
error
when
the
first
seven
terms
of
the
series
are
used
as
an
approximation
these
methods
lead
to
the
determination
of
the
point
of
separation
and
are
in
agreement
as
to
its
position
if
is
the
velocity
at
the
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
at
the
leading
edge
of
the
plate
and
is
the
velocity
gradient
separation
is
found
when
a
method
is
developed
for
the
solution
of
the
boundary
layer
equations
in
any
retarded
region
it
is
obtained
by
replacing
the
velocity
distribution
at
the
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
by
a
circumscribing
polygon
of
infinitesimal
sides
and
applying
the
preceding
solution
to
each
of
these
sides
making
the
momentum
integral
continuous
at
each
vortex
the
problem
is
thereby
reduced
to
the
solution
of
a
first
order
differential
equation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
156
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
shallow
water
on
wave
resistance
the
general
character
of
experimental
results
dealing
with
the
effect
of
shallow
water
on
ship
resistance
may
be
stated
briefly
as
follows
at
low
velocities
the
resistance
in
shallow
water
is
greater
than
in
deep
water
the
speed
at
which
the
excess
is
first
appreciable
varying
with
the
type
of
vessel
as
the
speed
increases
the
excess
resistance
increases
up
to
a
maximum
at
a
certain
critical
velocity
and
then
diminishes
with
still
further
increase
of
speed
the
resistance
in
shallow
water
ultimately
becomes
and
remains
less
than
that
in
deep
water
at
the
same
speed
the
maximum
effect
is
the
more
pronounced
the
shallower
the
water
for
further
details
and
references
one
may
refer
to
standard
treatises
but
one
quotation
may
be
made
in
regard
to
the
critical
velocity
this
maximum
appears
to
be
at
about
a
speed
such
that
a
trochoidal
wave
travelling
at
this
speed
in
water
of
the
same
depth
is
about
times
as
long
as
the
vessel
it
was
at
one
time
supposed
that
the
speed
for
maximum
increase
in
resistance
was
that
of
the
wave
of
translation
this
however
holds
only
for
water
whose
depth
is
less
than
for
greater
depths
the
speed
of
the
wave
of
translation
rapidly
becomes
greater
than
the
speed
of
maximum
increase
of
resistance
in
a
recent
analysis
of
the
data
h
m
weitbrecht
expresses
a
similar
conclusion
by
stating
that
for
each
depth
of
water
there
is
a
critical
velocity
but
that
the
critical
velocity
does
not
vary
as
the
square
root
of
the
corresponding
depth
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
157
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
hodographic
transformation
in
transonic
flow
the
author
studies
the
problem
of
finding
the
shape
of
a
symmetrical
nozzle
with
the
velocity
along
the
axis
x
axis
specified
the
velocity
along
each
streamline
is
assumed
to
increase
steadily
the
singularity
at
the
sonic
velocity
and
to
the
axis
of
the
nozzle
is
first
studied
in
the
physical
plane
by
using
a
power
series
in
in
the
hodograph
plane
the
two
characteristics
of
the
hodograph
differential
equation
passing
through
the
sonic
point
and
are
lines
of
branch
points
the
region
between
these
lines
is
a
region
of
triple
valuedness
for
the
stream
function
outside
this
region
is
single
valued
there
are
also
singularities
at
the
sonic
point
and
the
point
corresponding
to
the
specified
condition
at
the
exit
of
the
nozzle
the
author
then
proposes
to
construct
in
the
hodograph
plane
by
at
the
exit
velocity
and
a
finite
sum
regular
throughout
sin
where
r
is
the
square
of
the
velocity
and
the
are
hypergeometric
functions
the
a's
are
fixed
by
the
required
approximation
to
the
specified
velocity
distribution
along
the
axis
this
solution
is
single
valued
convergent
and
represents
except
a
region
near
the
sonic
point
in
the
nozzle
for
this
excluded
region
the
author
inverts
the
solution
to
obtain
a
power
series
in
for
this
is
shown
to
be
convergent
for
the
region
of
interest
the
type
of
solution
considered
by
the
author
gives
a
nozzle
having
an
infinitely
long
supersonic
part
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
158
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
temperature
charts
for
induction
and
constant
temperature
heating
charts
are
presented
for
determining
complete
temperature
historics
in
spheres
cylinders
and
plates
it
is
shown
that
for
values
of
the
dimensionless
time
ratio
x
greater
than
the
heating
equations
reduce
to
such
a
simple
form
that
for
each
shape
two
charts
which
give
temperatures
at
any
position
within
the
heated
or
cooled
bodies
can
be
plotted
it
is
also
shown
that
the
usual
simple
heating
and
cooling
charts
can
also
be
used
for
the
determination
of
temperatures
and
heating
times
in
bodies
heated
by
a
constant
rate
of
heat
generation
at
the
surface
induction
heating
finally
a
two
dimensional
chart
is
given
for
finding
heating
times
in
short
cylinders
thereby
eliminating
the
trial
and
error
solution
that
is
necessary
when
heating
times
are
found
from
the
present
one
dimensional
charts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
159
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
methods
for
transient
heat
flow
this
paper
deals
with
the
application
of
numerical
methods
for
the
solution
of
heat
conduction
problems
their
generality
being
extended
in
the
following
ways
may
proceed
most
rapidly
to
a
solution
or
may
proceed
more
slowly
and
with
greater
precision
b
criteria
are
developed
for
the
choice
of
modulus
to
insure
convergence
this
is
most
important
at
a
convective
surface
c
a
method
is
developed
for
handling
k
and
c
when
these
properties
vary
independently
with
temperature
a
comprehensive
appendix
gives
the
derivations
and
the
use
of
equations
and
charts
is
demonstrated
by
typical
examples
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
16
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transformation
of
the
compressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
the
transformation
of
the
compressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
equations
to
their
incompressible
equivalent
is
demonstrated
analytically
the
transformation
is
essentially
the
same
as
that
for
the
laminar
layer
first
given
by
stewartson
except
that
the
explicit
relation
between
the
viscosity
and
temperature
is
not
required
a
key
point
in
the
analysis
is
the
modification
of
the
stream
function
to
include
a
mean
of
the
fluctuating
components
and
the
postulate
that
the
apparent
turbulent
shear
associated
with
an
elemental
mass
remains
invariant
in
the
transformation
the
values
of
the
incompressible
friction
coefficients
and
of
pressure
rise
causing
separation
thus
transformed
show
good
agreement
with
the
experimentally
measured
and
independently
reported
results
an
application
of
the
transformation
to
the
self
preserving
boundary
layers
and
to
the
computations
of
general
boundary
layer
flow
is
shown
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
160
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
analytical
solutions
for
hypersonic
flow
past
slender
power
law
bodies
approximate
analytical
solutions
are
presented
for
two
dimensional
and
axisymmetric
hypersonic
flow
over
blunt
nosed
slender
bodies
whose
shapes
follow
a
power
law
variation
in
particular
the
body
shape
is
given
by
where
is
the
transverse
body
ordinate
is
the
streamwise
distance
from
the
nose
and
m
is
a
constant
in
the
range
both
zero
order
solutions
and
first
order
small
but
nonvanishing
values
of
solutions
are
presented
where
m
is
the
free
stream
mach
number
and
is
a
characteristic
body
or
streamline
slope
the
zero
order
shock
shape
is
similar
to
the
body
shape
for
these
flows
the
solutions
are
found
within
the
framework
of
hypersonic
slender
body
theory
the
limiting
case
m
corresponds
to
a
wedge
or
cone
flow
the
limiting
case
corresponds
to
a
constant
energy
flow
the
latter
cases
are
included
so
that
the
present
study
may
be
applied
to
all
flows
wherein
the
zero
order
shock
shape
is
given
by
with
m
in
the
range
flow
fields
associated
with
shock
shapes
having
values
of
m
outside
this
range
are
also
discussed
for
all
values
of
except
m
certain
portions
of
the
flow
field
riolate
the
hypersonic
slender
body
approximations
while
other
portions
are
consistent
with
these
approximations
for
m
all
portions
of
the
flow
field
are
consistent
with
the
approximations
the
approximate
solutions
are
found
as
follows
the
asymptotic
form
of
the
flow
in
the
vicinity
of
the
body
surface
is
used
as
a
guide
to
write
approximate
expressions
for
the
dependent
variables
these
expressions
exactly
satisfy
the
continuity
and
energy
equations
and
contain
arbitrary
constants
which
are
evaluated
so
as
to
satisfy
boundary
conditions
at
the
shock
the
approximate
solutions
do
not
satisfy
the
lateral
momentum
equation
except
at
the
shock
and
for
the
first
order
problem
at
the
body
surface
the
results
of
the
approximate
solutions
are
compared
with
numerical
integrations
of
the
equations
of
motion
for
various
values
of
m
and
ratio
of
specific
heats
good
agreement
is
noted
particularly
when
m
and
are
both
near
one
the
shock
is
relatively
close
to
the
body
for
the
latter
cases
sufficient
results
are
presented
to
evaluate
the
accuracy
of
the
approximate
method
for
various
values
of
m
and
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
161
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
flow
past
a
family
of
blunt
symmetric
bodies
some
numerical
computations
have
been
carried
out
for
unyawed
bodies
of
revolution
with
detached
bow
waves
the
gas
is
assumed
perfect
with
free
stream
mach
numbers
are
taken
as
and
the
results
are
summarized
with
emphasis
on
the
sphere
and
paraboloid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
162
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
nearly
circular
transfer
trajectories
for
descending
satellites
simplified
expressions
describing
the
transfer
from
a
satellite
orbit
to
the
point
of
atmospheric
entry
are
derived
the
expressions
are
limited
to
altitude
changes
that
are
small
compared
with
the
earth's
radius
and
velocity
changes
small
compared
with
satellite
velocity
they
are
further
restricted
to
motion
about
a
spherical
nonrotating
earth
the
transfer
orbit
resulting
from
the
application
of
thrust
in
any
direction
at
any
point
in
an
elliptic
orbit
is
considered
expressions
for
the
errors
in
distance
miss
distance
and
entry
angle
due
to
an
initial
misalinement
and
magnitude
error
of
the
deflecting
thrust
are
presented
the
largest
potential
contributing
factor
towards
a
miss
distance
stems
from
the
misalinement
of
the
retrovelocity
increment
if
this
velocity
increment
is
pointed
in
direct
opposition
to
the
flight
path
a
misalinement
leads
to
a
miss
distance
of
miles
however
it
is
shown
that
this
error
can
be
avoided
by
applying
the
velocity
increment
at
an
angle
between
and
below
the
flight
path
direction
the
guidance
and
accuracy
requirements
to
establish
a
circular
orbit
in
addition
to
the
corrections
applied
to
transform
elliptic
orbits
into
circular
ones
are
also
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
163
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
analysis
of
the
corridor
and
guidance
requirements
for
supercircular
entry
planetary
atmospheres
an
analysis
is
presented
of
supercircular
entry
into
a
planet's
atmosphere
giving
particular
attention
to
the
corridor
through
which
spacecraft
must
be
guided
in
order
to
accomplish
various
maneuvers
a
dimensionless
parameter
based
on
conditions
at
the
conic
perigee
altitude
is
introduced
for
characterizing
supercircular
entries
and
conveniently
prescribing
corridor
widths
associated
with
elliptic
parabolic
or
hyperbolic
approach
trajectories
the
analysis
applies
to
vehicles
of
arbitrary
weight
shape
and
size
illustrative
calculations
are
made
for
venus
earth
mars
jupiter
and
titan
for
nonlifting
vehicles
having
fixed
aerodynamic
coefficients
curves
are
presented
of
dimensionless
parameters
from
which
can
be
calculated
the
maximum
deceleration
maximum
rate
of
laminar
convective
heating
and
total
laminar
heat
absorbed
during
single
pass
entry
at
velocities
up
to
twice
circular
velocity
for
lifting
vehicles
curves
are
presented
of
the
maximum
deceleration
and
overshoot
boundary
of
an
entry
corridor
equations
are
presented
for
estimating
laminar
aerodynamic
heating
from
the
maximum
deceleration
it
is
shown
that
the
corridor
width
is
independent
of
vehicle
weight
dimensions
and
drag
coefficient
provided
these
are
the
same
at
the
overshoot
boundary
as
at
undershoot
the
corridors
of
certain
planets
can
be
broadened
markedly
by
the
application
of
aerodynamic
lift
for
example
the
earth
g
corridor
width
for
single
pass
nonlifting
parabolic
entry
is
increased
from
to
and
miles
respectively
by
employing
a
lift
drag
ratio
of
the
use
of
aerodynamic
lift
does
not
increase
appreciably
the
corridors
of
mars
and
titan
all
corridor
widths
decrease
rapidly
as
the
entry
velocity
is
increased
terminal
guidance
requirements
on
accuracy
of
velocity
and
flight
path
angle
for
successfully
entering
various
corridors
are
compared
with
analogous
requirements
for
putting
a
satellite
into
orbit
for
hitting
the
moon
from
the
earth
and
for
achieving
icbm
accuracy
consideration
is
given
to
the
terminal
guidance
problem
involved
in
using
a
planet's
atmosphere
rather
than
rocket
fuel
to
effect
orbital
transfers
from
heliocentric
to
planeto
centric
motion
thereby
converting
a
hyperbolic
approach
trajectory
to
an
elliptic
orbit
about
the
target
planet
this
fuel
saving
maneuver
appears
technologically
feasible
for
certain
planetary
voyages
and
implies
the
possibility
of
achieving
a
large
reduction
in
required
earth
lift
off
weight
of
chemical
propulsion
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
164
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
analytical
method
for
studying
entry
into
planetary
atmospheres
the
pair
of
motion
equations
for
entry
into
a
planetary
atmosphere
is
reduced
to
a
single
ordinary
nonlinear
differential
equation
of
second
order
by
disregarding
two
relatively
small
terms
and
by
introduring
a
certain
mathematical
transformation
the
reduced
equation
includes
various
terms
certain
of
which
represent
the
gravity
force
the
centrifugal
acceleration
and
the
lift
force
if
these
particular
terms
are
disregarded
the
differential
equation
is
linear
and
yields
precisely
the
solution
of
allen
and
eggers
applicable
to
ballistic
entry
at
relatively
steep
angles
of
descent
if
all
the
other
terms
in
the
basic
equation
are
disregarded
corresponding
to
negligible
vertical
acceleration
and
negligible
vertical
component
of
drag
force
the
resulting
truncated
differential
equation
yields
the
solution
of
sanger
for
equilibrium
flight
of
glide
vehicles
with
relatively
large
lift
drag
ratios
a
number
of
solutions
for
lifting
and
nonlifting
vehicles
entering
at
various
initial
angles
also
have
been
obtained
from
the
complete
nonlinear
equation
these
solutions
are
universal
in
the
sense
that
a
single
solution
determines
the
motion
and
heating
of
a
vehicle
of
arbitrary
weight
dimensions
and
shape
entering
an
arbitrary
planetary
atmosphere
one
solution
is
required
for
each
lift
drag
ratio
these
solutions
are
used
to
study
the
deceleration
heating
rate
and
total
heat
absorbed
for
entry
into
venus
earth
mars
and
jupiter
from
the
equations
developed
for
heating
rates
and
from
available
information
on
human
tolerance
limits
to
acceleration
stress
approximate
conditions
for
minimizing
the
aerodynamic
heating
of
a
trimmed
vehicle
with
constant
lift
drag
ratio
are
established
for
several
types
of
manned
entry
a
brief
study
is
included
of
the
process
of
atmosphere
braking
for
slowing
a
vehicle
from
near
escape
velocity
to
near
satellite
velocity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
165
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
skin
friction
measurements
in
incompressible
flow
experiments
have
been
conducted
to
measure
in
incompressible
flow
the
local
surface
shear
stress
and
the
average
skin
friction
coefficient
for
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
on
a
smooth
flat
plate
having
zero
pressure
gradient
the
local
surface
shear
stress
was
measured
by
a
floating
element
skin
friction
balance
and
also
by
a
calibrated
total
head
tube
located
on
the
surface
of
the
test
wall
the
average
skin
friction
coefficient
was
obtained
from
boundary
layer
velocity
profiles
the
boundary
layer
profiles
were
also
used
to
determine
the
location
of
the
virtual
origin
of
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
data
were
obtainec
for
a
range
of
reynolds
numbers
from
million
to
about
million
with
an
attendant
change
in
mach
number
from
to
the
measured
local
skin
friction
coefficients
obtained
with
the
floating
element
balance
agree
well
with
those
of
schultz
grunow
and
kempf
for
reynolds
numbers
up
to
million
the
measured
average
skin
friction
coefficients
agree
with
those
given
by
the
schoenherr
curve
in
the
ranges
of
reynolds
numbers
from
to
million
and
to
million
in
the
range
of
reynolds
numbers
from
to
million
the
measured
values
are
less
than
those
predicted
by
the
schoenherr
curve
the
results
show
that
the
univeral
skin
friction
constants
proposed
by
coles
appraoch
asymptotically
a
constant
value
at
reynolds
numbers
exceeding
mentioned
constants
and
the
limited
reynolds
number
range
of
the
present
investigation
there
is
some
doubt
as
to
the
validity
of
any
turbulent
skin
friction
law
written
on
the
basis
of
the
present
results
hence
no
new
friction
law
is
proposed
the
frictional
resistance
of
a
flat
plate
was
calculated
by
means
of
the
momentum
method
and
also
the
integrated
measured
local
surface
shear
for
reynolds
numbers
from
million
to
million
both
methods
give
about
the
same
result
whereas
at
lower
values
of
reynolds
number
the
momentum
method
based
on
velocity
profiles
uncorrected
for
the
effects
of
turbulence
results
in
a
frictional
resistance
as
much
as
percent
higher
than
that
of
the
integrated
shear
the
measurement
of
local
surface
shear
by
a
calibrated
preston
tube
appears
to
be
accurate
and
inexpensive
the
calibration
as
given
by
preston
must
be
modified
slighlty
however
to
yield
the
results
obtained
from
the
floating
element
skin
friction
balance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
166
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flow
of
chemically
reacting
gas
mixtures
suitable
forms
of
the
equations
for
the
flow
of
an
inviscid
non
heat
conducting
gas
in
which
chemical
reactions
are
occurring
are
derived
the
effects
of
mass
diffusion
and
non
equilibrium
amongst
the
internal
modes
of
the
molecules
are
neglected
special
attention
is
given
to
the
speeds
of
sound
in
such
a
gas
mixture
and
a
general
expression
for
the
ratio
of
frozen
to
equilibrium
sound
speeds
is
deduced
an
example
is
given
for
the
ideal
dissociating
gas
the
significance
of
the
velocity
defined
by
the
ratio
of
the
convective
derivatives
of
pressure
and
density
is
explained
it
is
the
velocity
which
exists
at
the
throat
of
a
convergent
divergent
duct
under
maximum
mass
flow
conditions
and
it
is
shown
that
this
velocity
depends
on
the
nozzle
geometry
as
well
as
on
the
'reservoir'
conditions
as
an
illustration
the
phenomena
of
sound
absorption
and
dispersion
are
discussed
for
the
ideal
dissociating
gas
the
results
can
be
concisely
expressed
in
terms
of
the
frozen
and
equilibrium
sound
speeds
the
frequency
of
the
harmonic
sound
vibration
and
a
characteristic
time
for
the
rate
of
progress
of
the
reaction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
167
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
linearized
flow
of
a
dissociating
gas
the
equations
for
planar
two
dimensional
steady
flow
of
an
ideal
dissociating
gas
are
linearized
assuming
small
disturbances
to
a
free
stream
in
chemical
equilibrium
as
an
example
of
their
solution
the
flow
past
a
sharp
corner
in
a
supersonic
stream
is
evaluated
and
the
variations
of
flow
properties
in
the
relaxation
zone
are
found
numerical
illustrations
are
provided
using
an
'oxygen
like'
ideal
gas
and
comparisons
made
with
a
characteristics
solution
the
flow
past
a
sharp
corner
can
be
studied
in
a
conventional
shock
tube
and
it
may
be
possible
to
verify
the
present
theory
experimentally
in
particular
it
may
prove
feasible
to
use
the
results
to
obtain
a
measure
of
the
reaction
rates
in
the
gas
mixture
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
168
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
conduction
through
a
gas
with
one
inert
internal
model
the
rate
of
energy
transfer
between
parallel
flat
plates
is
evaluated
when
the
stagnant
gas
between
them
is
polyatomic
with
one
inert
internal
mode
deviations
of
the
thermal
conductivity
from
the
complete
equilibrium
of
the
inert
mode
relaxation
time
and
the
effectiveness
of
the
walls
in
exciting
or
de
exciting
this
mode
the
results
are
obtained
via
a
linear
theory
consistent
with
small
temperature
differences
between
the
plates
it
is
found
that
the
eucken
value
of
conductivity
could
be
exceeded
if
the
relaxation
times
are
non
zero
and
the
plates
very
effective
in
exciting
the
inert
mode
when
relaxation
times
are
very
short
the
effect
of
the
walls
on
the
energy
transfer
rate
is
small
but
the
walls
make
their
presence
felt
by
distorting
the
temperature
profiles
in
boundary
layers
adjacent
to
the
walls
which
are
of
order
in
thickness
time
this
result
is
analogous
to
hirschfelder's
for
the
case
of
chemical
reactions
for
experimental
measurement
of
conductivity
in
a
hot
wire
cell
type
of
apparatus
it
is
shown
that
extrapolation
of
measured
reciprocal
conductivities
to
zero
reciprocal
pressure
should
load
to
the
full
eucken
value
it
is
also
shown
that
the
slope
of
reciprocal
apparent
measured
conductivity
versus
reciprocal
pressure
curves
is
a
function
of
relaxation
time
as
well
as
of
the
accommodation
coefficients
it
is
quite
possible
that
the
relaxation
effect
here
is
comparable
with
the
temperature
jump
effects
even
for
rotation
in
diatomic
molecules
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
169
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
sudden
contact
between
a
hot
gas
and
a
cold
solid
the
flow
induced
by
the
sudden
contact
between
a
semi
infinite
expanse
of
gas
and
a
solid
initially
at
different
temperatures
is
examined
on
the
basis
of
a
linear
continuum
theory
for
times
large
compared
with
the
mean
time
between
molecular
collisions
in
the
gas
the
velocity
and
pressure
disturbances
are
found
to
be
concentrated
around
a
wave
front
propagating
out
from
the
interface
at
the
ambient
isentropic
sound
speed
whilst
near
to
the
interface
these
disturbances
are
small
and
the
gas
temperatures
are
nearly
equal
to
those
predicted
by
the
classical
constant
pressure
heat
conduction
theory
the
possible
significance
of
these
results
in
connection
with
reflected
shock
wave
techniques
to
measure
high
temperature
gas
properties
is
commented
upon
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
17
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
remarks
on
the
eddy
viscosity
in
compressible
mixing
flows
in
connection
with
a
study
of
the
wakes
behind
bodies
in
hypersonic
flow
carried
out
for
the
missile
and
space
vehicle
division
of
the
general
electric
company
it
was
desired
to
estimate
the
eddy
viscosity
in
axisymmetric
compressible
wakes
because
of
the
lack
of
applicable
experimental
data
it
was
found
necessary
to
make
such
an
estimate
by
rationally
extending
the
few
available
data
for
incompressible
flows
to
the
compressible
case
this
suggested
the
application
and
extension
of
the
transformations
applied
to
turbulent
boundary
layers
in
reference
infinitesimal
mass
are
invariant
with
transformation
mager
showed
that
the
partial
differential
equations
for
the
compressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
can
be
transformed
to
incompressible
form
the
validity
of
this
assumption
and
of
the
transformations
was
established
for
several
boundary
layer
flows
by
comparison
with
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
170
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
interaction
of
a
reflected
shock
wave
with
the
boundary
layer
in
a
shock
tube
ideally
the
reflection
of
a
shock
from
the
closed
end
of
a
shock
tube
provides
for
laboratory
study
a
quantity
of
stationary
gas
at
extremely
high
temperature
because
of
the
action
of
viscosity
however
the
flow
in
the
real
case
is
not
one
dimensional
and
a
boundary
layer
grows
in
the
fluid
following
the
initial
shock
wave
in
this
paper
simplifying
assumptions
are
made
to
allow
an
analysis
of
the
interaction
of
the
shock
reflected
from
the
closed
end
with
the
boundary
layer
of
the
initial
shock
afterflow
the
analysis
predicts
that
interactions
of
several
different
types
will
exist
in
different
ranges
of
initial
shock
mach
number
it
is
shown
that
the
cooling
effect
of
the
wall
on
the
afterflow
boundary
layer
accounts
for
the
change
in
interaction
type
an
experiment
is
carried
out
which
verifies
the
existence
of
the
several
interaction
regions
and
shows
that
they
are
satisfactorily
predicted
by
the
theory
along
with
these
results
sufficient
information
is
obtained
from
the
experiments
to
make
possible
a
model
for
the
interaction
in
the
most
complicated
case
this
model
is
further
verified
by
measurements
made
during
the
experiment
the
case
of
interaction
with
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
is
also
considered
identifying
the
type
of
interaction
with
the
state
of
turbulence
of
the
interacting
boundary
layer
allows
for
an
estimate
of
the
state
of
turbulence
of
the
boundary
layer
based
on
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
type
of
interaction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
171
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
low
density
wind
tunnel
study
of
shock
wave
structure
and
relaxation
phenomena
in
gases
the
profiles
and
thicknesses
of
normal
shock
waves
of
moderate
strength
have
been
determined
experimentally
in
terms
of
the
variation
of
the
equilibrium
temperature
of
an
insulated
transverse
cylinder
in
free
molecule
flow
the
shock
waves
were
produced
in
a
steady
state
in
the
jet
of
a
low
density
wind
tunnel
at
initial
mach
numbers
of
and
in
helium
and
the
shock
thickness
determined
from
the
maximum
slope
of
the
cylinder
temperature
profile
varied
from
mean
free
path
in
the
supersonic
stream
a
comparison
between
the
experimental
shock
profiles
and
various
theoretical
predictions
leads
to
the
tentative
conclusions
that
the
navier
stokes
equations
are
adequate
for
the
description
of
the
shock
transition
for
initial
mach
numbers
up
to
and
the
effects
of
rotational
relaxation
times
in
air
can
be
accounted
for
by
the
introduction
of
a
second
or
bulk
viscosity
coefficient
equal
to
about
two
thirds
of
the
ordinary
shear
viscosity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
172
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
aerodynamic
considerations
of
nozzle
afterbody
combination
the
aerodynamic
problems
associated
with
propulsion
system
installations
have
assumed
a
role
of
vital
importance
in
the
development
of
supersonic
aircraft
although
air
induction
systems
have
received
moderate
attention
in
the
literature
considerably
less
information
can
be
found
on
the
design
and
installation
of
turbojet
exit
nozzles
this
condition
should
not
be
interpreted
to
indicate
a
lack
of
problems
in
jet
exit
design
as
flight
speeds
reach
supersonic
levels
it
becomes
increasingly
difficult
to
achieve
nozzle
installations
which
are
efficient
over
the
entire
speed
range
the
difficulties
largely
stem
from
the
fact
that
the
goals
of
high
jet
thrust
and
low
afterbody
drag
are
not
always
compatible
in
many
of
the
compromise
solutions
it
is
generally
unsatisfactory
to
examine
isolated
nozzle
and
afterbody
performance
rather
they
must
be
treated
as
a
unit
and
the
complex
effects
of
jet
interaction
with
the
external
stream
must
be
taken
into
account
to
accomplish
this
the
nozzle
and
air
frame
designers
must
closely
coordinate
their
efforts
some
of
the
aerodynamic
problems
of
nozzle
afterbody
combinations
are
outlined
in
this
report
particular
attention
is
devoted
to
the
influence
of
the
jet
stream
interaction
on
both
nozzle
thrust
and
after
body
drag
for
this
purpose
use
is
made
of
shock
boundary
layer
interaction
concepts
this
approach
although
not
precise
correctly
predicts
many
trends
and
is
generally
enlightening
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
173
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
a
central
jet
on
the
base
pressure
of
a
cylindrical
afterbody
in
a
supersonic
stream
this
report
describes
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
factors
affecting
the
base
flow
and
jet
structure
behind
a
cylindrical
after
body
with
a
central
nozzle
seven
interchangeable
nozzles
were
tested
six
of
these
were
convergent
divergent
with
a
design
mach
number
of
jet
base
diameter
ratios
ranging
from
to
and
nozzle
divergence
angles
ranging
from
convergent
with
a
jet
base
diameter
ratio
of
in
the
main
experimental
programme
the
free
stream
mach
number
was
and
the
boundary
layer
was
turbulent
both
on
the
after
body
and
in
the
nozzle
measurements
were
made
of
the
base
pressure
the
surface
pressure
distribution
inside
the
nozzle
the
overall
thrust
and
the
nozzle
mass
flow
over
a
range
of
jet
pressures
this
programme
was
supplemented
by
comparative
tests
with
the
jet
exhausting
into
still
air
static
tests
readings
were
taken
of
the
internal
nozzle
pressures
and
the
jet
thrust
at
different
jet
pressures
schlieren
photography
was
used
extensively
throughout
the
results
of
the
tests
with
external
flow
are
presented
in
the
form
of
curves
showing
the
separate
effects
of
jet
pressure
ratio
jet
base
diameter
ratio
nozzle
design
mach
number
and
nozzle
divergence
angle
on
the
base
pressure
and
overall
thrust
the
special
case
of
base
bleed
is
discussed
separately
similar
curves
are
included
for
the
static
tests
these
show
the
effect
of
jet
pressure
ratio
and
nozzle
geometry
on
the
jet
thrust
a
general
method
of
correlating
data
on
annular
base
pressures
is
proposed
and
discussed
essentially
this
method
compares
the
pressure
on
an
annular
base
with
the
calculated
pressure
on
the
corresponding
two
dimensional
base
it
correlates
the
present
results
reasonably
well
but
is
less
successful
when
applied
to
more
extensive
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
174
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
at
supersonic
speeds
of
the
effects
of
jet
mach
number
and
divergence
angle
of
the
nozzle
upon
the
pressure
of
the
base
annulus
of
a
body
of
revolution
an
investigation
has
been
conducted
in
the
langley
inch
supersonic
tunnel
to
determine
the
jet
effects
for
varying
jet
mach
number
and
nozzle
divergence
angle
upon
the
pressure
on
the
base
annulus
of
a
model
with
a
cylindrical
afterbody
the
tests
were
conducted
over
a
wide
range
of
jet
static
pressure
ratios
and
at
a
reynolds
number
of
approximately
free
stream
mach
numbers
of
and
all
testing
was
conducted
with
an
artificially
induced
turbulent
boundary
layer
along
the
model
in
the
lower
range
of
jet
static
pressure
ratios
jet
flow
from
a
sonic
or
supersonic
nozzle
affected
the
pressure
acting
on
the
base
annulus
in
essentially
the
same
manner
as
shown
in
naca
rm
e
h
which
covers
jet
static
pressure
ratios
up
to
about
present
results
showed
that
the
base
pressure
tends
to
level
off
with
increasing
jet
static
pressure
ratio
and
at
the
extreme
static
pressure
ratios
reached
in
tests
with
sonic
nozzles
the
base
pressure
began
to
decrease
except
in
the
lower
range
of
jet
static
pressure
ratios
nozzle
divergence
angle
generally
had
a
larger
effect
on
the
base
pressures
than
nozzle
mach
number
the
increase
in
base
pressure
for
a
change
in
divergence
angle
from
to
was
small
compared
to
the
increase
when
the
divergence
angle
was
changed
from
and
other
data
indicates
that
the
effects
of
divergence
angle
were
reduced
when
the
ratio
of
jet
exit
diameter
to
base
diameter
was
decreased
jet
mach
number
effects
increased
with
increase
in
stream
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
175
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
with
static
tubes
in
a
supersonic
airstream
systematic
tests
have
been
made
at
a
mach
number
of
on
a
family
of
static
tubes
the
variables
which
have
been
investigated
are
the
shape
of
the
nose
the
distance
of
the
holes
downstream
and
the
inclination
of
the
tube
to
the
flow
pressure
measurements
have
also
been
made
in
the
vicinity
of
a
shock
wave
and
close
to
a
wall
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
176
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
base
pressure
at
subsonic
speeds
in
the
presence
of
a
supersonic
jet
this
paper
presents
the
results
of
an
experimental
investigation
into
the
effect
of
supersonic
jets
upon
the
base
pressure
of
a
bluff
cylinder
in
a
uniform
subsonic
flow
the
ratio
of
jet
diameter
to
base
diameter
was
jet
stagnation
pressures
giving
slight
under
expansion
of
the
jet
cause
an
increase
in
the
base
pressure
but
for
larger
jet
stagnation
pressures
the
base
pressure
is
again
reduced
a
simple
theory
based
on
a
momentum
integral
shows
the
dependence
of
the
base
drag
upon
the
jet
and
free
stream
speeds
and
upon
the
dimensions
of
the
jet
and
the
base
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
177
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
mixing
of
free
axially
symmetrical
jets
of
mach
number
axially
symmetrical
supersonic
fully
expanded
jets
of
diameter
about
in
and
of
mach
number
issuing
into
an
atmosphere
at
rest
were
investigated
by
schlieren
and
shadow
photography
and
by
pressure
traversing
the
development
of
the
jets
was
found
to
depend
critically
on
the
strength
of
the
shock
waves
in
the
core
of
the
jet
at
the
nozzle
exit
with
strong
shock
waves
present
the
jet
spread
very
rapidly
and
was
very
unsteady
the
jet
did
in
some
cases
break
up
into
large
eddies
of
the
same
size
as
the
diameter
of
the
jet
when
no
disturbances
were
present
in
the
core
of
the
jet
the
spreading
was
far
more
gradual
and
the
jet
showed
only
slight
unsteadiness
the
turbulent
mixing
region
of
the
first
part
of
the
jet
with
strong
shock
waves
was
investigated
in
detail
by
pitot
tubes
the
first
inch
was
found
to
correspond
to
a
two
dimensional
half
jet
the
velocity
profiles
were
similar
and
well
represented
by
the
error
integral
the
rate
of
spreading
was
only
half
the
value
for
low
speed
flow
by
integrations
across
the
mixing
region
the
entrainment
and
the
loss
of
kinetic
energy
were
determined
these
quantities
were
found
to
agree
well
with
the
values
estimated
by
assuming
an
error
integral
velocity
profile
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
178
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
full
dispersed
shock
waves
in
carbon
dioxide
it
is
pointed
out
that
for
shock
mach
numbers
between
and
that
the
adjustments
in
the
energy
in
all
the
degrees
of
freedom
proceed
slowly
and
in
parallel
and
occur
over
a
distance
large
compared
with
the
mean
free
path
theoretical
velocity
profiles
for
such
shock
waves
are
given
and
found
to
be
in
excellent
agreement
with
interferometric
shock
tube
observations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
179
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
analysis
of
base
pressure
at
supersonic
speeds
and
comparison
with
experiment
in
the
first
part
of
the
investigation
an
analysis
is
made
of
base
pressure
in
an
inviscid
fluid
both
for
two
dimensional
and
axially
symmetric
flow
it
is
shown
that
for
two
dimensional
flow
and
also
for
the
flow
over
a
body
of
revolution
with
a
cylindrical
sting
attached
to
the
base
there
are
an
infinite
number
of
possible
solutions
satisfying
all
necessary
boundary
conditions
at
any
given
free
stream
mach
number
for
the
particular
case
of
a
body
having
no
sting
attached
only
one
solution
is
possible
in
an
inviscid
flow
but
it
corresponds
to
zero
base
drag
accordingly
it
is
concluded
that
a
strictly
inviscid
fluid
theory
cannot
be
satisfactory
for
practical
applications
since
the
exact
inviscid
fluid
theory
does
not
adequately
describe
the
conditions
of
a
real
fluid
flow
an
approximate
semi
empirical
theory
for
base
pressure
in
a
viscous
fluid
is
developed
in
a
second
part
of
the
investigation
the
semi
empirical
theory
is
based
partly
on
inviscid
flow
calculations
and
is
restricted
to
airfoils
and
bodies
without
boat
tailing
in
this
theory
an
attempt
is
made
to
allow
for
the
effects
of
mach
number
reynolds
number
profile
shape
and
type
of
boundary
layer
flow
the
results
of
some
recent
experimental
measurements
of
base
pressure
in
two
dimensional
and
axially
symmetric
flow
are
presented
for
purposes
of
comparison
some
experimental
results
also
are
presented
concerning
the
support
interference
effect
of
a
cylindrical
sting
and
the
interference
effect
of
a
reflected
bow
wave
on
measurements
of
base
pressure
in
a
supersonic
wind
tunnel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
18
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
field
in
the
diffuser
of
a
radial
compressor
this
note
discusses
the
two
dimensional
diffuser
flow
field
in
a
radial
compressor
outside
the
impeller
wheel
it
is
assumed
that
the
diffuser
has
guide
vanes
arranged
in
a
circular
row
at
a
radius
the
impeller
wheel
has
the
radius
see
fig
the
flow
in
the
diffuser
starts
at
the
circle
with
the
radius
the
velocity
components
and
in
the
r
and
directions
of
the
velocity
vector
on
this
circle
are
prescribed
together
with
the
thermal
state
of
the
gas
the
flow
so
prescribed
on
the
radius
will
if
no
disturbances
are
present
i
e
no
boundary
conditions
in
the
flow
other
than
zero
velocity
at
infinity
are
to
be
fulfilled
develop
in
a
spiral
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
180
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
over
a
flat
plate
in
presence
of
shear
flow
the
governing
equations
of
an
incompressible
boundary
layer
over
a
flat
plate
in
the
presence
of
a
shear
flow
with
finite
vorticity
are
derived
for
large
vorticity
a
similarity
solution
is
obtained
for
moderate
vorticity
one
of
the
governing
equations
is
replaced
by
an
approximate
one
for
which
similarity
solutions
exist
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
181
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
problems
on
heat
conduction
in
stratiform
bodies
problems
on
heat
conduction
in
multilayer
bodies
lead
usually
to
complicated
calculations
the
present
paper
gives
an
idea
of
specific
difficulties
arising
in
the
case
of
infinite
composite
solides
general
deductions
are
applied
to
a
special
class
of
questions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
182
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
roughness
on
transition
in
supersonic
flow
further
experiments
carried
out
in
the
inch
supersonic
wind
tunnel
of
the
jet
propulsion
laboratory
of
the
california
institute
of
technology
to
investigate
the
effect
of
three
dimensional
roughness
elements
spheres
on
boundary
layer
transition
on
a
transfer
are
reported
herein
the
local
mach
number
for
these
tests
was
minimum
effective
size
of
trip
required
to
bring
transition
to
its
lowest
reynolds
number
varies
as
the
one
fourth
power
of
the
distance
from
the
apex
of
the
cone
to
the
trip
use
of
available
data
at
other
mach
numbers
indicates
that
the
mach
number
influence
for
effective
tripping
is
taken
into
account
by
the
simple
expression
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
183
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
properties
of
impact
pressure
probes
in
free
molecule
flow
an
expression
has
been
derived
for
the
mass
flow
through
a
circular
tube
in
free
molecule
flow
when
the
tube
and
gas
are
in
relative
motion
the
gas
entering
the
tube
is
assumed
to
have
a
maxwellian
distribution
function
and
the
molecular
reflection
process
at
the
wall
is
assumed
to
be
diffuse
the
theory
has
been
used
to
determine
the
pressure
read
by
an
impact
probe
in
free
molecule
flow
although
the
general
expressions
derived
apply
to
any
value
of
gas
velocity
and
tube
size
the
detailed
calculations
for
the
pressure
probe
are
difficult
except
for
the
case
of
low
speeds
and
long
tubes
an
experimental
check
of
the
theory
has
been
carried
out
using
impact
probes
in
a
whirling
arm
apparatus
and
in
the
utia
low
density
wind
tunnel
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
is
quite
satisfactory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
184
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
scale
models
for
thermo
aeroelastic
research
an
investigation
is
made
of
the
parameters
to
be
satisfied
for
thermo
aeroelastic
similarity
it
is
concluded
that
complete
similarity
obtains
only
when
aircraft
and
model
are
identical
in
all
respects
including
size
by
limiting
consideration
to
conduction
effects
by
assuming
the
major
load
carrying
parts
of
the
structure
are
in
regions
where
the
flow
is
either
entirely
laminar
or
entirely
turbulent
and
by
assuming
a
specific
relationship
between
reynolds
number
and
nusselt
number
an
approach
to
similarity
can
be
achieved
for
small
scale
models
experimental
and
analytical
work
is
required
to
check
on
the
validity
of
these
assumptions
it
appears
that
existing
hot
wind
tunnels
will
not
be
completely
adequate
for
thermo
aeroelastic
work
and
accordingly
a
possible
layout
for
the
type
of
tunnel
required
is
described
automatic
programmed
control
of
the
tunnel
would
appear
to
be
necessary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
185
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
possibilities
of
using
gas
mixtures
other
than
in
aerodynamic
research
a
study
is
made
of
the
advantages
that
can
be
realized
in
compressible
flow
research
by
employing
a
substitute
heavy
gas
in
place
of
air
most
heavy
gases
considered
in
previous
investigations
are
either
toxic
chemically
active
or
as
in
the
case
of
the
freons
have
a
ratio
of
specific
heats
greatly
different
from
air
the
present
report
is
based
on
the
idea
that
by
properly
mixing
a
heavy
monatomic
gas
with
a
suitable
heavy
polyatomic
gas
it
is
possible
to
obtain
a
heavy
gas
mixture
which
has
the
correct
ratio
of
specific
heats
and
which
is
nontoxic
nonflammable
thermally
stable
chemically
inert
and
comprised
of
commercially
available
components
calculations
were
made
of
wind
tunnel
characteristics
for
gas
pairs
comprising
different
polyatomic
gases
properly
mixed
with
each
of
three
monatomic
gases
argon
krypton
and
xenon
for
a
given
mach
number
reynolds
number
and
tunnel
pressure
a
gas
mixture
wind
tunnel
having
the
same
specific
heat
ratio
as
air
would
be
appreciably
smaller
and
would
require
much
less
power
than
a
corresponding
air
wind
tunnel
analogous
though
different
advantages
can
be
realized
in
compressor
research
and
in
firing
range
research
the
most
significant
applications
perhaps
arise
through
selecting
and
proportioning
a
gas
mixture
so
as
to
have
at
ordinary
wind
tunnel
temperatures
certain
dimensionless
characteristics
which
air
at
flight
temperatures
possesses
but
which
air
at
ordinary
wind
tunnel
temperatures
does
not
possess
characteristics
which
involve
the
relaxation
time
or
bulk
viscosity
the
variation
of
viscosity
with
temperature
and
the
variation
of
specific
heat
with
temperature
fall
within
this
category
other
applications
arise
in
heat
transfer
research
since
certain
gas
mixtures
can
be
concocted
to
have
any
prandtl
number
in
the
range
at
least
between
and
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
186
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
base
pressure
in
supersonic
flow
the
problem
of
accurately
predicting
the
pressure
and
wake
configuration
at
the
base
of
bodies
in
supersonic
flow
is
an
extremely
important
one
inasmuch
as
a
sizeable
portion
of
the
total
drag
of
a
given
body
may
be
attributable
to
the
low
pressure
in
this
region
although
a
great
deal
of
theoretical
and
experimental
work
has
been
done
in
this
field
there
does
not
yet
exist
a
satisfactory
method
for
accurate
predictions
this
paper
represents
an
excellent
effort
to
experimentally
confirm
analytically
deduced
concepts
a
large
amount
of
experimental
data
on
body
shapes
such
as
wedges
cones
and
cone
cylinders
has
been
obtained
over
a
range
of
mach
numbers
up
to
the
data
are
thoroughly
discussed
with
respect
to
analytical
deductions
on
the
basis
of
the
evidence
accumulated
it
is
concluded
that
the
boundary
layer
thickness
has
only
a
small
effect
on
the
base
pressure
for
axisymmetric
bodies
and
for
two
dimensional
bodies
when
the
base
height
to
chord
ratios
are
of
the
order
reviewer
believes
this
report
is
a
significant
contribution
in
the
field
of
base
pressure
and
wake
flow
phenomena
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
187
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
separated
flows
in
supersonic
and
subsonic
streams
with
emphasis
on
the
effect
of
transition
experimental
and
theoretical
research
has
been
conducted
on
flow
separation
associated
with
steps
bases
compression
corners
curved
surfaces
shock
wave
boundary
layer
reflections
and
configurations
producing
leading
edge
separation
results
were
obtained
from
pressure
distribution
measurements
shadow
graph
observations
high
speed
motion
pictures
and
oil
film
optics
the
maximum
scope
of
measurement
encompassed
mach
numbers
between
and
and
length
reynolds
numbers
between
and
the
principal
variable
controlling
pressure
distribution
in
the
separated
flows
was
found
to
be
the
location
of
transition
relative
to
the
reattachment
and
separation
positions
classification
is
made
of
each
separated
flow
into
one
of
three
regimes
and
turbulent
with
transition
upstream
of
separation
by
this
means
of
classificaiton
it
is
possible
to
state
rather
literal
results
regarding
the
steadiness
of
flow
and
the
influence
of
reynolds
number
within
each
regime
for
certain
pure
laminar
separations
a
theory
for
calculating
dead
air
pressure
is
advanced
which
agrees
well
with
subsonic
and
supersonic
experiments
this
theory
involves
no
empirical
information
and
provides
an
explanation
of
why
transition
location
relative
to
reattachment
is
important
a
simple
analysis
of
the
equations
for
interaction
of
boundary
layer
and
external
flow
near
either
laminar
or
turbulent
separation
indicates
the
pressure
rise
to
vary
as
the
square
root
of
the
wall
shear
stress
at
the
beginning
of
interaction
various
experiments
substantiate
tnis
variation
for
most
test
conditions
an
incidental
observation
is
that
the
stability
of
a
separated
laminar
mixing
layer
increases
markedly
with
an
increase
in
mach
number
the
possible
significance
of
this
observation
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
188
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
analysis
of
base
pressure
at
supersonic
velocities
and
comparison
with
experiment
in
the
first
part
of
the
investigation
an
analysis
is
made
of
base
pressure
in
an
inviscid
fluid
both
for
two
dimensional
and
axially
symmetric
flow
it
is
shown
that
for
two
dimensional
flow
and
also
for
the
flow
over
a
body
of
revolution
with
a
cylindrical
sting
attached
to
the
base
there
are
an
infinite
number
of
possible
solutions
satisfying
all
necessary
boundary
conditions
at
anh
given
free
stream
mach
numger
for
the
particular
case
of
a
body
having
no
sting
attached
only
one
solution
is
possible
in
an
inviscid
flow
but
it
corresponds
to
zero
base
drag
accordingly
it
is
concluded
that
a
strictly
inviscid
flow
theory
cannot
be
satisfactory
for
practical
applications
an
approximate
semi
empirical
analysis
for
base
pressure
in
a
viscous
fluid
is
developed
in
a
second
part
of
the
investigation
the
semi
empirical
analysis
is
based
partly
on
inviscid
flow
calculations
in
this
theory
an
attempt
is
made
to
allow
for
the
effects
of
mach
number
reynolds
number
profile
shape
and
type
of
boundary
layer
flow
some
measurements
of
base
pressure
in
two
dimensional
and
axially
symmetric
flow
are
presented
for
purposes
of
comparison
experimental
results
then
are
presented
concerning
the
support
interference
effect
of
a
cylindrical
sting
and
the
interference
effect
of
a
reflected
air
wave
on
measurements
of
base
pressure
in
a
supersonic
wind
tunnel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
189
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
investigation
of
base
pressure
on
blunt
trailing
edge
wings
of
supersonic
velocities
measurements
of
base
pressure
are
presented
for
blunt
trailing
edge
wings
having
an
aspect
ratio
of
and
various
airfoil
profiles
the
different
profiles
comprised
thickness
ratios
between
and
boattail
angles
between
and
and
ratios
of
trailing
edge
thickness
to
airfoil
thickness
between
and
the
tests
were
conducted
at
mach
numbers
of
and
for
each
mach
number
the
reynolds
number
and
angle
of
attack
were
varied
the
lowest
reynolds
number
investigated
was
x
and
the
highest
was
x
measurements
on
each
wing
were
obtained
separately
with
turbulent
flow
and
laminar
flow
in
the
boundary
layer
span
wise
surveys
of
the
base
pressure
were
conducted
on
several
wings
the
results
with
turbulent
boundary
layer
flow
showed
only
small
effects
on
base
pressure
of
variations
in
reynolds
number
airfoil
profile
shape
boattail
angle
and
angle
of
attack
the
principal
variable
affecting
the
base
pressure
for
turbulent
flow
was
the
mach
number
at
the
highest
mach
number
investigated
the
ratio
of
boundary
layer
thickness
to
trailing
edge
thickness
also
affected
the
base
pressure
significantly
the
results
obtained
with
laminar
boundary
layer
flow
to
the
trailing
edge
showed
that
the
effect
of
reynolds
number
on
base
pressure
was
large
in
all
but
a
few
exceptional
cases
the
effects
on
base
pressure
of
variations
in
angle
of
attack
and
in
profile
shape
upstream
of
the
base
were
appreciable
though
not
large
the
principal
variable
affecting
the
base
pressure
for
laminar
flow
was
the
ratio
of
boundary
layer
thickness
to
trailing
edge
thickness
for
a
few
exceptional
cases
involving
laminar
flow
to
the
trailing
edge
the
effects
on
base
pressure
of
variations
in
profile
shape
boattail
angle
and
angle
of
attack
were
found
to
be
unusually
large
in
such
cases
the
variation
of
base
pressure
with
angle
of
attack
was
discontinuous
and
exhibited
a
hysteresis
stroboscopic
schlieren
observations
at
a
mach
number
of
indicated
that
these
apparently
special
phenomena
were
associated
with
a
vortex
trail
of
relatively
high
frequency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
19
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
the
pressure
distribution
on
conical
bodies
in
hypersonic
flows
a
large
amount
of
work
on
conical
flow
fields
without
axial
symmetry
at
supersonic
speed
is
presently
available
however
no
apparent
hypersonic
approximation
has
yet
been
derived
in
this
note
experimental
data
on
two
elliptical
cones
at
m
are
presented
and
a
hypersonic
approach
obtained
from
physical
considerations
is
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
190
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
magnetohydrodynamic
shock
waves
in
the
earlier
attempts
at
finding
the
jump
conditions
across
a
hydromagnetic
shock
wave
various
simplifying
assumptions
regarding
the
shape
of
the
shock
and
the
dimensions
and
the
character
of
the
motion
are
made
from
that
analysis
it
is
possible
to
write
down
the
jump
conditions
in
a
higher
degree
of
generality
the
shock
conditions
for
magnetohydrodynamic
flows
can
however
be
derived
in
their
full
generality
with
the
help
of
the
transport
equation
as
used
by
thomas
in
the
derivation
of
shock
conditions
in
conventional
gas
dynamics
the
purposes
of
this
paper
are
cover
the
present
more
general
case
that
every
flow
and
field
quantity
downstream
from
the
shock
wave
is
expressible
separately
in
terms
of
the
known
values
of
these
quantities
upstream
from
the
shock
wave
in
this
rearranged
form
of
the
equations
various
effects
of
the
shock
wave
can
be
easily
read
off
the
shock
conditions
along
the
same
lines
as
in
conventional
gas
dynamics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
191
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theory
for
the
core
of
a
leading
edge
vortex
in
the
flow
past
a
slender
delta
wing
at
incidence
can
be
observed
a
roughly
axially
symmetric
core
of
spiralling
fluid
formed
by
the
rolling
up
of
the
shear
layer
that
separates
from
a
leading
edge
the
aim
in
this
report
is
to
predict
the
flow
field
within
this
vortex
core
given
appropriate
conditions
at
its
outside
edge
the
basic
assumptions
are
core
in
addition
it
is
assumed
that
the
flow
is
axially
symmetric
and
incompressible
together
these
admit
outer
and
inner
solutions
for
the
core
from
the
equations
of
motion
for
the
outer
solution
the
sub
core
is
ignored
and
the
flow
is
taken
to
be
inviscid
but
rotational
and
conical
the
resulting
solution
consists
of
simple
expressions
for
the
velocity
components
and
pressure
for
the
inner
solution
which
applies
to
the
diffusive
sub
core
the
flow
is
taken
to
be
laminar
and
approximations
some
based
on
the
boundary
conditions
and
some
analogous
to
those
of
boundary
layer
theory
are
made
the
solution
obtained
in
this
case
is
a
first
approximation
and
is
presented
in
tabular
form
a
sample
calculation
yields
results
which
are
in
good
qualitative
and
fair
quantitative
agreement
with
experimental
measurements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
192
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
hypersonic
viscous
flow
past
slender
bodies
of
revolution
a
similar
solution
of
the
hypersonic
viscous
flow
past
slender
bodies
of
revolution
is
deduced
for
a
special
case
when
the
radial
coordinate
of
the
body
surface
at
section
x
is
proportional
to
x
where
the
radial
coordinate
have
the
comparable
order
value
with
the
thickness
of
the
boundary
layer
here
similar
is
used
in
the
direct
meaning
that
distributions
in
the
boundary
layer
keep
the
similar
form
lengthwise
calculations
are
accomplished
for
the
region
of
strong
interaction
between
the
boundary
layer
and
the
shock
wave
from
several
calculations
it
may
be
expected
that
if
the
thickness
of
the
body
becomes
small
the
thickness
of
the
layer
in
which
the
longitudinal
velocity
component
u
is
rapidly
decreased
also
becomes
small
and
in
the
major
part
of
the
boundary
layer
only
the
normal
component
v
is
increased
further
if
the
thickness
of
the
body
is
increased
then
the
height
of
the
shock
wave
the
pressure
on
the
wall
and
the
shear
stress
at
the
wall
are
also
increased
while
the
boundary
layer
thickness
is
decreased
the
nose
region
is
excluded
by
the
reason
that
the
ordinary
boundary
layer
theory
will
be
invalid
there
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
193
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
inviscid
flow
about
air
foils
at
high
supersonic
speeds
steady
flow
about
curved
airfoils
at
high
supersonic
speeds
is
investigated
analyticially
with
the
assumption
that
air
behaves
as
a
diatomic
gas
it
is
found
the
the
shock
expansion
method
may
be
used
to
predict
the
flow
about
curved
airfoils
up
to
extremely
high
mach
numbers
provided
the
flow
deflection
angles
are
not
too
close
to
those
corresponding
to
shock
detachment
this
result
applies
not
only
to
the
determination
of
the
surface
pressure
distribution
but
also
to
the
determination
of
the
whole
flow
field
about
an
airfoil
verification
of
this
observation
is
obtained
with
the
aid
of
the
method
of
characteristics
by
extensive
calculations
of
the
pressure
gradient
and
shock
wave
curvature
at
the
leading
edge
and
by
calculations
of
the
pressure
distribution
on
a
percent
thick
biconvex
airfoil
at
angle
of
attack
an
approximation
to
the
shock
expansion
method
for
thin
airfoils
at
high
mach
numbers
is
also
investigated
and
is
found
to
yield
pressures
in
error
by
less
than
percent
at
mach
numbers
above
three
and
flow
deflection
angles
up
to
this
slender
airfoil
method
is
relatively
simple
in
form
and
thus
may
prove
useful
for
some
engineering
purposes
effects
of
caloric
imperfections
of
air
manifest
in
disturbed
flow
fields
at
high
mach
numbers
are
investigated
particular
attention
being
given
to
the
reduction
of
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
so
long
as
this
ratio
does
not
decrease
appreciably
below
to
include
the
effects
of
these
imperfections
should
be
substantially
as
accurate
as
for
ideal
gas
flows
this
observation
is
verfied
with
the
aid
of
a
generalized
shock
expansion
method
and
a
generalized
method
of
characteristics
employed
in
forms
applicable
for
local
air
temperatures
up
to
about
rankine
the
slender
airfoil
method
is
modified
to
employ
an
average
value
of
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
for
a
particular
flow
field
this
simplified
method
has
essentially
the
same
accuracy
for
imperfect
gas
flows
as
its
counterpart
has
for
ideal
gas
flows
an
approximate
flow
analysis
is
made
at
extremely
high
mach
numbers
where
it
is
indicated
that
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
may
approach
close
to
in
this
case
it
is
found
that
the
shock
expansion
method
may
be
in
considerable
error
however
the
busemann
method
for
the
limit
of
infinite
free
stream
mach
number
and
specific
heat
ratio
of
appears
to
apply
with
reasonable
accuracy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
194
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
general
theory
of
airfoil
sections
having
arbitrary
shape
or
pressure
distribution
in
this
report
a
theory
of
thin
airfoils
of
small
camber
is
developed
which
permits
either
the
velocity
distribution
corresponding
to
a
given
airfoil
shape
or
the
airfoil
shape
corresponding
to
a
given
velocity
distribution
to
be
calculated
the
procedures
to
be
employed
in
these
calculations
are
outlined
and
illustrated
with
suitable
examples
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
195
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
correlation
of
theoretical
and
photo
thermoelastic
results
on
thermal
stresses
in
idealized
wing
structure
after
a
rather
complete
exploratory
program
described
in
previous
papers
the
photo
thermoelastic
method
was
applied
to
the
experimental
evaluation
of
the
thermal
stress
theories
the
new
technique
was
correlated
with
several
theories
which
analyzed
the
transient
thermal
stresses
in
idealized
wing
structures
of
high
speed
aircraft
various
theories
were
investigated
which
represented
the
same
idealized
wing
models
and
differed
from
each
other
only
in
the
simplifying
assumptions
regarding
the
temperature
distributions
in
skin
and
webs
the
theories
were
evaluated
by
duplicating
the
boundary
and
initial
conditions
on
plastic
models
and
then
by
correlating
the
theories
with
the
observed
fringe
orders
in
nondimensional
form
a
significant
general
conclusion
was
reached
after
correlating
the
available
theories
and
experimental
results
owing
to
simplifying
assumptions
concerning
the
thermal
behavior
in
the
flanges
thermal
stresses
predicted
by
the
available
theories
are
all
higher
than
the
experimental
observation
in
some
cases
the
discrepancy
is
as
great
as
per
cent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
196
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distributions
axially
symmetric
bodies
in
oblique
flow
a
simple
picture
known
from
the
work
of
i
lotz
of
the
flow
over
the
forward
part
of
a
body
of
revolution
in
oblique
flow
is
derived
here
from
entirely
elementary
considerations
the
pressure
at
any
point
of
the
forward
part
of
the
body
at
any
angle
of
incidence
depends
on
three
parameters
whose
values
vary
along
the
body
the
variation
of
these
parameters
along
the
body
can
be
determined
from
a
relatively
small
number
of
wind
tunnel
or
water
tunnel
measurements
the
necessary
water
tunnel
measurements
have
been
made
for
four
axially
symmetric
head
shapes
additional
measurements
have
been
made
to
illustrate
the
theoretical
conclusions
the
data
for
each
head
shape
are
adequate
for
a
determination
of
the
pressure
coefficient
at
any
point
on
the
head
shapes
at
any
angle
of
incidence
up
to
say
in
particular
they
can
be
used
to
determine
the
peak
suction
at
any
angle
of
incidence
and
so
the
conditions
for
the
onset
of
cavitation
on
the
head
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
197
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distributions
on
three
bodies
of
revolution
to
determine
the
effect
of
reynolds
number
up
to
and
including
the
transonic
speed
range
this
paper
presents
the
results
of
an
investigation
conducted
in
the
langley
foot
transonic
tunnel
to
determine
the
effects
of
varying
reynolds
number
on
the
pressure
distribution
on
a
transonic
body
of
revolution
at
angles
of
attack
through
the
transonic
speed
range
the
effect
of
a
change
in
sting
cone
angle
on
the
pressure
distributions
and
a
comparison
of
experimental
incremental
pressures
with
theory
is
also
included
the
models
were
tested
through
a
mach
number
range
from
to
the
reynolds
number
range
based
on
body
length
was
from
x
to
x
diameter
was
x
to
x
for
the
model
at
angle
of
attack
an
increase
in
reynolds
number
from
x
to
x
affected
the
longitudinal
pressure
distributions
very
slightly
these
effects
were
of
such
a
nature
as
to
cause
an
increase
of
in
the
normal
force
coefficient
of
the
body
when
tested
in
the
subcritical
cross
flow
reynolds
number
range
this
increase
is
in
agreement
with
theoretical
approximations
a
comparison
between
experimental
and
theoretical
values
of
the
incremental
pressure
coefficient
due
to
angle
of
attack
indicated
good
agreement
except
at
angles
where
separated
flow
areas
existed
over
the
body
the
effect
of
a
change
in
sting
cone
angle
from
to
on
the
pressure
distribution
of
the
inch
model
was
negligible
up
to
a
mach
number
of
at
this
mach
number
the
effect
was
to
cause
a
small
increase
in
the
velocity
over
the
rear
of
the
body
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
198
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
a
systematic
group
of
naca
series
cowlings
with
and
without
spinners
an
investigation
has
been
conducted
in
the
langley
propeller
research
tunnel
to
study
cowling
spinner
combinations
based
on
the
naca
series
nose
inlets
and
to
obtain
systematic
design
data
for
one
family
of
approximately
ellipsoidal
spinners
in
the
main
part
of
the
investigation
of
the
related
spinners
were
tested
in
various
combinations
with
naca
open
nose
cowlings
which
were
also
tested
without
spinners
the
effects
of
location
and
shape
of
the
spinner
shape
of
the
inner
surface
of
the
cowling
lip
and
operation
of
a
propeller
having
approximately
oval
shanks
were
investigated
briefly
in
addition
a
study
was
conducted
to
determine
the
correct
procedure
for
extrapolating
design
conditions
determined
from
the
low
speed
test
data
to
the
design
conditions
at
the
actual
flight
mach
number
the
design
conditions
for
the
naca
series
cowlings
and
cowling
spinner
combinations
are
presented
in
the
form
of
charts
from
which
for
wide
ranges
of
spinner
proportions
and
rates
of
internal
flow
cowlings
with
near
maximum
pressure
recovery
can
be
selected
for
critical
mach
numbers
ranging
from
spinners
and
the
effects
of
the
spinners
and
the
propeller
on
the
cowling
design
conditions
are
presented
separately
to
provide
initial
quantitative
data
for
use
in
a
general
design
procedure
through
which
naca
series
cowlings
can
be
selected
for
use
with
spinners
of
other
shapes
by
use
of
this
general
design
procedure
correlation
curves
established
from
the
test
data
and
derived
compressible
flow
equations
relating
the
inlet
velocity
ratio
to
the
surface
pressures
on
the
cowling
and
spinner
naca
series
cowlings
and
cowling
spinner
combinations
can
be
designed
for
critical
mach
numbers
as
high
as
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
199
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurement
of
two
dimensional
derivatives
on
a
wing
aileron
tab
system
measurements
have
been
made
of
the
direct
two
dimensional
damping
and
stiffness
derivatives
for
a
in
incompressible
flow
corrections
arising
from
the
apparatus
are
discussed
and
reference
is
made
to
an
attempt
to
measure
the
direct
tab
derivatives
the
effects
are
shown
of
frequency
parameter
amplitude
of
oscillation
reynolds
number
aileron
angle
and
position
of
transition
on
the
wing
variation
with
frequency
parameter
is
substantially
the
same
as
for
vortex
sheet
theory
and
variation
of
amplitude
produces
little
change
in
both
derivatives
at
the
lowest
reynolds
number
there
is
little
change
in
both
derivatives
with
variation
of
aileron
angle
for
the
condition
of
natural
transition
but
at
higher
reynolds
numbers
the
stiffness
derivatives
increase
at
a
forward
movement
of
transition
reduces
the
stiffness
derivatives
at
the
smaller
aileron
angles
but
at
at
the
lowest
reynolds
number
an
increase
results
similar
trends
are
observed
for
the
damping
derivatives
above
comparison
with
vortex
sheet
theory
shows
that
the
measured
values
of
the
stiffness
and
damping
derivatives
are
approximately
of
the
theoretical
values
measurements
have
been
made
of
the
direct
tab
derivatives
and
cross
aileron
tab
derivatives
for
a
per
cent
aileron
and
per
cent
approx
tab
in
addition
some
measurements
of
the
direct
aileron
derivatives
have
been
made
for
comparison
with
earlier
results
together
with
a
number
of
static
derivatives
for
the
wing
and
controls
the
influence
is
shown
of
frequency
parameter
reynolds
number
position
of
transition
mean
tab
angle
and
sealing
of
the
control
hinge
gaps
some
tests
have
been
made
with
the
ailcron
set
at
minus
deg
and
the
tab
at
plus
deg
for
which
condition
the
hinge
moment
on
the
aileron
was
zero
reasonable
agreement
with
the
values
given
by
the
equivalent
profile
theory
is
shown
for
both
direct
damping
derivatives
and
for
the
direct
tab
stiffness
derivative
the
direct
aileron
stiffness
derivative
shows
some
departure
from
the
theoretical
value
when
at
and
the
natural
transition
comparison
with
the
values
given
by
flat
plate
theory
gives
the
following
approximate
factors
where
suffix
denotes
the
theoretical
values
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
2
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
simple
shear
flow
past
a
flat
plate
in
an
incompressible
fluid
of
small
viscosity
in
the
study
of
high
speed
viscous
flow
past
a
two
dimensional
body
it
is
usually
necessary
to
consider
a
curved
shock
wave
emitting
from
the
nose
or
leading
edge
of
the
body
consequently
there
exists
an
inviscid
rotational
flow
region
between
the
shock
wave
and
the
boundary
layer
such
a
situation
arises
for
instance
in
the
study
of
the
hypersonic
viscous
flow
past
a
flat
plate
the
situation
is
somewhat
different
from
prandtl's
classical
boundary
layer
problem
in
prandtl's
original
problem
the
inviscid
free
stream
outside
the
boundary
layer
is
irrotational
while
in
a
hypersonic
boundary
layer
problem
the
inviscid
free
stream
must
be
considered
as
rotational
the
possible
effects
of
vorticity
have
been
recently
discussed
by
ferri
and
libby
in
the
present
paper
the
simple
shear
flow
past
a
flat
plate
in
a
fluid
of
small
viscosity
is
investigated
it
can
be
shown
that
this
problem
can
again
be
treated
by
the
boundary
layer
approximation
the
only
novel
feature
being
that
the
free
stream
has
a
constant
vorticity
the
discussion
here
is
restricted
to
two
dimensional
incompressible
steady
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
20
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
generalised
newtonian
theory
author
generalizes
lees's
amr
rev
modification
of
newtonian
theory
for
blunt
nose
bodies
to
apply
to
pointed
nose
bodies
as
well
the
result
is
expressed
by
sin
where
is
the
local
inclination
of
the
body
surface
and
the
subscript
max
refers
to
the
maximum
local
inclination
and
pressure
coefficient
for
blunt
nose
bodies
and
the
generalized
theory
reverts
to
lees's
blunt
nose
modification
with
given
by
normal
shock
relations
author
shows
by
comparison
of
newtonian
and
generalized
newtonian
theory
with
exact
solutions
the
superiority
of
generalized
newtonian
theory
he
also
shows
that
both
two
dimensional
and
axisymmetric
shapes
are
correlated
by
this
generalization
results
are
presented
in
two
figures
that
support
author's
generalization
and
indicate
the
independence
of
the
correlation
from
variations
in
both
the
hypersonic
similarity
parameter
k
m
d
and
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
y
reviewer
believes
this
generalization
should
be
of
interest
to
those
engaged
in
development
of
hypersonic
hardware
as
well
as
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
200
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculation
of
derivatives
for
a
cropped
delta
wing
with
subsonic
leading
edges
oscillating
in
a
supersonic
airstream
the
lift
pitching
moment
and
full
span
constant
chord
control
hinge
moment
are
derived
for
a
cropped
delta
wing
describing
harmonic
plunging
and
pitching
oscillations
of
small
amplitude
and
low
frequency
parameter
in
a
supersonic
air
stream
it
is
assumed
that
a
the
wing
has
subsonic
leading
edges
b
the
wing
is
sufficiently
thin
and
the
mach
number
sufficiently
supersonic
to
permit
the
use
of
linearised
theory
expressions
for
the
various
derivative
coefficients
are
obtained
for
a
particular
delta
wing
of
aspect
ratio
and
taper
ratio
these
are
avaluated
and
tabulated
for
mach
numbers
and
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
201
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
flow
past
oscillating
airfoils
including
nonlinear
thickness
effects
a
solution
to
second
order
in
thickness
is
derived
for
harmonically
oscillating
two
dimensional
airfoils
in
supersonic
flow
for
slow
oscillations
of
an
arbitrary
profile
the
result
is
found
as
a
series
including
the
third
power
of
frequency
for
arbitrary
frequencies
the
method
of
solution
for
any
specific
profile
is
indicated
and
the
explicit
solution
derived
for
a
single
wedge
nonlinear
thickness
effects
are
found
generally
to
reduce
the
torsional
damping
and
so
to
enlarge
the
range
of
mach
numbers
within
which
torsional
instability
is
possible
this
destabilizing
effect
varies
only
slightly
with
frequency
in
the
range
involved
in
dynamic
stability
analysis
but
may
reverse
to
a
stabilizing
effect
at
high
flutter
frequencies
comparison
with
a
previous
solution
exact
in
thickness
suggests
that
nonlinear
effects
of
higher
than
second
order
are
practically
negligible
the
analysis
utilizes
a
smoothing
technique
that
replaces
the
actural
problem
by
one
involving
no
kinked
streamlines
this
stratagem
eliminates
all
consideration
of
shock
waves
from
the
analysis
yet
yields
the
correct
solution
for
problems
that
actually
contain
shock
waves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
202
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aircraft
flutter
the
term
flutter
is
used
here
to
denote
maintained
or
violent
oscillations
of
a
structure
due
to
aerodynamic
forces
acting
in
conjunction
with
both
elastic
and
inertial
forces
attention
is
restricted
to
this
particular
branch
of
the
more
general
field
of
aeroelasticity
which
embraces
buffeting
divergence
and
reversal
of
control
as
well
as
flutter
airscrew
flutter
is
not
specifically
considered
the
monograph
is
divided
into
three
main
parts
each
of
which
has
been
made
self
contained
for
the
convenience
of
readers
in
the
first
part
general
methods
for
the
investigation
of
aircraft
flutter
by
theoretical
analysis
and
by
experiments
on
flutter
models
are
set
out
and
discussed
a
detailed
account
of
the
aerodynamic
theory
of
wings
in
non
uniform
motion
is
not
included
since
this
has
already
been
provided
elsewhere
but
methods
for
the
evaluation
of
the
aerodynamic
forces
required
in
a
theoretical
flutter
analysis
are
logically
developed
and
a
bibliography
of
researches
on
the
aerodynamic
theory
is
given
in
the
appendix
investigations
on
specific
types
of
aircraft
flutter
namely
wing
flutter
control
surface
flutter
and
tab
flutter
are
discussed
in
part
these
various
types
of
flutter
are
considered
but
the
practical
details
of
flutter
prevention
devices
are
omitted
finally
in
part
methods
for
the
experimental
determination
of
airloads
on
oscillating
aerofoil
systems
are
described
and
available
airload
measurements
are
analysed
and
compared
with
theoretical
results
an
attempt
has
been
made
to
refer
in
the
text
to
all
relevant
british
work
reported
by
the
early
part
of
foreign
work
has
been
mentioned
in
parts
and
only
where
necessary
for
the
sake
of
completeness
but
in
part
and
the
appendix
all
relevant
foreign
references
known
to
the
author
have
been
included
matrix
notation
has
been
used
for
the
theoretical
treatment
in
part
but
otherwise
its
use
has
been
avoided
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
203
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculated
velocity
distributions
and
force
derivatives
for
a
series
of
high
speed
aerofoils
the
polygon
method
of
woods
is
used
to
calculate
the
velocity
distribution
over
a
number
of
two
dimensional
aerofoils
at
low
incidence
subcritical
flows
only
being
considered
lift
slopes
and
aerodynamic
centres
at
zero
lift
are
also
calculated
some
comparisons
with
experimental
results
are
made
and
these
show
good
agreement
at
zero
incidence
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
204
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
the
application
of
airfoil
section
data
to
the
estimation
of
the
high
subsonic
speed
characteristics
of
swept
wings
estimates
of
the
variation
with
mach
number
of
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
swept
wings
are
made
on
the
basis
of
airfoil
section
data
combined
with
span
loading
theory
the
analysis
deals
with
examinations
of
some
wings
and
wing
body
combinations
ranging
in
sweep
angle
from
to
and
for
mach
numbers
between
and
results
of
the
study
indicate
that
the
two
dimensional
section
data
afford
good
qualitative
information
for
such
high
speed
aerodynamic
characteristics
as
the
variation
with
mach
number
of
drag
zero
lift
pitching
moment
coefficient
and
lift
coefficient
for
flow
separation
quantitative
estimates
of
the
force
and
moment
divergence
mach
numbers
could
not
be
made
with
any
degree
of
certainty
from
the
airfoil
data
alone
somewhat
improved
quantitative
estimates
for
a
given
configuration
were
obtainable
by
basing
the
estimates
on
the
measured
characteristics
for
a
wing
of
similar
plan
form
but
different
section
and
adjusting
for
the
effects
of
differences
in
section
on
the
basis
of
section
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
205
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
correlation
of
airfoil
section
data
with
the
aerodynamic
loads
measured
on
a
sweptback
wing
at
subsonic
mach
numbers
an
investigation
has
been
made
of
the
possibility
of
correlating
airfoil
section
data
with
measured
pressure
distributions
over
a
sweptback
wing
in
the
mach
number
range
from
to
at
a
free
stream
reynolds
number
of
approximately
million
the
wing
had
an
aspect
ratio
of
a
taper
ratio
of
naca
a
sections
normal
to
the
quarterchord
line
and
was
mounted
on
a
slender
body
of
revolution
at
mach
numbers
of
and
below
and
for
wing
normal
force
coefficients
below
the
maximum
normal
force
coefficient
for
an
infinite
aspect
ratio
wing
yawed
to
the
flow
derived
from
airfoil
section
data
by
simple
sweep
relations
good
correlation
was
obtained
over
most
of
the
wing
between
wing
section
and
two
dimensional
airfoil
pressure
distributions
for
greater
normal
force
coefficients
lateral
boundary
layer
flow
permitted
the
inboard
wing
sections
to
rise
to
high
maximum
section
normal
force
coefficients
the
effectiveness
of
this
lateral
boundary
layer
flow
disappeared
towards
the
tip
for
all
mach
numbers
the
influence
of
plan
form
effects
on
the
pressure
distributions
limited
the
quality
of
the
correlation
at
the
and
percent
semispan
stations
above
a
mach
number
of
about
the
shock
waves
originating
at
the
juncture
of
the
body
and
the
wing
trailing
edge
spread
over
the
span
preventing
further
application
of
two
dimensional
data
the
spanwise
load
distributions
at
moderate
normal
force
coefficients
could
be
predicted
from
span
loading
theory
for
the
entire
mach
number
range
of
the
tests
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
206
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
applications
of
the
polygon
method
to
the
calculation
of
the
compressible
subsonic
flow
round
two
dimensional
profiles
this
paper
sets
out
the
method
now
used
by
the
author
of
applying
the
polygon
method
to
the
calculation
of
the
compressible
subsonic
flow
round
two
dimensional
aerofoils
tables
have
been
constructed
which
can
be
used
for
all
aerofoil
shapes
putting
the
polygon
method
on
the
same
footing
numerically
as
goldstein's
method
has
the
advantage
over
approximation
that
it
can
be
applied
in
the
following
cases
which
are
beyond
the
scope
of
goldstein's
method
conventional
aerofoils
b
the
low
speed
flow
about
very
thick
aerofoils
e
g
in
reference
it
is
applied
to
circular
cylinders
c
the
flow
about
symmetric
aerofoils
between
either
straight
or
constant
pressure
walls
d
flow
in
asymmetric
channels
and
e
more
difficult
problems
of
the
flow
about
aerofoils
in
the
presence
of
one
or
two
constraining
walls
to
be
published
a
method
of
calculating
lift
and
moment
coefficients
and
their
rates
of
change
with
incidence
a
is
also
given
in
the
paper
as
an
example
the
velocity
distribution
and
the
rates
of
change
of
the
lift
and
moment
coefficients
with
a
are
calculated
for
the
aerofoil
r
a
e
at
values
of
m
mach
number
at
infinity
of
and
for
various
values
of
the
incidence
a
the
velocity
distributions
for
zero
incidence
are
found
to
be
in
fair
agreement
with
the
corresponding
experimental
results
the
results
at
incidence
are
in
satisfactory
agreement
with
the
experimental
results
not
for
the
same
incidence
but
for
the
same
lift
coefficient
it
is
found
for
example
that
at
m
the
theory
for
a
agrees
best
with
experiment
for
a
when
the
lift
coefficients
are
approximately
the
same
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
207
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
boundary
layer
oscillations
and
transition
on
a
flat
plate
this
is
an
account
of
an
investigation
in
which
oscillations
were
discovered
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
along
a
flat
plate
these
oscillations
were
found
during
the
course
of
an
experiment
in
which
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
was
being
studied
on
the
plate
as
the
turbulence
in
the
wind
stream
was
being
reduced
to
unusually
low
values
by
means
of
damping
screens
the
first
part
of
the
paper
deals
with
experimental
methods
and
apparatus
measurements
of
turbulence
and
sound
and
studies
of
transition
a
description
is
then
given
of
the
manner
in
which
oscillations
were
discovered
and
how
they
were
found
to
be
related
to
transition
and
then
how
controlled
oscillations
were
produced
and
studied
in
detail
the
oscillations
are
shown
to
be
the
velocity
variations
accompanying
a
wave
motion
in
the
boundary
layer
this
wave
motion
having
all
the
characteristics
predicted
by
a
stability
theory
based
on
the
exponential
growth
of
small
disturbances
a
review
of
this
theory
is
given
the
work
is
thus
experimental
confirmation
of
a
mathematical
theory
of
stability
which
had
been
in
the
process
of
development
for
a
period
of
approximately
years
mainly
by
german
investigators
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
208
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
hall
effect
in
the
viscous
flow
of
ionized
gas
between
parallel
plates
under
transverse
magnetic
field
the
electrical
conductivity
of
an
ionized
gas
is
anisotropic
in
the
presence
of
magnetic
field
hall
effect
the
conductivity
is
expressed
by
a
tensor
in
the
same
form
for
both
fully
and
partially
ionized
gases
by
the
use
of
modified
ohm's
law
and
conventional
magnetohydrodynamical
equations
the
incompressible
viscous
flow
between
parallel
plates
under
the
transverse
magnetic
field
is
analyzed
and
an
exact
solution
is
obtained
when
the
magnetic
reynolds
number
is
small
the
numerical
results
reveal
a
remarkable
effect
of
anisotropy
of
conductivity
the
acceleration
and
deceleration
of
viscous
ionized
gas
under
combined
electric
and
magnetic
fields
are
also
calculated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
209
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
induced
noise
in
the
interior
of
aircraft
at
high
speeds
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
washing
the
airplane
fuselage
excites
appreciable
skin
vibration
promoting
strong
noise
in
the
interior
the
fluctuating
exciting
pressure
distribution
can
be
represented
as
a
pattern
of
moving
waves
fourier
integral
a
running
ripple
in
the
skin
follows
underneath
each
wave
and
the
noise
is
ultimately
due
to
these
ripples
the
acoustic
effects
of
the
running
ripples
are
calculated
for
an
infinite
sheet
this
is
considered
the
main
result
of
the
paper
supersonically
moving
ripples
radiate
strong
sound
in
the
form
of
mach
waves
subsonically
moving
ripples
radiate
no
sound
formulas
for
the
mean
square
surface
pressure
and
the
energy
flux
are
obtained
for
an
assumed
idealized
turbulent
pressure
spectrum
the
results
are
adapted
to
provide
a
tentative
estimate
of
the
noise
generated
at
subsonic
speeds
in
a
practical
fuselage
the
running
ripples
are
almost
noise
free
but
multiple
reflections
at
the
frames
and
stringers
promote
standing
waves
an
assumption
is
used
to
link
the
two
kinds
of
waves
and
this
leads
to
provisional
calculations
of
noise
level
on
this
basis
the
noise
level
is
predicted
to
vary
as
for
thin
boundary
layers
changing
progressively
to
for
thick
layers
external
air
density
speed
layer
thickness
panel
thickness
some
comparisons
are
made
with
experiment
finally
an
idea
for
minimizing
the
noise
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
21
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
heat
transfer
in
slip
flow
a
number
of
authors
have
considered
the
effect
of
slip
on
the
heat
transfer
and
skin
friction
in
a
laminar
boundary
layer
over
a
flat
plate
reference
considers
this
by
a
perturbation
on
the
usual
laminar
boundary
layer
analysis
while
some
other
studies
dash
e
g
reference
the
impulsive
motion
of
an
infinite
plate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
210
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
propeller
in
yaw
it
was
realized
as
early
as
that
a
propeller
in
yaw
develops
a
side
force
like
that
of
a
fin
in
r
g
harris
expressed
this
force
in
terms
of
the
torque
coefficient
for
the
unyawed
propeller
of
several
attempts
to
express
the
side
force
directly
in
terms
of
the
shape
of
the
blades
however
none
has
been
completely
satisfactory
an
analysis
that
incorporates
induction
effects
not
adequately
covered
in
previous
work
and
that
gives
good
agreement
with
experiment
over
a
wide
range
of
operating
conditions
is
presented
herein
the
present
analysis
shows
that
the
fin
analogy
may
be
extended
to
the
form
of
the
side
force
expression
and
that
the
effective
fin
area
may
be
taken
as
the
projected
side
area
of
the
propeller
the
effective
aspect
ratio
is
of
the
order
of
and
the
appropriate
dynamic
pressure
is
roughly
that
at
the
propeller
disk
as
augmented
by
the
inflow
the
variation
of
the
inflow
velocity
for
a
fixed
pitch
propeller
accounts
for
most
of
the
variation
of
side
force
with
advance
diameter
ratio
v
nd
the
propeller
forces
due
to
an
angular
velocity
of
pitch
are
also
analyzed
and
are
shown
to
be
very
small
for
the
pitching
velocities
that
may
actually
be
realized
in
maneuvers
with
the
exception
of
the
spin
further
conclusions
are
a
dual
rotating
propeller
in
yaw
develops
up
to
one
third
more
side
force
than
a
single
rotating
propeller
a
yawed
single
rotating
propeller
experiences
a
pitching
moment
in
addition
to
the
side
force
the
pitching
moment
is
of
the
order
of
the
moment
produced
by
a
force
equal
to
the
side
force
acting
at
the
end
of
a
lever
arm
equal
to
the
propeller
radius
this
cross
coupling
between
pitch
and
yaw
is
small
but
possibly
not
negligible
the
formulas
for
propellers
in
yaw
derived
herein
with
the
exception
of
the
compressibility
correction
and
a
series
of
charts
of
the
side
force
derivative
calculated
therefrom
have
been
presented
without
derivation
in
an
earlier
report
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
211
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
slight
blunting
of
leading
edge
of
an
immersed
body
on
the
flow
around
it
at
hypersonic
speed
manufacturing
and
maintainance
of
ideally
sharp
leading
edges
and
noses
is
practically
impossible
hence
a
discrepancy
arises
between
the
theory
established
for
sharp
edges
and
actual
flow
around
slightly
blunted
edges
where
a
detached
shock
is
formed
with
a
subsonic
adjacent
region
semi
empirical
method
is
worked
out
showing
that
the
pressure
distribution
in
the
vicinity
of
the
leading
edge
is
the
same
for
different
thin
profiles
having
the
same
shape
of
bluntness
on
their
edges
or
noses
the
data
for
a
flat
plate
can
be
used
for
all
of
them
for
moderate
supersonic
speed
the
pressure
on
the
remaining
body
is
practically
unaffected
by
the
nose
bluntness
and
can
be
computed
from
a
sharp
edge
theory
for
high
supersonic
speed
a
slight
blunting
of
the
edge
can
considerably
alter
the
pattern
of
flow
over
a
large
region
the
method
consists
in
replacing
blunted
edge
by
action
of
concentrated
forces
on
the
flow
it
is
applied
to
blunted
wedge
where
it
shows
doubling
of
the
drag
computed
by
classic
theory
and
to
cones
where
the
drag
of
a
blunted
cone
may
become
smaller
than
that
of
a
sharp
one
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
212
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theory
and
tunnel
tests
of
rotor
blade
for
supersonic
turbines
in
special
circumstances
where
a
large
work
output
is
required
from
a
turbine
in
a
single
stage
it
is
necessary
to
use
high
pressure
ratios
across
the
nozzle
blades
thus
producing
supersonic
velocities
at
inlet
to
the
rotor
as
part
of
an
investigation
into
such
turbines
several
designs
for
the
inter
blade
passages
of
the
rotor
have
been
tested
in
a
two
dimensional
tunnel
a
design
theory
being
developed
concurrently
the
first
design
featuring
constant
passage
width
and
curvature
as
in
steam
turbine
practice
but
having
thin
leading
and
trailing
edges
was
found
to
suffer
from
focusing
of
the
compression
waves
from
the
concave
surface
with
consequent
flow
separation
from
the
opposite
convex
surface
it
gave
a
velocity
coefficient
of
measured
at
an
inlet
mach
number
of
and
turning
angle
of
deg
the
measured
value
compares
favourably
with
values
from
previous
steam
tests
where
the
results
have
been
in
the
range
from
to
from
theoretical
reasoning
and
from
additional
test
observations
a
subsequent
passage
was
designed
having
an
inlet
transition
length
of
small
curvature
leading
to
a
free
vortex
passage
of
double
the
transition
curvature
a
small
amount
of
contraction
was
incorporated
schlieren
photographs
showed
the
flow
in
this
passage
to
be
almost
shock
free
a
thin
region
of
low
energy
air
existed
close
to
the
convex
surface
but
liquid
injection
tests
located
only
one
small
bubble
of
reversed
flow
pressure
traverses
at
exit
indicated
a
velocity
coefficient
of
based
on
the
area
mean
total
pressure
when
allowance
is
made
for
turning
angle
and
reynolds
number
this
result
appears
to
compare
quite
favourably
with
previous
work
it
would
seem
that
the
optimum
blade
pitching
in
a
turbine
would
be
about
to
per
cent
closer
than
in
a
two
dimensional
cascade
however
the
resultant
pitching
tends
to
become
very
close
except
at
very
large
turning
angles
with
the
result
that
in
some
applications
difficulties
could
arise
in
the
practical
design
and
manufacture
several
uncertainties
remain
and
the
present
design
must
be
regarded
as
still
experimental
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
213
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
performance
of
supersonic
turbine
nozzles
an
investigation
has
been
conducted
at
the
national
gas
turbine
establishment
into
the
performance
of
turbines
having
high
pressure
ratios
per
stage
the
present
report
discusses
the
mode
of
operation
of
supersonic
nozzles
for
such
turbines
and
describes
a
cascade
experiment
both
theory
and
experiment
demonstrate
that
the
conditions
imposed
upon
the
supersonic
flow
immediately
downstream
of
the
nozzles
e
g
by
a
following
row
of
rotor
blades
exert
an
overriding
influence
upon
the
nozzle
outlet
flow
angle
and
hence
upon
the
maximum
pressure
ratio
obtainable
across
the
nozzle
providing
that
the
axial
component
of
velocity
is
subsonic
this
is
an
important
difference
from
the
more
familiar
flow
of
subsonic
turbine
nozzles
where
for
example
the
downstream
gas
angle
is
controlled
predominantly
by
the
nozzle
blade
shape
and
spacing
a
suitable
test
technique
using
a
closed
jet
tunnel
is
demonstrated
the
particular
nozzles
tested
of
convergent
divergent
form
had
a
straight
sided
divergent
portion
of
to
axial
direction
and
a
design
mach
number
of
the
flow
was
found
to
be
well
behaved
as
regards
shock
pattern
losses
and
starting
over
the
range
of
pressure
ratios
tested
between
and
in
particular
the
efficiency
at
the
design
pressure
ratio
of
was
high
the
velocity
coefficient
calculated
from
traverses
of
pitot
and
static
tubes
being
for
the
conversion
of
pitot
to
total
pressure
at
a
mach
number
of
a
high
accuracy
is
important
in
the
measurement
of
the
static
pressure
nevertheless
readings
from
a
conventional
four
hole
instrument
appear
to
be
reliable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
214
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
testing
of
supersonic
compressor
cascades
to
facilitate
the
development
of
high
speed
axial
flow
compressors
an
investigation
was
made
into
the
possibility
of
measuring
blade
performance
in
a
stationary
cascade
at
supersonic
speeds
a
suitable
technique
was
developed
and
the
losses
in
a
variety
of
cascades
were
measured
but
these
losses
were
too
high
for
the
blading
to
have
any
possible
application
it
was
concluded
that
if
a
useful
compressor
is
to
result
it
is
essential
to
test
the
cascades
at
mach
numbers
close
to
the
existing
technique
was
suitable
only
for
zero
incidence
tests
and
thus
a
new
approach
is
necessary
some
of
the
fundamentals
of
this
cascade
testing
at
low
supersonic
speeds
are
discussed
in
the
light
of
the
current
understanding
of
the
mode
of
operation
of
supersonic
compressors
at
transonic
speeds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
215
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
test
performance
of
highly
loaded
turbine
stages
designed
for
high
pressure
ratio
a
blade
design
for
a
highly
loaded
two
stage
turbine
is
described
and
the
test
performance
of
the
turbine
is
presented
some
of
the
factors
affecting
the
performance
and
matching
of
turbine
blade
rows
operating
at
supersonic
gas
velocity
are
discussed
and
investigated
by
means
of
tests
on
a
three
dimensional
nozzle
cascade
tunnel
and
on
a
variety
of
single
stage
turbine
builds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
216
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
supersonic
axial
flow
compressor
an
investigation
has
been
made
to
explore
the
possibilities
of
axial
flow
compressors
operating
with
supersonic
velocities
into
the
blade
rows
preliminary
calculations
showed
that
very
high
pressure
ratios
across
a
stage
together
with
somewhat
increased
mass
flows
were
apparently
possible
with
compressors
which
decelerated
air
through
the
speed
of
sound
in
their
blading
the
first
phase
of
this
investigation
which
has
been
reported
in
naca
acr
l
d
was
the
development
of
efficient
supersonic
diffusers
to
decelerate
air
through
the
speed
of
sound
the
present
report
is
largely
a
general
discussion
of
some
of
the
essential
aerodynamics
of
single
stage
supersonic
axial
flow
compressors
in
the
supersonic
flow
about
isolated
bodies
large
energy
losses
usually
occur
due
to
wave
systems
which
extend
far
from
the
bodies
supersonic
flow
entering
a
cascade
is
considered
and
in
this
case
the
possibility
of
entirely
eliminating
this
extended
wave
system
is
demonstrated
thus
no
reason
for
supersonic
compressors
to
be
necessarily
inefficient
is
apparent
the
conditions
that
occur
as
the
flow
through
the
compressor
is
being
started
are
discussed
and
a
hypothesis
as
to
the
type
of
transonic
flow
which
will
be
encountered
is
proposed
as
an
approach
to
the
study
of
supersonic
compressors
three
possible
velocity
diagrams
are
discussed
briefly
because
of
the
encouraging
results
of
this
study
an
experimental
single
stage
supersonic
compressor
has
been
constructed
and
tested
in
freon
in
this
compressor
air
decelerates
through
the
speed
of
sound
in
the
rotor
blading
and
enters
the
stators
at
subsonic
speeds
a
pressure
ratio
of
about
at
an
efficiency
of
about
percent
has
been
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
217
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flow
pattern
in
a
converging
diverging
nozzle
the
present
report
describes
a
new
method
for
the
prediction
of
the
flow
pattern
of
a
gas
in
the
two
dimensional
and
axially
symmetrical
case
it
is
assumed
that
the
expansion
of
the
gas
is
adiabatic
and
the
flow
stationary
the
several
assumptions
necessary
on
the
nozzle
shape
effect
in
general
no
essential
limitation
on
the
conventional
nozzles
the
method
is
applicable
throughout
the
entire
speed
range
the
velocity
of
sound
itself
plays
no
singular
part
the
principal
weight
is
placed
on
the
treatment
of
the
flow
near
the
throat
of
a
converging
diverging
nozzle
for
slender
nozzles
formulas
are
derived
for
the
calculation
of
the
velocity
components
as
function
of
the
location
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
218
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
intensity
scale
and
spectra
of
turbulence
in
mixing
region
of
free
subsonic
jet
the
intensity
of
turbulence
the
longitudinal
and
lateral
correlation
coefficients
and
the
spectra
of
turbulence
in
a
inch
diameter
free
jet
were
measured
with
hot
wire
anemometers
at
exit
mach
numbers
from
to
and
reynolds
numbers
from
the
results
of
these
measurements
show
the
following
near
the
nozzle
distances
less
than
or
jet
diam
downstream
of
the
nozzle
the
intensity
of
turbulence
expressed
as
percent
of
core
velocity
is
a
maximum
at
a
distance
of
approximately
increasing
mach
and
or
reynolds
number
at
distances
greater
than
jet
diameters
downstream
of
the
nozzle
however
the
maximum
intensity
moves
out
and
decreases
in
magnitude
until
the
turbulence
intensity
profiles
are
quite
flat
and
approaching
similarity
the
lateral
and
longitudinal
scales
of
turbulence
are
nearly
independent
of
mach
and
or
reynolds
number
and
in
the
mixing
zone
near
the
jet
vary
proportionally
with
distance
from
the
jet
nozzle
farther
downstream
of
the
jet
the
longitudinal
scale
reaches
a
maximum
and
then
decreases
approximately
linearly
with
distance
near
the
nozzle
the
lateral
scale
is
much
smaller
than
the
longitudinal
and
does
not
vary
with
distance
from
the
centerline
while
the
longitudinal
scale
is
a
maximum
at
a
distance
from
the
centerline
of
about
mum
moves
out
from
the
centerline
a
statistical
analysis
of
the
correlograms
and
spectra
yields
a
scale
which
although
different
in
magnitude
from
the
conventional
varies
similarly
to
the
ordinary
scale
and
is
easier
to
evaluate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
219
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
strength
distribution
of
noise
sources
along
a
jet
the
spatial
distribution
of
noise
sources
along
a
jet
is
investigated
by
application
of
lighthill's
theory
to
regions
of
'similar'
profiles
the
analysis
refers
to
the
noise
power
emitted
by
a
'slice'
of
jet
section
between
two
adjacent
planes
normal
to
the
axis
as
a
function
of
distance
x
of
the
slice
from
the
nozzle
it
is
found
that
this
power
is
essentially
constant
with
x
in
the
initial
mixing
region
x
law
then
further
downstream
say
or
diameters
from
the
nozzle
falls
off
extremely
fast
x
law
or
faster
in
the
fully
developed
jet
because
of
this
striking
attenuation
of
strength
with
distance
it
is
concluded
that
the
mixing
region
produces
the
bulk
of
the
noise
and
must
dominate
in
muffler
behavior
conversely
the
'fat'
part
of
the
jet
must
contribute
much
less
to
the
total
noise
power
than
is
commonly
supposed
powell's
experiments
on
the
effects
of
nozzle
velocity
profile
on
total
noise
power
are
interpreted
qualitatively
the
behavior
of
multiple
nozzle
or
corrugated
mufflers
both
as
to
overall
quieting
and
frequency
shifting
is
also
interpreted
in
the
light
of
the
results
the
possibility
emerges
that
such
mufflers
may
be
improved
without
serious
thrust
loss
by
the
addition
of
a
sound
attenuating
shroud
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
22
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
slip
flow
heat
transfer
to
a
flat
plate
assuming
that
continuum
flow
energy
equation
in
a
boundary
layer
remains
valid
well
into
slip
region
and
taking
account
of
the
temperature
jump
in
a
moving
rarefied
gas
and
for
influence
of
large
mean
free
path
through
appropriate
boundary
conditions
a
solution
is
found
for
the
temperature
gradient
in
the
slip
region
then
from
maslen
expression
j
aero
sci
june
slipping
fluid
to
a
flat
plate
and
behavior
confirms
results
for
small
values
of
knudsen
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
220
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
general
purpose
analogue
correlator
for
the
analysis
of
random
noise
signals
a
large
proportion
of
the
current
research
programme
of
the
department
of
aeronautics
and
astronautics
is
concerned
with
the
study
of
jet
noise
and
boundary
layer
pressure
fluctuations
and
their
effect
on
aircraft
structures
early
in
the
work
it
was
decided
that
for
a
complete
description
of
the
random
processes
involved
it
would
be
necessary
in
the
experimental
programme
to
make
correlation
measurements
in
addition
to
the
more
standard
spectrum
and
amplitude
distribution
measurements
it
was
also
felt
that
it
would
be
desirable
from
the
university
point
of
view
to
construct
a
general
purpose
correlator
which
could
later
be
used
on
other
types
of
work
to
this
end
it
was
decided
to
give
the
correlator
a
wider
bandwidth
than
might
strictly
have
been
necessary
for
the
problems
on
hand
subsequent
development
work
has
amply
justified
this
decision
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
221
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
study
of
annular
supersonic
nozzles
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
design
of
annular
supersonic
nozzles
to
produce
uniform
flow
in
supersonic
wind
tunnels
which
are
axi
symmetrical
and
which
have
an
internal
coaxial
circular
cylinder
throughout
symmetrical
two
dimensional
and
conventional
axi
symmetrical
nozzles
are
special
cases
of
annular
nozzles
proposals
are
made
for
design
criteria
sufficient
to
ensure
that
the
flow
inside
a
nozzle
is
free
from
limit
lines
and
shock
waves
the
criteria
for
symmetrical
two
dimensional
and
conventional
axi
symmetrical
nozzles
are
new
the
two
outstanding
procedures
for
designing
two
dimensional
and
axi
symmetrical
nozzles
are
generalised
to
apply
to
annular
nozzles
one
of
the
design
procedures
is
mainly
analytical
and
the
other
is
mainly
numerical
the
analytical
expressions
in
both
procedures
are
made
much
more
complicated
by
the
presence
of
the
internal
cylinder
but
the
numerical
process
criteria
and
the
mainly
numerical
design
procedure
are
successfully
applied
to
the
design
of
a
particular
annular
nozzle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
222
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
over
delta
wings
at
low
speeds
with
leading
edge
separation
a
low
speed
investigation
of
the
flow
over
a
apex
angle
delta
wing
with
sharp
leading
edges
has
been
made
in
order
to
ascertain
details
of
the
flow
in
the
viscous
region
near
the
leading
edge
of
the
suction
surface
of
the
wing
a
physical
picture
of
the
flow
was
obtained
from
the
surface
flow
and
a
smoke
technique
of
flow
visualization
combined
with
detailed
measurements
of
total
head
dynamic
pressure
flow
directions
and
vortex
core
positions
in
the
flow
above
the
wing
surface
pressure
distributions
were
also
measured
and
integrated
to
give
normal
force
coefficients
the
results
of
this
investigation
were
compared
with
those
of
other
experimental
investigations
and
also
with
various
theoretical
results
in
particular
the
normal
force
coefficients
vortex
core
positions
and
attachment
line
positions
were
compared
with
the
theoretical
results
of
mangler
and
smith
reference
it
was
found
that
exist
on
the
upper
surface
of
the
wing
outboard
of
and
below
the
main
vortices
these
secondary
vortices
are
formed
as
a
result
of
separation
of
the
boundary
layers
developing
outboard
of
the
top
surface
attachment
lines
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
223
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
the
theory
of
the
stanton
tube
existing
theories
for
the
stanton
tube
are
critically
reviewed
and
the
paper
then
outlines
a
simple
method
which
predicts
the
calibration
function
at
high
reynolds
numbers
to
the
right
order
of
magnitude
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
224
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
quasi
cylindrical
surfaces
with
prescribed
loadings
in
the
linearised
theory
of
supersonic
flow
a
formula
for
the
velocity
field
in
terms
of
a
given
surface
distribution
of
vorticity
is
applied
to
points
lying
on
the
surface
an
equation
giving
the
shape
of
a
quasi
circular
cylindrical
surface
in
terms
of
a
prescribed
loading
is
derived
as
an
example
a
half
ring
wing
with
prescribed
loading
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
225
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
elliptic
cones
alone
and
with
wings
at
supersonic
speeds
to
help
fill
the
gap
in
the
knowledge
of
aerodynamics
of
shapes
intermediate
between
bodies
of
revolution
and
flat
triangular
wings
force
and
moment
characteristics
for
elliptic
cones
have
been
experimentally
determined
for
mach
numbers
of
and
sectional
axis
ratios
from
through
and
with
lengths
and
base
areas
equal
to
circular
cones
of
fineness
ratios
and
have
been
studied
for
angles
of
bank
of
and
elliptic
and
circular
cones
in
combination
with
triangular
wings
of
aspect
ratios
and
also
have
been
considered
the
angle
of
attack
range
was
from
to
about
and
the
reynolds
number
was
x
based
on
model
length
in
addition
to
the
forces
and
moments
at
angle
of
attack
pressure
distributions
for
elliptic
cones
at
zero
angle
of
attack
have
been
determined
the
results
of
this
investigation
indicate
that
there
are
distinct
aerodynamic
advantages
to
the
use
of
elliptic
cones
with
their
major
cross
sectional
axes
horizontal
they
develop
greater
lift
and
have
higher
lift
drag
ratios
than
circular
cones
of
the
same
fineness
ratio
and
volume
in
combination
with
triangular
wings
of
low
aspect
ratio
they
also
develop
higher
lift
drag
ratios
than
circular
cones
with
the
same
wings
for
winged
elliptic
cones
this
increase
in
lift
drag
ratio
results
both
from
lower
zero
lift
drag
and
drag
due
to
lift
visual
flow
studies
indicate
that
because
of
better
streamlining
in
the
crossflow
plane
vortex
flow
is
inhibited
more
for
an
elliptic
cone
with
major
axis
in
the
plane
of
the
wing
than
for
a
circular
cone
with
the
same
wing
as
a
result
vortex
drag
resulting
from
lift
is
reduced
shifts
in
center
of
pressure
with
changes
in
angle
of
attack
and
mach
number
are
small
and
about
the
same
as
for
circular
cones
comparisons
of
theoretical
and
experimental
force
and
moment
characteristics
for
elliptic
cones
indicate
that
simple
linearized
flat
plate
wing
theory
is
generally
adequate
even
for
relatively
thick
cones
zero
lift
pressure
distributions
and
drag
can
be
computed
using
van
dyke's
second
order
slender
body
theory
for
winged
circular
cones
a
modification
of
the
slender
body
theory
of
naca
rep
results
in
good
agreement
of
theory
with
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
226
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerofoil
theory
of
a
flat
delta
wing
at
supersonic
speeds
lift
drag
and
pressure
distribution
of
a
triangular
flat
plate
moving
at
a
small
incidence
at
supersonic
speeds
are
given
for
arbitrary
mach
number
and
aspect
ratio
the
values
obtained
for
lift
and
drag
are
compared
with
the
corresponding
values
obtained
by
strip
theory
the
possibility
of
further
applications
of
the
analysis
leading
up
to
the
above
results
is
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
227
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
technique
for
improving
the
predictions
of
linearised
theory
on
the
drag
of
straight
edge
wings
the
curve
of
drag
against
mach
number
for
straight
edged
wings
calculated
by
using
the
linearised
theory
of
supersonic
flow
displays
discontinuities
in
slope
at
the
various
mach
numbers
for
which
the
edges
are
sonic
these
features
which
are
not
observed
in
practice
are
due
to
the
fact
that
linearised
theory
predicts
an
infinite
pressure
along
a
subsonic
or
sonic
edge
it
is
shown
that
if
the
linearised
equation
of
supersonic
flow
is
used
to
determine
the
flow
over
straight
edged
wings
but
the
linearised
boundary
condition
is
replaced
by
the
full
placed
by
plausible
values
on
this
basis
a
simple
method
is
derived
for
improving
the
linearised
predictions
of
the
drag
of
straight
edged
wings
which
exhibits
satisfactory
agreement
with
experimental
results
while
the
technique
is
not
directly
applicable
to
ridge
lines
an
artifice
renders
them
amenable
to
similar
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
228
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
navier
stokes
solutions
at
large
distances
from
a
finite
body
this
paper
is
concerned
with
a
theoretical
investigation
of
the
flow
field
at
large
distances
from
an
object
moving
through
a
viscous
fluid
the
discussion
will
be
restricted
to
the
case
of
two
dimensional
stationary
incompressible
flow
the
object
will
be
assumed
to
be
of
finite
size
the
domain
of
the
fluid
is
infinite
and
it
is
assumed
that
there
are
no
other
boundaries
for
the
fluid
except
that
of
the
given
object
the
reynolds
number
will
be
assumed
to
have
a
fixed
value
thus
we
shall
not
consider
the
limiting
cases
of
the
reynolds
number
tending
to
zero
or
to
infinity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
229
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
interference
between
the
wings
and
tail
surfaces
of
a
combination
of
slender
body
cruciform
wings
and
cruciform
tail
set
at
both
incidence
and
yaw
the
interference
between
the
wings
and
the
tail
surfaces
of
a
combination
of
circular
body
low
aspect
ratio
cruciform
wings
and
cruciform
tail
in
an
inviscid
flow
is
analysed
using
the
slender
body
theory
the
system
may
be
subjected
to
both
incidence
and
yaw
and
in
general
the
tail
fins
may
be
staggered
angularly
with
respect
to
the
main
wings
the
method
is
a
development
of
that
used
by
owen
and
maskell
in
r
a
e
report
no
aero
to
analyse
similar
effects
on
a
system
set
at
zero
yaw
simple
expressions
to
determine
the
strengths
and
positions
of
the
trailing
vortices
supposed
to
be
rolled
up
downstream
of
the
main
wings
are
given
and
from
them
the
forces
on
the
tail
are
deduced
when
the
tail
surfaces
are
triangular
and
of
low
aspect
ratio
an
exact
solution
is
obtained
from
slender
body
theory
but
for
rectangular
tail
surfaces
of
moderate
or
high
aspect
ratio
it
is
suggested
that
the
changes
in
lift
and
sideforce
on
the
tail
caused
by
the
wing
vortex
field
can
be
estimated
approximately
from
the
mean
upwash
and
sidewash
angles
evaluated
over
the
respective
tail
spans
formulae
for
these
means
angles
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
23
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
characteristics
of
a
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
cylinder
in
axial
incompressible
flow
a
solution
is
given
for
the
case
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
of
an
incompressible
fluid
of
constant
properties
on
the
exterior
of
a
cylinder
with
flow
parallel
to
the
cylinder
axis
this
case
differs
from
the
blasius
solution
for
flow
along
a
flat
plate
by
considering
the
effect
of
the
curvature
in
a
plane
transverse
to
the
flow
direction
the
local
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
for
a
prandtl
number
of
are
evaluated
and
compared
to
the
similar
magnitudes
for
flat
plate
flow
and
the
effect
of
the
curvature
is
shown
to
be
significant
in
some
practical
cases
recovery
factors
are
evaluated
and
this
quantity
is
found
to
be
insensitive
to
the
effect
of
curvature
of
the
boundary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
230
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
interference
between
the
wings
and
tail
plane
of
a
slender
wing
body
tailplane
combination
an
approximate
method
of
predicting
the
interference
between
the
wings
and
the
tailplane
of
a
slender
wing
body
tailplane
combination
in
an
inviscid
flow
is
developed
in
order
to
explain
the
change
in
centre
of
pressure
position
with
incidence
which
has
been
found
to
occur
in
wind
tunnel
and
flight
tests
on
guided
weapons
incidence
changes
in
one
plane
only
normal
to
the
plane
containing
the
wings
and
the
tail
surfaces
have
been
considered
the
method
is
based
on
slender
body
theory
and
the
assumption
that
the
wing
trailing
vortices
roll
up
completely
before
they
reach
the
tailplane
it
is
therefore
applicable
to
weapons
equipped
with
low
aspect
ratio
wings
far
separated
from
the
tail
surfaces
when
the
tail
surfaces
are
triangular
and
of
low
aspect
ratio
an
analytical
solution
is
given
for
the
effect
of
the
wing
downwash
field
on
the
tail
lift
for
high
aspect
ratio
rectangular
tail
surfaces
it
is
suggested
by
comparison
with
experimental
data
that
the
tail
lift
may
be
estimated
approximately
from
the
value
of
the
mean
downwash
angle
across
the
tail
span
a
summary
of
the
method
is
given
in
para
which
in
conjunction
with
the
introduction
may
be
read
independently
of
the
rest
of
the
report
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
231
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
practical
calculation
of
second
order
supersonic
flow
past
non
lifting
bodies
of
revolution
calculation
of
second
order
supersonic
flow
past
bodies
of
revolution
at
zero
angle
of
attack
is
described
in
detail
and
reduced
to
routine
computation
use
of
an
approximate
tangency
condition
is
shown
to
increase
the
accuracy
for
bodies
with
corners
tables
of
basic
functions
and
standard
computing
forms
are
presented
the
procedure
is
summarized
so
that
one
can
apply
it
without
necessarily
understanding
the
details
of
the
theory
a
sample
calculation
is
given
and
several
examples
are
compared
with
solutions
calculated
by
the
method
of
characteristics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
232
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
accuracy
of
approximate
methods
for
predicting
pressure
on
pointed
non
lifting
bodies
of
revolution
in
supersonic
flow
the
accuracy
and
range
of
applicability
of
the
linearized
theory
second
order
theory
tangent
cone
method
conical
shock
expansion
theory
and
newtonian
theory
for
predicting
pressure
distributions
on
pointed
bodies
of
revolution
at
zero
angle
of
attack
are
investigated
pressure
distributions
and
integrated
pressure
drag
obtained
by
these
methods
are
compared
with
standard
values
obtained
by
the
method
of
characteristics
and
the
theory
of
taylor
and
maccoll
three
shapes
cone
ogive
and
a
modified
optimum
body
are
investigated
over
a
wide
range
of
fineness
ratios
and
mach
numbers
it
is
found
that
the
linearized
theory
is
accurate
only
at
low
values
of
the
hypersonic
similarity
parameter
number
to
body
fineness
ratio
and
that
second
order
theory
appreciably
extends
the
range
of
accurate
application
the
second
order
theory
gives
good
results
on
ogives
when
the
ratio
of
the
tangent
of
maximum
surface
angle
to
the
tangent
of
the
mach
angle
is
less
than
tangent
cone
method
cannot
be
widely
applied
with
good
accuracy
in
general
the
conical
shock
expansion
theory
predicts
pressure
and
drag
within
engineering
accuracy
when
the
hypersonic
similarity
parameter
is
greater
than
although
newtonian
theory
gives
good
accuracy
except
for
cones
at
the
highest
values
of
the
hypersonic
similarity
parameter
investigated
it
is
less
accurate
than
the
conical
shock
expansion
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
233
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
theoretical
wave
drag
of
some
bodies
of
revolution
this
report
investigates
the
wave
drag
of
bodies
of
revolution
with
pointed
or
open
nose
forebodies
and
pointed
or
truncated
afterbodies
the
'quasi
cylinder'
and
'slender
body'
theories
are
reviewed
a
reversibility
theorem
is
established
and
the
concept
of
the
interference
effect
of
a
forebody
on
an
afterbody
is
introduced
the
theories
are
applied
to
bodies
whose
profiles
are
either
straight
or
parabolic
arcs
formulae
and
curves
being
given
for
forebody
and
afterbody
drag
and
for
the
interference
drag
the
results
of
the
two
theories
are
compared
and
are
seen
to
agree
well
in
the
region
of
geometries
where
both
theories
are
applicable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
234
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
second
order
shock
expansion
method
applicable
to
bodies
of
revolution
near
zero
lift
a
second
order
shock
expansion
method
applicable
to
bodies
of
revolution
near
zero
lift
is
developed
expressions
defining
the
pressures
on
noninclined
bodies
are
derived
by
the
use
of
characteristics
theory
in
combination
with
properties
of
the
flow
predicted
by
the
generalized
shock
expansion
method
this
result
is
extended
to
inclined
bodies
to
obtain
expressions
for
the
normal
force
and
pitching
moment
derivatives
at
zero
angle
of
attack
the
method
is
intended
for
application
under
conditions
between
the
ranges
of
applicability
of
the
second
order
potential
theory
and
the
generalized
shock
expansion
mehtod
namely
when
the
ratio
of
free
stream
mach
number
to
nose
fineness
ratio
is
in
the
neighborhood
of
for
noninclined
bodies
the
pressure
distributions
predicted
by
the
second
order
shock
expansion
method
are
compared
with
existing
experimental
results
and
with
predictions
of
other
theories
for
inclined
bodies
the
normal
force
derivatives
and
locations
of
the
center
of
pressure
at
zero
angle
of
attack
predicted
by
the
method
are
compared
with
experimental
results
for
mach
numbers
from
to
fineness
ratio
and
cones
and
tangent
ogives
were
tested
alone
and
with
cylindrical
afterbodies
up
to
diameters
long
in
general
the
predictions
of
the
present
method
are
found
to
be
in
good
agreement
with
the
experimental
results
for
non
inclined
bodies
pressure
distributions
predicted
with
the
method
are
in
good
agreement
with
existing
experimental
results
and
with
distributions
obtained
with
the
method
of
characteristics
for
inclined
bodies
the
normal
force
derivatives
per
radian
for
normal
force
coefficients
referenced
to
body
base
area
are
predicted
within
and
the
locations
of
the
center
of
pressure
are
predicted
within
body
diameters
on
the
basis
of
these
results
the
second
order
shock
expansion
method
appears
applicable
for
values
of
the
ratio
of
free
stream
mach
number
to
nose
fineness
ratio
from
to
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
235
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
minimisation
and
numerical
evaluation
of
wave
drag
a
fourier
analysis
of
the
linearised
theory
expression
for
the
zero
lift
wave
drag
of
a
smooth
slender
body
in
terms
of
its
cross
sectional
area
distribution
is
used
to
derive
the
area
distribution
which
minimises
the
expression
for
given
length
volume
nose
area
base
area
and
n
intermediate
areas
another
minimal
deduced
from
this
by
relaxing
the
restriction
on
volume
is
used
to
evolve
a
method
for
the
numerical
evaluation
of
the
original
expression
two
practical
applications
of
these
results
are
discussed
the
first
is
in
the
design
of
wing
body
combinations
to
have
small
drag
rise
at
transonic
speeds
the
second
is
in
the
calculation
of
the
wave
drag
of
wing
body
combinations
at
zero
lift
an
example
is
constructed
to
illustrate
the
method
and
to
give
an
indication
of
its
accuracy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
236
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
criteria
for
thermodynamic
equilibrium
in
gas
flow
when
gases
flow
at
high
velocity
the
rates
of
internal
processes
may
not
be
fast
enough
to
maintain
thermodynamic
equilibrium
by
defining
quasi
equilibrium
in
flow
as
the
condition
in
which
the
temperature
pressure
density
and
velocity
deviate
by
less
than
a
fixed
small
percentage
from
what
they
would
be
if
the
flowing
gas
could
actually
be
in
thermodynamic
equilibrium
criteria
are
derived
for
determining
whether
quasi
equilibrium
is
a
stable
condition
in
the
flow
by
use
of
excitation
of
molecular
vibration
as
an
example
the
general
properties
of
criteria
curves
are
discussed
and
interpreted
a
discussion
is
given
of
how
to
use
these
results
to
determine
definitely
whether
a
flow
is
or
is
not
in
thermodynamic
equilibrium
applications
to
dissociating
gases
to
mixtures
and
to
the
phenomenon
of
choking
in
a
laval
nozzle
are
given
special
consideration
for
cases
when
application
of
the
criteria
predict
nonequilibrium
equations
are
provided
in
a
form
useful
for
numerical
forward
integration
along
streamlines
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
237
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
compressor
routine
test
code
the
routine
testing
of
aircraft
type
compressors
dash
in
the
main
axial
flow
multi
stage
compressors
dash
requires
a
compromise
between
research
accuracy
and
the
practical
considerations
this
test
code
is
the
outcome
of
a
survey
of
compressor
testing
techniques
and
instrumentation
initiated
and
subsequently
discussed
and
endorsed
by
the
aerodynamics
sub
committee
of
the
gas
turbine
collaboration
committee
the
code
aims
at
defining
methods
of
measurement
and
weighting
whereby
compressor
performance
can
be
obtained
sufficiently
accurately
for
a
realistic
and
direct
comparison
to
be
made
between
one
compressor
and
another
the
measurement
of
a
quantity
at
a
point
in
the
fluid
flow
and
the
averaging
and
weighting
of
such
measurements
have
been
treated
separately
as
far
as
is
possible
the
recommendations
are
given
in
the
main
text
whilst
additional
discussion
on
these
is
put
into
the
appendices
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
238
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
a
determination
of
the
pitot
static
tube
factor
at
low
reynolds
numbers
with
special
reference
to
the
measurement
of
low
air
speeds
reasons
for
enquiry
to
provide
a
standard
instrument
for
the
calibration
of
low
speed
anemometers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
239
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
design
and
calibration
at
low
speeds
of
a
static
tube
and
a
pitot
static
tube
with
semi
ellipsoidal
nose
shapes
a
new
static
tube
and
a
new
pitot
static
tube
have
been
designed
and
calibrated
in
the
no
and
the
no
ft
x
ft
wind
tunnels
of
the
r
a
e
using
a
long
static
tube
the
error
of
which
is
believed
to
be
very
small
as
a
standard
for
comparison
the
results
show
that
the
static
pressure
measured
by
these
tubes
is
in
error
due
to
the
supporting
strut
and
to
the
nose
shape
of
the
tube
by
an
amount
which
may
be
calculated
for
positions
of
the
static
slot
or
holes
greater
than
tube
diameters
ahead
of
the
strut
the
readings
show
no
measurable
scale
effect
in
the
speed
range
ft
sec
the
static
tube
is
insensitive
to
yaw
in
the
range
with
a
square
edged
slot
and
is
even
less
sensitive
to
yaw
when
the
slot
edges
are
rounded
the
turbulence
of
the
tunnel
has
an
effect
on
the
static
pressure
reading
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
24
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theory
of
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
in
dissociated
air
the
boundary
layer
equations
are
developed
in
general
for
the
case
of
very
high
speed
flight
where
the
external
flow
is
in
a
dissociated
state
in
particular
the
effects
of
diffusion
and
of
atom
recombination
in
the
boundary
layer
are
included
it
is
shown
that
at
the
stagnation
point
the
equations
can
be
reduced
exactly
to
a
set
of
nonlinear
ordinary
differential
equations
even
when
the
chemical
reactions
proceed
so
slowly
that
the
boundary
layer
is
not
in
thermochemical
equilibrium
two
methods
of
numerical
solution
of
these
stagnation
point
equations
are
presented
one
for
the
equilibrium
case
and
the
other
for
the
nonequilibrium
case
numerical
results
are
correlated
in
terms
of
the
parameters
entering
the
numerical
formulation
so
as
not
to
depend
critically
on
the
physical
assumptions
made
for
the
nonequilibrium
boundary
layer
both
catalytic
to
atom
recombination
and
noncatalytic
wall
surfaces
are
considered
a
solution
is
represented
which
shows
the
transition
from
the
frozen
boundary
layer
very
slow
recombination
rates
to
the
equilibrium
boundary
layer
fast
recombination
rates
a
recombination
rate
parameter
is
introduced
to
interpret
the
nonequilibrium
results
and
it
is
shown
that
a
scale
factor
is
involved
in
relating
the
equilibrium
state
of
a
boundary
layer
on
bodies
of
different
sizes
it
is
concluded
that
the
heat
transfer
through
the
equilibrium
stagnation
point
boundary
layer
can
be
computed
accurately
by
a
simple
correlation
formula
and
that
the
heat
transfer
is
almost
unaffected
by
a
nonequilibrium
state
of
the
boundary
layer
provided
the
wall
is
catalytic
and
the
lewis
number
near
unity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
240
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
analysis
of
heat
transfer
in
regions
of
separated
flow
the
flow
field
analyzed
consists
of
a
thin
constant
pressure
viscous
mixing
layer
separated
from
a
solid
surface
by
an
enclosed
region
of
low
velocity
air
dead
air
the
law
of
conservation
of
energy
is
employed
to
relate
calculated
conditions
within
the
separated
mixing
layer
to
the
rate
of
heat
transfer
at
the
solid
surface
this
physical
speed
is
app
ied
to
alminar
separations
in
compressible
flow
for
various
prandtl
numbers
including
consideration
of
the
case
where
air
is
injected
into
the
separated
region
a
application
to
turbulent
separations
is
made
for
a
prandtl
number
of
b
unity
in
low
speed
flow
without
injection
all
calculations
are
for
the
case
of
zero
boundary
layer
thickness
at
the
position
of
separation
for
alminar
separations
the
differential
equations
for
viscous
flow
at
arbitrary
mach
number
are
solved
for
the
enthalpy
and
velocity
profiles
within
the
thin
layer
where
mixing
with
dead
air
takes
place
results
are
presented
in
tabular
form
for
prandtl
numbers
between
and
the
rate
of
heat
transfer
to
a
separated
laminar
region
in
air
laminar
boundary
layer
having
the
same
constant
pressure
injection
of
gas
into
the
separated
region
is
calculated
to
have
a
powerful
effect
in
reducing
the
rate
of
heat
transfn
to
the
wall
it
is
calculated
that
a
moderate
quantity
of
gas
injection
reduces
to
zero
the
heat
transfer
in
a
laminar
separated
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
241
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
mixing
of
a
non
uniform
stream
with
a
fluid
at
rest
a
theoretical
analysis
is
made
of
the
constant
pressure
laminar
mixing
process
between
a
stream
having
an
initial
boundary
layer
velocity
profile
and
a
fluid
at
rest
the
present
theory
follows
the
methods
of
w
tollmien
and
s
i
pai
with
certain
modifications
the
results
apply
to
incompressible
flow
but
can
be
extended
to
the
compressible
case
without
difficulty
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
242
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
theory
of
base
pressure
in
two
dimensional
flow
at
supersonic
speeds
an
approximate
theory
of
the
base
pressure
in
two
dimensional
flow
at
supersonic
speeds
is
presented
using
asimplified
representation
of
the
flow
and
some
of
the
findings
of
tollmien's
work
on
turbulent
mixing
in
incompressible
flow
good
qualitative
predictions
of
the
effects
of
a
boundary
layer
of
bleed
air
and
of
boat
tailing
are
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
243
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
with
an
interferometer
of
the
turbulent
mixing
of
a
free
supersonic
jet
the
free
turbulent
mixing
of
a
supersonic
jet
of
mach
number
of
which
a
description
is
given
was
used
for
the
investigation
density
and
velocity
distributions
through
the
mixing
zone
have
been
obtained
it
was
found
that
there
was
similarity
in
distribution
at
the
cross
sections
investigated
and
that
in
the
subsonic
portion
of
the
mixing
zone
the
velocity
distribution
fitted
the
theoretical
distribution
for
incompressible
flow
it
was
found
that
the
rates
of
spread
of
the
mixing
zone
both
into
the
jet
and
into
the
ambient
air
were
less
than
those
of
subsonic
jets
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
244
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
improved
smoke
generator
for
use
in
the
visualisation
of
airflow
particularly
boundary
layer
flow
at
high
reynolds
numbers
and
rapid
method
by
which
boundary
layer
flow
was
rendered
visible
has
been
previously
described
in
the
journal
of
the
royal
aeronautical
society
it
gave
promise
of
being
useful
at
the
highest
tunnel
speeds
provided
a
denser
smoke
could
be
obtained
which
at
the
same
time
was
free
from
the
troublesome
deposits
associated
with
the
wood
smoke
of
the
aerodynamics
division
attempts
were
made
by
the
fuel
research
station
to
improve
the
density
of
the
wood
smoke
and
to
reduce
the
deposits
these
they
showed
were
conflicting
requirements
and
whilst
some
improvement
was
effected
it
was
not
sufficient
for
observation
in
the
new
tunnels
at
high
speeds
the
staff
of
the
director
general
of
scientific
research
and
development
ministry
of
supply
was
then
approached
and
it
was
decided
to
develop
an
oil
smoke
generator
from
a
simple
generator
of
this
type
which
was
demonstrated
to
us
this
has
been
done
successfully
the
final
apparatus
in
contrast
to
the
wood
smoke
generator
is
light
and
compact
it
takes
only
a
few
minutes
to
start
and
can
be
run
as
long
as
desired
improvement
on
the
wood
smoke
both
as
regards
density
and
freedom
from
deposits
which
cause
premature
transition
the
density
and
quality
of
the
smoke
are
now
under
control
smokes
ranging
from
a
light
smoke
of
bluish
white
colour
to
a
heavy
smoke
dense
white
in
appearance
can
be
obtained
the
oil
smoke
retains
the
advantages
of
the
wood
smoke
in
that
it
is
non
corrosive
and
non
irritant
and
the
smell
can
be
tolerated
even
when
it
is
present
in
a
considerable
concentration
a
certain
amount
of
condensation
is
inevitable
with
oil
smokes
but
with
suitable
precautions
troubles
arising
from
this
can
be
avoided
a
dry
solid
smoke
made
by
melting
a
hard
wax
was
successfully
generated
with
the
same
apparatus
unfortunately
because
of
its
flocculent
nature
this
smoke
gave
rise
to
solid
deposits
when
passed
through
bore
tubing
leading
eventually
to
complete
blockage
this
seems
to
be
a
feature
of
solid
smokes
the
apparatus
has
been
used
to
determine
transition
and
laminar
separation
points
on
model
wings
in
a
number
of
the
national
physical
laboratory
tunnels
smoke
filaments
have
been
maintained
in
the
laminar
state
up
to
wind
speeds
of
ft
sec
in
the
new
tunnels
there
is
much
to
be
said
for
making
a
standard
practice
of
visualising
boundary
layer
flow
on
models
particularly
as
the
technique
is
simple
and
rapid
it
would
greatly
assist
the
interpretation
of
force
measurements
and
the
more
detailed
explorations
of
the
boundary
layer
by
total
head
tubes
and
hot
wires
the
use
of
oil
smoke
is
not
limited
to
boundary
layer
flow
visualisation
the
apparatus
described
in
this
report
would
seem
to
be
particularly
suited
for
educational
work
in
small
demonstration
tunnels
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
245
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
ground
effect
on
the
jet
flap
in
two
dimensions
this
paper
presents
the
results
of
the
first
part
of
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
ground
effect
on
simple
jet
flap
aerofoils
in
this
part
of
the
work
an
aerofoil
having
a
deg
jet
flap
was
tested
under
two
dimensional
conditions
the
pressure
lift
on
the
aerofoil
was
measured
with
the
ground
at
fixed
positions
for
varying
jet
momentum
coefficients
it
was
found
that
the
effect
of
the
ground
on
the
pressure
lift
was
very
small
up
to
a
certain
critical
jet
coefficient
on
increasing
the
jet
coefficient
beyond
the
critical
value
a
marked
loss
of
pressure
lift
was
observed
this
critical
value
referred
to
is
approximately
the
same
as
the
jet
coefficient
at
which
the
jet
first
hits
the
ground
some
significant
though
highly
tentative
comments
are
made
regarding
the
practical
application
of
this
work
to
the
take
off
characteristics
of
a
jet
flapped
aircraft
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
246
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
design
of
minimum
drag
tip
fins
with
an
appendix
on
the
conformal
transformation
of
a
wing
with
a
fin
the
report
describes
an
investigation
into
the
design
of
minimum
drag
tip
fins
by
lifting
line
theory
the
work
is
based
on
an
exact
solution
of
the
conformal
transformation
which
is
applicable
to
this
problem
following
the
method
of
trefitz
three
types
of
solution
are
treated
corresponding
to
symmetrical
upper
and
lower
fins
single
upper
or
lower
fins
and
unequal
upper
and
lower
fins
a
representative
range
of
solutions
for
circulation
distribution
along
wing
and
fins
has
been
calculated
for
each
of
the
three
cases
by
the
use
of
elliptic
and
theta
functions
a
detailed
account
is
given
with
examples
of
the
procedure
for
calculating
the
plan
of
wing
and
fins
the
lift
and
induced
drag
and
the
setting
of
the
fins
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
247
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
calculation
of
the
pressure
distribution
on
thick
wings
of
small
aspect
ratio
at
zero
lift
in
subsonic
flow
the
method
of
expressing
the
velocity
increment
over
aerofoils
directly
in
terms
of
the
section
ordinates
wings
of
finite
aspect
ratio
the
wings
considered
are
untapered
in
plan
form
but
may
be
tapered
in
thickness
the
section
can
be
of
any
given
shape
so
that
in
this
sense
the
analysis
is
more
general
than
that
of
refs
to
which
deal
with
wings
of
biconvex
section
the
coefficients
required
in
the
calculation
are
tabulated
for
the
centre
section
of
straight
and
swept
back
wings
of
aspect
ratios
and
the
wing
of
infinite
aspect
ratio
having
been
treated
in
ref
the
remaining
calculations
can
be
made
very
quickly
since
wings
of
very
small
aspect
ratio
can
be
treated
also
by
the
method
of
slender
body
theory
the
relations
between
linear
theory
slender
body
theory
and
linearised
slender
body
theory
are
discussed
for
the
special
case
of
ellipsoids
the
results
obtained
from
the
various
methods
are
compared
with
the
exact
solution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
248
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
application
of
lighthill
formula
for
numerical
calculation
of
pressure
distributions
on
bodies
of
revolution
at
supersonic
speed
and
zero
angle
of
attack
an
integral
expression
given
by
lighthill
and
based
on
linearized
theory
for
the
external
supersonic
flow
over
the
surface
of
slender
pointed
or
ducted
bodies
of
revolution
at
zero
angle
of
attack
is
shown
to
give
a
good
approximation
of
the
exact
flow
for
a
much
wider
mach
number
and
thickness
range
than
could
be
expected
from
linearized
theory
a
numerical
method
based
on
this
expression
is
developed
and
applied
for
digital
computing
some
results
from
applying
the
digital
computing
procedure
for
determining
the
pressure
distribution
and
wave
drag
for
various
bodies
of
revolution
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
249
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
formulae
for
the
computation
of
the
functions
employed
for
calculating
the
velocity
distribution
about
a
given
aerofoil
in
order
to
determine
the
velocity
distribution
about
an
arbitrary
aerofoil
it
is
necessary
to
evaluate
the
functions
and
in
the
notation
of
aerofoil
theory
when
is
given
numerically
if
the
values
of
are
specified
at
n
points
equally
spaced
about
the
circle
into
which
the
aerofoil
is
transformed
the
formulae
obtained
here
may
be
used
to
calculate
these
functions
at
the
same
points
formulae
are
also
given
for
calculating
the
integrals
of
or
since
these
have
application
to
the
design
of
aerofoils
by
thwaites's
numerical
method
the
simplicity
of
the
formulae
for
and
enables
the
effect
on
the
velocity
distribution
of
a
local
change
of
shape
readily
to
be
determined
by
making
n
large
this
is
discussed
in
the
formulae
are
collected
in
the
appendix
and
a
table
of
the
coefficients
for
the
case
n
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
25
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inviscid
hypersonic
flow
over
blunt
nosed
slender
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
the
drag
area
of
a
blunt
nose
is
much
larger
than
the
drag
area
of
a
slender
afterbody
and
the
energy
contained
in
the
flow
field
in
a
plane
at
right
angles
to
the
flight
direction
is
nearly
constant
over
a
downstream
distance
many
times
greater
than
the
characteristic
nose
dimension
the
transverse
flow
field
exhibits
certain
similarity
properties
directly
analogous
to
the
flow
similarity
behind
an
intense
blast
wave
found
by
g
i
taylor
s
c
lin
and
a
sakurai
a
comparison
with
the
experiments
of
hammitt
vas
and
bogdonoff
on
a
flat
plate
with
a
blunt
leading
edge
at
in
helium
shows
that
the
shock
wave
shape
is
predicted
very
accurately
by
this
similarity
analysis
the
predicted
surface
pressure
distribution
is
somewhat
less
satisfactory
experimental
results
on
a
hemisphere
cylinder
obtained
at
in
the
galcit
air
tunnel
indicate
that
not
only
the
shock
wave
shape
but
also
the
surface
pressures
for
this
body
are
given
very
closely
by
the
similarity
theory
except
near
the
hemisphere
cylinder
junction
energy
considerations
combined
with
a
detailed
study
of
the
equations
of
motion
show
that
flow
similarity
is
also
possible
for
a
class
of
bodies
of
the
form
provided
that
where
for
a
two
dimensional
body
and
for
a
body
of
revolution
when
the
shock
shape
is
not
similar
to
the
body
shape
and
the
entire
flow
field
some
distance
from
the
nose
must
depend
to
some
extent
on
the
details
of
the
nose
geometry
by
again
utilizing
energy
and
drag
considerations
one
finds
that
at
hypersonic
speeds
the
inviscid
surface
pressures
generated
by
a
blunt
leading
edge
are
larger
than
the
pressures
induced
by
boundary
layer
growth
on
an
insulated
flat
surface
for
an
insulated
blunt
nosed
slender
body
of
revolution
the
corresponding
distance
is
given
by
here
is
free
stream
reynolds
number
based
on
leading
edge
thickness
or
nose
diameter
in
free
flight
these
constants
are
replaced
by
and
respectively
so
that
viscous
interaction
effects
are
important
over
the
forward
portion
of
a
blunt
nosed
slender
body
only
for
relatively
low
values
of
however
far
downstream
of
the
nose
the
inviscid
over
pressure
is
small
and
viscous
interaction
phenomena
will
have
to
be
taken
into
account
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
250
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distributions
at
zero
lift
for
delta
wings
with
rhombic
cross
sections
the
linearised
theory
of
thin
wings
is
used
to
calculate
pressure
distributions
over
delta
wings
with
rhombic
cross
sections
a
deuce
programme
has
been
written
for
the
calculation
and
some
of
the
results
are
compared
with
those
of
slender
thin
wing
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
251
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
collection
of
longitudinal
stability
derivatives
of
wings
at
supersonic
speeds
a
collection
has
been
made
of
theoretical
data
for
wings
alone
on
those
stability
derivatives
that
govern
the
short
period
oscillation
of
aircraft
travelling
at
supersonic
speeds
all
the
derivatives
available
have
been
obtained
by
means
of
the
linear
theory
and
so
the
information
given
is
subject
to
the
usual
limitations
the
information
has
been
presented
in
what
is
hoped
is
the
most
convenient
form
to
show
its
extent
and
to
expose
the
parts
of
the
field
where
experimental
investigation
is
most
needed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
252
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
interference
effects
on
similar
models
of
different
size
in
various
transonic
tunnels
in
the
u
k
details
are
given
of
a
programme
of
tests
being
made
on
similar
swept
wing
models
in
transonic
tunnels
of
different
types
force
measurement
results
at
subsonic
speeds
in
the
r
a
e
ft
by
ft
slotted
tunnel
show
only
small
interference
effects
for
models
of
moderate
blockage
at
low
incidence
at
higher
incidences
the
interference
effect
on
lift
becomes
appreciably
greater
than
estimated
by
theory
and
significant
pitching
moment
differences
occur
apparently
due
to
wall
interference
on
the
wing
flow
field
comparable
but
smaller
effects
are
evident
in
the
results
from
the
a
r
a
ft
by
ft
perforated
tunnel
at
speeds
just
above
m
the
force
fluctuates
as
speed
is
increased
because
of
wave
reflection
interference
the
magnitude
of
the
fluctuations
diminishes
as
speed
is
further
increased
and
this
reduction
is
more
marked
in
the
perforated
tunnel
pressure
measurements
along
the
top
of
the
body
at
zero
incidence
show
delay
in
shock
movements
at
high
subsonic
speeds
indicating
a
blockage
effect
on
speed
the
effect
is
larger
in
the
perforated
tunnel
though
smaller
than
predicted
by
theory
above
m
both
expansion
and
shock
waves
are
strongly
reflected
in
the
slotted
tunnel
but
considerable
alleviation
particularly
of
shock
waves
is
achieved
in
the
perforated
tunnel
for
which
an
analysis
of
the
effects
is
given
showing
for
example
the
effect
of
the
open
area
distribution
of
the
walls
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
253
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
ground
level
disturbance
from
large
aircraft
flying
at
supersonic
speeds
the
whitham
walkden
theory
for
the
estimation
of
the
strength
of
shock
waves
at
ground
level
from
aircraft
flying
at
supersonic
speeds
is
applied
to
the
case
of
a
typical
projected
supersonic
civil
transport
aeroplane
if
a
figure
of
lb
sq
ft
including
a
factor
of
for
ground
reflection
is
taken
as
an
upper
limit
for
the
acceptable
strength
of
the
bow
wave
from
such
an
aircraft
it
is
shown
that
restrictions
on
the
climb
and
flight
plan
will
be
involved
the
advantage
of
the
employment
of
larger
engines
with
or
without
afterburning
is
discussed
with
reference
also
to
the
penalties
involved
owing
to
the
increase
in
weight
of
the
aircraft
and
its
direct
operating
costs
finally
it
is
suggested
that
an
aircraft
of
given
volume
could
be
designed
by
suitable
choice
of
thickness
and
lift
distribution
to
minimise
the
strength
of
the
shock
waves
in
the
far
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
254
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layers
with
suction
and
injection
a
review
of
published
work
on
skin
friction
available
data
on
the
effects
of
suction
and
injection
on
skin
friction
are
summarised
and
compared
it
is
shown
that
injection
into
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
can
produce
a
skin
friction
coefficient
lower
than
the
laminar
value
at
the
same
reynolds
number
on
an
impermeable
plate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
255
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
solution
of
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
equations
in
incompressible
and
compressible
if
over
the
'outer
region'
of
the
boundary
layer
where
the
mean
velocity
varies
but
little
from
its
value
outside
the
shear
layer
a
virtual
eddy
viscosity
is
defined
which
is
constant
over
the
outer
region
but
varies
in
the
direction
of
the
mainstream
a
solution
of
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
equations
can
be
found
which
satisfies
the
appropriate
boundary
conditions
the
solution
leads
to
a
compatibility
condition
for
the
virtual
eddy
viscosity
in
terms
of
the
wall
shear
stress
the
boundary
layer
momentum
thickness
and
the
mainstream
velocity
at
least
for
the
case
of
a
constant
external
velocity
this
compatibility
condition
which
can
be
expressed
as
for
moderate
to
high
reynolds
numbers
where
is
the
shear
velocity
is
the
boundary
layer
thickness
and
is
the
virtual
eddy
kinematic
viscosity
is
just
the
condition
townsend
found
for
the
equilibrium
of
the
large
eddies
the
numerical
value
of
the
constant
derived
by
townsend
agrees
with
ours
for
reynolds
numbers
based
on
x
of
about
with
this
relation
for
an
equation
analoguous
to
the
momentum
integral
equation
solution
can
be
found
for
as
a
function
of
local
freestream
velocity
with
one
disposable
parameter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
256
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
study
of
the
glancing
interaction
between
a
shock
wave
and
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
an
experimental
study
has
been
made
at
mach
numbers
from
to
of
the
interaction
between
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
on
a
side
wall
of
a
wind
tunnel
and
the
shock
wave
produced
by
a
plate
mounted
on
the
wall
under
these
conditions
the
shock
wave
boundary
layer
interaction
was
three
dimensional
at
least
over
the
region
investigated
up
to
boundary
layer
thicknesses
from
the
plate
it
was
found
that
the
boundary
layer
was
separated
by
a
shock
wave
of
strength
type
occur
on
the
sides
of
fuselages
at
the
wing
fuselage
junction
and
may
therefore
be
important
with
regard
to
the
design
of
waisted
shapes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
257
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
turbulen
flow
between
parallel
plates
the
reynolds
equations
of
motion
of
turbulent
flow
of
incompressible
fluid
have
been
studied
for
turbulent
flow
between
parallel
plates
the
number
of
these
equations
is
finally
reduced
to
two
one
of
these
consists
of
mean
velocity
and
correlation
between
transverse
and
longitudinal
turbulent
velocity
fluctuations
only
the
other
consists
of
the
mean
pressure
and
transverse
turbulent
velocity
intensity
some
conclusions
about
the
mean
pressure
distribution
and
turbulent
fluctuations
are
drawn
these
equations
are
applied
to
two
special
cases
one
is
poiseuille
flow
in
which
both
plates
are
at
rest
and
the
other
is
couette
flow
in
which
one
plate
is
at
rest
and
the
other
is
moving
with
constant
velocity
the
mean
velocity
distribution
and
the
correlation
can
be
expressed
in
a
form
of
polynomial
of
the
co
ordinate
in
the
direction
perpendicular
to
the
plates
with
the
ratio
of
shearing
stress
on
the
plate
to
that
of
the
corresponding
laminar
flow
of
the
same
maximum
velocity
as
a
parameter
these
expressions
hold
true
all
the
way
across
the
plates
i
e
both
the
turbulent
region
and
viscous
layer
including
the
laminar
sublayer
these
expressions
for
poiseuille
flow
have
been
checked
with
experimental
data
of
laufer
fairly
well
it
also
shows
that
the
logarithmic
mean
velocity
distribution
is
not
a
rigorous
solution
of
reynolds
equations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
258
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
turbulence
on
slider
bearing
lubrication
based
on
prandtl's
mixing
length
mechanism
the
pressure
equation
for
turbulent
flow
in
slider
bearing
lubrication
is
derived
an
analytical
solution
is
given
and
compared
with
the
one
for
laminar
flow
it
is
found
that
the
turbulent
effect
increases
the
pressure
and
consequently
the
load
carrying
capacity
however
the
power
loss
also
increases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
259
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
second
order
theory
for
unsteady
supersonic
flow
past
slender
pointed
bodies
of
revolution
the
thermodynamic
properties
z
pv
rt
e
rt
h
rt
s
r
and
pressure
are
given
for
equilibrium
mixtures
of
dissociated
and
ionized
molecules
and
atoms
of
the
elements
nitrogen
and
oxygen
having
the
low
temperature
composition
of
n
and
o
the
tabulated
properties
of
this
mixture
a
close
approximation
to
the
properties
of
air
are
given
at
close
intervals
from
to
and
times
the
normal
density
the
results
are
based
on
chemical
equilibria
between
the
species
o
o
n
n
no
no
no
no
o
o
o
o
n
n
n
and
electrons
the
method
of
presentation
permits
later
corrections
for
the
effect
of
argon
and
co
and
the
contribution
of
intermolecular
forces
the
calculations
are
based
on
e
v
as
the
dissociation
energy
of
molecular
nitrogen
and
e
v
as
the
electron
affinity
of
atomic
oxygen
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
26
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inviscid
leading
edge
effect
in
hypersonic
flow
current
interest
in
the
problem
of
inviscid
viscous
interaction
has
led
to
the
realization
of
the
significant
effect
of
the
leading
edge
thickness
in
hypersonic
flow
the
purpose
of
this
note
is
to
give
an
account
of
the
downstream
influence
of
the
blunt
leading
edge
on
the
basis
of
the
hypersonic
small
perturbation
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
260
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
critical
review
of
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
solutions
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
of
a
flat
plate
a
review
is
made
of
existing
literature
concerned
with
the
analytical
investigation
of
the
velocity
and
temperature
distributions
in
the
boundary
layers
of
a
heated
or
cooled
flat
plate
the
plate
is
postulated
infinitely
thin
and
is
parallel
to
a
uniform
fluid
stream
the
more
recent
solutions
include
the
combined
effects
of
frictional
dissipation
and
variable
fluid
properties
only
the
results
pertaining
to
the
transfer
phenomena
occurring
at
the
plate
surface
are
included
i
e
skin
drag
and
over
all
heat
transfer
the
individual
temperature
and
velocity
distributions
leading
to
these
results
are
omitted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
261
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
on
axi
symmetric
boundary
layers
along
a
long
cylinder
in
incompressible
flow
experiments
on
axi
symmetric
boundary
layers
along
a
long
cylinder
were
made
especially
to
investigate
the
effect
of
transverse
curvature
on
the
velocity
profile
laminar
velocity
profiles
were
measured
and
compared
with
theoretical
ones
with
good
accuracy
a
representative
profile
was
plotted
to
see
the
effect
of
transverse
curvature
which
showed
small
but
obvious
effect
accompanied
by
increasing
skin
friction
the
transition
of
the
flow
from
laminar
to
turbulent
was
observed
and
its
reynolds
number
was
estimated
to
occur
at
x
in
the
present
experiment
the
turbulent
profile
was
also
measured
and
plotted
by
using
the
coordinates
to
express
the
wall
law
deduced
by
richmond
from
which
it
was
estimated
that
as
the
ratio
of
the
momentum
thickness
to
body
radius
increases
the
profile
near
the
outer
layer
tends
to
bend
down
relative
to
the
line
of
logarithmic
wall
law
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
262
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
formation
of
a
blast
wave
by
a
very
intense
explosion
this
paper
was
written
early
in
and
circulated
to
the
civil
defence
research
committee
of
the
ministry
of
home
security
in
june
of
that
year
the
present
writer
had
been
told
that
it
might
be
possible
to
produce
a
bomb
in
which
a
very
large
amount
of
energy
would
be
released
by
nuclear
fission
the
name
atomic
bomb
had
not
then
been
used
and
the
work
here
described
represents
his
first
attempt
to
form
an
idea
of
what
mechanical
effects
might
be
expected
if
such
an
explosion
could
occur
in
the
then
common
explosive
bomb
mechanical
effects
were
produced
by
the
sudden
generation
of
a
large
amount
of
gas
at
a
high
temperature
in
a
confined
space
the
practical
question
which
required
an
answer
was
would
similar
effects
be
produced
if
energy
could
be
released
in
a
highly
concentrated
form
unaccompanied
by
the
generation
of
gas
qm
this
paper
has
now
been
declassified
and
though
it
has
been
superseded
by
more
complete
calculations
it
seems
appropriate
to
publish
it
as
it
was
first
written
without
alteration
except
for
the
omission
of
a
few
lines
the
addition
of
this
summary
and
a
comparison
with
some
more
recent
experimental
work
so
that
the
writings
of
later
workers
in
this
field
may
be
appreciated
an
ideal
problem
is
here
discussed
a
finite
amount
of
energy
is
suddenly
released
in
an
infinitely
concentrated
form
the
motion
and
pressure
of
the
surrounding
air
is
calculated
it
is
found
that
a
spherical
shock
wave
is
propagated
outwards
whose
radius
r
is
related
to
the
time
t
since
the
explosion
started
by
the
equation
where
is
the
atmospheric
density
e
is
the
energy
released
and
s
a
calculated
function
of
the
ratio
of
the
specific
heats
of
air
the
effect
of
the
explosion
is
to
force
most
of
the
air
within
the
shock
front
into
a
thin
shell
just
inside
that
front
as
the
front
expands
the
maximum
pressure
decreases
till
at
about
atm
the
analysis
ceases
to
be
accurate
at
atm
of
the
energy
has
been
degraded
into
heat
which
is
not
available
for
doing
work
and
used
up
in
expanding
against
atmospheric
pressure
this
leads
to
the
prediction
that
an
atomic
bomb
would
be
only
half
as
efficient
as
a
blast
producer
as
a
high
explosive
releasing
the
same
amount
of
energy
in
the
ideal
problem
the
maximum
pressure
is
proportional
to
r
and
comparison
with
the
measured
pressures
near
high
explosives
in
the
range
of
radii
where
the
two
might
be
expected
to
be
comparable
shows
that
these
conclusions
are
borne
out
by
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
263
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
cylindrical
shock
waves
produced
by
instantaneous
energy
release
taylor's
analysis
of
the
intense
spherical
explosion
has
been
extended
to
the
cylindrical
case
it
is
found
that
the
radius
r
of
a
strong
cylindrical
shock
wave
produced
by
a
sudden
release
of
energy
e
per
unit
length
grows
with
time
t
according
to
the
equation
where
is
the
atmospheric
density
and
is
a
calculated
function
of
the
specific
heat
ratio
for
is
found
to
be
approximately
unity
for
this
case
the
pressure
behind
the
shock
wave
decays
with
radius
r
according
to
the
relation
applying
the
results
of
this
analysis
to
the
case
of
hypersonic
flight
it
can
be
shown
that
the
shock
envelope
behind
a
meteor
or
a
high
speed
missile
is
approximately
a
paraboloid
given
by
where
d
and
v
denote
the
total
drag
and
the
velocity
of
the
missile
respectively
and
x
is
the
distance
behind
the
missile
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
264
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
asymptotic
solution
of
the
two
dimensional
oscillating
aerofoil
problem
for
high
subsonic
mach
numbers
a
new
method
has
been
given
for
obtaining
asymptotic
solutions
of
a
boundary
value
problem
for
the
wave
equation
the
method
is
simpler
than
the
method
previously
given
by
burger
and
leads
to
a
result
identical
with
burger's
result
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
265
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
instabilities
arising
from
the
interaction
between
shock
waves
and
boundary
layer
a
brief
review
is
made
of
the
available
information
concerning
the
flow
fluctuations
and
instabilities
arising
from
shock
induced
separation
in
the
flow
over
aerofoils
and
wings
the
influence
this
phenomenon
has
on
the
oscillatory
behaviour
of
aerofoils
and
control
surfaces
is
also
briefly
discussed
a
more
detailed
consideration
is
devoted
to
a
recent
investigation
at
the
n
p
l
into
the
part
played
by
shock
induced
separation
in
the
instability
of
a
control
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
266
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
exact
solution
of
the
neumann
problem
calculation
for
non
circulatory
plane
and
axially
symmetric
flows
about
or
within
arbitrary
boundaries
an
exact
general
method
of
solving
the
neumann
or
second
boundary
value
problem
has
been
developed
and
has
been
applied
to
the
calculation
of
low
speed
flows
about
or
within
bodies
of
almost
any
shape
provided
the
flow
is
either
plane
or
has
axial
symmetry
solid
body
inlet
and
purely
internal
flow
problems
can
be
solved
the
method
is
capable
of
dealing
with
several
bodies
at
once
in
the
presence
of
one
another
and
consequently
interference
problems
can
be
treated
with
ease
boundaries
need
not
be
solid
that
is
flows
involving
area
suction
can
be
calculated
velocities
can
be
computed
not
only
for
points
on
the
surface
of
the
body
but
for
the
entire
flow
field
a
surface
source
distribution
is
used
as
a
basis
for
solution
this
leads
to
a
fredholm
integral
equation
of
the
second
kind
which
is
solved
as
a
set
of
linear
algebraic
equations
usually
by
a
modified
seidel
method
at
the
present
time
the
solution
is
programed
on
the
ibm
edpm
to
solve
the
flow
about
any
body
that
has
the
previously
mentioned
characteristics
and
whose
profile
can
be
defined
satisfactorily
by
no
more
than
coordinate
points
a
number
of
solutions
are
presented
to
show
both
the
scope
of
the
method
and
its
accuracy
computations
require
from
three
minutes
to
two
hours
depending
upon
the
shape
of
the
body
and
the
number
of
points
used
to
define
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
267
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
steady
and
transient
free
convection
of
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
from
a
vertical
plate
in
the
presence
of
a
magnetic
field
an
analysis
is
made
for
the
laminar
free
convection
and
heat
transfer
of
a
viscous
electrically
conducting
fluid
from
a
hot
vertical
plate
in
the
case
when
the
induced
field
is
negligible
compared
to
the
imposed
magnetic
field
it
is
found
that
similar
solutions
for
velocity
and
temperature
exist
when
the
imposed
magnetic
field
acting
perpendicular
to
the
plate
varies
inversely
as
the
fourth
root
of
the
distance
from
the
lowest
end
of
the
plate
explicit
expressions
for
velocity
temperature
boundary
layer
thickness
and
nusselt
number
are
obtained
and
the
effect
of
a
magnetic
field
on
them
is
studied
it
is
found
that
the
effect
of
the
magnetic
field
is
to
decrease
the
rate
of
heat
transfer
from
the
wall
in
the
second
part
the
method
of
characteristics
is
employed
to
obtain
solutions
of
the
time
dependent
hydromagnetic
free
convection
equations
hyperbolic
of
momentum
and
energy
put
into
integral
form
the
results
yield
the
time
required
for
the
steady
flow
to
be
established
and
the
effect
of
the
magnetic
field
on
this
time
is
studied
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
268
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
several
magnetohydrodynamic
free
convection
solutions
the
influence
of
transverse
magnetic
fields
on
the
laminar
free
convection
flow
of
liquid
metals
over
a
vertical
flat
plate
and
between
vertical
parallel
plates
is
examined
for
specific
wall
temperature
variations
and
prandtl
numbers
the
extent
of
influence
on
the
flow
and
temperature
fields
is
determined
by
the
magnitude
of
a
nondimensional
influence
parameter
which
is
the
ratio
of
the
magnetic
force
to
the
buoyant
force
in
general
increasing
the
magnetic
field
strength
decreases
the
magnitude
of
the
velocity
wall
shear
and
surfaces
heat
transfer
and
increases
the
temperature
throughout
the
fluid
analytical
results
demonstrate
that
magnetic
fields
of
practical
strengths
exert
considerable
influence
on
liquid
metal
free
convection
flow
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
269
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
a
laminar
free
convection
flow
and
heat
transfer
of
electrically
conducting
fluid
on
a
vertical
flat
plate
in
the
presence
of
a
transverse
magnetic
field
the
free
convection
flow
and
heat
transfer
of
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
on
a
vertical
plate
in
the
presence
of
a
transverse
magnetic
field
is
analysed
for
a
magnetic
field
fixed
to
the
electrically
non
conducting
wall
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
self
preserving
flows
are
integrated
numerically
for
the
prandtl
number
of
unity
and
the
effect
of
the
transverse
magnetic
field
on
the
velocity
profile
temperature
profile
and
rate
of
heat
transfer
is
discussed
it
is
concluded
that
the
heat
transfer
rate
is
reduced
as
the
magnetic
field
intensity
is
increased
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
27
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
newtonian
flow
theory
for
slender
bodies
as
an
aid
to
the
aerodynamieist
in
the
design
of
air
frames
for
hypersonic
speeds
speeds
faster
than
about
mach
newtonian
flow
theory
is
examined
from
the
point
of
view
of
gas
dynamics
and
hypersonic
small
disturbance
theory
the
usual
theory
is
shown
to
result
as
the
first
approximation
of
an
expansion
valid
for
small
a
basic
similarity
parameter
is
introduced
a
general
solution
of
the
first
approximation
for
the
flow
past
slender
bodies
bodies
which
cause
only
a
small
disturbance
to
the
stream
at
zero
angle
of
attack
is
given
an
important
condition
which
limits
the
application
of
the
theory
is
noted
namely
that
the
pressure
coefficient
on
the
surface
not
fall
to
zero
the
theory
is
then
applied
to
cones
and
to
bodies
whose
shape
is
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
270
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
combined
free
and
forced
convection
laminar
magnetohydrodynamic
flow
and
heat
transfer
in
channels
with
transverse
magnetic
field
combined
free
and
forced
convective
heat
transfer
in
vertical
channels
has
been
studied
by
many
researchers
due
to
the
need
for
engineering
design
information
there
have
been
many
papers
concerning
cases
of
fully
developed
flow
with
varying
wall
temperature
forced
flows
in
a
channel
of
electrically
conducting
fluid
with
a
transverse
magnetic
field
have
been
studied
and
the
large
effects
of
a
magnetic
field
on
the
flow
pattern
have
been
established
flows
of
combined
free
and
forced
convection
in
electrically
conducting
fluids
in
vertical
channels
with
a
transverse
magnetic
field
are
expected
to
attract
attention
in
future
engineering
applications
for
example
in
a
magneto
hydrodynamic
generator
or
in
plasma
studies
however
except
for
a
report
by
gershuni
and
zhukhovitskii
concerning
a
particular
case
no
general
study
has
been
published
this
paper
is
a
general
treatment
of
fully
developed
free
and
forced
convective
laminar
magneto
hydrodynamic
flow
in
a
vertical
channel
with
a
transverse
magnetic
field
it
includes
combined
free
and
forced
convective
flows
in
channels
without
a
magnetic
field
reported
by
ostrach
tao
etc
as
special
cases
hartmann
flow
is
included
in
the
other
limit
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
271
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
test
of
compressibility
transformation
for
turbulent
boundary
layer
discussion
of
various
turbulent
boundary
layer
theories
in
the
light
of
experimental
measurements
by
matting
and
co
workers
the
application
of
the
mager
insulated
wall
transformation
and
and
illustrated
graphically
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
272
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
oscillatory
aerodynamic
coefficients
for
a
unified
supersonic
hypersonic
strip
theory
the
shock
tube
is
shown
to
be
a
feasible
research
tool
for
conducting
boundary
layer
transition
experiments
the
use
of
the
shock
tube
permits
the
study
of
transition
with
highly
cooled
boundary
layers
as
may
be
encountered
on
hypersonic
vehicles
boundary
layer
transition
investigations
have
been
made
on
optically
polished
pyrex
hemisphere
cylinder
and
ellipse
cylinder
models
with
stagnation
to
wall
enthalpy
ratios
between
and
roughness
estimated
to
be
less
than
microinch
rms
transition
was
detected
by
measurements
of
the
heat
transfer
rates
on
the
model
surface
the
shock
tube
experiments
indicated
that
a
characteristic
feature
of
transition
of
a
highly
cooled
boundary
layer
on
a
hemisphere
was
the
simultaneous
occurrence
of
transition
over
the
entire
supersonic
portion
of
the
hemisphere
this
implies
that
transition
first
occurred
in
the
sonic
region
the
transition
reynolds
number
based
on
local
fluid
properties
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
and
the
momentum
thickness
in
the
sonic
region
increased
from
about
to
as
the
stagnation
to
wall
enthalpy
ratio
increased
from
about
to
transition
occurred
along
the
cylindrical
portion
of
the
hemisphere
cylinder
model
at
a
nearly
constant
momentum
thickness
reynolds
number
increasing
from
about
to
as
the
stagnation
to
wall
enthalpy
ratio
increased
from
about
to
the
highly
cooled
boundary
layers
obtained
on
the
cylindrical
portion
of
the
shock
tube
hemisphere
cylinder
model
provided
an
extension
of
nasa
transition
results
obtained
on
a
cooled
hemisphere
cone
cylinder
model
in
a
wind
tunnel
the
transition
reynolds
numbers
obtained
from
these
shock
tube
data
were
of
the
same
order
of
magnitude
as
the
minimum
transition
reynolds
numbers
obtained
in
the
wind
tunnel
experiments
the
results
indicate
that
for
practical
purposes
boundary
layer
cooling
is
not
a
critical
transition
parameter
for
blunt
bodies
with
a
highly
cooled
boundary
layer
resulting
from
a
stagnation
to
wall
enthalpy
ratio
of
about
to
that
is
the
transition
reynolds
number
did
not
vary
significantly
with
boundary
layer
cooling
in
this
cooling
range
but
transition
always
occurred
at
a
low
reynolds
number
between
about
and
based
on
local
external
properties
and
a
distance
along
the
body
surface
from
the
stagnation
point
the
boundary
layer
history
body
shape
history
appeared
to
be
an
important
parameter
affecting
the
magnitude
of
the
reynolds
number
for
transition
and
the
amount
of
increase
in
the
transition
reynolds
number
with
increased
boundary
layer
cooling
that
is
transition
occurred
at
a
lower
reynolds
number
on
the
ellipse
cylinder
configuration
than
on
the
hemisphere
cylinder
also
the
increase
in
transition
reynolds
number
with
an
increase
in
boundary
layer
cooling
was
even
less
significant
for
the
ellipse
cylinder
than
the
hemisphere
cylinder
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
273
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flow
past
slender
blunt
bodies
a
review
and
extension
a
numerical
solution
of
the
inviscid
flow
field
about
slender
blunt
bodies
of
revolution
has
been
developed
through
a
combination
of
two
methods
the
van
dyke
solution
in
the
subsonic
flow
region
at
the
nose
and
the
method
of
characteristics
in
the
supersonic
region
the
results
are
compared
with
second
order
blast
wave
theory
and
with
experimental
data
and
the
respective
merits
and
deficiencies
of
the
two
theoretical
methods
are
pointed
out
the
results
of
the
numerical
solution
are
further
used
in
a
discussion
of
the
entropy
layer
to
propose
a
possible
criterion
of
entropy
layer
thickness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
274
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
quartz
and
teflon
shields
for
a
particular
re
entry
mission
the
transient
performance
of
ablation
type
heat
protection
shields
is
treated
herein
for
the
surface
of
a
vehicle
returning
from
outer
space
to
the
earth
the
vehicle
weighs
kg
has
a
ballistic
factor
of
lb
ft
re
enters
with
a
speed
of
km
sec
at
ratio
of
and
is
subjected
to
a
maximum
deceleration
of
times
the
gravity
constant
by
use
of
well
known
equations
for
the
heat
transfer
and
the
mass
transfer
at
a
heated
surface
a
numerical
calculation
method
is
derived
which
for
the
investigated
ablation
processes
yields
exact
transient
solutions
of
the
fundamental
system
of
partial
differential
equations
the
method
is
applied
to
various
quartz
shields
and
to
one
teflon
shield
which
all
evaporate
so
readily
under
the
conditions
of
the
problem
at
hand
that
practically
no
flow
of
molten
shield
material
exists
the
solutions
also
show
comparatively
small
temperature
changes
parallel
to
the
surface
the
results
show
that
the
nose
of
the
vehicle
is
cooled
predominantly
by
the
evaporation
of
the
quartz
or
the
teflon
the
rest
of
the
vehicle's
surface
is
cooled
by
radiation
of
the
quartz
or
evaporation
of
the
teflon
the
large
mass
transfer
effects
on
the
nose
of
the
vehicle
are
detrimental
since
the
resulting
low
surface
temperatures
prevent
the
radiative
heat
transfer
out
of
the
shield
which
does
not
involve
any
mass
loss
from
being
the
desirable
governing
cooling
factor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
275
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
lift
on
entry
corridor
depth
and
guidance
requirements
for
the
return
lunar
flight
corridors
for
manned
vehicles
are
defined
consistent
with
requirements
for
avoiding
radiation
exposure
and
for
limiting
values
of
peak
deceleration
use
of
lift
increases
the
depth
of
the
entry
corridor
mid
course
guidance
requirements
appear
to
be
critical
only
for
the
flight
path
angle
increasing
the
energy
of
the
transfer
orbit
increases
the
required
guidance
accuracy
for
the
flight
path
angle
corrective
thrust
applied
essentially
parallel
to
the
local
horizontal
produces
the
maximum
change
in
perigee
altitude
for
a
given
increment
of
velocity
energy
required
to
effect
a
given
change
in
perigee
altitude
varies
inversely
with
range
measured
from
the
center
of
the
earth
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
276
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
reaction
tests
of
turbine
nozzles
for
supersonic
velocities
a
machine
for
testing
turbine
nozzles
by
the
reaction
method
which
was
described
in
a
previous
paper
was
used
to
test
a
series
of
convergent
divergent
turbine
nozzles
the
results
of
these
tests
along
with
the
test
of
a
convergent
turbine
nozzle
are
compared
with
each
other
and
with
analytical
values
two
kinds
of
analytical
values
are
employed
namely
the
usual
values
obtained
from
an
assumed
isentropic
expansion
from
inlet
state
to
exhaust
pressure
and
the
values
obtained
from
the
assumption
that
the
processes
in
the
nozzle
are
isentropic
except
for
a
normal
shock
which
takes
up
a
position
in
the
nozzle
such
as
to
cause
the
stream
to
fill
the
exit
area
at
the
exhaust
pressure
whenever
possible
this
latter
kind
of
analytical
value
involves
no
shock
when
the
exit
area
can
be
filled
at
the
exhaust
pressure
by
means
of
isentropic
processes
only
or
when
the
exhaust
pressure
is
lowered
so
far
that
the
shock
has
passed
out
of
the
passage
the
agreement
of
the
test
results
with
the
calculated
results
of
this
latter
kind
is
good
and
the
disagreement
which
exists
can
be
attributed
largely
to
separation
at
the
shock
and
to
transmission
of
exhaust
pressure
effects
upstream
through
the
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
277
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
study
of
flow
conditions
and
deflection
angle
at
exit
of
two
dimensional
cascade
of
turbine
rotor
blades
at
critical
and
supercritical
pressure
ratios
an
analysis
was
made
of
the
flow
conditions
downstream
of
a
cascade
of
turbine
rotor
blades
at
critical
and
supercritical
pressure
ratios
the
results
of
five
theoretical
methods
for
determining
the
deflection
angle
are
compared
with
those
of
an
experimental
method
using
the
conservation
of
momentum
principle
and
static
pressure
surveys
and
also
are
compared
with
an
analysis
of
schlieren
photographs
of
the
flow
downstream
of
the
blades
a
two
dimensional
cascade
of
six
blades
with
an
axial
width
of
inches
was
used
for
the
static
pressure
surveys
and
for
some
of
the
schlieren
photographs
in
order
to
determine
the
flow
conditions
several
blade
chords
downstream
of
the
cascade
schlieren
photographs
were
taken
of
the
flow
through
a
cascade
of
blades
having
an
axial
width
of
inch
for
the
blade
design
studied
even
at
static
to
total
pressure
ratios
considerably
lower
than
that
required
to
give
critical
velocity
at
the
throat
section
the
flow
was
deflected
in
the
tangential
direction
as
predicted
for
the
incompressible
case
as
the
pressure
ratio
was
lowered
further
the
aerodynamic
loading
of
the
rear
portion
of
the
blade
reached
a
maximum
value
and
remained
constant
after
this
condition
was
attained
the
expansion
downstream
of
the
cascade
took
place
with
a
constant
tangential
velocity
so
that
no
further
increase
in
the
amount
of
turning
across
the
blade
row
and
no
further
increase
in
the
loading
of
the
blade
was
available
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
278
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
source
and
vortex
distributions
in
the
linearised
theory
of
steady
supersonic
flow
the
hyperbolic
character
of
the
differential
equation
satisfied
by
the
velocity
potential
in
linearized
supersonic
flow
entails
the
presence
of
fractional
infinities
in
the
fundamental
solutions
of
the
equation
difficulties
arising
from
this
fact
can
be
overcome
by
the
introduction
of
hadamard's
finite
part
of
an
infinite
integral
together
with
the
definition
of
certain
counterparts
of
the
familiar
vector
operators
this
leads
to
a
natural
development
of
the
analogy
between
incompressible
flow
and
linearized
supersonic
flow
in
particular
formulae
are
derived
for
the
field
of
flow
due
to
an
arbitrary
distribution
of
supersonic
sources
and
vortices
applications
to
aerofoil
theory
including
the
calculation
of
the
downwash
in
the
wake
of
an
aerofoil
are
given
in
a
separate
report
ref
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
279
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
drag
calculations
for
a
cylindrical
shell
wing
of
semicircular
cross
section
combined
with
a
central
body
of
revolution
a
semi
circular
ring
wing
with
a
body
of
revolution
on
the
axis
is
studied
to
find
the
wave
and
the
vortex
drag
for
various
chordwise
lift
distributions
and
for
three
values
of
a
parameter
describing
the
wing
geometry
using
the
wave
drag
obtained
from
the
chordwise
loading
that
gives
the
least
drag
together
with
the
vortex
and
skin
friction
drags
the
maximum
lift
to
drag
ratio
for
each
wing
geometry
is
computed
compared
to
the
estimates
made
by
lomax
and
heaslet
somewhat
lower
drags
are
found
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
28
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
the
explosion
solution
of
sedov
with
application
to
the
newtonian
theory
of
unsteady
hypersonic
flow
an
exact
analytical
solution
of
the
equations
of
inviscid
compressible
unsteady
flow
has
been
given
by
sedov
reference
to
the
solution
may
be
made
through
hayes
and
probstein
this
solution
is
the
similarity
solution
for
a
constant
energy
point
explosion
in
view
of
the
recent
work
on
problems
of
hypersonic
flow
in
the
limiting
form
of
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
near
solution
in
this
limit
and
inquire
what
form
such
a
solution
would
take
einbinder
in
a
recent
note
has
examined
the
solution
for
various
but
does
not
mention
the
interesting
case
of
it
may
be
shown
that
the
convergence
to
the
limit
is
nonuniform
over
the
flow
field
it
is
also
not
difficult
to
show
that
the
non
uniform
behavior
exhibited
here
is
that
which
one
would
expect
from
the
newtonian
formulation
as
derived
in
reference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
280
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
surface
oil
flow
technique
as
used
in
high
speed
wind
tunnels
in
the
united
kingdom
an
examination
has
been
made
of
the
various
versions
of
the
surface
oil
flow
technique
used
in
different
high
speed
wind
tunnels
to
provide
background
information
for
this
investigation
some
systematic
tests
were
made
on
a
simple
model
in
a
small
supersonic
tunnel
the
experience
gained
made
it
possible
to
explain
many
of
the
variations
in
terms
of
the
different
operating
conditions
of
the
tunnels
the
time
taken
to
form
a
pattern
on
a
typical
model
is
to
a
first
approximation
directly
proportional
to
the
value
of
the
parameter
the
factor
being
the
time
taken
appears
to
be
independent
of
the
initial
thickness
of
the
oil
sheet
a
general
procedure
for
the
development
of
oil
mixtures
for
any
purpose
is
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
281
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
higher
order
approximations
for
relaxation
oscillations
the
problem
of
solving
asymptotic
developments
for
all
quantities
involved
in
relaxation
oscillations
has
been
solved
by
haag
this
paper
indicates
how
one
can
carry
out
such
developments
in
a
case
which
is
simple
enough
to
be
treated
explicitly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
282
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
jet
effects
on
base
pressure
of
conical
afterbodies
at
mach
and
data
are
presented
which
show
the
effect
of
a
jet
on
base
pressure
for
a
series
of
conical
afterbody
jet
nozzle
combinations
having
boat
tail
angles
that
varied
from
to
and
base
to
jet
diameter
ratios
that
varied
from
to
the
jet
nozzles
had
exit
angles
from
to
and
were
designed
for
exit
mach
numbers
from
to
pressure
ratios
up
to
were
tested
for
both
a
cold
air
and
a
hot
numbers
of
and
in
general
base
pressure
increased
for
increasing
values
of
boat
tail
angle
nozzle
angle
jet
temperature
and
jet
total
pressure
and
for
decreasing
values
of
base
to
jet
diameter
ratio
jet
mach
number
and
free
stream
mach
number
the
addition
of
tail
surfaces
produced
only
small
changes
in
base
pressure
for
all
variables
base
pressure
is
governed
by
the
maximum
pressure
rise
that
can
be
supported
by
the
wake
fluid
in
the
region
of
the
trailing
shock
the
wake
pressure
ratio
is
in
turn
governed
by
the
jet
and
free
stream
mach
numbers
adjacent
to
the
wake
region
and
by
the
state
of
the
boundary
layer
on
the
boattail
and
on
the
nozzle
values
of
wake
pressure
ratio
computed
using
the
theory
of
korst
page
and
childs
were
in
good
agreement
with
experimental
values
for
convergent
nozzles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
283
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
heat
transfer
around
blunt
bodies
in
dissociated
air
a
method
of
predicting
laminar
heat
transfer
rates
to
blunt
highly
cooled
bodies
with
constant
wall
temperature
in
dissociated
air
flow
is
developed
attention
is
restricted
to
the
case
of
axisymmetric
bodies
at
zero
incidence
although
two
dimensional
bodies
could
be
treated
the
same
way
the
method
is
based
on
the
use
of
the
local
similarity
concept
and
an
extension
of
the
ideas
used
by
fay
and
riddell
a
simple
formula
is
given
for
predicting
the
ratio
of
local
heat
transfer
rate
to
stagnation
point
rate
it
depends
on
wall
conditions
and
pressure
distribution
but
not
on
the
thermodynamic
or
transport
properties
of
the
hot
external
flow
except
at
the
stagnation
point
experimental
heat
transfer
rates
obtained
with
correct
stagnation
point
simulation
and
high
wall
cooling
in
shock
tubes
are
also
presented
and
compared
with
the
theoretical
predictions
on
the
whole
the
agreement
is
good
although
in
regions
of
rapidly
varying
pressure
there
is
evidence
that
the
local
similarity
assumption
breaks
down
and
the
theory
underestimates
the
actual
heat
transfer
rate
by
up
to
per
cent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
284
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
divergence
of
supersonic
wings
including
chordwise
bending
the
static
aeroelastic
stability
or
divergence
problem
is
investigated
for
thin
supersonic
wings
when
not
only
the
spanwise
bending
and
twist
are
taken
into
account
but
also
the
chordwise
bending
the
problem
is
treated
in
successive
phases
of
increasing
complexity
from
the
two
dimensional
curling
up
of
the
leading
edge
to
the
three
dimensional
stability
of
the
cantilever
wing
several
methods
of
approach
are
developed
including
the
nonlinear
aspects
of
the
structure
and
the
aerodynamics
results
indicate
a
strong
dependence
of
stability
on
poisson's
ratio
and
the
magnitude
of
the
deformation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
285
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
flutter
of
panels
at
high
mach
numbers
there
have
recently
arisen
some
questions
as
to
the
possibility
of
panel
flutter
at
high
dynamic
pressures
and
mach
numbers
in
addition
some
doubts
have
been
raised
about
the
convergence
of
the
galerkin
method
when
applied
to
such
problems
this
note
is
intended
to
shed
light
on
these
matters
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
286
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
roll
on
dynamic
instability
of
symmetric
missiles
this
note
attempts
to
extend
the
discussion
by
stating
a
slightly
neater
form
of
generalized
stability
conditions
and
describing
certain
experimental
results
on
dynamic
instability
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
287
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
theoretical
low
speed
loading
characteristics
of
swept
wings
in
roll
and
sideslip
the
weissinger
method
for
determining
additional
span
loading
for
incompressible
flow
is
used
to
find
the
damping
in
roll
the
lateral
center
of
pressure
of
the
rolling
load
and
the
span
loading
coefficients
caused
by
rolling
for
wing
plan
forms
of
various
aspect
ratios
taper
ratios
and
sweep
angles
in
addition
the
applicability
of
the
method
to
the
determination
of
certain
other
aerodynamic
derivatives
is
investigated
and
corrections
for
the
first
order
effects
of
compressibility
are
indicated
the
agreement
obtained
between
experimentally
and
theoretically
determined
values
for
the
aerodynamic
coefficients
indicates
that
the
method
of
weissinger
is
well
suited
to
the
calculation
of
the
additional
span
loading
caused
by
rolling
and
for
the
calculation
of
such
resulting
aerodynamic
derivatives
of
wings
as
do
not
involve
considerations
of
tip
suction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
288
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
rolling
up
of
the
trailing
vortex
sheet
and
its
effect
on
the
downwash
behind
wings
the
motion
of
the
trailing
vortices
associated
with
a
lifting
wing
is
investigated
by
theoretical
and
visual
flow
methods
for
the
purpose
of
determining
the
proper
vortex
distribution
to
be
used
for
downwash
calculations
both
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
are
considered
in
the
analysis
it
is
found
that
the
degree
to
which
the
vortices
are
rolled
up
depends
upon
the
distance
behind
the
wing
and
upon
the
lift
coefficient
span
loading
and
aspect
ratio
of
the
wing
while
the
rolling
up
of
the
trailing
vortices
associated
with
high
aspect
ratio
wings
is
of
little
practical
importance
it
is
shown
that
with
low
aspect
ratio
wings
the
trailing
vortex
sheet
may
become
essentially
rolled
up
into
two
trailing
vortex
cores
within
a
chord
length
of
the
trailing
edge
the
downwash
fields
associated
with
the
two
limiting
cases
of
the
flat
vortex
sheet
and
the
fully
rolled
up
vortices
are
investigated
in
detail
for
both
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
the
intermediate
case
in
which
the
rolling
up
process
is
only
partially
completed
at
the
tail
position
is
also
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
289
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
study
of
the
aerodynamics
of
slender
cruciform
wing
arrangements
and
their
wakes
a
theoretical
study
is
made
of
some
cruciform
wing
arrangements
and
their
wakes
by
means
of
slender
body
theory
the
basic
ideas
of
this
theory
are
reviewed
and
equations
are
developed
for
the
pressures
loadings
and
forces
on
slender
cruciform
wings
and
wing
body
combinations
the
rolling
up
of
the
vortex
sheet
behind
a
slender
cruciform
wing
is
considered
at
length
and
a
numerical
analysis
is
carried
out
using
vortices
to
calculate
the
wake
shape
at
various
distances
behind
an
equal
span
cruciform
wing
at
bank
analytical
expressions
are
developed
for
the
corresponding
positions
of
the
rolled
up
vortex
sheets
using
a
vortex
approximation
to
the
wake
and
these
positions
are
compared
with
the
positions
of
the
centroids
of
vorticity
resulting
from
the
numerical
analysis
the
agreement
is
found
to
be
remarkably
good
at
all
distances
behind
the
wing
photographs
of
the
wake
as
observed
in
a
water
tank
are
presented
for
various
distances
behind
a
cruciform
wing
at
and
bank
for
bank
the
distance
behind
the
wing
at
which
the
upper
two
vortices
pass
between
the
lower
two
is
measured
experimentally
and
is
found
to
agree
well
with
the
the
calculation
of
loads
on
cruciform
tails
is
considered
in
some
detail
by
the
method
of
reverse
flow
and
equations
are
developed
for
the
tail
loads
in
terms
of
the
vortex
positions
calculated
in
the
earlier
analyses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
29
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
simple
model
study
of
transient
temperature
and
thermal
stress
distribution
due
to
aerodynamic
heating
the
present
work
is
concerned
with
the
determination
of
transient
temperatures
and
thermal
stresses
in
simple
models
intended
to
simulate
parts
or
the
whole
of
an
aircraft
structure
of
the
built
up
variety
subjected
to
aerodynamic
heating
the
first
case
considered
is
that
of
convective
heat
transfer
into
one
side
of
a
flat
plate
representing
a
thick
skin
and
the
effect
of
the
resulting
temperature
distribution
in
inducing
thermal
stresses
associated
with
bending
restraint
at
the
plate
edges
numerical
results
are
presented
for
the
transient
temperature
differentials
in
the
plate
when
the
environment
temperature
first
increases
linearly
with
time
and
then
remains
constant
the
period
of
linear
increase
representing
the
time
of
acceleration
of
the
aircraft
corresponding
thermal
stress
information
is
presented
the
second
case
is
that
of
the
wide
flanged
i
beam
with
convective
heat
transfer
into
the
outer
faces
of
the
flanges
numerical
results
are
presented
for
transient
temperature
differentials
for
a
wide
range
of
values
of
the
applicable
parameters
and
for
an
environment
temperature
variation
as
described
above
corresponding
thermal
stresses
in
a
beam
of
infinite
length
are
determined
a
theoretical
analysis
of
the
stress
distribution
in
a
beam
of
finite
length
is
carried
out
and
numerical
results
obtained
for
one
case
an
experimental
investigation
of
temperatures
and
stresses
in
such
a
beam
is
described
and
results
are
presented
which
indicate
good
agreement
with
corresponding
theoretical
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
290
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
dynamic
stability
of
a
missile
in
rolling
flight
the
paper
sets
down
the
equations
of
motion
for
a
symmetric
rolling
missile
with
respect
to
axes
attached
to
the
missile
the
missile
may
be
jet
or
rocket
propelled
or
coasting
under
accelerating
or
decelerating
conditions
respectively
wherein
the
variable
rolling
velocity
is
derived
from
intentionally
or
unintentionally
canted
fins
and
or
wings
the
equations
contain
a
force
and
moment
system
that
includes
in
addition
to
the
usual
forces
and
moments
those
due
to
magnus
effects
misaligned
surfaces
canted
surfaces
jet
misalignment
and
the
linear
accelerations
in
the
plane
normal
to
the
missile
axis
the
results
present
general
stability
criteria
for
a
rolling
missile
which
are
summarized
in
the
discussion
of
stability
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
291
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
sweepback
effects
in
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
shock
wave
interaction
experiments
are
reported
on
the
interaction
of
turbulent
boundary
layers
and
shock
waves
with
sweptback
configurations
they
show
that
the
peak
pressure
rise
at
separation
the
upstream
influence
ahead
of
separation
and
the
pressure
rise
at
reattachment
for
moderate
sweep
angles
can
all
be
understood
by
simple
extensions
of
available
two
dimensional
theories
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
292
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
rapid
laminar
boundary
layer
calculations
by
piece
wise
application
of
similar
solutions
a
method
is
presented
for
the
rapid
calculation
of
the
incompressible
laminar
boundary
layer
in
an
arbitrary
flow
around
either
a
two
dimensional
or
a
rotationally
symmetrical
body
the
solution
is
obtained
without
recourse
to
von
karman's
momentum
equation
by
means
of
a
coarse
step
by
step
procedure
in
which
each
segment
of
the
velocity
distribution
is
approximated
by
one
of
the
falkner
skan
family
of
similar
flows
solutions
have
at
least
as
much
accuracy
as
those
of
any
other
one
parameter
approximate
method
and
in
certain
cases
the
solutions
become
exact
in
regions
of
accelerating
velocity
the
accuracy
appears
to
be
very
high
in
decelerating
flows
separation
is
predicted
somewhat
early
compared
with
exact
solutions
that
is
the
method
is
conservative
in
contrast
to
the
von
karman
pohlhausen
procedure
which
sometimes
fails
to
predict
separation
that
actually
exists
the
method
is
the
most
rapid
hand
procedure
known
to
the
author
provided
the
full
history
of
the
boundary
layer
is
required
if
only
a
thickness
such
as
is
needed
at
one
point
on
a
surface
then
it
is
about
equal
in
speed
to
the
quadrature
method
but
if
several
values
of
or
other
properties
along
a
surface
are
required
it
is
appreciably
faster
than
the
quadrature
method
characteristically
only
four
steps
are
needed
between
the
forward
stagnation
point
and
the
pressure
peak
once
the
velocity
distribution
data
are
available
each
step
in
a
two
dimensional
calculation
requires
about
minutes
using
a
slide
rule
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
293
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
recent
studies
on
the
effect
of
cooling
on
boundary
layer
transition
at
mach
the
advent
of
high
speed
flight
has
necessitated
the
study
of
boundary
layer
transition
on
highly
cooled
bodies
investigations
such
as
those
of
references
have
concentrated
on
this
problem
and
have
indicated
contrary
to
the
trends
predicted
by
small
disturbance
theory
that
premature
transition
can
be
found
with
cooling
this
phenomenon
commonly
called
detail
in
references
the
purpose
of
this
note
is
to
report
some
recent
transition
data
obtained
on
a
cooled
cone
in
a
mach
wind
tunnel
the
model
a
sharp
tip
cone
included
angle
was
cooled
by
liquid
nitrogen
to
a
temperature
of
f
the
cooling
method
and
the
data
analysis
are
similar
to
that
described
in
reference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
294
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
laminar
transitional
and
turbulent
heat
transfer
on
blunt
nosed
bodies
in
hypersonic
flow
laminar
transitional
and
turbulent
heating
rates
have
been
measured
by
means
of
the
shrouded
model
technique
the
reynolds
number
was
varied
over
a
ninefold
range
the
enthalpy
ratio
stagnation
to
wall
varied
from
to
approximately
two
different
pressure
distributions
were
imposed
on
the
model
which
consisted
of
a
spherically
capped
cone
the
experimental
data
are
compared
to
the
laminar
hypersonic
boundary
layer
theory
and
shown
to
be
in
good
agreement
on
the
conical
portion
of
the
model
on
the
spherical
portion
the
data
are
approximately
per
cent
higher
than
the
theoretical
prediction
some
of
this
discrepancy
can
be
attributed
to
radiation
to
the
nose
of
the
model
the
fully
developed
turbulent
heat
transfer
data
are
compared
to
two
theories
a
relatively
simple
turbulent
theory
which
is
based
on
recent
theoretical
work
and
which
takes
into
account
the
upstream
history
of
the
boundary
layer
and
the
flat
plate
reference
enthalpy
theory
which
depends
on
only
local
conditions
although
both
theories
are
in
reasonable
agreement
with
the
data
the
latter
method
is
simpler
and
somewhat
more
accurate
for
transitional
flow
the
theory
mentioned
first
can
be
readily
modified
in
order
to
permit
reasonable
estimates
of
transitional
heat
transfer
to
be
obtained
on
this
basis
it
is
possible
to
estimate
laminar
transitional
and
fully
developed
turbulent
heat
transfer
under
hypersonic
blunt
body
conditions
the
behavior
of
transition
reynolds
number
based
on
momentum
thickness
is
also
discussed
and
shown
to
be
in
quantitative
agreement
with
recent
shock
tube
measurements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
295
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
transitional
heat
transfer
under
hypersonic
conditions
in
references
and
there
were
presented
experimental
data
on
transitional
heat
transfer
on
a
blunt
body
under
hypersonic
flow
conditions
obtained
by
the
shroud
technique
the
data
were
compared
with
a
theoretical
prediction
of
transitional
heat
transfer
based
on
a
suggestion
of
persh
the
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
in
the
transitional
region
was
found
to
be
'qualitatively
good
and
quantitatively
fair'
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
present
some
additional
transitional
data
obtained
in
conventional
wind
tunnel
tests
and
to
indicate
a
means
for
improving
somewhat
the
agreement
between
transitional
theory
and
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
296
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
notes
on
waves
through
gases
at
pressures
small
compared
with
the
magnetic
pressure
with
applications
to
upper
atmosphere
aerodynamics
most
treatments
of
magnetohydrodynamic
waves
have
confined
physical
interpretation
to
cases
when
the
alfven
velocity
a
is
small
compared
with
the
sound
velocity
a
here
we
consider
the
'low
beta
situation'
in
which
a
is
much
larger
than
a
then
except
for
two
modes
with
wave
velocity
a
the
only
possible
waves
are
longitudinal
ones
propagated
unidirectionally
along
lines
of
magnetic
force
with
velocity
a
these
can
be
interpreted
as
sound
waves
confined
to
effectively
rigid
magnetic
tubes
of
force
hall
current
effects
do
not
alter
these
conclusions
in
contrast
to
the
high
beta
situation
and
finite
conductivity
introduces
only
small
dissipation
an
application
is
made
to
the
flow
pattern
around
a
body
moving
through
the
f
layer
of
the
ionosphere
where
although
neutral
particles
have
a
very
large
mean
free
path
charged
particles
interact
electrostatically
and
it
is
argued
may
be
regarded
as
forming
a
continuous
fluid
whose
movement
is
independent
of
that
of
the
neutral
particles
a
body
moving
at
satellite
speed
or
below
would
then
excite
the
above
mentioned
unidirectional
sound
waves
but
no
waves
at
much
faster
alfven
velocity
these
considerations
suggest
that
its
movement
would
be
accompanied
by
a
v
shaped
pattern
of
electron
density
figure
which
might
be
in
part
responsible
for
some
anomalous
radar
echoes
that
have
been
reported
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
297
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressibility
effects
in
magneto
aerodynamic
flows
past
thin
bodies
the
effects
of
compressibility
on
the
steady
motion
of
a
highly
conducting
fluid
past
thin
cylindrical
bodies
in
the
presence
of
a
magnetic
field
are
studied
procedures
are
developed
for
the
solution
of
this
class
of
magnetoaerodynamic
problems
over
the
entire
mach
number
range
and
for
all
ratios
of
magnetic
to
fluid
dynamic
pressure
the
results
obtained
are
analogous
either
to
the
ackeret
theory
or
the
prandtl
glauert
rule
of
conventional
aerodynamics
depending
on
the
relative
values
of
the
flow
speed
and
the
appropriate
speed
of
propagation
of
magnetoacoustic
disturbances
the
methods
used
and
the
physical
interpretation
of
the
solutions
obtained
vary
according
to
the
orientation
of
the
magnetic
field
with
respect
to
the
flow
direction
the
results
of
the
theory
are
explained
in
terms
of
the
anisotropic
propagation
of
magnetoacoustic
pulses
studied
previously
by
several
authors
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
298
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
incompressible
wedge
flows
of
an
electrically
conducting
viscous
fluid
in
the
presence
of
a
magnetic
field
the
purpose
of
this
note
is
to
discuss
the
two
dimensional
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
viscous
fluid
past
a
wedge
in
the
presence
of
a
magnetic
field
the
governing
differential
equations
and
boundary
conditions
are
given
and
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
299
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
magnetohydrodynamic
flow
past
a
semi
infinite
plate
the
flow
of
viscous
electrically
conducting
fluid
past
a
semi
infinite
plate
is
considered
the
applied
constant
magnetic
field
and
the
constant
on
coming
velocity
of
the
fluid
are
in
the
direction
parallel
to
the
plate
in
addition
to
reynolds
number
the
flow
in
the
boundary
layer
depends
on
two
parameters
and
the
two
simultaneous
ordinary
nonlinear
differential
equations
are
solved
by
the
asymptotic
method
for
the
cases
when
and
respectively
the
main
results
obtained
are
as
follows
the
equations
can
be
solved
exactly
for
and
the
perturbation
effect
from
infinity
when
k
is
large
depends
on
whereas
the
perturbation
effect
from
zero
when
k
is
small
depends
on
for
large
k
including
there
is
no
solution
for
it
is
assumed
that
the
fluid
is
incompressible
with
constant
physical
properties
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
3
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
boundary
layer
in
simple
shear
flow
past
a
flat
plate
the
boundary
layer
equations
are
presented
for
steady
incompressible
flow
with
no
pressure
gradient
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
30
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
photo
thermoelastic
investigation
of
transient
thermal
stresses
in
a
multiweb
wing
structure
photothermoelastic
experiments
were
performed
on
a
long
multiweb
wing
model
for
which
a
theoretical
analysis
is
available
in
the
literature
the
experimental
procedures
utilized
to
simulate
the
conditions
prescribed
in
the
theory
are
fully
described
correlation
of
theory
and
experiment
in
terms
of
dimensionless
temperature
stress
time
and
biot
number
revealed
that
the
theory
predicted
values
higher
than
the
experimentally
observed
maximum
thermal
stresses
at
the
center
of
the
web
detailed
temperature
measurements
in
the
flange
suggested
that
the
major
source
of
this
discrepancy
can
be
traced
to
the
one
dimensional
heat
conduction
analysis
of
the
flange
employed
in
the
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
300
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
a
particular
class
of
similar
solutions
of
the
equations
of
motion
and
energy
of
a
viscous
fluid
by
introducing
the
similarity
concept
to
the
two
dimensional
incompressible
navier
stokes
equations
and
energy
equation
a
particular
class
of
solutions
is
found
two
general
types
of
flows
are
considered
laminar
free
convection
i
e
flows
which
take
place
due
to
a
body
force
and
laminar
forced
convection
for
free
convection
on
vertical
plates
similar
solutions
are
obtained
for
two
different
power
law
surface
temperature
variations
and
it
is
shown
that
one
of
these
solutions
constitutes
a
new
type
of
boundary
problem
results
of
numerical
integrations
of
the
equations
are
compared
with
solutions
of
the
similar
boundary
layer
equations
for
free
convection
and
it
is
demonstrated
that
a
range
of
surface
temperature
variations
exists
for
which
the
boundary
layer
equations
are
no
longer
valid
for
forced
convection
it
is
shown
that
the
use
of
similarity
transformations
provides
an
alternate
method
of
deriving
the
ordinary
differential
equations
for
some
well
known
solutions
such
as
couette
and
stagnation
point
flows
solutions
are
obtained
for
radial
converging
or
diverging
flows
between
plane
surfaces
when
the
temperatures
of
the
surfaces
vary
as
arbitrary
powers
of
the
distance
from
the
orgin
results
of
numerical
integrations
of
the
ordinary
differential
equations
are
presented
for
prandtl
numbers
of
and
and
for
linear
surface
temperature
variations
some
rather
surprising
results
are
obtained
for
diverging
flows
when
separation
occurs
and
some
revealing
comparisons
with
results
from
boundary
layer
theory
are
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
301
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
design
of
sharp
cornered
supersonic
nozzles
a
modified
parabolic
curve
appears
to
be
in
close
proximity
to
that
obtained
by
either
the
method
of
characteristics
or
the
wave
method
thus
an
attempt
has
been
made
to
use
analytic
geometry
to
determine
approximately
the
contour
of
a
two
dimensional
sharp
cornered
supersonic
nozzle
in
a
very
short
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
302
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximations
for
the
thermodynamic
and
transport
properties
of
high
temperature
air
the
thermodynamic
and
transport
properties
of
high
temperature
air
are
found
in
closed
form
starting
from
approximate
partition
functions
for
the
major
components
in
air
and
neglecting
all
minor
components
the
compressibility
enthalpy
entropy
the
specific
heats
the
speed
of
sound
the
coefficients
of
viscosity
and
of
thermal
conductivity
and
the
prandtl
numbers
for
air
are
tabulated
from
degree
to
degree
k
over
a
range
of
pressure
from
to
atmospheres
the
energy
of
air
and
the
mol
fractions
of
the
major
components
of
air
can
be
found
from
the
tabulated
values
for
compressibility
and
enthalpy
it
is
predicted
that
the
prandtl
number
for
fully
ionized
air
which
is
in
complete
equilibrium
will
become
small
compared
to
unity
the
order
of
transparent
to
heat
flux
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
303
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
variable
heat
recombination
on
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
earlier
studies
assume
an
average
heat
of
formation
of
atoms
based
upon
external
flow
conditions
it
is
shown
that
equilibrium
heat
transfer
decreases
by
for
a
typical
mach
number
case
when
allowance
is
made
for
the
proportions
of
air
components
the
variable
recombination
energy
also
results
in
atom
mass
fractions
which
are
realistically
less
for
equilibrium
than
frozen
situations
throughout
the
cold
wall
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
304
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
first
order
approach
to
a
strong
interaction
problem
in
hypersonic
flow
over
an
insulated
flat
plate
the
present
paper
concerns
with
the
strong
interaction
phenomenon
over
an
insulated
semi
infinite
flat
plate
with
a
sharp
leading
edge
in
particular
the
main
interest
is
in
the
consistent
treatment
in
which
the
boundary
layer
solution
may
be
joined
continuously
with
the
inviscid
solution
regarding
flow
variables
including
pressure
normal
velocity
temperature
or
streamwise
velocity
and
density
it
is
shown
that
the
behavior
of
the
inviscid
solution
may
be
consistent
with
that
of
the
boundary
layer
solution
to
at
least
first
order
approximation
that
is
correct
to
the
order
of
where
m
is
the
mach
number
of
undisturbed
flow
r
the
reynolds
number
based
on
the
distance
from
leading
edge
and
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
then
the
first
order
boundary
layer
problem
is
formulated
under
such
an
external
circumstance
and
an
attempt
is
made
for
arriving
at
the
solution
actual
calculations
are
carried
out
for
both
cases
of
air
and
helium
from
the
solution
it
is
found
that
the
region
in
which
the
viscous
effect
plays
a
significant
role
is
ranged
over
from
to
a
certain
finite
value
of
n
say
n
in
terms
of
the
similarity
coordinate
n
in
the
corresponding
incompressible
boundary
layer
the
numerical
results
moreover
indicate
that
the
induced
pressure
is
considerably
smaller
than
the
estimate
of
lees
obtained
by
his
approximate
method
in
which
the
effect
of
the
first
order
induced
pressure
on
the
boundary
layer
is
ignored
and
no
survey
of
the
first
order
boundary
layer
equation
is
made
the
present
results
are
also
found
to
be
in
excellent
agreement
with
experimental
data
recently
obtained
in
helium
flow
by
erickson
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
305
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
strong
viscous
interaction
on
a
flat
plate
with
surface
mass
transfer
the
present
report
gives
an
account
of
the
development
of
an
approximate
theory
to
the
problem
of
hypersonic
strong
viscous
interaction
on
a
flat
plate
with
mass
transfer
at
the
plate
surface
the
disturbance
flow
region
is
divided
into
inviscid
and
viscous
flow
regions
the
hypersonic
small
perturbation
theory
is
applied
to
the
solution
of
the
inviscid
flow
region
the
method
of
similar
solutions
of
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
is
applied
to
the
treatment
of
the
viscous
flow
region
the
law
of
surface
mass
transfer
for
similar
solutions
is
derived
the
pressure
and
the
normal
velocity
are
matched
between
the
inviscid
and
viscous
flow
solutions
formulas
for
induced
surface
pressure
boundary
layer
thickness
skin
friction
coefficient
and
heat
transfer
coefficient
are
obtained
numerical
results
and
their
significance
are
discussed
future
improvements
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
306
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
second
approximation
to
laminar
compressible
boundary
layer
on
flat
plate
in
slip
flow
the
first
order
solution
for
the
laminar
compressible
boundary
layer
flow
over
a
flat
plate
at
constant
wall
temperature
is
given
the
effect
of
slip
at
the
wall
as
well
as
the
interaction
between
the
boundary
layer
flow
and
the
outer
stream
flow
are
taken
into
consideration
the
solution
is
obtained
explicitly
in
terms
of
the
known
zero
order
or
continuum
solution
no
assumptions
regarding
the
prandtl
number
or
viscosity
temperature
law
need
be
made
it
is
found
that
the
first
order
solution
gives
a
decrease
in
heat
transfer
and
for
supersonic
flow
an
increase
in
skin
friction
for
subsonic
flow
there
is
no
first
order
shear
effect
the
change
in
heat
transfer
is
due
to
slip
and
the
change
in
friction
is
due
to
the
interaction
of
the
zero
and
first
order
velocities
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
307
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
solution
of
hypersonic
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
and
its
application
approximate
formulae
of
the
displacement
thickness
and
the
skin
friction
of
the
hypersonic
laminar
boundary
layer
are
derived
by
use
of
von
karman's
integral
method
assuming
the
heat
insulated
wall
the
prandtl
number
of
unity
and
chapman
and
rubesin's
formula
for
the
variation
of
viscosity
with
temperature
the
results
obtained
are
compared
with
some
exact
solutions
because
of
the
good
agreement
it
seems
that
these
formulae
are
very
useful
these
formulae
together
with
the
tangent
wedge
approximation
are
applied
to
the
viscous
flow
over
slender
bodies
with
a
sufficiently
sharp
leading
edge
as
an
example
the
pressure
distribution
over
a
flat
plate
is
calculated
numerically
over
the
entire
region
of
the
surface
comparison
with
other
author's
theoretical
results
as
well
as
experimental
values
is
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
308
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
hypersonic
viscous
flow
past
a
flat
plate
with
suction
or
injection
the
hypersonic
viscous
flow
past
a
flat
plate
with
suction
or
injection
is
dealt
with
by
karman
pohlhausen's
method
in
special
cases
when
suction
or
injection
velocity
proportional
to
especially
for
the
region
of
strong
interaction
between
the
shock
wave
and
the
boundary
layer
were
p
is
the
pressure
on
the
plate
and
x
is
the
distance
measured
along
the
plate
from
its
leading
edge
several
numerical
examples
are
given
which
shows
similar
effects
of
injection
to
those
in
the
case
of
incompressible
flow
that
the
injection
makes
all
the
height
of
the
shock
wave
the
thickness
of
the
boundary
layer
and
the
pressure
on
the
plate
larger
than
those
in
the
case
of
no
injection
on
the
contrary
in
the
case
of
suction
no
remarkable
change
both
in
the
height
of
the
shock
wave
and
the
pressure
on
the
plate
can
be
seen
and
only
the
velocity
profile
in
the
boundary
layer
is
affected
by
the
suction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
309
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
motion
of
a
flat
plate
at
high
speed
in
a
viscous
compressible
fluid
ii
steady
motion
the
theory
of
the
steady
flow
of
a
viscous
compressible
fluid
past
a
flat
plate
at
high
mach
number
due
to
lees
and
probstein
is
extended
by
a
more
complete
discussion
of
the
flow
in
the
inviscid
layer
between
the
shock
wave
and
the
boundary
layer
it
is
shown
that
similar
solutions
exist
in
this
layer
analogously
to
those
found
by
li
and
nagamatsu
in
the
boundary
layer
and
that
the
two
may
be
joined
to
give
allowing
one
minor
assumption
a
full
account
of
the
flow
it
is
shown
that
the
boundary
layer
equations
may
be
reduced
to
those
for
an
incompressible
fluid
and
that
the
von
karman
pohlhausen
method
describes
the
flow
in
it
with
good
accuracy
the
tangent
wedge
approximation
for
the
pressure
on
the
plate
used
by
lees
and
his
collaborators
is
found
to
be
in
deficit
by
per
cent
for
air
finally
it
is
shown
that
the
theory
for
weak
interaction
cannot
be
extended
further
without
a
complete
knowledge
of
the
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
31
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thermal
buckling
of
supersonic
wing
panels
the
temperature
and
thermal
stress
distributions
are
analyzed
in
multicellular
supersonic
wing
structures
a
buckling
criterion
is
established
for
the
panels
of
cover
plates
subjected
to
thermal
stresses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
310
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
viscous
flow
over
a
flat
plate
in
dealing
with
the
steady
laminar
viscous
flow
over
a
semi
infinite
flat
plate
some
of
the
following
topics
are
discussed
the
streamline
in
the
boundary
layer
over
a
leading
edge
of
given
thickness
the
rate
of
growth
of
the
boundary
layer
in
the
main
stream
and
causes
of
pressure
variations
asymptotic
solutions
for
thn
downstream
flow
region
including
the
joining
interaction
of
shock
waves
at
the
leading
edge
pressure
variations
in
the
interanl
viscous
flow
layer
and
in
external
inviscid
flow
considered
as
prandtl
meyer
flow
in
cases
of
streamline
deflection
the
free
stream
mach
number
zero
pressure
gradient
and
surface
pressure
distribution
asymptotic
solutions
for
cases
of
fluid
injection
of
a
cool
gas
prandtl
heat
transfer
the
joining
interaction
between
the
external
inviscid
flow
and
the
internal
viscous
flow
layer
steady
laminar
hpyersonic
viscous
flow
over
a
flat
wedge
and
a
cone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
311
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
method
for
predicting
the
onset
of
buffeting
and
other
separation
effects
from
wind
tunnel
tests
on
rigid
models
the
method
is
based
on
the
observation
of
the
divergence
that
occurs
in
the
variation
of
mean
static
pressure
at
the
trailing
edge
of
an
aircraft
wing
at
the
critical
stage
in
the
development
of
boundary
layer
separation
when
its
influence
first
spreads
to
the
trailing
edge
and
thereby
to
the
overall
flow
the
significance
of
the
trailing
edge
pressure
variations
and
their
connection
with
the
effects
that
separation
has
on
the
mean
and
unsteady
loads
is
discussed
for
various
types
of
separation
good
prediction
can
be
obtained
from
wind
tunnel
tests
or
warning
provided
in
flight
for
low
speed
separations
and
for
shock
induced
ones
up
to
the
stage
at
which
the
shock
wave
reaches
the
trailing
edge
related
divergences
in
wake
width
lift
coefficient
or
shock
position
can
also
be
used
pressure
measurements
at
other
isolated
points
often
indicate
the
type
of
separation
certain
special
considerations
apply
for
swept
wings
the
various
flow
changes
that
are
considered
are
illustrated
by
schlieren
photographs
and
described
in
an
appendix
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
312
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
chordwise
pressure
distributions
over
several
naca
series
airfoils
at
transonic
mach
numbers
up
to
a
two
dimensional
wind
tunnel
investigation
of
the
pressure
distributions
over
several
naca
series
airfoils
with
thicknesses
of
and
design
lift
coefficients
of
the
langley
airfoil
test
apparatus
at
transonic
mach
numbers
from
to
number
from
x
to
x
and
in
angle
of
attack
from
to
and
schlieren
flow
photographs
are
presented
without
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
313
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
alternative
forms
for
the
basic
equations
of
transonic
flow
theory
attention
has
been
called
by
numerous
authors
to
the
possibility
of
certain
alternative
forms
for
the
equations
for
transonic
flow
about
thin
wings
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
contribute
to
this
discussion
and
to
indicate
some
reasons
for
the
selection
of
one
form
of
these
in
preference
to
another
more
widely
used
form
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
314
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
simplified
method
for
determination
of
the
critical
height
of
distributed
roughness
particles
for
boundary
layer
transition
at
mach
numbers
from
to
a
simplified
method
has
been
devised
for
determination
of
the
critical
height
of
three
dimensional
roughness
particles
required
to
promote
premature
transition
of
a
laminar
boundary
layer
on
models
of
airplanes
or
airplane
components
in
a
wind
tunnel
with
zero
heat
transfer
a
single
equation
is
derived
which
relates
the
roughness
height
to
a
reynolds
number
based
on
the
roughness
height
and
on
local
flow
conditions
at
the
height
of
the
roughness
and
charts
are
presented
from
which
the
critical
roughness
height
can
be
easily
obtained
for
mach
numbers
from
to
a
discussion
of
the
use
of
these
charts
is
presented
with
consideration
of
various
model
configurations
the
method
has
been
applied
to
various
types
of
configurations
in
several
wind
tunnel
investigations
conducted
by
the
national
advisory
committee
for
aeronautics
at
mach
numbers
up
to
and
in
all
cases
the
calculated
roughness
height
caused
premature
boundary
layer
transition
for
the
range
of
test
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
315
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
scale
effects
at
high
subsonic
and
transonic
speeds
and
methods
for
fixing
transition
in
model
experiments
the
major
scale
effects
at
high
subsonic
and
transonic
speeds
arise
from
differences
between
the
conditions
under
which
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
separate
and
in
how
they
behave
after
separation
for
turbulent
boundary
layers
these
conditions
and
behaviour
do
not
vary
greatly
as
the
reynolds
number
is
changed
and
in
many
examples
it
has
been
shown
that
they
are
similar
for
the
turbulent
layers
that
occur
naturally
at
high
reynolds
number
and
for
boundary
layers
in
which
transition
to
turbulent
flow
is
fixed
artificially
the
scale
effects
arising
in
wind
tunnel
tests
made
at
low
reynolds
number
may
therefore
often
be
minimised
by
fixing
transition
to
turbulent
flow
by
introducing
an
artificial
disturbance
such
as
that
produced
by
excrescences
attached
to
the
surface
the
fact
that
the
effects
of
separation
are
often
less
severe
for
laminar
layers
than
for
the
turbulent
layers
that
are
likely
to
be
encountered
at
full
scale
makes
it
all
the
more
important
to
do
this
whenever
possible
several
methods
which
can
be
used
to
fix
transition
are
described
and
the
results
obtained
by
using
them
are
compared
in
general
in
experiments
in
two
dimensional
flow
good
agreement
is
found
and
explanations
can
be
advanced
for
cases
in
which
discrepancies
occur
several
uncertainties
and
difficulties
that
arise
in
fixing
transition
are
discussed
and
illustrated
by
examples
in
particular
special
care
is
needed
in
interpreting
the
results
obtained
with
transition
fixed
at
very
low
reynolds
numbers
say
less
than
about
r
x
based
on
local
chord
for
wings
of
about
thickness
chord
ratio
and
possibly
higher
reynolds
numbers
for
thinner
wings
the
difficulties
of
fixing
transition
satisfactorily
are
increased
for
three
dimensional
wings
particularly
if
they
are
swept
back
or
highly
tapered
i
e
small
chord
and
reynolds
number
near
the
tip
and
if
the
tests
cover
a
large
range
of
incidence
including
high
incidences
for
which
the
flow
may
separate
from
very
close
to
the
leading
edge
under
these
circumstances
it
is
frequently
necessary
to
place
the
excrescences
at
different
chordwise
positions
for
low
and
high
angles
of
incidence
and
this
is
inconvenient
in
practice
more
research
is
needed
before
sound
recommendations
can
be
made
as
to
how
and
where
transition
should
be
fixed
on
such
models
particularly
since
in
routine
testing
it
is
often
not
possible
to
check
the
effects
of
transition
fixing
fully
in
the
sections
dealing
with
three
dimensional
tests
examples
are
given
of
the
spurious
results
that
have
been
avoided
successfully
by
fixing
transition
of
the
conditions
where
even
at
low
reynolds
numbers
artificial
fixing
of
transition
may
not
be
necessary
to
give
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
ahead
of
the
shock
and
of
the
conditions
under
which
there
are
some
doubts
whether
the
methods
used
for
fixing
transition
have
been
satisfactory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
316
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
occurrence
and
development
of
boundary
layer
separations
at
high
incidences
and
high
speeds
this
note
describes
the
manner
in
which
the
onset
of
the
effects
of
boundary
layer
separation
varies
with
mach
number
for
two
dimensional
aerofoils
and
discusses
the
influence
of
section
shape
as
far
as
it
is
known
a
brief
qualitative
description
is
given
of
the
mechanism
underlying
the
development
of
the
separated
flow
and
its
effects
followed
by
a
discussion
of
some
of
the
ways
in
which
this
is
likely
to
differ
for
swept
back
wings
at
high
speeds
finally
the
need
is
emphasized
for
continued
work
in
a
broadening
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
317
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
non
equilibrium
flow
of
an
ideal
dissociating
gas
the
theory
of
an'ideal
dissociating'gas
developed
by
lighthill
for
conditions
of
thermodynamic
equilibrium
is
extended
to
non
equilibrium
conditions
by
postulating
a
simple
rate
equation
for
the
dissociation
process
including
the
effects
of
recombination
this
equation
contains
the'equilibrium'parameter
of
the
lighthill
theory
plus
a
further
dissociation
phenomena
the
behaviour
of
this
gas
is
investigated
in
flow
through
a
strong
normal
shock
wave
and
past
a
bluff
body
the
assumption
is
made
that
the
gas
receives
complete
excitation
of
its
rotational
and
vibrational
degrees
of
freedom
in
an
infinitesimally
thin
region
according
to
the
familiar
rankine
hugoniot
shock
wave
relations
before
dissociation
begins
the
variation
of
the
relevant
thermodynamic
variables
down
stream
of
this
region
is
then
computed
in
a
few
particular
cases
the
method
used
in
the
latter
case
is
an
extension
of
the'newtonian'theory
of
hypersonic
inviscid
flow
in
particular
the
case
of
a
sphere
is
treated
in
some
detail
the
variation
of
the
shock
shape
and
the
sphere
diameter
to
the
length
scale
of
the
dissociation
process
is
exhibited
for
conditions
extending
from
completely
undissociated
flow
to
dissociated
flow
in
thermal
equilibrium
results
would
indicate
that
significant
and
observable
changes
from
the
undissociated
values
occur
although
values
for
the
non
equilibrium
parameter
are
not
at
present
available
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
318
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inviscid
hypersonic
flow
past
blunt
bodies
two
methods
are
shown
for
the
calculation
of
the
flow
field
between
a
blunt
body
and
the
shock
associated
with
it
for
the
case
of
hypersonic
flow
real
gas
effects
are
included
the
solutions
consider
only
symmetric
flows
that
is
symmetric
bodies
at
zero
incidence
one
method
consists
in
tracing
successive
stream
tubes
around
the
body
and
leads
to
iterations
on
the
initially
assumed
position
of
the
shock
the
second
is
an
integral
method
closely
analogous
to
the
karman
pohlhausen
procedure
for
boundary
layers
a
distinction
is
made
between
round
nosed
and
flat
nosed
bodies
and
both
cases
are
discussed
a
specific
example
corresponding
to
a
re
entry
missile
situation
is
calculated
the
two
methods
agree
within
a
few
per
cent
comparison
is
also
made
with
other
known
solutions
in
the
stagnation
region
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
319
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
propagation
of
weak
disturbances
in
a
gas
subject
to
relaxation
effects
a
generalized
wave
equation
is
derived
for
sound
disturbances
in
a
gas
when
relaxation
effects
connected
with
for
example
molecular
vibration
or
dissociation
are
important
solutions
involving
discontinuous
wave
fronts
are
presented
and
it
is
shown
that
under
certain
assumptions
the
complete
wave
equation
reduces
to
a
variant
of
the
telegraph
equation
detailed
solutions
are
presented
for
disturbance
fields
produced
by
a
wavy
wall
in
subsonic
and
supersonic
flow
and
a
simple
wedge
in
supersonic
flow
this
study
is
viewed
as
a
step
in
the
development
of
a
theory
of
small
disturbances
of
a
high
temperature
gas
as
is
found
behind
the
shock
in
hypersonic
flight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
32
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
dynamic
motion
of
a
missile
descending
through
the
atmosphere
a
method
is
presented
for
computing
rapidly
yet
accurately
the
dynamic
motion
of
a
ballistic
type
missile
descending
through
the
atmosphere
the
equations
of
motion
are
separated
into
a
set
of
static
trajectory
equations
zero
angle
of
attack
and
a
set
of
rotational
equations
describing
the
oscillatory
motion
of
the
missile
about
its
center
of
gravity
a
transformation
allows
the
rotational
equations
to
be
written
in
a
manner
analogous
to
the
equation
for
an
undamped
oscillating
spring
mass
system
with
the
mass
equal
to
unity
and
a
time
variable
spring
constant
for
given
initial
conditions
this
equation
can
be
solved
to
obtain
the
envelope
of
maximum
angle
of
attack
an
additional
transformation
allows
the
calculation
of
the
complete
oscillatory
motion
at
any
time
during
the
trajectory
as
a
function
of
the
maximum
angle
of
attack
at
that
time
this
solution
shows
that
the
maximum
angle
of
attack
of
a
missile
descending
through
the
atmosphere
at
relatively
constant
speed
is
reduced
even
when
the
aerodynamic
damping
is
neglected
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
320
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
comment
on
improved
numerical
solution
of
the
blasius
problem
with
three
point
boundary
conditions
attention
is
drawn
to
a
previous
accurate
solution
to
the
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
321
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
improved
numerical
solution
of
the
blasius
problem
with
three
point
boundary
conditions
the
blasius
equation
describes
the
velocity
distribution
resulting
from
laminar
constant
pressure
mixing
of
a
stationary
fluid
layer
and
a
moving
stream
in
connection
with
a
numerical
procedure
for
the
univac
based
on
analytic
continuation
of
the
function
f'
high
speed
computers
now
make
it
feasible
to
use
analytic
continuation
for
numerical
integration
of
single
point
boundary
value
problems
such
that
within
the
limits
of
taylor's
expansion
truncation
error
may
be
made
arbitrarily
small
a
brief
description
of
the
application
of
the
routine
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
322
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
numerical
solution
of
the
blasius
problem
with
three
point
boundary
conditions
relates
to
a
technique
for
approximate
determination
of
the
initial
parameters
the
technique
is
an
application
of
the
asymptotic
integration
method
introduced
by
meksyn
and
has
been
applied
to
the
computation
of
the
skin
friction
for
shock
generated
boundary
layer
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
323
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
vorticity
interaction
at
an
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
in
a
viscous
incompressible
fluid
the
purpose
of
the
present
note
is
to
give
an
exact
solution
of
the
incompressible
navier
stokes
equations
at
an
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
with
vorticity
in
the
oncoming
flow
which
varies
linearly
with
distance
from
the
axis
this
solution
has
application
to
the
hypersonic
axisymmetric
blunt
body
problem
for
which
lighthill
has
shown
the
vorticity
in
the
inviscid
shock
layer
is
very
nearly
of
this
form
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
324
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
vorticity
effect
on
the
stagnation
point
flow
of
a
viscous
incompressible
fluid
the
effect
of
vorticity
on
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
boundary
layer
calculations
is
investigated
by
calculating
a
perturbation
to
the
stagnation
point
flow
the
shear
caused
by
the
vorticity
effect
is
found
to
be
surprisingly
large
the
slope
of
the
shear
curve
at
zero
vorticity
as
calculated
by
kemp
agrees
perfectly
with
the
value
deduced
in
this
note
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
325
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
to
constant
property
laminar
boundary
layer
flows
with
power
function
free
stream
velocity
and
wall
temperature
variation
numerical
computations
have
been
performed
for
the
boundary
layer
form
of
the
energy
equation
for
incompressible
flows
with
power
function
variation
of
free
stream
velocity
u
cx
and
of
wall
temperature
t
ax
the
pertinent
solutions
of
the
momentum
equation
in
this
case
being
those
of
hartree
the
numerical
computations
given
herein
are
to
some
extent
a
repetition
of
those
given
by
schuh
and
by
chapman
and
rubesin
the
object
of
the
present
computations
being
the
resolution
of
discrepancies
appearing
in
the
previous
solutions
and
an
extension
of
their
range
ibm
machine
calculations
were
employed
in
the
finite
difference
calculation
presently
utilized
the
results
thereof
covering
a
range
of
wall
temperature
function
exponents
from
values
of
m
the
accuracy
of
the
numerical
computations
is
examined
in
detail
and
the
accuracy
of
the
computed
functions
at
the
wall
which
determine
the
heat
transfer
rate
is
estimated
to
be
within
per
cent
examination
of
the
results
reveals
that
the
results
of
schuh
for
the
flat
plate
are
in
error
for
the
range
of
the
calculations
it
was
found
that
the
local
heat
transfer
coefficient
can
with
the
exception
of
large
negative
values
be
expressed
within
per
cent
as
where
the
exponent
of
the
prandtl
number
varies
from
to
for
and
where
the
function
can
be
approximated
by
the
equation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
326
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
forst
order
slip
effects
on
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
over
a
slender
body
of
revolution
in
axial
flow
analysis
of
the
compressible
boundary
layer
with
transverse
curvature
in
first
order
slip
flow
no
boundary
layer
interaction
effects
are
considered
and
only
the
zero
pressure
gradient
case
is
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
327
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
local
flat
plate
similarity
in
the
hypersonic
boundary
layer
a
study
is
made
of
lees'
local
flat
plate
similarity
rule
for
the
hypersonic
laminar
boundary
layer
it
is
shown
that
this
rule
is
exact
under
assumptions
commonly
invoked
in
the
inviscid
theory
of
hypersonic
flow
beginning
from
this
theoretical
basis
a
modified
local
flat
plate
similarity
scheme
is
derived
involving
separate
rules
for
velocity
and
enthalpy
profiles
and
is
compared
with
exact
similarity
solutions
and
with
the
existing
theory
of
hypersonic
leading
edge
interaction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
328
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
boundary
layer
near
the
stagnation
point
in
hypersonic
flow
past
a
sphere
flow
properties
behind
shock
waves
caused
by
bluff
bodies
traveling
at
supersonic
speeds
are
of
major
importance
in
missile
and
high
speed
aircraft
design
paper
presents
a
mathematical
solution
for
the
laminar
boundary
layer
near
the
stagnation
point
of
a
sphere
surface
temperature
is
free
stream
static
and
shock
is
strong
air
is
assumed
calorically
and
thermally
perfect
with
a
prandtl
number
of
and
a
dynamic
viscosity
directly
proportional
to
temperature
based
on
work
of
homann
zamm
p
and
lighthill
simultaneous
differential
equations
for
the
velocity
and
temperature
profiles
these
are
solved
by
numerical
integration
along
a
normal
to
the
surface
using
a
digital
computer
results
are
presented
as
functions
of
free
stream
mach
number
reynolds
number
and
specific
heat
ratio
as
increases
boundary
layer
thickness
is
shown
to
decrease
while
shock
stand
off
distance
increases
stand
off
distance
also
decreases
with
increasing
and
decreasing
specific
heat
for
constant
and
specific
heat
ratio
the
product
of
skin
friction
coefficient
and
the
square
root
of
decreases
with
increasing
only
approaching
a
constant
value
at
greater
than
reviewer's
comment
is
concerned
with
the
perfect
gas
assumption
for
air
author
suggests
that
the
effects
of
dissociation
on
flow
properties
are
accounted
for
by
a
proper
choice
of
specific
heat
ratio
a
consideration
of
the
kinetics
of
chemical
reaction
in
the
cooled
boundary
layer
emphasizes
the
oversimplification
of
this
approach
the
effect
on
transport
properties
could
have
been
approximated
in
present
analysis
by
changing
the
prandtl
number
to
one
more
representative
of
the
existing
pressures
and
temperatures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
329
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
various
aerodynamic
characteristics
in
hypersonic
rarefied
gas
flow
this
paper
considers
the
problem
of
calculating
viscous
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
blunt
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
and
at
sufficiently
high
altitudes
where
the
appropriate
mean
free
path
becomes
too
large
for
the
use
of
familiar
boundary
layer
theory
but
not
so
large
that
free
molecule
concepts
apply
results
of
an
order
of
magnitude
analysis
are
presented
to
define
the
regimes
of
rarefied
gas
flow
and
the
limits
of
continuum
theory
based
on
theoretical
and
experimental
evidence
the
complete
navier
stokes
equations
are
used
as
a
model
except
very
close
to
the
free
molecule
condition
this
model
may
not
necessarily
give
the
shock
wave
structure
in
detail
but
satisfies
overall
conservation
laws
and
should
give
a
reasonably
accurate
picture
of
all
mean
aerodynamic
quantities
in
this
intermediate
regime
there
are
two
fundamental
classes
of
problems
a
viscous
layer
class
and
a
merged
layer
class
the
latter
corresponding
to
a
larger
degree
of
rarefaction
for
the
viscous
layer
class
there
is
a
thin
shock
wave
but
the
shock
layer
region
between
the
shock
and
the
body
is
fully
viscous
although
the
viscous
stresses
and
conductive
heat
transfer
are
small
at
the
shock
wave
boundary
here
the
use
of
the
navier
stokes
equations
with
outer
boundary
conditions
given
by
the
hugoniot
relations
is
justified
for
the
merged
layer
class
the
shock
wave
is
no
longer
thin
and
the
navier
stokes
equations
can
be
used
to
give
a
solution
which
includes
the
shock
structure
and
has
free
stream
conditions
as
outer
boundary
conditions
a
simpler
procedure
is
presented
for
incipient
merged
conditions
where
the
shock
may
no
longer
be
considered
an
infinitesimally
thin
discontinuity
but
where
it
has
not
thickened
sufficiently
to
entail
the
fully
merged
layer
analysis
in
this
case
we
approximate
the
shock
by
a
discontinuity
obeying
conservation
laws
which
include
curvature
effects
viscous
stresses
and
heat
conduction
for
a
sphere
and
cylinder
it
is
shown
that
the
navier
stokes
equations
can
be
reduced
to
ordinary
differential
equations
for
both
the
viscous
and
merged
layer
class
of
problems
solutions
of
these
equations
when
used
in
connection
with
hypersonic
flow
problems
are
in
general
only
valid
in
the
stagnation
region
to
illustrate
the
viscous
layer
solutions
numerical
calculations
have
been
performed
for
a
sphere
and
cylinder
with
the
assumption
of
constant
density
in
the
shock
layer
which
is
a
useful
approximation
at
hypersonic
speeds
to
illustrate
the
merged
layer
solution
calculations
have
been
carried
out
for
a
sphere
using
the
incipient
merged
layer
approximation
results
are
presented
for
detachment
distance
surface
shear
and
heat
transfer
rate
in
the
stagnation
region
of
a
highly
cooled
sphere
flying
at
hypersonic
speed
with
decreasing
reynolds
number
the
shear
and
heat
transfer
are
shown
to
increase
above
the
extrapolated
boundary
layer
values
in
the
viscous
layer
regime
and
then
to
begin
falling
in
the
incipient
merged
regime
as
the
reynolds
number
decreases
in
the
incipient
merged
regime
the
density
in
the
shock
layer
increases
and
the
static
and
stagnation
enthalpy
behind
the
shock
decrease
calculations
performed
for
an
insulated
sphere
show
that
with
decreasing
reynolds
number
in
the
incipient
merged
regime
the
density
in
the
shock
layer
decreases
the
total
enthalpy
behind
the
shock
and
at
the
stagnation
point
increase
so
that
they
are
higher
than
the
free
stream
total
enthalpy
and
the
stagnation
point
pressure
behaves
like
the
total
enthalpy
for
the
highly
cooled
cylinder
in
the
viscous
layer
regime
the
same
quantities
are
presented
as
for
the
sphere
the
increase
found
in
shear
and
heat
transfer
above
extrapolated
boundary
layer
theory
is
small
in
agreement
with
vorticity
interaction
theory
a
discussion
is
given
of
the
behavior
of
available
experimental
data
for
viscous
flow
quantities
in
the
intermediate
regime
and
the
behavior
predicted
by
the
results
of
the
present
calculations
qualitative
agreement
is
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
33
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
prospects
for
magneto
aerodynamics
the
equations
describing
the
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
in
the
presence
of
electric
and
magnetic
fields
are
written
down
with
the
aid
of
certain
simplifications
appropriate
to
aeronautical
applications
in
order
to
estimate
the
probable
significance
of
magneto
aerodynamic
effects
some
data
on
conductivity
of
pure
and
seeded
air
are
first
examined
dimensionless
quantities
representing
the
ratios
of
forces
and
of
currents
are
then
formed
and
their
values
studied
for
conditions
of
flight
in
the
atmosphere
some
examples
of
magneto
hydrodynamic
and
magneto
gasdynamic
effects
in
simple
flows
are
given
these
include
two
cases
of
poiscuille
flow
of
conducting
liquids
with
applied
magnetic
fields
and
the
case
of
quasi
one
dimensional
gas
flow
with
applied
electrical
and
magnetic
fields
in
the
last
case
attractive
possibilities
are
found
for
controlled
acceleration
or
deceleration
of
gas
at
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
even
in
constant
area
channels
the
behavior
of
the
flow
is
characteristically
different
in
different
regimes
of
mach
number
and
flow
speed
relative
to
certain
significant
speeds
that
are
dependent
on
the
ratio
of
electrical
to
magnetic
field
strengths
these
are
studied
and
a
chart
is
constructed
to
relate
the
length
to
the
speed
ratio
of
a
maximum
acceleration
constant
area
channel
it
is
concluded
that
the
advantages
that
may
accrue
from
magneto
aerodynamic
methods
are
sufficiently
attractive
to
justify
the
considerable
research
and
engineering
development
that
will
be
required
among
the
unsolved
engineering
problems
are
the
reduction
of
surface
resistance
of
electrodes
in
contact
with
a
conducting
gas
development
of
techniques
for
seeding
and
provision
of
the
required
magnetic
fields
in
flight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
330
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
taylor
instability
of
finite
surface
waves
the
instability
of
the
accelerated
interface
between
a
liquid
methanol
or
carbon
tetrachloride
and
air
has
been
investigated
experimentally
for
approximate
sinusoidal
disturbances
of
wave
number
range
from
well
below
to
well
above
the
cut
off
the
growth
rates
are
measured
and
compared
with
theoretical
results
a
third
order
theory
shows
the
phenomena
of
overstability
which
is
found
in
the
experimental
results
some
measurements
of
later
stages
of
growth
agree
moderately
well
with
the
available
theory
and
disclose
some
additional
phenomena
of
bubble
competition
helmholtz
instability
with
transition
to
turbulence
and
jet
instability
with
production
of
drops
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
331
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
surface
tension
and
viscosity
on
taylor
instability
the
model
used
is
that
of
two
fluids
of
infinite
depth
with
the
interface
initially
in
the
form
of
a
sine
wave
with
amplitude
small
compared
to
wave
length
the
fluids
are
considered
incompressible
and
only
the
linear
terms
in
the
equations
of
hydrodynamics
are
used
the
first
four
sections
discuss
the
effects
of
surface
tension
and
viscosity
the
fifth
gives
a
few
numerical
results
to
illustrate
the
main
points
of
the
preceding
sections
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
332
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similitude
of
hypersonic
real
gas
flows
over
slender
bodies
with
blunted
noses
on
the
basis
of
the
hypersonic
small
perturbation
theory
the
laws
of
similitude
for
hypersonic
inviscid
flow
fields
over
thin
or
slender
bodies
are
examined
and
the
restrictions
to
ideal
gases
with
constant
specific
heats
and
to
bodies
with
pointed
noses
are
removed
only
steady
plane
or
axisymmetric
flows
are
considered
inspection
of
the
governing
system
of
equations
shows
that
a
similitude
law
exists
for
flow
fields
under
local
thermal
equilibrium
having
the
same
free
stream
atmosphere
for
flows
of
ideal
gas
with
constant
specific
heats
the
requirement
of
the
same
free
stream
atmosphere
i
e
the
same
composition
pressure
and
density
can
be
replaced
by
the
requirement
of
the
same
ratio
of
specific
heats
for
flows
over
blunted
wedges
or
cones
special
laws
of
similitude
can
be
obtained
application
of
the
similarity
rules
is
examined
for
the
case
of
hypersonic
flows
of
an
ideal
gas
with
over
flat
plates
with
blunt
leading
edges
and
for
the
case
of
equilibrium
air
flows
over
wedges
the
possibility
of
simulating
nonequilibrium
flows
over
slender
or
thin
bodies
is
also
pointed
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
333
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
interaction
on
a
yawed
infinite
wing
in
hypersonic
flow
the
equations
are
given
for
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
on
a
yawed
infinite
wing
for
constant
wall
temperature
under
the
combined
howorth
and
mangler
transformation
diagrams
show
the
relatively
small
influence
of
yaw
the
increase
of
boundary
layer
secondary
flow
and
the
variation
of
the
local
heat
transfer
rate
with
yaw
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
334
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
influence
of
the
leading
edge
shock
wave
on
the
laminar
boundary
layer
at
hypersonic
speeds
in
order
to
bring
out
the
importance
of
the
leading
edge
region
at
hypersonic
speeds
the
influence
of
the
leading
edge
shock
wave
on
the
laminar
boundary
layer
is
investigated
in
two
simple
cases
of
steady
flow
over
a
semi
infinite
insulated
flat
plate
sharp
leading
edge
blunt
leading
edge
as
approximated
by
a
normal
shock
wave
the
streamlines
that
enter
the
boundary
layer
over
a
large
region
of
the
plate
surface
has
previously
crossed
the
shock
wave
very
near
the
leading
edge
where
the
shock
is
strong
and
highly
curved
consequently
the
temperature
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
is
appreciably
higher
than
free
stream
temperature
and
the
vorticity
there
is
not
zero
the
effects
of
this
shock
wave
larger
than
the
usual
errors
made
in
the
boundary
layer
theory
and
an
estimate
of
these
effects
can
therefore
be
obtained
within
the
framework
of
that
theory
the
numerical
magnitude
of
the
shock
wave
influence
is
found
to
be
appreciable
for
the
case
of
the
blunt
leading
edge
the
slope
of
the
curve
of
induced
pressures
plotted
against
the
hypersonic
interaction
parameter
closely
approaches
the
experimental
data
of
hammitt
and
bogdonoff
obtained
in
helium
at
large
values
of
this
parameter
these
approximate
results
show
that
the
influence
of
the
leading
edge
region
at
hypersonic
speeds
requires
careful
theoretical
and
experimental
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
335
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
interaction
between
boundary
layer
and
shock
waves
in
transonic
flow
experiments
of
transonic
flow
past
a
circular
arc
profile
show
that
the
shock
wave
pattern
and
the
pressure
distribution
are
strongly
dependent
upon
the
state
of
the
boundary
layer
a
change
from
laminar
to
turbulent
boundary
layer
at
a
given
mach
number
changes
the
flow
pattern
considerably
shock
waves
can
interact
with
the
boundary
layer
in
a
manner
similar
to
a
reflection
from
a
free
jet
boundary
these
shock
waves
are
not
distinctly
discernible
from
pressure
distribution
measurements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
336
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
simplified
laminar
boundary
layer
calculations
for
bodies
of
revolution
and
for
yawed
wings
since
the
introduction
of
momentum
methods
in
boundary
layer
calculations
by
von
karman
and
pohlhausen
many
improvements
have
been
proposed
an
especially
simple
solution
reduces
the
problem
to
a
quadrature
here
it
is
proposed
to
extend
these
methods
to
elementary
three
dimensional
cases
and
to
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
calculations
for
comparison
the
corresponding
problems
for
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
are
also
discussed
briefly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
337
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
transition
with
gas
injection
the
mass
injection
process
has
been
proposed
as
a
method
of
cooling
aerodynamic
surfaces
and
since
the
amount
of
coolant
required
to
maintain
practical
wall
temperatures
is
considerably
larger
for
turbulent
than
for
laminar
boundary
layers
knowledge
of
the
effect
of
the
cooling
method
on
the
transition
process
is
certainly
important
exploratory
studies
reported
here
were
conducted
at
mach
number
to
ascertain
the
effects
of
gas
injection
on
the
stability
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
conical
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
338
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
mass
transfer
cooling
at
mach
number
mass
transfer
experiments
on
a
mil
wire
porous
cone
of
total
angle
have
been
conducted
at
using
air
and
helium
injection
details
of
the
experimental
technique
are
described
in
references
and
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
the
recovery
factors
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
measured
with
zero
injection
agreed
within
per
cent
with
theory
transition
reynolds
numbers
observed
on
the
porous
cone
with
zero
injection
were
half
as
large
as
observed
on
a
smooth
impermeable
model
of
identical
geometry
in
the
same
channel
but
injection
of
large
amounts
of
air
or
helium
did
not
cause
transition
to
move
forward
from
its
zero
injection
position
on
the
porous
cone
distributed
roughness
of
this
type
apparently
does
not
disturb
impermeable
wall
theory
but
it
masks
whatever
effective
roughness
may
be
caused
by
discrete
pore
injection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
339
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
evaluation
of
heat
transfer
with
transpiration
cooling
in
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
at
m
it
is
found
that
for
prescribed
velocity
field
electrical
field
and
conductivity
the
current
can
be
calculated
by
integration
work
is
related
to
analytic
investigation
of
the
boundary
layer
in
a
physically
reasonable
accelerator
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
34
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
constant
temperature
magneto
gasdynamic
channel
flow
in
the
course
of
investigating
boundary
layer
flow
in
continuous
plasma
accelerators
with
crossed
electric
and
magnetic
fields
it
was
found
advantageous
to
have
at
hand
simple
closed
form
solutions
for
the
magneto
gasdynamic
flow
in
the
duct
which
could
serve
as
free
stream
conditions
for
the
boundary
layers
nontrivial
solutions
of
this
sort
are
not
available
at
present
and
in
fact
as
in
the
work
of
resler
and
sears
the
variation
of
conditions
along
the
flow
axis
must
be
obtained
through
numerical
integration
consequently
some
simple
solutions
of
magneto
gasdynamic
channel
flow
were
sought
possessing
sufficient
algebraic
simplicity
to
serve
as
free
stream
boundary
conditions
for
analytic
investigations
of
the
boundary
layer
in
a
physically
reasonable
accelerator
in
particular
since
the
cooling
of
the
accelerator
tube
is
likely
to
be
an
important
physical
problem
because
of
the
high
gas
temperatures
required
to
provide
sufficient
gaseous
conductivity
channel
flow
with
constant
temperature
appears
interesting
some
simple
algebraic
solutions
for
the
case
of
a
constant
temperature
plasma
are
developed
in
the
following
paragraphs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
340
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
effects
of
diffusion
of
a
foreign
gas
into
the
laminar
boundary
layer
of
a
supersonic
flow
of
air
in
a
tube
adiabatic
wall
temperatures
and
recovery
factors
are
calculated
for
pipe
flows
with
an
entrance
mach
number
of
and
with
uniform
injection
of
helium
predicted
values
of
the
recovery
factor
increase
slowly
with
increasing
injection
rate
and
with
increasing
distance
from
the
tube
entrance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
341
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
analytical
design
of
an
axially
symmetric
laval
nozzle
for
a
parallel
and
uniform
jet
the
equations
for
the
nozzle's
contours
are
derived
by
integration
of
the
characteristic
equations
of
the
axially
symmetric
flow
since
it
is
not
possible
to
integrate
these
equations
mathematically
in
an
exact
form
it
was
necessary
to
find
a
way
to
approximate
the
calculations
the
approximation
offers
itself
by
considering
and
comparing
the
conditions
of
the
flow
in
a
cone
with
those
in
a
nozzle
as
a
linearization
of
the
characteristic
equations
the
first
part
of
the
report
deals
with
equations
for
the
transition
curve
by
which
the
conical
source
flow
is
converted
into
a
parallel
stream
of
uniform
velocity
the
equations
are
derived
by
integration
along
a
mach
line
of
the
flow
in
the
region
where
the
conversion
takes
place
a
factor
f
is
introduced
expressing
a
relation
between
the
direction
and
the
velocity
of
the
flow
along
a
certain
mach
line
f
remains
undetermined
and
is
not
involved
in
the
final
equations
in
the
second
part
of
the
report
the
spherical
sonic
flow
section
is
converted
into
a
plane
circular
section
of
the
throat
the
nozzle's
contour
adjacent
to
the
throat
is
formed
by
the
arc
of
a
circle
connected
with
the
transition
curve
by
a
straight
line
the
gas
dynamic
properties
of
the
boundary
mach
line
are
calculated
in
table
the
use
of
which
shortens
the
calculations
considerably
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
342
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
diffusion
fields
on
the
laminar
boundary
layer
a
theory
is
developed
which
describes
the
effect
of
a
general
diffusion
field
on
the
dynamic
and
thermal
characteristics
of
a
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
in
steady
compressible
flow
fluid
properties
are
considered
as
functions
of
temperature
and
local
concentration
of
the
foreign
gas
the
diffusion
field
is
described
by
a
differential
equation
that
relates
convective
and
diffusion
transfer
and
which
considers
diffusion
currents
arising
from
gradients
of
concentration
and
temperature
by
means
of
the
usual
transformations
the
system
is
reduced
to
a
set
of
ordinary
differential
equations
which
in
turn
are
transformed
into
a
set
of
integral
equations
the
latter
is
amenable
to
solution
by
the
method
of
successive
approximations
the
theory
and
results
have
bearing
on
the
problem
of
control
and
reduction
of
aerodynamic
heating
at
hypersonic
speeds
the
special
feature
of
this
approach
lies
in
the
utilization
of
diffusion
fields
for
the
purpose
of
reducing
the
detrimental
effects
of
viscous
dissipation
although
the
theory
is
adapted
to
a
fuller
investigation
of
this
problem
the
numerical
examples
considered
involve
mainly
diffusion
fields
of
helium
with
which
good
results
have
been
achieved
at
mach
numbers
and
whereas
at
the
higher
mach
number
the
influx
of
heat
was
practically
eliminated
a
reversal
in
the
direction
of
heat
flow
has
been
effected
at
the
lower
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
343
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transpiration
cooling
experiments
in
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
at
m
turbulent
recovery
factor
and
heat
transfer
measurements
have
been
made
on
a
porous
flat
wall
section
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
and
a
reynolds
number
of
approximately
x
using
both
air
and
helium
as
the
transpired
gas
measured
heat
transfer
coefficients
correlate
well
with
the
compressible
theory
of
rubesin
for
air
and
qualitatively
with
simple
film
theory
for
either
coolant
indicating
that
the
heat
transfer
from
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
can
be
reduced
by
transpiration
cooling
to
well
below
that
of
the
uncooled
boundary
layer
at
the
same
reynolds
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
344
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
experimental
techniques
in
mass
transfer
cooling
author
introduces
his
survey
by
a
brief
review
of
the
history
of
investigations
dealing
with
boundary
layers
on
impermeable
solid
surfaces
and
notes
that
no
true
theory
exists
for
turbulent
boundary
layers
the
success
of
studies
in
this
area
having
been
due
to
the
introduction
of
artificial
if
ingenious
assumptions
which
permitted
empirical
correlations
fd
data
the
terminology
introduced
by
the
author
for
distinguishing
the
different
situations
involving
mass
transfer
from
the
wall
to
the
stream
may
give
rise
to
some
objections
for
instance
film
cooling
need
not
refer
only
to
the
injection
of
a
liquid
since
applications
involving
gas
film
cooling
exist
also
his
restriction
of
the
term
transpiration
cooling
to
refer
to
the
injection
through
a
porous
surface
of
a
gas
only
of
the
same
composition
as
the
exterior
stream
does
not
enjoy
universal
usage
the
influence
of
mass
transfer
on
heat
transfer
through
laminar
boundary
layers
and
on
the
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
is
described
with
consideration
given
to
the
question
of
the
net
effect
of
the
stabilizing
influence
of
surface
cooling
and
the
destabilizing
influence
of
injection
reviewer
suggests
that
author's
inaccurate
statement
to
the
effect
that
thus
far
the
higher
energy
conditions
do
not
threaten
to
involve
turbulent
injection
so
turbulent
boundary
layer
research
enjoys
a
fairly
academic
serenity
broken
only
by
its
own
frustrations
be
excused
on
grounds
of
poetic
license
although
it
ignores
the
efforts
being
devoted
to
the
pressing
practical
problems
of
erosive
burning
of
solid
propellants
possibly
the
most
common
example
of
a
complete
aerothermochemical
problem
involving
distributed
surface
heat
and
mass
transfer
with
chemical
reaction
in
a
flow
system
and
of
effusion
cooling
of
rocket
nozzles
both
of
which
involve
turbulent
boundary
layer
conditions
author
emphasizes
the
tedious
experimental
problems
involved
in
research
on
boundary
layers
with
blowing
and
notes
the
desirability
of
velocity
distribution
measurements
especially
in
turbulent
injection
layers
the
observation
that
no
good
data
on
concentration
profiles
in
the
case
of
the
diffusion
boundary
layer
have
been
published
may
be
an
overstatement
since
author's
bibliography
overlooks
the
work
of
j
berger
contribution
a
l'etude
de
l'injection
parietale
doctor's
thesis
university
of
paris
memorial
des
poudres
annex
p
paris
imprimerie
nationale
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
345
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
interaction
of
shock
waves
with
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
surface
the
development
of
supersonic
compressors
supersonic
diffusers
and
high
speed
aircraft
points
to
the
increasing
importance
of
the
interaction
between
shock
waves
and
boundary
layers
the
experimental
work
reported
here
is
intended
to
provide
a
better
understanding
of
the
nature
of
the
shock
boundary
layer
interaction
serve
as
a
guide
and
stimulus
to
theoretical
work
and
develop
an
empirical
method
for
predicting
the
effects
of
the
interaction
experiments
were
performed
on
the
reflection
of
an
oblique
shock
from
a
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
surface
at
a
mach
number
of
the
effects
of
shock
strength
and
boundary
layer
regime
were
explored
the
results
are
in
the
form
of
schlieren
photographs
constant
density
contours
found
from
interferometer
photographs
and
static
pressure
distributions
at
the
plate
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
346
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurements
of
turbulent
friction
on
a
smooth
flat
plate
in
supersonic
direct
measurements
of
supersonic
local
skin
friction
using
the
floating
element
technique
are
presented
for
mach
numbers
from
bulent
flow
and
transition
are
emphasized
although
some
measurements
in
the
laminar
regime
are
included
the
observed
effect
of
compressibility
is
to
reduce
the
magnitude
of
turbulent
skin
friction
by
a
factor
of
two
at
a
mach
number
of
and
a
reynolds
number
of
about
the
boundary
layer
momentum
integral
equation
for
constant
pressure
is
verified
within
a
few
per
cent
by
two
experimental
methods
typical
static
pressure
measurements
are
presented
to
show
that
transition
can
be
detected
by
observing
disturbances
in
pressure
associated
with
changes
in
displacement
thickness
of
the
boundary
layer
it
is
found
that
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
cannot
be
defined
experimentally
for
values
of
less
than
about
where
is
the
momentum
thickness
for
larger
values
of
there
is
a
unique
relationship
between
local
friction
coefficient
and
momentum
thickness
reynolds
number
at
a
fixed
mach
number
the
appendix
compares
the
present
measurements
at
m
with
experimental
data
from
other
sources
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
347
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
measurements
in
hypersonic
flow
experimental
data
are
presented
on
boundary
layer
formation
heat
transfer
and
skin
friction
coefficient
at
mach
numbers
of
the
wall
of
a
conical
nozzle
in
the
presence
of
a
favorable
pressure
gradient
and
several
rates
of
heat
transfer
the
reynolds
number
based
on
momentum
thickness
varied
from
to
comparison
is
made
with
data
at
lower
mach
numbers
and
with
the
semiempirical
theory
of
von
karman
the
existing
data
up
to
mach
numbers
of
nine
indicate
agreement
to
within
per
cent
when
compared
with
a
form
of
the
wilson
theory
but
it
is
clear
that
the
effects
of
heat
transfer
and
pressure
gradients
present
problems
which
require
extensive
study
and
experiment
in
the
future
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
348
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
turbulent
boundary
layer
in
compressible
fluids
the
continuity
momentum
and
energy
differential
equations
for
turbulent
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
are
derived
and
the
apparent
turbulent
stresses
and
dissipation
function
are
identified
a
general
formula
for
skin
friction
including
heat
transfer
to
a
flat
plate
is
developed
for
a
thin
turbulent
boundary
layer
in
compressible
fluids
with
zero
pressure
gradient
curves
are
presented
giving
skin
friction
coefficients
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
for
air
for
various
wall
to
free
stream
temperature
ratios
and
free
stream
mach
numbers
in
the
special
case
when
the
boundary
layer
is
insulated
this
general
formula
yields
skin
friction
coefficients
higher
than
those
given
by
the
von
karman
wall
property
compressible
fluid
formula
but
lower
than
those
given
by
the
von
karman
incompressible
fluid
formula
heat
transfer
from
the
boundary
layer
to
the
plate
generally
increases
the
friction
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
349
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
solution
of
the
boundary
layer
equations
without
similarity
assumptions
the
crocco
transformation
combined
with
a
mangler
transformation
is
used
to
carry
the
boundary
layer
problem
for
axially
symmetric
blunt
bodies
into
a
form
suitable
for
direct
numerical
computation
without
introduction
of
similarity
assumptions
conditions
which
in
the
original
problem
appear
at
infinity
now
are
brought
to
a
finite
straight
line
and
the
body
is
transformed
to
a
parallel
line
data
can
be
generated
on
the
stagnation
line
the
equations
are
a
parabolic
system
of
two
second
order
equations
the
boundary
value
problem
is
analogous
to
the
slab
problem
for
the
heat
equation
an
implicit
difference
equation
is
used
to
reduce
stability
difficulties
special
techniques
in
forming
the
difference
equation
result
in
a
linear
system
of
algebraic
equations
to
be
solved
on
any
given
line
of
integration
and
these
solutions
are
computed
from
recursion
relations
generated
by
back
substitution
for
bluntnosed
bodies
with
approach
flow
mach
numbers
greater
than
approximately
large
temperature
gradients
occur
across
a
thin
boundary
layer
of
dissociated
gas
and
it
is
necessary
to
use
real
gas
effects
approximated
here
by
certain
fits
to
the
gas
tables
a
case
is
computed
however
for
a
lower
mach
number
approach
flow
using
perfect
gas
theory
to
provide
a
standard
against
which
similarity
solutions
may
be
tested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
35
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
of
a
blunt
body
in
hypersonic
flow
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
present
a
method
of
calculation
devised
to
yield
all
the
important
information
on
the
symmetric
inviscid
hypersonic
flow
in
the
stagnation
point
region
of
a
blunt
body
the
problem
is
the
same
as
that
considered
by
hayes
who
used
a
slightly
different
approach
it
is
demonstrated
that
hayes'
results
are
valid
in
the
stagnation
point
region
and
can
hence
be
considered
a
basis
for
constructing
less
restricted
solutions
equations
are
presented
giving
velocity
pressure
detachment
distance
and
vorticity
the
values
of
shock
detachment
distance
and
body
pressure
coefficient
are
compared
with
experimental
data
for
spheres
the
pressure
comparison
shows
that
the
results
of
hayes
and
the
theory
presented
herein
represent
a
better
approximation
than
the
newtonian
impact
theory
for
hypersonic
mach
numbers
in
conclusion
the
possibility
of
refinements
to
this
analysis
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
350
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
jet
mixing
of
two
compressible
fluids
with
heat
release
the
laminar
jet
mixing
problems
with
heat
release
have
been
formulated
a
general
discussion
of
the
solution
of
these
problems
is
also
given
the
important
parameters
of
these
problems
are
brought
out
some
specific
cases
of
the
jet
mixing
problem
such
as
jet
mixing
of
one
compressible
fluid
isothermal
jet
mixing
of
two
compressible
fluids
and
isovel
jet
mixing
of
two
compressible
fluids
with
heat
release
are
discussed
in
detail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
351
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thermal
distributions
in
jeffrey
hamel
flows
between
nonparallel
plane
walls
the
authors
give
the
exact
solution
for
the
thermal
distributions
for
the
steady
laminar
flow
of
a
viscous
incompressible
fluid
between
non
parallel
plane
walls
held
at
a
constant
temperature
the
velocity
profiles
are
determined
with
the
aid
of
jacobian
elliptic
functions
by
using
the
jeffery
hamel
solution
of
the
hydrodynamic
problem
it
is
shown
that
in
this
special
case
the
energy
equation
giving
the
temperature
profiles
can
be
reduced
to
an
ordinary
linear
differential
equation
with
variable
coefficients
after
the
introduction
of
dimensionless
parameters
numerical
solutions
are
given
for
diverging
and
converging
channels
with
total
openings
of
degree
for
the
possible
combinations
of
three
reynolds
numbers
and
five
prandtl
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
352
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
heat
transfer
over
a
sweat
cooled
surface
in
laminar
compressible
flow
with
a
pressure
gradient
a
simple
expression
is
derived
for
the
normal
injection
velocity
distribution
theoretically
required
to
maintain
a
given
uniform
temperature
along
a
porous
surface
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
region
of
a
compressible
flow
with
a
given
velocity
distribution
outside
of
the
boundary
layer
this
expression
is
valid
for
any
given
free
stream
mach
number
but
is
based
on
a
prandtl
number
of
unity
and
on
the
assumption
that
the
viscosity
coefficient
varies
linearly
with
the
temperature
by
using
the
dorodnitsyn
type
of
transformation
the
variation
of
fluid
properties
even
in
the
case
of
zero
mach
number
is
taken
into
account
this
study
is
of
particular
practical
interest
in
connection
with
the
sweat
cooling
of
turbine
blades
and
of
airfoil
surfaces
in
high
speed
flow
the
method
of
analysis
consists
of
applying
the
karman
pohlhausen
method
to
both
the
momentum
and
energy
boundary
layer
equations
and
of
using
an
additional
heat
balance
equation
involving
the
coolant
temperature
a
closed
form
approximate
solution
of
the
equations
is
then
derived
numerical
examples
for
flow
in
the
immediate
vicinity
of
a
stagnation
point
and
for
a
typical
type
of
flow
over
a
turbine
blade
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
353
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
helium
injection
at
an
axially
symmetric
stagnation
point
an
effective
means
of
protecting
the
surface
of
a
hypersonic
re
entry
vehicle
is
to
inject
small
quantities
of
a
lightweight
gas
into
the
boundary
layer
through
a
porous
wall
this
process
which
is
known
as
mass
transfer
cooling
protects
the
surface
in
two
ways
first
of
all
as
the
injected
gas
or
coolant
passes
from
the
reservoir
through
the
wall
to
the
surface
a
considerable
quantity
of
heat
is
absorbed
as
its
temperature
is
raised
from
the
reservoir
temperature
to
the
wall
surface
temperature
characteristically
lightweight
gases
have
relatively
high
specific
heats
secondly
the
transfer
of
mass
and
enthalpy
by
convection
and
diffusion
normal
to
the
surface
alters
the
characteristics
of
the
boundary
layer
in
such
a
manner
as
to
reduce
the
temperature
gradient
at
the
wall
and
hence
the
conductive
heat
transfer
at
the
wall
this
is
sometimes
referred
to
as
the
blowing
effect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
354
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
heat
transfer
and
pressure
measurements
over
blunt
nosed
cones
at
large
angle
of
attack
tests
have
been
conducted
at
a
mach
number
of
in
the
pibal
hypersonic
facility
in
order
to
determine
the
heat
transfer
and
pressure
distributions
over
a
slender
blunted
cone
at
angles
of
attack
of
erature
ratio
stagnation
to
wall
was
approximately
the
model
tested
has
a
sperical
nose
diameter
of
in
a
base
diameter
of
in
and
a
cone
half
angle
of
degrees
the
measurements
were
made
at
peripheral
stations
on
the
model
in
this
note
the
experimental
results
at
a
degree
angle
of
attack
are
presented
a
more
detailed
analysis
of
the
results
for
all
angles
of
attack
is
presented
in
reference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
355
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
injection
of
air
into
the
dissociated
hypersonic
laminar
boundary
layer
in
first
approximation
dissociated
air
may
be
treated
as
a
binary
mixture
of
air
atoms
and
air
molecules
in
order
to
include
the
effects
of
mass
transfer
into
the
boundary
layer
it
becomes
necessary
to
introduce
a
third
chemical
species
and
hence
a
second
diffusion
equation
we
have
avoided
this
complexity
by
considering
the
injection
of
air
molecules
into
the
boundary
layer
and
hence
the
theoretical
treatment
is
accomplished
within
the
framework
of
a
binary
mixture
gas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
356
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
optimum
nose
curves
for
missiles
in
the
super
aerodynamic
regime
author
shows
that
the
differential
equations
defining
the
minimum
drag
body
shapes
for
free
molecule
flow
that
were
developed
and
numerically
integrated
by
w
j
carter
amr
rev
realized
however
that
numerical
or
analytical
integration
of
the
second
order
differential
equation
is
unnecessary
since
for
the
flow
conditions
considered
the
first
integral
to
the
euler
equation
can
be
written
prior
to
the
substitution
of
the
expression
defining
the
pressure
coefficient
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
357
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
optimum
nose
shapes
for
missiles
in
the
super
aerodynamic
region
the
mechanics
of
the
kinetic
theory
of
gases
is
employed
to
describe
the
drag
force
on
the
nose
of
a
missile
moving
in
the
super
aerodynamic
region
of
the
atmosphere
three
separate
cases
are
considered
ideal
specular
reflection
specular
type
reflection
from
a
slightly
rough
surface
and
surface
absorption
followed
by
random
emission
of
the
striking
molecules
the
calculus
of
variations
is
employed
to
obtain
the
differential
equation
of
the
nose
shape
which
minimizes
the
drag
force
for
each
of
the
three
cases
the
resulting
differential
equations
are
then
solved
by
a
numerical
procedure
the
drag
coefficients
for
the
optimum
nose
shapes
are
likewise
determined
and
these
are
compared
with
the
drag
coefficients
given
by
other
nose
shapes
it
is
further
shown
that
the
drag
coefficients
arising
when
specular
type
reflections
occur
are
significantly
dependent
on
the
nose
shape
when
surface
absorption
followed
by
random
emission
occurs
the
drag
coefficient
is
not
strongly
dependent
on
either
the
missile
nose
shape
or
the
fineness
ratio
of
the
nose
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
358
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
model
of
the
free
shock
separation
turbulent
boundary
layer
by
free
shock
separated
boundary
layers
one
means
that
type
of
separation
where
the
flow
downstream
of
the
separation
region
is
free
to
adjust
to
any
direction
that
may
result
from
the
shock
boundary
layer
interaction
process
a
detailed
model
of
the
free
shock
separated
turbulent
boundary
layer
is
postulated
and
the
pressure
rise
following
from
this
model
is
estimated
and
compared
with
experiments
the
results
are
applied
to
the
prediction
of
separation
in
an
overexpanded
nozzle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
359
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
the
hypersonic
similarity
law
for
an
unyawed
cone
it
is
now
known
that
the
hypersonic
similarity
law
derived
for
slender
cones
and
ogival
bodies
under
the
assumption
is
applicable
for
mach
numbers
as
low
as
this
note
makes
use
of
a
series
development
to
infer
the
hypersonic
similarity
law
for
unyawed
cones
from
the
taylor
maccoll
differential
equations
and
associated
boundary
conditions
a
simple
approximate
formula
for
the
function
of
the
similarity
law
is
obtained
and
the
drag
function
computed
with
this
formula
is
compared
with
kopal's
numerical
results
and
for
very
slender
cones
with
von
karman's
linearized
formula
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
36
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
flow
around
blunt
bodies
the
newtonian
theory
of
impact
has
been
shown
to
be
useful
for
pressure
calculations
on
the
forward
facing
part
of
bodies
moving
at
high
speed
it
is
now
a
familiar
practice
to
use
this
information
to
calculate
nonviscous
velocities
at
the
wall
and
then
to
estimate
rates
of
heat
transfer
this
procedure
is
perhaps
open
to
question
heat
transfer
rates
depend
on
velocity
gradients
which
are
not
given
by
the
newtonian
analysis
nor
can
one
obtain
information
on
boundary
layer
stability
or
all
the
body
stability
derivatives
it
seems
therefore
inevitable
that
as
design
proceeds
with
these
hypersonic
missiles
there
will
be
a
greater
need
for
more
accurate
aerodynamic
theories
either
to
predict
what
will
happen
in
unfamiliar
flight
conditions
or
to
effect
an
extrapolation
from
a
known
test
result
to
the
design
condition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
360
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
lift
on
inclined
bodies
of
revolution
in
hypersonic
flow
the
importance
of
body
lift
lies
in
the
fact
that
at
moderate
angles
of
attack
and
high
mach
number
it
can
constitute
an
appreciable
part
of
the
total
lift
of
a
winged
missile
in
this
paper
an
attempt
has
been
made
to
analyze
body
lift
in
hypersonic
flow
by
an
approximate
method
and
together
with
a
correlation
of
existing
experimental
data
to
indicate
the
probable
variation
of
body
lift
over
a
wide
range
of
mach
numbers
extending
from
low
supersonic
to
hypersonic
the
method
of
analysis
of
hypersonic
flow
over
inclined
bodies
of
revolution
employed
herein
has
been
denoted
as
the
hypersonic
approximation
it
is
an
improvement
on
the
newtonian
corpuscular
theory
of
aerodynamics
since
it
considers
the
centrifugal
forces
resulting
from
the
curved
paths
of
the
air
particles
in
addition
to
the
impact
newtonian
forces
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
361
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
of
a
viscous
liquid
past
a
flat
plate
at
small
reynolds
number
the
authors
repeat
the
earlier
calculations
of
piercy
and
winny
proc
roy
soc
london
ser
a
earlier
works
were
known
to
be
different
from
each
other
the
careful
analysis
of
the
present
authors
shows
that
the
skin
friction
coefficient
up
to
the
second
approximation
agrees
perfectly
with
that
of
piercy
and
winny
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
362
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
three
dimensional
effect
of
flutter
in
a
real
fluid
in
ref
an
alternative
semi
empirical
formulation
for
flutter
in
a
real
fluid
is
given
for
more
accurate
determination
of
the
empirical
coefficients
the
three
dimensional
effect
of
finite
span
should
be
taken
into
account
following
reissner's
approximation
for
large
aspect
ratio
rectangular
wings
the
boundary
value
problem
governing
the
downwash
w
and
the
vorticity
distribution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
363
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
alternative
formulation
of
the
problem
of
flutter
in
real
fluids
it
is
well
known
in
steady
flow
that
the
actual
lift
curve
slope
is
somewhat
less
than
that
predicted
by
inviscid
flow
theory
even
at
small
angles
of
attack
as
the
stall
angle
is
approached
the
lift
curve
slope
continually
decreases
and
thus
deviates
even
more
from
the
theoretical
value
pinkerton
employed
the
measured
circulation
to
determine
the
pressure
distribution
and
found
that
the
resulting
prediction
of
the
moment
is
considerably
improved
over
that
given
by
the
classical
theory
this
amounts
to
replacing
the
conventional
kutta
joukowski
condition
with
the
condition
that
the
total
lift
should
agree
with
the
measured
value
and
this
in
turn
completely
determines
the
flow
pattern
practically
this
is
accomplished
by
giving
a
fictitious
camber
to
the
profile
since
potential
flow
theory
is
valid
outside
of
the
boundary
layer
once
the
boundary
layer
thickness
is
known
the
potential
flow
may
be
corrected
for
the
displacement
thickness
and
the
viscous
wake
by
appropriate
source
distributions
the
boundary
layer
cannot
be
evaluated
of
course
until
the
potential
flow
is
known
and
the
circulation
is
applied
a
criterion
to
determine
the
circulation
by
generalizing
the
kutta
joukowski
condition
was
proposed
by
preston
and
spence
by
assuming
that
the
pressure
at
the
trailing
edge
shall
have
the
same
value
when
determined
from
the
potential
flow
values
above
and
below
the
airfoil
this
procedure
gives
qualitative
information
concerning
viscous
effects
in
steady
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
364
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
method
for
analysing
the
insulating
properties
of
the
laminar
compressible
boundary
layer
in
some
cooling
problems
associated
with
high
energy
flows
it
may
be
convenient
to
localize
strongly
the
cooling
as
for
example
by
injecting
a
coolant
through
an
upstream
porous
strip
and
to
depend
on
the
insulating
properties
of
the
boundary
layer
to
reduce
or
to
eliminate
completely
the
need
for
further
cooling
on
the
surface
downstream
of
the
highly
cooled
section
this
upstream
cooling
technique
may
be
of
interest
in
connection
with
optical
windows
in
hypersonic
wind
tunnels
and
on
radomes
wings
and
bodies
of
high
speed
aircraft
and
missiles
in
this
paper
a
method
for
investigating
the
insulating
properties
of
a
laminar
compressible
boundary
layer
on
a
two
dimensional
surface
with
zero
heat
transfer
is
presented
the
physical
situation
considered
thus
corresponds
to
the
case
in
which
the
heat
transfer
downstream
of
the
strongly
cooled
section
is
completely
eliminated
of
practical
concern
is
how
the
temperature
of
the
uncooled
surface
varies
in
the
downstream
direction
from
its
low
initial
value
and
thus
how
the
low
energy
layer
established
by
the
upstream
cooling
insulates
the
downstream
surface
the
karman
integral
method
extended
to
both
the
momentum
and
energy
partial
differential
equations
of
the
boundary
layer
has
been
used
the
station
at
which
cooling
and
or
injection
ceases
corresponds
to
a
discontinuity
in
boundary
conditions
and
thus
in
solutions
at
this
point
the
flux
of
mass
momentum
and
energy
within
the
boundary
layer
has
been
made
continuous
by
the
introduction
of
three
additional
parameters
in
the
velocity
and
stagnation
enthalpy
profiles
thus
the
velocity
and
stagnation
enthalpy
profiles
have
both
been
taken
as
sixth
degree
polynomials
the
resulting
two
integral
differential
equations
are
then
solved
for
two
unknown
functions
of
the
distance
along
the
wall
these
two
functions
are
related
to
the
boundary
layer
thickness
and
to
the
wall
temperature
initial
conditions
corresponding
to
a
given
initial
wall
temperature
and
an
initial
boundary
layer
thickness
are
prescribed
exact
closed
form
solutions
for
the
case
of
zero
axial
pressure
gradient
are
obtained
for
flows
with
significant
pressure
gradients
numerical
solutions
are
required
in
general
several
numerical
examples
of
practical
interest
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
365
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
homogeneous
boundary
layer
at
an
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
with
large
rates
of
injection
this
report
presents
a
theoretical
analysis
of
the
boundary
layer
at
an
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
with
large
rates
of
air
injection
the
results
of
a
previous
investigation
indicated
that
for
localized
mass
transfer
in
the
stagnation
region
the
rates
of
injection
are
considerably
greater
than
those
usually
treated
the
exact
stagnation
point
boundary
layer
equations
are
integrated
numerically
for
an
approximate
representation
of
the
gas
properties
the
two
point
boundary
conditions
are
treated
in
a
new
manner
which
is
useful
for
various
boundary
layer
and
mixing
problems
the
exact
solutions
indicate
that
for
large
rates
of
injection
the
boundary
layer
is
closely
represented
by
an
inner
isothermal
shear
flow
and
by
and
exterior
relatively
thin
region
in
which
the
flow
variables
change
to
their
free
stream
values
an
integral
method
based
on
profiles
suggested
by
the
exact
solutions
is
developed
and
shown
to
lead
to
accurate
predictions
of
the
integral
thicknesses
which
are
of
interest
for
a
study
of
the
downstream
influence
of
the
stagnation
point
mass
transfer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
366
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
helium
injection
into
the
boundary
layer
at
an
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
this
report
presents
a
theoretical
analysis
of
the
boundary
layer
at
an
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
with
large
rates
of
helium
injection
the
exact
stagnation
point
boundary
layer
equations
are
integrated
numerically
with
approximate
representations
of
the
gas
properties
the
treatment
of
the
two
point
boundary
value
problem
employed
herein
is
shown
to
be
useful
for
various
boundary
layer
and
mixing
problems
the
exact
solutions
indicate
that
for
large
rates
of
injection
the
boundary
layer
can
be
represented
by
a
thick
inner
layer
of
constant
shear
temperature
and
composition
and
by
a
relatively
thin
outer
region
in
which
the
flow
variables
adjust
to
their
free
stream
values
an
inviscid
flow
model
is
shown
to
lead
to
accurate
predictions
of
this
shear
layer
and
will
thus
provide
sufficiently
accurate
profiles
for
use
in
the
study
of
the
downstream
influence
of
stagnation
point
mass
transfer
the
heat
transfer
to
the
stagnation
point
is
also
considered
tabulations
of
the
eigenvalues
for
a
variety
of
wall
conditions
and
injection
rates
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
367
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
control
system
and
analysis
and
design
via
the
second
method
of
lyapunov
the
second
method
of
lyapunov
is
the
most
general
approach
currently
in
the
theory
of
stability
of
dynamic
systems
after
a
rigorous
exposition
of
the
fundamental
concepts
of
this
theory
applications
are
made
to
a
stability
of
linear
stationary
linear
nonslationary
and
nonlinear
systems
b
estimation
of
transient
behavior
c
control
system
optimization
d
design
of
relay
servos
the
discussion
is
essentially
self
contained
with
emphasis
on
the
thorough
development
of
the
principal
ideas
and
mathematical
tools
only
systems
governed
by
differential
equations
are
treated
here
systems
governed
by
difference
equations
are
the
subject
of
a
companion
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
368
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
problems
of
polar
missile
control
a
polar
controlled
missile
is
one
in
which
manoeuvre
is
carried
out
by
rotations
about
roll
and
pitch
axes
that
is
in
the
manner
of
a
conventional
aeroplane
this
paper
discusses
some
problems
in
the
application
of
this
form
of
control
to
homing
missiles
in
comparison
with
the
alternative
cartesian
configuration
this
method
presents
some
special
design
problems
in
the
former
case
it
is
often
possible
to
resolve
the
motion
into
two
planes
and
consider
the
pitch
and
yaw
control
systems
as
independent
two
dimensional
problems
this
simplification
is
not
possible
in
the
case
of
polar
control
and
it
is
usually
necessary
to
consider
the
whole
three
dimensional
system
the
equations
of
motion
which
result
are
in
general
not
susceptible
to
analysis
because
of
this
the
design
of
control
systems
requires
extensive
use
of
simulators
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
369
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
solution
of
the
supersonic
blunt
body
problem
for
prescribed
arbitrary
axisymmetric
shapes
the
integral
method
of
belotserkovskii
has
been
carried
out
to
the
first
approximation
for
arbitrary
blunt
axisymmetric
bodies
in
supersonic
or
hypersonic
flight
this
method
is
direct
in
that
it
gives
the
surface
pressure
distribution
and
shock
shape
for
a
prescribed
body
results
obtained
by
numerical
integration
for
several
body
shapes
at
several
mach
numbers
are
compared
to
experimental
results
with
good
agreement
it
is
also
shown
that
the
method
can
be
successfully
applied
to
pointed
bodies
with
attached
shock
in
the
stagnation
region
simple
relationships
are
found
from
the
equations
of
the
first
approximation
which
connect
the
surface
velocity
gradient
shock
curvature
shock
detachment
distance
and
body
curvature
these
relations
are
also
correlated
with
experiment
for
a
variety
of
shapes
as
a
function
of
mach
number
the
correlations
permit
a
rapid
estimate
of
the
stagnation
point
velocity
gradient
important
for
heat
transfer
calculations
for
any
blunt
body
from
the
shock
stand
off
distance
a
method
for
a
higher
approximation
is
described
for
which
in
contrast
to
the
higher
approximations
of
belotserkovskii
a
large
number
of
simultaneous
total
differential
equations
with
unknown
parameters
does
not
occur
one
form
of
this
method
has
been
studied
numerically
results
are
given
which
though
only
partially
successful
indicate
the
amount
of
improvement
to
be
expected
from
a
higher
approximation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
37
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
new
technique
for
investigating
heat
transfer
and
surface
phenomena
under
hypersonic
flow
conditions
on
the
forebody
of
many
practically
interesting
hypersonic
vehicles
there
is
little
interaction
between
the
inviscid
flow
field
and
the
boundary
layer
therefore
inviscid
flow
theory
can
be
used
to
determine
independent
of
surface
phenomena
the
physically
interesting
quantities
such
as
shock
shape
shock
detachment
distance
sonic
line
shape
and
pressure
distribution
furthermore
the
pressure
distribution
so
determined
can
then
be
used
for
the
study
of
heat
transfer
materials
behavior
and
other
surface
phenomena
thus
for
these
bodies
the
prandtl
boundary
layer
concept
can
be
utilized
for
the
calculation
of
both
the
inviscid
flow
and
the
boundary
layer
behavior
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
point
out
that
this
concept
can
also
be
applied
experimentally
in
order
to
provide
in
conjunction
with
a
conventional
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
air
supply
a
means
for
investigating
hypersonic
heat
transfer
and
surface
phenomena
under
conditions
of
flight
reynolds
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
370
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
pressure
distribution
on
a
hemisphere
cylinder
combination
in
recent
years
great
use
has
been
made
of
approximate
methods
for
the
determination
of
the
pressure
distribution
on
blunt
nosed
bodies
and
afterbodies
at
high
mach
numbers
for
quasi
spherical
bodies
it
has
been
suggested
that
modified
newtonian
theory
in
combination
with
a
prandtl
meyer
expansion
be
used
on
the
nose
portion
the
two
laws
being
matched
at
the
point
where
the
pressure
gradients
are
equal
no
simple
approximation
however
has
been
found
for
flat
nosed
bodies
as
for
the
pressure
distribution
on
the
afterbody
the
blast
wave
analogy
has
been
suggested
for
general
nose
shapes
but
particular
afterbody
profiles
the
purpose
of
the
present
note
is
to
compare
these
approximate
estimates
with
a
more
accurate
determination
of
the
flow
field
about
a
hemisphere
cylinder
in
an
ideal
gas
flow
it
was
felt
that
since
experimental
investigations
in
air
at
this
mach
number
are
scarce
and
very
difficult
to
obtain
the
comparison
would
be
of
interest
the
basis
of
comparison
is
the
flow
field
as
it
results
from
a
numerical
integration
of
the
exact
equations
governing
the
motion
of
the
ideal
fluid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
371
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
tip
bluntness
effects
in
the
supersonic
and
hypersonic
regimes
in
a
recent
letter
m
h
bertram
presents
some
data
on
flows
at
m
around
half
angle
cones
with
blunted
tips
since
the
demarcation
between
the
supersonic
and
hypersonic
regimes
is
not
sharp
and
since
one
expects
hypersonic
flows
to
be
generally
similar
to
those
at
lower
mach
numbers
especially
where
viscous
effects
do
not
predominate
throughout
the
entire
field
of
interest
it
is
of
some
value
to
compare
bertram's
results
with
those
obtained
by
giese
and
bergdolt
for
half
angle
cones
at
m
following
the
observation
by
charters
and
stein
that
drag
coefficient
measurements
on
blunted
cones
imply
a
reynolds
number
effect
giese
and
bergdolt
study
the
convergence
to
conical
flow
of
the
perturbed
flow
about
a
cone
with
truncated
tip
they
employ
the
mach
zehnder
interferometer
and
the
conical
flow
criterion
as
analytical
tools
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
372
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
investigation
of
flow
about
simple
blunt
bodies
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
an
experimental
investigation
was
conducted
in
the
galcit
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
to
determine
flow
characteristics
for
a
series
of
blunt
bodies
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
and
free
stream
reynolds
numbers
per
in
of
measured
values
for
the
pressure
coefficient
distributions
are
compared
with
a
modified
newtonian
expression
the
agreement
is
very
good
for
the
three
dimensional
bodies
and
is
fair
for
the
circular
cylinder
transverse
to
the
free
stream
flow
direction
a
complete
report
of
the
investigation
is
given
in
a
galcit
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
memorandum
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
373
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
generalized
expansion
method
and
its
application
to
bodies
travelling
at
high
supersonic
airspeeds
it
is
demonstrated
that
the
shock
expansion
method
can
be
generalized
to
treat
a
large
class
of
hypersonic
flows
only
one
of
which
is
flow
about
airfoils
this
generalized
method
predicts
the
whole
flow
field
including
shock
wave
curvatures
and
resulting
vorticity
providing
that
disturbances
originating
on
the
surface
of
an
object
are
largely
absorbed
in
shock
waves
with
which
they
interact
and
disturbances
associated
with
the
divergence
of
stream
lines
in
tangent
planes
to
the
surface
are
of
secondary
importance
compared
to
those
associated
with
the
curvature
of
stream
lines
in
planes
normal
to
the
surface
it
is
shown
that
these
conditions
may
be
met
in
three
dimensional
as
well
as
two
dimensional
hypersonic
flows
when
they
are
met
surface
streamlines
may
be
taken
as
geodesics
which
in
turn
may
be
related
to
the
geometry
of
the
surface
the
validity
of
the
generalized
shock
expansion
method
for
three
dimensional
hypersonic
flows
is
checked
by
comparing
predictions
of
theory
with
experiment
for
the
surface
pressures
and
bow
shock
waves
of
bodies
of
revolution
the
bodies
treated
are
two
ogives
having
fineness
ratios
of
and
tests
were
conducted
at
mach
numbers
from
to
and
angles
of
attack
up
to
degrees
in
the
by
in
supersonic
wind
tunnel
of
the
ames
aeronautical
laboratory
at
the
lower
angles
of
attack
theory
and
experiment
approach
agreement
when
the
ratio
of
mach
number
to
fineness
ratio
that
is
the
hypersonic
similarity
parameter
exceeds
at
the
larger
angles
of
attack
theory
tends
to
break
down
as
would
be
expected
on
the
leeward
sides
of
the
bodies
as
a
final
point
it
is
inquired
if
the
two
dimensionality
of
inviscid
hypersonic
flows
has
any
counterpart
in
hypersonic
boundary
layer
flows
the
question
is
answered
in
the
affirmative
and
results
of
experiment
are
employed
to
provide
a
partial
check
of
this
conclusion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
374
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
optimum
zoom
climb
techniques
the
problem
of
optimal
zoom
climb
maneuvering
of
a
turbojet
aircraft
has
been
investigated
using
the
mayer
formulation
of
the
calculus
of
variations
the
euler
lagrange
equations
governing
optimum
symmetric
flight
have
been
integrated
numerically
by
digital
computation
discontinuities
in
thrust
arising
from
turbojet
afterburner
blowout
have
been
treated
and
conditions
which
must
be
satisfied
across
the
interface
generated
by
the
discontinuity
have
been
derived
arbitrary
control
techniques
have
been
compared
with
the
optimum
and
it
has
been
found
that
performance
is
relatively
insensitive
to
piloting
technique
unless
a
time
limitation
is
imposed
which
requires
high
maneuvering
load
factors
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
375
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
steady
flow
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
of
a
gas
if
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
a
gas
are
transformed
by
mises's
transformation
as
was
done
by
karman
tsion
for
the
flow
along
a
flat
plate
of
a
gas
with
unit
prandtl
number
the
computation
of
solutions
is
simplified
and
use
may
be
made
of
previously
computed
solutions
for
an
incompressible
fluid
for
any
value
of
the
prandtl
number
and
any
variation
of
the
viscosity
with
the
temperature
t
after
the
method
has
been
applied
to
flow
along
a
flat
plate
a
problem
otherwise
treated
by
crocco
the
flow
near
the
forward
stagnation
point
of
a
cylinder
is
calculated
with
dissipation
neglected
both
with
the
effect
of
gravity
on
the
flow
neglected
and
with
this
effect
retained
for
vertical
flow
past
a
horizontal
cylinder
the
approximations
involved
by
the
neglect
of
gravity
are
considered
generally
and
the
cross
drift
is
calculated
when
a
horizontal
stream
flows
past
a
vertical
surface
when
and
the
boundary
is
heat
insulated
it
is
shown
that
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
a
gas
may
be
made
identical
whatever
be
the
main
stream
with
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
an
incompressible
fluid
with
a
certain
determinable
main
stream
the
method
is
also
applied
to
free
convection
at
a
flat
plate
variation
with
altitude
of
the
state
of
the
surrounding
fluid
neglected
and
to
laminar
flow
in
plane
wakes
but
for
plane
jets
the
conditions
previously
imposed
by
howarth
are
also
imposed
here
in
order
to
obtain
simple
solutions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
376
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transformation
between
compressible
and
incompressible
boundary
layer
equations
it
is
proposed
to
show
that
the
boundary
layer
equation
of
compressible
flow
can
be
reduced
to
that
of
incompressible
flow
such
work
was
initiated
by
stewartson
and
by
rott
and
crabtree
in
the
following
some
of
the
restrictions
imposed
by
references
and
will
be
removed
and
it
will
be
shown
that
the
transformation
from
compressible
boundary
layer
to
incompressible
boundary
layer
can
be
applied
to
the
laminar
as
well
as
turbulent
case
a
direct
method
will
be
used
for
this
purpose
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
377
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
turbulent
analog
of
the
stewartson
illingworth
transformation
the
stewartson
illingworth
transformation
is
applied
to
the
integral
momentum
equation
for
compressible
boundary
layer
flow
leaving
the
x
coordinate
transformation
unspecified
however
it
is
shown
that
the
transformed
equation
is
the
integral
momentum
equation
for
incompressible
flow
if
a
the
effect
of
compressibility
on
the
boundary
layer
shape
parameter
h
can
be
represented
by
and
b
the
x
coordinate
transformation
is
chosen
to
be
suitably
related
to
the
ratio
of
skin
friction
coefficients
in
compressible
and
incompressible
flows
experimental
evidence
is
presented
which
shows
that
condition
a
is
satisfied
for
turbulent
boundary
layers
up
to
m
an
x
transformation
is
chosen
according
to
b
and
an
equation
is
presented
which
gives
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
growth
in
compressible
flow
in
terms
of
a
simple
quadrature
the
predictions
of
this
equation
are
then
compared
with
some
measurements
on
wind
tunnel
nozzles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
378
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
engineering
relations
for
friction
and
heat
transfer
to
surfaces
in
high
velocity
flow
in
calculations
of
thermodynamic
heating
for
high
speed
missiles
parameters
have
been
used
based
on
relationships
which
hold
for
constant
property
fluids
the
validity
of
this
procedure
has
been
verified
recently
in
a
survey
of
heat
transfer
in
which
a
relationship
for
the
reference
temperature
was
developed
a
calculation
procedure
for
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
based
on
this
relationship
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
379
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
reverse
flow
and
variational
theorems
for
lifting
surfaces
in
nonstationary
compressible
flow
a
reverse
flow
theorem
for
compressible
nonsteady
flow
valid
within
the
limits
of
linearized
theory
is
derived
this
theorem
gives
a
general
class
of
relations
between
linearized
solutions
for
lifting
surfaces
in
direct
and
reverse
flow
based
on
the
same
considerations
used
to
establish
the
theorem
an
adjoint
variational
principle
which
may
be
useful
in
approximate
solutions
of
non
steady
lifting
surface
problems
is
obtained
to
illustrate
the
uses
of
the
reverse
flow
theorem
it
is
applied
to
the
determination
of
relations
between
aerodynamic
coefficients
in
direct
and
reverse
flow
and
to
the
obtaining
of
influence
functions
for
total
lift
pitching
moment
and
rolling
moment
for
a
wing
oscillating
with
arbitrary
motion
and
surface
deformation
in
terms
of
the
pressure
distributions
for
simpler
cases
in
reverse
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
38
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
prediction
of
mixed
subsonic
supersonic
pressure
distributions
high
speed
wind
tunnel
results
are
analyzed
to
derive
a
semiempirical
scheme
for
the
prediction
of
transonic
pressure
distributions
the
supersonic
and
subsonic
parts
of
the
flow
are
treated
separately
and
then
linked
by
an
empirical
shock
pressure
rise
relation
the
significance
of
the
empirical
results
is
considered
in
relation
to
the
physical
mechanism
of
transonic
flows
it
is
also
shown
that
theoretical
solutions
can
be
improved
by
introducing
the
empirical
shock
relation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
380
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
quasi
steady
air
forces
on
incompressible
bending
torsion
flutter
explicit
solutions
are
obtained
for
the
bending
torsion
flutter
of
a
two
dimensional
airfoil
in
incompressible
flow
under
the
assumptions
that
the
theodorsen
function
c
k
is
set
equal
to
a
real
constant
and
the
diagonal
virtual
mass
terms
are
negligible
for
the
case
of
small
bending
to
torsion
frequency
ratio
a
comparison
is
made
of
these
quasi
steady
solutions
with
an
earlier
empirical
expression
suggested
by
theodorsen
and
garrick
for
the
nonsteady
case
and
the
effect
of
the
c
k
function
is
indicated
the
importance
of
the
c
g
location
for
these
small
cases
is
re
emphasized
and
the
possibility
of
flutter
at
zero
air
speed
is
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
381
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
axisymmetric
boundary
layer
on
a
long
thin
cylinder
the
laminar
boundary
layer
in
axial
flow
about
a
long
thin
cylinder
is
investigated
by
two
methods
one
is
a
pohlhausen
method
based
on
a
velocity
profile
chosen
to
represent
conditions
near
the
surface
as
accurately
as
possible
the
other
is
an
asymptotic
series
solution
valid
far
enough
downstream
from
the
nose
for
the
boundary
layer
thickness
to
have
become
large
compared
with
the
cylinder
radius
another
series
solution
due
to
seban
bond
and
kelly
is
known
valid
near
enough
to
the
nose
for
the
boundary
layer
to
be
thin
compared
with
the
cylinder
radius
the
pohlhausen
solution
shows
good
agreement
with
both
series
near
and
far
from
the
nose
and
enables
an
interpolation
to
be
made
between
them
in
the
extensive
range
of
distances
from
the
nose
for
which
neither
is
applicable
the
final
recommended
curves
for
the
variation
along
the
cylinder
of
skin
friction
boundary
layer
displacement
area
and
momentum
defect
area
are
displayed
in
graphical
and
tabular
form
figure
and
table
and
are
expected
to
be
correct
to
within
about
the
velocity
near
the
wall
is
closely
proportional
to
the
logarithm
of
the
distance
from
the
axis
this
is
the
profile
used
in
the
pohlhausen
method
the
analogy
with
the
distribution
of
mean
velocity
in
turbulent
flow
over
a
flat
plate
is
discussed
at
the
end
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
382
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
the
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
circular
cylinder
in
axial
incompressible
flow
a
correction
is
made
for
the
equation
to
compute
the
ratio
of
the
displacement
thickness
on
a
cylinder
to
the
corresponding
thickness
on
a
flat
plate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
383
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
integration
of
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
a
plane
in
compressible
flow
with
heat
transfer
the
equations
of
motion
of
compressible
viscous
flow
with
vanishing
pressure
gradient
past
a
plane
are
integrated
in
semi
convergent
expressions
for
the
case
when
the
physical
constants
depend
on
temperature
and
the
prandtl
number
is
close
to
unity
simple
expressions
are
obtained
for
the
temperature
and
velocity
distributions
in
the
boundary
layer
the
drag
coefficient
and
their
dependence
on
the
physical
constants
they
contain
the
well
known
results
and
several
new
ones
for
the
case
when
the
temperature
of
the
boundary
is
either
above
or
not
much
below
the
temperature
of
the
main
flow
the
results
obtained
closely
agree
with
crocco's
numerical
computations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
384
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
application
of
second
order
shock
expansion
theory
to
several
types
of
bodies
of
revolution
second
order
shock
expansion
theory
is
utilized
to
obtain
equations
for
the
initial
normal
force
curve
slope
initial
pitching
moment
curve
slope
and
zero
lift
wave
drag
for
several
type
bodies
of
revolution
bodies
considered
are
the
cone
cylinder
cone
cylinder
frustum
cone
cylinder
frustum
booster
cone
frustum
and
cone
frustum
booster
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
385
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
a
generalised
porous
wall
couette
type
flow
in
a
recent
paper
the
problem
of
a
couette
type
flow
in
which
the
fixed
wall
is
porous
has
been
considered
the
results
quoted
in
the
above
reference
can
be
obtained
rigorously
by
the
method
stated
below
in
which
a
different
interpretation
to
one
of
the
parameters
is
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
386
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
generalised
porous
wall
couette
type
flow
recently
it
was
observed
that
the
two
existing
boundary
layer
texts
references
and
did
not
contain
a
solution
for
the
case
of
couette
flow
with
a
constant
uniformly
distributed
suction
or
blowing
thus
the
following
analysis
considers
a
couette
type
flow
between
a
stationary
flat
surface
and
a
slightly
inclined
flat
plate
moving
at
a
constant
velocity
in
addition
the
flow
is
subjected
to
a
constant
uniformly
distributed
suction
or
blowing
at
the
fixed
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
387
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
for
laminar
flow
in
an
annulus
with
porous
wall
temperature
profiles
and
heat
transfer
rates
of
established
incompressible
flow
through
an
annulus
channel
with
porous
walls
of
constant
temperatures
are
determined
at
different
injection
rates
axial
conduction
and
viscous
dissipation
are
as
usual
neglected
injecting
fluid
is
tacitly
assumed
to
have
the
same
temperature
as
the
porous
wall
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
388
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
pressure
gradient
induced
by
shear
flow
past
a
flat
plate
article
is
a
continuation
of
an
earlier
note
on
papers
by
li
on
a
semiinfinite
plate
in
a
uniform
shear
flow
li
had
deduced
from
the
form
of
his
equations
that
stream
vorticity
caused
an
induced
pressure
gradient
in
the
flow
later
papers
by
li
and
murray
amr
rev
support
the
induced
pressure
gradient
theory
the
author
notes
however
that
the
mathematics
used
by
li
and
murray
are
not
acceptable
and
the
problem
thus
not
resolved
the
present
note
sets
up
simple
models
of
complete
flows
examinable
by
elementary
means
author
holds
that
analyses
demonstrate
conclusively
that
no
pressure
gradient
is
induced
in
the
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
in
a
limited
region
of
shear
flow
he
notes
that
the
original
question
in
the
case
of
unbounded
shear
remains
obscure
and
anyway
an
unlimited
shear
layer
is
not
of
great
practical
importance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
389
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
simple
shear
flow
past
a
flat
plate
in
a
compressible
viscous
fluid
by
transformation
of
variables
the
problem
of
a
simple
shear
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
over
a
flat
plate
is
reduced
to
the
corresponding
problem
for
an
incompressible
fluid
the
prandtl
number
of
the
compressible
fluid
is
assumed
to
be
unity
and
its
viscosity
to
be
a
linear
function
of
temperature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
39
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
flow
of
a
sonic
stream
past
an
airfoil
surface
this
study
of
the
flow
about
an
airfoil
in
a
near
sonic
stream
indicates
the
important
factors
determining
the
pressure
distribution
on
the
airfoil
analysis
of
the
mach
wave
pattern
suggests
that
the
supersonic
domain
of
the
flow
can
be
derived
from
two
simple
wave
flows
one
arising
from
the
mach
waves
reflected
at
the
sonic
line
and
the
other
from
the
changes
in
airfoil
surface
slope
the
compressive
effect
of
the
reflected
mach
waves
is
determined
quantitatively
as
a
function
of
airfoil
leading
edge
geometry
from
an
analysis
of
measured
pressure
distributions
for
uncambered
airfoils
and
it
is
shown
how
this
can
be
superimposed
on
the
wave
system
from
the
curved
surface
to
give
an
equivalent
simple
wave
flow
over
the
airfoil
an
application
of
this
scheme
to
the
calculation
of
the
pressure
distribution
over
an
airfoil
in
a
sonic
stream
gives
results
in
good
agreement
with
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
390
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
panel
flutter
studies
using
piston
theory
the
use
of
piston
theory
was
recently
advocated
for
supersonic
aeroelastic
analyses
including
the
problem
of
panel
flutter
and
this
has
stimulated
the
investigation
reported
here
linear
piston
theory
is
mainly
considered
but
some
effects
of
introducing
higher
order
terms
are
discussed
flutter
of
rectangular
simply
supported
panels
and
of
elliptically
shaped
clamped
edge
panels
is
considered
and
some
justification
is
provided
for
the
use
of
static
aerodynamic
forces
and
the
neglect
of
aerodynamic
damping
hence
it
is
concluded
that
ackeret
loading
gives
more
exact
results
than
piston
theory
solution
of
the
flutter
equations
is
made
by
applying
galerkin's
method
to
a
rayleigh
type
analysis
using
assumed
modes
of
deformation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
391
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flutter
of
rectangular
simply
supported
panels
at
high
supersonic
speeds
the
problem
of
panel
flutter
of
rectangular
simply
supported
plates
subjected
to
supersonic
flow
over
one
surface
is
treated
theoretically
the
assumption
is
made
and
subsequently
verified
that
the
static
approximation
to
the
aerodynamic
flutter
forces
yields
flutter
boundaries
with
satisfactory
accuracy
for
mach
numbers
greater
than
about
two
panel
flutter
analyses
are
performed
using
this
static
approximation
in
conjunction
with
thin
plate
theory
one
employs
aerodynamic
strip
theory
the
other
aerodynamic
surface
theory
the
influence
of
mach
number
dynamic
pressure
panel
aspect
ratio
and
midplane
stress
on
the
panel
thickness
required
to
prevent
flutter
is
determined
for
extensive
ranges
of
these
parameters
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
392
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
natural
frequencies
of
rectangular
plates
with
edges
elastically
restrained
against
rotation
plates
with
attachments
to
heavier
members
along
the
edges
can
be
described
as
having
edges
elastically
restrained
against
rotation
in
many
cases
uniformly
along
each
edge
at
the
edges
setting
slope
when
is
the
edge
bending
moment
with
always
positive
the
elastic
restraint
can
be
analytically
defined
with
describing
respectively
clamped
and
simply
supported
edges
in
this
note
natural
frequencies
of
such
plates
are
calculated
mainly
following
the
nomenclature
of
dana
young
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
393
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
shear
flow
along
a
flat
plate
with
uniform
suction
recently
several
authors
have
investigated
the
boundary
layer
in
a
shear
flow
in
this
note
an
exact
solution
of
the
navier
stokes
equations
will
be
presented
which
represents
the
boundary
layer
along
an
infinite
flat
plate
with
uniform
suction
situated
in
a
shear
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
394
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
viscous
flow
near
a
stagnation
point
when
the
external
flow
has
uniform
vorticity
in
view
of
the
recent
controversy
between
li
and
glauert
on
the
nature
of
the
solution
of
the
boundary
layer
equations
when
the
external
flow
is
rotational
it
seems
worthwhile
to
draw
attention
to
a
certain
exact
solution
of
the
navier
stokes
equations
which
lends
support
to
glauert's
point
of
view
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
395
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
new
methods
in
heat
flow
analysis
with
application
to
flight
structures
new
methods
are
presented
for
the
analysis
of
transient
heat
flow
in
complex
structures
leading
to
drastic
simplifications
in
the
calculation
and
the
possibility
of
including
nonlinear
and
surface
effects
these
methods
are
in
part
a
direct
application
of
some
general
variational
principles
developed
earlier
for
linear
thermodynamics
they
are
further
developed
in
the
particular
case
of
purely
thermal
problems
to
include
surface
and
boundary
layer
heat
transfer
nonlinear
systems
with
temperature
dependent
parameters
and
radiation
the
concepts
of
thermal
potential
dissipation
function
and
generalized
thermal
force
are
introduced
leading
to
ordinary
differential
equations
of
the
lagrangian
type
for
the
thermal
flow
field
because
of
the
particular
nature
of
heat
flow
phenomena
compared
with
dynamics
suitable
procedures
must
be
developed
in
order
to
formulate
each
problem
in
the
simplest
way
this
is
done
by
treating
a
number
of
examples
the
concepts
of
penetration
depth
and
transit
time
are
introduced
and
discussed
in
connection
with
one
dimensional
flow
application
of
the
general
method
to
the
heating
of
a
slab
with
temperature
dependent
heat
capacity
shows
a
substantial
difference
between
the
heating
and
cooling
processes
an
example
of
heat
flow
analysis
of
a
supersonic
wing
structure
by
the
present
method
is
also
given
and
requires
only
extremely
simple
calculations
the
results
are
found
to
be
in
good
agreement
with
those
obtained
by
the
classical
and
much
more
elaborate
procedures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
396
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
variational
and
lagrangian
thermodynamics
of
thermal
convection
fundamental
shortcomings
of
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
extension
of
previous
analyses
indicating
the
possibility
of
extending
the
thermodynamics
of
irreversible
processes
to
systems
which
are
not
in
the
vicinity
of
an
equilibrium
state
and
for
which
onsager's
relations
are
not
verified
this
involves
generalizations
beyond
the
narrow
field
of
heat
transfer
and
to
principles
of
wider
range
than
those
of
current
nonequilibrium
thermodynamics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
397
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
sublayer
for
fluid
injection
into
the
incompressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
a
sublayer
region
is
introduced
in
which
the
intensity
of
turbulence
grows
at
a
prescribed
rate
the
decrease
in
wall
shear
stress
due
to
fluid
injection
into
the
boundary
layer
is
found
under
the
hypothesis
that
the
effect
of
injection
is
restricted
to
the
sublayer
region
experimental
measurements
of
the
velocity
profiles
with
fluid
injection
substantiate
this
hypothesis
the
theoretical
decrease
in
wall
shear
stress
is
in
good
agreement
with
experiment
the
solution
is
particularly
simple
and
for
small
values
of
the
injection
parameter
it
contains
no
arbitrary
parameters
the
theory
provides
a
similarity
parameter
which
differs
from
the
one
in
general
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
398
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
in
turbulent
shear
flow
the
problems
of
heat
transfer
in
turbulent
shear
flow
along
a
smooth
wall
are
discussed
from
the
point
of
view
of
von
karman's
well
known
paper
on
the
analogy
between
fluid
friction
and
heat
transfer
methods
for
extending
the
analysis
to
higher
prandtl
numbers
are
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
399
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
conduction
of
heat
in
composite
slabs
a
method
of
calculating
the
total
quantity
of
heat
that
passes
through
a
unit
area
from
zero
time
to
time
t
is
developed
allowance
is
made
for
surface
resistance
by
regarding
each
contact
resistance
as
an
additional
layer
of
the
appropriate
thermal
resistance
and
zero
heat
capacity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
4
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
solutions
of
the
incompressible
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
for
a
plate
in
shear
flow
the
two
dimensional
steady
boundary
layer
problem
for
a
flat
plate
in
a
shear
flow
of
incompressible
fluid
is
considered
solutions
for
the
boundary
layer
thickness
skin
friction
and
the
velocity
distribution
in
the
boundary
layer
are
obtained
by
the
karman
pohlhausen
technique
comparison
with
the
boundary
layer
of
a
uniform
flow
has
also
been
made
to
show
the
effect
of
vorticity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
40
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
on
boundary
layer
transition
at
supersonic
speeds
tests
were
conducted
in
the
in
continuous
supersonic
wind
tunnel
of
the
jet
propulsion
laboratory
california
institute
of
technology
to
determine
the
effects
of
surface
cooling
on
boundary
layer
transition
at
supersonic
speeds
the
effects
of
cooling
were
investigated
at
test
section
mach
numbers
of
smooth
cone
in
the
presence
of
three
levels
of
supply
stream
turbulence
and
per
cent
and
several
single
element
roughnesses
at
fixed
axial
location
transition
data
were
obtained
optically
by
means
of
a
magnified
schlieren
system
the
results
for
the
range
of
mach
number
investigated
indicate
that
transition
on
a
smooth
cone
can
definitely
be
delayed
by
surface
cooling
transition
promoted
by
either
supply
stream
turbulence
or
surface
roughness
can
also
be
delayed
by
surface
cooling
depending
upon
degree
of
turbulence
or
relative
roughness
respectively
and
the
adverse
effects
of
increased
turbulence
and
roughness
decrease
with
increasing
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
400
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
stress
of
clamped
rectangular
plates
in
shear
by
consideration
of
antisymmetrical
as
well
as
symmetrical
buckling
configurations
the
theoretical
shear
buckling
stresses
of
clamped
rectangular
flat
plates
are
evaluated
more
correctly
than
in
previous
work
the
results
given
which
represent
the
average
of
upper
and
lower
limit
solutions
obtained
by
the
lagrangian
multiplier
method
are
within
percent
of
the
true
buckling
stresses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
401
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inviscid
hypersonic
airflows
with
coupled
non
equilibrium
processes
analyses
have
been
made
of
the
effects
of
coupled
chemical
rate
processes
in
external
inviscid
hypersonic
airflows
at
high
enthalpy
levels
exact
numerical
solutions
have
been
obtained
by
the
inverse
method
for
inviscid
airflow
over
a
near
spherical
nose
under
flight
conditions
where
substantial
nonequilibrium
prevails
through
the
nose
region
typical
conditions
considered
include
nose
radii
of
the
order
of
ft
at
an
altitude
of
ft
and
velocities
of
and
ft
per
sec
the
results
illustrate
the
general
importance
of
the
coupling
among
the
reactions
considered
these
included
dissociation
recombination
bimolecular
exchange
and
ionization
reactions
the
exact
solutions
show
the
bimolecular
no
exchange
reactions
to
be
important
in
blunt
nose
flow
for
the
kinetics
of
no
and
n
as
they
are
in
the
case
of
a
plane
shock
wave
an
important
difference
between
blunt
nose
flow
and
plane
shock
flow
however
is
the
gasdynamic
expansion
in
the
curved
shock
layer
of
the
former
this
expansion
reduces
post
shock
reaction
rates
as
a
consequence
in
the
regime
studied
the
oxygen
and
nitrogen
atom
concentrations
tend
to
freeze
in
the
nose
region
at
levels
below
those
for
infinite
rate
equilibrium
the
reduction
below
the
equilibrium
dissociation
level
can
be
large
particularly
for
nitrogen
dissociation
at
higher
velocities
in
the
regime
considered
the
chemical
kinetics
are
dominated
by
two
body
collision
processes
the
inviscid
nose
flow
including
coupled
nonequilibrium
phenomena
is
thus
amenable
to
binary
scaling
for
a
given
velocity
the
binary
scaling
is
demonstrated
for
a
range
of
altitude
and
scale
by
correlation
of
the
exact
solutions
for
given
velocity
and
a
constant
product
of
ambient
density
and
nose
radius
this
similitude
which
can
also
scale
viscous
nonequilibrium
and
radiation
phenomena
in
the
shock
layer
provides
a
useful
flexibility
for
hypersonic
testing
where
it
is
applicable
the
afterbody
inviscid
flow
problem
is
briefly
discussed
in
the
light
of
the
results
for
the
nose
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
402
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
magnetohydrodynamics
shocks
a
mathematical
treatment
of
the
coupled
motion
of
hydrodynamic
flow
and
electromagnetic
fields
is
given
two
simplifying
assumptions
are
introduced
first
the
conductivity
of
the
medium
is
infinite
and
second
the
motion
is
described
by
a
plane
shock
wave
various
orientations
of
the
plane
of
the
shock
and
the
magnetic
field
are
discussed
separately
and
the
extreme
relativistic
and
unrelativistic
behavior
is
examined
special
consideration
is
given
to
the
behavior
of
weak
shocks
that
is
of
sound
waves
it
is
interesting
to
note
that
the
waves
degenerate
into
common
sound
waves
and
into
common
electromagnetic
waves
in
the
extreme
cases
of
very
weak
and
very
strong
magnetic
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
403
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
magnetohydrodynamic
shock
waves
an
interpretation
of
the
de
hoffman
teller
shock
wave
equations
for
an
infinitely
conducting
medium
is
given
analogous
to
the
classical
interpretation
of
the
ordinary
hydrodynamic
shock
wave
equations
of
rankine
and
hugoniot
two
cases
of
interest
are
considered
as
a
consequence
of
this
theory
it
is
shown
that
weak
magnetic
fields
in
interstellar
clouds
will
be
amplified
and
if
external
mechanisms
are
available
to
reduce
the
compressional
effects
of
shock
waves
the
field
will
reach
a
value
where
p
is
the
pressure
also
some
aspects
of
the
internal
motions
of
prominences
are
considered
it
is
shown
that
gauss
will
yield
results
in
accord
with
the
observational
material
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
404
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
two
dimensional
transonic
flow
past
airfoils
this
report
concerns
the
problem
of
constructing
solutions
for
transonic
flows
over
symmetric
airfoils
the
aspect
of
the
problem
emphasized
is
of
necessity
not
how
to
form
a
solution
for
compressible
flow
but
how
to
simplify
the
initial
phase
of
the
problem
namely
the
mapping
of
the
incompressible
flow
in
the
case
of
the
symmetric
joukowski
airfoil
without
circulation
the
mapping
is
relatively
simple
but
the
coefficients
in
the
power
series
are
difficult
to
evaluate
as
a
result
the
problem
requires
simplification
instead
of
the
exact
incompressible
flow
past
the
airfoil
an
approximate
flow
is
used
which
is
derived
from
a
combination
of
source
and
sink
this
flow
differs
only
slightly
from
the
exact
one
when
the
thickness
is
small
by
the
same
method
the
flow
with
circulation
is
also
considered
after
the
incompressible
flow
functions
are
approximated
in
this
fashion
the
numerical
calculation
of
the
corresponding
compressible
flow
by
the
hodograph
theory
does
not
present
any
essential
difficulty
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
405
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tables
of
thermal
properties
of
gases
tables
of
thermodynamic
and
transport
properties
of
air
argon
carbon
dioxide
carbon
monoxide
hydrogen
nitrogen
oxygen
and
steam
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
406
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
behaviour
of
boundary
layers
at
supersonic
speeds
this
paper
considers
the
implications
of
recent
advances
in
knowledge
of
the
behaviour
of
boundary
layers
in
supersonic
flow
only
the
simplest
case
is
considered
dashthat
of
the
two
dimensional
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
with
nominal
zero
longitudinal
pressure
and
temperature
gradients
it
is
shown
that
the
empirical
intermediate
enthalpy
used
with
success
in
approximations
for
skin
friction
etc
of
laminar
boundary
layers
is
closely
the
same
as
the
mean
enthalpy
with
respect
to
velocity
furthermore
the
mean
enthalpics
of
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
may
be
the
same
a
nonrigorous
approach
is
made
to
the
problems
of
self
induced
pressure
gradients
and
the
indications
are
that
their
effects
on
laminar
skin
friction
etc
may
become
noticeable
at
mach
numbers
greater
than
and
they
increase
as
the
surface
temperature
builds
up
towards
zero
heat
transfer
conditions
the
effects
with
turbulent
boundary
layers
may
not
be
so
severe
finally
the
results
are
applied
to
give
an
idea
of
the
magnitude
of
the
drag
and
aerodynamic
heating
problems
up
to
m
and
one
result
is
that
if
there
is
any
conflict
at
the
higher
mach
numbers
between
surface
conditions
required
for
high
radiative
emissivity
and
those
which
may
be
thought
necessary
for
preserving
a
laminar
boundary
layer
then
it
may
be
better
to
choose
the
former
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
407
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stationary
convection
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
liquid
between
parallel
plates
in
a
magnetic
field
a
study
is
made
of
the
stationary
convection
of
an
electrically
conducting
liquid
in
the
space
between
two
parallel
plates
heated
to
different
temperatures
in
the
presence
of
a
magnetic
field
the
distribution
of
velocity
temperature
and
induced
fields
are
found
and
the
convective
heat
flow
is
calculated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
408
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
convective
motion
of
a
conducting
fluid
between
parallel
vertical
plates
in
a
magnetic
field
stationary
convective
motion
of
a
conducting
fluid
between
vertical
parallel
plates
in
a
magnetic
field
is
considered
an
exact
solution
of
the
magnetohydrodynamic
equations
is
obtained
for
the
case
of
a
constant
vertical
temperature
gradient
the
critical
value
of
grasshof's
number
is
determined
for
the
case
when
the
temperature
of
both
plates
is
the
same
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
409
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
base
pressure
resulting
from
the
interaction
of
a
supersonic
external
stream
with
a
sonic
or
subsonic
jet
it
is
shown
that
the
two
dimensional
base
pressure
problems
relating
to
base
bleed
into
the
wake
of
blunt
trailing
edge
airfoils
or
the
interaction
between
an
external
supersonic
or
sonic
slipstream
with
a
sonic
or
subsonic
jet
stream
of
a
jet
engine
can
be
calculated
by
theoretical
considerations
constant
pressure
isoenergetic
turbulent
mixing
between
the
streams
and
the
stagnant
fluid
in
the
wake
is
assumed
the
theoretical
calculations
are
in
good
agreement
with
the
experimental
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
41
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
transition
experiments
at
moderate
supersonic
speeds
studies
of
transition
over
a
flat
plate
at
mach
number
were
carried
out
using
a
hot
wire
anemometer
as
one
of
the
principal
tools
the
nature
and
measurements
of
free
stream
disturbances
at
supersonic
speeds
are
analyzed
the
experimental
results
are
interpreted
in
the
light
of
present
overall
information
on
transition
at
supersonic
speeds
and
conclusions
as
to
further
fruitful
experiments
are
drawn
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
410
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
supersonic
flow
about
a
blunt
body
of
revolution
for
gases
at
chemical
equilibrium
the
supersonic
flow
about
a
blunt
body
of
revolution
for
gases
at
chemical
equilibrium
a
method
to
determine
the
shock
wave
and
its
location
about
a
body
of
revolution
moving
at
supersonic
speeds
is
given
the
method
provides
also
the
means
to
compute
the
flow
characteristics
in
the
shock
layer
the
fluid
in
which
the
motion
takes
place
is
assumed
to
be
in
chemical
equilibrium
within
the
shock
layer
its
thermochemical
properties
must
be
known
the
essential
new
features
of
the
method
are
a
it
solves
the
direct
problem
i
e
the
initial
data
are
the
conditions
upstream
and
the
body
shape
b
the
integration
of
the
fundamental
equations
is
done
in
the
physical
plane
and
the
difficulties
inherent
to
other
less
direct
mathematical
formulations
of
the
problem
are
avoided
a
physical
interpretation
of
the
method
is
made
which
is
in
accord
with
the
analytical
definition
of
the
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
411
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
data
on
shape
and
location
of
detached
shock
waves
in
cones
and
sphere
accurate
experimental
data
are
given
on
the
shape
and
the
location
of
detached
shock
waves
on
cones
and
spheres
at
mach
numbers
from
to
the
data
are
correlated
to
obtain
equations
that
describe
the
shock
waves
this
knowledge
of
the
shock
waves
should
be
useful
in
calculations
of
the
pressure
distribution
and
the
pressure
drag
of
the
fore
part
of
cones
and
spheres
the
experimental
data
on
shock
waves
are
compared
with
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
412
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
critical
combinations
of
shear
and
transverse
direct
stress
for
an
infinitely
long
flat
plate
with
edges
elastically
restrained
against
rotation
an
exact
solution
and
a
closely
concurring
approximate
energy
solution
are
given
for
the
buckling
of
an
infinitely
long
flat
plate
under
combined
shear
and
transverse
direct
stress
with
edges
elastically
restrained
against
rotation
it
was
found
that
an
appreciable
fraction
of
the
critical
stress
in
pure
shear
may
be
applied
to
the
plate
without
any
reduction
in
the
transverse
compressive
stress
necessary
to
produce
buckling
an
interaction
formula
in
general
use
was
shown
to
be
decidedly
conservative
for
the
range
in
which
it
is
supposed
to
apply
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
413
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
turbulent
skin
friction
at
high
mach
numbers
and
reynolds
numbers
in
air
and
helium
nasa
r
results
are
given
of
local
skin
friction
measurements
in
turbulent
boundary
layers
over
an
equivalent
air
mach
number
range
from
to
and
an
over
all
reynolds
number
variation
of
x
to
x
direct
force
measurements
were
made
by
means
of
a
floating
element
flows
were
two
dimensional
over
a
smooth
flat
surface
with
essentially
zero
pressure
gradient
and
with
adiabatic
conditions
at
the
wall
air
and
helium
were
used
as
working
fluids
an
equivalence
parameter
for
comparing
boundary
layers
in
different
working
fluids
is
derived
and
the
experimental
verification
of
the
parameter
is
demonstrated
experimental
results
are
compared
with
the
results
obtained
by
several
methods
of
calculating
skin
friction
in
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
414
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
resistance
in
compressible
fluids
this
report
is
restricted
to
the
resistance
of
bodies
of
revolution
and
of
cylindrical
bodies
of
infinite
length
moving
with
uniform
velocity
in
a
compressible
fluid
in
the
case
of
bodies
of
revolution
it
will
be
assumed
that
the
direction
of
the
movement
is
parallel
to
the
axis
of
symmetry
it
will
be
assumed
that
the
fluid
satisfies
the
equation
of
state
of
perfect
gases
i
e
const
where
p
denotes
the
pressure
the
density
and
t
the
absolute
temperature
in
addition
to
obeying
this
equation
the
fluid
is
characterized
by
the
statement
that
the
intrinsic
energy
of
the
unit
mass
amounts
to
where
for
simplicity's
sake
the
specific
heat
will
be
expressed
in
work
rather
than
heat
units
the
ratio
between
the
specific
heat
at
constant
pressure
and
the
specific
heat
at
constant
volume
will
be
denoted
by
it
is
known
that
the
value
of
x
depends
upon
the
number
of
degrees
of
freedom
of
the
molecules
if
this
number
is
denoted
by
n
for
air
the
value
x
will
be
used
the
limiting
case
x
will
be
referred
to
as
that
of
a
assumed
that
in
the
range
considered
and
are
independent
of
the
temperature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
415
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
aerodynamic
design
of
section
shapes
for
swept
wings
an
extension
of
work
of
lock
and
rogers
and
the
result
of
cooperation
by
n
p
l
r
a
e
and
members
of
the
british
aircraft
industry
to
achieve
a
satisfactory
design
for
an
aircraft
cruising
at
low
supersonic
speeds
knowledge
of
shock
wave
prediction
onset
of
wave
drag
and
shock
induced
separation
allows
the
basic
design
to
be
generalized
for
a
wide
range
of
parameters
unpublished
work
by
bagley
on
the
relation
of
aerodynamic
coefficients
and
geometry
is
used
the
role
of
upper
surface
velocity
distribution
is
noted
and
methods
for
predicting
pressure
distributions
with
shock
waves
are
reviewed
for
both
subsonic
and
transonic
flows
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
416
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
methods
of
boundary
layer
control
for
postponing
and
alleviating
buffeting
and
other
effects
of
shock
induced
separation
the
use
of
boundary
layer
control
to
increase
the
separation
free
margins
of
mach
number
and
lift
coefficient
beyond
the
cruise
point
of
high
speed
aircraft
may
often
be
preferred
to
design
changes
that
impair
the
cruising
performance
or
the
landing
and
take
off
characteristics
the
factors
that
influence
the
choice
of
method
and
details
of
its
application
are
discussed
emphasising
particularly
the
need
to
maintain
effectiveness
over
most
of
the
chord
to
cover
the
wide
range
of
separation
positions
encountered
as
the
shock
moves
over
the
wing
with
changing
flight
conditions
research
at
the
national
physical
laboratory
that
has
embraced
high
velocity
blowing
vane
and
air
jet
vortex
generators
and
in
a
preliminary
way
distributed
suction
is
briefly
described
the
relative
merits
of
the
various
methods
are
discussed
and
some
results
achieved
in
their
application
are
given
for
vortex
generators
the
importance
is
stressed
of
the
vortex
paths
determined
by
the
interactions
of
neighbouring
vortices
and
their
images
thus
systems
of
counter
rotating
vortices
always
leave
the
surface
in
pairs
and
lose
their
effectiveness
co
rotating
systems
are
therefore
preferred
for
many
applications
blowing
which
in
wind
tunnel
tests
gives
results
as
good
as
or
better
than
vortex
generators
and
does
not
have
the
disadvantage
of
a
drag
penalty
at
cruise
has
not
yet
been
assessed
in
flight
air
jet
vortex
generators
which
would
also
avoid
the
drag
penalty
show
promise
of
producing
significant
effects
with
relatively
small
blowing
pressures
and
quantities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
417
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
stability
of
two
dimensional
parallel
flows
this
is
the
last
part
of
the
author's
theory
of
the
stability
of
plane
laminar
motion
for
parts
and
cf
the
same
quart
these
rev
the
stability
character
of
a
viscous
fluid
is
considered
in
detail
the
author
proceeds
first
to
give
a
proof
of
a
criterion
of
stability
due
to
heisenberg
if
a
velocity
profile
has
an
number
and
phase
velocity
the
disturbance
with
the
same
wave
number
is
unstable
in
the
real
fluid
when
the
reynolds
number
is
sufficiently
large
this
destabilizing
effect
of
viscosity
is
one
of
the
most
interesting
phenomena
in
the
general
stability
theory
its
physical
and
mathematical
significance
is
carefully
discussed
the
author
then
discusses
the
behavior
of
the
so
called
neutral
curve
for
the
two
characteristic
types
of
velocity
distribution
the
boundary
layer
type
profile
and
the
symmetrical
profile
the
asymptotic
behavior
of
the
neutral
curve
is
discussed
first
the
main
difference
between
profiles
with
and
without
a
point
of
inflection
is
that
the
two
branches
of
the
neutral
curve
approach
and
for
profiles
with
a
flex
but
both
converge
to
for
the
profile
without
a
flex
the
most
important
results
are
as
follows
for
sufficiently
large
reynolds
number
r
there
always
exists
a
minimum
r
below
which
the
motion
is
stable
a
similar
result
was
obtained
by
synge
from
energy
considerations
synge
found
a
limiting
curve
below
which
the
motion
is
necessarily
stable
the
author's
discussion
of
the
asymptotic
behavior
of
the
curves
shows
further
that
there
always
exists
a
maximum
value
of
a
beyond
which
the
motion
is
stable
for
all
reynolds
numbers
hence
the
qualitative
shape
of
the
curve
is
determined
the
author
proceeds
to
show
that
simple
approximate
expressions
for
the
stability
limit
can
be
obtained
from
his
general
analysis
for
a
given
velocity
profile
these
approximate
stability
limits
for
plane
poiseuille
flow
and
blasius
flow
are
found
to
be
r
and
r
the
reynolds
numbers
are
based
on
the
width
of
the
channel
and
the
displacement
thickness
respectively
finally
the
method
for
computing
the
complete
instability
curve
is
presented
and
the
plane
poiseuille
case
and
the
blasius
problem
worked
out
in
detail
the
stability
limit
for
blasius
flow
had
been
given
before
by
tollmien
and
schlichting
the
present
more
exact
computations
agree
well
with
tollmien's
result
as
far
as
the
minimum
critical
reynolds
number
is
concerned
the
value
found
here
is
r
the
neutral
curve
for
poiseuille
motion
had
not
been
obtained
before
the
minimum
critical
number
here
is
found
to
be
r
the
agreement
with
the
estimate
from
the
simple
criterion
mentioned
above
is
thus
very
good
a
discussion
of
the
physical
significance
of
the
viscous
effects
and
of
future
developments
concludes
the
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
418
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transition
form
laminar
to
turbulent
shear
flow
recent
experimental
studies
of
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
shear
flows
are
reviewed
certain
common
features
are
emphasized
and
related
to
the
stability
theories
of
viscous
shear
layers
the
three
dimensional
character
the
unsteadiness
and
the
nonlinear
and
random
behavior
of
the
latter
stages
of
the
transition
process
are
also
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
419
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
design
of
intermediate
vertical
stiffeners
on
web
plates
subjected
to
shear
the
correct
design
of
intermediate
vertical
stiffeners
on
web
plates
subjected
to
shear
becomes
very
important
when
the
web
plates
are
designed
to
operate
at
loads
close
to
their
buckling
loads
this
paper
presents
details
of
an
extensive
series
of
tests
conducted
on
stiffened
web
plates
subjected
to
shear
from
the
analysis
of
the
results
obtained
from
these
tests
new
empirical
relationships
between
the
flexural
rigidity
and
spacing
of
the
intermediate
stiffeners
and
the
buckling
stress
of
the
stiffened
web
plate
have
been
obtained
one
interesting
and
important
feature
of
these
new
relationships
is
that
they
define
more
clearly
than
hitherto
the
difference
in
the
behaviour
of
single
and
double
sided
stiffeners
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
42
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
gyroscopic
effect
of
a
rigid
rotating
propeller
on
engine
and
wing
vibration
modes
in
many
wing
vibration
analyses
it
is
found
necessary
to
take
into
account
the
effect
of
flexibly
mounted
engines
hence
it
is
reasonable
to
ask
what
vibratory
gyroscopic
effect
this
flexibility
may
give
rise
to
when
propellers
are
whirling
an
engine
mount
may
be
thought
of
as
a
horizontal
beam
cantilevered
from
the
wing
having
both
horizontal
and
vertical
flexibility
if
this
beam
were
infinitely
rigid
horizontally
then
when
it
vibrated
the
gyroscopic
moments
induced
in
the
propeller
due
to
the
resultant
pitching
motion
of
its
axis
would
not
produce
propeller
axis
yaw
however
engine
mount
lateral
stiffness
tical
stiffness
so
that
gyroscopic
effects
will
play
a
role
as
the
propeller
axis
undergoes
pitching
vibrations
at
the
tip
of
the
cantilever
engine
mount
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
investigate
this
role
under
the
assumption
that
the
propeller
itself
is
a
rigid
disc
the
paper
is
divided
into
four
parts
part
deals
briefly
with
classical
gyroscope
theory
part
presents
engine
vibration
mode
studies
experimental
photographic
techniques
on
a
model
gyroscope
mounted
at
the
ends
of
two
different
cantilever
beams
part
presents
the
theory
of
the
coupled
motion
of
an
elastic
wing
upon
which
a
gyroscope
is
mounted
to
simulate
an
engine
propeller
system
on
an
airplane
part
consists
of
an
example
of
the
theory
of
part
in
which
by
taking
what
are
thought
to
be
reasonable
parameters
results
are
obtained
showing
how
the
whirling
of
a
rigid
propeller
may
materially
affect
wing
normal
mode
shapes
and
frequencies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
420
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
study
of
the
flow
field
about
swept
and
delta
wings
with
sharp
leading
edges
a
series
of
experiments
was
performed
to
define
the
flow
field
on
the
upper
surface
of
high
aspect
ratio
swept
wings
and
narrow
delta
wings
at
high
angles
of
attack
it
was
found
that
near
the
root
section
of
either
type
of
wing
the
flow
is
conical
the
edge
of
the
vortex
sheet
which
originates
at
the
leading
edge
is
a
straight
line
whose
position
relative
to
the
leading
edge
depends
only
on
incidence
on
swept
wings
the
vortex
edge
turns
down
stream
as
soon
as
the
vortex
sheet
covers
the
front
half
of
the
wing
chord
and
the
flow
under
the
vortex
sheet
outboard
of
that
turning
point
is
uniform
and
parallel
to
the
leading
edge
of
the
wing
on
narrow
delta
wings
the
conical
symmetry
persists
almost
to
the
trailing
edge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
421
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analytic
study
of
induced
pressure
on
long
bodies
of
revolution
with
varying
nose
bluntness
at
hypersonic
speeds
a
systematic
study
of
induced
pressures
on
a
series
of
bodies
of
revolution
with
varying
nose
bluntness
has
been
made
by
using
the
method
of
characteristics
for
a
perfect
gas
the
fluid
mediums
investigated
were
air
and
helium
and
the
mach
number
range
was
from
to
a
study
of
representative
shock
shapes
was
also
made
flow
parameters
obtained
from
the
blast
wave
analogy
gave
good
correlations
of
induced
pressures
and
shock
shapes
the
induced
pressure
correlations
yielded
empirical
equations
for
air
and
helium
which
cover
the
complete
range
of
nose
bluntness
considered
nose
fineness
ratios
varied
from
to
available
experimental
results
were
in
good
agreement
with
the
characteristics
solutions
properties
connected
with
the
concept
of
hypersonic
similitude
enabled
correlations
of
the
calculations
to
be
made
with
respect
to
nose
shape
mach
number
and
ratio
of
specific
heats
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
422
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
bending
of
a
square
plate
with
two
adjacent
edges
free
and
the
others
clamped
or
simply
supported
the
title
problems
were
solved
for
the
two
cases
uniform
transverse
loading
a
concentrated
force
at
the
free
corner
a
function
is
chosen
to
exactly
satisfy
the
biharmonic
equation
while
the
boundary
conditions
are
enforced
at
a
number
of
points
plied
at
discrete
points
around
the
boundary
for
each
of
the
four
problems
and
the
resulting
simultaneous
equations
were
solved
on
an
ibm
tables
listing
the
values
of
deflection
and
bending
moments
are
presented
this
paper
provides
useful
information
on
the
solution
of
these
problems
which
are
intractable
by
analytical
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
423
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
flow
over
blunt
nosed
cones
at
a
mach
number
of
shock
shapes
were
observed
and
static
pressures
were
measured
on
spherically
blunted
cones
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
over
a
range
of
reynolds
numbers
per
inch
from
to
for
angles
of
yaw
from
to
six
combinations
of
the
bluntness
ratios
and
with
the
cone
half
angles
and
were
used
in
determining
the
significant
parameters
governing
pressure
distribution
the
pressure
distribution
on
the
spherical
nose
for
both
yawed
and
unyawed
bodies
is
predicted
quite
accurately
by
the
modified
newtonian
theory
given
by
where
is
the
angle
between
the
normal
to
a
surface
element
and
the
flow
direction
ahead
of
the
bow
shock
cone
half
angle
was
found
to
be
the
significant
parameter
in
determining
the
pressure
distribution
near
the
nose
cone
junction
and
over
the
conical
afterbody
on
the
spherical
nosed
cone
models
the
flow
overexpanded
with
respect
to
the
taylor
maccoll
pressure
in
the
region
of
the
spherical
conical
juncture
after
which
the
pressure
returned
rapidly
to
the
taylor
maccoll
value
for
models
with
smaller
cone
angles
the
region
of
minimum
pressure
occurred
farther
back
on
the
conical
portion
of
the
model
and
the
taylor
maccoll
pressure
was
approached
more
gradually
the
shape
of
the
pressure
distributions
as
described
in
nondimensional
coordinates
was
independent
of
the
radius
of
the
spherical
nose
and
of
the
reynolds
number
over
the
range
of
reynolds
number
per
inch
between
x
and
x
integrated
results
for
the
pressure
foredrag
of
the
models
at
zero
yaw
compared
very
closely
with
the
predictions
of
the
modified
newtonian
approximation
except
for
models
with
large
cone
angles
and
small
nose
radii
where
the
drag
approaches
the
value
given
by
the
taylor
maccoll
theory
for
sharp
cones
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
424
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
cantilever
plate
with
concentrated
edge
load
the
author
gives
by
the
method
of
finite
differences
an
approximate
solution
of
the
problem
of
a
finite
length
of
a
cantilever
plate
which
bears
a
concentrated
load
at
the
longitudinal
free
edge
all
the
boundary
conditions
are
taken
into
account
and
the
plate
action
is
determined
approximately
at
all
points
of
the
plate
the
author
points
out
that
a
secondary
maximum
transverse
stress
occurs
at
the
clamped
edge
nearest
the
loading
point
and
that
the
longitudinal
stress
is
greatest
directly
under
the
loading
point
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
425
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
solution
of
elastic
plate
problems
by
electrical
analogies
a
dynamic
analogy
method
for
the
solution
of
elastic
plate
problems
is
described
in
this
paper
the
electrical
circuits
developed
here
can
be
set
up
and
studied
on
an
electric
analog
computer
problems
involving
deflections
under
constant
load
transient
vibrations
or
normal
modes
can
be
solved
in
this
way
the
method
of
applying
boundary
conditions
to
plates
with
irregular
edges
is
given
together
with
a
detailed
description
of
the
representation
of
the
boundary
conditions
for
a
rectangular
variable
thickness
plate
solutions
that
have
been
obtained
on
the
cal
tech
electric
analog
computer
are
presented
for
the
static
deflections
and
normal
modes
of
a
rectangular
cantilever
plate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
426
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
preliminary
analysis
of
axial
flow
compressors
having
supersonic
velocity
at
the
entrance
of
the
stator
a
supersonic
compressor
design
having
supersonic
velocity
at
the
entrance
of
the
stator
is
analyzed
on
the
assumption
of
two
dimensional
flow
the
rotor
and
stator
losses
assumed
in
the
analysis
are
based
on
the
results
of
preliminary
supersonic
cascade
tests
the
results
of
the
analysis
show
that
compression
ratios
per
stage
of
to
can
be
obtained
with
adiabatic
efficiency
between
and
percent
consideration
is
also
given
in
the
analysis
to
the
starting
stability
and
range
of
efficient
performance
of
this
type
of
compressor
the
desirability
of
employing
variable
geometry
stators
and
adjustable
inlet
guide
vanes
is
indicated
although
either
supersonic
or
subsonic
axial
component
of
velocity
at
the
stator
entrance
can
be
used
the
cascade
test
results
suggest
that
higher
pressure
recovery
can
be
obtained
if
the
axial
component
is
supersonic
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
427
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flow
of
gas
through
turbine
lattices
paper
is
a
translation
of
chap
of
the
book
technical
gas
dynamics
see
amr
rev
the
topics
treated
are
best
shown
by
the
list
of
paragraph
headings
they
are
geometrical
and
gasdynamical
parameters
of
the
lattices
fundamentals
of
flow
through
lattices
theoretical
methods
of
investigation
or
plane
potential
flow
of
incompressible
fluid
through
a
lattice
electro
hydrodynamic
analogy
forces
acting
on
an
airfoil
in
a
lattice
theorem
of
joukowsky
for
lattices
fundamental
characteristics
of
lattices
friction
losses
in
plane
lattice
at
subsonic
velocities
edge
losses
in
plane
lattice
at
subsonic
velocities
several
results
of
experimental
investigations
of
plane
lattices
at
small
subsonic
velocities
flow
of
gas
through
lattice
at
large
subsonic
velocities
critical
mach
number
for
lattice
profile
losses
in
lattices
at
large
subsonic
velocities
flow
of
a
gas
through
reaction
lattices
at
supersonic
pressure
drops
impulse
lattices
in
supersonic
flow
losses
in
lattices
at
near
sonic
and
supersonic
velocities
computation
of
angle
of
deflection
of
flow
in
overhang
section
of
a
reaction
lattice
at
supersonic
pressure
drops
characteristic
features
of
three
dimensional
flow
in
lattices
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
428
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
quasi
cylinder
of
specified
thickness
and
shell
loading
in
supersonic
flow
the
methods
of
the
operational
calculus
are
used
to
obtain
a
linear
approximation
to
the
shape
of
the
mean
camber
surface
of
a
quasi
cylinder
in
a
supersonic
flow
in
terms
of
its
shell
thickness
and
loading
distributions
the
analysis
deals
with
a
generalised
quasi
cylinder
that
is
one
which
although
lying
close
to
a
mean
cylinder
need
not
possess
axial
symmetry
the
quasi
cylinder
is
also
permitted
to
be
within
the
small
disturbance
field
of
other
separate
components
e
g
a
centre
body
because
the
linearised
theory
is
inadmissable
for
internal
duct
flows
close
to
and
beyond
the
first
reflected
characteristic
cone
the
present
solution
is
likewise
invalid
close
to
and
beyond
the
position
where
this
characteristic
meets
the
mean
cylinder
the
work
given
here
enables
the
camber
shapes
of
ring
wings
which
have
been
used
theoretically
to
reduce
or
even
nullify
the
wave
drag
of
a
central
slender
body
to
be
found
an
example
illustrates
the
general
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
429
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
description
of
the
r
a
e
high
speed
supersonic
tunnel
an
account
is
given
of
the
high
supersonic
speed
tunnel
now
nearing
completion
the
design
philosophy
is
reviewed
the
principal
features
are
described
and
some
of
the
more
interesting
development
problems
are
noted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
43
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
relation
between
wall
temperature
and
the
effect
of
roughness
on
boundary
layer
transition
the
experimentally
demonstrated
rise
and
subsequent
fall
of
transition
reynolds
number
with
decreasing
wall
to
ambient
temperature
ratio
has
been
the
subject
of
two
recent
notes
in
both
cases
it
was
argued
that
the
increased
effectiveness
of
roughness
due
to
wall
cooling
was
not
sufficient
to
explain
the
transition
reversal
phenomenon
on
nominally
smooth
bodies
in
one
case
the
criterion
for
transition
reversal
was
taken
to
be
and
in
the
other
values
of
as
low
as
eter
is
a
reynolds
number
formed
from
velocity
and
kinematic
viscosity
based
on
calculated
conditions
at
the
height
of
roughness
element
k
in
the
undisturbed
laminar
boundary
layer
at
the
station
of
roughness
location
the
present
note
is
submitted
to
show
that
another
method
for
evaluating
the
effect
of
roughness
on
transition
leads
to
an
opposite
conclusion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
430
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calibration
of
the
flow
in
the
mach
working
section
of
the
ft
x
ft
high
supersonic
speed
wind
tunnel
at
rae
bedford
mach
number
and
flow
angle
distributions
in
the
working
section
of
the
mach
nozzle
of
the
ft
x
ft
high
supersonic
speed
wind
tunnel
are
presented
for
a
range
of
total
pressure
and
humidity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
431
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
zero
lift
drag
and
base
pressure
on
a
wind
tunnel
interference
model
m
five
free
flight
models
were
flown
to
measure
the
zero
lift
drag
and
body
base
pressure
on
a
standard
wind
tunnel
interference
model
over
a
mach
number
range
of
to
roughness
bands
on
the
wings
and
body
of
the
model
are
shown
to
produce
a
small
but
definite
increase
in
the
zero
lift
drag
at
all
mach
numbers
the
measured
drag
is
in
fair
agreement
with
corresponding
measurements
made
in
various
transonic
tunnels
with
differences
that
could
plausibly
be
explained
as
the
effects
of
tunnel
interference
the
effect
of
a
simulated
wind
tunnel
support
sting
is
shown
to
increase
the
base
pressure
the
discrepancy
between
models
with
and
without
a
sting
is
greatest
at
subsonic
speeds
and
progressively
decreases
with
increasing
mach
number
until
at
m
the
sting
has
no
effect
on
base
pressure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
432
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
damping
in
roll
and
rolling
moment
due
to
differential
wing
incidence
for
slender
cruciform
wings
and
wing
body
combinations
a
method
of
analysis
based
on
slender
wing
theory
is
developed
to
investigate
the
characteristics
in
roll
of
slender
cruciform
wings
and
wing
body
combinations
the
method
makes
use
of
the
conformal
mapping
processes
of
classical
hydrodynamics
which
transform
the
region
outside
a
circle
and
the
region
outside
an
arbitrary
arrangement
of
line
segments
intersecting
at
the
origin
the
method
of
analysis
may
be
utilized
to
solve
other
slender
cruciform
wing
body
problems
involving
arbitrarily
assigned
boundary
conditions
in
the
present
report
the
application
of
the
method
has
shown
differential
incidence
of
both
pairs
of
opposite
surfaces
of
the
cruciform
wing
body
combinations
are
practically
independent
of
the
body
diameter
maximum
span
ratio
up
to
a
value
of
this
ratio
of
arrangement
is
only
percent
greater
than
that
for
a
corresponding
planar
wing
body
combination
dence
of
both
pairs
of
the
opposing
surfaces
of
the
cruciform
wing
body
arrangement
is
only
percent
greater
than
that
for
a
corresponding
planar
wing
body
combination
unit
surface
deflection
of
the
cruciform
wing
body
arrangement
having
four
equally
deflected
panels
is
therefore
percent
of
the
corresponding
planar
wing
body
combination
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
433
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
application
of
two
dimensional
vortex
theory
to
the
prediction
of
flow
fields
behind
wings
of
wing
body
combinations
at
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
a
theoretical
investigation
has
been
made
of
a
general
method
for
predicting
the
flow
field
behind
the
wings
of
plane
and
cruciform
wing
and
body
combinations
at
transonic
or
supersonic
speeds
and
slender
configurations
at
subsonic
speeds
the
wing
trailing
vortex
wake
is
represented
initially
by
line
vortices
distributed
to
approximate
the
spanwise
distribution
of
circulation
along
the
trailing
edge
of
the
exposed
wing
panels
the
afterbody
is
represented
by
corresponding
image
vortices
within
the
body
two
dimensional
line
vortex
theory
is
then
used
to
compute
the
induced
velocities
at
each
vortex
and
the
resulting
displacement
of
each
vortex
is
determined
by
means
of
a
numerical
stepwise
integration
procedure
the
method
was
applied
to
the
calculation
of
the
position
of
the
vortex
wake
and
the
estimation
of
downwash
at
chosen
tail
locations
behind
triangular
wing
and
cylindrical
body
combinations
at
supersonic
speeds
the
effects
of
such
geometric
parameters
as
aspect
ratio
angle
of
attack
and
incidence
ratio
of
body
radius
to
wing
semi
span
and
angle
of
bank
on
the
vortex
wake
behind
wings
of
wing
body
combinations
were
studied
the
relative
importance
of
wing
vortices
the
corresponding
image
vortices
within
the
body
and
body
crossflow
indetermining
the
the
total
downwash
was
assessed
at
a
possible
tail
location
it
was
found
that
the
line
vortex
method
of
this
report
permitted
the
calculation
of
vortex
paths
behind
wings
of
wing
body
combinations
with
reasonable
facility
and
accuracy
a
calculated
sample
wake
shape
agreed
qualitatively
with
one
observed
experimentally
and
sample
results
of
the
line
vortex
method
compared
well
with
an
available
exact
crossflow
plane
solution
an
empirical
formula
was
derived
to
estimate
the
number
of
vortices
required
per
wing
panel
for
a
satisfactory
computation
of
downwash
at
tail
locations
it
was
found
that
the
shape
of
the
vortex
wake
and
the
ultimate
number
of
rolled
up
vortices
behind
a
wing
depend
on
the
circulation
distribution
along
the
wing
trailing
edge
for
the
low
aspect
ratio
plane
wing
and
body
combinations
considered
it
appeared
that
downwash
at
horizontal
tail
locations
is
largely
determined
except
near
the
tail
body
juncture
by
the
wing
vortices
alone
for
small
ratios
of
body
radius
to
wing
semispan
and
by
the
body
upwash
alone
for
large
values
of
that
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
434
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
contributions
of
the
wing
panels
to
the
forces
and
moments
of
supersonic
wing
body
combinations
at
combined
angles
a
wind
tunnel
investigation
was
conducted
at
a
mach
number
of
and
at
reynolds
numbers
based
on
the
mean
aerodynamic
chord
of
the
exposed
wing
of
and
million
to
determine
the
normal
forces
pitching
moments
and
rolling
moments
contributed
by
each
wing
panel
of
a
cruciform
wing
and
body
combination
over
a
wide
range
of
combined
angles
of
pitch
and
roll
the
wings
were
triangular
of
aspect
ratio
and
the
body
was
an
ogive
cylinder
combination
the
effects
of
forebody
length
and
roughness
and
of
the
presence
of
the
adjacent
panels
on
these
panel
contributions
were
determined
the
results
of
the
investigation
show
that
large
changes
in
the
panel
forces
and
moments
can
occur
as
the
result
of
combined
angles
a
general
theoretical
method
based
on
slender
body
and
strip
theories
was
found
to
yield
results
in
good
agreement
with
the
wind
tunnel
measurements
these
comparisons
indicate
that
the
changes
in
the
panel
characteristics
due
to
combined
angles
are
caused
primarily
by
a
cross
coupling
between
the
side
wash
velocities
due
to
angle
of
attack
and
sideslip
and
by
the
presence
of
forebody
vortices
due
to
crossflow
separation
it
was
found
that
an
increase
in
forebody
length
increases
the
effect
of
the
forebody
vortices
because
of
the
dependence
of
the
strength
of
these
vortices
on
the
forebody
length
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
435
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
application
of
similar
solutions
to
calculations
of
laminar
heat
transfer
on
bodies
with
yaw
and
large
pressure
gradients
in
high
speed
flow
an
integral
method
for
the
rapid
calculation
of
heat
transfer
distributions
on
yawed
cylinders
of
arbitrary
cross
sectional
shape
and
on
bodies
of
revolution
in
high
speed
flows
is
developed
for
laminar
boundary
layers
the
method
involves
the
quadrature
of
a
function
of
the
pressure
distribution
assumed
given
and
satisfies
the
integral
energy
equation
with
the
assumption
of
local
similarity
wherein
the
actual
boundary
layer
profiles
at
every
station
are
replaced
by
corresponding
profiles
from
a
family
of
similar
solutions
the
method
is
compared
with
other
local
similarity
methods
and
with
experimental
heat
transfer
data
on
a
circular
cylinder
and
on
a
body
of
revolution
designed
for
large
axial
pressure
gradients
good
agreement
between
theory
and
data
is
obtained
and
it
is
shown
that
the
present
integral
method
in
both
its
complete
and
simplified
form
gives
generally
better
agreement
with
the
data
than
certain
other
local
similarity
methods
numerical
examples
are
presented
showing
that
the
effect
of
sweep
and
gas
properties
on
heat
transfer
distribution
is
small
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
436
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
in
planetary
atmospheres
at
super
satellite
speeds
the
main
purpose
of
this
investigation
is
to
examine
the
dependence
of
heat
transfer
in
planetary
atmospheres
on
the
total
enthalpy
up
to
flight
velocities
of
ft
sec
where
a
large
proportion
of
the
atoms
are
ionized
the
total
thermodynamic
and
transport
property
concept
discussed
by
hirshfelder
j
chem
phys
feb
is
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
437
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypervelocity
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
this
analysis
includes
the
specific
contributions
of
atoms
molecules
tions
are
i
partially
ionized
air
can
be
approximated
as
a
four
component
gas
including
n
n
n
and
e
ii
the
gas
is
in
local
thermochemical
equilibrium
iii
there
is
no
charge
separation
iv
thermal
diffusion
is
neglected
v
no
electrical
or
magnetic
fields
low
re
effects
are
neglected
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
438
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
measurements
at
super
satellite
speeds
brief
description
of
experiments
performed
by
using
shock
tube
techniques
for
measurement
of
the
stagnation
point
heating
of
a
blunt
body
over
a
stagnation
enthalpy
range
of
to
corresponding
to
velocities
between
ft
per
sec
and
ft
per
sec
respectively
data
thus
provided
are
used
for
comparison
with
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
439
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
factor
affecting
transonic
leading
edge
flow
separation
a
change
in
flow
pattern
that
was
observed
as
the
free
stream
mach
number
was
increased
in
the
vicinity
of
was
described
in
naca
technical
note
by
lindsey
daley
and
humphreys
the
flow
on
the
upper
surface
behind
the
leading
edge
of
an
airfoil
at
an
angle
of
attack
changed
abruptly
from
detached
flow
with
an
extensive
region
of
separation
to
attached
supersonic
flow
terminated
by
a
shock
wave
in
the
present
paper
the
consequences
of
shock
wave
boundary
layer
interaction
are
proposed
as
a
factor
that
may
be
important
in
determining
the
conditions
under
which
the
change
in
flow
pattern
occurs
when
the
mach
number
is
high
enough
the
attached
flow
pattern
exists
because
then
the
shock
wave
is
far
enough
behind
the
leading
edge
to
keep
the
influence
of
the
high
pressure
behind
the
shock
wave
from
extending
through
the
boundary
layer
to
the
immediate
vicinity
of
the
leading
edge
and
affecting
the
flow
there
some
experimental
evidence
in
support
of
the
importance
of
shock
wave
boundary
layer
interaction
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
44
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tip
bluntness
effects
on
cone
pressures
at
m
there
is
at
present
considerable
interest
in
the
characteristies
of
blunted
bodies
from
both
an
aerodynamic
and
a
heat
transfer
standpoint
the
use
of
blunt
shapes
is
contemplated
to
reduce
the
heat
transfer
problem
at
body
noses
but
there
are
also
applications
for
blunt
noses
which
occur
from
mainly
aerodynamic
considerations
an
actual
reduction
in
drag
may
be
the
beneficial
result
of
blunting
the
nose
of
a
cone
or
a
similar
slender
shape
under
certain
conditions
although
the
sphere
has
received
considerable
treatment
the
nose
shapes
are
not
necessarily
tangent
spheres
in
the
case
let
us
say
of
a
total
head
tube
situated
in
the
nose
of
a
given
body
the
blunting
may
be
quite
flat
and
nose
sections
blunter
than
spherical
shape
may
conceivably
be
desirable
in
some
cases
from
the
heat
transfer
standpoint
the
purpose
of
the
present
investigation
is
to
examine
the
aerodynamic
effect
of
a
simple
type
of
nose
blunting
on
a
basic
body
the
incompressible
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
past
a
porous
plate
y
with
constant
suction
velocity
in
the
presence
of
a
transverse
uniform
strength
has
recently
been
investigated
by
gupta
in
this
note
the
problem
is
generalized
to
take
into
account
the
effect
of
free
convection
when
a
body
force
g
per
unit
mass
is
acting
in
the
negative
x
direction
parallel
to
the
wall
the
fluid
is
assumed
to
be
semi
incompressible
as
usual
in
addition
to
the
obvious
practical
significance
this
problem
is
also
interesting
in
the
sense
that
it
provides
another
exact
solution
of
the
magnetohydrodynamic
equations
since
the
only
electromagnetic
assumptions
involved
are
constant
properties
and
freedom
from
excessive
charges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
440
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compilation
of
information
on
the
transonic
attachment
of
flows
at
the
leading
edge
of
airfoils
schlieren
photographs
have
been
compiled
of
the
two
dimensional
flow
at
transonic
speeds
past
airfoils
having
variously
shaped
profiles
some
of
which
are
related
and
vary
in
thickness
and
camber
the
data
for
these
airfoils
were
analyzed
to
provide
basic
information
on
the
flow
changes
involved
and
to
determine
factors
affecting
transonic
flow
attachment
which
is
a
transition
from
separated
to
unseparated
flow
at
the
leading
edges
of
two
dimensional
airfoils
at
fixed
angles
of
attack
as
the
subsonic
mach
number
is
increased
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
441
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
evaluation
of
high
angle
of
attack
aerodynamic
derivative
data
and
stall
flutter
prediction
techniques
the
problem
of
stall
flutter
is
approached
in
two
ways
first
using
the
m
i
t
naca
airfoil
oscillator
the
aerodynamic
reactions
on
wings
oscillating
harmonically
in
pitch
and
translation
in
the
stall
range
have
been
measured
evaluated
and
correlated
where
possible
with
available
published
data
with
the
purpose
of
providing
empirical
information
where
no
aerodynamic
theory
exists
the
major
effects
of
reynolds
number
airfoil
shape
and
reduced
frequency
on
the
aerodynamic
reactions
have
been
reaffirmed
no
instances
of
negative
damping
were
observed
in
pure
translatory
motion
and
the
ranges
of
negative
damping
occurring
in
pure
pitch
had
the
same
general
trends
noted
by
other
experimenters
data
on
the
time
average
values
in
the
stall
range
of
both
lift
and
moment
are
presented
for
the
first
time
second
the
results
of
numerous
experimental
observations
of
stall
flutter
have
been
reviewed
and
the
various
known
attempts
at
its
prediction
have
been
examined
compared
and
extended
the
sharp
drop
in
critical
speed
and
change
to
a
predominantly
torsional
oscillation
usually
associated
with
the
transition
from
classical
to
stall
flutter
is
apparently
primarily
but
not
entirely
caused
by
the
marked
changes
in
moment
due
to
pitch
fairly
good
stall
flutter
predictions
have
been
reported
only
when
adequate
empirical
data
for
this
aerodynamic
reaction
happened
to
be
available
for
the
desired
airfoil
shape
reynolds
number
range
and
reduced
frequency
range
a
semiempirical
method
of
predicting
the
variations
of
moment
in
pitch
with
airfoil
shape
reduced
frequency
initial
angle
of
attack
and
amplitude
of
oscillation
has
been
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
442
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
effects
of
variations
in
several
parameters
including
fluid
density
on
the
flutter
speed
of
light
uniform
cantilever
wings
an
experimental
investigation
has
been
made
of
some
effects
of
variations
in
several
parameters
including
fluid
density
on
the
flutter
characteristics
of
light
uniform
cantilever
wings
the
assortment
of
wings
tested
covered
a
variety
of
positions
of
the
elastic
axis
and
center
of
gravity
and
values
of
the
aspect
ratio
of
and
the
relative
density
parameter
where
k
is
representative
of
the
ratio
of
fluid
density
to
wing
mass
was
varied
over
a
range
of
values
from
to
nearly
special
emphasis
has
been
placed
on
the
lower
values
the
experimental
investigation
has
been
supplemented
by
an
analytical
investigation
based
on
the
two
dimensional
aerodynamic
theory
for
incompressible
flow
in
a
few
instances
corrections
for
the
effects
of
finite
span
have
been
made
in
general
the
theoretical
results
followed
the
trends
indicated
by
experiment
except
at
very
low
values
of
the
relative
density
parameter
for
these
low
values
the
analytical
considerations
employed
indicated
a
freedom
from
flutter
not
found
experimentally
at
higher
values
of
the
flutter
speed
coefficient
is
shown
to
decrease
with
decreasing
values
of
and
to
be
nearly
proportional
to
the
inverse
of
the
square
root
of
the
air
density
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
443
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculated
and
measured
pressure
distributions
over
the
midspan
section
of
the
naca
airfoil
pressures
were
simultaneously
measured
in
the
variable
density
tunnel
at
orifices
distributed
over
the
midspan
section
of
a
by
inch
rectangular
model
of
the
n
a
c
a
airfoil
at
angles
of
attack
ranging
from
dash
degree
to
degree
at
a
reynolds
number
of
approximately
accurate
data
were
thus
obtained
for
studying
the
deviations
of
the
results
of
potential
flow
theory
from
measured
results
technique
are
presented
it
is
shown
that
theoretical
calculations
made
either
at
the
effective
angle
of
attack
or
at
a
given
actual
lift
do
not
accurately
describe
the
observed
pressure
distribution
over
an
airfoil
section
there
is
therefore
developed
a
modified
theoretical
calculation
that
agrees
reasonably
well
with
the
measured
results
of
the
tests
of
the
n
a
c
a
section
and
that
consists
of
making
the
calculations
and
evaluating
the
circulation
by
means
of
the
experimentally
obtained
lift
at
the
effective
angle
of
attack
i
e
the
angle
that
the
chord
of
the
model
makes
with
the
direction
of
the
flow
in
the
region
of
the
section
under
consideration
in
the
course
of
the
computations
the
shape
parameter
is
modified
thus
leading
to
a
modified
or
an
effective
profile
shape
that
differs
slightly
from
the
specified
shape
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
444
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approach
to
the
flutter
problem
in
real
fluids
an
approximate
theory
of
airfoils
in
unsteady
motion
in
a
viscous
fluid
is
proposed
in
which
viscous
effects
are
accounted
for
by
relaxing
the
kutta
condition
and
replacing
it
by
a
relation
derived
from
experiments
in
steady
flow
applications
here
are
limited
to
moderate
viscous
effects
below
the
stall
the
possibility
of
one
degree
of
freedom
flutter
is
discussed
under
this
assumption
the
discussion
is
partly
extrapolated
to
the
domain
of
stall
flutter
some
possibilities
of
further
development
of
this
theory
for
the
stalled
case
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
445
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
application
of
mathieu
functions
in
the
theory
of
subsonic
compressible
flow
past
oscillating
airfoils
an
account
is
given
of
explicit
solutions
in
terms
of
mathieu
function
functions
of
the
problem
of
two
dimensional
subsonic
compressible
flow
past
oscillating
airfoils
the
results
are
applied
to
the
calculation
of
three
dimensional
corrections
for
the
two
dimensional
theory
and
the
effect
of
the
incorporation
of
the
three
dimensional
effects
on
the
mathieu
function
solution
of
the
two
dimensional
problem
is
shown
the
developments
are
formal
and
must
be
supplemented
by
an
appreciable
amount
of
numerical
calculations
before
the
theory
can
be
applied
to
specific
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
446
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wake
of
a
satellite
traversing
the
ionosphere
the
particle
treatment
is
applied
to
a
study
of
the
structure
of
the
wake
behind
a
charged
body
moving
supersonically
through
a
low
density
plasma
for
the
case
of
a
body
whose
dimensions
are
considerably
smaller
than
a
debye
length
a
solution
is
obtained
which
is
very
similar
in
structure
to
the
solution
obtained
by
using
the
linearized
fluid
dynamics
equation
for
the
case
of
a
disk
whose
radial
dimensions
are
much
larger
than
a
debye
length
two
conical
regions
are
found
in
the
wake
at
the
surface
of
each
of
these
cones
over
thicknesses
of
the
order
of
a
debye
length
the
ion
and
electron
densities
are
increased
over
their
ambient
values
formulae
for
the
electrohydrodynamic
drag
on
a
wire
and
on
a
large
disk
are
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
447
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
motion
of
thin
bodies
in
a
highly
rarefied
plasma
magnetic
effects
are
considered
negligible
and
the
velocity
of
the
body
is
in
a
range
between
the
electron
and
positive
ion
thermal
speeds
the
self
consistent
field
approach
is
used
in
which
the
electron
distribution
is
assumed
to
be
maxwellian
while
the
positive
ion
distribution
function
is
given
by
the
collision
free
boltzmann
equation
it
is
assumed
that
the
ion
reflection
at
the
body
surface
is
specular
and
the
body
is
sufficiently
thin
so
that
the
ion
distribution
function
is
a
small
perturbation
of
a
maxwellian
distribution
the
solution
for
the
simple
case
of
a
dielectric
body
with
a
given
surface
charge
as
well
as
some
general
properties
to
be
expected
for
a
conducting
body
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
448
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
induction
drag
on
a
large
negatively
charged
satellite
moving
in
a
magnetic
field
free
ionosphere
an
induction
drag
experienced
by
a
charged
satellite
during
its
traversal
of
the
ionosphere
has
been
theoretically
postulated
by
several
authors
previous
'exact'
treatments
of
the
problem
are
inapplicable
to
large
systems
and
the
semiempirical
approach
of
jastrow
and
pearse
may
yield
somewhat
questionable
results
the
present
description
initially
considers
the
satellite
as
a
completely
permeable
spherical
shell
of
charge
thus
avoiding
the
difficult
boundary
conditions
introduced
by
the
'exact'
linearized
treatment
the
effects
of
permeability
are
then
shown
to
be
approximately
removable
by
means
of
an
iterative
process
a
final
result
apparently
valid
to
within
an
order
of
magnitude
is
obtained
for
the
drag
force
arising
solely
from
electrical
effects
its
magnitude
is
considerably
less
than
that
obtained
by
jastrow
and
pearse
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
449
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
interaction
of
a
charged
satellite
with
the
ionosphere
the
problem
of
the
ion
density
distribution
around
a
charged
satellite
has
been
treated
by
a
numerical
method
which
does
not
require
linearization
of
the
equations
or
restriction
to
infinitesimal
objects
however
magnetic
field
effects
were
not
considered
and
a
number
of
other
simplifying
assumptions
were
required
some
sample
calculations
for
spherical
satellites
are
presented
illustrating
the
general
character
of
the
satellite
wake
calculations
of
the
so
called
charge
drag
were
also
made
yielding
results
qualitatively
similar
to
those
previously
obtained
by
jastrow
and
pearse
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
45
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
separated
flows
part
ii
flow
in
the
cavity
and
heat
transfer
the
first
portion
of
this
paper
describes
studies
of
the
internal
structure
of
the
separated
flow
in
a
notch
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
observations
include
flow
visualization
spark
schlieren
pictures
of
the
fluctuations
of
the
free
shear
layer
and
studies
of
the
diffusion
of
heat
from
sources
placed
in
the
separated
region
the
second
part
describes
measurements
of
local
heat
transfer
to
the
wall
the
external
mach
number
the
length
to
depth
ratio
of
the
cavity
the
ratio
of
the
oncoming
boundary
layer
thickness
to
the
notch
depth
in
the
turbulent
flow
region
the
thermal
to
momentum
thickness
ratio
of
the
boundary
layer
and
finally
the
geometry
of
the
internal
boundary
of
the
separated
region
are
varied
as
systematically
as
possible
on
the
basis
of
these
observations
a
simple
model
of
the
flow
in
and
the
heat
transfer
across
the
separated
region
is
formulated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
450
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
physical
interpretations
of
magnetohydrodynamic
duct
flows
this
note
presents
some
physical
interpretations
of
magnetohydrodynamic
duct
flows
with
various
boundary
conditions
viewed
in
the
light
of
the
effects
of
conducting
walls
on
the
pattern
of
electric
current
taking
examples
from
published
results
on
rectangular
ducts
the
current
patterns
are
illustrated
in
fig
for
rectangular
ducts
having
various
combinations
of
conducting
and
nonconducting
walls
a
uniform
magnetic
field
being
applied
in
the
horizontal
direction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
451
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
liapunov's
methods
in
automatic
control
theory
the
work
of
a
m
liapunov
and
his
theory
of
stability
is
discussed
the
second
method
of
liapunov
is
shown
to
have
applications
for
linear
equations
with
real
constant
coefficients
for
a
proof
of
the
routh
hurwitz
criterion
and
linear
equations
with
periodic
coefficients
practical
examples
include
non
linear
stability
problems
of
control
and
the
functions
have
uses
in
other
areas
of
control
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
452
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
symmetric
joukowsky
airfoils
in
shear
flow
the
velocity
components
of
the
fluid
far
from
the
airfoil
are
given
by
where
c
is
the
chord
of
the
airfoil
and
k
are
constants
u
and
v
are
velocity
components
in
the
directions
of
the
coordinates
x
and
y
the
solution
is
sought
in
the
form
of
the
stream
function
and
satisfies
laplace's
equation
a
general
expression
for
for
vanishing
disturbance
velocities
at
points
far
from
the
origin
is
written
and
the
flows
due
to
a
source
a
vortex
and
a
solid
circular
cylinder
in
shear
flow
are
considered
as
examples
typical
streamline
patterns
are
shown
for
these
cases
from
the
eulerian
equations
of
motion
the
author
obtains
the
expression
for
in
terms
of
the
parameter
and
derivatives
of
the
general
form
of
is
introduced
and
the
appropriate
solution
for
the
pressure
p
is
obtained
by
integration
around
a
contour
enclosing
the
body
expressions
are
obtained
analogous
to
the
blasius
formulae
for
the
force
and
couple
on
any
cylinder
in
this
type
of
flow
these
formulae
are
applied
to
the
case
of
a
symmetrical
joukowsky
airfoil
the
method
of
conformal
transformation
is
employed
in
the
determination
of
the
boundary
condition
of
tangential
flow
at
the
airfoil
surface
must
be
satisfied
by
the
total
flow
in
the
airfoil
plane
but
this
condition
leads
to
a
boundary
condition
for
in
the
transformed
plane
the
kutta
joukowsky
condition
of
finite
velocity
at
the
trailing
edge
also
leads
to
a
condition
on
in
this
plane
from
these
conditions
and
the
general
expression
for
the
circulation
and
the
strengths
of
the
doublets
and
quadruplets
required
for
the
force
and
moment
are
determined
hence
the
formulae
for
lift
and
moment
coefficient
are
obtained
these
involve
in
addition
to
the
usual
potential
flow
terms
terms
proportional
to
the
ten
functions
that
appear
in
the
expressions
for
the
lift
and
moment
coefficients
are
tabulated
for
values
of
the
thickness
ratio
between
and
the
aerodynamic
center
position
and
the
coefficient
of
the
moment
about
the
aerodynamic
center
are
also
calculated
and
are
presented
graphically
as
functions
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
453
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
influence
of
two
dimensional
stream
shear
on
airfoil
maximum
lift
the
cornell
aeronautical
laboratory
is
conducting
a
program
of
theoretical
and
experimental
research
on
low
speed
aerodynamics
as
applied
to
stol
and
vtol
aircraft
the
objective
of
this
program
is
to
re
examine
certain
aspects
of
classical
aerodynamic
information
in
the
light
of
low
speed
flight
requirements
with
the
aim
of
seeking
aerodynamic
processes
which
might
be
exploited
to
enhance
law
speed
performance
one
aspect
of
propeller
driven
aircraft
which
has
recently
received
increasing
attention
is
the
existence
of
strong
gradients
of
longitudinal
velocity
or
shear
in
the
propeller
slipstream
this
slipstream
shear
interacts
with
a
wing
surface
and
can
alter
the
wing
characteristics
in
theoretical
treatments
of
a
wing
interacting
with
a
propeller
slipstream
the
first
important
simplification
is
the
replacement
of
the
slipstream
with
an
ideal
uniform
jet
free
of
all
velocity
gradients
the
application
of
these
theories
requires
that
one
equate
the
actual
slipstream
to
an
effective
uniform
jet
one
method
employed
is
to
assume
the
uniform
jet
has
a
momentum
flux
equal
to
the
average
in
the
propeller
slipstream
these
and
similar
procedures
are
well
founded
on
momentum
considerations
however
the
implicit
assumption
is
that
the
flow
nonuniformity
the
shear
does
not
influence
the
wing
characteristics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
454
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
several
approximate
analyses
of
the
bending
of
a
rectangular
cantilever
plate
by
uniform
normal
pressure
three
methods
of
approximating
the
deflections
and
moments
occurring
in
a
rectangular
cantilever
plate
subjected
to
uniform
normal
pressure
over
its
entire
surface
are
presented
in
this
paper
the
first
is
the
application
of
the
well
known
finite
difference
procedure
the
second
and
third
are
collocation
methods
one
based
upon
polynomial
solutions
of
the
lagrange
equation
the
other
employing
mixed
hyperbolic
trigonometric
terms
satisfying
this
equation
in
the
last
two
methods
the
boundary
conditions
are
satisfied
exactly
along
the
clamped
edge
and
at
a
finite
number
of
points
along
the
free
edges
of
the
plate
the
results
obtained
for
the
particular
case
of
a
cantilever
plate
with
uniform
normal
load
indicate
that
the
use
of
a
relatively
small
number
of
points
in
the
collocation
method
yields
values
of
deflections
and
moments
that
are
in
substantial
agreement
with
those
given
by
the
finite
difference
procedure
it
cannot
be
concluded
from
these
results
that
the
collocation
method
using
the
assumed
functions
will
give
satisfactory
results
with
fewer
points
than
the
finite
difference
method
for
cantilever
plates
with
loading
different
from
the
one
investigated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
455
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
modified
cross
lees
mixing
theory
for
supersonic
separated
and
reattaching
flows
re
examination
of
the
crocco
lees
method
has
shown
that
the
previous
quantitative
disagreement
between
theory
and
experiment
in
the
region
of
flow
up
to
separation
was
caused
primarily
by
the
improper
c
k
relation
assumed
a
new
c
k
correlation
based
on
low
speed
theoretical
and
experimental
data
and
on
supersonic
experimental
results
has
been
developed
and
found
to
be
satisfactory
for
accurate
calculation
of
two
dimensional
laminar
supersonic
flows
up
to
separation
a
physical
model
which
incorporates
the
concept
of
the
dividing
streamline
and
the
results
of
experiment
according
to
this
physical
model
viscous
momentum
transport
is
the
essential
mechanism
in
the
zone
between
separation
and
the
beginning
of
reattachment
while
the
reattachment
process
is
on
the
contrary
an
essentially
inviscid
process
this
physical
model
has
been
translated
into
crocco
lees
languages
using
a
semiempirical
approach
and
approximate
c
k
and
f
k
relations
have
been
determined
for
the
separated
and
reattaching
regions
the
results
of
this
analysis
have
been
applied
to
the
problem
of
shockwave
laminar
boundary
layer
interaction
and
satisfactory
a
study
of
separated
and
reattaching
regions
of
flow
has
led
to
quantitative
agreement
with
experiment
has
been
achieved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
456
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
flow
fields
about
some
typical
blunt
nosed
slender
bodies
complete
inviscid
flow
fields
about
three
model
axisymmetric
configurations
have
been
determined
numerically
configurations
decreasing
bluntness
and
flight
conditions
have
been
selected
so
as
to
indicate
separately
effects
of
nose
shape
drag
coefficient
flight
mach
number
and
thermodynamic
behavior
of
the
gas
either
ideal
calorically
perfect
gas
or
air
in
equilibrium
dissociation
results
are
presented
for
thirteen
cases
particular
attention
is
devoted
to
interpretation
and
when
possible
correlation
of
pressure
distributions
on
and
shock
shapes
about
the
cylindrical
afterbodies
it
is
found
that
a
the
correlation
of
pressure
distributions
on
bodies
having
nonspherical
noses
involves
interpretive
modifications
of
the
law
suggested
by
blast
wave
analogy
also
shocks
about
these
bodies
are
not
described
by
parabolae
b
for
all
configurations
there
is
substantial
influence
of
gas
behavior
on
shock
shape
this
however
can
be
correlated
in
terms
of
the
gas
conditions
along
a
generally
defined
streamline
c
the
shock
layer
can
generally
be
divided
into
two
regions
the
first
bound
by
the
body
and
the
aforementioned
streamline
the
second
delimited
by
this
streamline
and
the
shock
wherein
flow
properties
can
either
be
approximated
by
simple
laws
or
correlated
d
for
each
configuration
knowledge
of
the
complete
flow
field
in
one
flight
condition
even
pertaining
to
ideal
gas
flow
can
be
used
to
estimate
features
of
flows
under
general
flight
conditions
including
those
where
equilibrium
dissociation
is
encountered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
457
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
laminar
boundary
layer
flow
near
a
position
of
separation
singularities
are
considered
in
the
solution
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
at
a
position
of
separation
a
singularity
of
the
type
here
considered
occurred
in
a
careful
numerical
computation
by
hartree
for
a
linearly
decreasing
velocity
distribution
outside
the
boundary
layer
it
may
occur
generally
whenever
it
does
occur
the
boundary
layer
equations
cease
to
be
valid
at
and
near
separation
on
the
upstream
side
and
also
downstream
of
separation
the
work
suggests
that
singularities
may
arise
in
the
solution
of
non
linear
parabolic
equations
due
to
their
non
linearity
the
formulae
found
may
help
computers
of
laminar
boundary
layers
who
desire
more
than
a
rough
solution
to
have
an
end
point
at
which
to
aim
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
458
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
new
series
for
calculation
of
steady
laminar
boundary
layer
flows
a
new
and
general
method
for
solving
problems
of
plane
and
steady
laminar
boundary
layer
flows
in
incompressible
fluids
with
arbitrary
outer
pressure
distribution
is
developed
this
method
is
based
on
the
introduction
of
the
dimensionless
quantities
as
new
independent
spatial
variables
ordinates
u
x
the
given
outer
velocity
distribution
v
the
kinematic
viscosity
the
solution
of
the
boundary
layer
problem
is
then
given
as
a
power
series
in
e
with
coefficient
functions
depending
on
n
this
series
is
a
formally
exact
solution
of
the
boundary
layer
problem
the
new
series
solution
has
the
following
qualities
have
the
significance
only
of
cartesian
coordinates
the
influence
of
wall
curvature
being
neglected
in
boundary
layer
theory
the
new
coordinates
are
adjusted
to
the
data
of
the
special
problem
in
any
case
of
application
the
new
variables
represent
a
logical
development
of
former
efforts
in
the
field
of
boundary
layer
flow
calculation
with
other
series
solutions
known
for
some
special
cases
is
that
the
leading
term
of
the
new
series
satisfies
exactly
the
outer
boundary
condition
at
all
cross
sections
along
the
wall
therefore
the
succeeding
terms
give
corrections
only
in
the
inner
part
of
the
boundary
layer
accordingly
taking
also
no
into
account
the
zero
order
term
by
itself
gives
a
good
approximation
for
the
boundary
layer
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
459
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
solution
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
the
theory
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
offers
a
means
of
determining
the
skin
friction
under
the
assumption
of
a
given
velocity
distribution
outside
the
boundary
layer
owing
to
the
mathematical
difficulties
however
exact
solutions
are
possible
only
when
the
velocity
distribution
is
expressed
as
a
simple
function
of
the
distance
along
the
surface
more
complicated
velocity
distributions
necessitate
recourse
to
the
method
of
expansion
in
series
or
that
of
step
by
step
calculations
but
the
labor
involved
is
too
great
for
the
methods
to
be
of
practical
use
approximate
method
due
to
pohlhausen
which
had
long
been
recommended
for
general
use
gives
a
reasonably
accurate
solution
in
a
region
of
accelerated
flow
but
recently
its
adequacy
in
a
region
of
retarded
flow
has
been
questioned
separation
of
flow
may
actually
occur
where
the
solution
of
pohlhausen
fails
to
give
it
more
recently
howarth
solution
which
gives
fairly
reasonable
results
in
a
region
of
retarded
flow
howarth's
solution
essentially
consists
in
solving
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
the
particular
case
in
which
the
velocity
u
outside
the
boundary
layer
decreases
linearly
with
the
distance
x
measured
along
the
surface
and
utilizing
the
solution
by
replacing
the
actual
distribution
of
u
by
a
circumscribing
polygon
of
infinitesimal
sides
therefore
it
is
assumed
that
the
velocity
distribution
at
any
section
depends
on
the
velocity
gradient
du
dx
at
that
section
only
being
affected
by
the
conditions
upstream
only
in
so
far
as
this
affects
the
momentum
thickness
in
other
words
the
velocity
distribution
across
the
boundary
layer
is
determined
by
a
parameter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
46
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
comments
on
the
inversion
of
certain
large
matrices
the
subject
of
matric
structural
analysis
has
been
treated
in
two
recently
published
papers
in
the
journal
the
authors
of
these
papers
have
made
a
number
of
statements
about
the
inversion
of
certain
large
matrices
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
bring
to
the
attention
of
the
reader
certain
facts
that
shed
new
light
on
this
important
problem
it
is
shown
here
that
the
situation
is
not
as
hopeless
as
the
above
mentioned
authors
intimate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
460
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
correlated
incompressible
and
compressible
boundary
layers
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
a
compressible
fluid
are
transformed
into
those
for
an
incompressible
fluid
assuming
that
the
boundary
is
thermally
insulating
that
the
viscosity
is
proportional
to
the
absolute
temperature
and
that
the
prandtl
number
is
unity
various
results
in
the
theory
of
incompressible
boundary
layers
are
then
taken
over
into
the
compressible
theory
in
particular
the
existence
of
method
for
retarded
flows
is
applied
to
determine
the
point
of
separation
for
a
uniformly
retarded
main
stream
velocity
a
comparison
with
an
exact
solution
is
used
to
show
that
this
method
gives
a
closer
approximation
than
does
pohlhausen's
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
461
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
methods
fore
predicting
separation
properties
of
laminar
boundary
layers
some
new
solutions
for
steady
incompressible
laminar
boundary
layer
flow
obtained
by
gortler
have
been
used
to
test
the
accuracy
of
two
methods
which
are
commonly
used
to
predict
separation
a
modification
of
stratford's
criterion
for
separation
is
given
in
this
paper
and
is
probably
the
most
accurate
and
the
simplest
of
all
methods
at
present
in
use
modified
numerical
functions
are
also
given
for
thwaites's
method
of
predicting
the
main
characteristics
of
the
boundary
layer
over
the
whole
surface
which
improve
the
accuracy
of
the
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
462
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
photo
thermoelasticity
this
paper
summarizes
the
optical
and
physical
properties
of
the
photoelastic
model
material
paraplex
p
over
the
temperature
range
from
room
temperature
to
f
descriptions
are
presented
of
techniques
and
equipment
developed
to
obtain
the
modulus
of
elasticity
the
material
fringe
value
and
the
thermal
expansion
coefficient
as
a
function
of
temperature
experimental
investigations
were
conducted
into
the
plane
stress
problems
of
a
disk
contracting
upon
an
elastic
inclusion
and
the
transient
thermal
stress
field
produced
by
a
temperature
differential
suddenly
applied
to
the
upper
edge
of
a
long
beam
the
data
are
correlated
with
theory
using
the
material
properties
obtained
in
the
calibration
phase
also
included
are
photographic
results
of
an
exploratory
investigation
of
the
thermal
shock
phenomenon
produced
by
the
sudden
application
of
a
temperature
differential
upon
plastic
beams
of
various
length
depth
ratios
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
463
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
physical
properties
of
plastics
for
photo
thermoelastic
investigation
the
optical
and
physical
properties
of
paraplex
p
castolite
and
epoxy
resin
hysol
op
which
are
potentially
of
interest
in
photothermoelastic
investigations
were
investigated
over
a
temperature
range
from
to
f
results
on
the
thermal
expansion
coefficient
the
material
fringe
value
and
the
modulus
of
elasticity
as
functions
of
temperature
are
presented
also
evaluated
were
thermal
properties
of
importance
in
heat
conduction
photothermoelastic
figures
of
merit
which
rate
the
optical
sensitivity
of
materials
in
photothermoelastic
applications
as
well
as
a
new
method
to
determine
this
figure
in
a
relative
manner
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
464
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flow
studies
on
flat
plate
delta
wings
at
supersonic
speeds
an
experimental
study
has
been
made
to
investigate
some
aspects
of
the
nature
of
the
flow
around
delta
wings
vapor
screen
pressure
distribution
and
ink
flow
studies
were
made
at
a
mach
number
of
on
a
series
of
semispan
delta
wing
models
with
slender
wedge
airfoil
sections
and
very
sharp
leading
edges
the
models
had
semiapex
angles
ranging
from
to
separated
regions
of
vorticity
existed
along
the
chords
of
all
the
wings
in
the
series
tested
concentrated
vortex
cores
were
found
only
on
wings
of
very
small
semiapex
angles
for
wings
with
medium
and
large
semiapex
angles
the
separated
vorticity
was
concentrated
in
a
region
extending
over
the
outboard
part
of
the
span
and
lying
close
to
the
wing
upper
surface
the
results
show
that
theoretical
aerodynamic
calculations
such
as
those
in
naca
tn
utilizing
a
single
separated
vortex
pair
above
the
wing
upper
surface
to
represent
the
separated
vorticity
can
be
applied
at
supersonic
speeds
for
very
slender
wings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
465
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
slender
delta
wings
with
sharp
edges
at
zero
lift
several
slender
wings
of
delta
planform
with
sharp
edges
have
been
investigated
theoretically
at
zero
lift
at
subsonic
and
at
supersonic
speeds
most
of
the
wings
have
diamond
shaped
cross
sections
and
are
intended
to
lead
to
a
type
of
flow
with
leading
edge
separation
in
the
lifting
condition
the
pressure
distributions
and
overall
normal
pressure
drags
resulting
from
various
theoretical
methods
are
compared
with
one
another
and
some
discussion
is
included
concerning
the
possibility
of
achieving
the
results
calculated
for
an
inviscid
stream
in
a
real
flow
in
the
presence
of
a
viscous
layer
around
the
body
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
466
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
development
of
the
vapour
screen
method
of
flow
visualization
in
the
ft
tunnel
at
rae
bedford
the
vapour
screen
method
of
flow
visualisation
in
supersonic
wind
tunnels
is
outlined
and
the
development
of
a
suitable
technique
for
use
in
the
ft
tunnel
described
together
with
the
associated
optical
and
photographic
equipment
the
results
of
tests
to
determine
the
humidity
required
to
produce
an
optimum
density
of
fog
in
the
working
section
over
the
mach
number
range
temperature
discussed
numerous
vapour
screen
photographs
of
the
flow
over
and
behind
delta
wings
are
included
and
some
comparisons
made
with
the
corresponding
surface
oil
flow
patterns
the
process
of
condensation
the
physical
and
optical
properties
of
the
resulting
fog
and
the
formation
of
the
vapour
screen
picture
are
all
considered
in
some
detail
the
effects
of
humidity
on
the
mach
number
and
static
pressure
in
the
working
section
were
investigated
and
the
results
are
compared
with
theoretical
estimates
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
it
is
shown
that
the
adverse
effects
of
condensation
on
the
flow
at
high
mach
numbers
may
be
alleviated
by
the
use
of
liquids
with
a
lower
latent
heat
of
evaporation
than
water
and
some
results
obtained
at
a
mach
number
of
the
possibility
of
extending
the
vapour
screen
technique
to
transonic
and
subsonic
speeds
is
also
considered
and
some
results
obtained
at
a
mach
number
of
are
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
467
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thin
airfoil
theory
based
on
approximate
solution
of
the
transonic
flow
equation
the
present
paper
describes
a
method
for
the
approximate
solution
of
the
nonlinear
equations
of
transonic
small
disturbance
theory
although
the
solutions
are
nonlinear
the
analysis
is
sufficiently
simple
that
results
are
obtained
in
closed
analytic
form
for
a
large
and
significant
class
of
nonlifting
airfoils
application
to
two
dimensional
flows
with
free
stream
mach
number
near
leads
for
instance
to
general
expressions
for
the
determination
of
the
pressure
distribution
on
an
airfoil
of
specified
geometry
and
for
the
shape
of
an
airfoil
having
a
prescribed
pressure
distribution
and
gives
furthermore
the
correct
variation
of
pressure
with
mach
number
at
mach
number
for
flows
that
are
subsonic
everywhere
the
method
yields
a
pressure
correction
formula
that
is
more
accurate
than
the
prandtl
glauert
rule
and
compares
favorably
with
existing
higher
approximations
for
flows
that
are
supersonic
everywhere
the
method
yields
the
equivalent
in
transonic
approximation
of
simple
wave
theory
results
obtained
by
application
of
these
general
expressions
are
shown
to
correspond
closely
to
existing
solutions
and
to
experimental
data
for
a
wide
variety
of
airfoils
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
468
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
refinement
of
the
linearised
transonic
flow
theory
a
new
method
is
proposed
to
calculate
the
velocity
and
pressure
distributions
around
a
thin
symmetrical
aerofoil
or
a
slender
body
of
revolution
flying
at
transonic
speed
it
is
essentially
a
refinement
of
the
linearized
transonic
flow
theory
due
to
oswatitsch
and
maeder
such
that
a
correction
term
is
introduced
to
take
account
of
the
nonlinear
character
of
the
transonic
flow
as
examples
of
application
a
symmetrical
circular
arc
aerofoil
and
a
circular
arc
body
of
revolution
in
the
sonic
flow
are
dealt
with
and
the
results
are
found
to
be
in
good
agreement
with
experiments
except
for
the
rear
portion
in
the
latter
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
469
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
linearised
transonic
flow
about
slender
bodies
at
zero
angle
of
attack
the
simple
linearized
transonic
flow
theory
as
originally
proposed
by
oswatitsch
and
keune
and
by
the
present
authors
is
improved
by
considering
and
partially
correcting
its
error
in
this
manner
a
theory
which
is
easy
to
apply
and
which
should
be
valid
for
a
great
number
of
smooth
bodies
is
obtained
this
improved
theory
predicts
shock
waves
in
the
lower
transonic
regions
it
is
applied
to
a
number
of
significant
body
and
airfoil
shapes
and
its
predictions
are
compared
with
experiments
and
results
of
other
theoretical
investigations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
47
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
low
aspect
ratio
aircraft
structures
two
methods
are
presented
for
the
analysis
of
complex
low
aspect
ratio
aircraft
structures
both
methods
provide
for
arbitrary
external
loading
are
general
with
respect
to
the
orientation
of
structural
members
and
permit
arbitrary
boundary
conditions
for
purposes
of
analysis
a
structure
is
idealized
as
a
network
of
flexural
members
with
interconnected
torsion
boxes
in
the
first
method
sets
of
linear
equations
are
obtained
by
expressing
boundary
conditions
member
deflection
equations
equilibrium
requirements
and
slope
compatibility
relationships
in
terms
of
deflections
and
internal
forces
the
solution
for
deflections
and
internal
forces
is
then
formed
as
the
product
of
an
inverse
structural
matrix
and
a
column
matrix
of
load
functions
in
the
second
method
the
conditions
at
a
given
boundary
are
assembled
as
a
column
matrix
and
are
transferred
in
a
step
by
step
fashion
over
the
entire
structure
to
an
opposite
boundary
the
transfer
is
accomplished
by
successive
multiplications
of
square
matrices
composed
independently
for
the
different
transfer
ranges
the
final
operation
is
the
inversion
of
a
relatively
small
matrix
and
provides
the
solution
for
the
unknown
boundary
conditions
comparisons
of
theoretical
results
with
experimental
data
and
electric
analog
solutions
are
favorable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
470
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
notes
for
the
small
disturbance
linear
theory
of
the
method
of
local
linearisation
of
the
flow
over
an
airfoil
at
mach
number
of
unity
in
this
paper
the
pressure
distribution
at
the
surface
of
a
symmetrical
non
lifting
aerofoil
with
free
stream
mach
number
of
unity
has
been
investigated
by
means
of
the
small
disturbance
linear
theory
or
the
method
of
local
linearization
and
by
comparing
with
the
calculated
results
based
on
an
hodograph
method
the
accuracy
of
these
approximate
methods
has
been
evaluated
moreover
when
these
approximate
methods
are
used
for
the
calculation
of
the
pressure
coefficient
some
notes
necessary
to
obtain
more
correct
results
have
been
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
472
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
waves
in
supersonic
flow
in
this
chapter
we
shall
mainly
consider
problems
of
steady
two
dimensional
plane
supersonic
flow
using
the
fact
that
in
this
case
there
is
a
steady
wave
system
we
shall
find
solutions
by
an
indirect
approach
that
is
we
shall
first
study
the
conditions
under
which
simple
stationary
waves
may
exist
in
the
flow
and
then
find
the
flow
boundaries
to
which
they
correspond
or
which
may
be
fitted
to
them
in
this
procedure
the
limited
upstream
influence
in
a
supersonic
field
is
very
helpful
for
it
allows
flows
to
be
analyzed
or
constructed
step
by
step
which
is
a
method
that
is
not
possible
in
the
subsonic
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
473
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
freeman
method
the
freeman
method
ref
is
similar
to
chester's
method
in
that
the
newtonian
plus
centrifugal
solution
eq
with
the
von
mises
transformation
a
method
of
successive
approximations
is
applied
to
both
plane
and
axially
symmetric
blunt
nosed
bodies
for
small
and
infinite
free
stream
mach
number
formulas
for
the
streamlines
shock
shape
and
pressure
distribution
are
determined
to
this
approximation
a
number
of
special
shapes
are
treated
in
ref
and
in
certain
cases
the
theory
has
a
singular
point
where
the
first
approximation
to
the
pressure
vanishes
that
is
for
a
sphere
see
eq
as
in
chester's
method
the
theory
is
not
applicable
where
the
pressure
becomes
too
small
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
474
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
mixing
of
a
compressible
fluid
a
theoretical
investigation
of
the
velocity
profiles
for
laminar
mixing
of
a
high
velocity
stream
with
a
region
of
fluid
at
rest
has
been
made
assuming
that
the
prandtl
number
is
unity
a
method
which
involves
only
quadratures
is
presented
for
calculating
the
velocity
profile
in
the
mixing
layer
for
an
arbitrary
value
of
the
free
stream
mach
number
detailed
velocity
profiles
have
been
calculated
for
free
stream
mach
numbers
of
and
for
each
mach
number
velocity
profiles
are
presented
for
both
a
linear
and
a
power
variation
of
viscosity
with
absolute
temperature
the
calculations
for
a
linear
variation
are
much
simpler
than
those
for
a
power
variation
it
is
shown
that
by
selecting
the
constant
of
proportionality
in
the
linear
approximation
such
that
it
gives
the
correct
value
for
the
viscosity
in
the
high
temperature
part
of
the
mixing
layer
the
resulting
velocity
profiles
are
in
excellent
agreement
with
those
calculated
by
a
power
variation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
475
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
velocity
distribution
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
between
parallel
streams
a
method
is
given
for
obtaining
the
solution
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
for
the
steady
flow
of
a
stream
of
viscous
incompressible
fluid
over
a
parallel
stream
of
different
density
and
viscosity
an
approximate
solution
is
also
obtained
by
means
of
the
momentum
equation
it
is
shown
that
the
solutions
depend
only
on
the
ratio
of
the
velocities
of
the
two
streams
and
on
the
product
of
the
corresponding
density
and
viscosity
ratios
numerical
results
are
given
in
the
case
where
the
lower
fluid
is
at
rest
for
four
values
of
and
also
when
for
one
non
zero
value
of
the
velocity
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
476
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
blasius
equation
with
three
point
boundary
conditions
the
blasius
equation
subject
to
three
point
boundary
conditions
describing
the
interaction
between
two
parallel
streams
is
solved
by
way
of
a
series
in
terms
of
ascending
powers
of
the
ratio
equals
u
dash
u
u
where
the
u
's
are
the
outer
streams'
velocities
the
first
three
terms
of
the
series
are
analytically
expressed
in
terms
of
the
repeated
integrals
of
the
complementary
error
function
im
erfc
and
of
the
repeated
integrals
of
the
square
of
the
successive
integrals
of
the
complementary
error
function
jmin
erfc
n
these
functions
often
appear
in
problems
leading
to
extended
heat
conduction
type
of
equations
a
recurrence
formula
for
jmin
erfc
n
is
established
and
formulae
relating
the
functions
in
erfc
dashn
and
jmjn
erfc
to
available
tabulated
values
of
the
functions
in
erfc
n
are
derived
the
first
three
approximations
to
the
blasius
function
and
to
its
first
two
derivatives
are
also
presented
in
tabulated
form
with
four
significant
figures
test
on
the
convergence
of
the
series
has
been
made
by
comparison
with
some
exact
solutions
obtained
by
high
speed
computing
machine
the
comparison
extended
to
the
physically
essential
quantities
shows
that
second
and
first
derivatives
yield
extremely
accurate
results
the
errors
in
the
first
two
derivatives
of
the
blasius
functions
are
always
contained
within
less
than
one
per
cent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
477
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
boundary
layers
at
the
interface
of
co
current
parallel
streams
the
approximate
solution
of
keulegan
for
the
steady
flow
of
a
stream
of
viscous
incompressible
fluid
over
another
at
rest
is
extended
to
the
case
where
both
fluids
are
moving
co
current
but
at
different
velocities
this
solution
utilizes
a
sextic
polynomial
for
the
velocity
distribution
in
the
boundary
layers
the
solutions
depend
only
on
the
ratio
of
the
velocities
of
the
two
streams
and
on
the
product
of
the
corresponding
viscosity
and
density
ratios
numerical
results
are
given
for
seven
values
of
at
one
value
of
lock
has
published
an
exact
solution
with
a
numerical
result
for
and
the
sextic
polynomial
solution
is
evaluated
f
umerical
result
for
and
the
sextic
indicates
that
in
general
the
sextic
polynomial
is
more
accurate
than
the
quartic
polynomial
but
that
the
advantage
is
not
great
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
478
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tabulation
of
the
blasius
function
with
blowing
and
suction
authors
tabulate
solutions
of
f'''
ff''
for
the
velocity
distribution
in
a
boundary
layer
for
each
solution
f'
the
third
boundary
condition
is
the
specification
of
f
f
n
and
its
first
three
derivatives
are
tabulated
to
d
in
gaps
of
in
n
for
f
introduction
gives
method
of
solution
and
physical
meaning
of
boundary
conditions
etc
lock's
amr
cussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
479
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
an
equation
occurring
in
falkner
and
skan's
approximate
treatment
of
the
equation
of
the
boundary
layer
the
differential
analyser
has
been
used
to
evaluate
solutions
of
the
equation
y'''
yy''
with
boundary
conditions
y
y'
at
x
as
which
occurs
in
falkner
and
skan's
approximate
treatment
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
see
abstract
a
numerical
iterative
method
has
been
used
to
improve
the
accuracy
of
the
solutions
and
the
results
show
that
the
accuracy
of
the
machine
solutions
is
about
insufficient
to
specify
a
unique
solution
for
negative
values
of
a
discussion
of
this
situation
is
given
and
it
is
shown
that
for
the
application
to
be
made
of
the
solution
the
appropriate
condition
is
that
from
below
and
as
rapidly
as
possible
as
the
condition
that
from
below
can
be
satisfied
only
for
values
of
greater
than
a
limiting
value
whose
value
is
approximately
and
which
is
related
to
the
point
at
which
the
laminar
boundary
layer
breaks
away
from
the
boundary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
48
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
flow
at
the
surface
of
a
circular
cone
at
angle
of
attack
formulas
for
the
inviscid
flow
properties
on
the
surface
of
a
cone
at
angle
of
attack
are
derived
for
use
in
conjunction
with
the
m
i
t
cone
tables
these
formulas
are
based
upon
an
entropy
distribution
on
the
cone
surface
which
is
uniform
and
equal
to
that
of
the
shocked
fluid
in
the
windward
meridian
plane
they
predict
values
for
the
flow
variables
which
may
differ
significantly
from
the
corresponding
values
obtained
directly
from
the
cone
tables
the
differences
in
the
magnitudes
of
the
flow
variables
computed
by
the
two
methods
tend
to
increase
with
increasing
free
stream
mach
number
cone
angle
and
angle
of
attack
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
480
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
adiabatic
wall
temperature
due
to
mass
transfer
cooling
with
a
combustible
gas
a
recent
technical
note
by
sutton
with
the
above
title
discusses
the
influence
of
the
burning
of
a
transpiration
coolant
on
the
quantity
of
coolant
necessary
to
maintain
a
given
wall
temperature
the
present
note
discusses
the
same
problem
in
a
way
which
has
been
found
useful
in
calculating
the
burning
rates
of
solid
and
liquid
fuels
consider
the
transpiration
cooling
of
a
porous
surface
in
a
gas
stream
then
a
simple
modification
of
the
general
mass
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
481
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
mass
transfer
cooling
of
a
laminary
boundary
layer
by
injection
of
a
light
weight
foreign
gas
analytical
predictions
are
given
for
the
development
of
the
velocity
temperature
and
concentration
fields
in
a
laminar
air
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
in
high
speed
dissipative
flow
the
plate
being
considered
porous
and
cooled
by
injection
of
hydrogen
from
its
surface
the
admixture
of
hydrogen
having
a
low
density
and
high
thermal
capacity
relative
to
air
is
shown
to
greatly
diminish
the
skin
friction
and
to
markedly
relieve
the
adverse
thermal
effects
of
intense
aerodynamic
heating
under
conditions
of
hypersonic
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
482
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
re
examination
of
the
use
of
the
simple
concepts
for
prediction
the
shape
and
location
of
detached
shock
waves
a
reexamination
has
been
made
of
the
use
of
simple
concepts
for
predicting
the
shape
and
location
of
detached
shock
waves
the
results
show
that
simple
concepts
and
modifications
of
existing
methods
can
yield
good
predictions
for
many
nose
shapes
and
for
a
wide
range
of
mach
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
483
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
shock
detachment
distance
for
flow
around
spheres
and
cylinder
development
of
an
analytical
relation
between
shock
detachment
distance
and
free
stream
mach
numbers
results
are
presented
graphically
for
shock
detachment
distance
of
cylinders
and
spheres
in
air
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
484
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
influence
of
two
dimensional
stream
shear
for
airfoil
maximum
lift
the
effects
of
stream
velocity
gradients
on
airfoil
maximum
lift
are
defined
with
experimental
data
obtained
in
a
simulated
two
dimensional
slipstream
the
experimental
results
show
that
when
positioned
near
the
slipstream
plane
of
symmetry
the
airfoil
maximum
lift
varies
markedly
with
location
in
the
slipstream
in
moving
the
airfoil
from
above
to
below
the
slipstream
plane
of
symmetry
through
a
total
distance
corresponding
to
the
airfoil
thickness
force
data
and
boundary
layer
observations
show
that
boundary
layer
separation
is
delayed
to
higher
angles
of
attack
and
the
airfoil
maximum
lift
is
doubled
it
is
concluded
that
the
destalling
effect
observed
in
the
non
uniform
slipstream
is
not
associated
with
slipstream
boundary
interference
but
stems
from
the
influence
of
the
large
local
slipstream
shear
on
airfoil
characteristics
the
effects
of
uniform
and
nonuniform
shear
on
airfoil
lift
and
pressure
distribution
are
discussed
within
the
framework
of
existing
first
order
small
shear
theory
to
show
that
these
effects
of
shear
tend
to
promote
stall
a
pohlhausen
calculation
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
in
a
stream
with
shear
is
used
to
identify
and
to
assess
the
effects
of
stream
shear
on
boundary
layer
separation
criteria
it
is
demonstrated
that
these
effects
are
negligibly
small
and
that
the
uniform
flow
criterion
applies
it
is
concluded
on
the
basis
of
the
experimental
data
that
the
observed
destalling
phenomenon
stems
from
a
shear
effect
of
higher
order
than
those
treated
in
the
inviscid
theories
it
is
hypothesized
that
it
is
a
second
order
effect
fixed
by
the
product
of
the
stream
shear
and
the
derivative
of
the
shear
which
was
large
in
the
present
experiments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
485
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
linear
heat
flow
in
a
composite
slab
the
temperature
is
determined
as
a
function
of
position
and
time
in
the
case
of
linear
heat
conduction
in
a
composite
slab
of
ture
throughout
and
the
two
external
surface
temperatures
are
considered
to
be
prescribed
functions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
486
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similarity
laws
for
aerothermoelastic
testing
the
similarity
laws
for
aerothermoelastic
testing
are
presented
in
the
range
these
are
obtained
by
making
nondimensional
the
appropriate
governing
equations
of
the
individual
external
aerodynamic
flow
heat
conduction
to
the
interior
and
stress
deflection
problems
which
make
up
the
combined
aerothermoelastic
problem
for
the
general
aerothermoelastic
model
where
the
model
is
placed
in
a
high
stagnation
temperature
wind
tunnel
similitude
is
shown
to
be
very
difficult
to
achieve
for
a
scale
ratio
other
than
unity
the
primary
conflict
occurs
between
the
free
stream
mach
number
reynolds
number
aeroelastic
parameter
heat
conduction
parameter
and
thermal
expansion
parameter
means
of
dealing
with
this
basic
conflict
are
presented
these
include
looking
at
more
specialized
situations
such
as
the
behavior
of
wing
structures
and
of
thin
solid
plate
lifting
surfaces
and
panel
flutter
where
the
aerothermoelastic
similarity
parameters
assume
less
restrictive
forms
the
use
of
incomplete
aerothermoelastic
testing
in
which
the
pressure
and
or
heating
rates
are
estimated
in
advance
and
applied
artificially
to
the
model
and
the
use
of
restricted
purpose
models
investigating
separately
one
or
another
facet
of
the
complete
aerothermoelastic
problem
some
numerical
examples
of
modeling
for
the
general
aerothermoelastic
case
as
well
as
for
the
specialized
situations
mentioned
in
above
are
given
finally
extension
of
the
aerothermoelastic
similarity
laws
to
higher
speeds
and
temperatures
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
487
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theory
for
supersonic
two
dimensional
laminar
base
type
flows
using
the
crocco
lees
mixing
concepts
a
separated
flow
field
in
which
the
incoming
boundary
layer
is
undisturbed
up
to
the
separation
point
is
defined
as
a
base
type
flow
examples
are
the
flows
over
a
blunt
base
and
over
a
backward
facing
step
the
crocco
lees
theory
is
applied
to
the
supersonic
two
dimensional
laminar
base
type
flows
defined
above
the
separated
flow
is
divided
into
a
mixing
region
and
a
recompression
or
reattachment
region
calculations
of
base
pressure
show
its
dependence
on
the
mach
number
and
on
two
reynolds
number
dependent
variables
and
it
is
shown
that
existing
base
pressure
data
can
be
explained
by
these
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
488
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
reaction
rate
parameter
for
gasdynamics
of
a
chemically
reacting
gas
mixture
presented
note
proposes
a
linearized
reaction
rate
parameter
which
is
applicable
to
any
reacting
gas
mixture
provided
all
the
pertinent
reactions
and
their
rate
constants
are
known
at
the
thermodynamic
conditions
under
consideration
linearizing
is
achieved
by
expanding
equation
of
rate
of
chemical
reaction
in
a
taylor
series
and
neglecting
higher
order
terms
author
announces
that
tables
of
linearized
reaction
rate
parameters
for
dissociated
and
slightly
ionized
air
are
now
in
preparation
at
the
space
sciences
laboratory
general
electric
co
msvo
comparison
of
preliminary
results
with
exact
calculations
published
by
hall
i
g
et
al
inviscid
hypersonic
air
flows
with
coupled
non
equilibrium
processes
ias
paper
th
annual
meeting
new
york
jan
indicates
good
agreement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
489
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
calculation
of
the
laminar
separation
point
and
results
of
certain
flows
paper
studies
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
in
adverse
pressure
gradient
after
mentioning
mathematical
instabilities
in
howarth's
and
like
solutions
authors
quote
equation
from
one
of
the
references
based
on
the
assumptions
that
zero
heat
transfer
and
y
thence
authors
compute
nondimensional
distances
to
separation
comparing
with
solutions
by
other
workers
results
are
interesting
though
reviewer
feels
rather
unhappy
about
approximations
leading
to
eq
more
detailed
justifications
should
have
been
given
thus
we
have
the
statement
ber
as
surely
a
fuller
discussion
of
effects
of
letting
is
warranted
typography
in
eqs
and
is
rather
confusing
and
there
is
a
typographical
error
in
heading
to
table
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
49
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
temperature
and
velocity
profiles
in
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
with
arbitrary
distribution
of
surface
temperature
an
analysis
is
presented
which
enables
the
temperature
profiles
veiocity
profiles
heat
transfer
and
skin
friction
to
be
calculated
for
laminar
flow
over
a
two
dimensional
or
axially
symmetric
surface
without
pressure
gradient
but
with
an
arbitrary
analytic
distribution
of
surface
temperature
the
general
theory
is
applicable
to
a
gas
of
any
prandtl
number
although
the
numerical
results
given
herein
have
been
computed
for
air
the
predictions
of
the
theory
for
the
special
case
of
constant
surface
temperature
are
compared
with
the
calculations
of
crocco
on
the
basis
of
this
comparison
it
is
inferred
that
the
present
theory
enables
heat
transfer
and
skin
friction
calculations
accurate
to
within
about
per
cent
to
be
made
for
flight
conditions
up
to
mach
numbers
near
and
to
within
about
or
per
cent
for
supersonic
wind
tunnel
conditions
up
to
considerably
higher
mach
numbers
a
particular
effort
has
been
made
to
present
the
results
which
are
simple
considering
their
generality
in
a
form
that
can
be
used
readily
in
practical
applications
from
the
mathematical
point
of
view
the
theory
is
applicable
to
an
arbitrary
analytic
distribution
of
surface
temperature
but
in
any
given
practical
case
it
is
necessary
that
the
surface
temperature
distribution
be
approximated
by
a
polynomial
the
only
unknowns
in
the
final
equations
developed
are
the
coefficients
of
this
polynomial
so
that
the
work
involved
in
applying
the
theory
in
any
given
case
depends
entirely
on
the
work
involved
in
approximating
a
given
surface
temperature
distribution
by
a
polynomial
an
example
is
worked
out
in
detail
which
illustrates
some
of
the
principal
effects
of
variable
surface
temperature
it
is
shown
that
both
positively
infinite
and
negatively
infinite
heat
transfer
coefficients
can
occur
the
anomaly
of
infinite
and
negative
heat
transfer
coefficients
is
discussed
and
attributed
to
the
customary
definition
of
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
which
is
shown
to
be
fundamentally
inappropriate
for
flows
with
variable
surface
temperature
in
the
particular
example
considered
a
conventional
method
for
calculating
the
net
heat
transferred
yields
completely
incorrect
results
a
brief
qualitative
discussion
of
the
possible
effects
of
the
heat
transfer
on
flow
separation
is
given
in
order
to
facilitate
the
use
of
the
results
all
of
the
principal
equations
developed
are
collected
and
summarized
in
the
section
entitled
practical
use
of
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
490
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
normal
shock
relations
in
magnetohydrodynamics
the
magnetic
field
vector
is
perpendicular
to
the
flow
direction
thus
for
normal
shocks
there
is
no
change
of
flow
direction
through
the
shock
front
this
class
of
shocks
is
included
in
investigations
by
several
authors
five
are
referred
to
here
but
the
presentation
here
is
thought
to
be
especially
convenient
all
downstream
quantities
are
given
in
terms
of
upstream
flow
conditions
including
the
upstream
ratio
of
alfven
speed
to
sound
speed
and
the
shock
strength
density
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
491
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
close
relationship
between
turbulent
plane
couette
and
pressure
flows
author
studies
the
velocity
profiles
measured
by
others
in
plane
and
turbulent
couette
flow
such
as
is
induced
in
parallel
channels
of
which
one
of
the
walls
moves
in
its
own
plane
he
finds
these
profiles
to
be
satisfactorily
describable
in
terms
of
the
seventh
power
law
which
was
originally
set
up
for
plane
and
turbulent
pressure
flow
in
channels
where
both
walls
are
stationary
further
he
finds
the
shear
law
for
pressure
flow
to
be
applicable
also
to
the
couette
flow
in
a
similar
range
of
reynolds
number
r
no
attempt
is
made
in
this
concise
contribution
to
put
these
findings
on
a
firmer
basis
through
a
theoretical
explanation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
492
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
prediction
of
ogive
forebody
pressures
at
angles
of
attack
various
approximations
are
being
suggested
for
obtaining
surface
pressures
on
arbitrary
bodies
at
angle
of
attack
this
not
presents
a
method
for
obtaining
an
approximate
pressure
distribution
over
the
lower
surface
of
an
ogive
forebody
at
angle
of
attack
by
utilizing
the
calculated
pressures
for
zero
angle
of
attack
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
493
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
real
gas
laminar
boundary
layer
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
have
been
integrated
for
the
case
of
a
flat
plate
over
a
wide
range
of
free
stream
enthalpies
and
velocities
and
over
a
wide
range
of
enthalpies
of
the
gas
at
the
wall
the
range
of
free
stream
velocities
extended
up
to
ft
sec
at
low
free
stream
enthalpies
corresponding
to
local
conditions
on
a
slender
body
traveling
at
high
speeds
at
low
free
stream
velocities
the
range
of
free
stream
enthalpies
extended
up
to
btu
slug
corresponding
to
the
local
conditions
on
a
blunt
body
traveling
at
speeds
up
to
ft
sec
the
gas
was
assumed
to
be
in
thermodynamic
equilibrium
at
each
point
in
the
boundary
layer
and
diffusion
effects
were
neglected
the
solutions
to
the
boundary
layer
equations
were
carried
out
on
a
high
speed
digital
computing
machine
both
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
being
obtained
from
the
computations
before
presenting
the
results
the
t'
method
of
rubesin
and
johnson
for
computing
skin
friction
coefficients
for
the
perfect
gas
case
is
reviewed
for
the
real
gas
case
the
average
temperature
t'
is
replaced
by
the
average
enthalpy
h'
and
the
h'
method
is
then
used
to
compute
skin
friction
coefficients
these
values
are
in
excellent
agreement
with
the
computing
machine
results
it
was
found
that
the
recovery
factor
for
the
real
gas
case
can
be
approximated
by
the
best
results
for
the
cases
considered
being
obtained
if
a
value
of
pr
corresponding
to
the
enthalpy
h'
is
used
using
this
recovery
factor
and
reynolds
analogy
heat
transfer
rates
can
be
computed
which
with
a
few
exceptions
are
within
percent
of
values
obtained
from
computing
machine
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
494
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
axisymmetric
viscous
flow
plast
very
slender
bodies
of
revolution
axisymmetric
viscous
flow
past
unyawed
very
slender
bodies
of
revolution
is
treated
within
the
category
of
the
perfect
gas
attention
is
paid
especially
to
the
effect
of
transverse
curvature
of
the
body
from
the
transformed
equations
the
similarity
conditions
are
deduced
and
the
parameter
characterizing
the
effect
of
transverse
curvature
is
obtained
several
numerical
solutions
of
similarity
equations
for
hypersonic
flows
are
presented
and
upon
the
basis
of
these
results
the
effect
of
the
transverse
curvature
parameter
is
discussed
a
method
of
applying
the
local
similarity
approximation
to
obtain
the
approximate
solution
for
nonsimilar
cases
is
described
as
are
practical
applications
to
incompressible
flow
past
a
long
cylinder
and
to
hypersonic
flow
past
a
very
slender
cone
comparison
with
experimental
results
shows
fair
agreement
with
calculations
using
the
local
similarity
approximation
in
the
present
range
of
experimental
flow
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
495
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
similar
solutions
for
strong
blast
waves
and
their
application
to
steady
hypersonic
flow
the
general
solution
of
the
strong
blast
wave
is
found
in
the
newtonian
approximation
i
e
neglecting
terms
of
order
the
expressions
obtained
for
the
pressure
temperature
density
and
velocity
profiles
are
simple
the
results
are
applied
to
power
law
bodies
in
hypersonic
flow
using
the
equivalence
principle
higher
order
approximations
for
strong
blast
waves
are
investigated
for
the
cases
in
which
the
shock
layer
is
thin
a
simple
pressure
formula
is
found
which
constitutes
an
improvement
upon
the
newton
busemann
formula
and
some
of
its
applications
are
shown
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
496
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theory
of
transonic
aileron
buzz
neglecting
viscous
effects
usaf
sponsored
analysis
of
the
unsteady
perturbations
of
two
dimensional
transonic
flow
around
an
airfoil
where
local
supersonic
regions
terminated
by
shock
waves
are
present
in
the
vicinity
of
the
airfoil
viscous
effects
are
neglected
and
a
linearized
theory
of
the
perturbations
due
to
harmonic
oscillations
of
an
aileron
is
developed
a
series
solution
for
the
pressure
distribution
is
obtained
and
numerical
results
for
the
nonsteady
hinge
moment
from
the
first
approximation
to
the
solution
are
presented
as
a
result
of
flutter
analysis
a
stability
boundary
for
transonic
aileron
buzz
is
obtained
comparison
of
the
theoretical
results
with
experimental
observations
shows
satisfactory
agreement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
497
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
and
experimental
investigation
of
thermal
stresses
in
hypersonic
aircraft
wing
structures
a
simple
and
relatively
accurate
analytic
approximation
is
developed
to
determine
the
temperature
and
thermal
stress
distribution
in
aircraft
wing
structures
theoretical
investigations
show
that
the
results
of
the
existing
thermal
stress
theories
which
neglect
the
temperature
gradient
through
the
skin
thickness
may
exceed
in
the
range
of
higher
biot
numbers
the
true
values
by
more
than
percent
refined
photothermoelastic
experiments
verify
these
results
and
add
another
significant
conclusion
they
indicate
that
thermal
stresses
in
wing
structures
generated
by
a
variable
heat
transfer
coefficient
coincide
with
the
theoretical
predictions
which
are
based
on
a
constant
heat
transfer
coefficient
as
long
as
the
latter
represents
the
arithmetic
average
over
the
heating
cycle
and
the
variation
is
in
the
order
of
percent
however
even
much
greater
variations
in
the
order
of
percent
produce
only
relatively
small
differences
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
498
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculation
of
potential
flow
about
bodies
of
revolution
having
axes
perpendicular
to
the
free
stream
direction
a
general
method
is
described
for
calculating
with
the
aid
of
an
electronic
computer
the
potential
flow
about
arbitrary
bodies
of
revolution
whose
axes
are
perpendicular
to
the
free
stream
direction
when
combined
with
the
solution
for
the
axisymmetric
flow
about
these
bodies
this
method
makes
it
possible
to
calculate
the
pressure
distribution
on
any
body
of
revolution
at
angle
of
attack
forward
of
any
separated
region
of
the
flow
and
also
to
calculate
the
flow
at
points
off
the
body
surface
after
the
basic
equations
of
the
method
have
been
derived
its
accuracy
is
exhibited
by
comparison
with
analytic
solutions
for
ellipsoids
of
revolution
calculated
pressure
distributions
are
then
compared
with
experimental
data
for
a
variety
of
bodies
the
agreement
is
quite
satisfactory
in
all
cases
the
calculated
velocities
for
other
selected
bodies
are
presented
to
exhibit
certain
properties
of
this
type
of
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
499
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
closed
form
solution
for
the
oscillations
of
a
vehicle
entering
a
planetary
atmosphere
author
considers
the
equation
of
the
yawing
motion
of
a
missile
derived
with
a
series
of
customary
assumptions
and
with
the
distance
traveled
as
the
independent
variable
his
assumptions
include
the
linearity
of
the
aerodynamic
forces
the
constancy
of
the
aerodynamic
coefficients
with
respect
to
mach
number
the
absence
of
spin
and
the
absence
of
gravity
if
to
these
assumptions
one
could
add
the
common
ballistic
assumption
of
a
constant
air
density
the
coefficients
of
this
equation
would
have
been
con
damped
sinusoids
in
ballistics
any
slow
variation
of
these
coefstant
and
the
solution
would
have
been
simply
the
exponentially
ficients
is
usually
treated
by
adding
an
approximate
correction
term
to
the
damping
rate
which
is
spoken
of
as
the
wkb
perturbation
however
with
a
body
entering
the
planetary
atmosphere
the
variation
of
the
air
density
is
apparently
of
greater
essence
this
is
a
point
not
stated
explicitly
in
this
brief
communication
and
the
equation
is
of
the
type
the
author
shows
that
with
a
series
of
further
transformations
the
equation
can
be
reduced
to
the
form
the
solutions
of
which
are
confluent
hypergeometric
functions
these
functions
are
defined
as
series
involving
gamma
functions
and
with
a
series
of
further
assumptions
can
be
reduced
to
laguerre
polynomials
and
bessel
functions
it
is
certainly
nice
to
have
an
exact
solution
to
a
problem
which
has
heretofore
been
extensively
treated
by
approximations
and
by
the
numerical
approach
this
reviewer
is
puzzled
however
as
to
the
practical
significance
of
the
proposed
approach
an
idealization
is
of
value
in
that
it
facilitates
our
understanding
and
the
numerical
approach
in
that
it
allows
refinements
of
the
problem
freeing
us
from
the
necessity
of
idealizing
but
the
proposed
solution
is
certainly
more
difficult
to
refine
than
the
original
problem
and
it
is
certainly
not
simple
the
solution
of
the
original
equation
is
not
the
value
of
z
but
the
various
reverse
transformations
of
z
an
evaluation
of
a
series
in
practice
must
compete
with
the
numerical
approach
and
the
equation
suggested
is
of
the
zero
viewing
the
problem
afresh
in
the
light
of
the
computer
revolution
and
without
the
constraints
imposed
by
the
prior
art
it
seems
at
least
equally
easy
to
standardize
the
solutions
of
the
original
equation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
5
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
one
dimensional
transient
heat
conduction
into
a
double
layer
slab
subjected
to
a
linear
heat
input
for
a
small
time
internal
analytic
solutions
are
presented
for
the
transient
heat
conduction
in
composite
slabs
exposed
at
one
surface
to
a
triangular
heat
rate
this
type
of
heating
rate
may
occur
for
example
during
aerodynamic
heating
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
50
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
laminar
boundary
layer
in
compressible
fluids
using
the
crocco
method
in
the
present
investigation
of
the
flow
of
air
in
a
thin
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
the
crocco
method
has
been
used
to
solve
the
simultaneous
differential
equations
of
momentum
and
energy
involved
in
such
flow
the
crocco
method
was
used
because
it
gave
accurate
results
for
arbitrary
prandtl
number
near
unity
the
prandtl
number
was
taken
at
the
specific
heat
was
held
constant
and
the
sutherland
law
of
viscosity
temperature
variation
was
assumed
to
represent
the
viscosity
data
starting
with
an
initial
ambient
temperature
of
f
the
main
results
presented
here
are
the
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
as
functions
of
reynolds
number
mach
number
and
wall
to
free
stream
temperature
ratio
variations
of
shear
velocity
temperature
and
mach
number
across
the
boundary
layer
are
included
the
crocco
method
is
discussed
in
detail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
500
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
joule
heating
in
magnetohydrodynamic
free
convection
flows
the
steady
fully
developed
laminar
free
convection
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
between
two
fully
submerged
open
ended
constant
temperature
vertical
plates
located
in
a
constant
uniformly
distributed
transverse
magnetic
field
has
been
analyzed
with
the
joule
heating
term
retained
in
the
energy
equation
analytic
results
are
obtained
such
analytic
results
are
useful
in
estimating
the
actual
magnitude
of
the
influence
of
joule
heating
as
well
as
a
qualitative
description
of
the
manner
in
which
it
alters
the
temperature
and
flow
fields
the
present
result
confirms
the
usual
practice
that
the
influence
of
joule
heating
is
negligibly
small
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
501
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
shock
detachment
of
blunt
bodies
in
supersonic
flow
presentation
of
stagnation
point
shock
detachment
distances
determined
by
the
exact
numerical
method
of
gravalos
edelfelt
and
emmons
the
results
are
compared
with
those
from
the
previously
published
methods
of
van
dyke
and
gordon
li
and
geiger
and
serbin
and
with
experimental
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
502
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
squire's
test
of
the
compressibility
transformation
discussion
of
a
previous
application
by
squire
of
the
author's
compressibility
transformation
to
the
correlation
of
high
speed
boundary
layer
data
for
air
and
helium
squire's
suggestion
that
the
compressibility
transformation
is
invalid
is
shown
to
be
incorrect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
503
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
prediction
of
the
transonic
characteristics
of
airfoils
it
is
shown
that
the
author's
transonic
flow
airfoil
theory
can
be
used
to
estimate
transonic
drag
rise
and
onset
of
separation
effects
mach
numbers
without
reference
to
experimental
results
a
simple
comparative
method
is
applied
to
a
series
of
airfoils
and
the
results
are
analyzed
to
determine
some
of
the
design
features
of
importance
in
transonic
flow
an
improvement
to
this
scheme
is
shown
to
give
results
in
good
agreement
with
experiment
for
both
the
first
appearance
of
shock
waves
and
the
onset
of
separation
effects
application
to
finite
swept
wings
is
briefly
considered
and
illustrated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
504
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
of
compressible
boundary
layers
induced
by
a
moving
wave
the
problem
of
determining
the
stability
of
compressible
viscous
flows
with
nonzero
surface
velocities
is
formulated
and
is
shown
to
be
identical
to
that
for
conventional
boundary
layers
with
only
a
redefinition
of
the
mach
and
reynolds
numbers
required
specific
consideration
is
given
to
the
wall
boundary
layer
behind
a
moving
shock
wave
and
the
minimum
critical
reynolds
numbers
are
obtained
for
various
shock
velocities
the
entire
stability
map
is
determined
for
the
limiting
case
of
a
weak
wave
which
is
analogous
to
the
rayleigh
problem
the
minimum
critical
reynolds
number
is
found
to
increase
monotonically
with
shock
velocity
i
e
with
increasing
surface
cooling
and
stream
mach
number
combined
for
the
ratio
of
wall
to
stream
velocity
of
with
shock
mach
number
of
the
flow
is
found
to
be
infinitely
stable
to
two
dimensional
disturbances
experimental
transition
data
do
not
follow
the
trends
predicted
by
the
theory
in
fact
the
transition
reynolds
numbers
are
orders
of
magnitude
below
the
computed
minimum
critical
reynolds
numbers
the
lack
of
correlation
between
theory
and
experiment
is
attributed
to
disturbances
which
are
external
to
the
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
505
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transition
measurements
on
cones
in
free
flight
ballistics
range
tests
navy
sponsored
experimental
investigation
of
the
location
of
boundary
layer
transition
on
sharp
nosed
cones
having
total
angles
the
ambient
temperature
in
a
portion
of
the
aeroballistics
range
is
varied
so
as
to
obtain
different
adiabatic
recovery
temperatures
at
a
constant
nominal
mach
number
of
the
location
of
transition
is
expressed
as
a
transition
reynolds
number
and
results
are
presented
graphically
as
a
function
of
the
ratio
between
the
wall
temperature
and
the
adiabatic
recovery
temperature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
506
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
havelock's
shallow
water
wave
resistance
curves
in
the
continuous
quest
for
improved
means
of
transportation
attention
is
currently
focused
on
the
ground
effect
machine
as
there
is
no
physical
contact
between
the
vehicle
and
the
terrain
over
which
it
operates
its
performance
should
be
similar
over
land
and
water
however
over
water
there
is
an
additional
resistance
to
motion
due
to
the
gravity
wave
system
generated
by
the
supporting
or
cushion
pressure
acting
on
the
water
surface
estimates
of
this
component
can
be
made
using
the
analysis
of
t
h
havelock
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
present
an
ibm
digital
computer
solution
of
his
equations
as
shown
below
these
results
differ
from
havelock's
original
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
507
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
energy
equation
approximations
in
fluid
mechanics
discussion
of
several
forms
of
the
energy
equation
and
of
their
use
for
the
study
of
the
flow
of
nearly
incompressible
fluids
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
508
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
correlation
of
nose
bluntness
induced
pressures
on
cylindrical
and
conical
after
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
van
hise
in
his
detailed
study
of
the
nose
bluntness
induced
pressures
on
cylindrical
afterbodies
shows
that
starting
a
few
nose
diameters
aft
of
the
nose
afterbody
junction
these
pressures
are
correlated
with
the
parameter
as
predicted
by
the
blast
wave
analogy
chernyi
developed
a
modified
form
of
the
blast
wave
analogy
which
takes
into
account
the
addition
of
energy
to
the
flow
by
a
thin
afterbody
he
showed
that
for
thin
afterbodies
and
hypersonic
speeds
the
pressure
distribution
plotted
as
should
correlate
with
the
parameter
the
purpose
of
this
note
is
to
show
that
the
above
correlation
techniques
may
be
combined
into
a
form
such
that
pressures
on
cylindrical
and
conical
afterbodies
are
correlated
by
one
parameter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
509
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
graphical
approximation
for
temperatures
and
sublimation
rates
at
surfaces
subjected
to
small
net
and
large
gross
heat
transfer
rates
considers
a
material
acted
upon
by
heat
of
conduction
which
changes
its
state
by
sublimation
at
the
heated
surface
the
derived
method
is
most
suitable
under
conditions
of
severe
heating
such
as
space
vehicle
re
entry
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
51
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theory
of
aircraft
structural
models
subjected
to
aerodynamic
heating
and
external
loads
the
problem
of
investigating
the
simultaneous
effects
of
transient
aerodynamic
heating
and
external
loads
on
aircraft
structures
for
the
purpose
of
determining
the
ability
of
the
structure
to
withstand
flight
to
supersonic
speeds
is
studied
by
dimensional
analyses
it
is
shown
that
constructed
of
the
same
materials
as
the
aircraft
will
be
thermally
similar
to
the
aircraft
with
respect
to
the
flow
of
heat
through
the
structure
will
be
similar
to
those
of
the
aircraft
when
the
structural
model
is
constructed
at
the
same
temperature
as
the
aircraft
external
loads
will
be
similar
to
those
of
the
aircraft
subjected
to
heating
and
cooling
that
correctly
simulate
the
aerodynamic
heating
of
the
aircraft
except
with
respect
to
angular
velocities
and
angular
accelerations
without
requiring
determination
of
the
heat
flux
at
each
point
on
the
surface
and
its
variation
with
time
acting
on
the
aerodynamically
heated
structural
model
to
those
acting
on
the
aircraft
is
determined
for
the
case
of
zero
angular
velocity
and
zero
angular
acceleration
so
that
the
structural
model
may
be
subjected
to
the
external
loads
required
for
simultaneous
simulation
of
stresses
and
deformations
due
to
external
loads
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
510
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
manoeuvring
technique
for
changing
the
plane
of
circular
orbits
with
minimum
fuel
expenditure
usaf
supported
discussion
of
the
use
of
an
intermediate
elliptic
orbit
for
changing
the
plane
of
a
circular
orbit
values
of
the
perigee
and
apogee
velocities
are
calculated
for
the
following
cases
the
braking
impulse
supplied
by
grazing
of
the
atmosphere
and
re
orbit
with
of
the
braking
impulse
supplied
in
this
manner
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
511
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tunnel
tests
on
a
double
cascade
to
determine
the
interaction
between
the
rotor
and
the
nozzles
of
a
supersonic
turbine
experimental
confirmation
has
been
required
that
in
a
supersonic
turbine
the
leading
edges
of
the
rotor
governs
the
rotor
incidence
and
hence
the
gas
exit
angle
from
the
nozzles
evidence
has
also
been
required
that
once
the
rotor
incidence
has
been
allowed
for
there
is
no
adverse
effect
of
the
rotors
on
the
nozzle
flow
even
when
the
rotors
have
a
large
turning
angle
the
present
test
cascade
represented
the
stationary
configuration
of
a
turbine
of
nozzle
mach
number
and
swirl
angle
the
rotors
being
designed
to
operate
at
relative
mach
number
and
to
provide
a
turning
angle
of
in
the
tests
fully
supersonic
flow
could
be
established
through
the
system
but
the
losses
were
fairly
high
and
an
increase
in
loss
of
about
per
cent
would
have
caused
choking
in
the
rotor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
512
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
quasi
cylindrical
surfaces
with
prescribed
thickness
distributions
a
formula
for
the
supersonic
velocity
field
in
terms
of
a
given
surface
distribution
of
sources
is
applied
to
points
lying
in
the
surface
an
equation
giving
the
camber
shape
of
a
quasi
circular
cylindrical
surface
in
terms
of
a
prescribed
thickness
distribution
is
derived
and
the
half
ring
wing
with
prescribed
thickness
distribution
is
discussed
as
an
example
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
513
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
measurements
at
supersonic
speeds
on
three
uncambered
conical
wings
of
unit
aspect
ratio
pressure
measurements
were
made
at
mach
numbers
between
and
over
a
range
of
incidences
on
three
simple
models
representing
thick
conical
uncambered
wings
with
sharp
leading
edges
these
tests
form
part
of
an
investigation
into
the
effects
of
thickness
and
camber
on
slender
wings
the
aspect
ratio
of
the
models
was
unity
in
each
case
and
the
spanwise
cross
sections
were
bounded
by
the
measured
pressure
distributions
are
presented
along
with
overall
lift
and
drag
excluding
skin
friction
and
base
drag
obtained
by
integration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
514
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distributions
and
flow
patterns
on
some
conical
shapes
with
sharp
edges
and
symmetrical
cross
sections
at
m
results
are
given
of
a
wind
tunnel
programme
made
to
study
the
pressure
distributions
and
flow
patterns
over
a
series
of
simple
conical
shapes
at
a
mach
number
of
the
results
have
been
compared
with
various
approximate
theories
and
the
limitations
of
these
theories
are
discussed
it
is
found
that
at
this
mach
number
leading
edge
separations
still
have
an
influence
on
the
suction
surface
pressure
and
that
this
surface
still
makes
a
significant
contribution
to
the
overall
forces
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
515
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
self
sustained
oscillations
of
a
system
with
non
linear
damping
of
a
particular
type
the
paper
deals
with
self
sustained
oscillations
of
a
dynamic
system
of
single
degree
of
freedom
with
linear
restoring
force
and
non
linear
damping
force
the
latter
is
supposed
to
be
a
function
of
velocity
representable
by
a
simple
polygonal
graph
such
that
the
damping
is
negative
at
small
velocities
but
becomes
positive
at
velocities
above
a
certain
value
on
these
assumptions
a
rigorous
solution
is
presented
including
the
equations
of
motion
amplitude
maximum
velocity
and
period
a
very
simple
solution
is
obtained
for
the
limiting
case
of
vanishingly
small
damping
an
approximate
solution
by
series
in
powers
of
damping
ratio
is
worked
out
which
gives
a
satisfactory
accuracy
for
quite
large
values
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
516
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
dynamic
longitudinal
stability
characteristics
of
a
wind
tunnel
interference
model
m
to
the
dynamic
longitudinal
stability
characteristics
of
a
standard
wind
tunnel
interference
model
have
been
investigated
in
free
flight
over
a
mach
number
range
of
to
measurements
of
lift
curve
slope
and
manoeuvre
margin
were
obtained
and
are
compared
with
results
from
transonic
tunnel
tests
under
low
blockage
conditions
the
analysis
was
extended
to
obtain
damping
derivatives
to
allow
comparison
to
be
made
with
possible
future
dynamic
tests
in
wind
tunnels
on
the
standard
shape
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
517
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
reaction
resisted
shock
fronts
it
is
shown
that
shock
waves
whose
structure
is
determined
solely
by
the
effects
of
chemical
reactions
reaction
resisted
shock
fronts
are
possible
and
completely
analogous
to
relaxation
resisted
waves
a
single
dissociation
reaction
is
considered
and
numerical
results
indicate
that
such
waves
could
be
observed
experimentally
bulk
viscosities
equivalent
to
reaction
effects
are
possibly
or
more
times
shear
viscosity
values
examples
are
based
on
lighthill's
ideal
dissociating
gas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
518
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
conduction
through
a
polyatomic
gas
a
heat
conduction
problem
is
set
up
which
in
essence
simulates
the
conditions
arising
when
a
plane
shock
wave
reflects
from
a
co
planar
solid
boundary
the
gas
is
assumed
to
be
polyatomic
with
one
the
quantity
of
primary
interest
is
the
temperature
of
the
solid
at
the
interface
since
this
can
be
observed
experimentally
without
much
difficulty
solutions
are
obtained
for
this
quantity
which
cover
a
range
of
practically
plausible
relaxation
times
and
'wall
effect'
parameters
it
is
essential
to
include
proper
temperature
jump
boundary
conditions
for
both
active
and
relaxing
or
inert
energy
modes
thus
it
is
necessary
to
know
accommodation
coefficients
for
these
modes
of
energy
storage
the
temperature
jump
effects
are
found
to
dominate
the
interface
solid's
temperature
time
history
with
relaxation
effects
playing
a
very
secondary
role
the
theoretical
results
are
compared
with
some
experimental
observations
and
encouraging
agreement
is
found
as
a
result
of
this
agreement
it
proves
possible
to
estimate
the
accommodation
coefficient
for
the
active
modes
in
this
case
for
the
combination
platinum
air
the
pressure
being
about
atmospheres
the
pressure
sensitivity
of
accommodation
effects
is
commented
on
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
519
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
base
pressure
at
supersonic
speeds
in
the
presence
of
a
supersonic
jet
the
effects
on
base
pressure
of
jet
mach
number
free
stream
reynolds
number
and
jet
to
base
diameter
ratio
have
been
investigated
experimentally
it
was
found
that
for
jet
stagnation
pressures
greater
than
that
required
for
the
nozzle
to
reach
its
design
mach
number
an
increase
of
jet
mach
number
reduced
the
base
pressure
similarly
the
base
pressure
increased
with
increase
of
the
ratio
of
jet
diameter
to
base
diameter
and
at
high
jet
stagnation
pressures
base
pressures
higher
than
free
stream
static
pressure
were
found
the
base
pressure
was
independent
of
free
stream
reynolds
numbers
greater
than
x
per
foot
but
increased
with
reduction
of
reynolds
number
below
x
per
foot
unsteady
wave
patterns
were
found
when
the
jet
mach
number
did
not
differ
markedly
from
the
free
stream
mach
number
and
the
jet
had
just
reached
its
design
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
52
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
procedure
for
calculating
flutter
at
high
supersonic
speed
including
camber
deflections
and
comparison
with
experimental
results
a
method
which
may
be
used
at
high
supersonic
mach
numbers
is
described
for
calculating
the
flutter
speed
of
wings
having
camber
in
their
deflection
modes
the
normal
coupled
vibration
modes
of
the
wing
are
used
to
derive
the
equations
of
motion
chord
deflections
of
the
vibration
modes
are
approximated
by
polynomials
the
wing
may
have
a
control
surface
and
may
carry
external
stores
although
no
aerodynamic
forces
on
the
stores
are
presented
the
aerodynamic
forces
that
are
assumed
to
be
acting
on
the
wing
are
obtained
from
piston
theory
and
also
from
a
quasi
steady
form
of
a
theory
for
two
dimensional
steady
flow
airfoil
shape
and
thickness
effects
are
taken
account
of
in
the
analysis
the
method
is
used
to
calculate
the
flutter
speed
of
some
wings
which
had
been
previously
tested
at
mach
numbers
of
to
comparison
of
the
calculations
and
experiment
is
made
for
flat
plate
and
delta
wings
and
also
for
an
untapered
sweptback
wing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
520
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wing
tail
interference
as
a
cause
of
'magnus'
effects
on
a
finned
missile
wing
tail
interference
is
shown
to
cause
large
magnus
effects
on
a
finned
missile
whose
wings
are
deflected
into
an
aileron
setting
a
simple
experimental
method
with
water
as
the
working
medium
is
used
to
obtain
low
speed
magnus
data
on
a
rolling
missile
the
missile
is
a
slender
cruciform
configuration
with
all
movable
wings
and
fixed
tail
fins
magnus
data
are
presented
for
angles
of
attack
up
to
and
for
the
one
high
roll
rate
which
accompanies
a
aileron
deflection
angle
of
the
wings
tests
conducted
at
zero
roll
rate
but
with
the
wing
deflection
maintained
revealed
large
forces
in
the
magnus
direction
thereby
providing
the
basis
for
understanding
magnus
effects
due
to
wing
tail
interference
a
semiempirical
theory
is
proposed
to
explain
the
experimental
data
a
simplified
model
of
the
wake
behind
the
wings
is
introduced
to
predict
tail
interference
factors
good
agreement
with
the
data
is
obtained
this
magnus
effect
is
opposite
in
direction
to
the
classical
magnus
lift
on
a
spinning
cylinder
it
is
much
larger
than
either
that
effect
or
the
one
on
a
missile
with
only
one
set
of
fins
wing
tail
interference
is
the
predominant
source
of
the
effect
roll
rate
only
modifies
the
basic
interference
mechanism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
521
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
application
of
transonic
linearization
to
an
airfoil
with
a
round
leading
edge
the
profile
of
a
symmetric
airfoil
of
unit
length
with
a
round
leading
edge
can
be
expressed
in
general
as
where
p
x
has
a
finite
slope
at
x
it
is
well
known
that
the
conventional
sub
and
supersonic
linear
theories
of
compressible
flow
break
down
in
the
neighborhood
of
such
a
round
leading
edge
due
to
the
failure
of
the
small
disturbance
assumption
the
linearized
transonic
flow
theory
has
the
same
short
coming
but
if
the
determination
of
the
sonic
point
on
the
airfoil
plays
an
important
role
in
any
more
advanced
theory
e
g
spreiter's
local
linearization
method
or
hosokawa's
method
of
refinement
this
theoretical
barrier
will
become
more
serious
because
the
sonic
point
is
usually
located
in
a
flow
region
near
the
leading
edge
that
may
be
greatly
affected
by
the
roundness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
522
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
transitional
and
turbulent
heat
transfer
to
a
cone
cylinder
flare
body
at
mach
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
laminar
transitional
and
turbulent
heat
transfer
rates
over
a
conical
cylindrical
flared
body
is
presented
regions
of
favorable
zero
and
adverse
pressure
gradient
on
the
body
are
investigated
the
experimental
results
are
compared
with
the
theories
available
in
the
literature
the
model
chosen
for
this
investigation
is
a
cone
cylinder
flare
configuration
consisting
of
a
semivertex
conical
nose
portion
smoothly
blended
by
a
shoulder
radius
into
a
long
cylindrical
body
and
terminated
by
a
smooth
large
radius
flare
the
model
was
tested
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
over
a
range
of
reynolds
number
from
x
to
x
per
inch
based
on
free
stream
conditions
various
stagnation
to
wall
temperature
ratios
were
obtained
by
cooling
the
model
prior
to
the
test
with
liquid
nitrogen
the
stagnation
to
wall
temperature
ratios
were
and
the
theoretical
predictions
gave
good
results
for
the
heat
transfer
rates
in
the
laminar
region
and
fair
prediction
in
the
transitional
and
turbulent
regimes
extending
over
the
shoulder
and
forward
portion
of
the
cylindrical
body
over
the
aft
portion
of
the
cylinder
and
over
the
flare
the
predictions
are
only
qualitatively
correct
and
underestimate
the
heating
rate
by
a
factor
as
high
as
conversely
the
flat
plate
reference
enthalpy
over
the
aft
portion
of
the
body
but
to
increasingly
overestimate
the
heating
rates
over
the
forward
portion
of
the
cylinder
a
modified
equation
for
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
in
the
transitional
and
fully
turbulent
region
based
on
the
f
p
r
e
method
is
then
presented
this
method
gives
good
agreement
with
the
experimental
results
presented
over
the
entire
range
of
transitional
and
turbulent
flow
from
the
results
the
following
is
concluded
cooling
the
wall
delayed
transition
by
expanding
the
flow
rapidly
between
the
cone
and
the
cylinder
the
transition
reynolds
number
is
reached
very
rapidly
by
making
a
smooth
transition
between
the
cylinder
and
the
flare
no
separation
occurred
at
the
cylindrical
flare
junction
the
transitional
and
turbulent
heat
transfer
in
the
presence
of
an
adverse
pressure
gradient
may
be
predicted
with
sufficient
accuracy
by
the
f
p
r
e
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
523
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
determination
of
position
of
the
sonic
line
for
a
blunt
body
in
hypersonic
flow
the
detached
shock
in
front
of
a
blunt
body
in
hypersonic
flow
tends
to
acquire
the
shape
of
the
frontal
curvature
of
the
body
thus
the
curvature
of
the
shock
can
be
assumed
to
be
the
same
as
that
of
the
body
at
least
up
to
the
sonic
point
point
a
fig
if
the
equation
of
curvature
of
the
body
is
known
the
equation
of
curvature
of
the
shock
is
also
known
in
this
paper
with
this
assumption
a
method
is
described
to
determine
the
approximate
position
of
the
sonic
line
ao'b
fig
the
shock
detachment
distance
is
assumed
known
the
method
is
of
course
general
this
can
be
applied
to
any
detached
shock
provided
its
equation
of
curvature
is
known
corresponding
to
that
of
the
body
for
simplicity
the
detached
shock
is
assumed
to
be
circular
in
this
paper
and
the
procedure
is
outlined
below
with
the
assumption
that
the
sonic
line
ao'b
is
parabolic
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
524
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
in
partially
ionized
air
comparison
of
heat
transfer
rates
obtained
by
using
transport
properties
recently
reported
by
peng
and
pindroh
with
rates
based
on
hansen's
thermodynamic
and
transport
properties
it
is
shown
that
the
heat
transfer
rates
based
on
the
peng
and
pindroh
data
are
to
lower
for
the
velocity
range
of
to
ft
sec
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
525
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
hypersonic
viscous
flow
over
an
insulated
flat
plate
with
surface
mass
transfer
hypersonic
viscous
flow
over
an
insulated
flat
plate
with
surface
mass
transfer
is
studied
the
tangent
wedge
approximation
is
used
in
the
inviscid
flow
region
and
the
integral
method
is
applied
to
the
treatment
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
the
law
of
surface
mass
transfer
for
the
present
analysis
is
derived
a
continuous
transition
of
the
pressure
variation
is
achieved
from
the
strong
to
the
weak
pressure
interaction
region
first
order
formulas
for
the
induced
surface
pressure
and
the
skin
friction
coefficient
are
obtained
for
both
the
strong
and
weak
pressure
interaction
regions
results
are
compared
with
those
calculated
from
other
analyses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
526
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
leading
edge
attachment
in
transonic
flow
with
laminar
or
turbulent
boundary
layers
the
transonic
flow
round
a
two
dimensional
airfoil
at
incidence
is
often
determined
by
the
type
of
flow
in
the
leading
edge
region
if
the
flow
separates
at
the
leading
edge
at
low
speeds
it
is
liable
to
attach
as
the
speed
increases
often
quite
suddenly
a
review
of
this
change
with
laminar
or
with
turbulent
boundary
layers
re
emphasizes
the
importance
of
fixing
transition
when
making
model
tests
at
transonic
speeds
in
order
to
obtain
flows
closest
to
full
scale
conditions
it
is
shown
that
similar
airfoils
with
attached
leading
edge
flow
show
transonic
similarity
upstream
of
the
terminal
shock
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
527
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
the
three
point
boundary
layer
problem
for
the
blasius
equations
in
a
recent
paper
a
method
was
presented
for
obtaining
higher
accuracy
in
the
numerical
solution
of
the
blasius
equation
with
three
point
boundary
conditions
the
well
known
blasius
equation
was
previously
developed
in
an
investigation
of
the
steady
two
dimensional
incompressible
boundary
layer
flow
over
a
flat
plate
but
it
has
been
extensively
used
in
investigating
other
fluid
flow
problems
the
three
point
boundary
value
problem
is
encountered
in
the
theory
of
laminar
mixing
and
in
approximate
analyses
of
separated
and
wake
flows
as
noted
in
ref
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
528
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
first
order
slip
effects
on
the
laminar
boundary
layer
over
a
slender
body
of
revolution
with
zero
pressure
gradient
in
reference
the
analysis
given
by
probstein
and
elliott
for
the
zero
pressure
gradient
constant
wall
temperature
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
with
transverse
curvature
was
extended
to
first
order
slip
flow
this
extension
was
based
on
a
double
asymptotic
expansion
in
a
transverse
curvature
parameter
and
a
slip
parameter
the
expansion
in
ref
however
was
carried
out
with
the
parameter
held
constant
for
and
a
constant
wall
temperature
is
constant
and
e
varies
with
x
due
to
the
dependence
of
the
local
body
radius
on
x
thus
for
arbitrary
body
shapes
e
will
not
be
constant
in
the
present
note
the
analysis
of
ref
is
re
examined
taking
into
account
the
variation
of
e
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
529
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
effects
of
injection
of
foreign
gases
in
a
decelerating
laminar
boundary
layer
in
supersonic
flow
the
purpose
of
this
research
program
was
to
investigate
the
effects
of
a
diffusion
field
on
a
laminar
boundary
layer
in
a
supersonic
flow
specifically
helium
nitrogen
and
argon
were
uniformly
injected
into
the
laminar
boundary
layer
of
a
high
speed
flow
in
a
tube
with
the
objective
of
determining
the
effects
of
such
injection
on
the
pressure
temperature
and
recovery
factor
distribution
along
and
downstream
of
the
injection
region
a
continuously
operating
axially
symmetric
wind
tunnel
has
been
designed
constructed
and
operated
this
tunnel
consists
of
an
air
supply
system
a
flowmeter
an
upstream
stagnation
tank
a
supersonic
nozzle
throat
diameter
and
exit
diameter
a
test
section
of
variable
length
zero
to
diameters
test
section
diameter
of
a
downstream
stagnation
tank
an
exhaust
system
a
foreign
gas
supply
system
and
all
necessary
instrumentation
the
overall
performance
of
this
apparatus
in
terms
of
the
design
specifications
was
excellent
the
tunnel
was
instrumented
with
thermocouples
all
temperatures
except
ambient
temperatures
were
automatically
measured
and
recorded
by
means
of
a
self
balancing
recording
potentiometer
there
was
pressure
taps
distributed
along
the
tunnel
along
the
test
section
itself
pressures
were
measured
by
means
of
an
interconnected
micromanometer
and
a
vacuum
referenced
manometer
system
with
overlapping
ranges
for
all
of
the
results
reported
herein
the
overall
test
section
was
diameters
in
length
composed
of
a
porous
test
section
approximately
diameters
in
length
leading
edge
approximately
diameters
from
the
nozzle
exit
plane
and
four
nylon
test
sections
of
diameters
each
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
53
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transition
reynolds
numbers
of
separated
flows
at
supersonic
speeds
experimental
research
has
been
conducted
on
the
effects
of
wall
cooling
mach
number
and
unit
reynolds
number
on
the
transition
reynolds
number
of
cylindrical
separated
boundary
layers
on
an
ogive
cylinder
model
results
were
obtained
from
pressure
and
temperature
measurements
and
shadowgraph
observations
the
maximum
scope
of
measurements
encompassed
mach
numbers
between
and
reynolds
numbers
based
on
length
of
separation
between
and
and
ratios
of
wall
temperature
to
adiabatic
wall
temperature
between
and
within
the
range
of
the
present
tests
the
transition
reynolds
number
was
observed
to
decrease
with
increasing
wall
cooling
increase
with
increasing
mach
number
and
increase
with
increasing
unit
reynolds
number
the
wall
cooling
effect
was
found
to
be
four
times
as
great
when
the
attached
boundary
layer
upstream
of
separation
was
cooled
in
conjunction
with
cooling
of
the
separated
boundary
layer
as
when
only
the
separated
boundary
layer
was
cooled
wall
cooling
of
both
the
attached
and
separated
flow
regions
also
caused
in
some
cases
reattachment
in
the
otherwise
separated
region
cavity
resonance
present
in
the
separated
region
for
some
model
configurations
was
accompanied
by
a
large
decrease
in
transition
reynolds
number
at
the
lower
test
mach
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
530
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
aerodynamic
analysis
for
flutter
in
oseen
type
viscous
flow
oseen's
equations
for
unsteady
flow
are
employed
to
obtain
a
linearized
solution
based
on
a
discontinuous
wake
model
the
analysis
is
employed
to
estimate
the
viscous
correction
to
unsteady
lift
and
moment
at
large
reynolds
number
if
the
asymptotic
solution
is
not
too
slowly
convergent
the
correction
is
of
the
order
of
the
ratio
of
the
logarithm
of
reynolds
number
to
the
reynolds
number
the
theory
is
preliminary
in
nature
as
it
is
limited
by
the
accuracy
of
oseen's
equations
and
is
restricted
to
small
angle
of
attack
however
it
also
shows
that
the
generalized
trailing
edge
condition
for
potential
flow
is
reasonable
and
might
predict
the
essential
correction
in
a
real
fluid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
531
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
about
a
moving
body
in
the
upper
ionosphere
a
particle
approach
is
used
to
study
the
flow
pattern
around
a
body
moving
in
the
upper
layers
of
the
ionosphere
the
effects
of
distant
encounters
between
charged
particles
dynamic
friction
and
of
the
earth's
magnetic
field
are
taken
into
account
it
is
shown
that
when
the
magnetic
lines
of
force
are
parallel
to
the
direction
of
motion
of
the
body
there
may
be
a
marked
concentration
of
charged
particles
in
the
vicinity
of
the
body
and
a
considerable
fraction
of
the
reflected
or
deflected
charged
particles
may
reimpinge
on
the
body
surface
a
numerical
example
is
given
for
the
size
and
shape
of
the
charged
particle
density
contours
in
the
flow
field
surrounding
a
circular
disc
and
these
are
compared
with
the
corresponding
neutral
particle
contours
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
532
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pitch
yaw
stability
of
a
missile
oscillating
in
roll
via
the
second
method
of
lyapunov
the
stability
theory
of
a
m
lyapunov
a
popular
topic
in
the
u
s
s
r
is
receiving
increasing
attention
elsewhere
this
note
describes
lyapunov's
second
method
very
briefly
and
applies
it
to
an
aeronautical
stability
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
533
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
shock
detachment
distance
for
flow
around
spheres
and
cylinders
in
air
author
discusses
the
problem
of
deflection
of
a
cantilevered
bar
initially
in
the
shape
of
a
circular
arc
subjected
to
an
arbitrarily
inclined
end
load
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
534
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
consideration
of
energy
separation
for
laminar
slip
flow
in
a
circular
tube
the
energy
separation
for
laminar
low
density
nonunity
prandtl
number
flow
in
circular
cross
section
tubes
is
the
topic
of
this
note
a
conclusion
is
reached
as
to
the
effect
of
prandtl
number
on
the
velocity
profiles
for
these
flows
however
in
order
to
reach
valid
quantitative
conclusions
the
reviewer
feels
that
more
detailed
analysis
is
in
order
and
that
the
analysis
as
presented
here
is
of
qualitative
value
only
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
535
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
shroud
design
for
simulating
hypersonic
flow
over
the
nose
of
a
hemisphere
following
is
an
analytical
method
for
designing
a
shroud
which
will
generate
the
hypersonic
pressure
distribution
on
a
hemisphere
the
method
was
found
to
be
successful
throughout
the
region
of
subsonic
flow
this
shroud
was
designed
as
part
of
a
low
turbulence
wind
tunnel
used
for
investigating
the
effects
of
cooling
on
boundary
layer
transition
on
a
hemisphere
the
design
of
the
shroud
contour
was
carried
out
in
two
steps
first
an
approximate
solution
for
the
incompressible
irrotational
flow
field
was
found
in
the
region
and
second
the
resulting
contour
was
corrected
for
compressibility
near
the
sonic
region
assuming
one
dimensional
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
536
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transition
in
the
viscous
wakes
of
blunt
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
in
the
hypersonic
wakes
of
spheres
was
detected
in
laboratory
measurements
of
the
radiation
from
the
flow
field
a
hypervelocity
gun
facility
was
used
to
fire
models
in
in
diameter
into
a
range
at
velocities
from
to
ft
sec
experiments
were
performed
by
changing
a
the
material
of
the
projectile
b
the
ambient
gas
in
the
range
and
c
the
pressure
in
the
range
three
optical
techniques
were
used
to
observe
the
wake
radiation
which
show
a
turbulent
viscous
wake
as
the
pressure
in
the
range
is
decreased
from
one
atmosphere
to
about
cm
hg
which
show
the
luminous
flow
field
at
pressures
between
and
ence
of
short
luminous
streaks
which
disappear
suddenly
as
the
pressure
is
decreased
below
cm
hg
for
air
and
below
cm
hg
for
argon
both
air
and
argon
which
show
the
main
features
of
the
flow
field
above
the
transition
pressure
the
intensity
of
radiation
from
the
wake
is
always
associated
with
fluctuations
that
appear
to
be
the
same
phenomenon
as
the
drum
camera
streaks
the
appearance
of
the
streaks
in
the
drum
camera
and
photo
multiplier
data
is
interpreted
as
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
in
the
viscous
wake
because
experimental
evidence
shows
that
their
appearance
is
not
controlled
by
chemical
radiative
or
ablative
processes
but
depends
on
aerodynamic
effects
this
conclusion
is
supported
by
other
experiments
based
on
optical
and
schlieren
techniques
the
transition
in
the
wake
at
positions
very
close
to
the
body
is
given
by
a
local
reynolds
number
of
for
air
and
x
for
argon
the
results
indicate
a
possible
local
mach
number
effect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
537
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
viscous
hypersonic
flow
several
methods
have
been
developed
for
computing
the
hypersonic
low
reynolds
number
flow
in
the
stagnation
region
of
a
blunt
body
in
general
these
methods
involve
complicated
numerical
solutions
simultaneous
iterations
on
several
parameters
are
usually
required
in
view
of
the
boundary
value
nature
of
the
problem
the
purpose
of
this
note
is
to
present
an
approximate
closed
form
solution
to
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
hypersonic
flow
in
the
viscous
layer
regime
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
538
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
conpressibility
transformation
and
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
equations
the
compressibility
transformation
first
introduced
by
dorod
nitzyn
has
been
applied
in
this
paper
to
the
equations
of
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
considering
heat
transfer
and
arbitrary
prandtl
numbers
assuming
the
shear
distribution
to
be
invariant
under
the
transformation
the
stream
function
and
the
momentum
equation
take
the
proper
form
for
incompressible
flow
allowing
the
use
of
incompressible
velocity
profiles
in
the
transformed
coordinates
application
of
crocco's
method
to
the
transformed
energy
equation
permits
integration
of
the
energy
equation
resulting
in
a
formulism
remarkably
similar
to
that
proposed
by
eckert
finally
the
reference
condition
was
chosen
to
correspond
to
the
edge
of
the
sublayer
from
considerations
of
the
assumptions
made
regarding
the
shear
stress
distribution
with
this
choice
the
reference
enthalpy
is
in
good
agreement
with
eckert's
formula
over
the
ordinary
range
of
test
conditions
in
view
of
these
results
the
analysis
may
be
considered
to
provide
a
theoretical
basis
for
the
reference
enthalpy
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
539
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
local
heat
transfer
to
a
yawed
infite
circular
cylinder
in
laminar
compressible
flow
this
note
presents
a
simplification
of
a
method
for
calculating
the
ratio
of
local
to
stagnation
line
heat
transfer
coefficients
on
a
yawed
infinite
circular
cylinder
in
laminar
compressible
flow
a
brief
description
of
the
method
of
ref
is
presented
followed
by
a
discussion
of
the
assumptions
and
mathematical
procedure
which
lead
to
a
considerable
simplification
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
54
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
method
for
calculation
of
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
characteristics
in
axial
pressure
gradient
with
zero
heat
transfer
the
karman
pohlhausen
method
is
extended
primarily
to
sixth
degree
velocity
profiles
for
determining
the
characteristics
of
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
over
an
adiabatic
wall
in
the
presence
of
an
axial
pressure
gradient
it
is
assumed
that
the
prandtl
number
is
unity
and
that
the
coefficient
of
viscosity
varies
linearly
with
the
temperature
a
general
approximate
solution
which
permits
a
rapid
determination
of
the
boundary
layer
characteristics
for
any
given
free
stream
mach
number
and
given
velocity
distribution
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
is
obtained
numerical
examples
indicate
that
this
solution
will
in
practice
lead
to
results
of
satisfactory
accuracy
including
the
critical
reynolds
number
for
stability
for
the
special
purpose
of
calculating
the
location
of
the
separation
point
in
an
adverse
pressure
gradient
a
short
and
simple
method
based
on
the
use
of
a
seventh
degree
velocity
profile
is
derived
the
numerical
example
given
here
indicates
that
this
method
should
in
practice
lead
to
sufficiently
accurate
results
for
the
special
case
of
flow
near
a
forward
stagnation
point
it
is
shown
that
the
karman
pohlhausen
method
with
the
usual
fourth
degree
profiles
leads
to
results
of
adequate
accuracy
even
for
the
critical
reynolds
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
540
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
use
of
local
similarity
concepts
in
hypersonic
viscous
interaction
problems
the
problem
of
predicting
the
characteristics
of
a
hypersonic
laminar
boundary
layer
that
interacts
with
the
external
flow
field
is
approached
using
the
tangent
wedge
formulation
for
the
inviscid
flow
field
and
the
method
of
similar
solutions
for
the
viscous
flow
it
is
shown
that
the
concept
of
local
similarity
which
allows
the
pressure
gradient
parameter
to
vary
in
the
streamwise
direction
leads
to
an
explicit
relation
between
the
viscous
and
inviscid
flows
for
all
values
of
the
hypersonic
interaction
parameter
the
conditions
of
strong
and
limits
of
the
general
relations
the
present
theory
is
compared
with
three
independent
experimental
investigations
in
each
case
the
agreement
is
found
to
be
excellent
over
the
range
of
investigated
it
is
shown
using
asymptotic
solutions
to
the
exact
boundary
layer
equations
that
the
present
theory
is
applicable
to
a
wide
variety
of
viscous
interaction
problems
a
large
number
of
solutions
to
the
laminar
boundary
layer
similarity
equations
for
a
perfect
gas
with
cross
flow
and
surface
mass
transfer
are
given
these
numerical
results
when
combined
with
the
solutions
of
previous
authors
are
sufficient
to
describe
the
range
of
conditions
with
high
precision
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
541
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similitude
of
hypersonic
flows
over
slender
bodies
in
non
equilibrium
dissociated
gases
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
similitude
laws
governing
inviscid
nonequilibrium
gas
flows
around
blunt
or
sharp
nosed
slender
bodies
at
zero
angle
of
attack
based
on
the
hypersonic
small
disturbance
flow
theory
some
related
features
of
the
interaction
between
the
effects
of
nose
bluntness
and
nonequilibrium
dissociation
and
vibration
and
the
influence
of
a
dissociated
freestream
are
also
discussed
the
hypersonic
equivalence
principle
and
the
related
similitude
for
affinely
related
bodies
are
set
forth
for
nonequilibrium
flows
in
either
diatomic
gases
or
a
gas
mixture
such
as
air
for
a
family
of
diatomic
gases
as
opposed
to
a
given
gas
such
as
air
a
generalized
ambient
gas
state
scaling
condition
is
obtained
whereby
the
ambient
density
and
temperature
need
not
be
simulated
a
detailed
discussion
is
given
of
blunted
cylinders
and
slabs
or
sharp
nosed
cones
and
wedges
including
example
nonequilibrium
flow
field
correlations
of
numerical
solutions
available
in
the
literature
low
density
nonequilibrium
flows
with
a
negligible
shock
layer
atom
recombination
rate
are
also
examined
as
expected
a
less
restrictive
small
disturbance
similitude
law
is
obtained
in
this
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
542
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
biot's
variational
principle
in
heat
conduction
biot's
variational
principle
is
applied
to
a
number
of
different
one
dimensional
heat
conduction
problems
these
problems
show
the
applicability
of
the
variational
principle
to
problems
involving
prescribed
heat
flux
boundary
conditions
and
to
those
with
temperature
dependent
material
properties
a
method
is
introduced
for
including
boundary
conditions
when
these
are
expressed
as
prescribed
heat
fluxes
the
idea
behind
this
is
overall
energy
balance
within
the
body
which
is
a
constraint
condition
to
be
satisfied
by
the
time
histories
of
the
generalized
coordinates
the
variational
principle
is
then
applied
to
the
well
known
problem
of
constant
surface
heat
flux
in
order
to
present
the
technique
and
provide
a
basis
for
the
remaining
sections
the
equivalence
of
the
result
obtained
in
applying
the
variational
principle
for
a
prescribed
surface
temperature
history
to
that
obtained
for
a
prescribed
heat
flux
is
also
pointed
out
radiation
cooling
due
to
fourth
power
radiation
from
semi
infinite
solids
and
finite
slabs
together
with
radiation
according
to
newton's
law
of
cooling
is
then
treated
finally
the
introduction
of
temperature
dependent
material
properties
is
discussed
and
the
determination
of
the
temperature
distribution
in
a
semi
infinite
solid
with
variable
properties
is
investigated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
543
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
stacking
of
compressor
stage
characteristics
to
give
an
overall
compressor
performance
map
a
method
of
calculation
is
developed
to
compute
the
overall
performance
of
a
multi
stage
axial
compressor
from
a
knowledge
of
the
individual
stage
characteristics
by
a
stacking
technique
compressor
models
are
designed
and
their
overall
performance
calculated
these
results
are
compared
to
show
qualitatively
the
effect
of
alterations
in
design
and
stage
performance
on
overall
performance
and
to
find
how
compressors
should
be
designed
for
optimum
performance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
544
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
and
experimental
study
of
oscillating
wedge
shaped
aerofoils
in
hypersonic
flow
aerodynamic
stiffness
and
damping
derivatives
have
been
measured
in
a
hypersonic
gun
wind
tunnel
for
sharp
and
blunt
nosed
two
dimensional
single
wedge
shapes
oscillating
in
the
pitching
mode
in
hypersonic
flow
the
results
which
have
been
compared
with
theoretical
prediction
modified
to
account
for
leading
edge
bluntness
show
that
this
may
increase
the
damping
by
up
to
percent
for
certain
axis
positions
details
of
the
experimental
technique
designed
to
measure
the
derivatives
in
the
short
running
times
available
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
545
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculation
of
sideslip
derivatives
and
pressure
distribution
in
asymmetric
flight
conditions
on
a
slender
wing
fin
configuration
the
flow
around
slender
wing
fin
configurations
having
curved
leading
edges
whose
shape
is
defined
by
polynomials
is
considered
a
general
expression
for
the
pressure
distribution
on
such
a
configuration
in
asymmetric
flow
is
derived
and
the
derivatives
due
to
the
particular
case
of
sideslipping
motion
are
also
given
no
numerical
results
are
given
for
wing
fin
load
distribution
but
the
sideslip
derivatives
have
been
evaluated
in
a
number
of
cases
for
gothic
and
ogee
wings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
546
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurements
of
aerodynamic
heating
on
a
cone
of
graded
wall
thickness
at
a
mach
number
of
this
note
describes
transient
wall
temperature
measurements
made
on
a
in
an
airstream
of
mach
number
the
skin
of
the
model
was
sufficiently
thin
to
allow
it
to
reach
zero
heat
transfer
conditions
within
a
running
time
of
one
minute
in
order
to
reduce
effects
of
longitudinal
heat
conduction
during
a
run
the
electroformed
nickel
skin
of
the
model
was
made
with
graded
thickness
and
as
a
result
fairly
uniform
temperature
distributions
along
the
surface
were
obtained
at
all
times
in
both
the
laminar
and
turbulent
regions
values
of
heat
transfer
calculated
from
the
wall
temperature
time
histories
using
the
thin
wall
temperature
are
compared
to
theoretical
estimates
using
the
intermediate
enthalpy
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
547
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
characteristics
of
caret
wings
the
theory
of
laminar
boundary
layers
along
flat
surfaces
has
been
used
in
conjunction
with
eckert's
approximations
to
the
displacement
thickness
skin
friction
and
temperature
profiles
on
the
undersurface
of
a
caret
wing
configuration
to
a
first
approximation
it
has
been
assumed
that
parallel
flow
exits
behind
the
shock
outside
the
boundary
layer
and
the
displacement
of
the
shock
by
the
boundary
layer
near
the
leading
edge
is
neglected
conduction
of
heat
within
the
body
and
along
the
surface
is
neglected
but
radiation
is
included
so
that
are
found
examples
are
given
for
various
altitudes
and
configurations
and
the
effect
of
the
skin
friction
on
the
lift
drag
ratio
calculated
assuming
the
undersurfaces
to
be
plane
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
548
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
contraction
of
satellite
orbits
under
the
influence
of
air
drag
pt
iv
with
scale
height
dependent
on
altitude
the
effect
of
air
drag
on
satellite
orbits
of
small
eccentricity
e
was
studied
in
part
i
tech
note
gw
on
the
assumption
that
atmospheric
density
varies
exponentially
with
distance
r
from
the
earth's
centre
so
that
the
'density
scale
height'
h
defined
as
is
constant
in
practice
h
varies
with
height
in
an
approximately
linear
manner
and
in
the
present
note
the
theory
is
developed
for
an
atmosphere
in
which
h
varies
linearly
with
r
equations
are
derived
which
show
how
perigee
distance
and
orbital
period
vary
with
eccentricity
and
how
eccentricity
varies
with
time
expressions
are
also
obtained
for
the
life
time
and
air
density
at
perigee
in
terms
of
the
rate
of
change
of
orbital
period
the
results
are
also
presented
graphically
the
results
are
formulated
in
two
ways
the
first
is
to
specify
the
extra
terms
to
be
added
to
the
constant
h
equations
of
part
i
the
second
the
best
constant
value
of
h
for
use
with
the
equations
of
part
i
for
example
it
is
found
that
the
constant
h
equations
connecting
perigee
distance
or
orbital
period
and
eccentricity
can
be
used
unchanged
without
loss
in
accuracy
if
h
is
taken
as
the
value
of
the
variable
h
at
a
height
above
the
mean
perigee
height
during
the
time
interval
being
considered
where
and
decreases
from
to
as
e
decreases
from
to
similarly
the
constant
h
equations
for
air
density
at
perigee
can
still
be
used
if
h
is
evaluated
at
a
height
above
perigee
where
and
decreases
to
zero
as
e
decreases
from
constant
h
equations
can
still
be
used
if
h
is
evaluated
at
the
scale
height
below
the
initial
height
variation
of
h
with
altitude
has
a
small
effect
on
the
lifetime
about
and
on
the
e
versus
time
curve
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
549
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
study
of
the
velocity
and
temperature
distribution
in
a
high
velocity
vortex
type
flow
the
vortex
tube
represents
a
simple
device
in
which
a
particular
type
of
vortex
motion
may
be
studied
in
the
laboratory
in
an
attempt
to
obtain
a
better
understanding
of
such
flows
such
an
investigation
has
been
pursued
in
the
heat
transfer
laboratory
of
the
university
of
minnesota
the
present
paper
summarizes
the
major
results
of
this
vortex
tube
investigation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
55
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
separation
stability
and
other
properties
of
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
with
pressure
gradient
and
heat
transfer
a
theoretical
study
is
made
of
the
effect
of
pressure
gradient
wall
temperature
and
mach
number
on
laminar
boundary
layer
characteristics
and
in
particular
on
the
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
on
the
separation
point
in
an
adverse
pressure
gradient
on
the
wall
temperature
required
for
complete
stabilization
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
and
on
the
minimum
critical
reynolds
number
for
laminar
stability
the
prandtl
number
is
assumed
to
be
unity
and
the
coefficient
of
viscosity
is
assumed
to
be
proportional
to
the
temperature
with
a
factor
arising
from
the
sutherland
relation
a
simple
and
accurate
method
of
locating
the
separation
point
in
a
compressible
flow
with
heat
transfer
is
developed
numerical
examples
to
illustrate
the
results
in
detail
are
given
throughout
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
550
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
heat
transfer
in
tubes
under
slip
flow
conditions
the
effects
of
low
density
phenomena
on
the
fully
developed
heat
transfer
characteristics
for
laminar
flow
in
tubes
has
been
studied
analytically
consideration
is
given
to
the
slip
flow
regime
wherein
the
major
rarefaction
effects
are
manifested
as
velocity
and
temperature
jumps
at
the
tube
wall
the
analysis
is
carried
out
for
both
uniform
wall
temperature
and
uniform
wall
heat
flux
in
both
cases
the
slip
flow
nusselt
numbers
are
lower
than
those
for
continuum
flow
and
decrease
with
increasing
mean
free
path
extension
of
the
results
is
made
to
include
the
effects
of
shear
work
at
the
wall
temperature
jump
modifications
for
a
moving
fluid
and
thermal
creep
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
551
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
a
loaded
cantilever
plate
by
finite
difference
methods
the
various
difference
patterns
necessary
for
finite
difference
solution
of
rectangular
plate
problems
with
various
boundary
conditions
and
under
various
transverse
loads
are
developed
the
solution
of
one
particular
problem
on
deuce
is
also
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
552
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
chemical
kinetics
of
high
temperature
air
when
a
hypersonic
object
enters
earth's
atmosphere
a
shock
wave
is
formed
in
front
of
it
and
the
air
passing
through
this
shock
wave
is
heated
to
high
temperatures
the
shock
heated
molecules
equilibrate
their
translational
and
rotational
degrees
of
freedom
within
a
distance
of
a
few
mean
free
paths
to
achieve
equilibrium
it
is
necessary
to
excite
vibration
dissociate
molecules
produce
new
molecules
and
produce
ions
and
electrons
the
problem
is
complex
since
all
these
phenomena
occur
simultaneously
and
because
the
reaction
rates
depend
on
the
temperature
density
and
composition
which
are
changing
during
the
relaxation
toward
equilibrium
the
experimental
techniques
used
to
investigate
these
reactions
are
briefly
discussed
along
with
the
resulting
rate
expressions
obtained
by
the
various
investigators
a
compilation
of
the
rate
expressions
for
these
reactions
representing
the
author's
evaluation
of
all
the
available
data
is
presented
several
pertinent
problems
which
are
not
yet
completely
understood
and
which
still
require
theoretical
and
experimental
investigation
are
outlined
computed
concentration
temperature
and
density
time
histories
are
shown
for
three
different
shock
speeds
in
air
the
time
rate
of
change
of
concentration
for
each
chemical
reaction
is
also
shown
and
regimes
of
importance
for
the
various
processes
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
553
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
ablation
of
glassy
materials
around
blunt
bodies
of
revolution
the
steady
state
equations
of
motion
for
a
thin
layer
of
an
incompressible
glassy
material
on
the
surface
of
an
ablating
and
radiating
blunt
body
are
reduced
to
a
first
order
ordinary
differential
equation
which
is
integrated
numerically
this
solution
is
coupled
with
the
solution
of
the
air
boundary
layer
for
both
laminar
and
turbulent
heat
transfer
with
or
without
mass
vaporization
of
the
ablating
material
the
distribution
of
the
effective
energy
of
ablation
around
the
body
is
thus
obtained
for
a
cone
cylinder
with
a
hemispherical
cap
that
re
enters
the
atmosphere
at
hypersonic
flight
speeds
and
has
quartz
as
the
ablating
material
it
is
found
that
the
ablation
process
from
turbulent
heating
is
more
efficient
than
from
the
laminar
case
because
of
increased
vaporization
this
solution
of
the
equations
of
motion
at
the
stagnation
point
has
been
verified
by
are
wind
tunnel
experiments
the
present
state
of
development
of
the
are
wind
tunnel
does
not
permit
its
use
for
experimental
investigations
of
ablation
around
blunt
bodies
under
turbulent
heating
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
554
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
generalized
heat
transfer
formulas
and
graphs
utilizing
the
research
results
of
previously
reported
investigations
of
the
laminar
turbulent
and
radiative
heat
transfer
in
dissociated
air
some
generalized
formulas
for
calculating
heat
transfer
are
given
graphs
for
determining
the
laminar
heat
transfer
momentum
thickness
reynolds
number
and
turbulent
heat
transfer
distributions
around
an
axisymmetric
body
are
also
given
these
heat
transfer
correlations
are
valid
for
velocities
between
and
fps
and
for
altitudes
up
to
ft
this
range
of
velocities
and
altitudes
covers
the
important
re
entry
regime
of
practical
re
entry
trajectories
having
interest
today
in
the
last
section
of
this
report
these
generalized
results
are
specialized
for
icbm
nose
cone
re
entry
applications
these
formulas
and
graphs
may
be
found
useful
for
making
rapid
engineering
estimates
and
preliminary
design
evaluations
of
the
heating
problems
associated
with
re
entry
into
earth's
atmosphere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
555
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
closing
reply
to
comments
on
generalized
heat
transfer
formulas
and
graphs
for
nose
cone
re
entry
into
the
atmosphere
in
a
recent
paper
detra
and
hidalgo
have
shown
that
when
the
boundary
layer
is
turbulent
the
heat
flux
per
unit
area
at
the
sonic
point
of
a
nose
cone
may
exceed
the
corresponding
laminar
heat
flux
per
unit
area
at
the
stagnation
point
the
ratio
of
turbulent
sonic
point
to
laminar
stagnation
point
heat
flux
per
unit
area
has
been
estimated
to
vary
from
about
to
for
a
hemispherical
nose
as
the
reynolds
number
based
on
nose
diameter
increases
from
to
since
for
an
axisymmetric
body
the
surface
area
in
the
vicinity
of
the
sonic
point
greatly
exceeds
the
area
in
the
vicinity
of
the
stagnation
point
the
ratio
of
turbulent
to
laminar
heat
fluxes
to
the
entire
body
will
be
much
greater
than
the
above
quoted
ratios
of
heat
fluxes
per
unit
area
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
556
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
comparison
between
exact
and
approximate
theories
of
hypersonic
inviscid
flow
past
slender
blunt
nosed
bodies
this
paper
presents
numerical
results
of
exact
calculations
of
the
inviscid
equilibrium
flow
about
a
long
hemisphere
cylinder
in
motion
at
hypersonic
velocity
a
comparison
is
made
with
blast
wave
as
well
as
free
layer
theories
of
hypersonic
flow
as
a
result
of
the
comparison
it
is
concluded
that
the
second
order
blast
wave
theory
can
be
used
for
the
purpose
of
finding
the
shock
shape
and
the
body
pressure
distribution
however
this
procedure
is
definitely
empirical
and
cannot
be
justified
on
rational
or
theoretical
grounds
we
show
that
the
presently
calculated
radial
distribution
of
energy
is
radically
different
than
that
given
by
blast
wave
theory
if
body
shapes
other
than
those
considered
here
are
of
interest
the
only
reliable
approach
at
the
present
time
is
to
carry
out
numerical
calculations
it
was
found
that
for
certain
flight
velocities
the
pressure
on
the
body
does
not
decay
to
free
stream
pressure
monotonically
but
overexpands
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
557
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
numerical
comparison
between
exact
and
approximate
theories
of
hypersonic
inviscid
flow
past
slender
blunt
nosed
bodies
this
note
refers
to
paper
of
same
title
by
feldman
in
ars
j
validity
of
blast
wave
theory
cannot
be
justified
on
rational
or
theoretical
grounds
because
of
different
values
of
energy
in
cross
flow
field
as
calculated
by
this
theory
and
by
method
of
characteristics
present
note
questions
this
conclusion
shows
reasonably
good
agreement
when
energy
is
calculated
for
points
where
shock
location
streamline
pattern
and
velocity
temperature
and
pressure
profiles
are
adequately
defined
and
still
better
agreement
when
energy
is
calculated
from
flow
quantities
provided
by
characteristics
method
results
are
checked
using
data
from
independent
source
conclusion
is
reached
that
blast
wave
theory
is
still
valid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
558
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
measurements
of
turbulent
transition
motion
statistics
and
gross
radial
growth
behind
hypervelocity
object
the
laminar
turbulent
transition
behind
in
diameter
spheres
at
ft
sec
and
behind
measured
as
a
function
of
pressure
schlieren
motion
picture
techniques
were
used
to
analyze
the
turbulent
motion
and
the
results
are
described
autocorrelation
functions
of
the
density
fluctuations
of
the
turbulence
have
been
measured
from
these
values
has
been
calculated
and
the
results
are
given
for
several
positions
in
the
turbulent
trail
at
mm
hg
downstream
air
pressure
in
addition
the
authors'
previous
measurements
of
the
gross
radial
growth
of
the
turbulent
wake
have
been
extended
to
pressures
of
mm
hg
for
the
case
of
in
diameter
spheres
and
to
the
trail
behind
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
559
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
at
the
forward
stagnation
point
of
blunt
bodies
relations
are
presented
for
the
calculation
of
heat
transfer
at
the
forward
stagnation
point
of
both
two
dimensional
and
axially
symmetric
blunt
bodies
the
relations
for
the
heat
transfer
which
were
obtained
from
exact
solutions
to
the
equations
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
are
presented
in
terms
of
the
local
velocity
gradient
at
the
stagnation
point
these
exact
solutions
include
effects
of
variation
of
fluid
properties
prandtl
number
and
transpiration
cooling
examples
illustrating
the
calculation
procedure
are
also
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
56
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
analysis
of
the
applicability
of
the
hypersonic
similarity
law
to
the
study
of
the
flow
about
bodies
of
revolution
at
zero
angle
of
attack
the
hypersonic
similarity
law
as
derived
by
tsien
has
been
investigated
by
comparing
the
pressure
distributions
along
bodies
of
revolution
at
zero
angle
of
attack
in
making
these
comparisons
particular
attention
was
given
to
determining
the
limits
of
mach
number
and
fineness
ratio
for
which
the
similarity
law
applies
for
the
purpose
of
this
investigation
pressure
distributions
determined
by
the
method
of
characteristics
for
ogive
cylinders
for
values
of
mach
numbers
and
fineness
ratios
varying
from
to
were
compared
pressures
on
various
cones
and
on
cone
cylinders
were
also
compared
in
this
study
the
pressure
distributions
presented
demonstrate
that
the
hypersonic
similarity
law
is
applicable
over
a
wider
range
of
values
of
mach
numbers
and
fineness
ratios
than
might
be
expected
from
the
assumptions
made
in
the
derivation
this
is
significant
since
within
the
range
of
applicability
of
the
law
a
single
pressure
distribution
exists
for
all
similarly
shaped
bodies
for
which
the
ratio
of
free
stream
mach
number
to
fineness
ratio
is
constant
charts
are
presented
for
rapid
determination
of
pressure
distributions
over
ogive
cylinders
for
any
combination
of
mach
number
and
fineness
ratio
within
defined
limits
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
560
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
study
of
the
effect
of
upstream
transpiration
cooling
on
the
heat
transfer
and
skin
friction
characteristics
of
a
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
an
analysis
is
presented
which
predicts
the
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
characteristics
of
a
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
solid
flat
plate
preceded
by
a
porous
section
that
is
transpiration
cooled
the
analysis
is
restricted
to
a
prandtl
number
of
unity
and
linear
variation
of
viscosity
with
temperature
the
local
skin
friction
has
been
found
to
have
a
low
value
in
the
region
of
transpiration
cooling
and
then
to
increase
until
it
approaches
the
value
for
a
completely
nonporous
surface
asymptotically
the
initial
increase
in
local
skin
friction
is
rapid
as
half
of
the
ultimate
increase
occurs
in
a
distance
beyond
the
porous
region
that
is
about
percent
of
the
length
of
the
porous
region
for
all
rates
of
injection
when
the
total
coolant
flow
rate
is
kept
constant
and
the
porous
length
is
varied
it
is
found
that
the
average
skin
friction
on
a
partially
porous
plate
is
slightly
lower
than
that
on
a
fully
porous
plate
the
local
heat
transfer
behaves
in
a
manner
similar
to
that
of
the
local
skin
friction
it
is
found
in
an
example
that
the
temperature
at
the
end
of
a
partially
porous
plate
could
be
maintained
at
about
the
same
temperature
as
a
fully
porous
plate
by
doubling
the
total
rate
of
coolant
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
561
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
geometric
problem
related
to
the
optimum
distribution
of
lift
on
a
planar
wing
in
supersonic
flow
the
problem
studied
may
be
regarded
as
a
problem
of
geometry
its
simplest
form
loosely
stated
is
then
as
follows
a
mountain
rises
up
from
the
x
y
plane
determine
the
exact
shape
of
the
mountain
knowing
only
the
cross
sectional
area
of
every
possible
cut
which
can
be
made
through
the
mountain
with
a
vertical
plane
in
a
more
complicated
version
of
the
problem
the
given
information
might
be
restricted
to
the
cross
sectional
area
of
every
cut
which
can
be
made
by
a
vertical
plane
inclined
less
than
to
the
y
axis
this
latter
case
has
direct
applications
to
certain
minimum
drag
problems
in
supersonic
flow
the
shape
of
the
mountain
corresponds
to
the
unknown
shape
of
the
optimum
lift
distribution
on
a
planar
wing
the
cross
sectional
area
of
a
cut
is
the
integrated
value
of
the
lift
along
a
straight
line
crossing
the
wing
plan
form
for
a
restricted
range
of
line
inclinations
these
optimum
integrated
lift
values
can
sometimes
be
determined
directly
here
it
is
assumed
that
they
are
given
the
problem
in
its
simplest
form
was
originally
solved
by
radon
who
found
solutions
for
a
large
class
of
such
problems
the
derivation
presented
here
may
perhaps
be
more
readily
understood
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
562
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
concerning
the
effect
of
compressibility
on
laminar
boundary
layers
and
their
separation
the
theory
of
compressible
flow
in
a
laminar
boundary
layer
has
been
developed
for
the
case
when
the
viscosity
is
assumed
to
be
proportional
to
the
absolute
temperature
and
the
prandtl
number
is
unity
these
assumptions
may
be
compared
with
the
empirical
relations
suggested
by
cope
it
is
shown
that
a
transformation
of
the
ordinate
normal
to
the
layer
can
lead
to
a
simplified
form
of
equation
of
motion
very
similar
to
the
ordinary
incompressible
equation
but
modified
by
a
multiplicative
factor
g
in
the
pressure
term
this
factor
is
greater
than
unity
at
the
boundary
and
tends
to
one
at
the
outside
of
the
layer
several
particular
solutions
are
considered
including
accelerated
flow
with
a
linearly
increasing
velocity
and
retarded
flow
along
a
flat
plate
with
a
linearly
decreasing
velocity
the
general
implications
of
the
theory
are
discussed
and
qualitative
conclusions
are
drawn
when
the
mainstream
velocity
starts
from
a
stagnation
point
rises
to
a
maximum
and
subsequently
falls
it
is
concluded
that
for
such
a
velocity
distribution
increasing
compressibility
will
reduce
the
skin
friction
increase
the
boundary
layer
thickness
and
cause
earlier
separation
as
compared
with
the
incompressible
flow
with
the
same
mainstream
velocity
distribution
and
the
kinematic
viscosity
corresponding
to
conditions
at
the
stagnation
point
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
563
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
law
of
the
wake
in
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
after
an
extensive
survey
of
mean
velocity
profile
measurements
in
various
two
dimensional
incompressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
flows
it
is
proposed
to
represent
the
profile
by
a
linear
combination
of
two
universal
functions
one
is
the
well
known
law
of
the
wall
the
other
called
the
law
of
the
wake
is
characterized
by
the
profile
at
a
point
of
separation
or
reattachment
these
functions
are
considered
to
be
established
empirically
by
a
study
of
the
mean
velocity
profile
without
reference
to
any
hypothetical
mechanism
of
turbulence
using
the
resulting
complete
analytic
representation
for
the
mean
velocity
field
the
shearing
stress
field
for
several
flows
is
computed
from
the
boundary
layer
equations
and
compared
with
experimental
data
the
development
of
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
is
ultimately
interpreted
in
terms
of
an
equivalent
wake
profile
which
supposedly
represents
the
large
eddy
structure
and
is
a
consequence
of
the
constraint
provided
by
inertia
this
equivalent
wake
profile
is
modified
by
the
presence
of
a
wall
at
which
a
further
constraint
is
provided
by
viscosity
the
wall
constraint
although
it
penetrates
the
entire
boundary
layer
is
manifested
chiefly
in
the
sublayer
flow
and
in
the
logarithmic
profile
near
the
wall
finally
it
is
suggested
that
yawed
or
three
dimensional
flows
may
be
usefully
represented
by
the
same
two
universal
functions
considered
as
vector
rather
than
scalar
quantities
if
the
wall
component
is
defined
to
be
in
the
direction
of
the
surface
shearing
stress
then
the
wake
component
at
least
in
the
few
cases
studied
is
found
to
be
very
nearly
parallel
to
the
gradient
of
the
pressure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
564
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
local
heat
transfer
and
recovery
temperature
on
a
yawed
cylinder
at
a
mach
number
of
and
high
reynolds
numbers
local
heat
transfer
equilibrium
temperatures
and
wall
static
pressures
have
been
measured
on
a
circular
cylinder
at
yaw
angles
of
and
the
reynolds
number
range
of
the
tests
was
from
x
to
x
based
on
cylinder
diameter
increasing
the
yaw
angle
from
to
increased
the
stagnation
line
heat
transfer
coefficients
by
to
percent
a
further
increase
in
yaw
angle
to
heat
transfer
coefficients
at
zero
yaw
angle
the
boundary
layer
over
the
entire
front
half
of
the
cylinder
was
laminar
but
at
yaw
angles
of
and
it
was
evidently
completely
turbulent
including
the
stagnation
line
as
determined
by
comparison
of
local
heat
transfer
coefficients
with
theoretical
predictions
the
level
of
heating
rates
and
the
nature
of
the
chordwise
distribution
of
heat
transfer
indicated
that
a
flow
mechanism
different
from
the
conventional
transitional
boundary
layer
may
have
existed
at
the
intermediate
yaw
angles
of
and
at
all
yaw
angles
the
peak
heat
transfer
coefficient
occurred
at
the
stagnation
line
and
the
chordwise
distribution
of
heat
transfer
coefficient
decreased
monotonically
from
this
peak
the
average
heat
transfer
coefficients
over
the
front
half
of
the
cylinder
are
in
agreement
with
previous
data
for
a
comparable
reynolds
number
range
the
theoretical
heat
transfer
distributions
for
both
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
are
calculated
directly
from
simple
quadrature
formulas
derived
in
the
present
report
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
565
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similar
solutions
for
the
compressible
boundary
layer
on
a
yawed
cylinder
with
transpiration
cooling
heat
transfer
and
skin
friction
parameters
obtained
from
exact
numerical
solutions
to
the
laminar
compressible
boundary
layer
equations
for
the
infinite
cylinder
in
yaw
are
presented
the
chordwise
flow
in
the
transformed
plane
is
of
the
falkner
skan
type
solutions
are
given
for
chordwise
stagnation
flow
with
both
a
porous
and
a
nonporous
wall
the
effect
of
a
linear
viscosity
temperature
relation
is
compared
with
the
effect
of
the
sutherland
viscosity
temperature
relation
at
the
stagnation
line
of
the
cylinder
for
a
prandtl
number
of
the
effects
of
pressure
gradient
mach
number
yaw
angle
and
wall
temperature
are
investigated
for
a
linear
viscosity
temperature
relation
and
a
prandtl
number
of
with
a
nonporous
wall
the
results
indicate
that
compressibility
effects
become
important
at
large
mach
numbers
and
yaw
angles
with
larger
percentage
effects
on
the
skin
friction
than
on
the
heat
transfer
the
use
of
the
two
different
viscosity
relations
gives
about
the
same
results
except
when
large
changes
in
temperature
occur
across
the
boundary
layer
as
for
a
highly
cooled
wall
the
present
solutions
predict
that
a
larger
amount
of
coolant
would
be
required
at
a
given
large
mach
number
and
yaw
angle
than
would
be
predicted
from
solutions
of
the
corresponding
incompressible
boundary
layer
equations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
566
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
local
heat
transfer
and
pressure
drag
characteristics
of
a
yawed
circular
cylinder
at
supersonic
speeds
local
heat
transfer
coefficients
temperature
recovery
factors
and
pressure
distributions
were
measured
on
a
circular
cylinder
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
over
a
range
of
free
stream
reynolds
numbers
from
from
to
it
was
found
that
yawing
the
cylinder
reduced
the
local
heat
transfer
coefficients
the
average
heat
transfer
coefficients
and
the
pressure
drag
coefficients
over
the
front
side
of
the
cylinder
for
example
at
is
reduced
by
percent
and
the
pressure
drag
by
percent
the
amount
of
reduction
may
be
predicted
by
a
theory
presented
herein
local
temperature
recovery
factors
were
also
reduced
by
yaw
but
the
amount
of
reduction
is
small
compared
to
the
reduction
in
heat
transfer
coefficients
a
comparison
of
these
data
with
other
data
obtained
under
widely
different
conditions
of
body
and
stream
temperature
mach
number
and
reynolds
number
indicates
that
these
factors
have
little
effect
upon
the
dropoff
of
heat
transfer
due
to
yaw
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
567
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
a
circular
cylinder
at
mach
number
of
and
angles
of
attack
up
to
pressure
distribution
and
force
tests
of
a
circular
cylinder
have
been
made
in
the
langley
inch
hypersonic
tunnel
at
a
mach
number
of
based
on
diameter
and
angles
of
attack
up
to
the
results
are
compared
with
the
hypersonic
approximation
of
grimminger
williams
and
young
and
with
a
simple
modification
of
the
newtonian
flow
theory
the
comparison
of
experimental
results
shows
that
either
theory
gives
adequate
general
aerodynamic
characteristics
but
that
the
modified
newtonian
theory
gives
a
more
accurate
prediction
of
the
pressure
distribution
the
calculated
crossflow
drag
coefficients
plotted
as
a
function
of
crossflow
mach
number
were
found
to
be
in
reasonable
agreement
with
similar
results
obtained
from
other
investigations
at
lower
supersonic
mach
numbers
comparison
of
the
results
of
this
investigation
with
data
obtained
at
a
lower
mach
number
indicates
that
the
drag
coefficient
of
a
cylinder
normal
to
the
flow
is
relatively
constant
for
mach
numbers
above
about
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
568
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
shock
wave
effects
on
the
laminar
skin
friction
of
an
insulated
flat
plate
at
hypersonic
speeds
an
approximate
theory
on
the
phenomena
of
interaction
between
the
shock
wave
and
the
laminar
boundary
layer
on
an
insulated
flat
plate
at
hypersonic
speeds
has
been
formulated
results
on
the
rate
of
growth
of
the
boundary
layer
thickness
and
the
rate
of
decay
of
the
shock
wave
strength
have
been
found
that
hold
for
a
new
set
of
formulas
for
the
average
skin
friction
coefficient
over
an
insulated
flat
plate
at
hypersonic
speeds
has
been
obtained
calculations
on
the
basis
of
the
new
formulas
yield
the
data
shown
in
figs
steady
decrease
in
as
increases
the
present
results
indicate
that
may
increase
with
at
hypersonic
mach
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
569
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
investigation
of
leading
edge
shock
wave
boundary
layer
interaction
at
mach
the
boundary
layer
on
a
slender
body
tends
to
be
very
thick
at
hypersonic
speeds
it
interacts
with
the
external
flow
by
producing
larger
flow
deflections
near
the
leading
edge
than
those
due
to
the
body
alone
flow
around
the
boundary
layer
gives
rise
to
an
induced
pressure
with
a
negative
gradient
which
thins
the
boundary
layer
and
increases
the
skin
friction
with
respect
to
the
zero
pressure
gradient
value
experiments
on
a
flat
plate
with
a
sharp
leading
edge
have
been
performed
in
the
galcit
dash
by
dash
in
mach
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
the
induced
pressure
was
measured
by
means
of
orifices
in
the
plate
surface
profiles
of
mach
number
velocity
mass
flow
pressure
and
momentum
deficiency
were
calculated
from
impact
pressure
surveys
normal
to
the
plate
surface
made
at
various
distances
from
the
leading
edge
the
results
are
as
follows
the
induced
pressures
are
per
cent
higher
than
the
weak
interaction
theory
the
boundary
layer
and
the
external
flow
are
distinctly
separate
for
as
low
as
the
shock
wave
location
is
in
good
agreement
with
that
predicted
by
the
friedrichs
theory
for
a
body
shape
equivalent
to
the
observed
boundary
layer
displacement
thickness
expansion
waves
reflected
from
the
shock
are
weak
the
average
skin
friction
coefficient
tends
toward
and
nearly
matches
the
zero
pressure
gradient
value
downstream
but
increases
to
approximately
twice
that
value
as
the
leading
edge
is
approached
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
57
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
applicability
of
the
hypersonic
similarity
rule
to
pressure
distributions
which
include
the
effects
of
rotation
for
bodies
of
revolution
at
zero
angle
of
attack
the
analysis
of
technical
note
is
extended
to
include
the
effects
of
flow
rotation
it
is
found
that
the
theoretical
pressure
distributions
over
ogive
cylinders
can
be
related
by
the
hypersonic
similarity
rule
with
sufficient
accuracy
for
most
engineering
purposes
the
error
introduced
into
pressure
distributions
and
drag
of
ogive
cylinders
by
ignoring
the
rotation
term
in
the
characteristic
equations
is
investigated
it
is
found
that
the
influence
of
the
rotation
term
on
pressure
distribution
and
drag
depends
only
upon
the
similarity
parameter
k
mach
number
divided
by
fineness
ratio
although
the
error
in
drag
due
to
neglect
of
the
rotation
term
is
negligible
at
k
the
error
is
about
percent
at
k
charts
are
presented
for
the
rapid
determination
of
pressure
distributions
for
rotational
flow
over
ogive
cylinders
for
all
values
of
the
similarity
parameter
between
and
of
mach
number
and
fineness
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
570
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
boundary
layer
equations
in
hypersonic
flow
and
their
approximate
solutions
analytical
solutions
of
the
prandtl
boundary
layer
equations
are
obtained
for
the
problem
of
the
strong
interaction
between
the
leading
edge
shock
and
the
viscous
layer
over
a
flat
plate
at
hypersonic
velocities
as
the
mach
number
increases
and
the
interaction
region
spreads
downstream
over
the
plate
the
local
skin
friction
coefficient
increases
rapidly
over
its
conventional
value
the
local
heat
transfer
coefficient
at
first
remains
practically
unaffected
but
then
also
begins
to
increase
with
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
571
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
to
flat
plate
in
high
temperature
rarefied
ultra
high
mach
number
flow
an
investigation
was
conducted
in
a
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
to
determine
the
local
heat
transfer
rates
for
a
sharp
leading
edge
flat
plate
the
free
stream
mach
number
range
was
to
with
stagnation
temperatures
of
approximately
and
r
for
these
temperature
and
mach
number
conditions
the
strong
interaction
parameter
varied
from
to
the
corresponding
knudsen
numbers
based
on
the
ratio
of
the
free
stream
mean
free
path
and
the
leading
edge
thickness
varied
from
to
for
free
stream
mach
numbers
greater
than
knudsen
numbers
of
approximately
unity
and
perfect
gas
conditions
the
calculated
heat
transfer
coefficients
were
found
to
vary
as
as
predicted
by
the
noninsulated
flat
plate
theory
of
li
and
nagamatsu
for
the
case
of
the
leading
edge
slip
phenomenon
drastically
reduced
the
local
heat
transfer
coefficients
as
compared
to
the
theoretical
values
predicted
with
no
slip
at
the
surface
for
the
extreme
case
of
and
the
measured
local
heat
transfer
rate
was
an
order
of
magnitude
less
than
the
analytical
value
both
the
knudsen
number
and
the
free
stream
mach
number
are
important
physical
parameters
that
determine
the
extent
of
the
slip
flow
region
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
572
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
displacement
and
leading
edge
bluntness
effects
in
high
temperature
hypersonic
flow
two
important
features
of
hypersonic
flow
over
slender
or
thin
bodies
are
the
displacement
effect
of
the
boundary
layer
and
the
large
down
stream
influence
of
leading
edge
bluntness
the
present
paper
contributes
new
theoretical
and
experimental
results
on
this
problem
the
interaction
of
the
two
effects
is
treated
theoretically
by
extending
the
basic
shock
layer
concept
in
the
outer
inviscid
flow
a
model
consisting
of
a
detached
shock
layer
and
an
entropy
layer
is
introduced
to
account
for
bluntness
in
the
boundary
layer
the
approximate
solution
is
found
to
be
governed
by
a
local
flat
plate
similarity
under
the
assumption
of
a
strong
bow
shock
and
a
specific
heat
ratio
close
to
unity
a
theory
is
developed
for
an
arbitrary
thin
body
for
flat
plate
afterbodies
the
theory
yields
a
solution
agreeing
with
blast
wave
theory
at
one
limit
and
strong
interaction
theory
at
the
other
within
the
framework
of
the
present
theory
the
problems
involving
angle
of
attack
are
also
analyzed
complementary
to
the
above
study
a
hypersonic
similitude
involving
strong
shocks
but
not
requiring
close
to
one
a
natural
comparison
with
experimental
data
correlated
on
the
basis
of
this
similitude
flat
plate
experiments
in
air
conducted
in
the
c
a
l
x
dashin
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
under
cold
wall
conditions
included
measurement
of
surface
heat
transfer
distributions
and
schlieren
studies
for
zero
and
nonzero
angle
of
attack
steady
laminar
heat
transfer
rates
were
measured
by
means
of
thin
film
resistance
thermometers
at
air
test
flow
mach
numbers
around
free
stream
reynolds
numbers
from
x
to
for
most
of
the
experiments
airflow
stagnation
temperatures
ranged
from
ratios
of
about
the
range
of
test
conditions
at
this
stagnation
temperature
encompassed
the
limiting
cases
of
dominant
bluntness
and
dominant
viscous
interaction
effects
heat
transfer
distributions
were
also
measured
on
a
sharp
plate
for
air
stagnation
temperatures
ranging
from
degreek
up
to
degreek
the
experimental
data
are
quite
well
correlated
in
terms
of
the
foregoing
theoretical
similitude
variables
characterizing
combined
effects
of
boundary
layer
displacement
and
bluntness
the
correlations
obtained
suggest
that
for
the
present
experimental
conditions
at
least
the
hypersonic
viscous
similitude
is
valid
even
with
leading
edge
bluntness
in
the
paper
is
generally
fair
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
573
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscous
hypersonic
similitude
an
extension
of
classical
hypersonic
similitude
is
developed
which
takes
into
account
the
interaction
effect
of
the
displacement
thickness
of
the
boundary
layer
a
basic
result
of
this
viscous
similitude
is
that
the
total
drag
including
frictional
drag
obeys
the
classical
similarity
law
for
the
pressure
drag
additional
similarity
conditions
governing
viscous
effects
must
be
imposed
in
this
similitude
underlying
the
similitude
is
a
new
hypersonic
boundary
layer
independence
principle
according
to
this
principle
the
principal
part
of
a
hypersonic
boundary
layer
with
given
pressure
and
wall
temperature
distributions
and
free
stream
total
enthalpy
is
independent
of
the
high
external
mach
number
distribution
outside
the
boundary
layer
various
features
of
viscous
hypersonic
similitudes
are
discussed
it
is
found
for
example
that
it
applies
to
three
dimensional
boundary
layer
interaction
effects
on
flat
bodies
provided
the
concepts
of
strip
theory
may
be
applied
and
provided
the
aspect
ratio
is
an
invariant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
574
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inviscid
flow
with
nonequilibrium
molecular
dissociation
for
pressure
distributions
encountered
in
hypersonic
flight
one
dimensional
inviscid
nonequilibrium
flows
of
a
two
component
model
gas
are
studied
for
prescribed
pressure
variations
and
an
average
reaction
rate
based
on
recent
data
for
oxygen
recombination
these
flows
are
interpreted
in
relation
to
the
flow
along
streamlines
around
blunt
hypersonic
bodies
assuming
equilibrium
conditions
in
the
subsonic
region
it
is
estimated
that
the
flow
in
the
initial
supersonic
expansion
region
which
is
approximately
of
prandtl
meyer
character
will
be
chemically
frozen
with
respect
to
the
molecular
dissociation
of
the
primary
components
under
the
hypersonic
high
altitude
flight
conditions
considered
the
flight
conditions
consist
of
flight
velocities
between
furthermore
on
bodies
of
small
surface
inclination
beyond
the
nose
the
flow
will
continue
to
be
effectively
frozen
for
at
least
ft
down
stream
of
the
nose
these
conclusions
may
lead
to
the
simplification
of
procedures
for
theoretical
calculation
and
testing
the
problem
of
distinguishing
a
dimensionless
length
reaction
rate
parameter
which
characterizes
the
extent
of
departures
from
equilibrium
or
from
frozen
behavior
in
the
flow
fields
of
interest
here
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
575
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
atomic
recombination
in
a
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
nozzle
the
flow
of
an
ideal
dissociating
gas
through
a
nearly
conical
nozzle
is
considered
the
equations
of
one
dimensional
motion
are
solved
numerically
assuming
a
simple
rate
equation
together
with
a
number
of
different
values
for
the
rate
constant
these
calculations
suggest
that
deviations
from
chemical
equilibrium
will
occur
in
the
nozzle
if
the
rate
constant
lies
within
a
very
wide
range
of
values
and
that
once
such
a
deviation
has
begun
the
gas
will
very
rapidly
'freeze'
the
dissociation
fraction
will
then
remain
almost
constant
if
the
flow
is
expanded
further
or
even
if
it
passes
through
a
constant
area
section
an
approximate
method
of
solution
making
use
of
this
property
of
sudden
'freezing'
of
the
flow
has
been
developed
and
applied
to
the
problem
of
estimating
the
deviations
from
equilibrium
under
a
wide
range
of
conditions
if
all
the
assumptions
made
in
this
paper
are
accepted
then
lack
of
chemical
equilibrium
may
be
expected
in
the
working
sections
of
hypersonic
wind
tunnels
and
shock
tubes
the
shape
of
an
optimum
nozzle
is
derived
in
order
to
minimize
this
departure
from
equilibrium
it
is
shown
that
while
the
test
section
conditions
are
greatly
affected
by
'freezing'
the
flow
behind
a
normal
shock
wave
is
only
changed
slightly
the
heat
transfer
rate
and
drag
of
a
blunt
body
are
estimated
to
be
reduced
by
only
about
per
cent
even
if
complete
freezing
occurs
however
the
shock
wave
shape
is
shown
to
be
rather
more
sensitive
to
departures
from
equilibrium
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
576
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscous
and
inviscid
stagnation
flow
in
a
dissociated
hypervelocity
free
stream
high
reynolds
number
hypersonic
stagnation
flow
over
a
blunt
nosed
body
in
a
nonequilibrium
dissociated
free
stream
is
analyzed
and
compared
to
a
similar
flow
in
an
initially
undissociated
ambient
gas
free
stream
dissociation
effects
on
various
equilibrium
stagnation
flow
properties
in
air
are
presented
as
a
function
of
the
ambient
atom
mass
fraction
and
dissociation
energy
for
velocities
ranging
from
to
fps
significant
changes
in
the
bow
shock
geometry
stagnation
gas
state
and
boundary
layer
behavior
are
found
when
the
free
stream
dissociation
involves
more
than
of
the
total
energy
it
is
observed
that
for
large
amounts
of
both
atomic
oxygen
and
nitrogen
ahead
of
the
body
the
equilibrium
shock
layer
properties
converge
toward
those
pertaining
to
chemically
and
vibrationally
frozen
flow
across
the
bow
shock
moreover
under
certain
conditions
the
ionization
level
can
be
increased
by
an
order
of
magnitude
and
the
usual
reduction
in
frozen
boundary
layer
heat
transfer
due
to
a
highly
cooled
noncatalytic
surface
can
increase
from
stall
of
adjacent
stages
the
effects
of
compromises
of
stage
matching
to
favor
part
speed
operation
were
also
considered
this
phase
of
the
study
indicated
that
such
compromises
would
severely
reduce
the
complete
compressor
stall
margin
furthermore
the
low
speed
stage
stall
problem
is
transferred
from
the
inlet
stages
to
the
middle
stages
which
are
more
susceptible
to
abrupt
stall
characteristics
the
analysis
indicates
that
inlet
stages
having
continuous
performance
characteristics
at
their
stall
points
are
desirable
with
respect
to
part
speed
compressor
performance
these
characteristics
must
however
be
obtained
when
the
stages
are
operating
in
the
flow
environment
of
the
multistage
compressor
alleviation
of
part
speed
operational
problems
may
also
be
obtained
by
improvement
in
either
stage
flow
range
or
stage
loading
margin
the
results
of
this
analysis
are
only
qualitative
the
trends
obtained
however
are
in
agreement
with
those
obtained
from
experimental
studies
of
high
pressure
ratio
multistage
axial
flow
compressors
and
the
results
are
valuable
in
developing
an
understanding
of
the
off
design
problem
in
addition
to
these
stage
matching
studies
a
general
discussion
of
variable
geometry
features
such
as
air
bleed
and
adjustable
gas
model
numerical
solutions
of
non
equilibrium
airflows
with
fully
coupled
chemistry
provide
a
preliminary
verification
of
such
scaling
for
benser
w
a
limit
characteristics
the
analysis
indicated
that
all
these
problems
could
be
attributed
to
discontinuities
in
the
performance
characteristics
of
the
front
stages
such
discontinuities
can
be
due
to
the
type
of
stage
stall
or
to
a
deterioration
of
stage
performance
resulting
blades
is
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
577
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
hypersonic
similitude
tsien
in
a
recent
paper
j
math
phys
mass
inst
tech
sonic
flows
around
slender
bodies
and
has
pointed
out
that
the
product
of
mach
number
and
fineness
ratio
is
a
basic
similarity
parameter
the
author
enlarges
on
this
notion
indicating
that
the
problem
of
hypersonic
flow
about
a
slender
body
in
three
dimensions
is
the
same
as
that
of
a
certain
two
dimensional
nonsteady
flow
with
time
replacing
the
lengthwise
spatial
coordinate
characterized
by
essentially
the
same
similarity
parameter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
578
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
dissociation
scaling
for
nonequilibrium
blunt
nose
flows
stage
stacking
study
the
principal
problems
considered
were
poor
low
speed
efficiency
multiple
valued
performance
characteristics
at
intermediate
speeds
and
poor
intermediate
speed
compressor
surge
or
stall
naca
rm
e
b
b
chapter
xiii
compressor
operation
with
one
or
more
blade
rows
stalled
an
analysis
of
the
part
speed
operating
problems
of
high
pressure
ratio
air
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
579
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
further
developments
of
new
methods
in
heat
flow
analysis
lagrangian
methods
in
heat
flow
problems
and
transport
phenomena
were
introduced
by
the
writer
in
some
previous
work
the
present
paper
develops
further
one
particular
aspect
of
the
method
i
e
the
elimination
of
ignorable
coordinates
this
is
accomplished
by
a
special
choice
of
generalized
coordinates
each
of
which
is
constituted
by
an
arbitrary
temperature
distribution
and
an
associated
flow
field
the
latter
is
a
vector
field
which
is
derived
from
the
corresponding
scalar
field
by
a
variational
method
the
procedure
is
valid
for
a
certain
class
of
nonlinear
problems
provided
we
replace
the
temperature
by
the
heat
content
as
the
unknown
it
is
shown
that
for
normal
coordinates
derivation
of
the
associated
flow
field
is
immediate
the
use
of
normal
coordinates
and
their
associated
flow
fields
is
illustrated
by
an
example
introduction
of
dirac
functions
and
associated
flow
fields
yields
a
procedure
which
constitutes
a
generalization
of
the
classical
formulation
by
green's
functions
and
integral
equations
this
is
illustrated
by
application
to
one
dimensional
problems
of
heating
of
a
homogeneous
or
composite
slab
and
directly
verified
by
classical
methods
in
the
appendix
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
58
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
measurements
on
sharp
and
blunt
and
half
angle
cones
at
mach
number
and
angles
of
attack
to
measured
pressure
distributions
on
cones
are
compared
with
modified
newtonian
theory
deviations
as
large
as
percent
of
the
stagnation
pressure
behind
a
normal
shock
are
found
by
combining
empirical
results
for
cylinders
normal
to
the
flow
with
newtonian
concepts
a
method
of
calculating
pressures
on
cones
at
high
angles
of
attack
is
developed
calculations
by
this
method
differ
from
the
experimental
results
on
sharp
cones
by
only
percent
of
the
stagnation
pressure
behind
a
normal
shock
for
blunted
cones
additional
deviations
up
to
percent
are
noted
near
the
nose
schlieren
pictures
of
the
flow
show
an
attached
shock
on
the
sharp
of
attack
detachment
of
the
shock
appears
to
be
associated
with
the
attainment
of
sonic
speed
immediately
behind
the
shock
an
orifice
size
effect
is
found
which
can
increase
the
indicated
pressure
above
the
true
value
if
the
orifice
width
is
greater
than
one
tenth
the
local
radius
of
curvature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
580
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
new
thermo
mechanical
reciprocity
relations
with
application
to
thermal
stress
analysis
based
on
the
variational
formulation
of
linear
thermodynamics
as
developed
previously
by
the
writer
thermomechanical
reciprocity
relations
are
discussed
which
lead
to
new
methods
of
analysis
of
thermal
stresses
these
reciprocity
relations
are
quite
different
from
the
usual
ones
derived
from
the
analogy
of
thermal
loading
with
a
combination
of
surface
and
body
force
distribution
the
results
are
applicable
to
stationary
and
transient
temperatures
in
elastic
and
viscoelastic
structures
the
methods
are
entirely
variational
and
do
not
require
the
evaluation
of
the
temperature
field
the
stresses
at
one
point
are
expressed
directly
in
terms
of
any
arbitrary
distribution
temperatures
applied
externally
including
the
effect
of
surface
heat
transfer
layer
the
concepts
and
procedures
are
illustrated
on
a
simple
example
the
relation
is
pointed
out
between
the
reciprocity
property
and
the
generalization
of
castigliano's
principle
to
thermomechanics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
581
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
formulas
for
thermal
stress
analysis
the
basis
of
any
thermal
stress
analysis
is
the
determination
of
the
temperature
distributions
in
the
structure
for
arbitrary
flight
histories
the
determination
of
such
distributions
is
rather
tedious
and
not
completely
general
this
latter
fact
handicaps
optimization
studies
in
the
project
design
stage
when
it
is
desirable
to
be
able
to
express
the
thermal
stress
distributions
in
a
general
manner
in
this
note
general
expressions
are
derived
for
the
thermal
stress
distributions
in
a
typical
i
section
using
similar
assumptions
to
those
of
biot
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
582
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
melting
of
finite
slabs
an
approximate
method
known
as
the
heat
balance
integral
is
used
to
determine
the
melting
rate
of
a
finite
slab
which
is
initially
at
a
uniform
temperature
below
the
melting
point
the
slab
is
acted
upon
by
a
constant
heat
input
at
one
face
and
has
its
other
face
either
insulated
or
kept
at
its
initial
temperature
the
first
three
terms
of
series
solutions
in
an
intrinsically
small
parameter
are
obtained
for
the
time
histories
of
melting
and
the
temperature
distribution
in
the
slab
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
583
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
influence
coefficients
for
real
gases
in
the
analysis
of
one
dimensional
fluid
flow
problems
it
is
often
assumed
that
the
behavior
of
the
medium
is
that
of
a
perfect
gas
this
assumption
is
justified
provided
the
pressure
and
temperature
range
of
interest
is
small
and
near
atmospheric
at
higher
pressures
and
temperatures
various
deviations
are
introduced
thereby
causing
deviations
from
the
results
obtained
by
using
the
ideal
fluid
flow
equations
in
this
note
influence
coefficients
similar
to
those
developed
by
shapiro
are
presented
for
the
case
of
real
gases
this
analysis
is
based
upon
the
use
of
various
functions
of
the
compressibility
factor
emmons
some
of
the
assumptions
made
were
as
follows
the
flow
is
one
dimensional
and
steady
changes
in
the
stream
properties
are
continuous
and
the
flow
is
comprised
of
imperfect
gases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
584
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
conduction
of
heat
in
a
solid
with
a
power
law
of
heat
transfer
at
its
surface
the
nonlinear
boundary
value
problem
where
and
m
are
constants
is
solved
formally
by
first
introducing
power
series
in
t
for
the
unknown
temperature
and
flux
at
the
surface
and
then
determining
the
coefficients
in
those
series
in
this
manner
the
temperature
function
is
determined
as
a
series
of
repeated
integrals
of
error
functions
the
convergence
is
rapid
only
for
small
values
of
t
the
special
cases
and
generalizations
of
the
condition
at
the
surface
for
which
the
same
method
applies
are
noted
surface
temperatures
are
also
found
by
methods
of
difference
equations
where
t
is
not
limited
to
small
values
graphs
of
these
temperatures
corresponding
to
various
laws
of
heat
transfer
at
the
surface
are
shown
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
585
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
nonlinear
heat
transfer
problem
a
study
has
been
made
of
the
time
dependent
heat
conduction
in
a
semi
infinite
medium
subject
to
a
boundary
condition
which
can
involve
the
temperature
in
a
nonlinear
manner
a
formulation
for
the
determination
of
the
surface
temperature
which
is
often
of
greatest
physical
interest
leads
to
a
nonlinear
volterra
integral
equation
a
simple
iterative
solution
method
with
an
accuracy
suitable
for
many
practical
purposes
is
presented
as
an
example
the
problem
of
the
time
dependent
surface
temperature
of
a
body
receiving
heat
according
to
the
stefan
boltzmann
law
is
treated
the
analysis
is
also
applicable
to
physical
adsorption
or
chemisorption
processes
which
occur
at
the
boundary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
586
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
treatment
of
unsteady
heat
conduction
in
semi
infinite
solids
with
variable
thermal
properties
this
very
short
paper
presents
an
approximate
procedure
for
the
calculation
of
unsteady
heat
conduction
in
semi
infinite
solids
with
variable
thermal
properties
it
is
claimed
to
be
an
improvement
over
previous
efforts
in
this
area
since
it
yields
physically
sensible
results
for
cases
where
thermal
properties
have
a
large
dependence
on
temperature
instead
of
using
polynomials
to
represent
an
unsteady
temperature
profile
an
exponential
form
is
used
good
agreement
is
shown
for
several
cases
where
the
method
of
the
paper
is
compared
with
exact
solutions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
587
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
variational
analysis
of
ablation
the
variational
and
lagrangian
thermodynamics
developed
in
earlier
publications
are
directly
applicable
to
problems
of
heat
conduction
with
melting
boundaries
these
techniques
are
used
here
in
treating
the
problem
of
a
half
space
subjected
to
a
constant
rate
of
heat
input
at
the
melting
surface
fig
the
applicability
of
the
lagrangian
equations
to
this
case
follows
from
the
fact
that
the
basic
variational
principle
is
valid
whether
the
boundaries
are
fixed
or
move
as
arbitrary
functions
of
time
this
can
be
seen
if
we
remember
that
the
equations
govern
only
the
instantaneous
configuration
of
the
flow
rates
for
a
given
geometry
and
temperature
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
588
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressor
operation
with
one
or
more
blade
rows
stalled
an
analysis
of
the
part
speed
operating
problems
of
high
pressure
ratio
ratio
multistage
axial
flow
compressors
was
made
by
means
of
a
simplified
stage
stacking
study
the
principal
problems
considered
were
poor
low
speed
efficiency
multiple
valued
performance
characteristics
at
intermediate
speeds
and
poor
intermediate
speed
compressor
surge
or
stall
limit
characteristics
the
analysis
indicated
that
all
these
problems
could
be
attributed
to
discontinuities
in
the
performance
characteristics
of
the
front
stages
such
discontinuities
can
be
due
to
the
type
of
stage
stall
or
to
a
deterioration
of
stage
performance
resulting
from
stall
of
adjacent
stages
the
effects
of
compromises
of
stage
matching
to
favor
part
speed
operation
were
also
considered
this
phase
of
the
study
indicated
that
such
compromises
would
severly
reduce
the
complete
compressor
stall
margin
furthermore
the
low
speed
stage
stall
problem
is
transferred
from
the
inlet
stages
to
the
middle
stages
which
are
more
susceptible
to
abrupt
stall
characteristics
the
analysis
indicates
that
inlet
stages
having
continuous
performance
characteristics
at
their
stall
points
are
desirable
with
respect
to
part
speed
compressor
performance
these
characteristics
must
however
be
obtained
when
the
stages
are
operating
in
the
flow
environment
of
the
multistage
compressor
alleviation
of
part
speed
operation
problems
may
also
be
obtained
by
improvement
in
either
stage
flow
range
or
stage
loading
margin
the
results
of
this
analysis
are
only
qualitative
the
trends
obtained
however
are
in
agreement
with
those
obtained
from
experimental
studies
of
high
pressure
ratio
multistage
axial
flow
compressors
and
the
results
are
valuable
in
developing
an
understanding
of
the
off
design
problem
in
addition
to
these
stage
matching
studies
a
general
discussion
of
variable
geometry
features
such
as
air
bleed
and
adjustable
blades
is
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
589
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
stall
and
surge
phenomena
in
axial
flow
compressors
observations
of
rotating
stall
have
shown
that
a
wide
variety
of
stall
patterns
is
possible
hot
wire
anemometer
data
on
a
multistage
compressor
have
shown
a
progressive
type
stall
at
low
speeds
the
amplitude
of
the
flow
fluctuations
increases
in
magnitude
through
the
first
few
stages
and
then
diminishes
rapidly
to
a
small
value
in
the
latter
stages
a
stage
stacking
analysis
has
shown
that
rotating
stall
will
exist
over
a
large
portion
of
the
compressor
map
at
low
speeds
but
will
be
instigated
almost
simultaneously
with
compressor
surge
at
high
speeds
blades
failures
attributable
to
resonant
vibrations
excited
by
rotating
stall
have
been
experienced
in
single
and
multistage
compressors
in
the
stage
stacking
analysis
no
deterioration
of
stage
performance
due
to
unsteady
flow
resulting
from
stall
of
adjacent
stages
was
considered
in
general
the
pressure
drop
at
the
stall
point
is
believed
to
be
much
larger
than
indicated
by
an
analytical
formulation
of
compressor
performance
compressor
surge
is
attributed
to
a
limit
cycle
operation
about
the
compressor
stall
point
and
as
indicated
in
a
few
compressor
tests
and
in
jet
engine
tests
a
small
compressor
discharge
receiver
volume
may
result
simply
in
stall
of
the
compressor
without
the
cyclic
characteristics
of
compressor
surge
in
this
event
engine
operation
will
be
limited
because
of
the
large
drop
in
performance
which
accompanies
compressor
stall
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
59
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tables
of
exact
laminar
boundary
layer
solutions
when
the
wall
is
porous
and
fluid
properties
are
variable
the
three
partial
differential
equations
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
for
two
dimensional
steady
state
compressible
flow
have
been
transformed
into
two
ordinary
differential
equations
by
the
method
of
pohlhausen
falkner
and
skan
the
ordinary
equations
include
parameters
for
expressing
the
simultaneous
effects
of
pressure
gradient
in
the
main
stream
flow
through
a
porous
wall
and
property
changes
in
the
fluid
due
to
large
temperature
differences
between
the
wall
and
the
free
stream
a
total
of
cases
have
been
solved
numerically
by
the
method
of
picard
the
euler
number
nondimensional
pressure
gradient
parameter
ranges
in
value
from
stagnation
point
value
to
the
negative
values
found
at
the
laminar
separation
points
three
rates
of
flow
through
the
porous
wall
were
considered
including
the
impermeable
case
where
the
flow
rate
is
five
temperature
ratios
stream
temperature
divided
by
wall
temperature
were
used
the
uncooled
and
unheated
case
temperature
ratio
of
two
cooled
cases
temperature
ratios
of
ture
ratios
of
and
velocity
weight
flow
and
temperature
distributions
are
tabulated
as
are
the
dimensionless
stream
function
of
falkner
and
skan
and
its
derivatives
and
the
dimensionless
temperature
function
of
pohlhausen
and
its
derivatives
for
each
case
displacement
momentum
and
convection
thicknesses
as
well
as
nusselt
number
and
coefficient
of
friction
at
the
wall
were
computed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
590
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
stage
characteristics
and
matching
on
axial
flow
compressor
performance
the
use
of
stage
characteristics
obtained
from
test
data
in
the
performance
analysis
and
development
of
an
axial
flow
compressor
is
described
relative
stage
matching
as
shown
by
an
idealized
example
and
also
by
test
experience
factors
governing
major
performance
parameters
are
discussed
and
certain
development
problems
and
possible
solutions
are
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
591
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
equation
for
the
choke
line
of
a
compressor
discussion
of
a
similarity
between
the
pressure
ratio
versus
inlet
mass
flow
coefficient
characteristic
of
a
stream
or
gas
turbine
and
the
analogous
characteristic
of
an
expansion
laval
nozzle
this
idea
is
extended
to
a
compressor
and
a
compression
nozzle
and
an
approximate
expression
for
the
choke
line
of
the
compressor
is
developed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
592
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
design
of
axial
compressors
the
main
types
of
axial
compressors
are
described
and
the
use
of
generalized
design
curves
to
make
performance
estimates
is
advocated
the
different
variables
are
weight
power
pressure
ratio
temperature
rise
mass
flow
rotational
speed
stage
efficiency
blade
bending
stresses
due
to
aerodynamic
loading
and
methods
and
materials
of
construction
air
outlets
flow
coefficients
and
different
blade
forms
are
also
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
593
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
considerations
of
flutter
at
high
mach
number
some
of
the
theories
for
two
dimensional
oscillatory
air
forces
which
may
be
applied
in
flutter
calculations
at
high
mach
numbers
are
discussed
these
include
linear
theory
van
dyke's
second
order
theory
piston
theory
landahl's
method
tangent
wedge
and
tangent
cone
approximations
newtonian
theory
and
a
new
nonlinear
pressure
method
a
comparison
of
the
theories
is
made
by
showing
the
results
of
flutter
calculations
for
mach
numbers
up
to
and
the
possibility
of
flutter
at
these
higher
mach
numbers
is
pointed
out
results
of
flutter
calculations
are
shown
to
illustrate
the
various
effects
arising
from
a
nonlinear
thickness
theory
the
possibility
of
large
flutter
speed
thickness
effects
which
depend
on
frequency
ratio
is
shown
the
influence
of
airfoil
shape
is
discussed
and
flutter
speed
trends
with
center
of
gravity
and
elastic
axis
locations
are
presented
some
possible
refinements
of
piston
theory
are
discussed
for
use
at
very
high
mach
numbers
these
include
the
use
of
local
flow
conditions
and
the
use
of
newtonian
theory
over
the
leading
edge
of
a
blunt
nosed
airfoil
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
594
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wind
tunnel
techniques
for
the
measurements
of
oscillatory
derivatives
this
paper
discusses
the
basic
principles
employed
in
techniques
for
the
measurement
of
oscillatory
derivatives
in
wind
tunnels
and
gives
some
account
of
the
associated
instrumentation
the
suitability
of
the
various
techniques
for
different
test
conditions
is
also
discussed
and
brief
reference
is
made
to
wind
tunnel
effects
on
the
measurements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
595
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
equilibrium
piston
technique
for
gun
tunnel
operation
a
modified
technique
for
the
operation
of
a
gun
tunnel
is
suggested
based
on
experimental
results
if
the
piston
mass
and
the
initial
barrel
pressure
are
chosen
correctly
then
the
peak
pressures
associated
with
the
gun
tunnel
may
be
eliminated
under
these
conditions
the
piston
is
brought
to
rest
with
no
overswing
some
measurements
of
the
piston
motion
using
a
microwave
technique
are
reported
which
confirm
this
idea
the
wave
diagram
associated
with
this
mode
of
operation
is
shown
and
some
calculations
of
the
stagnation
pressure
are
given
which
show
that
during
the
suggested
running
time
the
stagnation
pressure
may
be
considerably
greater
than
the
driving
pressure
if
the
driving
chamber
cross
sectional
area
is
large
compared
with
that
of
the
driven
section
for
a
uniform
shock
tube
the
stagnation
pressure
will
always
be
less
than
the
driving
pressure
the
use
of
air
helium
and
hydrogen
as
driving
gases
has
been
considered
experiments
in
a
gun
tunnel
are
reported
which
show
that
the
equilibrium
piston
technique
enables
steady
stagnation
pressures
to
be
achieved
over
a
time
of
approximately
ms
using
air
as
the
driving
gas
the
expansion
caused
by
the
piston
acceleration
is
shown
to
interact
with
the
stationary
piston
but
this
is
found
to
produce
only
a
small
drop
in
stagnation
pressure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
596
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
properties
of
crossed
flexure
pivots
and
the
influence
of
the
point
at
which
the
strips
cross
it
is
shown
that
the
rotational
stiffness
of
a
crossed
flexure
pivot
varies
considerably
when
subjected
to
an
applied
force
the
type
of
variation
can
be
radically
changed
simply
by
moving
the
point
at
which
the
strips
cross
the
relation
between
torque
and
rotation
for
a
given
applied
force
is
not
exactly
linear
and
the
extent
of
the
non
linearity
is
determined
by
taking
into
account
the
small
movements
of
the
centre
of
rotation
of
the
pivot
finally
for
design
purposes
an
analysis
of
the
maximum
stresses
in
the
strips
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
597
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurements
of
pitching
moment
derivatives
for
blunt
nose
aerofoils
oscillating
in
two
dimensional
supersonic
flow
direct
pitching
moment
derivatives
have
been
measured
using
the
method
of
scruton
woodgate
et
al
for
two
single
wedge
blunt
nosed
aerofoils
these
measurements
were
made
at
mach
numbers
of
and
and
frequency
parameters
less
than
in
general
nose
blunting
was
found
to
have
little
effect
on
the
derivatives
although
changes
were
observed
for
the
thinner
wedge
at
a
mach
number
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
598
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
new
test
techniques
for
a
hypervelocity
wind
tunnel
the
measurement
of
rocket
exhaust
effects
on
vehicle
stability
and
the
measurement
of
aerodynamic
damping
were
made
in
an
arc
discharge
type
of
hypervelocity
wind
tunnel
sample
data
are
given
to
indicate
the
quality
of
data
obtainable
in
this
tunnel
and
samples
of
self
luminous
and
shadowgraph
photographs
are
also
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
599
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
forces
moments
and
stability
derivatives
for
slender
bodies
of
general
cross
section
the
problem
of
determining
the
total
forces
moments
and
stability
derivatives
for
a
slender
body
performing
slow
maneuvers
in
a
compressible
fluid
is
treated
within
the
assumptions
of
slender
body
theory
general
expressions
for
the
total
forces
except
drag
and
moments
are
developed
in
terms
of
the
geometry
and
motions
of
the
airplane
and
formulas
for
the
stability
derivatives
are
derived
in
terms
of
the
mapping
functions
of
the
cross
sections
all
components
of
the
motion
are
treated
simultaneously
and
second
derivatives
as
well
as
first
are
obtained
with
respect
to
both
the
motion
components
and
their
time
rates
of
change
coupling
of
the
longitudinal
and
lateral
motions
is
thus
automatically
included
a
number
of
general
relationships
among
the
various
stability
derivatives
are
found
which
are
independent
of
the
configuration
so
that
at
most
only
of
a
total
of
first
and
second
derivatives
need
be
calculated
directly
calculations
of
stability
derivatives
are
carried
out
for
two
triangular
wings
with
camber
and
thickness
one
with
a
blunt
trailing
edge
and
for
two
wing
body
combinations
one
having
a
plane
wing
and
vertical
fin
the
influence
on
the
stability
derivatives
of
the
squared
terms
in
the
pressure
relation
is
demonstrated
and
the
apparent
mass
concept
as
applied
to
slender
body
theory
is
discussed
at
some
length
in
the
light
of
the
present
analysis
it
is
shown
that
the
stability
derivatives
can
be
calculated
by
apparent
mass
although
the
general
expressions
for
the
total
forces
and
moments
involve
additional
terms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
6
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
one
dimensional
transient
heat
flow
in
a
multilayer
slab
in
a
recent
contribution
to
the
readers'
forum
wassermann
gave
analytic
solutions
for
the
temperature
in
a
double
layer
slab
with
a
triangular
heat
rate
input
at
one
face
insulated
at
the
other
and
with
no
thermal
resistance
at
the
interface
his
solutions
were
for
the
three
particular
cases
i
propose
here
to
give
the
general
solution
to
this
problem
to
indicate
briefly
how
it
is
obtained
using
the
method
of
reference
and
to
point
out
that
the
solutions
given
by
wassermann
are
incomplete
for
times
longer
than
the
duration
of
the
heat
input
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
60
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
estimation
forces
and
moments
due
to
rolling
for
several
slender
tail
configurations
at
supersonic
speeds
the
velocity
potentials
span
loadings
and
corresponding
force
and
moment
derivatives
have
been
theoretically
evaluated
for
a
number
of
slender
tail
arrangements
performing
a
steady
rolling
motion
at
supersonic
speeds
the
method
of
analysis
is
based
upon
an
application
of
conformal
transformation
techniques
the
utilization
of
these
techniques
allows
the
simple
determination
of
the
complex
potentials
for
various
types
of
two
dimensional
boundary
value
problems
in
addition
two
simple
and
often
used
approximations
to
the
rolling
derivatives
have
been
compared
with
the
corresponding
exact
values
determined
by
the
method
presented
in
this
report
in
order
to
show
the
importance
of
wing
tail
interference
the
effect
of
the
flow
field
behind
a
rolling
wing
on
the
tail
characteristics
has
been
illustrated
for
a
simple
wing
tail
arrangement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
600
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
calculation
of
lateral
stability
derivatives
of
slender
wings
at
incidence
including
fin
effectiveness
and
correlation
with
experiment
comparisons
are
made
between
low
speed
experimental
results
and
estimates
based
on
attached
flow
theory
for
the
lateral
stability
derivatives
of
slender
wings
at
incidence
and
it
is
found
that
the
flow
separation
has
little
effect
on
the
sideslip
derivatives
the
reduction
in
due
to
part
span
anhedral
is
evaluated
and
a
semi
empirical
formula
is
derived
to
account
for
important
second
order
terms
for
the
rotary
derivatives
an
attempt
is
made
to
estimate
the
effect
of
the
leading
edge
vortices
but
no
satisfactory
conclusions
have
been
reached
the
fin
contributions
to
the
derivatives
are
evaluated
on
the
basis
of
treating
the
wing
surface
as
a
total
reflection
plate
good
agreement
with
experiment
is
reached
for
the
sideslip
derivatives
and
for
the
damping
in
yaw
at
moderate
incidences
sidewash
is
found
to
have
a
large
effect
on
the
rolling
derivatives
and
further
information
on
the
strength
and
position
of
the
leading
edge
vortices
in
non
symmetric
flow
is
required
before
a
complete
calculation
of
the
sidewash
can
be
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
601
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculation
of
the
flow
past
slender
delta
wings
with
leading
edge
separation
the
flow
past
a
slender
delta
wing
with
a
sharp
leading
edge
at
incidence
usually
separates
along
this
edge
i
e
a
vortex
layer
extends
from
the
edge
and
rolls
up
to
form
a
core
a
region
of
high
vorticity
a
potential
flow
model
of
this
is
constructed
in
which
the
layer
is
replaced
by
a
vortex
sheet
which
is
rolled
up
into
a
spiral
in
the
region
of
the
core
this
problem
is
reduced
to
a
two
dimensional
one
by
assuming
a
conical
field
and
using
slender
wing
theory
the
shape
and
strength
of
the
sheet
are
determined
by
the
two
conditions
that
it
is
a
stream
surface
and
sustains
no
pressure
difference
use
is
made
of
results
previously
obtained
for
the
core
region
and
the
remaining
finite
part
of
the
sheet
is
dealt
with
by
choosing
certain
functions
for
its
shape
and
strength
the
parameters
in
these
functions
are
found
by
satisfying
the
two
conditions
stated
above
at
isolated
points
results
are
obtained
for
the
pressure
distribution
chord
loading
and
norman
force
coefficient
as
functions
of
the
ratio
of
the
incidence
to
the
apex
angle
the
lift
for
a
given
incidence
is
about
below
that
found
by
brown
and
michael
flow
patterns
are
indicated
in
two
typical
cases
the
effect
of
separation
on
the
drag
due
to
lift
of
a
wing
with
small
thickness
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
602
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
x
in
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
at
rae
farnborough
part
design
instrumentation
and
flow
visualization
techniques
this
is
the
first
of
three
parts
of
the
calibration
report
on
the
r
a
e
some
details
of
the
design
and
lay
out
of
the
plant
are
given
together
with
the
calculated
performance
figures
and
the
major
components
of
the
facility
are
briefly
described
the
instrumentation
provided
for
the
wind
tunnel
is
described
in
some
detail
including
the
optical
and
other
methods
of
flow
visualization
used
in
the
tunnel
later
parts
will
describe
the
calibration
of
the
flow
in
the
working
section
including
temperature
measurements
a
discussion
of
the
heater
performance
will
also
be
included
as
well
as
the
results
of
tests
to
determine
starting
and
running
pressure
ratios
blockage
effects
model
starting
loads
and
humidity
of
the
air
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
603
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
in
x
in
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
at
r
a
e
farnborough
part
ii
heater
performance
tests
on
the
storage
heater
which
is
cylindrical
in
form
and
mounted
horizontally
show
that
its
performance
is
adequate
for
operation
at
m
and
probably
adequate
for
flows
at
m
with
the
existing
nozzles
in
its
present
state
the
maximum
design
temperature
of
degrees
centigrade
for
operation
at
m
cannot
be
realised
in
the
tunnel
because
of
heat
loss
to
the
outlet
attachments
of
the
heater
and
quick
acting
valve
which
form
in
effect
a
large
heat
sink
because
of
this
heat
loss
there
is
rather
poor
response
of
stagnation
temperature
in
the
working
section
at
the
start
of
a
run
it
is
hoped
to
cure
this
by
preheating
the
heater
outlet
cone
and
the
quick
acting
valve
at
pressures
greater
than
about
p
s
i
g
free
convection
through
the
fibrous
thermal
insulation
surrounding
the
heated
core
causes
the
top
of
the
heater
shell
to
become
somewhat
hotter
than
the
bottom
which
results
in
hogging
distortion
of
the
shell
this
free
convection
cools
the
heater
core
and
a
vertical
temperature
gradient
is
set
up
across
it
after
only
a
few
minutes
at
high
pressure
modifications
to
be
incorporated
in
the
heater
to
improve
its
performance
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
604
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
in
x
in
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
at
r
a
e
farnborough
part
iii
calibration
of
the
flow
in
the
working
section
the
fused
silica
nozzle
to
give
m
in
the
in
x
in
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
produces
a
flow
field
with
an
average
mach
number
of
along
the
centreline
of
the
working
section
the
mach
number
gradually
decreases
towards
the
boundary
layer
and
over
a
core
of
approximately
mach
number
the
nozzle
heats
up
during
a
run
but
this
has
little
effect
on
the
mach
number
distribution
at
one
station
the
mach
number
was
one
third
per
cent
greater
for
a
run
of
minute
than
for
a
run
of
seconds
the
temperature
field
in
the
inviscid
flow
has
an
average
variation
of
in
temperature
with
time
throughout
a
run
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
605
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
measurements
on
a
cone
cylinder
flare
configuration
at
small
incidences
for
m
pressure
measurements
were
made
on
a
slender
cone
cylinder
flare
configuration
slightly
blunted
at
the
nose
for
and
degrees
incidence
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
it
was
found
that
the
surface
pressures
obtained
on
the
cone
agreed
with
extrapolations
to
m
equals
of
theoretical
values
given
in
m
i
t
tables
kopal
for
yawed
cones
and
that
impact
theory
gave
a
good
indication
of
the
pressure
level
to
be
expected
on
all
parts
of
the
body
where
surface
incidence
was
sufficiently
large
to
merit
its
use
the
semi
angles
of
the
conical
and
flared
parts
of
the
model
were
both
the
pressure
level
on
the
flare
rose
in
all
cases
to
approximately
that
developed
upstream
on
the
cone
surface
no
evidence
of
a
marked
over
expansion
to
pressures
below
the
free
stream
value
was
noticed
at
the
junction
between
cone
and
cylinder
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
606
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
formulae
and
approximations
for
aerodynamic
heating
rates
in
high
speed
flight
this
note
gives
formulae
and
approximations
suitable
for
making
preliminary
estimates
of
aerodynamic
heating
rates
in
high
speed
flight
the
formulae
are
based
on
the
intermediate
enthalpy
approximation
which
has
given
good
agreement
with
theoretical
and
experimental
evidence
in
the
general
flight
case
they
could
be
used
in
conjunction
with
an
analogue
computer
or
a
step
by
step
method
of
integration
to
predict
the
variations
of
heat
flow
and
skin
temperature
with
time
in
the
restricted
case
of
flight
at
constant
altitude
and
mach
number
simple
analytical
methods
and
results
are
given
which
include
the
effects
of
radiation
and
can
be
applied
to
thick
as
well
as
thin
skins
where
h
is
the
aerodynamic
heat
transfer
factor
and
g
d
and
k
are
the
heat
capacity
thickness
and
thermal
conductivity
of
the
skin
if
the
skin
is
approximately
thin
i
e
temperature
gradients
across
its
thickness
may
be
neglected
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
607
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
duct
flow
in
magnetohydrodynamics
this
paper
is
an
extension
of
the
work
of
hartmann
and
shercliff
transverse
magnetic
fields
the
simplest
class
of
magnetohydrodynamic
problems
we
are
concerned
here
mainly
with
the
boundary
value
problems
associated
with
flow
in
ducts
with
conducting
walls
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
608
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
noise
in
supersonic
wind
tunnels
hot
wire
measurements
in
the
free
stream
of
a
supersonic
wind
tunnel
were
made
in
the
mach
number
range
of
to
it
is
shown
that
the
mass
flow
fluctuations
increase
very
rapidly
with
increasing
mach
number
if
the
fluctuation
field
is
assumed
to
consist
of
sound
waves
dash
an
assumption
that
is
consistent
with
the
measurements
dashthe
sound
intensity
is
approximately
proportional
to
m
within
the
range
of
the
experiments
furthermore
the
orientation
of
the
field
is
found
to
be
different
from
the
mach
line
direction
it
corresponds
to
a
sound
source
velocity
of
approximately
one
half
the
free
stream
velocity
for
the
higher
mach
numbers
it
is
shown
that
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
along
the
nozzle
and
the
tunnel
walls
is
responsible
for
this
sound
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
609
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
three
dimensional
bodies
of
delta
planform
which
can
support
plane
attached
shock
waves
this
note
collects
together
in
one
report
available
theoretical
work
on
bodies
which
can
support
attached
plane
shock
waves
discusses
some
of
the
possible
merits
of
such
shapes
and
includes
some
calculations
illustrating
their
properties
also
some
preliminary
results
from
wind
tunnel
tests
are
given
together
with
details
of
proposed
future
tests
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
61
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
flow
of
electrically
conducting
fluids
over
a
flat
plate
in
the
presence
of
a
transverse
magnetic
field
the
use
of
a
magnetic
field
to
control
the
motion
of
electrically
conducting
fluids
is
studied
the
boundary
layer
solutions
are
found
for
flow
over
a
flat
plate
when
the
magnetic
field
is
fixed
relative
to
the
plate
or
to
the
fluid
the
equations
are
integrated
numerically
for
the
effect
of
the
transverse
magnetic
field
on
the
velocity
and
temperature
profiles
and
hence
the
skin
friction
and
rate
of
heat
transfer
it
is
concluded
that
the
skin
friction
and
the
heat
transfer
rate
are
reduced
when
the
transverse
magnetic
field
is
fixed
relative
to
the
plate
and
increased
when
fixed
relative
to
the
fluid
the
total
drag
is
increased
in
all
the
cases
studied
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
610
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
corner
interference
effects
the
three
dimensional
incompressible
flow
of
fluid
along
the
corner
of
two
semi
infinite
plates
intersecting
at
right
angles
especially
the
interference
of
the
boundary
layers
of
the
two
plates
is
discussed
mainly
the
more
important
case
of
turbulent
boundary
layer
is
treated
by
means
of
experimental
studies
carried
out
at
the
technical
university
of
braunschweig
some
theoretical
results
for
laminar
flow
are
also
taken
into
account
in
order
to
describe
the
interference
effects
in
the
boundary
layer
an
interference
displacement
thickness
and
an
interference
skin
friction
have
been
introduced
it
is
shown
from
experiments
and
also
from
theoretical
considerations
how
these
two
quantities
depend
on
reynolds
number
furthermore
the
influence
of
interference
on
the
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
is
investigated
in
addition
some
preliminary
results
are
given
about
the
effect
of
the
pressure
gradient
on
the
interference
effects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
611
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
solution
of
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
following
a
major
assumption
that
enthalpy
and
velocity
are
dependent
only
on
local
conditions
an
enthalpy
velocity
relation
is
obtained
for
the
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
where
subscripts
p
refer
to
the
plate
to
the
free
stream
and
e
to
the
equilibrium
temperature
condition
at
the
plate
when
compared
with
general
results
this
relation
exact
for
prandtl
number
o
gives
a
close
approximation
to
crocco's
numerical
results
for
o
and
up
to
using
the
above
relation
in
conjunction
with
the
approximate
viscosity
temperature
relation
suggested
by
chapman
and
rubesin
and
with
young's
suggested
first
approximation
for
shearing
stress
it
is
shown
that
close
approximations
to
displacement
thickness
and
velocity
distribution
are
given
by
and
where
and
which
serves
to
define
c
these
have
the
advantage
of
being
algebraic
in
form
whereas
previous
results
have
involved
complex
numerical
integrations
for
individual
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
612
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distributions
and
flow
patterns
at
m
on
some
delta
wings
of
inverted
'v'
cross
section
wind
tunnel
tests
have
been
made
to
measure
pressure
distributions
and
to
study
flow
patterns
on
a
series
of
delta
wings
of
inverted
'v'
cross
section
each
of
these
wings
was
designed
to
have
a
plane
shock
wave
in
the
plane
of
the
leading
edges
at
a
chosen
mach
number
and
incidence
it
was
found
that
for
a
wide
incidence
range
about
the
design
point
the
shock
wave
remained
virtually
attached
to
the
leading
edges
and
at
each
incidence
the
pressure
was
approximately
constant
over
the
lower
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
613
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
contraction
of
satellite
orbits
under
the
influence
of
air
drag
part
i
with
spherically
symmetrical
atmosphere
the
effect
of
air
drag
on
satellite
orbits
of
small
eccentricity
e
is
studied
analytically
by
a
perturbation
method
on
the
assumption
that
the
atmosphere
is
spherically
symmetrical
equations
are
derived
which
show
how
orbital
period
and
perigee
distance
vary
with
eccentricity
as
the
orbit
contracts
and
how
each
of
these
quantities
varies
with
time
the
equations
of
type
are
nearly
independent
of
the
oblateness
of
the
atmosphere
in
all
the
equations
terms
of
order
e
and
higher
are
usually
neglected
the
results
are
also
presented
graphically
in
a
manner
designed
for
practical
use
the
theory
is
to
be
extended
to
an
oblate
atmosphere
in
part
ii
and
will
later
be
compared
with
observation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
614
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
contraction
of
satellite
orbits
under
the
influence
of
air
drag
part
ii
with
oblate
atmosphere
the
effect
of
air
drag
on
satellite
orbits
of
small
eccentricity
e
was
studied
in
part
i
technical
note
no
g
w
on
the
assumption
that
the
atmosphere
was
spherically
symmetrical
here
the
theory
is
extended
to
an
atmosphere
in
which
the
surfaces
of
constant
density
are
spheroids
of
arbitrary
small
ellipticity
equations
are
derived
which
show
how
perigee
distance
and
orbital
period
vary
with
eccentricity
and
how
eccentricity
is
related
to
time
expressions
are
also
obtained
which
give
lifetime
and
air
density
at
perigee
in
terms
of
the
rate
of
change
of
period
in
most
of
the
equations
terms
of
order
e
and
higher
are
neglected
the
results
take
different
forms
according
as
the
eccentricity
is
greater
or
less
than
about
while
circular
orbits
are
dealt
with
in
a
separate
section
the
results
are
also
presented
graphically
in
a
manner
designed
for
practical
application
and
examples
of
the
theory
in
use
are
given
the
influence
of
atmospheric
oblateness
is
difficult
to
summarize
fairly
simultaneously
assume
their'worst'values
some
of
the
spherical
atmosphere
results
can
be
altered
by
up
to
as
a
result
of
oblateness
and
would
be
a
more
representative
figure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
615
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
contraction
of
satellite
orbits
under
the
influence
of
air
drag
part
iii
high
eccentricity
orbits
e
the
effect
of
air
drag
on
satellite
orbits
of
eccentricity
e
less
than
between
and
is
presented
equations
are
derived
which
show
how
perigee
distance
and
orbital
period
vary
with
eccentricity
during
the
satellite's
life
and
how
eccentricity
is
related
to
time
and
formulae
are
obtained
for
the
lifetime
and
the
air
density
at
perigee
in
terms
of
the
rate
of
change
of
period
the
results
are
also
presented
graphically
and
their
implications
and
limitations
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
616
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
determination
of
upper
atmosphere
air
density
and
scale
height
from
satellite
observations
a
solution
is
obtained
for
the
rate
of
change
of
semi
major
axis
and
perigee
distance
of
a
satellite
orbit
with
time
due
to
the
resistance
of
the
atmosphere
the
logarithm
of
air
density
is
assumed
to
vary
quadratically
with
height
and
the
oblateness
of
the
atmosphere
is
taken
into
account
the
calculation
of
perigee
air
density
in
terms
of
the
rate
of
change
of
satellite
period
is
dealt
with
and
the
method
is
applied
to
data
at
present
available
on
six
different
satellites
the
variation
of
air
density
with
height
is
obtained
as
in
p
h
h
for
h
in
the
range
of
approximately
to
km
where
p
is
in
grams
c
m
h
is
in
kilometres
and
standard
deviations
are
given
in
brackets
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
617
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
determination
of
upper
atmosphere
air
density
profile
from
satellite
observations
the
theory
previously
developed
for
the
changes
in
the
perigee
distance
and
semi
major
axis
of
a
satellite
orbit
due
to
air
drag
is
extended
to
enable
the
air
density
profile
i
e
its
relative
variation
with
height
to
be
derived
from
the
motion
of
the
orbit's
perigee
the
solution
is
first
obtained
in
terms
of
the
change
in
perigee
distance
and
then
in
terms
of
the
change
in
the
radius
of
the
earth
at
the
sub
perigee
point
the
scale
height
in
the
and
km
altitude
regions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
618
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
orbit
decay
and
prediction
of
the
motion
of
artificial
satellites
the
rate
of
decay
of
elliptic
satellite
orbits
due
to
atmospheric
drag
is
investigated
through
variation
of
parameters
and
through
use
of
an
atmospheric
model
involving
a
power
function
between
density
and
altitude
this
model
is
shown
to
fit
actual
conditions
better
than
an
exponential
function
the
effects
of
the
equatorial
belt
and
the
rotation
of
the
earth
are
investigated
the
conclusion
is
reached
that
through
these
anomalies
atmospheric
drag
substantially
affects
the
orbit
elements
especially
those
defining
the
orbit
plane
an
alternate
approach
of
variation
of
parameters
is
presented
by
which
a
direct
relation
between
period
decay
and
instantaneous
density
conditions
is
established
this
approach
by
itself
specifically
adequate
for
prediction
work
also
opens
an
avenue
for
systematic
and
unified
evaluation
of
observed
decay
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
619
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
density
of
the
upper
atmosphere
from
analysis
of
satellite
orbits
further
results
the
method
previously
described
has
been
refined
by
taking
into
account
atmospheric
rotation
further
results
are
given
from
satellites
of
latitude
and
season
and
day
to
night
changes
are
reported
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
62
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similar
solutions
for
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
with
heat
transfer
and
pressure
gradient
stewartson's
transformation
is
applied
to
the
laminar
compressible
boundary
layer
equations
and
the
requirement
of
similarity
is
introduced
resulting
in
a
set
of
ordinary
nonlinear
differential
equations
previously
quoted
by
stewartson
but
unsolved
the
requirements
of
the
system
are
prandtl
number
of
linear
viscosity
temperature
relation
across
the
boundary
layer
an
isothermal
surface
and
the
particular
distributions
of
free
stream
velocity
consistent
with
similar
solutions
this
system
admits
axial
pressure
gradients
of
arbitrary
magnitude
heat
flux
normal
to
the
surface
and
arbitrary
mach
numbers
the
system
of
differential
equations
is
transformed
to
an
integral
system
with
the
velocity
ratio
as
the
independent
variable
for
this
system
solutions
are
found
for
pressure
gradients
varying
from
that
causing
separation
to
the
infinitely
favorable
gradient
and
for
wall
temperatures
from
absolute
zero
to
twice
the
free
stream
stagnation
temperature
some
solutions
for
separated
flows
are
also
presented
for
favorable
pressure
gradients
the
solutions
are
unique
for
adverse
pressure
gradients
where
the
solutions
are
not
unique
two
solutions
of
the
infinite
family
of
possible
solutions
are
identified
as
essentially
viscid
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
and
the
remainder
essentially
inviscid
for
the
case
of
favorable
pressure
gradients
with
heated
walls
the
velocity
within
a
portion
of
the
boundary
layer
is
shown
to
exceed
the
local
external
velocity
the
variation
of
a
reynolds
analogy
parameter
which
indicates
the
ratio
of
skin
friction
to
heat
transfer
is
from
zero
to
for
a
surface
of
temperature
twice
the
free
stream
stagnation
temperature
and
from
zero
to
for
a
surface
held
at
absolute
zero
where
the
value
applies
to
a
flat
plate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
620
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
earth
satellite
observations
and
the
upper
atmosphere
atmospheric
densities
have
been
derived
from
artificial
satellites
in
altitudes
km
and
from
rockets
up
to
about
km
to
consolidate
the
two
sets
of
data
h
k
kallmann
suggested
a
model
with
a
exact
form
of
this
curve
has
now
been
derived
corrections
for
the
is
excellent
very
close
correlation
between
atmospheric
density
variations
h
km
and
the
solar
cm
radiation
implies
that
the
origin
of
the'solar
effect'may
lie
in
the
absorption
of
solar
ultra
violet
radiation
the
atmospheric
density
curve
between
and
km
shows
a
temperature
inversion
in
the
fl
layer
it
is
not
yet
possible
to
decide
whether
solar
ultra
violet
radiation
as
well
as
the
solar
he
line
and
solar
x
ray
radiation
contribute
to
the
heating
of
the
fl
layer
diurnal
and
seasonal
density
variations
at
altitudes
and
km
have
been
derived
from
variations
in
acceleration
of
three
satellites
sputnik
vanguard
and
group
averages
of
diurnal
variations
are
taken
from
different
dates
within
the
period
may
october
physcal
conditions
in
the
upper
atmosphere
are
briefly
summarized
the'solar
effect'originates
in
the
fl
layer
as
a
result
of
heating
by
the
solar
he
line
at
a
diurnal
density
variation
at
km
is
only
a
few
per
cent
absorption
of
solar
electromagnetic
radiation
in
the
f
layer
and
large
heat
conductivity
cause
intense
diurnal
density
and
temperature
variations
above
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
621
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
latitude
and
diurnal
variations
of
air
densities
from
to
km
as
derived
from
the
orbits
of
discoverer
satellites
variations
in
air
density
between
day
and
night
in
the
region
to
km
are
found
to
be
small
less
than
about
the
presence
of
a
possible
region
of
local
heating
at
about
km
which
disappears
at
night
the
night
time
density
profile
conforms
with
a
constant
scale
height
of
km
no
definite
variation
of
air
density
with
latitude
is
evident
apart
from
a
possible
increase
of
about
which
is
indicated
by
rather
limited
polar
region
data
for
other
latitudes
and
seasons
a
variation
of
less
than
about
is
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
622
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
scale
height
in
the
upper
atmosphere
derived
from
changes
in
satellite
orbits
the'density
scale
height'h
in
the
upper
atmosphere
is
a
measure
of
the
rate
at
which
air
density
p
varies
with
height
y
being
given
by
h
p
dp
dy
the
value
of
h
although
important
because
with
the
molecular
weight
of
the
air
it
determines
the
air
temperature
has
not
as
yet
been
well
determined
at
heights
above
km
this
note
develops
methods
for
finding
h
from
the
decrease
in
a
satellite's
perigee
height
and
from
the
decrease
in
the
orbital
period
of
a
satellite
in
a
small
eccentricity
orbit
these
methods
are
then
applied
to
all
the
satellites
found
suitable
for
the
purpose
the
values
of
h
obtained
for
heights
of
km
represent
an
average
over
day
and
night
and
probably
have
errors
s
d
of
it
is
found
that
as
solar
activity
declined
between
and
h
decreased
greatly
e
g
at
height
km
h
decreased
from
km
in
early
to
height
becomes
much
less
rapid
above
km
and
are
consistent
with
the
supposition
that
h
had
low
values
near
km
at
heights
near
km
for
the
results
could
be
greatly
extended
in
scope
and
improved
in
accuracy
if
more
accurate
orbits
were
available
for
short
lifetime
satellites
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
623
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
coupling
between
heat
and
mass
transfer
in
mixtures
of
two
different
gases
or
liquids
one
constituent
will
migrate
spontaneously
toward
the
warmer
parts
and
the
other
toward
the
colder
parts
this
phenomenon
known
as
the
soret
effect
and
its
converse
the
dufour
effect
were
discovered
as
early
as
and
respectively
the
two
effects
can
also
be
considered
as
a
simultaneous
transport
of
mass
and
heat
or
as
a
coupling
between
heat
and
mass
transfer
the
effects
of
this
coupling
have
been
neglected
in
all
investigations
of
heat
transfer
in
multicomponent
flow
systems
so
far
on
the
a
priori
assumption
that
they
are
small
in
a
recent
publication
however
it
was
shown
that
they
can
be
large
in
laminar
boundary
layer
type
flows
with
helium
injection
turbulent
boundary
layer
measurements
and
an
analysis
conducted
at
the
heat
transfer
laboratory
clearly
showed
significant
effects
of
the
coupling
on
heat
transfer
and
adiabatic
wall
temperature
from
additional
measurements
the
results
of
which
are
presented
below
it
is
possible
to
separate
the
heat
flux
at
the
model
wall
into
one
part
depending
on
the
temperature
gradient
and
a
second
part
caused
by
the
coupling
it
is
shown
that
the
latter
exceeds
the
former
and
hence
the
coupling
may
not
be
neglected
a
priori
without
careful
consideration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
624
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
cruise
performance
of
channel
flow
ground
effect
machines
the
performance
theory
for
high
speed
air
cushion
vehicles
operating
in
close
proximity
to
the
ground
is
developed
the
analysis
is
restricted
to
cruise
flight
of
vehicles
of
rectangular
planform
employing
an
air
pressure
seal
between
the
ground
and
the
vehicle
along
the
two
streamwise
sides
the
variation
of
the
optimum
rearward
deflection
angle
of
the
side
jet
pressure
seal
with
speed
for
minimum
overall
power
expenditure
and
maximum
range
is
found
it
is
concluded
that
a
mixed
propulsion
system
jet
deflection
plus
propeller
s
is
required
volume
flow
and
the
corresponding
fan
pressure
rise
needed
are
also
calculated
the
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
is
determined
the
maximum
thickness
ratios
of
the
vehicles
are
considered
to
be
large
compared
with
the
ground
height
vehicle
length
ratio
two
dimensional
airfoil
theory
is
employed
to
show
that
close
to
stagnation
conditions
exist
below
the
vehicles
the
lower
surface
lift
pitching
moment
and
aerodynamic
center
location
are
determined
the
flow
over
the
upper
surface
is
identified
with
flow
over
mounds
upper
surface
lift
coefficients
are
determined
for
typical
mound
shapes
it
is
shown
that
high
total
lift
coefficients
are
theoretically
obtainable
with
almost
zero
induced
drag
the
conventional
induced
drag
power
penalty
is
replaced
by
a
sealing
air
power
expenditure
which
is
shown
not
to
be
excessive
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
625
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscous
and
inviscid
nonequilibrium
gas
flows
the
condition
of
immediate
freezing
of
the
mass
fraction
of
dissociated
species
of
air
at
the
equilibrium
value
behind
the
shock
envelope
prevails
over
a
major
portion
of
the
flight
spectrum
associated
with
lifting
re
entry
vehicles
this
is
observed
by
means
of
order
of
magnitude
considerations
within
the
limits
of
the
present
knowledge
of
chemical
reaction
rates
for
the
constituents
of
air
accordingly
investigations
of
the
viscous
and
inviscid
hypersonic
flow
about
blunt
and
sharp
leading
edge
slender
bodies
are
made
the
investigations
are
generalized
to
consider
an
arbitrary
degree
of
dissociation
in
the
ambient
free
stream
this
condition
is
included
in
order
to
allow
comparison
with
the
flow
field
about
a
model
in
the
test
section
of
a
hypersonic
facility
with
dissociated
air
species
present
in
the
free
stream
inviscid
frozen
flow
investigations
are
made
for
blunt
and
sharp
leading
edge
slender
body
power
law
geometries
the
results
indicate
that
the
influence
of
a
finite
leading
edge
in
inducing
a
pressure
field
far
downstream
blast
wave
analogy
is
considerably
diminished
for
this
model
this
conclusion
is
verified
numerically
by
a
characteristics
solution
for
the
hypersonic
flow
about
a
sonic
wedge
slab
the
viscous
investigations
consider
the
boundary
layer
interaction
problem
with
a
frozen
degree
of
dissociation
in
this
case
as
in
the
inviscid
analysis
the
governing
parameter
is
observed
to
be
the
ratio
of
the
dissociation
energy
to
the
free
stream
kinetic
energy
the
influence
of
this
parameter
on
the
boundary
layer
interaction
mechanism
for
a
highly
cooled
noncatalytic
wall
is
presented
the
influence
of
a
frozen
flow
field
on
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
is
also
discussed
finally
since
higher
mach
number
gas
flows
may
be
generated
in
wind
tunnel
nozzles
where
dissociation
nonequilibrium
effects
are
present
the
possibility
of
employing
expansions
with
a
controlled
degree
of
dissociation
as
a
technique
for
aerodynamic
simulation
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
626
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
features
of
supersonic
and
hypersonic
flow
about
blunted
cones
for
a
family
of
cones
of
various
semiapex
angles
blunted
by
spherical
caps
shock
shapes
and
surface
pressure
distributions
have
been
obtained
from
both
the
belotserkovskii
method
and
experiment
these
results
are
used
to
study
convergence
to
conical
flow
conditions
leading
to
both
overexpansion
and
underexpansion
on
the
surface
with
respect
to
the
asymptotic
conical
pressures
are
described
as
well
as
conditions
leading
to
bow
shock
inflection
points
conditions
also
exist
for
which
a
second
shock
may
occur
or
for
which
the
sonic
line
cannot
touch
the
body
surface
the
implications
of
these
conditions
for
various
blunt
body
methods
are
discussed
for
cones
blunted
in
such
a
manner
as
to
keep
the
flow
entirely
supersonic
the
flow
field
is
found
to
exhibit
certain
similarities
with
that
for
genuine
blunting
this
is
related
to
the
fact
that
the
surface
entropy
layer
for
blunt
bodies
can
be
most
influential
in
determining
surface
pressure
in
the
interior
of
the
flow
field
rather
than
near
the
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
627
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flutter
analysis
of
circular
panels
the
flutter
problem
of
flat
circular
panels
with
edges
elastically
restrained
against
rotation
has
been
formulated
in
terms
of
small
deflection
plate
theory
the
panel
is
subjected
to
uniform
all
round
tension
or
compression
in
its
middle
plane
in
addition
to
the
supersonic
compressible
flow
passing
over
its
upper
surface
with
still
air
below
linear
piston
theory
is
employed
to
predict
the
aerodynamic
load
on
the
vibrating
panel
the
problem
is
investigated
by
a
rayleigh
type
analysis
involving
chosen
modes
of
the
panel
as
degrees
of
freedom
in
order
to
investigate
the
convergence
of
the
solution
the
flutter
mode
shape
of
the
clamped
edge
panel
has
been
expressed
in
a
series
form
in
powers
of
r
cos
o
the
results
of
three
four
and
five
term
approximations
have
displayed
oscillatory
behavior
with
apparently
rapid
convergence
of
the
solution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
628
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thermal
effects
on
a
transpiration
cooled
hemisphere
an
approximate
method
is
used
to
obtain
the
injection
distribution
which
would
exist
on
an
isothermal
transpiration
cooled
hemisphere
in
a
supersonic
stream
this
distribution
is
the
same
for
both
air
and
helium
injection
and
is
independent
of
the
blowing
level
a
model
having
this
distribution
was
tested
in
the
naval
supersonic
laboratory
wind
tunnel
at
a
mach
number
of
it
is
concluded
that
the
design
technique
is
reasonably
accurate
data
taken
near
the
nose
are
compared
with
the
theories
for
air
and
helium
injection
the
agreement
in
the
case
of
the
reduction
in
heat
transfer
coefficient
is
good
the
values
of
insulated
wall
temperature
obtained
near
the
nose
with
helium
injection
are
percent
above
the
local
stagnation
temperature
and
largely
independent
of
injection
rate
it
is
believed
that
this
phenomenon
may
be
attributed
to
the
thermal
diffusion
of
the
helium
within
the
boundary
layer
air
injection
causes
a
slight
reduction
in
the
insulated
wall
temperature
it
is
shown
that
injection
of
either
air
or
helium
at
the
hemisphere
nose
considerably
reduces
the
heat
flux
at
the
surface
the
additional
reduction
in
heat
flux
resulting
from
helium
injection
as
opposed
to
air
injection
and
predicted
by
existing
theory
is
largely
absent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
629
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
second
order
effects
in
laminar
boundary
layers
second
order
boundary
layer
disturbances
are
due
to
the
displacement
of
the
main
flow
by
the
boundary
layer
surface
curvature
freestream
vorticity
and
slip
a
procedure
for
finding
these
is
given
for
compressible
flow
of
a
perfect
gas
having
a
classically
similar
boundary
layer
solutions
are
given
for
the
flat
plate
and
circular
cylinder
and
for
the
hypersonic
axisymmetric
stagnation
point
for
the
latter
flow
the
dominant
effect
is
that
of
vorticity
which
increases
both
shear
and
heat
flux
for
the
plate
or
cylinder
the
same
conclusion
tends
to
hold
for
high
speed
flow
the
vorticity
effect
is
governed
by
the
entire
outer
flow
not
just
the
wall
vorticity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
63
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
viscous
flow
over
slender
cones
viscous
self
induced
pressures
on
semivertex
angle
cones
were
measured
over
the
range
free
stream
mach
number
and
viscous
interaction
parameter
the
data
were
found
to
be
in
good
agreement
with
results
obtained
by
talbot
on
cones
in
the
range
rameter
all
these
data
were
correlated
reasonably
well
by
the
viscous
interaction
parameter
which
is
defined
as
where
and
are
the
mach
number
and
reynolds
number
based
on
ideal
taylor
maccoll
flow
conditions
and
c
is
the
chapman
rubesin
factor
a
new
method
for
calculating
self
induced
pressures
is
presented
which
takes
into
account
the
interaction
between
boundary
layer
growth
and
the
inviscid
flow
field
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
pressures
calculated
by
this
method
were
only
to
percent
higher
than
the
measured
values
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
630
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
region
in
rarefied
high
mach
number
flow
paper
describes
results
of
numerical
solution
of
the
viscous
shock
layer
equations
for
axisymmetric
stagnation
region
using
the
viscosity
temperature
law
with
w
pr
and
y
purpose
is
to
establish
applicability
of
the
simple
approximation
of
w
obtained
earlier
to
air
at
low
reynolds
numbers
and
low
ratios
of
wall
temperature
to
stagnation
temperature
using
a
reference
temperature
closely
equal
to
eckert's
to
interpret
the
linear
results
excellent
agreement
is
found
in
the
limit
of
over
a
wide
range
of
reynolds
numbers
covering
fully
merged
shock
layers
as
well
as
boundary
layers
with
and
without
vorticity
interaction
agreement
with
recent
experiments
of
ferri
et
al
is
as
good
as
to
be
expected
from
shock
layer
approximation
paper
provides
valuable
extension
of
the
applicability
of
the
reference
temperature
concept
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
631
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
low
speed
wind
tunnel
tests
on
a
two
dimensional
aerofoil
with
split
flap
near
the
ground
pressure
distributions
have
been
measured
on
a
thick
two
dimensional
aerofoil
of
r
a
e
section
fitted
with
split
flaps
deflected
at
and
measurements
were
made
at
two
distances
above
a
ground
plate
and
also
without
the
ground
plate
the
results
have
been
integrated
to
give
the
sectional
lift
drag
and
pitching
moment
coefficients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
632
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculated
lift
distributions
in
incompressible
flow
on
some
sweptback
wings
in
the
course
of
a
larger
survey
of
some
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
a
family
of
sweptback
wings
the
low
speed
lift
distributions
were
calculated
the
planforms
considered
cover
a
range
of
leading
edge
sweep
angles
from
to
and
aspect
ratios
from
to
the
results
are
given
here
together
with
a
comparison
with
other
calculations
and
with
experimental
results
on
one
particular
wing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
633
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
extension
of
the
method
of
generalised
conical
flows
for
lifting
wings
in
supersonic
flow
the
method
of
generalised
conical
flows
has
previously
been
developed
subject
to
the
condition
that
the
upwash
divided
by
the
streamwise
co
ordinate
to
the
power
k
where
k
is
the
order
of
the
conical
flow
must
have
vanishing
k
th
derivative
with
respect
to
the
conical
co
ordinate
in
the
present
note
this
restriction
is
removed
the
results
are
also
used
to
discuss
the
effect
of
the
application
of
the
leading
edge
attachment
condition
on
the
wing
pressure
and
geometry
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
634
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
leading
edge
bluntness
on
flutter
characteristics
of
some
square
planform
double
wedge
airfoils
at
a
mach
number
of
results
are
presented
from
a
wind
tunnel
investigation
in
helium
flow
at
a
mach
number
of
the
models
were
square
planform
double
wedge
shaft
mounted
airfoils
with
leading
and
trailing
edge
radii
of
and
percent
chord
in
general
the
tests
indicate
that
bluntness
effects
on
the
model
flutter
characteristics
are
stabilizing
as
the
leading
edge
radius
is
increased
from
to
destabilizing
with
further
increase
in
bluntness
results
of
flutter
calculations
made
by
using
newtonian
theory
aerodynamics
and
a
combination
of
newtonian
theory
and
piston
theory
aerodynamics
in
conjunction
with
an
uncoupled
two
mode
analysis
are
compared
with
experimental
results
the
piston
theory
results
accurately
predicted
flutter
speeds
for
the
models
with
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
635
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
and
pressure
distributions
on
a
hemisphere
cylinder
and
a
bluff
afterbody
model
in
methane
air
combustion
products
and
in
air
an
experimental
investigation
has
been
made
to
indicate
the
validity
of
using
methane
air
combustion
products
as
the
test
medium
for
aerodynamic
heating
and
loading
tests
tests
were
conducted
on
a
hemisphere
cylinder
and
on
a
bluff
afterbody
model
both
in
methane
air
combustion
products
and
in
air
alone
and
covered
a
range
of
mach
numbers
from
to
the
data
showed
that
the
nondimensional
heating
rate
distribution
along
a
hemisphere
cylinder
as
obtained
in
combustion
products
was
in
good
agreement
with
that
obtained
in
air
and
the
results
were
in
reasonable
agreement
with
theory
the
stagnation
point
heating
rates
in
air
and
in
combustion
products
over
the
hemisphere
cylinder
agreed
within
percent
of
the
theoretical
values
the
pressure
distributions
around
a
hemisphere
cylinder
obtained
from
tests
in
combution
products
were
in
good
agreement
with
those
obtained
in
air
and
could
be
predicted
by
newtonian
flow
theory
the
tests
in
combustion
products
of
a
bluff
afterbody
model
produced
nondimensional
heat
transfer
coefficients
which
were
in
fair
agreement
with
results
obtained
in
air
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
636
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distribution
induced
on
a
flat
plate
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
by
rockets
exhausting
upstream
and
downstream
an
experimental
investigation
was
made
of
the
pressures
induced
on
a
flat
plate
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
by
a
supersonic
rocket
jet
exhausting
upstream
and
downstream
measurements
of
the
pressure
distribution
on
a
flat
plate
were
made
at
zero
angle
of
attack
for
different
locations
of
the
jet
exhaust
nozzle
beneath
the
wing
measurements
were
made
at
ratios
of
rocket
exit
total
pressure
to
free
stream
static
pressure
from
to
and
at
a
reynolds
number
per
foot
of
approximately
times
to
the
power
of
the
rocket
when
exhausted
upstream
produced
a
strong
shock
that
moved
further
upstream
with
increasing
rocket
exit
total
pressure
ratio
positive
incremental
normal
force
coefficients
were
obtained
at
all
test
positions
data
at
test
positions
are
tabulated
for
rocket
on
and
rocket
off
pressure
coefficients
as
well
as
for
incremental
pressure
coefficients
for
the
orifices
of
the
flat
plate
for
the
range
of
ratio
of
rocket
exit
total
pressure
to
free
stream
static
pressure
of
the
investigation
changing
the
location
of
the
model
with
respect
to
the
plate
had
a
negligible
effect
when
the
rocket
was
varied
in
the
chordwise
direction
but
the
pressure
coefficients
were
reduced
as
the
rocket
was
lowered
away
from
the
flat
plate
wing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
637
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
integral
equation
relating
the
general
time
dependent
lift
and
downwash
distributions
on
finite
wings
in
subsonic
flow
an
integral
equation
for
obtaining
the
unsteady
air
forces
on
finite
wings
in
subsonic
compressible
flow
is
presented
this
equation
is
applicable
for
any
arbitrary
time
dependent
motion
and
can
be
utilized
for
flexible
as
well
as
rigid
wings
the
approach
involves
the
derivation
of
an
integral
equation
relating
the
unknown
pressure
the
form
of
the
equation
is
such
that
it
should
lend
itself
readily
to
modern
high
speed
computers
for
obtaining
pressure
distributions
special
cases
of
the
integral
equation
are
treated
for
two
dimensional
incompressible
flow
and
are
presented
in
an
appendix
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
638
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
longitudinal
aerodynamic
characteristics
at
low
subsonic
speeds
of
a
highly
swept
wing
utilizing
nose
deflection
for
control
an
investigation
has
been
conducted
in
the
langley
by
foot
transonic
tunnel
at
low
subsonic
speeds
to
determine
the
longitudinal
aerodynamic
characteristics
associated
with
deflection
of
the
nose
section
of
a
highly
swept
delta
wing
having
an
aspect
ratio
of
in
order
to
illustrate
the
effectiveness
of
this
forward
control
the
longitudinal
control
characteristics
are
also
presented
for
the
wing
with
upper
and
lower
surface
split
flaps
located
at
the
trailing
edge
comparison
between
the
longitudinal
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
the
wing
utilizing
the
nose
control
and
those
of
the
wing
utilizing
the
upper
surface
split
flap
located
at
the
trailing
edge
indicated
similar
control
effectiveness
for
high
control
deflections
and
similar
values
of
trimmed
lift
drag
ratio
with
increasing
lift
coefficient
use
of
the
nose
control
however
indicated
a
lower
value
of
trimmed
angle
of
attack
for
a
given
value
of
trimmed
lift
coefficient
than
that
realized
from
use
of
the
upper
surface
split
flap
further
reductions
in
trimmed
angle
of
attack
for
a
given
value
of
trimmed
lift
coefficient
may
be
realized
from
deflection
of
the
lower
surface
split
flap
at
the
wing
trailing
edge
in
combination
with
the
nose
control
and
would
be
accompanied
by
large
reductions
in
lift
drag
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
639
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analytical
study
of
the
tumbling
motions
of
vehicles
entering
planetary
atmospheres
the
tumbling
motion
of
vehicles
entering
planetary
atmospheres
is
analyzed
a
differential
equation
governing
the
tumbling
motion
its
arrest
and
the
subsequent
oscillatory
motion
is
obtained
and
identified
as
the
equation
for
the
fifth
painleve
transcendant
an
approximate
analytical
solution
for
the
transcendant
is
derived
comparisons
with
results
obtained
from
numerical
integration
of
the
exact
equations
of
motion
indicate
that
the
solution
for
the
angle
of
attack
history
is
sufficiently
accurate
to
be
of
practical
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
64
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
unsteady
oblique
interaction
of
a
shock
wave
with
plane
disturbances
analysis
is
made
of
the
flow
field
produced
by
oblique
impingement
of
weak
plane
disturbances
of
arbitrary
profile
on
a
plane
normal
shock
three
types
of
disturbance
are
considered
moves
the
sound
wave
refracts
either
as
a
simple
isentropic
sound
wave
or
as
an
attenuating
isentropic
pressure
wave
depending
on
the
angle
between
the
shock
and
the
incident
sound
wave
a
stationary
vorticity
wave
of
constant
pressure
appears
behind
the
shock
reflects
as
a
sound
wave
and
a
stationary
vorticity
wave
is
produced
the
shock
the
incident
wave
refracts
as
a
stationary
vorticity
wave
and
either
a
sound
wave
or
attenuating
pressure
wave
is
also
produced
computations
are
presented
for
the
first
two
types
of
incident
wave
over
the
range
of
incidence
angles
for
shock
mach
numbers
of
and
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
640
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
design
of
structures
to
resist
jet
noise
fatigue
the
design
of
structures
to
resist
jet
noise
fatigue
demands
a
knowledge
of
a
wide
range
of
subjects
from
pure
acoustics
at
one
hand
to
metal
physics
at
the
other
at
the
present
time
the
various
aspects
of
the
problem
are
not
sufficiently
well
know
quantitatively
for
a
purely
theoretical
design
study
to
be
made
never
the
less
a
knowledge
of
the
behaviour
of
typical
forms
of
construction
in
noise
environments
can
be
used
with
a
limited
amount
of
theoretical
work
to
indicate
tne
most
efficient
types
of
structure
this
approach
to
the
problem
is
adopted
in
this
lecture
as
it
seems
to
be
the
most
promising
one
available
at
the
moment
it
must
be
emphasized
however
that
although
some
progress
has
been
made
in
dicsovering
the
behaviour
of
a
structure
subjected
to
noise
it
is
not
possible
to
estimate
the
life
of
any
component
at
the
drawing
board
stage
some
prototype
strain
measurements
and
proof
testing
are
therefore
essential
if
one
is
to
prove
the
integrity
of
the
design
within
the
structural
limits
of
single
skin
construction
set
in
this
lecture
the
main
conclusion
to
be
reached
is
that
no
reasonable
estimate
of
fatigue
life
can
yet
be
made
in
the
drawing
board
stage
of
a
structure
nevertheless
a
study
of
the
form
of
behaviour
of
typical
structures
has
led
to
a
theoretical
simplification
of
the
problem
of
skin
vibration
from
this
it
has
been
possible
to
suggest
an
optimum
deisgn
for
a
skin
stiffened
by
stringers
a
suggestion
for
an
optimum
design
of
skin
and
rib
for
control
surfaces
to
minimise
stresses
at
the
rib
skin
intersection
is
put
forward
but
no
experience
can
check
this
yet
the
most
resonable
basis
for
the
future
estimation
of
fatigue
life
of
a
component
appears
to
be
the
random
s
n
curve
and
consierable
effort
should
be
made
to
obtain
the
necessary
test
data
the
life
expectation
of
a
new
design
will
be
uncertain
and
some
proof
testing
is
essential
if
the
integrity
of
structure
in
high
noise
levels
db
is
to
be
guaranteed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
641
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
reduction
of
the
clamped
plate
to
two
membrane
problems
with
an
application
to
uniformly
loaded
sectors
the
clamped
plate
problem
in
the
classical
theory
for
the
small
deflection
bending
of
flat
plates
is
reduced
to
the
solution
by
variational
methods
of
two
successive
membrane
problems
the
first
requires
the
least
square
minimisation
of
the
average
curvature
of
the
deflected
surface
while
the
second
problem
concerns
the
integral
of
the
gaussian
curvature
there
is
a
similar
reduction
for
extensional
problems
where
the
boundary
tractions
are
specified
the
method
is
demonstrated
by
giving
three
distinct
solutions
to
the
problem
of
the
clamped
sector
under
a
uniformly
distributed
load
one
solution
is
of
special
interest
because
it
is
derived
from
a
single
membrane
problem
numerical
data
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
642
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
buckling
strength
of
a
uniform
circular
cylinder
loaded
in
axial
compression
the
theoretical
estimation
of
the
buckling
strength
of
a
cylinder
loaded
in
axial
compression
is
improved
by
the
use
of
a
more
representative
deflected
form
for
the
buckled
cylinder
than
has
previously
been
used
kempner's
buckling
strength
for
dead
weight
loading
is
reduced
by
the
presentation
of
the
magnitude
and
distribution
of
the
constraint
system
required
to
maintain
the
mode
is
novel
and
instructive
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
643
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
wing
aileron
flutter
using
ground
launched
rocket
models
control
surface
flutter
of
the
wing
torsion
control
rotation
type
has
been
investigated
for
an
unswept
wing
with
an
under
massbalanced
half
span
outboard
aileron
thirteen
pairs
of
wings
were
tested
using
ground
launched
rocket
driven
vehicles
and
a
range
of
values
of
aileron
natural
frequency
was
covered
the
test
results
showed
considerable
scatter
but
enabled
upper
and
lower
limits
of
a
flutter
boundary
to
be
determined
approximately
it
was
established
that
aileron
flutter
could
be
eliminated
on
the
models
tested
provided
the
aileron
frequency
exceeded
the
wing
torsional
frequency
by
per
cent
or
more
in
this
condition
the
models
were
also
free
from
single
degree
of
freedom
flutter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
644
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
the
cantilever
square
plate
subjected
to
a
uniform
loading
plate
problems
involving
free
edges
have
been
historically
difficult
to
solve
particularly
when
two
free
edges
are
adjacent
resulting
in
a
free
corner
the
cantilevered
square
plate
subjected
to
a
transverse
loading
is
one
such
problem
for
which
an
exact
solution
has
not
been
achieved
in
the
present
paper
results
obtained
by
various
approximate
methods
are
presented
for
this
problem
for
the
case
of
a
uniform
loading
solutions
obtained
by
the
authors
using
the
technique
of
point
matching
and
the
rayleigh
ritz
method
are
compared
with
previously
published
finite
difference
and
experimental
results
and
with
bernoulli
euler
beam
and
plane
strain
approaches
numerical
results
for
deflections
slope
components
bending
and
twisting
moments
and
transverse
distributed
shears
are
presented
for
a
relatively
fine
gridwork
of
points
on
the
plate
boundary
and
within
the
interior
the
antielastic
curvature
is
exhibited
by
all
methods
except
beam
theory
all
methods
present
the
interesting
conclusion
that
the
free
edge
deflection
is
greater
when
the
plate
is
treated
as
a
plate
rather
than
a
beam
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
645
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thermodynamic
coupling
in
boundary
layers
experimental
results
gathered
in
recent
years
for
binary
mixture
mass
transfer
models
are
shown
to
yield
consistent
evidence
of
discrepancies
with
analytic
considerations
specifically
measured
recovery
temperatures
are
appreciably
higher
than
those
predicted
while
heat
transfer
coefficients
are
satisfactorily
reproduced
it
is
shown
on
the
basis
of
both
approximate
and
exact
solutions
for
plates
and
stagnation
points
that
the
discrepancies
in
previous
results
are
related
to
thermal
diffusion
effects
a
major
influence
being
apparent
in
application
of
the
surface
boundary
condition
for
an
adiabatic
wall
as
a
result
some
reexamination
is
necessary
of
past
criteria
for
mass
addition
effects
as
they
pertain
to
specific
injected
media
a
prime
example
is
the
equivalence
of
helium
and
air
as
coolants
despite
the
heretofore
suggested
preference
for
low
density
injectants
on
a
perfect
gas
basis
ref
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
646
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thermal
diffusion
effects
on
energy
transfer
in
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
with
helium
injection
a
circular
cylinder
with
two
inch
diameter
and
with
a
porous
wall
fabricated
out
of
woven
wire
material
was
aligned
with
its
axis
parallel
to
an
air
stream
with
approximately
ft
sec
velocity
helium
gas
was
injected
into
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
through
the
cylinder
walls
at
a
uniform
rate
in
the
range
x
to
x
of
the
free
stream
mass
velocity
the
local
energy
transfer
along
the
cylinder
was
measured
at
various
values
of
the
wall
temperature
level
for
the
situation
that
the
energy
flows
from
the
cylinder
to
the
boundary
layer
and
vice
versa
the
results
showed
clearly
that
the
wall
temperature
for
zero
energy
transfer
the
adiabatic
wall
temperature
was
larger
than
the
free
stream
temperature
by
up
to
about
f
although
viscous
dissipation
effects
are
negligible
this
temperature
excess
increases
with
increasing
injection
rate
and
is
independent
of
reynolds
number
an
analysis
in
which
the
laminar
sublayer
is
treated
as
couette
flow
with
helium
injection
and
which
includes
thermal
diffusion
in
this
layer
is
formulated
the
results
show
appreciable
thermal
diffusion
effects
on
adiabatic
wall
temperature
increasing
it
over
its
value
for
zero
injection
by
amounts
of
the
same
order
of
magnitude
as
found
by
measurements
thermal
diffusion
however
has
negligible
effects
on
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
its
effects
on
the
concentration
and
temperature
distribution
are
discussed
and
are
shown
to
produce
appreciable
modifications
in
the
latter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
647
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
bending
of
a
uniformly
loaded
rectangular
plate
with
two
adjacent
edges
and
the
others
either
simply
supported
or
free
the
distribution
of
deflection
and
bending
moment
in
a
uniformly
loaded
rectangular
plate
having
two
adjacent
edges
clamped
and
the
others
either
simply
supported
or
free
are
obtained
by
a
method
of
superposition
numerical
values
are
given
for
square
plates
and
in
one
case
the
results
are
compared
with
those
obtained
by
another
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
648
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
approximate
analysis
of
certain
boundary
value
problems
a
simple
method
is
given
which
is
suitable
for
the
approximate
analysis
of
certain
boundary
value
problems
including
for
example
the
small
deflections
of
clamped
plates
and
the
torsion
of
prismatic
bars
the
analysis
is
particularly
simple
and
lends
itself
well
to
the
use
of
the
digital
computer
the
method
is
applied
here
to
four
problems
the
uniformly
loaded
clamped
square
and
equilateral
triangle
plates
and
the
torsion
of
bars
of
square
and
hexagonal
cross
section
the
results
agree
well
with
the
exact
solutions
where
these
are
known
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
649
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
hovercraft
a
new
concept
in
maritime
transport
the
hovercraft
is
the
first
operational
british
project
in
the
ground
effect
machine
field
although
there
has
for
a
number
of
years
been
a
tentative
searching
after
the
principles
underlying
such
machines
it
is
only
now
that
their
possibilities
as
commercial
transport
and
service
craft
are
beginning
to
be
developed
since
the
hovercraft
is
a
new
vehicle
the
appearance
of
the
saunders
roe
sr
n
a
manned
experimental
craft
excited
considerable
public
attention
and
there
have
been
a
number
of
descriptive
articles
in
the
press
papers
of
a
more
technical
type
on
ground
effect
machines
are
now
beginning
to
appear
and
it
is
to
be
expected
that
these
will
rapidly
increase
in
number
especially
since
american
interest
in
both
the
commercial
and
defence
fields
is
expanding
fast
the
authors
of
the
present
paper
have
therefore
concentrated
attention
upon
features
about
which
they
had
something
personal
to
say
and
which
they
consider
to
be
of
particular
significance
for
assessing
the
possibility
of
the
hovercraft
becoming
important
in
maritime
transport
these
features
are
the
hovercraft
as
a
fundamentally
new
principle
in
the
transport
field
the
powering
requirements
and
resistance
characteristics
the
likely
operating
costs
of
hovercraft
in
comparison
with
other
forms
of
maritime
transport
in
addition
relatively
brief
descriptions
of
the
history
and
the
current
work
being
undertaken
on
the
ground
effect
machine
and
of
the
design
construction
and
testing
of
the
saunders
roe
sr
n
are
provided
the
final
section
discusses
outstanding
problems
and
some
future
possibilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
65
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
convection
of
a
pattern
of
vorticity
through
a
shock
wave
an
arbitrary
weak
spatial
distribution
of
vorticity
can
be
represented
in
terms
of
plane
sinusoidal
shear
waves
of
all
orientations
and
wave
lengths
fourier
integral
the
analysis
treats
the
passage
of
a
single
representative
weak
shear
wave
through
a
plane
shock
and
shows
refraction
and
modification
of
the
shear
wave
with
simultaneous
generation
of
an
acoustically
intense
sound
wave
applications
to
turbulence
and
to
noise
in
supersonic
wind
tunnels
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
650
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
design
problems
of
hovercraft
analysis
of
the
influence
various
aerodynamic
parameters
have
on
the
performance
of
a
simple
peripheral
jet
system
power
weight
ratio
lift
drag
ratio
and
effect
of
jet
angles
and
thickness
are
each
considered
structural
requirements
optimum
cushion
pressure
and
dynamic
stability
over
waves
are
examined
and
then
related
to
the
economics
of
ground
effect
machine
operation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
651
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
to
separated
and
reattached
subsonic
turbulen
flows
obtained
downstream
of
a
surface
step
local
heat
transfer
coefficients
and
recovery
factors
are
presented
for
separated
and
reattached
turbulent
flows
as
obtained
by
a
downward
step
in
an
otherwise
flat
surface
in
a
two
dimensional
subsonic
air
flow
the
region
downstream
of
the
step
the
focus
of
this
investigation
contained
a
region
of
separated
flow
with
reattachment
at
about
five
step
heights
downstream
followed
by
a
section
of
reattached
flow
the
salient
feature
of
the
results
is
the
maximum
in
the
local
heat
transfer
coefficient
at
the
reattachment
point
with
values
thereof
diminishing
in
the
separated
region
and
also
in
the
reattached
region
where
they
tend
toward
values
characteristic
of
turbulent
boundary
layer
flow
it
is
found
that
for
most
of
the
region
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
depends
on
the
velocity
to
about
the
power
though
a
decreased
dependence
may
exist
in
the
separated
region
recovery
factors
have
the
characteristically
low
values
associated
with
separated
flows
and
do
not
attain
values
typical
of
turbulent
boundary
layer
flows
within
the
downstream
lengths
available
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
652
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distribution
on
two
dimensional
wings
near
the
ground
a
simple
method
of
calculating
the
pressure
distribution
in
incompressible
flow
on
two
dimensional
aerofoils
of
arbitrary
section
at
moderate
distances
from
the
ground
is
developed
comparisons
with
an
exact
potential
flow
solution
and
with
measurements
on
a
thick
aerofoil
of
rae
section
provide
a
satisfactory
verification
of
the
adequacy
of
the
method
but
it
is
shown
that
it
is
necessary
to
take
account
of
the
boundary
layer
on
the
aerofoil
in
the
calculations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
653
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transient
magnetohydrodynamic
duct
flow
parallel
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
viscous
incompressible
fluid
in
a
rectangular
duct
with
transverse
magnetic
field
is
considered
the
walls
of
the
duct
which
are
parallel
and
perpendicular
to
the
imposed
magnetic
field
are
taken
to
be
nonconducting
and
perfectly
conducting
respectively
assuming
the
fluid
to
be
at
rest
at
the
initial
moment
exact
solutions
for
the
velocity
and
magnetic
field
components
are
obtained
in
the
form
of
convolution
integrals
taking
the
longitudinal
pressure
gradient
as
an
arbitrary
given
function
of
time
later
taking
a
step
function
for
the
pressure
gradient
these
expressions
are
integrated
for
this
case
the
effect
of
the
strength
of
the
imposed
magnetic
field
on
the
development
behavior
of
the
flow
is
studied
it
is
found
that
except
for
very
large
magnetic
fields
the
flows
are
over
damped
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
654
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
propagation
and
structure
of
the
blast
wave
part
as
a
continuation
of
part
j
phys
soc
japan
the
second
approximation
for
the
propagation
and
structure
of
a
blast
wave
is
now
discussed
the
solution
for
r
is
obtained
by
a
numerical
method
using
the
results
of
the
first
approximation
obtained
in
part
by
use
of
this
solution
u
r
curves
distance
time
curves
and
the
changing
feature
of
distributions
of
velocity
pressure
and
density
behind
the
shock
front
are
discussed
further
the
approximate
solution
of
the
equation
is
discussed
by
a
refinement
of
the
wkb
method
due
to
imai
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
655
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
boundary
layer
displacement
and
leading
edge
bluntness
on
pressure
distribution
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
of
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
results
are
presented
of
an
investigation
to
determine
the
effect
of
boundary
layer
displacement
and
leading
edge
bluntness
on
surfaces
in
hypersonic
flow
the
presence
of
the
boundary
layer
and
the
blunt
leading
edge
induce
pressure
gradients
which
in
turn
affect
the
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
to
the
surface
methods
for
predicting
these
phenomena
on
two
dimensional
surfaces
are
given
and
a
brief
review
of
recent
three
dimensional
results
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
656
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
departure
from
dissociation
equilibrium
in
a
hypersonic
nozzle
the
equations
of
motion
for
the
flow
of
an
ideal
dissociating
gas
through
a
nearly
conical
nozzle
have
been
solved
numerically
assuming
a
simple
equation
for
the
rate
of
dissociation
and
a
number
of
different
values
of
the
rate
constant
the
results
of
these
calculations
suggest
that
deviations
from
dissociation
equilibrium
will
occur
in
the
nozzle
if
the
rate
constant
lies
within
a
very
wide
range
of
values
they
also
suggest
that
once
such
a
deviation
has
begun
the
gas
will
very
rapidly
freeze
so
that
the
dissociation
fraction
will
remain
almost
constant
if
the
flow
is
expanded
further
or
even
if
it
passes
through
a
constant
area
test
section
an
approximate
method
of
solution
making
use
of
this
property
of
sudden
freezing
of
the
flow
has
been
developed
and
applied
to
the
problem
of
estimating
the
deviations
from
equilibrium
under
a
wide
range
of
conditions
if
all
the
assumptions
made
in
this
report
are
accepted
then
lack
of
dissociation
equilibrium
may
be
expected
in
the
working
sections
of
hypersonic
wind
tunnels
and
hypersonic
shock
tubes
it
is
shown
however
that
the
flow
behind
a
normal
shock
wave
in
such
a
wind
tunnel
will
not
be
greatly
affected
by
any
freezing
that
may
take
place
in
the
nozzle
upstream
of
the
shock
wave
even
so
the
stand
off
distance
of
a
shock
wave
in
front
of
a
blunt
model
may
be
quite
sensitive
to
deviations
from
equilibrium
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
657
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
interferometric
studies
of
supersonic
flows
about
truncated
cones
fringe
shifts
on
interferograms
of
flows
at
m
about
variously
truncated
half
angle
cone
cylinders
in
free
flight
in
a
pressurized
range
have
been
examined
for
similarity
of
the
flow
fields
occurrence
of
scale
effects
and
convergence
to
conical
flow
it
was
found
that
flows
over
similar
objects
with
equal
tip
reynolds
numbers
were
similar
and
that
convergence
to
conical
flow
occurred
before
the
disturbance
at
the
tip
had
been
reflected
the
second
time
along
characteristics
to
the
body
density
distributions
have
been
determined
and
a
number
of
comparisons
have
been
made
with
theoretical
predictions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
658
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
review
of
panel
flutter
and
effects
of
aerodynamic
noise
part
i
panel
flutter
with
the
development
of
high
speed
aircraft
and
missiles
vibration
of
panels
has
become
a
problem
of
practical
significance
many
of
the
failures
of
the
early
german
rockets
after
attaining
supersonic
speed
have
been
attributed
to
the
development
of
such
panel
oscillations
it
appears
this
phenomenon
is
not
of
much
concern
in
the
subsonic
speed
range
however
in
the
supersonic
speed
range
panels
may
develop
oscillations
which
cause
instability
of
the
structure
this
effect
has
been
exhibited
experimentally
under
controlled
laboratory
conditions
motion
is
limited
and
buckling
may
not
be
a
serious
design
problem
in
these
cases
panel
flutter
is
still
of
importance
because
of
its
effect
on
the
fatigue
life
and
the
allowable
stresses
for
design
of
the
panel
material
the
oscillations
of
panels
may
be
due
either
to
aerodynamic
force
induced
by
the
motion
of
the
panel
or
to
aerodynamic
noise
or
buffeting
irregular
motion
induced
by
turbulence
in
the
flow
the
interaction
between
aerodynamic
forces
and
panel
motions
usually
referred
to
as
panel
flutter
has
been
investigated
by
several
workers
in
recent
years
since
the
problem
is
too
complex
to
be
dealt
with
in
its
entirety
simplifying
assumptions
have
been
made
in
these
investigations
the
literature
is
marked
by
a
certain
degree
of
controversy
over
the
validity
of
these
assumptions
and
the
applicability
of
the
results
obtained
a
brief
review
of
the
literature
with
reference
to
several
of
the
approximations
made
and
the
results
obtained
follows
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
659
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
nonuniform
shear
flow
past
cylinders
a
general
method
is
described
whereby
an
approximation
of
any
desired
degree
of
accuracy
to
the
stream
functions
for
two
types
of
variable
shear
flows
past
finite
cylinders
can
be
obtained
the
two
shear
distributions
in
the
free
stream
can
be
approximated
to
the
linear
shear
distribution
and
the
shear
present
in
an
unretarded
incompressible
boundary
layer
respectively
in
every
case
the
stagnation
streamline
is
displaced
from
the
position
opposite
the
line
of
symmetry
of
the
cylinder
and
general
expressions
are
obtained
for
this
displacement
the
line
of
symmetry
may
be
in
the
direction
of
or
perpendicular
to
the
direction
of
flow
the
two
particular
examples
cited
are
those
of
a
general
elliptic
cylinder
and
cylinders
of
the
form
where
and
being
the
polar
coordinates
and
p
the
maximum
width
of
the
cylinder
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
66
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
effects
of
joint
conductivity
on
the
temperature
and
thermal
stresses
in
aerodynamically
heated
skin
stiffener
combinations
temperatures
and
thermal
stresses
in
typical
skin
stiffener
combinations
of
winglike
structures
subjected
to
aerodynamic
heating
have
been
obtained
with
the
aid
of
an
electronic
differential
analyzer
variations
were
made
in
an
aerodynamic
heat
transfer
parameter
in
a
joint
conductivity
parameter
and
in
the
ratio
of
skin
width
to
skin
thickness
the
results
which
are
presented
in
nondimensional
form
indicate
that
decreasing
the
joint
conductivity
parameter
lowers
both
the
interior
and
the
average
temperature
ratios
increases
the
peak
thermal
stress
ratios
in
the
skin
and
may
considerably
increase
the
peak
stiffener
stress
ratios
increasing
the
aerodynamic
heat
transfer
parameter
decreases
the
interior
and
average
temperature
ratios
increases
the
peak
skin
stress
ratios
somewhat
but
greatly
increases
the
peak
stiffener
stress
ratios
and
increasing
the
ratio
of
skin
width
to
skin
thickness
produces
only
moderate
decreases
in
the
peak
skin
stress
ratios
while
moderately
increasing
the
peak
stiffener
stress
ratios
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
660
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
fundamental
solution
for
small
steady
three
dimensional
disturbances
to
a
two
dimensional
parallel
shear
flow
after
a
brief
review
of
methods
of
calculating
the
flow
fields
produced
by
disturbances
in
rotational
basic
flows
the
author
points
out
a
fundamental
difficulty
in
the
treated
as
a
perturbation
of
the
disturbance
field
that
would
occur
if
the
basic
flow
were
uniform
slow
attenuation
of
the
secondary
flow
disturbance
with
distance
from
the
obstacle
the
author
conjectured
same
j
the
trouble
was
caused
by
nonuniform
validity
of
the
approximation
sequence
in
the
region
far
from
the
obstacle
the
analogy
with
stokes'
and
whitehead's
paradoxes
is
mentioned
and
a
solution
analogous
to
oseen's
is
suggested
one
in
which
disturbances
but
not
the
shear
are
assumed
to
be
small
in
this
paper
such
a
solution
is
found
and
is
shown
to
overlap
with
the
small
shear
secondary
flow
solution
the
basic
flow
is
a
parallel
steady
inviscid
two
dimensional
shear
flow
the
fundamental
solution
due
to
a
weak
source
is
sought
the
method
of
fourier
transforms
is
used
simple
solutions
are
found
for
a
uniformly
sheared
basic
flow
where
the
result
coincides
with
the
secondary
flow
solution
and
for
an
exponential
basic
flow
profile
in
the
general
case
it
is
assumed
that
the
parallel
basic
flow
becomes
uniform
at
where
the
x
axis
lies
in
the
flow
direction
the
character
of
the
solution
is
determined
by
studying
its
hankel
transform
especially
for
the
class
of
flows
where
the
total
variation
of
the
basic
stream
speed
v
y
is
small
an
interpretation
in
terms
of
images
due
to
m
b
glauert
is
given
and
finally
the
relationship
of
the
present
work
to
theories
of
the
displacement
of
the
stagnation
streamline
displacement
effect
of
pitot
tubes
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
661
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
summary
of
laminar
boundary
layer
solutions
for
wedge
type
flow
over
convection
and
transpiration
cooled
surfaces
a
summary
of
exact
solutions
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
for
wedge
type
flow
useful
in
estimating
heat
transfer
to
such
arbitrarily
shaped
bodies
as
turbine
blades
is
presented
the
solutions
are
determined
for
small
mach
numbers
and
a
prandtl
number
at
the
wall
of
ranges
of
mainstream
pressure
gradients
and
rates
of
coolant
flow
through
a
porous
wall
are
considered
for
the
following
cases
small
temperature
changes
in
the
boundary
layer
along
a
constant
and
along
a
variable
temperature
wall
and
large
temperature
changes
in
the
boundary
layer
along
a
constant
temperature
wall
dimensionless
forms
of
heat
transfer
and
friction
parameters
and
boundary
layer
thicknesses
are
tabulated
the
results
indicate
that
coolant
emission
and
increased
stream
to
wall
temperature
ratios
diminished
the
friction
and
heat
transfer
for
a
constant
wall
temperature
for
a
variable
wall
temperature
with
small
temperature
differences
in
the
boundary
layer
the
friction
was
unaffected
but
the
heat
transfer
was
greatly
increased
for
increased
wall
temperature
gradient
heat
transfer
results
in
the
literature
reveal
that
transpiration
cooling
is
much
more
effective
for
prandtl
numbers
of
the
order
of
than
for
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
662
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
and
experimental
investigation
of
aerodynamic
heating
and
isothermal
heat
transfer
parameters
on
a
hemisphere
nose
with
laminar
boundary
layer
at
supersonic
mach
numbers
the
effect
of
a
strong
negative
pressure
gradient
upon
the
local
rate
of
heat
transfer
through
a
laminar
boundary
layer
on
the
isothermal
surface
of
an
electrically
heated
cylindrical
body
of
revolution
with
a
hemispherical
nose
was
determined
from
wind
tunnel
tests
at
a
mach
number
of
the
investigation
indicated
that
the
local
heat
transfer
parameter
based
on
flow
conditions
just
outside
the
boundary
layer
decreased
from
a
value
of
at
the
stagnation
point
of
the
hemisphere
to
a
value
of
at
the
junction
with
the
cylindrical
afterbody
because
measurements
of
the
static
pressure
distribution
over
the
hemisphere
indicated
that
the
local
flow
pattern
tended
to
become
stationary
as
the
free
stream
mach
number
was
increased
to
this
distribution
of
heat
transfer
parameter
is
believed
representative
of
all
mach
numbers
greater
than
and
of
temperatures
less
than
that
of
dissociation
the
local
heat
transfer
parameter
was
independent
of
reynolds
number
based
on
body
diameter
in
the
range
from
x
to
x
the
measured
distribution
of
heat
transfer
parameter
agreed
within
theoretical
distribution
calculated
with
foreknowledge
only
of
the
pressure
distribution
about
the
body
this
method
applicable
to
any
body
of
revolution
with
an
isothermal
surface
combines
the
mangler
transformation
stewartson
transformation
and
thermal
solutions
to
the
falkner
skan
wedge
flow
problem
and
thus
evaluates
the
heat
transfer
rate
in
axisymmetric
compressible
flow
in
terms
of
the
known
heat
transfer
rate
in
an
approximately
equivalent
two
dimensional
incompressible
flow
measurements
of
recovery
temperature
distributions
at
mach
numbers
of
and
yielded
local
recovery
factors
having
an
average
value
of
on
the
hemisphere
which
increased
abruptly
at
the
shoulder
to
an
average
value
of
on
the
cylindrical
afterbody
this
result
suggests
that
the
usual
representation
of
the
laminar
recovery
factor
as
the
square
root
of
the
prandtl
number
is
conservative
in
the
presence
of
a
strong
accelerating
pressure
gradient
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
663
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscous
flow
along
a
flat
plate
moving
at
high
speeds
by
the
distortion
of
coordinates
it
is
shown
that
in
the
case
of
supersonic
viscous
flow
past
a
flat
plate
the
boundary
layer
and
simple
wave
theories
can
be
combined
to
give
a
complete
representation
of
the
velocity
and
pressure
fields
consistent
first
order
solutions
are
considered
an
expression
for
the
induced
pressure
on
the
plate
correct
to
the
second
order
is
obtained
at
high
mach
numbers
the
important
parameter
satisfies
the
hypersonic
similarity
law
and
for
arbitrary
mach
and
reynolds
numbers
and
for
different
gases
the
theoretical
curve
correlates
closely
the
experimental
data
asymptotic
shock
curve
and
skin
friction
coefficient
are
also
deduced
but
the
experimental
verifications
are
yet
to
be
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
664
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
in
a
stream
with
uniform
shear
the
incompressible
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
semi
infinite
flat
plate
is
considered
when
the
main
stream
has
uniform
shear
a
solution
is
obtained
for
the
first
two
terms
of
an
asymptotic
solution
for
small
viscosity
it
is
shown
that
one
of
the
principal
effects
of
free
stream
vorticity
is
to
introduce
a
modified
pressure
field
outside
the
boundary
layer
region
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
665
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
theory
of
hypersonic
gas
flow
with
a
power
law
shock
wave
plane
and
axisymmetric
hypersonic
gas
flows
are
considered
with
shock
waves
of
very
great
intensity
that
have
a
power
law
form
on
the
basis
of
an
investigation
of
the
portions
of
the
flow
with
high
entropy
adjoining
the
surface
of
the
body
not
necessarily
for
a
shock
wave
of
the
given
form
it
is
shown
that
the
use
in
the
flow
problem
of
the
exact
solution
for
the
corresponding
unsteady
self
similar
gas
motion
requires
a
supplementary
refinement
of
the
thickness
of
the
high
entropy
layer
a
method
is
shown
for
introducing
such
a
correction
and
constructing
the
shape
of
the
body
contour
on
which
is
to
be
applied
the
pressure
distribution
obtained
on
the
basis
of
the
theory
of
small
disturbances
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
666
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
blunt
body
heat
transfer
at
hypersonic
speed
and
low
reynolds
numbers
an
analytical
method
for
the
determination
of
effect
of
shock
curvature
on
heat
transfer
in
the
region
of
the
nose
has
been
developed
it
is
shown
that
for
practical
body
shape
the
viscous
terms
in
the
navier
stokes
equations
are
not
important
in
the
region
of
the
flow
far
from
the
wall
and
the
displacement
thickness
can
be
neglected
then
the
flow
can
be
approximately
represented
by
an
inviscid
flow
solution
having
as
boundary
conditions
the
body
shape
which
is
not
affected
by
the
reynolds
number
and
by
a
boundary
layer
type
of
flow
near
the
wall
having
appropriate
boundary
conditions
this
approach
permits
us
to
determine
the
heat
transfer
in
the
region
of
the
nose
even
at
very
low
reynolds
numbers
experimental
results
are
presented
the
experimental
results
agree
with
the
values
given
by
the
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
667
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
shock
layer
theory
of
the
stagnation
region
at
low
reynolds
number
cheng
h
k
hypersonic
flow
at
low
reynolds
number
is
studied
utilizing
the
shock
layer
concept
the
present
formulation
takes
into
account
the
salient
features
of
the
transport
processes
within
the
shock
layer
in
a
manner
consistent
with
the
shock
layer
approximation
the
rankine
hugoniot
shock
relations
are
modified
to
include
contributions
due
to
heat
conduction
and
viscous
effects
immediately
behind
the
shock
the
specific
problem
of
an
axisymmetric
stagnation
region
is
treated
the
flow
regimes
for
this
problem
can
be
classified
according
to
whether
or
not
the
transport
effects
are
important
immediately
behind
the
shock
in
one
regime
where
the
ordinary
rankine
hugoniot
relations
hold
across
the
shock
the
vorticity
interaction
theory
based
on
the
boundary
layer
approximation
is
shown
to
be
sufficient
in
the
other
regime
where
the
rankine
hugoniot
relations
have
to
be
modified
but
the
continuum
flow
model
applies
an
approximate
an
analytical
solution
is
obtained
this
solution
reveals
a
substantial
reduction
of
the
temperature
behind
the
shock
and
of
the
shock
stand
off
distance
in
the
presence
of
strong
surface
cooling
the
present
study
is
intended
to
provide
a
knowledge
to
bridge
the
gap
between
the
free
molecule
flow
regime
and
that
of
the
boundary
layer
via
the
continuum
theory
in
this
respect
the
solution
obtained
appears
to
be
satisfactory
in
that
it
yields
the
correct
free
molecule
limits
for
the
skin
friction
and
surface
heat
transfer
rate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
668
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurements
of
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
at
low
reynolds
number
measurements
of
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
are
presented
in
the
reynolds
number
range
between
the
free
molecular
flow
and
the
range
where
modified
boundary
layer
theory
still
applies
the
measurements
are
compared
with
the
analytical
methods
set
forth
by
ferri
zakkay
and
ting
the
results
show
smooth
transition
between
the
two
regions
and
indicate
that
the
predicted
reynolds
number
for
which
the
modified
boundary
layer
theory
can
be
used
is
in
agreement
with
experiments
in
the
lower
range
of
reynolds
number
the
ratio
of
decreases
and
reaches
a
value
of
at
a
reynolds
number
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
669
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
subsonic
potential
flow
past
a
sphere
inside
a
cylindrical
duct
the
subsonic
potential
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
past
a
sphere
in
an
infinite
medium
was
first
determined
by
rayleigh
subsequently
caplan
and
tamada
extended
the
solution
to
include
the
fourth
power
of
the
mach
number
to
the
author's
knowledge
no
solution
for
subsonic
flow
past
a
sphere
in
a
finite
medium
has
been
published
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
present
a
solution
for
subsonic
potential
flow
past
a
sphere
inside
a
circular
cylindrical
duct
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
67
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
dynamic
stability
of
vehicles
traversing
ascending
or
descending
paths
through
the
atmosphere
an
analysis
is
given
of
the
oscillatory
motions
of
vehicles
which
traverse
ascending
and
descending
paths
through
the
atmosphere
at
high
speed
the
specific
case
of
a
skip
path
is
examined
in
detail
and
this
leads
to
a
form
of
solution
for
the
oscillatory
motion
which
should
recur
over
any
trajectory
the
distinguishing
feature
of
this
form
is
the
appearance
of
the
bessel
rather
than
the
trigonometric
function
as
the
characteristic
mode
of
oscillation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
670
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
blunt
body
heat
transfer
at
hypersonic
speed
and
low
reynolds
number
a
discussion
of
differences
arising
between
experimental
and
analytical
results
in
particular
those
due
to
inconsistencies
introduced
in
the
presentation
of
data
and
the
way
the
comparison
is
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
671
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
and
boundary
layer
measurements
on
a
two
dimensional
wing
at
low
speed
results
are
given
of
pressure
measurements
and
boundary
layer
traverses
on
a
two
dimensional
wing
with
per
cent
rae
section
at
reynolds
numbers
of
x
and
x
these
results
which
have
been
integrated
to
give
lift
drag
and
aerodynamic
centre
characteristics
are
used
to
check
some
calculation
methods
for
the
growth
of
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
and
for
the
effect
of
a
known
boundary
layer
on
the
pressure
distribution
it
is
concluded
that
the
calculation
of
the
boundary
layer
still
needs
a
little
refinement
before
it
is
accurate
enough
to
predict
viscosity
effects
on
pressure
distribution
lift
drag
and
aerodynamic
center
but
that
these
effects
can
be
calculated
if
the
actual
boundary
layer
characteristics
are
known
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
672
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tunnel
interference
effects
the
problems
of
solid
blockage
wake
blockage
lift
effect
and
the
influence
of
boundary
constraint
at
high
mach
number
are
considered
in
detail
corrections
are
given
for
various
open
and
closed
tunnels
rectangular
circular
and
octagonal
and
different
speeds
two
and
three
dimensional
flows
with
several
aerofoils
and
wings
other
interferences
include
the
wall
boundary
layer
gradient
of
static
pressure
and
problems
with
the
working
fluid
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
673
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
full
scale
split
trailing
edge
wing
flaps
with
various
chords
and
hinge
locations
an
investigation
was
conducted
in
the
n
a
c
a
full
scale
wind
tunnel
on
a
small
parasol
monoplane
equipped
with
three
different
split
trailing
edge
wing
flaps
the
object
of
the
investigation
was
to
determine
and
correlate
data
on
the
characteristics
of
the
airplane
and
flaps
as
affected
by
variation
in
flap
chord
flap
deflection
and
flap
location
along
the
wing
chord
the
chords
of
the
flaps
were
and
percent
of
the
wing
chord
and
each
flap
was
tested
at
deflections
from
to
when
located
successively
at
and
percent
of
the
wing
chord
aft
of
the
leading
edge
the
investigation
included
force
tests
pressure
distribution
tests
and
downwash
surveys
the
results
give
the
lift
the
drag
and
the
pitching
moment
characteristics
of
the
airplane
the
flap
forces
and
moments
the
pressure
distribution
over
the
flaps
and
wing
at
one
section
and
the
downwash
characteristics
of
the
flap
and
wing
combinations
an
increase
in
flap
chord
or
distance
of
the
flap
from
the
leading
edge
of
the
wing
increased
the
lift
of
the
airplane
but
had
an
adverse
effect
on
the
wing
pitching
moment
the
ld
ratio
of
the
airplane
decreased
with
increase
in
flap
deflection
or
flap
chord
flap
normal
force
coefficients
were
primarily
a
function
of
flap
deflection
and
were
relatively
independent
of
flap
chord
hinge
axis
location
and
airplane
attitude
the
location
of
the
flap
center
of
pressure
in
percentage
of
flap
chord
aft
of
the
hinge
axis
remained
practically
constant
irrespective
of
airplane
attitude
and
of
flap
deflection
chord
or
location
flap
hinge
moment
coefficients
varied
with
a
power
of
flap
chord
greater
than
the
square
so
that
with
regard
to
hinge
moments
narrow
flaps
were
the
most
efficient
in
producing
a
given
increase
in
lift
split
trailing
edge
flaps
materially
affected
the
magnitude
and
distribution
of
pressures
over
the
entire
wing
profile
at
low
angles
of
attack
the
predominant
effect
of
the
flaps
was
to
increase
positively
the
lower
surface
pressures
at
high
angles
of
attack
to
increase
negatively
the
upper
surface
pressures
downwash
surveys
indicated
that
horizontal
tail
planes
located
above
the
wing
chord
line
would
be
more
effective
than
those
below
the
chord
in
counteracting
the
increased
diving
moment
of
the
airplane
with
flaps
deflected
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
674
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
shapes
and
lift
dependent
drags
on
some
sweptback
wings
designed
for
m
the
camber
and
twist
distributions
needed
to
produce
a
constant
span
wise
distribution
and
certain
linear
chordwise
load
distributions
have
been
calculated
by
linearised
supersonic
theory
at
for
a
set
of
thin
sweptback
wings
the
wing
planforms
cover
a
range
of
aspect
ratios
from
to
and
leading
edge
sweep
angles
from
to
both
leading
and
trailing
edges
are
subsonic
at
the
design
mach
number
and
the
slenderness
parameter
is
between
and
the
lift
dependent
vortex
and
wave
drags
associated
with
these
loadings
have
also
been
calculated
and
appear
not
to
be
excessive
in
almost
all
the
cases
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
675
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distribution
and
surface
flow
on
and
thick
wings
with
curved
tip
and
degree
sweepback
extensive
tables
are
given
of
pressure
coefficients
measured
at
reynolds
numbers
from
x
to
x
on
two
half
models
of
identical
planform
with
rae
and
rae
streamwise
sections
the
planform
of
aspect
ratio
has
a
straight
trailing
edge
with
degree
of
sweepback
constant
chord
over
most
of
the
span
and
a
parabolic
outer
portion
of
the
leading
edge
curving
to
a
pointed
tip
the
overall
wing
characteristics
are
obtained
from
integrated
normal
pressures
and
are
compared
with
lifting
surface
theory
the
low
speed
experimental
pressure
distributions
and
surface
oil
flow
patterns
are
analysed
and
discussed
in
relation
to
the
onset
of
separation
and
the
distinct
vortex
flows
that
develop
at
high
incidence
series
of
contrasting
upper
surface
isobars
illustrate
some
features
of
the
different
stalling
processes
of
the
two
wings
the
direct
influence
of
the
main
vortex
on
local
surface
pressures
is
assessed
in
general
terms
a
fuller
appraisal
of
secondary
surface
flow
is
obtained
from
the
oil
patterns
observations
in
water
and
measurements
of
high
suction
near
the
trailing
edge
studies
of
the
extent
of
leading
edge
stall
and
location
of
part
span
vortices
in
particular
two
simultaneous
leading
edge
vortices
on
the
thinner
wing
follow
from
further
analysis
of
local
surface
pressures
after
a
detailed
discussion
of
the
effect
of
reynolds
number
and
the
distinct
types
of
separated
flow
a
few
results
with
leading
edge
roughness
are
considered
in
relation
to
scale
effect
on
separation
and
the
extensive
influence
of
part
span
roughness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
676
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
simple
method
for
calculating
the
span
and
chordwise
loading
on
straight
and
swept
wings
of
any
aspect
ratio
at
subsonic
speeds
the
methods
of
the
classical
aerofoil
theory
are
used
to
derive
a
general
theory
for
wings
of
any
given
planform
the
load
over
the
whole
surface
of
a
given
wing
can
be
calculated
at
a
given
subcritical
mach
number
and
the
procedure
is
as
simple
and
rapid
as
that
of
the
classical
aerofoil
theory
the
calculated
results
are
confirmed
by
experiments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
677
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
methods
for
calculating
the
lift
distribution
of
wings
subsonic
lifting
surface
theory
this
report
contains
some
fairly
simple
and
economic
methods
for
calculating
the
load
distribution
on
wings
of
any
plan
form
based
on
the
conceptions
of
lifting
surface
theory
the
computer
work
required
is
only
a
small
fraction
of
that
of
existing
methods
with
comparable
accuracy
this
is
achieved
by
a
very
careful
choice
of
the
positions
of
pivotal
points
by
plotting
once
for
all
those
parts
of
the
downwash
integral
which
occur
frequently
and
by
a
consequent
application
of
approximate
integration
methods
similar
to
those
devised
by
the
author
for
lifting
line
problems
the
basis
of
the
method
is
to
calculate
the
local
lift
and
pitching
moment
at
a
number
of
chordwise
sections
from
a
set
of
linear
equations
satisfying
the
downwash
conditions
at
two
pivotal
points
in
each
section
interpolation
functions
of
trigonometrical
form
are
used
for
spanwise
integration
both
in
setting
up
the
downwash
equations
and
in
getting
the
resultant
forces
on
the
wing
from
the
local
forces
the
preliminary
chordwise
integrations
for
the
downwash
are
predigested
in
a
series
of
charts
figs
it
is
these
which
make
the
method
a
practical
computing
proposition
the
theory
is
outlined
in
sections
section
deals
with
the
solution
of
the
linear
equation
and
section
with
the
resultant
forces
on
the
wing
some
examples
are
worked
out
in
section
to
compare
with
other
methods
one
solution
is
given
in
full
detail
in
tables
as
a
guide
for
computers
appendices
i
vi
discuss
more
carefully
some
salient
points
of
the
mathematical
theory
and
appendix
vii
is
intended
to
instruct
the
computer
how
to
carry
out
the
steps
of
the
calculation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
678
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
end
plates
on
swept
wings
existing
methods
of
calculating
the
effect
of
endplates
on
straight
wings
are
modified
so
as
to
apply
to
swept
wings
the
changes
in
overall
lift
and
drag
and
also
the
spanwise
distribution
of
the
additional
load
can
be
calculated
the
theoretical
results
are
compared
with
experimental
results
obtained
on
swept
wings
including
new
measurements
of
lift
drag
and
pitching
moment
made
on
an
untapered
the
method
of
calculation
is
also
extended
to
cover
the
effect
of
the
tip
vortex
which
is
formed
on
wings
without
endplates
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
679
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
low
speed
tests
on
sweptback
wings
this
report
contains
the
results
of
pressure
measurements
on
three
and
aspect
ratio
over
an
incidence
range
up
to
chordwise
and
spanwise
lift
distributions
are
given
mostly
near
the
centre
where
on
two
of
the
wings
modifications
had
been
made
to
the
section
shape
it
was
found
that
altering
the
thickness
distribution
in
the
centre
did
not
affect
the
loading
but
that
approximately
straight
isobars
could
be
obtained
at
values
of
below
about
by
the
incorporation
of
twist
and
camber
in
the
central
part
the
distortion
of
the
lift
distribution
in
the
centre
could
be
avoided
at
one
particular
incidence
and
thus
the
same
chordwise
distribution
obtained
over
most
of
the
span
twist
and
camber
alone
do
not
improve
the
isobar
pattern
and
therefore
a
thickness
modification
would
be
needed
to
give
the
desired
lift
distribution
and
isobar
pattern
at
one
particular
incidence
the
results
of
experimental
investigations
of
the
boundary
layer
and
of
the
effect
of
aspect
ratio
will
be
given
in
a
later
report
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
68
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
aspects
of
air
helium
simulation
and
hypersonic
approximations
some
illustrations
of
the
differences
that
may
be
expected
between
results
obtained
in
hypersonic
wind
tunnels
that
employ
air
and
results
obtained
in
those
that
employ
helium
as
the
test
medium
imperfect
gas
effects
are
not
considered
are
compiled
and
presented
herein
simple
expressions
are
presented
that
demonstrate
the
possibility
of
simulating
air
results
in
helium
tests
and
of
transforming
helium
data
to
equivalent
air
data
nonviscous
and
viscous
simulations
are
considered
in
most
cases
the
methods
and
the
general
forms
of
the
expressions
for
simulation
that
are
derived
are
applicable
to
any
two
ideal
gases
having
different
ratios
of
specific
heats
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
680
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
generalized
conical
flow
fields
in
supersonic
wing
theory
linearized
compressible
flow
analysis
is
applied
to
the
study
of
quasi
conical
supersonic
wing
theory
single
integral
equations
are
derived
which
relate
either
the
loading
to
the
shape
of
a
lifting
surface
or
the
thickness
of
a
symmetrical
wing
to
the
pressure
distribution
for
triangular
wings
with
subsonic
leading
edges
the
forms
of
these
equations
and
their
inversions
are
simplified
through
the
introduction
of
the
finite
part
and
the
generalized
principal
part
of
an
integral
applications
of
the
theory
in
the
lifting
case
include
previously
known
results
in
the
nonlifting
case
it
is
shown
that
for
a
specified
pressure
distribution
the
theory
does
not
always
predict
a
unique
thickness
distribution
this
is
demonstrated
for
a
triangular
plan
form
having
a
constant
pressure
gradient
in
the
stream
direction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
681
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
integrals
and
integral
equations
in
linearized
wing
theory
the
formulas
of
subsonic
and
supersonic
wing
theory
for
source
doublet
and
vortex
distributions
are
reviewed
and
a
systematic
presentation
is
provided
which
relates
these
distributions
to
the
pressure
and
to
the
vertical
induced
velocity
in
the
plane
of
the
wing
it
is
shown
that
care
must
be
used
in
treating
the
singularities
involved
in
the
analysis
and
that
the
order
of
integration
is
not
always
reversible
concepts
suggested
by
the
irreversibility
of
order
of
integration
are
shown
to
be
useful
in
the
inversion
of
singular
integral
equations
when
operational
techniques
are
used
a
number
of
examples
are
given
to
illustrate
the
methods
presented
attention
being
directed
to
supersonic
flight
speeds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
682
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
lift
of
twisted
and
cambered
wings
in
supersonic
flow
a
generalised
conical
flow
theory
is
used
to
deduce
an
integral
equation
relating
the
velocity
potential
on
a
delta
wing
with
subsonic
leading
edges
to
the
given
downwash
distribution
over
the
wing
the
complete
solution
of
this
integral
equation
is
derived
this
complete
solution
is
composed
of
two
parts
one
being
symmetric
and
the
other
antisymmetric
with
respect
to
the
spanwise
co
ordinate
each
part
represents
a
velocity
potential
for
example
if
y
is
the
spanwise
co
ordinate
and
x
is
measured
in
the
free
stream
direction
then
a
downwash
of
the
form
w
a
ux
y
is
symmetric
and
will
give
rise
to
a
symmetric
potential
whereas
w
a
ux
y
sgn
y
is
anti
symmetric
and
gives
rise
to
an
anti
symmetric
potential
the
velocity
potentials
of
such
flows
are
given
in
the
form
of
tables
for
all
downwashes
up
to
and
including
homogenous
cubics
in
the
spanwise
and
streamwise
co
ordinates
table
iii
gives
similar
formulae
in
the
limiting
case
were
used
over
a
cycle
of
the
tumbling
motion
the
analytical
expression
was
in
good
agreement
with
numerical
solutions
of
the
complete
non
linear
equations
of
motion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
683
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
conical
camber
to
produce
flow
attachment
at
the
leading
edge
of
a
delta
wing
and
to
minimize
the
lift
dependent
drag
at
sonic
and
supersonic
speeds
in
an
attempt
to
avoid
flow
separation
at
the
leading
edge
of
a
thin
delta
wing
with
subsonic
leading
edges
an
attachment
line
is
prescribed
there
this
is
done
by
requiring
the
load
as
predicted
by
attached
flow
theory
to
vanish
along
the
leading
edge
at
the
design
lift
coefficient
for
sonic
speed
a
complete
account
of
this
flow
is
given
in
terms
of
slender
wing
theory
and
the
load
distributions
corresponding
to
arbitrary
conical
camber
are
calculated
for
supersonic
speeds
load
distributions
arising
in
the
slender
wing
theory
are
considered
and
the
corresponding
conical
camber
distributions
are
found
by
linearized
theory
the
lift
dependent
drag
for
a
given
lift
is
then
minimized
with
respect
to
the
coefficients
of
a
linear
combination
of
these
load
distributions
it
is
found
that
the
lift
dependent
drag
factor
for
these
conically
cambered
wings
approaches
the
value
it
takes
for
the
attached
flow
in
which
leading
edge
suction
occurs
past
the
uncambered
wing
at
the
same
mach
number
as
more
terms
are
included
in
the
linear
combination
however
when
the
leading
edge
is
almost
sonic
an
appreciable
reduction
is
predicted
the
corresponding
load
distributions
and
wing
shapes
are
calculated
and
drawn
the
optimum
shapes
for
a
fixed
number
of
terms
resemble
flat
plates
drooped
downwards
near
their
edges
so
that
the
localised
leading
edge
suction
is
replaced
by
a
distributed
force
on
a
forward
facing
surface
producing
an
effect
of
similar
magnitude
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
684
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tables
of
complete
elliptic
integrals
the
present
paper
contains
a
set
of
tables
of
complete
elliptic
integrals
computed
and
collected
especially
for
applications
to
certain
dynamical
problems
the
tabulated
functions
are
four
in
number
and
are
denoted
by
f
a
g
a
e
a
and
a
b
respectively
the
definitions
of
these
functions
and
their
connections
with
the
functions
of
legendre
will
be
discussed
in
the
following
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
685
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
effects
of
some
configuration
variables
on
the
aeroelastic
characteristics
of
lifting
surfaces
at
mach
numbers
from
to
results
of
flutter
tests
on
some
simple
all
movable
control
type
models
are
given
one
set
of
models
which
had
a
square
planform
with
double
wedge
airfoils
with
four
different
values
of
leading
and
trailing
edge
radii
from
to
percent
chord
and
airfoil
thicknesses
of
at
mach
numbers
from
to
the
bending
to
torsion
frequency
ratio
was
about
the
other
set
of
models
which
had
a
tapered
planform
with
single
wedge
and
double
wedge
airfoils
with
thicknesses
of
and
percent
chord
was
tested
at
mach
numbers
from
to
and
a
frequency
ratio
of
about
the
tests
indicate
that
in
general
increasing
thickness
has
a
destabilizing
effect
at
the
higher
mach
numbers
but
is
stabilizing
at
subsonic
and
transonic
mach
numbers
double
wedge
airfoils
are
more
prone
to
flutter
than
single
wedge
airfoils
at
comparable
stiffness
levels
increasing
airfoil
bluntness
has
a
stabilizing
effect
on
the
flutter
boundary
at
supersonic
speeds
but
has
a
negligible
effect
at
subsonic
speeds
however
increasing
bluntness
may
also
lead
to
divergence
at
supersonic
speeds
results
of
calculations
using
second
order
piston
theory
aerodynamics
in
conjunction
with
a
coupled
mode
analysis
and
an
uncoupled
mode
analysis
are
compared
with
the
experimental
results
for
the
sharp
edge
airfoils
at
supersonic
speeds
the
uncoupled
mode
analysis
more
accurately
predicted
the
flutter
characteristics
of
the
tapered
planform
models
whereas
the
coupled
mode
analysis
was
somewhat
better
for
the
square
planform
models
for
both
the
uncoupled
and
coupled
mode
analyses
agreement
with
the
experimental
results
improved
with
increasing
mach
number
in
general
both
methods
of
analysis
gave
unconservative
results
with
respect
to
the
experimental
flutter
boundaries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
686
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flutter
tests
of
some
simple
models
at
a
mach
number
of
in
helium
flow
results
of
hypersonic
flutter
tests
on
some
simple
models
are
presented
the
models
had
rectangular
plan
forms
of
panel
aspect
ratio
no
sweepback
and
bending
to
torsion
frequency
ratios
of
about
two
airfoil
sections
were
included
in
the
tests
double
wedges
of
and
percent
thickness
and
flat
plates
with
straight
parallel
sides
and
beveled
leading
and
trailing
edges
the
models
were
supported
by
a
cantilevered
shaft
the
double
wedge
wings
were
tested
in
helium
at
a
mach
number
of
an
effect
of
airfoil
thickness
on
flutter
speed
was
found
thicker
wings
requiring
more
stiffness
to
avoid
flutter
a
few
tests
in
air
at
a
mach
number
of
showed
the
same
thickness
effect
and
also
indicated
that
tests
in
helium
would
predict
conservative
flutter
boundaries
in
air
the
data
in
air
and
helium
seemed
to
be
correlated
by
piston
theory
calculations
piston
theory
calculations
agreed
well
with
experiment
for
the
thinner
models
but
began
to
deviate
as
the
thickness
parameter
approached
and
exceeded
a
few
tests
on
flat
plate
models
with
various
elastic
axis
locations
were
made
piston
theory
calculations
would
not
satisfactorily
predict
the
flutter
of
these
models
probably
because
of
their
blunt
leading
edges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
687
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
oscillating
airfoils
at
high
mach
number
a
simple
formula
is
given
for
the
pressure
distribution
on
an
oscillating
airfoil
in
two
dimensional
flow
at
high
mach
number
the
formula
is
expected
to
be
reasonably
accurate
if
the
pressure
on
the
surface
remains
within
the
range
to
times
the
mainstream
pressure
to
illustrate
the
application
of
the
formula
some
results
for
symmetrical
airfoils
performing
pitching
oscillations
are
obtained
and
compared
with
results
obtained
from
existing
theories
in
the
case
of
high
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
688
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tables
of
aerodynamic
coefficients
obtained
from
developed
newtonian
expressions
for
complete
and
partial
conic
and
spheric
bodies
at
combined
angles
of
attack
and
sideslip
with
some
comparisons
with
hypersonic
experimental
data
closed
form
expressions
and
tables
composed
from
these
expressions
are
presented
for
complete
and
partial
conic
and
spheric
bodies
at
combined
angles
of
attack
and
sideslip
in
newtonian
flow
aerodynamic
coefficients
of
these
bodies
are
tabulated
for
various
body
segments
over
a
range
of
angles
of
attack
from
degree
to
degree
and
angles
of
sideslip
from
degree
to
degree
some
comparisons
between
newtonian
predictions
and
hypersonic
experimental
aerodynamic
characteristics
were
made
for
conic
bodies
having
various
surface
slopes
nose
bluntnesses
and
body
cross
sections
to
indicate
the
range
of
validity
of
the
theory
in
general
the
theory
is
shown
to
agree
quite
well
with
experimental
results
for
sharp
nose
complete
cones
and
for
configurations
having
large
blunted
noses
and
steep
surface
slopes
however
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
generally
is
poor
for
the
more
slender
slightly
blunted
complete
or
half
conic
bodies
and
also
for
sharp
nose
half
conic
bodies
where
real
flow
phenomena
such
as
forebody
interference
viscous
forces
leeward
surface
contributions
or
leading
edge
pressure
reductions
may
have
significant
effect
the
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
for
the
bodies
considered
can
be
improved
by
using
the
stagnation
pressure
coefficient
behind
a
normal
shock
rather
than
as
the
newtonian
coefficient
although
for
the
sharp
nose
half
conic
bodies
there
is
no
theoretical
justification
for
this
modification
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
689
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
the
laminar
aerodynamics
heat
transfer
characteristics
of
a
hemisphere
cylinder
in
the
langley
inch
hypersonic
tunnel
at
a
mach
number
of
a
program
to
investigate
the
aerodynamic
heat
transfer
of
a
nonisothermal
hemisphere
cylinder
has
been
conducted
in
the
langley
inch
hypersonic
tunnel
at
a
mach
number
of
and
a
reynolds
number
from
approximately
x
to
experimental
heat
transfer
coefficients
were
slightly
less
over
the
whole
body
than
those
predicted
by
the
theory
of
stine
and
wanlass
naca
technical
note
for
an
isothermal
surface
for
stations
within
of
the
stagnation
point
the
heat
transfer
coefficients
could
be
correlated
by
a
single
relation
between
local
stanton
number
and
local
reynolds
number
pitot
pressure
profiles
taken
at
a
mach
number
of
on
a
hemisphere
cylinder
have
verified
that
the
local
mach
number
or
velocity
outside
the
boundary
layer
required
in
the
theories
may
be
computed
from
the
surface
pressures
by
using
isentropic
flow
relations
and
conditions
immediately
behind
a
normal
shock
the
experimental
pressure
distribution
at
a
mach
number
of
velocity
gradients
calculated
at
the
stagnation
point
by
using
the
modified
newtonian
theory
vary
with
mach
number
and
are
in
good
agreement
with
those
obtained
from
measured
pressures
for
mach
numbers
from
to
at
the
stagnation
point
the
theory
of
sibulkin
in
which
the
diameter
and
conditions
behind
the
normal
shock
were
used
was
in
good
agreement
with
the
experiment
when
the
velocity
gradient
at
the
stagnation
point
appropriate
to
the
free
stream
mach
number
was
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
69
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
predicted
shock
envelopes
about
two
types
of
vehicles
at
large
angles
of
attack
methods
based
on
oblique
and
normal
shock
relationships
and
the
continuity
of
mass
flow
through
suitably
chosen
volume
elements
between
the
shock
and
body
were
developed
to
predict
shock
envelopes
about
two
types
of
vehicles
being
considered
for
atmosphere
entry
one
type
is
a
high
drag
capsule
shape
the
other
type
is
essentially
a
slender
triangular
wing
capable
of
providing
high
lift
or
high
drag
depending
on
the
angle
of
attack
predicted
and
measured
shock
envelopes
were
compared
for
a
mach
number
range
of
to
for
vehicles
at
high
angles
of
attack
good
agreement
was
found
most
of
the
available
experimental
data
were
in
a
speed
and
temperature
range
in
which
no
important
real
gas
effects
occurred
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
690
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigaion
of
the
flow
over
a
spiked
nose
hemisphere
cylinder
at
a
mach
number
of
the
shape
and
nature
of
the
flow
over
a
spiked
nose
hemisphere
cylinder
was
studied
in
detail
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
and
in
a
reynolds
number
range
based
on
diameter
and
stream
conditions
ahead
of
the
model
of
x
to
x
schlieren
photographs
showed
the
effect
of
varying
the
spike
length
and
reynolds
number
upon
the
shape
of
the
separated
boundary
and
upon
the
location
of
transition
the
heat
transfer
and
pressure
distribution
over
the
body
were
then
correlated
with
the
location
of
the
start
of
separation
the
location
of
reattachment
and
the
location
of
the
start
of
transition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
691
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculation
procedure
for
thermodynamic
transport
and
flow
properties
of
the
combustion
products
of
a
hydrocarbon
fuel
mixture
burned
in
air
with
results
for
ethylene
air
and
methane
air
mixtures
a
procedure
is
presented
whereby
the
composition
thermodynamic
properties
and
transport
properties
of
the
dissociated
combustion
products
of
a
fuel
consisting
of
a
mixed
hydrocarbon
compound
burned
in
air
may
be
calculated
equations
and
procedures
for
determining
supersonic
nozzle
ordinates
and
flow
properties
for
the
dissociated
combustion
products
are
presented
in
an
appendix
results
are
presented
for
the
respective
hydrocarbon
fuels
methane
and
ethylene
at
the
equivalence
ratios
of
and
for
pressures
varying
between
and
x
atmospheres
and
temperatures
from
degree
k
to
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
692
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
the
jet
effects
on
a
flat
surface
downstream
of
the
exit
of
a
simulated
turbojet
nacelle
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
an
investigation
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
was
made
to
determine
the
effects
of
a
propulsive
jet
on
a
wing
surface
located
in
the
vicinity
of
a
choked
convergent
nozzle
static
pressure
surveys
were
made
on
a
flat
surface
that
was
located
in
the
vicinity
of
the
propulsive
jet
the
nozzle
was
operated
over
a
range
of
exit
pressure
ratios
at
different
fixed
vertical
distances
from
the
flat
surface
within
the
scope
of
this
investigation
it
was
found
that
shock
waves
formed
in
the
external
flow
because
of
the
presence
of
the
propulsive
jet
impinged
on
the
flat
surface
and
greatly
altered
the
pressure
distribution
an
integration
of
this
pressure
distribution
with
the
location
of
the
propulsive
jet
exit
varied
from
propulsive
jet
exit
diameters
to
propulsive
jet
exit
diameters
below
the
wing
resulted
in
an
incremental
lift
for
all
jet
locations
that
was
equal
to
the
gross
thrust
at
an
exit
pressure
ratio
of
this
incremental
lift
increased
with
increase
in
exit
pressure
ratio
but
not
so
rapidly
as
the
thrust
increased
and
was
approximately
constant
at
any
given
exit
pressure
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
693
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
jet
effects
on
a
flat
surface
downstream
of
the
exit
of
a
simulated
turbojet
nacelle
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
an
investigation
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
utilizing
a
blowdown
type
tunnel
was
made
to
determine
the
effects
of
a
propulsive
jet
on
a
zero
angle
of
attack
wing
surface
located
in
the
vicinity
of
both
a
choked
convergent
nozzle
and
a
convergent
divergent
nozzle
staticpressure
surveys
were
made
on
a
flat
surface
that
was
located
in
the
vicinity
of
the
propulsive
jet
the
nozzles
were
operated
over
a
varied
range
of
both
exit
static
and
total
pressure
ratios
at
different
within
the
scope
of
this
investigation
it
was
found
that
shock
waves
formed
in
the
external
flow
because
of
the
presence
of
the
jet
exhaust
impinged
on
the
flat
surface
and
greatly
altered
the
pressure
distribution
an
integration
of
this
pressure
distribution
for
the
choked
convergent
nozzle
with
the
location
of
the
propulsive
jet
exit
varied
from
jet
exit
diameters
to
jet
exit
diameters
below
the
wing
surface
resulted
in
a
positive
incremental
normal
force
on
the
wing
at
all
positions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
694
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distribution
induced
on
a
flat
plate
by
a
supersonic
and
sonic
jet
exhaust
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
as
a
continuation
of
previous
research
at
mach
numbers
of
and
an
experimental
investigation
was
made
of
the
pressures
induced
on
a
flat
plate
by
a
propulsive
jet
exhausting
from
sonic
and
supersonic
nozzles
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
measurements
of
the
pressure
distribution
on
a
flat
plate
wing
were
made
at
zero
angle
of
attack
for
four
different
locations
of
the
jet
exhaust
nozzle
beneath
the
wing
both
a
choked
convergent
nozzle
and
a
convergent
divergent
nozzle
on
the
nacelle
were
used
the
nozzles
were
operated
at
nacelle
exit
total
pressure
ratios
from
to
and
the
reynolds
number
per
foot
was
approximately
x
two
distinct
shock
waves
impinged
on
the
wing
surface
and
greatly
altered
the
pressure
distribution
at
all
nozzle
positions
positive
incremental
normal
force
resulted
on
the
wing
at
all
positions
comparisons
are
presented
for
two
free
stream
mach
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
695
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
experiments
relating
to
the
problem
of
simulation
of
hot
jet
engines
in
studies
of
jet
effects
on
adjacent
surfaces
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
an
investigation
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
in
a
blowdown
type
tunnel
was
made
to
study
the
effect
on
the
pressure
distribution
of
a
zero
angle
of
attack
wing
surface
when
certain
exhaust
parameters
of
a
hot
turbojet
engine
are
varied
static
pressure
surveys
were
made
on
a
wing
surface
that
was
located
in
the
vicinity
of
a
small
scale
propulsive
jet
this
propulsive
jet
was
operated
with
four
types
of
jet
exhausts
these
jet
exhausts
were
a
hot
jet
hydrogen
burned
in
air
a
cold
air
jet
a
cold
helium
jet
and
a
jet
composed
of
a
mixture
of
two
cold
gases
hydrogen
and
carbon
dioxide
the
hot
jet
because
of
its
high
exhaust
temperature
degreer
and
because
combustion
was
performed
in
air
was
believed
reasonably
able
to
simulate
the
exhaust
parameters
of
an
actual
afterburning
turbojet
engine
the
cold
jets
used
were
selected
in
order
that
the
effects
of
a
variation
in
the
exhaust
parameters
of
jet
exit
static
pressure
ratio
ratio
of
specific
heats
density
and
velocity
could
be
obtained
by
comparing
each
cold
jet
with
the
hot
jet
or
with
another
cold
jet
the
tests
were
made
over
a
range
of
jet
exit
staticpressure
ratios
from
to
with
values
of
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
of
and
and
at
variations
in
density
and
velocity
of
the
order
of
approximately
and
times
respectively
within
the
scope
of
this
investigation
it
was
found
that
jet
exit
static
pressure
ratio
and
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
affected
the
pressure
distribution
on
the
wing
associated
with
jet
interference
while
a
variation
in
exit
velocity
and
density
did
not
the
jet
exit
staticpressure
ratio
affected
the
wing
pressure
distribution
in
a
major
way
while
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
had
only
a
minor
effect
the
addition
of
temperature
in
the
propulsive
jet
exhaust
at
a
jet
exit
staticpressure
ratio
of
had
little
or
no
effect
on
the
pressure
distribution
associated
with
jet
interference
on
the
wing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
696
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
loads
produced
on
a
flat
plate
wing
by
rocket
jets
exhausting
in
a
spanwise
direction
below
the
wing
and
perpendicular
to
a
free
stream
flow
of
mach
number
an
investigation
at
a
reynolds
number
per
foot
of
x
was
made
to
determine
the
pressure
loads
produced
on
a
flat
plate
wing
by
rocket
jets
exhausting
in
a
spanwise
direction
beneath
the
wing
and
perpendicular
to
a
free
stream
flow
of
mach
number
the
ranges
of
the
variables
involved
were
nozzle
types
one
sonic
jet
mach
number
of
two
dimensional
supersonic
jet
mach
number
of
vertical
nozzle
positions
beneath
the
wing
of
and
nozzle
throat
diameters
and
ratios
of
rocket
chamber
total
pressure
to
free
stream
static
pressure
from
to
the
incremental
normal
force
due
to
jet
interference
on
the
wing
varied
from
one
to
two
times
the
rocket
thrust
and
generally
decreased
as
the
pressure
ratio
increased
the
chordwise
coordinate
of
the
incremental
normal
force
center
of
pressure
remained
upstream
of
the
nozzle
center
line
for
the
nozzle
positions
and
pressure
ratios
of
the
investigation
the
chordwise
coordinate
approached
zero
as
the
jet
vertical
distance
beneath
the
wing
increased
in
the
spanwise
direction
there
was
little
change
due
to
varying
rocket
jet
position
and
pressure
ratio
some
boundary
layer
flow
separation
on
the
wing
was
observed
for
the
rocket
jets
close
to
the
wing
and
at
the
higher
pressure
ratios
the
magnitude
of
the
chordwise
and
spanwise
pressure
distributions
due
to
jet
interference
was
greatest
for
rocket
jets
close
to
the
wing
and
decreased
as
the
jet
was
displaced
farther
from
the
wing
the
design
procedure
for
the
rockets
used
is
given
in
the
appendix
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
697
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
on
adjacent
surfaces
from
the
firing
of
rocket
jets
this
paper
is
a
preliminary
and
brief
account
of
some
research
currently
being
conducted
to
determine
the
jet
effects
on
adjacent
surfaces
from
the
firing
of
rocket
jets
measurements
of
jet
effect
pressures
on
a
flat
plate
as
well
as
shadowgraphs
are
presented
that
were
obtained
when
a
rocket
jet
at
a
mach
number
of
was
exhausted
downstream
and
upstream
into
free
stream
flow
at
a
mach
number
of
located
from
to
rocket
jet
exit
diameters
from
the
plate
the
jet
effects
on
the
flat
plate
with
the
rocket
jet
exhausting
downstream
are
of
the
same
order
of
magnitude
as
those
previously
obtained
from
sonic
exits
with
a
total
pressure
times
lower
a
maximum
pressure
coefficient
on
the
plate
of
rocket
jet
exit
diameters
below
the
plate
and
an
integration
of
the
measured
jet
effect
pressures
at
this
position
resulted
in
a
normal
force
on
the
plate
equal
to
times
the
thrust
output
of
the
rocket
jet
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
698
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
unsteady
lift
of
a
wing
of
finite
aspect
ratio
unsteady
lift
functions
for
wings
of
finite
aspect
ratio
have
been
calculated
by
correcting
the
aerodynamic
inertia
and
the
angle
of
attack
of
the
infinite
wing
the
calculations
are
based
on
the
operational
method
the
starting
lift
of
the
finite
wing
is
found
to
be
only
slightly
less
than
that
of
the
infinite
wing
whereas
the
final
lift
may
be
considerably
less
the
theory
indicates
that
the
initial
distribution
of
lift
is
similar
to
the
final
distribution
curves
showing
the
variation
of
lift
after
a
sudden
unit
change
in
angle
of
attack
during
penetration
of
a
sharpedge
gust
and
during
a
continuous
oscillation
are
given
operational
equivalents
of
these
functions
have
been
devised
to
facilitate
the
calculation
of
lift
under
various
conditions
of
motion
as
an
application
of
these
formulas
the
vertical
acceleration
of
a
loaded
wing
caused
by
penetrating
a
gust
has
been
calculated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
699
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
indical
lift
functions
for
several
wings
of
finite
span
in
incompressible
flow
as
obtained
from
oscillatory
lift
coefficients
the
unsteady
lift
functions
for
a
wing
undergoing
a
sudden
change
in
sinking
speed
have
been
presented
for
delta
wings
having
aspect
ratios
of
and
and
for
rectangular
and
elliptical
wings
having
aspect
ratios
of
and
for
the
elliptical
and
rectangular
wings
the
spanwise
lift
distributions
were
also
presented
these
functions
were
calculated
from
the
lift
coefficients
associated
with
a
wing
oscillating
harmonically
in
pure
translational
motion
as
obtained
from
several
sources
the
results
of
these
calculations
indicate
that
the
normalized
unsteady
lift
functions
are
substantially
independent
of
the
shape
of
the
plan
form
for
elliptical
rectangular
or
moderately
tapered
wings
however
for
delta
wings
the
increase
of
lift
toward
the
steady
state
value
is
much
more
rapid
than
that
for
the
aforementioned
wings
of
the
same
aspect
ratio
these
results
also
corroborate
the
results
of
other
investigations
in
that
the
rate
of
growth
of
lift
tends
to
increase
with
a
decrease
in
aspect
ratio
the
shape
of
the
spanwise
distributions
of
the
indicial
lift
seems
to
be
for
all
practical
purposes
independent
of
time
for
rectangular
and
elliptical
wings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
7
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
controlled
three
dimensional
roughness
on
boundary
layer
transition
at
supersonic
speeds
experiments
were
performed
in
the
in
supersonic
wind
tunnel
of
the
jet
propulsion
laboratory
of
the
california
institute
of
technology
to
investigate
the
effect
of
three
dimensional
roughness
elements
spheres
on
boundary
layer
transition
on
a
tained
at
local
mach
numbers
of
and
by
varying
trip
size
position
spacing
and
reynolds
number
per
inch
the
results
indicate
that
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
induced
by
three
dimensional
roughness
elements
begins
when
the
double
row
of
spiral
vortices
trailing
each
element
contaminates
and
breaks
down
the
surrounding
field
of
vorticity
transition
appears
rather
suddenly
becoming
more
violent
with
increasing
roughness
height
relative
to
the
boundary
layer
thickness
after
the
breakdown
of
the
vorticity
field
the
strength
of
the
spiral
vortices
may
still
persist
in
the
sublayer
of
the
ensuing
turbulent
flow
lateral
spacing
of
roughness
elements
has
little
effect
upon
the
initial
breakdown
contamination
of
the
laminar
flow
and
the
trip
reynolds
number
where
u
and
v
are
the
velocity
and
kinematic
viscosity
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
and
k
is
roughness
height
such
that
transition
occurs
at
the
roughness
position
varies
as
the
position
reynolds
number
to
the
one
fourth
power
viz
where
x
is
trip
position
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
70
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
flow
changes
associated
with
airfoil
section
drag
rise
at
supercritical
speeds
a
study
of
experimental
pressure
distributions
and
section
characteristics
for
several
moderately
thick
airfoil
sections
was
made
a
correlation
appears
to
exist
between
the
drag
divergence
mach
number
and
the
free
stream
mach
number
for
which
sonic
velocity
occurs
at
the
airfoil
crest
the
chordwise
station
at
which
the
airfoil
surface
is
tangent
to
the
free
stream
direction
it
was
found
that
since
the
mach
number
for
which
sonic
velocity
occurs
at
the
airfoil
crest
can
be
estimated
satisfactorily
by
means
of
the
prandtl
glauert
rule
a
method
is
provided
whereby
the
drag
divergence
mach
number
of
an
airfoil
section
at
a
given
angle
of
attack
can
be
estimated
from
the
low
speed
pressure
distribution
and
the
airfoil
profile
this
method
was
used
to
predict
with
a
reasonable
degree
of
accuracy
the
drag
divergence
mach
number
of
a
considerable
number
of
airfoil
sections
having
diverse
shapes
and
a
wide
range
of
thickness
chord
ratios
the
pressure
distributions
and
section
force
characteristics
of
several
moderately
thick
airfoil
sections
at
mach
numbers
above
the
drag
divergence
mach
number
were
analyzed
some
of
the
characteristics
of
the
flow
over
these
airfoils
at
supercritical
mach
numbers
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
700
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
two
and
three
dimensional
unsteady
lift
problems
in
high
speed
flight
the
problem
of
transient
lift
on
two
and
three
dimensional
wings
flying
at
high
speeds
is
discussed
as
a
boundary
value
problem
for
the
classical
wave
equation
kirchhoffs
formula
is
applied
so
that
the
analysis
is
reduced
just
as
in
the
steady
state
to
an
investigation
of
sources
and
doublets
the
applications
include
the
evaluation
of
indicial
lift
and
pitchingmoment
curves
for
two
dimensional
sinking
and
pitching
wings
flying
at
mach
numbers
equal
to
and
triangular
wings
in
both
forward
and
reversed
flow
are
presented
and
compared
with
the
two
dimensional
values
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
701
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
determination
of
indical
lift
of
a
two
dimensional
sinking
airfoil
at
subsonic
mach
numbers
from
oscillatory
lift
coefficients
with
calculations
for
mach
number
the
reciprocal
equations
for
relating
the
incompressible
circulatory
indicial
lift
to
the
lift
due
to
harmonic
oscillations
have
been
modified
to
include
the
noncirculatory
lift
associated
with
apparent
mass
effects
although
the
apparent
mass
effects
are
impulsive
in
nature
in
incompressible
flow
the
lift
due
to
apparent
mass
effects
in
compressible
flow
is
a
time
dependent
function
the
corresponding
reciprocal
equations
for
the
total
compressible
lift
are
given
by
use
of
the
reciprocal
equations
for
compressible
flow
the
indicial
lift
and
moment
functions
due
to
an
airfoil's
experiencing
a
sudden
acquisition
of
vertical
velocity
are
determined
numerically
for
mach
number
lack
of
sufficient
flutter
coefficients
prevents
the
calculation
of
these
functions
at
other
mach
numbers
although
the
indicial
lift
and
moment
functions
due
to
penetration
of
a
sharp
edge
gust
may
be
obtained
from
the
oscillatory
tab
or
aileron
coefficients
by
a
similar
analysis
sufficient
coefficients
are
not
available
at
the
present
however
an
approximate
method
is
shown
for
determining
a
portion
of
this
unsteady
lift
function
when
a
comparison
is
made
of
the
indicial
lift
functions
at
mach
numbers
appears
to
be
less
rapid
for
the
compressible
case
than
for
the
incompressible
case
consequently
the
calculation
of
the
gust
load
factor
at
high
subsonic
mach
numbers
utilizing
the
two
dimensional
incompressible
indicial
lift
functions
and
an
over
all
correction
for
compressibility
such
as
the
prandtl
glauert
factor
might
be
conservative
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
702
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
determination
of
indical
lift
and
moment
functions
for
a
two
dimensional
sinking
and
pitching
airfoil
at
mach
numbers
and
the
indicial
lift
and
moment
functions
are
determined
approximately
for
sinking
and
pitching
motion
at
mach
numbers
m
of
and
these
functions
are
determined
from
a
knowledge
of
the
existing
oscillatory
coefficients
at
the
low
reduced
frequencies
and
from
approximate
expressions
of
these
coefficients
at
the
high
reduced
frequencies
the
beginning
portion
of
the
indicial
lift
function
associated
with
an
airfoil
penetrating
a
sharp
edge
gust
in
subsonic
flow
is
evaluated
by
use
of
an
exact
method
by
use
of
an
approximate
method
for
determining
the
remaining
portion
the
complete
indicial
gust
function
is
determined
for
m
m
and
m
all
the
indicial
lift
and
moment
functions
are
approximated
by
an
exponential
series
the
coefficients
which
appear
in
the
exponential
approximations
for
each
indicial
function
are
tabulated
for
m
m
and
m
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
703
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
general
airfoil
theory
on
the
assumption
of
infinitely
small
disturbances
the
author
develops
a
generalized
integral
equation
of
airfoil
theory
which
is
applicable
to
any
motion
and
compressible
fluid
successive
specializations
yield
various
simpler
integral
equations
such
as
possio's
birnbaum's
and
prandtl's
integral
equations
as
well
as
new
ones
for
the
wing
of
infinite
span
with
periodic
downwash
distribution
and
for
the
oscillating
wing
with
high
aspect
ratio
lastly
several
solutions
and
methods
for
solving
these
integral
equations
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
704
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
systematic
kernel
function
procedure
for
determining
aerodynamic
forces
on
oscillating
or
steady
finite
wings
at
subsonic
speeds
a
detailed
description
is
given
of
a
method
of
approximating
solutions
to
the
integral
equation
that
relates
oscillatory
or
steady
lift
and
downwash
distributions
on
finite
wings
in
subsonic
flow
the
method
of
solution
is
applicable
to
general
plan
forms
with
either
curved
or
straight
leading
and
trailing
edges
moreover
it
is
directly
applicable
to
control
surfaces
such
as
all
movable
tails
but
modifications
are
needed
to
apply
it
to
controls
in
general
applications
of
the
method
involve
evaluations
of
numerous
integrals
that
must
be
handled
by
numerical
procedures
but
systematic
schemes
of
evaluations
have
been
adopted
that
are
well
suited
to
the
routines
of
automatic
digital
computing
machines
these
schemes
of
evaluation
have
been
incorporated
in
a
program
for
an
ibm
electronic
data
processing
machine
with
this
machine
a
pressure
distribution
together
with
such
quantities
as
section
or
total
lift
and
moment
coefficients
or
generalized
forces
can
be
determined
for
a
given
value
of
frequency
and
mach
number
and
for
several
four
or
five
modes
of
oscillation
in
about
minutes
of
machine
time
in
the
case
of
steady
downwash
conditions
corresponding
quantities
can
be
obtained
in
about
minutes
of
machine
time
in
order
to
illustrate
applications
of
the
method
results
of
several
calculations
are
presented
in
these
illustrations
total
forces
and
moments
are
compared
with
results
of
analytic
procedures
for
a
circular
plan
form
with
steady
downwash
conditions
with
results
of
other
theories
and
with
experiment
for
a
rectangular
plan
form
of
aspect
ratio
at
a
uniform
angle
of
attack
and
with
some
experimental
results
for
a
rectangular
plan
form
of
aspect
ratio
undergoing
pitching
and
flapping
oscillations
also
included
in
the
illustrations
are
results
of
flutter
calculations
compared
with
experimental
results
for
an
allmovable
control
surface
of
aspect
ratio
and
for
a
cantilevered
rectangular
plan
form
of
aspect
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
705
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
kernel
function
of
the
integral
equation
relating
the
lift
and
downwash
distributions
of
oscillating
finite
wings
in
subsonic
flow
this
report
treats
the
kernel
function
of
an
integral
equation
that
relates
a
known
or
prescribed
downwash
distribution
to
an
unknown
lift
distribution
for
a
harmonically
oscillating
finite
wing
in
compressible
subsonic
flow
the
kernel
function
is
reduced
to
a
form
that
can
be
accurately
evaluated
by
separating
the
kernel
function
into
two
parts
a
part
in
which
the
singularities
are
isolated
and
analytically
expressed
and
a
nonsingular
part
which
may
be
tabulated
the
form
of
the
kernel
function
for
the
sonic
case
mach
number
of
is
treated
separately
in
addition
results
for
the
special
cases
of
mach
number
of
o
incompressible
case
and
frequency
of
o
steady
case
are
given
the
derivation
of
the
integral
equation
which
involves
this
kernel
function
originally
performed
elsewhere
see
for
example
naca
technical
memorandum
is
reproduced
as
an
appendix
another
appendix
gives
the
reduction
of
the
form
of
the
kernel
function
obtained
herein
for
the
three
dimensional
case
to
a
known
result
of
possio
for
two
dimensional
flow
a
third
appendix
contains
some
remarks
on
the
evaluation
of
the
kernel
function
and
a
fourth
appendix
presents
an
alternate
form
of
expression
for
the
kernel
function
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
706
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
som
reciprocal
relations
in
the
theory
of
nonstationary
flows
in
the
theory
of
nonstationary
flows
about
airfoils
the
indicial
lift
function
k
s
of
wagner
and
the
alternating
lift
function
c
k
of
theodorsen
have
fundamental
significance
this
paper
reports
on
some
interesting
relations
of
the
nature
of
fourier
transforms
that
exist
between
these
functions
general
problems
in
transient
flows
about
airfoils
may
be
given
a
unified
broad
treatment
when
these
functions
are
employed
certain
approximate
results
also
are
reported
which
are
of
notable
simplicity
and
an
analogy
with
transient
electrical
flows
is
drawn
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
707
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thermal
analysis
of
stagnation
regions
with
emphasis
on
heat
sustaining
nose
shapes
at
hypersonic
speeds
the
leading
edges
and
noses
of
hypersonic
vehicles
are
subjected
to
severe
aerodynamic
heating
and
must
be
cooled
in
some
manner
dash
e
g
internal
convection
transpiration
or
radiation
it
is
this
latter
mode
of
handling
the
problem
that
is
discussed
in
this
paper
neglecting
conduction
in
the
leading
edge
region
the
maximum
temperature
for
long
range
hypersonic
gliders
is
of
the
same
order
as
the
melting
point
of
refractory
materials
with
a
corresponding
large
temperature
gradient
away
from
the
leading
edge
inclusion
of
conduction
in
the
aft
direction
reduces
the
maximum
temperature
and
distributes
the
heat
to
a
location
that
will
radiate
it
out
from
the
surface
for
either
steady
state
or
transient
conditions
the
temperature
at
the
leading
edge
is
reduced
by
conduction
while
the
temperature
aft
of
the
leading
edge
shoulder
is
increased
thus
setting
up
a
heat
transmission
balance
between
the
convective
influx
of
heat
the
redistribution
of
heat
by
conduction
and
the
radiation
of
heat
from
the
surface
the
feasibility
of
such
a
mechanism
can
be
enhanced
by
suitably
choosing
leading
edge
shapes
and
materials
the
philosophy
behind
the
choice
of
leading
edge
shapes
is
discussed
and
the
effects
of
varying
parameters
such
as
shape
diameter
emissivity
conductivity
thickness
etc
are
shown
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
708
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
two
winged
reentry
vehicles
at
supersonic
and
hypersonic
speeds
tests
were
conducted
at
the
langley
research
center
on
two
winged
lifting
hypersonic
reentry
glider
configurations
performance
stability
and
control
data
are
presented
at
mach
numbers
of
and
for
angles
of
attack
up
to
degree
and
at
mach
numbers
of
and
for
angles
of
attack
up
to
degree
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
709
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
static
longitudinal
aerodynamic
characteristics
at
transonic
speeds
and
angles
of
attack
up
to
degree
of
a
reentry
glider
having
folding
wingtip
panels
data
are
presented
which
were
obtained
from
a
transonic
wind
tunnel
investigation
of
a
reentry
glider
having
folding
wing
tip
panels
the
tests
were
conducted
at
angles
of
attack
from
degrees
to
degrees
the
reynolds
number
based
on
the
mean
geometric
chord
of
the
fixed
planform
varied
from
x
to
x
the
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
for
the
model
with
the
folding
wing
tip
panels
fully
extended
decreased
from
a
maximum
value
of
at
a
mach
number
of
to
about
at
mach
numbers
from
to
the
model
with
the
folding
wing
panels
fully
extended
was
stable
for
values
of
the
lift
coefficient
from
up
to
at
least
above
this
lift
coefficient
pitch
up
tendencies
were
observed
followed
by
an
unstable
or
neutrally
stable
region
which
extended
up
to
values
of
angle
of
attack
of
degrees
or
degrees
deflecting
the
folding
wing
panels
between
ducing
a
significant
change
in
the
trim
angle
of
attack
or
in
any
of
the
force
or
moment
coefficients
in
the
angle
of
attack
range
from
degree
to
degree
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
71
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
boundary
layer
behind
shock
advancing
into
stationary
fluid
a
study
was
made
of
the
laminar
compressible
boundary
layer
induced
by
a
shock
wave
advancing
into
a
stationary
fluid
bounded
by
a
wall
for
weak
shock
waves
the
boundary
layer
is
identical
with
that
which
occurs
when
an
infinite
wall
is
impulsively
set
into
uniform
motion
shocks
velocity
and
temperature
profiles
recovery
factors
and
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
are
tabulated
for
a
wide
range
of
shock
strengths
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
710
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
smallest
height
of
roughness
capable
of
affecting
boundary
layer
transition
an
investigation
was
made
to
determine
the
smallest
size
of
isolated
roughness
that
will
affect
transition
in
a
laminar
boundary
layer
critical
heights
for
three
types
of
roughness
were
found
in
a
low
speed
wind
tunnel
the
types
were
two
dimensional
spanwise
wires
three
dimensional
discs
and
a
sandpaper
type
in
addition
to
type
of
roughness
test
variables
included
the
location
of
roughness
pressure
distribution
degree
of
tunnel
turbulence
and
length
of
natural
laminar
flow
the
most
satisfactory
correlation
parameter
was
found
to
be
the
roughness
reynolds
number
based
on
the
height
of
roughness
and
flow
properties
at
this
height
the
value
of
this
critical
reynolds
number
was
found
to
be
substantially
independent
of
all
test
variables
except
the
shape
of
roughness
this
parameter
also
correlates
well
other
published
data
on
critical
roughness
in
low
speed
flow
the
value
of
the
roughness
reynolds
number
necessary
to
move
transition
forward
to
the
roughness
itself
was
also
determined
for
the
three
types
of
roughness
and
was
found
to
be
approximately
constant
for
a
given
type
of
roughness
an
investigation
of
the
limited
amount
of
available
data
on
critical
roughness
in
supersonic
flow
indicates
that
the
effects
of
roughness
may
still
be
correlated
by
the
roughness
reynolds
number
the
value
of
this
reynolds
number
depends
primarily
on
the
mach
number
at
the
top
of
the
roughness
when
this
mach
number
is
greater
than
the
roughness
reynolds
number
based
on
conditions
behind
a
shock
is
probably
the
characteristic
parameter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
711
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
at
subsonic
speeds
of
aerodynamic
characteristics
at
angles
of
attack
from
dash
degrees
to
degrees
of
a
delta
wing
reentry
configuration
having
folding
wingtip
panels
an
investigation
was
made
at
subsonic
speeds
in
the
langley
highspeed
lifting
reentry
configuration
having
folding
wingtip
panels
the
configuration
is
of
the
type
used
in
a
high
angle
of
attack
near
degree
reentry
to
minimize
aerodynamic
heating
by
unfolding
the
wingtip
panels
into
the
airstream
a
moderate
angle
of
attack
glide
is
used
for
a
controlled
landing
the
basic
configuration
tested
utilized
a
whose
area
was
percent
of
the
total
wing
area
the
effects
of
varying
the
plan
form
and
size
of
the
wingtip
panels
was
studied
as
well
as
the
effects
of
unfolding
the
wingtip
panels
in
a
high
angle
of
attack
attitude
tests
were
made
at
mach
numbers
of
and
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
712
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
low
speed
longitudinal
aerodynamic
characteristics
associated
with
a
series
of
low
aspect
ratio
wings
having
variations
in
leading
edge
contour
an
investigation
has
been
conducted
at
various
reynolds
numbers
and
low
subsonic
speeds
to
determine
the
longitudinal
aerodynamic
characteristics
associated
with
a
series
of
low
aspect
ratio
wings
having
variations
in
leading
edge
contours
the
planforms
included
a
highly
swept
triangular
wing
a
rectangular
wing
and
intermediate
wings
including
planforms
having
elliptic
and
parabolic
leading
edge
contours
all
having
an
aspect
ratio
of
the
effects
of
changing
aspect
ratio
for
a
given
leading
edge
contour
were
investigated
for
two
of
the
wings
presented
also
included
are
the
longitudinal
characteristics
associated
with
various
fuselage
sizes
an
effort
has
been
made
to
estimate
the
lift
variation
with
angle
of
attack
for
the
wing
planforms
of
the
present
investigation
improvements
in
the
lifting
capabilities
at
low
subsonic
speeds
associated
with
a
basic
triangular
planform
of
low
aspect
ratio
are
possible
by
slight
alterations
in
leading
edge
design
which
should
still
conform
to
possible
design
requirements
at
hypersonic
speeds
these
changes
in
planform
resulted
in
increases
in
lift
curve
slope
lift
at
high
angles
of
attack
and
in
the
maximum
untrimmed
lift
drag
ratio
provided
the
fuselage
was
sufficiently
small
the
longitudinal
stability
characteristics
of
the
majority
of
planforms
indicate
more
desirable
stability
characteristics
at
high
lifts
than
either
a
triangular
wing
or
rectangular
wing
of
the
same
aspect
ratio
the
effects
of
increasing
reynolds
number
for
each
of
the
planforms
investigated
generally
resulted
in
slight
reductions
in
the
lift
at
high
angles
of
attack
a
method
is
presented
for
estimating
the
subsonic
lift
variation
with
angle
of
attack
for
the
low
aspect
ratio
wings
of
the
present
investigation
and
indicated
good
agreement
with
experimental
data
throughout
the
angle
of
attack
range
of
this
investigation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
713
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
static
longitudinal
stability
characteristics
of
a
blunted
glider
re
entry
configuration
having
degree
sweepback
and
degree
dihedral
at
a
mach
number
of
and
angles
of
attack
up
to
degree
an
experimental
investigation
was
conducted
at
a
mach
number
of
to
determine
the
static
longitudinal
stability
characteristics
of
a
model
of
a
blunted
glider
reentry
configuration
having
degree
sweepback
and
degree
dihedral
the
free
stream
reynolds
number
for
the
investigation
was
x
based
on
the
basic
model
length
of
inches
tests
were
made
through
an
angle
of
attack
range
from
degrees
to
investigation
showed
that
incorporating
degree
nose
incidence
in
the
basic
model
resulted
in
a
lower
lift
curve
slope
a
lower
lift
drag
ratio
a
higher
value
of
trim
lift
coefficient
and
a
decrease
in
static
longitudinal
stability
in
comparison
the
effect
of
extending
the
configuration
length
and
incorporating
degrees
and
degrees
boattail
angles
resulted
in
smaller
changes
in
the
longitudinal
stability
characteristics
of
the
model
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
714
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
blockage
corrections
for
three
dimensional
flow
closed
throat
wind
tunnels
with
considerations
of
the
effect
of
compressibility
theoretical
blockage
corrections
are
presented
for
a
body
of
revolution
and
for
a
three
dimensional
unswept
wing
in
a
circular
or
rectangular
wind
tunnel
the
theory
takes
account
of
the
effects
of
the
wake
and
of
the
compressibility
of
the
fluid
and
is
based
on
the
assumption
that
the
dimensions
of
the
model
are
small
in
comparison
with
those
of
the
tunnel
throat
formulas
are
given
for
correcting
a
number
of
the
quantities
such
as
dynamic
pressure
and
mach
number
measured
in
wind
tunnel
tests
the
report
presents
a
summary
and
unification
of
the
existing
literature
on
the
subject
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
715
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
motion
of
a
ballistic
missile
angularly
misaligned
with
the
flight
path
upon
entering
the
atmosphere
and
its
effect
upon
aerodynamic
heating
aerodynamic
loads
and
miss
distance
an
analysis
is
given
of
the
oscillating
motion
of
a
ballistic
missile
which
upon
entering
the
atmosphere
is
angularly
misaligned
with
respect
to
the
flight
path
the
history
of
the
motion
for
some
example
missiles
is
discussed
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
effect
of
the
motion
on
the
aerodynamic
heating
and
loading
the
miss
distance
at
the
target
due
to
misalignment
and
to
small
accidental
trim
angles
is
treated
the
stability
problem
is
also
discussed
for
the
case
where
the
missile
is
tumbling
prior
to
atmospheric
entry
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
716
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
study
of
the
oscillatory
motion
of
manned
vehicles
entering
the
earth's
atmosphere
an
analysis
is
made
of
the
oscillatory
motion
of
vehicles
which
traverse
arbitrarily
prescribed
trajectories
through
the
atmosphere
expressions
for
the
oscillatory
motion
are
derived
as
continuous
functions
of
the
properties
of
the
trajectory
results
are
applied
to
a
study
of
the
oscillatory
behavior
of
re
entry
vehicles
which
have
decelerations
that
remain
within
limits
of
human
tolerance
it
is
found
that
a
deficiency
of
aerodynamic
damping
for
such
vehicles
may
have
more
serious
consequences
than
it
does
for
comparable
ballistic
missiles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
717
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
motions
of
a
short
degree
blunted
cone
entering
a
martian
atmosphere
at
arbitrary
angles
of
attack
and
arbitrary
pitching
rates
the
dynamic
behavior
of
two
probe
vehicles
entering
a
martian
atmosphere
in
a
passive
manner
with
arbitrary
initial
angles
of
attack
and
pitching
rates
to
degree
per
second
has
been
determined
results
for
an
entry
velocity
of
feet
per
second
and
an
entry
angle
of
degree
were
obtained
from
machine
calculated
solutions
of
the
six
degree
of
freedom
rigid
body
equations
of
motion
using
experimental
aerodynamic
characteristics
for
the
vehicles
one
of
the
vehicles
had
a
flat
base
and
was
statically
stable
in
two
attitudes
nose
forward
and
base
forward
the
other
vehicle
derived
from
the
first
by
adding
a
conical
afterbody
was
statically
stable
in
only
one
attitude
nose
forward
a
rpm
vehicle
spin
rate
believed
ample
for
the
purpose
of
distributing
solar
and
aerodynamic
heating
over
the
vehicle
surface
and
model
atmospheres
encompassing
the
probable
extremes
for
the
planet
were
also
considered
it
was
found
that
while
the
motion
of
the
flat
based
vehicle
could
be
oscillatory
about
either
the
nose
forward
or
base
forward
stable
trim
attitudes
when
aerodynamic
heating
rates
were
high
the
range
of
initial
angles
of
attack
resulting
in
base
forward
orientation
was
reduced
by
more
than
a
factor
of
when
initial
pitch
rates
were
increased
from
body
having
only
nose
forward
stability
showed
that
oscillatory
angles
of
attack
at
maximum
heating
rate
conditions
probably
would
not
exceed
about
degrees
although
angles
of
attack
when
heating
rates
were
percent
of
maximum
could
be
as
high
as
degree
values
of
these
upper
bound
angles
of
attack
were
essentially
independent
of
initial
pitch
rates
for
the
range
considered
furthermore
the
envelope
of
maximum
probable
angles
of
attack
was
increased
only
slightly
when
the
vehicle
was
given
a
rpm
spin
rate
the
relationship
between
maximum
amplitudes
of
oscillation
and
heating
rates
through
high
heating
portions
of
the
trajectories
was
preserved
when
model
atmospheres
believed
to
encompass
the
extreme
possibilities
for
mars
were
used
in
the
calculations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
718
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
means
and
examples
of
aeronautical
research
in
france
at
onera
cosmonautics
is
currently
very
much
to
the
forefront
in
the
news
it
embraces
and
extends
aeronautics
and
i
would
like
to
propose
including
both
at
least
on
certain
occasions
under
a
general
denomination
of
aerocosmonautics
in
your
country
the
sciences
and
technology
of
space
are
subjects
which
have
been
backed
by
initial
advances
and
abundantly
treated
since
france
has
not
yet
launched
any
artificial
satellite
or
built
any
circumlunar
space
vehicle
i
propose
to
confine
myself
here
to
the
field
of
aeronautics
where
there
is
still
so
much
progress
of
manifest
utility
to
accomplish
i
shall
accordingly
content
myself
with
presenting
some
examples
of
aeronautical
research
and
experiments
undertaken
in
my
country
by
onera
a
body
whose
mission
is
akin
to
that
of
the
illustrious
naca
now
nasa
but
bearing
in
mind
the
considerable
difference
between
the
scales
of
the
respective
resources
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
719
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tumbling
bodies
entering
the
atmosphere
the
equations
of
motion
of
a
tumbling
flat
plate
entering
an
exponential
atmosphere
were
linearized
and
solved
analytically
to
obtain
a
simple
expression
for
the
altitude
at
which
tumbling
would
cease
and
libration
would
commence
the
plate
had
only
three
degrees
of
freedom
and
aerodynamic
forces
were
derived
from
newtonian
impact
theory
in
the
linear
analysis
mean
values
of
the
drag
and
pitch
damping
coefficients
so
that
flutter
occurs
in
the
range
of
a
low
speed
wind
tunnel
a
particular
type
of
construction
for
supersonic
flutter
models
is
described
in
detail
methods
of
vibration
testing
static
testing
and
flutter
testing
are
discussed
particular
emphasis
is
placed
on
the
technique
of
varying
flow
parameters
rather
than
model
parameters
to
precipitate
flutter
the
tool
for
varying
flow
parameters
is
the
variable
mach
number
supersonic
test
section
of
the
massachusetts
institute
of
technology
blowdown
wind
tunnel
the
aerodynamic
features
of
the
supersonic
test
section
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
72
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
behind
shock
or
thin
expansion
wave
moving
into
stationary
fluid
the
boundary
layer
behind
a
shock
or
thin
expansion
wave
advancing
into
a
stationary
fluid
has
been
determined
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
were
considered
the
wall
surface
temperature
behind
the
wave
was
also
investigated
the
assumption
of
a
thin
expansion
wave
is
valid
for
weak
expansions
but
becomes
progressively
less
accurate
for
strong
expansion
waves
the
laminar
boundary
layer
problem
was
solved
by
numerical
integration
except
for
the
weak
wave
case
which
can
be
solved
analytically
integral
karman
pohlhausen
type
solutions
were
also
obtained
to
provide
a
guide
for
determining
expressions
which
accurately
represent
the
numerical
data
analytical
expressions
for
various
boundary
layer
parameters
are
presented
which
agree
with
the
numerical
integrations
within
percent
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
problem
was
solved
using
integral
methods
similar
to
those
employed
for
the
solution
of
turbulent
compressible
flow
over
a
semi
infinite
flat
plate
the
fluid
velocity
relative
to
the
wall
was
assumed
to
have
a
seventh
power
profile
the
blasius
equation
relating
turbulent
skin
friction
and
boundary
layer
thickness
was
utilized
in
a
form
which
accounted
for
compressibility
consideration
of
the
heat
transfer
to
the
wall
permitted
the
wall
surface
temperature
behind
the
wave
to
be
determined
the
wall
thickness
was
assumed
to
be
greater
than
the
wall
thermal
boundary
layer
thickness
it
was
found
that
the
wall
temperature
was
uniform
as
a
function
of
distance
behind
the
wave
for
the
laminar
boundary
layer
case
but
varied
with
distance
for
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
720
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
the
use
of
sandwich
structures
in
severe
acoustic
environments
this
paper
reviews
some
of
the
experience
to
date
of
using
sandwich
type
structures
in
severe
acoustic
pressure
environments
the
methods
used
for
testing
sandwich
structures
for
acoustic
fatigue
are
described
and
their
limitations
considered
experimental
and
theoretical
work
relating
to
the
damping
and
mode
frequency
relationships
of
certain
sandwich
configurations
is
also
reviewed
special
attention
is
given
to
the
estimation
of
the
stress
in
the
bond
of
a
honeycomb
sandwich
panel
subjected
to
sudden
pressure
fluctuations
a
uni
modal
theory
is
presented
relating
the
mean
square
bond
stress
to
the
random
exciting
pressure
and
panel
dynamic
characteristics
this
theory
indicates
that
tensile
bond
stresses
may
be
encountered
of
up
to
six
times
the
local
r
m
s
exciting
pressure
these
must
be
combined
with
bending
and
shear
stresses
to
obtain
the
principal
stresses
which
precipitate
bond
fatigue
failures
finally
an
outline
is
given
of
some
of
the
lines
of
future
research
which
should
lead
to
the
achieving
of
the
maximum
possible
fatigue
resistance
from
sandwich
configurations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
721
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
near
noise
field
of
a
jet
engine
exhaust
aircraft
structures
located
in
the
near
noise
field
of
a
jet
engine
are
subjected
to
extremely
high
fluctuating
pressures
that
may
cause
structural
fatigue
studies
of
such
structures
have
been
limited
by
lack
of
knowledge
of
the
loadings
involved
the
acoustic
near
field
produced
by
the
exhaust
of
a
stationary
turbojet
engine
having
a
high
pressure
ratio
was
measured
for
a
single
operating
condition
without
afterburning
the
maximum
over
all
sound
pressure
without
afterburning
was
found
to
be
about
pounds
per
square
foot
along
the
jet
boundary
in
the
region
immediately
downstream
of
the
jet
nozzle
exit
with
afterburning
the
maximum
sound
pressure
was
increased
by
percent
the
largest
sound
pressures
without
afterburning
were
obtained
on
a
constant
percentage
band
width
basis
in
the
frequency
range
from
to
cps
additional
tests
were
made
at
a
few
points
to
find
the
effect
of
jet
velocity
on
near
field
sound
pressures
and
to
determine
the
difference
in
value
between
sound
pressure
levels
at
rigid
surfaces
and
corresponding
free
field
values
near
the
jet
nozzle
over
all
sound
pressures
were
found
to
vary
as
a
low
power
approx
unity
of
the
jet
velocity
over
all
sound
pressure
levels
considerably
greater
than
the
corresponding
free
field
levels
were
recorded
at
the
surface
of
a
rigid
plate
placed
along
the
jet
boundary
the
downstream
locations
of
the
maximum
sound
pressure
at
any
given
frequency
along
the
jet
engine
exhaust
boundary
and
the
longitudinal
turbulent
velocity
maximum
of
the
same
frequency
along
a
small
cold
air
jet
at
nozzle
exit
radius
from
the
jet
axis
were
found
to
be
nearly
the
same
when
compared
on
a
dimensionless
basis
also
the
strouhal
number
of
the
corresponding
spectra
maximums
was
found
to
be
nearly
equal
at
similar
distances
downstream
in
addition
to
the
magnitude
and
frequency
distribution
of
the
acoustic
pressures
it
is
necessary
to
know
the
cross
correlation
of
the
pressure
over
the
surface
area
cross
correlation
measurements
with
microphones
were
made
for
a
range
of
jet
velocities
at
locations
along
the
jet
and
at
a
distance
from
the
jet
free
field
correlations
of
the
over
all
sound
pressure
and
of
the
sound
pressure
in
frequency
bands
from
to
cps
were
obtained
both
longitudinally
and
laterally
in
addition
correlations
were
obtained
with
microphones
mounted
at
the
surface
of
a
rigid
plate
that
was
large
compared
with
the
distance
over
which
a
positive
correlation
existed
the
region
of
positive
correlation
was
generally
found
to
increase
with
distance
downstream
of
the
engine
to
nozzle
exit
diameters
but
remained
nearly
constant
thereafter
in
general
little
change
in
the
correlation
curves
was
found
as
a
function
of
jet
velocity
or
frequency
band
width
the
distance
from
unity
correlation
to
the
first
zero
correlation
was
greater
for
lateral
than
for
longitudinal
correlations
for
the
same
conditions
and
locations
the
correlation
curves
obtained
in
free
space
and
on
the
surface
of
the
plate
were
generally
similar
the
results
are
interpreted
in
terms
of
pressure
loads
on
surfaces
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
722
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
random
excitation
of
a
tailplane
section
by
jet
noise
the
response
of
a
section
of
tailplane
structure
to
both
discrete
and
random
noise
pressures
has
been
studied
in
detail
initially
the
specimen
was
mounted
behind
a
jet
engine
and
the
induced
strains
were
analysed
with
the
object
of
determining
both
the
resonant
frequencies
and
the
corresponding
modes
of
vibration
during
these
tests
a
survey
was
made
of
the
spectrum
and
correlation
pattern
of
the
jet
noise
on
the
surface
of
the
model
secondly
the
specimen
was
mounted
in
front
of
a
loudspeaker
in
an
acoustics
laboratory
and
the
structural
resonances
were
excited
by
means
of
discrete
frequency
sound
the
mode
shapes
were
studied
in
detail
with
the
aid
of
a
stroboscope
it
is
concluded
that
the
tailplane
skin
on
this
particular
piece
of
structure
only
responds
to
any
significant
degree
in
one
structural
mode
although
reasonable
comparison
has
been
obtained
between
the
random
and
discrete
tests
it
was
not
possible
to
calculate
the
induced
stresses
using
the
observed
mode
shapes
and
measured
pressure
excitation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
723
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
fatigue
failure
of
structures
due
to
vibrations
excited
by
random
pressure
fields
on
the
assumption
that
the
forced
modes
of
vibration
of
a
structure
subjected
to
pressure
fluctuations
random
in
time
and
space
can
be
approximated
by
the
composition
of
the
motions
of
the
uncoupled
natural
modes
a
general
analysis
is
made
using
the
ideas
of
vibration
theory
and
spectrum
analysis
the
power
spectrum
and
hence
the
rms
value
of
any
quantity
depending
linearly
upon
structural
distortions
is
derived
and
it
involves
a
quantity
called
the
joint
acceptance
concerning
the
spacewise
structure
of
the
pressure
field
and
of
the
geometry
of
the
modes
of
vibration
it
is
shown
how
this
result
may
be
used
on
assuming
normal
randomness
to
estimate
the
fatigue
life
on
the
hypothesis
of
cumulative
damage
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
724
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
structural
acoustic
proof
testing
with
the
introduction
of
high
powered
propulsion
systems
and
paralleling
their
continued
development
an
accompanying
increase
in
acoustical
problems
has
arisen
of
these
acoustical
problems
that
of
acoustical
fatigue
failures
has
become
paramount
in
the
eyes
of
the
structural
engineer
aircraft
designed
to
normal
strength
requirements
have
been
known
literally
to
fall
apart
under
acoustical
loading
this
problem
has
required
much
endeavour
to
produce
a
solution
and
considerable
structural
research
based
upon
results
of
siren
or
other
testing
have
proved
inadequate
this
failure
to
find
a
satisfactory
solution
has
resulted
in
the
conviction
that
the
final
proof
of
a
design
can
be
found
only
in
proof
testing
proof
testing
in
the
acoustic
fatigue
sense
is
the
testing
of
a
design
structure
in
a
simulated
acoustical
environment
for
a
period
of
time
long
enough
to
assure
equality
with
design
life
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
725
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
response
of
a
typical
aircraft
structure
to
jet
noise
an
analysis
is
made
of
experimentally
determined
mode
shapes
excited
on
the
rear
structure
of
a
modern
airliner
by
jet
noise
from
a
pod
mounted
turbojet
engine
power
spectra
of
stresses
determined
from
strain
gage
measurements
are
obtained
and
cross
correlated
extensive
measurements
were
made
on
skin
panels
of
the
fuselage
and
elevator
and
limited
ones
were
made
on
fuselage
stringers
and
frames
the
skin
panel
results
are
compared
with
theoretical
predictions
reviewer
believes
that
this
paper
is
of
considerable
value
for
those
concerned
with
response
of
aircraft
type
structures
to
jet
induced
noise
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
726
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
structural
fatigue
under
random
loading
experience
has
shown
that
the
fluctuating
loads
induced
by
a
jet
may
cause
fatigue
failure
of
aircraft
structural
components
in
order
to
throw
some
light
on
this
and
similar
problems
the
stress
spectrum
and
the
equivalent
fatigue
stress
of
an
elastic
structure
subjected
to
random
loading
are
studied
the
analysis
is
simplified
by
assuming
the
structure
to
have
only
a
single
degree
of
freedom
and
by
using
the
concept
of
cumulative
damage
the
results
being
expressed
in
terms
of
quantities
that
can
be
directly
measured
as
an
example
a
similarity
expression
for
the
probable
value
of
the
equivalent
fatigue
stress
of
a
panel
subjected
to
jet
buffeting
is
derived
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
727
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
the
acoustic
fatigue
characteristics
of
some
flat
and
curved
aluminium
panels
exposed
to
random
and
discrete
noise
a
study
was
made
of
the
fatigue
life
of
simple
t
aluminum
alloy
panels
measuring
by
inches
and
exposed
to
both
discrete
frequency
noise
from
a
siren
and
random
noise
from
an
air
jet
noise
levels
varied
from
approximately
panel
variables
included
thickness
edge
conditions
curvature
and
static
pressure
differential
no
significant
differences
were
noted
in
the
nature
of
failures
experienced
for
the
two
types
of
loadings
at
a
given
root
mean
square
stress
level
the
failure
times
were
generally
shorter
for
the
random
loading
than
for
the
discrete
frequency
loading
these
differences
in
failure
times
were
noted
to
be
a
function
of
stress
level
the
larger
differences
occurring
at
the
lower
stress
levels
increases
in
time
to
failure
were
obtained
as
a
result
of
increased
panel
thickness
increased
panel
curvature
and
particularly
for
increased
static
pressure
differential
across
curved
panels
for
the
discrete
type
loading
the
location
of
weak
points
in
these
simplified
structural
designs
can
be
satisfactorily
accomplished
but
quantitative
predictions
of
fatigue
life
are
much
more
difficult
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
728
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
vibrations
of
continuous
skin
stringer
panels
the
determination
of
the
natural
frequencies
and
normal
modes
of
vibration
for
continuous
panels
representing
more
or
less
typical
fuselage
skin
panel
construction
for
modern
airplanes
is
discussed
in
this
paper
are
considered
a
numerical
example
is
presented
and
analytical
results
for
a
particular
structural
configuration
agree
favorably
with
available
experimental
measurements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
729
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stresses
in
continuous
skin
stiffener
panels
under
random
loading
theoretical
aspects
involved
in
the
prediction
of
stress
levels
for
continuous
skin
stiffener
panels
subjected
to
a
random
pressure
field
are
considered
in
the
light
of
powell's
general
theory
for
statistical
superposition
of
modal
response
the
choice
of
structural
model
is
dictated
by
the
prevalence
of
skin
stiffener
construction
in
modern
flight
vehicle
design
the
present
study
clearly
demonstrates
that
any
truly
adequate
prediction
of
stress
levels
in
actual
aircraft
structures
requires
a
much
better
representation
of
structural
characteristics
than
can
be
provided
by
single
panel
idealizations
in
an
example
considering
fuselage
panels
exposed
to
jet
engine
noise
essential
agreement
is
shown
with
experimental
data
although
better
correlation
is
shown
for
rms
stress
than
for
power
spectrum
it
is
shown
that
reduction
of
stress
level
by
increasing
damping
is
effective
only
in
the
higher
frequency
range
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
73
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
the
stability
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
in
a
compressible
fluid
in
the
present
report
the
stability
of
two
dimensional
laminar
flows
of
a
gas
is
investigated
by
the
method
of
small
perturbations
the
chief
emphasis
is
placed
on
the
case
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
part
of
the
present
report
deals
with
the
general
mathematical
theory
the
general
equations
governing
one
normal
mode
of
the
small
velocity
and
temperature
disturbances
are
derived
and
studied
in
great
detail
it
is
found
that
for
reynolds
numbers
of
the
order
of
those
encountered
in
most
aerodynamic
problems
the
temperature
disturbances
have
only
a
negligible
effect
on
those
particular
velocity
solutions
which
depend
primarily
on
the
viscosity
coefficient
viscous
solutions
indeed
the
latter
are
actually
of
the
same
form
in
the
compressible
fluid
as
in
the
incompressible
fluid
at
least
to
the
first
approximation
because
of
this
fact
the
mathematical
analysis
is
greatly
simplified
the
final
equation
determining
the
characteristic
values
of
the
stability
problem
depends
on
the
inviscid
solutions
and
the
function
of
tietjens
in
a
manner
very
similar
to
the
case
of
the
incompressible
fluid
the
second
viscosity
coefficient
and
the
coefficient
of
heat
conductivity
do
not
enter
the
problem
only
the
ordinary
coefficient
of
viscosity
near
the
solid
surface
is
involved
part
deals
with
the
limiting
case
of
infinite
reynolds
numbers
the
study
of
energy
relations
is
very
much
emphasized
it
is
shown
that
the
disturbance
will
gain
energy
from
the
main
flow
if
the
gradient
of
the
product
of
mean
density
and
mean
vorticity
near
the
solid
surface
has
a
sign
opposite
to
that
near
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
a
general
stability
criterion
has
been
obtained
in
terms
of
the
gradient
of
the
product
of
density
and
vorticity
analogous
to
the
rayleigh
tollmien
criterion
for
the
case
of
an
incompressible
fluid
if
this
gradient
vanishes
for
some
value
of
the
velocity
ratio
of
the
main
flow
exceeding
m
where
m
is
the
free
stream
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
730
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
bending
of
a
clamped
plate
the
present
paper
contains
an
application
of
a
recently
developed
variational
method
to
the
boundary
value
problem
of
the
bending
of
a
clamped
plate
of
arbitrary
shape
it
will
be
shown
that
this
problem
can
be
linked
to
the
simpler
problem
of
the
equilibrium
of
a
membrane
by
a
chain
of
intermediate
problems
which
can
be
solved
explicitly
and
in
finite
form
in
terms
of
the
membrane
problem
in
the
intermediate
problems
the
deflection
converges
uniformly
in
the
domain
of
the
plate
of
the
clamped
plate
and
the
derivatives
of
all
orders
of
the
deflection
converge
uniformly
in
every
domain
completely
interior
to
the
plate
in
the
ritz
method
not
even
the
convergence
of
the
slopes
can
be
guaranteed
the
method
yields
numerical
results
for
plates
of
all
shapes
for
which
the
membrane
problem
which
we
shall
call
the
base
problem
admits
an
explicit
solution
as
an
example
we
shall
consider
a
clamped
square
plate
under
a
uniform
load
this
problem
has
been
the
object
of
numerous
investigations
some
of
which
are
theoretical
while
others
are
purely
numerical
use
infinite
simple
and
double
series
and
operate
with
an
infinite
number
of
linear
equations
and
an
infinite
number
of
unknowns
an
inspection
of
the
general
formulae
derived
in
the
present
paper
formulae
which
become
simple
in
numerical
applications
would
show
how
some
of
the
numerical
methods
might
be
rendered
rigorous
the
convergence
of
higher
derivatives
is
of
great
practical
interest
for
the
approximate
computation
of
the
stresses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
731
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
upper
and
lower
bounds
for
the
solution
of
the
first
biharmonic
boundary
value
problem
let
w
x
y
be
a
solution
of
the
boundary
value
problem
where
r
is
a
plane
domain
with
the
boundary
c
the
authors
obtain
upper
and
lower
bounds
for
the
value
of
w
at
a
point
in
r
by
a
method
which
is
applicable
to
many
other
problems
if
u
is
a
function
satisfying
the
boundary
conditions
and
v
is
a
function
satisfying
the
partial
differential
equation
then
the
authors
obtain
by
applying
green's
classical
identity
and
schwarz's
inequality
a
pair
of
inequalities
of
the
form
where
together
with
the
function
w
the
authors
consider
a
function
the
solution
of
the
boundary
value
problem
on
c
and
in
analogy
with
the
functions
u
and
v
associated
with
the
function
w
a
pair
of
functions
and
associated
with
the
function
in
the
expression
for
derived
from
green's
classical
identity
appears
an
unknown
line
integral
containing
the
values
of
w
and
on
c
but
the
same
line
integral
appears
also
in
the
expressions
for
to
which
the
above
inequalities
are
applicable
in
this
way
the
authors
obtain
two
inequalities
of
the
form
where
b
and
b'
respectively
are
approximate
values
of
in
order
to
improve
these
bounds
one
may
add
to
u
a
linear
set
of
functions
and
to
v
a
linear
set
of
functions
and
then
minimize
h
u
v
in
order
to
determine
the
coefficients
of
the
best
linear
combinations
if
the
sequences
and
are
complete
in
a
certain
sense
defined
by
the
authors
the
approximations
will
converge
to
the
value
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
732
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
analogues
relating
flexure
and
extension
of
flat
plates
the
displacement
of
a
flat
plate
bent
by
transverse
loading
and
the
extensional
or
in
'plane
stress'
are
governed
by
equations
of
identical
form
and
the
boundary
conditions
have
identical
form
when
edge
displacements
are
specified
in
the
flexural
edge
tractions
in
the
extensional
problem
so
mathematically
in
these
circumstances
only
a
single
problem
is
presented
this
the
'first
analogue'
relating
flexure
and
extension
is
well
known
a
'second
analogue'
relating
the
flexural
problem
when
edge
tractions
with
the
extensional
problem
when
edge
displacements
are
specified
is
believed
to
have
been
first
propounded
in
by
introducing
two
quantities
u
and
v
analogous
with
the
components
u
and
v
of
extensional
displacement
it
permits
a
treatment
of
the
flexural
problem
by
any
method
e
g
which
yields
extensional
solutions
of
this
second
type
in
this
paper
both
analogues
are
combined
in
an
inclusive
statement
covering
the
perforated
multiply
connected
plates
which
were
discussed
in
reasons
are
stated
for
believing
that
'two
diagram
technique'
is
preferable
in
problems
governed
by
'mixed'
boundary
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
733
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
bending
of
a
sectorial
plate
the
problem
of
evaluating
the
bending
moments
existing
in
a
uniformly
loaded
clamped
plate
having
the
form
of
a
sector
of
a
ring
is
one
which
arises
in
connection
with
the
stress
analysis
of
reinforced
piston
heads
and
in
other
design
problems
in
this
paper
expressions
are
derived
for
the
bending
moments
along
the
edges
of
such
a
plate
similar
problems
i
e
those
of
the
clamped
rectangular
plate
under
uniform
pressure
under
a
central
concentrated
load
and
that
of
the
simply
supported
sector
of
a
disk
under
uniform
pressure
have
been
discussed
by
previous
authors
the
general
approach
used
in
the
foregoing
problems
is
adopted
in
the
present
case
a
considerable
reduction
in
the
computational
work
is
achieved
however
by
the
use
of
an
integral
equation
method
of
solving
the
boundary
condition
equations
numerical
results
are
obtained
for
plates
of
various
dimensions
and
the
edge
moment
distributions
are
plotted
for
these
cases
curves
are
also
plotted
which
indicate
the
relationship
existing
between
the
maximum
bending
moments
derived
for
sectorial
plates
and
those
previously
obtained
for
clamped
rectangular
plates
of
similar
size
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
734
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
bending
of
uniformly
loaded
clamped
plate
in
the
form
of
a
circular
sector
the
deflexion
of
a
uniformly
loaded
plate
in
the
form
of
a
semicircle
clamped
along
its
boundary
is
obtained
by
a
method
due
to
weinstein
this
problem
requires
the
solution
of
the
biharmonic
equation
where
z
is
given
subject
to
the
conditions
that
w
and
on
the
boundary
n
being
the
direction
of
the
outward
normal
the
solution
is
expressed
in
the
form
where
writing
is
found
by
solving
in
succession
two
harmonic
equations
of
the
forms
where
z
may
be
zero
and
where
f
and
have
to
satisfy
certain
boundary
conditions
the
constants
are
then
determined
to
satisfy
the
boundary
condition
numerical
calculations
show
that
five
or
six
terms
of
the
series
give
a
good
approximation
to
the
accurate
value
as
judged
by
the
closeness
with
which
the
approximate
solution
satisfies
the
boundary
condition
the
procedure
to
be
adopted
in
the
case
of
the
general
circular
sector
and
for
non
uniform
loading
is
indicated
briefly
the
connexion
between
the
deflexion
problem
and
that
of
plane
strain
in
which
the
stress
function
satisfies
the
equation
where
and
have
given
values
on
the
boundary
is
discussed
as
a
preliminary
to
the
further
consideration
of
the
latter
problem
by
a
method
of
the
same
type
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
735
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
bending
of
uniformly
loaded
sectorial
plates
with
clamped
edges
this
paper
analyzes
the
bending
of
a
sectorial
plate
clamped
on
all
edges
and
subjected
to
uniformly
distributed
load
by
using
two
different
methods
of
superposition
on
the
elementary
solution
for
a
uniformly
loaded
circular
plate
with
a
clamped
edge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
736
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
bending
of
a
wedge
shaped
plate
a
general
method
of
solution
is
given
in
this
paper
for
the
problem
of
bending
of
a
wedge
shaped
thin
elastic
plate
with
arbitrary
boundary
conditions
on
the
radial
edges
in
the
case
of
a
single
load
the
solution
is
carried
out
for
a
plate
with
clamped
edges
and
a
single
load
on
the
bisector
radius
of
the
plate
stress
distribution
along
the
edges
is
shown
and
the
behavior
of
the
solution
near
the
corner
point
is
discussed
for
several
opening
angles
of
the
plate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
737
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
analysis
of
elastic
plates
of
variable
thickness
the
extensional
and
flexural
equations
governing
the
elastic
behaviour
of
a
plate
of
variable
thickness
are
expressed
in
terms
of
the
laplacian
operator
temperature
variations
in
the
plane
of
the
plate
and
across
the
thickness
of
the
plate
are
taken
into
account
general
solutions
are
given
for
a
rectangular
plate
whose
thickness
varies
exponentially
along
the
length
and
for
a
circular
or
annular
plate
whose
thickness
varies
as
a
power
of
the
radius
the
large
deflexion
equations
including
effects
of
initial
irregularities
are
also
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
738
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
finding
zero's
of
arbitrary
functions
a
method
for
finding
real
and
complex
roots
of
polynomial
equations
due
to
d
muller
is
applied
to
finding
roots
of
general
equations
of
the
form
f
z
where
f
z
is
analytic
in
the
neighborhood
of
the
roots
the
procedure
does
not
depend
on
any
prior
knowledge
of
the
location
of
the
roots
nor
on
any
special
starting
process
all
that
is
required
is
the
ability
to
evaluate
f
z
for
any
desired
value
of
z
multiple
roots
can
also
be
obtained
a
general
purpose
program
prepared
for
the
univac
scientific
and
a
is
described
and
numerical
results
are
presented
for
the
following
applications
finding
eigenvalues
of
differential
operators
finding
eigenvalues
of
arbitrary
matrices
finding
zeros
of
the
generalized
eigenvalue
problem
finding
roots
of
a
number
of
transcendental
equations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
739
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
buckling
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
under
axial
compression
in
two
previous
papers
the
authors
have
discussed
in
detail
the
inadequacy
of
the
classical
theory
of
thin
shells
in
explaining
the
buckling
phenomenon
of
cylindrical
and
spherical
shells
it
was
shown
that
not
only
the
calculated
buckling
load
is
to
times
higher
than
that
found
by
experiments
but
the
observed
wave
pattern
of
the
buckled
shell
is
also
different
from
that
predicted
furthermore
it
was
pointed
out
that
the
different
explanations
for
this
discrepancy
advanced
by
l
h
donnell
and
w
flugge
are
untenable
when
certain
conclusions
drawn
from
these
explanations
are
compared
with
the
experimental
facts
by
a
theoretical
investigation
on
spherical
shells
the
authors
were
led
to
the
belief
that
in
general
the
buckling
phenomenon
of
curved
shells
can
only
be
explained
by
means
of
a
non
linear
large
deflection
theory
this
point
of
view
was
substantiated
by
model
experiments
on
slender
columns
with
non
linear
elastic
support
the
non
linear
characteristics
of
such
structures
cause
the
load
necessary
to
keep
the
shell
in
equilibrium
to
drop
very
rapidly
with
increase
in
wave
amplitude
once
the
structure
started
to
buckle
thus
first
of
all
a
part
of
the
elastic
energy
stored
in
the
shell
is
released
once
the
buckling
has
started
this
explains
the
observed
rapidity
of
the
buckling
process
furthermore
as
it
was
shown
in
one
of
the
previous
papers
the
buckling
load
itself
can
be
materially
reduced
by
slight
imperfections
in
the
test
specimen
and
vibrations
during
the
testing
process
in
this
paper
the
same
ideas
are
applied
to
the
case
of
a
thin
uniform
cylindrical
shell
under
axial
compression
first
it
is
shown
by
an
approximate
calculation
that
again
the
load
sustained
by
the
shell
drops
with
increasing
deflection
then
the
results
of
this
calculation
are
used
for
a
more
detailed
discussion
of
the
buckling
process
as
observed
in
an
actual
testing
machine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
74
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
study
of
the
turbulen
coundary
layer
on
a
shock
tube
wall
interferometric
measurements
were
made
of
the
density
profiles
of
an
unsteady
turbulent
boundary
layer
on
the
flat
wall
of
a
shock
tube
the
investigation
included
both
subsonic
and
supersonic
flow
mach
numbers
of
and
with
no
pressure
gradient
and
with
heat
transfer
to
a
cold
wall
velocity
profiles
and
average
skin
friction
coefficients
were
calculated
effects
on
the
velocity
profile
of
surface
roughness
and
flow
length
are
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
740
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
behaviour
of
a
cylindrical
shell
under
axial
compression
when
the
buckling
load
has
been
exceeded
the
value
of
the
compressive
stress
at
which
a
thin
circular
cylindrical
shell
becomes
unstable
has
been
worked
out
theoretically
by
southwell
subsequent
experimental
results
however
have
indicated
that
this
value
is
appreciably
too
high
and
that
the
form
of
distortion
which
occurs
in
practice
differs
from
that
assumed
in
theory
in
recent
years
much
work
has
been
done
on
this
problem
in
america
lundquist
and
donnell
have
concluded
that
the
buckling
of
a
cylindrical
shell
is
greatly
influenced
by
initial
irregularities
von
karman
and
tsien
have
indicated
that
a
thin
cylindrical
shell
can
be
maintained
in
a
buckled
state
by
a
compressive
load
considerably
smaller
than
that
previously
predicted
by
theory
the
present
paper
is
an
extension
of
the
work
of
von
karman
and
tsien
it
shows
that
the
smallest
load
which
will
keep
a
thin
cylindrical
shell
in
a
buckled
condition
is
about
one
third
of
that
given
by
southwell
a
result
in
very
fair
agreement
with
experiment
and
that
once
the
cylinder
has
buckled
and
so
long
as
the
stresses
remain
within
the
elastic
range
of
the
material
the
cylinder
has
only
about
one
quarter
of
its
original
stiffness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
741
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
behaviour
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
after
buckling
under
axial
compression
the
fundamental
investigations
of
von
karman
and
tsien
on
the
buckling
of
cylindrical
shells
under
axial
compression
are
continued
the
energy
expression
is
simplified
and
minimized
with
respect
to
the
axial
and
circumferential
wave
length
parameters
solution
of
the
equations
obtained
yields
curves
of
the
reduced
average
stress
and
of
the
wave
dimensions
plotted
against
the
reduced
average
strain
they
illustrate
the
behavior
of
the
cylinder
during
the
buckling
process
the
minimum
buckling
stress
is
found
to
be
e
tr
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
742
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
post
buckling
behaviour
of
axially
compressed
circular
cylinder
shells
the
postbuckling
characteristics
of
an
axially
compressed
thin
walled
circular
cylindrical
shell
loaded
either
by
dead
weights
or
by
a
rigid
testing
machine
are
determined
it
is
shown
that
for
either
loading
condition
the
minimum
applied
stress
in
the
postbuckling
region
is
er
and
that
the
region
of
stable
equilibrium
corresponding
to
loading
by
the
rigid
testing
machine
includes
and
extends
beyond
that
obtained
with
dead
weight
loading
the
work
here
described
is
a
continuation
of
work
done
earlier
by
von
karman
and
tsien
by
michielsen
and
by
leggett
and
jones
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
743
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
new
developments
in
the
nonlinear
theories
of
the
buckling
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
in
the
present
paper
a
short
survey
will
be
given
first
of
the
buckling
and
postbuckling
behavior
of
isotropic
cylindrical
shells
subjected
to
different
loading
conditions
as
obtained
by
the
nonlinear
theory
of
finite
deflections
of
shells
during
the
last
twenty
years
next
a
report
will
be
given
on
new
investigations
carried
out
in
the
structures
department
of
the
dvl
concerning
the
elastic
stability
of
isotropic
and
orthotropic
cylindrical
shells
loaded
in
axial
compression
and
internal
pressure
these
studies
are
based
on
the
nonlinear
theory
of
finite
deformations
the
theoretical
rsults
will
be
compared
with
new
experimental
results
obtained
with
a
series
of
axially
loaded
pressurized
isotropic
and
orthotropic
cylindrical
shells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
744
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
lower
buckling
load
in
the
non
linear
buckling
theory
of
thin
shells
for
thin
shells
the
relation
between
the
load
p
and
the
deflection
beyond
the
classical
buckling
load
is
very
often
non
linear
for
instance
when
a
uniform
thin
circular
cylinder
is
loaded
in
the
axial
direction
the
load
p
when
plotted
against
the
end
shortening
has
the
characteristic
shown
in
fig
if
the
strain
energy
s
and
the
total
potential
are
calculated
their
behavior
can
be
represented
by
the
curves
shown
in
figs
and
it
can
be
demonstrated
that
the
branches
oc
and
ab
corresponds
to
stable
equilibrium
configurations
and
the
branch
bc
to
unstable
equilibrium
configurations
the
point
b
is
then
the
point
of
transition
from
stable
to
unstable
equilibrium
configurations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
745
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
automatic
method
for
finding
the
greatest
or
least
value
function
the
greatest
or
least
value
of
a
function
of
several
variables
is
to
be
found
when
the
variables
are
restricted
to
a
given
region
a
method
is
developed
for
dealing
with
this
problem
and
is
compared
with
possible
alternatives
the
method
can
be
used
on
a
digital
computer
and
is
incorporated
in
a
program
for
mercury
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
746
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aeroelastic
problems
in
connection
with
high
speed
flight
a
review
is
given
of
developments
in
the
field
of
aeroelasticity
during
the
past
ten
years
the
effect
of
steadily
increasing
mach
number
has
been
two
fold
on
the
one
hand
the
aerodynamic
derivatives
have
changed
and
in
some
cases
brought
new
problems
and
on
the
other
hand
the
design
for
higher
mach
numbers
has
led
to
thinner
aerofoils
and
more
slender
fuselages
for
which
the
required
stiffness
is
more
difficult
to
provide
both
these
aspects
are
discussed
and
various
methods
of
attack
on
the
problems
are
considered
the
relative
merits
of
stiffness
damping
and
massbalance
for
the
prevention
of
control
surface
flutter
are
discussed
a
brief
mention
is
made
of
the
recent
problems
of
damage
from
jet
efflux
and
of
the
possible
aeroelastic
effects
of
kinetic
heating
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
747
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
bodt
freedom
flutter
of
ground
launched
rocket
models
at
supersonic
and
high
subsonic
speeds
a
theoretical
investigation
of
symmetric
body
freedom
flutter
of
a
rocket
model
is
described
the
results
confirm
that
structural
failures
of
models
were
caused
by
this
type
of
flutter
and
an
extension
of
the
investigation
indicates
the
parameters
that
are
of
importance
a
high
ratio
of
body
to
wing
mass
and
a
well
forward
position
of
the
overall
centre
of
gravity
are
conditions
under
which
flutter
may
occur
increase
of
body
pitching
radius
of
gyration
and
tailplane
volume
are
beneficial
it
is
concluded
that
this
type
of
flutter
may
be
significant
in
some
aircraft
designs
and
that
the
canard
has
no
advantage
in
this
respect
over
the
conventional
lay
out
of
wing
and
tailplane
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
748
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
subsonic
aerodynamic
flutter
derivatives
for
wings
and
control
surfaces
compressible
and
incompressible
flow
this
report
gives
tables
of
the
two
dimensional
subsonic
flutter
derivatives
where
possible
the
values
given
are
based
on
the
published
work
of
various
authors
but
some
have
been
specially
calculated
for
this
report
wing
derivatives
are
given
for
mach
numbers
and
for
the
frequency
parameter
range
and
mach
numbers
and
for
frequency
parameter
control
surface
derivatives
are
given
for
mach
numbers
and
for
control
surface
wing
chord
ratios
and
frequency
parameters
are
also
given
for
mach
numbers
and
for
frequency
parameter
control
surface
tab
derivatives
are
given
for
some
particular
values
of
the
variables
and
methods
of
obtaining
approximate
values
of
these
derivatives
for
other
values
of
the
variables
are
suggested
control
surface
and
tab
derivatives
are
in
all
cases
for
no
aerodynamic
balance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
749
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
aerodynamic
effects
of
aspect
ratio
and
sweepback
on
wing
flutter
the
report
describes
tests
to
obtain
direct
measurements
of
the
aerodynamic
effects
of
aspect
ratio
and
sweepback
on
wing
flutter
the
tests
were
made
on
rigid
wings
with
root
flexibilities
it
is
shown
that
measured
effects
of
aspect
ratio
and
sweepback
on
the
flutter
of
these
wings
can
be
represented
quite
closely
in
flutter
calculations
based
on
two
dimensional
flow
theory
by
multiplying
the
two
dimensional
aerodynamic
coefficients
by
appropriate
factors
the
effect
of
sweepback
is
represented
by
multiplying
all
aerodynamic
coefficients
by
cos
where
is
the
wing
leading
edge
sweepback
and
the
effect
of
aspect
ratio
is
represented
by
multiplying
the
aerodynamic
damping
coefficients
by
f
a
and
the
stiffness
coefficients
by
f
a
where
a
is
the
aspect
ratio
for
the
wings
tested
an
average
value
for
f
a
is
f
a
a
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
75
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
structural
failure
due
to
acoustic
loading
some
discussion
of
the
acoustic
fatigue
problem
of
aircraft
structures
is
given
along
with
data
pertaining
to
the
acoustic
inputs
from
some
powerplants
in
common
use
comparisons
are
given
for
results
of
some
fatigue
tests
of
flat
panels
and
cantilever
beams
exposed
to
both
random
and
discrete
type
inputs
in
this
regard
it
appears
that
both
the
stress
level
of
the
test
and
the
type
of
model
are
significant
hence
no
generalization
can
be
made
at
this
time
with
regard
to
increasing
the
fatigue
life
it
was
noted
that
increased
stiffening
of
a
panel
due
to
curvature
and
pressure
differential
is
particularly
beneficial
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
750
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transonic
flow
in
two
dimensional
and
axially
symmetrical
nozzles
by
means
of
suitable
expansions
in
inverse
powers
of
r
the
radius
of
curvature
of
the
nozzle
profile
at
the
throat
measured
in
throat
half
heights
the
velocity
components
in
the
throat
region
of
a
convergent
divergent
nozzle
can
be
calculated
the
first
three
terms
of
the
series
solution
have
been
obtained
both
for
two
dimensional
and
for
axially
symmetric
nozzles
the
numerical
accuracy
of
the
solution
is
confirmed
by
comparison
with
the
known
exact
solution
along
the
branchline
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
751
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
the
use
of
end
plates
to
prevent
three
dimensional
flow
at
the
ends
of
bluff
cylinders
the
results
are
given
of
some
observations
of
the
effects
of
end
plates
on
the
three
dimensional
separated
flow
at
the
ends
of
cylindrical
models
while
these
are
by
no
means
exhaustive
it
is
felt
that
they
are
of
sufficient
interest
to
merit
putting
on
record
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
752
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
slender
not
so
thin
wing
theory
a
method
for
making
an
approximate
thickness
correction
to
slender
thin
wing
theory
is
presented
the
method
is
tested
by
applying
it
to
cones
with
rhombic
cross
sections
and
the
agreement
is
found
to
be
good
if
the
cones
are
not
too
thick
it
is
then
suggested
that
the
thickness
correction
to
slender
thin
wing
theory
may
be
applied
unchanged
to
linear
thin
wing
theory
this
suggestion
is
compared
with
some
experiments
on
delta
wings
and
it
is
found
that
there
is
considerable
improvement
over
thin
wing
theory
near
the
centre
line
but
that
this
improvement
is
not
maintained
as
the
wing
tips
are
approached
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
753
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
development
of
a
quasi
steady
approach
to
flutter
and
correlation
with
kernel
function
results
the
quasi
steady
approach
to
flutter
utilizes
experimental
or
theoretical
steady
state
aerodynamic
data
to
arrive
at
increased
understanding
of
the
flutter
mechanism
and
also
in
many
cases
acceptably
accurate
quantitative
flutter
predictions
circulation
lag
effects
are
neglected
but
aerodynamic
damping
is
included
in
the
evaluation
of
the
air
forces
situations
requiring
the
inclusion
of
rate
aerodynamics
for
accurate
flutter
estimation
are
specified
a
quasi
unsteady
approach
is
also
discussed
in
which
the
approximate
magnitude
of
the
circulation
lag
function
at
flutter
is
included
in
simple
modifications
of
quasi
steady
parameters
closed
form
solutions
are
derived
for
the
flutter
characteristics
of
a
typical
section
with
and
without
rate
aerodynamics
application
is
then
made
to
the
rational
flutter
analysis
of
three
dimensional
multi
degree
of
freedom
lifting
surfaces
a
specific
planform
is
evaluated
in
the
mach
number
range
from
zero
to
two
quasi
steady
quasi
unsteady
and
kernel
function
results
are
compared
subsonically
quasi
steady
results
are
utilized
supersonically
primary
applications
of
the
quasi
steady
approach
are
in
the
areas
of
preliminary
design
and
parameter
variation
studies
modification
of
more
sophisticated
flutter
theories
to
force
compatibility
with
available
steady
state
data
and
flutter
evaluation
of
complex
configurations
which
can
be
rationally
analyzed
by
steady
state
aerodynamic
theories
but
for
which
no
complete
unsteady
aerodynamic
theories
are
presently
available
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
754
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
through
laminar
boundary
layers
on
semi
infinite
cylinders
of
arbitrary
cross
section
this
paper
shows
how
to
calculate
the
rate
of
heat
transfer
through
a
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
semi
infinite
cylinder
of
arbitrary
cross
section
the
cylinder
is
placed
in
a
stream
of
incompressible
fluid
the
flow
at
infinity
being
parallel
to
the
generators
and
is
maintained
at
a
uniform
temperature
a
series
solution
for
small
downstream
distances
and
an
asymptotic
formula
for
large
downstream
distances
are
given
to
cover
the
intermediate
range
an
approximate
pohlhausen
solution
is
obtained
a
correction
of
the
error
involved
in
the
pohlhausen
solution
is
suggested
which
it
is
believed
will
lead
to
final
errors
of
at
most
percent
the
calculations
are
applied
to
elliptic
cylinders
and
illustrate
the
effect
on
the
local
rate
of
heat
transfer
of
varying
the
ratio
of
the
major
and
minor
axes
of
cross
section
the
length
of
perimeter
being
held
fixed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
755
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
oscillatory
derivative
measurements
on
sting
mounted
wind
tunnel
models
method
of
test
and
results
for
pitch
and
yaw
on
a
cambered
ogee
wing
at
mach
numbers
up
to
this
report
describes
a
method
which
has
been
developed
for
measuring
oscillatory
derivatives
on
sting
mounted
models
in
the
ft
by
ft
supersonic
tunnel
at
r
a
e
bedford
direct
and
cross
derivatives
with
respect
to
angular
displacements
and
velocities
in
pitch
and
yaw
have
been
measured
satisfactorily
and
results
are
given
of
tests
on
a
cambered
ogee
wing
at
six
mach
numbers
from
to
some
tests
were
made
on
this
model
in
the
course
of
the
preliminary
development
work
in
the
ft
by
ft
low
speed
wind
tunnel
and
results
of
these
are
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
756
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
further
comments
on
the
inversion
of
large
structural
matrices
in
a
recent
note
klein
referred
to
a
paper
co
authored
by
the
writer
and
to
ref
regarding
the
subject
of
inversion
of
large
order
matrices
klein
stated
that
he
would
show
'that
the
situation
is
not
as
hopeless
as
the
anove
mentioned
authors
intimate'
the
purpose
of
this
note
is
not
to
take
exception
to
klein
s
conclusions
but
rather
to
disagree
with
his
implication
that
the
authors
of
ref
were
pessimistic
with
respect
to
large
matrix
inversions
two
general
methods
of
analysis
were
treated
the
method
of
consistent
distortion
and
the
method
of
transfer
matrices
the
first
method
leads
directly
to
a
relatively
large
matrix
of
structural
coefficients
of
both
internal
forces
and
displacements
this
matrix
must
be
inverted
to
solve
the
problem
the
second
method
ultimately
produces
a
relatively
small
matrix
requiring
inversion
however
to
arrive
at
this
point
one
must
perform
a
number
of
matrix
multiplications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
757
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
the
flow
about
a
plane
half
wing
of
cropped
delta
planform
and
symmetrical
section
at
stream
mach
numbers
between
and
a
study
has
been
made
of
the
flow
development
over
the
wing
as
the
incidence
and
stream
mach
number
vary
and
this
is
illustrated
by
surface
pressure
distributions
and
oil
flow
patterns
the
growth
and
movement
of
the
two
main
surface
shocks
the
rear
and
forward
shocks
is
discussed
and
conditions
for
flow
separation
through
these
shocks
are
considered
for
the
rear
shock
which
has
little
sweep
these
conditions
are
similar
to
those
for
shock
induced
separation
on
two
dimensional
aerofoils
the
forward
shock
is
comparatively
highly
swept
and
separation
seems
to
correspond
to
two
rather
different
but
simultaneously
attained
conditions
one
related
to
the
component
mach
number
normal
to
the
shock
front
and
the
other
to
the
position
of
the
reattachment
line
the
flow
in
the
region
between
the
leading
edge
and
the
forward
shock
is
shown
to
have
certain
characteristics
analogous
to
those
found
upstream
of
the
shock
on
two
dimensional
aerofoils
to
the
rear
of
the
forward
shock
but
ahead
of
the
rear
shock
the
flow
at
low
supersonic
speeds
resembles
in
some
respects
that
about
a
simple
cone
the
general
flow
development
is
related
in
the
text
to
the
wing
lift
and
pitching
moment
and
the
drag
the
first
two
are
most
affected
by
the
aft
movement
of
the
rear
shock
which
also
stimulates
the
transonic
drag
rise
the
lift
dependent
drag
is
shown
to
be
influenced
by
the
appearance
of
leading
edge
separation
and
possibly
also
by
some
stage
in
the
development
of
the
forward
shock
the
flow
over
the
cropped
delta
planform
is
noteworthy
for
the
absence
of
the
strong
outboard
shock
and
this
is
attributed
partly
to
the
cropped
tip
and
partly
to
the
unswept
trailing
edge
a
comparison
is
made
with
results
obtained
during
preliminary
tests
in
which
the
wing
planform
closely
resembled
that
of
a
true
delta
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
758
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
lower
bound
of
attainable
sonic
boom
over
pressure
and
design
methods
of
approaching
this
limit
from
a
study
of
existing
sonic
boom
theory
it
has
been
possible
to
establish
an
approximate
lower
bound
of
attainable
sonic
boom
overpressure
which
depends
only
on
the
airplane
length
weight
and
volume
and
on
the
flight
conditions
this
lower
bound
may
be
approached
over
a
narrow
range
of
flight
conditions
through
the
application
of
appropriate
design
considerations
in
general
for
intermediate
values
of
lift
coefficient
the
major
portion
of
the
lift
generating
surfaces
must
be
located
aft
of
the
maximum
cross
sectional
area
whereas
for
higher
values
of
lift
coefficient
the
maximum
area
must
be
well
forward
and
or
the
lift
producing
surfaces
must
extend
well
toward
the
airplane
nose
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
759
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
investigation
of
a
blunted
cone
and
a
blunted
ogive
with
a
flared
cylinder
afterbody
at
mach
numbers
from
to
a
cone
with
a
blunt
nose
tip
and
a
blunt
nose
tip
and
a
flared
cylinder
afterbody
have
been
tested
in
free
flight
over
a
mach
number
range
from
to
and
a
reynolds
number
range
from
x
to
x
time
histories
cross
plots
of
force
and
moment
coefficients
and
plots
of
the
longitudinal
force
coefficient
rolling
velocity
aerodynamic
center
normal
force
curve
slope
and
dynamic
stability
are
presented
with
the
center
of
gravity
location
at
about
models
were
both
statically
and
dynamically
stable
throughout
the
mach
number
range
for
the
cone
the
average
aerodynamic
center
moved
slightly
forward
with
decreasing
speeds
and
the
normal
force
curve
slope
was
fairly
constant
throughout
the
speed
range
for
the
ogive
the
average
aerodynamic
center
remained
practically
constant
and
the
normal
force
curve
slope
remained
practically
constant
to
a
mach
number
of
approximately
where
a
rising
trend
was
noted
maximum
drag
coefficient
for
the
cone
with
reference
to
the
base
area
was
approximately
and
for
the
ogive
with
reference
to
the
area
of
the
cylindrical
portion
was
approximately
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
76
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flight
measurement
of
wall
pressure
fluctuations
and
boundary
layer
turbulence
the
results
are
presented
for
a
flight
test
program
using
a
fighter
type
jet
aircraft
flying
at
pressure
altitudes
of
and
apparatus
was
used
to
measure
and
record
the
output
of
microphones
and
hot
wire
anemometers
mounted
on
the
forward
fuselage
section
and
wing
of
the
airplane
mean
velocity
profiles
in
the
boundary
layers
were
obtained
from
total
pressure
measurements
the
ratio
of
the
root
mean
square
fluctuating
wall
pressure
to
the
free
stream
dynamic
pressure
is
presented
as
a
function
of
reynolds
number
and
mach
number
the
longitudinal
component
of
the
turbulent
velocity
fluctuations
was
measured
and
the
turbulence
intensity
profiles
are
presented
for
the
wing
and
forward
fuselage
section
in
general
the
results
are
in
agreement
with
wind
tunnel
measurements
which
have
been
reported
in
the
literature
for
example
the
variation
of
is
the
root
mean
square
of
the
wall
pressure
fluctuation
and
q
is
the
free
stream
dynamic
pressure
with
reynolds
number
was
found
to
be
essentially
constant
for
the
forward
fuselage
section
boundary
layer
while
variations
at
the
wing
station
were
probably
unduly
affected
by
the
microphone
diameter
which
was
large
compared
with
the
boundary
layer
thickness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
760
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inelastic
buckling
of
initially
imperfect
cylindrical
shells
subject
to
axial
compression
an
analytical
and
experimental
study
is
made
for
inelastic
instability
of
initially
imperfect
cylindrical
shells
subject
to
axial
compression
donnell's
equations
and
the
principle
of
virtual
work
are
adapted
to
determine
the
effects
of
initial
imperfections
on
the
buckling
modes
and
the
critical
buckling
stresses
the
deformation
theory
and
the
incremental
theory
of
plastic
stress
strain
relationships
are
both
considered
the
experimental
results
of
ten
tests
on
specimens
made
of
aluminum
alloy
are
presented
comparison
of
experimental
with
theoretical
results
indicates
that
the
application
of
the
deformation
theory
provides
a
fairly
accurate
prediction
of
buckling
strength
but
fails
in
this
case
to
yield
a
correct
description
of
post
buckling
behavior
on
the
other
hand
the
application
of
the
incremental
theory
which
is
mathematically
and
physically
more
rigorous
leads
to
an
overestimation
of
buckling
strength
even
though
initial
imperfections
are
considered
this
paradox
has
existed
for
years
and
remains
to
be
resolved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
761
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
sandwich
under
normal
pressure
a
theoretical
study
is
made
of
the
buckling
of
a
sandwich
sphere
comprised
of
a
core
layer
of
low
modulus
material
and
two
thin
facing
layers
of
higher
modulus
material
the
solution
for
the
buckling
resistance
of
the
sphere
under
normal
external
pressure
is
obtained
by
linearized
theory
and
is
reducible
to
the
classical
solution
for
monocoque
spherical
shells
critical
buckling
pressures
are
calculated
for
various
radius
thickness
ratios
and
sphere
materials
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
762
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
allowable
axial
loads
and
bending
moments
for
inelastic
structures
under
nonuniform
temperature
distribution
a
strain
analysis
method
is
derived
and
demonstrated
for
the
calculation
of
design
allowable
load
strain
curves
for
the
cross
section
of
a
structure
supporting
axial
loads
and
bending
moments
the
temperature
effects
of
thermal
stresses
and
changed
material
properties
and
all
inelastic
effects
are
included
in
the
calculations
so
that
the
final
curve
is
a
design
curve
for
the
applied
stresses
as
calculated
by
room
temperature
elastic
procedures
the
method
allows
for
sequence
application
and
removal
of
load
and
temperature
as
well
as
cycling
of
load
and
or
temperature
applications
are
shown
for
a
rectangular
bar
under
temperature
cycling
with
axial
loads
and
or
bending
moments
and
for
a
box
beam
with
one
bending
moment
temperature
cycle
interaction
curves
beyween
axial
load
and
bending
moment
with
inelastic
effects
included
are
given
the
calculations
being
done
on
a
digital
computer
a
procedure
is
given
for
using
the
method
to
construct
design
curves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
763
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
internal
pressure
on
the
buckling
of
circular
cylindrical
shells
under
bending
the
effect
of
internal
pressure
on
the
small
deflection
buckling
of
thin
walled
cylinders
under
bending
is
investigated
by
means
of
a
modified
donnell
equation
the
results
indicate
that
the
maximum
critical
stress
due
to
bending
increases
with
internal
pressure
unlike
the
case
of
pressurized
cylinders
under
compression
these
results
represent
the
moment
at
which
significant
deformations
appear
in
the
cylinder
rather
than
the
maximum
moment
able
to
be
carried
but
may
be
a
good
approximation
to
the
latter
for
metal
cylinders
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
764
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
breathing
vibrations
of
a
circular
shell
with
an
internal
liquid
resonant
breathing
frequencies
and
mode
shapes
are
determined
experimentally
for
a
thin
walled
circular
cylindrical
shell
containing
a
nonviscous
incompressible
liquid
the
resonant
frequencies
determined
for
the
full
shell
are
in
good
agreement
with
those
predicted
by
reissner's
shallow
shell
vibration
theory
with
the
inclusion
of
an
apparent
mass
term
for
the
liquid
the
effect
of
the
internal
liquid
on
the
shell
mode
shapes
is
significant
only
for
the
partially
full
shell
in
this
case
the
circumferential
node
lines
tend
to
shift
toward
the
bottom
or
filled
portion
of
the
shell
excitation
of
low
frequency
liquid
sloshing
motion
by
high
frequency
forced
oscillation
of
a
partially
filled
shell
occurred
in
many
cases
this
low
frequency
liquid
response
is
tentatively
explained
as
being
excited
by
a
beat
frequency
in
the
forced
oscillation
a
similar
type
of
response
has
been
reported
by
yarymovych
in
axially
excited
rigid
tanks
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
765
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
clamped
short
oval
cylindrical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
the
principle
of
the
minimum
of
the
total
potential
is
employed
to
obtain
stresses
and
displacements
for
clamped
short
oval
cylindrical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
classical
shell
theory
in
which
buckling
effects
are
not
considered
was
used
a
fourier
series
is
assumed
for
the
deflections
in
the
closed
circumferential
direction
so
that
the
partial
differential
equations
of
equilibrium
are
replaced
by
a
set
of
ordinary
differential
equations
the
energy
solution
is
compared
with
a
simplified
approximation
which
can
be
considered
an
equivalent
circular
cylinder
solution
graphs
of
the
significant
stresses
and
displacements
are
presented
for
oval
cylinders
having
major
to
minor
axis
ratios
of
and
it
is
shown
that
the
maximum
stresses
and
displacements
increase
significantly
as
the
major
to
minor
axis
ratio
is
increased
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
766
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
investigation
at
mach
number
of
of
effects
of
thermal
stress
and
buckling
on
flutter
characteristics
of
flat
single
bay
panels
of
length
width
ratio
flat
single
bay
skin
stiffener
panels
with
length
width
ratios
of
were
tested
at
a
mach
number
of
at
dynamic
pressures
ranging
from
to
stagnation
temperatures
from
f
to
effects
of
thermal
stress
and
buckling
on
the
flutter
of
such
panels
the
panel
supporting
structure
allowed
partial
thermal
expansion
of
the
skins
in
both
the
longitudinal
and
lateral
directions
panel
skin
material
and
skin
thickness
were
varied
a
boundary
faired
through
the
experimental
flutter
points
consisted
of
a
flat
panel
portion
a
buckled
panel
portion
and
a
transition
point
at
the
intersection
of
the
two
boundaries
where
a
panel
is
most
susceptible
to
flutter
the
flutter
region
consisted
of
two
fairly
distinct
sections
a
large
amplitude
flutter
region
and
a
small
amplitude
flutter
region
the
results
show
that
an
increase
in
panel
skin
temperature
flutter
the
flutter
trend
for
buckled
panels
is
reversed
use
of
a
modified
temperature
parameter
which
approximately
accounts
for
the
effects
of
differential
pressure
and
variations
in
panel
skin
material
and
skin
thickness
reduced
the
scatter
in
the
data
which
resulted
when
these
effects
were
neglected
the
results
are
compared
with
an
exact
theory
for
clamped
panels
for
the
condition
of
zero
midplane
stress
in
addition
a
two
mode
transtability
solution
for
clamped
panels
is
compared
with
the
experimentally
determined
transition
point
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
767
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
mathematical
techniques
applying
to
the
thermal
fatigue
behaviour
of
high
temperature
alloys
during
thermal
fatigue
testing
of
a
specimen
with
a
thin
edge
or
during
rapid
temperature
changes
in
the
gas
flow
past
turbine
blades
the
thin
edges
are
deformed
plastically
in
compression
during
heating
and
subsequently
creep
in
tension
as
the
bulk
of
the
specimen
or
blade
heats
up
the
plastic
deformation
is
determined
from
temperature
distributions
which
are
calculated
by
biot's
variational
method
the
creep
deformation
is
determined
as
a
function
of
time
by
a
differential
equation
which
expresses
the
balance
between
increasing
elastic
stress
and
reduction
of
stress
due
to
creep
relaxation
and
which
is
solved
to
a
riccati
equation
soluble
in
terms
of
bessel
functions
or
iii
by
transformation
to
a
second
order
differential
equation
with
a
periodic
coefficient
using
the
thermal
stresses
obtained
from
the
solution
of
the
differential
equation
the
theoretical
thermal
fatigue
endurance
is
determined
from
cyclic
mechanical
stress
endurance
data
agreement
between
theoretical
and
experimental
thermal
fatigue
endurances
is
obtained
over
ranges
of
temperature
strain
and
strain
rate
or
equivalently
over
ranges
of
temperature
edge
radius
and
heat
transfer
coefficient
this
agreement
supports
the
use
of
the
theoretical
methods
in
wider
contexts
the
accuracy
of
the
temperature
distributions
is
better
than
the
accuracy
of
other
factors
entering
into
the
correlation
between
theoretical
and
experimental
endurances
improvement
in
the
interpretation
of
experimental
results
requires
consideration
of
the
alteration
of
the
stress
cycles
during
the
course
of
thermal
fatigue
testing
this
requirement
is
catered
for
partially
by
the
various
solutions
of
the
differential
equation
for
thermal
stress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
768
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
formulae
for
use
with
the
fatigue
load
meter
in
the
assessment
of
wing
fatigue
life
this
note
gives
a
method
for
the
derivation
of
suitable
constants
which
when
multiplied
by
the
readings
recorded
at
each
appropriate
acceleration
level
on
a
fatigue
load
meter
and
then
added
together
give
directly
the
proportion
of
fatigue
life
used
up
in
the
wing
it
is
suggested
that
when
the
estimated
proportion
is
of
order
then
a
more
detailed
assessment
of
fatigue
life
should
be
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
769
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
local
circumferential
buckling
of
thin
circular
cylindrical
shells
the
problem
of
circumferential
buckling
of
a
thin
circular
cylindrical
shell
due
to
compressive
hoop
stresses
which
vary
in
the
axial
direction
is
examined
for
extremely
localised
compressive
hoop
stress
distributions
resulting
from
thermal
discontinuity
effects
or
from
a
uniform
radial
line
loading
the
buckle
pattern
should
also
be
localised
simplified
analyses
into
these
two
types
of
problem
are
considered
which
show
that
only
a
limited
number
of
buckle
deflection
modes
needs
to
be
assumed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
77
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
comparative
analysis
of
the
performance
of
long
range
hypervelocity
vehicles
long
range
hypervelocity
vehicles
are
studied
in
terms
of
their
motion
in
powered
flight
and
their
motion
and
aerodynamic
heating
in
unpowered
flight
powered
flight
is
analyzed
for
an
idealized
propulsion
system
which
rather
closely
approaches
present
day
rocket
motors
unpowered
flight
is
characterized
by
a
return
to
earth
along
a
ballistic
skip
or
glide
trajectory
only
those
trajectories
are
treated
which
yield
the
maximum
range
for
a
given
velocity
at
the
end
of
powered
flight
aerodynamic
heating
is
treated
in
a
manner
similar
to
that
employed
previously
by
the
senior
authors
in
studying
ballistic
missiles
naca
tn
with
the
exception
that
radiant
as
well
as
convective
heat
transfer
is
considered
in
connection
with
glide
and
skip
vehicles
the
ballistic
vehicle
is
found
to
be
the
least
efficient
of
the
several
types
studied
in
the
sense
that
it
generally
requires
the
highest
velocity
at
the
end
of
powered
flight
in
order
to
attain
a
given
range
this
disadvantage
may
be
offset
however
by
reducing
convective
heat
transfer
to
the
re
entry
body
through
the
artifice
of
increasing
pressure
drag
in
relation
to
friction
drag
that
is
by
using
a
blunt
body
thus
the
kinetic
energy
required
by
the
vehicle
at
the
end
of
powered
flight
may
be
reduced
by
minimizing
the
mass
of
coolant
material
involved
the
glide
vehicle
developing
lift
drag
ratios
in
the
neighborhood
of
and
greater
than
is
far
superior
to
the
ballistic
vehicle
in
ability
to
convert
velocity
into
range
it
has
the
disadvantage
of
having
far
more
heat
convected
to
it
however
it
has
the
compensating
advantage
that
this
heat
can
in
the
main
be
radiated
back
to
the
atmosphere
consequently
the
mass
of
coolant
material
may
be
kept
relatively
low
the
skip
vehicle
developing
lift
drag
ratios
from
about
to
is
found
to
be
superior
to
comparable
ballistic
and
glide
vehicles
in
converting
velocity
into
range
at
lift
drag
ratios
below
it
is
found
to
be
about
equal
to
comparable
ballistic
vehicles
while
at
lift
drag
ratios
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
770
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
past
a
sphere
the
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
past
a
sphere
fixed
in
a
uniform
stream
is
calculated
to
the
third
order
of
approximation
by
means
of
the
janzen
rayleigh
method
the
velocity
and
the
pressure
distributions
over
the
surface
of
the
sphere
are
computed
and
the
terms
involving
the
fourth
power
of
the
mach
number
neglected
in
rayleigh's
calculation
are
shown
to
be
of
considerable
importance
as
the
local
velocity
of
sound
is
approached
on
the
sphere
the
critical
mach
number
that
is
the
value
of
the
mach
number
at
which
the
maximum
velocity
of
the
fluid
past
the
sphere
is
just
equal
to
the
local
velocity
of
sound
is
calculated
for
both
the
second
and
the
third
approximations
and
is
found
to
be
respectively
and
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
771
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
past
a
sphere
it
was
shown
by
raleigh
philos
mag
that
the
velocity
potential
for
the
subsonic
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
past
a
sphere
can
be
expressed
as
a
power
series
in
terms
of
mach's
number
m
which
is
the
ratio
of
the
undisturbed
velocity
u
divided
by
the
velocity
of
sound
for
the
undisturbed
flow
the
equation
in
question
is
and
boundary
conditions
are
prescribed
for
raleigh
himself
computed
the
first
two
terms
of
this
series
the
author
finds
the
third
term
he
gives
some
graphs
showing
numerical
differences
between
raleigh's
and
his
approximation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
772
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
study
of
jet
flap
compressor
blades
the
results
of
a
preliminary
experimental
investigation
to
determine
the
feasibility
of
using
the
jet
flap
to
improve
the
section
characteristics
of
an
axial
flow
compressor
blade
are
presented
and
discussed
trailing
edge
internal
design
of
the
blade
is
described
and
details
of
the
resulting
jet
flow
are
given
also
included
are
wind
tunnel
design
and
test
procedures
for
the
two
dimensional
cascade
used
in
the
test
test
results
are
presented
in
the
form
of
the
measured
turning
angle
pressure
rise
and
lift
coefficient
they
are
examined
with
particular
reference
to
the
prevention
of
rotating
stall
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
773
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
q
app
math
experiments
on
porous
wall
cooling
and
flow
separation
control
in
a
supersonic
nozzle
control
of
flow
separation
by
fluid
injection
at
one
diverging
boundary
of
a
two
dimensional
transparent
walled
de
laval
nozzle
was
investigated
by
spark
schlieren
photography
of
dry
nitrogen
flows
expanded
from
two
stagnation
temperatures
injection
conditions
at
the
permeable
boundary
were
varied
by
the
use
of
three
grades
of
porous
stainless
steel
with
nominal
pore
diameters
of
and
microns
through
which
nitrogen
was
forced
by
coolant
reservoir
pressures
of
and
psig
in
addition
to
the
case
of
no
forced
injection
pressure
distribution
measurements
were
made
along
the
nonpermeable
diverging
boundary
it
was
found
that
flow
separation
at
expansion
ratios
approaching
the
optimum
value
for
maximum
thrust
coefficient
could
be
induced
at
the
porous
wall
by
a
local
injection
mass
velocity
of
the
order
of
a
few
per
cent
of
the
local
main
stream
mass
velocity
separation
at
the
solid
boundary
was
not
noticeably
influenced
by
injection
at
the
opposite
wall
and
the
asymmetrical
separation
thus
effected
jet
deflections
of
up
to
degrees
at
the
lower
stagnation
pressure
levels
variation
of
the
wall
heat
transfer
condition
by
changing
the
stagnation
temperature
did
not
significantly
influence
separation
behavior
temperature
measurements
at
the
reservoir
face
of
the
porous
section
together
with
use
of
published
correlations
and
of
the
rube
sin
analysis
for
estimation
of
stream
side
stanton
numbers
under
noninjection
and
injection
conditions
respectively
permitted
heat
transfer
calculations
which
indicated
that
the
effectiveness
of
the
transpiration
technique
in
controlling
nozzle
wall
temperatures
derives
primarily
from
intimate
fluid
solid
contact
in
a
porous
material
of
high
specific
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
774
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
general
characteristics
of
the
flow
through
nozzles
at
near
critical
speeds
the
characteristics
of
the
position
and
form
of
the
transition
surface
through
the
critical
velocity
are
computed
for
flow
through
flat
and
round
nozzles
from
subsonic
to
supersonic
velocity
corresponding
considerations
were
carried
out
for
the
flow
about
profiles
in
the
vicinity
of
sonic
velocity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
775
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
two
dimensional
flows
of
compressible
fluid
it
is
well
known
that
when
the
flow
is
everywhere
subsonic
in
a
field
of
flow
the
nature
of
the
two
dimensional
isentropic
flow
of
a
compressible
perfect
fluid
differs
only
slightly
from
that
of
the
corresponding
flow
of
an
incompressible
perfect
fluid
thus
in
such
a
case
we
can
calculate
the
field
of
flow
by
any
of
the
well
known
methods
of
approximation
on
the
other
hand
if
the
flow
is
supersonic
throughout
the
field
we
can
determine
the
flow
pattern
by
the
method
of
characteristics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
776
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
force
measurements
on
square
and
dodecagonal
sectional
cylinders
at
high
reynolds
numbers
results
are
given
of
measurements
in
the
compressed
air
tunnel
of
the
forces
on
two
cylinders
one
of
square
cross
section
and
the
other
dodecagonal
the
tests
were
carried
out
at
various
reynolds
numbers
ranging
from
approximately
x
to
x
based
on
the
distance
between
parallel
faces
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
777
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
technique
for
rendering
approximate
solutions
to
physical
problems
uniformly
valid
a
method
is
described
for
treating
some
of
the
characteristically
non
linear
problems
of
physics
in
particular
those
involving
a
non
linear
partial
differential
equation
for
which
an
approximate
linearization
is
permissible
everywhere
except
in
a
limited
region
such
as
the
neighbourhood
of
a
singular
characteristic
of
the
approximate
solution
or
of
approximation
is
valueless
the
method
involves
a
transformation
of
an
independent
variable
which
is
determined
progressively
with
successive
approximations
to
the
solution
only
one
step
being
necessary
if
a
first
approximation
valid
uniformly
be
obtained
the
method
is
most
easily
understood
in
its
application
to
simple
first
order
ordinary
differential
equations
which
are
studied
in
detail
in
and
as
a
preparation
for
the
extension
to
more
complicated
problems
in
and
physically
the
longest
section
concerns
the
spread
of
a
progressive
wave
at
infinity
an
important
and
essentially
non
linear
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
778
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
integral
related
to
the
radiation
integrals
the
author
points
out
the
relation
of
the
integral
to
problems
in
astrophysics
and
quantum
mechanics
and
because
of
its
importance
supplies
a
table
of
values
the
table
gives
rl
x
to
seven
places
of
decimals
from
x
to
x
at
intervals
of
second
order
central
differences
are
tabulated
to
assist
in
interpolation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
779
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculation
and
compilation
of
the
unsteady
lift
functions
for
a
rigid
wing
subjected
to
sinusoidal
gusts
and
to
sinusoidal
sinking
oscillations
the
total
lift
responses
of
wings
to
sinusoidal
gusts
and
to
sinusoidal
vertical
oscillations
are
calculated
from
the
response
to
gust
penetration
and
to
a
sudden
change
in
sinking
velocity
through
use
of
the
well
established
reciprocal
relations
for
unsteady
flow
the
cases
considered
are
two
dimensional
wings
in
incompressible
subsonic
compressible
sonic
and
supersonic
flow
elliptical
and
rectangular
wings
in
incompressible
flow
wide
rectangular
and
delta
wings
in
supersonic
flow
and
delta
wings
of
vanishingly
low
aspect
ratio
in
incompressible
and
compressible
flow
for
most
of
the
cases
considered
closed
form
expressions
are
given
and
the
final
results
are
presented
in
the
form
of
plots
of
the
square
of
the
modulus
of
the
lift
coefficient
for
wings
in
a
sinusoidally
oscillating
gust
and
in
the
form
of
the
real
and
imaginary
parts
of
the
lift
component
for
wings
undergoing
sinusoidal
sinking
oscillations
a
summary
table
is
presented
as
a
guide
to
the
scope
and
results
of
this
paper
this
table
contains
the
figure
and
equation
numbers
for
the
types
of
flow
and
plan
forms
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
78
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
analytical
treatment
of
aircraft
propeller
precession
instability
an
analytical
investigation
is
made
of
a
precession
type
instability
which
can
occur
in
a
flexibly
supported
aircraft
engine
propeller
combination
by
means
of
an
idealized
mathematical
model
which
is
comprised
of
a
rigid
power
plant
system
flexibly
mounted
in
pitch
and
yaw
to
a
fixed
backup
structure
the
conditions
required
for
neutral
stability
are
determined
the
paper
also
examines
the
sensitivity
of
the
stability
boundaries
to
changes
in
such
parameters
as
stiffness
damping
and
asymmetries
in
the
engine
mount
propeller
speed
airspeed
mach
number
propeller
thrust
and
location
of
pitch
and
yaw
axes
stability
is
found
to
depend
strongly
on
the
damping
and
stiffness
in
the
system
with
the
use
of
nondimensional
charts
theoretical
stability
boundaries
are
compared
with
experimental
results
obtained
in
wind
tunnel
tests
of
an
aeroelastic
airplane
model
in
general
the
theoretical
results
which
do
not
account
for
wing
response
show
the
same
trends
as
observed
experimentally
however
for
a
given
set
of
conditions
calculated
airspeeds
for
neutral
stability
are
consistently
lower
than
the
measured
values
evidently
this
result
is
due
to
the
fact
that
wing
response
tends
to
add
damping
to
the
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
780
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
transonic
characteristics
of
cambered
rectangular
wings
of
varying
aspect
ratio
and
thickness
as
determined
by
transonic
bump
technique
an
investigation
to
determine
the
effects
of
camber
on
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
a
series
of
rectangular
wings
having
various
aspect
ratios
and
thickness
to
chord
ratios
was
conducted
in
the
ames
the
transonic
bump
method
the
mach
number
range
of
the
investigation
was
from
to
with
a
corresponding
reynolds
number
range
of
to
million
the
lift
drag
and
pitching
moment
data
are
presented
for
wings
having
aspect
ratios
of
and
and
naca
a
xx
and
a
xx
sections
with
thickness
to
chord
ratios
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
781
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
use
of
subsonic
kernel
function
in
an
influence
coefficient
method
of
aeroelastic
analysis
and
some
comparisons
with
experiment
this
paper
illustrates
the
development
and
application
of
an
influence
coefficient
method
of
analysis
for
calculating
the
response
of
a
flexible
wing
in
an
airstream
to
an
oscillating
disturbing
force
and
for
treating
such
aeroelastic
instabilities
as
flutter
and
divergence
aerodynamic
coefficients
are
derived
on
the
basis
of
lifting
surface
theory
for
subsonic
compressible
flow
by
use
of
the
method
presented
in
nasa
technical
report
r
application
of
the
analysis
is
made
to
a
uniform
cantilever
wing
tip
tank
configuration
for
which
responses
to
a
sinusoidal
disturbing
force
and
flutter
speeds
were
measured
over
a
range
of
subsonic
mach
numbers
and
densities
calculated
responses
and
flutter
speeds
based
on
flexibility
influence
coefficients
measured
at
nine
stations
are
in
good
agreement
with
experiment
provided
the
aerodynamic
load
is
distributed
over
the
wing
so
that
local
centers
of
pressure
very
nearly
coincide
with
these
nine
influence
stations
the
use
of
experimental
values
of
bending
and
torsional
structural
damping
coefficients
in
the
analysis
generally
improved
the
agreement
between
calculated
and
experimental
responses
some
calculations
were
made
to
study
the
effects
of
density
on
responses
near
the
flutter
conditions
and
linear
response
trends
were
obtained
over
a
wide
range
of
densities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
782
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculated
subsonic
span
loads
and
resulting
stability
derivatives
of
unswept
and
degree
sweptback
tail
surfaces
in
sideslip
and
steady
roll
subsonic
span
loads
and
the
resulting
stability
derivatives
have
been
calculated
for
a
systematic
series
of
vertical
and
horizontal
tail
combinations
in
sideslip
and
in
steady
roll
in
order
to
provide
information
embracing
a
wide
range
of
probable
tail
configurations
all
calculations
were
made
by
application
of
the
discrete
horseshoe
vortex
method
to
the
problem
of
estimating
loads
on
intersecting
surfaces
the
investigation
covered
variations
in
vertical
tail
aspect
ratio
the
ratio
of
horizontal
tail
aspect
ratio
to
vertical
tail
aspect
ratio
the
effects
of
horizontal
tail
dihedral
angle
for
the
sideslip
case
and
the
effects
of
vertical
position
of
the
horizontal
tail
for
surfaces
having
their
quarter
chord
lines
swept
back
degrees
and
degrees
the
results
of
the
investigation
are
presented
in
charts
from
which
the
span
loads
for
the
various
conditions
can
be
obtained
the
resulting
stability
derivatives
are
presented
as
vertical
and
horizontal
tail
contributions
as
well
as
total
tail
assembly
derivatives
the
results
of
this
investigation
which
was
made
for
a
wider
range
of
geometric
variables
than
previous
studies
showed
trends
which
were
in
general
agreement
with
the
results
of
previous
investigations
also
presented
in
this
paper
and
used
in
the
computations
is
an
extensive
table
of
values
of
sidewash
due
to
a
rectangular
vortex
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
783
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
method
for
calculating
the
subsonic
steady
state
loading
on
an
airplane
with
a
wing
of
arbitrary
planform
and
stiffness
a
method
for
computing
the
steady
state
span
load
distribution
on
an
elastic
airplane
wing
for
specified
airplane
weights
and
load
factors
is
given
the
method
is
based
on
a
modification
of
the
weissinger
l
method
and
applies
at
subcritical
mach
numbers
it
includes
the
effects
of
external
stores
and
fuselage
on
the
spanwise
loading
modifications
are
outlined
for
treating
tail
boom
and
tailless
airplane
configurations
and
for
calculating
the
divergence
dynamic
pressure
of
a
swept
wing
with
a
large
external
store
a
method
is
also
outlined
for
reducing
wind
tunnel
data
to
obtain
effective
aerodynamic
coefficients
which
are
free
of
model
flexibility
effects
the
effects
of
mach
number
can
readily
be
evaluated
from
the
aerodynamic
coefficients
thus
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
784
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
through
the
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
circular
cylinder
in
axial
incompressible
flow
this
paper
presents
a
method
of
calculating
the
distribution
of
rate
of
heat
transfer
into
a
laminar
incompressible
boundary
layer
from
the
exterior
surface
of
a
long
thin
circular
cylinder
when
the
surface
of
the
cylinder
is
maintained
at
a
constant
temperature
and
the
flow
is
parallel
to
the
cylinder
axis
the
temperature
difference
between
the
surface
and
the
main
stream
is
taken
to
be
small
enough
to
neglect
buoyancy
effects
a
series
solution
valid
for
small
downstream
distances
from
the
nose
has
been
obtained
already
by
seban
bond
and
kelly
this
is
now
extended
by
deriving
an
asymptotic
series
solution
valid
at
large
downstream
distances
and
bridging
the
gap
between
these
two
series
solutions
by
an
approximate
solution
based
on
the
method
used
recently
by
davies
and
bourne
to
calculate
heat
transfer
from
a
flat
plate
the
calculation
is
used
to
demonstrate
the
effect
of
curvature
and
of
prandtl
number
on
the
local
rate
of
heat
transfer
at
various
downstream
distances
by
comparing
with
the
corresponding
flat
plate
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
785
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
of
fluid
along
cylinders
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
uniform
flow
parallel
to
the
generators
of
any
cylinder
without
corners
are
put
into
the
form
of
a
series
of
linear
third
order
differential
equations
the
first
three
of
these
are
the
same
as
those
obtained
by
seban
and
bond
for
a
circular
cylinder
and
solved
by
kelly
the
rest
have
additional
terms
depending
on
the
radius
of
curvature
of
the
cylinder
and
its
derivatives
the
problem
is
also
attacked
by
a
pohlhausen
method
as
far
as
four
terms
of
the
series
for
large
distances
from
the
front
rayleigh's
method
as
given
by
hasimoto
gives
the
first
two
terms
of
an
asymptotic
expansion
for
the
drag
explicit
calculations
are
made
of
the
drag
of
an
elliptic
cylinder
of
eccentricity
there
is
evidence
that
the
drag
is
everywhere
less
than
that
of
a
circular
cylinder
of
the
same
perimeter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
786
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
skin
friction
on
infinite
cylinders
moving
parallell
to
their
length
the
frictional
force
on
a
cylinder
moving
steadily
parallel
to
its
length
through
a
viscous
liquid
which
is
initially
at
rest
is
determined
with
reasonable
accuracy
over
the
whole
range
of
values
of
the
duration
of
the
motion
and
for
a
wide
variety
of
shapes
of
the
cylinder
cross
section
when
the
time
t
is
small
the
first
approximation
gives
a
force
per
unit
area
which
is
the
same
as
that
for
a
flat
plate
of
infinite
width
the
second
approximation
takes
the
shape
of
the
cylinder
into
account
and
the
force
on
unit
length
of
cylinder
is
determined
in
terms
of
the
number
of
corners
and
their
angles
in
the
cylinder
cross
linder
is
the
same
to
this
approximation
as
that
on
a
circular
cylinder
of
the
same
perimeter
for
large
values
of
t
the
determination
of
the
frictional
force
is
reducible
to
that
of
a
potential
problem
the
solution
of
which
is
known
for
a
number
of
different
shapes
the
approximations
for
small
and
large
values
of
t
for
any
one
cylinder
do
not
overlap
but
can
be
joined
without
much
ambiguity
for
no
value
of
t
do
the
forces
on
cylinders
of
different
shape
excluding
those
whose
curvature
is
not
everywhere
inwards
differ
by
more
than
about
per
cent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
787
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
rayleigh's
problem
for
a
cylinder
of
arbitrary
shape
the
motion
of
an
incompressible
viscous
fluid
generated
by
a
cylinder
of
arbitrary
cross
sectional
form
which
is
started
to
move
suddenly
from
rest
with
uniform
velocity
in
the
direction
of
its
length
is
considered
formulae
in
powers
of
are
derived
for
the
velocity
distribution
valid
in
the
vicinity
of
the
cylinder
and
for
the
frictional
drag
on
the
cylinder
correct
to
the
order
of
a
where
a
is
the
characteristic
length
of
the
cross
section
v
is
the
kinematic
viscosity
and
t
is
the
time
these
formulae
are
given
in
terms
of
only
the
analytic
function
which
maps
conformally
the
region
outside
the
cross
section
of
the
cylinder
onto
the
region
outside
the
unit
circle
and
of
certain
integrals
e
which
are
common
to
any
arbitrary
cylinder
in
particular
when
a
is
sufficiently
small
the
total
frictional
drag
on
the
cylinder
per
unit
length
is
expressed
as
irrespective
of
the
cross
sectional
form
where
b
and
y
euler's
constant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
788
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
boundary
layer
theory
for
semi
infinite
cylinders
of
arbitrary
cross
section
an
estimate
is
given
of
the
distribution
of
skin
frictional
force
per
unit
length
and
of
displacement
area
on
the
outside
of
a
semi
infinite
cylinder
of
arbitrary
cross
section
moving
steadily
in
a
direction
parallel
to
its
generators
a
pohlhausen
method
is
employed
with
a
velocity
distribution
chosen
to
yield
zero
viscous
retarding
force
on
the
boundary
layer
approximations
the
smallness
of
the
fluid
acceleration
far
from
the
leading
edge
has
been
pointed
out
by
batchelor
reasonable
results
atlarge
distances
from
the
leading
edge
however
for
a
large
class
of
cross
sections
which
includes
all
convex
cross
sections
and
locally
concave
cross
sections
with
re
entrant
angles
greater
than
the
method
yields
the
expected
square
root
growth
of
the
boundary
layer
at
the
leading
edge
with
a
fairly
close
approximation
to
the
coefficient
and
it
is
supposed
that
the
skin
frictional
force
and
displacement
area
are
given
with
reasonable
accuracy
along
the
whole
length
of
the
cylinder
results
for
the
elliptic
cylinder
and
the
finite
flat
plate
are
given
in
closed
form
valid
for
the
whole
length
of
the
cylinder
and
are
expected
to
be
in
error
by
at
most
per
cent
in
addition
some
estimate
is
given
of
the
effect
of
corners
on
skin
frictional
force
and
displacement
area
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
789
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
further
note
on
the
calculation
of
heat
transfer
through
the
axisymmetrical
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
circular
cylinder
by
using
a
karman
pohlhausen
method
the
distribution
of
local
rate
of
heat
transfer
is
ovaluated
for
the
case
of
air
flow
in
an
axisymmetrical
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
heated
circular
cylinder
the
temperature
of
the
cylinder
being
independent
of
downstream
distance
this
calculation
serves
to
link
the
numerical
values
obtained
by
seban
bond
and
kelly
for
small
downstream
distances
to
those
obtained
by
bourne
and
davies
for
large
downstream
distances
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
79
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
extreme
surface
cooling
on
boundary
layer
transition
an
investigation
was
made
to
determine
the
combined
effects
of
surface
cooling
pressure
gradients
nose
blunting
and
surface
finish
on
boundary
layer
transition
data
were
obtained
for
various
body
shapes
at
a
mach
number
of
and
reynolds
numbers
per
foot
as
high
as
x
previous
transition
studies
with
moderate
cooling
have
shown
agreement
with
the
predictions
of
stability
theory
for
surface
roughnesses
ranging
from
to
microinches
the
location
of
transition
was
unaffected
with
moderate
cooling
with
extreme
cooling
an
adverse
effect
was
observed
for
each
of
the
parameters
investigated
in
general
the
transition
reynolds
number
decreased
with
decreasing
surface
temperature
in
particular
the
beneficial
effects
of
a
favorable
pressure
gradient
obtained
with
moderate
cooling
disappear
with
extreme
cooling
and
a
transition
reynolds
number
lower
than
that
observed
on
a
cone
is
obtained
further
an
increase
in
the
nose
bluntness
decreased
the
transition
reynolds
number
under
conditions
of
extreme
cooling
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
790
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
wind
tunnel
test
technique
for
measuring
the
dynamic
rotary
stability
derivatives
at
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
a
method
is
described
for
measuring
the
dynamic
stability
derivatives
of
a
model
airplane
in
a
wind
tunnel
the
characteristic
features
of
this
system
are
that
single
degree
of
freedom
oscillations
were
used
to
obtain
combinations
of
rolling
yawing
and
pitching
motions
that
the
oscillations
were
excited
and
controlled
by
velocity
feedback
which
permitted
operation
under
conditions
unfavorable
for
more
conventional
types
of
oscillatory
testing
and
that
data
processing
was
greatly
simplified
by
using
analog
computer
elements
in
the
strain
gage
circuitry
the
system
described
is
primarily
for
measurement
of
the
damping
derivatives
damping
in
roll
damping
in
pitch
damping
in
yaw
and
the
cross
derivatives
rolling
moment
due
to
yawing
and
yawing
moment
due
to
rolling
the
method
of
testing
also
permits
measurement
under
oscillatory
conditions
of
the
static
derivatives
rolling
moment
due
to
sideslip
yawing
moment
due
to
sideslip
and
pitching
moment
due
to
angle
of
attack
all
these
derivatives
are
of
particular
importance
in
estimating
the
short
period
oscillatory
motions
of
a
rigid
airplane
a
small
number
of
experimental
data
are
included
to
illustrate
the
general
scope
of
results
obtainable
with
this
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
791
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurements
at
mach
numbers
up
to
of
the
longitudinal
characteristics
of
one
plane
and
three
cambered
slender
'ogee'
wings
measurements
have
been
made
of
the
longitudinal
characteristics
of
one
plane
and
three
cambered
slender
ogee
wings
p
at
two
subsonic
and
eight
supersonic
mach
numbers
up
to
the
tests
also
included
measurements
of
the
zero
lift
pressure
drag
and
support
interference
of
the
plane
wing
the
results
have
been
analysed
to
give
data
for
estimating
the
performance
of
supersonic
transport
aircraft
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
792
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
low
speed
problems
of
high
speed
aircraft
the
first
part
of
the
paper
deals
with
the
low
speed
aerodynamics
of
aircraft
shapes
suggested
by
kuchemann
at
the
second
international
congress
in
aeronautical
sciences
at
zurich
in
as
suitable
for
achieving
a
required
range
at
supersonic
speeds
namely
wingbody
arrangements
with
sweepback
angles
of
degrees
or
degrees
and
streamwise
thickness
chord
ratio
of
about
per
cent
suitable
for
low
supersonic
speed
and
slender
near
triangular
wings
with
sharp
leading
edges
suitable
for
mach
numbers
of
about
or
more
no
attention
is
given
to
slewed
wings
powered
lift
or
variable
geometry
in
dealing
briefly
with
swept
wings
the
need
for
avoiding
separation
of
flow
from
the
leading
edge
is
demonstrated
with
the
conclusion
that
it
is
desirable
to
use
leading
edge
flaps
with
blowing
or
suction
at
the
knee
together
with
blown
trailing
edge
flaps
wind
tunnel
tests
are
described
on
a
simplified
model
with
these
boundary
layer
control
methods
applied
mention
is
made
of
the
possibility
of
adverse
ground
effect
on
maximum
lift
more
attention
is
given
to
the
case
of
slender
wings
because
their
use
involves
a
new
type
of
flow
with
separation
from
all
edges
this
flow
and
its
steadiness
are
therefore
discussed
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
possibility
of
buffeting
the
effect
of
plan
form
on
static
longitudinal
stability
and
pitch
up
is
analysed
and
a
short
summary
of
available
results
on
damping
in
pitch
is
given
large
rolling
moments
due
to
sideslip
are
shown
to
give
rise
to
serious
problems
of
control
and
the
present
state
of
knowledge
of
static
lateral
and
directional
stability
and
rolling
and
yawing
rotary
derivatives
is
discussed
finally
the
effects
of
proximity
to
the
ground
are
summarised
the
second
part
of
the
paper
is
concerned
with
work
aimed
at
clarifying
some
of
the
requirements
for
handling
qualities
of
future
aircraft
it
is
not
so
much
concerned
with
forecasts
of
the
dynamic
behaviour
of
these
future
aircraft
as
with
determining
what
the
pilot
wants
two
aspects
of
control
in
the
vertical
plane
are
discussed
in
some
detail
namely
speed
control
and
glide
path
holding
flight
tests
on
an
avro
a
aircraft
with
artificially
worsened
characteristics
are
described
and
it
is
shown
that
substantially
constant
performance
in
the
piloting
task
can
be
achieved
at
the
expense
of
increased
pilot
effort
some
tentative
conclusions
on
desirable
levels
of
speed
stability
and
phugoid
damping
are
nevertheless
drawn
a
brief
review
of
the
present
status
of
lateral
directional
handling
requirements
using
mainly
american
data
is
also
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
793
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
pattern
on
a
tapered
sweptback
wing
at
mach
numbers
between
and
the
development
of
the
flow
pattern
on
a
swept
wing
with
incidence
and
stream
mach
number
is
described
the
wing
of
aspect
ratio
taper
ratio
and
leading
edge
sweep
deg
was
tested
at
mach
numbers
between
and
at
incidences
up
to
about
deg
the
test
reynolds
number
varied
with
mach
number
being
typically
x
at
m
leading
edge
it
is
shown
that
the
flow
pattern
at
moderate
incidences
develops
smoothly
from
a
subsonic
type
involving
leading
edge
separation
to
a
supersonic
type
where
the
flow
is
attached
near
the
leading
edge
and
with
shock
induced
separation
further
aft
the
formation
and
movement
of
the
shock
wave
system
and
the
vortices
near
the
wing
surface
are
briefly
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
794
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
with
a
tapered
swept
back
wing
of
warren
planform
at
mach
numbers
between
and
the
development
of
the
flow
pattern
on
a
wing
of
aspect
ratio
taper
ratio
leading
edge
sweepback
deg
and
per
cent
thickness
chord
ratio
in
the
streamwise
direction
has
been
described
in
part
which
discussed
oil
flow
patterns
obtained
on
the
surface
of
the
wing
the
complete
programme
of
tests
also
included
pressure
plotting
at
four
spanwise
stations
and
force
measurements
these
are
discussed
in
relation
to
the
flow
development
in
this
part
of
the
report
the
wing
was
tested
at
mach
numbers
between
and
for
incidences
up
to
about
deg
the
tunnel
stagnation
pressure
was
held
constant
at
a
value
near
atmospheric
pressure
during
the
tests
so
that
the
reynolds
number
varied
with
mach
number
at
m
it
was
x
based
on
the
mean
aerodynamic
chord
boundary
layer
transition
was
fixed
by
a
roughness
band
at
the
leading
edge
a
detailed
analysis
has
been
made
of
the
pressure
distributions
on
the
surface
of
the
wing
and
the
chordwise
distributions
integrated
to
determine
the
spanwise
loading
the
overall
lift
and
pitching
moment
of
the
wing
were
also
obtained
from
these
data
as
well
as
from
direct
measurements
using
a
strain
gauge
balance
by
means
of
which
the
wing
drag
was
also
determined
these
results
are
considered
in
some
detail
to
illustrate
the
effects
of
mach
number
and
incidence
on
the
flow
about
the
model
a
preliminary
analysis
is
also
made
of
the
conditions
for
boundary
layer
separation
due
to
shock
waves
on
the
wing
surface
the
principal
factor
appears
to
be
the
component
of
mach
number
normal
to
the
shock
front
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
795
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
operation
of
the
npl
in
x
in
wind
tunnel
in
the
transonic
speed
range
a
brief
description
of
the
slotted
liners
used
is
given
together
with
the
power
requirements
and
some
flow
surveys
some
observations
are
made
on
wall
interference
on
a
half
model
of
a
swept
wing
tested
in
the
wind
tunnel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
796
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
at
transonic
speeds
of
the
performance
of
various
distributed
roughness
bands
used
to
cause
boundary
layer
transition
near
the
leading
edge
of
a
cropped
delta
half
wing
distributed
roughness
bands
of
no
and
no
carborundum
were
found
to
be
effective
in
causing
boundary
layer
transition
if
they
extended
over
the
first
and
respectively
of
the
local
chord
use
of
larger
grain
sizes
or
increases
in
the
band
width
for
a
given
grain
size
resulted
in
a
drag
penalty
with
very
large
particle
sizes
about
between
the
particles
the
drag
penalty
was
constant
over
the
test
mach
number
range
to
and
decreased
slowly
with
incidence
the
wing
lift
and
pitching
moment
were
only
slightly
modified
by
the
presence
of
any
of
the
roughness
bands
tested
but
this
result
would
not
of
course
necessarily
apply
to
wings
of
other
planforms
or
section
shapes
the
test
reynolds
number
was
about
million
in
the
appendix
the
structure
of
the
roughness
bands
is
discussed
as
well
as
the
details
of
the
materials
used
and
the
techniques
used
to
apply
the
band
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
797
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
the
effect
of
leading
edge
modifications
on
the
flow
over
a
degree
sweptback
wing
at
transonic
speeds
summary
an
investigation
has
been
made
in
the
n
p
l
in
x
in
tunnel
of
the
effects
of
leading
edge
modifications
on
the
flow
and
forces
on
an
untapered
wing
of
deg
leading
edge
sweep
at
stream
mach
numbers
between
and
seven
leading
edge
profiles
were
tested
ranging
from
a
drooped
extension
of
per
cent
of
the
chord
of
the
basic
sharp
nosed
section
to
a
round
nosed
section
with
a
leading
edge
radius
of
per
cent
of
the
basic
chord
leading
edge
droop
was
found
to
increase
the
wing
drag
near
zero
lift
but
to
reduce
appreciably
the
lift
dependent
drag
component
except
at
the
highest
test
mach
numbers
droop
also
increased
the
lift
coefficient
at
which
leading
edge
separation
occurred
on
the
upper
surface
at
moderate
subsonic
speeds
but
in
addition
reduced
the
mach
number
for
transonic
flow
attachment
the
appearance
of
the
forward
shock
but
not
the
rear
shock
is
considerably
delayed
when
the
leading
edge
is
drooped
with
the
undrooped
sections
an
increase
in
leading
edge
radius
was
accompanied
by
successively
earlier
appearances
of
the
forward
shock
and
hence
the
outboard
shock
with
its
attendant
separation
the
conditions
at
which
the
rear
shock
first
appeared
changed
only
slowly
as
the
section
was
changed
the
variations
in
wing
flow
pattern
as
the
leading
edge
is
modified
are
discussed
and
related
to
measured
changes
in
the
wing
lift
and
drag
an
attempt
is
also
made
to
estimate
the
local
mach
numbers
on
some
parts
of
the
wing
from
the
oil
flow
patterns
this
material
is
used
to
assess
the
flow
conditions
appropriate
to
shock
induced
separation
the
main
section
of
the
report
concludes
with
a
tentative
discussion
of
the
significance
of
the
present
results
to
the
design
of
swept
wings
in
an
appendix
results
obtained
with
the
wing
in
a
sweptforward
configuration
are
briefly
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
798
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
interaction
between
shock
waves
and
boundary
layers
with
a
note
on
the
effects
of
the
interaction
of
the
performance
of
supersonic
intakes
the
interaction
between
shock
waves
and
boundary
layers
has
important
effects
in
many
problems
of
high
speed
flow
this
paper
has
been
written
as
a
guide
to
the
literature
on
the
subject
and
as
a
critical
review
of
the
present
state
of
knowledge
concerning
both
the
underlying
physical
processes
and
the
practical
applications
it
will
be
clear
to
the
reader
that
although
substantial
progress
has
been
made
our
knowledge
is
still
far
from
complete
and
that
more
work
both
of
a
fundamental
nature
and
on
specific
applications
is
needed
before
the
problem
is
understood
sufficiently
well
for
design
purposes
part
i
of
the
paper
describes
experiments
on
comparatively
simple
types
of
flow
designed
to
provide
fundamental
information
and
to
assist
in
the
development
of
the
theory
these
experiments
show
that
the
interaction
depends
mainly
on
the
mach
and
reynolds
numbers
and
on
the
strength
of
the
shock
wave
in
particular
the
interaction
of
a
shock
wave
with
a
laminar
boundary
layer
is
shown
to
produce
much
larger
effects
than
if
the
boundary
layer
is
turbulent
for
most
cases
where
the
effects
of
the
interaction
are
large
enough
to
have
serious
practical
consequences
it
is
found
that
the
boundary
layer
separates
from
the
surface
and
the
difference
between
the
interaction
with
laminar
and
turbulent
layers
arises
mainly
because
the
laminar
layer
separates
much
more
readily
in
an
adverse
pressure
gradient
the
details
of
the
interaction
downstream
of
the
separation
point
thus
depend
critically
on
the
behaviour
of
the
separated
layer
and
on
the
conditions
under
which
it
reattaches
to
the
surface
many
of
the
features
found
in
the
fundamental
experiments
appear
also
in
practical
applications
and
these
are
considered
in
parts
ii
and
iii
of
the
paper
although
the
emphasis
hero
is
on
the
performance
of
aerfoils
and
wings
moving
at
high
subsonic
speeds
the
importance
of
the
interaction
in
other
examples
such
as
at
supersonic
trailing
edges
and
in
supersonic
intakes
is
also
discussed
briefly
the
differences
between
the
interaction
with
laminar
and
turbulent
boundary
layers
are
often
a
source
of
serious
discrepancy
between
model
experiments
and
full
scale
conditions
for
small
scale
models
it
is
therefore
frequently
essential
to
make
the
boundary
layer
turbulent
by
artificial
means
some
of
the
difficulties
involved
in
doing
this
and
certain
of
the
more
promising
methods
are
briefly
discussed
it
is
shown
that
experiments
on
models
with
transition
fixed
can
be
used
to
explain
a
number
of
aerodynamic
effects
encountered
in
transonic
flight
and
connected
with
the
occurrence
of
shock
induced
separation
of
the
turbulent
boundary
layers
for
both
two
dimensional
aerofoils
and
straight
and
sweptback
wings
turbulent
separation
occurs
for
shocks
above
a
certain
strength
which
applies
for
both
model
and
full
scale
conditions
full
scale
conditions
differences
in
magnitude
would
be
expected
if
the
pressure
recovery
along
the
separated
layer
between
the
shock
and
the
trailing
edge
is
affected
by
reynolds
number
but
little
information
is
at
present
available
on
this
point
most
of
the
repercussions
of
turbulent
separation
on
the
steady
motion
characteristics
of
aerofoils
and
wings
can
be
traced
to
the
associated
reduction
in
the
pressure
recovery
over
the
roar
of
the
surface
this
is
because
the
pressure
at
the
trailing
edge
controls
the
inter
relation
between
the
two
surfaces
so
long
as
the
flow
at
the
trailing
edge
remains
subsonic
and
in
particular
the
relative
movements
of
the
shock
waves
and
the
extents
of
the
local
regions
of
supersonic
flow
certain
unsteady
flow
characteristics
such
as
buffeting
and
control
surface
separation
some
evidence
is
presented
on
the
influence
of
section
shape
on
the
occurrence
and
effects
of
separation
but
in
this
as
in
many
other
respects
information
relevant
to
turbulent
boundary
layers
is
scarce
some
notes
on
the
further
work
which
is
required
are
given
in
part
iv
of
the
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
799
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
effects
of
wind
tunnel
interference
observed
in
tests
on
two
dimensional
aerofoils
at
high
subsonic
and
transonic
speeds
in
the
high
speed
research
on
two
dimensional
aerofoils
at
the
national
physical
laboratory
the
need
to
keep
model
size
above
a
certain
minimum
in
order
to
reproduce
correctly
the
boundary
layer
separation
effects
experienced
at
full
scale
has
been
considered
paramount
even
at
the
risk
of
incurring
significant
tunnel
interference
effects
this
report
discusses
the
interference
effects
for
the
slotted
working
sections
now
in
use
the
magnitudes
of
the
blockage
and
lift
effect
corrections
are
deduced
for
the
ratio
of
model
chord
to
tunnel
height
normally
used
it
is
shown
that
a
simple
adaptation
to
reduce
the
open
area
of
the
walls
would
reduce
both
corrections
to
insignificant
proportions
simultaneously
but
would
give
a
reduced
choking
mach
number
separated
flows
the
observed
trends
in
the
variation
of
the
blockage
effects
for
other
ratios
of
model
chord
to
tunnel
height
differ
from
those
predicted
theoretically
and
so
the
results
cannot
be
applied
more
generally
until
these
trends
have
been
checked
by
further
investigations
it
is
suggested
that
wake
interference
effects
can
significantly
influence
the
manner
in
which
separated
flows
develop
with
increasing
incidence
or
mach
number
particularly
for
walls
of
small
open
area
examples
are
also
given
of
effects
of
distortions
in
the
local
supersonic
flow
which
are
most
noticeable
for
walls
with
relatively
large
open
areas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
8
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurements
of
the
effect
of
two
dimensional
and
three
dimensional
roughness
elements
on
boundary
layer
transition
in
his
study
of
the
effect
of
roughness
on
transition
h
l
dryden
found
on
the
basis
of
available
data
that
the
effect
of
a
two
dimensional
roughness
element
such
as
a
trip
wire
could
be
represented
reasonably
well
in
terms
of
a
functional
relation
between
and
where
is
the
reynolds
number
of
transition
based
on
distance
from
the
leading
edge
is
the
height
of
the
roughness
element
and
is
the
boundary
layer
displacement
thickness
at
the
position
of
the
element
at
his
suggestion
some
additional
data
were
obtained
primarily
to
extend
the
range
to
higher
values
of
during
the
course
of
an
investigation
of
transition
on
a
flat
plate
conducted
at
the
national
bureau
of
standards
after
the
results
on
the
two
dimensional
roughness
elements
were
obtained
it
appeared
to
be
desirable
to
see
whether
a
row
of
three
dimensional
roughness
elements
would
behave
in
the
same
way
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
80
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
distributed
three
dimensional
roughness
and
surface
cooling
on
boundary
layer
transition
and
lateral
spread
of
turbulence
at
supersonic
speeds
an
investigation
was
made
in
the
langley
by
foot
supersonic
pressure
tunnel
at
mach
numbers
of
and
to
determine
the
effect
of
distributed
roughness
on
boundary
layer
transition
with
the
model
surface
at
adiabatic
wall
temperature
and
cooled
and
the
effect
of
surface
cooling
on
the
lateral
spread
of
turbulence
both
distributed
granular
type
and
single
spherical
roughness
particles
were
used
and
transition
of
the
boundary
layer
was
determined
by
hot
wire
anemometers
the
transition
triggering
mechanism
of
the
three
dimensional
roughness
at
supersonic
speeds
appeared
to
be
the
same
as
that
previously
observed
at
subsonic
speeds
in
fact
the
critical
value
of
the
roughness
reynolds
number
parameter
that
is
the
value
at
which
turbulent
spots
are
initiated
by
the
roughness
was
found
to
be
approximately
the
same
at
supersonic
and
subsonic
speeds
when
complete
local
conditions
at
the
top
of
the
roughness
including
density
and
viscosity
were
considered
in
the
formulation
of
the
roughness
reynolds
number
for
three
dimensional
roughness
at
a
reynolds
number
less
than
its
critical
value
the
roughness
introduced
no
disturbances
of
sufficient
magnitude
to
influence
transition
surface
cooling
although
providing
a
theoretical
increase
in
stability
to
small
disturbances
did
not
increase
to
any
important
extent
the
value
of
the
critical
roughness
reynolds
number
for
three
dimensional
roughness
particles
cooling
therefore
because
of
its
effect
on
the
boundary
layer
thickness
density
and
viscosity
actually
promoted
transition
due
to
existing
three
dimensional
surface
roughness
for
given
mach
and
reynolds
numbers
the
measured
lateral
spread
of
turbulence
in
the
boundary
layer
appeared
to
be
unaffected
by
the
increased
laminar
stability
derived
from
the
surface
cooling
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
800
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wall
interference
at
transonic
speeds
on
a
hemisphere
cylinder
model
tests
have
been
made
in
three
n
p
l
wind
tunnels
on
a
pressure
plotting
model
consisting
of
a
long
cylinder
with
a
hemispherical
nose
the
surface
pressure
distributions
were
measured
for
stream
mach
numbers
between
and
at
zero
model
incidence
and
schlieren
photographs
were
taken
the
blockage
ratios
were
and
the
principal
feature
of
the
flow
is
the
effect
of
working
section
size
on
the
rate
at
which
the
terminal
shock
wave
moves
back
along
the
model
with
increasing
stream
mach
number
this
is
thought
to
depend
mainly
on
the
distance
from
the
model
to
the
slotted
walls
of
the
tunnel
and
not
necessarily
on
the
blockage
ratio
the
distance
of
the
solid
sidewall
is
important
in
influencing
the
local
mach
number
ahead
of
the
terminal
shock
by
reflecting
the
expansion
wave
system
originating
near
the
model
nose
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
801
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
study
of
the
equivalence
of
transonic
flow
about
slender
cone
cylinders
of
circular
and
elliptic
cross
section
this
report
describes
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
equivalence
relationship
and
the
related
theory
for
lifting
forces
proposed
by
transonic
slender
body
theory
the
models
chosen
for
this
study
are
a
flat
winglike
elliptic
cone
cylinder
and
its
equivalent
body
of
revolution
a
circular
cone
cylinder
it
is
determined
that
the
flows
about
the
two
models
are
closely
related
in
the
manner
predicted
by
the
theory
the
relationship
persisting
over
a
mach
number
range
of
to
cone
cylinder
vary
linearly
only
over
the
small
angle
of
attack
range
of
approximately
and
that
the
aerodynamic
loading
at
sonic
speed
compares
favorably
with
jones'
slender
wing
theory
the
results
of
the
investigation
suggest
that
at
transonic
speeds
and
at
small
angles
of
attack
the
calculation
of
all
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
slender
three
dimensional
shapes
can
be
made
by
use
of
transonic
slender
body
theory
when
the
pressures
on
the
equivalent
body
of
revolution
are
known
either
by
experiment
or
by
an
adequate
nonlinear
theory
from
transonic
slender
body
theory
it
is
deduced
that
the
slenderness
required
for
this
application
is
the
same
as
that
required
for
the
successful
application
of
the
transonic
area
rule
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
802
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
behaviour
of
supersonic
flow
past
a
body
of
revolution
far
from
the
axis
a
theory
is
developed
of
the
supersonic
flow
past
a
body
of
revolution
at
large
distances
from
the
axis
where
a
linearized
approximation
is
valueless
owing
to
the
divergence
of
the
characteristics
at
infinity
it
is
used
to
find
the
asymptotic
forms
of
the
equations
of
the
shocks
which
are
formed
from
the
neighbourhoods
of
the
nose
and
tail
in
the
special
case
of
a
slender
pointed
body
the
general
theory
at
large
distances
is
used
to
modify
the
linearized
approximation
to
give
a
theory
which
is
uniformly
valid
at
all
distances
from
the
axis
the
results
which
are
of
physical
importance
are
summarized
in
the
conclusion
and
compared
with
the
results
of
experimental
observations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
803
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
shock
pattern
of
a
wing
body
combination
far
from
the
flight
path
the
position
and
strength
of
the
front
shock
wave
at
large
distances
from
a
wing
body
combination
are
deduced
from
the
linear
theory
for
the
combination
using
a
method
developed
by
whitham
the
combination
consists
of
a
body
of
revolution
and
a
wing
which
has
thickness
and
is
lifting
the
effects
of
interference
between
the
flow
over
the
body
and
the
flow
over
the
wing
are
included
in
any
direction
the
flow
far
from
the
wing
body
combination
is
equivalent
to
the
flow
past
a
body
of
revolution
determined
from
the
configuration
of
the
combination
the
modified
formulae
for
unsteady
flow
are
given
and
some
results
are
evaluated
for
the
combination
of
a
body
of
revolution
and
a
delta
wing
with
subsonic
leading
edges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
804
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
flight
test
investigation
of
the
sonic
boom
the
sonic
boom
as
it
is
now
popularly
called
has
become
the
center
of
considerable
interest
during
the
past
few
years
because
of
widespread
public
disturbance
and
possible
damage
that
can
result
from
it
in
the
hopes
of
minimizing
this
disturbance
and
to
extend
the
general
knowledge
of
the
shock
waves
which
produce
the
booming
noise
the
aeronautical
research
laboratory
wright
air
development
center
has
initiated
an
extensive
research
program
to
study
the
sonic
boom
phenomenon
this
report
presents
the
results
of
flight
tests
undertaken
as
one
phase
of
this
program
the
tests
had
as
their
objective
the
determination
and
measurement
of
the
shock
wave
pressure
pattern
surrounding
an
f
aircraft
in
level
supersonic
flight
the
flight
tests
were
conducted
at
the
air
force
flight
test
center
edwards
air
force
base
california
under
the
authority
of
air
research
and
development
command
test
directive
no
f
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
805
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
ground
measurements
of
the
shock
wave
noise
from
airplanes
in
level
flight
at
mach
numbers
to
and
at
altitudes
to
feet
time
histories
of
noise
pressures
near
ground
level
were
measured
during
flight
tests
of
fighter
type
airplanes
over
fairly
flat
partly
wooded
terrain
in
the
mach
number
range
between
and
and
at
altitudes
from
to
feet
atmospheric
soundings
and
radar
tracking
studies
were
made
for
correlation
with
the
measured
noise
data
the
measured
and
calculated
values
of
the
pressure
rise
across
the
shock
wave
were
generally
in
good
agreement
there
is
a
tendency
for
the
theory
to
overestimate
the
pressure
at
locations
remote
from
the
track
and
to
underestimate
the
pressures
for
conditions
of
high
tailwind
at
altitude
the
measured
values
of
ground
reflection
factor
averaged
about
for
the
surfaces
tested
as
compared
to
a
theoretical
value
of
two
booms
were
measured
in
all
cases
the
observers
also
generally
reported
two
booms
although
in
some
cases
only
one
boom
was
reported
the
shock
wave
noise
associated
with
some
of
the
flight
tests
was
judged
to
be
objectionable
by
ground
observers
and
in
one
case
the
cracking
of
a
plate
glass
store
window
was
correlated
in
time
with
the
passage
of
the
airplane
at
an
altitude
of
feet
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
806
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
ground
measurements
of
airplane
shock
wave
noise
at
mach
numbers
to
and
at
altitudes
of
feet
the
intensity
of
shock
wave
noise
at
the
ground
resulting
from
flights
at
mach
numbers
to
and
altitudes
to
feet
was
measured
measurements
near
the
ground
track
for
flights
of
a
supersonic
fighter
and
one
flight
of
a
supersonic
bomber
are
presented
level
cruising
flight
at
an
altitude
of
feet
and
a
mach
number
of
produced
sonic
booms
which
were
considered
to
be
tolerable
and
it
is
reasonable
to
expect
that
cruising
flight
at
higher
altitudes
will
produce
booms
of
tolerable
intensity
for
airplanes
of
the
size
and
weight
of
the
test
airplanes
the
measured
variation
of
sonic
boom
intensity
with
altitude
was
in
good
agreement
with
the
variation
calculated
by
an
equation
given
in
nasa
technical
note
d
the
effect
of
mach
number
on
the
ground
overpressure
is
small
between
mach
numbers
of
and
a
result
in
agreement
with
the
theory
no
amplification
of
the
shock
wave
overpressures
due
to
refraction
effects
was
apparent
near
the
cutoff
mach
number
a
method
for
estimating
the
effect
of
flight
path
angle
on
cutoff
mach
number
is
shown
experimental
results
indicate
agreement
with
the
method
since
a
climb
maneuver
produced
booms
of
a
much
decreased
intensity
as
compared
with
the
intensity
of
those
measured
in
level
flight
at
about
the
same
altitude
and
mach
number
comparison
of
sound
pressure
levels
for
the
fighter
and
bomber
airplanes
indicated
little
effect
of
either
airplane
size
or
weight
at
an
altitude
of
feet
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
807
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
ground
measurements
of
the
shock
wave
noise
from
supersonic
bomber
airplanes
in
the
altitude
range
from
to
feet
shock
wave
ground
pressure
measurements
have
been
made
for
supersonic
bomber
airplanes
in
the
mach
number
range
from
to
for
altitudes
from
about
to
feet
and
for
a
gross
weight
range
from
about
to
pounds
the
measured
overpressures
were
generally
higher
than
would
be
predicted
by
the
theory
which
accounts
only
for
volume
effects
there
is
thus
a
suggestion
that
lift
effects
on
sonic
boom
intensity
may
be
significant
for
this
type
of
airplane
for
the
altitude
range
of
the
present
tests
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
808
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
some
aspects
of
the
sonic
boom
by
means
of
wind
tunnel
measurements
of
pressures
about
several
bodies
at
a
mach
number
of
an
investigation
of
some
aspects
of
the
sonic
boom
has
been
made
with
the
aid
of
wind
tunnel
measurements
of
the
pressure
distributions
about
bodies
of
various
shapes
the
tests
were
made
in
the
langley
at
a
mach
number
of
and
at
a
reynolds
number
per
foot
of
x
measurements
of
the
pressure
field
were
made
at
orifices
in
the
surface
of
a
boundary
layer
bypass
plate
the
models
which
represented
both
fuselage
and
wing
types
of
thickness
distributions
were
small
enough
to
allow
measurements
as
far
away
as
body
lengths
or
chords
the
results
are
compared
with
estimates
made
using
existing
theory
to
the
first
order
the
boom
producing
pressure
rise
across
the
bow
shock
is
dependent
on
the
longitudinal
development
of
body
area
and
not
on
local
details
nonaxisymmetrical
shapes
may
be
replaced
by
equivalent
bodies
of
revolution
to
obtain
satisfactory
theoretical
estimates
of
the
far
field
pressures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
809
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
the
influence
of
lift
on
sonic
boom
intensity
by
means
of
wind
tunnel
measurements
of
the
pressure
fields
of
several
wing
body
combinations
at
a
mach
number
of
an
investigation
of
the
effect
of
lift
on
sonic
boom
intensity
has
been
performed
by
means
of
wind
tunnel
measurements
of
the
pressure
fields
surrounding
small
wing
body
combinations
the
tests
were
conducted
in
the
langley
by
foot
supersonic
pressure
tunnel
at
a
mach
number
of
per
foot
effects
of
lift
were
found
to
be
real
and
significant
measured
bow
shock
intensities
agreed
fairly
well
with
but
were
consistently
less
than
shock
intensities
estimated
by
theoretical
methods
available
flight
data
were
examined
for
correlation
with
wind
tunnel
test
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
81
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressible
laminar
flow
and
heat
transfer
about
a
rotating
isothermal
disk
the
flow
and
heat
transfer
about
a
rotating
isothermal
disk
are
re
examined
to
include
the
effects
of
compressibility
and
property
variations
if
viscous
dissipation
is
neglected
the
compressible
problem
is
correlated
to
the
incompressible
problem
by
assuming
linear
variations
of
viscosity
and
thermal
conductivity
with
temperature
certain
inaccuracies
in
several
previous
incompressible
solutions
are
noted
and
corrected
herein
the
effect
of
compressibility
appears
as
a
distortion
of
the
normal
coordinate
and
normal
velocity
component
and
as
a
multiplicative
factor
in
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
the
nusselt
number
and
in
the
expressions
for
the
skin
friction
components
and
torque
required
to
rotate
the
disk
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
810
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
shock
wave
noise
problem
of
supersonic
aircraft
in
steady
flight
data
are
presented
which
provide
an
insight
into
the
nature
of
the
shock
wave
noise
problem
the
significant
variables
involved
and
the
manner
in
which
airplane
operation
may
be
affected
flight
test
data
are
also
given
and
a
comparison
with
the
available
theory
is
made
an
attempt
is
also
made
to
correlate
the
subjective
reactions
of
observers
and
some
associated
physical
phenomena
with
the
pressure
amplitudes
during
full
scale
flight
it
is
indicated
that
for
the
proposed
supersonic
transport
airplanes
of
the
future
booms
on
the
ground
will
most
probably
be
experienced
during
the
major
portion
of
the
flight
plan
the
boom
pressures
will
be
most
severe
during
the
climb
and
descent
phases
of
the
flight
plan
during
the
cruise
phase
of
the
flight
the
boom
pressures
are
of
much
lesser
intensity
but
are
spread
laterally
for
many
miles
the
manner
in
which
the
airplane
is
operated
appears
to
be
significant
for
example
the
boom
pressures
during
the
climb
cruise
and
descent
phases
can
be
minimized
by
operating
the
airplane
at
its
maximum
altitude
consistent
with
its
performance
capabilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
811
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
lifting
effects
on
the
intensity
of
sonic
booms
this
paper
is
a
brief
summary
of
an
investigation
made
to
check
the
effect
of
lift
on
the
shock
noise
of
aircraft
flying
at
supersonic
speeds
the
method
of
hayes
has
been
combined
with
the
theory
of
whitham
to
predict
the
asymptotic
shock
strength
of
wings
carrying
lift
and
of
combinations
of
bodies
and
lifting
wings
a
similar
but
not
quite
as
general
method
was
derived
by
walkden
in
ref
whitham's
formula
including
only
the
volume
term
has
been
used
extensively
to
predict
the
boom
intensity
of
aeroplane
type
bodies
and
the
agreement
with
experiment
has
so
far
been
quite
reasonable
the
test
data
obtained
to
date
extends
only
up
to
about
ft
altitude
and
the
calculations
of
this
paper
show
that
under
those
conditions
the
shock
noise
of
the
aircraft
tested
so
far
will
in
most
cases
be
dominated
by
the
volume
term
it
is
shown
that
at
higher
altitudes
lifting
effects
will
dominate
for
even
the
small
fighter
and
they
will
dominate
over
most
of
the
altitude
range
for
large
bomber
and
supersonic
transport
aircraft
the
boom
intensity
due
to
lift
decreases
with
altitude
as
which
compares
to
in
the
volume
case
pressure
at
altitude
h
it
is
insensitive
to
mach
number
wing
loading
wing
plan
shape
and
lift
distribution
a
simple
rule
for
calculating
the
shock
noise
due
to
combined
volume
and
lifting
effects
is
proposed
which
is
applicable
to
configurations
with
wings
located
towards
the
rear
of
the
fuselage
the
rule
states
that
the
shock
noise
of
an
aircraft
carrying
lift
is
equal
to
the
shock
noise
due
to
volume
neglecting
lift
or
the
shock
noise
due
to
lift
neglecting
volume
whichever
is
the
greater
a
chart
is
presented
from
which
rapid
estimates
can
be
made
of
the
shock
noise
of
lifting
wing
body
combinations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
812
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
two
bluff
shapes
in
axial
free
flight
over
a
mach
number
range
from
to
a
fineness
ratio
right
circular
cylinder
and
a
fineness
ratio
been
tested
in
free
flight
over
a
mach
number
range
of
to
and
a
reynolds
number
range
of
x
to
x
time
histories
cross
plots
of
force
coefficients
rolling
velocity
and
longitudinal
force
coefficient
are
presented
for
both
cylinders
in
addition
cross
plots
of
moment
coefficients
and
plots
of
the
normal
force
curve
slope
and
the
aerodynamic
center
are
presented
for
the
fineness
ratio
cylinder
the
average
aerodynamic
center
of
the
right
circular
cylinder
moved
rearward
with
decreasing
speeds
until
at
the
subsonic
mach
numbers
it
remained
approximately
constant
and
comparisons
of
the
drag
data
of
this
test
with
wind
tunnel
and
other
free
flight
data
show
good
agreement
an
appreciable
decrease
in
drag
was
observed
when
the
data
of
the
present
test
of
the
rounded
nose
cylinder
were
compared
with
data
of
a
right
circular
cylinder
of
a
similar
configuration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
813
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
motion
of
rolling
symmetrical
missiles
referred
to
a
body
axis
system
the
linearized
equations
of
motion
have
been
derived
for
a
rolling
missile
having
slight
aerodynamic
asymmetries
time
histories
of
rolling
missile
motions
referred
to
a
body
axis
system
have
been
prepared
to
show
the
types
of
missile
motions
that
can
be
encountered
the
motions
resulting
from
a
trim
change
and
a
pulse
rocket
disturbance
are
shown
to
be
determined
mainly
by
the
ratio
of
rolling
velocity
to
pitching
frequency
finally
the
derived
equations
are
used
in
establishing
a
technique
for
the
reduction
of
rolling
missile
oscillation
data
it
is
shown
that
the
aerodynamic
derivatives
can
be
obtained
from
flight
data
if
four
accelerations
are
measured
the
method
is
applied
to
the
results
obtained
from
a
flight
test
of
a
missile
configuration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
814
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
derivatives
of
cones
at
supersonic
speeds
the
aerodynamic
stability
derivatives
due
to
pitching
velocity
and
vertical
acceleration
are
calculated
by
use
of
potential
theory
for
circular
cones
traveling
at
supersonic
speeds
the
analysis
is
based
on
two
theoretical
techniques
used
successfully
previously
in
application
to
the
case
of
uniform
axial
and
inclined
flow
in
the
first
potential
solutions
for
axial
flow
and
crossflow
are
derived
from
the
first
order
wave
equation
but
in
application
to
calculations
for
the
forces
no
approximations
are
made
either
to
the
tangency
condition
or
to
the
isentropic
pressure
relation
the
second
method
consists
in
combining
the
first
order
crossflow
potential
with
an
axial
flow
potential
correct
to
second
order
closed
form
solutions
by
both
methods
are
found
for
a
cone
and
numerical
results
for
the
stability
derivatives
are
presented
as
a
function
of
mach
number
for
cones
having
semivertex
angles
of
and
in
addition
expressions
for
the
forces
moments
and
stability
derivatives
of
arbitrary
bodies
of
revolution
are
obtained
using
newtonian
impact
theory
numerical
results
for
cones
compare
well
with
those
obtained
from
the
combined
first
and
second
order
potential
theory
at
the
highest
mach
number
for
which
the
latter
theory
is
applicable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
815
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
several
blunt
bodies
to
determine
trans
onic
aerodynamic
characteristics
including
effects
of
spinning
and
of
extendible
afterbody
flaps
and
some
measurements
of
unsteady
base
pressures
several
blunt
bodies
having
shapes
that
may
be
suitable
for
atmospheric
reentry
vehicles
were
tested
to
determine
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
such
shapes
for
angles
of
attack
up
to
the
tests
were
conducted
through
the
transonic
mach
number
range
and
at
reynolds
numbers
from
x
to
x
based
on
body
diameter
a
full
skirted
rather
than
a
short
skirted
type
of
shape
developed
the
greatest
amount
of
static
stability
and
the
largest
lift
curve
slopes
the
angle
of
attack
for
maximum
lift
for
such
bodies
appears
to
be
subject
to
mach
number
effects
spinning
a
full
skirted
body
about
its
longitudinal
axis
generally
increased
the
lift
and
reduced
the
pitching
moment
at
angles
of
attack
and
reduced
the
aerodynamic
static
stability
parameter
through
the
transonic
mach
number
range
the
extension
of
segmented
clamshell
shaped
flaps
from
the
afterbody
of
a
short
skirted
model
served
to
increase
the
lift
and
static
stability
only
if
the
flaps
extended
into
the
airstream
some
evidence
was
found
of
oscillatory
base
pressures
on
two
dissimilar
shapes
at
certain
high
angles
of
attack
and
the
highest
mach
number
in
these
tests
there
is
doubt
however
that
these
pressures
can
induce
any
significant
oscillatory
motion
for
a
reentry
vehicle
because
of
their
small
amplitude
and
phasing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
816
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
investigation
at
a
mach
number
of
of
the
lift
drag
and
pitching
moment
characteristics
of
a
number
of
blunt
low
fineness
ratio
bodies
a
number
of
blunt
bodies
having
shapes
that
may
be
suitable
for
atmospheric
reentry
were
tested
to
determine
the
lift
drag
and
pitching
moment
characteristics
at
a
mach
number
of
and
a
reynolds
number
of
x
based
on
maximum
body
diameter
of
inches
the
results
of
the
tests
showed
that
all
the
bodies
were
statically
stable
about
a
point
located
one
third
of
the
body
length
from
the
nose
the
results
also
showed
that
high
drag
bodies
which
have
a
large
portion
of
their
afterbodies
negatively
sloped
decrease
in
cross
sectional
area
from
nose
to
base
may
have
a
negative
lift
curve
slope
this
negative
slope
results
from
the
large
negative
lift
component
of
the
axial
force
obtained
with
those
bodies
and
the
fact
that
with
negatively
sloped
afterbodies
only
small
normal
forces
are
developed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
817
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
loading
paths
and
the
incremental
stress
law
this
paper
will
be
concerned
with
some
properties
of
the
stress
strain
law
for
work
hardening
materials
introduced
by
w
prager
incremental
strain
or
plastic
flow
law
by
which
it
is
meant
that
the
differentials
of
strain
are
expressed
as
functions
of
the
stresses
strains
and
differentials
of
the
stress
we
shall
also
have
occasion
to
refer
to
total
strain
or
plastic
deformation
laws
in
which
the
strains
are
given
directly
as
functions
of
the
stress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
818
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
quantitative
comparison
of
flow
and
deformation
theories
of
plasticity
the
stresses
and
displacements
in
a
partly
plastic
infinitely
long
hollow
cylinder
are
obtained
according
to
the
flow
type
of
stress
strain
law
of
prandtl
reuss
and
to
the
deformation
law
of
hencky
in
both
cases
the
mises
yield
condition
is
used
and
the
compressibility
of
the
material
is
taken
into
account
it
is
shown
that
under
these
assumptions
the
two
theories
yield
substantially
the
same
results
for
this
particular
problem
but
that
one
theory
or
the
other
may
be
preferable
for
computing
purposes
in
certain
cases
the
results
are
compared
with
those
of
other
investigations
in
which
different
combinations
of
stress
strain
law
yield
condition
compressibility
and
end
loading
were
assumed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
819
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stresses
in
the
plastic
range
around
a
normally
loaded
circular
hole
in
an
infinite
sheet
the
stresses
in
the
plastic
range
around
a
normally
loaded
circular
hole
in
an
infinite
sheet
are
found
numerically
on
the
basis
of
both
deformation
and
incremental
theories
the
results
of
deformation
theory
are
quantitatively
assessed
in
the
light
of
a
criterion
recently
developed
by
budiansky
for
the
acceptability
of
deformation
theories
the
criterion
is
completely
satisfied
moreover
the
results
obtained
by
using
these
two
different
theories
of
plasticity
do
not
differ
greatly
despite
the
fact
that
the
stress
paths
are
far
from
being
radial
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
82
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
investigation
of
the
ablation
of
a
glass
type
heat
protection
shield
of
varied
material
properties
at
the
stagnation
point
of
a
re
entering
irbm
the
melting
type
heat
protection
at
the
stagnation
point
of
a
re
entering
irbm
is
treated
by
employing
homogeneous
opaque
and
nondecomposing
glass
shields
which
do
not
exceed
a
temperature
of
some
effects
due
to
variations
of
the
glass
properties
the
ballistic
re
entry
vehicle
has
a
nose
diameter
of
m
a
ballistic
factor
of
x
a
re
entry
angle
of
from
the
vertical
at
an
altitude
of
km
and
a
re
entry
speed
of
the
performance
of
different
glass
shields
with
assumed
combinations
of
material
properties
is
investigated
by
employing
a
calculation
method
which
yields
practically
exact
transient
solutions
for
the
problem
as
a
corollary
results
for
a
certain
steady
flight
state
are
also
given
the
discussions
made
it
possible
to
derive
under
realistic
flight
conditions
some
thermal
characteristics
for
the
employment
of
thin
or
light
weight
glass
shields
investigation
of
these
hypothetical
glass
shields
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
a
low
thermal
conductivity
and
a
high
specific
heat
and
thus
a
small
thermal
diffusivity
are
most
desirable
a
small
thermal
diffusivity
yields
high
surface
temperatures
causing
a
high
radiative
heat
transfer
out
of
the
shield
and
steep
temperature
profiles
normal
to
the
surface
causing
a
small
thermal
penetration
across
the
shield
with
little
total
ablation
of
the
shield
results
show
that
for
the
assumed
irbm
re
entry
the
necessary
thickness
of
the
employed
glass
shields
increases
monotonically
with
thermal
diffusivity
which
is
the
only
material
parameter
affecting
this
thickness
a
high
viscosity
level
and
a
high
emissivity
constant
of
the
surface
of
the
supposedly
opaque
shield
are
also
desirable
although
these
two
properties
exert
a
comparatively
small
influence
on
the
overall
performance
when
disregarding
glass
shields
with
an
extremely
low
viscosity
level
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
820
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theories
of
plastic
buckling
the
theory
for
the
plastic
buckling
of
columns
which
appears
finally
to
have
achieved
a
satisfactory
form
rests
upon
the
well
established
uniaxial
stress
strain
relation
the
development
of
a
correspondingly
satisfactory
theory
for
the
plastic
buckling
of
plates
has
been
hampered
by
the
nonexistence
of
an
established
polyaxial
stress
strain
relation
in
the
plastic
range
present
theories
for
the
polyaxial
stress
strain
relation
beyond
the
elastic
range
can
be
divided
into
two
types
often
called
flow
and
deformation
theories
theories
of
plastic
buckling
based
on
deformation
theories
are
in
better
agreement
with
experiment
than
those
based
on
flow
theories
on
the
other
hand
tests
in
which
a
material
is
compressed
into
the
plastic
range
and
then
subjected
to
shear
at
constant
compressive
stress
are
in
better
agreement
with
flow
than
with
deformation
theories
legitimate
doubt
therefore
has
existed
as
to
the
validity
of
any
theory
for
the
plastic
buckling
of
plates
as
a
result
of
studying
these
apparent
contradictions
a
new
theory
of
plasticity
has
been
developed
which
is
of
neither
the
flow
nor
the
deformation
type
it
is
based
upon
the
concept
of
slip
and
its
formulation
was
guided
more
by
physical
and
less
by
mathematical
considerations
than
previous
theories
experimental
evidence
of
limited
scope
but
of
crucial
character
is
in
better
agreement
with
the
new
theory
than
with
either
flow
or
deformation
theories
the
new
theory
accounts
for
the
apparent
contradictions
previously
alluded
to
and
justifies
the
use
of
deformation
theory
in
the
analysis
of
the
plastic
buckling
of
plates
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
821
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inelastic
column
theory
the
action
of
a
column
in
the
plastic
range
is
analyzed
on
the
basis
that
bending
may
proceed
simultaneously
with
increasing
axial
load
this
leads
to
a
new
column
formula
that
includes
both
the
tangent
modulus
engesser
and
the
reduced
modulus
the
tangent
modulus
load
and
that
the
column
load
increases
with
increasing
lateral
deflection
approaching
the
reduced
modulus
load
as
a
limit
if
the
tangent
modulus
is
assumed
to
remain
constant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
822
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
imperfections
on
buckling
of
thin
cylinders
and
columns
under
axial
compression
von
karman
and
tsien
have
shown
that
under
elastic
conditions
the
resistance
of
perfect
thin
cylinders
subjected
to
axial
compression
drops
precipitously
after
buckling
it
is
considered
that
this
indicates
that
this
type
of
buckling
is
very
sensitive
to
imperfections
or
disturbances
in
this
paper
the
effects
of
certain
imperfections
of
shape
turbances
combined
are
studied
by
the
large
deflection
shell
theory
developed
in
a
previous
paper
it
is
found
that
two
types
of
buckling
failure
may
occur
one
is
of
a
purely
elastic
type
which
occurs
when
the
peak
of
the
average
stress
versus
average
strain
curve
is
reached
while
the
other
type
is
precipitated
by
yielding
which
for
thicker
cylinders
or
lower
yield
material
may
occur
before
such
a
peak
is
reached
curves
are
derived
giving
the
dependence
of
each
type
of
failure
upon
the
dimensions
and
elastic
and
yield
properties
of
the
specimen
and
also
upon
an
unevenness
factor
u
which
determines
the
magnitude
of
the
initial
imperfections
and
is
assumed
to
depend
on
the
method
of
fabrication
the
relations
derived
are
in
line
with
test
results
and
similar
studies
of
the
buckling
of
struts
indicate
that
the
magnitude
of
the
initial
imperfections
which
have
to
be
assumed
to
explain
test
strengths
are
reasonable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
823
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
plastic
torsional
buckling
strength
of
cylinders
including
the
effects
of
imperfections
the
torsional
buckling
strength
of
a
cylinder
in
the
plastic
range
has
been
determined
an
energy
solution
and
a
more
exact
solution
both
based
on
a
plastic
stress
strain
relationship
given
by
the
simple
deformation
theory
are
presented
close
agreement
between
the
two
solutions
is
found
the
effects
of
large
deflections
and
imperfections
on
buckling
strength
are
analyzed
for
two
groups
of
experimental
results
used
for
comparison
the
effects
of
geometrical
imperfections
in
the
plastic
range
are
negligible
the
theoretical
results
are
found
to
be
in
good
agreement
with
the
experimental
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
824
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
concept
of
stability
of
inelastic
systems
simple
models
are
employed
to
bring
out
the
large
and
important
differences
between
buckling
in
the
plastic
range
and
classical
elastic
instability
static
and
kinetic
criteria
are
compared
and
their
interrelation
discussed
nonlinear
behavior
in
particular
is
often
found
to
be
the
key
to
the
physically
valid
solution
the
nonconservative
nature
of
plastic
deformation
in
itself
or
in
combination
with
the
nonlinearity
requires
concepts
not
found
in
classical
approaches
conversely
the
classical
linearized
condition
of
neutral
equilibrium
is
really
not
relevant
in
inelastic
buckling
plastic
buckling
loads
are
not
uniquely
defined
but
cover
a
range
of
values
and
are
often
more
properly
thought
of
as
maximum
loads
for
some
reasonable
initial
imperfection
in
geometry
or
dynamic
disturbance
the
models
indicate
that
basically
the
same
information
is
obtained
from
essentially
static
systems
by
assuming
initial
imperfection
in
geometric
forms
as
by
assuming
dynamic
disturbances
one
approach
complements
the
other
and
both
are
helpful
in
obtaining
an
understanding
of
the
physical
phenomena
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
825
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inelastic
instability
and
incremental
theories
of
plasticity
a
most
troublesome
paradox
has
existed
for
a
number
of
years
with
respect
to
buckling
in
the
plastic
range
theoretical
considerations
and
all
direct
experimental
evidence
show
conclusively
that
an
incremental
or
flow
type
of
mathematical
theory
of
plasticity
is
valid
however
the
results
of
plastic
buckling
tests
are
well
correlated
by
a
simple
total
or
deformation
theory
and
bear
no
resemblance
to
published
predictions
of
incremental
theory
the
suggestion
was
made
that
initial
imperfections
of
shape
or
loading
might
well
explain
this
most
peculiar
result
however
subsequent
investigations
by
several
authors
seem
to
have
given
the
impression
that
excessively
large
imperfections
would
be
needed
and
that
the
answer
would
be
overly
sensitive
to
the
magnitude
of
such
imperfections
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
paper
to
demonstrate
that
extremely
small
and
therefore
unavoidable
imperfections
of
shape
do
account
for
the
paradox
in
a
simple
manner
the
buckling
load
is
shown
to
be
extremely
insensitive
to
the
amount
of
imperfection
the
example
chosen
is
a
simplified
version
of
the
long
rectangular
plate
hinged
along
one
edge
and
free
on
the
other
under
uniform
compressive
stress
at
the
ends
this
is
the
equivalent
of
the
case
of
the
cruciform
column
which
has
been
so
disturbing
in
the
past
because
incremental
theory
applied
to
a
perfect
cruciform
column
did
lead
to
an
entirely
incorrect
result
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
826
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
small
bending
and
stretching
of
sandwich
type
shells
a
theory
has
been
developed
for
small
bending
and
stretching
of
sandwich
type
shells
this
theory
is
an
extension
of
the
known
theory
of
homogeneous
thin
elastic
shells
it
was
found
that
two
effects
are
important
in
the
present
problem
which
have
not
been
considered
previously
in
the
theory
of
curved
shells
the
effect
of
transverse
shear
deformation
and
the
effect
of
transverse
normal
stress
deformation
the
first
of
these
two
effects
has
been
known
to
be
of
importance
in
the
theory
of
plates
and
beams
the
second
effect
was
found
to
occur
in
a
manner
which
is
typical
for
shells
and
has
no
counterpart
in
flat
plate
theory
the
general
results
of
this
report
have
been
applied
to
the
solution
of
problems
concerning
flat
plates
circular
rings
circular
cylindrical
shells
and
spherical
shells
in
each
case
numerical
examples
have
been
given
illustrating
the
magnitude
of
the
effects
of
transverse
shear
and
normal
stress
deformation
the
results
of
this
investigation
indicate
the
necessity
of
taking
account
of
transverse
shear
and
normal
stress
in
sandwich
type
shells
as
soon
as
there
is
an
order
of
magnitude
difference
between
the
elastic
constants
of
the
core
layer
and
of
the
face
layers
of
the
composite
shell
it
was
found
that
the
changes
due
to
transverse
shear
and
normal
stress
deformation
in
the
core
may
be
so
large
as
to
be
no
mere
corrections
to
the
results
of
the
theory
without
transverse
core
flexibility
the
actual
magnitude
of
the
changes
is
greatly
dependent
on
the
geometry
and
loading
condition
of
the
structure
under
consideration
so
that
no
general
rules
may
be
given
which
indicate
for
which
elastic
modulus
ratio
the
changes
begin
to
be
significant
solutions
of
problems
in
the
present
theory
may
in
general
be
obtained
by
mathematical
methods
which
are
similar
to
those
employed
in
the
theory
of
plates
and
shells
without
the
effect
of
transverse
shear
and
normal
stress
deformation
included
the
present
work
does
not
include
consideration
of
buckling
and
finite
deflection
effects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
827
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
nonlinear
theory
of
bending
and
buckling
of
thin
elastic
shallow
spherical
shells
a
shallow
spherical
dome
subjected
to
lateral
pressure
is
a
structure
for
which
the
deformation
departs
appreciably
from
the
linear
theory
at
relatively
small
values
of
the
deflection
amplitude
it
is
also
one
for
which
the
buckling
process
is
characterized
by
a
rapid
decrease
in
the
equilibrium
load
once
the
buckling
load
has
been
surpassed
for
structures
having
this
type
of
buckling
characteristics
the
question
arises
as
to
whether
the
proper
buckling
criterion
to
apply
is
the
classical
criterion
which
considers
equilibrium
with
respect
to
infinitesimal
displacements
or
the
finite
displacement
energy
criterion
proposed
by
tsien
in
this
paper
the
problem
of
the
finite
displacement
and
buckling
of
a
shallow
spherical
dome
is
investigated
both
theoretically
and
experimentally
in
the
theoretical
approach
the
nonlinear
equations
are
converted
into
a
sequence
of
linear
equations
by
expanding
all
of
the
variables
in
powers
of
the
center
deflection
and
then
equating
the
coefficients
of
equal
powers
the
basic
parameter
for
the
shallow
dome
is
proportional
to
the
ratio
of
the
central
height
of
the
dome
h
to
its
thickness
t
for
small
values
of
this
ratio
the
expansions
converge
rapidly
and
enough
terms
are
computed
to
determine
the
buckling
load
according
to
the
classical
criterion
for
higher
values
of
h
t
convergence
deteriorates
rapidly
and
it
was
not
possible
to
determine
the
buckling
load
with
the
number
of
terms
which
were
computed
however
even
for
these
higher
values
of
h
t
the
deflection
shapes
are
determined
for
deflection
amplitudes
below
the
amplitude
at
which
buckling
occurs
these
deflection
shapes
are
characterized
by
their
rapid
change
as
h
t
increases
and
by
the
fact
that
over
most
of
the
range
of
h
t
studied
the
maximum
deflection
does
not
occur
at
the
center
of
the
dome
experimental
results
seem
to
indicate
that
the
classical
criterion
of
buckling
is
applicable
to
very
shallow
spherical
domes
for
which
the
theoretical
calculation
was
made
a
transition
to
energy
criterion
for
higher
domes
is
also
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
828
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stresses
and
small
displacements
of
shallow
spherical
shells
the
purpose
of
the
present
paper
is
to
derive
a
system
of
equations
which
can
be
used
for
the
analysis
of
shallow
segments
of
thin
elastic
spherical
shells
a
segment
will
be
called
shallow
if
the
ratio
of
its
height
to
base
diameter
is
less
than
say
the
results
obtained
on
the
basis
of
this
assumption
will
often
also
be
applicable
to
shells
which
are
not
shallow
namely
then
when
the
loads
are
such
that
the
stresses
are
effectively
restricted
to
shallow
zones
the
problem
of
the
spherical
elastic
shell
has
been
the
subject
of
numerous
researches
for
the
rotationally
symmetric
case
the
fundamental
results
were
obtained
in
and
have
been
the
starting
point
of
many
applications
while
it
is
possible
to
deduce
from
these
results
approximate
equations
equivalent
to
part
of
what
follows
it
is
believed
that
the
present
approach
to
the
problem
of
the
shallow
shell
may
be
of
some
interest
even
for
rotationally
symmetric
cases
a
number
of
investigations
have
been
concerned
with
the
shell
loaded
in
a
non
rotationally
symmetric
manner
in
its
general
form
this
problem
is
quite
difficult
and
the
results
so
far
obtained
are
not
easy
to
apply
restricting
attention
to
the
shallow
shell
in
the
manner
of
the
present
paper
brings
with
it
a
very
considerable
simplification
of
the
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
829
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
of
thin
walled
tubes
under
torsion
in
this
paper
a
theoretical
solution
is
developed
for
the
torsion
on
a
round
thin
walled
tube
for
which
the
walls
become
unstable
the
results
of
this
theory
are
given
by
a
few
simple
formulas
and
curves
which
cover
all
cases
the
differential
equations
of
equilibrium
are
derived
in
a
simpler
form
than
previously
found
it
being
shown
that
many
items
can
be
neglected
the
solution
obtained
is
length
ratio
is
zero
and
infinite
and
is
a
good
approximation
for
intermediate
cases
the
theory
is
compared
with
all
available
experiments
including
about
tests
made
by
the
author
the
experimental
failure
torque
is
always
smaller
than
the
theoretical
buckling
torque
averaging
about
percent
of
it
with
a
minimum
of
percent
as
the
form
of
the
deflection
checks
closely
with
that
predicted
by
theory
and
the
experiments
cover
a
great
range
of
shapes
and
materials
this
discrepancy
can
reasonably
be
ascribed
largely
to
initial
eccentricities
in
actual
tubes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
83
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
discussion
of
solar
proton
events
and
manned
space
flights
as
a
result
of
studies
made
during
the
international
geophysical
year
igy
and
the
international
geophysical
cooperation
igc
it
is
known
that
a
considerable
fraction
of
large
solar
flares
give
rise
to
almost
pure
streams
of
protons
which
reach
the
earth
and
continue
to
arrive
for
as
long
as
days
the
energies
of
these
particles
lie
within
a
very
steep
spectrum
extending
from
to
least
mev
because
of
the
frequency
of
large
flares
during
times
of
high
solar
activity
and
owing
to
the
long
duration
of
each
solar
proton
emission
these
particles
were
present
in
detectable
intensity
near
the
top
of
the
earth's
atmosphere
for
about
percent
of
the
time
from
to
the
number
of
large
flares
that
accelerated
and
released
these
particles
during
this
three
year
period
was
about
the
event
that
began
on
august
contributed
greatly
toward
the
understanding
of
the
solar
and
terrestrial
sequence
of
events
and
in
addition
provided
the
first
identification
of
the
emitted
particles
a
flare
on
may
of
protons
in
the
neighborhood
of
the
earth
that
this
phenomenon
was
recognized
as
an
additional
radiation
hazard
to
manned
vehicles
in
the
high
atmosphere
and
in
most
parts
of
the
solar
system
the
three
very
intense
events
that
occurred
in
july
further
supported
this
conclusion
and
the
possibility
of
predicting
such
events
became
an
important
consideration
in
addition
to
its
value
in
the
protection
of
human
beings
effective
forecasting
clearly
would
be
of
great
value
in
the
detailed
scientific
study
of
this
phenomenon
this
paper
presents
a
preliminary
discussion
of
some
aspects
of
predicting
the
arrival
of
protons
at
the
earth
following
the
appearance
of
solar
activity
features
and
equally
important
of
forecasting
the
periods
when
this
penetrating
radiation
is
unlikely
to
occur
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
830
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
nonlinear
deflections
of
shallow
spherical
shells
the
equations
obtained
by
chien
for
the
nonlinear
deflection
of
shallow
spherical
shells
under
uniform
external
pressure
are
solved
by
means
of
power
series
expansions
following
procedures
introduced
by
friedrichs
and
stoker
in
their
treatment
of
buckling
of
circular
plates
these
equations
depend
upon
two
parameters
one
of
these
parameters
is
related
to
the
external
pressure
while
the
other
depends
upon
the
dimensions
of
the
shell
the
equations
are
solved
for
several
ranges
of
the
parameters
under
boundary
conditions
corresponding
to
a
fixed
edge
the
solution
carried
out
numerically
on
the
aec
univac
at
new
york
university
yields
a
complete
description
of
the
stresses
and
deflections
as
functions
of
the
polar
angle
over
a
wide
range
of
values
of
the
loading
parameter
and
the
dimensional
parameter
prediction
of
the
upper
buckling
load
is
then
made
by
means
of
a
numerical
criterion
based
on
the
load
vs
deflection
curve
for
some
cases
the
postbuckling
behavior
is
investigated
the
results
agree
well
with
existing
experimental
and
theoretical
studies
and
cover
a
wide
range
of
cases
not
previously
treated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
831
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
shallow
shells
under
external
pressure
a
formula
for
the
initial
buckling
loads
for
clamped
shallow
spherical
shells
under
uniform
external
pressure
is
obtained
by
combining
the
solutions
of
two
linearized
versions
of
the
original
nonlinear
problem
one
of
these
versions
is
a
linear
eigenvalue
problem
while
the
other
is
the
bending
problem
for
a
shallow
cap
in
the
linear
theory
of
elasticity
the
formula
which
is
obtained
in
a
simple
manner
yields
buckling
loads
that
are
in
better
agreement
with
experiments
than
previous
approximate
solutions
to
the
nonlinear
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
832
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
accelerating
convergence
of
iteration
processes
a
technique
is
discussed
which
when
applied
to
an
iterative
procedure
for
the
solution
of
an
equation
accelerates
the
rate
of
convergence
if
the
iteration
converges
and
induces
convergence
if
the
iteration
diverges
an
illustrative
example
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
833
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
simple
method
of
matric
structural
analysis
part
iv
non
linear
problems
the
method
presented
in
the
previous
parts
is
employed
to
solve
various
kinds
of
nonlinear
problems
such
as
problems
concerning
large
deflections
or
buckling
or
thermal
creep
or
inelastic
stress
redistribution
involving
thermal
gradients
or
design
the
procedure
used
in
each
case
is
one
of
direct
iteration
i
e
after
one
assumes
a
starting
point
all
subsequent
cycles
are
self
generating
simple
numerical
examples
are
worked
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
834
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
limit
design
for
economical
missile
structures
a
special
safety
factor
alone
won't
do
the
trick
in
the
design
of
lightweight
high
temperature
missile
structures
if
you
really
want
to
end
up
with
the
most
efficient
structure
you
can
get
an
entirely
new
design
approach
is
needed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
835
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
strain
accumulation
under
thermal
cycling
parkes
and
sprague
and
huang
have
shown
that
it
is
possible
for
strain
growth
to
occur
in
a
beam
structure
under
temperature
load
cycling
the
various
aspects
of
this
problem
as
to
criteria
for
convergence
and
divergence
of
the
strain
accumulation
can
be
simply
demonstrated
by
thermal
cycling
one
element
of
a
two
element
structure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
836
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analytical
and
experimental
investigation
of
stress
distributions
in
long
flat
plates
subjected
to
lingitudinal
loads
and
transverse
temperature
gradients
stress
and
strain
distributions
were
studied
in
long
flat
plates
in
order
to
develop
practical
analytical
procedures
for
the
design
analysis
of
aircraft
structures
at
elevated
temperatures
various
load
temperature
conditions
are
presented
these
include
methods
of
analysis
for
calculation
of
stress
distributions
under
and
plastic
range
ture
experimental
verification
of
the
analytical
procedures
is
shown
with
comparisons
between
the
use
of
constant
room
temperature
or
temperature
dependent
values
of
modulus
of
elasticity
and
coefficient
of
thermal
expansion
the
test
specimen
equipment
instrumentation
and
experimental
program
are
discussed
in
detail
experimental
data
obtained
from
the
specimen
and
associated
material
control
coupon
tests
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
837
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inelastic
behaviour
of
structures
subjected
to
cyclic
thermal
and
mechanical
stressing
conditions
a
general
analytical
procedure
is
outlined
for
structures
subjected
to
varying
thermal
and
mechanical
stressing
conditions
consideration
is
given
to
the
accumulation
of
time
independent
plastic
strains
and
creep
strains
stress
strain
temperature
time
relations
for
uniaxial
and
multiaxial
stresses
are
defined
based
on
various
material
behavior
assumptions
several
of
the
assumptions
are
compared
with
a
limited
number
of
time
varying
temperature
and
uniaxial
stress
tests
the
procedure
is
illustrated
by
its
application
to
uniaxial
stress
problems
in
which
planes
originally
plane
remain
plane
and
to
plane
stress
plate
problems
a
solution
based
on
the
influence
coefficient
approach
to
the
plane
stress
plate
problem
is
obtained
which
is
applicable
to
all
plate
plan
forms
edge
boundary
conditions
and
inplane
thermal
and
mechanical
loading
conditions
from
the
predicted
inelastic
behavior
of
a
three
bar
structure
subjected
to
cyclic
thermal
and
mechanical
loading
conditions
it
is
shown
that
eventual
failure
could
result
from
large
permanent
deformation
accumulations
tensile
rupture
or
thermal
stress
fatigue
a
sample
plate
with
a
centrally
located
hole
was
analyzed
for
two
cycles
of
a
time
varying
temperature
and
edge
stress
condition
both
plastic
strain
reversals
and
plastic
strain
growths
were
predicted
at
the
hole
however
a
test
theory
comparison
indicated
failure
by
creep
rupture
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
838
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
bending
and
compression
tests
of
pressurised
ring
stiffened
cylinders
the
results
of
tests
on
pressurized
ring
stiffened
cylinders
subjected
to
compression
and
bending
are
presented
and
discussed
the
results
obtained
at
high
values
of
internal
pressure
differ
from
those
obtained
by
previous
investigators
in
that
the
theoretical
small
deflection
compressive
buckling
coefficient
of
was
nearly
achieved
in
each
test
small
amounts
of
internal
pressure
had
a
greater
stabilizing
effect
in
the
bending
tests
than
in
the
compression
tests
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
839
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
bending
stability
of
thin
walled
unstiffened
circular
cylinders
including
the
effects
of
internal
pressure
in
a
recent
paper
the
authors
presented
a
statistical
semiempirical
design
procedure
for
the
determination
of
the
buckling
strength
of
unpressurized
and
pressurized
cylinders
under
axial
compression
this
procedure
has
been
extended
in
the
present
paper
to
the
bending
of
unpressurized
and
pressurized
cylindrical
shells
and
allows
the
calculation
of
the
critical
bending
stress
with
a
knowledge
of
the
cylinder
geometry
and
the
internal
pressure
only
because
no
published
data
could
be
found
an
extensive
series
of
bending
tests
of
pressurized
cylinders
has
been
performed
these
new
data
for
pressurized
cylinders
are
treated
semiempirically
together
with
all
of
the
other
known
test
data
for
unpressurized
cylinders
best
fit
curves
are
presented
using
applicable
theoretical
parameters
design
curves
for
determining
the
critical
buckling
stress
for
unpressurized
and
pressurized
cylinders
in
bending
are
then
developed
as
per
cent
probability
curves
from
the
test
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
84
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
investigation
of
the
downstream
influence
of
stagnation
point
mass
transfer
this
report
presents
the
results
of
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
downstream
influence
of
localized
mass
transfer
in
the
stagnation
region
of
a
blunt
body
under
hypersonic
flow
conditions
the
coolant
is
injected
through
a
porous
plug
coaxial
with
the
centerline
of
symmetry
of
the
model
the
tests
were
carried
out
in
a
wind
tunnel
with
a
mach
number
of
stagnation
temperatures
of
approximately
r
and
a
stagnation
pressure
of
approximately
psia
four
different
gases
were
injected
over
a
range
of
mass
flows
the
heat
transfer
on
the
impermeable
section
was
measured
under
isothermal
wall
conditions
for
the
higher
rates
of
mass
flow
adiabatic
surface
temperatures
were
also
determined
the
theoretical
analysis
of
the
boundary
layer
flow
is
investigated
in
order
to
establish
the
similarity
parameters
for
the
flow
system
these
parameters
permit
the
extrapolation
of
the
test
results
to
other
flow
conditions
provided
that
laminar
flow
prevails
helium
is
found
to
be
the
most
efficacious
coolant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
840
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
partly
wrinkled
membrane
a
theory
is
derived
to
predict
the
stresses
and
deformations
of
stretched
membrane
structural
components
for
loads
under
which
part
of
the
membrane
wrinkles
rather
than
studying
in
detail
the
deformations
in
the
wrinkled
region
the
present
theory
studies
average
displacements
of
the
wrinkled
material
specific
solutions
of
problems
in
flat
and
curved
membranes
are
presented
the
results
of
these
solutions
show
that
membrane
structures
retain
much
of
their
stiffness
at
loads
substantially
above
the
load
at
which
wrinkling
first
occurs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
841
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
bending
of
circular
cylindrical
shells
under
pure
bending
the
stability
of
circular
cylindrical
shells
under
pure
bending
is
investigated
by
means
of
batdorf's
modified
donnell's
equation
and
the
galerkin
method
the
results
of
this
investigation
have
shown
that
contrary
to
the
commonly
accepted
value
the
maximum
critical
bending
stress
is
for
all
practical
purposes
equal
to
the
critical
compressive
stress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
842
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
improvement
on
donnell's
approximation
for
thin
walled
circular
cylinders
donnell's
equation
for
thin
walled
circular
cylinders
is
replaced
by
where
w
is
a
non
dimensional
form
of
the
radial
displacement
and
q
is
the
distributed
radial
loading
this
equation
retains
the
essential
simplicity
of
the
original
but
unlike
donnell's
equation
the
accuracy
does
not
decrease
as
the
wavelength
of
circumferential
distortion
increases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
843
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
simplified
method
of
elastic
stability
analysis
for
thin
cylindrical
shells
the
equation
for
the
equilibrium
of
cylindrical
shells
introduced
by
donnell
in
naca
report
no
to
find
the
critical
stresses
of
cylinders
in
torsion
is
applied
to
find
critical
stresses
for
cylinders
with
simply
supported
edges
under
other
loading
conditions
it
is
shown
that
by
this
method
solutions
may
be
obtained
very
easily
and
the
results
in
each
case
may
be
expressed
in
terms
of
two
nondimensional
parameters
one
dependent
on
the
critical
stress
and
the
other
essentially
determined
by
the
geometry
of
the
cylinder
the
influence
of
boundary
conditions
related
to
edge
displacements
in
the
shell
median
surface
is
discussed
the
accuracy
of
the
solutions
found
is
established
by
comparing
them
with
previous
theoretical
solutions
and
with
test
results
the
solutions
to
a
number
of
problems
concerned
with
buckling
of
cylinders
with
simply
supported
edges
on
the
basis
of
a
unified
viewpoint
are
presented
in
a
convenient
form
for
practical
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
844
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flexural
vibrations
of
the
walls
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
having
freely
supported
ends
the
paper
deals
with
the
general
equations
for
the
vibration
of
thin
cylinders
and
a
theoretical
and
experimental
investigation
is
made
of
the
type
of
vibration
usually
associated
with
bells
the
cylinders
are
supported
in
such
a
manner
that
the
ends
remain
circular
without
directional
restraint
being
imposed
it
is
found
that
the
complexity
of
the
mode
of
vibration
bears
little
relation
to
the
natural
frequency
for
example
cylinders
of
very
small
thickness
diameter
ratio
with
length
about
equal
to
or
less
than
the
diameter
may
have
many
of
their
higher
frequencies
associated
with
the
simpler
modes
of
vibration
the
frequency
equation
which
is
derived
by
the
energy
method
is
based
on
strain
relations
given
by
timoshenko
in
this
approach
displacement
equations
are
evolved
which
are
comparable
to
those
of
love
and
flugge
though
differences
are
evident
due
to
the
strain
expressions
used
by
each
author
results
are
given
for
cylinders
of
various
lengths
each
with
the
same
thickness
diameter
ratio
and
also
for
a
very
thin
cylinder
in
which
the
simpler
modes
of
vibration
occur
in
the
higher
frequency
range
it
is
shown
that
there
are
three
possible
natural
frequencies
for
a
particular
nodal
pattern
two
of
these
normally
occurring
beyond
the
aural
range
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
845
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flexural
vibrations
of
thin
cylinders
the
flexural
vibrations
of
the
walls
of
thin
cylinders
are
considered
in
this
type
of
vibration
many
forms
of
nodal
pattern
may
exist
owing
to
the
combination
of
circumferential
and
axial
nodes
theoretical
expressions
are
developed
for
the
natural
frequencies
of
cylinders
with
freely
supported
and
fixed
ends
and
a
comparison
is
made
with
the
frequencies
obtained
experimentally
in
practice
the
ends
of
cylinders
are
subjected
to
a
certain
degree
of
fixing
by
end
plates
flanges
etc
and
the
natural
frequencies
thus
lie
between
the
corresponding
values
for
freely
supported
and
fixed
ends
to
make
possible
the
estimation
of
such
frequencies
a
method
is
devised
in
which
an
equivalent
wavelength
factor
is
used
this
factor
represents
the
wavelength
of
the
freely
supported
cylinder
that
would
have
the
same
frequency
as
the
cylinder
under
consideration
when
vibrating
in
the
same
mode
the
results
of
experimental
investigations
with
various
end
thicknesses
and
flange
dimensions
are
recorded
and
from
these
the
equivalent
factors
are
derived
sets
of
curves
calculated
for
cylinders
with
freely
supported
ends
and
covering
a
range
of
cylinder
thicknesses
are
given
from
these
it
is
possible
to
obtain
close
approximation
to
the
frequencies
of
cylinders
under
other
end
conditions
by
the
use
of
an
appropriate
factor
an
example
is
given
of
frequency
calculations
for
a
large
air
receiver
for
which
two
frequencies
were
identified
by
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
846
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
vibration
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
under
internal
pressure
the
frequency
spectra
and
vibration
modes
of
thin
walled
circular
cylinders
subjected
to
internal
pressure
are
considered
it
is
shown
that
for
very
thin
cylinders
the
internal
pressure
has
a
significant
effect
on
the
natural
vibration
characteristics
for
these
cylinders
particularly
those
having
smaller
length
to
diameter
ratios
the
mode
associated
with
the
lowest
frequency
is
in
general
not
the
simplest
mode
the
exact
number
of
circumferential
nodes
n
which
occur
in
the
mode
associated
with
the
lowest
frequency
depends
on
the
internal
pressure
p
if
this
number
n
is
large
it
decreases
rapidly
with
increasing
p
when
p
is
small
and
the
fundamental
frequency
the
lowest
frequency
at
each
p
increases
rapidly
with
increasing
internal
pressure
at
higher
values
of
internal
pressure
the
frequency
spectrum
tends
to
be
arranged
in
the
regular
manner
the
frequency
increases
with
the
increasing
number
of
circumferential
nodes
and
the
lowest
frequency
rises
slowly
with
the
internal
pressure
experimental
results
on
the
frequency
spectra
vibration
modes
and
structural
damping
of
a
series
of
thin
walled
cylinders
subjected
to
internal
pressure
are
briefly
described
these
results
show
agreement
with
the
features
predicted
by
reissner's
the
effect
of
slight
deviation
of
the
cylinder
from
perfect
circular
symmetry
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
847
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
study
of
the
vibrations
of
a
circular
cylindrical
shell
an
apparatus
is
described
which
permits
the
mode
shape
of
a
vibrating
circular
cylindrical
shell
to
be
obtained
quite
easily
these
measurements
are
made
without
contacting
the
cylinder
and
can
be
converted
to
actual
lineal
values
a
representative
number
of
results
obtained
with
such
a
system
are
shown
to
illustrate
the
relationship
between
the
nodal
pattern
and
frequency
in
a
cylinder
as
well
as
the
effect
of
internal
pressure
on
these
frequencies
finally
comparisons
are
made
between
these
results
and
timoshenko
theory
and
an
appropriate
shell
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
848
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
an
internal
compressible
fluid
column
on
the
breathing
vibrations
of
a
thin
pressurised
cylindrical
shell
the
free
oscillations
of
a
thin
pressurized
cylindrical
shell
containing
a
compressible
fluid
are
studied
here
the
use
of
an
approximate
set
of
shell
equations
shallow
shell
theory
leads
to
a
relatively
simple
formula
for
the
natural
frequencies
of
the
coupled
fluid
cylinder
system
the
results
of
some
computations
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
849
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theory
of
imperfection
for
the
vibrations
of
elastic
bodies
of
revolution
various
observations
and
preliminary
experiments
have
shown
that
the
effect
of
imperfections
upon
the
vibrations
of
bodies
of
revolution
cannot
be
neglected
owing
to
the
possibility
of
applying
the
lagrange
equation
the
influence
of
the
imperfections
could
be
traced
through
the
kinetic
energy
the
potential
energy
and
the
dissipation
function
although
the
fundamental
difficulty
of
the
uncertainty
of
certain
variables
was
not
eliminated
this
procedure
permitted
at
least
the
making
of
general
qualitative
statements
as
to
the
behaviour
of
the
system
if
imperfections
are
present
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
85
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
trails
of
axisymmetric
hypersonic
blunt
bodies
flying
through
the
atmosphere
the
trail
left
in
the
atmosphere
by
a
body
moving
at
hypersonic
speeds
is
the
subject
of
theoretical
treatment
the
times
required
for
ionization
and
dissociation
and
their
inverse
processes
to
go
to
completion
when
compared
to
the
flow
times
of
a
gas
particle
are
important
in
determining
the
observable
effects
of
hypersonic
trails
i
e
emitted
thermal
radiation
and
reflection
of
electromagnetic
waves
from
the
trail
in
order
to
simplify
the
theoretical
treatment
the
trail
is
divided
into
two
regions
the
expansion
controlled
trail
which
treats
the
behavior
of
the
wake
behind
the
body
up
to
a
point
along
the
direction
of
flight
where
the
pressure
decays
to
the
free
stream
value
and
cooling
is
controlled
principally
by
the
expansion
of
the
flow
and
the
conduction
controlled
trail
where
the
trail
cools
mainly
by
diffusion
of
heat
away
from
the
high
temperature
core
the
influence
of
the
details
of
the
body
shape
on
the
observables
are
discussed
and
a
simple
computational
procedure
for
the
behavior
of
the
conduction
controlled
trail
is
developed
based
on
integral
methods
results
of
calculations
that
assume
thermodynamic
equilibrium
of
the
flow
field
give
the
values
of
the
thermodynamic
variables
in
the
trail
of
a
sphere
axial
distributions
of
emitted
thermal
radiation
and
maps
of
electron
density
distribution
it
is
shown
that
the
cooling
of
the
conduction
controlled
trail
is
essentially
due
to
conduction
of
heat
and
that
viscous
effects
are
not
important
it
is
found
that
this
portion
of
the
trail
does
not
widen
as
one
proceeds
downstream
flight
velocities
considered
vary
between
and
ft
sec
and
altitudes
range
between
and
ft
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
850
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
remarks
on
donnell's
equations
flugge's
set
of
differential
equations
of
equilibrium
for
circular
cylindrical
shells
is
expressed
in
a
form
analogous
to
the
donnell
equations
the
results
of
solutions
of
the
two
sets
of
equations
for
a
simply
supported
cylinder
under
a
centrally
applied
uniformly
distributed
radial
line
load
over
a
generator
segment
as
well
as
under
sinusoidally
applied
line
loads
are
in
very
good
agreement
for
the
particular
geometry
investigated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
851
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
energy
expressions
and
differential
equations
for
stress
and
displacement
analysis
of
arbitrary
cylindrical
shells
energy
expressions
and
the
related
equilibrium
equations
and
natural
boundary
conditions
for
the
determination
of
the
stresses
in
and
displacements
of
uniform
thin
walled
cylinders
of
arbitrary
cross
section
loaded
in
an
arbitrary
manner
by
surface
and
edge
forces
and
moments
are
presented
the
derivations
are
based
upon
the
kirchhoff
love
assumptions
of
the
classical
theory
of
shells
and
are
performed
to
within
a
degree
of
accuracy
employed
by
flugge
in
his
derivation
of
the
equilibrium
equations
applicable
to
circular
cylindrical
shells
hence
in
terms
of
stress
resultants
the
exact
small
deflection
equilibrium
equations
are
obtained
methods
of
simplification
of
the
relations
derived
and
of
solution
of
the
differential
equations
presented
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
852
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stress
and
displacement
analysis
of
simply
supported
non
circular
cylindrical
shell
under
lateral
pressure
this
paper
presents
an
analysis
of
the
deflections
of
and
stresses
in
a
short
noncircular
cylindrical
shell
of
uniform
wall
thickness
whose
median
surface
cross
section
is
described
analytically
by
a
simple
expression
corresponding
to
a
family
of
doubly
symmetric
ovals
the
cylinder
is
under
a
uniform
lateral
load
and
is
simply
supported
at
its
edges
the
small
deflection
analysis
considered
is
based
upon
a
series
solution
of
appropriate
differential
equations
of
shell
theory
which
leads
ultimately
to
infinite
sets
of
algebraic
equations
truncated
forms
of
which
are
considered
numerical
values
of
the
significant
stresses
and
displacements
for
points
of
the
oval
cylinder
which
are
percent
of
the
axial
length
and
percent
of
the
circumferential
length
apart
have
been
calculated
for
an
oval
cross
section
with
a
major
minor
axis
ratio
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
853
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
accuracy
of
donnell's
equations
solutions
of
donnell's
equations
of
the
small
deformations
of
the
perfectly
elastic
thin
walled
circular
cylindrical
shell
are
compared
with
those
obtainable
from
flugge's
equations
the
range
of
the
basic
parameters
is
found
within
which
the
two
solutions
are
approximately
equal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
854
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
value
problems
of
the
thin
walled
circular
cylinder
the
homogeneous
differential
equations
of
donnell's
theory
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
are
integrated
expressions
are
obtained
in
closed
form
for
the
displacements
membrane
stresses
moments
and
shear
forces
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
855
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
simplified
formulas
for
boundary
value
problems
of
the
thin
walled
circular
cylinder
n
j
hoff
has
presented
formulas
which
can
be
used
in
the
solution
of
boundary
value
problems
of
circular
cylinders
the
purpose
of
this
note
is
to
express
these
results
in
exact
simplified
form
a
more
detailed
investigation
appears
elsewhere
the
notation
will
be
that
of
hoff
unless
otherwise
stated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
856
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
experimental
studies
of
panel
flutter
at
mach
experimental
studies
of
panel
flutter
were
conducted
at
a
mach
number
of
to
verify
the
existence
of
this
phenomenon
and
to
study
the
effects
of
some
structural
parameters
on
the
flutter
characteristics
thin
rectangular
metal
plates
were
used
in
these
studies
and
were
mounted
as
a
section
of
the
tunnel
wall
most
of
the
data
were
obtained
by
using
aluminum
alloy
panels
although
a
few
steel
magnesium
and
brass
panels
were
also
used
different
materials
with
various
thicknesses
and
lengths
were
used
to
determine
the
effect
of
these
parameters
on
panel
flutter
the
experimental
program
consisted
of
three
phases
panels
clamped
front
and
rear
and
buckled
panels
clamped
on
all
four
edges
panel
flutter
was
obtained
under
controlled
laboratory
conditions
and
it
was
found
that
at
the
flow
conditions
of
these
tests
increasing
tensile
forces
were
effective
in
eliminating
flutter
as
were
shortening
the
panels
or
increasing
the
bending
stiffness
no
apparent
systematic
trends
in
the
flutter
modes
or
frequencies
could
be
observed
and
it
is
significant
that
the
panel
flutter
sometimes
involved
higher
modes
and
frequencies
the
presence
of
a
pressure
differential
between
the
two
surfaces
of
a
panel
was
observed
to
have
a
stabilizing
effect
initially
buckled
panels
were
more
susceptible
to
flutter
than
panels
without
buckling
buckled
panels
with
all
four
edges
clamped
were
much
less
prone
to
flutter
than
buckled
panels
clamped
front
and
rear
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
857
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
studies
of
flutter
of
buckled
rectangular
panels
at
mach
numbers
from
to
including
effects
of
pressure
differential
and
of
panel
width
length
ratio
experimental
panel
flutter
data
have
been
obtained
at
mach
numbers
from
to
for
buckled
rectangular
panels
and
the
effect
of
a
pressure
differential
has
been
determined
increasing
the
pressure
differential
was
effective
in
eliminating
flutter
on
most
of
the
panels
tested
the
effects
of
the
variables
in
the
panel
flutter
parameter
sure
e
is
young's
modulus
and
t
and
l
are
the
panel
thickness
and
length
respectively
were
investigated
for
buckled
panels
clamped
on
the
front
and
rear
edges
and
a
critical
value
of
this
parameter
of
is
indicated
at
zero
pressure
differential
when
the
panel
width
length
ratio
is
an
estimated
flutter
boundary
is
presented
for
buckled
panels
clamped
on
four
edges
with
width
length
ratios
of
to
this
boundary
shows
that
the
panel
width
is
more
significant
than
the
panel
length
when
the
ratio
of
width
to
length
is
less
than
approximately
panels
clamped
on
four
edges
and
buckled
in
two
half
waves
in
the
direction
of
flow
were
found
to
be
particularly
susceptible
to
flutter
the
results
of
limited
tests
on
panels
with
applied
damping
curvature
and
lengthwise
stiffeners
are
also
presented
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
858
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
investigation
at
mach
numbers
of
the
effects
of
thermal
stress
and
buckling
on
the
flutter
of
four
bay
aluminium
alloy
panels
with
length
width
ratios
of
skin
stiffener
aluminum
alloy
panels
consisting
of
four
bays
each
bay
having
a
length
width
ratio
of
were
tested
at
a
mach
number
of
at
dynamic
pressures
ranging
from
psf
to
psf
and
at
stagnation
temperatures
from
f
to
f
the
panels
were
restrained
by
the
supporting
structure
in
such
a
manner
that
partial
thermal
expansion
of
the
skins
could
occur
in
both
the
longitudinal
and
lateral
directions
a
boundary
faired
through
the
experimental
flutter
points
consisted
of
a
flat
panel
portion
a
buckled
panel
portion
and
a
transition
point
at
the
intersection
of
the
two
boundaries
in
the
region
where
a
panel
must
be
flat
when
flutter
occurs
an
increase
in
panel
skin
temperature
or
midplane
compressive
stress
makes
the
panel
more
susceptible
to
flutter
in
the
region
where
a
panel
must
be
buckled
when
flutter
occurs
the
flutter
trend
is
reversed
this
reversal
in
trend
is
attributed
to
the
panel
postbuckling
behavior
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
859
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flutter
of
aerodynamically
heated
aluminium
alloy
and
stainless
steel
panels
with
length
width
ratio
of
at
mach
an
investigation
of
the
effects
of
aerodynamic
heating
on
the
flutter
of
multibay
external
skin
panels
has
been
carried
out
at
a
mach
number
of
in
the
langley
by
foot
thermal
structures
tunnel
both
aluminum
alloy
and
ph
stainless
steel
panels
with
a
length
width
ratio
of
for
each
bay
were
tested
at
dynamic
pressures
between
addition
a
few
tests
were
made
on
the
lower
vertical
stabilizer
of
the
x
airplane
which
has
external
skin
panels
unsupported
for
a
length
all
panels
showed
flutter
boundaries
characterized
by
an
increase
in
panel
thickness
required
to
prevent
flutter
with
increasing
thermally
induced
stress
prior
to
buckling
after
buckling
the
panels
showed
flutter
boundaries
characterized
by
a
decrease
in
thickness
required
to
prevent
flutter
with
further
increases
in
thermal
stress
the
largest
thickness
required
to
prevent
flutter
in
the
presence
of
aerodynamic
heating
occurred
at
the
transition
between
the
flat
panel
boundary
and
the
buckled
panel
boundary
this
peak
value
for
aluminum
alloy
panel
was
as
much
as
percent
greater
than
the
extrapolated
value
for
an
unheated
unloaded
panel
values
of
the
modified
thickness
ratio
flutter
parameter
for
the
unstressed
panels
obtained
by
extrapolation
were
in
fair
agreement
for
the
aluminum
steel
and
x
stabilizer
panels
peak
values
at
transition
however
showed
large
differences
due
to
apparently
minor
changes
in
panel
support
construction
and
or
changes
in
panel
skin
material
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
86
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inviscid
incompressible
flow
theory
of
static
peripheral
jets
in
proximity
to
the
ground
an
exact
flow
theory
of
peripheral
jets
issuing
symmetrically
from
a
hovering
aerial
ground
vehicle
is
presented
the
theory
is
exact
insofar
as
no
simplifying
assumptions
have
been
made
in
obtaining
a
solution
of
the
governing
inviscid
two
dimensional
hydrodynamical
flow
equations
the
results
are
valid
for
all
jet
thickness
vehicle
height
ratios
the
limit
of
applicability
of
existing
theories
very
low
thickness
height
ratios
are
defined
jet
reaction
lift
and
power
coefficients
for
static
conditions
are
introduced
and
computed
lift
augmentation
and
lift
power
ratios
are
also
calculated
applications
to
three
dimensional
vehicles
with
rotational
symmetry
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
860
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
test
of
an
aerodynamically
heated
multi
web
wing
structure
mw
in
a
free
jet
at
mach
number
a
multiweb
wing
structure
representing
an
airplane
or
missile
wing
was
tested
under
simulated
supersonic
flight
conditions
to
determine
the
transient
temperature
distribution
the
aerodynamic
loads
played
an
important
and
unanticipated
role
however
in
that
the
model
experienced
a
dynamic
failure
near
the
end
of
the
test
the
test
is
discussed
and
the
conclusion
reached
that
the
model
failed
as
a
result
of
the
combined
action
of
aerodynamic
heating
and
loading
the
temperature
data
collected
are
analyzed
and
are
shown
to
be
in
reasonable
agreement
with
calculated
values
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
861
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
charts
adapted
from
van
driest's
turbulent
flat
plate
theory
for
determining
values
of
turbulent
aerodynamic
friction
and
heat
transfer
coefficients
a
modified
method
of
van
driest's
flat
plate
theory
for
turbulent
boundary
layer
has
been
found
to
simplify
the
calculation
of
local
skin
friction
coefficients
which
in
turn
have
made
it
possible
to
obtain
through
reynolds
analogy
theoretical
turbulent
heat
transfer
coefficients
in
the
form
of
stanton
number
a
general
formula
is
given
and
charts
are
presented
from
which
the
modified
method
can
be
solved
for
mach
numbers
to
temperature
ratios
to
and
reynolds
numbers
x
to
x
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
862
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
phenomenon
of
change
in
buckle
pattern
in
elastic
structures
a
model
is
analyzed
which
exhibits
the
important
properties
associated
with
change
in
buckle
pattern
of
plates
the
analysis
includes
a
rigorous
study
of
stability
in
its
various
modes
a
discussion
of
how
the
present
results
may
be
applied
to
plates
and
other
elastic
structures
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
863
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
loads
and
deformations
of
buckled
rectangular
plates
the
nonlinear
large
deflection
equations
of
von
karman
for
plates
are
converted
into
a
set
of
linear
equations
by
expanding
the
displacements
into
a
power
series
in
terms
of
an
arbitrary
parameter
the
post
buckling
behavior
of
simply
supported
rectangular
plates
subjected
to
longitudinal
compression
and
to
a
uniform
temperature
rise
is
investigated
in
detail
by
solving
the
first
few
of
the
equations
experimental
data
are
presented
for
the
compression
problem
comparisons
are
made
for
total
shortening
and
local
strains
and
deflections
which
indicate
good
agreement
between
experimental
and
theoretical
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
864
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
status
of
flutter
of
flat
and
curved
panels
representative
results
are
presented
to
show
the
current
status
of
the
panel
flutter
problem
the
discussion
includes
flat
panels
with
and
without
midplane
stresses
buckled
panels
and
both
unstiffened
and
stiffened
infinitely
long
circular
cylinders
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
865
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
the
thermal
fatigue
behaviour
of
metals
the
effect
of
test
conditions
on
nickel
base
high
temperature
alloys
an
attempt
has
been
made
to
identify
the
significant
factors
governing
the
thermal
fatigue
behaviour
of
nickel
base
high
temperature
alloys
mainly
by
using
a
laboratory
technique
with
hot
and
cold
fluidized
beds
as
the
heating
and
cooling
media
a
succession
of
heating
shocks
is
generally
more
damaging
than
a
succession
of
cooling
shocks
between
the
same
temperature
limits
the
duration
of
the
heating
shock
and
the
upper
temperature
of
the
cycle
are
dominant
factors
the
thermal
fatigue
cracks
are
initiated
at
the
surface
and
are
intercrystalline
in
origin
and
propagation
surface
oxidation
which
is
intergranular
in
nature
for
nickel
base
alloys
has
a
significant
effect
on
thermal
fatigue
life
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
866
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
regularities
in
creep
and
hot
fatigue
data
published
experimental
results
are
assembled
to
support
a
previously
given
theory
of
uniaxial
deformation
and
the
theory
is
then
used
to
analyse
published
data
on
the
creep
rupture
and
hot
fatigue
of
engineering
materials
the
theory
enables
data
for
different
times
and
temperatures
to
be
classed
together
thereby
providing
information
over
a
much
greater
range
of
times
than
could
practicably
be
covered
by
experiments
at
a
single
temperature
an
underlying
numerical
pattern
common
to
all
the
widely
different
group
materials
considered
then
shows
through
the
experimental
scatter
data
for
further
engineering
materials
is
considered
in
these
terms
in
part
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
867
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
low
frequency
fatigue
of
nimonic
low
frequency
fatigue
a
rheological
approach
an
alloy
of
nimonic
type
has
been
tested
under
cyclic
loads
at
temperatures
of
deg
deg
and
deg
cent
graham's
descriptive
theory
of
deformation
has
been
developed
in
detail
for
the
tests
reported
here
and
shown
to
provide
a
satisfactory
description
of
the
experimental
results
the
variation
of
cumulative
strain
with
number
of
cycles
can
be
described
by
the
sum
of
powers
of
cycle
number
n
n
n
and
n
there
is
qualitative
agreement
between
the
observed
and
the
calculated
stress
strain
loops
the
effect
of
variation
of
maximum
stress
per
cycle
can
be
described
by
the
sum
of
power
terms
with
simple
exponents
within
the
scatter
of
observation
the
total
time
to
fracture
is
independent
of
the
frequency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
868
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
design
and
operation
of
the
n
g
t
e
thermal
shock
analogue
a
description
is
given
of
the
n
g
t
e
thermal
shock
analogue
which
is
suitable
for
estimating
the
temperature
in
a
turbine
blade
section
as
a
function
of
position
and
time
when
the
blade
is
subjected
to
a
step
change
in
gas
temperature
the
method
of
operating
the
analogue
and
obtaining
results
has
also
been
described
the
limitations
of
the
analogue
have
been
stated
but
they
are
considered
a
small
penalty
in
view
of
the
essential
simplicity
of
the
design
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
869
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
calculation
of
transient
temperature
in
turbine
blades
and
tapered
discs
using
biot's
variational
method
transient
temperatures
in
aerofoil
sections
and
tapered
discs
are
calculated
taking
advantage
of
simplifications
in
heat
flow
analysis
achieved
in
biot's
variational
method
cross
sections
are
represented
by
a
line
of
adjacent
squares
of
various
sizes
suitable
for
the
local
dimensions
e
g
small
squares
near
the
leading
and
trailing
edges
the
potential
dissipation
and
surface
dissipation
functions
of
biot's
method
are
set
up
and
the
lagrange
equations
lead
by
automatic
procedures
to
an
eigenvalue
formulation
in
matrix
form
for
the
temperatures
and
their
first
time
derivatives
solutions
are
sums
of
exponentials
in
time
and
are
evaluated
by
digital
computer
requiring
about
five
minutes
for
each
cross
section
and
heat
transfer
coefficient
transient
temperatures
in
a
particular
aerofoil
section
for
variation
of
heat
transfer
coefficient
and
for
external
temperature
depending
exponentially
on
time
agree
with
results
obtained
on
an
analogue
computer
maximum
transient
temperature
differences
are
evaluated
for
tapered
discs
by
a
simple
electrical
analogue
with
variation
of
edge
radius
and
heat
transfer
coefficient
peculiarities
in
the
solution
for
cyclic
temperature
external
to
an
aerofoil
over
a
range
of
frequencies
indicate
limitations
in
the
mathematical
formulation
a
successful
solution
for
cyclic
external
temperature
might
enable
eigenvalues
to
be
separated
out
in
experimental
measurements
using
electronic
equipment
and
this
might
be
extended
to
exponential
external
temperature
if
a
relationship
between
cyclic
and
exponential
external
temperature
could
be
established
eigenvalues
and
eigenvectors
as
discrete
values
arise
fictitiously
from
the
sub
division
into
squares
and
the
possibility
of
an
integral
formulation
is
mentioned
there
is
a
possible
but
not
immediate
extension
to
cooled
blades
whose
cross
sections
are
multiply
connected
regions
transient
stresses
due
to
creep
and
viscoelasticity
might
be
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
87
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
convection
magnetohydrodynamic
flow
past
a
porous
flat
plate
the
incompressible
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
past
a
porous
plate
with
constant
suction
velocity
in
the
presence
of
a
transverse
uniform
strength
has
recently
been
investigated
by
gupta
in
this
note
the
problem
is
generalized
to
take
into
account
the
effect
of
free
convection
when
a
body
force
is
acting
parallel
to
the
wall
the
fluid
is
assumed
to
be
semi
incompressible
as
usual
in
addition
to
the
obvious
practical
significance
this
problem
is
also
interesting
in
the
sense
that
it
provides
another
exact
solution
of
the
magnetohydrodynamic
equations
since
the
only
electromagnetic
assumptions
involved
are
constant
properties
and
freedom
from
excessive
charges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
870
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
rheological
behaviour
on
thermal
stresses
since
the
conventional
elastic
analysis
of
thermal
stress
problems
coupled
with
limiting
creep
rates
and
time
dependent
fracture
stresses
as
inelastic
design
criteria
results
in
design
procedures
for
thermal
stresses
in
heat
exchangers
nuclear
reactors
flight
structures
at
supersonic
speeds
etc
of
considerable
unreality
the
effect
of
various
types
of
rheological
behavior
viscoelastic
plastic
work
hardening
on
the
level
of
thermal
stresses
is
analyzed
under
simplified
assumptions
such
as
uniaxial
stress
and
polar
or
cylindrical
symmetry
the
effect
on
the
thermal
stress
intensity
of
the
rheological
behavior
of
the
material
is
shown
to
be
very
significant
particularly
with
respect
to
stress
relaxation
and
the
development
of
residual
stresses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
871
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
steady
state
creep
through
dislocation
climb
a
dislocation
climb
creep
model
is
considered
which
does
not
require
the
production
of
immobile
dislocations
the
creep
equation
that
results
from
the
analysis
is
where
a
and
b
are
constants
is
the
stress
q
is
the
activation
energy
of
creep
and
kt
has
its
usual
meaning
this
equation
is
quite
similar
to
one
previously
proposed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
872
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
fundamentals
of
boundary
layer
heat
transfer
with
streamwise
temperature
variations
boundary
layer
heat
transfer
is
analyzed
for
the
case
of
a
sinusoidal
distribution
of
temperature
in
the
direction
of
flow
it
is
shown
that
for
both
laminar
and
turbulent
flow
the
spatial
distribution
of
heat
transfer
is
generally
out
of
phase
with
the
wall
temperature
by
an
angle
of
to
this
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
in
some
areas
the
heat
flow
is
opposite
to
the
temperature
difference
as
used
in
the
definition
of
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
and
points
to
the
basic
shortcomings
of
this
concept
the
physical
explanation
for
this
behavior
is
found
to
be
the
temperature
field
distortion
by
the
fluid
motion
the
distortion
is
measured
by
the
peclet
number
approximate
equations
representing
a
conduction
analogy
were
used
in
this
analysis
and
the
validity
of
these
equations
for
unsteady
flow
is
examined
with
reference
to
limitations
in
frequency
and
wavelength
a
solution
of
these
equations
is
given
for
the
case
of
a
velocity
profile
which
is
not
a
straight
line
the
use
of
previously
developed
variational
principles
for
the
evaluation
of
convective
heat
transfer
including
cases
of
three
dimensional
unsteady
flow
turbulence
and
nonparallel
streamlines
is
also
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
873
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
lagrangian
thermodynamics
of
heat
transfer
in
systems
including
fluid
motion
the
lagrangian
thermodynamic
equations
of
irreversible
processes
are
extended
to
convective
heat
transfer
this
generalization
provides
equations
for
the
unified
analysis
of
transient
heat
flow
in
complex
systems
comprising
solid
structures
and
moving
fluids
in
either
laminar
or
turbulent
flow
the
concept
of
a
surface
heat
transfer
coefficient
is
eliminated
from
the
formulation
the
theory
is
developed
along
two
different
lines
in
one
approach
a
new
concept
referred
to
as
the
trailing
function
is
introduced
it
represents
the
surface
heat
transfer
properties
and
may
be
evaluated
by
quite
simple
but
remarkably
accurate
variational
procedures
the
method
of
associated
fields
is
also
generalized
to
convective
phenomena
the
second
line
of
approach
extends
to
convective
heat
transfer
the
thermodynamic
concept
of
entropy
production
for
both
laminar
and
turbulent
flow
the
theory
amounts
to
an
extension
of
the
thermodynamics
of
irreversible
processes
to
systems
for
which
onsager's
relations
are
not
valid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
874
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
models
for
the
determination
of
critical
flutter
speeds
the
use
of
model
tests
in
the
prediction
of
full
scale
critical
flutter
speeds
is
now
well
established
and
the
technique
of
such
tests
is
therefore
worthy
of
discussion
in
order
to
obtain
critical
speeds
for
the
model
within
the
speed
range
of
ordinary
wind
tunnels
it
is
necessary
that
the
model
should
differ
in
some
respect
from
a
mere
small
suggested
by
mckinnon
wood
the
modification
of
the
model
consists
in
a
reduction
of
its
effective
stiffnesses
this
method
has
the
defect
in
most
cases
probably
not
serious
that
the
model
experiment
is
conducted
at
a
reynolds
number
much
below
that
for
full
scale
in
the
present
paper
it
is
pointed
out
that
an
alternative
method
of
reducing
the
critical
speed
is
to
increase
the
mass
loading
of
the
model
and
to
make
the
flutter
tests
in
compressed
air
it
is
then
quite
feasible
to
reach
the
full
scale
reynolds
number
this
method
of
reducing
the
critical
speeds
by
a
proportionate
increase
of
all
effective
densities
may
also
be
combined
with
a
reduction
of
the
elasticity
of
the
model
the
relation
of
model
and
full
scale
stresses
at
the
critical
flutter
speeds
is
considered
where
the
reduction
in
critical
speed
is
effected
by
increase
of
density
only
the
model
and
full
scale
stresses
are
equal
in
a
model
of
reduced
elasticity
the
stresses
in
the
wires
are
the
same
as
for
full
scale
whereas
the
stresses
in
the
spars
are
less
than
for
full
scale
this
is
in
accord
with
the
usual
experience
that
the
wires
of
such
a
model
are
the
first
parts
of
the
structure
to
fail
in
a
flutter
lastly
the
influence
of
gravity
on
flutter
is
considered
this
is
negligibly
small
for
full
scale
but
not
necessarily
so
for
the
model
gravitational
effects
can
sometimes
be
corrected
by
suitable
orientation
of
the
model
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
875
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
models
for
aeroelastic
investigation
this
addendum
provides
a
short
note
on
two
aspects
omitted
from
the
original
paper
viz
gravitational
effects
and
structural
damping
a
short
list
of
references
to
earlier
papers
dealing
with
the
subject
is
also
added
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
876
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
flutter
testing
in
high
speed
wind
tunnels
the
requirements
for
simulating
in
a
wind
tunnel
flutter
conditions
appropriate
to
high
speed
flight
are
discussed
and
an
assessment
is
made
of
the
desirable
features
of
a
wind
tunnel
suitable
for
flutter
testing
at
transonic
and
supersonic
speeds
it
is
concluded
that
such
a
tunnel
should
have
either
the
mach
number
or
the
stagnation
pressure
variable
during
the
tunnel
run
and
that
it
is
of
considerable
advantage
and
for
some
purposes
essential
for
high
stagnation
pressures
to
be
available
the
stagnation
pressure
required
to
allow
flight
conditions
to
be
simulated
with
a
flutter
model
is
considered
to
range
from
at
least
atmospheres
for
transonic
speeds
to
about
atmospheres
for
m
no
attempt
to
simulate
kinetic
heating
is
envisaged
although
its
effect
on
stiffness
should
be
allowed
for
in
the
design
of
the
model
to
minimise
uncertainties
due
to
the
variation
of
the
model
stiffness
with
temperature
it
is
desirable
that
means
for
controlling
the
stagnation
temperature
should
be
incorporated
in
the
tunnel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
877
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
influence
of
aerodynamic
heating
on
the
flexural
rigidity
of
a
thin
wing
this
report
considers
the
loss
of
flexural
rigidity
of
a
thin
wing
due
to
the
presence
of
middle
surface
stresses
resulting
from
aerodynamic
heating
the
spanwise
properties
of
the
wing
are
assumed
constant
but
the
wing
section
is
arbitrary
the
loss
of
flexural
rigidity
is
comparable
with
the
corresponding
loss
of
torsional
rigidity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
878
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
model
techniques
and
equipment
for
flutter
investigations
an
outline
is
given
of
the
uses
of
flutter
models
as
an
aid
to
the
designer
in
the
avoidance
of
flutter
details
are
given
of
the
different
types
and
methods
of
construction
that
are
used
for
flutter
models
and
of
the
various
test
facilities
that
are
available
for
high
speed
and
low
speed
tests
the
procedure
followed
in
the
u
k
for
flutter
clearance
of
the
full
scale
aircraft
is
described
and
the
value
of
the
electronic
flutter
simulator
in
this
field
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
879
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flutter
model
testing
at
transonic
speeds
flutter
research
on
reflection
plane
models
of
straight
swept
and
delta
wings
in
a
x
foot
transonic
test
facility
techniques
of
model
construction
and
testing
developed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
88
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
magnetohydrodynamic
free
convection
pipe
flow
it
has
been
shown
that
transverse
magnetic
fields
of
practical
strengths
exert
considerable
influence
on
liquid
metal
free
convection
vertical
flat
plate
and
parallel
plate
flow
fields
the
extent
of
influence
was
determined
by
the
magnitude
of
a
nondimensional
parameter
a
which
is
the
ratio
of
the
hartmann
number
to
the
fourth
root
of
the
grashof
number
and
is
a
measure
of
the
relative
influence
of
the
magnetic
and
buoyant
forces
in
this
note
the
steady
fully
developed
laminar
free
convection
flow
of
a
fluid
of
electrical
conductivity
through
a
fully
submerged
open
ended
constant
temperature
vertical
pipe
located
in
a
transverse
magnetic
field
of
strength
is
analyzed
in
terms
of
the
same
parameter
the
magnitude
of
its
influence
on
the
velocity
and
temperature
profiles
the
surface
shear
and
heat
transfer
and
the
volumetric
flow
rate
is
determined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
880
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
design
and
testing
of
supersonic
flutter
models
the
basic
problems
of
flutter
testing
in
the
low
supersonic
speed
range
simulate
full
scale
airplanes
when
mach
number
is
included
as
a
parameter
are
reviewed
and
are
compared
with
those
where
velocity
is
scaled
when
the
leading
edges
become
transonic
these
are
compared
with
results
given
elsewhere
and
serve
as
a
check
on
the
results
of
tables
i
and
ii
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
881
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
cumulative
damage
in
fatigue
the
phenomenon
of
cumulative
damage
under
repeated
loads
was
assumed
to
be
related
to
the
net
work
absorbed
by
a
specimen
the
number
of
loading
cycles
applied
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
the
number
to
failure
at
a
given
stress
level
would
be
the
proportion
of
useful
life
expended
when
the
total
damage
as
defined
by
this
concept
reached
per
cent
the
fatigue
specimen
should
fail
experimental
verification
of
this
concept
for
an
aluminum
alloy
using
different
types
of
specimens
various
stress
ratios
and
various
combinations
of
loading
cycles
is
presented
these
data
are
also
analyzed
to
provide
information
on
different
stress
ratios
when
an
s
n
curve
for
any
one
ratio
is
known
results
of
a
sample
analysis
based
on
experiments
are
given
it
is
concluded
that
a
simple
and
conservative
analysis
is
possible
using
the
concept
of
cumulative
fatigue
damage
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
882
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
variation
of
gust
frequency
with
gust
velocity
and
altitude
information
on
atmospheric
turbulence
obtained
from
counting
accelerometer
records
is
examined
and
relations
giving
the
variation
of
gust
frequency
with
gust
velocity
and
altitude
are
obtained
the
results
are
summarized
in
a
form
convenient
for
use
in
estimating
the
fatigue
life
of
an
aircraft
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
883
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
correlated
fatigue
data
for
aircraft
structural
joints
results
of
fatigue
tests
carried
out
at
r
a
e
on
typical
aircraft
wing
structural
joints
are
correlated
to
give
an
indication
of
general
fatigue
behaviour
the
results
are
plotted
in
the
form
of
s
log
n
curves
and
these
indicate
that
the
mode
of
behaviour
cannot
be
attributed
to
any
single
factor
such
as
the
type
of
aluminium
alloy
the
ultimate
tensile
strength
or
the
mean
stress
of
the
fatigue
cycle
the
detailed
method
of
design
undoubtedly
has
a
predominant
influence
on
behaviour
but
this
quality
is
not
revealed
by
a
broad
classification
according
to
the
proportion
of
load
transmitted
at
holes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
884
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
estimation
of
fatigue
damage
on
structural
elements
a
method
is
presented
for
the
estimation
of
fatigue
damage
to
aircraft
structural
elements
the
gust
spectrum
to
which
the
aircraft
is
subjected
is
analysed
in
terms
of
infinitesimal
loading
intervals
gust
data
supplied
by
j
taylor
for
flying
below
ft
are
used
to
study
fatigue
damage
in
a
number
of
aircraft
structural
joints
and
one
whole
structure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
885
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
under
hoop
stresses
varying
in
axial
direction
the
buckling
of
a
thin
cylindrical
shell
simply
supported
along
the
perimeter
of
its
end
sections
is
analyzed
under
hoop
compressive
stresses
varying
in
the
axial
direction
the
thermal
stresses
arising
from
a
uniform
increase
in
the
temperature
of
the
cylinder
are
determined
it
is
found
that
such
thermal
stresses
are
not
likely
to
cause
elastic
buckling
simple
approximate
formulas
are
developed
for
buckling
stress
and
thermal
stress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
886
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thermal
buckling
of
clamped
cylindrical
shells
the
problem
of
thermal
buckling
of
shells
arises
in
connection
with
air
frame
bodies
subject
to
aerodynamic
heating
at
supersonic
speeds
the
case
of
the
shell
with
clamped
edges
is
presented
as
this
case
typifies
all
structures
with
a
tubular
shell
stiffened
at
intervals
with
stiffening
rings
the
shell
is
assumed
to
be
unrestrained
longitudinally
and
fully
restrained
laterally
at
the
edges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
887
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
due
to
thermal
stress
of
cylindrical
shells
subjected
to
axial
temperature
distributions
thermal
stress
distributions
in
uniform
circular
cylindrical
shells
due
to
axial
temperature
distributions
are
investigated
the
discontinuity
effect
due
to
the
presence
of
a
cooler
stiffening
bulkhead
is
considered
and
the
possibility
of
thermal
buckling
of
the
shell
due
to
the
circumferential
discontinuity
stress
is
examined
the
buckling
analysis
is
based
on
donnell's
shell
equation
and
particular
attention
is
given
to
shells
having
clamped
edges
an
experimental
investigation
of
this
buckling
problem
is
discussed
and
the
results
obtained
are
seen
to
agree
reasonably
well
with
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
888
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
combinations
of
temperature
and
axial
compression
required
for
buckling
of
a
ring
stiffened
cylinder
a
theory
is
presented
to
predict
the
buckling
temperature
of
an
axially
compressed
uniformly
heated
ring
stiffened
cylinder
the
cylinder
buckles
because
of
the
interaction
of
the
axial
stress
due
to
applied
compressive
loads
and
the
circumferential
stress
resulting
from
restraint
of
thermal
expansion
by
the
rings
buckling
charts
covering
a
wide
range
of
cylinder
proportions
are
presented
for
both
clamped
and
simply
supported
cylinders
the
buckling
temperature
for
a
given
axial
loading
is
determined
from
a
simple
equation
involving
a
coefficient
given
in
the
buckling
charts
and
the
radius
thickness
ratio
of
the
cylinder
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
889
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
simplified
method
of
elastic
stability
analysis
for
thin
cylindrical
shells
this
paper
develops
a
new
method
for
determining
the
buckling
stresses
of
cylindrical
shells
under
various
loading
conditions
for
convenience
of
exposition
it
is
divided
into
two
parts
in
part
the
equation
for
the
equilibrium
of
cylindrical
shells
introduced
by
donnell
in
naca
report
no
to
find
the
critical
stresses
of
cylinders
in
torsion
is
applied
to
find
critical
stresses
for
cylinders
with
simply
supported
edges
under
other
loading
conditions
it
is
shown
that
by
this
method
solutions
may
be
obtained
very
easily
and
the
results
in
each
case
may
be
expressed
in
terms
of
two
nondimensional
parameters
one
dependent
on
the
critical
stress
and
the
other
essentially
determined
by
the
geometry
of
the
cylinder
the
influence
of
boundary
conditions
related
to
edge
displacements
in
the
shell
median
surface
is
discussed
the
accuracy
of
the
solutions
found
is
established
by
comparing
them
with
previous
theoretical
solutions
and
with
test
results
the
solutions
to
a
number
of
problems
concerned
with
buckling
of
cylinders
with
simply
supported
edges
on
the
basis
of
a
unified
viewpoint
are
presented
in
a
convenient
form
for
practical
use
in
part
a
modified
form
of
donnell's
equation
for
the
equilibrium
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
is
derived
which
is
equivalent
to
donnell's
equation
but
has
certain
advantages
in
physical
interpretation
and
in
ease
of
solution
particularly
in
the
case
of
shells
having
clamped
edges
the
solution
of
this
modified
equation
by
means
of
trigonometric
series
and
its
application
to
a
number
of
problems
concerned
with
the
shear
buckling
stresses
of
cylindrical
shells
are
discussed
the
question
of
implicit
boundary
conditions
also
is
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
89
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
separated
flows
part
i
the
pressure
field
the
present
article
describes
an
investigation
of
several
types
of
separated
regions
such
as
blunt
base
wakes
and
cavities
formed
in
cutouts
in
the
boundaries
and
ahead
of
or
behind
two
dimensional
steps
in
supersonic
mach
numbers
to
and
subsonic
flow
the
conditions
for
the
existence
the
geometry
and
the
pressure
field
are
described
in
this
paper
a
second
article
to
be
published
will
describe
investigations
of
the
internal
flow
and
the
heat
transfer
across
such
separated
regions
it
is
found
that
there
is
a
maximum
critical
ratio
of
the
length
of
the
separated
free
shear
layer
to
the
depth
of
the
depression
in
the
boundary
beyond
which
the
cavity
collapses
leaving
mutually
independent
separated
regions
at
each
protrusion
this
critical
length
changes
greatly
upon
laminar
turbulent
transition
in
the
oncoming
boundary
layer
in
either
laminar
or
turbulent
flow
it
is
approximately
independent
of
mach
and
reynolds
numbers
a
semiempirical
correlation
predicting
the
conditions
under
which
the
flow
will
span
a
depression
of
arbitrary
depth
is
proposed
detailed
pressure
distributions
along
the
boundaries
of
a
cavity
in
turbulent
flow
are
presented
as
a
function
of
the
ratio
of
the
cavity
length
to
the
critical
length
which
is
found
to
be
the
pertinent
similarity
parameter
for
short
notches
the
impact
pressure
due
to
the
reversal
of
the
inner
portion
of
the
shear
layer
at
recompression
tends
to
thicken
the
shear
layer
and
a
type
of
boundary
layer
free
stream
interaction
governs
the
pressure
field
the
pressure
in
the
cavity
is
nearly
constant
and
can
be
higher
than
free
stream
in
long
notches
the
shear
layer
bends
inward
at
separation
and
curves
back
gradually
ahead
of
the
recompression
point
the
floor
pressure
variation
is
pronounced
and
the
recovery
pressure
at
reattachment
is
small
the
variation
of
the
drag
coefficient
with
mach
number
reflects
the
change
from
one
to
the
other
mechanism
of
recompression
detailed
surveys
of
the
mach
number
distributions
in
a
blunt
body
wake
and
the
mixing
region
behind
its
throat
as
well
as
in
the
shear
layer
spanning
a
cutout
in
a
wall
are
presented
and
analyzed
it
is
found
that
in
general
the
assumptions
of
the
simple
supersonic
wake
models
which
rely
on
a
principle
of
steady
flow
with
mass
conservation
in
the
cavity
are
not
adequate
for
cavities
in
which
there
is
recompression
against
a
boundary
results
showing
the
influence
of
the
thickness
of
the
initial
boundary
layer
in
the
range
of
to
times
the
notch
depth
and
of
the
geometry
of
the
notch
are
also
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
890
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
comments
on
'thermal
buckling
of
clamped
cylindrical
shells'
in
the
recent
paper
by
zuk
an
expression
was
presented
for
the
critical
buckling
temperature
of
a
clamped
cylindrical
shell
in
terms
of
the
material
and
geometrical
properties
of
the
shell
restraint
at
the
edges
of
the
shell
was
assumed
to
be
provided
by
rigid
frames
experiencing
no
temperature
rise
the
circumferential
stress
induced
in
the
shell
when
it
experienced
a
temperature
rise
t
may
be
approximated
by
the
function
in
other
words
there
is
a
compressive
circumferential
stress
along
the
entire
length
l
of
the
shell
it
is
well
known
however
that
the
discontinuity
stresses
introduced
at
the
junction
of
a
shell
and
a
rigid
frame
or
bulk
head
are
extremely
localized
and
the
circumferential
stresses
induced
in
the
shell
decrease
rapidly
away
from
the
joint
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
891
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
a
finite
length
cylindrical
shell
under
a
circumferential
band
of
pressure
this
paper
is
concerned
with
buckling
of
a
circular
cylinder
of
finite
length
subjected
to
a
symmetrical
band
of
external
pressure
both
experimental
and
theoretical
results
are
presented
the
experimental
data
were
obtained
from
tests
of
three
thin
walled
steel
cylinders
subjected
to
external
pressure
by
a
pneumatic
tube
encircling
the
test
cylinder
at
mid
length
the
theory
is
based
on
the
principle
of
minimum
potential
energy
and
the
rayleigh
ritz
procedure
is
used
to
expand
the
displacement
components
in
trigonometric
series
theoretical
results
are
given
in
the
form
of
graphs
which
show
buckling
pressure
as
a
function
of
the
following
ratios
cylinder
radius
thickness
cylinder
length
radius
pressure
bandwidth
cylinder
length
theoretical
results
are
in
close
agreement
with
existing
solutions
to
special
cases
in
which
the
pressure
is
applied
over
the
entire
lateral
surface
and
the
pressure
is
concentrated
along
a
circumferential
line
the
theoretical
results
are
also
in
agreement
with
the
test
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
892
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
research
on
unsteady
flow
this
is
a
survey
of
certain
recent
advances
made
in
the
study
of
aerodynamic
unsteady
flow
and
of
some
of
the
new
problems
arising
which
require
further
investigation
no
attempt
is
made
to
reproduce
classical
theory
but
emphasis
rather
is
laid
on
validity
and
general
usefulness
particular
attention
being
given
to
unsteady
boundary
layer
effects
especially
when
there
is
flow
separation
coverage
is
broad
and
author
thus
provides
a
useful
review
for
those
interested
in
this
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
893
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
new
design
of
pitot
static
tube
with
a
discussion
of
pitot
static
tubes
and
their
calibration
factors
the
report
describes
experiments
devised
to
investigate
some
of
the
previously
unexplained
peculiarities
of
normal
types
of
pitot
static
tube
in
the
process
use
was
made
of
what
was
as
nearly
as
could
be
a
standard
static
pressure
tube
the
experiments
led
to
a
new
alternative
design
of
instrument
having
a
nose
of
modified
ellipsoidal
shape
and
for
which
the
main
characteristics
have
been
investigated
it
has
been
found
to
be
necessary
as
well
as
desirable
to
include
a
discussion
of
the
implications
of
the
term
calibration
factor
and
although
not
in
this
respect
comprehensive
of
the
special
features
and
limitations
of
various
pitot
static
tubes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
894
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flutter
of
a
two
dimensional
simply
supported
buckled
panel
with
elastic
restraint
against
edge
displacement
the
critical
flutter
speed
is
evaluated
for
a
two
dimensional
thin
buckled
panel
with
one
surface
exposed
to
a
supersonic
airstream
and
the
other
to
still
air
at
the
same
static
pressure
the
panel
is
simply
supported
along
the
leading
and
trailing
edges
by
rigid
edge
members
separated
by
an
elastic
member
represented
by
a
compression
spring
the
whole
system
is
acted
upon
by
a
constant
compressive
force
uniformly
distributed
along
the
edge
members
the
aerodynamic
forces
acting
on
the
deflected
panel
are
found
from
two
dimensional
quasi
steady
theory
valid
for
slow
oscillations
where
the
downwash
velocity
is
small
compared
with
the
speed
of
flow
and
provided
that
the
mach
number
is
sufficiently
greater
than
the
elastic
behaviour
of
the
panel
is
given
by
von
karman's
large
deflection
equations
modified
to
cover
initially
curved
plates
the
solution
of
the
equations
is
carried
out
by
means
of
galerkin's
method
which
has
been
shown
to
give
valid
results
for
a
panel
with
a
non
zero
bending
rigidity
the
influence
of
the
midplane
compressive
force
carried
by
the
panel
itself
the
initial
buckle
amplitude
and
the
elastic
restraint
against
edge
displacements
is
investigated
and
curves
are
presented
giving
the
critical
dynamic
pressure
ratio
as
a
function
of
these
variables
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
895
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
airforces
on
the
low
aspect
ratio
rectangular
wing
oscillating
in
sonic
flow
approximate
expressions
for
the
generalised
airforces
acting
on
a
rectangular
wing
of
low
aspect
ratio
oscillating
harmonically
in
sonic
flow
at
low
frequencies
are
derived
in
this
paper
the
modes
of
oscillation
considered
are
rigid
modes
and
a
small
selection
of
flexible
modes
results
are
presented
as
the
first
few
terms
of
infinite
expansions
a
brief
description
of
the
modes
of
oscillation
and
of
the
generalised
airforces
is
given
towards
the
end
of
the
paper
so
that
the
results
may
be
used
without
the
main
text
of
the
paper
having
to
be
read
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
896
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
calculation
of
loads
on
a
supersonic
weapon
in
the
steady
circling
case
the
economy
of
a
design
depends
on
the
accuracy
with
which
it
is
possible
to
solve
the
various
structural
problems
as
this
has
a
direct
bearing
on
structure
weight
this
paper
describes
the
calculation
of
the
bending
moments
on
a
specific
weapon
for
the
high
g
steady
circling
case
a
hybrid
method
is
used
to
obtain
the
aerodynamic
loads
the
results
presented
show
the
effect
of
a
number
of
parameters
such
as
altitude
weight
acceleration
and
mach
number
on
the
magnitude
of
the
maximum
bending
moment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
897
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
results
on
buckling
and
postbuckling
of
cylindrical
shells
in
this
summary
paper
the
effects
of
initial
deformations
on
the
buckling
and
postbuckling
characteristics
of
circular
cylindrical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
is
determined
in
an
approximate
manner
the
influence
of
initial
axisymmetric
deformations
is
stressed
also
the
classical
buckling
of
an
axially
compressed
noncircular
the
results
show
that
the
major
minor
axis
ratio
of
the
cross
section
has
a
marked
effect
on
the
critical
load
and
that
use
of
the
maximum
radius
of
curvature
in
the
formula
for
the
classical
buckling
stress
of
a
circular
cylindrical
shell
leads
to
good
results
for
moderate
eccentricities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
898
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
survey
of
buckling
theory
and
experiment
for
circular
conical
shells
of
constant
thickness
a
survey
of
the
state
of
the
art
for
the
stability
of
thin
walled
conical
shells
is
presented
known
theoretical
results
are
summarized
and
compared
with
experiment
the
shortcomings
of
present
knowledge
and
recommended
work
for
the
future
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
899
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
effects
on
boundary
layer
unsteadiness
with
a
view
to
the
study
of
aerodynamic
problems
a
review
is
made
of
boundary
layer
theory
for
a
flat
plate
moving
with
a
time
dependent
velocity
unsteady
effects
are
shown
to
enter
according
to
the
magnitude
of
the
ratio
of
time
for
diffusion
to
act
throughout
the
boundary
layer
to
the
characteristic
time
of
the
imposed
unsteadiness
it
is
concluded
that
a
boundary
layer
may
be
considered
quasi
steady
even
during
extreme
flight
manocuvres
generation
of
acoustic
noise
purely
by
boundary
layer
unsteadiness
is
generally
small
thermal
and
heat
transfer
effects
are
cited
unsteady
boundary
layer
considerations
are
important
in
damping
or
amplifying
certain
instabilities
such
as
flutter
of
panels
and
stalling
flutter
of
aerofoils
in
connection
with
the
aerofoil
problem
laminar
separation
concepts
and
the
stagnation
point
boundary
layer
are
described
for
unsteady
flow
an
analysis
of
aerofoil
lift
hysteresis
is
described
using
unsteady
laminar
boundary
layer
considerations
which
leads
to
a
prediction
of
counter
clockwise
hysteresis
at
maximum
lift
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
9
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transition
studies
and
skin
friction
measurements
on
an
insulated
flat
plate
at
a
mach
number
of
an
investigation
of
transition
and
skin
friction
on
an
insulated
flat
plate
by
in
was
made
in
the
galcit
by
in
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
the
phosphorescent
lacquer
technique
was
used
for
transition
detection
and
was
found
to
be
in
good
agreement
with
total
head
rake
measurements
along
the
plate
surface
and
pitot
boundary
layer
surveys
it
was
found
that
the
boundary
layer
was
laminar
at
reynolds
numbers
of
at
least
x
transverse
contamination
caused
by
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
on
the
tunnel
sidewall
originated
far
downstream
of
the
flat
plate
leading
edge
at
reynolds
numbers
of
to
x
and
spread
at
a
uniform
angle
of
compared
to
degree
in
low
speed
flow
the
effect
of
two
dimensional
and
local
disturbances
was
investigated
the
technique
of
air
injection
into
the
boundary
layer
as
a
means
of
hastening
transition
was
extensively
used
although
the
onset
of
transition
occurred
at
reynolds
numbers
as
low
as
a
fully
developed
turbulent
boundary
layer
was
not
obtained
at
reynolds
numbers
much
below
x
regardless
of
the
amount
of
air
injected
a
qualitative
discussion
of
these
results
is
given
with
emphasis
on
the
possibility
of
a
greater
stability
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
in
hypersonic
flow
than
at
lower
speeds
direct
skin
friction
measurements
were
made
by
means
of
the
floating
element
technique
over
a
range
of
reynolds
numbers
verified
as
being
laminar
over
the
complete
range
with
air
injection
turbulent
shear
was
obtained
only
for
reynolds
numbers
greater
than
x
this
value
being
in
good
agreement
with
earlier
results
of
this
investigation
the
turbulent
skin
friction
coefficient
was
found
to
be
approximately
of
that
for
incompressible
flow
for
a
constant
value
of
r
and
for
an
effective
reynolds
number
between
and
x
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
90
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
periodic
temperature
distributions
in
a
two
layer
composite
slab
an
investigation
to
determine
the
feasibility
of
using
an
insulating
thermal
barrier
to
protect
exposed
solid
propellant
motors
from
atmospheric
or
environmental
temperature
variations
has
recently
been
completed
in
one
portion
of
this
study
a
solution
was
developed
for
the
periodic
temperature
distribution
in
a
two
layer
composite
slab
one
exposed
surface
of
this
composite
slab
was
adiabatic
and
the
other
exposed
surface
was
subjected
to
a
sinusoidal
temperature
variation
the
technique
used
in
the
analysis
was
similar
to
that
of
grober
in
this
note
pertinent
features
of
the
development
of
the
solution
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
900
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
measurements
in
the
vortex
flow
generated
by
a
sharp
leading
edge
having
sweep
the
report
is
concerned
with
the
vortex
flow
which
arises
when
separation
occurs
at
a
highly
swept
leading
edge
measurements
were
made
in
the
flow
over
flat
plates
at
incidence
each
having
a
sharp
leading
edge
of
sweep
the
pressure
and
velocity
distributions
both
along
the
axis
of
the
vortex
and
for
one
cross
section
of
the
flow
are
presented
together
with
a
preliminary
discussion
of
their
significance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
901
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
long
slender
delta
wings
with
leading
edge
separation
the
slender
body
approximation
of
linearized
compressible
flow
is
applied
to
the
problem
of
a
delta
wing
in
which
flow
separation
occurs
at
the
leading
edges
the
vortex
sheets
found
in
the
real
flow
are
approximated
by
concentrated
vortices
with
feeding
lattices
and
a
plausible
adaptation
of
kelvin's
theorem
is
applied
to
simulate
the
force
free
nature
of
the
vortex
sheet
the
computations
show
that
leading
edge
separation
produces
an
increase
in
lift
over
that
given
by
the
jones
slender
wing
theory
and
that
the
lift
does
not
vary
linearly
with
angle
of
attack
computed
pressure
distributions
and
span
loadings
are
presented
and
the
theoretical
lift
results
are
compared
with
the
results
of
simple
force
tests
made
at
a
mach
number
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
902
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
current
and
proposed
investigations
into
the
flow
for
slender
delta
and
other
wings
in
unsteady
motion
the
practical
need
for
research
into
the
aerodynamics
of
slender
delta
wings
in
unsteady
motion
has
been
emphasized
in
a
recent
paper
by
zbrozek
two
important
aspects
are
formation
and
presence
of
leading
edge
vortices
with
oscillatory
or
transient
modes
of
longitudinal
or
chordwise
bending
the
first
of
the
aspects
above
has
already
been
briefly
discussed
in
ref
one
feature
of
the
flow
with
leading
edge
vortices
which
seems
to
be
of
particular
significance
to
the
dynamic
behaviour
of
a
wing
is
the
shedding
of
vorticity
at
the
leading
edge
as
well
as
at
the
trailing
edge
any
time
dependent
motion
or
distortion
of
the
wing
leads
to
a
change
in
the
rate
at
which
vorticity
is
shed
with
more
conventional
types
of
flow
the
free
vorticity
being
shed
only
from
the
trailing
edge
has
diminishing
influence
on
the
wing
but
when
the
free
vorticity
is
shed
from
the
leading
edge
in
passing
downstream
it
remains
close
to
the
upper
surface
of
the
wing
it
might
be
expected
then
that
although
the
magnitudes
of
the
unsteady
forces
may
not
be
greatly
affected
for
a
slender
delta
the
time
delays
associated
with
the
forces
may
be
significantly
different
for
the
attached
and
separated
regimes
of
leading
edge
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
903
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
two
dimensional
transonic
unsteady
flow
with
shock
waves
a
study
is
made
of
the
unsteady
flow
around
an
airfoil
at
transonic
mach
numbers
the
situation
being
such
that
local
supersonic
regions
terminated
by
shock
waves
are
present
in
the
vicinity
of
the
airfoil
for
the
unsteady
part
of
the
flow
small
perturbations
technique
is
employed
and
the
interaction
with
the
shock
wave
is
taken
into
account
the
case
of
an
oscillating
aileron
is
considered
first
and
a
solution
is
derived
for
the
pressure
distribution
on
the
aileron
it
is
found
that
the
solution
has
a
simple
form
when
the
shock
wave
is
well
ahead
of
the
hinge
axis
of
the
aileron
as
the
shock
approaches
the
hinge
axis
a
correction
must
be
added
to
the
solution
an
interpretation
of
these
results
is
given
the
results
are
compared
with
results
of
a
theory
which
neglects
the
presence
of
the
shock
and
it
is
found
that
both
agree
for
m
for
m
however
neglecting
the
presence
of
the
shock
waves
introduces
errors
of
the
order
of
magnitude
m
where
m
is
the
local
mach
number
behind
the
shock
the
theory
is
finally
extended
to
include
the
case
in
which
the
whole
airfoil
oscillates
but
only
the
solution
for
the
subsonic
region
behind
the
shock
is
treated
the
role
of
the
unsteady
shock
boundary
layer
interaction
is
discussed
and
it
is
shown
that
this
mechanism
can
be
included
in
the
results
of
the
present
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
904
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calibration
of
the
standard
pitot
static
head
used
in
the
rae
low
speed
wind
tunnels
recent
results
of
tests
in
the
r
a
e
wind
tunnels
concerned
with
the
measurement
of
pressure
distributions
have
shown
slight
discrepancies
between
the
readings
of
various
static
pressure
tubes
and
calculated
pressure
distributions
as
a
consequence
some
doubt
was
felt
concerning
the
calibrations
of
tunnel
static
pressure
and
upon
the
validity
of
the
reading
given
by
the
standard
pitot
static
head
it
was
therefore
decided
to
check
the
standard
pitot
static
head
used
in
the
r
a
e
wind
tunnels
against
an
instrument
similar
to
the
measurements
of
static
pressure
were
also
made
using
a
long
tube
where
the
interference
from
head
and
support
is
calculated
to
be
small
this
note
gives
the
results
of
tests
made
in
the
ft
open
jet
wind
tunnel
and
the
no
ft
wind
tunnel
in
order
to
determine
the
necessary
correction
to
the
reading
of
static
pressure
given
by
the
r
a
e
pitot
static
head
the
tests
were
made
during
september
and
october
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
905
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
comparative
tests
of
pitot
static
tubes
comparative
tests
were
made
on
seven
conventional
pitot
static
tubes
to
determine
their
static
dynamic
and
resultant
errors
the
effect
of
varying
the
dynamic
opening
static
openings
wall
thickness
and
inner
tube
diameter
was
investigated
pressure
distribution
measurements
showing
stem
and
tip
effects
were
also
made
a
tentative
design
for
a
standard
pitot
static
tube
for
use
in
measuring
air
velocity
is
submitted
this
report
covers
an
investigation
conducted
under
the
auspices
of
the
national
research
council
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
906
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
review
of
the
pitot
tube
this
paper
is
an
attempt
to
bring
together
the
important
information
regarding
pitot
tubes
and
their
use
to
summarize
the
available
data
on
the
application
of
various
types
of
impact
and
velocity
probes
for
the
guidance
of
engineers
and
research
workers
and
to
aid
them
in
the
design
of
flow
instruments
for
specific
applications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
907
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
cavitation
and
pressure
distribution
head
forms
at
zero
angle
of
yaw
early
in
the
fall
of
the
iowa
institute
of
hydraulic
research
undertook
the
design
and
fabrication
of
a
variable
pressure
water
tunnel
as
the
tunnel
neared
completion
however
its
immediate
use
for
the
study
of
the
pressure
distribution
around
various
body
forms
was
requested
the
original
request
for
this
investigation
was
a
natural
out
growth
of
the
need
for
systematic
data
on
the
distribution
of
pressure
in
flow
around
various
bodies
particularly
under
conditions
leading
to
cavitation
information
which
is
desirable
for
the
design
of
a
wide
variety
of
navy
equipment
ultimately
the
study
is
to
include
data
for
two
and
three
dimensional
head
and
tail
forms
at
various
angles
of
yaw
the
first
phase
of
the
study
namely
the
investigation
of
three
dimensional
head
forms
at
zero
angle
of
yaw
is
described
herein
three
general
geometric
series
have
been
studied
dash
rounded
ellipsoidal
and
conical
dash
together
with
other
related
forms
the
data
obtained
have
been
systematized
to
yield
information
for
a
wide
variety
of
geometrical
forms
either
directly
or
by
interpolation
whenever
possible
analytical
methods
have
been
used
to
corroborate
the
experimental
data
and
to
provide
a
reliable
means
of
generalizing
the
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
908
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
random
vibration
random
vibration
is
vibration
which
results
from
an
excitation
which
is
not
well
represented
by
any
simple
function
sinusoid
step
etc
or
any
simple
combination
of
such
functions
but
which
is
satisfactorily
modeled
by
a
stochastic
process
it
is
perhaps
not
too
much
of
an
exaggeration
to
say
that
all
vibration
is
random
vibration
every
vibration
record
contains
hash
at
some
level
nevertheless
until
recently
engineering
vibration
theory
has
been
able
to
get
along
without
including
the
consideration
of
random
excitations
now
in
several
fields
simultaneously
there
has
occurred
a
burst
of
activity
in
the
application
of
random
processes
the
response
of
aircraft
to
buffeting
from
atmospheric
turbulence
and
the
response
of
ships
to
confused
seas
have
been
put
on
reasonably
firm
footing
possibly
the
most
dramatic
problems
have
been
posed
by
the
development
of
large
jet
and
rocket
engines
which
produce
spectacular
amounts
of
random
vibrational
energy
the
high
level
of
random
vibration
in
a
jet
plane
or
a
missile
provides
a
severe
environment
with
respect
to
fatigue
failure
of
structural
members
and
with
respect
to
malfunctions
of
sensitive
equipment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
909
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
jet
noise
on
aircraft
structures
the
present
state
of
knowledge
on
the
problem
of
fatigue
failure
due
to
vibrations
excited
by
jet
noise
is
reviewed
it
is
concluded
that
it
should
currently
be
possible
to
make
reasonable
estimates
of
the
stress
levels
set
up
in
a
structure
by
jet
noise
but
in
general
the
resultant
fatigue
life
of
the
components
cannot
be
estimated
with
any
confidence
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
91
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
periodic
temperature
distribution
in
a
two
layer
composite
slab
in
a
recent
contribution
to
the
reader's
forum
under
the
above
title
stonecypher
outlined
a
method
for
finding
the
periodic
temperature
distribution
in
a
two
layer
composite
slab
one
exposed
surface
of
the
slab
being
insulated
and
the
other
subject
to
a
sinusoidal
temperature
variation
perfect
thermal
contact
between
the
two
layers
and
constant
thermal
properties
were
assumed
two
years
ago
i
drew
attention
in
these
pages
to
a
method
for
determining
the
transient
temperature
in
such
a
two
layer
slab
resulting
from
a
triangular
heat
input
pulse
i
should
like
to
point
out
that
this
same
method
also
is
applicable
to
the
case
where
one
external
face
is
given
a
sinusoidal
temperature
variation
with
time
the
method
is
based
on
the
analogy
between
one
dimensional
heat
flow
and
the
flow
of
an
electric
current
in
a
simple
transmission
line
having
only
series
resistance
and
parallel
capacitance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
910
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
natural
frequencies
of
continuous
beams
of
uniform
span
length
a
simple
graphical
network
is
used
to
determine
the
natural
frequencies
of
flexural
vibration
of
continuous
beams
having
any
number
of
spans
of
uniform
length
the
network
is
based
upon
a
relatively
few
calculated
values
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
911
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
study
of
the
random
vibrations
of
an
aircraft
structure
excited
by
jet
noise
recordings
have
been
made
of
the
strains
induced
in
a
full
scale
rear
fuselage
test
structure
of
the
caravelle
air
liner
when
one
jet
engine
is
running
at
maximum
take
off
thrust
the
analysis
has
been
concentrated
on
the
strains
in
the
centres
of
panels
correlation
measurements
indicate
that
the
larger
panel
strains
occur
above
resonance
peak
in
each
panel
has
been
identified
with
the
fundamental
stringer
twisting
mode
but
the
mode
shapes
for
the
two
smaller
peaks
have
not
been
completely
determined
an
attempt
has
been
made
to
calculate
the
panel
resonant
frequencies
theoretically
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
912
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
axisymmetric
free
convection
temperature
field
along
a
vertical
thin
cylinder
with
a
view
to
studying
the
effect
of
strong
transverse
curvature
on
boundary
layer
problems
the
axisymmetric
free
convection
problem
along
a
vertical
thin
cylinder
is
investigated
theoretically
as
well
as
experimentally
a
theory
is
developed
as
an
extension
of
the
pohlhausen
solution
of
a
thick
axisymmetric
laminar
boundary
layer
by
mark
and
by
glauert
and
lighthill
experiments
consist
of
a
thermocouple
survey
of
the
temperature
field
over
an
electrically
heated
brass
cylinder
of
diameter
and
ft
height
and
an
interferometric
study
of
the
density
field
over
a
bare
tungsten
wire
of
in
diameter
and
ft
height
the
thermal
layer
thicknesses
are
about
five
and
fifty
times
the
radii
of
the
cylinders
respectively
experimental
results
of
the
local
heat
transfer
coefficient
are
in
excellent
agreement
with
the
theory
this
in
turn
justifies
the
theories
of
laminar
boundary
layer
along
a
thin
cylinder
at
least
indirectly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
913
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
vibrations
of
beams
on
many
supports
the
natural
frequencies
of
a
continuous
beam
resting
on
an
arbitrary
number
of
uniformly
spaced
supports
are
determined
from
a
difference
equation
formulation
these
frequencies
fall
in
periodically
spaced
groups
that
are
separated
by
spectral
gaps
of
widths
equal
to
approximately
half
the
interval
between
the
natural
frequencies
of
a
single
beam
on
a
square
root
frequency
scale
these
groups
tend
to
uniform
spectra
as
the
number
of
supports
tends
to
infinity
but
the
gaps
remain
giving
a
band
pass
character
to
the
entire
spectrum
wave
propagation
along
an
infinite
periodically
supported
beam
is
discussed
and
the
phase
and
group
velocities
evaluated
as
functions
of
frequency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
914
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transtability
flutter
of
supersonic
aircraft
panels
for
certain
aero
elastic
configurations
it
is
possible
to
ascertain
critical
flutter
conditions
from
static
considerations
alone
the
idea
is
simply
one
of
negation
when
the
air
speed
exceeds
a
certain
value
statically
stable
equilibrium
and
sometimes
equilibrium
itself
take
place
there
are
times
when
the
dynamics
of
a
situation
are
complex
enough
to
defy
a
tractable
analysis
the
value
of
being
able
to
indicate
a
flutter
criterion
from
the
simpler
statics
is
clear
we
will
suppose
flutter
begins
when
some
critical
value
of
the
air
speed
or
some
parameter
simply
related
the
to
is
exceeded
here
we
will
show
that
there
is
a
critical
value
which
when
exceeded
precludes
static
equilibrium
underlying
our
work
is
the
premise
that
these
two
critical
values
are
the
same
this
assumption
begs
discussion
we
will
call
the
lowest
value
of
our
air
speed
parameter
to
preclude
statically
stable
equilibrium
of
the
system
the
transtability
value
in
some
cases
excess
of
this
value
will
ban
all
possibility
of
static
equilibrium
stable
or
not
we
will
then
call
it
a
strong
transtability
value
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
915
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
buckled
plate
in
a
supersonic
stream
the
forcible
buckling
of
an
external
skin
plate
from
a
guided
missile
with
a
pinned
end
is
considered
in
a
supersonic
air
flow
conidtions
of
dynamic
stability
orthogonality
and
expansion
of
the
buckling
mode
the
degree
of
freedom
and
cases
of
small
deflection
are
considered
without
a
half
angle
conical
afterbody
in
a
pressurized
ballistic
of
range
at
nominal
mach
numbers
of
and
of
and
respectively
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
916
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
around
oscillating
low
aspect
ratio
wings
at
transonic
speeds
when
certain
conditions
are
fulfilled
for
thickness
ratio
aspect
ratio
and
reduced
frequency
for
a
three
dimensional
wing
it
can
be
shown
that
the
partial
differential
equation
for
the
non
steady
perturbation
potential
can
be
reduced
to
a
comparatively
simple
linear
equation
the
solution
is
then
obtained
by
applying
a
fourier
transformation
in
the
free
stream
direction
and
then
using
an
iterative
process
developed
by
adams
and
sears
for
steady
flow
the
method
gives
solutions
valid
for
low
combinations
of
aspect
ratio
and
reduced
frequency
the
method
is
applied
to
a
delta
wing
oscillating
in
some
selected
rigid
and
elastic
modes
from
the
results
it
can
be
seen
that
the
special
non
steady
forces
in
the
potential
equation
which
are
neglected
in
slender
body
theory
are
very
important
stability
derivatives
can
also
be
obtained
by
the
method
and
it
is
seen
that
the
damping
in
pitch
may
be
negative
at
m
for
delta
wings
of
too
high
aspect
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
917
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
method
of
calculating
the
short
period
longitudinal
stability
derivatives
of
a
wing
in
linearised
unsteady
compressible
flow
a
method
is
developed
for
the
calculation
of
the
pressure
distribution
and
the
aerodynamic
forces
and
moments
on
a
wing
performing
harmonic
pitching
and
heaving
oscillations
the
calculation
is
based
on
the
assumption
of
inviscid
potential
flow
without
shock
waves
and
is
restricted
to
small
incidence
so
that
the
linearized
theory
is
valid
in
contrast
to
other
work
in
the
field
the
theory
applies
to
all
mach
numbers
it
is
restricted
to
small
values
of
the
reduced
frequency
and
should
be
valid
for
the
usual
range
of
short
periods
occurring
at
present
in
flight
the
formal
solution
yields
two
integral
equations
for
the
parts
of
the
load
which
are
in
phase
and
go
out
of
phase
with
the
oscillation
these
are
of
the
same
form
as
the
corresponding
equation
in
steady
flow
the
way
is
thus
opened
for
solutions
over
the
whole
mach
number
range
at
small
frequencies
if
the
corresponding
steady
solutions
can
be
found
the
calculation
is
in
fact
easiest
for
m
and
has
been
done
here
for
delta
wings
to
supplement
a
previous
supersonic
calculation
made
on
different
frequency
assumptions
which
broke
down
near
m
it
appears
from
the
two
sets
of
results
that
the
short
period
oscillation
will
be
unstable
near
m
if
the
apex
angle
of
the
delta
wing
is
greater
than
about
this
confirms
a
now
generally
recognised
trend
such
results
near
m
must
of
course
be
invalidated
to
an
unknown
extent
by
thickness
viscosity
and
shock
waves
at
their
maximum
effect
nevertheless
it
is
unlikely
that
these
factors
will
remove
the
critical
nature
of
the
transonic
damping
as
calculated
by
this
method
with
all
its
obvious
limitations
this
method
when
extended
to
other
planforms
should
provide
a
useful
tool
in
studying
the
effect
of
geometrical
parameters
on
the
stability
of
an
aircraft
at
transonic
speeds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
918
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
low
aspect
ratio
oscillating
rectangular
wing
in
supersonic
flow
the
laplace
transform
of
the
lift
distribution
on
an
oscillating
rectangular
wing
in
a
supersonic
flow
is
obtained
by
separating
the
linearised
equation
for
the
velocity
potential
in
elliptic
cylindrical
co
ordinates
the
results
for
the
case
of
no
spanwise
distortion
are
expanded
in
ascending
powers
of
the
aspect
ratio
in
order
to
compare
with
the
slender
body
theory
and
the
longitudinal
stability
derivatives
are
calculated
it
is
found
that
at
either
supersonic
or
transonic
speeds
single
degree
of
freedom
instability
in
pitch
is
impossible
insofar
as
the
fourth
power
of
the
aspect
ratio
is
neglected
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
919
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
studies
of
unsteady
transonic
flow
part
iii
the
oscillating
low
aspect
ratio
rectangular
wing
by
expanding
the
velocity
potential
in
an
asymptotic
series
the
aerodynamic
forces
on
an
oscillating
low
aspect
ratio
rectangular
wing
are
calculated
the
approximate
theory
is
valid
for
small
values
of
ko
o
semi
span
to
chord
ratio
k
reduced
frequency
and
complements
an
earlier
low
aspect
ratio
wing
theory
by
the
author
valid
only
for
pointed
wings
like
delta
wings
the
present
report
gives
formulas
for
the
calculation
of
generalized
forces
for
any
smooth
flexible
or
rigid
mode
of
oscillation
with
spanwise
symmetry
comparisons
with
the
slender
wing
theory
show
that
except
for
wings
of
very
low
aspect
ratio
unsteady
flow
effects
are
appreciable
even
at
fairly
low
reduced
frequencies
near
the
upper
limit
in
ko
for
the
applicability
of
the
present
theory
good
agreement
is
obtained
with
a
recent
theory
for
high
aspect
ratios
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
92
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
analysis
of
redundant
structures
by
the
use
of
high
speed
digital
computers
large
scale
redundant
structure
analyses
are
currently
feasible
by
the
use
of
modern
high
speed
digital
computers
this
capability
opportunely
meets
the
urgent
need
to
solve
complex
problems
which
otherwise
would
be
hopelessly
beyond
the
capacity
of
the
hand
desk
computer
however
the
difficulties
have
now
shifted
from
tedious
hand
computations
to
the
problems
of
adequately
representing
the
structure
by
a
model
and
of
the
peculiarities
of
irregular
geometrical
configurations
a
wide
scope
of
problem
types
can
be
handled
by
a
generalized
program
approach
matrix
formulation
is
used
for
the
organization
of
input
data
and
for
handling
data
transfer
in
the
large
complex
of
subroutines
including
the
formation
of
equilibrium
and
continuity
conditions
to
the
final
loads
and
deflections
simultaneous
treatment
of
thermal
expansions
and
plasticity
is
included
the
use
of
minimum
size
redundant
systems
is
emphasized
starting
from
the
philosophy
of
cutting
members
to
provide
a
statically
determinate
structure
improved
numerical
accuracy
and
problem
size
capacity
is
gained
for
a
given
computer
examples
are
discussed
ranging
from
simple
plane
load
diffusion
problems
to
pressurized
fuselage
cutouts
and
complex
wing
fuselage
shell
intersection
type
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
920
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
flow
over
an
inclined
wing
of
zero
aspect
ratio
an
asymptotic
expression
is
found
for
the
lift
distribution
on
a
long
narrow
laminar
wing
at
incidence
in
a
supersonic
stream
the
approximations
of
the
linearized
potential
theory
are
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
921
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
slender
body
theory
review
and
extension
the
approximate
theory
of
flow
about
slender
bodies
and
wings
originated
by
munk
and
jones
is
reviewed
it
is
presented
here
in
a
form
that
emphasizes
the
relation
to
the
source
sink
methods
of
von
karman
and
others
the
extension
to
noncircular
bodies
is
made
for
subsonic
flow
paralleling
ward's
extension
for
supersonic
flow
the
calculation
of
pressures
and
forces
and
the
extension
of
the
theory
to
unsteady
flows
are
reviewed
and
some
discrepancies
in
the
published
literature
are
explained
finally
interpreting
the
jones
slender
wing
result
as
the
first
term
of
an
expansion
in
powers
of
a
breadth
parameter
e
g
aspect
ratio
it
is
shown
how
a
more
accurate
theory
can
be
developed
by
carrying
additional
terms
for
both
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
this
theory
of
not
so
slender
wings
is
applied
to
some
practical
wing
problems
including
direct
problems
of
flow
past
given
wings
and
problems
of
wing
design
for
minimum
drag
the
accuracy
of
the
new
results
is
assessed
by
comparison
with
linearized
supersonic
airfoil
theory
for
the
special
case
of
a
flat
delta
wing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
922
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
flow
past
slender
bodies
of
revolution
slope
of
whose
median
section
is
discontinuous
the
theory
of
supersonic
flow
around
slender
bodies
of
revolution
yawed
or
unyawed
with
pointed
or
open
bows
based
on
the
linearized
equation
is
extended
to
the
case
when
the
meridian
section
of
the
outer
surface
has
discontinuities
in
slope
expressions
for
the
pressure
distribution
on
the
surface
are
obtained
it
is
found
that
the
drag
coefficient
is
no
longer
independent
of
mach
number
and
tends
to
zero
more
slowly
than
the
square
of
the
thickness
of
the
body
the
large
pressure
change
behind
a
discontinuity
is
made
up
remarkably
rapidly
the
first
approximation
to
the
lift
coefficient
is
unchanged
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
923
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
methods
for
estimating
lift
interference
of
wing
body
combinations
at
supersonic
speeds
the
modified
slender
body
method
used
by
nielsen
katzen
and
tang
in
rm
a
f
to
predict
the
lift
and
moment
interference
of
triangular
wing
body
combinations
has
been
adapted
to
combinations
with
other
than
triangular
wings
that
part
of
the
method
for
predicting
the
effect
of
the
body
on
the
wing
has
been
retained
but
a
new
method
for
predicting
the
effect
of
the
wing
on
the
body
has
been
presented
these
methods
have
been
applied
to
the
prediction
of
the
lift
curve
slopes
of
nearly
triangular
rectangular
and
trapezoidal
wing
body
configurations
the
estimated
and
experimental
values
for
the
lift
curve
slopes
agree
for
most
of
the
cases
within
percent
some
of
the
higher
order
effects
that
must
be
taken
into
account
in
a
theory
that
is
to
give
greater
accuracy
than
the
present
one
are
discussed
a
numerical
example
illustrating
the
method
is
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
924
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
method
for
calculating
the
lift
and
centre
of
pressure
of
wing
body
tail
combinations
at
subsonic
transonic
speeds
a
method
is
presented
for
calculating
the
lift
and
pitching
moment
characteristics
of
circular
cylindrical
bodies
in
combination
with
triangular
rectangular
or
trapezoidal
wings
or
tails
through
the
subsonic
transonic
and
supersonic
speed
ranges
the
method
covers
unbanked
wings
sweptback
leading
edges
or
sweptforward
trailing
edges
low
angles
of
attack
and
the
effects
of
wing
and
tail
incidence
the
wing
body
interference
is
handled
by
the
method
presented
in
naca
rm's
a
j
and
a
b
and
the
wing
tail
interference
is
treated
by
assuming
one
completely
rolled
up
vortex
per
wing
panel
and
evaluating
the
tail
load
by
strip
theory
a
computing
table
and
set
of
design
charts
are
presented
which
reduce
the
calculations
to
routine
operations
comparison
is
made
between
the
estimated
and
experimental
characteristics
for
a
large
number
of
wing
body
and
wing
body
tail
combinations
generally
speaking
the
lifts
were
estimated
to
within
percent
and
the
centers
of
pressure
were
estimated
to
within
effect
of
wing
deflection
on
wing
tail
interference
at
supersonic
speeds
was
not
correctly
predicted
for
triangular
wings
with
supersonic
leading
edges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
925
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
factors
affecting
loads
at
hypersonic
speeds
this
paper
gives
a
brief
summary
of
current
loads
information
at
hypersonic
speeds
several
methods
which
the
designer
can
employ
in
estimating
the
loads
on
various
aircraft
components
are
discussed
the
paper
deals
with
the
characteristics
of
both
slender
and
blunt
configurations
and
touches
upon
the
effects
of
boundary
layer
and
aerodynamic
interference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
926
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
post
buckling
behaviour
of
circular
cylinderical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
the
postbuckling
behavior
of
initially
perfect
thin
walled
circular
cylindrical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
is
investigated
with
the
aid
of
the
principle
of
stationary
potential
energy
together
with
appropriate
approximate
deflection
functions
calculations
show
that
postbuckling
equilibrium
configurations
exist
for
loads
greater
than
as
well
as
loads
slightly
less
than
the
critical
load
calculated
from
small
deflection
theory
loads
less
than
the
critical
load
are
obtained
only
for
a
finite
range
of
a
parameter
indicative
of
shell
geometry
for
loads
corresponding
to
radial
displacements
of
the
order
of
the
shell
thickness
it
is
found
that
the
number
of
circumferential
waves
remain
essentially
constant
with
increasing
deflection
and
equal
to
the
number
of
waves
developed
at
buckling
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
927
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
normal
force
distributions
and
wake
vortex
characteristics
of
bodies
of
revolution
at
supersonic
speeds
the
supersonic
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
inclined
bodies
of
revolution
at
high
angles
of
attack
have
been
investigated
in
order
to
provide
a
more
basic
understanding
of
the
body
vortex
wake
flow
and
its
relation
to
the
problem
of
body
wing
interference
the
results
of
wind
tunnel
tests
whereby
the
normal
force
pitching
moment
normal
force
distributions
and
the
local
flow
properties
in
the
vicinity
of
the
body
were
determined
are
discussed
and
analyzed
comparisons
of
experimental
normal
force
coefficient
and
center
of
pressure
data
with
values
calculated
in
accordance
with
theories
which
include
methods
for
estimating
the
effects
of
viscosity
show
that
the
accuracy
of
these
estimates
is
strongly
dependent
on
the
body
fineness
ratio
and
the
angle
of
attack
further
comparisons
of
the
distributions
of
theoretical
and
experimentally
derived
cross
flow
drag
coefficients
clearly
show
that
in
general
the
disagreement
between
experiment
and
existing
theories
is
due
to
the
inadequate
prediction
of
the
magnitude
and
distribution
of
the
forces
resulting
from
flow
separation
the
circulation
strengths
of
the
concentrated
vortices
and
the
circulation
strengths
of
the
vortex
feeding
sheets
in
the
body
vortex
wake
are
determined
by
closed
contour
velocity
perimeter
integrations
for
paths
enclosing
the
vortex
or
the
feeding
sheet
the
values
of
vortex
strength
calculated
in
this
manner
are
in
close
agreement
with
the
values
predicted
by
vortex
strength
formulas
written
for
a
simple
theoretical
model
for
which
it
is
assumed
that
the
cross
flow
in
any
plane
along
the
cylindrical
portion
of
the
body
is
represented
by
the
steady
incompressible
potential
flow
about
a
cylinder
two
symmetrical
vortices
of
equal
strength
and
the
attendant
image
vortices
however
in
computing
these
strengths
it
is
necessary
to
use
the
vortex
locations
and
the
viscous
normal
force
distributions
determined
from
experiment
the
experimentally
determined
values
of
vortex
strength
are
in
turn
used
to
calculate
by
means
of
the
aforementioned
incompressible
cross
flow
potential
the
local
flow
inclination
angles
which
are
in
good
agreement
with
the
measured
values
except
in
the
vortex
core
in
the
vicinity
of
the
feeding
sheet
and
in
regions
for
which
transonic
cross
flow
velocities
are
expected
a
consideration
of
these
various
regions
with
simple
methods
which
account
for
the
observed
phenomena
leads
to
substantial
improvement
in
the
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
it
is
indicated
that
the
complete
vortex
wake
flow
may
be
adequately
predicted
for
a
body
of
revolution
for
conditions
represented
by
the
theoretical
flow
model
provided
that
the
distribution
of
the
viscous
normal
force
and
the
vortex
locations
are
accurately
known
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
928
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
new
theory
for
the
buckling
of
thin
cylinders
under
axial
compression
and
bending
the
results
of
experiments
on
axial
loading
of
cylindrical
shells
thin
enough
to
buckle
below
the
elastic
limit
and
too
short
to
buckle
as
euler
columns
are
not
in
good
agreement
with
previous
theories
which
have
been
based
on
the
assumptions
of
perfect
initial
shape
and
infinitesimal
deflections
experimental
failure
stresses
range
from
to
of
the
theoretical
the
discrepancy
is
apparently
considerably
greater
for
brass
and
mild
steel
specimens
than
for
duralumin
and
increases
with
the
radius
thickness
ratio
there
is
an
equally
great
discrepancy
between
observed
and
predicted
shapes
of
buckling
deflections
in
this
paper
an
approximate
large
deflection
theory
is
developed
which
permits
initial
eccentricities
or
deviations
from
cylindrical
shape
to
be
considered
true
instability
is
of
course
impossible
under
such
conditions
the
stress
distribution
is
no
longer
uniform
and
it
is
assumed
that
final
failure
takes
place
when
the
maximum
stress
reaches
the
yield
point
the
effect
of
initial
eccentricities
and
of
large
deflections
is
much
greater
than
for
the
case
of
simple
struts
measurements
of
initial
eccentricities
in
actual
cylinders
have
not
been
made
however
it
is
shown
that
most
of
these
discrepancies
can
be
explained
if
the
initial
deviations
from
cylindrical
form
are
assumed
to
be
resolved
into
a
double
harmonic
series
and
if
certain
reasonable
assumptions
are
made
as
to
the
magnitudes
of
these
components
of
the
deviations
with
these
assumptions
the
failing
stress
is
found
to
be
a
function
of
the
yield
point
as
well
as
of
the
modulus
of
elasticity
and
the
radius
thickness
ratio
on
the
basis
of
this
a
tentative
design
formula
is
proposel
which
involves
relations
suggested
by
the
theory
but
is
based
on
experimental
data
it
is
shown
that
similar
discrepancies
between
experiments
and
previous
theories
on
the
buckling
of
thin
cylinders
in
pure
bending
can
be
reasonably
explained
on
the
same
basis
and
that
the
maximum
bending
stress
can
be
taken
as
about
times
the
values
given
by
equation
buckling
problems
can
probably
be
explained
by
similar
considerations
and
it
is
hoped
that
this
discussion
may
help
to
open
a
new
field
in
the
study
of
buckling
problems
the
large
deflection
theory
developed
in
the
paper
should
be
useful
in
exploring
this
field
and
may
be
used
in
other
applications
as
well
the
paper
presents
the
results
of
about
a
hundred
new
tests
of
thin
cylinders
in
axial
compression
and
bending
which
together
with
numerous
tests
by
lundquist
form
the
experimental
evidence
for
the
conclusions
arrived
at
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
929
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
of
the
cylindrical
shell
of
variable
curvature
the
report
is
a
first
attempt
to
devise
a
calculation
method
for
representing
the
buckling
behavior
of
cylindrical
shells
of
variable
curvature
the
problem
occurs
for
instance
in
dimensioning
wing
noses
the
stability
behavior
of
which
is
decisively
influenced
by
the
variability
of
curvature
the
calculation
is
made
possible
by
simplifying
the
stability
equations
permissible
for
the
shell
of
small
curvature
and
by
assuming
that
the
curvature
as
a
function
of
the
arc
length
s
can
be
represented
by
a
very
few
fourier
terms
we
evaluated
the
formulas
for
the
special
case
of
an
ellipse
like
half
oval
with
an
axis
ratio
under
compression
in
longitudinal
direction
shear
and
a
combination
of
shear
and
compression
however
the
results
can
also
be
applied
approximately
to
an
unsymmetrical
oval
shell
segment
under
compression
shear
and
bending
so
that
the
numerical
values
contained
in
the
diagrams
to
represent
directly
dimensioning
data
for
the
wing
nose
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
93
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
supersonic
blunt
body
problem
review
and
extensions
a
survey
of
existing
analytical
treatments
of
the
supersonic
or
hypersonic
blunt
body
problem
indicates
that
none
is
adequate
for
predicting
the
details
of
the
flow
field
reasons
are
given
for
the
failure
of
various
plausible
approximations
a
numerical
method
which
is
simpler
than
others
proposed
is
set
forth
for
solving
the
full
inviscid
equations
using
a
medium
sized
electronic
computer
results
are
shown
from
a
number
of
solutions
for
bodies
that
support
detached
shock
waves
described
by
conic
sections
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
930
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
general
theory
of
large
deflections
of
thin
shells
with
special
applications
to
conical
shells
a
general
theory
is
developed
for
the
case
of
large
deflections
but
with
rotations
of
the
elements
negligible
compared
to
unity
the
derivation
is
carried
out
in
tensor
form
and
therefore
any
coordinate
system
on
the
surface
of
the
shell
can
be
used
the
effect
of
initial
imperfections
is
included
it
is
shown
that
for
shells
of
negligible
gaussian
curvature
shallow
shells
and
developable
surfaces
the
problem
can
be
reduced
to
the
solution
of
two
fourth
order
partial
differential
equations
in
a
stress
function
and
the
deflection
normal
to
the
shell
for
shells
forming
a
surface
of
revolution
the
results
are
indicated
in
terms
of
the
equation
of
the
generating
curve
the
differential
equations
for
the
conical
shell
are
then
listed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
931
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
equations
for
conical
shells
the
author
rewrites
v
s
vlasov's
equations
for
linear
stability
theory
of
shells
prikl
mat
meh
placements
the
result
is
a
single
eighth
order
equation
for
normal
deflection
and
two
fourth
order
equations
relating
the
displacement
components
in
the
shell
middle
surface
to
the
normal
displacement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
932
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
circular
cones
under
axial
compression
presented
are
the
results
of
an
experimental
investigation
to
determine
the
buckling
strength
of
right
circular
cones
under
axial
compression
correlation
of
these
data
is
made
with
existing
theory
and
with
previously
published
experimental
data
on
circular
cylinders
thus
a
recommended
procedure
for
predicting
the
buckling
load
of
right
circular
cones
under
the
foregoing
loading
condition
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
933
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
characteristics
of
roughness
from
insects
as
observed
for
two
dimensional
incompressible
flow
past
airfoils
advances
in
the
practical
development
of
boundary
layer
control
for
the
maintenance
of
extensive
laminar
flow
have
drawn
attention
to
the
problem
of
surface
roughness
due
not
only
to
artificial
irregularities
such
as
rivet
heads
lap
joints
window
panels
etc
but
also
to
the
kind
generated
in
flight
from
impact
with
insects
this
natural
form
of
roughening
the
effects
of
which
have
been
noted
though
not
investigated
previously
is
the
subject
of
the
present
paper
the
phenomenon
may
be
divided
into
two
parts
namely
and
its
effect
upon
the
stability
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
wind
tunnel
experiments
with
the
fruit
fly
drosophila
and
the
common
housefly
for
the
investigation
of
both
and
airfoils
are
fully
described
the
former
problem
has
also
been
treated
mathematically
in
a
separate
paper
not
yet
published
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
being
satisfactory
in
all
essentials
the
characteristics
of
the
roughness
profile
consist
principally
of
a
pronounced
peak
near
the
leading
edge
followed
by
an
extensive
area
of
surface
over
which
there
is
a
much
reduced
and
gradually
diminishing
value
of
the
excrescence
height
further
it
is
shown
that
if
the
severe
leading
edge
roughness
or
its
effect
upon
the
boundary
layer
can
be
eliminated
then
the
down
stream
roughness
causes
no
disturbance
to
the
passage
of
a
laminar
layer
i
e
the
surface
though
roughened
is
aerodynamically
smooth
moreover
it
appears
that
the
conditions
defining
the
upstream
boundary
to
this
region
of
insignificant
roughness
are
fundamentally
the
same
as
those
which
determine
the
critical
state
for
transition
at
an
artificial
disturbance
of
a
three
dimensional
character
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
934
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
of
cylindrical
and
conical
shells
of
circular
cross
section
with
simultaneous
action
of
axial
compression
and
external
normal
pressure
we
consider
in
this
report
the
determination
of
the
upper
limit
of
critical
loads
in
the
case
of
simultaneous
action
of
a
compressive
force
uniformly
distributed
over
plane
cross
sections
and
of
isotropic
external
normal
pressure
on
cylindrical
or
conical
shells
of
circular
cross
section
as
a
starting
point
we
use
the
differential
equations
for
neutral
equilibrium
of
conical
shells
ref
which
have
been
used
for
the
solution
of
the
problem
of
stability
of
conical
shells
under
torsion
and
under
axial
compression
ref
upon
solution
of
the
problem
it
is
possible
to
satisfy
all
boundary
conditions
in
contrast
to
the
report
ref
where
no
attention
is
paid
to
the
fulfillment
of
the
boundary
conditions
and
to
the
report
ref
where
only
part
of
the
boundary
conditions
are
satisfied
by
solution
of
the
problem
according
to
galerkin's
method
approximate
formulas
are
used
for
the
determination
of
the
critical
external
normal
pressure
with
simultaneous
action
of
longitudinal
compression
let
us
note
that
the
formulas
suggested
in
reference
are
not
well
founded
and
may
lead
in
a
number
of
cases
to
a
substantial
mistake
in
the
magnitude
of
the
critical
load
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
935
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
thin
single
and
multi
layer
conical
and
cylindrical
shells
with
rotationally
symmetric
stresses
the
buckling
of
simply
supported
thin
single
and
multi
layer
conical
shells
under
axially
symmetrical
loading
is
analyzed
in
this
paper
the
results
are
presented
in
a
compact
manner
so
that
they
may
be
easily
used
for
design
and
or
experimental
purposes
the
results
are
compared
with
known
experimental
values
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
936
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
donnell
type
theory
for
asymmetrical
bending
and
buckling
of
thin
conical
shells
equations
somewhat
more
accurate
than
those
recently
presented
by
n
j
hoff
are
derived
for
bending
and
buckling
of
thin
circular
conical
shells
under
arbitrary
loading
these
equations
reduce
to
donnell's
equations
for
thin
cylindrical
shells
when
the
cone
semivertex
angle
becomes
very
small
and
the
minimum
radius
of
curvature
of
the
median
surface
approaches
a
constant
value
at
the
other
end
of
the
scale
the
equations
reduce
to
the
well
known
equations
for
flat
circular
plates
when
the
cone
semivertex
angle
approaches
a
right
angle
in
addition
for
the
entire
range
of
cone
semivertex
angles
the
equations
reduce
to
the
known
equations
for
axisymmetrical
bending
when
variations
of
the
displacements
around
the
circumference
vanish
the
problem
of
bending
is
reduced
to
the
solution
of
a
single
fourth
order
partial
differential
equation
with
variable
coefficients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
937
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
buckling
of
truncated
conical
shells
in
torsion
the
problem
of
the
buckling
of
thin
circular
conical
frustums
in
pure
torsion
is
solved
in
a
manner
similar
to
that
employed
previously
by
the
author
for
buckling
under
uniform
hydrostatic
pressure
synthesis
of
the
numerical
results
indicates
that
the
critical
torsion
of
a
truncated
cone
is
equal
to
that
of
an
equivalent
cylinder
whose
length
and
thickness
are
the
axial
length
and
wall
thickness
of
the
cone
and
whose
radius
is
a
function
of
the
semivertex
angle
and
the
taper
ratio
of
the
cone
curves
and
equations
to
aid
in
the
analysis
of
conical
frustums
are
given
it
is
shown
that
a
previous
recommendation
for
the
analysis
of
truncated
cones
in
torsion
may
be
seriously
unconservative
in
some
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
938
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculations
for
the
stability
of
thin
conical
frustums
subjected
to
external
uniform
hydrostatic
pressure
and
axial
loads
calculations
are
presented
for
the
problem
of
the
stability
of
conical
shells
subjected
to
combined
external
uniform
hydrostatic
pressure
and
axial
tension
or
compression
stress
interaction
curves
are
found
to
vary
only
slightly
as
a
function
of
the
ratio
of
the
end
radii
of
the
cone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
939
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
explicit
solutions
for
constant
temp
magnetogas
dynamic
channel
flow
in
order
to
simplify
the
process
of
estimating
the
aerodynamic
loading
on
the
after
portions
of
slender
vehicles
it
is
frequently
assumed
that
there
is
no
nose
tail
interaction
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
show
that
aside
from
boundary
layer
effects
this
assumption
is
not
warranted
when
the
nose
hypersonic
similarity
parameter
tan
is
of
the
order
of
unity
or
greater
physically
speaking
the
entropy
change
associated
with
a
strong
bow
wave
reduces
the
stagnation
pressure
down
stream
of
the
shock
and
hence
lowers
the
dynamic
pressure
in
the
vicinity
of
the
tail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
94
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
transverse
curvature
effect
in
compressible
axially
symmetric
laminar
boundary
layer
flow
the
viscous
transverse
curvature
effect
in
compressible
axially
symmetric
laminar
boundary
layer
flow
has
been
investigated
and
it
is
found
that
the
effect
is
characterized
by
the
parameter
which
is
essentially
the
ratio
of
the
boundary
layer
thickness
to
body
radius
it
is
shown
that
the
busemann
and
crocco
integrals
of
the
two
dimensional
energy
equation
for
are
still
valid
for
axially
symmetric
flow
in
which
the
transverse
curvature
effects
are
considered
by
a
generalization
of
mangler's
transformation
it
is
then
shown
that
the
boundary
layer
equations
are
reducible
to
an
almost
two
dimensional
form
making
the
analysis
simpler
for
two
asymptotic
flow
regions
characterized
by
and
less
than
or
of
the
order
of
unity
it
is
with
the
latter
region
that
the
present
paper
is
primarily
concerned
and
for
this
case
it
is
shown
that
the
additional
term
in
the
momentum
and
energy
equations
which
differentiates
them
from
the
two
dimensional
form
behaves
like
an
external
favorable
pressure
gradient
except
for
certain
special
cases
it
is
necessary
to
obtain
the
of
the
order
of
unity
by
means
of
asymptotic
expansions
in
ascending
powers
of
a
parameter
that
is
small
compared
to
unity
but
proportional
to
it
is
shown
how
the
asymptotic
solutions
can
be
found
for
the
velocity
and
temperature
distributions
for
the
compressible
zero
pressure
gradient
case
when
the
body
shapes
are
given
by
and
and
the
velocity
distribution
for
incompressible
flow
with
an
external
velocity
of
the
form
past
a
body
given
by
the
zeroth
approximation
is
the
mangler
result
for
the
cases
of
a
linear
external
velocity
distribution
similar
profiles
can
be
found
for
all
values
of
more
generally
it
is
shown
that
similar
profiles
exist
if
the
exponents
n
and
m
satisfy
the
condition
that
here
similar
is
used
in
the
restricted
meaning
that
the
distributions
are
derivable
from
ordinary
differential
equations
in
the
case
of
the
cone
and
cylinder
with
zero
pressure
gradient
where
the
equations
have
been
numerically
integrated
for
the
first
order
correction
to
the
mangler
formulation
shows
that
the
effect
on
both
the
skin
friction
coefficient
and
heat
transfer
rate
can
become
appreciable
in
the
range
where
is
less
than
or
of
the
order
of
unity
at
a
constant
the
effects
are
increased
in
magnitude
when
either
the
ratio
of
wall
to
free
stream
temperature
or
mach
number
is
increased
also
all
other
conditions
being
equal
for
the
same
value
of
the
skin
friction
coefficient
and
heat
transfer
increase
on
the
cylinder
is
greater
than
that
on
the
cone
for
flows
with
pressure
gradient
the
transverse
curvature
term
behaves
again
like
a
favorable
pressure
gradient
and
tends
to
delay
both
separation
and
transition
when
compared
with
axially
symmetric
flows
in
which
the
transverse
curvature
effect
is
neglected
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
940
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
of
a
turbulent
free
shear
layer
the
problem
of
predicting
the
mean
velocity
on
streamlines
through
the
pre
asymptotic
turbulent
free
shear
layer
in
two
dimensional
incompressible
flow
is
resolved
into
two
parts
the
linearized
momentum
equation
in
terms
of
a
generalized
axial
co
ordinate
is
solved
in
the
usual
way
a
relation
between
and
the
distance
from
the
separation
point
is
then
established
analytically
in
contrast
to
the
previous
use
of
empirical
expressions
it
is
shown
that
except
in
the
region
close
to
separation
the
velocity
on
the
streamlines
can
be
predicted
by
the
simple
approximation
proposed
by
kirk
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
941
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscous
compressible
and
incompressible
flow
in
slender
channels
an
analytical
study
is
made
of
viscous
flow
in
slender
channels
similar
solutions
to
the
approximate
equations
of
motion
valid
for
flow
at
moderate
or
high
reynolds
numbers
in
slender
channels
are
found
for
incompressible
two
dimensional
and
axisymmetric
flows
and
for
compressible
flows
through
two
dimensional
channels
with
adiabatic
walls
a
study
of
compressible
flows
in
convergent
divergent
channels
yields
results
regarding
the
effect
of
viscosity
on
the
location
of
the
sonic
line
on
the
pressure
ratio
at
the
geometric
throat
and
on
the
discharge
coefficient
for
such
channels
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
942
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
secondary
gas
injection
in
a
conical
rocket
nozzle
data
are
presented
on
side
forces
generated
by
secondary
gas
injection
in
a
conical
rocket
exhaust
nozzle
the
side
force
was
measured
directly
with
a
force
transducer
and
the
data
examined
in
terms
of
an
amplification
factor
where
is
the
measured
effective
specific
impulse
of
injectant
and
is
the
specific
impulse
of
injectant
for
sonic
flow
into
a
vacuum
injection
was
normal
to
the
axis
of
the
nozzle
through
a
single
circular
orifice
at
a
fixed
point
in
the
diverging
portion
of
the
nozzle
a
variety
of
ambient
temperature
gaseous
injectants
and
orifice
diameters
were
carefully
studied
injectant
flow
rate
was
varied
for
each
configuration
the
main
propellant
was
hot
gas
catalytically
decomposed
and
motor
conditions
were
held
essentially
constant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
943
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressible
free
shear
layer
with
finite
initial
thickness
the
momentum
equation
was
uncoupled
from
the
other
conservation
equations
for
the
case
of
a
finite
initial
profile
in
a
laminar
free
shear
layer
the
equation
was
solved
numerically
in
the
crocco
coordinate
system
using
an
implicit
finite
difference
method
profiles
of
velocity
and
shear
function
were
obtained
as
a
function
of
streamwise
distance
the
initial
profiles
as
the
flow
separates
from
the
rear
of
the
body
correspond
to
the
blasius
profile
in
transformed
coordinates
for
large
distances
downstream
the
profiles
approach
the
chapman
distribution
corresponding
to
the
case
of
zero
initial
free
shear
layer
thickness
the
effect
of
these
results
on
calculations
of
base
pressure
and
wake
angle
is
discussed
a
method
for
the
calculation
of
finite
chemical
kinetic
effects
on
the
profiles
of
temperature
and
chemical
composition
in
the
free
shear
layer
with
finite
initial
thickness
is
outlined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
944
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
one
dimensional
heat
conduction
through
the
skin
of
a
vehicle
upon
entering
a
planetary
atmosphere
at
constant
velocity
and
entry
angle
closed
form
solutions
of
the
one
dimensional
heat
conduction
equations
for
the
flow
of
heat
into
a
plate
with
a
laminar
boundary
layer
have
been
obtained
for
a
configuration
entering
a
planetary
atmosphere
with
constant
velocity
and
negative
entry
angle
the
atmospheric
density
was
assumed
to
obey
an
exponential
law
and
the
temperature
was
assumed
constant
initially
the
solution
is
in
the
form
of
a
fourier
series
expansion
which
for
most
practical
applications
can
be
approximated
by
retaining
only
one
term
of
the
expression
the
solution
applies
to
the
initial
part
of
the
entry
before
the
maximum
heating
conditions
are
encountered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
945
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
method
for
design
of
pump
impellers
using
a
high
speed
digital
computer
a
method
of
designing
pump
impellers
is
derived
from
the
equations
of
motion
and
continuity
for
incompressible
nonviscous
relative
flow
the
flow
is
assumed
to
follow
a
known
stream
surface
representing
blade
shape
that
extends
from
hub
to
shroud
equations
are
also
derived
for
approximate
blade
surface
velocities
and
pressures
a
detailed
numerical
procedure
and
block
diagram
are
given
for
use
on
a
digital
computer
a
numerical
example
that
illustrates
limited
use
of
the
method
is
presented
and
further
uses
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
946
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
exploratory
investigation
of
the
effect
of
a
forward
facing
jet
on
the
bow
shock
of
a
blunt
body
in
a
mach
number
free
stream
the
effect
of
a
forward
facing
jet
on
the
bow
shock
of
a
blunt
body
in
a
mach
free
stream
was
investigated
experimentally
the
models
tested
had
forward
facing
jets
using
air
and
helium
exhausting
at
mach
numbers
from
to
and
were
run
through
a
range
of
the
ratio
of
jet
total
pressure
to
free
stream
total
pressure
of
jet
off
to
the
ratio
of
body
diameter
to
jet
exit
diameter
varied
from
to
and
the
angle
of
attack
was
varied
from
to
the
experimental
results
show
that
the
main
stream
shock
can
be
affected
by
the
jet
in
two
significantly
different
ways
one
way
is
simply
to
move
the
strong
shock
away
from
the
body
without
altering
its
shape
the
second
and
perhaps
more
interesting
case
occurs
when
the
jet
causes
a
large
displacement
of
the
main
shock
and
considerably
changes
its
shape
it
was
found
that
the
ratio
of
jet
total
pressure
to
free
stream
total
pressure
necessary
to
obtain
the
large
displacements
of
the
main
stream
shock
depended
on
the
ratio
of
body
diameter
to
jet
exit
diameter
and
also
on
the
jet
exit
mach
number
the
maximum
amount
the
shock
could
be
displaced
in
percent
of
body
diameter
was
seen
to
increase
with
increasing
jet
exit
mach
number
and
also
with
decreasing
ratio
of
body
diameter
to
jet
exit
diameter
for
the
models
that
were
investigated
through
an
angle
of
attack
range
the
displacement
became
very
unsteady
and
fell
off
sharply
as
the
angle
of
attack
was
increased
simplified
theoretical
considerations
applied
to
the
shock
displacement
phenomena
provide
a
possible
explanation
for
the
two
different
types
of
main
stream
shock
displacement
theoretical
curves
show
the
regions
where
these
types
of
displacement
would
occur
for
different
exit
mach
numbers
and
pressure
ratios
for
a
forward
facing
jet
in
a
mach
stream
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
947
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
static
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
a
short
blunt
semi
vertex
angle
cone
at
a
mach
number
of
in
helium
axial
force
normal
force
pitching
moment
and
shock
wave
shape
were
determined
for
a
body
of
revolution
consisting
of
a
short
blunt
semivertex
angle
cone
with
a
flat
base
and
also
with
a
conical
afterbody
having
a
semi
vertex
angle
of
measurements
were
made
in
helium
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
and
a
free
stream
reynolds
number
of
x
based
on
maximum
body
diameter
over
an
angle
of
attack
range
from
the
configuration
with
the
conical
afterbody
was
statically
stable
in
the
nose
forward
attitude
only
whereas
the
configuration
with
no
afterbody
was
statically
stable
in
both
the
nose
forward
and
base
forward
attitudes
the
force
and
moment
data
of
both
shapes
were
predicted
reasonably
well
by
modified
newtonian
theory
at
all
angles
of
attack
except
the
pitching
moment
coefficient
for
the
model
without
afterbody
near
angle
of
attack
in
this
region
measurements
indicated
static
stability
whereas
theory
indicated
static
instability
the
helium
data
agreed
reasonably
well
with
a
limited
amount
of
force
and
moment
data
obtained
in
a
ballistic
range
at
small
angles
of
attack
in
air
at
a
mach
number
of
and
also
with
force
and
moment
data
obtained
in
air
over
a
complete
angle
of
attack
range
at
a
mach
number
of
the
value
of
axial
force
coefficient
and
the
shape
of
the
bow
shock
wave
at
zero
angle
of
attack
for
both
models
obtained
from
a
numerical
flow
field
calculation
agreed
very
well
with
the
data
the
value
of
the
axial
force
coefficient
at
angle
of
attack
for
the
model
with
afterbody
agreed
reasonably
well
with
the
theoretical
value
for
a
cone
the
position
and
shape
of
the
shock
envelope
near
the
stagnation
point
also
could
be
predicted
accurately
by
an
approximate
method
over
an
angle
of
attack
range
from
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
948
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
panel
flutter
tests
on
full
scale
x
lower
vertical
stabilizer
at
mach
number
of
panel
flutter
tests
were
conducted
on
two
full
scale
vertical
stabilizers
of
the
x
airplane
at
a
mach
number
of
in
the
langley
at
dynamic
pressures
from
psf
to
psf
and
stagnation
temperatures
from
f
to
f
flutter
boundaries
were
obtained
for
four
of
the
five
distinct
types
of
panels
which
make
up
the
vertical
sides
of
the
stabilizers
the
boundaries
consisted
of
a
flat
panel
boundary
and
a
thermally
buckled
panel
boundary
the
flat
panel
boundaries
were
characterized
by
a
reduction
in
dynamic
pressure
with
increasing
skin
temperature
whereas
after
thermal
buckling
the
trend
was
reversed
the
minimum
dynamic
pressure
for
flutter
occurred
at
the
intersection
of
the
flat
panel
and
buckled
panel
boundaries
and
represented
a
large
reduction
in
the
dynamic
pressure
over
the
extrapolated
unstressed
value
as
a
result
of
panel
flutter
three
of
the
five
distinct
types
of
panels
were
modified
to
provide
the
required
flutter
margin
on
the
design
flight
dynamic
pressure
of
the
aircraft
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
949
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
charts
for
equilibrium
flow
properties
of
air
in
hyper
velocity
nozzles
for
initial
stagnation
pressures
up
to
atmospheres
and
stagnation
enthalpies
up
to
btu
per
pound
nozzle
flow
properties
for
equilibrium
air
have
been
computed
and
plotted
on
charts
the
work
of
nasa
tn
d
has
been
extended
to
include
flow
properties
for
closer
intervals
of
specified
stagnation
enthalpies
properties
which
have
been
charted
as
a
function
of
mach
number
are
as
follows
temperature
pressure
density
velocity
area
ratio
dynamic
pressure
reynolds
number
isentropic
exponent
and
molecular
weight
ratio
ratios
of
temperature
pressure
and
density
across
normal
shock
waves
are
also
charted
and
weight
flow
rate
is
plotted
as
a
function
of
stagnation
enthalpy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
95
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
temperature
distribution
and
thermal
stresses
in
a
model
of
a
supersonic
wing
the
transient
temperature
distribution
and
the
thermal
stresses
in
an
idealized
wing
structure
considered
by
hoff
and
torda
in
reference
are
determined
only
the
effects
of
aerodynamic
heating
and
of
heat
conduction
are
included
radiation
and
convection
effects
are
neglected
the
present
work
differs
from
that
of
reference
in
that
the
conduction
from
the
cap
to
the
web
is
considered
when
the
temperature
of
the
cap
is
calculated
and
the
spar
cap
temperature
is
assumed
to
be
a
function
of
both
space
and
time
graphs
of
temperature
and
thermal
stress
distributions
are
presented
and
the
results
are
compared
with
those
of
reference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
950
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
comparison
of
theoretical
and
experimental
creep
buckling
times
of
initially
straight
centrally
loaded
columns
the
creep
buckling
times
of
initially
straight
centrally
loaded
columns
as
predicted
by
the
hypotheses
of
shanley
gerard
and
rabotnov
and
shesterikov
are
compared
with
appropriate
experimental
data
it
is
found
that
the
theoretical
predictions
are
generally
conservative
due
possibly
to
the
fact
that
the
hypotheses
predict
initial
instability
times
while
the
experiments
normally
record
final
collapse
times
of
the
three
hypotheses
that
of
gerard
generally
gives
predictions
which
agree
best
with
the
experimental
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
951
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
unified
theory
of
creep
buckling
under
normal
loads
a
general
theory
of
creep
buckling
with
the
initial
imperfection
as
a
parameter
is
developed
for
the
case
of
normal
loading
a
hyperbolic
sine
law
is
used
to
describe
the
process
of
creep
the
theory
is
believed
to
be
applicable
to
among
other
structures
columns
tubes
and
possibly
conical
shells
the
wall
of
the
structure
is
idealized
as
a
sandwich
in
order
to
simplify
the
integration
of
the
equations
experimental
data
on
columns
and
tubes
from
two
different
sources
are
compared
with
the
predictions
of
the
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
952
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
study
of
creep
collapse
of
a
long
circular
cylindrical
shell
under
various
distributed
force
systems
an
analysis
is
presented
for
determining
the
collapse
of
circular
rings
and
long
cylinders
subjected
to
primary
and
secondary
creep
conditions
at
elevated
temperatures
the
types
of
loading
considered
for
the
present
investigation
are
dead
loading
and
hydrostatic
pressure
type
forces
the
method
of
solution
is
based
on
an
application
of
the
variational
theorem
for
creep
described
in
ref
with
some
additional
terms
being
introduced
for
the
pressure
type
loading
case
the
general
results
are
reduced
to
a
relatively
simple
form
for
the
theoretical
predictions
of
collapse
time
and
are
graphically
illustrated
for
a
typical
sample
material
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
953
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
vibrations
of
infinitely
long
cylindrical
shells
under
initial
stress
the
general
bending
theory
of
shells
under
the
influence
of
initial
stress
presented
recently
by
herrmann
and
armenakas
is
applied
in
this
investigation
to
study
the
effect
of
initial
uniform
circumferential
stress
uniform
bending
moment
and
uniform
radial
shear
on
the
dynamic
response
of
an
infinitely
long
cylindrical
shell
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
954
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
stress
at
several
junctions
in
pressurized
shells
theoretical
and
experimental
results
are
presented
for
the
discontinuity
stresses
arising
at
a
change
of
wall
thickness
in
a
cylinder
a
cylinder
hemisphere
junction
and
a
cone
spherical
torus
junction
in
pressure
vessels
the
effect
of
mismatch
of
nonconcurrence
of
the
middle
surfaces
of
two
joined
cylinders
is
considered
in
addition
a
cylinder
with
a
special
closure
which
has
considerably
reduced
stresses
is
described
and
curves
with
theoretical
and
experimental
stresses
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
955
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
membrane
approach
to
bending
instability
of
pressureized
cylindrical
shells
recent
theoretical
and
experimental
research
is
briefly
described
to
trace
the
development
of
deformation
and
the
occurrence
of
collapse
in
pressurized
circular
cylindrical
membranes
under
applied
moment
loading
the
collapse
of
pure
membrane
cylinders
is
then
compared
with
instability
of
pressurized
cylindrical
shells
this
approach
leads
to
a
better
understanding
of
the
behavior
of
pressurized
cylinders
under
bending
loads
the
results
suggest
possibilities
for
further
research
utilizing
the
membrane
approach
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
956
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
elastic
stability
of
simply
supported
corrugated
core
sand
wich
cylinders
theoretical
buckling
coefficients
are
obtained
for
the
general
instability
of
simply
supported
corrugated
core
sandwich
circular
cylinders
under
combined
loads
with
the
core
oriented
parallel
to
the
longitudinal
axis
of
the
cylinder
buckling
curves
are
presented
for
axial
compression
external
lateral
pressure
torsion
and
some
typical
interactions
the
differential
equations
of
equilibrium
used
to
obtain
the
buckling
equations
were
derived
from
the
small
deflection
equations
of
stein
and
mayer
which
include
the
effect
of
deformation
due
to
transverse
shear
these
equations
are
solved
by
galerkin's
equation
remarks
are
made
concerning
the
probable
validity
of
the
results
of
the
small
deflection
theory
for
sandwich
shells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
957
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
axisymmetric
snap
buckling
of
conical
shells
the
authors
give
a
brief
account
of
some
of
their
recent
analytical
and
numerical
studies
of
cone
buckling
limiting
the
discussion
to
axisymmetric
deformations
pertinent
numerical
results
for
the
relaxation
buckling
of
full
cones
subjected
to
uniform
external
pressure
and
belleville
springs
deformed
by
axial
edge
loads
are
presented
in
addition
bifurcation
buckling
problems
are
discussed
for
a
specific
case
the
existence
of
friedrichs'
intermediate
buckling
load
as
applied
to
cones
is
established
upper
and
lower
bounds
for
its
value
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
958
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
air
scooping
vehicle
a
satellite
vehicle
is
described
which
collects
gases
from
the
upper
atmosphere
and
stores
them
in
liquid
form
such
a
vehicle
could
serve
as
a
filling
station
in
space
furnishing
liquid
oxygen
or
air
to
other
spacecraft
the
vehicle
represents
an
alternative
to
launching
these
liquids
into
orbit
from
the
surface
of
the
earth
the
two
methods
are
compared
on
an
economic
basis
and
it
is
shown
that
the
proposed
vehicle
permits
substantial
savings
when
operated
beyond
about
one
year
the
feasibility
of
developing
such
a
system
for
long
time
operation
is
investigated
several
practical
designs
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
959
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
in
separated
flows
results
of
an
experimental
heat
transfer
investigation
in
regions
of
separated
flow
are
presented
and
compared
with
the
theoretical
analysis
of
naca
tn
the
average
heat
transfer
for
both
laminar
and
turbulent
separated
boundary
layers
was
found
to
be
from
to
per
cent
less
than
that
for
equivalent
attached
boundary
layers
the
overall
scope
of
the
measurements
included
mach
numbers
from
to
and
reynolds
numbers
from
to
x
the
results
for
laminar
boundary
layers
agree
well
with
the
analysis
of
tn
the
results
for
turbulent
boundary
layers
however
disagree
considerably
results
of
velocity
and
temperature
surveys
in
the
separated
turbulent
boundary
layer
are
presented
and
partially
explain
the
discrepancy
between
the
experiments
and
analysis
the
maximum
local
heat
transfer
rates
were
found
to
occur
in
the
reattachment
region
of
the
separated
boundary
layers
investigated
the
effect
of
transition
on
heat
transfer
in
the
separated
laminar
boundary
layers
is
described
and
data
showing
effects
of
mach
number
and
wall
temperature
on
the
transition
reynolds
number
of
separated
laminar
flows
are
also
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
96
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
review
of
published
data
on
the
effect
of
roughness
on
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
a
review
is
presented
of
the
published
data
on
the
effect
of
roughness
especially
single
roughness
elements
on
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
in
which
an
attempt
is
made
to
reanalyze
and
correlate
the
available
information
the
reanalysis
shows
that
the
transition
reynolds
number
of
a
flat
plate
with
zero
pressure
gradient
is
a
function
of
the
ratio
of
the
height
of
the
roughness
element
to
the
displacement
thickness
of
the
boundary
layer
at
the
element
this
functional
relation
being
a
better
representation
of
the
data
than
a
constant
critical
reynolds
number
of
the
roughness
element
other
data
show
that
the
effects
of
roghness
are
similar
in
streams
of
different
initial
turbulence
and
that
a
plot
of
the
ratio
of
transition
reynolds
number
of
the
rough
plate
to
that
for
the
smooth
plate
against
the
ratio
of
the
height
of
the
roughness
element
to
displacement
thickness
of
the
boundary
layer
at
the
element
gives
good
correlation
of
all
the
data
for
a
given
shape
when
transition
occurs
downstream
from
the
roughness
element
at
a
certain
value
of
the
height
thickness
ratio
dependent
on
the
stream
speed
location
of
roughness
element
and
airstream
turbulence
the
transition
position
reaches
the
element
and
remains
there
as
the
height
or
the
stream
speed
is
further
increased
the
paper
also
discusses
available
data
on
the
effect
of
distributed
roughness
on
transition
on
a
flat
plate
as
well
as
some
of
the
published
data
on
roughness
effects
on
transition
on
air
foils
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
960
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
free
turbulent
mixing
a
discussion
of
the
integral
relations
for
flow
of
the
boundary
layer
type
is
presented
it
is
shown
that
the
characteristic
laws
of
spread
of
jets
wakes
and
so
forth
can
be
obtained
directly
for
the
laminar
case
and
with
the
help
of
dimensional
reasoning
for
the
turbulent
case
as
well
measurements
of
the
mean
velocity
the
intensity
and
scale
of
the
turbulent
fluctuations
and
of
the
turbulent
shear
in
a
two
dimensional
mixing
zone
are
presented
the
results
of
these
measurements
are
compared
with
the
mixing
length
theories
it
is
shown
that
both
mixing
length
and
exchange
coefficient
vary
across
the
mixing
zone
the
theories
based
on
the
assumption
of
constant
mixing
length
or
exchange
coefficient
are
thus
in
error
a
discussion
of
the
energy
balance
of
the
fluctuating
motion
is
given
and
the
triple
correlation
is
estimated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
961
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressible
two
dimensional
jet
mixing
at
constant
pressure
an
analysis
is
made
of
turbulent
constant
pressure
mixing
for
a
compressible
jet
boundary
taking
into
consideration
effects
of
the
initial
boundary
layer
velocity
profiles
in
the
mixing
region
are
represented
in
a
transformed
plans
by
one
parameter
families
of
curves
with
no
specification
for
the
mixing
mechanism
beyond
that
of
an
exchange
coefficient
concept
being
made
the
exchange
coefficient
is
represented
by
the
bornel
function
of
an
integral
transform
for
the
x
coordinate
of
an
intrinsic
system
of
coordinates
this
intrinsic
system
and
the
physical
coordinate
system
are
related
by
means
of
a
momentum
integral
satisfactory
correlation
of
theory
and
experimental
low
speed
data
is
obtained
with
a
simple
form
of
kernal
function
an
asymptotic
solution
corresponding
to
a
fully
developed
velocity
profile
in
the
jet
boundary
allows
the
calculation
of
the
mechanical
energy
level
along
the
separating
streamline
in
the
jet
boundary
without
the
use
of
empirical
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
962
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
contributions
to
the
theory
of
heat
transfer
through
a
laminar
boundary
layer
an
approximation
to
the
heat
transfer
rate
across
a
laminar
incompressible
boundary
layer
for
arbitrary
distribution
of
main
stream
velocity
and
of
wall
temperature
is
obtained
by
using
the
energy
equation
in
von
mises's
form
and
approximating
the
coefficients
in
a
manner
which
is
most
closely
correct
near
the
surface
the
heat
transfer
rate
to
a
portion
of
surface
of
length
l
breadth
is
given
as
where
k
is
the
thermal
conductivity
of
the
fluid
o
its
prandtl
number
p
its
density
u
its
viscosity
r
x
is
the
skin
friction
and
t
x
the
excess
of
wall
temperature
over
main
stream
temperature
a
critical
appraisement
of
the
formula
indicates
that
it
should
be
very
accurate
for
large
but
that
for
of
order
for
most
gases
the
constant
should
be
replaced
by
when
the
error
should
not
exceed
this
yields
a
formula
for
nusselt
number
in
terms
of
the
reynolds
number
r
and
the
mean
square
root
of
the
skin
friction
coefficient
c
in
the
case
of
uniform
wall
temperature
however
for
the
boundary
layer
with
uniform
main
stream
the
original
formula
is
accurate
to
within
percent
even
for
by
known
transformations
an
expression
is
deducted
for
heat
transfer
to
a
surface
with
arbitrary
temperature
distribution
along
it
and
with
a
uniform
stream
outside
it
at
arbitrary
mach
number
equation
from
this
the
temperature
distribution
along
such
a
surface
is
deduced
in
the
case
of
importance
at
high
mach
numbers
when
heat
transfer
to
it
is
balanced
entirely
by
radiation
from
it
this
calculation
which
includes
the
solution
of
a
non
linear
integral
equation
gives
higher
temperatures
near
the
nose
and
lower
ones
farther
back
figure
than
are
found
from
a
theory
which
assumes
the
wall
temperature
uniform
and
averages
the
heat
transfer
balance
this
effect
will
be
considerably
mitigated
for
bodies
of
high
thermal
conductivity
the
author
is
not
in
a
position
to
say
whether
or
not
it
will
be
appreciable
for
metal
projectiles
but
for
stony
meteorites
at
a
certain
stage
of
their
flight
through
the
atmosphere
it
indicates
that
melting
at
the
nose
and
re
solidification
farther
back
may
occur
for
which
the
shape
and
constitution
of
a
few
of
them
affords
evidence
an
appendix
shows
how
the
method
for
approximating
and
solving
von
mises's
equation
could
be
used
to
determine
the
skin
friction
as
well
as
heat
transfer
rate
but
this
line
seems
to
have
no
advantage
over
established
approximate
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
963
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
variational
principle
for
convection
of
heat
authors
extend
variational
principle
of
biot
to
various
cases
of
heat
transfer
due
to
forced
convection
numerical
results
are
given
for
one
dimensional
problems
of
fluid
flowing
between
parallel
walls
with
uniform
or
parabolic
velocity
profiles
agreement
with
exact
solutions
is
excellent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
964
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
theory
of
discharge
coefficients
for
round
entrance
flowmeters
and
venturis
a
theory
of
rounded
entrance
flowmeters
based
on
a
consideration
of
the
potential
and
boundary
layer
flows
in
a
converging
nozzle
is
constructed
curves
are
presented
showing
the
discharge
coefficient
as
a
function
of
diameter
reynolds
number
with
the
total
equivalent
length
tional
length
diameter
ratio
of
the
contraction
section
of
the
asme
long
radius
nozzle
is
presented
the
theoretical
curves
of
discharge
coefficient
versus
diameter
reynolds
number
are
in
good
agreement
with
experiment
over
a
range
of
reynolds
number
from
to
the
theory
provides
a
rational
framework
for
correlating
and
extrapolating
experimental
results
it
shows
the
effects
of
contraction
shape
and
location
of
pressure
taps
it
furnishes
values
of
discharge
coefficient
for
untested
designs
and
it
suggests
precautions
to
be
taken
in
design
installation
and
operation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
965
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analytic
determination
of
discharge
coefficients
of
flow
nozzles
integration
of
the
velocity
profile
at
the
throat
of
a
flow
nozzle
yields
the
discharge
coefficient
as
a
function
of
the
ratio
of
boundary
solution
of
the
approximate
momentum
equation
for
the
boundary
layer
the
resulting
expression
for
the
discharge
coefficient
is
then
a
function
of
the
reynolds
number
based
on
nozzle
diameter
and
of
the
geometry
of
the
nozzle
good
agreement
is
shown
between
this
expression
and
published
experimental
data
on
flow
nozzles
for
reynolds
numbers
between
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
966
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
fully
developed
channel
flows
some
solutions
and
limitations
and
effects
of
compressibility
variable
properties
and
body
forces
an
examination
of
the
effects
of
compressibility
variable
properties
and
body
forces
on
fully
developed
laminar
flows
has
indicated
several
limitations
on
such
streams
in
the
absence
of
a
pressure
gradient
but
presence
of
a
body
force
liquid
this
follows
also
for
the
case
of
a
constant
streamwise
pressure
gradient
these
motions
are
exact
in
the
sense
of
a
couette
flow
in
the
liquid
case
two
solutions
not
a
new
result
can
occur
for
the
same
boundary
conditions
an
approximate
analytic
solution
was
found
which
agrees
closely
with
machine
calculations
in
the
case
of
approximately
exact
flows
it
turns
out
that
for
large
temperature
variations
across
the
channel
the
effects
of
convection
due
to
say
a
wall
temperature
gradient
and
frictional
heating
must
be
negligible
in
such
a
case
the
energy
and
momentum
equations
are
separated
and
the
solutions
are
readily
obtained
if
the
temperature
variations
are
small
then
both
convection
effects
and
frictional
heating
can
consistently
be
considered
this
case
becomes
the
constant
property
incompressible
case
or
quasi
incompressible
case
for
free
convection
flows
considered
by
many
authors
finally
there
is
a
brief
discussion
of
cases
wherein
streamwise
variations
of
all
quantities
are
allowed
but
only
in
such
form
that
the
independent
variables
are
separable
for
the
case
where
the
streamwise
velocity
varies
inversely
as
the
square
root
of
distance
along
the
channel
a
solution
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
967
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
laminar
compressible
viscous
pipe
flow
accelerated
by
an
axial
body
force
with
application
to
magnetogasdynamics
a
study
is
made
of
the
steady
laminar
flow
of
a
compressible
viscous
fluid
in
a
circular
pipe
when
the
fluid
is
accelerated
by
an
axial
body
force
the
application
of
the
theory
to
the
magnetofluidmechanics
of
an
electrically
conducting
gas
accelerated
by
electric
and
magnetic
fields
is
discussed
constant
viscosity
thermal
conductivity
and
electrical
conductivity
are
assumed
fully
developed
flow
velocity
and
temperature
profiles
are
shown
and
detailed
results
of
the
accelerating
flow
development
including
velocity
and
pressure
as
functions
of
distance
are
given
for
the
case
where
the
axial
body
force
is
constant
and
for
the
case
where
it
is
a
linear
function
of
velocity
from
these
results
are
determined
the
pipe
entry
length
and
the
pressure
difference
required
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
968
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
rocket
propulsion
systems
for
interplanetary
flight
a
comparison
is
made
of
several
different
propulsion
systems
for
interplanetary
flight
liquid
and
solid
propellant
rockets
propulsion
systems
which
use
nuclear
energy
sources
are
heating
rockets
magneto
plasma
devices
ion
rocket
propulsion
solar
heating
rockets
and
solar
sails
are
briefly
described
and
their
current
status
reviewed
engine
performance
requirements
for
different
interplanetary
missions
are
established
these
several
propulsion
systems
are
then
compared
on
the
basis
of
several
performance
criteria
environmental
characteristics
vehicle
requirements
reliability
current
status
growth
potential
and
efficiency
predictions
on
various
propulsion
system
capabilities
and
an
analysis
of
multiple
rocket
engine
reliability
is
included
it
is
concluded
that
electrical
rockets
are
superior
for
long
time
inter
planetary
flight
applications
and
that
chemical
rockets
are
satisfactory
for
most
of
the
immediate
applications
in
near
space
none
of
the
several
propulsion
schemes
discussed
can
be
rejected
until
further
technical
work
has
been
accomplished
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
969
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
use
of
side
jets
as
control
devices
wind
tunnel
experiments
with
side
jets
issuing
laterally
near
the
base
of
slender
bodies
in
a
supersonic
stream
have
suggested
the
existence
of
a
sizable
and
usable
interaction
with
this
interaction
force
the
use
of
jet
reaction
controls
may
be
as
attractive
for
flight
within
the
atmosphere
as
it
obviously
is
for
flight
outside
the
atmosphere
this
note
indicates
the
altitude
regime
of
interest
and
the
order
of
magnitude
of
the
interaction
bonus
for
a
lateral
control
jet
located
near
the
base
of
a
body
of
revolution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
97
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
mixing
theory
for
the
interaction
between
dissipative
flows
and
nearly
isentropic
streams
by
means
of
a
simplified
theoretical
model
the
present
paper
treats
the
general
class
of
flow
problems
characterized
by
the
interaction
between
a
viscous
or
dissipative
flow
near
the
surface
of
a
solid
body
or
in
its
wake
and
an
outer
nearly
isentropic
stream
for
the
present
the
external
flow
is
taken
to
be
a
plane
steady
supersonic
flow
which
makes
a
small
angle
with
a
plane
surface
or
plane
of
symmetry
although
the
methods
used
can
be
extended
to
curved
surfaces
to
axially
symmetric
supersonic
flows
and
also
to
subsonic
flows
the
internal
dissipative
flow
is
regarded
as
quasi
one
dimensional
and
parallel
to
the
surface
on
the
average
with
a
properly
defined
mean
velocity
and
mean
temperature
the
nonuniformity
of
the
actual
velocity
distribution
is
taken
into
account
only
approximately
by
means
of
a
relation
between
mean
temperature
and
mean
velocity
mixing
or
the
transport
of
momentum
from
outer
stream
to
dissipative
flow
is
considered
to
be
the
fundamental
physical
process
determining
the
pressure
rise
that
can
be
supported
by
the
flow
with
the
aid
of
this
concept
a
large
number
of
flow
problems
is
shown
to
be
basically
similar
such
as
boundary
layer
shockwave
interaction
wake
flow
behind
blunt
based
bodies
base
pressure
problem
flow
separation
in
overexpanded
supersonic
nozzles
separation
on
wings
and
bodies
etc
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
970
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
loads
induced
on
a
flat
plate
wing
by
an
air
jet
exhausting
perpendicularly
through
the
wing
and
normal
to
a
free
stream
flow
of
mach
number
measurements
were
made
of
loads
induced
on
a
flat
plate
wing
by
an
air
jet
exhausting
perpendicularly
through
the
wing
and
normal
to
the
free
stream
flow
the
investigation
was
conducted
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
and
a
reynolds
number
per
foot
of
x
an
axially
symmetric
sonic
nozzle
and
two
supersonic
nozzles
were
employed
for
the
jets
the
supersonic
nozzles
consisted
of
an
axially
symmetric
nozzle
with
exit
mach
number
of
and
a
two
dimensional
nozzle
with
exit
mach
number
of
the
ratio
of
nozzle
total
pressure
to
free
stream
static
pressure
was
varied
from
to
negative
loads
were
induced
on
the
flat
plate
wing
by
all
the
jets
as
the
nozzle
pressure
ratio
was
increased
the
magnitude
of
interference
loads
due
to
jet
thrust
decreased
the
chordwise
center
of
pressure
location
generally
moved
toward
the
nozzle
center
line
as
the
pressure
ratio
was
increased
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
971
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
surface
pressure
distributions
with
a
sonic
jet
normal
to
adjacent
flat
surfaces
at
mach
to
an
investigation
was
made
to
determine
the
interference
effects
on
surface
pressure
distributions
caused
by
a
sonic
jet
exiting
normal
to
the
surface
two
configurations
a
flat
plate
and
an
arrow
wing
reentry
type
vehicle
with
sonic
nozzles
near
the
leading
edge
were
tested
over
a
range
of
pressure
ratios
and
reynolds
numbers
for
mach
numbers
from
the
data
indicate
that
jet
pressure
ratio
had
considerable
effect
on
the
pressure
levels
and
distributions
on
both
configurations
also
for
a
constant
jet
pressure
ratio
the
free
stream
mach
number
effect
on
the
distributions
and
levels
was
quite
large
over
the
limited
range
investigated
the
effect
of
reynolds
number
at
constant
mach
number
and
pressure
ratio
was
small
compared
to
the
mach
number
and
pressure
ratio
effect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
972
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
interaction
effects
ahead
of
a
sonic
jet
exhausting
perpendicularly
form
a
flat
plate
into
a
mach
number
free
stream
an
investigation
of
the
effects
of
the
interaction
ahead
of
a
two
dimensional
sonic
jet
exhausting
perpendicularly
into
a
mach
number
were
made
at
an
angle
of
attack
of
degree
at
a
reynolds
number
per
foot
of
approximately
x
and
with
conditions
of
both
transitional
and
turbulent
separation
on
the
flat
plate
the
ratio
of
jet
stagnation
pressure
to
free
stream
static
pressure
was
varied
from
to
and
the
jet
slot
width
was
varied
from
to
inch
the
force
ratio
due
to
reaction
of
jet
calculated
ahead
of
the
jet
was
sizable
and
varied
from
to
in
general
the
ratio
increased
with
increasing
pressure
ratio
and
decreasing
slot
width
for
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
separation
tests
it
was
found
that
the
first
peak
pressure
and
the
chordwise
pressure
distribution
of
the
separated
boundary
layer
ahead
of
the
jet
were
similar
to
those
for
a
separation
caused
by
a
forward
facing
step
at
the
same
test
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
98
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
by
laminar
flow
to
a
rotating
plate
an
exact
solution
of
the
heat
transfer
problem
for
the
von
karman
example
of
the
laminar
flow
of
a
viscous
fluid
over
a
rotating
plate
is
given
in
dimensionless
form
and
physically
discussed
the
solution
is
explicitly
given
for
a
constant
temperature
on
the
plate
with
viscous
dissipation
included
the
numerical
results
are
given
for
prandtl
numbers
from
to
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
99
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
fundamentals
of
the
statistical
theory
of
turbulence
statistical
theory
in
general
considers
mean
values
of
certain
quantities
in
the
case
of
the
turbulent
motion
one
is
interested
in
mean
values
of
velocities
and
of
their
derivatives
and
in
mean
values
of
squares
and
products
of
velocities
and
their
derivatives
it
was
o
reynolds
who
first
expressed
the
so
called
apparent
or
turbulent
stresses
by
the
mean
values
of
the
products
of
the
velocity
components
the
different
theories
suggested
so
far
have
as
their
common
objective
the
establishment
of
relations
between
certain
mean
values
e
g
between
the
turbulent
shear
stresses
given
by
the
mean
products
of
velocity
fluctuations
and
the
derivatives
of
the
mean
velocities
i
e
the
measured
mean
velocity
gradients
in
this
sort
of
investigations
the
conception
of
the
correlation
is
of
paramount
importance
the
late
a
friedman
tried
to
introduce
the
correlations
as
unknown
variables
in
the
hydrodynamic
equations
however
he
could
not
carry
his
investigations
to
practical
results
i
e
to
results
which
can
be
compared
with
the
experimental
evidence
recently
g
i
taylor
had
success
in
his
analysis
of
isotropic
turbulence
by
means
of
correlation
calculations
and
was
able
to
discuss
theoretically
the
problem
of
the
decay
of
turbulence
in
a
windstream
behind
a
turbulence
producing
device
his
theory
raised
considerable
interest
because
it
is
concerned
with
the
important
problem
of
wind
tunnel
turbulence
and
its
results
could
be
compared
directly
with
experimental
work
done
by
dryden
in
this
country
and
by
fage
townend
and
simmons
in
england
the
present
paper
is
concerned
with
two
fundamental
problems
with
uniform
isotropic
turbulence
and
with
the
turbulent
friction
in
a
parallel
stream
first
the
general
theory
of
isotropic
turbulence
is
developed
this
general
theory
includes
taylor's
consideration
as
a
special
case
however
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
correlation
between
maternal
and
fetal
plasma
levels
of
glucose
and
free
fatty
acids
correlation
coefficients
have
been
determined
between
the
levels
of
glucose
and
ffa
in
maternal
and
fetal
plasma
collected
at
delivery
significant
correlations
were
obtained
between
the
maternal
and
fetal
glucose
levels
and
the
maternal
and
fetal
ffa
levels
from
the
size
of
the
correlation
coefficients
and
the
slopes
of
regression
lines
it
appears
that
the
fetal
plasma
glucose
level
at
delivery
is
very
strongly
dependent
upon
the
maternal
level
whereas
the
fetal
ffa
level
at
delivery
is
only
slightly
dependent
upon
the
maternal
level
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
10
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
changes
in
blood
glucose
and
non
esterified
fatty
acids
in
the
foetal
and
newborn
lamb
after
injection
of
adrenaline
changes
in
blood
glucose
and
non
esterified
fatty
acids
after
intravenous
adrenaline
were
measured
in
foetal
newborn
and
adult
sheep
in
the
foetus
and
immediately
after
birth
there
was
very
little
increase
in
either
blood
glucose
or
non
esterified
fatty
acids
after
adrenaline
the
response
of
blood
glucose
to
adrenaline
had
reached
adult
levels
at
twenty
four
hours
of
age
the
response
of
non
esterifi
ed
fatty
acids
to
adrenaline
increased
gradually
over
the
first
week
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
100
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
ophthalmologist's
role
in
the
management
of
dyslexia
dyslexia
is
a
clinical
entity
characterized
by
subnormal
reading
ability
in
a
person
of
average
or
above
average
intelligence
it
is
a
disease
which
has
different
causes
in
different
children
the
causes
include
brain
damage
in
the
language
area
hereditary
predisposition
and
such
ophthalmic
factors
as
hyperopia
muscle
imbalance
aniseikonia
or
visual
immaturity
emotional
disturbances
educational
immaturity
and
cerebral
dominance
may
also
play
some
role
in
the
etiology
of
this
condition
the
universal
symptom
is
poor
reading
ability
however
these
cases
frequently
have
other
associated
symptoms
such
as
poor
writing
difficulty
in
reading
and
writing
numbers
inability
to
read
or
write
musical
notes
and
disorientation
for
left
and
right
many
of
these
patients
develop
personality
maladjustments
visual
fields
often
reveal
a
hemianopia
in
any
group
of
poor
readers
a
large
percentage
will
have
ocular
neurologic
psychiatric
or
psychologic
abnormalities
and
or
a
strong
hereditary
tendency
the
degree
to
which
reading
can
be
learned
depends
upon
the
ability
of
the
individual
to
adjust
to
the
psycho
physiologic
needs
that
are
present
at
the
time
he
reaches
reading
age
in
school
if
compensating
abilities
are
present
and
if
the
child's
reaction
is
a
favorable
one
he
may
read
well
in
spite
of
unfavorable
factors
if
not
he
may
become
a
poor
reader
these
children
should
be
recognized
in
their
first
year
of
school
a
complete
medical
work
up
should
be
managed
by
an
ophthalmologist
a
complete
ophthalmic
examination
should
first
be
performed
and
all
possible
visual
anomalies
should
be
corrected
the
ophthalmologist
may
want
a
psychometric
evaluation
a
neurologic
opinion
to
determine
the
role
of
organic
brain
damage
psychiatric
consultation
for
evaluation
of
emotional
disturbances
pediatric
consultation
for
evaluation
of
the
status
of
the
general
health
and
or
consultation
by
an
otolaryngologist
to
determine
the
patient's
hearing
ability
with
all
the
necessary
information
at
hand
the
ophthalmologist
will
be
able
to
recommend
corrective
medical
therapy
and
to
advise
the
parents
and
teachers
about
available
remedial
reading
aids
the
prognosis
is
good
for
most
patients
since
they
are
of
average
or
above
average
intelligence
nearly
all
cases
can
be
helped
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
101
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
unusual
course
of
internal
carotid
artery
accompanied
by
bitemporal
hemianopia
a
case
is
reported
with
bitemporal
relative
hemianopia
craniotomy
showing
internal
carotid
arteries
to
have
an
unusual
course
corresponding
to
the
carotid
siphon
with
resultant
change
in
shape
of
the
optic
nerves
abnormalities
of
the
carotid
siphons
could
not
be
detected
on
reviewing
the
carotid
angiograms
evaluation
of
the
optic
nerve's
relationship
as
can
be
measured
on
the
pneumograms
indicated
that
the
optic
nerves
in
this
case
were
exposed
to
compression
from
the
abnormal
arteries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
102
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
frontal
lobes
and
vision
the
influence
of
the
frontal
lobe
on
vision
is
discussed
based
on
the
presentation
of
a
rather
unusual
case
after
the
operation
of
a
right
frontal
brain
abscess
which
never
had
led
to
papilledema
there
was
a
pronounced
diminution
of
the
visual
capacities
of
the
patient
gradually
these
disturbances
regressed
to
the
point
of
return
of
full
visual
acuity
but
there
remained
a
hemianopic
field
defect
this
and
psychological
defects
in
the
sense
of
a
partial
visual
agnosia
which
latter
are
also
regressing
very
well
prompted
a
discussion
of
those
neuroanatomical
and
neurophysiological
observations
pertinent
to
the
findings
in
this
patient
the
many
data
on
the
fronto
occipital
connections
in
subhuman
primates
point
to
the
role
of
the
frontal
lobe
area
in
the
development
of
visual
disturbances
in
the
sense
of
a
temporary
hemianopia
with
partial
visual
agnosia
and
some
intellectual
deficits
contrary
to
a
single
observation
in
an
anthropoid
ape
our
case
would
seem
to
indicate
that
the
aforementioned
combination
of
symptoms
may
originate
in
the
frontal
lobe
and
we
hope
it
will
prompt
other
long
term
follow
up
studies
of
similar
patients
the
continued
observation
of
this
patient
and
perhaps
of
others
will
give
a
possibility
to
gain
insight
into
the
role
of
the
frontal
lobe
in
vision
as
has
been
assumed
for
animals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
103
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
physiologic
bitemporal
hemianopsia
in
pregnancy
a
severe
case
of
bitemporal
hemianopsia
occurring
late
in
pregnancy
is
presented
the
patient
illustrated
a
typical
rapidly
progressive
course
and
rapid
recovery
with
complete
return
of
visual
fields
and
visual
acuity
after
delivery
was
accomplished
the
presumed
pathologic
physiology
of
this
entity
is
briefly
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
104
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
evoked
response
in
visual
disorders
erg
and
ver
have
been
recorded
from
eyelid
and
lateral
occipital
electrodes
in
response
to
diffuse
stroboscopic
stimulation
in
normal
subjects
ver
was
found
to
be
composed
of
an
early
triphasic
potential
arising
from
the
occipital
region
wave
i
was
present
in
percent
of
subjects
wave
ii
in
percent
and
wave
iii
in
percent
later
waves
were
inconstant
and
contained
components
from
the
vertex
reference
no
overall
asymmetry
in
ver
from
right
to
left
was
found
in
normal
subjects
although
average
asymmetry
with
smaller
side
compared
to
larger
was
percent
on
monocular
stimulation
the
contralateral
ver
was
regularly
larger
than
the
ipsilateral
reflecting
predominant
retinal
representation
of
the
temporal
field
a
statistically
determined
criterion
of
percent
depression
in
wave
ii
successfully
identifies
most
patients
with
hemianopic
defects
involving
the
central
percent
of
visual
field
on
tangent
screen
campimetry
latency
asymmetry
of
six
msec
or
more
and
grossly
asymmetrical
aberrant
wave
forms
are
seen
in
some
patients
with
diffuse
cerebral
disease
and
hemianopic
defects
severe
or
diffuse
retinal
disease
is
associated
with
alteration
or
loss
of
erg
and
ver
on
stimulation
of
the
involved
eye
optic
nerve
disease
is
indicated
by
bilateral
loss
or
suppression
of
ver
on
stimulation
of
the
involved
eye
erg
is
normal
bilateral
prechiasmal
involvement
is
associated
with
complete
suppression
of
ver
if
only
waves
i
and
ii
are
lost
disease
is
probably
but
not
conclusively
demonstrated
involvement
of
nasal
retinal
fibres
is
indicated
by
reversal
of
the
normal
contralateral
preponderance
of
ver
on
monocular
stimulation
these
changes
are
observed
in
chiasmal
disease
retrogeniculate
blindness
is
associated
with
loss
of
early
ver
and
preservation
of
late
response
nonspecific
projections
are
felt
to
contribute
to
the
late
cortical
response
to
photic
stimulation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
105
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
optokinetic
nystagmus
and
occipital
lesions
six
cases
are
presented
to
invalidate
the
rule
that
horizontally
symmetric
optokinetic
responses
indicate
a
vascular
etiology
in
patients
with
occipital
lobe
type
hemianopias
the
converse
of
this
rule
is
in
our
experience
still
a
valuable
observation
that
is
asymmetry
of
horizontal
optokinetic
responses
accompanying
an
occipital
type
field
defect
is
a
strong
indication
of
a
mass
lesion
optokinetic
nystagmus
may
be
helpful
therefore
as
corroborative
evidence
in
diagnosing
occipital
lobe
tumor
but
not
in
ruling
it
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
106
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
anaphylactoid
shock
induced
by
oral
penicillin
and
resulting
in
gerstmann's
syndrome
an
anaphylactoid
reaction
to
oral
penicillin
in
a
year
old
woman
is
described
after
hours
of
unconsciousness
and
weeks
of
confusion
she
was
left
with
a
residual
gerstmann's
syndrome
these
reactions
are
less
rare
than
is
generally
supposed
symptomatology
treatment
diagnosis
and
mechanism
are
discussed
and
some
of
the
relevant
literature
is
briefly
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
107
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
disturbances
of
the
verbal
body
image
a
particular
syndrome
of
sensory
aphasia
the
pto
syndrome
of
the
dominant
hemisphere
varies
according
to
the
extent
and
depth
of
the
lesion
in
the
angular
and
supramarginal
areas
the
mildest
clinical
syndrome
consists
of
a
vague
contralateral
sensory
impairment
associated
with
dyscalculia
dysgraphia
dyslexia
and
difficulty
in
naming
a
more
extensive
lesion
is
needed
to
cause
the
wide
variety
of
classical
signs
described
in
parietal
lobe
disease
among
them
being
gerstmann's
syndrome
which
is
usually
found
in
association
with
other
manifestations
of
parietal
loss
case
an
even
more
extensive
corticosubcortical
lesion
in
the
area
leads
to
complete
disintegration
of
naming
and
understanding
of
speech
cases
and
attention
is
drawn
to
the
difficulties
arising
from
lack
of
differentiation
between
the
concrete
gnostic
body
image
and
the
abstract
verbal
body
image
in
investigation
of
these
patients
the
aphasic
syndrome
should
be
differentiated
from
disturbances
of
gnosis
by
application
of
separate
non
verbal
methods
of
testing
to
elicit
the
impairment
of
the
gnostic
body
image
the
latter
may
be
well
compensated
for
and
it
is
apparently
unimpaired
in
the
presence
of
an
aphasic
syndrome
limited
to
the
verbal
body
image
disturbances
of
speech
in
pto
lesions
if
investigated
along
quantitative
scales
of
impairment
of
repetition
understanding
and
naming
show
a
regular
interrelation
nomination
is
the
most
affected
understanding
is
less
affected
repetition
is
the
best
preserved
function
cases
the
same
interrelation
of
these
functions
is
found
with
regard
to
the
verbal
body
image
however
understanding
and
naming
of
parts
of
the
body
show
far
greater
disintegration
than
understanding
and
naming
of
any
other
categories
of
words
all
cases
presented
here
if
the
aphasic
syndrome
is
subsiding
finger
aphasia
with
some
other
minor
disturbances
of
verbal
body
image
associated
with
acalculia
may
persist
case
thus
gerstmann's
finger
agnosia
may
represent
a
partial
impairment
of
the
verbal
body
image
and
be
limited
to
finger
aphasia
it
is
assumed
that
the
verbal
body
image
differs
from
other
categories
of
verbal
symbols
owing
to
the
mainly
proprioceptive
vestibular
and
tactile
experience
forming
its
specific
physiologic
background
telereceptive
experience
is
of
minor
importance
in
the
initial
development
of
the
understanding
of
words
defining
the
body
image
in
the
patients
described
here
the
selectively
worse
aphasic
impairment
of
the
verbal
body
image
as
compared
with
other
categories
of
words
seem
to
confirm
this
assumption
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
108
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chromosomal
patterns
in
cancer
patients
during
treatment
radiation
damages
the
chromosomes
of
human
cells
and
through
short
term
cultures
of
white
blood
cells
some
of
this
damage
can
be
assessed
patients
with
cancer
were
selected
for
this
study
because
of
the
large
portions
of
the
blood
forming
tissues
irradiated
in
the
course
of
treatment
chromosomal
damage
may
be
quantitative
with
variations
from
the
normal
number
of
or
qualitative
thereby
showing
structural
aberrations
counting
the
chromosomes
in
cells
from
cultures
grown
prior
to
therapy
and
at
intervals
during
treatment
enables
us
to
determine
the
variation
stained
preparations
examined
microscopically
allow
us
to
recognize
these
abnormalities
which
are
apparent
before
during
and
after
radiotherapy
the
damage
appears
to
be
largely
random
in
the
chromosomes
affected
in
the
different
cancers
and
the
specific
aberrations
differ
from
cell
to
cell
however
there
does
seem
to
be
some
correlation
between
the
appearance
of
persistent
aberrant
chromosomes
and
their
frequency
while
the
peak
incidence
or
plateau
may
remain
unchanged
the
frequency
may
change
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
109
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
few
interesting
neurologic
manifestations
of
migraine
migraine
is
a
complex
vascular
phenomenon
presumably
of
genetic
origin
which
through
changes
induced
by
either
vasoconstriction
or
vasodilitation
can
produce
interference
with
the
neurologic
system
and
result
in
many
bizarre
and
alarming
clinical
pictures
a
few
examples
of
the
more
interesting
neurologic
manifestations
have
been
shown
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
11
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electron
microscopic
observatations
on
transference
of
fat
through
the
human
placenta
from
the
results
of
our
previous
and
present
studied
on
the
transportation
of
fat
through
the
human
placenta
by
means
of
electron
microscopy
we
obtained
the
following
conclusions
neutral
fat
can
permeate
through
the
human
placenta
without
dissociation
almost
all
processes
of
fat
permeation
seem
to
be
due
to
the
biological
activity
pinocytosis
is
most
representative
but
the
authors
newly
found
several
facts
such
as
dissolution
like
change
in
the
basement
membrane
and
transport
via
the
stroma
cell
the
authors
believe
that
these
results
will
bring
a
clue
to
explain
the
mechanism
of
biological
transportation
of
materials
through
the
placenta
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
110
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
visual
neglect
clinical
trainees
in
nursing
and
in
psychology
from
boston
college
and
simmons
college
boston
mass
collected
data
and
observed
patients
under
the
direction
of
the
authors
in
a
pilot
program
designed
to
measure
visual
spatial
neglect
and
to
develop
rehabilitative
material
these
measurements
and
exercises
might
also
be
used
by
nurses
in
their
care
of
those
patients
who
have
had
cerebral
vascular
accidents
the
diversity
of
daily
activities
in
which
the
patient
becomes
involved
during
his
hospitalization
should
provide
some
indication
of
the
extent
to
which
the
compensatory
visual
neglect
therapeutics
have
been
effective
more
formal
estimates
can
be
obtained
by
re
administering
the
battery
of
visual
neglect
tests
at
periodic
intervals
nursing
personnel
adopting
a
program
of
therapeutics
such
as
this
must
bear
in
mind
that
patients
suffering
cerebral
insult
are
usually
less
adaptive
than
their
nonbrain
injured
peers
they
develop
new
habit
patterns
slowly
and
regression
often
will
follow
apparent
fixation
at
a
more
adaptive
level
of
response
habituation
however
experimental
inquiry
has
shown
that
the
dimension
of
behavioral
difference
between
the
brain
injured
adults
and
normal
adults
is
one
of
degree
rather
than
kind
dash
a
difference
that
skilled
nursing
can
often
reduce
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
111
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
respiratory
changes
after
open
heart
surgery
patients
who
undergo
cardiac
surgery
with
extracorporeal
circulation
develop
significant
alveolar
arterial
oxygen
tension
differences
and
venous
admixture
in
the
early
post
operative
period
up
to
of
this
abnormality
is
due
to
anatomical
right
to
left
shunting
through
the
lungs
the
remainder
is
most
likely
to
be
due
to
ventilation
perfusion
inequality
the
changes
appear
to
be
completely
reversible
the
cardiopulmonary
bypass
procedure
may
be
responsible
for
initiating
the
underlying
pathology
since
changes
of
this
magnitude
were
not
found
in
cardiothoracic
surgery
patients
in
whom
this
technique
was
not
required
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
112
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cardiac
malformations
associated
with
ventricular
septal
defect
in
this
study
necropsy
proved
cases
of
ventricular
septal
defect
associated
with
another
anomaly
but
not
part
of
a
recognized
complex
were
selected
the
associated
anomalies
were
classified
as
obstructive
or
positional
anomalies
of
the
great
vessels
anomalies
responsible
for
additional
shunts
anomalies
causing
intraventricular
obstruction
and
aortic
valvular
insufficiency
clinical
findings
were
often
those
of
the
ventricular
septal
defect
and
the
findings
related
to
the
associated
lesion
were
frequently
obscure
even
with
special
studies
including
cardiac
catheterization
and
angiocardiography
there
was
often
failure
to
arrive
at
a
complete
diagnosis
the
findings
which
led
to
an
erroneous
or
incomplete
diagnosis
have
been
presented
when
a
complete
diagnosis
was
made
preoperatively
the
procedures
leading
to
it
have
been
outlined
while
the
diagnostic
approach
varies
with
the
malformations
which
may
coexist
with
ventricular
septal
defect
it
was
observed
that
aortography
and
selective
left
ventricular
angiocardiography
were
most
commonly
helpful
in
identifying
occult
malformations
associated
with
ventricular
septal
defect
it
is
therefore
recommended
that
complete
studies
including
left
sided
cardiac
catheterization
with
left
ventricular
angiocardiography
and
aortography
should
be
considered
in
all
cases
in
which
the
clinical
electrocardiographic
and
right
sided
cardiac
catheterization
studies
are
not
entirely
typical
for
isolated
ventricular
septal
defect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
113
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
anatomic
types
of
single
or
common
ventricle
in
man
morphologic
and
geometric
aspects
of
necropsied
cases
in
necropsied
cases
of
single
or
common
ventricle
in
man
four
major
unrelated
ventricular
malformations
were
found
absence
of
the
right
ventricular
sinus
in
cases
percent
designated
type
a
absence
of
the
left
ventricular
sinus
in
cases
percent
type
b
absence
or
rudimentary
development
of
the
ventricular
septum
in
cases
percent
type
c
and
absence
of
both
ventricular
sinuses
and
of
the
ventricular
septum
in
cases
percent
type
d
three
types
of
relationship
between
the
great
arteries
were
present
a
normal
solitus
interrelationship
in
cases
percent
designated
type
d
transposition
the
transposed
aortic
valve
lying
to
the
right
dextro
or
d
relative
to
the
transposed
pulmonary
valve
in
cases
percent
type
ii
and
l
transposition
the
transposed
aortic
valve
lying
to
the
left
levo
or
l
relative
to
the
transposed
pulmonary
valve
in
cases
percent
type
iii
in
none
was
the
inversus
interrelationship
type
iv
displayed
three
types
of
visceral
and
atrial
situs
were
found
solitus
or
normal
in
cases
percent
inversus
an
exact
apparent
mirror
image
of
normal
in
cases
percent
and
heterotaxy
the
uncertain
visceral
and
atrial
situs
associated
with
asplenia
in
cases
percent
the
cases
were
classified
segmentally
according
to
the
anatomy
of
the
three
cardiac
segments
the
great
arteries
the
ventricular
sinuses
and
the
atria
the
classic
single
ventricle
with
a
rudimentary
outlet
chamber
was
found
morphologically
to
be
a
large
left
ventricle
with
a
right
ventricular
infundibulum
the
sinus
of
the
right
ventricle
being
absent
type
a
the
myocardium
of
the
right
ventricular
infundibulum
of
the
right
ventricular
sinus
and
of
the
left
ventricular
sinus
was
identified
by
the
distinctive
gross
morphologic
characteristics
of
each
the
planes
of
the
atrial
and
ventricular
septa
and
the
relationships
between
the
great
arteries
at
the
semilunar
valves
were
measured
as
projections
upon
the
horizontal
plane
relative
to
the
anteroposterior
line
an
approach
to
cardiac
anatomy
is
presented
which
is
segmental
morphologic
and
geometric
this
approach
has
angiocardiographic
electrocardiographic
and
embryologic
applications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
114
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
congenital
heart
disease
in
the
adult
events
in
the
natural
course
of
adult
patients
with
proved
significant
congenital
cardiac
anomalies
have
been
reviewed
to
determine
incidence
longevity
complications
and
cause
of
death
atrial
septal
defect
and
patent
ductus
arteriosus
were
the
most
frequently
encountered
lesions
and
comprised
over
one
third
of
the
entire
series
ventricular
septal
defect
and
pulmonic
stenosis
made
up
almost
a
quarter
of
the
group
twenty
two
instances
of
the
eisenmenger
syndrome
secondary
to
a
variety
of
shunting
lesions
are
included
bacterial
endocarditis
sudden
death
and
cardiac
decompensation
were
the
greatest
threats
to
these
patients
symptoms
were
minimal
until
the
appearance
of
heart
failure
which
was
the
most
common
cause
of
death
especially
with
older
patients
sudden
death
occurred
most
often
in
patients
with
ventricular
septal
defect
although
the
clinical
features
are
usually
characteristic
of
a
congenital
malformation
young
adults
with
acyanotic
congenital
heart
disease
are
often
misdiagnosed
as
rheumatic
and
in
older
patients
presenting
manifestations
are
frequently
attributed
to
arteriosclerotic
heart
disease
at
times
an
associated
acquired
cardiovascular
disorder
may
alter
the
basic
syndrome
three
quarters
of
the
patients
survive
and
continue
under
observation
the
ability
of
many
to
live
active
productive
lives
and
to
withstand
stress
surgery
both
cardiac
and
non
cardiac
and
pregnancy
was
impressive
further
observation
of
the
patient
with
congenital
heart
disease
but
without
surgical
intervention
is
essential
for
accurate
evaluation
of
the
long
term
efficacy
of
cardiac
surgery
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
115
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
ventricular
septal
defect
associated
with
aortic
insufficiency
clinical
electrocardiographic
radiographic
and
hemodynamic
findings
in
children
with
the
combination
of
a
ventricular
septal
defect
and
aortic
insufficiency
are
presented
the
left
to
right
shunt
was
determined
to
be
small
or
moderate
in
all
and
significant
aortic
insufficiency
was
documented
by
aortography
in
patients
clinical
indication
of
aortic
insufficiency
as
manifested
by
an
aortic
diastolic
murmur
first
appeared
at
an
average
age
of
years
in
patients
with
concomitant
widening
of
the
pulse
pressure
in
progressive
left
ventricular
hypertrophy
was
noted
electrocardiographically
with
progressive
cardiac
hypertrophy
and
aortic
dilatation
on
x
ray
examination
in
patients
progression
of
the
hemodynamic
disability
does
not
appear
to
be
common
in
childhood
however
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
116
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ventricular
septal
defect
and
aortic
regurgitation
clinical
hemodynamic
and
surgical
considerations
the
clinical
hemodynamic
angiographic
and
anatomic
findings
in
fifteen
patients
with
ventricular
septal
defect
complicated
by
aortic
regurgitation
are
presented
in
this
combination
of
malformations
the
aortic
regurgitation
is
acquired
and
results
from
prolapse
of
an
aortic
valve
leaflet
into
the
septal
defect
the
strategic
location
of
the
septal
defect
in
relation
to
the
aortic
leaflets
appears
to
be
more
important
to
the
development
of
this
complication
than
the
size
of
the
defect
or
the
magnitude
of
the
shunt
through
it
the
onset
of
aortic
regurgitation
occurs
during
early
childhood
and
once
present
tends
to
become
more
severe
careful
observation
of
patients
with
these
defects
is
indicated
following
the
appearance
of
aortic
regurgitation
since
rapid
progression
to
severe
left
ventricular
failure
is
not
uncommon
ventricular
septal
defect
and
aortic
regurgitation
must
be
distinguished
from
other
cardiovascular
abnormalities
producing
a
wide
pulse
pressure
with
a
continuous
or
to
and
fro
murmur
cardiac
catheterization
and
thoracic
aortography
are
the
diagnostic
procedures
most
helpful
in
this
differentiation
the
operative
treatment
of
ventricular
septal
defect
and
aortic
regurgitation
is
reviewed
and
on
the
basis
of
the
present
and
previously
reported
results
suggested
plans
for
surgical
management
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
117
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
current
techniques
in
the
surgical
approach
to
aortic
and
mitral
valvular
disease
the
aortic
and
mitral
valves
can
be
operated
upon
successfully
and
totally
replaced
with
a
prosthetic
device
of
the
ball
valve
type
with
good
long
term
results
seventy
four
cases
are
reported
in
aortic
valvular
disease
the
outcome
in
the
immediate
postoperative
period
is
influenced
primarily
by
the
presence
of
calcific
aortic
stenosis
as
well
as
the
presence
or
absence
of
disease
in
the
coronary
arteries
we
have
significantly
decreased
the
appearance
of
a
low
output
syndrome
postoperatively
in
patients
who
are
suffering
from
severe
mitral
disease
by
leaving
the
papillary
muscle
chordae
tendineae
mural
leaflet
relationship
intact
we
feel
this
adds
strength
to
each
contraction
there
have
been
no
late
deaths
in
the
follow
up
period
to
date
thirty
months
in
any
patient
with
replacement
of
aortic
or
mitral
valves
with
the
ball
valve
prosthesis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
118
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
aortic
regurgitation
on
left
ventricular
performance
direct
determinations
of
aortic
blood
flow
before
and
after
valve
replacement
the
volume
of
regurgitant
blood
flow
and
its
effects
on
the
performance
of
the
left
ventricle
were
assessed
at
operation
in
patients
with
varying
degrees
of
aortic
regurgitation
instantaneous
forward
and
regurgitant
flows
in
the
ascending
aorta
were
measured
with
a
sine
wave
electromagnetic
flowmeter
simultaneously
with
left
ventricular
and
aortic
pressures
in
eight
patients
who
had
aortic
regurgitation
without
associated
stenosis
to
percent
of
the
total
forward
stroke
volume
regurgitated
during
the
succeeding
diastole
the
calculated
regurgitant
orifice
areas
ranged
from
to
cm
m
after
replacement
of
the
aortic
valve
with
a
starr
edwards
prosthesis
the
absence
of
regurgitant
flow
was
proved
in
every
patient
and
the
records
of
aortic
blood
flow
closely
resembled
those
seen
in
patients
with
normal
aortic
valves
net
forward
blood
flow
increased
by
an
average
of
percent
total
left
ventricular
stroke
volume
fell
percent
and
the
mean
aortic
pressure
rose
percent
the
pressure
work
of
the
left
ventricle
was
elevated
preoperatively
in
five
of
the
eight
patients
average
g
m
stroke
m
and
fell
significantly
to
an
average
of
g
m
stroke
m
after
valve
replacement
kinetic
ventricular
work
was
high
in
seven
of
the
eight
patients
and
comprised
percent
of
total
work
before
replacement
but
only
percent
afterward
similar
observations
were
made
in
five
patients
with
aortic
stenosis
and
associated
aortic
regurgitation
ranging
in
severity
from
to
percent
of
total
forward
stroke
volume
in
four
patients
in
whom
the
valve
was
replaced
no
residual
regurgitation
was
present
afterward
and
net
forward
flow
rose
an
average
of
percent
kinetic
left
ventricular
work
was
extremely
high
in
every
patient
and
averaged
percent
of
total
work
preoperatively
and
percent
after
valve
replacement
in
this
group
pressure
work
was
variable
both
before
and
after
operation
the
studies
described
provide
definitive
information
concerning
the
effects
of
aortic
valve
disease
on
left
ventricular
performance
in
man
and
document
the
favorable
changes
in
flow
pressure
and
left
ventricular
work
which
immediately
follow
aortic
valve
replacement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
119
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
absorption
and
hepatic
uptake
of
orally
ingested
radioactive
vitamin
b
in
hepato
splenic
bilharziasis
the
absorbed
plasma
radioactivity
and
hepatic
uptake
of
orally
ingested
vitamin
b
tagged
with
co
were
measured
in
subjects
normals
and
suffering
from
bilharziasis
the
results
of
the
present
work
indicate
that
the
absorption
and
hepatic
uptake
of
this
vitamin
are
within
normal
limits
in
hepatosplenic
bilharziasis
irrespective
of
the
stage
of
the
disease
the
size
of
the
organs
affected
and
the
presence
or
absence
of
associated
peripheral
neuritis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
12
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
content
of
phosphatides
triglycerides
and
cholesterol
in
placentas
maternal
fetal
and
new
born
liver
of
the
white
rat
thin
layer
chromatographic
examinations
in
the
maternal
rat
liver
showed
different
rise
of
the
triglycerides
and
a
significant
increase
of
the
esterified
cholesterol
however
no
striking
changes
in
the
content
of
free
cholesterol
and
lipid
phosphorus
with
the
fractions
examined
lecithin
colamine
cephalin
sphingomyelin
and
lysolecithin
as
compared
to
the
liver
of
adult
rats
the
fetal
liver
contains
a
little
less
than
per
cent
lipid
phosphorus
the
difference
is
conditioned
by
the
concentrations
of
lecithin
and
colamine
cephalin
on
the
th
day
the
content
of
triglycerides
is
lower
than
in
the
mother
rat
referred
to
the
dry
weight
there
results
a
decrease
of
all
phosphatide
fractions
as
well
as
of
the
free
cholesterol
and
a
slight
rise
of
the
triglycerides
from
the
th
to
the
nd
day
the
rise
of
the
phosphatide
concentrations
to
the
values
of
adult
rats
occurs
immediately
after
birth
under
the
influence
of
milk
food
which
moreover
leads
to
a
considerable
increase
of
the
triglyceride
values
phospholipid
and
triglyceride
concentrations
of
the
placenta
correspond
to
those
of
the
fetal
liver
solely
the
content
of
free
cholesterol
is
higher
at
the
end
of
pregnancy
the
content
of
triglyceride
drops
towards
the
nd
day
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
120
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
early
effects
of
digitalis
on
central
hemodynamics
in
normal
subjects
the
intravenous
administration
of
lanatoside
c
in
normal
subjects
had
the
following
effects
an
early
significant
reduction
of
heart
rate
a
significant
transient
reduction
of
cardiac
output
a
significant
increase
of
the
stroke
volume
initially
accompanied
by
a
significant
rise
of
the
end
diastolic
volume
with
unchanged
systolic
rate
of
emptying
the
increase
of
end
diastolic
volume
seems
to
be
related
to
the
lengthening
of
the
diastolic
filling
period
later
on
the
systolic
emptying
rate
increases
and
the
ventricular
volumes
decrease
suggesting
an
inotropic
effect
of
the
drug
a
significant
increase
of
pulmonary
blood
volume
parallel
to
the
increase
of
the
stroke
volume
suggestive
of
a
passive
relation
between
the
two
variables
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
121
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
measurement
of
pericardial
fluid
correlated
with
the
i
cholografin
and
ihsa
heart
scan
in
patients
undergoing
open
heart
surgery
in
whom
the
pericardial
contents
were
accurately
measured
and
in
additional
patients
examined
at
autopsy
or
by
pericardiocentesis
isotopic
photoscans
of
the
heart
were
made
and
the
results
were
correlated
the
most
accurate
means
of
diagnosis
of
pericardial
effusion
was
found
to
be
the
ratio
of
the
maximum
transverse
cardiac
diameters
on
scan
and
roentgenogram
in
patients
with
less
than
cc
of
pericardial
fluid
this
ratio
was
greater
than
and
it
was
less
than
this
in
cases
of
effusion
of
cc
or
more
measurement
of
the
difference
of
these
diameters
and
visible
separation
of
the
cardiac
blood
pool
from
the
pulmonary
vasculature
and
liver
aided
in
the
diagnosis
pericardial
effusions
of
cc
or
greater
can
be
detected
by
isotopic
photoscanning
although
cardiac
dilatation
and
or
hypertrophy
decrease
the
sensitivity
of
the
technique
somewhat
a
definite
diagnosis
of
pericardial
effusion
can
be
made
even
when
cardiomegaly
exists
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
122
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
aneurysm
of
the
membranous
septum
aneurysms
of
the
membranous
septum
are
relatively
rare
lesions
presumably
developing
on
a
congenital
basis
these
aneurysms
originate
in
the
left
ventricle
immediately
beneath
the
aortic
valve
and
bulge
into
the
right
ventricle
the
septal
leaflet
of
the
tricuspid
valve
or
into
the
right
atrium
many
of
these
aneurysms
do
not
produce
symptoms
others
may
cause
right
ventricular
outflow
tract
obstruction
or
may
rupture
and
result
in
a
septal
defect
the
resulting
shunt
will
be
from
the
left
ventricle
into
the
right
atrium
or
ventricle
an
aneurysm
of
the
membranous
septum
may
be
an
isolated
abnormality
or
be
associated
with
other
congenital
cardiac
defects
particularly
aortic
valvular
insufficiency
membranous
septal
aneurysms
may
be
the
site
of
bacterial
endocarditis
or
thrombus
formation
aneurysms
resembling
those
arising
from
the
membranous
septum
may
occur
as
part
of
the
complex
of
deformities
produced
by
an
endocardial
cushion
defect
however
the
angiographic
features
diagnostic
of
a
cushion
defect
can
still
be
recognized
the
presence
of
a
septal
aneurysm
can
be
established
only
by
angiocardiography
the
diagnostic
features
as
seen
on
the
left
ventricular
angiocardiogram
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
123
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
distribution
of
transfused
tritiated
cytidine
labeled
leukocytes
and
red
cells
in
the
bone
marrow
of
normal
and
irradiated
rat
in
normal
rats
and
after
total
body
irradiation
with
r
of
x
rays
the
fate
in
the
bone
marrow
of
labeled
nucleated
and
red
cells
of
transfused
peripheral
blood
was
observed
autoradiographically
labeled
nucleated
cells
most
of
which
were
lymphocyte
like
cells
readily
migrated
into
the
marrow
parenchyma
in
normal
animals
cells
parenchymal
cells
hr
following
irradiation
to
at
least
hr
this
migration
appeared
to
be
relatively
increased
beyond
this
time
parenchymal
areas
were
more
difficult
to
be
defined
as
such
labeled
red
cells
were
rarely
observed
to
enter
parenchyma
despite
the
presence
of
nonlabeled
erythrocytes
within
the
parenchymal
structure
after
irradiation
the
vascular
bed
following
irradiation
increased
greatly
as
the
parenchyma
diminished
to
a
minimum
of
less
than
percent
control
at
hr
despite
these
changes
in
the
architecture
of
the
marrow
the
average
density
of
labeled
cells
per
area
of
marrow
corresponded
to
values
expected
on
the
assumption
of
a
free
flowing
circulation
the
technique
used
at
present
did
not
allow
us
to
distinguish
at
all
times
between
a
free
flowing
circulation
through
intact
sinusoids
or
through
areas
in
which
the
sinusoidal
wall
as
such
was
destroyed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
124
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
factors
limiting
survival
after
circulatory
occlusion
under
hypothermia
and
hyperbaric
oxygenation
thirty
minutes
of
circulatory
occlusion
with
mild
hypothermia
and
hyperbaric
oxygen
ventilation
resulted
in
a
mortality
of
percent
in
animals
when
coronary
perfusion
from
a
reservoir
was
added
the
mortality
rate
was
percent
ventricular
fibrillation
was
much
more
easily
reversed
after
coronary
perfusion
there
was
no
evidence
of
brain
damage
in
survivors
which
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
the
brain
tolerates
circulatory
arrest
better
than
the
heart
under
these
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
125
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
hypothermia
on
circulatory
reflexes
in
the
human
total
circulatory
occlusion
and
release
result
in
hemodynamic
phenomena
which
provide
an
index
of
integrity
of
some
cardiovascular
reflexes
these
include
carotid
sinus
and
aortic
baroceptors
arteriolar
vasomotor
tone
and
venomotor
reactivity
baroceptor
depression
appears
at
a
more
moderate
level
of
cooling
than
does
the
sympathetic
vasomotor
depression
below
degrees
c
both
are
significantly
depressed
although
probably
not
totally
abolished
the
level
of
degrees
c
is
a
critical
physiological
level
and
may
represent
an
important
limit
in
the
clinical
use
of
hypothermia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
126
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
in
perfusion
hypothermia
with
special
reference
to
deep
hypothermia
and
circulatory
arrest
perfusion
hypothermia
produces
large
temperature
gradients
within
the
body
since
organs
are
cooled
roughly
in
proportion
to
their
basal
blood
flows
the
difference
between
the
coldest
and
the
warmest
portion
of
the
body
after
minutes
of
perfusion
exceeds
c
the
average
body
temperature
which
provides
a
proper
measure
of
total
body
cooling
may
be
calculated
from
the
arteriovenous
temperature
difference
and
the
extracorporeal
flow
rate
true
deep
hypothermia
is
not
obtainable
by
reasonable
periods
of
perfusion
alone
an
important
rise
of
core
temperatures
occurs
during
circulatory
arrest
in
hypothermia
because
of
relatively
high
average
body
temperature
high
average
body
temperatures
lead
to
continuing
production
of
lactic
acid
in
muscle
tissue
whereas
low
core
temperatures
impair
lactic
acid
metabolism
thus
metabolic
acidosis
is
progressive
in
prolonged
perfusion
hypothermia
and
is
accentuated
by
total
circulatory
arrest
progressive
acidosis
may
be
minimized
by
uniform
profound
cooling
by
combining
external
with
perfusion
hypothermia
diluents
appear
to
have
little
effect
on
total
body
heat
exchange
during
perfusion
cooling
perfusion
warming
has
a
differentially
greater
effect
on
core
organs
though
these
are
readily
brought
to
a
normal
range
much
of
the
animal
may
remain
cold
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
127
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
application
of
the
emission
spectrograph
to
the
analytical
needs
of
the
industrial
hygiene
laboratory
examples
of
unique
applications
of
the
principles
of
emission
spectroscopy
to
industrial
hygiene
problems
are
provided
a
discussion
of
qualitative
semiquantitative
and
quantitative
methods
of
spectrographic
analysis
is
presented
these
methods
include
representative
applications
which
are
made
for
the
analysis
of
the
metallic
constituents
of
body
tissues
and
fluids
from
human
and
animal
subjects
industrial
process
materials
ores
and
environmental
dusts
and
fumes
brief
descriptions
of
sample
preparation
techniques
required
for
successful
analyses
are
also
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
128
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
nickel
carbonyl
its
detection
and
potential
for
formation
recent
recommendations
for
control
of
nickel
carbonyl
exposures
have
been
considered
in
the
design
of
a
simple
sensitive
field
method
for
sampling
nickel
carbonyl
in
air
and
process
gases
the
method
involves
collection
in
dilute
aqueous
hcl
ph
adjustment
nickel
complex
development
with
alpha
furildioxime
and
extraction
with
chloroform
color
intensity
is
compared
visually
or
for
greater
accuracy
spectrophotometrically
with
liquid
standards
sensitivities
on
the
order
of
ppm
are
obtainable
a
detailed
development
of
the
thermodynamics
associated
with
the
formation
of
nickel
carbonyl
is
also
presented
to
show
the
maximum
concentrations
of
nickel
carbonyl
that
may
be
formed
over
a
wide
range
of
co
concentrations
temperatures
and
pressures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
129
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
polarographic
determination
of
heavy
metals
in
air
samples
the
polarograph
possesses
the
required
sensitivity
and
specificity
to
make
it
the
method
of
choice
for
analysis
for
a
variety
of
heavy
metals
in
air
two
commercial
polarographs
are
compared
and
both
found
adequate
on
the
basis
of
analysis
for
lead
determinations
may
be
made
for
antimony
copper
lead
cadmium
chromium
nickel
cobalt
manganese
and
others
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
13
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
mammalian
lens
proteins
by
electrophoresis
lens
proteins
of
different
mammalian
species
were
analyzed
by
two
dimensional
starch
gel
electrophoresis
the
number
of
fractions
detected
by
this
means
varied
from
a
crystallin
was
resolved
into
two
to
three
components
b
crystallin
into
and
y
crystallin
into
three
to
five
components
this
technique
provides
a
sensitive
method
for
the
fractionation
of
lens
proteins
and
for
analyzing
species
differences
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
130
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
inorganic
constituents
of
human
teeth
and
bone
examined
by
x
ray
emission
spectrography
x
ray
emission
spectrography
has
been
applied
to
study
of
the
elemental
composition
of
human
teeth
enamel
dentine
and
bone
the
material
consisted
of
eight
crushed
teeth
enamel
and
dentine
powder
separated
from
eighteen
teeth
and
four
pieces
of
buccal
cortical
mandibular
bone
the
teeth
did
not
have
fillings
the
whole
material
contained
nineteen
elements
of
which
the
main
ones
were
calcium
and
phosphorus
in
all
the
samples
of
tooth
material
there
were
found
ca
p
cl
fe
zn
sr
and
k
and
the
bone
also
contained
ni
the
time
needed
for
a
semi
quantitative
analysis
compares
very
favourably
with
that
needed
for
other
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
131
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
kinetic
study
of
nickel
ii
complexes
of
sulfur
containing
amino
acid
the
rate
expression
for
the
ethylenediaminetetraaceti
acid
edta
ligand
exchange
reaction
with
nickel
cysteine
is
rate
k
complex
kedta
complex
edta
this
two
term
rate
expression
is
characteristic
of
square
planar
complexes
and
agrees
with
the
square
planar
configuration
of
ni
cysteine
reported
on
the
basis
of
spectral
studies
the
edta
independent
term
of
the
rate
expression
is
an
acid
catalyzed
term
and
can
be
written
k
h
complex
the
value
of
kn
is
x
m
sec
while
the
value
of
kedta
is
only
on
the
order
of
m
sec
the
edta
reaction
with
ni
cysteine
methyl
ester
is
very
similar
to
the
reaction
with
ni
cysteine
when
the
sulfur
containing
amino
acid
ligand
contains
a
thiol
ether
the
kinetic
differences
are
striking
ligand
exchange
reactions
of
edta
triethylenetetramine
and
diethylenetriamine
with
nickel
methionine
complexes
are
several
orders
of
magnitude
faster
and
give
products
that
are
mixed
ligand
complexes
the
results
of
this
kinetic
study
of
amino
acid
complexes
containing
sulfhydryl
and
thiol
ether
sulfur
groups
support
other
studies
at
equilibrium
which
suggest
sulfur
coordination
and
square
planar
complexes
for
the
sulfhydryl
groups
and
octahedral
complexes
with
no
sulfur
coordination
for
thiol
ethers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
132
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
action
of
metal
ions
on
tobacco
mosaic
virus
ribonucleic
acid
added
transition
metal
ions
stabilize
the
secondary
structure
of
tobacco
mosaic
virus
ribonucleic
acid
tmv
rna
as
evidenced
by
a
reduction
in
the
absorbancy
change
of
heated
nucleic
acid
solutions
in
spite
of
this
stabilization
of
secondary
structure
heating
in
the
presence
of
metal
ions
results
in
the
loss
of
biological
activity
due
to
the
hydrolysis
of
phosphodiester
bonds
thus
all
heavy
metal
ions
of
the
iib
and
first
transition
elements
studied
caused
a
rapid
loss
of
biological
activity
of
tmv
rna
at
ph
and
calcium
and
magnesium
ions
while
not
affecting
secondary
structure
at
and
ph
caused
a
rapid
loss
of
biological
activity
at
ph
and
room
temperature
lead
ions
catalyzed
the
hydrolysis
of
rna
to
i'
'
mononucleotides
on
long
standing
nucleosides
were
formed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
133
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chromium
lead
cadmium
nickel
and
titanium
in
mice
effect
on
mortality
tumors
and
tissue
levels
about
mice
were
given
throughout
their
lives
ppm
cadmium
lead
chromium
nickel
or
titanium
in
drinking
water
while
fed
a
diet
deficient
in
cadmium
and
low
in
other
metals
tissue
concentrations
comparable
to
those
of
man
were
observed
sex
differences
appeared
mortality
of
females
was
unaffected
mortality
of
males
on
cadmium
lead
and
nickel
was
increased
compared
with
that
of
the
chromium
group
and
of
those
on
cadmium
and
lead
compared
with
the
controls
longevity
of
the
oldest
of
both
sexes
was
less
in
lead
and
titanium
groups
and
of
males
in
cadmium
group
compared
with
controls
no
metal
was
carcinogenic
incidence
of
tumors
in
males
on
cadmium
and
lead
and
in
females
given
nickel
was
decreased
body
weights
at
death
were
greater
in
titanium
chromium
and
lead
groups
large
increments
of
titanium
moderate
increments
of
cadmium
and
nickel
and
lesser
increments
of
chromium
and
lead
were
observed
in
organs
compared
with
controls
higher
concentrations
of
cadmium
and
titanium
occurred
in
younger
mice
and
the
other
metals
did
not
increase
markedly
in
tissues
with
age
all
metals
except
chromium
exhibited
one
or
more
signs
of
innate
toxicity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
134
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
synergistic
effects
between
antioxidants
and
selenium
or
vitamin
e
several
antioxidants
when
fed
to
chicks
at
relatively
high
levels
in
an
experimental
diet
were
ineffective
in
preventing
the
exudates
and
mortality
from
a
combined
deficiency
of
selenium
and
vitamin
e
some
of
the
compounds
were
toxic
as
evidenced
by
sudden
death
or
subcutaneous
hemorrhages
when
amounts
of
either
selenite
or
a
tocopheryl
acetate
which
individually
had
little
or
no
effect
on
symptoms
were
given
with
the
antioxidants
signs
of
deficiency
and
mortality
were
prevented
and
toxicity
also
was
eliminated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
135
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
expression
of
urine
analysis
results
dash
observations
on
the
use
of
a
specific
gravity
correction
urine
analyses
are
very
useful
for
measuring
the
extent
of
exposure
to
certain
toxic
substances
the
types
of
specimen
obtainable
from
persons
employed
in
industry
and
the
effect
of
concentration
variations
are
discussed
in
expressing
the
results
of
analysis
it
is
shown
that
a
concentration
correction
is
essential
the
correction
based
on
specific
gravity
is
the
easiest
to
apply
the
mean
specific
gravity
for
persons
resident
in
the
u
k
has
been
found
to
be
around
a
figure
considerably
lower
than
the
mean
of
used
by
many
workers
particularly
in
the
u
s
a
the
implications
of
this
on
the
results
of
urine
analysis
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
136
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
activation
and
inactivation
of
p
hydroxyphenylpyruvate
hydroxylase
p
hydroxyphenylpyruvate
hydroxylase
ec
is
reversibly
inactivated
by
dialysis
storage
purification
involving
ammonium
sulfate
fractionation
and
treatment
with
oxidizing
agents
the
inactive
enzyme
is
reactivated
by
various
reducing
agents
metal
chelating
agents
inhibited
enzyme
activity
phenanthroline
and
diphenyl
phenanthroline
fe
sensitive
strongly
inhibited
but
dimethyl
phenanthroline
cu
specific
did
not
phenanthroline
treated
p
hydroxyphenylpyruvate
hydroxyl
ase
was
reactivated
specifically
by
fe
in
the
presence
of
a
reducing
agent
indicating
a
role
for
fe
in
enzyme
activity
nonoxidative
sulfhydryl
reagents
did
not
materially
inhibit
the
enzyme
activity
under
various
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
137
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
responses
of
b
subtilis
atcc
to
streptomycin
to
observe
in
detail
the
influence
of
streptomycin
on
the
growth
of
sm
dependent
type
the
author
chose
b
subtilis
atcc
and
made
experiments
on
its
responses
to
streptomycin
with
special
reference
to
the
relation
of
the
sm
concentration
with
spore
formation
of
its
sm
dependent
type
together
with
germination
and
outgrowth
of
the
spores
formed
the
results
are
as
follows
among
x
cells
of
wild
type
of
b
subtilis
atcc
about
cells
of
sm
resistant
and
one
cell
of
sm
dependent
are
found
as
its
mutant
b
substilis
atcc
shows
normal
growth
at
sm
concentration
below
r
ml
but
the
growth
declines
rapidly
between
sm
r
ml
r
m
l
and
the
growth
stops
entirely
at
sm
concentration
r
ml
sm
resistant
type
grows
well
between
sm
r
ml
sm
r
ml
the
growth
declines
rapidly
at
about
sm
r
ml
sm
dependent
type
shows
normal
growth
between
sm
r
ml
r
m
l
the
growth
get
worth
below
sm
r
ml
and
the
cell
shape
elongates
several
times
at
sm
below
r
ml
each
cell
becomes
filamentous
form
and
has
several
ten
times
length
of
normal
cell
as
if
the
cells
have
stopped
to
divide
at
low
sm
concentration
the
germination
and
outgrowth
of
spores
of
the
sm
dependent
type
slow
down
with
decline
of
sm
concentration
but
the
germinated
spores
grow
in
normal
forms
until
sm
concentration
reaches
r
ml
then
the
germination
becomes
much
slower
and
the
cells
grow
in
filamentous
forms
or
irregular
forms
at
extremely
low
sm
concentration
both
germination
and
outgrowth
nearly
stop
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
138
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
phospholipids
of
the
bovine
rabbit
and
human
lens
the
phospholipids
of
bovine
rabbit
and
human
lenses
contain
cephalin
lecithin
and
sphingomyelin
but
their
distribution
differs
with
each
species
there
is
suggestive
evidence
that
there
may
also
be
plasmalogen
in
the
lens
but
if
so
it
represents
a
minor
phospholipid
component
the
fatty
acid
composition
of
each
phospholipid
differs
in
each
species
with
most
of
the
differences
centering
around
and
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
139
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
surgical
aspects
of
heart
disease
in
pregnancy
the
ideal
management
of
the
pregnant
woman
with
heart
disease
is
medical
if
feasible
the
operative
experience
with
mitral
valvulotomy
in
pregnancy
has
expanded
this
procedure
is
now
indicated
when
progressive
cardiac
disability
develops
during
the
first
or
second
trimester
and
when
the
proven
dominant
lesion
is
mitral
stenosis
when
other
lesions
are
present
especially
those
requiring
pump
oxygenator
perfusion
the
risk
must
be
carefully
measured
damage
to
the
fetus
may
result
from
reduced
placental
blood
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
14
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
an
autoradiographic
study
on
cell
migration
in
the
eye
lens
epithelium
from
normal
and
alloxan
diabetic
rats
lenses
from
normal
and
alloxan
diabetic
rats
with
and
without
cataract
were
investigated
by
autoradiography
hours
days
and
days
after
an
intraperitoneal
injection
of
h
thymidine
uc
g
body
weight
the
rats
were
made
diabetic
days
prior
to
the
injection
of
thymidine
at
an
age
of
weeks
the
position
of
labelled
nuclei
of
the
lens
epithelium
was
noted
and
their
grain
numbers
counted
the
diabetic
rats
had
a
lower
frequency
of
labelled
nuclei
than
the
controls
but
after
hours
their
grain
counts
were
equal
frequency
diagrams
of
labelled
nuclei
are
given
for
each
of
the
three
experimental
periods
a
predominant
peak
appears
after
hours
at
a
distance
of
cells
in
front
of
the
beginning
of
the
nuclear
arc
a
successive
shift
towards
this
area
was
observed
for
the
longer
experimental
periods
the
shift
of
the
peaks
was
more
restricted
in
the
diabetic
animals
this
result
may
best
be
interpreted
as
an
effect
of
an
increased
time
of
cell
generation
as
an
appendix
a
histotechnique
for
the
eye
lens
is
given
in
collaboration
with
mrs
gertraude
moewis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
140
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
traumatic
lesions
of
the
optic
chiasma
a
report
of
four
cases
case
histories
of
four
patients
who
suffered
severe
head
trauma
resulting
in
complete
bitemporal
hemianopia
are
presented
the
optic
chiasm
was
visualized
in
only
one
patient
it
was
markedly
swollen
and
disintegrated
this
appearance
was
consistent
with
multiple
minute
tears
of
the
crossed
fibres
in
the
median
sagittal
plane
other
theories
to
explain
the
bitemporal
field
defect
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
141
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lung
cancer
an
evolutionary
approach
lung
cancer
is
presented
as
an
example
of
somatic
mutation
in
contrast
to
previous
theories
the
following
are
defined
a
the
major
growth
controlling
mechanism
b
the
mutation
found
in
cancer
and
c
the
environmental
changes
in
the
lungs
of
patients
who
smoke
cigarettes
which
can
select
this
mutant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
142
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effects
of
electrophoretically
separated
lens
proteins
on
lens
regeneration
in
diemyctylus
viridescens
in
the
present
study
lenses
were
removed
from
the
eyes
of
adult
anesthetized
newts
macerated
in
m
borate
buffer
at
ph
and
separated
by
starch
gel
electrophoresis
upon
staining
with
amido
black
b
seven
distinct
staining
areas
appeared
in
the
blocks
three
bands
moved
toward
the
anode
and
three
toward
the
cathode
in
addition
a
seventh
moiety
represented
by
a
smear
of
material
moved
toward
the
anode
one
millimeter
times
five
tenths
millimeter
plugs
were
removed
from
each
of
these
areas
and
were
placed
into
freshly
lentectomized
eyes
plugs
from
most
strongly
positive
and
most
weakly
negative
proteins
inhibited
lens
regeneration
in
addition
plugs
from
the
area
containing
the
weakly
negative
protein
induced
either
lenses
with
aberrant
polarity
or
double
centered
lenses
with
centers
of
opposed
polarity
all
other
protein
bands
had
no
significant
effect
on
regeneration
in
addition
to
the
above
experiments
homogenates
and
proteinasedigested
homogenates
of
lenses
were
injected
into
eyes
following
lentectomy
three
ul
samples
were
injected
in
each
case
over
a
six
day
period
injection
of
the
plain
homogenate
stimulated
lens
regeneration
markedly
while
the
proteinase
destroyed
the
stimulatory
activity
theoretical
considerations
of
the
above
data
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
143
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
enzymic
synthesis
of
deoxyribonucleic
acid
xviii
the
repair
of
partially
single
stranded
dna
templates
by
dna
polymerase
a
partially
single
stranded
dna
prepared
by
limited
digestion
of
each
strand
with
exonuclease
iii
can
be
restored
to
its
native
fully
double
stranded
structure
by
escherichia
coli
dna
polymerase
the
rate
of
synthesis
observed
in
the
repair
of
such
a
partially
degraded
primer
in
the
polymerase
system
is
faster
than
that
seen
with
a
native
dna
the
newly
synthesized
dna
is
covalently
attached
to
the
primer
the
fully
repaired
dna
resembles
the
original
native
dna
as
judged
by
its
appearance
in
electron
micrographs
cscl
density
gradient
analysis
denaturability
and
genetic
activity
dna
synthesis
which
follows
the
repair
phase
produces
a
structure
that
is
not
covalently
linked
to
the
primer
and
resembles
in
its
nondenaturability
branched
appearance
and
lack
of
genetic
activity
the
product
obtained
with
a
native
dna
primer
schildkraut
richardson
kornberg
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
144
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
the
mechanism
of
genetic
recombination
in
transforming
bacillus
subtilis
the
molecular
fate
of
transforming
dna
in
competent
bacillus
subtilis
has
been
studied
the
physical
differentiation
of
transforming
dna
and
the
genetic
material
of
recipient
bacteria
was
effected
by
employing
the
isotopes
n
and
p
competent
bacteria
labeled
with
n
and
p
were
allowed
to
incorporate
n
p
labeled
transforming
dna
intracellularly
dna
was
isolated
from
these
recipient
cells
and
centrifuged
in
cesium
chloride
analysis
of
drop
fractions
collected
at
equilibrium
showed
the
presence
of
radioactivity
in
a
region
of
density
corresponding
to
recipient
dna
material
contribution
from
donor
dna
to
the
resident
dna
did
not
occur
when
genetically
inert
bacillus
cereus
dna
was
substituted
for
homologous
dna
it
was
concluded
that
radioactivity
appearing
in
the
unlabeled
resident
dna
was
not
the
result
of
degradation
of
input
p
dna
and
subsequent
incorporation
by
normal
metabolic
processes
since
single
stranded
dna
of
donor
origin
was
not
detected
nor
was
there
evidence
for
the
non
specific
aggregation
of
donor
and
recipient
dna
it
was
concluded
that
the
observed
physical
association
of
transforming
and
recipient
dna
occurs
as
a
result
of
genetic
recombination
in
transformed
b
subtilis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
145
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
physical
and
biological
studies
on
transforming
dna
bacillus
subtilis
transforming
dna
prepared
by
the
method
described
has
an
average
molecular
weight
of
million
the
dna
is
heterogeneous
as
judged
by
chemical
composition
thermo
spectral
and
pyenographic
properties
these
properties
have
been
used
to
fractionate
some
of
the
biologically
active
molecules
which
show
higher
specific
activities
in
transforming
respective
auxotrophs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
146
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
comparison
of
mutation
and
inactivation
rates
induced
in
bacteriophage
and
transforming
dna
by
various
mutagens
inactivation
and
mutation
rates
were
measured
for
t
phages
and
bacillus
subtilis
transforming
dna
treated
by
low
ph
nitrous
acid
or
hydroxylamine
at
different
temperatures
the
frequency
of
mutants
increased
linearly
with
time
for
all
three
agents
whereas
the
logarithm
of
survival
gave
a
linear
plot
only
for
nitrous
acid
and
low
ph
an
arrhenius
plot
showed
the
same
slopes
for
both
inactivation
and
mutation
rates
after
treatment
with
low
ph
or
nitrous
acid
for
the
latter
agent
the
slope
remained
unaltered
even
when
the
dna
was
treated
in
the
denaturated
state
in
contrast
mutation
rates
obtained
after
the
exposure
to
hydroxylamine
differed
greatly
for
native
or
denatured
dna
phage
t
being
intermediate
treatment
by
low
ph
or
nitrous
acid
interrupted
the
genetic
linkage
between
tryptophan
and
histidine
the
interrupting
hits
being
about
as
frequent
as
lethal
hits
independent
of
the
temperature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
147
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
autolysis
of
bacillus
subtilis
by
glucose
depletion
in
cultures
in
minimal
medium
rapid
lysis
of
cells
of
bacillus
subtilis
was
observed
as
soon
as
the
carbon
source
e
g
glucose
had
been
completely
consumed
the
cells
died
and
ultraviolet
absorbing
material
was
excreted
in
the
medium
the
results
suggest
that
the
cells
lyse
because
of
the
presence
of
autolytic
enzymes
in
the
presence
of
glucose
the
damage
to
the
cell
wall
caused
by
these
enzymes
is
repaired
immediately
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
148
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
plasma
hydroxycorticosteroids
and
oxosteroids
in
patients
with
breast
cancer
and
in
normal
women
hydroxycorticosteroids
ohcs
and
oxosteroids
were
measured
in
the
plasma
of
normal
women
patients
with
early
breast
cancer
and
in
patients
with
advanced
metastatic
disease
the
mean
plasma
ohcs
level
was
found
to
be
normal
in
the
early
stages
of
the
disease
but
was
raised
in
the
advanced
disease
in
both
groups
of
patients
the
variance
was
significantly
greater
than
in
normal
women
the
mean
plasma
oxosteroid
level
in
both
early
and
advanced
breast
cancer
was
not
significantly
different
from
the
normal
level
but
the
variance
was
increased
there
is
a
significant
correlation
between
the
plasma
ohcs
and
oxosteroids
in
normal
women
which
was
not
found
in
the
cancer
patients
in
patients
with
advanced
breast
cancer
the
levels
of
plasma
oxosteroids
were
significantly
correlated
with
the
amounts
of
deoxy
oxosteroids
found
in
the
urine
there
was
no
correlation
between
plasma
and
urinary
ohcs
the
physiological
significance
of
these
findings
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
149
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hormone
therapy
in
metastatic
breast
cancer
clinical
response
and
urinary
gonadotrophins
the
total
urinary
gonadotrophin
output
of
a
group
of
post
menopausal
women
with
metastatic
breast
carcinoma
undergoing
hormone
therapy
which
in
every
case
initially
consisted
of
treatment
with
diethylstilboestrol
des
ca
mg
d
has
been
studied
for
periods
varying
from
seven
months
to
years
no
correlation
between
gonadotrophin
output
and
clinical
response
was
found
except
that
in
all
cases
showing
objective
regression
urinary
gonadotrophin
remained
low
throughout
the
remission
period
a
low
level
of
gonadotrophin
output
was
not
however
necessarily
indicative
of
a
good
clinical
remission
following
withdrawal
of
des
and
independent
of
the
period
of
therapy
recovery
to
pre
treatment
levels
was
the
rule
rather
than
the
exception
a
small
group
of
patients
maintained
on
a
lower
dose
of
des
mg
d
showed
the
same
degree
of
suppression
of
urinary
output
as
those
receiving
mg
d
and
several
of
these
exhibited
objective
remissions
the
study
has
emphasised
the
importance
of
site
specificity
in
the
response
to
hormone
therapy
and
underlines
the
difficulties
of
relating
the
clinical
response
of
the
patient
as
a
whole
to
changes
in
hormonal
environment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
15
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lens
development
the
differentiation
of
embryonic
chick
lens
epithelial
cells
in
vitro
and
in
vivo
the
behavior
of
lens
epithelial
cells
from
six
day
chick
embryos
was
studied
in
three
different
experimental
situations
a
explantation
into
several
different
fluid
culture
media
b
explantation
followed
by
reimplantation
into
lensectomized
embryonic
eyes
and
c
explantation
followed
by
reimplantation
into
the
embryonic
coelomic
cavity
specimens
were
examined
histologically
and
the
total
volume
of
the
lens
material
of
each
specimen
was
determined
from
the
planimetry
of
serial
sections
the
results
were
interpreted
as
follows
with
a
small
amount
of
protein
supplement
in
the
culture
medium
embryonic
lens
epithelial
cells
are
capable
of
a
limited
amount
of
independent
cytodifferentiation
without
protein
supplement
they
fail
to
undergo
any
fiber
formation
when
returned
to
the
eye
environment
cultured
epithelial
explants
will
respond
with
a
resumption
of
growth
with
further
cellular
differentiation
and
with
at
least
some
of
the
morphogenetic
changes
necessary
to
form
a
lens
the
embryonic
coelom
will
not
support
these
responses
the
initiation
of
the
formation
of
lens
fibers
is
not
sufficient
for
their
complete
autonomous
maturation
the
internal
architecture
of
the
developing
lens
is
not
the
only
determinant
of
its
overall
shape
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
150
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
plasma
androgens
in
women
i
normal
and
non
hirsute
females
oophorectomized
and
adrenalectomized
patients
in
a
group
of
normal
non
hirsute
females
age
to
non
hirsute
patients
with
varied
genito
urinary
disorders
oophorectomized
and
or
adrenalectomized
patients
plasma
testosterone
was
measured
by
the
method
of
finkelstein
et
al
conjugated
androsterone
and
conjugated
dhea
were
determined
by
a
modified
method
of
migeon
plager
mean
baseline
values
in
normal
females
were
ug
ml
testosterone
ug
ml
conjugated
androsterone
and
ug
ml
conjugated
dhea
no
significant
response
to
hcg
could
be
seen
dexamethasone
affected
the
conjugated
dhea
significantly
but
did
not
seem
to
affect
conjugated
androsterone
or
testosterone
the
non
hirsute
patients
showed
essentially
the
same
pattern
an
effect
of
dexamethasone
on
the
levels
of
conjugated
androsterone
was
demonstrated
oophorectomized
women
had
baseline
values
for
the
conjugates
in
the
range
of
normals
testosterone
however
was
low
with
an
average
of
ug
ml
in
the
adrenalectomized
patients
no
androgens
were
detectable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
151
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
oophorectomy
and
cortisone
treatment
as
a
method
of
eliminating
oestrogen
production
in
patients
with
breast
cancer
the
urinary
excretion
of
oestrone
oestradiol
b
oestriol
and
hydroxycorticosteroids
has
been
estimated
in
premenopausal
and
postmenopausal
women
with
breast
cancer
at
various
stages
of
the
disease
before
therapy
the
depletion
of
oestrogen
excretion
caused
by
oophorectomy
combined
with
cortisone
treatment
was
studied
in
the
patients
with
metastasising
breast
tumours
premenopausal
and
postmenopausal
subjects
patients
with
disseminating
breast
cancer
excreted
significantly
larger
quantities
of
oestriol
than
healthy
women
of
the
same
age
whether
pre
or
postmenopausal
the
excretion
of
oestrone
and
oestradiol
b
was
similar
in
cancer
patients
and
healthy
women
of
corresponding
age
oophorectomy
reduced
the
oestrogen
excretion
not
only
in
premenopausal
subjects
but
also
in
quite
a
number
of
postmenopausal
patients
particularly
in
those
who
were
still
excreting
significant
amounts
of
oestrogens
this
decrease
in
the
oestrogen
output
was
transient
and
was
followed
by
a
compensatory
increase
possibly
of
adrenal
origin
cortisone
administered
within
a
month
after
the
oophorectomy
at
a
dosage
of
mg
per
day
rapidly
depressed
the
secondary
rise
in
the
oestrogen
output
to
a
level
of
about
to
ug
h
irrespective
of
the
age
of
the
patient
this
excretion
level
was
unchanged
as
long
as
cortisone
was
given
in
an
adequate
dose
but
increased
rapidly
when
the
cortisone
treatment
was
discontinued
oophorectomy
combined
with
adequate
cortisone
treatment
seems
to
offer
an
alternative
to
the
extensive
surgical
porcedures
undertaken
to
eliminate
oestrogen
production
in
breast
cancer
patients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
152
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
reactions
of
cytotoxic
antibodies
against
previously
unknown
mouse
isoantigens
the
antiserum
produced
in
c
h
he
against
c
h
st
lymphosarcoma
c
hed
contains
a
mixture
of
at
least
two
antibodies
of
different
properties
and
specificities
anti
h
a
is
a
hemagglutinating
antibody
removed
by
absorption
with
red
cells
and
many
tissues
anti
v
is
a
cytotoxin
reacting
with
c
h
st
tissue
and
c
hed
but
not
with
red
cells
the
reciprocal
antiserum
c
h
st
anti
c
h
he
sarcoma
mc
m
is
more
complex
it
contains
the
hemagglutinin
anti
h
a
and
a
variety
of
cytotoxins
one
appears
to
be
specific
for
c
h
he
tissues
and
the
tumor
mc
m
another
reacts
with
antigens
on
the
c
h
go
carcinoma
bp
two
additional
cytotoxins
may
also
be
present
immunization
between
sublines
of
the
same
inbred
strain
can
result
in
the
production
of
a
variety
of
antibodies
directed
against
unrelated
antigens
present
on
even
long
transplanted
cells
the
significance
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
153
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
the
value
of
thymectomy
in
adult
mice
as
a
means
of
potentiating
the
immunosuppressive
action
of
melphalan
l
phenylalanine
mustard
thymectomy
has
been
found
to
be
ineffective
as
a
means
of
potentiating
the
immunosuppressive
action
of
melphalan
in
adult
cba
p
mice
challenged
with
a
strain
mammary
carcinoma
transplants
this
was
true
when
the
thymectomy
was
performed
days
weeks
or
weeks
prior
to
injection
of
a
single
dose
mg
kg
body
weight
of
melphalan
administered
hours
prior
to
tumour
transplantation
and
also
when
thymectomy
was
combined
with
multiple
doses
of
melphalan
given
before
and
after
tumour
transplantation
these
findings
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
154
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
the
kinetics
of
transplantation
immunity
using
the
parameter
of
the
number
of
tumor
cells
necessary
to
produce
s
c
tumors
in
allogeneic
animals
at
varying
intervals
after
antigenic
stimulation
immunity
was
found
to
be
in
force
as
early
as
days
after
primary
antigenic
stimulation
it
reached
a
peak
at
days
and
had
largely
subsided
by
the
end
of
a
month
this
method
was
also
applied
to
the
quantitative
study
of
the
onset
degree
and
duration
of
immunity
elicited
by
skin
grafts
the
results
obtained
with
inocula
of
large
numbers
of
tumor
cells
percent
were
comparable
to
those
obtained
with
massive
skin
grafts
the
differences
in
the
degree
of
antigenic
stimulation
resulting
from
different
routes
of
inoculation
were
studied
it
was
found
that
the
intradermal
i
d
route
of
inoculation
resulted
in
a
more
intense
antigenic
stimulation
than
the
s
c
route
when
both
routes
of
inoculation
were
used
simultaneously
the
pattern
of
growth
of
the
s
c
tumor
was
influenced
by
the
i
d
inoculation
an
i
d
inoculum
given
or
hr
earlier
caused
marked
suppression
of
growth
of
the
s
c
tumor
while
when
an
i
d
inoculation
was
preceded
by
an
s
c
inoculation
although
there
was
an
appreciable
effect
on
the
growth
size
the
growth
curves
of
the
tumors
were
always
parallel
there
was
no
correlation
between
cytotoxic
activity
and
the
degree
of
immunity
in
force
at
a
given
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
155
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
evidence
for
an
immunological
reaction
of
the
host
directed
against
its
own
actively
growing
primary
tumor
cells
isolated
from
primary
benzo
a
pyrene
induced
fibrosarcomas
in
rats
of
a
pure
line
were
tested
for
their
ability
to
grow
as
autografts
when
injected
back
into
the
autochthonous
host
the
autograft
did
not
take
if
the
primary
tumor
had
been
removed
but
grew
occasionally
in
animals
in
which
the
major
part
of
the
tumor
was
left
in
every
instance
the
sarcoma
cells
grew
when
injected
into
syngeneic
recipients
in
these
recipients
the
growth
of
the
sarcoma
cells
was
prevented
or
retarded
when
they
were
mixed
in
vitro
prior
to
injection
with
spleen
cells
from
animals
that
had
been
immunized
against
the
tumor
autochthonous
spleen
cells
taken
from
the
animal
with
the
tumor
behaved
in
this
test
like
those
from
immunized
animals
as
long
as
the
spleen
was
taken
weeks
after
removal
of
the
tumor
when
the
spleen
and
tumor
were
removed
at
the
same
time
however
autochthonous
spleen
cells
did
not
behave
like
spleen
cells
from
immunized
animals
and
did
not
interfere
with
the
growth
of
the
tumor
the
results
of
both
the
autograft
and
spleen
cell
experiments
suggest
that
rats
react
actively
against
their
own
growing
primary
tumors
but
that
the
tumor
exhausts
the
supply
of
lymphocytes
responsible
for
this
reaction
after
the
tumor
is
removed
the
concentration
of
antitumor
lymphocytes
in
the
spleen
builds
up
and
the
animals
can
reject
an
autograft
j
nat
cancer
inst
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
156
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
of
the
cytologic
effects
of
leurosine
methiodide
and
vinblastine
in
tissue
culture
comparison
of
the
degree
and
duration
of
arrest
of
metaphases
in
tissue
culture
cells
by
leurosine
methiodide
and
vinblastine
was
made
colchicine
and
demecolcine
were
included
for
reference
purposes
all
four
drugs
produced
a
similar
cytologic
effect
but
vinblastine
was
most
active
and
remained
active
for
the
longest
period
of
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
157
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
comparison
of
central
aortic
and
peripheral
artery
pressure
curves
brachial
artery
and
central
aortic
pressures
were
compared
in
consecutive
patients
subjected
to
retrograde
left
heart
catheterization
in
order
to
re
emphasize
the
fact
that
the
two
pressures
are
not
necessarily
identical
in
cases
the
systemic
systolic
pressure
peaks
exceeded
those
in
the
central
aorta
while
in
seven
these
pressures
were
equal
the
average
pressure
difference
was
mm
hg
the
greatest
differences
occurred
in
cases
of
aortic
regurgitation
and
could
be
extreme
the
brachial
artery
systolic
pressure
exceeding
that
in
the
aorta
by
more
than
mm
hg
in
some
instances
the
least
differences
occurred
in
cases
of
aortic
stenosis
but
significant
differences
occasionally
existed
leading
to
erroneous
estimation
of
valve
orifice
size
if
the
systemic
rather
than
the
aortic
systolic
pressure
was
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
158
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
changes
in
sphingosine
and
fatty
acid
components
of
the
gangliosides
in
developing
rat
and
human
brain
rat
brain
increases
in
weight
after
birth
in
three
stages
i
rapidly
for
the
first
weeks
ii
at
a
lower
rate
from
to
weeks
and
iii
at
a
still
lower
rate
from
weeks
to
months
during
the
succeeding
period
designated
iv
it
maintains
constant
weight
up
to
year
of
age
brain
ganglioside
content
increased
linearly
during
i
and
ii
more
slowly
during
iii
and
diminished
during
iv
the
appearance
of
measurable
amounts
of
brain
sphingomyelin
and
cerebroside
succeeded
that
of
ganglioside
ceramide
with
c
sphingosine
and
c
fatty
acid
was
found
in
a
large
proportion
of
all
three
sphingolipids
upon
their
first
appearance
in
measurable
quantity
c
fatty
acid
in
cerebroside
rapidly
declined
to
a
negligible
level
while
in
gangliosides
and
sphingomyelin
it
declined
slowly
but
remained
the
major
fatty
acid
component
cerebrosides
and
sphingomyelin
contained
c
sphingosine
almost
exclusively
at
all
stages
of
rat
brain
growth
gangliosides
contained
c
sphingosine
almost
exclusively
at
birth
but
subsequently
accumulated
c
sphingosine
until
they
had
nearly
equal
quantities
of
each
base
type
changes
in
human
brain
gangliosides
resemble
those
in
rat
in
tay
sachs
disease
gangliosides
have
c
sphingosine
predominantly
and
a
high
content
of
c
fatty
acid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
159
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
the
generalized
shwartzman
reaction
induced
by
diet
vi
effects
of
pregnancy
on
lipid
composition
of
serum
and
tissues
pregnancy
induced
profound
alterations
in
the
lipid
composition
of
serum
and
tissues
there
is
an
elevation
of
total
serum
lipid
phospholipid
triglyceride
free
fatty
acid
and
cholesterol
while
the
total
lipid
of
the
liver
and
kidney
are
increased
that
of
the
depot
fat
is
decreased
palmitate
and
oleate
are
increased
in
serum
and
liver
arachidonate
and
stearate
are
decreased
in
serum
and
liver
and
placentas
contain
more
stearate
than
the
other
organs
of
the
pregnant
rat
and
also
have
a
higher
water
content
the
decrease
in
depot
total
fat
elevation
of
serum
liver
and
kidney
total
fat
and
elevation
of
serum
free
fatty
acids
suggest
that
pregnancy
induced
mobilization
of
depot
fat
the
increase
in
proportion
of
liver
and
serum
palmitate
suggests
that
pregnancy
induces
increased
lipogenesis
from
the
acetate
pool
the
appearance
of
an
increased
amount
of
long
chain
fatty
acids
in
the
liver
may
be
due
to
the
increased
intake
of
dietary
fat
the
decrease
in
arachidonate
and
stearate
in
serum
and
liver
suggests
a
relative
decrease
in
mitochondrial
fatty
acid
synthesis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
16
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
of
active
chronic
hepatitis
and
lupoid
hepatitis
with
mercaptopurine
and
azothioprine
mercaptopurine
or
azothioprine
'imuran'
was
used
successfully
in
patients
with
active
chronic
hepatitis
and
with
lupoid
hepatitis
for
periods
up
to
year
these
drugs
allowed
modification
and
even
abolition
of
discomforting
corticosteroid
regimes
their
action
in
chronic
hepatitis
may
be
analogous
to
their
anti
immune
action
in
suppressing
homograft
rejection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
160
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electron
microscopy
of
the
bovine
lung
the
normal
blood
air
barrier
lungs
of
healthy
mature
cattle
were
fixed
in
oso
embedded
in
a
polyester
resin
and
studied
via
electron
microscopy
the
blood
air
barrier
was
widely
variable
in
thickness
and
consistency
there
was
a
continuous
epithelial
alveolar
lining
the
cytoplasm
of
some
of
the
epithelial
cells
contained
membrane
bound
aggregates
of
granules
which
may
be
secretory
structures
the
epithelium
rested
on
a
basement
membrane
which
in
turn
was
continuous
with
or
rested
on
an
adjacent
capillary
endothelial
basement
membrane
or
continued
into
merging
connective
tissue
the
capillary
endothelium
was
not
fenestrated
it
was
a
continuous
cellular
membrane
both
the
epithelium
and
endothelium
contained
numerous
caveolae
and
pinocytotic
vesicles
cells
of
the
alveolar
wall
included
fibroblasts
lymphocytes
macrophages
and
an
occasional
mast
cell
very
little
elastin
was
observed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
161
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
sensitive
and
specific
fluorescence
assay
for
tissue
serotonin
a
sensitive
and
specific
method
for
the
estimation
of
serotonin
in
biological
materials
is
described
in
this
method
serotonin
is
reacted
with
ninhydrin
to
form
a
product
whose
fluorescence
is
eight
times
more
intense
than
the
native
fluorescence
of
serotonin
in
strong
acid
solution
with
this
method
it
is
possible
to
measure
serotonin
in
organs
in
which
endogenous
serotonin
had
not
been
previously
detected
and
to
study
the
subcellular
distribution
of
this
amine
in
the
rat
pineal
and
adrenal
glands
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
162
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
ruminal
insufflation
on
cerebral
circulation
and
metabolism
in
the
goat
the
effects
of
nitrogen
insufflation
of
the
cannulated
rumen
were
studied
in
goats
parameters
which
were
measured
included
cerebral
blood
flow
mean
carotid
arterial
pressure
pressure
in
the
confluence
of
sinuses
cerebrospinal
fluid
pressure
blood
oxygen
and
carbon
dioxide
contents
packed
cell
volume
pcv
and
hemoglobin
concentration
values
for
cerebrovascular
resistance
and
cerebral
o
utilization
were
calculated
increased
ruminal
pressure
had
little
effect
on
cerebral
blood
flow
and
cerebrovascular
resistance
cerebral
o
utilization
was
decreased
when
the
intraruminal
pressure
was
increased
this
decrease
was
caused
by
a
reduction
in
arterial
o
content
and
a
consequent
decrease
in
cerebral
arteriovenous
o
difference
mean
arterial
venous
sinus
and
cerebrospinal
fluid
pressures
were
increased
as
the
intraruminal
pressure
was
increased
increases
in
pcv
and
hemoglobin
concentration
were
not
related
to
the
elevated
intraruminal
pressure
central
nervous
system
signs
in
goats
with
acute
ruminal
tympany
may
be
caused
by
cerebral
hypoxia
the
nature
of
the
hypertensive
changes
associated
with
increased
ruminal
pressure
were
demonstrated
but
due
to
the
influence
of
multiple
factors
on
fluid
compartments
no
conclusions
could
be
made
about
the
mechanism
of
these
pressure
responses
mechanical
factors
however
may
be
involved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
163
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
between
inhaled
dust
and
the
dust
recovered
from
human
lungs
experiments
on
the
loss
of
dust
particles
during
breathing
indicate
total
deposition
in
the
respiratory
tract
subjection
of
the
results
to
qualitative
arguments
may
give
information
about
alveolar
deposition
measurements
of
insoluble
dust
recovered
post
mortem
from
human
lungs
give
the
absolute
retention
of
dust
which
was
deposited
in
the
alveoli
and
subsequently
shifted
probably
to
a
large
extent
to
the
lymphatic
vessels
of
the
lungs
experimental
results
for
total
deposition
and
absolute
retention
are
discussed
in
connection
with
the
health
risk
due
to
inhaling
insoluble
particles
such
as
plutonium
dioxide
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
164
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
dual
cation
activation
of
bovine
lens
autolysis
the
autolytic
activity
of
bovine
lens
extracts
at
c
and
ph
has
been
shown
to
be
markedly
influenced
by
the
simultaneous
presence
of
mono
and
divalent
cations
of
the
cations
tested
na
at
to
mm
and
mg
at
to
mm
produce
the
best
activation
the
stimulation
is
synergistic
on
the
basis
of
results
obtained
here
and
in
other
laboratories
the
suggestion
is
made
that
this
combination
of
cations
may
be
required
for
activation
of
the
neutral
proteinase
of
the
lens
in
the
presence
of
mg
and
average
physiologic
lenticular
levels
of
both
na
and
k
autolysis
is
suppressed
to
the
basal
level
obtainable
in
the
presence
of
mg
alone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
165
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
nucleic
acid
metabolism
in
the
lens
iii
effect
of
x
radiation
a
previous
communication
reported
an
increased
in
vivo
incorporation
of
p
into
the
albuminoid
rna
fraction
of
the
rat
lens
hours
after
the
animal
had
been
exposed
to
x
radiation
r
in
the
present
study
the
in
vitro
uptake
of
p
and
c
adenine
by
albuminoid
ribosomal
and
soluble
rna
fractions
of
normal
and
x
irradiated
rat
lenses
was
measured
the
rna
fractions
were
extracted
by
sodium
dodecyl
sulfate
in
per
cent
nacl
the
specific
rna
fractions
were
also
hydrolyzed
chromatographed
on
paper
and
the
activity
of
the
individual
nucleotides
as
well
as
the
specific
rna
fractions
was
determined
an
experiment
was
also
performed
in
which
the
capsules
were
removed
after
the
hour
incubation
period
and
the
activities
determined
in
the
nucleic
acids
extracted
from
the
capsules
and
in
the
three
rna
fractions
of
the
remaining
lens
matter
the
results
of
these
experiments
indicate
that
the
incorporation
of
p
and
c
adenine
into
albuminoid
rna
was
markedly
stimulated
hour
after
r
whole
body
radiation
there
was
no
significant
effect
on
ribosomal
or
soluble
fractions
the
effect
of
formaldehyde
and
heating
on
x
irradiated
albuminoid
rna
was
much
less
than
on
the
albuminoid
rna
derived
from
control
animals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
166
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
changes
in
dna
rna
and
protein
synthesis
in
the
developing
lens
lens
cell
dna
rna
and
protein
synthesis
in
the
developing
mouse
eye
were
studied
with
the
use
of
tritium
labeled
thymidine
uridine
and
l
leucine
and
autoradiographic
techniques
in
the
mouse
embryonic
lens
epithelial
cells
undergoing
dna
synthesis
were
found
over
the
entire
anterior
lens
surface
from
birth
and
until
the
eyes
opened
the
percentage
of
epithelial
cells
undergoing
dna
synthesis
rapidly
decreased
later
the
percentage
of
epithelial
cells
undergoing
dna
synthesis
was
nearly
constant
as
the
germinative
zone
became
localized
in
the
lens
equator
region
rna
synthesis
occurred
in
all
nucleated
cells
of
the
developing
lens
from
the
embryonic
stage
until
the
eyelids
opened
with
lens
maturity
the
h
uridine
was
incorporated
into
the
rna
of
only
the
more
superficial
cells
a
similar
pattern
of
tritium
incorporation
was
seen
with
h
l
leucine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
167
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
amino
acid
transport
in
the
lens
in
relation
to
sugar
cataracts
the
steady
state
distribution
of
free
amino
acids
between
the
lens
and
aqueous
humor
is
significantly
reduced
in
diabetic
rabbits
and
also
in
rats
fed
rations
containing
high
concentrations
of
xylose
or
galactose
the
reduction
in
the
level
of
amino
acids
in
the
lens
is
apparently
a
direct
effect
of
the
high
concentration
of
sugars
but
it
is
doubtful
whether
it
is
related
to
cataract
formation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
168
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
visco
elastic
properties
of
the
lens
the
dynamic
visco
elastic
properties
of
human
monkey
and
rabbit
lenses
have
been
measured
with
a
dynamic
rheometer
the
value
for
the
apparent
elastic
modulus
young
modulus
of
the
lens
was
found
to
be
dyne
cm
in
humans
and
dyne
cm
in
monkeys
and
rabbits
the
value
for
the
loss
tangent
was
in
the
human
lens
and
in
rabbit
and
monkey
lenses
elastic
moduli
and
loss
tangents
of
the
lenses
showed
poor
dependence
on
temperature
at
c
and
on
frequency
of
oscillation
at
c
s
the
lenses
showed
linear
visco
elasticity
when
the
amplitude
of
oscillation
was
below
mm
and
they
showed
nonlinear
visco
elasticity
when
the
amplitude
exceeded
mm
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
169
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
carbonic
anhydrase
distribution
in
rabbit
lens
the
distribution
of
carbonic
anhydrase
activity
in
the
mature
rabbit
lens
was
determined
the
activities
in
nucleus
cortex
epithelium
with
anterior
capsule
anterior
capsule
and
posterior
capsule
were
respectively
and
moles
co
kg
wet
tissue
wt
per
hr
at
c
it
was
concluded
on
the
basis
of
the
available
evidence
that
carbonic
anhydrase
cannot
play
a
primary
role
in
the
cation
transport
system
of
the
lens
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
17
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
of
collagen
diseases
with
cytostatics
patients
with
collagen
diseases
and
patients
with
other
immunological
diseases
were
treated
with
the
cytostatic
antimetabolites
'purinethol'
mercaptopurine
and
'imuran'
azathioprine
for
an
average
period
of
four
months
range
one
to
eleven
months
improvement
was
obtained
in
patients
and
in
out
of
patients
who
had
been
on
long
term
glucocorticoid
medication
the
steroid
therapy
could
be
permanently
discontinued
serious
complications
occurred
in
the
form
of
two
deaths
from
pancytopenia
and
sepsis
the
treatment
requires
careful
supervision
of
the
patients
and
should
only
be
instituted
on
strict
indications
when
the
alternative
is
long
term
glucocorticoid
medication
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
170
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
changes
in
weight
and
adenosine
triphosphate
content
in
the
lens
of
the
xylose
fed
rat
xylitol
and
sorbitol
accumulated
in
the
lens
of
the
xylose
fed
rat
two
days
before
loss
of
adenosine
triphosphate
and
cataractous
changes
were
apparent
the
maximum
degree
of
cataract
occurred
when
the
level
of
the
polyols
was
at
its
highest
regression
of
cataract
was
accompanied
by
decrease
in
polyol
concentration
and
restoration
of
the
level
of
atp
the
lens
of
the
xylose
fed
rat
did
not
usually
increase
in
weight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
171
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
identification
of
species
specific
and
organ
specific
antigens
in
lens
proteins
the
species
specific
and
organ
specific
antigens
of
lens
were
investigated
by
gel
diffusion
and
immunoelectrophoresis
techniques
it
was
found
that
rabbit
antiserum
to
bovine
lens
showed
cross
reaction
with
other
bovine
tissues
these
cross
reacting
antigens
were
the
b
and
y
crystallins
there
were
two
major
and
a
minor
organ
specific
antigen
in
lens
both
the
major
antigens
had
a
mobility
and
were
identified
as
the
a
crystallin
of
lens
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
172
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
an
electron
microscopic
study
of
wolffian
lens
regeneration
in
the
adult
newt
changes
in
the
morphology
of
cells
during
the
regenerative
tissue
transformation
of
the
pigmented
epithelium
of
the
iris
into
lens
in
the
adult
newt
triturus
viridescens
were
studied
in
ultrathin
sections
using
the
electron
microscope
in
addition
quantitative
analyses
with
electron
micrographs
were
performed
the
cells
of
the
normal
iris
are
characterized
by
an
abundance
of
melanin
granules
an
extensive
smooth
surfaced
endoplasmic
reticulum
and
irregular
indentations
of
the
nuclear
membrane
after
lens
removal
the
first
visible
changes
are
detected
in
nuclei
of
the
mediodorsal
iris
cells
and
involve
an
increase
in
the
number
of
primary
nucleoli
later
the
nuclei
enlarge
and
become
spherical
and
prominent
nucleoli
appear
these
nucleoli
can
be
distinguished
from
the
normal
nucleoli
by
the
presence
of
the
granular
cortex
surrounding
the
fibrous
core
the
pigment
granules
seem
to
be
completely
extruded
into
the
intercellular
spaces
and
subsequently
taken
up
by
leucocytes
the
endoplasmic
reticulum
disintegrates
gradually
and
finally
almost
disappears
there
is
a
significant
increase
of
ribosomes
in
the
cytoplasm
later
the
cytoplasmic
matrix
also
acquires
fibrous
elements
about
a
wide
of
low
density
probably
corresponding
in
nature
to
the
main
components
of
a
normal
lens
cell
these
and
other
changes
in
the
transforming
cells
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
173
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
growth
of
several
human
cell
lines
in
newborn
rats
when
injected
intravenously
into
newborn
rats
eight
human
tissue
cultured
cancer
cell
lines
dash
h
ep
detroit
j
rp
rp
adeno
cx
ovary
and
mac
dash
grew
progressively
in
lung
and
other
organs
of
more
than
per
cent
of
the
animals
and
commonly
caused
death
after
weeks
two
other
human
cell
lines
dash
the
carcinoma
h
ep
and
the
presumably
normal
amnion
b
dash
grew
less
frequently
and
rarely
caused
death
or
illness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
174
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
human
tumor
egg
host
system
iii
tumor
inhibitory
properties
of
tenuazonic
acid
the
fermented
broth
of
a
culture
of
alternaria
tenuis
auct
inhibited
the
growth
of
the
human
adenocarcinoma
h
ad
in
the
embryonated
egg
with
the
aid
of
studies
in
the
egg
tumor
system
the
active
agent
was
isolated
and
identified
as
tenuazonic
acid
tenuazonic
acid
was
produced
by
a
number
of
alternaria
isolates
and
by
an
aspergillustamarii
and
a
phoma
sp
compared
with
tenuazonic
acid
on
a
molar
basis
about
times
as
much
hadacidin
or
mercaptopurine
times
as
much
azaserine
but
only
as
much
triethylenemelamine
tem
were
required
to
achieve
the
same
inhibition
of
h
ad
tumor
growth
in
the
egg
tenuazonic
acid
was
more
effective
against
h
ad
than
against
another
transplantable
human
tumor
a
tenuazonic
acid
compared
with
puromycin
more
specifically
inhibited
tumor
growth
in
the
egg
tumor
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
175
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
occurrence
of
biologic
crystals
in
tumor
and
nontumor
cultures
of
c
h
hej
mice
crystalline
structures
of
various
types
have
been
found
in
primary
tissue
cultures
of
neoplastic
and
non
neoplastic
tissues
from
c
h
hej
mice
all
of
the
cultures
of
mammary
carcinoma
tissue
contained
the
crystals
the
crystals
were
found
in
varying
incidence
in
the
cultures
of
several
other
tissues
with
the
exception
of
those
from
the
kidney
a
'dialysis
compartment'
was
not
essential
for
the
formation
of
the
crystals
the
development
of
the
crystals
was
accelerated
by
a
modification
of
the
culture
medium
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
176
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
of
the
fine
structure
of
cultured
mac
and
hela
cell
the
fine
structure
of
a
cultured
mucoid
adenocarcinoma
cell
of
human
lung
mac
is
described
and
compared
with
the
fine
structure
of
the
hela
cell
the
differences
in
fine
structure
between
the
two
strains
are
primarily
quantitative
the
mac
cell
differed
however
in
the
following
respects
a
spindle
shaped
cell
with
larger
nucleus
and
increased
nuclear
membrane
invaginations
and
considerably
larger
amounts
of
perinuclear
golgi
apparatus
the
cytoplasm
contained
areas
of
low
density
undefined
by
a
limiting
membrane
which
are
thought
to
be
accumulations
of
mucin
the
two
cell
strains
contained
numerous
multivesicular
bodies
some
with
lamellae
in
various
stages
of
development
suggesting
that
these
organelles
may
be
involved
in
the
formation
of
the
lipide
rich
myelinated
structures
observed
in
both
hela
and
mac
cells
the
number
of
myelinated
bodies
was
found
to
be
inversely
proportional
to
the
ph
of
the
medium
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
177
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
parathyroid
and
other
human
tumors
and
tissues
on
bone
resorption
in
tissue
culture
mouse
calvaria
were
grown
in
tissue
culture
in
combination
with
single
or
multiple
fragments
of
a
variety
of
human
tumors
and
glandular
tissues
to
determine
their
capacity
to
enhance
bone
resorption
single
fragments
of
parathyroid
adenoma
tissue
consistently
enhanced
resorption
in
both
the
frontal
and
the
parietal
bones
except
for
one
squamous
cell
carcinoma
of
the
lung
which
had
some
activity
all
other
tissues
tested
as
single
fragments
had
no
enhancing
effect
on
the
other
hand
all
human
tissues
enhanced
resorption
when
multiple
fragments
were
placed
in
a
halo
around
the
calvarium
suggesting
the
presence
of
lesser
amounts
of
resorption
enhancing
factors
in
other
human
tissues
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
178
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
limited
growth
period
of
human
lung
cell
lines
transformed
by
simian
virus
summary
infection
of
human
cell
strains
with
simian
virus
induced
virus
replication
and
cell
transformation
with
the
changes
in
morphology
and
cytology
described
by
previous
investigators
although
transformation
greatly
enhanced
growth
potentials
of
the
strains
only
of
transformed
cultures
appear
to
have
attained
autonomous
growth
j
nat
cancer
inst
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
179
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
bacteriophages
that
lyse
mycobacteria
and
corynebacteria
and
show
cytopathogenic
effect
on
tissue
cultures
of
renal
cells
of
cercopithecus
aethiops
a
preliminary
communication
bacteriophages
isolated
from
sputum
and
resection
specimens
of
pa
tients
suffering
from
carcinoma
of
the
lung
were
found
to
lyse
coryne
bacteria
and
mycobacteria
and
to
produce
a
cytopathogenic
effect
on
certain
cells
in
tissue
cultures
from
the
same
and
other
patients
with
neoplastic
disease
bacteria
were
isolated
and
described
as
coryne
my
cobacteria
because
of
bacteriological
features
they
shared
with
both
species
these
bacteria
which
either
were
sensitive
to
mycobacterio
phages
and
corynebacteriophages
or
were
phage
immune
lysogenic
bacteria
could
be
induced
to
produce
lytic
particles
with
phagolytic
activity
on
corynebacteria
and
mycobacteria
and
a
cytopathogenic
effect
on
hela
cells
and
on
the
renal
cells
of
cercopithecus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
18
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
bilateral
popliteal
cysts
in
a
patient
with
rheumatoid
arthritis
a
case
of
bilateral
popliteal
cysts
and
multiple
joint
subluxations
in
a
patient
with
rheumatoid
arthritis
on
corticosteroid
medication
for
many
years
is
reported
the
effect
of
long
term
corticosteroid
therapy
on
all
periarticular
connective
tissue
structure
and
the
relationship
of
articular
disease
and
popliteal
knee
cysts
to
this
therapy
have
been
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
180
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
gel
filtration
of
the
soluble
proteins
from
normal
and
cataractous
human
lenses
the
soluble
proteins
of
normal
and
cataractous
lenses
were
separated
according
to
their
molecular
size
on
the
polysaccharide
gel
sephadex
g
in
cataractous
as
well
as
in
normal
lenses
different
compo
nents
were
obtained
during
the
evolution
of
cataract
there
is
a
pre
ferential
decrease
of
the
low
molecular
weight
proteins
of
the
lens
these
disappeared
completely
in
mature
and
hypermature
cataract
on
the
other
hand
the
proteins
of
high
molecular
weight
e
g
crystallin
are
very
resistant
to
the
pathological
process
the
electrophoretic
pattern
of
the
low
molecular
weight
proteins
in
the
normal
lens
revea
led
several
fractions
distributed
over
a
large
mobility
area
after
immunoelectrophoresis
different
precipitin
lines
were
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
181
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
insoluble
proteins
of
bovine
crystalline
lens
the
insoluble
lens
proteins
the
albuminoids
of
the
adult
bovine
lens
cortex
can
be
rendered
soluble
by
raising
the
ph
of
their
washed
suspension
in
nacl
to
and
then
reducing
it
again
to
ph
the
sedimentation
constant
of
the
dissolved
protein
is
s
its
molecular
weight
is
estimated
to
be
the
amino
acid
composition
is
approximately
the
same
as
that
of
the
soluble
crysta
llin
fraction
a
kinship
which
is
also
apparent
from
their
immunochemi
cal
properties
it
is
suggested
that
the
initial
insoluble
protein
is
a
molecular
aggregate
of
crystallin
which
is
dissociated
in
alkaline
solutions
to
molecules
exhibiting
a
sedimentation
constant
of
s
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
182
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
glucose
phosphate
dehydrogenase
and
phosphogluconate
dehydrogenase
in
lens
and
blood
of
different
species
the
activities
of
glucose
phosphate
and
phosphogluconate
dehydro
genase
were
measured
in
the
lens
and
erythrocytes
of
man
and
several
other
species
there
is
a
wide
variation
between
individuals
of
the
same
species
but
there
seemed
no
correlation
between
the
activity
of
either
enzyme
in
the
lens
and
their
activity
in
the
erythrocytes
of
the
same
species
there
is
a
wide
range
of
activity
of
both
glucose
phos
phate
dehydrogenase
and
phosphogluconate
dehydrogenase
in
the
lens
and
in
the
blood
of
different
species
several
species
had
glucose
phos
phate
dehydrogenase
activity
in
erythrocytes
below
the
level
considered
deficient
in
man
the
sorbitol
content
of
the
lens
was
not
correla
ted
with
glucose
phosphate
dehydrogenase
activity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
183
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
nucleic
acid
metabolism
in
the
lens
iii
effect
of
x
radiation
a
previous
communication
reported
an
increased
in
vivo
incorporation
of
p
into
the
albuminoid
rna
fraction
of
the
rat
lens
hours
after
the
animal
had
been
exposed
to
x
radiation
r
in
the
present
stody
the
in
vitro
uptake
of
p
and
c
adenine
by
albuminoid
ribosomal
and
soluble
rna
fractions
of
normal
and
x
irradiated
rat
lenses
was
measured
the
rna
fractions
were
extracted
by
sodium
dodecyl
sulfate
in
per
cent
nacl
the
specific
rna
fractions
were
also
hydrolyzed
chromatographed
on
paper
and
the
ac
tivity
of
the
individual
nucleotides
as
well
as
the
specific
rna
frac
tions
was
determined
an
experiment
was
also
performed
in
which
the
capsules
were
removed
after
the
hour
incubation
period
and
the
activities
determined
in
the
nucleic
acids
extracted
from
the
capsules
and
in
the
three
rna
fractions
of
the
remaining
lens
matter
the
results
of
these
experiments
indicate
that
the
incorporation
of
p
and
c
adenine
into
albuminoid
rna
was
markedly
stimulated
hour
after
r
whole
body
radiation
there
was
no
significant
effect
on
ribosomal
or
soluble
fractions
the
effect
of
formaldehyde
and
heating
on
x
irradiated
albuminoid
rna
was
much
less
than
on
the
albuminoid
rna
derived
from
control
animals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
184
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
mitotic
control
in
the
rabbit
lens
epithelium
a
water
soluble
substance
which
inhibits
mitosis
in
the
rabbit
lens
epithelium
has
been
found
to
be
present
in
young
and
old
rabbit
lenses
it
has
a
high
molecular
weight
and
is
relatively
stable
at
room
tempera
ture
the
inhibitory
factor
is
associated
with
the
y
crystallin
frac
tion
and
exists
throughout
the
young
lens
although
the
activity
in
the
nuclear
region
on
a
wet
weight
basis
is
less
than
half
that
of
the
cortex
and
epithelium
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
185
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
identification
of
lysosomal
enzymes
in
bovine
lens
epithelium
biochemical
studies
are
described
for
the
isolation
of
lysosomes
identified
as
such
by
the
activities
of
their
enzymes
in
the
cells
of
the
bovine
lens
epithelium
the
various
fractions
assayed
for
lysosomal
enzymes
showed
contamination
of
mitochondrial
and
soluble
cytoplasmic
material
in
the
two
isolation
procedures
employed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
186
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
protein
synthesis
and
polyribosomes
in
the
calf
lens
a
cell
free
system
capable
of
incorporating
amino
acid
into
protein
has
been
isolated
from
calf
lens
polyribosomes
have
been
shown
to
be
present
in
the
ribosomal
fraction
and
to
be
responsible
for
most
of
the
protein
synthesizing
capacity
of
this
fraction
the
polyribosomes
have
been
examined
by
electron
microscopy
and
appear
to
be
composed
of
long
strands
of
ribonucleic
acid
ranging
from
a
to
a
and
con
taining
a
large
number
of
ribosomes
with
an
average
diameter
of
about
a
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
187
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
measurement
of
oxygen
tensions
in
cerebral
tissues
of
rats
exposed
to
high
pressures
of
oxygen
brain
and
cerebrospinal
oxygen
tensions
have
been
measured
in
rats
breathing
air
or
in
various
high
pressures
of
oxygen
ohp
addition
of
percent
co
to
the
inspired
oxygen
raised
cerebral
oxygen
tensions
when
rats
were
exposed
to
atm
abs
or
above
inhibition
of
hemoglobin
saturation
by
para
aminopropriophenone
lowered
cerebral
po
in
rats
breathing
air
but
not
in
rats
exposed
to
ohp
the
rate
of
rise
of
cerebral
po
to
a
steady
level
after
rapid
compression
was
found
to
be
faster
than
the
rate
of
fall
to
a
steady
level
following
decompression
addition
of
co
to
the
inspired
gas
mixture
increased
the
rate
of
rise
of
cerebral
po
the
anesthetics
urethane
and
pentobarbital
sodium
did
not
affect
cerebral
po
in
rats
breathing
air
or
oxygen
at
atm
the
results
are
discussed
in
relation
to
factors
contributing
to
oxygen
poisoning
at
high
pressures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
188
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
release
of
free
fatty
acids
from
adipose
tissue
obtained
from
newborn
infants
summary
the
role
played
by
mobilization
of
free
fatty
acids
ffa
from
adipose
tissue
in
producing
the
typically
high
serum
ffa
levels
of
human
infants
has
been
studied
ffa
concentrations
in
the
serum
and
subcuta
neous
adipose
tissue
from
the
gluteal
region
were
determined
during
postnatal
development
a
maximum
level
was
reached
within
hr
after
birth
after
which
there
was
a
gradual
fall
in
serum
the
ffa
level
at
the
end
of
months
was
still
higher
than
that
in
adults
while
the
ffa
level
in
adipose
tissue
was
lower
at
months
than
in
adults
incubation
of
small
pieces
of
adipose
tissue
in
krebs
ringer
phosphate
buffer
containing
albumin
led
to
release
of
ffa
into
the
medium
this
release
could
be
suppressed
by
the
addition
of
glucose
mg
ml
for
tissue
from
all
age
groups
except
the
youngest
hr
after
birth
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
189
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
detection
of
pericardial
effusion
by
radioisotope
heart
scanning
a
marked
difference
between
the
cardiac
silhouette
on
the
six
foot
chest
roentgenogram
and
the
cardiac
blood
pool
determined
by
radioiso
tope
scanning
has
been
shown
to
be
consistent
with
pericardial
effusion
and
or
thickening
it
has
also
been
observed
that
the
cardiac
blood
pool
is
separated
from
the
liver
margin
by
the
interposition
of
peri
cardial
fluid
and
or
thickening
this
separation
was
not
demonstrated
in
the
presence
of
a
normal
pericardium
to
appreciate
these
features
c
of
radioiodinated
human
serum
albumin
and
c
of
colloidal
radiogold
were
used
for
scanning
the
former
outlined
the
blood
pool
and
the
latter
demonstrated
the
position
of
the
liver
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
19
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
systemic
lupus
erythematosus
and
renal
transplantation
report
of
two
cases
two
cases
of
systemic
lupus
erythematosus
along
with
terminal
uremia
secondary
to
lupus
nephritis
are
presented
both
patients
were
treated
with
renal
hemodialysis
and
transplantation
certain
mechanical
infectious
and
immunologic
problems
were
responsible
for
their
death
there
was
no
evidence
of
resurgence
of
lupus
erythematosus
in
either
patient
and
the
transplanted
kidneys
did
not
show
evidence
of
lupus
nephritis
renal
transplantation
should
be
considered
as
a
last
resort
in
treatment
of
patients
with
terminal
lupus
nephritis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
190
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
the
mechanism
of
erythropoietin
induced
differentiation
iv
some
characteristics
of
erythropoietin
action
on
hemoglobin
synthesis
in
marrow
cell
culture
some
of
the
characteristics
of
the
erythropoietin
stimulation
of
hemo
globin
synthesis
by
rat
marrow
cells
in
culture
have
been
studied
the
relationship
between
cell
number
and
rate
of
hemoglobin
synthesis
at
va
rious
levels
of
erythropoietin
is
sigmoid
rather
than
linear
suggesting
a
cooperative
action
among
the
sensitive
cells
the
magnitude
of
the
erythropoietin
effect
on
the
cells
increases
with
time
of
contact
with
the
hormone
at
the
time
of
one
half
maximal
effect
there
is
no
discer
nible
loss
of
erythropoietin
from
the
culture
medium
a
previously
des
cribed
lag
time
in
the
response
to
erythropoietin
appears
to
be
largely
due
to
the
conditions
of
culture
and
disappears
when
the
cells
are
pre
incubated
for
h
replacement
of
a
large
fraction
of
the
medium
at
h
intervals
enabled
the
cells
to
continue
hemoglobin
synthesis
for
an
additional
h
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
191
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
occurrence
of
megakaryocytes
in
the
peripheral
blood
of
dogs
a
study
of
megakaryocytes
in
buffy
coat
smears
from
dogs
revealed
that
no
unusual
characteristics
were
consistently
associated
with
appea
rance
of
megakaryocytes
in
the
peripheral
blood
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
192
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
moderate
hypothermia
in
man
haemodynamic
and
metabolic
effects
studies
were
performed
on
four
patients
undergoing
intracranial
opera
tion
during
the
induction
and
reversal
of
surface
hypothermia
to
c
oxygen
uptake
decreased
an
average
of
per
cent
from
to
c
to
a
mean
value
of
per
cent
of
predicted
basal
uptake
at
the
same
time
cardiac
output
decreased
only
per
cent
resulting
in
a
consistent
rise
in
calculated
mixed
venous
oxygen
saturation
from
a
mean
of
to
per
cent
at
c
as
a
result
of
this
and
the
effect
of
cooling
on
oxygen
dissociation
the
estimated
tension
of
oxygen
in
mixed
venous
blood
remained
virtually
unchanged
when
shivering
was
allowed
to
occur
in
two
patients
oxygen
uptake
increased
approximately
per
cent
without
any
concomitant
increase
in
cardiac
output
observed
right
atrial
and
svc
oxygen
saturations
correlated
well
with
calculated
mixed
venous
oxygen
saturations
with
regard
to
direction
and
magnitude
of
change
with
change
in
temperature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
193
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
spectrum
of
lupus
nephritis
fifty
cases
of
sle
have
been
collected
over
a
ten
year
period
and
the
incidence
and
clinical
picture
of
ln
reviewed
in
the
light
of
other
published
data
lupus
nephritis
like
sle
has
a
variable
pattern
of
its
own
with
a
wide
spectrum
of
renal
involvement
dash
evaluation
of
therapy
and
prognosis
will
have
to
be
conducted
against
this
background
lupus
nephritis
may
present
as
a
renal
syndrome
only
without
any
of
the
other
manifestations
of
sle
renal
involvement
in
sle
is
common
but
this
does
not
necessarily
indicate
a
poor
short
term
prognosis
in
the
peter
bent
brigham
hospital
series
a
sustained
raised
blood
pressure
and
the
onset
of
renal
insufficiency
influenced
the
prognosis
adversely
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
194
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
comparison
of
ultraviolet
sensitivity
of
bacillus
subtilis
bacteriophage
spo
and
its
infectious
dna
deoxyribonucleic
acid
extracted
from
a
clear
plaque
mutant
of
the
temperate
phage
spo
was
infectious
when
incubated
with
competent
cultures
of
bacillus
subtilis
m
the
relationship
between
numbers
of
infectious
centers
and
dna
concentration
was
linear
the
sensitivity
of
the
infectious
dna
to
ultraviolet
light
was
much
greater
than
that
of
the
free
phage
when
b
subtilis
m
was
used
as
host
acriflavin
which
inhibits
host
cell
reactivation
increased
the
rate
of
ultraviolet
inactivation
of
the
free
phage
so
that
it
approached
the
inactivation
rate
of
the
phage
dna
acriflavin
had
little
effect
on
the
survival
curves
of
the
infectious
dna
non
host
reactivating
mutants
hcr
of
b
subtilis
m
were
isolated
the
survival
curves
of
spo
phage
were
much
steeper
when
the
hcr
mutant
was
used
as
a
host
than
those
obtained
when
the
hcr
parental
strain
was
used
as
a
host
ultraviolet
sensitivity
of
the
phage
dna
was
still
greater
than
that
of
the
free
phage
even
when
b
subtilis
hcr
was
used
as
host
but
the
difference
in
sensitivity
was
much
less
than
the
difference
obtained
with
b
subtilis
hcr
as
a
host
possible
explanations
for
the
greater
ultraviolet
sensitivity
of
the
infectious
dna
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
195
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
isolation
and
morphology
of
some
new
bacteriophages
specific
for
bacillus
and
acetobacter
species
the
best
natural
habitat
for
bacteriophages
is
probably
a
semi
solid
medium
containing
actively
dividing
host
bacteria
such
conditions
are
provided
for
bacillus
and
acetobacter
species
in
rotting
grass
and
apples
respectively
the
bacillus
phages
found
included
one
with
a
large
head
and
a
contractile
tail
and
also
a
so
called
killer
particle
which
had
a
a
head
and
a
long
contractile
tail
this
particle
had
the
property
of
killing
but
not
multiplying
within
a
sensitive
cell
a
new
morphological
type
of
virulent
bacillus
phage
was
also
isolated
its
head
was
oblong
and
the
tail
consisted
of
a
short
needle
and
a
plate
the
one
acetobacter
phage
found
resembled
coliphage
t
but
was
of
particular
interest
because
of
the
prominence
of
the
head
capsomeres
and
the
three
pronged
tail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
196
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
characterization
of
bacillus
subtilis
bacteriophages
brodetsky
anna
m
university
of
california
los
angeles
and
w
r
romig
characterization
of
bacillus
subtilis
bacteriophages
j
bacteriol
a
group
of
six
phages
sp
sp
sp
sp
sp
and
sp
which
use
the
marburg
strain
of
bacillus
subtilis
as
host
was
characterized
these
phages
referred
to
as
group
were
examined
for
the
following
properties
host
range
plaque
morphology
stability
adsorption
kinetics
one
step
growth
characteristics
calcium
requirements
serum
neutralization
thermal
inactivation
and
inactivation
by
ultraviolet
irradiation
five
unrelated
b
subtilis
phages
sp
sp
pbs
sp
alpha
and
sp
beta
were
included
in
the
studies
when
first
isolated
none
of
the
group
phages
was
able
to
replicate
efficiently
on
b
subtilis
sb
a
mutant
of
the
transforming
b
subtilis
host
range
mutants
capable
of
growth
in
sb
were
isolated
for
all
of
the
group
phages
except
sp
and
are
designated
the
star
phages
sp
through
sp
for
characterization
sb
was
used
as
host
for
the
star
phages
and
another
b
subtilis
mutant
b
was
host
for
sp
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
197
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
transduction
in
bacillus
subtilis
i
comparative
examinations
have
shown
that
the
temperate
subtilis
phages
can
be
divided
into
two
groups
b
subtilis
strain
nrs
was
an
adequate
common
host
sensitive
to
all
the
examined
temperate
phages
owing
to
certain
technical
advantages
this
strain
was
found
suitable
for
the
titration
subtilis
phages
ii
some
cultural
differences
have
been
revealed
among
substrains
of
b
subtilis
ind
auxotrophs
maintained
in
various
laboratories
cells
in
one
of
these
cultures
were
partly
capable
and
partly
incapable
of
using
ammonia
ammonia
assimilation
was
transducible
to
ammonia
negative
bacteria
iii
after
mitomycin
c
or
ultraviolet
ray
induction
the
examined
b
subtilis
strains
liberated
bacteriocin
like
principles
this
finding
is
probably
analogous
to
that
of
seaman
et
al
concerning
pbsx
defective
phages
on
the
basis
of
bacteriocin
production
the
examined
strains
were
divided
into
two
groups
iv
several
temperate
phages
isolated
in
our
laboratory
were
presumably
identical
with
phage
pbs
phage
sp
differed
from
these
agents
both
in
antigenic
structure
and
in
host
range
v
transduction
by
some
lysates
of
pbs
type
phages
was
observed
at
frequencies
of
the
order
of
considerably
more
and
less
effective
phage
materials
were
yielded
by
some
lysogenic
transductants
thus
transducing
phages
active
in
the
order
of
were
prepared
vi
transduction
frequency
in
addition
to
the
properties
of
the
phage
was
influenced
by
the
physiological
condition
of
bacteria
vii
transduction
of
indole
and
histidine
loci
was
studied
by
use
of
his
derivatives
of
strain
ind
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
198
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
carrier
state
of
bacillus
subtilis
infected
with
the
transducing
bacteriophage
sp
bacteriophage
sp
may
infect
bacillus
subtilis
to
form
a
carrier
system
the
infected
bacteria
give
rise
to
infected
organisms
after
six
or
more
successive
single
colony
isolations
about
of
the
spores
derived
from
such
an
infected
culture
yield
clones
that
produce
phage
and
such
spores
retain
their
ability
to
produce
phage
even
after
treatment
with
antiserum
and
heating
at
four
hours'
incubation
of
carrier
spores
in
nutrient
broth
yields
cultures
having
more
than
infective
centers
per
bacterium
cultivation
of
infected
organisms
in
medium
containing
sp
antiserum
leads
to
loss
of
phage
and
loss
of
immunity
to
phage
infection
dna
with
a
density
characteristic
of
viral
dna
can
be
detected
in
infected
bacteria
extracts
of
infected
bacteria
contain
a
phage
induced
deoxyribonuclease
activity
which
attacks
both
phage
and
bacterial
dna
in
vitro
the
phage
bacterial
complex
is
therefore
best
described
as
a
carrier
state
the
dna
of
the
phage
and
of
b
subtilis
are
chemically
different
enzymatically
prepared
complementary
virus
rna
has
no
homology
with
bacterial
dna
the
lack
of
homology
of
this
transducing
phage
dna
with
the
dna
of
its
host
and
the
failure
to
form
a
truly
lysogenic
relationship
reinforce
previous
conclusions
that
transducing
bacterial
dna
is
incorporated
into
the
sp
virus
particle
without
any
recombination
between
viral
and
bacterial
dna
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
199
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
infectivity
of
dna
isolated
from
bacillus
subtilis
bacteriophage
sp
sp
a
newly
isolated
bacteriophage
of
bacillus
subtilis
is
described
sp
is
closely
related
to
sp
but
differs
from
sp
in
the
density
of
its
denatured
dna
and
in
its
plating
effciency
on
b
subtilis
strain
sb
dna
isolated
from
this
phage
can
be
recovered
in
molecular
weight
equivalent
to
the
amount
contained
in
a
single
phage
approximately
x
daltons
dna
of
this
molecular
weight
but
not
half
pieces
is
infective
in
competent
b
subtilis
the
response
of
plaque
forming
ability
to
dna
concentration
suggests
that
four
whole
molecules
are
required
to
initiate
an
infective
center
recombination
studies
with
mixed
dna's
of
two
non
allelic
temperature
sensitive
mutants
confirm
the
existence
of
an
obligatory
co
operative
infective
process
a
second
infective
procedure
that
utilizes
extracted
phage
dna
is
described
in
this
system
low
concentrations
of
wild
type
dna
are
exposed
to
the
cells
at
these
concentrations
the
multiple
event
nature
of
phage
dna
infection
precludes
the
formation
of
unaided
plaques
however
by
subsequently
superinfecting
the
dna
infected
cells
with
a
temperature
sensitive
mutant
and
plating
under
selective
conditions
genetic
rescue
of
the
infecting
dna
is
accomplished
and
detected
infective
centers
elicited
by
this
marker
rescue
phenomenon
are
directly
proportional
to
dna
concentration
the
time
of
attainment
of
dnase
resistance
by
phage
dna
infective
centers
that
have
irreversibly
adsorbed
dna
can
be
measured
phage
dna
infective
centers
require
at
least
minutes
to
become
totally
dnase
resistant
the
reasons
for
the
failure
of
single
phage
dna
molecules
to
carry
out
an
infection
are
discussed
in
terms
of
a
specific
breakage
reunion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
2
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
changes
of
the
nucleic
acid
and
phospholipid
levels
of
the
livers
in
the
course
of
fetal
and
postnatal
development
we
have
followed
the
evolution
of
dna
rna
and
pl
in
the
livers
of
rat
foeti
removed
between
the
fifteenth
and
the
twenty
first
day
of
gestation
and
of
young
rats
newly
born
or
at
weaning
we
can
observe
the
following
facts
dna
concentration
is
ug
p
on
the
th
day
it
decreases
from
the
th
day
until
it
reaches
a
value
of
ug
days
after
weaning
rna
concentration
is
ug
p
on
the
th
day
and
decreases
to
during
the
same
period
pl
concentration
is
low
on
the
th
day
and
during
foetal
life
ug
and
increases
abruptly
at
birth
the
ratios
rna
cyto
dna
and
pl
cyto
dna
increase
regularly
from
the
th
day
of
foetal
life
nuclear
rna
and
pl
contents
are
very
high
throughout
the
development
these
results
enable
us
to
characterize
three
stages
in
the
development
of
the
rat
liver
from
the
th
day
to
the
th
day
of
foetal
life
stage
of
growth
through
hyperplasia
without
hypertrophy
from
the
th
day
of
foetal
life
to
the
rd
day
of
post
natal
life
stage
of
cellular
reorganisation
after
the
rd
day
of
post
natal
life
stage
of
growth
through
hyperplasia
and
hypertrophy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
20
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
arteritis
and
localised
periosteal
new
bone
formation
three
patients
with
localised
periosteal
new
bone
formation
associated
with
periosteal
arteritis
and
other
evidence
of
systemic
lupus
erythematosus
are
described
systemic
steroid
therapy
was
valuable
in
the
management
of
this
condition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
200
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
psychology
of
children's
dental
treatment
the
communication
deals
with
influences
involved
in
the
development
of
the
child's
attitude
to
dental
treatment
they
are
extrinsic
educational
etc
and
intrinsic
constitutional
and
hereditary
their
understanding
helps
to
determine
the
correct
psychological
policy
for
the
management
of
the
child
in
the
surgery
the
aim
of
psychology
applied
in
dentistry
is
to
discover
a
mode
of
treatment
procedure
which
would
ensure
that
the
child
will
not
be
subject
to
any
psychic
traumatization
psychophylaxis
its
second
aim
is
the
management
of
the
so
called
difficult
child
and
his
treatment
to
understand
better
the
child's
frame
of
mind
during
dental
treatment
the
situation
in
the
surgery
is
dealt
with
step
by
step
as
the
child
experiences
it
through
his
senses
and
his
psyche
beside
the
basic
senses
dash
hearing
and
seeing
dash
others
are
also
affected
touch
pressure
sensation
smell
and
taste
children
during
dental
treatment
are
nearly
always
in
a
state
of
raised
emotional
tension
and
are
susceptible
to
anxiety
reactions
according
to
the
degree
of
fear
which
they
manifest
children
may
be
classed
into
categories
of
cooperating
and
difficult
patients
the
psychological
procedure
for
the
treatment
of
children
of
both
groups
is
based
on
the
principles
summarized
in
the
section
'psychophylaxis
in
dentistry'
in
difficult
children
it
is
often
necessary
to
employ
yet
other
psychological
measures
psychotherapy
suggestion
etc
in
extremely
exacting
cases
premedication
helps
sometimes
to
find
contact
with
the
child
the
experimental
part
of
the
work
demonstrates
the
following
findings
dental
treatment
consists
of
a
series
of
interdependent
traumatizing
impulses
many
of
them
appear
only
after
a
close
analysis
of
the
situation
the
adverse
response
similar
to
that
elicited
by
pain
may
be
due
also
to
sensory
impressions
with
a
negative
emotional
background
psychic
traumatization
of
the
child
during
dental
treatment
can
be
prevented
by
relatively
simple
psychological
measures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
201
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
relation
of
emotional
changes
during
pregnancy
to
obstetric
complications
in
unmarried
primigravidas
this
study
was
designed
to
assess
the
psychological
changes
experienced
by
white
unmarried
primigravidas
during
pregnancy
the
relationship
between
manifest
anxiety
and
clinical
factors
such
as
labor
time
and
mean
birth
weight
and
the
personality
differences
between
normal
and
abnormal
obstetric
cases
the
kent
egy
intelligence
scale
the
taylor
manifest
anxiety
scale
and
the
mmpi
were
administered
to
obstetric
patients
at
the
beginning
of
the
third
trimester
of
pregnancy
with
the
mmpi
and
taylor
being
readministered
post
partum
reliable
group
personality
changes
observed
from
pre
to
postdelivery
supported
the
contention
that
pregnancy
is
a
time
of
emotional
upset
following
delivery
each
patient
was
classified
as
normal
or
abnormal
dependent
on
the
clinical
course
of
parturition
delivery
and
condition
of
the
offspring
there
were
no
significant
differences
between
these
groups
with
respect
to
age
or
intelligence
reliable
differences
were
found
however
for
manifest
anxiety
and
total
labor
times
in
addition
a
positive
relationship
was
found
between
manifest
anxiety
and
birth
weights
personality
differences
found
at
predelivery
between
the
subgroups
were
largely
attributable
to
the
abnormal
group's
greater
neuroticism
anxiety
and
use
of
the
ruminative
ego
defenses
post
partum
the
personality
characteristics
of
the
subgroups
were
quite
similar
both
groups
showed
greater
personality
stability
following
delivery
with
the
most
striking
changes
from
predelivery
demonstrable
in
the
abnormal
group
the
magnitude
of
these
changes
were
interpreted
as
emotional
lability
and
related
to
obstetric
complications
by
activation
of
various
physiological
regulator
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
202
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
stranger
and
separation
anxiety
in
infancy
anxiety
responses
to
strangers
and
to
separations
from
mother
were
studied
longitudinally
in
infants
between
the
ages
of
three
and
months
by
direct
observations
and
by
interviews
with
the
mother
benjamin's
hypotheses
concerning
the
differentiation
and
immediate
dynamics
of
infantile
stranger
and
separation
anxiety
were
supported
by
the
findings
differences
in
onset
period
of
highest
intensity
termination
and
ratios
in
individuals
were
found
between
the
two
anxieties
tests
of
the
relationship
between
the
two
anxieties
were
supportive
of
deductive
predictions
made
by
benjamin
sex
differences
in
intensity
of
the
two
anxieties
were
found
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
203
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mental
retardation
related
to
hypercalcaemia
for
more
than
years
a
number
of
retarded
children
and
adolescents
have
been
observed
who
show
points
of
striking
similarity
we
recognise
in
them
a
well
defined
type
that
is
clearly
distinguishable
from
other
forms
of
mental
deficiency
they
are
therefore
described
in
detail
some
of
the
children
have
had
infantile
hypercalcaemia
but
it
is
assumed
that
other
aetiological
factors
are
also
involved
there
is
a
characteristic
facies
and
usually
congenital
heart
disease
ordination
is
poor
there
is
a
constant
failure
to
thrive
in
infancy
with
episodes
of
vomiting
often
with
constipation
mentally
the
children
also
show
great
similarities
their
iq
is
about
but
they
show
outstanding
loquacity
and
a
great
ability
to
establish
interper
sonal
contacts
this
stands
against
a
background
of
insecurity
and
anxiety
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
204
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
psychological
effects
of
circumcision
in
order
to
evaluate
the
psychological
effects
of
circumcision
a
small
study
was
arranged
in
which
twelve
children
from
average
and
low
socio
economic
level
were
given
goodenough
dam
test
cat
rorschach
and
two
sets
of
stories
prior
to
the
operation
and
following
it
the
results
of
the
tests
showed
that
circumcision
performed
around
the
phallic
stage
is
perceived
by
the
child
as
an
act
of
aggression
and
castration
it
has
detrimental
effects
on
the
child's
functioning
and
adaptation
particularly
on
his
ego
strength
by
weakening
the
controlling
and
defensive
mechanisms
of
the
ego
and
initiating
regression
it
loosens
the
previously
hidden
fears
anxieties
and
instinctual
impulses
and
renders
a
feeling
of
reality
to
them
what
is
expressed
following
the
operation
is
primitive
archaic
and
unsocialized
in
character
as
a
defensive
control
and
protection
against
the
surge
of
the
instinctual
forces
coming
from
within
and
the
threats
coming
from
outside
the
ego
of
the
child
seeks
safety
in
total
withdrawal
thus
isolates
and
insulates
itself
from
disturbing
stimuli
the
results
of
the
study
raised
some
questions
concerning
certain
psychoanalytic
formulations
for
which
further
research
was
suggested
possibilities
for
future
research
were
also
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
205
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
changes
in
children's
behavior
after
hospitalization
some
dimensions
of
response
and
their
correlates
changes
in
children's
behavior
following
hospitalization
were
evaluated
by
means
of
a
questionnaire
sent
to
parents
a
week
after
discharge
factor
analyses
revealed
that
children's
responses
to
hospitalization
and
illness
were
of
six
types
i
general
anxiety
and
regression
ii
separation
anxiety
iii
anxiety
about
sleep
iv
eating
disturbance
v
aggression
toward
authority
and
vi
apathy
withdrawal
scores
for
these
six
factors
types
of
responses
as
well
as
a
total
score
were
analyzed
by
univariate
and
in
most
cases
multivariate
analyses
of
variance
four
variables
dash
sex
prior
hospitalization
degree
of
pain
experienced
during
hospitalization
and
birth
order
dash
were
essentially
unrelated
to
any
type
of
response
by
any
analysis
age
duration
of
hospitalization
and
occupational
status
were
each
significantly
related
to
one
or
more
types
of
responses
comparison
of
the
mean
factor
and
total
scores
for
the
full
sample
with
the
levels
indicative
of
no
overall
change
indicated
that
the
combination
of
illness
and
hospitalization
is
a
psychologically
upsetting
experience
for
children
in
general
resulting
in
increased
separation
anxiety
increased
sleep
anxiety
and
increased
aggression
toward
authority
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
206
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
isozymes
of
lactic
dehydrogenase
sequential
alterations
during
development
applications
of
isozymes
in
various
biological
contexts
have
been
reviewed
diagnosis
of
several
disease
states
has
been
facilitated
by
examination
of
the
serum
isozyme
pattern
which
has
been
shown
to
correlate
in
some
conditions
with
the
isozyme
pattern
of
pathologically
involved
tissues
physico
chemical
studies
of
human
ldh
isozymes
have
revealed
differences
among
isozymes
in
affinity
for
a
given
substrate
comparative
studies
of
ldh
isozymes
within
the
erythrocyte
from
various
vertebrate
species
demonstrated
a
marked
species
variation
in
the
number
of
ldh
isozymes
in
the
distribution
of
total
ldh
activity
among
them
and
in
their
electrophoretic
mobilities
during
development
of
chick
rabbit
and
human
tissues
characteristic
sequential
alterations
in
the
ldh
isozyme
pattern
occurred
and
consisted
for
liver
and
muscle
in
loss
of
the
most
rapidly
migrating
anodal
bands
and
increased
activity
in
the
cathodal
bands
and
slower
migrating
anodal
bands
in
heart
the
reverse
changes
were
observed
if
high
enough
ldh
activities
of
early
fetal
tissue
extracts
were
applied
to
the
gel
the
full
complement
of
ldh
isozymes
was
observed
however
in
lower
concentrations
the
cathodal
bands
which
in
the
starch
gel
disappear
more
rapidly
on
dilution
than
do
the
anodal
bands
were
not
observed
a
species
specific
isozyme
pattern
is
obtained
in
long
term
culture
of
rabbit
chick
and
human
cells
independently
of
the
tissue
of
origin
there
occurs
in
cells
in
culture
a
sequential
series
of
isozyme
alterations
characterized
by
decreased
intensity
of
rapidly
migrating
anodal
bands
the
shift
toward
prominence
of
cathodal
isozymes
during
both
fetal
development
and
tissue
culture
can
be
explained
by
postulating
the
increased
activity
of
the
gene
producing
one
of
the
subunits
of
ldh
with
a
concomitant
decrease
in
the
activity
of
the
gene
producing
the
second
subunit
practical
applications
of
the
study
of
isozymes
in
tissue
culture
were
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
207
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
establishment
of
a
cell
line
in
vitro
from
a
case
of
human
lung
cancer
one
cell
line
has
been
established
from
the
pneumonectomized
specimen
of
a
case
with
lung
cancer
which
was
diagnosed
as
undifferentiated
cell
carcinoma
and
partially
adenocarcinoma
by
its
histological
findings
and
was
characterized
with
intracytoplasmic
fat
droplets
in
them
the
morphological
changes
of
the
cells
were
repeated
but
they
have
been
stabilized
to
their
epithelial
shapes
after
the
th
transfer
the
cell
atypy
of
the
culture
was
remarkable
phagocytosis
of
the
cell
line
has
not
been
observed
it
was
characterized
that
the
intracytoplasmic
droplets
found
in
the
original
cancer
cells
have
been
maintained
in
the
cultured
cells
even
in
their
mitotic
stage
throughout
the
cultural
course
concerning
the
chromosomal
constitution
diploid
cells
were
only
per
cent
the
range
of
chromosome
number
did
not
show
sharp
peak
forming
two
groups
of
near
diploid
and
near
tetraploid
ranges
transplanting
the
cell
to
cheekpouches
of
golden
hamsters
the
implanted
cells
grew
from
the
inoculum
of
cells
in
conditioned
animal
but
did
not
show
the
invasiveness
to
neighbour
tissue
and
metastasis
to
other
organs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
208
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
factors
influencing
development
of
tumors
in
frogs
study
of
spontaneous
tumors
of
vermont
frogs
showed
three
pathological
grades
of
malignancy
present
aggressive
renal
adenocarcinoma
in
some
per
cent
medium
adenocarcinoma
in
per
cent
and
lower
grade
mixed
with
tumors
of
undetermined
origin
in
the
remaining
per
cent
correlation
with
parasite
infections
trematodes
was
demonstrable
in
only
few
cases
in
the
kidney
hyperplasias
and
neoplasias
grading
into
lung
primary
carcinoma
have
been
found
in
the
lung
in
r
pipiens
temperatures
below
c
protected
animals
from
lung
as
well
as
kidney
disease
higher
temperatures
disturbed
the
host
parasite
relationships
and
led
to
higher
incidence
of
malignancy
in
the
bullfrog
precancer
was
clearly
associated
with
the
worm
attachment
discs
other
histological
types
of
tumors
in
vermont
frogs
included
lymphosarcomas
liposarcoma
mesothelioma
epithelioma
and
adrenal
and
cartilage
tumors
of
uncertain
malignancy
improved
methods
of
obtaining
tumor
filtrates
allowed
greater
probability
of
inducing
malignancy
with
direct
renal
injection
in
frogs
per
cent
developed
histologically
provable
cancers
in
the
ranges
of
three
to
seven
months
twenty
six
per
cent
showed
some
pre
cancer
response
and
per
cent
were
negative
within
the
series
receiving
filtrate
from
high
malignancy
donors
one
group
yielded
per
cent
positive
the
others
and
per
cent
respectively
among
animals
injected
with
low
malignancy
filtrate
fewer
tumors
resulted
some
of
these
were
clearly
vesicular
carcinomas
and
could
be
classed
as
lung
tumors
improved
tissue
culture
methods
allowed
explants
to
live
in
liquid
media
under
perforated
cellophane
up
to
one
year
slower
growth
aided
by
lower
temperatures
c
improved
the
microecology
of
cell
types
and
allowed
detailed
daily
observations
of
each
cell's
intranuclear
and
intranucleolar
physiology
for
extended
time
lapse
cine
photography
mechanisms
for
malignant
transformation
are
related
to
increased
activity
and
production
of
nucleolar
dna
and
rna
the
infective
dna
hypothesis
is
not
classical
virus
theory
but
it
does
offer
detailed
support
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
209
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mitotic
lymphocytes
in
primary
tissue
cultures
of
normal
and
neoplastic
human
lung
normal
and
tumor
tissue
explants
from
resected
human
lungs
were
studied
in
vitro
lymphocyte
mitoses
were
observed
in
tissue
cultures
derived
from
of
the
lungs
the
ability
of
lymphocytes
to
undergo
mitotic
division
in
human
lung
tissue
culture
has
not
been
reported
previously
in
the
autologous
systems
used
lymphocyte
mitoses
were
much
more
common
in
cellular
outgrowths
derived
from
non
neoplastic
tissue
than
they
were
in
the
outgrowths
derived
from
cancer
bearing
explants
no
differences
were
observed
in
the
total
number
of
nondividing
lymphocytes
present
in
the
non
neoplastic
and
neoplastic
preparations
the
in
ritro
systems
employed
are
promising
tools
for
further
contributions
to
an
already
well
established
clinicopathologic
relationship
between
lymphocytes
and
cancer
cells
phase
contrast
and
time
lapse
cinephotomicrographic
records
were
obtained
of
the
mitotic
process
and
special
attention
was
paid
to
the
structural
details
certain
findings
were
of
particular
interest
namely
the
formation
of
a
dense
chromatin
ring
during
telophase
the
variable
occurrence
of
cytoplasmic
bubbling
and
the
death
of
lymphocytes
during
early
metaphase
exploding
metaphase
an
elaboration
and
discussion
of
these
findings
have
been
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
21
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
fine
structure
of
subtilis
phage
sp
some
structural
details
and
anomalous
forms
of
subtilis
phage
sp
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
210
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
transformation
of
syrian
hamster
cells
by
simian
virus
sv
acquisition
of
oncogenicity
by
virus
exposed
cells
apparently
unassociated
with
the
viral
genome
lines
of
syrian
hamster
lung
and
liver
cells
originally
exposed
as
primary
cultures
to
large
doses
of
sv
exhibited
increased
growth
rate
high
plating
efficiency
morphological
transformation
and
in
some
instances
oncogenic
potential
after
unusually
long
intervals
in
at
least
two
lines
acquisition
of
oncogenic
potential
occurred
independently
of
morphological
transformation
in
none
of
a
total
of
cell
lines
studied
in
detail
was
conclusive
evidence
for
the
presence
of
the
sv
genome
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
211
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
eye
and
kidney
tissue
reactions
to
heterologous
anti
uveal
antibodies
the
uvea
lens
capsule
and
kidney
glomerulus
in
the
albino
wistar
rat
have
a
common
antigenic
component
s
the
uvea
and
lens
capsule
in
the
pigmented
bovine
eye
also
have
a
common
antigenic
component
s
these
results
were
demonstrated
by
the
immunofluorescence
technique
the
common
antigenic
sites
in
the
uvea
were
assumed
to
be
the
basement
membrane
surrounding
the
vascular
trees
in
the
tissues
the
possibility
of
the
basement
membrane
participation
as
an
antigenic
source
for
inducing
sympathetic
ophthalmia
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
212
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experiments
dealing
with
the
role
played
by
the
aqueous
humor
and
retina
in
lens
regeneration
of
adult
newts
these
three
groups
of
experiments
involve
approximately
eyes
of
adult
newts
triturus
v
viridescens
they
were
devised
to
examine
what
if
any
role
the
aqueous
humor
plays
during
lens
regeneration
from
the
dorsal
iris
many
daily
injections
of
aqueous
humor
from
normal
eyes
were
made
in
lentectomized
eyes
for
as
long
as
days
in
some
cases
as
controls
some
lensless
eyes
were
daily
injected
with
holtfreter's
solution
in
others
aqueous
humor
was
merely
withdrawn
procedures
for
the
injection
experiments
are
difficult
to
control
however
the
most
successful
cases
showed
varying
degrees
of
inhibition
and
retardation
of
lens
regeneration
pairs
of
eyes
were
united
at
large
adjacent
wound
openings
to
provide
a
common
reservoir
of
aqueous
humor
bathing
both
lenses
and
dorsal
irises
in
some
cases
the
eyes
were
placed
on
the
side
of
the
body
in
others
more
successful
unions
were
made
by
fusing
a
transplanted
eye
to
the
right
eye
of
a
host
approximately
three
months
after
operation
one
of
two
large
lens
regenerates
in
a
pair
of
perfectly
fused
eyes
was
removed
six
weeks
later
a
new
large
lens
regenerate
reappeared
in
most
of
the
lentectomized
units
in
the
presence
of
the
intact
lens
of
the
other
unit
there
is
a
strong
possibility
that
the
more
than
normal
amount
of
neural
retina
present
provided
a
more
powerful
retinal
factor
for
lens
regeneration
than
the
inhibiting
influence
of
the
intact
lens
in
the
environment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
213
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
correlation
between
the
mast
cells
and
histamine
content
of
the
eye
in
cattle
the
authors
have
examined
the
mast
cell
content
of
the
eyes
of
cattle
and
have
established
that
most
of
the
mast
cells
are
contained
in
the
conjunctiva
the
optic
nerve
and
the
ocular
muscles
fewer
occur
in
the
sclera
and
iris
and
least
in
the
ciliary
body
and
choroid
cornea
lens
and
retina
do
not
contain
mast
cells
the
histamine
content
of
the
ocular
tissues
and
their
mast
cell
contents
generally
run
parallel
however
the
cornea
is
exceptional
in
that
its
histamine
does
not
occur
in
a
bound
state
but
in
some
form
which
is
readily
available
to
a
mild
process
of
extraction
tyrode
solution
at
c
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
214
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
in
sickle
cell
anemia
xxi
clinico
pathological
aspects
of
neurological
manifestations
neurologic
manifestations
are
frequent
in
patients
who
have
sickle
cell
disease
these
manifestations
may
be
the
earliest
presenting
signs
and
symptoms
and
they
are
so
variable
that
the
patient
may
be
erroneously
diagnosed
as
having
conditions
such
as
meningitis
poliomyelitis
subdural
hematoma
neoplasm
subarachnoid
hemorrhage
lead
encephalitis
subacute
bacterial
endocarditis
and
congenital
malformations
of
the
brain
furthermore
development
of
these
manifestations
cannot
be
predicted
on
the
basis
of
the
type
of
crisis
involved
prognosis
following
neurological
involvement
is
unpredictable
but
recurrent
episodes
together
with
abnormal
electroencephalographic
readings
suggest
a
poor
outcome
such
patients
die
or
are
the
victims
of
rather
severe
neurological
deficits
neurological
examination
of
these
patients
suggests
diffuse
involvement
of
the
cerebral
hemispheres
examination
of
the
pathological
material
however
often
fails
to
reveal
thromboses
the
striking
findings
are
infarcts
in
the
white
matter
and
perivascular
hemorrhages
the
thesis
that
the
abnormal
neurological
findings
in
these
patients
are
actually
due
to
sickle
cell
disease
is
supported
by
the
fact
that
all
such
symptoms
appear
in
association
with
clinical
circumstances
known
to
induce
sickling
these
include
surgery
and
anesthesia
fever
and
infection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
215
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
attenuation
curves
of
the
human
eye
under
normal
and
pathological
conditions
a
method
is
described
which
allows
the
determination
of
attenuation
curves
of
the
human
eye
those
curves
are
obtained
by
plotting
the
critical
depth
of
modulation
cmd
as
a
function
of
the
critical
fusion
frequency
cff
routine
experiments
were
carried
out
for
a
test
field
showing
a
sinusoidal
periodical
variation
of
its
luminance
surrounded
by
an
extensive
area
with
a
luminance
equal
to
the
average
luminance
of
the
test
field
attenuation
curves
were
obtained
for
normal
observers
under
different
experimental
conditions
and
for
a
number
of
patients
it
is
shown
that
this
method
affords
us
information
which
cannot
be
obtained
by
means
of
the
classical
methods
for
measuring
the
cff
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
216
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
central
nervous
system
manifestations
of
periarteritis
nodosa
in
the
cases
of
pathologically
proved
periarteritis
nodosa
reviewed
patients
percent
had
symptoms
and
signs
of
central
nervous
system
or
cranial
nerve
involvement
thirty
nine
patients
had
both
cerebral
manifestations
and
neuropathy
had
neuropathy
alone
and
had
only
cerebral
symptoms
and
signs
the
most
common
cerebral
manifestation
was
that
of
mental
derangement
usually
an
organic
psychosis
or
confusional
state
headache
convulsions
blurred
vision
vertigo
and
sudden
unilateral
visual
loss
were
the
most
common
symptoms
referable
to
the
central
nervous
system
the
most
common
abnormalities
on
examination
were
retinopathy
hemiparesis
and
signs
of
a
brainstem
lesion
there
was
no
difference
in
duration
of
life
after
onset
of
disease
in
those
with
and
those
without
central
nervous
system
involvement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
217
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
see
saw
nystagmus
an
unusual
sign
of
lesions
near
the
third
ventricle
a
case
of
see
saw
nystagmus
in
a
child
with
craniopharyngioma
and
bitemporal
hemianopsia
is
described
and
reference
is
made
to
previous
case
reports
the
basis
for
this
curious
sign
is
not
clear
but
the
site
of
the
lesion
must
be
considered
to
be
in
the
region
of
the
third
ventricle
since
bitemporal
hemianopsia
is
a
necessary
part
of
the
syndrome
the
sign
is
not
common
but
when
present
points
to
a
lesion
near
the
third
ventricle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
218
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
implications
of
gerstmann's
syndrome
of
consecutive
patients
subjected
to
a
standardized
battery
of
neuropsychological
tests
had
one
or
more
components
of
gerstmann's
syndrome
each
of
these
patients
had
some
evidence
of
organic
brain
dysfunction
in
addition
to
gerstmann
components
as
the
number
of
gerstmann
components
increased
the
responsible
brain
lesions
tended
to
be
larger
more
highly
destructive
of
tissue
and
to
cause
greater
neurological
impairment
every
patient
with
four
gerstmann
components
had
associated
evidence
of
severe
impairment
of
brain
functions
and
the
lesion
or
underlying
disease
was
likely
to
compromise
survival
of
the
patient
the
syndrome
is
not
to
be
regarded
as
an
autonomous
entity
but
merges
with
numerous
other
neurological
deficits
notably
dysphasia
in
agreement
with
benton
we
find
no
justification
for
singling
out
the
four
gerstmann
components
as
a
separate
syndrome
unless
one
is
also
prepared
to
recognize
that
any
other
arbitrary
groups
of
concurrent
deficits
are
also
separate
syndromes
in
at
least
three
of
patients
with
all
four
gerstmann
components
the
angular
gyrus
as
shown
by
necropsy
examination
was
not
involved
by
the
lesion
however
the
probability
that
the
left
hemisphere
contained
a
lesion
increased
with
the
number
of
gerstmann
components
and
the
probability
of
involvement
of
the
left
posterior
parasylvian
area
also
increased
with
the
increase
in
the
number
of
gerstmann
components
with
two
three
or
four
gerstmann
components
the
lesions
were
never
restricted
to
the
angular
gyrus
but
tended
to
spread
widely
over
the
parietal
temporal
and
occipital
lobes
as
to
localizing
significance
gerstmann's
syndrome
has
approximately
the
same
degree
of
cogency
as
dysphasia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
219
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
alterations
of
visual
evoked
response
in
the
presence
of
homonymous
visual
defects
the
visual
evoked
response
ver
was
studied
by
means
of
computer
averaging
in
normal
subjects
nineteen
patients
without
visual
disorder
but
with
unilateral
cerebral
lesions
and
patients
with
homonymous
visual
field
defects
an
early
negative
positive
negative
complex
was
recorded
between
laterally
placed
occipital
electrodes
and
a
vertex
reference
latencies
were
prolonged
in
the
hemianopic
patients
some
amplitude
asymmetries
were
noted
in
the
brain
damaged
controls
but
were
more
pronounced
in
patients
with
visual
defects
the
recordings
in
the
hemianopic
patients
were
differentiated
from
those
in
both
control
groups
by
the
presence
of
aberrant
wave
forms
cases
prolonged
latencies
cases
and
amplitude
depression
of
greater
then
per
cent
of
the
positive
wave
on
the
abnormal
side
cases
pathologic
verification
was
obtained
in
three
patients
and
demonstrated
a
correspondence
between
alterations
in
the
ver
and
the
presence
of
lesions
of
the
geniculocalcarine
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
22
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
genetic
transcription
during
morphogenesis
messenger
rna's
from
bacillus
subtilis
undergoing
sporulation
germination
or
step
down
transition
have
been
characterized
and
compared
hybrid
competition
experiments
indicate
that
these
messengers
are
derived
from
distinct
genetic
loci
the
results
are
consistent
with
the
hypothesis
that
differential
transcription
of
the
genome
occurs
during
morphogenesis
the
data
also
complement
previously
observed
changes
in
morphology
and
enzymatic
activity
in
sporulating
bacteria
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
220
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cerebro
vascular
lesions
and
livedo
reticularis
extensive
livedo
reticularis
has
been
observed
in
one
man
and
five
women
who
have
suffered
from
a
series
of
cerebrovascular
lesions
the
neurological
disabilities
have
included
aphasia
homonymous
hemianopia
and
hemiplegia
but
have
been
remarkable
for
the
degree
of
recovery
which
has
occurred
it
is
presumed
that
the
livedo
which
has
been
found
in
only
one
patient
without
neurological
lesions
is
related
to
the
cerebrovascular
incidents
investigations
have
failed
to
show
any
evidence
of
polyarteritis
nodosa
disseminated
lupus
erythematosus
and
thrombocythaemia
and
an
arteritis
of
unrecognized
type
is
suggested
as
the
etiology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
221
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
seesaw
nystagmus
case
report
elucidating
the
mechanism
the
eighth
recorded
case
of
see
saw
nystagmus
is
reported
features
in
this
case
are
analyzed
and
evidence
to
suggest
that
this
form
of
nystagmus
is
ocular
rather
than
central
in
origin
is
offered
see
saw
nystagmus
unlike
true
vertical
nystagmus
is
not
of
itself
indicative
of
a
brain
stem
lesion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
222
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
supratentorial
paratransversal
meningiomas
the
author
describes
cases
of
supratentorial
paratransversal
meningioma
clinically
the
development
of
these
tumours
is
slow
and
the
chief
neurological
signs
are
homonymous
hemianopia
contralateral
hemiparesis
and
speech
disorders
when
the
tumour
is
on
the
dominant
side
radiologically
carotid
angiography
permits
identification
of
these
tumours
easily
surgically
the
tumours
were
removed
completely
and
although
in
cases
the
transverse
sinus
had
to
be
resected
this
caused
no
damage
one
patient
who
was
operated
on
twice
and
whose
histological
specimen
on
the
second
occasion
showed
that
the
meningioma
was
malignant
died
seven
months
after
the
second
operation
the
other
patients
are
well
and
free
of
neurological
deficits
from
to
years
after
operation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
223
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
life
span
and
lymphoma
incidence
of
mice
injected
at
birth
with
spleen
cells
across
a
weak
histocompatibility
locus
newborn
cogenic
c
h
mice
receiving
injections
across
a
weak
h
i
h
i
histocompatibility
barrier
exhibited
life
shortening
and
a
high
incidence
of
lymphomatous
disease
during
mid
adult
life
in
control
experiments
h
i
h
i
lymphomatous
disease
developed
much
later
life
both
mouse
strains
when
not
given
injections
as
new
borns
manifest
only
a
negligible
incidence
of
lymphoma
or
leukemia
these
findings
are
variably
interpretable
in
terms
of
oncogenic
virology
and
of
the
immunologic
theories
of
aging
and
cancer
by
analogy
with
transplantation
disease
mechanisms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
224
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
heterogeneity
of
rheumatoid
factors
and
the
genetic
control
of
polypeptide
chains
of
globulin
evidence
is
presented
that
most
rf
proteins
are
heterogeneous
in
their
antigenic
composition
although
occasional
ones
are
homogeneous
and
thus
resemble
the
paraproteins
studies
pointing
out
some
of
the
difficulties
encountered
with
currently
available
preparations
of
polypeptide
chains
in
the
genetic
mapping
of
globulin
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
225
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
progynon
a
depot
preparation
with
oestrogenic
action
in
the
treatment
of
prostatic
carcinoma
a
derivative
of
a
natural
oestrogen
dash
oestradiol
undecylate
progynon
depot
dash
was
given
in
depot
form
by
injection
to
a
group
of
patients
with
prostatic
carcinoma
the
study
showed
progynon
depot
to
reduce
the
excretion
of
androgen
metabolites
in
the
urine
the
results
suggest
that
the
preparation
reduced
the
testicular
production
of
androgens
but
probably
not
that
of
the
adrenal
glands
the
depot
effect
and
clinical
action
of
the
preparation
are
described
briefly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
226
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
urinary
ketosteroid
excretion
study
in
radiation
induced
menopause
in
carcinoma
breast
urinary
ketosteroid
estimation
results
are
given
in
patients
subjected
to
radiotherapeutic
sterilisation
a
high
dosage
level
was
used
in
all
these
cases
results
indicate
some
suppression
of
ovarian
function
within
weeks
of
sterilisation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
227
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
prostatic
cancer
of
a
young
person
with
primary
hypogonadism
the
prostatic
carcinoma
of
a
years
old
man
with
primary
hypogonadism
was
presented
endocrine
environment
of
relative
estrogenic
excess
is
suspected
to
have
played
the
leading
part
in
pathogenesis
of
this
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
228
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
urinary
excretion
of
neutral
ketosteroids
and
pregnanediol
by
patients
with
prostatic
cancer
and
benign
prostatic
hypertrophy
urinary
neutral
ketosteroid
fractions
and
pregnanediol
excreted
by
patients
with
prostatic
cancer
patients
with
benign
hypertrophy
and
clinically
well
subjects
were
assayed
to
determine
whether
differences
exist
patients
with
prostatic
cancer
and
those
with
benign
hypertrophy
excreted
significantly
less
androsterone
than
the
clinically
well
subjects
a
disproportionately
lower
level
of
androsterone
than
etiocholanolone
resulted
in
a
significantly
lower
androsterone
etiocholanolone
ratio
in
both
groups
the
specificity
of
the
findings
is
discussed
the
lower
levels
of
androsterone
excreted
by
patients
with
benign
hypertrophy
were
associated
with
an
extended
period
of
hospitalization
patients
hospitalized
less
than
days
excreted
androsterone
at
levels
not
significantly
different
from
the
clinically
well
subjects
lower
levels
of
androsterone
excreted
by
patients
with
prostatic
cancer
were
not
explained
by
the
presence
of
metastasis
the
duration
of
hospitalization
loss
of
appetite
or
other
definable
differences
when
each
was
considered
singly
the
possible
interrelationships
of
clinical
differences
prevent
assigning
lower
excretion
levels
to
the
cancer
state
alone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
229
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
i
urinary
excretion
of
neutral
ketosteroids
and
pregnanediol
by
patients
with
breast
cancer
and
benign
breast
disease
urinary
levels
of
neutral
ketosteroid
fractions
and
pregnanediol
excreted
by
women
premenopausal
and
postmenopausal
were
determined
subjects
studied
were
included
in
premenopausal
groups
breast
cancer
benign
breast
disease
sick
control
well
control
and
postmenopausal
groups
breast
cancer
sick
control
well
control
levels
of
androsterone
and
etiocholanolone
excreted
by
premenopausal
patients
with
breast
cancer
were
significantly
less
than
levels
excreted
by
other
premenopausal
groups
and
they
did
not
differ
significantly
from
levels
excreted
by
postmenopausal
patients
with
breast
cancer
disproportionately
lower
levels
of
the
desoxy
ketosteroids
than
oxy
ketosteroids
excreted
by
premenopausal
patients
with
cancer
resulted
in
significantly
lower
ratios
than
those
found
in
other
premenopausal
groups
ratios
associated
with
premenopausal
patients
with
cancer
did
not
differ
significantly
from
those
of
postmenopausal
patients
with
cancer
lower
levels
of
androsterone
and
etiocholanolone
were
not
explained
by
debilitation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
23
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
renal
amyloidosis
a
clinicopathological
study
the
clinical
and
histopathological
data
from
cases
of
renal
amyloidosis
diagnosed
by
percutaneous
renal
biopsy
are
presented
twenty
two
cases
were
labelled
as
'secondary'
amyloidosis
as
definite
aetiological
factors
responsible
for
renal
amyloidosis
could
be
discovered
the
predisposing
disease
states
leading
to
amyloid
deposits
in
the
kidney
in
the
order
of
frequency
were
fibrocaseous
pulmonary
tuberculosis
bronchiectasis
lung
abscess
and
ileocaecal
tuberculosis
five
cases
were
labelled
as
suspected
'primary'
amyloidosis
as
a
definite
evidence
of
the
predisposing
disease
could
not
be
obtained
although
the
skiagram
of
chest
revealed
minimal
healed
foci
no
cause
could
be
determined
in
thirteen
cases
which
were
therefore
labelled
as
'primary'
amyloidosis
albuminuria
was
a
constant
feature
in
all
the
cases
and
cases
presented
as
nephrotic
syndrome
the
rest
of
the
cases
presented
with
hypertension
or
renal
failure
in
addition
to
albuminuria
the
ancillary
procedure
viz
congo
red
test
gingival
and
liver
biopsies
proved
to
be
of
limited
value
in
the
diagnosis
of
renal
amyloidosis
the
importance
of
percutaneous
renal
biopsy
as
a
diagnostic
tool
has
been
emphasised
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
230
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
morphologic
demonstration
of
an
alveolar
lining
layer
and
its
relationship
to
pulmonary
surfactant
the
presence
of
an
alveolar
lining
layer
was
histologically
demonstrated
in
animal
lungs
by
ultraviolet
microscopy
this
layer
appeared
as
a
thin
fluorescent
line
at
the
air
tissue
interface
the
fluorescent
lining
layer
could
be
abolished
from
lung
sections
by
extraction
with
chloroform
methanol
and
was
diminished
by
digestion
with
cl
welchii
a
toxin
lecithinase
suggesting
that
the
structure
was
a
lecithin
containing
lipid
an
alveolar
lining
structure
was
also
identified
by
the
use
of
phosphatide
and
polysaccharide
stains
suggesting
that
the
lipid
was
a
phosphatide
but
that
a
mucopolysaccharide
component
might
also
be
present
bilateral
cervical
vagotomy
resulted
in
diminution
or
loss
of
the
fluorescent
alveolar
lines
and
abnormal
surface
tension
properties
of
lung
extracts
this
suggested
that
the
presence
of
the
fluorescent
material
was
associated
with
the
surface
activity
of
the
lung
alveolar
lining
structure
could
not
be
demonstrated
by
electron
microscopy
even
with
special
staining
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
231
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experimental
emphysema
basis
review
and
critique
normal
lung
structure
has
been
described
as
a
rich
capillary
bed
in
a
finely
partitioned
airspace
with
unique
surface
active
effects
morphologic
criteria
of
the
lesions
of
human
pulmonary
emphysema
include
evidence
of
destruction
residual
vascular
remnants
the
absence
of
significant
amounts
of
fibrosis
and
altered
conducting
airways
without
anatomic
obstruction
experimental
studies
relating
to
the
pathogenesis
of
emphysema
have
been
reviewed
and
critically
evaluated
stress
has
been
placed
on
the
necessity
to
control
the
biologic
factors
influencing
the
action
of
any
specific
etiologic
agent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
232
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
alveolar
lining
cells
and
pulmonary
reticuloendothelial
system
of
the
rabbit
complete
freund's
adjuvant
was
injected
intravenously
into
rabbits
and
the
cellular
response
in
the
lungs
was
investigated
the
population
of
cells
within
the
alveolar
spaces
was
contributed
to
by
monocytes
of
the
circulation
mesenchymal
cells
of
the
alveolar
walls
and
epithelial
lining
cells
of
the
alveoli
the
abnormal
epithelial
lining
during
the
proliferative
phase
was
the
result
of
an
increase
in
size
and
number
of
the
cells
that
line
the
normal
alveoli
as
healing
progressed
a
structurally
normal
alveolar
lining
was
found
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
233
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
time
course
of
changes
in
surface
tension
and
morphology
of
alveolar
epithelial
cells
in
co
induced
hyaline
membrane
disease
atelectasis
and
hyaline
membranes
produced
by
exposure
of
guinea
pigs
to
percent
co
were
found
to
be
associated
with
disappearance
of
lamellar
bodies
in
the
large
alveolar
lining
cells
granular
pneumocytes
and
an
associated
decrease
in
surfactant
as
indicated
in
the
rise
of
minimal
surface
tension
of
the
lungs
this
process
is
limited
to
the
uncompensated
phase
of
respiratory
acidosis
and
is
reversed
during
the
compensatory
phase
the
parallel
time
course
in
changes
of
surface
tension
and
alterations
of
lamellar
bodies
in
the
granular
pneumocytes
provides
additional
evidence
for
the
identification
of
the
latter
as
the
cells
responsible
for
the
secretion
of
surfactant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
234
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cortisone
and
atypical
pulmonary
epithelial
hyperplasia
further
studies
including
electron
microscopy
tissue
culture
animal
transplantation
and
long
term
observations
previous
work
in
rabbits
showed
that
there
was
a
proliferation
of
cells
within
pulmonary
alveoli
following
intratracheal
injection
of
nitric
acid
and
that
the
proliferation
was
greatly
enhanced
by
the
administration
of
cortisone
to
the
animals
electron
microscopic
observations
indicated
that
these
were
morphologically
large
alveolar
lining
cells
tissue
culture
studies
of
damaged
and
normal
lung
with
and
without
cortisone
showed
no
evidence
for
a
direct
effect
of
the
drug
on
the
proliferation
of
these
cells
this
observation
together
with
the
knowledge
that
fibrosis
was
delayed
in
the
cortisone
treated
animals
support
the
thesis
that
the
cortisone
effect
is
an
indirect
one
transplantation
of
damaged
lung
tissue
to
hamster
cheek
pouch
failed
to
reveal
evidence
of
growth
within
the
period
of
observation
to
days
there
was
evidence
that
the
proliferation
subsided
considerably
and
no
neoplasms
developed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
235
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
observations
on
myelin
glial
relationships
and
on
the
etiology
of
the
cerebrospinal
fluid
exchange
lesion
the
present
paper
presents
cytological
observations
from
developing
kitten
spinal
cord
and
from
spinal
cord
white
matter
reacting
to
injury
it
also
presents
some
recent
experiments
on
the
mechanism
of
etiology
of
the
csf
exchange
lesion
drawing
on
these
various
sources
the
authors
propose
specific
functions
for
some
of
the
cell
types
present
in
spinal
cord
white
matter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
236
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lactate
and
pyruvate
in
the
brain
of
rats
during
hyperventilation
experiments
on
anesthetized
and
curarized
rats
under
artificial
ventilation
show
that
during
hyperventilation
lactate
and
pyruvate
are
markedly
increased
both
in
blood
and
in
brain
the
lactate
pyruvate
ratio
which
remains
in
blood
the
same
as
in
control
conditions
is
systematically
decreased
in
brain
during
hypoxia
ventilation
with
oxygen
in
nitrogen
lactate
rises
markedly
in
blood
and
in
brain
the
lactate
pyruvate
ratio
which
is
strongly
increased
in
blood
shows
a
small
rise
in
brain
these
observations
could
indicate
that
a
different
mechanism
is
responsible
for
the
rise
of
lactate
in
brain
during
hypoxia
and
hyperventilation
the
important
augmentation
of
lactate
in
brain
during
hyperventilation
can
give
an
explanation
for
the
delayed
rise
which
is
seen
in
the
lactate
level
in
cerebrospinal
fluid
in
these
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
237
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cisternal
fluid
oxygen
tension
in
man
using
a
beckman
micro
oxygen
electrode
we
have
studied
the
oxygen
tension
simultaneously
in
the
cisterna
magna
the
internal
jugular
vein
and
in
arterial
blood
under
various
conditions
the
results
suggest
that
the
cisternal
oxygen
tension
to
some
degree
reflects
the
average
oxygen
tension
of
the
surrounding
brain
tissue
and
besides
reflecting
the
available
free
oxygen
to
the
brain
it
registrates
changes
of
short
duration
in
the
cerebral
blood
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
238
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ventricular
septal
defect
with
prolapsed
aortic
valve
and
outflow
tract
obstruction
a
case
of
ventricular
septal
defect
combined
with
aortic
valvular
lesion
and
infundibular
pulmonic
stenosis
is
described
the
right
coronary
cusp
of
the
aortic
valve
protruding
through
the
ventricular
septal
defect
was
demonstrated
by
right
ventricular
angiocardiography
as
a
polyp
like
mass
in
the
right
ventricular
outflow
tract
cardiac
catheterization
and
angiocardiography
showed
progressive
right
ventricular
outflow
obstruction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
239
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
functional
adaptations
of
the
right
ventricular
outflow
tract
in
congenital
heart
disease
functional
adaptations
in
the
right
ventricular
outflow
tract
have
been
discussed
in
relation
to
the
development
of
acquired
pulmonary
stenosis
it
is
concluded
that
physical
forces
as
well
as
structural
abnormalities
may
greatly
influence
both
the
clinical
picture
and
the
life
history
of
many
patients
with
congenital
heart
lesions
the
importance
of
further
serial
haemodynamic
studies
to
provide
a
fuller
understanding
of
the
natural
course
of
many
lesions
is
stressed
so
that
better
advice
about
prognosis
and
the
optimal
time
for
surgical
treatment
may
be
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
24
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
idiopathic
autoimmune
hemolytic
anemia
and
idiopathic
thrombocytopenic
purpura
associated
with
diffuse
hypergammaglobulinemia
amyloidosis
hypoalbuminemia
and
plasmacytosis
a
case
is
reported
of
a
sixty
nine
year
old
woman
with
severe
idiopathic
autoimmune
hemolytic
anemia
which
was
initially
controlled
by
splenectomy
a
relapse
associated
with
the
development
of
severe
autoimmune
thrombocytopenic
purpura
failed
to
respond
to
large
doses
of
prednisone
but
was
controlled
to
a
variable
degree
with
imuran
associated
features
included
diffuse
hypergammaglobulinemia
excessive
gamma
u
proteins
in
the
urine
idiopathic
hypoalbuminemia
with
a
greatly
reduced
total
exchangeable
albumin
pool
amyloidosis
in
the
spleen
and
other
organs
and
diffuse
plasmacytosis
of
the
bone
marrow
lymph
nodes
and
thoracic
and
peritoneal
fat
these
features
and
their
interrelationships
are
discussed
there
was
no
deficiency
in
the
synthesis
of
specific
neutralizing
antibodies
against
viruses
indicating
that
a
qualitative
immune
deficiency
did
not
exist
the
frequency
of
occurrence
of
thrombocytopenic
purpura
in
such
a
case
is
discussed
as
is
the
prognosis
the
mechanism
of
action
of
antimetabolites
in
inducing
a
remission
in
autoimmune
hemolytic
anemia
as
well
as
the
etiology
of
the
disease
is
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
240
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mitral
atresia
associated
with
pulmonary
venous
anomalies
pulmonary
venous
anomalies
were
observed
in
among
specimens
with
mitral
atresia
in
of
these
the
anomalous
pulmonary
veins
took
the
form
of
anomalous
pulmonary
venous
connexion
in
the
remaining
case
the
pulmonary
venous
anomaly
was
represented
by
cor
triatriatum
in
group
i
mitral
atresia
and
premature
closure
of
the
foramen
ovale
coexisted
the
anomalous
pulmonary
venous
connexions
in
this
group
provided
collateral
routes
for
the
flow
of
pulmonary
venous
blood
and
can
be
understood
as
developing
en
response
to
obstruction
at
the
foramen
ovale
when
the
mitral
valve
is
atretic
in
the
remaining
group
ii
no
such
causative
factor
could
be
invoked
in
one
of
the
latter
group
total
anomalous
pulmonary
venous
connexion
coexisted
with
a
common
atrium
in
the
other
cor
triatriatum
coexisted
with
a
patent
foramen
ovale
pulmonary
venous
obstruction
occurred
in
each
of
the
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
241
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
basal
metabolic
rate
after
cardiovascular
surgery
the
basal
metabolic
rate
and
respiratory
equivalent
of
patients
were
determined
during
days
of
convalescence
from
cardiovascular
surgical
operations
performed
with
or
without
cardiopulmonary
bypass
the
results
were
compared
in
patients
who
had
undergone
operation
for
different
diseases
metabolic
rate
in
the
majority
of
cases
was
increased
but
was
commensurate
with
body
temperature
some
patients
particularly
those
requiring
open
operation
on
the
aortic
valve
had
raised
metabolic
rates
which
could
not
be
explained
solely
by
pyrexia
all
types
of
patients
in
this
series
had
elevated
respiratory
equivalents
which
persisted
throughout
convalescence
these
equivalents
were
greater
in
patients
treated
with
cardiopulmonary
bypass
than
in
patients
treated
without
bypass
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
242
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
surgical
treatment
of
ventricular
septal
defect
the
surgical
technique
of
closure
of
ventricular
septal
defects
in
cases
cases
of
isolated
defects
and
cases
of
tetralogy
of
fallot
is
discussed
in
the
light
of
the
follow
up
results
the
use
of
a
patch
for
closure
has
reduced
the
incidence
of
recurrence
to
percent
com
pared
with
percent
when
direct
suture
was
performed
the
incidence
of
heart
block
also
decreased
from
percent
when
direct
suture
was
used
to
percent
with
a
patch
the
transatrial
approach
is
preferred
for
isolated
ventricular
septal
defects
the
ventricular
approach
is
preferred
for
cases
with
tetralogy
of
fallot
in
cases
combined
with
aortic
insufficiency
only
small
defects
are
closed
through
the
aorta
larger
defects
are
closed
in
the
usual
way
at
a
first
stage
operation
and
a
total
valve
prosthesis
is
introduced
at
a
second
operation
there
was
an
operative
mortality
of
percent
in
isolated
ventricular
septal
defects
compared
with
percent
in
cyanotic
patients
with
tetralogy
of
fallot
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
243
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
hemodynamic
observations
in
congenital
heart
disease
with
special
reference
to
pressure
curves
in
ductus
arteriosus
hemodynamic
observations
in
congenital
heart
disease
cases
are
made
based
on
data
in
the
department
of
pediatrics
kyoto
university
between
may
and
december
we
have
classified
these
cases
according
to
the
malformation
from
the
hemodynamic
view
point
our
cases
were
classified
into
the
following
groups
ventricular
septal
defect
cases
small
ventricular
septal
defect
moderate
ventricular
septal
defect
marked
ventricular
septal
defect
ventricular
septal
defect
with
pulmonary
stenosis
patent
ductus
arteriosus
atrial
septal
defect
atrial
septal
defect
atrial
septal
defect
with
pulmonary
stenosis
pulmonary
stenosis
tetralogy
of
fallot
aortic
stenosis
aortic
insufficiency
aortic
insufficiency
with
ventricular
septal
defect
aortic
insufficiency
with
pulmonary
stenosis
in
sonre
small
ventricular
septal
defect
we
tried
the
vasoactive
drugs
phenylephrine
was
injected
slowly
into
the
right
ventricle
via
the
catheter
a
rapid
rise
in
femoral
arterial
pressure
associated
with
bradycardia
and
intensiffication
of
the
systolic
murmur
was
observed
after
the
administration
of
amyl
nitrite
a
rapid
fall
in
femoral
arterial
pressure
associated
with
tachycardia
and
softening
of
the
sys
tolic
murmur
was
observed
in
patent
ductus
arteriosus
when
the
cardiac
catheter
is
withdrawn
slowly
from
the
aorta
into
the
pulmonary
artery
the
outstanding
pressure
curve
is
recorded
in
ductus
arteriosus
the
systolic
pressure
curve
in
the
ductus
arteriosus
is
the
same
as
the
systolic
pressure
in
the
aorta
and
the
diastolic
pressure
curve
in
the
ductus
arteriosus
has
a
diastolic
dip
followed
by
a
late
diastolic
pressure
peak
in
patent
ductus
arteriosus
when
the
cardiac
catheter
is
withdrawn
from
the
left
pulmonary
artery
to
the
right
ventricle
the
pressure
curve
reveals
a
considerable
characteristic
rise
in
pulmonary
arterial
pressure
which
is
regarded
as
an
effect
of
the
transmission
of
systemic
pressure
through
the
ductus
arteriosus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
244
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
study
on
the
direction
of
inscription
of
the
vectorcardiographic
t
loop
in
left
and
right
ventricular
hypertrophy
frank
lead
vectorcardiogram
was
recorded
in
normal
persons
and
in
cases
with
hypertension
and
acquired
and
congenital
heart
disease
the
t
loop
was
classified
into
types
according
to
the
directions
of
inscription
in
planar
projections
frequently
observed
types
were
examined
with
the
direction
of
the
maximal
t
vector
in
majority
of
normal
cases
the
t
loop
was
inscribed
counterclockwise
in
horizontal
and
clockwise
in
sagittal
planes
in
left
ventricular
hypertrophy
abnormal
inscription
of
the
t
loop
was
observed
with
abnormal
rightward
and
superior
deviation
of
its
maximal
vector
and
the
t
loop
oriented
more
than
in
horizontal
plane
was
usually
accompanied
by
abnormal
inscription
percentage
of
abnormal
inscription
was
higher
in
cases
with
cardiac
complaints
in
right
ventricular
hypertrophy
directional
change
of
the
t
loop
was
relatively
small
but
changes
in
inscription
of
it
were
common
the
t
loop
was
always
inscribed
abnormally
in
cases
with
abnormal
inscription
of
the
qrs
loop
the
concept
of
the
polar
vector
was
found
to
be
valuable
in
studying
the
inscription
and
the
direction
of
the
t
loop
significance
of
changes
in
inscription
of
the
t
loop
was
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
245
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pulmonary
vascular
plexiform
lesion
pathogenetic
studies
an
attempt
was
made
to
test
the
theory
that
in
pulmonary
arterial
hypertension
the
plexiform
lesion
is
a
jet
lesion
beyond
points
of
arterial
stenosis
resulting
from
nonspecific
intimal
thickening
in
subjects
with
such
congenital
communications
as
are
associated
with
pulmonary
arterial
hypertension
the
lungs
were
studied
histologically
in
each
there
was
an
additional
element
of
pulmonary
venous
obstruction
it
is
likely
that
in
the
absence
of
pulmonary
venous
obstruction
adult
patients
with
only
the
congenital
communication
would
have
developed
plexiform
lesions
in
the
three
adult
patients
in
the
study
no
plexiform
lesions
were
identified
among
the
infants
or
children
one
subject
showed
plexiform
lesions
a
day
old
girl
with
mitral
atresia
ventricular
septal
defect
and
patent
ductus
arteriosus
while
the
findings
in
the
three
adult
subjects
support
the
theory
regarding
the
genesis
of
plexiform
lesions
the
findings
in
the
one
infant
with
plexiform
lesions
appear
to
contradict
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
246
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
renal
hemosiderosis
blue
kidney
in
patients
with
valvular
heart
disease
anatomic
evidence
of
intravascular
hemolysis
i
e
renal
hemosiderosis
was
found
at
necropsy
in
of
patients
who
died
of
severe
valvular
heart
disease
the
aortic
valve
in
each
of
these
patients
was
heavily
calcified
immobile
and
portions
of
the
calcific
deposits
were
in
direct
contact
with
the
blood
hemolysis
in
each
patient
was
attributable
to
direct
trauma
to
erythrocytes
traversing
the
stenotic
valve
and
the
frequency
of
trauma
was
increased
by
an
associated
regurgitant
flow
renal
hemosiderosis
was
not
observed
in
any
patient
with
isolated
mitral
valve
disease
or
in
those
with
combined
mitral
and
tricuspid
valve
malformations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
247
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
tumor
scanning
with
radioactive
cesium
fourteen
patients
with
cancer
were
scanned
minutes
to
hours
after
injection
of
radioactive
cs
and
satisfactory
scans
of
the
tumors
were
obtained
in
seven
positive
scans
were
obtained
in
large
superficial
tumors
in
a
pulmonary
lymphoma
and
in
a
carcinoma
of
the
upper
third
of
the
esophagus
the
negative
scans
were
all
in
abdominal
tumors
correlations
were
made
with
data
obtained
from
external
counting
and
by
well
scintillation
counting
of
biopsy
specimens
two
modes
of
uptake
are
suggested
a
early
uptake
due
to
vascularity
and
probably
not
proportional
to
stable
cesium
content
and
b
a
later
uptake
based
upon
greater
alkali
metal
content
of
tumors
than
of
normal
tissue
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
248
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lung
scanning
with
colloidal
risa
the
use
of
colloidal
risa
injected
intravenously
in
a
particle
size
of
microns
followed
by
lung
photoscanning
offers
a
practical
atraumatic
method
of
visualizing
pulmonary
artery
occlusions
in
the
dog
the
fact
that
the
particles
have
a
relatively
short
biological
half
life
appears
to
decrease
the
radiation
dose
delivered
and
the
duration
of
occlusion
of
pulmonary
capillaries
as
compared
to
ceramic
microspheres
work
is
in
progress
to
apply
this
technique
to
the
study
of
pulmonary
artery
occlusion
in
the
human
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
249
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
multivariate
comparison
of
results
of
treatment
in
chronic
lymphocytic
and
chronic
granulocytic
leukemia
the
results
of
several
clinical
trials
have
been
analyzed
by
multivariate
procedures
which
rely
completely
on
laboratory
findings
and
do
not
involve
scoring
specific
changes
or
subjective
evaluations
statistically
significant
differences
among
drugs
after
three
months
of
therapy
were
demonstrated
a
relationship
between
the
multivariate
method
and
the
subjective
evaluation
was
demonstrated
which
indicates
that
if
the
subjective
evaluation
is
an
estimate
of
the
physiologic
state
or
prognosis
of
the
patient
then
so
are
the
completely
objective
techniques
used
here
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
25
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
corticosteroid
therapy
of
amyloid
nephrotic
syndrome
the
results
of
treatment
with
prolonged
adrenal
corticosteroids
in
adults
with
amyloid
nephrotic
syndrome
are
presented
eight
subjects
were
observed
in
this
series
and
additional
cases
were
summarized
from
the
literature
twenty
two
of
the
patients
were
male
and
four
were
female
the
diagnosis
was
established
by
renal
biopsy
in
instances
and
by
autopsy
in
the
others
with
patients
considered
to
have
primary
amyloidosis
and
secondary
amyloidosis
the
majority
of
the
subjects
died
in
renal
failure
with
an
average
survival
after
onset
of
the
disease
of
months
the
renal
disease
was
indistinguishable
from
that
seen
in
other
forms
of
the
nephrotic
syndrome
with
the
possible
exceptions
of
a
a
high
incidence
of
purpuric
skin
lesions
b
a
low
or
negligible
incidence
of
hypertension
at
times
actual
hypotension
was
prominent
and
c
a
rapid
and
inexorable
progression
of
azotemia
despite
persistence
of
the
clinical
and
biochemical
characteristics
of
the
nephrotic
syndrome
amyloidosis
was
found
by
percutaneous
renal
biopsy
in
per
cent
of
adults
with
the
nephotic
syndrome
corticosteroids
did
not
appear
to
affect
the
progress
of
the
disease
and
were
neither
beneficial
nor
detrimental
in
view
of
the
high
incidence
of
deleterious
side
effects
of
prolonged
corticosteroid
therapy
and
the
availability
of
potent
diuretic
agents
which
may
be
helpful
in
relieving
edema
in
this
disorder
it
is
felt
that
corticosteroids
are
contraindicated
in
the
treatment
of
amyloid
nephrotic
syndrome
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
250
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
oxacillin
apparent
hematologic
and
hepatic
toxicity
bone
marrow
depression
and
hepatocellular
dysfunction
developed
in
an
allergic
woman
receiving
gm
of
sodium
oxacillin
by
mouth
daily
for
nearly
three
months
discontinuing
the
drug
and
administering
corticosteroids
and
antibiotics
resulted
in
apparent
recovery
the
toxic
potentialities
of
oxacillin
should
be
appreciated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
251
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
drugs
and
neonatal
jaundice
this
paper
is
not
intended
as
an
exhaustive
review
of
bilirubin
metabolism
nor
of
the
many
factors
which
may
result
in
exaggerated
physiologic
jaundice
for
such
a
review
the
interested
reader
is
referred
to
the
excellent
articles
by
zuelzer
and
brown
brief
mention
has
been
made
of
the
mechanism
by
which
certain
drugs
may
contribute
to
the
development
of
hyperbilirubinemia
a
few
drugs
the
water
soluble
vitamin
k
derivatives
sulfasoxazole
gantrisin
the
salicylates
and
novobiocin
have
been
unequivocally
shown
to
affect
adversely
the
newborn
infant's
ability
to
handle
bilirubin
in
time
other
compounds
will
definitely
be
incriminated
it
is
important
to
remember
that
the
administration
of
a
drug
to
a
mother
just
prior
to
delivery
may
result
in
appreciable
concentrations
of
the
compound
in
the
infant's
serum
and
that
drugs
administered
to
the
nursing
mother
may
be
excreted
in
breast
milk
and
thereby
absorbed
by
the
infant
careful
consideration
of
the
drugs
given
not
only
to
the
newborn
but
also
to
the
mother
is
therefore
essential
if
we
are
to
avoid
what
may
be
termed
iatrogenic
hyperbilirubinemia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
252
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
amputation
in
patients
over
years
of
age
although
patients
over
years
of
age
can
be
expected
to
have
poor
physical
reserve
and
many
co
existing
diseases
our
observations
show
that
nevertheless
they
can
be
subjected
to
surgical
procedures
without
undue
mortality
the
mortality
rate
can
be
maintained
at
a
minimum
if
the
surgeon
considers
the
factors
that
contribute
to
its
increase
in
the
elderly
this
necessitates
careful
evaluation
of
the
patient
and
treatment
of
any
pre
existing
or
co
existing
disease
proper
control
of
electrolytes
avoidance
of
infection
prompt
correction
of
any
postoperative
hypotension
postoperative
pulmonary
ventilation
and
tracheal
cleansing
and
avoidance
of
prolonged
surgical
procedures
a
group
of
patients
past
the
age
of
years
underwent
amputation
of
a
lower
extremity
without
undue
mortality
deaths
lumbar
sympathectomy
is
not
considered
advisable
in
these
aged
pa
tients
the
standard
mid
thigh
operation
can
be
questioned
in
the
younger
patient
but
it
is
the
procedure
of
choice
for
removal
of
a
gangrenous
extremity
in
patients
over
years
of
age
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
253
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radical
operation
for
ventricular
septal
defect
in
infancy
ventricular
septal
defect
is
the
most
common
congenital
anomaly
of
the
heart
in
infancy
and
has
a
poor
prognosis
we
have
operated
upon
infants
all
under
one
year
of
age
for
ventricular
septal
defect
there
has
been
successful
repair
in
cases
at
present
hypothermia
with
a
surface
cooling
method
has
proved
to
be
superior
to
the
artificial
heart
lung
machine
because
of
the
simplicity
and
the
good
operative
results
with
its
use
in
addition
early
operation
during
the
infantile
period
will
cause
less
psychological
impact
on
infants
these
advantages
are
sufficient
for
us
to
advocate
radical
operation
of
ventricular
septal
defect
in
infancy
even
including
the
severely
ill
children
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
254
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
specific
suppression
of
tumor
growth
by
isolated
peritoneal
macrophages
from
immunized
mice
methods
were
presented
by
which
macrophages
may
be
isolated
from
the
peritoneal
cell
population
of
mice
these
cells
and
for
comparison
peritoneal
lymphocytes
and
lymph
node
cells
were
tested
for
immunologic
activity
by
injecting
a
mixture
of
the
test
cells
and
tumor
cells
subcutaneously
into
irradiated
mice
each
cell
type
when
obtained
from
immunized
mice
was
capable
of
suppressing
the
growth
of
the
specific
tumor
cells
the
results
are
discussed
with
respect
to
a
possible
specific
immunologic
function
for
macrophages
in
graft
rejection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
255
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
heterologous
antiserum
and
complement
on
glycolysis
of
tumor
cells
the
effect
of
heterologous
antiserum
and
complement
on
glucose
metabolism
of
rat
ascites
tumor
cells
was
examined
to
clarify
the
mechanism
of
the
cytotoxic
effect
of
antibody
lactate
production
of
the
target
cells
was
inhibited
by
the
cooperation
of
antiserum
and
complement
while
no
inhibition
was
observed
when
the
cells
were
subjected
to
either
antiserum
or
complement
alone
the
inhibition
of
lactate
production
was
observed
under
both
acrobic
and
anacrobic
conditions
no
effect
of
the
antiserum
and
complement
was
observed
on
the
oxygen
consumption
of
the
cells
the
amount
of
antiserum
necessary
for
the
inhibition
of
lactate
production
of
the
cells
was
determined
in
the
presence
of
a
definite
amount
of
complement
and
it
was
found
that
the
degree
of
inhibition
was
not
in
parallel
with
the
concentration
of
antiserum
beyond
a
certain
threshold
on
the
other
hand
a
parallelism
was
observed
between
the
amount
of
complement
and
the
rate
of
inhibition
of
lactate
production
when
different
amounts
of
complement
were
added
to
a
definite
amount
of
antiserum
similar
inhibitory
effects
of
the
antiserum
and
complement
on
lactate
production
of
the
cells
from
glucose
fructose
diphosphate
and
pyruvate
suggested
that
the
inhibition
occurred
toward
the
final
step
of
glycolytic
process
of
the
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
256
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
soluble
tissue
antigens
in
human
brain
tumor
and
cerebrospinal
fluid
an
a
globulin
antigen
present
in
human
glioblastomas
and
immunologically
identical
with
antigens
present
in
human
brain
liver
spleen
and
metastatic
carcinoma
cyst
fluid
has
been
described
this
protein
antigen
is
not
present
in
plasma
wbc
or
normal
csf
it
has
been
demonstrated
in
the
csf
of
three
of
patients
with
tumors
of
the
central
nervous
system
when
present
it
may
represent
a
specific
tissue
protein
fraction
contributed
by
either
the
tumor
itself
or
the
adjacent
cns
tissue
the
major
protein
components
of
normal
and
abnormal
csf
are
derived
from
or
at
least
antigenically
identical
to
the
plasma
proteins
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
257
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
apparent
immunofluorescence
of
tissue
mast
cells
both
rat
mast
cells
and
rat
cosinophils
exhibited
fluorescence
in
blue
violet
light
after
treatment
with
fitc
conjugated
rabbit
anti
rat
g
globulin
and
in
each
cell
this
fluorescence
was
immunologically
nonspecific
whereas
cosinophils
fluoresced
after
treatment
with
fluorescein
alone
mast
cells
fluoresced
only
after
treatment
with
a
protein
conjugate
containing
g
globulin
the
phenomenon
was
observed
in
cells
from
different
organs
and
the
fluorescence
was
seen
to
be
associated
with
the
cytoplasmic
granules
normally
present
in
these
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
258
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
determinants
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
po
the
effects
of
oxygen
and
carbon
dioxide
breathing
in
patients
with
chronic
lung
disease
the
lumbar
cerebrospinal
fluid
po
of
some
hypoxemic
hypercapnic
patients
with
chronic
lung
disease
is
the
same
as
that
of
patients
without
chronic
lung
disease
breathing
oxygen
with
carbon
dioxide
increased
lumbar
cerebrospinal
fluid
po
more
than
breathing
oxygen
with
nitrogen
the
change
in
cerebrospinal
fluid
po
is
closely
related
to
the
change
in
arterial
pco
and
this
relationship
is
similar
to
the
relationship
between
arterial
pco
and
cerebral
blood
flow
in
patients
with
and
without
hypercapnia
interpretation
of
these
observations
must
be
qualified
by
the
following
cisternal
cerebrospinal
fluid
po
differs
from
lumbar
cerebrospinal
fluid
po
in
its
response
to
breathing
oxygen
with
carbon
dioxide
regulation
of
blood
flow
to
the
spinal
cord
and
nerve
roots
is
not
known
to
be
comparable
to
that
of
the
brain
and
factors
other
than
blood
flow
may
have
contributed
to
the
changes
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
po
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
259
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
behavior
of
lymphocytes
in
primary
explants
of
human
lung
cancer
in
vitro
the
activity
of
lymphocytes
within
outgrowths
from
explanted
tissue
fragments
of
human
lung
cancers
has
been
studied
the
study
included
cancer
bearing
tissue
explants
from
all
cases
and
noncancerbearing
lung
tissue
from
of
the
cases
five
major
categories
of
lymphocytic
behavior
were
derived
from
the
study
namely
emigration
and
migration
of
lymphocytes
from
the
explant
clustering
of
lymphocytes
around
target
cells
ameboid
transformation
of
lymphocytes
lymphocytic
congregation
and
emperipolesis
criteria
for
these
different
lymphocytic
activities
have
been
amplified
or
introduced
findings
of
particular
interest
were
the
frequency
of
both
via
ble
and
nonviable
lymphocytes
within
the
vacuoles
of
other
cells
this
observation
is
considered
to
be
an
absolute
criterion
for
the
recogni
tion
of
emperipolesis
a
subsequent
inclusionbody
appearance
of
the
dead
lymphocytes
has
been
observed
the
intimate
relationship
of
ameboid
forms
of
lymphocytes
to
selected
cells
resulting
in
a
juxtanuclear
and
frequently
unipolar
crowding
of
one
cell
by
numerous
lymphocytes
while
nearby
cells
were
totally
devoid
of
ameboid
lymphocytes
reasons
are
given
to
support
the
impression
that
this
phenomenon
is
re
lated
to
sensitization
there
is
also
the
possibility
that
the
phenomenon
may
indicate
that
the
lymphocyte
is
conditioned
the
apparent
entry
of
the
lymphocyte
into
the
cell
has
been
recorded
by
timelapse
cinematography
a
lymphocyte
relationship
to
cancer
cells
was
infrequently
found
although
explants
of
of
the
cases
produced
identifiable
cancer
cells
and
lymphocytes
emigrated
from
the
explants
of
all
cases
it
is
not
apparent
from
this
limited
study
whether
this
is
a
significant
finding
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
26
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
renal
amyloidosis
a
biopsy
study
the
relationship
of
the
amount
of
amyloid
deposition
in
the
kidney
to
the
clinical
picture
is
reviewed
in
cases
of
renal
amyloidosis
diagnosed
by
renal
biopsy
the
large
percentage
of
patients
who
had
the
nephrotic
syndrome
patients
probably
reflects
the
criteria
for
renal
biopsy
at
this
institution
the
etiology
of
the
amyloid
deposition
did
not
seem
to
be
clearly
correlated
with
either
the
amount
of
amyloid
deposition
in
the
kidney
or
the
severity
of
the
clinical
renal
disease
all
patients
had
deposits
in
the
glomerulus
and
the
heavier
the
deposition
the
severer
the
renal
disease
of
patients
who
had
biopsy
of
the
bone
marrow
all
had
abnormal
types
or
numbers
of
plasma
cells
the
age
range
in
primary
amyloidosis
appeared
to
be
about
the
same
as
that
in
amyloidosis
secondary
to
myeloma
amyloidosis
should
be
suspected
in
patients
with
proteinuria
the
nephrotic
syndrome
or
renal
failure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
260
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ventricular
septal
defect
with
aortic
insufficiency
a
clinical
and
hemodynamic
study
of
proved
cases
eighteen
patients
with
the
combination
of
ventricular
septal
defect
and
aortic
insufficiency
were
studied
nine
also
had
infundibular
pulmonary
stenosis
seventeen
were
treated
by
open
heart
operations
the
physical
findings
were
those
of
a
typical
ventricular
defect
murmur
and
thrill
together
with
an
aortic
insufficiency
blow
and
a
wide
pulse
pressure
a
systolic
murmur
at
the
upper
left
sternal
border
with
thrill
is
strongly
suggestive
of
the
additional
lesion
of
infundibular
pulmonary
stenosis
but
the
presence
or
absence
of
infundibular
pulmonary
stenosis
was
indicated
most
accurately
at
cardiac
catheterization
and
on
inspection
at
operation
it
was
not
of
sufficient
severity
for
signs
of
additional
right
ventricular
hypertrophy
to
appear
on
the
electrocardiogram
retrograde
aortography
serves
to
demonstrate
the
severity
of
the
aortic
regurgitation
the
problem
of
the
surgical
correction
of
these
lesions
will
be
the
subject
of
a
separate
communication
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
261
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radioisotope
photoscanning
as
a
diagnostic
aid
in
cardiovascular
disease
a
safe
simple
method
for
diagnosing
pericardial
effusion
and
aneurysm
radioisotope
scanning
is
a
safe
simple
and
useful
method
for
the
diagnosis
of
pericardial
effusion
and
aortic
aneurysm
the
whole
body
radiation
dose
approximately
millirads
from
of
i
sodium
iodipamide
is
no
greater
than
the
dose
received
from
a
standard
posteroanterior
chest
roentgenogram
or
a
blood
volume
determination
there
are
no
side
effects
or
complications
from
the
procedure
and
it
is
well
tolerated
by
the
patient
the
scan
can
be
repeated
at
intervals
to
assess
progress
of
the
disease
or
response
to
treatment
cardiovascular
scanning
with
radioactive
isotopes
can
be
recommended
as
a
useful
and
safe
diagnostic
tool
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
262
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
hematology
and
bone
marrow
morphology
in
vitamin
e
deficient
pigs
forty
four
pigs
were
used
in
two
experiments
whose
purpose
was
to
produce
a
deficiency
of
vitamin
e
the
anemia
and
changes
in
bone
marrow
morphology
occurring
in
the
vitamin
e
deficient
state
are
described
the
hematologic
disorders
include
low
hemoglobin
and
hematocrit
values
leucocytosis
and
granulocytosis
nuclear
abnormalities
were
observed
in
the
erythroid
precursors
in
the
bone
marrow
many
of
the
cells
being
multinucleated
giant
multinucleated
cells
of
megakaryocyte
type
were
frequently
found
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
263
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
significance
of
blood
groups
in
homotransplantation
of
marrow
in
the
dog
ten
dogs
were
given
r
whole
body
irradiation
and
an
infusion
of
allogeneic
marrow
from
a
donor
matched
with
respect
to
six
erythrocyte
antigens
methotrexate
was
given
to
reduce
secondary
syndromes
four
dogs
survived
in
a
similar
experiment
with
dogs
in
which
no
effort
was
made
to
match
donors
and
recipients
three
dogs
survived
it
was
concluded
that
matching
of
donor
and
recipient
for
these
six
red
cell
antigens
did
not
increase
significantly
the
longterm
survival
rate
of
lethally
irradiated
dogs
with
allogeneic
marrow
grafts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
264
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radioautographic
studies
of
bone
marrow
lymphocytes
in
vivo
and
in
diffusion
chamber
cultures
radioautography
with
tritiated
thymidine
has
been
utilized
to
examine
the
turnover
rate
and
origin
of
small
lymphocytes
in
the
bone
marrow
of
the
guinea
pig
very
few
marrow
lymphocytes
were
initially
labeled
by
a
single
injection
of
tritiated
thymidine
but
thereafter
the
number
of
labeled
lym
phocytes
rapidly
increased
to
high
maximum
levels
at
days
analysis
of
the
labeling
curves
and
grain
counts
indicates
that
the
population
of
marrow
lymphocytes
is
maintained
in
a
dynamic
steady
state
with
an
average
turnover
time
of
days
or
less
suspensions
of
bone
marrow
cells
were
isolated
from
the
circulation
within
intraperitoneal
diffusion
chambers
after
short
term
labeling
with
tritiated
thymidine
in
vivo
although
very
few
small
lymphocytes
were
labeled
when
introduced
into
the
diffusion
chambers
a
considerable
percentage
became
labeled
during
the
subsequent
culture
period
tritiated
thymidine
was
also
administered
intravenously
whilst
excluded
from
one
hind
limb
by
the
application
of
an
occlusive
compression
bandage
for
minutes
very
few
labeled
small
lymphocytes
were
found
after
hours
in
the
tibial
marrow
of
the
initially
occluded
limb
whereas
the
normal
high
percentage
was
labeled
in
the
control
tibial
marrow
these
experiments
do
not
demonstrate
any
large
scale
influx
of
small
lymphocytes
from
the
blood
stream
into
the
marrow
parenchyma
they
suggest
that
newly
formed
small
lymphocytes
appear
in
the
marrow
as
a
result
of
the
division
of
locally
situated
precursor
cells
but
the
mechanism
of
intramedullary
lymphocytopoiesis
is
uncertain
transitional
cells
intermediate
in
morphology
between
blast
cells
and
small
lymphocytes
synthesize
dna
and
are
actively
proliferative
but
they
do
not
appear
to
account
fully
for
the
rate
of
lymphocyte
production
certain
large
undifferentiated
labeled
cells
appeared
in
the
bone
marrow
as
a
result
of
hematogenous
migration
some
implications
of
these
findings
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
265
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
autoradiographic
study
on
the
origin
and
fate
of
small
lymphoid
cells
in
the
dog
bone
marrow
effect
of
femoral
artery
clamping
during
in
vivo
availability
of
h
thymidine
the
origin
and
fate
of
small
lymphoid
cells
in
the
dog
bone
marrow
were
studied
autoradiographically
by
observing
the
effect
of
clamping
of
the
femoral
artery
during
in
vivo
availability
of
h
thymidine
heavily
labeled
small
lymphoid
cells
appeared
in
the
bone
marrow
of
the
clamped
leg
hours
after
injection
of
the
tracer
and
increased
in
number
up
to
days
the
labeling
indices
of
these
cells
however
were
significantly
lower
than
those
of
control
marrow
a
possible
interpretation
is
that
dog
bone
marrow
contains
two
populations
of
small
lympho
id
cells
one
migrating
into
the
marrow
via
the
blood
stream
the
other
originating
from
local
precursor
cells
within
the
marrow
there
was
no
evidence
for
a
transformation
of
migrated
small
lymphoid
cells
into
erythroblasts
during
the
first
hours
after
injection
of
h
thymidine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
266
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
lymphocyte
in
guinea
pig
bone
marrow
the
structure
and
distribution
of
lymphocytes
in
the
bone
marrow
of
normal
g
guinea
pigs
have
been
studied
by
means
of
light
microscopy
electron
microscopy
and
radioautography
the
study
of
structural
organization
by
all
three
techniques
confirms
the
morphological
identity
of
the
marrow
small
lymphocytes
with
small
lymphocytes
in
other
situations
and
affords
added
proof
of
the
presence
of
a
series
of
cells
transitional
in
appearance
between
small
lymphocytes
and
blast
cells
unlike
the
small
lymphocytes
transitional
cells
show
evidence
of
dna
synthesis
marrow
small
lymphocytes
and
transitional
cells
are
diffusely
scattered
throughout
the
parenchyma
often
situated
in
close
proximity
to
the
sinusoidal
endothelium
they
are
also
found
characteristically
concentrated
within
some
of
the
sinusoids
this
is
termed
lymphocyte
loading
the
findings
are
discussed
with
particular
reference
to
the
possible
origin
interrelationship
and
fate
of
these
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
267
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
surgical
treatment
of
atrial
septal
defect
under
hypothermia
the
technique
of
inflow
occlusion
under
c
hypothermia
was
adopted
for
direct
visual
correction
in
consecutive
cases
of
atrial
septal
defect
of
the
secundum
variety
and
the
associated
anomalies
the
use
of
extracorporeal
circulation
combined
with
hypothermia
was
reserved
for
the
repair
of
two
cases
of
ostium
primum
defects
the
over
all
operative
mortality
was
post
operative
evaluation
showed
that
the
results
have
been
good
in
almost
all
patients
including
those
with
pulmonary
hypertension
since
an
ostium
primum
defect
requires
cardio
pulmonary
bypass
for
its
closure
the
pre
operative
recognition
of
the
defect
is
highly
desirable
in
the
selection
of
patients
for
operation
and
in
planning
the
procedure
itself
the
information
derived
from
the
clinical
examination
and
appropriate
diagnostic
studies
has
been
found
to
be
consistently
accurate
in
the
pre
operative
differentiation
of
the
primum
from
the
secundum
defect
therefore
the
unexpected
discovery
of
a
primum
defect
at
operation
was
not
a
problem
in
our
experience
open
heart
surgery
under
c
hypothermia
for
the
repair
of
an
atrial
septal
defect
of
the
secundum
type
and
the
associated
anomalies
is
a
safe
and
practical
technique
and
effectively
corrects
the
anomaly
with
minimal
risk
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
268
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
internal
cooling
for
general
hypothermia
a
further
presentation
is
offered
on
the
advantageous
use
of
intragastric
temperature
control
as
an
adjunct
in
general
hypothermia
a
device
is
described
which
accomplishes
this
end
with
no
encountered
deleterious
side
effects
minimal
technical
involvement
and
minor
expense
observations
are
recorded
on
rates
of
temperature
change
according
to
sex
weight
and
type
of
surgery
performed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
269
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
late
effects
of
regional
renal
hypothermia
in
summary
one
can
safely
conclude
that
no
deleterious
effects
were
created
in
dogs
observed
over
a
period
of
years
following
renal
ischemia
of
hours'
duration
protected
by
hypothermia
the
blood
pressure
failed
to
climb
there
was
no
evidence
of
azotemia
and
careful
microscopic
studies
failed
to
reveal
histological
evidence
of
renal
vascular
or
cardiac
damage
renal
function
as
demonstrated
by
creatinine
and
pah
was
preserved
and
there
was
no
delay
in
wound
healing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
27
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
amyloid
goitre
a
case
report
a
case
of
amyloid
goitre
in
an
indian
female
aged
years
occurring
as
a
sequelae
to
pulmonary
tuberculosis
is
reported
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
270
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mesenteric
vascular
response
to
hypothermia
total
and
segmental
resistances
were
studied
in
the
mesenteries
of
dogs
and
the
effects
of
hypothermia
changes
in
blood
viscosity
and
epinephrine
on
these
resistances
were
compared
cooling
to
c
caused
an
increased
mesenteric
resistance
in
per
cent
of
animals
with
approximately
per
cent
of
the
resistance
rise
contributed
by
the
arterial
segment
small
vessel
resistance
increased
in
per
cent
there
was
no
evidence
of
venous
constriction
blood
viscosity
appeared
to
play
a
minor
role
it
is
suggested
that
hemorrhagic
necrosis
of
the
bowel
wall
is
due
to
intense
vasoconstriction
in
the
precapillary
vessels
with
subsequent
distal
anoxia
and
cellular
damage
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
271
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
response
of
dogs
to
perfusion
and
arrest
of
circulation
at
near
zero
cerebral
temperatures
twenty
six
dogs
were
cooled
by
a
whole
body
closed
chest
perfusion
technique
to
end
perfusion
brain
temperatures
of
to
c
inclusive
there
were
no
deaths
in
the
group
of
six
dogs
in
which
the
end
perfusion
brain
temperature
was
c
or
higher
in
the
dogs
cooled
to
brain
temperatures
of
c
or
less
there
were
nine
deaths
of
which
five
occurred
quickly
from
cardiovascular
failure
while
four
resulted
from
gross
neurologic
disturbances
there
was
no
evidence
of
aortic
incompetence
during
whole
body
closed
chest
hypothermic
perfusion
the
lower
the
temperature
of
the
brain
at
the
end
of
the
cooling
perfusion
the
greater
was
the
passive
transfer
of
heat
from
the
environment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
272
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
graded
hemorrhage
on
cardiopulmonary
functions
of
hypothermic
dogs
experiments
were
conducted
on
anesthetized
dogs
subjected
to
moderate
hypothermia
c
and
then
bled
in
percentages
of
the
estimated
blood
volume
respiratory
work
was
not
influenced
by
the
degree
of
hemorrhage
pulmonary
ventilation
respiratory
rate
and
tidal
volume
were
not
influenced
significantly
as
a
result
of
blood
withdrawal
physiologic
dead
space
as
a
percentage
of
tidal
volume
increased
with
hemorrhage
oxygen
consumption
decreased
as
the
hemorrhage
was
made
more
severe
whereas
carbon
dioxide
production
was
unchanged
indicating
a
shift
in
the
respiratory
exchange
ratio
cardiac
output
decreased
per
cent
from
control
level
when
per
cent
of
the
estimated
blood
volume
was
withdrawn
systemic
arterial
pressures
decreased
markedly
but
heart
rate
was
not
changed
as
a
result
of
blood
withdrawal
comparison
of
responses
to
hemorrhage
in
hypothermia
and
normothermia
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
273
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypothermia
in
management
of
acute
renal
failure
prolonged
hypothermia
begun
in
the
period
immediately
following
the
infusion
of
epinephrine
into
the
renal
artery
appears
to
give
partial
protection
against
renal
damage
shorter
periods
of
hypothermia
do
not
appear
to
be
beneficial
prolonged
hypothermia
at
to
c
has
a
mortality
rate
of
percent
to
percent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
274
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
dosage
on
endotoxin
induced
changes
in
the
reticuloendothelial
system
of
rabbits
tissues
were
removed
from
rabbits
and
hr
following
an
i
v
injection
of
or
ug
of
endotoxin
explants
of
tissues
from
normal
and
injected
animals
were
grown
in
a
coagulated
plasma
medium
and
in
medium
containing
ug
ml
of
endotoxin
the
migration
and
growth
of
cells
were
observed
during
the
following
week
of
incubation
the
inhibition
or
stimulation
of
cells
of
the
reticuloendothelial
system
res
at
different
host
sites
after
endotoxin
administration
depended
on
the
dosage
and
on
the
known
capacity
of
different
organs
to
take
up
circulating
endotoxin
macro
phage
migration
was
suppressed
in
cultures
of
spleen
removed
hr
after
a
dose
of
hibited
by
ug
but
macrophages
in
lymph
node
testis
and
thymus
showed
an
in
crease
in
numbers
in
extent
of
migration
and
in
phagocytic
activity
widespread
res
stimulation
was
seen
in
tissues
removed
hr
after
the
largest
dose
in
ad
dition
to
the
restoration
of
re
cell
activity
in
spleen
and
lung
there
was
a
marked
increase
in
the
migration
of
large
phagocytic
cells
from
bone
marrow
as
well
as
other
organs
macrophages
from
endotoxin
injected
animals
were
as
sensitive
as
normal
macrophages
to
added
endotoxin
in
vitro
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
275
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
vaccinia
pneumonia
in
mice
a
light
and
electron
microscopic
and
viral
assay
study
swiss
white
mice
between
and
days
of
age
developed
generalized
vaccinia
viral
infection
to
days
after
intranasal
inoculation
gross
and
histologic
evidence
of
pneumonia
was
seen
in
more
than
of
approximately
mice
virus
was
re
covered
in
relatively
high
titers
from
the
lungs
pfu
per
g
during
the
per
iod
when
pneumonia
developed
viremia
was
also
present
but
virus
titers
in
the
blood
stream
remained
much
below
those
in
the
lungs
histologically
vaccinia
pneumonia
was
characterized
by
large
swollen
mononuclear
cells
giving
rise
to
marked
widening
of
alveolar
septa
only
scattered
neutrophils
were
noted
usually
in
association
with
cell
necrosis
exudation
of
edema
fluid
and
red
cells
into
al
veoli
was
considered
the
result
of
viral
replication
and
cytopathic
effect
on
cells
comprising
alveolar
septa
various
forms
of
vaccinia
virus
were
observed
by
elec
tron
microscopy
within
both
'type
i'
and
'type
ii'
alveolar
lining
cells
capillary
endothelial
cells
and
interstitial
cells
within
alveolar
walls
these
infected
inter
stitial
cells
were
probably
derived
from
fixed
macrophages
and
were
noted
also
around
bronchioles
virus
particles
were
similarly
observed
in
bronchiolar
epi
thelium
and
surrounding
smooth
muscle
cells
the
earliest
pathologic
ultrastruc
tural
change
noted
in
virus
infected
cells
was
intracellular
edema
evidenced
by
low
electron
density
of
the
background
cytoplasmic
material
and
dilatation
of
the
endoplasmic
reticulum
more
extensive
changes
resulted
in
cell
necrosis
with
release
of
virus
particles
into
the
extracellular
space
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
276
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electron
microscopy
of
the
bovine
lungs
lattice
and
lamellar
structures
in
the
alveolar
lumen
in
an
electron
microscopic
study
of
samples
from
the
lungs
of
normal
cattle
and
from
with
high
mountain
disease
lattice
and
lamellar
structures
were
obser
ved
free
in
the
alveolar
lumens
in
of
the
normal
cattle
and
in
of
those
with
high
mountain
disease
in
one
specimen
a
lattice
and
lamellar
structure
was
ob
served
in
a
vacuole
within
an
alveolar
epithelial
cell
all
others
were
extracellular
the
shape
and
dimensions
of
these
lattice
and
lamellar
structures
were
similar
to
those
described
by
other
workers
in
experiments
involving
intratracheal
injections
of
silicon
and
oleic
and
linoleic
acid
this
is
the
first
report
of
the
structures
free
in
the
alveolar
lumens
of
apparently
normal
cattle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
277
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electron
microscopy
of
the
bovine
lungs
the
blood
air
barrier
in
acute
pulmonary
emphysema
electron
microscopic
studies
of
experimentally
induced
acute
pulmonary
emphy
sema
in
cows
yielded
the
following
findings
alveolar
epithelial
edema
and
cyto
lysis
endothelial
'thinning'
and
cytolysis
excessive
elastic
and
collagenous
alveo
lar
wall
fibrosis
hyperplasia
of
alveolar
wall
smooth
muscle
numerous
intra
alveolar
lattice
and
lamellar
bodies
hyaline
membrane
formation
hypertrophied
endothelial
perikaryons
numerous
alveolar
macrophages
and
alveolar
epithelial
secretion
of
an
electron
dense
amorphous
mass
it
was
postulated
that
the
lattice
and
lamellar
bodies
were
a
result
of
degenerating
alveolar
epithelial
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
278
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
ultrastructure
of
the
lungs
of
lambs
the
relation
of
osmiophilic
inclusions
and
alveolar
lining
layer
to
fetal
maturation
and
experimentally
produced
respiratory
distress
the
lungs
in
fetal
and
newborn
lambs
were
studied
osmiophilic
inclusion
bodies
first
appeared
at
about
days
gestation
and
their
total
number
increased
with
maturation
normal
surface
activity
of
lung
extracts
was
detectable
a
few
days
following
the
appearance
of
inclusion
bodies
the
excretory
nature
of
the
type
ii
alveolar
epithelial
cell
the
phospholipid
nature
of
the
inclusion
body
content
the
decrease
in
the
number
of
inclusion
bodies
and
their
loss
of
density
associated
with
respiratory
distress
and
with
the
loss
of
normal
surface
activity
of
lung
ex
tracts
provide
strong
evidence
that
inclusion
bodies
are
the
source
of
pulmonary
surfactant
a
dense
osmiophilic
alveolar
lining
layer
in
mammals
is
described
since
the
presence
of
such
a
layer
is
well
correlated
with
surface
tension
values
and
the
number
of
inclusions
it
is
suggested
that
this
layer
consists
of
surface
active
substances
the
difficulty
in
detecting
such
an
osmiophilic
layer
in
other
mammals
is
thought
to
be
at
least
in
part
due
to
species
differences
in
the
compo
sition
of
materials
constituting
the
pulmonary
surfactant
cytologic
immaturity
exists
until
lamb
fetuses
reach
days
gestation
this
is
considered
to
be
the
basis
for
the
susceptibility
of
immature
lambs
to
respiratory
distress
fibrin
with
a
periodicity
is
a
component
although
a
small
one
of
hyaline
membranes
in
lambs
in
view
of
the
fact
that
mature
fibrin
appearing
as
bundles
of
fibrils
is
rare
ly
found
it
is
suggested
that
the
bulk
of
the
hyaline
membrane
is
not
a
mature
fi
brin
but
probably
consists
of
polymers
of
fibrinogen
and
serum
protein
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
279
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
differentiation
of
exfoliative
broncho
alveolar
disease
from
desquamative
interstitial
pneumonia
three
cases
are
presented
of
the
pulmonary
disease
described
by
liebow
and
asso
ciates
and
named
by
them
desquamative
interstitial
pneumonia
the
cases
support
the
existence
of
the
entity
and
the
contention
that
it
had
not
been
previously
described
a
differential
diagnosis
between
exfoliative
bronchoalveolar
disease
and
desquamative
interstitial
pneumonia
is
submitted
clinical
roentgenologic
and
histopathologic
mani
festations
are
tabulated
for
each
condition
and
the
differences
between
them
are
em
phasized
additional
symptoms
changes
and
phenomena
not
previously
recorded
are
introduced
the
most
distinctive
differences
between
the
diseases
were
found
in
the
histopathologic
manifestations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
28
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
amyloid
starch
gel
electrophoretic
analysis
of
some
proteins
extracted
from
amyloid
proteins
extracted
by
strong
urea
from
washed
tissue
of
patients
with
amyloidosis
secondary
to
several
diseases
or
associated
with
familial
mediterranean
fever
have
common
major
electrophoretic
components
in
hearts
of
primary
amyloidosis
one
component
in
common
with
the
secondary
amyloid
may
be
present
however
primary
amyloid
is
much
more
difficult
to
dissolve
and
does
not
regularly
give
the
components
observed
when
the
secondary
amyloid
is
extracted
the
big
question
remains
as
to
what
constituent
or
constituents
comprise
the
fibrils
now
known
to
be
a
part
of
amyloid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
280
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lysosomes
in
the
rat
sciatic
nerve
following
crush
peripheral
nerves
undergoing
degeneration
are
favorable
material
for
studying
the
types
origins
and
functions
of
lysosomes
the
following
lysosomes
are
described
a
autophagic
vacuoles
in
altered
schwann
cells
within
these
vacuoles
the
myelin
and
much
of
the
axoplasm
which
it
encloses
in
the
normal
nerve
are
degraded
wal
lerian
degeneration
the
delimiting
membranes
of
the
vacuoles
apparently
form
from
myelin
lamellae
considered
as
possible
sources
of
their
acid
phosphatase
are
golgi
vesicles
primary
lysosomes
lysosomes
of
the
dense
body
type
and
the
endo
plasmic
reticulum
which
lies
close
to
the
vacuoles
b
mebranous
bodies
that
accu
mulate
focally
in
myelinated
fibers
in
a
zone
extending
to
mm
distal
to
the
crush
these
appear
to
arise
from
the
endoplasmic
reticulum
in
which
demonstrable
acid
phosphatase
activity
increases
markedly
within
hours
after
the
nerve
is
crushed
c
autophagic
vacuoles
in
the
axoplasm
of
fibers
proximal
to
the
crush
the
break
down
of
organelles
within
these
vacuoles
may
have
significance
for
the
reorganization
of
the
axoplasm
preparatory
to
regeneration
d
phagocytic
vacuoles
of
altered
schwann
cells
as
myelin
degeneration
begins
some
axoplasm
is
exposed
this
is
apparently
engulfed
by
the
filopodia
of
the
schwann
cells
and
degraded
within
the
phagocytic
vacuoles
thus
formed
e
multivesicular
bodies
in
the
axoplasm
of
myelina
ted
fibers
these
are
generally
seen
near
the
nodes
of
ranvier
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
281
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
histochemistry
of
surface
epithelial
and
pleural
mucins
in
mammalian
lung
the
demonstration
of
sialomucin
in
alveolar
cuboidal
epithelium
sialo
and
sulfomucins
have
been
demonstrated
histochemically
in
the
surface
layer
of
the
lung
and
pleura
from
rabbit
syrian
hamster
guinea
pig
mouse
and
man
sialomucin
predominates
in
the
distal
bronchial
tree
and
covers
the
alveolar
epithelial
surface
the
possible
significance
of
these
observations
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
282
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
maturation
of
postnatal
human
lung
and
the
idiopathic
respiratory
distress
syndrome
maturation
and
pathologic
alterations
of
the
lung
in
newborn
infants
who
died
of
idiopathic
respiratory
distress
syndrome
were
studied
by
light
and
electron
microscopy
normal
lungs
from
fetuses
and
new
borns
served
as
controls
in
all
infants
with
idiopathic
respiratory
distress
syndrome
respiratory
bronchio
les
and
alveolar
ducts
usually
presented
the
histologic
pattern
of
mature
lungs
i
e
they
were
predominantly
lined
by
type
i
cells
which
also
formed
the
epithelial
component
of
most
blood
air
barriers
well
expanded
alveoli
exhibited
a
similar
pattern
whereas
collapsed
alveoli
were
lined
by
numerous
type
ii
cells
which
par
ticipated
in
the
formation
of
poorly
developed
blood
air
barriers
the
capacity
of
type
ii
cells
to
produce
in
clusion
bodies
seemed
to
increase
with
survival
beyond
the
th
hr
of
age
secretion
of
inclusion
bodies
and
presumably
surfactant
into
alveolar
spaces
did
occur
but
only
in
the
lungs
of
infants
older
than
days
how
ever
this
process
was
not
accompanied
by
reduction
in
the
number
of
type
ii
cells
per
alveolus
as
in
the
nor
mal
lung
the
distribution
of
pathologic
changes
in
idio
pathic
respiratory
distress
syndrome
appeared
to
be
determined
by
the
degree
of
maturity
of
the
air
sacs
structurally
mature
air
sacs
were
associated
with
da
mage
of
epithelial
lining
and
hyaline
membrane
forma
tion
in
contrast
collapsed
alveoli
revealed
an
intact
epithelial
lining
and
marked
septal
edema
but
were
free
of
hyaline
membranes
the
findings
of
this
study
sug
gested
that
transudation
of
plasma
through
well
develop
ed
blood
air
barriers
was
responsible
for
epithelial
damage
and
hyaline
membrane
formation
in
air
sacs
they
also
suggested
that
alveolar
collapse
and
presuma
bly
lack
of
surfactant
were
related
to
abnormal
matura
tion
of
the
epithelial
lining
and
to
septal
edema
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
283
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lattice
structures
and
osmiophilic
bodies
in
the
developing
respiratory
tissue
of
rats
osmiophilic
inclusions
have
been
observed
in
the
lungs
of
rats
particularly
in
the
day
rat
embryo
and
newborn
up
to
days
post
partum
these
inclusions
are
present
in
the
large
alveolar
cells
as
dense
lamin
ated
structures
of
variable
size
and
configuration
they
generally
consist
of
concentrically
arranged
membranes
and
have
the
appearance
of
myelin
figures
usually
with
a
dense
center
these
osmiophilic
inclusions
are
fre
quently
seen
in
direct
contact
with
the
cell
membranes
and
the
alveolar
space
the
alveolar
space
contains
numerous
osmiophilic
myelin
figures
which
are
thought
to
originate
from
the
intracellular
osmiophilic
inclu
sions
they
may
extrude
through
a
channel
formed
in
side
the
cell
or
by
rupture
of
the
cell
membrane
secre
tion
materials
may
occasionally
be
seen
in
the
cyto
plasm
of
the
large
alveolar
epithelial
cells
these
cells
appear
to
be
in
the
process
of
degeneration
their
cell
surfaces
are
disrupted
and
the
cytoplasm
is
continuous
with
materials
in
the
air
space
the
lattice
structure
in
the
alveolar
space
may
originate
from
the
cytoplas
mic
secretion
material
the
cytoplasmic
secretion
ma
terial
in
the
cell
and
the
lattice
structures
in
the
air
space
disappear
after
the
rats
are
days
old
i
t
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
284
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
xanthogranuloma
xanthoma
of
choroid
plexus
the
origin
of
foamy
xanthoma
cells
a
case
of
a
month
old
infant
with
intense
pro
liferation
of
choroidal
epithelium
with
foamy
cells
a
second
similar
case
in
a
month
old
infant
with
gener
alized
glycogen
storage
disease
and
a
case
of
a
year
old
male
with
bilateral
xanthogranuloma
of
choroid
plexus
and
proliferation
of
the
choroidal
epithelial
cells
are
discussed
the
pathogenesis
of
the
foamy
xanthoma
cells
in
the
stroma
of
the
choroid
plexus
particularly
is
discussed
the
authors
believe
that
the
origin
of
foamy
cells
and
the
mode
of
formation
of
such
a
xanthogranuloma
can
be
explained
by
the
proliferative
capability
and
the
phagocytic
activity
of
the
choroid
epithelium
choroidal
epithelial
cells
can
be
regarded
as
fixed
macrophages
which
becomes
wandering
phagocytes
after
detachment
disintegration
of
these
foamy
cells
then
releases
the
lipid
content
into
the
interstitium
and
provokes
a
re
sponse
of
macrophages
and
multinucleated
giant
cells
of
the
foreign
body
type
hemorrhage
is
also
considered
as
a
factor
involved
in
the
formation
of
xanthogranuloma
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
285
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mixed
hematopoietic
and
pulmonary
origin
of
'alveolar
macrophages'
as
demonstrated
by
chromosome
markers
the
origin
of
alveolar
macrophages
was
investiga
ted
in
mouse
chimeras
in
which
the
hematopoietic
cells
could
be
identified
by
marker
chromosomes
by
chro
mosome
analysis
it
was
found
that
in
both
normal
lungs
and
in
lungs
exposed
to
an
irritant
approximately
two
thirds
of
the
dividing
cells
which
could
be
recovered
by
lung
washing
arose
from
the
hematopoietic
system
and
one
third
were
of
pulmonary
origin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
286
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pulmonary
alveolar
proteinosis
a
study
using
enzyme
histochemistry
electron
microscopy
and
surface
tension
measurement
lung
biopsies
from
patients
with
pulmonary
al
veolar
proteinosis
were
studied
using
histochemical
me
thods
electron
microscopy
and
surface
tension
mea
surement
the
lipid
rich
intraalveolar
fluid
contained
material
with
the
staining
reactions
and
ultrastructure
of
phospholipid
although
many
alveoli
were
lined
by
enzymatically
active
secreting
granular
pneumonocy
tes
extracts
of
proteinotic
tissue
were
not
surface
active
and
in
fact
inhibited
normal
surfactant
some
of
the
cells
free
in
the
intraalveolar
material
were
de
generating
sloughed
granular
pneumonocytes
at
the
margins
of
the
lesions
were
lipid
filled
macrophages
which
appear
to
play
a
role
in
the
removal
of
the
mate
rial
these
observations
indicate
that
alveolar
protein
osis
is
not
a
primary
overproduction
of
surfactant
and
are
consistent
with
the
concept
that
the
alveolar
clear
ing
process
is
defective
in
this
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
287
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
surface
phenomena
in
lungs
in
health
and
disease
in
summary
the
authors
have
attempted
to
bring
together
the
multiple
observations
which
seem
germane
to
the
understanding
of
surface
phenomena
in
lungs
in
health
and
disease
to
this
end
the
contributions
of
anatomists
and
pathologists
on
the
fine
structure
of
alveolar
cells
and
their
lining
are
fundamental
the
concepts
of
alveolar
stability
required
the
special
insights
of
physiologists
who
were
concerned
with
the
causes
of
bubble
stability
as
they
related
to
the
particular
problems
posed
by
a
lung
of
several
millions
of
bubbles
arranged
in
parallel
soon
the
contributions
of
the
chemists
became
significant
as
methods
of
identification
and
assay
of
the
al
veolar
lining
material
were
of
interest
clinicians
asked
what
relevance
these
studies
had
to
atelectasis
as
it
occurs
in
disease
and
soon
the
question
of
when
the
surfac
tant
appeared
in
development
occurred
to
those
concerned
with
premature
infants
students
of
metabolism
began
to
focus
on
the
lung
as
a
site
of
phospholipid
synthesis
and
their
tools
seem
most
promising
at
this
time
in
unearthing
possible
errors
in
metabolism
which
may
express
themselves
in
disease
surgeons
who
undertake
per
fusion
of
the
isolated
lung
ask
the
requirements
of
that
organ
with
respect
to
the
nutrients
and
environment
of
the
alveolar
cells
and
anesthesiologists
inquire
into
the
possibilities
of
mechanical
injury
to
the
alveoli
during
artificial
respiration
the
problems
posed
to
the
reviewers
of
a
subject
which
touches
so
many
disciplines
are
obvious
doubtless
some
pertinent
studies
have
been
omitted
although
uninten
tionally
others
may
have
been
misinterpreted
through
lack
of
qualifications
as
spe
cialists
in
all
specialties
the
authors
hope
they
have
provided
evidence
that
the
forces
of
surface
tension
cannot
be
ignored
in
an
organ
with
an
air
liquid
interface
of
some
m
they
further
hope
they
have
described
some
of
the
properties
of
the
film
at
the
alveolar
air
interface
which
operate
to
produce
stability
of
the
alveoli
they
hold
the
belief
that
study
of
the
metabolism
of
the
alveolar
lining
layer
will
further
their
understanding
of
a
number
of
disease
processes
in
which
it
may
be
altered
and
lastly
they
hope
for
much
closer
communication
between
workers
in
many
disciplines
who
can
elucidate
this
remarkable
subject
best
through
cooperative
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
288
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
alterations
in
pulmonary
surface
active
lipids
during
ex
posure
to
increased
oxygen
tension
the
syndrome
of
progressive
respiratory
distress
pulmonary
edema
and
increased
pulmonary
surface
tension
was
induced
in
dogs
by
exposure
to
oxygen
tensions
greater
than
mm
hg
for
and
hours
pulmonary
surfactant
was
extracted
by
endobronchial
washing
for
measurement
of
lipid
composition
and
surface
activity
five
dogs
developed
respiratory
distress
without
pulmonary
edema
in
these
dogs
endobronchial
wash
surface
tension
was
normal
or
slightly
increased
and
total
lipid
distribution
was
essentially
normal
esterified
fatty
acids
in
the
lecithin
frac
tion
were
consistently
altered
with
a
reduction
in
palmitate
and
total
saturated
fatty
acids
three
dogs
developed
pulmonary
edema
with
increased
surface
tension
in
creased
total
lipid
and
protein
and
relatively
decreased
total
phospholipid
in
the
endobronchial
washings
esterified
fatty
acids
in
the
lecithin
fraction
were
marked
ly
altered
with
palmitate
levels
about
normal
esterified
arachidonate
was
pre
sent
that
was
attributed
to
intra
alveolar
plasma
electron
micrographs
of
the
lung
after
oxygen
exposure
showed
thickening
of
alveolar
basement
membrane
and
altera
tions
in
the
structure
of
the
lamellar
bodies
of
the
type
ii
alveolar
epithelial
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
289
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cisternal
fluid
oxygen
tension
in
man
measurement
of
cerebral
oxygen
tension
in
man
has
been
hampered
by
technical
dif
ficulties
the
authors
present
a
method
in
which
a
beckman
microelectrode
was
introduced
into
the
cisterna
magna
and
oxygen
tension
measured
the
hypothesis
being
that
measurement
of
oxygen
tension
in
a
fluid
which
equilibrates
with
the
average
cerebral
oxygen
tension
should
give
reliable
measure
of
cerebral
oxygen
tension
in
their
subjects
inhalation
of
pure
oxygen
produced
an
increase
in
the
oxygen
tension
in
the
cisternal
fluid
as
well
as
in
the
arterial
blood
without
any
alteration
of
the
oxygen
tension
in
the
bulb
of
the
internal
jugular
vein
whereas
inhalation
of
oxygen
and
carbon
dioxide
increased
the
oxygen
tension
in
the
cisternal
fluid
as
well
as
in
the
arterial
and
venous
blood
carbon
dioxide
in
air
produced
an
increase
in
the
cisternal
oxygen
tension
a
fall
in
arterial
blood
pressure
associated
with
the
introduction
of
the
suboccipital
needle
was
accom
panied
by
a
decrease
in
cisternal
oxygen
tension
which
then
rose
simultaneously
with
the
increase
in
arterial
blood
pressure
that
followed
infusion
of
dextran
intravenous
injection
of
xanthinol
niacinate
induced
in
all
patients
a
more
or
less
pronounced
fall
in
arterial
blood
pressure
and
at
the
same
time
the
cisternal
oxygen
tension
fell
administration
of
aramine
was
associated
with
a
rise
in
arterial
blood
pressure
plus
a
rise
in
cisternal
oxygen
tension
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
29
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selectivity
of
protein
excretion
in
patients
with
the
nephrotic
syndrome
with
a
gel
diffusion
precipitin
technique
and
commercially
prepared
antisera
urine
plasma
ratios
of
specific
proteins
were
determined
individual
protein
clearances
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
transferrin
clearance
were
plotted
as
ordinates
against
respective
molecular
weights
on
a
log
log
graph
a
straight
line
was
evident
graphically
its
constants
were
estimated
by
the
method
of
least
squares
and
the
slope
expressed
as
was
determined
the
slope
of
the
line
may
be
said
to
express
the
degree
of
glomerular
selectivity
to
protein
excretion
sixty
five
determinations
were
performed
in
patients
satisfying
the
usual
criteria
of
the
nephrotic
syndrome
those
patients
with
primary
renal
disease
and
the
nephrotic
syndrome
who
displayed
high
selectivity
types
of
proteinuria
greater
than
the
average
for
the
group
sd
usually
respond
initially
to
steroid
therapy
regardless
of
the
acute
or
subacute
glomerular
changes
observed
on
renal
biopsy
those
patients
with
chronic
renal
disease
and
the
nephrotic
syndrome
display
an
average
and
frequently
a
low
selectivity
type
of
proteinuria
there
appears
to
be
no
characteristic
type
of
selectivity
for
a
given
pathologic
group
of
patients
with
the
nephrotic
syndrome
the
degree
of
selective
protein
excretion
is
not
related
to
the
total
daily
amount
of
protein
being
excreted
at
any
one
time
and
remains
fairly
constant
despite
fluctuation
in
the
amount
of
protein
being
excreted
there
is
a
slight
correlation
of
borderline
significance
between
the
degree
of
selective
protein
excretion
and
the
duration
of
the
disease
and
the
initial
para
aminohippuric
acid
clearance
a
statistically
significant
correlation
exists
between
the
initial
blood
urea
nitrogen
or
inulin
clearance
and
the
selectivity
type
of
protein
excretion
those
patients
who
were
not
azotemic
and
had
initially
near
normal
inulin
clearances
had
an
average
selectivity
type
or
better
it
is
suggested
that
if
the
adult
patient
is
initially
azotemic
and
has
a
grossly
abnormal
inulin
clearance
response
to
therapy
is
unlikely
whereas
if
the
blood
urea
nitrogen
is
normal
and
the
inulin
clearance
is
near
normal
response
to
therapy
cannot
be
predicted
with
any
degree
of
accuracy
further
studies
of
adult
patients
with
the
nephrotic
syndrome
are
required
to
substantiate
this
premise
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
290
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cerebrospinal
fluid
in
man
native
to
high
altitude
csf
ph
was
shown
in
a
prior
report
to
remain
essentially
constant
during
days
of
acclimatization
to
m
in
order
to
further
evaluate
the
possible
role
of
csf
acid
base
equilibria
in
the
regulation
of
respiration
peruvian
andean
na
tives
were
studied
at
altitudes
of
m
in
subjects
at
m
means
were
csf
ph
pco
hco
na
k
cl
lactate
mg
ml
arterial
blood
ph
pco
hco
na
k
cl
hematocrit
sao
in
subjects
at
m
and
at
m
csf
values
were
not
significantly
different
mean
arterial
pco
was
and
respectively
the
only
significant
variations
with
altitude
were
the
expected
lowering
of
pao
to
and
mm
hg
and
of
sao
to
and
and
increase
of
hematocrit
to
and
respectively
the
natives
differed
from
recently
acclimatized
sea
level
residents
in
showing
less
ventilation
higher
pco
in
response
to
the
ex
isting
hypoxia
and
less
alkaline
arterial
blood
the
difference
appears
to
relate
to
peripheral
chemoreceptor
response
to
hypoxia
rather
than
central
medullary
chemoreceptor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
291
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
na
k
ca
mg
and
cl
concentrations
in
choroid
plexus
fluid
and
cisternal
fluid
compared
with
plasma
ultrafiltrate
in
cats
the
concentrations
of
na
k
ca
mg
and
cl
were
measured
in
plasma
ultrafiltrate
newly
formed
choroid
plexus
fluid
and
cisterna
magna
fluid
the
choroid
plexus
fluid
did
not
differ
from
plasma
ultrafiltrate
in
cl
and
k
concentra
tion
but
contained
higher
na
markedly
higher
mg
and
lower
ca
concentrations
than
the
ultrafiltrate
cisterna
magna
fluid
differed
from
the
ultrafiltrate
with
respect
to
all
electrolytes
containing
higher
concentrations
of
cl
na
and
mg
and
lower
concentrations
of
k
and
ca
it
differed
from
choroid
plexus
fluid
in
con
taining
a
higher
concentration
of
cl
but
lower
concentrations
of
k
ca
and
mg
hco
concentration
calculated
on
the
basis
of
the
charge
balance
was
mm
kg
h
o
higher
in
choroid
plexus
fluid
than
in
cisterna
magna
fluid
suggesting
an
ele
vated
ph
at
the
former
site
without
measurement
of
the
potential
difference
be
tween
the
csf
and
plasma
definitive
conclusions
could
not
be
drawn
as
to
which
cations
were
actively
transported
the
fact
that
the
distribution
ratio
between
cerebro
spinal
fluid
and
ultrafiltrate
of
one
divalent
cation
was
in
the
opposite
direction
from
that
of
the
other
and
that
this
was
also
true
of
the
monovalent
cations
was
taken
as
evidence
that
the
mechanisms
involved
in
cation
transfer
are
quite
selec
tive
though
not
proven
active
transport
was
considered
the
most
likely
explana
tion
of
these
findings
the
data
suggest
that
these
specific
transfer
mechanisms
subserve
a
homeostatic
function
with
regard
to
mg
and
k
in
the
cerebrospinal
fluid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
292
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cerebral
hemodynamics
blood
gases
and
electrolytes
during
breath
holding
and
the
valsalva
maneuver
continuous
recordings
of
arterial
and
internal
jugular
blood
oxygen
tension
oxy
gen
saturation
carbon
dioxide
tension
ph
sodium
and
potassium
together
with
peco
blood
pressure
and
electroencephalogram
were
obtained
to
compare
the
effects
of
inspiratory
and
expiratory
breath
holding
and
the
valsalva
maneuver
on
the
cerebral
circulation
and
cerebral
oxygen
availability
in
man
during
the
inter
val
of
tolerated
breath
holding
for
seconds
or
less
jugular
venous
oxygen
tension
was
increased
owing
to
increased
cerebral
blood
flow
resulting
from
an
increase
of
arterial
carbon
dioxide
tension
there
was
a
statistically
significant
correlation
between
changes
in
jpo
and
paco
which
proved
to
be
more
or
less
linear
for
both
increases
and
decreases
of
paco
mm
above
and
below
control
levels
no
threshold
was
found
for
changes
in
paco
altering
effective
cerebral
perfusion
and
cerebral
venous
po
extremely
small
changes
in
paco
less
than
mm
hg
altered
cerebral
oxygen
availability
within
to
seconds
during
the
valsalva
maneuver
a
consistent
reduction
of
jugular
oxygen
tension
was
found
associated
with
the
sudden
fall
in
arterial
blood
pressure
and
reduction
of
arterial
carbon
dioxide
tension
the
rapid
changes
in
cerebral
hemodynamics
and
cerebral
oxy
gen
availability
during
the
procedure
are
briefly
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
293
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
respiratory
and
cardiovascular
changes
during
rapid
spon
taneous
variations
of
ventricular
fluid
pressure
in
pa
tients
with
intracranial
hypertension
in
patients
with
intracranial
hypertension
the
ventricular
fluid
pressure
vfp
curve
is
characterized
by
main
forms
of
spontaneous
variations
two
of
these
forms
are
of
a
rhythmical
nature
and
are
here
called
per
minute
waves
and
per
minute
waves
respectively
in
accordance
with
the
dominating
frequency
the
third
form
irregularly
appearing
waves
of
large
amplitude
and
duration
is
called
plateau
waves
in
accordance
with
the
usual
shape
of
the
fluctuations
respiratory
and
cardio
vascular
changes
accompanying
these
variations
of
the
vfp
were
studied
by
simultaneous
recording
in
various
combinations
of
the
vfp
the
pulmonary
ventilation
the
pco
of
the
expiratory
air
the
arterial
and
the
venous
blood
pressure
and
the
pulse
frequency
it
was
found
that
the
rhythmic
vfp
vari
ations
of
the
per
minute
type
occurred
synchronously
with
the
respiratory
peri
ods
in
cheyne
stokes
breathing
synchronously
appearing
variations
in
systemic
blood
pressure
in
pulse
frequency
as
well
as
in
consciousness
and
in
muscular
tone
of
the
limbs
were
also
noted
the
respiratory
midposition
shifted
towards
the
inspiratory
side
during
the
periods
of
hyperpnoea
the
per
minute
waves
were
entirely
synchronous
with
variations
in
the
systemic
arterial
blood
pressure
of
the
traube
hering
mayer
type
long
sequences
of
these
waves
were
observed
only
when
the
vfp
level
was
considerably
elevated
the
plateau
waves
were
not
accom
panied
by
corresponding
elevations
of
the
arterial
or
venous
systemic
blood
pres
sure
simultaneously
with
the
crests
of
the
plateau
waves
sudden
changes
often
occurred
in
the
pulse
frequency
from
bradycardia
to
tachycardia
and
in
the
res
piratory
pattern
sometimes
also
in
the
degree
of
consciousness
and
in
the
muscu
lar
tone
there
were
also
long
sequences
of
per
minute
waves
the
deep
irre
gular
breathing
seen
in
this
stage
induced
a
considerable
hypocapnia
preceeding
the
final
critical
fall
in
the
vfp
ending
the
plateau
wave
in
most
instances
how
ever
this
fall
did
not
begin
until
several
minutes
after
the
appearance
of
the
hypo
capnia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
294
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
central
nervous
system
lesions
in
rats
exposed
to
oxygen
at
high
pressure
adult
female
rats
paralyzed
by
repeated
exposures
to
oxygen
at
high
pressure
were
found
to
have
cns
le
sions
of
types
focal
necrosis
of
individual
neurons
within
certain
nuclear
groups
and
complete
or
partial
necrosis
of
nuclear
groups
with
frequent
damage
to
mye
lin
axons
and
glia
in
the
area
involved
both
types
were
usually
bilateral
and
symmetrical
lesions
of
the
first
type
were
found
consistently
in
the
superior
olivary
complex
ventral
cochlear
nuclei
and
nuclei
of
the
spinal
tract
of
cranial
nerve
v
lesions
of
the
second
type
were
found
consistently
in
the
substantia
nigra
and
globus
pal
lidus
were
frequent
in
the
rhinencephalon
and
never
occurred
in
the
neocortex
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
295
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electrode
size
and
tissue
po
measurement
in
rats
exposed
to
air
or
high
pressure
oxygen
a
comparison
has
been
made
of
values
of
po
recorded
in
several
rat
tissues
with
u
or
u
flexible
gold
electrodes
although
qualitatively
both
sizes
of
elec
trodes
give
similar
results
the
quantitative
values
of
po
differ
such
large
differ
ences
as
are
found
in
some
cases
between
electrodes
varying
only
in
physical
di
mensions
are
thought
to
reflect
the
amount
of
trauma
caused
in
the
tissue
under
in
vestigation
due
to
electrode
insertion
errors
in
po
estimations
due
to
tissue
da
mage
are
considered
to
outweigh
any
other
errors
such
as
those
due
to
electrode
calibration
soft
highly
vascular
tissues
such
as
liver
kidney
and
spleen
which
show
macroscopic
bruising
over
quite
a
large
area
when
electrodes
are
inserted
show
the
greatest
difference
in
estimations
of
the
po
value
recordings
of
tissue
po
were
made
while
animals
breathed
air
and
when
compressed
to
or
atm
in
pure
oxygen
and
the
pattern
of
response
of
tissue
po
to
such
exposure
of
the
ani
mal
to
high
pressures
of
oxygen
is
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
296
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
adrenergic
effects
in
splenic
po
of
rats
in
air
or
oxygen
at
atmospheres
oxygen
tensions
have
been
measured
in
the
spleens
of
rats
breathing
air
and
during
exposure
of
the
animals
to
atm
abs
of
oxygen
hpo
the
response
of
splenic
po
to
compression
was
complex
usually
reaching
a
peak
value
immediately
after
com
pression
then
falling
to
a
lower
value
this
form
of
response
has
been
termed
a
hump
response
after
adrenalectomy
or
bretylium
tosylate
injection
the
hump
res
ponse
of
po
after
compression
was
almost
abolished
and
the
values
of
splenic
po
at
atm
were
considerably
higher
than
in
control
animals
a
combination
of
adrena
lectomy
and
bretylium
tosylate
also
markedly
reduced
the
number
of
hump
responses
but
unexpectedly
significantly
lowered
splenic
oxygen
tensions
both
when
the
ani
mals
were
under
ambient
conditions
or
at
atm
of
oxygen
cardiac
rate
and
blood
pressure
were
studied
in
an
attempt
to
find
the
explanation
of
this
latter
effect
and
while
blood
pressure
was
the
same
in
adrenalectomized
rats
and
control
rats
after
bretylium
injection
adrenalectomy
potentiated
the
bradycardia
produced
by
brety
lium
tosylate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
297
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effects
of
antioxidants
on
high
pressure
oxygen
toxicity
several
commonly
used
antioxidants
have
been
tested
for
their
effect
against
poison
ing
due
to
high
pressures
of
oxygen
ohp
the
tests
used
were
preconclusive
pe
riod
and
survival
time
of
mice
at
atm
absolute
oxygen
lung
damage
in
rats
ex
posed
to
atm
oxygen
for
hr
and
post
ohp
paralysis
in
rats
following
deep
pentobarbital
na
anesthesia
and
ohp
at
atm
for
min
bis
dimethyl
propyl
hydroquinone
gave
excellent
protection
against
ohp
toxicity
in
all
tests
and
several
other
antioxidants
also
protected
against
ohp
toxicity
but
their
potency
and
effectiveness
varied
for
the
different
criteria
of
oxygen
poisoning
tested
in
the
experiments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
298
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
glycolytic
control
mechanisms
i
inhibition
of
glycolysis
by
acetate
and
pyruvate
in
the
isolated
perfused
rat
heart
acetate
or
pyruvate
had
similar
effects
on
the
over
all
metabolism
of
glucose
gly
colytic
flux
was
decreased
in
both
the
presence
and
absence
of
insulin
glucose
oxidation
was
greatly
decreased
and
the
conversion
of
glucose
to
glycogen
and
lac
tate
was
promoted
glucose
phosphorylation
was
decreased
in
the
presence
but
not
in
the
absence
of
insulin
hexokinase
phosphofructokinase
glyceraldehyde
phos
phate
dehydrogenase
and
pyruvic
kinase
are
far
displaced
from
equilibrium
while
the
other
enzymic
steps
of
glycolysis
are
maintained
either
at
equilibrium
or
fairly
close
to
equilibrium
in
different
metabolic
situations
glycolytic
flux
may
be
affec
ted
by
those
steps
which
are
far
displaced
from
equilibrium
increased
levels
of
the
hexose
monophosphates
and
decreased
levels
of
the
other
glycolytic
inter
mediates
between
fructose
diphosphate
and
pyruvate
after
the
addition
of
mm
acetate
indicate
that
glycolytic
flux
was
decreased
by
inhibition
of
phosphofructo
kinase
after
the
addition
of
mm
pyruvate
fructose
diphosphate
and
triose
phosphate
accumulated
as
a
result
of
an
inhibition
of
either
glyceraldehyde
phosphate
dehydrogenase
or
phosphoglyceric
kinase
acetate
had
little
effect
on
the
total
con
tent
of
oxidized
or
reduced
di
or
triphosphopyridine
nucleotides
but
slightly
de
creased
the
ratio
of
nad
to
nadh
in
the
cytoplasm
as
estimated
from
the
ratios
of
lactate
to
pyruvate
and
a
glycerophosphate
to
dihydroxyacetone
phosphate
pyru
vate
increased
the
total
content
of
nadh
and
nadph
as
shown
both
by
an
increase
of
fluorescence
in
the
intact
heart
and
by
tissue
analyses
but
the
ratio
of
nad
to
nadii
in
the
cytoplasm
was
greatly
increased
these
results
demonstrate
com
partmentation
of
pyridine
nucleotides
between
cytoplasm
and
mitochondria
in
the
intact
cell
after
the
addition
of
acetate
citrate
was
the
only
intermediate
of
the
citric
acid
cycle
which
increased
greatly
in
amount
while
oxaloacetate
levels
de
creased
after
the
addition
of
pyruvate
the
levels
of
citrate
a
ketoglutarate
ma
late
and
oxaloacetate
were
all
greatly
elevated
the
glutamic
oxaloacetate
trans
aminase
reaction
as
measured
from
the
total
contents
of
the
reactants
in
the
tissue
remained
close
to
equilibrium
changes
in
the
concentrations
of
the
adenine
nu
cleotides
were
insufficient
to
account
for
the
inhibition
of
phosphofructokinase
but
the
results
are
consistent
with
control
at
this
step
being
mediated
by
citrate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
299
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
oxygen
tension
in
human
malignant
disease
under
hyperbaric
conditions
oxygen
tensions
were
recorded
continuously
in
tumours
and
normal
tissues
of
pa
tients
pressurized
in
pure
oxygen
to
atmospheres
absolute
mean
rises
to
mm
hg
and
mm
hg
for
tumours
and
normal
tissues
respectively
were
recorded
with
patients
breathing
air
at
atmospheric
pressure
of
tumour
elec
trodes
registered
po
values
of
less
than
mm
hg
compared
to
only
of
normal
tissue
electrodes
the
results
obtained
suggest
that
oxygen
polarography
as
a
meth
od
for
determining
po
in
'solid'
tissues
in
vivo
is
complicated
by
many
artefacts
particularly
tissue
damage
due
to
electrode
trauma
which
reduce
its
value
to
clin
ical
research
concerned
with
accurate
information
of
absolute
po
values
in
intact
tissues
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
3
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
surfactant
in
fetal
lamb
tracheal
fluid
lambs
delivered
by
cesarean
section
with
intact
fetal
circulation
have
a
fluid
filling
the
trachea
analysis
revealed
that
this
fluid
contained
material
high
in
surface
activity
in
lambs
delivered
near
term
but
less
surface
activity
in
premature
lambs
administration
of
per
cent
oxygen
to
the
ewe
for
hour
prior
to
delivery
did
not
alter
the
surfactant
properties
of
the
fetal
tracheal
fluid
two
analyses
of
the
fetal
tracheal
fluid
revealed
it
to
contain
and
mg
of
lipid
per
ml
to
per
cent
of
which
was
phospholipid
part
of
the
active
component
of
surfactant
the
investigations
reported
here
offer
a
model
for
further
research
into
possible
intrauterine
factors
in
the
pathogenesis
of
hyaline
membrane
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
30
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
aspects
of
haemostasis
after
open
heart
surgery
synopsis
in
two
groups
of
patients
undergoing
extracorporeal
circulation
with
hypothermia
changes
were
found
in
the
coagulation
mechanism
which
were
probably
due
to
the
dosage
of
polybrene
administered
the
role
of
heparin
and
polybrene
and
the
concept
of
activation
of
the
coagulation
mechanism
in
the
production
of
bleeding
after
perfusion
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
300
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cortical
ph
and
the
blood
brain
barrier
a
method
was
described
for
measuring
the
ph
dc
and
ac
potentials
concurrently
on
the
cerebral
cortex
of
the
adult
cat
under
conditions
of
controlled
ventilation
kittens
and
rabbits
were
also
studied
the
cortical
ph
response
to
i
v
nahco
was
acidic
and
was
accompanied
by
a
dc
negativity
while
the
blood
became
alkaline
such
an
acidic
response
was
present
in
the
rabbit
and
kitten
it
was
not
present
in
a
number
of
other
tissues
in
the
cat
including
the
dura
the
cortical
acidic
response
was
not
affected
qualitatively
by
i
v
acetazolamide
prolonged
hypoxia
or
v
v
co
it
was
reduced
reversibly
by
v
v
co
it
was
not
affected
by
removal
of
the
arachnoid
membrane
the
cortical
ph
response
to
an
i
v
nh
salt
solution
was
complex
nh
c
did
not
produce
an
alkaline
response
the
cortical
ph
response
to
an
alkaline
or
an
acidic
sodium
phosphate
solution
was
augmented
but
not
changed
in
its
direction
following
treatment
of
the
cortex
with
n
butanol
the
results
were
interpreted
in
terms
of
a
restriction
of
hco
by
the
blood
brain
barrier
through
which
co
can
pass
this
restriction
is
probably
non
specific
for
inorganic
ions
and
perhaps
for
other
substances
it
does
not
appear
to
be
related
to
a
low
cerebral
extracellular
space
and
is
independent
of
substantial
oxidative
metabolism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
301
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
brain
damage
and
paralysis
in
animals
exposed
to
high
pressure
oxygen
pharmacological
and
biochemical
observations
single
exposures
of
high
pressure
oxygen
ohp
at
gauge
pressure
caused
cns
damage
and
paralysis
in
rats
and
mice
but
guinea
pigs
rabbits
and
man
did
not
show
such
sequelae
the
cns
damage
in
rats
was
greatly
increased
by
cns
de
pressant
drugs
pentobarbital
paraldehyde
n
o
and
phencyclidine
given
before
ex
posure
to
ohp
the
cns
lesions
were
also
potentiated
by
raised
respired
pco
by
acetazolamide
and
by
nh
c
whilst
protection
was
afforded
by
methaemoglobinae
mia
by
tham
by
dinitrophenol
and
by
serotonin
against
the
barbiturate
and
co
potentiation
of
ohp
brain
damage
ohp
induced
brain
damage
was
not
modified
by
hypothermia
cp
electroconvulsive
shock
treatment
during
ohp
cerebral
x
irradiation
adrenalectomy
or
cortisone
slow
decompression
rates
spinal
block
with
local
anaesthetic
'conditioning'
of
rats
to
ohp
hyper
and
hypoglycaemia
or
alterations
in
tissue
histamine
levels
the
results
are
discussed
in
relation
to
pos
sible
biochemical
mechanisms
and
theories
of
oxygen
poisoning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
302
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
hypoxia
on
oxygen
consumption
of
cerebral
cortex
liver
slices
and
of
diaphragm
in
vitro
during
post
natal
development
of
the
rat
oxygen
consumption
of
slices
from
the
liver
and
cerebral
cortex
and
of
the
cut
dia
phragm
was
determined
in
rats
aged
and
days
and
in
adult
animals
under
hypoxic
conditions
gas
phase
oxygen
nitrogen
oxygen
consumption
of
liver
slices
and
diaghragm
is
decreased
by
about
in
all
age
groups
hypoxia
however
did
not
affect
oxygen
consumption
of
slices
of
the
cortex
from
day
old
rats
and
its
inhibitory
effect
only
appeared
later
as
the
normal
oxygen
consumption
started
to
rise
the
inhibitory
effect
of
hypoxia
was
greatest
in
adult
animals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
303
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypoxic
hypercapnic
interaction
in
subjects
with
bilateral
cerebral
dysfunction
to
analyze
cerebral
influences
modifying
autonomic
respiratory
responses
the
authors
compared
normals
and
patients
with
bilateral
pyramidal
tract
disease
for
their
ventilatory
response
to
hypoxia
and
hypoxia
hypercapnia
during
eucapnia
the
groups
showed
similar
hypoxic
responses
during
hypercapnia
the
ventilatory
response
to
hypoxia
was
greater
in
the
brain
damaged
subjects
this
apparent
aug
mentation
however
was
due
entirely
to
anoxia
interacting
with
an
abnormally
fa
cilitated
carbon
dioxide
sensitivity
compared
with
normals
brain
damaged
patients
at
pao
mm
hg
showed
an
greater
co
response
and
at
pao
mm
hg
showed
a
greater
co
response
since
cerebral
dysfunction
facilitated
the
ven
tilatory
response
to
hypoxia
hypercapnia
combined
but
not
the
response
to
hypoxia
alone
the
results
imply
that
the
respiratory
stimuli
interact
centrally
rather
than
peripherally
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
304
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
plasma
free
fatty
acid
and
blood
sugar
levels
in
newborn
infants
and
their
mothers
simultaneous
plasma
free
fatty
acid
ffa
and
blood
sugar
levels
were
determined
for
fasting
newborn
infants
during
the
first
hours
of
life
for
their
cord
bloods
and
for
their
mothers
at
delivery
the
following
observations
were
made
in
con
trol
infants
the
mean
ffa
level
rose
about
three
times
the
cord
level
after
birth
and
was
accompanied
by
a
drop
in
the
mean
blood
sugar
level
thereafter
the
mean
blood
sugar
level
remained
relatively
constant
but
the
mean
ffa
level
varied
from
to
times
the
cord
level
there
was
no
significant
correlation
between
the
length
of
maternal
fasting
prior
to
delivery
and
the
infant
ffa
level
there
was
however
a
significant
negative
correlation
between
the
length
of
maternal
fasting
prior
to
delivery
and
the
infant
blood
sugar
level
at
hours
of
age
high
ffa
levels
occurred
in
the
infants
of
obese
mothers
and
low
levels
were
observed
in
infants
with
delayed
respirations
in
infants
of
preeclamptic
mothers
and
in
infants
of
diabetic
mothers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
305
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
essential
fatty
acid
requirement
of
infants
and
the
assessment
of
their
dietary
intake
of
linoleate
by
serum
fatty
acid
analysis
the
content
of
polyunsaturated
fatty
acids
in
serum
total
fatty
acids
was
related
to
the
dietary
intake
of
linoleate
in
infants
two
to
four
months
of
age
and
in
infants
eleven
to
twelve
months
of
age
the
curves
relating
triene
tetraene
ratio
to
dietary
linoleate
indicated
approximately
per
cent
of
total
calories
as
minimal
linoleate
requirement
the
exponential
equations
relating
dienoic
trienoic
and
tetraenoic
acids
to
dietary
linoleate
were
derived
by
computer
methods
these
yielded
constants
from
which
the
minimal
nutrient
requirement
could
be
calculated
the
best
estimates
were
obtained
from
the
triene
and
tetraene
data
for
two
to
four
months'
old
infants
and
were
found
to
be
approximately
per
cent
of
the
caloric
intake
the
nutritive
status
with
respect
to
linoleate
may
be
estimated
by
means
of
logarithmic
regression
equations
the
equation
for
two
to
four
months'
old
infants
is
log
dietary
linoleate
di
tri
tetra
the
data
for
eleven
to
twelve
months'
old
infants
were
found
to
have
greater
scatter
and
give
lower
triene
tetraene
ratios
at
comparable
linoleate
intakes
the
scatter
and
displacement
are
considered
to
be
due
to
supplements
of
solid
food
to
the
basic
diet
not
considered
in
the
calculated
dietary
linoleate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
306
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
analytic
study
of
the
a
and
b
lipoprotein
micellar
groups
and
of
nonesterified
fatty
acids
of
the
plasma
in
normal
pregnancy
an
analytical
study
has
been
made
on
patients
using
a
chemical
method
which
allows
the
simultaneous
detailed
evaluation
of
the
lipidic
and
a
and
b
liproproteinic
fractions
of
the
plasma
in
addition
the
non
esterified
fatty
acids
have
been
titrated
the
b
proteins
and
the
uric
acid
assayed
and
numerous
indices
and
deducible
ratios
made
from
the
data
obtained
the
existence
of
quantitative
dyslipidemia
has
been
proven
starting
gradually
especially
in
the
th
th
month
of
pregnancy
and
most
ly
regarding
the
b
lipoproteins
prevalently
the
slow
subfractions
greater
increase
of
glycerides
than
phosphatides
and
cholesterol
but
with
a
non
proportional
in
crease
of
b
proteins
lower
proteinic
content
it
has
moreover
been
noted
that
there
is
a
prevalent
rise
of
free
cholesterol
in
the
fraction
of
b
lipoproteins
with
a
reduction
of
the
total
esterification
coefficient
the
morphological
picture
of
the
lipidic
rate
in
pregnancy
shows
characteristics
which
according
to
the
authors
are
like
those
to
be
seen
in
the
lipidic
rate
of
male
presenility
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
307
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
behavior
of
polyunsaturated
fatty
acids
in
physiological
pregnancy
by
the
enzymatic
lipoxidase
method
of
macgee
et
al
the
author
measured
polyun
satured
fatty
acids
p
f
a
in
healthy
pregnant
women
at
full
term
of
pregnancy
before
labour
there
are
in
the
blood
mg
of
p
f
a
i
e
more
than
in
non
pregnant
women
during
labour
p
f
a
increase
very
much
mg
about
more
than
before
labour
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
308
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
nutritional
deficiency
of
unsaturated
fats
on
the
distribution
of
fatty
acids
in
rat
liver
mitochondrial
phospholipids
the
fatty
acid
composition
of
liver
mitochondrial
phospholipids
from
rats
rendered
deficient
in
essential
unsaturated
fatty
acids
has
been
determined
and
compared
with
that
of
rats
fed
a
diet
containing
corn
oil
in
addition
to
marked
reductions
in
the
amounts
of
linoleic
and
arachidonic
acids
esterified
at
the
b
position
of
ethanol
amine
inositol
and
choline
glycerophosphatides
the
deficiency
resulted
in
ex
tensive
changes
in
the
distribution
of
saturated
acids
at
both
the
a
and
b
positions
palmitoleic
and
oleic
acids
were
increased
in
amount
in
fat
deficiency
and
large
amounts
of
docosatrienoic
acids
appeared
in
these
phospholipids
the
fatty
acids
of
the
sphingomyelins
were
not
altered
as
a
result
of
essential
fatty
acid
deficiency
the
data
demonstrate
that
each
phospholipid
is
unique
in
the
way
in
which
its
fatty
acid
moieties
change
in
response
to
feeding
a
fat
deficient
diet
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
309
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
interventricular
septal
defects
with
aortic
insufficiency
sanchez
f
villaran
e
the
coincidence
of
these
malformations
permits
their
diagnosis
provided
that
a
careful
evaluation
is
made
of
the
hemodynamic
and
oximetric
data
on
the
basis
of
specific
auscultatory
features
even
then
a
differentiation
from
other
cardiopathies
patent
ductus
arteriosus
with
without
pulmonary
hypertension
aortopulmonary
sep
tal
defect
interventricular
communication
truncus
arteriosus
aneurysm
of
the
sinus
aortae
ruptured
into
right
cavities
is
not
simple
for
this
an
analysis
of
the
course
of
the
syndrome
together
with
the
information
supplied
by
phonocardiography
catheterization
angiocardiography
radiology
and
ecg
in
this
order
of
importance
are
indispensable
an
analysis
is
made
of
cases
in
which
in
the
absence
of
ana
tomical
confirmation
concrete
data
were
obtained
on
which
to
base
the
diagnosis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
31
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
case
of
interventricular
septal
defect
with
dextrocardia
and
situs
inversus
treated
by
surgery
a
case
of
interventricular
septal
defect
associated
with
situs
inversus
and
dextrocardia
in
twenty
year
old
male
patient
was
presented
along
with
discussion
on
three
types
of
dextrocardial
complexes
and
with
emphasis
on
the
rarity
of
occurrence
of
the
intracardiac
anomalies
in
true
mirror
image
dextrocardia
with
total
situs
inversus
a
comment
was
also
made
on
kartagener's
syndrome
which
was
excluded
by
appropriate
radiographic
procedures
in
this
case
the
closure
of
the
interventricular
septal
defect
with
extracorporeal
circulation
was
successfully
performed
under
moderate
hypothermia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
310
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
measurement
of
aortic
regurgitation
by
upstream
sampling
with
continuous
infusion
of
indicator
a
direct
and
theoretically
valid
method
for
the
measurement
of
aortic
regurgitation
involves
the
recording
of
indicator
concentrations
from
the
left
ventricle
and
a
down
stream
site
during
aortic
root
injection
however
this
method
has
yielded
erratic
results
when
applied
to
man
in
the
authors'
laboratory
when
using
the
sudden
in
jection
technique
therefore
the
upstream
sampling
method
using
continuous
in
fusion
of
indicator
was
evaluated
in
patients
with
aortic
regurgitation
during
retrograde
aortic
and
transseptal
left
ventricular
catheterization
the
continuous
infusion
technique
was
compared
with
the
technique
of
sudden
injection
in
patients
and
with
aortic
valvulography
in
patients
measurements
of
forward
flow
obtained
with
continuous
infusions
into
the
aortic
root
were
not
significantly
different
from
measurements
obtained
with
sudden
injections
into
the
pulmonary
artery
recordings
of
indicator
concentrations
from
the
left
ventricle
during
continuous
infusions
into
the
aortic
root
demonstrated
readily
evident
equilibrium
plateaus
the
resultant
measurements
of
regurgitant
flow
were
highly
reproducible
and
not
impaired
by
nonsimultaneity
of
upstream
and
downstream
sampling
the
percentage
error
of
estimate
at
confidence
limits
was
of
the
measurement
for
regurgitant
flow
for
total
flow
and
for
the
regurgitant
fraction
of
total
flow
the
correspond
ing
errors
of
estimate
for
the
sudden
injection
technique
were
times
larger
re
gurgitant
flow
by
the
continuous
infusion
method
ranged
from
l
min
total
flow
from
l
min
and
the
regurgitant
fraction
of
total
flow
from
ranking
of
patients
by
the
magnitudes
of
regurgitant
and
total
flow
did
not
correspond
to
ranking
by
angiographic
criteria
of
severity
however
an
excellent
correlation
prevailed
between
angiographic
grade
and
the
regurgitant
fraction
of
total
flow
demonstrating
that
this
variable
is
the
most
meaningful
expression
of
severity
the
correlation
between
the
angiographic
grade
and
the
regurgitant
fraction
measured
by
the
continuous
infusion
technique
was
clearly
superior
to
that
obtained
with
the
sudden
injection
technique
mild
regurgitation
was
equivalent
to
a
regurgitant
fraction
of
moderate
regurgitation
to
a
fraction
of
moderately
severe
regurgitation
to
a
fraction
of
and
severe
regurgitation
to
a
fraction
of
it
is
concluded
that
the
upstream
sampling
method
during
con
tinuous
infusion
of
indicator
because
of
its
sensitivity
reliability
applicability
to
multiple
measurements
and
validity
in
the
presence
of
mitral
regurgitation
is
the
most
useful
method
for
quantifying
aortic
regurgitation
in
man
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
311
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
aortico
left
ventricular
tunnel
a
cause
of
massive
aortic
regurgitation
and
of
intracardiac
aneurysm
the
clinical
roentgenographic
hemodynamic
and
pathologic
findings
in
a
year
old
boy
with
aortico
left
ventricular
tunnel
are
presented
the
accessory
channel
between
the
aorta
and
left
ventricle
resulted
in
massive
aortic
regurgitation
and
the
portion
of
the
tunnel
which
traversed
the
ventricular
septum
was
aneurysmal
displaced
the
posterior
wall
of
the
right
ventricle
and
caused
severe
obstruction
to
right
ventricular
outflow
the
presence
of
associated
cardiovascular
anomalies
in
this
and
previously
reported
cases
suggests
that
the
malformation
is
congenital
rather
than
acquired
the
clinical
and
hemodynamic
manifestations
of
aortico
left
ventricular
tunnel
are
indistinguishable
from
those
observed
with
the
more
common
forms
of
aortic
regurgitation
and
the
correct
diagnosis
can
be
established
only
by
thoracic
aortography
the
malformation
is
usually
recognized
in
childhood
since
aortic
regurgitant
flow
can
be
abolished
by
simple
closure
of
the
aortic
ostium
and
without
aortic
valve
replacement
the
indications
for
operative
treatment
differ
from
those
which
apply
in
aortic
regurgitation
due
to
a
valvular
anomaly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
312
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
haemodynamic
implications
of
the
bisferiens
pulse
a
bisferiens
carotid
arterial
displacement
pulse
was
recorded
in
patients
with
severe
aortic
valvular
disease
the
braunwald
test
indicated
that
moderately
severe
severe
or
gross
aortic
regurgitation
was
present
in
each
the
absence
of
a
peak
systolic
aortic
pressure
gradient
in
certain
cases
particularly
in
those
with
the
most
severe
regurgitation
suggested
their
freedom
from
an
element
of
stenosis
the
anacrotic
wave
and
the
peak
of
the
aortic
pressure
pulse
were
found
to
coincide
with
the
percussion
and
the
tidal
waves
of
the
simultaneously
recorded
carotid
ar
terial
displacement
curves
it
is
suggested
that
amplitude
of
the
peak
of
the
anacro
tic
wave
is
proportional
to
the
rate
of
change
of
momentum
of
the
ejected
blood
and
that
the
amplitude
of
the
corresponding
percussion
wave
of
displacement
is
modified
by
the
distensibility
of
the
artery
the
depth
and
shape
of
the
trough
between
the
two
peaks
is
thought
to
depend
upon
the
magnitude
and
slope
of
the
two
waves
rather
than
upon
a
venturi
effect
it
is
suggested
that
the
condition
of
the
arterial
wall
the
dia
stolic
blood
pressure
and
the
stroke
volume
can
influence
the
pulse
sufficiently
to
preclude
its
use
as
a
simple
guide
to
the
nature
of
the
aortic
valve
lesion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
313
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
left
ventricular
function
following
replacement
of
the
aortic
valve
hemodynamic
responses
to
muscular
exercise
evaluations
of
left
ventricular
myocardial
function
were
carried
out
in
patients
mth
after
stenotic
or
regurgitant
malformations
of
the
aortic
valve
had
been
corrected
by
valve
replacement
the
circulatory
responses
to
exercise
judged
by
the
increases
in
cardiac
output
in
relation
to
the
increases
in
oxygen
consumption
were
normal
or
only
mildly
reduced
in
patients
in
patients
the
relationships
between
the
change
in
the
left
ventricular
end
diastolic
pressure
and
the
alteration
in
the
stroke
volume
were
also
normal
a
fall
or
an
increase
in
left
ventricular
end
diastolic
pressure
of
less
than
mm
hg
being
accompanied
by
an
increase
in
stroke
volume
in
patients
however
abnormal
increases
in
the
left
ventricular
end
diastolic
pressure
occurred
during
exercise
and
in
the
left
ventricular
end
diastolic
pressure
was
increased
to
levels
above
mm
hg
variable
alterations
in
the
stroke
volume
accompanied
these
increases
in
end
diastolic
pressure
it
is
suggested
that
in
the
patients
who
exhibited
simultaneous
increases
in
left
ven
tricular
end
diastolic
pressure
and
stroke
volume
the
changes
were
either
a
mani
festation
of
the
frank
starling
mechanism
or
primarily
the
result
of
a
positive
inotropic
influence
in
the
patients
who
exhibited
increases
in
left
ventricular
end
diastolic
pressure
but
no
change
or
a
fall
in
stroke
volume
it
is
proposed
that
a
distinct
depression
of
left
ventricular
performance
was
present
thus
while
the
cardiac
output
response
was
adequate
to
meet
the
stress
of
exercise
in
the
majority
of
the
patients
studied
following
aortic
valve
replacement
determination
of
the
relationship
between
the
left
ventricular
end
diastolic
pressure
and
the
stroke
volume
permitted
the
detection
of
abnormalities
in
the
function
of
the
left
ventricle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
314
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pulmonary
atresia
with
intact
ventricular
septum
when
the
pulmonary
valve
is
atretic
and
the
ventricular
septum
intact
the
right
ventricle
usually
consists
of
a
small
chamber
with
a
very
thick
wall
capable
of
de
veloping
high
pressure
this
pathologic
picture
is
associated
with
clinical
findings
similar
to
those
in
tricuspid
atresia
cyanosis
decreased
pulmonary
flow
left
ven
tricular
preponderance
on
the
electrocardiogram
and
early
death
the
diagnosis
may
be
confirmed
by
heart
catheterization
and
selective
angiocardiography
with
in
jection
into
the
right
ventricle
but
the
risk
is
great
surgery
has
never
been
suc
cessful
in
the
past
but
because
of
the
equally
hopeless
prognosis
on
medical
treat
ment
attempts
should
continue
to
be
made
anastomosis
of
the
superior
vena
cava
to
the
right
pulmonary
artery
appears
to
offer
hope
of
success
in
the
future
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
315
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
intra
atrial
pressure
measurement
and
electrocardiography
in
the
detailed
diagnosis
of
atrial
septal
defect
after
discussing
the
possibilities
and
limitations
of
different
methods
for
identifying
the
anatomical
type
of
atrial
septal
defect
the
authors
suggest
a
more
useful
new
method
this
consists
in
simultaneous
recording
of
both
the
pressure
curve
and
endocavitary
electrocardiogram
during
withdrawal
of
the
catheter
from
the
left
into
the
right
atrium
in
the
ostium
primum
type
the
septal
foramen
has
no
infe
rior
margin
and
the
point
of
the
catheter
during
retraction
unlike
in
the
ostium
secundum
type
rests
on
the
intermediate
section
of
the
atrioventricular
septum
the
endocavitary
electrocardiogram
in
the
zone
of
passage
between
the
two
atria
shows
the
typical
pattern
of
the
intermediate
section
of
the
atrioventricular
septum
the
pressure
curve
may
show
a
pattern
of
the
atrial
of
intravalvular
type
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
316
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ventricular
septal
aneurysms
a
report
of
two
cases
two
cases
of
ventriuclar
cuptal
aneurysm
are
reported
one
in
the
membranous
and
one
in
the
muscular
portion
the
diagnosis
was
made
by
selective
left
ventricular
angiogra
phy
it
is
suggested
that
these
cases
represent
spontaneous
closure
of
a
ventricular
septal
defect
with
weakness
and
aneurysmal
formation
due
to
the
high
left
ventricular
pressure
both
are
asymptomatic
and
hemodynamically
within
normal
limits
surgical
repair
of
the
aneurysms
is
not
considered
necessary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
317
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electrode
catheters
and
the
diagnosis
of
ebstein's
anomaly
of
the
tricuspid
valve
the
successful
surgical
treatment
of
ebstein's
anomaly
calls
for
accurate
pre
ope
rative
assessment
of
the
nature
and
severity
of
the
tricuspid
valvular
lesion
the
increased
risk
of
cardiac
catheterization
in
this
condition
has
been
matched
by
in
creased
experience
of
intracardiac
techniques
and
provided
the
examination
is
in
skilled
hands
patients
with
ebstein's
anomaly
should
be
investigated
in
the
same
way
as
those
with
any
other
serious
congenital
heart
lesion
for
whom
surgery
is
con
templated
the
diagnostic
value
of
electrode
catheters
is
discussed
and
the
intra
cardiac
electrocardiographic
features
of
ebstein's
anomaly
are
illustrated
false
positive
and
false
negative
records
are
demonstrated
and
the
mechanism
of
their
production
is
explained
it
is
concluded
that
though
helpful
intracardiac
electro
cardiographic
evidence
should
be
regarded
as
confirmatory
rather
than
diagnostic
records
made
with
electrode
catheters
during
cardiac
catheterization
should
be
con
sidered
only
along
with
the
other
clinical
electrocardiographic
and
radiological
features
of
the
case
and
should
not
be
relied
upon
as
the
definitive
method
in
the
diagnosis
of
ebstein's
anomaly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
318
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
unusual
aneurysm
of
the
membranous
interventricular
septum
the
case
of
a
patient
with
a
huge
aneurysm
of
the
membranous
interventricular
septum
is
presented
this
is
believed
to
be
the
first
such
patient
to
have
undergone
successful
resection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
319
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
laevocardia
with
situs
inversus
a
case
report
and
a
review
of
literature
a
case
of
levocardia
with
inversion
of
the
cham
bers
of
the
heart
and
transposition
of
the
great
vessels
and
situs
inversus
has
been
described
gross
cyanosis
and
clubbing
were
present
and
were
due
to
a
veno
arteri
al
shunt
through
a
right
sided
superior
vena
cava
open
ing
into
the
arterial
atrium
and
passage
of
venous
blood
into
the
aorta
through
a
ventricular
septal
defect
the
case
was
complicated
with
right
sided
hemiplegia
and
with
the
development
of
a
liver
abscess
a
review
of
the
literature
with
prognosis
and
possible
etiology
of
the
condition
has
also
been
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
32
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
excretion
patterns
of
urinary
metabolites
of
estradiol
c
in
postmenopausal
women
with
benign
and
malignant
disease
of
the
breast
a
study
of
the
excretion
patterns
of
the
urinary
metabolites
of
estradiol
c
j
administered
to
a
group
of
postmenopausal
women
with
advanced
mammary
carcinoma
prior
to
endocrine
therapy
and
with
benign
mammary
dysplasia
is
reported
a
chromatographic
method
was
employed
for
the
determination
of
estradiol
estrone
and
estriol
and
other
estrogen
metabolites
the
urinary
excretion
pattern
is
defined
by
a
the
extent
of
excretion
of
isotope
in
each
of
successive
hr
collection
periods
b
the
percentage
of
the
urinary
radiometabolites
enzymatically
hydrolyzed
c
the
relative
concentration
of
the
several
metabolites
in
the
hydrolyzed
fraction
wide
subject
to
subject
variations
were
found
the
metabolites
other
than
estradiol
estrone
and
estriol
comprised
a
large
portion
of
the
total
estrogens
excreted
a
significantly
lower
amount
of
estradiol
was
noted
in
the
group
of
women
with
mammary
carcinoma
as
compared
to
the
amount
found
in
the
group
of
women
with
benign
mammary
dysplasia
suggesting
that
the
former
group
metabolizes
more
rapidly
the
administered
estradiol
although
the
excretion
patterns
of
patients
who
failed
to
respond
to
estrogen
treatment
nonresponders
differed
the
greatest
from
the
patterns
associated
with
benign
disease
distinctive
patterns
of
the
urinary
excretion
of
isotopic
estrogens
which
allowed
a
statistically
significant
or
clinically
useful
separation
between
responders
and
nonresponders
to
subsequent
estrogen
therapy
were
not
discovered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
320
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
postoperative
aneurysm
of
the
right
ventricle
twelve
patients
with
postoperative
aneurysm
of
the
right
ventricular
outflow
tract
after
corrective
surgery
for
pulmonic
valvar
stenosis
ventricular
septal
defect
and
tetralogy
of
fallot
are
reported
the
literature
is
reviewed
and
the
pathogenesis
is
discussed
different
diagnostic
tests
are
evaluated
stressing
the
role
of
roentgen
examinations
and
the
importance
of
careful
follow
up
by
intercalative
chest
roent
genography
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
321
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ventricular
septal
defect
with
aortic
regurgitation
medical
and
pathologic
aspects
thirty
four
patients
with
ventricular
septal
defect
and
aortic
regurgitation
repre
senting
less
than
of
the
patients
with
ventricular
septal
defect
are
discussed
a
loud
systolic
murmur
characteristic
of
ventricular
septal
defect
is
noted
dur
ing
infancy
whereas
evidences
of
aortic
regurgitation
protodiastolic
murmur
and
wide
pulse
pressure
does
not
usually
appear
until
some
time
between
and
years
of
age
clinical
and
catheterization
data
indicate
that
the
principal
hemody
namic
load
is
aortic
regurgitation
whereas
the
ventricular
septal
defect
does
not
usually
result
in
a
large
pulmonary
blood
flow
or
high
pulmonary
arterial
pressure
in
about
of
the
patients
a
significant
pressure
gradient
across
the
right
ven
tricular
outflow
tract
exists
detailed
pathologic
studies
indicate
that
the
ventricular
septal
defects
are
high
and
anterior
and
encroach
to
a
greater
or
lesser
degree
on
the
membranous
bulbar
septum
the
right
coronary
cusp
is
the
one
most
severely
involved
and
by
its
prolapse
causes
aortic
regurgitation
the
noncoronary
cusp
is
always
less
severely
affected
the
anatomic
basis
of
the
pressure
gradient
ob
served
across
the
right
ventricular
outflow
tract
is
not
always
clear
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
322
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
natural
history
of
arrhythmias
following
septal
defect
reapir
the
repair
of
atrial
and
ventricular
septal
defects
between
and
was
reviewed
to
determine
the
incidence
and
prognosis
of
arrhythmias
related
to
operation
cases
included
ventricular
septal
defects
atrial
defects
of
the
ostium
secundum
type
and
of
the
ostium
primum
variety
nodal
rhythms
second
degree
blocks
complete
heart
block
and
flutter
or
fibrillation
that
persisted
after
completion
of
operation
were
analyzed
while
intermittent
ectopic
beats
sinus
tachycardia
and
bundle
branch
blocks
were
excluded
fifteen
per
cent
of
the
patients
with
ventricular
defects
with
ostium
primum
defects
and
with
ostium
secundum
defects
developed
abnormal
rhythms
associated
with
repair
of
patients
whose
arrhythmias
began
during
operation
there
were
deaths
no
fatalities
occurred
in
the
patients
who
developed
arrhythmias
in
the
postoperative
period
seven
deaths
were
associated
with
complete
heart
block
and
one
with
second
degree
block
although
only
one
half
of
the
patients
who
developed
arrhythmias
had
pulmonary
artery
pressure
greater
than
mm
hg
systolic
all
fatalities
occurred
in
this
group
four
of
the
deaths
followed
surgery
with
the
use
of
the
pump
oxygenator
in
children
under
months
of
age
thirty
eight
per
cent
of
the
abnormal
rhythms
that
began
in
the
postoperative
period
were
nodal
flutter
and
fibrillation
were
common
following
repair
of
atrial
secundum
defects
in
patients
over
yr
of
age
but
did
not
occur
in
younger
patients
deaths
from
heart
block
occurred
in
the
first
days
following
operation
except
one
months
later
survivors
of
complete
heart
block
reverted
to
a
less
serious
arrhythmia
or
normal
rhythm
within
months
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
323
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
left
ventricular
angiocardiography
in
the
study
of
ventricular
septal
defects
sixty
five
cases
of
ventricular
septal
defect
were
studied
by
left
angiocardiography
the
left
ventricle
was
entered
by
retrograde
arterial
catheterization
with
a
catheter
having
a
j
shaped
tip
this
procedure
appears
to
be
little
or
no
more
hazardous
than
right
sided
angiocardiography
ventricular
septal
defects
may
be
divided
into
types
depending
on
their
location
in
the
ventricular
septum
the
anatomic
and
radiological
features
of
the
septum
and
septal
defects
are
described
selective
in
jection
of
contrast
material
into
the
left
ventricle
opacifies
the
blood
passing
through
the
defect
in
the
septum
and
permits
preoperative
localization
of
the
defect
in
rela
tion
to
identifiable
anatomic
landmarks
multiple
defects
of
the
septum
are
well
de
monstrated
such
information
may
be
of
considerable
value
to
the
surgeon
under
taking
repair
of
the
septum
left
ventriculography
often
combined
with
supraval
vular
aortography
has
been
used
when
indicated
to
differentiate
between
mitral
insufficiency
and
ventricular
septal
defect
and
in
the
detection
of
other
cardiac
ano
malies
whose
manifestations
are
marked
by
those
of
the
septal
lesion
this
tech
nique
is
well
suited
to
the
postoperative
study
of
patients
following
repair
of
the
septal
defect
and
for
follow
up
studies
in
patients
not
operated
upon
to
clarify
the
natural
history
of
defects
in
different
portions
of
the
ventricular
septum
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
324
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
free
fatty
acid
metabolism
in
chinese
hamsters
in
normal
chinese
hamsters
cricetulus
griseus
the
mean
concentration
of
free
fatty
acids
ffa
in
serum
varied
from
group
to
group
but
was
consistently
to
times
greater
than
in
rats
dogs
or
man
slightly
higher
than
in
syrian
hamsters
two
to
four
fold
higher
than
in
fasting
or
alloxan
diabetic
rats
the
epididymal
adipose
tissue
of
the
chinese
hamster
had
initial
concentrations
of
ffa
comparable
to
those
in
the
rat
and
syrian
hamster
released
in
the
same
time
interval
to
fold
more
ffa
in
vitro
than
this
tissue
of
the
rat
had
higher
concentrations
of
ffa
after
incubation
than
the
incubated
tissue
of
the
rat
the
retroperitoneal
perirenal
adipose
tissue
of
the
chinese
hamster
was
less
ac
tive
in
release
of
fatty
acids
in
vitro
than
the
epididymal
but
was
however
more
active
than
the
epididymal
adipose
tissue
of
the
rat
these
characteristics
of
ffa
metabolism
in
the
chinese
hamster
were
apparently
attributable
to
species
not
to
age
diet
or
sex
in
the
chinese
hamster
the
weight
of
the
epididymal
adipose
tis
sue
per
gram
of
body
was
relatively
high
it
appears
that
in
this
species
the
rate
of
release
of
fatty
acids
from
adipose
tissue
is
great
leading
to
high
ffa
concentra
tions
in
serum
in
chinese
hamster
and
rat
adipose
tissues
in
vitro
glucose
and
in
sulin
separately
reduced
the
rate
of
release
of
ffa
and
the
amount
of
ffa
in
the
tissues
but
glucose
and
insulin
together
produced
the
greatest
reduction
the
net
reduction
in
ffa
release
by
glucose
and
insulin
in
vitro
was
greater
in
tissue
from
the
chinese
hamster
insulin
markedly
increased
glucose
uptake
by
the
adipose
tis
sues
of
both
species
the
possible
relation
of
the
results
to
spontaneous
diabetes
in
the
chinese
hamster
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
325
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
changes
in
serum
non
esterified
fatty
acid
levels
in
spon
taneous
and
in
oxytocin
induced
labour
the
nonesterified
fatty
acid
nefa
concentration
of
serum
rises
progressively
during
the
course
of
normal
labor
the
rise
appears
to
be
related
to
the
duration
of
labor
the
use
of
oxytocin
to
induce
and
stimulate
labor
does
not
alter
the
normal
pattern
of
rise
in
nefa
provided
it
is
given
in
physiologic
dosage
the
levels
of
nefa
in
the
umbilical
vein
and
the
umbilical
artery
at
delivery
are
comparable
and
always
significantly
lower
than
the
maternal
level
the
maternal
fetal
ratio
varies
between
and
in
this
series
following
delivery
the
nefa
levels
begin
to
fall
almost
immediately
the
rate
of
fall
is
of
the
delivery
value
in
the
st
hour
within
hr
and
within
hr
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
326
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
combined
glucose
and
insulin
infusions
on
the
lipoid
and
carbohydrate
metabolism
of
the
parturient
woman
and
of
the
fetus
the
infusion
of
glucose
with
insulin
during
delivery
was
used
by
the
authors
pri
marily
in
order
to
determine
whether
the
utilization
of
glucose
can
be
enhanced
under
these
conditions
they
wanted
to
investigate
whether
the
increase
of
unesteri
fied
fatty
acids
in
the
cord
blood
which
takes
place
after
a
sole
glucose
infusion
in
the
mother
could
be
caused
by
the
low
capability
of
glucose
utilization
in
the
fetus
the
infusion
during
delivery
which
consisted
of
the
application
of
ml
of
glucose
and
u
of
insulin
over
a
period
of
min
brought
about
a
greater
decrease
of
unesterified
fatty
acids
in
the
parturient
woman
as
compared
with
the
infusion
of
glucose
exclusively
the
reason
for
this
result
is
thought
to
be
due
to
a
better
utili
zation
of
glucose
which
is
favorably
influenced
by
insulin
during
the
infusion
of
glucose
with
insulin
an
increase
in
the
values
of
lactic
and
pyruvic
acid
took
place
in
the
parturient
women
this
was
probably
due
to
an
accelerated
glycolysis
and
an
increased
production
of
lactic
acid
but
not
caused
by
a
higher
share
of
the
anaerobic
metabolism
in
the
cord
blood
there
were
likewise
increased
values
of
lactic
and
py
ruvic
acid
as
a
reflection
of
the
higher
values
of
these
substances
in
the
mother
the
formation
of
these
products
of
metabolic
breakdown
by
the
fetus
however
was
not
significantly
increased
after
infusion
of
glucose
with
insulin
the
other
investigated
parameter
values
including
those
of
the
levels
of
unesterified
fatty
acids
are
found
in
the
cord
blood
in
similar
amounts
as
after
infusion
of
glucose
alone
these
re
sults
cannot
reliably
prove
the
passage
of
insulin
through
the
placenta
especially
after
a
continued
study
of
the
metabolic
values
in
newborns
as
a
proof
of
the
passage
of
insulin
through
the
placenta
could
not
be
established
it
is
possible
that
after
an
intake
of
insulin
the
increase
of
unesterified
fatty
acids
in
the
cord
blood
could
be
caused
by
a
relative
insufficiency
of
the
insular
apparatus
of
the
fetus
the
most
probable
reason
for
the
increase
of
unesterified
fatty
acids
is
the
different
depo
sition
and
metabolization
of
unesterified
fatty
acids
in
the
course
of
intrauterine
life
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
327
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
glucose
and
nonesterified
fatty
acid
levels
in
maternal
and
cord
plasma
the
authors
established
in
healthy
women
at
the
moment
of
delivery
the
contents
of
glucose
and
free
fatty
acids
in
the
blood
of
the
mother
and
of
the
umbilical
cord
the
concentration
of
both
substances
was
significantly
higher
in
the
mother
than
in
the
infant
the
relation
for
free
fatty
acids
was
that
for
glucose
the
relation
glucose
fatty
acids
in
the
mother
was
significantly
different
from
that
in
the
infant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
328
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
epinephrine
infusions
in
normal
and
toxemic
pregnancies
ii
plasma
glucose
nonesterified
fatty
acid
and
epineph
rine
norepinephrine
alterations
seven
controls
and
preeclamptic
patients
were
infused
with
different
amounts
of
epinephrine
plasma
nefa
glucose
and
catecholamines
were
determined
before
during
and
after
epinephrine
infusion
the
toxemic
patient
responds
to
the
metabolic
effects
of
infused
epinephrine
in
a
manner
similar
to
that
of
the
normal
pregnant
patient
the
increased
levels
of
nefa
in
pregnant
patients
are
explained
by
a
com
plicated
biochemical
mechanism
involving
an
increased
availability
of
cortisone
like
steroids
slightly
increased
amounts
of
thyroid
hormones
etc
resulting
in
an
alteration
of
carbohydrate
utilization
the
study
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
epi
nephrine
is
not
an
etiologic
agent
in
toxemia
of
pregnancy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
329
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
lipid
mobilizing
substance
in
the
serum
of
pregnant
wo
men
of
probable
placental
origin
a
substance
capable
of
inducing
free
fatty
acid
ffa
release
was
found
in
the
sera
of
from
pregnant
women
the
rat
epididymal
fat
pad
was
used
for
bioassay
this
substance
circulates
in
late
pregnancy
and
disappears
within
days
post
partum
it
is
present
in
crude
placental
extracts
and
is
removed
by
their
deproteination
it
is
nondialyzable
application
of
pituitary
extraction
procedure
to
placentae
yielded
active
fractions
where
pituitary
growth
hormone
is
usually
found
in
accordance
with
these
facts
a
hypothesis
concerning
a
part
of
metabolic
changes
occurring
during
preg
nancy
was
pronounced
as
follows
the
described
substance
diminishes
maternal
glu
cose
consumption
through
the
elevation
of
plasma
free
fatty
acids
or
by
direct
in
hibition
of
glucose
uptake
or
both
this
permits
a
preferential
shunting
of
glucose
to
the
fetus
at
the
same
time
increased
plasma
free
fatty
acid
levels
would
serve
as
the
alternative
maternal
energy
substrate
elevated
maternal
insulin
levels
during
late
pregnancy
stabilize
the
degree
of
maternal
lipid
mobilization
the
contrainsulin
properties
of
a
substance
capable
of
mobilizing
free
fatty
acids
and
inhibiting
mater
nal
glucose
utilization
would
pose
a
diabetogenic
challenge
and
in
the
face
of
com
promised
maternal
insulin
reserves
provoke
overt
or
worsen
existing
diabetes
mellitus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
33
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
localizing
significance
of
limited
simultaneous
visual
form
perception
a
patient
presenting
with
an
isolated
spelling
dyslexia
and
impairment
in
picture
interpretation
simultanagnosia
was
shown
by
tachistoscopic
studies
to
have
a
pathological
limitation
of
simultaneous
form
perception
at
autopsy
a
localized
lesion
was
found
within
the
inferior
part
of
the
left
occipital
lobe
these
findings
are
discussed
in
relation
to
the
problem
of
the
disorder
of
function
underlying
agnosic
alexia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
330
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
metabolism
of
free
fatty
acids
during
perinatal
life
of
lambs
there
is
a
rapid
rise
of
free
fatty
acids
in
blood
plasma
after
birth
in
newborn
lambs
this
study
confirms
this
rise
caused
by
an
augmented
mobilization
of
these
acids
from
the
tissues
norepinephrine
easily
mobilizes
free
fatty
acids
in
adult
ewes
in
newborn
lambs
this
special
effect
is
lacking
though
cardiovascular
re
sponses
are
clearly
demonstrable
blocking
the
sympathetic
nervous
system
in
newborn
lambs
inhibits
the
rapid
rise
of
free
fatty
acids
after
birth
this
is
com
patible
with
the
concept
that
increased
activity
of
these
sympathetic
nerves
after
birth
is
an
important
factor
for
free
fatty
acids
mobilization
during
intrauterine
life
there
is
an
ample
study
of
carbohydrates
and
the
organism
uses
them
as
an
energy
source
hypoglycaemia
resulting
from
sudden
carbohydrate
deprivation
at
birth
demonstrates
with
rising
free
fatty
acids
the
change
over
to
tissue
fat
as
main
source
of
energy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
331
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
glucose
infusions
on
the
lipoid
and
the
carbohydrate
metabolism
of
the
parturient
woman
and
the
fetus
in
parturient
women
who
were
given
glucose
infusions
during
the
expulsive
stage
of
labor
the
authors
were
able
to
observe
an
unusual
hyperglycemia
and
a
decrease
in
unesterified
fatty
acids
uefa
the
uefa
level
usually
increases
regularly
during
delivery
likewise
the
values
of
esterified
fatty
acids
efa
showed
an
in
crease
above
the
normally
present
levels
in
women
who
had
received
a
glucose
in
fusion
during
the
expulsive
stage
of
labor
the
results
show
that
during
delivery
both
hyperglycemia
and
the
increase
in
lipoids
are
predominantly
due
to
the
energy
demands
of
the
organism
however
there
is
also
evidence
that
other
hitherto
un
known
factors
may
play
a
role
in
the
fetus
the
infusion
of
glucose
leads
to
an
in
creased
glucose
retention
the
infusion
however
does
not
bring
about
a
decrease
but
contrary
to
the
expectations
an
increase
in
the
uefa
values
in
general
such
a
reaction
is
not
found
in
any
of
the
subsequent
periods
of
life
further
inves
tigations
were
conducted
in
order
to
find
an
explanation
for
the
paradox
uefa
reaction
as
shown
by
an
analysis
of
the
lactic
acid
and
the
pyruvic
acid
values
the
increase
in
the
uefa
can
most
probably
not
be
attributed
to
an
impairment
in
the
fetal
metabolic
conditions
the
administration
of
physiological
saline
infusions
to
parturient
women
under
equal
conditions
revealed
that
the
cause
for
the
uefa
increase
can
apparently
neither
be
found
in
hemodynamic
changes
due
to
the
infusion
nor
in
changes
of
the
electrolyte
balance
but
rather
in
an
adaptation
insufficiency
of
the
fetal
islet
cells
respectively
in
a
different
fat
mobilization
or
fat
deposition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
332
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
plasma
free
fatty
acid
composition
and
blood
glucose
of
normal
and
diabetic
pregnant
women
and
of
their
new
borns
the
blood
glucose
and
plasma
ffa
content
and
composition
of
the
newborns
of
normal
women
gestational
diabetics
and
insulin
dependent
diabetics
were
analyzed
normal
maternal
ffa
levels
were
twice
the
fetal
values
by
hr
of
age
ffa
in
creased
fold
over
initial
values
in
normal
infants
while
infants
of
gestational
diabetics
had
a
fold
rise
and
those
of
insulin
dependent
diabetics
only
fold
blood
sugar
at
the
same
time
decreased
and
there
was
an
inverse
relationship
be
tween
blood
glucose
in
the
normal
infants
and
ffa
this
relationship
is
altered
in
the
infant
of
the
diabetic
mother
gas
chromatography
of
plasma
indicated
a
higher
ratio
of
unsaturated
to
saturated
ffa
in
mothers
compared
to
infants
no
pattern
differences
were
noted
between
the
normal
and
diabetic
mothers
except
that
the
latter
had
higher
oleic
acid
in
the
initial
hr
of
life
the
patterns
changed
although
no
differences
were
noted
between
infants
of
diabetic
mothers
and
normals
the
observations
suggest
the
metabolic
interrelationships
of
glucose
and
ffa
in
the
normal
infant
are
different
from
those
in
the
infant
of
the
diabetic
mother
the
latter
infant
having
a
state
of
physiologic
hyperinsulinism
plasma
ffa
in
the
fetus
is
derived
from
both
fetal
fat
synthesis
as
well
as
placental
transfers
the
infant
of
the
diabetic
mother
does
not
differ
from
the
normal
as
regards
ffa
com
position
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
333
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lipids
of
human
placenta
the
chloroform
methanol
soluble
components
of
human
placentae
were
isolated
by
rubber
membrane
dialysis
and
gas
chromatography
and
analysed
two
thirds
of
the
total
lipids
consisted
of
phosphatides
with
lecithin
as
the
main
component
colamine
cephalin
and
sphingomyelin
free
cholesterol
form
ed
of
the
total
lipids
while
cholesterol
esters
accounted
for
and
trigly
cerides
for
investigation
of
the
phosphatide
fatty
acids
by
gas
chromatography
showed
a
content
of
saturated
simple
unsaturated
and
polyunsaturated
acids
the
fatty
acids
of
the
triglycerides
consisted
of
about
saturated
and
each
of
simple
and
polyunsaturated
acids
the
polyenoic
acids
of
the
cholesterol
fatty
acids
had
a
high
content
of
linoleic
acid
about
one
quarter
that
of
the
total
acids
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
334
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experimental
study
of
sensitization
to
nickel
sensitization
was
effected
by
epicutaneous
application
of
nickel
sulfate
in
guinea
pigs
it
was
confirmed
by
the
appearance
of
eczematiform
lesions
in
skin
tests
with
nickel
sulfate
for
maintenance
of
the
animals
in
good
general
condition
it
was
necessary
to
add
vit
c
and
antiinfective
agents
to
the
diet
for
this
reason
the
allergenicity
of
the
ni
salt
had
to
be
augmented
by
the
use
of
adjuvants
freund's
complete
adjuvant
or
alum
such
adjuvants
act
by
stimulating
the
res
the
method
for
sensitization
of
guinea
pigs
to
metal
salts
having
been
worked
out
it
is
now
proposed
to
study
the
mechanism
of
such
sensitization
the
biological
disturbances
involved
and
the
possible
existence
of
cross
sensitizations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
335
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
remarks
on
the
nickel
dermatitis
by
non
occupational
contact
this
dermatitis
represents
of
the
skin
diseases
observed
at
the
allergologic
outpatients
department
of
the
dermatological
clinic
of
milan
the
disorder
is
more
frequent
in
women
and
prefers
the
thighs
girdles
keys
and
the
wrist
watch
its
incubation
period
is
generally
long
and
a
peculiar
papulo
vesicular
follicular
and
lichenoid
eruption
often
follows
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
336
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
the
binding
of
protein
by
nickel
with
special
reference
to
its
role
in
nickel
sensitivity
the
reaction
between
nickel
and
proteins
was
studied
using
the
technique
of
equilibrium
dialysis
in
most
of
the
experiments
crystalline
bovine
serum
albumen
was
used
the
nickel
protein
complex
was
of
low
stability
the
quantity
of
nickel
bound
by
the
protein
being
dependent
on
the
concentration
of
free
nickel
ions
the
ph
and
the
particular
protein
used
the
sites
of
binding
of
the
nickel
ions
were
primarily
carboxyl
and
amino
groups
the
author
concluded
that
it
was
unlikely
that
nickel
behaved
as
a
hapten
capable
of
initiating
an
allergic
response
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
337
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experimental
nickel
contact
sensitization
in
man
in
of
male
prisoners
contact
type
delayed
hypersensitivity
was
induced
experimentally
by
repeated
application
of
nicl
in
a
sodium
lauryl
sulphate
solution
on
the
skin
test
reactions
with
nicl
with
occlusion
were
found
to
be
irritating
no
experimentally
sensitized
subject
demonstrated
clinical
sensitivity
to
the
metal
in
his
environment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
338
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hand
eczema
the
clinical
aspects
of
cases
of
hand
eczema
are
reviewed
the
clinical
types
are
defined
nummular
eczema
nickel
allergy
atopic
dermatitis
hyperkeratotic
dermatitis
of
the
palms
hand
eczema
post
partum
mycotic
eczema
contact
dermatitis
occupational
eczema
and
idiopathic
eczema
the
results
of
the
patch
tests
the
influence
of
psychological
and
psychiatric
factors
the
effect
of
water
and
cleansers
the
diagnosis
treatment
and
prognosis
are
discussed
in
no
significant
causative
factor
could
be
found
in
many
cases
where
causative
factors
could
be
identified
these
were
probably
no
more
than
contributory
superimposed
upon
an
underlying
idiopathic
eczema
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
339
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
steroid
aerosol
spray
in
contact
dermatitis
prophylactic
use
with
particular
reference
to
nickel
hypersensitivity
proper
use
of
topical
aerosol
dexamethasone
decadron
spray
affords
complete
protection
to
patients
with
nickel
sensitivity
this
clinical
result
is
confirmed
by
the
results
of
patch
testing
nickel
sensitive
patients
with
a
nickel
sulfate
solution
and
nickel
coins
a
combination
of
dexamethasone
and
an
isopropylmyristate
film
is
necessary
for
successful
prophylaxis
the
individual
components
alone
do
not
protect
these
patients
clinical
and
patch
test
results
indicate
that
a
moderate
degree
of
protection
is
afforded
to
patients
with
paraphenylenediamine
sensitivity
patch
test
results
indicate
that
the
spray
does
not
protect
against
poison
ivy
and
ragweed
oleoresin
potassium
dichromate
certain
rubber
accelerators
and
monobenzyl
ether
of
hydroquinone
it
affords
a
moderate
protection
against
formaldehyde
no
tests
were
done
with
patients
with
formaldehyde
hypersensitivity
a
fair
degree
of
protection
was
obtained
by
the
use
of
the
spray
in
housewives
eczema
presumably
due
to
irritants
present
in
soap
and
detergents
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
34
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
visual
anosognosia
in
cortical
blindness
anton's
symptom
denial
of
blindness
in
a
case
of
bilateral
hemianopia
is
presented
to
acquaint
ophthalmologists
with
this
symptom
which
is
well
known
to
neurologists
but
is
rarely
seen
by
opthalmologists
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
340
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
pathogenesis
of
contact
eczema
due
to
detergents
for
domestic
use
the
thesis
is
maintained
that
eczema
due
to
household
detergents
is
pathogenically
linked
with
allergic
contact
sensitization
to
metallic
salts
especially
chromium
and
nickel
in
a
series
of
cases
of
contact
eczema
attributable
to
detergents
the
existence
of
sensitization
to
these
metals
was
demonstrated
by
the
patch
test
likewise
in
the
analysis
of
samples
of
different
detergents
used
for
washing
in
all
of
them
chromium
and
nickel
were
found
to
be
present
in
a
proportion
which
for
either
of
these
metals
varied
between
and
p
p
m
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
341
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
nickel
carcinogenesis
the
subcellular
partition
of
nickel
in
lung
and
liver
following
inhalation
of
nickel
carbonyl
wistar
rats
were
exposed
by
inhalation
to
nickel
carbonyl
either
once
only
at
a
concentration
of
ppm
for
minutes
mg
ni
co
l
air
or
repeatedly
at
ppm
mg
ni
co
l
air
for
minutes
times
weekly
for
year
they
were
killed
hours
after
the
final
period
of
exposure
nuclear
mitochondrial
microsomal
and
supernatant
fractions
were
isolated
from
lung
and
liver
homogenates
and
measurements
of
the
nickel
nitrogen
and
rna
content
of
each
subcellular
fraction
were
made
the
greatest
ratios
of
nickel
to
nitrogen
were
in
the
nuclear
fractions
of
both
liver
and
lung
but
increased
amounts
of
nickel
were
also
found
in
the
microsomal
and
supernatant
fractions
of
both
liver
and
lung
and
in
the
mitochondrial
fraction
of
lung
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
342
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
nickel
carcinogenesis
metastasizing
pulmonary
tumors
in
rats
induced
by
the
inhalation
of
nickel
carbonyl
in
a
combined
series
of
studies
out
of
rats
n
b
only
survived
for
more
than
wk
exposed
to
nickel
carbonyl
developed
pulmonary
carcinoma
with
metastases
the
lesions
included
the
common
types
of
pulmonary
cancer
squamous
cell
carcinoma
adenocarcinoma
and
anaplastic
carcinoma
all
of
the
pulmonary
lesions
were
found
between
and
mth
after
the
initial
exposure
to
nickel
carbonyl
the
amount
of
nickel
found
capable
of
inducing
lung
cancer
in
the
rat
was
comparable
to
the
amount
of
nickel
inhaled
by
persons
smoking
less
than
cigarettes
per
day
for
a
period
of
a
year
the
mean
weight
of
rats
chronically
exposed
to
nickel
carbonyl
was
found
to
be
consistently
less
than
that
of
the
control
rats
throughout
the
entire
year
period
of
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
343
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
influence
of
age
sex
and
glandular
extirpation
on
muscle
carcinogenesis
in
rats
the
carcinogenic
effect
of
a
single
intramuscular
injection
of
nickel
sulphide
in
an
aqueous
suspension
to
which
penicillin
g
had
been
added
was
compared
in
male
and
female
castrated
hypophysectomized
or
intact
rats
of
different
ages
the
response
seemed
most
marked
in
intact
females
injected
when
mth
old
castrated
or
hypophysectomized
month
old
females
were
less
responsive
one
month
old
intact
males
were
more
responsive
than
month
or
month
old
intact
males
month
old
castrated
males
or
month
old
intact
females
more
data
would
be
required
before
firm
conclusions
could
be
drawn
from
these
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
344
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
trace
metal
metabolism
electron
paramagnetic
resonance
of
manganese
in
ribonucleic
acids
the
electron
paramagnetic
resonance
spectrum
pattern
of
manganese
was
readily
detected
in
all
of
the
samples
of
rna
the
resonance
patterns
indicate
that
manganese
is
present
in
rna
in
a
divalent
state
and
suggest
that
manganese
is
located
at
the
center
of
a
distorted
octahedron
of
oxygen
atoms
from
the
intensity
of
nominally
forbidden
resonances
the
crystal
field
splitting
parameter
d
was
estimated
to
be
cm
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
345
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
metal
chelates
as
potential
reactivators
of
organic
phosphate
poisoned
acetylcholinesterase
as
part
of
a
study
to
investigate
metal
chelates
as
possible
reactivators
of
phosphate
poisoned
acetylcholinesterase
it
is
shown
that
chelates
act
as
inhibitors
of
the
enzyme
in
addition
copper
and
nickel
chelates
of
pyridinealdoxime
catalyze
the
decomposition
of
dfp
and
sarin
compared
to
pam
however
these
chelates
are
very
poor
reactivators
probably
because
of
an
improper
alignment
of
the
oxine
oxygen
in
the
chelate
enzyme
complex
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
346
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
nicl
on
an
isolated
ranvier
node
an
attempt
was
made
to
explain
the
extreme
prolongation
of
the
nodal
potential
by
mm
nicl
in
terms
of
the
ionic
theory
the
effects
of
nicl
at
room
temperature
are
similar
to
those
of
temperature
reduction
decreased
maximum
rate
of
rise
of
the
action
potential
lengthened
action
potential
duration
elevated
threshold
increased
tendency
for
repetitive
activity
in
addition
the
amplitude
of
the
action
potential
is
slightly
increased
the
long
lasting
plateaus
of
the
responses
obtained
under
the
combined
influence
of
nicl
and
temperature
reduction
are
shortened
by
cathodal
polarization
strong
anodal
polarization
and
decrease
of
na
the
plateau
can
be
prematurely
terminated
by
short
anodal
pulses
of
critical
amplitude
short
cathodal
pulses
reduce
the
duration
of
the
plateau
gradually
with
increasing
pulse
strength
increased
k
prolongs
plateau
duration
the
steep
repolarization
phase
which
normally
terminates
the
plateau
is
replaced
by
a
long
lasting
after
depolarization
with
stepwise
potential
decline
the
amplitude
of
k
depolarization
is
not
influenced
by
nicl
or
temperature
reduction
mm
nicl
changes
the
relation
between
maximum
rate
of
rise
and
steady
state
polarization
the
potential
change
required
for
sodium
inactivation
is
mv
in
normal
ringer's
solution
and
mv
in
the
presence
of
mm
nicl
c
mm
nicl
increases
the
time
constant
of
delayed
rectification
as
measured
in
na
poor
solutions
at
c
by
a
factor
of
about
the
decrease
of
action
potential
under
cathodal
polarization
is
slightly
delayed
by
nicl
it
is
concluded
that
prolongation
of
the
nodal
action
potential
by
nicl
is
due
to
delayed
and
reduced
inactivation
of
na
permeability
and
delayed
increase
of
k
permeability
part
of
the
nicl
effect
could
be
explained
by
assuming
competition
between
ni
and
ca
for
specific
sites
at
the
membrane
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
347
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
carcinogenic
activities
of
n
hydroxy
acetylaminofluorene
and
its
metal
chelates
as
a
function
of
retention
at
the
injection
site
the
carcinogenic
activities
of
s
c
administered
n
hydroxy
acetylaminofluorene
n
hydroxy
aaf
and
a
variety
of
its
metal
chelates
indicate
that
greater
activity
locally
is
associated
with
a
longer
retention
of
the
chelates
at
the
site
of
injection
with
a
slow
release
of
n
hydroxy
aaf
to
the
surrounding
tissue
no
tumors
were
obtained
at
the
sites
of
injections
of
n
hydroxy
aaf
mg
injection
but
and
of
rats
developed
sarcomas
at
the
sites
of
and
injections
respectively
the
nickelous
cobaltous
ferric
or
cupric
chelates
induced
moderate
to
high
incidences
of
sarcomas
with
or
injections
in
these
cases
one
half
of
the
administered
n
hydroxy
aaf
was
retained
at
the
injection
site
for
days
the
manganous
and
zinc
chelates
and
the
potassium
salt
were
less
active
at
the
injection
site
the
half
retention
times
for
these
ranged
from
hr
to
days
the
comparable
half
retention
time
for
n
hydroxy
aaf
was
about
hr
injection
of
the
metal
derivatives
s
c
with
short
half
retention
times
resulted
in
higher
incidences
of
mammary
tumors
than
injection
of
the
derivatives
with
half
retention
times
of
or
more
days
when
administered
in
the
food
the
cupric
chelate
of
n
hydroxy
aaf
induced
the
same
spectrum
of
tumors
as
n
hydroxy
aaf
but
the
incidences
were
lower
while
the
prolonged
retention
of
the
material
at
the
injection
site
may
account
for
the
greater
carcinogenic
activities
of
the
metal
chelates
serious
consideration
must
also
be
given
to
the
possible
importance
of
chelation
of
carcinogens
or
their
metabolites
to
cellular
constituents
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
348
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
generation
of
action
potentials
in
single
ranvier's
nodes
of
isolated
frog
nerve
fibres
under
the
influence
of
nickel
and
cadmium
ions
russian
by
experimenting
on
single
ranvier's
nodes
of
frog
isolated
nerve
fibres
it
was
shown
that
along
with
a
marked
prolongation
of
the
repolarization
phase
of
the
action
potential
ap
ni
and
cd
ions
also
caused
a
rise
of
the
critical
membrane
depolarization
level
and
an
increased
ap
amplitude
with
somewhat
reduced
steepness
of
its
ascending
phase
ni
and
cd
ions
restored
the
ap
generation
in
the
nodes
of
ranvier
altered
by
a
procaine
solution
by
an
excess
of
potassium
ions
mm
of
kcl
or
by
slight
mechanical
injury
during
dissection
it
was
only
with
a
reduced
na
concentration
in
the
medium
that
the
restoration
of
ap
could
be
achieved
ni
and
cd
ions
considerably
slowed
down
and
weakened
the
cathodal
rise
of
the
critical
level
and
the
ap
reduction
cysteine
to
m
eliminated
all
the
effects
of
the
mentioned
ions
a
suggestion
is
made
that
by
binding
the
sh
groups
of
the
nerve
fibre
proteins
nickel
and
cadmium
reduce
the
rate
of
inactivation
and
the
increase
of
potassium
permeability
in
depolarization
and
also
weaken
the
initial
inactivation
and
the
increase
of
potassium
permeability
in
depolarization
as
well
as
weaken
the
initial
inactivation
of
the
membrane
i
h
whenever
this
happened
to
be
raised
by
previous
influences
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
349
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
agnostic
alexia
and
constructive
apraxia
with
regressive
evolution
in
a
child
of
yr
of
age
after
an
acute
encephalopathy
the
etiology
of
which
could
not
be
determined
a
boy
of
yr
and
mth
of
age
developed
a
syndrome
of
agnostic
alexia
and
constructive
apraxia
which
was
remarkably
pure
the
intellectual
functions
were
normal
as
determined
by
iq
tests
speech
was
not
disturbed
either
the
child
could
not
read
or
copy
a
text
but
was
fully
able
to
write
both
freely
and
dictated
the
patient
could
not
read
what
he
had
written
this
shows
the
characteristic
features
of
agnostic
apraxia
motor
activity
and
performance
were
normal
but
the
child
had
extreme
difficulty
in
constructing
geometric
forms
even
elementary
either
spontaneously
or
by
copying
this
remarkable
syndrome
disappeared
and
during
its
involution
it
was
followed
up
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
35
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
development
of
social
attachments
in
infancy
this
report
is
devoted
to
the
formation
and
development
of
social
attachments
in
infancy
it
is
suggested
that
the
core
of
the
attachment
function
is
represented
by
the
tendency
of
the
young
to
seek
the
proximity
of
certain
other
members
of
the
species
and
that
the
most
suitable
operational
definition
may
be
found
in
the
behavior
of
the
individual
when
deprived
of
such
proximity
the
study
takes
the
form
of
a
longitudinal
follow
up
in
which
infants
were
investigated
at
four
weekly
intervals
from
the
early
weeks
on
up
to
the
end
of
the
first
year
and
again
at
months
of
age
with
the
use
of
an
attachment
scale
based
on
seven
everyday
separation
situations
the
following
three
main
parameters
were
explored
the
age
at
onset
of
specific
attachments
the
intensity
of
such
attachments
and
the
number
of
objects
to
whom
attachments
are
formed
a
measure
of
fear
of
strangers
was
also
included
results
indicate
that
the
age
at
onset
of
specific
attachments
is
generally
to
be
found
in
the
third
quarter
of
the
first
year
but
that
this
is
preceded
by
a
phase
of
indiscriminate
attachment
behavior
that
the
intensity
of
specific
attachment
increases
most
in
the
first
month
following
onset
and
that
thereafter
fluctuations
occur
in
individual
cases
which
make
long
term
prediction
difficult
and
that
multiplicity
of
objects
can
be
found
in
some
instances
at
the
very
beginning
of
the
specific
attachment
phase
becoming
the
rule
in
most
of
the
remaining
cases
very
soon
thereafter
correlations
between
the
attachment
variables
as
well
as
with
the
fear
of
strangers
measure
are
presented
and
an
examination
is
also
made
of
the
conditions
eliciting
protest
at
proximity
loss
of
the
manner
in
which
protest
is
expressed
and
of
the
conditions
necessary
to
terminate
protest
individual
differences
with
regard
to
the
three
main
parameters
were
explored
in
a
subgroup
of
infants
a
number
of
variables
were
examined
in
relation
to
these
individual
differences
and
suggestions
made
regarding
the
conditions
which
affect
the
manifestation
of
the
attachment
function
the
data
are
discussed
in
relation
to
four
themes
which
emerged
from
the
findings
the
nature
of
the
attachment
function
its
developmental
origins
its
developmental
trends
and
the
influence
of
the
social
setting
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
350
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
symptomatology
of
the
parietal
cerebral
syndrome
of
the
dominant
hemisphere
parietal
dyslexia
and
conduction
aphasia
this
is
a
very
comprehensive
study
on
a
patient
in
the
beginning
there
was
a
pronounced
gerstmann's
syndrome
with
autotopagnosia
for
parts
of
the
face
dyspraxia
and
constructive
apraxia
and
dyslexia
the
autotopagnosia
and
mild
left
right
disturbances
showed
marked
regression
actual
hemianopsia
was
not
observed
but
tachistoscopy
revealed
that
perception
of
the
right
field
of
vision
was
poor
audiometric
examination
showed
a
conduction
deafness
and
disturbed
binaural
word
synthesis
the
disturbances
were
examined
meticulously
and
tested
for
symptom
relationships
which
became
evident
in
the
various
factors
concerned
with
creative
ability
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
351
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
observations
on
colour
agnosia
a
year
old
right
handed
man
following
the
formation
of
a
left
posterior
subdural
hematoma
developed
'spelling
dyslexia'
and
impaired
picture
interpretation
which
resolved
and
color
agnosia
which
persisted
the
latter
impaired
the
use
both
of
color
information
and
of
the
names
of
the
colors
this
may
be
explained
as
a
disorder
impairing
the
recollection
and
formation
of
associations
between
color
names
and
other
types
of
information
with
resulting
interference
in
any
task
in
which
colors
or
their
names
have
to
be
placed
in
a
specific
context
the
alternative
views
of
willbrand
that
here
a
limited
dysphasia
and
of
sittig
that
a
recognition
defect
is
simultaneously
present
cannot
be
excluded
in
the
present
and
in
previously
reported
cases
the
causative
lesion
seems
to
have
been
posteriorly
located
in
the
dominant
hemisphere
in
the
borderland
between
the
area
receiving
visual
input
and
the
language
or
verbal
recording
area
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
352
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
bitemporal
hemianopia
two
stages
can
be
distinguished
in
the
development
of
bitemporal
hemianopia
in
hypophyseal
tumors
the
first
stage
is
the
consequence
of
direct
pressure
of
the
tumor
on
the
lower
side
of
the
chiasma
hence
its
start
with
upper
quadrantic
field
defects
in
this
stage
the
visual
disorder
is
amenable
to
prompt
and
complete
restoration
with
progressing
growth
of
the
tumor
the
second
stage
follows
as
consequence
of
constriction
by
the
circle
of
vessels
in
this
stage
nerve
fibers
are
being
destroyed
therefore
after
pressure
relieving
operation
no
restoration
occurs
or
to
a
limited
extent
only
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
353
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ophthalmic
manifestations
of
bilateral
non
occipital
cerebral
lesions
twelve
patients
are
described
with
neuro
ophthalmic
symptoms
resulting
from
bilateral
cerebral
lesions
in
areas
other
than
the
occipital
lobes
the
symptoms
and
signs
are
categorized
as
follows
group
i
those
showing
predominant
disturbances
in
visual
object
recognition
visual
agnosia
and
disturbances
of
visual
spatial
localization
group
iia
those
having
defects
in
voluntary
control
of
eye
movements
ocular
motor
apraxia
group
iib
those
with
persistent
palsies
of
conjugate
gaze
although
these
symptoms
may
be
present
to
some
extent
with
unilateral
lesions
they
are
much
more
profound
and
less
able
to
be
compensated
with
bilateral
lesions
the
evidence
in
the
present
cases
suggests
a
biparieto
temporal
localization
for
the
lesions
causing
visual
agnosia
disturbances
of
spatial
localization
and
ocular
motor
apraxia
and
a
more
frontal
localization
for
the
lesions
causing
prolonged
paralysis
of
conjugate
gaze
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
354
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
speed
of
reading
basis
for
a
clinical
function
test
as
an
easily
comprehensible
measure
for
the
capability
of
reading
the
author
recommends
the
determination
of
the
reading
speed
for
supplementation
of
the
ocular
function
tests
the
method
in
question
constitutes
a
senso
motor
efficiency
test
which
is
of
value
in
the
appraisal
of
haemianopias
paracentral
and
central
defects
of
the
visual
field
in
squint
amblyopias
and
in
spontaneous
nystagmus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
355
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
visual
agnosia
this
is
a
critical
assessment
of
the
ancient
and
modern
theories
on
visual
agnosia
an
original
description
of
the
subjective
world
of
these
patients
is
also
given
visual
agnosia
is
a
rare
disorder
but
it
has
led
to
comprehensive
discussions
for
instance
by
the
fact
that
the
problem
of
normal
visual
perception
is
always
involved
bay's
view
which
denies
the
existence
of
agnosia
as
a
separate
phenomenon
in
perception
disorders
is
especially
dealt
with
it
is
affirmed
that
no
case
has
been
described
in
the
literature
in
which
visual
agnosia
is
decidedly
a
pure
and
isolated
phenomenon
mostly
there
are
also
disturbances
in
the
intellectual
interpretation
of
visual
data
often
there
is
metamorphopsia
or
asthenopia
there
is
no
localized
prestriate
gnostic
center
for
visual
impressions
the
older
concept
of
higher
and
lower
levels
of
perception
and
perception
disorders
is
also
criticized
visual
perception
is
not
a
passive
but
a
very
active
process
in
which
neurophysiological
and
psychological
aspects
are
involved
each
of
these
can
be
disturbed
leading
to
various
degrees
of
visual
perception
disturbance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
356
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
dysbarism
among
hyperbaric
personnel
a
survey
of
the
effects
of
hyperbaric
exposure
on
medical
personnel
exposed
to
compressions
and
decompressions
revealed
no
case
of
permanent
ill
effect
pain
in
the
ears
or
sinuses
was
the
most
common
symptom
but
could
often
be
ameliorated
or
avoided
by
the
valsalva
technique
of
forced
insufflation
with
the
nostrils
occluded
the
most
serious
symptoms
encountered
were
episodes
of
transient
homonymous
hemianopsia
the
classic
symptoms
of
decompression
sickness
extremity
pains
the
'bends'
pulmonary
or
substernal
distress
the
'chokes'
and
skin
dysesthesias
occurred
only
rarely
and
were
so
mild
or
so
fleeting
as
to
require
no
treatment
a
further
reduction
in
symptoms
without
increase
in
decompression
time
may
be
obtained
by
the
inhalation
of
oxygen
during
decompression
stops
at
pressures
below
pounds
per
square
inch
gauge
psig
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
357
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
visual
static
agnosia
with
special
reference
to
literal
agnosic
alexia
this
is
a
report
of
right
handed
adults
who
had
'visual
agnosia
with
predominance
of
literal
alexia
'
recognition
of
letters
was
poor
or
nonexistent
when
the
patient
simply
viewed
the
material
static
method
but
if
the
letter
was
slowly
developed
for
them
they
were
able
to
identify
it
dynamic
method
one
patient
had
vascular
pathology
which
was
considered
to
involve
both
occipital
lobes
and
the
nd
patient
had
the
surgical
removal
of
the
left
occipital
lobe
for
an
angioma
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
358
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
optic
agnosia
semeiological
and
pathogenetic
aspects
the
authors
discuss
the
classical
concept
of
agnosia
and
make
a
survey
of
pathogenetical
factors
which
determine
its
phenomenology
the
original
and
traditional
concept
of
such
a
term
implied
the
loss
of
the
capacity
to
recognize
objects
when
the
functions
of
sense
organs
are
undamaged
the
psychological
studies
on
perception
and
the
modern
physiology
of
vision
allow
to
avoid
the
dichotomy
between
sensation
and
perception
and
to
affirm
their
identity
cortex
and
recptors
are
closely
bound
and
function
in
unison
every
cortical
alteration
is
thus
reflected
in
sensorial
functions
it
is
therefore
that
on
practical
semeiological
grounds
it
is
possible
to
obtain
a
congruous
information
of
the
corresponding
cortical
functionality
through
an
exploration
of
sense
organs
carried
out
by
suitable
means
since
we
are
confronted
with
functional
changes
exploration
methods
must
be
fit
to
evaluate
dynamic
aspects
of
perception
in
connection
with
the
temporalization
and
spatialization
of
stimuli
such
methods
are
now
quite
numerous
and
often
complex
a
particular
stress
is
laid
on
local
adaptation
flicker
fusion
and
tachistoscopy
on
account
of
their
significance
and
suitability
by
such
methods
it
is
possible
to
show
those
functional
deficits
or
pathological
disturbances
of
sensorial
functions
which
are
also
behind
the
pathology
of
visual
recognition
fluctuation
extinction
alteration
in
the
perception
of
movement
both
real
and
apparent
changes
in
adaptation
to
light
and
darkness
are
all
phenomena
which
can
be
detected
instrumentally
and
which
at
the
same
time
may
be
of
determinant
importance
for
the
onset
of
'agnosic'
behaviour
the
complexity
of
the
latter
on
the
other
hand
cannot
always
be
explained
by
sensorial
disturbances
only
other
mechanisms
with
a
function
complementary
but
not
less
indispensable
to
the
dynamics
of
perceptive
processes
may
intervene
and
interfere
in
it
on
the
basis
of
the
latest
neurophysiological
data
the
attention
is
called
to
ocular
motility
and
proprioceptivity
centrifugal
innervation
of
sensorial
receptors
and
vestibular
afferences
a
particular
clinico
pathogenetical
significance
is
attached
by
the
authors
to
the
association
of
lateral
visual
disturbances
with
altered
proprioceptive
and
kinesthetic
information
from
the
corresponding
half
body
such
association
in
fact
is
nearly
always
present
among
the
factors
responsible
for
the
most
strictly
'spatial'
errors
of
'agnosic'
pathology
in
the
light
of
these
pathogenetical
considerations
as
well
as
of
suitable
semeiological
findings
the
authors
deem
it
convenient
to
divide
their
cases
into
categories
with
distinct
clinical
features
a
cases
in
which
altered
visual
behaviour
may
be
related
to
changes
of
the
visual
function
and
of
its
complementary
mechanisms
b
cases
in
which
hemianopia
is
associated
with
a
homolateral
deficit
of
somatic
proprioceptivity
c
cases
in
which
the
changes
in
behaviour
are
chiefly
but
not
only
due
to
a
dissolution
of
the
symbolic
sphere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
359
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
clinical
observations
on
hemianopia
japanese
the
clinical
findings
in
cases
of
hemianopia
were
analyzed
hemianopia
was
caused
most
frequently
by
vascular
lesions
of
the
central
nervous
mianopsia
and
by
tumors
wilbrand's
prism
sign
which
is
generally
taken
as
evidence
of
an
optic
tract
lesion
was
positive
in
one
case
with
a
parietal
lesion
no
case
showed
a
cogwheel
movement
of
the
eyeball
optokinetic
nystagmus
was
positive
in
cases
one
of
which
proved
to
have
a
parieto
occipital
aneurysm
the
etiological
factor
could
not
be
identified
in
the
remaining
cases
macular
sparing
was
found
to
be
symptomatic
of
an
occipital
lobe
lesion
incongruity
of
the
fields
was
observed
in
cases
with
an
occipital
lobe
lesion
as
for
the
prognosis
hemianoptic
field
defects
remained
stationary
in
cases
of
vascular
lesions
on
the
other
hand
perfect
recovery
of
the
visual
field
defect
occurred
in
cases
with
an
occipital
lobe
tumor
and
in
hypophyseal
hypertrophy
caused
by
pregnancy
the
visual
acuity
of
hemianoptic
patients
was
fairly
good
and
no
deterioration
occurred
during
the
observation
period
of
about
years
only
one
patient
out
of
the
present
series
died
these
results
suggest
that
a
favorable
vital
prognosis
can
be
accorded
to
hemianoptic
subjects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
36
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
separation
anxiety
as
a
cause
of
early
emotional
problems
in
children
in
summary
three
cases
of
disturbed
behavior
in
children
have
been
discussed
with
particular
emphasis
on
disturbances
in
feeding
sleeping
and
motility
some
of
the
hypotheses
have
been
presented
of
why
such
behavior
should
develop
the
significance
of
attachment
behavior
and
separation
anxiety
in
infants
has
been
particularly
stressed
difficulties
in
mothering
care
are
threatening
to
the
child's
sense
of
security
and
lead
to
greater
experience
of
separation
anxiety
which
may
then
be
reflected
in
various
disturbances
or
alterations
in
his
behavior
this
experience
of
separation
anxiety
is
the
result
of
early
life
experience
may
reach
pathologic
proportions
and
may
account
for
many
later
problems
in
children
and
adults
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
360
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
importance
of
campimetry
and
carotid
and
vertebral
angiography
in
thrombosis
of
the
posterior
cerebral
artery
the
authors
report
a
case
of
thrombosis
of
the
posterior
cerebral
artery
which
presented
only
lateral
homonymous
hemianopia
and
stress
the
importance
of
campimetry
and
of
carotid
angiography
beside
vertebral
angiography
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
361
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hemianopsia
and
glaucoma
after
a
discussion
of
the
bibliographic
references
to
the
few
observations
on
the
simultaneous
occurrence
of
hemianopsias
and
glaucoma
the
author
states
on
the
basis
of
his
experiences
the
following
points
homonymous
hemianopsias
occasionally
take
place
in
glaucoma
although
no
direct
relation
can
be
established
between
the
former
and
the
glaucoma
it
has
to
be
pointed
out
however
that
in
other
older
patients
for
example
in
those
with
retinal
detachment
neuritis
etc
who
are
likewise
subjected
to
repeated
and
exact
perimetry
such
hemianopsias
do
not
occur
or
are
to
be
found
at
a
lesser
rate
than
in
glaucoma
a
homonymous
hemianopsia
has
to
be
taken
into
consideration
also
in
the
event
of
a
sudden
impairment
of
the
visual
field
in
a
glaucomatous
patient
or
when
the
hemianopic
defect
supervenes
in
addition
to
the
visual
field
defect
due
to
glaucoma
in
cases
of
binasal
hemianopsia
the
simultaneous
presence
of
glaucoma
is
not
a
rare
incident
whether
the
binasal
hemianopsia
is
the
result
of
the
gradual
development
of
a
glaucomatous
visual
field
with
nasal
defects
or
whether
it
constitutes
an
independent
symptom
to
a
certain
extent
cannot
always
be
clarified
in
the
individual
case
obviously
the
condition
of
the
basal
cerebral
vessels
plays
a
certain
role
in
the
development
of
glaucoma
even
if
this
role
cannot
be
clearly
defined
as
yet
in
cases
of
binasal
hemianopsia
a
glaucoma
has
to
be
ruled
out
before
radical
diagnostic
and
therapeutic
measures
are
carried
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
362
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
disorders
of
oculomotor
functions
in
lesions
of
the
optic
pathway
at
the
parieto
occipital
level
and
their
significance
in
topical
diagnosis
paresis
of
ocular
movements
to
the
hemianopic
side
is
described
in
patients
with
acute
vascular
lesions
in
the
parieto
occipital
region
in
cases
the
paresis
was
of
the
dissociated
type
with
inability
to
follow
the
moving
finger
while
ocular
movement
in
a
verbally
stated
direction
was
quite
normal
in
the
remaining
patients
in
whom
the
oedema
extended
into
the
frontal
region
there
was
complete
paresis
of
all
conjugate
movements
conjugate
paresis
receded
hand
in
hand
with
the
parietal
symptomatology
even
if
the
hemianopia
persisted
the
oculomotor
disorders
referred
to
have
never
been
observed
in
lesions
which
did
not
extend
beyond
the
occipital
region
conjugate
paresis
has
in
all
cases
drawn
attention
to
the
presence
of
hemianopia
unobserved
by
the
patients
and
this
has
led
to
a
more
accurate
topical
diagnosis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
363
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
binocularity
in
anomalous
retinal
correspondence
patients
with
anomalous
retinal
correspondence
demonstrate
complete
bitemporal
or
binasal
hemianopia
when
tested
for
binocular
vision
exotropes
have
a
binasal
suppression
and
esotropes
a
bitemporal
suppression
this
is
contrary
to
the
prevailing
concept
of
the
function
of
the
peripheral
retina
in
anomalous
retinal
correspondence
references
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
364
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
thioguanine
in
the
treatment
of
certain
autoimmune
immunologic
and
related
diseases
the
therapeutic
effectiveness
of
thioguanine
has
been
evaluated
over
the
past
years
in
patients
with
diverse
syndromes
only
patients
with
severe
debilitating
disease
unresponsive
to
conventional
therapy
were
treated
remissions
occurred
in
of
patients
with
systemic
lupus
erythematosus
in
patient
each
with
dermatomyositis
and
necrotizing
angiitis
patients
with
psoriasis
and
of
patients
with
atopic
disease
improvement
occurred
in
other
patients
with
these
diseases
and
in
of
patients
with
neurodermatitis
two
patients
with
scleroderma
experienced
only
equivocal
benefit
significant
toxicity
attributable
to
the
drug
was
observed
in
patients
assessment
of
the
eventual
value
of
these
agents
in
therapy
requires
further
study
hypotheses
regarding
the
mechanism
of
action
of
these
agents
and
the
significance
of
clinical
response
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
365
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
nature
of
collagen
disease
particularly
of
systemic
lupus
erythematosus
sle
with
special
reference
to
renal
lesions
japanese
from
the
results
of
examination
of
autopsy
cases
of
collagen
diseases
rheumatic
fever
and
polyarteritis
nodosa
pn
are
considered
as
diseases
of
hyperergic
nature
showing
pronounced
specific
manifestation
in
particular
organs
as
the
reactivity
becomes
lower
this
specific
localization
becomes
less
significant
and
many
organs
become
affected
in
sle
it
may
accordingly
be
supposed
that
sle
is
not
a
disease
of
hypersensitivity
but
one
occurring
in
a
state
of
exhaustion
of
reactability
after
prolonged
sensitization
moreover
a
sle
like
syndrome
arises
not
only
in
the
end
stage
of
parasepsis
nephritis
nephrosis
and
some
cases
of
prolonged
sensitization
by
myco
tb
but
also
in
pn
pss
dm
and
rheumatism
it
may
therefore
be
conceivable
that
sle
is
a
syndrome
rather
than
a
separate
entity
it
is
most
important
to
consider
whether
sle
like
symptomatology
may
be
regarded
as
a
process
equal
to
an
auto
immunization
and
whether
the
key
to
morphological
elucidation
of
the
auto
immune
phenomenon
may
lie
hidden
in
this
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
366
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
therapy
of
lupus
nephropathies
by
mercaptopurine
corticosteroid
therapy
improved
the
general
prognosis
of
sle
but
has
no
detectable
effect
on
the
nephropathy
and
this
is
actually
the
main
cause
of
death
a
new
therapeutic
method
is
presented
using
mp
purinethol
leupurin
which
produced
remissions
in
consecutive
cases
total
and
in
cases
with
severe
nephropathy
definite
remission
it
should
be
emphasized
that
of
the
cases
reported
had
definite
npn
elevation
accordingly
they
are
considered
hopeless
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
367
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lupus
erythematosus
with
fatal
hemorrhage
into
the
liver
and
lesions
resembling
those
of
periarteritis
nodosa
and
malignant
hypertension
immunocytochemical
observations
a
firmly
established
case
of
lupus
erythematosus
with
histologic
characteristics
of
periarteritis
nodosa
and
fatal
hemorrhage
is
presented
immunocytochemical
studies
were
done
to
explore
the
possibility
of
the
vascular
lesions
being
immunological
in
type
by
immuno
fluorescent
techniques
y
globulin
human
serum
complement
albumin
and
fibrinogen
were
demonstrated
in
the
vascular
lesions
y
globulin
in
the
renal
glomeruli
was
associated
only
with
complement
the
conclusion
is
that
lupus
erythematosus
is
primarily
an
immunological
disease
with
complex
auto
immune
mechanisms
operative
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
368
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
early
experiences
with
azathioprine
in
ulcerative
colitis
a
note
of
caution
azathioprine
was
administered
to
patients
with
ulcerative
colitis
classified
as
'very
severe'
in
'moderately
severe'
in
and
'relatively
mild'
in
patient
in
conjunction
with
'standard'
therapy
and
adrenal
corticosteroids
in
of
the
patients
the
possible
beneficial
therapeutic
effects
of
azathioprine
in
this
small
series
cannot
be
evaluated
definitively
because
of
the
concurrent
medication
and
the
preliminary
uncontrolled
observations
however
clinical
improvement
was
apparent
in
of
the
patients
and
in
patients
the
favorable
course
occurred
in
the
absence
of
steroid
therapy
in
additional
patients
the
favorable
course
was
maintained
during
the
administration
of
azathioprine
following
the
discontinuance
of
prolonged
steroid
therapy
in
patient
the
administration
of
azathioprine
was
associated
with
amelioration
of
an
arthritis
and
pyoderma
gangrenosum
which
did
not
respond
to
the
use
of
steroids
and
other
medication
immuno
suppressive
observations
were
limited
the
established
delayed
hypersensitivity
response
as
reflected
in
various
skin
tests
was
unchanged
during
the
administration
of
azathioprine
azathioprine
had
no
discernible
toxic
effects
upon
the
kidneys
or
the
liver
in
patients
with
postnecrotic
cirrhosis
and
the
other
with
serum
hepatitis
gastro
intestinal
symptoms
anorexia
epigastric
discomfort
and
nausea
occurred
in
patients
mild
to
moderate
leukopenia
developed
in
patients
and
in
individuals
was
accompanied
by
thrombocytopenia
temporary
alopecia
occurred
in
woman
the
hematopoietic
effects
developed
within
or
wk
of
therapy
with
azathioprine
at
a
dosage
level
of
mg
kg
day
azathioprine
does
not
exert
the
rapid
beneficial
effect
in
ulcerative
colitis
noted
with
corticotropin
and
adrenal
corticosteroids
therefore
its
use
in
severe
ulcerative
colitis
requiring
intensive
therapy
probably
is
undesirable
azathioprine
on
the
basis
of
these
initial
observations
may
be
considered
for
moderately
severe
ulcerative
colitis
under
circumstances
permitting
controlled
and
prolonged
therapeutic
trial
as
adjunct
medication
but
with
careful
supervision
for
prevention
of
toxicity
especially
leukopenia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
369
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
fluoropyrimidines
on
delayed
cutaneous
hypersensitivity
the
ability
to
express
delayed
cutaneous
hypersensitivity
was
assessed
in
patients
with
carcinoma
evidence
is
presented
that
fluorouracil
and
fluoro
'
deoxyuridine
paradoxically
potentiate
this
parameter
of
immune
responsiveness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
37
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
production
of
malignant
tumours
by
nickel
in
the
rat
powdered
metallic
nickel
when
injected
intramuscularly
into
rats
produced
tumours
of
striated
muscle
origin
most
of
which
were
very
well
differentiated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
370
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
data
on
etiology
pathogenesis
treatment
results
and
survival
period
in
patients
with
cirrhosis
of
the
liver
statistics
were
compiled
from
a
total
of
cases
chosen
at
random
of
cirrhosis
of
the
liver
the
figures
refer
to
the
age
and
sex
of
the
patients
as
well
as
to
the
etiology
and
the
hepatic
morphology
as
the
date
of
death
of
of
the
subjects
was
known
it
was
possible
to
calculate
the
survival
time
after
the
diagnosis
was
made
only
survived
the
time
of
diagnosis
by
year
by
years
and
by
years
these
figures
show
that
modern
therapy
of
liver
cirrhosis
has
up
to
now
not
succeeded
to
prolong
the
life
of
the
majority
of
the
victims
in
many
cases
however
it
is
possible
to
a
large
extent
to
relieve
the
patients'
suffering
by
improving
the
appetite
and
the
general
condition
and
by
eliminating
ascites
and
periods
of
hemorrhage
and
stupor
particular
attention
should
be
paid
to
the
prophylaxis
of
the
disease
and
by
studying
the
survival
time
assessments
and
therapeutic
reports
to
the
method
of
selection
of
the
subjects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
371
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chronic
renal
diseases
and
pregnancy
a
review
a
review
is
given
of
the
reciprocal
relationships
between
chronic
renal
disease
and
pregnancy
after
a
short
review
of
the
most
important
changes
in
renal
function
due
to
normal
pregnancy
the
diagnosis
of
chronic
renal
disease
is
discussed
subsequently
the
following
complications
of
pregnancy
are
discussed
individually
chronic
pyelonephritis
chronic
glomerulonephritis
lupus
erythematosus
the
nephrotic
syndrome
diabetic
nephropathy
and
polycystic
disease
of
the
kidney
the
paper
is
concluded
by
a
discussion
on
the
influence
of
pregnancy
on
the
different
renal
affections
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
372
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
occurrence
to
cytomegalovirus
infections
in
childhood
leukemia
report
of
three
cases
cytomegalic
inclusion
disease
cmid
presented
the
following
clinical
findings
in
three
children
with
acute
leukemia
persistent
high
temperature
cough
vomiting
diarrhea
hepatosplenomegaly
rales
and
terminal
icterus
pancytopenia
was
present
in
all
including
two
children
in
leukemic
remission
roentgenographic
evidence
of
pneumonia
did
not
appear
until
the
third
week
after
the
onset
of
symptoms
abnormalities
in
liver
function
tests
were
late
findings
intranuclear
inclusions
were
seen
in
urine
sediments
of
two
patients
in
neither
of
these
patients
were
intranuclear
inclusions
demonstrable
in
the
sputa
virus
culture
from
urine
was
done
in
one
of
these
patients
and
cytopathogenic
changes
characteristic
of
cytomegalovirus
cmv
were
demonstrated
cmid
was
the
cause
of
death
in
these
three
children
all
of
whom
had
received
chemotherapy
with
agents
known
to
have
immunosuppressive
properties
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
373
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
chorea
lupus
erythematosus
and
cerebral
arteritis
a
woman
aged
developed
chorea
yr
after
the
onset
of
systemic
lupus
erythematosus
sle
she
had
experienced
an
asymptomatic
interval
of
yr
the
abnormal
movements
persisted
for
mth
but
then
subsided
after
short
term
administration
of
mercaptopurine
there
are
previous
descriptions
of
chorea
patients
with
sle
in
out
of
autopsied
cases
extensive
cerebral
lesions
due
to
diffuse
arteritis
were
found
the
cns
changes
were
quite
similar
to
those
found
in
chorea
minor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
374
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pharmacologic
actions
on
cellular
immunity
the
following
chapters
of
interest
in
the
field
of
drugs
and
immunity
processes
are
included
manifestations
of
cellular
immunity
states
of
reduced
immunologic
reactivity
present
status
of
pharmacologic
immunosuppression
tests
for
susceptibility
of
tuberculin
reactions
to
pharmacologic
action
tests
for
susceptibility
of
transplantation
immunity
to
pharmacologic
action
comparative
susceptibilities
of
tuberculin
and
skin
homotransplantation
reactions
to
pharmacologic
action
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
375
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chromosome
aberrations
in
human
cells
following
treatment
with
imuran
five
women
with
various
collagen
diseases
were
studied
bone
marrow
aspirates
were
obtained
from
each
patient
before
and
to
days
after
start
of
imuran
azothioprine
therapy
fifty
metaphases
from
each
sample
were
counted
in
patients
nos
and
the
increase
in
cells
with
structural
abnormalities
during
therapy
is
significant
the
aberrations
found
were
mostly
breaks
of
the
chromatid
and
chromosomal
type
a
few
abnormal
chromosomes
were
seen
among
which
a
ring
chromosome
in
patient
no
chromatid
exchanges
were
seen
in
three
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
376
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
autoimmune
hepatitis
in
of
patients
with
cirrhosis
the
cause
was
uncertain
of
these
cases
the
clinical
picture
of
active
chronic
hepatitis
could
be
recognized
in
and
of
these
were
characterized
as
lupoid
hepatitis
the
relationship
between
active
chronic
hepatitis
lupoid
hepatitis
and
sle
was
studied
in
groups
of
cases
each
a
comparison
was
then
made
between
the
possible
etiological
factors
the
systemic
manifestations
the
survival
rate
the
histological
appearances
the
biochemical
tests
the
autoimmune
reactions
and
the
results
of
the
immunosuppressive
drugs
from
this
study
a
concept
emerged
according
to
which
a
proportion
of
cases
of
cirrhosis
occurring
in
adequately
nourished
individuals
can
be
attributed
to
the
end
result
of
an
autoimmune
reaction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
377
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
of
the
effects
of
selected
cytotoxic
agents
on
the
primary
agglutinin
response
in
rats
injected
with
sheep
erythrocytes
a
comparative
study
was
made
of
the
effects
of
several
cytotoxic
agents
given
at
maximally
tolerable
doses
on
the
primary
agglutinin
response
in
rats
immunized
with
sheep
erythrocytes
given
intraperitoneally
antigen
was
given
before
at
the
beginning
or
in
the
middle
of
a
day
course
of
drug
treatment
chlormethine
mechlorethamine
fluorouracil
and
fluoro
'
deoxyuridine
did
not
suppress
the
primary
response
significantly
methotrexate
mercaptopurine
mercaptopurine
roboside
and
amino
methyl
nitro
imidazolyl
thio
purine
prolonged
induction
time
and
suppressed
peak
titer
maximally
when
immunization
was
performed
one
to
three
days
prior
to
drug
treatment
vinblastine
did
not
affect
peak
titer
but
did
prolong
induction
time
when
antigen
was
given
days
prior
to
drug
treatment
cyclophosphamide
markedly
prolonged
induction
time
and
suppressed
peak
titer
irrespective
of
the
time
of
antigen
administration
the
antimetabolites
appeared
to
suppress
maximally
the
intermediate
stage
of
the
primary
response
cyclophosphamide
appeared
to
suppress
all
stages
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
378
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
mechanism
of
immunosuppressive
drugs
in
renal
homotransplantation
dammin
g
j
a
long
term
study
of
the
mechanism
of
action
of
immunosuppressive
drugs
has
been
completed
in
bilaterally
nephrectomized
dogs
with
kidney
homotransplants
over
test
animals
with
different
drug
protocols
have
been
analyzed
increasing
numbers
of
long
surviving
animals
have
posed
many
questions
regarding
the
status
treated
host
the
current
drug
protocol
of
azathioprine
and
diazoacetylserine
'azaserine'
has
produced
day
survivors
and
day
survivors
the
following
observations
have
been
documented
all
animals
on
prolonged
drug
therapy
are
immunologically
competent
drug
therapy
can
be
stopped
successfully
in
some
but
not
all
animals
long
surviving
kidneys
apparently
are
protected
in
some
way
in
the
new
environment
because
a
second
donor
kidney
can
be
rejected
while
the
first
survives
retransplantation
of
a
long
surviving
kidney
back
to
its
original
host
did
not
lead
to
a
decrease
in
renal
function
long
surviving
kidneys
successfully
retransplanted
back
to
their
original
donors
are
rejected
when
transplanted
to
third
party
non
drug
treated
recipients
immune
paralysis
does
not
account
for
the
prolonged
survival
because
the
second
donor
kidney
which
constitutes
a
double
dose
of
antigen
is
rejected
while
the
first
continues
to
survive
absorption
or
metabolism
of
the
drug
does
not
account
for
the
variation
in
results
because
two
kidneys
each
from
separate
donors
can
be
rejected
differentially
in
the
same
drug
treated
host
and
all
hosts
are
sensitized
against
the
recipient
and
this
sensitization
continues
even
in
those
animals
successfully
weaned
from
drugs
additional
analyses
of
the
relationship
of
skin
homografts
and
kidney
homografts
reveal
the
following
skin
homografts
are
universally
rejected
within
days
by
hosts
treated
with
the
drug
regimen
which
protects
kidney
homografts
sometimes
permanently
when
skin
and
kidney
homografts
from
the
same
donor
are
placed
simultaneously
skin
survival
is
prolonged
while
kidney
survival
is
shortened
this
paradoxical
effect
probably
is
explained
by
the
production
of
antibodies
by
skin
which
are
absorbed
by
the
rejecting
kidney
additional
observations
indicate
that
drug
treated
animals
male
and
female
are
fertile
and
that
multiple
rejection
processes
can
produce
generalized
immunological
picture
in
the
host
similar
to
an
autoimmune
disease
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
379
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
myocardial
toxicity
of
contrast
agents
used
in
angiography
the
myocardial
toxicity
of
many
current
and
some
experimental
contrast
agents
has
been
studied
in
dogs
by
use
of
a
previously
unreported
method
of
occlusion
retrograde
coronary
venography
as
well
as
the
familiar
technique
of
selective
coronary
arterial
catheterization
the
following
conclusions
appear
justified
in
the
light
of
the
experiments
not
only
the
iodine
containing
radicals
with
which
the
contrast
agents
are
so
often
identified
acetrizoates
diatrizoates
iothalamates
etc
but
also
the
final
salification
products
appear
to
be
responsible
for
the
widely
divergent
degrees
of
myocardial
toxicity
of
contrast
agents
to
the
point
that
differ
ent
salts
of
the
same
compound
behave
as
entirely
different
agents
both
chemically
and
biologically
the
results
seem
to
indicate
the
dominance
of
sodium
ion
and
or
the
protective
effect
of
methylglucamine
salts
with
respect
to
the
myocardial
toxi
city
of
current
radiopaque
media
reported
yet
unexplained
electrocardiographic
changes
occurring
within
one
to
two
seconds
from
the
beginning
of
massive
caval
high
pressure
injections
appear
to
find
a
causal
relationship
in
the
myocardial
ir
ritability
induced
by
the
distention
of
the
coronary
veins
and
the
myocardial
infiltra
tion
which
is
intentionally
enhanced
with
our
retrograde
injection
techniques
a
pe
culiar
trait
shared
in
varying
degrees
by
all
radiopaque
agents
tested
is
their
ability
to
increase
coronary
blood
flow
the
clinical
significance
of
this
phenome
non
however
remains
to
be
established
these
studies
re
emphasize
the
limita
tions
of
the
standard
toxicity
studies
conducted
in
animals
it
should
be
clear
from
the
results
reported
that
agents
to
be
administered
into
the
coronary
circulation
demand
investigation
in
regard
to
their
potential
toxicity
by
the
methods
described
herein
or
variations
thereof
in
fact
similar
tests
should
be
carried
out
for
all
or
gans
to
be
subjected
to
radiographic
examination
via
the
vascular
bed
the
authors
hope
that
this
presentation
will
stimulate
renewed
investigation
particularly
in
view
of
the
growing
clinical
applications
of
selective
cardiovascular
opacification
tech
niques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
38
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
nickel
carcinogenesis
fractionations
of
nickel
in
ultracentrifugal
supernatants
of
lung
and
liver
by
means
of
dextran
gel
chromatography
chromatographic
fractionations
have
been
performed
on
the
ultracentrifugal
supernatants
of
homogenates
of
rat
lung
and
liver
by
the
use
of
columns
of
dextran
gel
sephadex
g
a
major
proportion
of
nickel
in
these
tissue
supernatants
has
been
demonstrated
to
be
firmly
bound
to
macromolecular
constituents
following
acute
and
chronic
inhalation
of
carcinogenic
levels
of
nickel
carbonyl
the
predominant
increases
in
the
concentrations
of
nickel
have
been
observed
in
the
macromolecular
fractions
these
findings
are
consistent
with
the
previous
demonstration
of
nickel
in
purified
preparations
of
ribonucleic
acids
rna
from
several
rat
tissues
and
with
the
observation
of
increased
concentrations
of
nickel
in
high
molecular
weight
rna
from
lung
and
liver
following
the
inhalation
of
nickel
carbonyl
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
380
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
cardiac
dimensions
in
intact
unanesthetized
man
i
description
of
techniques
and
their
validation
ii
effects
of
respiration
iii
effects
of
muscular
exercise
a
method
is
described
which
permits
measurement
of
relative
changes
in
the
exter
nal
dimensions
of
individual
cardiac
chambers
throughout
the
cardiac
cycle
in
intact
unanaesthetized
man
it
consists
of
suturing
multiple
radiopaque
silver
tantalum
clips
to
the
surface
of
the
heart
at
the
time
of
cardiac
operations
in
the
postopera
tive
period
cineradiograms
are
obtained
and
the
distances
between
clips
are
mea
sured
on
each
individual
frame
this
technique
has
been
found
to
be
safe
and
has
been
employed
in
patients
without
any
complications
as
a
result
of
studies
in
patients
utilizing
biplane
serial
exposures
the
effects
of
rotation
of
the
heart
in
the
sagittal
plane
during
the
cardiac
and
respiratory
cycles
were
determined
precisely
if
clips
were
properly
placed
on
the
heart
the
possible
errors
resulting
from
such
rotation
were
found
to
be
quite
small
during
inspiration
right
ventricular
dimen
sions
increased
while
the
opposite
occurred
during
expiration
and
during
the
val
salva
manoeuvre
left
ventricular
dimensions
exhibited
little
change
during
normal
respiration
during
deep
slow
inspiration
the
changes
in
dimensions
of
the
left
ventricle
lagged
behind
those
of
the
right
ventricle
by
to
generally
or
car
diac
cycles
the
magnitude
of
the
changes
in
the
dimensions
of
the
left
ventricle
was
smaller
than
that
which
occurred
in
the
right
ventricle
the
effects
on
ventricular
dimensions
of
light
muscular
exercise
performed
in
the
supine
position
were
studied
in
patients
the
end
diastolic
dimensions
decreased
by
an
average
of
of
con
trol
in
the
right
ventricle
and
by
an
average
of
in
the
left
ventricle
end
sys
tolic
dimensions
decreased
by
an
average
of
of
control
in
the
right
ventricle
and
by
an
average
of
in
the
left
ventricle
these
decreases
are
considered
to
approximate
one
half
of
the
resting
stroke
volume
in
the
patients
in
whom
the
rate
of
right
ventricular
pressure
rise
was
determined
continuously
exercise
re
sulted
in
an
elevation
of
dp
dt
while
ventricular
end
diastolic
dimensions
decreased
these
data
are
interpreted
to
indicate
that
an
increase
in
myocardial
contractility
occurs
during
muscular
exercise
in
man
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
381
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radioactive
isotope
determination
of
myocardial
blood
flow
by
surface
counting
and
ratio
formula
wilkinson
d
the
results
presented
here
have
a
large
scale
error
and
a
large
scatter
so
that
the
authors
recommend
that
further
clinical
use
of
this
method
should
not
be
at
tempted
if
the
coronary
portion
of
the
flow
rate
curve
exists
then
a
change
in
the
present
instrumentation
is
needed
to
allow
use
of
the
technique
of
sevelius
and
johnson
in
defining
a
coronary
portion
of
the
flow
rate
an
attempt
is
made
to
evaluate
the
possible
source
of
errors
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
382
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
risa
ventriculography
and
risa
cisternography
some
general
experience
of
the
authors
with
risa
ventriculography
and
risa
cis
ternography
is
related
they
conclude
that
the
former
technique
may
be
particularly
useful
in
detecting
intraventricular
tumors
and
internal
hydrocephalus
as
well
as
assessing
the
efficiency
of
surgical
shunts
the
latter
technique
may
be
useful
in
the
study
of
normal
csf
circulation
as
well
as
in
cases
of
csf
leaks
arachnoiditis
and
external
hydrocephalus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
383
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
measurement
of
the
cardiac
output
and
ventricular
volumes
by
radiocardiography
cardiac
output
was
measured
by
external
counting
after
injection
of
radioisotopes
rihsa
and
erythrocytes
cr
the
results
in
subjects
including
normals
are
presented
and
compared
with
the
results
by
other
methods
cardiac
output
at
rest
and
after
exercise
was
compared
in
subjects
the
principle
of
ventricular
volume
measurement
by
radioisotope
cardiography
is
discussed
the
results
of
measurement
of
the
ventricular
volume
in
normal
subjects
and
patients
and
of
measurement
of
the
ventricular
volume
in
patients
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
384
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
aberrant
left
coronary
artery
five
cases
of
aberrant
coronary
artery
are
presented
with
emphasis
on
the
angio
graphic
features
and
differentiation
from
endocardial
fibroelastosis
clinical
and
electrocardiographic
features
may
suggest
the
proper
diagnosis
but
only
angio
graphy
can
conclusively
demonstrate
the
continuity
between
the
pulmonary
artery
and
the
left
coronary
artery
in
these
cases
blood
flow
was
from
the
pulmonary
artery
to
the
coronary
artery
forward
in
cases
and
from
the
coronary
artery
to
the
pulmonary
artery
retrograde
in
the
other
when
the
diagnosis
of
aberrant
coronary
artery
is
suspected
selective
left
sided
angiocardiography
should
be
the
angiographic
procedure
of
choice
the
differentiation
from
endocardial
fibroelas
tosis
and
other
myocardiopathies
is
usually
not
a
problem
with
such
a
study
but
may
be
more
difficult
with
intravenous
angiocardiography
with
this
latter
type
of
study
the
coronary
arteries
are
not
generally
visible
but
a
persistently
thin
la
teral
aspect
of
the
left
ventricular
wall
should
suggest
the
proper
diagnosis
sub
sequent
confirmation
by
a
left
sided
injection
is
advisable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
385
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
detection
of
heart
shunts
by
means
of
i
external
scintillation
detection
of
a
pure
dilution
curve
originating
in
the
right
ven
tricle
has
been
pursued
by
investigators
for
many
yr
the
use
of
the
soft
photons
of
i
offers
an
improved
method
of
determination
by
allowing
excellent
collimation
through
mechanisms
a
small
half
value
layer
of
cm
in
tissue
and
uni
directionality
in
part
due
to
all
or
none
photoelectric
absorption
of
these
photons
as
compared
with
the
pluridirectionality
due
to
compton
scatter
in
the
case
of
i
in
normal
individuals
externally
detected
dilution
curves
from
the
right
heart
ventricle
and
arterial
dilution
curves
obtained
by
arterial
puncture
are
compared
five
hundred
microcuries
of
i
are
injected
into
an
antecubital
vein
the
amount
of
radiation
absorbed
from
a
uc
dose
in
an
adult
of
kilos
is
to
mrads
when
injected
in
the
form
of
i
iodide
the
use
of
i
orthoiodohippu
rate
is
advised
due
to
its
short
biological
half
period
and
the
integrated
whole
body
radiation
exposure
is
decreased
fold
in
comparison
with
the
i
iodide
the
shape
of
the
right
heart
curve
is
very
similar
to
the
arterial
dilution
curve
with
a
excess
of
counts
originating
outside
the
right
ventricle
area
the
descending
segment
of
the
right
ventricle
curve
has
a
minimum
count
rate
of
only
of
the
peak
of
the
curve
as
compared
with
the
arterial
curve
of
a
mean
t
of
the
descending
down
slope
of
the
right
ventricle
is
sec
for
the
right
heart
curve
and
sec
for
the
arterial
curve
the
clinical
usefulness
of
this
procedure
in
patients
with
atrial
septal
defects
and
patients
with
ventricular
sep
tal
defects
is
analyzed
it
seems
possible
to
perform
selective
right
heart
radiocardio
graphy
by
means
of
external
precordial
detection
of
i
the
method
is
simple
and
reproducible
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
386
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
clinical
applications
of
quantitative
radiocardiography
i
results
in
normal
subjects
and
changes
with
age
a
technique
is
described
for
routine
determinations
at
the
bedside
of
blood
volume
cardiac
output
and
pulmonary
blood
volume
by
means
of
the
method
of
quantitative
radiocardiography
the
instrumentation
is
simple
the
technique
is
easy
to
perform
and
causes
little
trouble
to
the
patients
only
one
injection
of
about
uc
of
rihsa
being
needed
thirty
nine
patients
aged
yr
free
of
cardiovascular
or
re
spiratory
disorders
were
studied
the
results
obtained
are
in
close
agreement
with
previous
reports
only
the
cardiac
index
showed
a
significant
decrease
with
age
while
the
reduction
of
blood
volume
and
of
pulmonary
blood
volume
was
slight
a
close
statistical
correlation
was
found
between
pbv
and
sv
and
was
interpreted
as
a
dependence
of
pbv
on
sv
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
387
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
demonstration
of
myocardial
infarction
by
photoscans
of
the
heart
in
man
intravenously
injected
radioiodinated
oleic
acid
was
incorporated
into
heart
muscle
in
sufficient
concentration
to
permit
recording
photoscans
of
the
heart
in
man
in
fatal
cases
of
massive
septal
myocardial
infarction
injection
of
the
radioiodin
ated
fatty
acid
rifa
was
made
during
life
at
necropsy
photoscans
of
the
excised
heart
showed
a
discrete
area
of
absent
radioactivity
corresponding
to
the
infarcted
interventricular
septum
photoscans
of
the
heart
were
made
during
life
in
pa
tients
of
whom
had
suffered
recent
myocardial
infarction
there
were
definite
areas
of
deceased
radioactivity
corresponding
to
the
location
of
the
infarction
judged
by
the
electrocardiogram
in
and
probable
areas
of
decreased
radioactivity
in
of
the
cases
of
myocardial
infarction
the
technic
as
presently
employed
just
approaches
the
limits
of
definition
of
infarction
in
acute
cases
modification
of
the
biochemical
principles
or
further
development
of
the
y
camera
may
bring
the
method
to
a
level
of
diagnostic
usefulness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
388
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
y
angiocardiography
recordings
were
made
simultaneously
with
the
y
cardiogram
of
a
pulmonary
an
giogram
by
means
of
a
collimator
placed
in
the
left
scapular
region
and
of
carotid
angiogram
by
a
collimator
centered
on
the
axis
of
the
external
auditory
canal
the
curves
yielded
very
interesting
information
on
the
chronology
of
the
various
car
diac
cycles
the
pattern
of
the
pulmonary
and
carotid
y
angiograms
was
valuable
in
several
pathologic
conditions
it
is
more
logical
to
measure
the
cardiac
output
on
the
carotid
curve
than
on
the
y
cardiogram
especially
if
there
are
shunts
the
pulmonary
curve
allows
rectification
of
the
time
constant
of
emptying
of
the
left
cavities
of
the
heart
as
regards
chronologic
information
on
cardiac
cycles
atten
tion
is
drawn
to
the
fact
that
in
the
pulmonary
circulation
long
and
short
circuits
can
be
demonstrated
the
characteristic
times
can
be
measured
between
the
time
that
the
radioactive
material
appears
in
the
left
cavities
and
the
time
that
it
leaves
the
carotid
there
is
an
interval
of
systoles
which
represents
the
time
neces
sary
for
left
circular
filling
the
validity
of
calculation
of
the
cardiac
output
with
the
stewart
hamilton
formula
is
discussed
this
is
valid
if
the
collimator
covers
a
small
volume
of
the
principal
channel
it
remains
to
be
shown
if
such
a
calculation
is
valid
for
larger
cavities
or
for
cavities
through
which
the
radioactive
material
passes
successively
and
which
have
different
c
t
functions
as
well
as
for
all
tissue
'seen'
by
the
collimator
some
of
which
are
not
yet
irrigated
with
the
radioactive
blood
while
in
other
areas
recirculation
has
already
started
these
aspects
and
their
application
to
the
pulmonary
angiogram
are
discussed
in
detail
with
the
authors'
technique
y
angiogram
is
especially
valuable
as
correc
tion
for
the
time
constant
of
the
decrease
of
the
left
peak
is
based
on
the
lengthening
of
this
curve
this
again
serves
as
a
basis
for
determining
the
left
ventricular
volume
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
389
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
value
of
quantitative
radiocardiography
in
the
study
of
hemodynamics
six
normal
subjects
and
patients
with
mitral
stenosis
were
studied
quantitative
radiocardiographic
investigations
rihsa
were
performed
according
to
donato's
method
the
stroke
volume
as
well
as
the
cardiac
output
were
found
to
be
decreased
in
mitral
stenosis
the
right
ventricular
evacuation
ratio
diminished
and
the
pul
monary
circulation
time
prolonged
the
results
pertaining
to
diastolic
right
ventricu
lar
capacity
right
ventricular
resting
blood
volume
and
pulmonary
blood
volume
proved
inconclusive
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
39
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
the
inhibitory
effect
of
ethylenediaminetetra
acetic
acid
on
the
thrombin
fibrinogen
reaction
ethylenediaminetetra
acetic
acid
reversibly
inhibits
the
thrombin
fibrinogen
reaction
by
means
of
a
time
dependent
diminution
in
fibrinogen
reactivity
this
alteration
of
fibrinogen
is
due
to
some
property
of
the
edta
molecule
in
an
unchelated
form
and
is
not
due
to
the
removal
of
trace
metal
ions
possible
explanations
for
this
phenomenon
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
390
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
localization
of
aortic
shunts
developed
by
a
precordial
registration
of
i
injected
into
the
aorta
at
different
levels
a
technique
for
localizing
shunts
of
aortic
origin
is
described
based
on
the
analysis
of
precordial
records
of
i
injected
at
different
aortic
levels
seven
patients
with
patent
ductus
arteriosus
pda
with
a
coronary
av
fistula
with
ventricular
septal
defect
vsd
with
atrial
septal
defect
asd
with
mitral
regurgitation
with
aortic
regurgitation
and
with
systemic
hypertension
were
studied
retro
grade
arterial
catheterization
by
seldinger's
technique
was
performed
in
all
the
patients
as
well
as
right
sided
catheterization
in
those
with
congenital
cardiopathies
and
transseptal
catheterization
in
those
with
valvulopathies
a
dose
of
uc
of
na
i
was
injected
at
the
levels
of
the
aortic
root
the
ascending
aorta
the
aortic
arch
the
origin
of
the
left
subclavian
artery
ductus
level
and
the
descending
aorta
post
ductus
level
precordial
curves
were
obtained
by
means
of
a
inch
thallium
acti
vated
nai
crystal
focused
over
the
rd
left
intercostal
space
at
the
sternal
margin
the
shunt
outlet
can
be
detected
by
obtaining
simultaneous
venous
dilution
curves
from
the
right
chambers
and
the
pulmonary
artery
the
latter
technique
was
used
in
patients
with
pda
with
coronary
av
fistula
and
with
vsd
these
curves
were
obtained
by
continuous
withdrawal
of
blood
which
had
flowed
through
a
well
scintillation
counter
the
crystal
pulses
were
carried
to
ratemeters
which
worked
with
the
following
time
constants
sec
for
the
precordial
curves
and
sec
for
the
venous
curves
a
direct
recorder
with
a
mm
sec
paper
speed
was
used
normal
precordial
curves
after
injecting
above
the
aortic
valve
were
obtained
in
patients
with
arterial
hypertension
mitral
regurgitation
and
asd
and
vsd
a
swift
downslope
which
fell
down
near
the
baseline
level
and
the
recirculatory
area
was
observed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
391
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
m
tc
pertechnetate
in
cardiac
scanning
technetium
m
pertechnetate
has
been
utilized
in
the
aas'
laboratory
for
scanning
the
cardiac
blood
pool
the
delineation
of
the
heart
pool
and
surrounding
vasculature
is
comparable
to
that
obtained
with
the
standard
i
compounds
now
in
use
in
the
authors'
hands
m
tc
had
the
following
advantages
since
they
routinely
utilized
m
tc
for
brain
and
thyroid
scans
it
is
available
eliminating
the
purchase
and
shelf
decay
of
other
materials
three
to
mc
quantities
may
be
administered
with
relatively
low
patient
radiation
dosage
the
associated
high
count
rate
permits
rapid
scanning
the
identification
of
pericardial
effusions
is
enhanced
by
the
radio
activity
in
the
stomach
which
in
some
cases
becomes
abnormally
separated
from
the
cardiac
blood
pool
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
392
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
technetium
m
as
a
clinical
tracer
element
the
physical
properties
metabolism
and
radiation
dose
of
tc
m
are
discussed
and
compared
with
those
of
i
i
i
and
i
it
is
shown
that
with
tc
m
the
highest
'in
vivo'
counting
rates
are
obtained
for
a
given
internal
radiation
dose
so
that
mea
surements
of
high
statistical
accuracy
may
safely
be
made
the
y
ray
energy
is
near
optimum
for
scanning
and
the
observation
of
transients
allowing
light
weight
collima
tors
to
be
used
while
tc
m
tagged
albumin
is
considered
superior
to
risa
for
ap
plications
such
as
brain
scanning
placentography
and
the
measurement
of
cardiac
output
i
if
it
becomes
available
will
be
preferable
for
thyroid
scanning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
393
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
central
arteriovenous
shunts
by
precordial
recording
of
radioalbumin
dilution
curves
precordial
dilution
curves
of
patients
were
studied
of
them
without
cardio
vascular
disease
with
central
arteriovenous
shunts
and
with
various
cardiac
diseases
collimation
was
not
used
allowing
only
minimal
quantities
of
radioactive
material
uc
of
i
tagged
albumin
to
be
utilized
the
precordial
focusing
zone
was
a
critical
factor
in
this
technique
the
application
of
different
discrimina
tion
factors
among
them
the
ratio
between
the
minimal
concentration
and
the
latter
an
index
proposed
here
made
possible
the
diagnosis
in
of
the
patients
with
shunts
this
method
was
shown
to
be
as
sensitive
as
classical
oximetry
done
during
cardiac
catheterization
the
curves
in
pure
valvular
stenosis
do
not
show
similar
changes
to
the
shunts
on
the
other
hand
these
changes
are
shown
in
certain
val
vular
regurgitations
this
fact
becomes
the
most
important
limiting
factor
in
the
diagnosis
of
central
arteriovenous
shunts
cardiac
failure
does
not
preclude
the
diagnosis
providing
one
can
exclude
valvular
regurgitation
by
other
means
the
method
is
thus
in
spite
of
its
limitations
of
extreme
value
in
diagnosing
central
arteriovenous
shunts
especially
when
the
results
are
analyzed
together
with
clinical
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
394
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
information
primary
epidermoid
cancers
of
the
lung
electron
micro
scopic
study
an
electron
microscopic
study
was
made
of
squamous
cell
undifferentiated
and
alveolar
carcinomas
of
the
lung
on
biopsy
specimens
embedded
in
methacryl
ate
the
squamous
cell
carcinomas
were
found
to
contain
cylindrical
cells
with
glycogen
granules
scanty
mitochondria
a
reticular
endoplasm
which
was
chiefly
vesicular
numerous
free
ribosomes
and
bundles
of
confluent
fibrils
in
the
desmo
somes
the
authors
also
observed
in
the
center
of
the
tumor
nodes
cells
richer
in
tonofibrils
which
enveloped
the
nucleus
and
cells
in
which
all
the
cytoplasmic
organelles
had
almost
disappeared
except
for
tonofibrils
or
cells
packed
with
keratohyalin
and
even
lipid
granules
sometimes
arranged
in
lamellar
formations
of
the
myelin
type
the
picture
as
a
whole
was
that
so
often
seen
in
the
optic
microscope
tumor
foci
formed
of
slightly
differentiated
cells
at
the
periphery
which
became
more
differentiated
as
one
approaches
the
center
the
undifferenti
ated
cells
resembled
more
the
intermediate
bronchial
cells
than
the
basal
cells
the
paper
does
not
describe
the
undifferentiated
and
alveolar
carcinomas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
395
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
loss
of
neoplastic
properties
in
vitro
ii
observations
on
kb
sublines
ten
sublines
of
the
kb
cell
line
obtained
from
a
number
of
different
laboratories
were
reexamined
with
respect
to
chromosome
number
and
heterotransplantability
to
the
syrian
hamster
cheek
pouch
twelve
clonal
cultures
derived
from
of
these
sublines
were
similarly
examined
three
sublines
differed
from
one
another
and
from
the
kb
cell
line
originally
studied
which
was
heterotransplantable
with
inocula
of
circa
cells
only
of
the
sublines
could
be
heterotransplanted
with
inocula
of
less
than
cells
were
heterotransplantable
with
inocula
of
cells
and
failed
to
heterotransplant
even
with
inocula
of
cells
similar
differences
in
heterotransplantability
were
observed
among
the
clonal
derivatives
of
of
these
sublines
although
the
modal
numbers
of
these
sublines
and
clonal
derivatives
were
basically
similar
ranging
from
to
a
few
lines
had
a
chromosome
of
sufficient
ly
distinctive
morphology
to
serve
as
a
marker
there
was
however
no
apparent
correlation
between
these
minor
karyotypic
differences
and
heterotransplantability
possible
differences
between
non
heterotransplantable
and
heterotransplantable
sublines
with
respect
to
the
pattern
of
variability
in
cytoplasmic
protein
and
cyto
plasmic
ribonucleic
rna
content
per
cell
remain
to
be
studied
in
detail
for
i
of
this
series
of
articles
see
exc
medica
cancer
abstr
no
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
396
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
establishment
of
a
tissue
culture
strain
jtc
from
actino
mycin
induced
ascites
sarcoma
and
its
biological
characters
cell
line
jtc
has
been
maintained
for
more
than
yr
and
subcultured
times
cells
from
the
th
subculture
on
subcutaneous
injection
into
mice
produced
tumors
identical
with
those
produced
by
the
original
cells
judged
by
the
time
taken
to
kill
mice
on
intraperitoneal
injection
the
tissue
culture
cells
were
not
as
malignant
as
the
original
tumor
cells
after
passage
in
animals
the
cells
were
easily
re
established
in
culture
in
vitro
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
397
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
microcinematographic
study
of
the
mechanism
of
cancerous
invasion
in
cultures
of
normal
tissue
combined
with
malignant
cells
normal
myocardium
of
newborn
c
h
mice
was
cultivated
in
vitro
in
contact
with
homologous
sarcomatous
cells
strain
n
and
strain
nctc
and
studied
by
micro
cinematography
for
days
it
was
found
that
the
tumor
cells
tend
to
move
apart
and
with
more
vigorous
and
rapid
movements
some
of
them
called
'commando's'
make
their
way
into
the
group
of
normal
cells
but
are
arrested
wherever
they
meet
a
compact
group
of
these
cells
this
then
demonstrates
on
the
one
hand
direct
aggresivity
of
the
tumor
cells
and
on
the
other
the
'group'
defence
of
the
normal
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
398
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
presence
of
lymphocytes
in
long
term
cultures
of
newborn
mouse
thymic
epithelium
thymic
epithelial
cells
derived
from
newborn
mouse
thymic
fragments
were
cultured
in
vitro
for
over
mth
subcultures
were
started
by
transferring
minute
cell
sheets
obtained
by
mechanical
scraping
of
the
original
culture
when
it
was
mth
old
or
older
lymphocytes
many
of
them
with
the
morphological
appearance
of
plasma
cells
were
seen
in
the
subcultures
intact
lymphocytes
as
well
as
mitotic
figures
were
seen
within
cytoplasmatic
vacuoles
of
the
epithelial
cells
the
possible
bearing
of
these
observations
on
the
origin
of
the
thymic
lymphocytes
is
briefly
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
399
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
four
separate
tumour
clones
derived
from
a
transplantable
pleo
morphic
carcinoma
of
the
lung
in
a
heterozygous
mouse
a
metastasising
pleomorphic
adenocarcinoma
in
the
lung
of
an
untreated
hetero
zygous
male
mouse
was
successfully
transplanted
to
brothers
by
the
'plating'
technique
of
henderson
and
rous
by
'plating'
multiple
small
grafts
in
air
bells
in
the
subcutaneous
tissues
of
the
new
hosts
it
was
possible
to
select
different
clones
of
transplantable
tumour
for
further
study
the
histological
peculiarities
of
different
parts
of
the
original
tumour
were
reproduced
in
the
different
clones
a
i
ii
iii
and
b
retrospective
study
of
the
primary
tumour
and
of
its
metastases
provided
some
interesting
clues
to
routes
of
metastasis
and
the
selective
survival
of
malignant
cells
it
is
concluded
that
by
the
cloning
of
transplantable
cells
at
the
first
serial
passage
valuable
information
about
the
histogenesis
and
potential
malignancy
of
the
primary
tumour
can
be
obtained
lastly
the
highly
malignant
character
of
clones
of
tumour
cells
apparently
derived
from
the
familiar
clinically
benign
adenoma
of
the
mouse
lung
may
be
of
some
interest
from
the
point
of
view
of
prognosis
based
on
histology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
4
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
placental
and
cord
blood
lipids
comparison
in
a
set
of
double
ovum
twins
a
stillborn
and
a
live
born
determinations
of
phospholipid
total
and
free
cholesterol
triglyceride
and
nefa
have
been
made
on
placental
tissue
and
cord
blood
in
a
set
of
double
ovum
twins
one
stillborn
and
one
live
born
similarities
occurred
in
all
fractions
studied
except
the
cord
blood
triglyceride
and
nefa
levels
the
serum
of
the
stillborn
infant
contained
one
third
as
much
triglyceride
and
times
as
much
nefa
as
did
the
live
born
infant
the
phospholipid
content
and
the
total
lipid
content
of
the
stillbirth
placenta
were
the
highest
studied
in
this
laboratory
which
includes
determinations
on
live
births
the
suggestion
is
made
that
increased
lipoprotein
lipase
activity
in
the
cord
blood
may
accompany
intrauterine
fetal
death
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
40
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
intradermal
test
using
cobalt
chloride
selected
groups
of
patients
with
cobalt
allergy
and
nickel
allergy
as
well
as
normal
controls
were
tested
intradermally
with
cobalt
chloride
in
the
dilutions
to
reactions
of
the
wheal
and
flare
type
appear
during
the
first
hours
and
make
the
hour
reading
misleading
the
papular
response
to
cobalt
chloride
when
read
to
hours
after
the
injection
appears
to
be
a
reliable
test
for
cobalt
allergy
patients
with
combined
nickel
cobalt
allergy
were
excluded
from
the
study
and
the
question
of
group
reactions
is
not
discussed
nickel
allergics
give
a
somewhat
stronger
reaction
than
controls
to
the
slightly
impure
cobalt
chloride
it
would
be
preferable
if
the
degree
of
purity
of
the
cobalt
chloride
were
ten
times
greater
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
400
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
in
vitro
culture
of
pulmonary
tumors
in
hamsters
caused
by
adenovirus
it
is
known
that
the
adenoviruses
and
provoke
malignant
tumors
in
the
new
born
hamster
the
authors
made
a
study
of
the
histogenesis
of
these
tumors
and
examined
the
specific
changes
brought
about
in
the
cells
by
the
virus
infection
malignancy
presence
of
viral
antigen
reactions
to
superinfection
when
new
born
hamsters
were
inoculated
in
the
chest
with
adenovirus
malignant
tumors
developed
in
one
or
two
months
in
animals
out
of
these
tumors
presented
an
epithelial
aspect
and
were
of
bronchiolo
alveolar
origin
they
were
transplant
able
in
vivo
if
they
were
cultured
in
vitro
they
consisted
in
the
first
few
cultures
of
macrophages
fibroblasts
and
epithelium
in
subsequent
passages
there
was
a
progressive
disappearance
of
the
macrophages
and
fibroblasts
in
some
cases
the
culture
after
seven
passages
was
of
a
purely
epithelial
nature
and
when
it
was
reimplanted
into
hamsters
at
this
time
it
gave
rise
to
the
rapid
development
of
an
epithelial
tumor
in
the
tumor
cultures
no
adenovirus
could
be
demonstrated
nor
could
cultures
of
the
pulmonary
tumors
or
cultures
of
normal
hamster
lung
be
infected
with
adenovirus
it
appears
that
the
lung
of
the
hamster
in
an
organotyp
ical
culture
constitutes
a
means
of
choice
for
the
malignant
transformation
of
adenovirus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
401
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
demonstration
purification
and
partial
characterization
of
ab
normal
hsl
antigens
in
stable
human
cell
lines
the
existence
of
abnormal
human
stable
line
hsl
antigens
common
to
a
number
of
stable
human
cell
lines
but
absent
from
normal
human
tissues
and
normal
human
diploid
cell
strains
in
tissue
culture
was
demonstrated
by
agar
gel
microimmunodiffusion
hsl
was
detected
in
hela
sj
hela
mba
hela
s
chang
conjunctiva
syverton's
embryo
esophagus
chang
liver
and
j
iii
it
was
not
detected
in
henle's
human
intestine
or
detroit
it
was
absent
from
two
normal
diploid
strains
wi
and
sj
dhl
and
was
not
found
in
a
variety
of
concentrated
extracts
of
fresh
human
organs
hsl
was
not
associated
with
contamination
by
pleuropneumonia
like
organisms
pplo
of
cell
lines
the
purest
hsl
preparations
obtained
from
hela
sj
by
ammonium
sulfate
fractiona
tion
yielded
absorption
spectra
characteristic
of
protein
and
were
inactivated
by
trypsin
sephadex
chromatography
indicated
a
particle
weight
of
approximately
hsl
was
not
sedimented
at
x
g
in
m
po
buffer
activity
was
virtually
completely
eliminated
after
minutes
at
c
minutes
at
c
or
minutes
at
c
preliminary
studies
with
fluorescent
anti
hsl
globulin
indicated
that
hsl
was
not
a
surface
antigen
rabbit
antisera
to
purified
hsl
fractions
were
not
cytotoxic
to
hela
cells
the
best
preparations
of
hsl
still
contained
a
trace
of
common
human
antigen
and
appeared
to
consist
of
multiple
components
active
in
immunoprecipitation
electrophoresis
indicated
the
in
homogeneity
of
this
material
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
402
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
further
comparative
studies
on
two
isogenic
cell
lines
of
autologous
origin
one
of
which
is
tumor
producing
a
single
explant
of
normal
lung
tissue
from
an
adult
female
mouse
c
bl
provided
cell
lines
one
remained
normal
and
is
referred
to
as
pg
the
other
became
malignant
and
is
designated
as
pt
with
successive
in
vitro
passages
by
tryp
sinization
the
tumour
inducing
capacity
of
the
pt
line
considerably
decreased
its
tumour
producing
capacity
as
well
as
its
acrobic
glycolysis
coefficient
while
the
pg
line
showed
no
appreciable
change
results
of
chromosome
studies
are
de
scribed
but
proved
inconclusive
similar
experiments
were
also
carried
out
on
cell
lines
derived
from
the
pt
line
and
their
results
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
403
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
characteristics
of
human
adenovirus
type
induced
hamster
tumor
cells
in
tissue
culture
characteristics
of
a
human
adenovirus
type
induced
hamster
tumor
serially
pro
pagated
in
vitro
are
described
these
include
small
cell
size
epithelioid
appear
ance
rapid
growth
rate
resistance
to
superinfection
with
a
and
transplant
ability
to
weanling
hamsters
these
cells
grew
either
as
monolayers
or
as
balls
of
aggregated
cells
detached
from
the
glass
depending
on
whether
calf
serum
or
horse
serum
was
added
to
the
eagle's
medium
attempts
to
demonstrate
virus
activity
by
subculture
of
supernatant
fluids
and
lysed
cells
into
hela
cells
mixed
culture
with
human
and
hamster
cells
electron
microscopy
and
inoculation
of
newborn
hamsters
with
irradiated
tumor
cells
were
negative
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
404
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
trials
of
heterotransplantation
of
human
cancer
in
rabbits
and
kleisbauer
a
trials
of
transplantation
of
human
tumours
some
almost
all
carcinomas
in
the
pleural
cavity
of
large
rabbits
months
old
flanders
weighing
kg
gave
negative
results
also
when
cortisone
treatment
was
associated
with
it
though
in
the
cortisone
treated
animals
the
necrosis
of
the
tumours
was
less
massive
examination
of
the
grafted
tumour
was
carried
out
at
different
times
from
to
days
after
transplantation
and
was
also
controlled
by
radiographic
examina
tions
detailed
description
of
the
giant
cell
reactions
around
the
tumours
and
in
the
adjoining
lung
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
405
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
solitary
mast
cell
granuloma
histiocytoma
of
the
lung
a
histopathologic
tissue
culture
and
time
lapse
cinemato
graphic
study
a
pulmonary
histiocytoma
in
a
year
old
woman
was
studied
intensively
histo
pathologically
and
by
other
techniques
abundant
mast
cells
were
found
within
the
lesion
a
previously
unreported
finding
tissue
culture
studies
suggested
that
the
process
is
reactive
rather
than
neoplastic
some
plasma
cell
granulomas
of
the
lung
may
be
mast
cell
histiocytomas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
406
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
value
of
fluorescence
cytology
for
the
cytodiagnosis
of
pulmonary
cancer
the
paper
discusses
the
test
results
of
tissue
samples
sent
in
for
the
cytodiag
nostics
of
lung
cancer
and
compares
the
method
of
ao
fluorochromation
with
other
methods
of
preparation
by
means
of
applying
ao
fluorochromation
the
rate
of
er
roneously
positive
findings
could
be
reduced
the
rate
of
erroneously
negative
find
ings
was
somewhat
higher
but
the
total
diagnostic
precision
of
was
higher
than
in
all
other
methods
applied
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
407
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pitfalls
in
the
clinical
and
histologic
diagnosis
of
broncho
genic
carcinoma
a
necropsy
study
of
cases
of
extrathoracic
carcinoma
revealed
that
pulmonary
metastases
occurred
in
almost
of
the
cases
and
bronchial
metastases
in
over
there
were
cases
in
the
series
with
clinical
features
simulating
bronchogenic
carcinoma
and
in
of
these
cases
there
was
cytologic
and
or
histologic
confirmation
carcinomas
of
the
pancreas
presented
the
greatest
source
of
diagnostic
error
accounting
for
more
than
one
third
of
the
cases
the
primary
site
second
in
frequency
was
carcinoma
of
the
kidney
bronchial
metastases
were
chiefly
responsible
for
the
clinical
cytologic
and
histologic
findings
compatible
with
the
diagnosis
of
bronchogenic
carcinoma
secondary
growths
in
the
lungs
may
present
roentgenologically
as
solitary
tumors
indistinguishable
from
primary
lung
cancer
metastatic
lesions
in
lymph
nodes
bronchi
and
lung
may
exhibit
pleomor
phic
features
simulating
squamous
cell
carcinoma
the
diagnosis
of
bronchioloalveo
lar
carcinoma
in
resected
lung
tissue
is
a
presumptive
conclusion
inasmuch
as
the
identical
morphological
features
may
be
reproduced
by
metastases
from
duct
or
glandular
carcinomas
the
simulation
of
bronchogenic
carcinoma
by
metastatic
tum
ors
occurs
with
sufficient
frequency
to
challenge
the
diagnostic
accuracy
of
deaths
certified
as
bronchogenic
carcinoma
with
necropsy
exclusion
of
other
primary
sites
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
408
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
arginine
deprivation
ultraviolet
radiation
and
x
radiation
on
cultured
kb
cells
a
cytochemical
and
ultrastructural
study
cultured
kb
cells
derived
from
a
human
oral
carcinoma
grown
in
monolayers
were
injured
by
one
of
three
agents
starvation
by
arginine
deprivation
or
treatment
with
high
doses
of
either
ultraviolet
radiation
or
x
radiation
the
different
agents
produced
changes
in
nucleolar
structure
and
varying
accumulations
of
triglyceride
and
glycogen
all
three
agents
produced
an
increase
in
number
and
size
of
lyso
somes
these
were
studied
in
acid
phosphatase
preparations
viewed
by
both
light
and
electron
microscopy
and
occasionally
in
vital
dye
esterase
and
aryl
sul
fatase
preparations
ultrastructurally
alterations
in
lysosomes
suggested
that
'residual
bodies'
developed
in
a
variety
of
ways
i
e
from
the
endoplasmic
retic
ulum
multivesicular
bodies
or
autophagic
vacuoles
following
all
three
agents
the
endoplasmic
reticulum
assumed
the
form
of
'rough'
or
'smooth'
whorls
and
after
two
of
the
agents
arginine
deprivation
or
ultraviolet
radiation
it
acquired
cytochemically
demonstrable
acid
phosphatase
activity
near
connections
between
the
endoplasmic
reticulum
and
lysosomes
raise
the
possibility
that
in
kb
cells
at
least
when
injured
the
endoplasmic
reticulum
is
involved
in
the
formation
of
lysosomes
and
the
transport
of
acid
phosphatase
to
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
409
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
simultaneous
use
of
extracorporal
circulation
and
hypothermia
in
the
surgery
of
the
heart
the
operative
technique
of
cardiac
surgery
under
conditions
of
deep
hypothermia
with
simultaneous
use
of
a
pump
oxygenator
and
cardiopulmonary
bypass
is
described
in
the
majority
of
cases
the
patients
were
cooled
with
water
at
c
and
the
perfusion
volume
was
reduced
by
more
than
during
hypothermia
in
others
a
gradient
of
c
between
blood
and
water
was
maintained
and
the
perfusion
volume
was
reduced
by
less
than
the
data
presented
show
that
neither
technique
leads
to
hypoxic
changes
in
the
cerebrum
and
internal
organs
provided
the
mean
arterial
pressure
is
kept
between
and
mm
hg
during
perfusion
the
overall
mortality
in
the
authors'
cases
most
of
which
had
congenital
heart
disease
was
in
cases
of
tetralogy
of
fallot
most
of
them
cyanotic
the
vsd
was
closed
by
taking
a
flap
of
tissue
from
the
crista
supraventricularis
in
this
group
mortality
was
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
41
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
measurements
of
nickel
in
biological
materials
by
atomic
absorption
spectrometry
an
atomic
absorption
procedure
has
been
developed
which
facilitates
quantitative
measurements
of
nickel
in
biological
materials
including
urine
ribonucleic
acids
rna
and
serum
proteins
the
sensitivity
of
detection
of
nickel
by
the
atomic
absorption
spectrometer
p
p
m
was
insufficient
to
permit
direct
measurements
of
nickel
in
normal
urine
therefore
it
was
necessary
to
employ
a
dimethylglyoxime
extraction
procedure
to
concentrate
the
nickel
prior
to
atomic
absorption
spectrometry
the
coefficients
of
variation
of
measurements
of
nickel
in
urine
and
human
b
globulins
were
and
per
cent
respectively
the
recovery
of
nickel
added
to
urine
averaged
per
cent
with
a
range
from
to
and
the
recovery
of
nickel
added
to
human
b
globulin
averaged
per
cent
with
a
range
from
to
the
mean
concentration
of
nickel
in
hr
collections
of
urine
from
normal
subjects
was
ug
per
ml
s
d
with
a
range
from
to
the
mean
urinary
excretion
of
nickel
was
ug
per
hr
s
d
with
a
range
from
to
the
mean
concentration
of
nickel
in
preparations
of
ribonucleic
acids
from
ultracentrifugal
supernatants
of
homogenates
of
rat
lung
was
ug
of
ni
per
gm
of
rna
with
a
range
from
to
the
mean
concentration
of
nickel
in
preparations
of
rna
from
ultracentrifugal
supernatants
of
homogenates
of
rat
liver
was
ug
of
ni
per
gm
of
rna
with
a
range
from
to
measurements
of
nickel
were
performed
upon
fractions
of
human
serum
proteins
prepared
by
continuous
flow
electrophoresis
and
by
cold
ethanol
precipitation
the
highest
concentrations
of
nickel
were
found
in
preparations
of
serum
b
globulins
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
410
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cardiac
performance
in
hypothermia
an
experimental
study
of
left
ventricular
power
oxygen
consumption
and
efficiency
in
dogs
multiple
cardiac
parameters
have
been
measured
in
dogs
cooled
to
c
aortic
blood
temperature
the
parameters
have
been
expressed
both
as
absolute
values
and
as
percentages
of
normothermic
values
at
normothermia
dogs
with
closed
chest
had
an
ascending
aorta
flow
of
and
a
left
ventricular
external
power
of
of
the
corresponding
values
for
dogs
with
open
chest
both
ascending
aorta
flow
and
left
circumflex
coronary
artery
flow
were
reduced
to
of
normothermic
level
at
c
aortic
arch
mean
pressure
was
reduced
to
of
normothermic
level
at
c
total
peripheral
resistance
was
increased
to
of
normothermic
level
at
c
left
ventricular
external
power
was
decreased
to
of
normothermic
level
at
c
left
ventricular
oxygen
consumption
was
decreased
to
of
nor
mothermic
level
at
c
mechanical
efficiency
of
the
left
ventricular
myocardium
was
decreased
to
of
normothermic
level
at
c
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
411
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
tolerance
of
dogs
to
deep
hypothermia
controlled
and
maintained
with
a
pump
oxygenator
the
advantages
of
hypothermia
of
below
c
for
hr
induced
and
maintained
by
extracorporeal
circulation
of
min
were
compared
to
partial
bypass
of
the
same
duration
during
normothermia
in
the
normothermic
group
dogs
out
of
lived
in
the
hypothermic
group
dogs
out
of
survived
when
perfused
at
the
high
flow
of
cc
kg
min
eleven
dogs
out
of
survived
when
the
flow
rate
was
reduced
to
cc
kg
min
when
the
temperature
was
below
c
the
death
in
the
high
flow
group
were
due
mainly
to
postperfusion
lung
changes
even
when
low
pulmonary
venous
pressure
was
assured
by
venting
in
the
left
atrial
chamber
me
tabolic
acidosis
occurred
in
all
groups
though
greater
in
the
high
flow
with
the
low
flow
intermediate
between
the
former
and
the
normothermic
group
this
change
to
a
great
degree
can
be
explained
by
the
lung
changes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
412
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
bleeding
tendencies
associated
with
profound
hypothermia
technics
in
neurologic
surgery
forty
three
patients
with
bleeding
intracranial
aneurysms
were
operated
on
under
deep
hypothermia
and
with
the
aid
of
extracorporeal
circulation
the
open
thorax
method
was
used
in
cases
and
the
closed
thorax
method
in
the
following
points
are
made
the
closed
thorax
method
is
considered
superior
to
the
open
thorax
method
in
several
respects
meticulous
hemostasis
is
essential
to
control
the
oozing
that
occurs
during
extracorporeal
circulation
under
profound
hypothermia
until
the
heparin
antagonist
can
become
effective
and
body
temperature
can
return
to
normal
significant
thrombocytopenia
may
develop
during
extracorporeal
cir
culation
and
inhibition
of
the
thrombin
fibrinogen
reaction
by
factors
other
than
heparin
may
cause
a
major
coagulation
defect
and
may
also
by
mimicking
the
he
parin
effect
lead
to
the
excessive
use
of
heparin
antagonists
pathologic
changes
in
microcirculation
during
extracorporeal
circulation
may
be
determinants
of
a
hemorrhagic
tendency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
413
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
hypothermia
and
dehydration
in
the
treatment
of
severe
cerebral
hypoxia
the
rational
for
using
hypothermia
or
cerebral
dehydration
is
to
suppress
or
re
verse
progressive
or
delayed
cerebral
damage
after
hypoxia
it
is
suggested
that
damage
of
this
nature
results
from
injury
to
the
astroglia
and
oligodendroglia
especially
the
former
experimental
and
clinical
evidence
favors
lowering
of
the
body
temperature
immediately
after
any
episode
of
hypoxia
accompanied
by
impor
tant
damage
to
the
brain
the
rational
for
using
dehydration
is
insecure
and
its
results
are
uncertain
this
treatment
should
probably
be
reserved
for
cases
in
which
a
raised
cerebrospinal
fluid
pressure
has
been
proved
and
in
which
other
measures
especially
hypothermia
are
either
not
available
or
have
failed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
414
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selective
cerebral
hypothermia
physiology
and
technic
a
safe
suitable
technique
for
producing
selective
brain
cooling
by
a
perfusion
method
is
described
of
dogs
survived
the
salient
features
aiding
survival
are
discussed
the
use
of
a
direct
vasodilator
papaverine
in
the
perfusate
to
relieve
vasospasm
markedly
reduced
cooling
time
and
represented
the
most
signi
ficant
technical
advance
over
previously
described
methods
an
acid
base
analysis
utilizing
the
siggaard
andersen
curve
nomogram
was
performed
on
dogs
and
no
significant
acidosis
noted
during
selective
brain
cooling
a
definite
arteriovenous
lactic
acid
difference
developed
at
hypothermic
temperatures
indicating
the
brain
may
metabolize
this
substance
in
preference
to
glucose
at
lowered
brain
tempera
tures
the
reasons
for
which
were
discussed
the
rate
of
disappearance
of
physi
cally
dissolved
oxygen
po
was
measured
in
the
brain
following
ischemia
at
dif
ferent
temperatures
the
average
rate
of
disappearance
at
c
was
of
the
rate
at
c
the
discrepancy
between
this
finding
and
the
in
vitro
oxygen
utili
zation
rate
at
the
same
temperature
was
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
415
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cardiac
activity
in
cranio
cerebral
hypothermia
the
onset
of
hypothermia
rarely
alters
the
heart
rate
as
it
deepens
to
the
rate
slows
and
at
the
level
of
it
usually
amounts
to
only
half
its
original
va
lue
at
or
below
the
development
of
bradycardia
is
observed
after
warming
to
the
normal
heart
rate
is
restored
during
operations
on
the
abdominal
organs
the
heart
rate
is
only
slightly
modified
the
appearance
of
solitary
extrasystoles
is
rare
and
is
usually
associated
with
stimulation
of
the
diaphragm
the
most
marked
changes
in
the
heart
rate
are
observed
during
operations
on
the
heart
especially
if
it
is
excluded
from
the
circulation
an
idioventricular
rhythm
may
develop
before
the
heart
stops
beating
after
removal
of
the
ligatures
from
the
venae
cavae
the
nor
mal
rhythm
is
restored
as
the
temperature
falls
the
excitability
of
the
myocardium
increases
conduction
is
more
resistant
areflexia
continues
even
during
direct
sti
mulation
of
reflexogenic
zones
in
the
surgical
stage
of
cranio
cerebral
hypothermia
it
is
clear
that
no
significant
degree
of
energy
or
hemodynamic
insufficiency
deve
lops
whether
in
experimental
conditions
or
during
operations
on
patients
at
opera
tion
a
well
marked
stabilization
of
the
contractile
power
of
the
myocardium
may
be
observed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
416
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
respiration
in
hypothermia
i
respiratory
pattern
and
acid
base
balance
in
the
blood
mongrel
dogs
under
light
pentobarbital
anesthesia
were
made
hypothermic
by
im
mersing
them
in
ice
water
and
then
normothermic
in
warm
water
in
the
course
of
cooling
the
respiratory
rate
and
pulmonary
ventilation
after
an
initial
increase
were
reduced
as
the
rectal
temperature
fell
and
spontaneous
respiration
was
ar
rested
at
rectal
temperatures
of
c
alveolar
pco
was
increased
after
an
initial
slight
lowering
with
the
progress
of
hypothermia
arterial
ph
and
standard
bicarbonate
jorgensen
and
astrup
decreased
and
the
alkalinity
of
the
blood
coh
ch
winterstein
decreased
markedly
during
hypothermia
these
findings
suggest
both
respiratory
and
metabolic
acidosis
as
the
mechanisms
concerned
in
the
course
of
rewarming
all
these
changes
disappeared
rapidly
and
completely
though
the
venti
latory
stimulation
observed
as
an
initial
transitory
phenomenon
during
cooling
failed
to
occur
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
417
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
blood
viscosity
and
its
significance
in
anesthesia
the
principles
for
measuring
blood
viscosity
have
been
discussed
although
blood
does
not
behave
in
a
newtonian
manner
the
data
obtained
in
in
vitro
measurement
are
useful
a
modified
simple
method
for
measuring
blood
viscosity
relative
to
nor
mal
saline
has
been
described
there
is
essentially
no
difference
in
viscosity
be
tween
fresh
blood
and
heparinized
blood
and
between
plasma
and
serum
viscosity
varies
with
the
quantity
and
nature
of
proteins
in
plasma
and
the
cellular
concentra
tion
halothane
and
thiopental
sodium
reduce
blood
viscosity
and
seem
to
be
indicat
ed
in
conditions
in
which
there
is
hemoconcentration
and
a
tendency
for
red
blood
cells
to
aggregate
cyclopropane
hypothermia
and
norepinephrine
tend
to
raise
blood
viscosity
and
would
seem
to
be
contraindicated
when
the
microcirculation
is
failing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
418
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
flow
considerations
in
regional
cerebral
hypothermia
it
is
suggested
that
low
flows
are
dangerous
and
may
cause
anoxia
either
directly
or
by
interfering
with
cooling
sixty
dogs
have
been
subjected
to
local
cerebral
hypothermia
by
the
method
of
femoral
to
carotid
cooling
of
arterial
blood
with
per
fusion
at
a
predetermined
pressure
rather
than
predetermined
flow
rate
the
cir
cuit
is
described
and
its
advantages
for
clinical
use
mentioned
together
with
its
in
accuracies
as
a
method
of
scientific
investigation
these
are
chiefly
concerned
with
maintenance
of
systemic
blood
pressure
which
may
require
the
injection
of
pressor
agents
evidence
for
reduction
in
flow
at
low
temperatures
is
discussed
and
evidence
presented
that
this
is
not
only
due
to
increase
in
viscosity
but
that
there
is
an
active
spasm
manifested
by
'rewarming
humps'
which
occur
in
the
cooling
graphs
mean
carotid
flow
rates
were
determined
by
a
revolution
counter
attached
to
a
pump
of
fixed
stroke
volume
the
output
of
which
was
linked
to
the
per
fusion
pressure
and
thus
determined
by
the
resistance
the
place
of
added
co
is
discussed
particularly
in
relation
to
the
fall
in
partial
pressure
which
accompa
nies
the
cooling
of
the
blood
the
addition
of
co
did
not
increase
total
carotid
flows
halothane
had
been
used
as
an
anesthetic
because
of
its
sympatholytic
ac
tion
it
has
increased
flows
by
and
abolished
'rewarming
humps'
rheomacro
dex
used
as
a
priming
fluid
instead
of
blood
produced
increased
flow
averaging
but
did
not
abolish
spasm
it
is
suggested
that
cooling
faster
than
c
per
minute
is
not
intrinsically
dangerous
if
spasm
is
prevented
and
high
flow
maintained
by
the
methods
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
419
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selective
brain
cooling
produced
by
cerebral
ventricular
perfusion
hypothermic
cerebral
ventricular
perfusion
was
applied
to
dogs
shivering
appear
ed
to
be
directly
related
to
the
cns
temperature
rather
than
the
peripheral
body
temperature
selective
heating
of
the
brain
stem
produced
panting
rewarming
of
the
body
was
retarded
by
the
initiation
of
heat
loss
mechanisms
controlled
cen
trally
when
hyperthermic
perfusion
was
used
shivering
disappeared
but
panting
was
unaffected
by
pentobarbital
anesthesia
cooling
of
one
or
both
frontal
areas
and
the
anterior
part
of
the
third
ventricle
did
not
significantly
affect
the
respiratory
or
circulatory
systems
but
brain
stem
hypothermia
produced
distinct
respiratory
and
circulatory
reactions
it
is
suggested
that
cooling
of
the
rd
and
th
ventricu
lar
areas
may
be
utilized
for
anesthetic
purposes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
42
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
properties
of
activity
of
'
nucleotidase
in
human
serum
and
applications
in
diagnosis
the
influence
of
mg
ni
and
l
histidine
on
purified
preparations
of
bone
and
intestinal
alkaline
phosphatases
and
'
nucleotidase
and
on
various
mixtures
of
these
enzymes
has
been
studied
the
extent
to
which
these
findings
can
be
utilized
in
the
quantitative
assay
of
'
nucleotidase
in
serum
has
been
evaluated
results
are
presented
on
the
possible
utilization
of
l
histodine
in
the
simultaneous
evaluation
of
serum
alkaline
phosphatase
and
'
nucleotidase
activity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
420
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
optimal
coronary
flow
in
the
bypassed
normothermic
and
hypothermic
heart
a
series
of
experiments
were
conducted
in
dogs
in
which
bypass
flow
temperature
and
direct
coronary
perfusion
pressure
were
varied
coronary
flow
coronary
ven
ous
saturation
myocardial
oxygen
consumption
mvo
and
coronary
vascular
re
sistance
were
assayed
coronary
flow
as
a
percentage
of
total
bypass
flow
did
not
vary
appreciably
at
varying
levels
of
bypass
flow
induction
of
hypothermia
when
total
bypass
flow
is
constant
results
in
decreasing
coronary
flow
induction
of
hy
pothermia
when
maintaining
a
constant
bypass
pressure
results
in
an
increasing
coronary
flow
with
temperatures
down
to
c
further
cooling
causes
a
reduction
in
flow
using
isolated
coronary
perfusion
at
mm
hg
coronary
flow
fell
and
resistance
rose
during
the
first
min
of
bypass
using
isolated
coronary
perfu
sion
at
mm
hg
induction
of
moderate
hypothermia
c
caused
an
increase
in
coronary
flow
and
venous
saturation
and
a
decrease
in
cardiovascular
resistance
and
mvo
under
the
same
conditions
induction
of
hypothermia
to
c
produced
similar
changes
but
caused
myocardial
hemorrhage
and
ventricular
fibrillation
pro
found
hypothermia
probably
leads
to
excessive
fragility
of
the
capillary
bed
reduc
tion
of
perfusion
pressure
to
mm
hg
at
near
normothermia
reduced
coronary
flow
and
slightly
reduced
venous
saturation
and
mvo
the
same
reduction
of
perfu
sion
pressure
at
c
produced
similar
but
less
marked
changes
reduction
to
mm
hg
at
c
markedly
reduced
coronary
flow
venous
saturation
and
mvo
initially
but
with
partial
recovery
later
from
this
data
of
acute
experiments
in
dogs
coronary
perfusion
using
moderate
hypothermia
about
c
and
mm
hg
slightly
pulsatile
mean
pressure
appears
optimal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
421
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
extracorporeal
hypothermia
without
thoracotomy
an
ex
perimental
study
in
the
use
of
cold
for
neurosurgery
and
cancericidal
perfusions
this
paper
includes
minor
clinical
notes
on
open
heart
surgery
and
cancer
perfusion
but
contains
no
experimental
information
on
neurosurgery
or
cancer
perfusions
a
method
of
closed
chest
hypothermic
perfusion
in
dogs
is
reported
the
authors
utilize
drainage
of
superior
and
inferior
cavae
by
gravity
the
volume
of
venous
drainage
sometimes
enhanced
by
transfusions
or
low
molecular
weight
dex
tran
determined
the
flow
rate
cooling
was
maintained
for
quite
variable
periods
apparently
generally
to
an
unspecified
esophageal
temperature
perfusion
time
va
ried
from
min
to
hr
animals
with
low
flows
were
perfused
longer
had
a
high
er
incidence
of
ventricular
fibrillation
and
a
very
low
survival
rate
eleven
ani
mals
survived
all
had
pre
cooling
flow
rates
above
ml
kg
min
good
flow
rates
during
the
perfusion
and
only
had
ventricular
fibrillation
flow
rates
and
survival
were
increased
in
animals
receiving
low
molecular
weight
dextran
four
teen
of
animals
with
ventricular
fibrillation
were
defibrillated
electrically
re
gained
'adequate'
cardiac
function
but
only
survived
some
interesting
data
on
regional
cooling
of
the
lower
half
of
the
body
is
presented
the
authors
conclude
without
sufficient
evidence
that
the
most
important
factor
in
the
mortality
in
hypo
thermic
perfusion
is
the
ability
to
maintain
'a
flow
rate
approaching
the
estimated
normothermic
cardiac
output
of
the
animal'
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
422
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
profound
hypothermia
the
aim
of
hypothermia
is
protection
of
vital
cerebral
structures
from
hypoxia
during
aneurysm
repair
profound
hypothermia
is
also
valuable
in
operating
on
certain
cardiac
defects
which
cannot
be
repaired
even
with
whole
body
perfusion
since
the
time
needed
for
aneurysm
repair
often
exceeded
the
safe
limit
of
to
minutes
without
circulation
afforded
by
surface
hypothermia
of
to
c
the
authors
have
investigated
the
drew
open
chest
technic
the
closed
chest
method
and
isolated
cerebral
perfusion
the
drew
technic
consists
of
substituting
two
pumps
for
the
heart
while
the
patient's
lungs
act
as
the
oxygenator
because
of
its
disadvantages
the
large
amounts
of
blood
needed
and
the
morbidity
due
to
intra
cardiac
cannulation
and
median
sternotomy
a
closed
chest
method
was
developed
using
a
mayo
gibbons
vertical
sheet
pump
oxygenator
to
provide
the
perfusion
and
extracorporeal
cooling
without
requiring
thoracotomy
in
cerebral
perfusion
blood
is
taken
from
one
artery
pumped
through
a
heat
exchanger
and
returned
to
another
artery
the
authors
describe
anesthetic
technics
offer
comparisons
of
the
three
methods
give
instructions
pertaining
to
the
production
of
hypothermia
and
list
the
problems
encountered
in
the
management
of
these
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
423
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
systemic
hypothermia
via
gastric
cooling
eight
dogs
underwent
gastric
cooling
for
systemic
hypothermia
each
dog
was
cooled
with
the
balloon
filled
with
a
'safe'
volume
based
on
weight
ml
kg
and
subjected
to
cooling
with
the
balloon
filled
maximally
but
safely
to
a
pressure
of
mm
hg
consistently
the
latter
procedure
was
far
more
efficient
averaging
times
as
rapid
for
all
degrees
of
hypothermia
a
decrease
in
core
temperature
by
c
re
quired
an
average
of
only
minutes
on
comparison
with
clinical
reports
of
hy
pothermia
induced
by
the
usual
gastric
cooling
an
improved
efficiency
of
two
fold
to
three
fold
is
still
noted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
424
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
dubious
haemopoietic
stem
cell
function
of
the
lym
phoid
cells
of
the
blood
autoradiographic
studies
on
dogs
the
migration
fate
and
turnover
of
lymphoid
cells
in
blood
and
bone
marrow
of
irradiated
and
non
irradiated
dogs
were
studied
by
serial
autoradiography
with
co
ping
of
the
hind
legs
during
the
plasma
clearance
time
of
h
thymidine
injected
into
an
anterior
vein
in
irradiated
dogs
the
h
thymidine
injection
procedure
was
car
ried
out
during
the
early
recovery
phase
following
r
whole
body
x
irradiation
conclusive
evidence
of
transformation
of
hematogenous
bone
marrow
lymphoid
cells
into
hemopoietic
precursors
was
not
found
however
in
the
light
of
the
individual
grain
counts
transformation
of
a
few
lymphoid
cells
into
hemopoietic
cells
cannot
be
ruled
out
the
data
obtained
from
a
dog
in
the
very
early
recovery
phase
following
whole
body
irradiation
strongly
indicate
such
a
transformation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
425
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
growth
and
cytomorphosis
in
the
thymo
lympha
tic
systems
with
special
reference
to
the
influence
of
the
thymus
and
the
thyroid
in
guinea
pigs
migratory
streams
of
lymphocytes
between
different
parts
of
the
thymo
lymphatic
system
were
evaluated
by
comparisons
between
lymphocyte
populations
in
thoracic
duct
lymph
and
arterial
and
venous
blood
especially
thymic
venous
blood
by
re
cording
organ
weights
in
sham
operated
and
thymectomized
guinea
pigs
treated
with
thyroxin
or
untreated
the
importance
of
the
thymus
and
the
thyroid
for
growth
and
regeneration
in
the
thymo
lymphatic
system
was
studied
the
main
results
are
as
follows
there
is
a
considerable
venous
output
of
lymphocytes
with
low
mito
chondrial
content
small
lymphocytes
from
the
thymus
in
normal
young
guinea
pigs
this
explains
the
much
higher
incidence
of
small
lymphocytes
in
blood
than
in
tho
racic
duct
lymph
neonatal
thymectomy
causes
lymphatic
hypotrophy
with
defi
ciency
of
lymphocytes
and
pyroninophilic
cells
in
relation
to
reticular
ones
body
growth
and
survival
of
the
animals
are
not
affected
in
the
thymus
exogenous
thyroxin
most
probably
promotes
differentiation
of
large
basophilic
cells
to
small
lymphocytes
resulting
in
an
increased
output
of
small
lymphocytes
in
the
lymph
nodes
thyroxin
promotes
differentiation
of
large
pyroninophilic
cells
'transitional
cells'
into
immature
and
mature
plasma
cells
the
effects
of
thyroxin
on
dif
ferentiation
are
followed
by
an
increased
growth
of
the
thymo
lymphatic
organs
characterized
by
an
increased
incidence
of
large
basophilic
cells
and
increased
weight
of
the
lymphatic
organs
growth
of
the
thymus
and
lymph
nodes
precedes
that
of
the
red
splenic
pulp
this
delayed
splenic
response
is
not
due
to
a
transformation
of
an
increased
number
of
immigrated
thymic
lymphocytes
as
neonatal
thymectomy
does
not
prevent
the
thyroxin
stimulated
occurrence
of
large
basophilic
cells
in
the
red
splenic
pulp
the
thyroxin
stimulated
growth
of
the
lymphatic
system
is
ac
companied
by
an
increased
output
of
larger
lymphocytes
through
the
thoracic
duct
resulting
in
an
increased
number
of
larger
lymphocytes
in
the
blood
in
postnatally
thymectomized
animals
having
a
normal
or
above
normal
amount
of
circulating
small
lymphocytes
thyroxin
produces
a
drastic
decrease
in
the
number
of
small
blood
lymphocytes
indicating
a
decreased
delivery
and
or
increased
disappear
ance
of
these
cells
to
and
from
the
blood
respectively
this
decrease
in
number
of
small
lymphocytes
is
not
seen
in
sham
operated
animals
as
judged
by
studies
of
organ
weights
the
thyroxin
stimulated
growth
and
regeneration
of
the
lymphatic
tissue
are
influenced
antagonistically
by
thymectomy
and
synergistically
by
local
factors
in
involuted
tissue
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
426
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
origin
of
macrophages
from
bone
marrow
in
the
rat
skin
windows'
and
subcutaneous
coverslips
were
applied
to
rats
in
a
study
designed
to
identify
the
tissues
in
which
the
precursors
of
macrophages
proliferate
lympho
cyte
depletion
by
either
chronic
drainage
from
the
thoracic
duct
or
rads
of
x
irradiation
failed
to
suppress
the
emigration
of
macrophages
or
to
reduce
the
pro
portion
of
them
which
became
labelled
after
an
injection
of
tritiated
thymidine
x
irradiation
with
rads
suppressed
the
emigration
and
the
labelling
of
the
exudate
macrophages
both
were
restored
to
normal
when
the
tibial
marrow
was
shielded
during
irradiation
radioactively
labelled
cell
suspensions
obtained
from
thoracic
duct
lymph
lymph
nodes
thymus
spleen
and
bone
marrow
were
transfused
into
syngeneic
recipients
the
emigration
of
labelled
macrophages
on
to
coverslips
could
be
demonstrated
only
in
recipients
of
labelled
bone
marrow
and
spleen
cells
labelled
monocytes
were
found
in
the
blood
of
rats
which
had
received
injections
of
labelled
bone
marrow
it
was
concluded
that
in
the
rat
bone
marrow
and
to
a
lesser
extent
spleen
are
major
sources
of
the
macrophages
which
emigrate
into
foci
of
acute
non
bacterial
inflammation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
427
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
the
leucocyte
compartment
in
guinea
pig
bone
marrow
after
acute
haemorrhage
and
severe
hypoxia
evidence
for
a
common
stem
cell
after
a
large
acute
hemorrhage
the
absolute
le
vels
of
neutrophils
eosinophils
and
basophils
in
guinea
pig
bone
marrow
are
considerably
reduced
all
stages
of
differentiation
are
involved
the
decline
in
myelo
blasts
and
promyelocytes
being
particularly
marked
exposure
to
severe
hypoxia
also
temporarily
depresses
the
number
of
marrow
granulocytes
bone
marrow
lymphocytes
are
only
slightly
reduced
after
a
single
he
morrhage
but
in
the
later
stages
of
severe
hypoxia
their
numbers
are
greatly
reduced
assuming
the
supply
of
stem
cells
in
the
bone
marrow
is
not
unlimited
the
de
crease
in
marrow
granulocytes
and
lymphocytes
follow
ing
marked
erythropoietic
stimulation
appears
to
favor
a
monophyletic
theory
of
hemopoiesis
a
heavy
demand
for
stem
cells
to
differentiate
into
the
erythron
may
temporarily
restrict
the
number
entering
the
leukon
the
hypoxic
animals
showed
a
considerable
loss
of
body
weight
and
the
notable
reduction
of
marrow
lymphocytes
in
the
later
stages
of
hypoxia
may
be
specifically
related
to
a
generalized
atrophy
of
lymphoid
tissue
using
h
thymi
dine
there
is
evidence
of
active
dna
synthesis
in
guinea
pig
metamyelocytes
although
dna
synthesis
was
found
in
metamyelocytes
of
normal
marrow
after
hemorrhage
these
cells
form
a
much
larger
proportion
of
the
total
synthesizing
cells
in
the
granulocyte
compartment
and
also
the
ratio
of
labeled
metamyelocytes
to
myelocytes
is
considerably
increased
microspectrophotometric
measurements
of
the
feulgen
dna
content
of
metamyelo
cytes
after
hemorrhage
show
that
there
are
populations
of
these
cells
one
group
has
values
typical
of
resting
or
nonsynthesizing
cells
but
a
nd
group
shows
a
complete
range
of
dna
values
up
to
levels
characteristic
of
those
found
in
dividing
cells
certain
small
mononuclear
cells
with
minimal
but
deeply
basophilic
cytoplasm
are
a
dis
tinctive
group
of
dna
synthesizing
cells
in
marrow
af
ter
hemorrhage
morphologically
there
appears
to
be
a
complete
sequence
between
these
cells
and
procrythro
blasts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
428
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
relative
ability
of
parental
marrow
to
repopulate
lethal
ly
irradiated
f
hybrids
lethally
irradiate
c
bl
x
f
mice
injected
with
a
mixture
of
million
c
bl
and
million
bone
marrow
cells
were
repopulated
only
by
the
bone
marrow
cells
experiments
with
other
cell
mixtures
indicated
that
the
marrow
was
relatively
nine
times
as
efficient
as
c
bl
marrow
in
repopulating
lethally
irradiated
c
bl
x
f
mice
results
from
additional
strain
combina
tions
suggested
that
the
behavior
of
the
donor
marrows
was
not
determined
solely
by
h
factors
c
bl
marrow
which
frequently
regresses
in
irradiated
f
mice
has
shown
to
be
relatively
less
capable
of
repopulating
the
recipient
than
regularly
retained
parental
marrow
the
differences
in
the
relative
abilities
of
parental
mar
rows
to
repopulate
f
mice
cannot
as
yet
be
fully
explained
they
might
be
corre
lated
with
physiological
differences
between
the
parental
marrows
or
with
a
micro
environmental
advantage
of
one
hematopoietic
cell
type
over
another
in
the
irradiated
recipient
immunological
and
physiological
factors
that
might
favor
this
selective
growth
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
429
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pluripotent
stem
cell
function
of
the
mouse
marrow
'lymphocyte'
bone
marrow
from
normal
and
polycythemic
mice
was
filtered
through
glass
wool
columns
to
remove
cells
other
than
'lymphocytes'
for
a
given
number
of
nucleated
cells
filtered
marrow
was
more
efficient
than
the
original
marrow
in
repopulating
the
spleen
of
an
isogenic
recipient
previously
exposed
to
lethal
irradiation
the
proliferative
capacity
of
both
the
filtered
and
unfiltered
marrow
suspensions
ap
peared
to
be
a
constant
function
of
the
number
of
small
and
medium
'lymphocytes'
present
and
not
of
any
other
cell
type
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
43
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
iminoselenazolidin
ones
and
related
compounds
a
series
of
iminoselenazolidin
ones
selenazolidine
diones
and
some
alkylidenehydrazones
have
been
synthesised
wide
range
screening
for
biological
activity
failed
to
reveal
any
compounds
of
promise
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
430
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
unilateral
limb
shield
ing
on
the
haemopoietic
response
of
the
guinea
pig
to
gamma
irradiation
guineapigs
were
exposed
to
r
irradiation
whilst
approx
of
the
total
bone
marrow
was
protect
ed
by
shielding
limbs
quantitative
cell
counts
of
both
the
shielded
and
irradiated
marrow
were
combined
with
observations
on
the
thymus
spleen
and
blood
during
the
recovery
period
and
compared
with
the
effects
of
whole
body
irradiation
following
whole
body
irradiation
r
the
thymus
shows
a
delayed
secondary
cellular
depletion
coinciding
with
a
marked
splenic
hyperplasia
both
phenomena
were
eliminated
by
limb
shielding
the
lymphocytes
in
the
irradiated
marrow
of
partially
shiel
ded
animals
continued
to
show
both
the
overshoot
and
the
secondary
fall
in
numbers
which
characterize
recovery
from
whole
body
irradiation
r
after
an
initial
fall
in
numbers
of
erythroid
and
granulocytic
precursors
the
shielded
marrow
showed
a
temporary
increase
in
granulocytopoiesis
coinciding
with
an
abortive
phase
of
granulocytopoiesis
in
the
irradiated
marrow
there
was
no
evidence
of
any
effective
colonization
of
irradiated
marrow
by
cells
from
the
shielded
marrow
the
signi
ficance
of
these
findings
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
431
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
intravenous
transfusion
of
thymus
cells
and
lymphnode
cells
iii
influence
of
transfused
thymus
cells
and
lymphnode
cells
on
the
bone
marrow
in
rabbits
transfused
with
thymus
cells
and
lymphnode
cells
the
peripheral
blood
and
bone
marrow
were
studied
the
transfusion
of
thymus
cells
caused
a
peripheral
lymphocytosis
and
a
diminution
of
lymphoid
cells
in
the
bone
marrow
of
both
young
and
adult
rabbits
the
transfusion
of
lymphnode
cells
resulted
in
a
peripheral
lympho
penia
and
an
initial
increase
and
a
subsequent
diminution
of
lymphoid
cells
in
the
bone
marrow
it
is
suggested
that
lymphoid
cells
in
the
bone
marrow
may
be
lympho
cytes
which
are
stored
or
discharged
according
to
a
variety
of
conditions
further
more
thymus
cells
are
thought
to
mobilize
lymphocytes
from
the
bone
marrow
to
the
peripheral
blood
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
432
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
hypoxia
iii
the
differential
response
of
the
bone
marrow
to
primary
and
secondary
hypoxia
twenty
five
adult
male
guinea
pigs
were
placed
in
a
decompression
chamber
at
a
simulated
altitude
of
feet
for
days
then
kept
in
ordinary
air
for
days
and
finally
returned
to
the
decompression
chamber
to
be
subjected
to
hypoxia
a
second
time
for
periods
ranging
from
to
days
during
this
period
of
secondary
hypoxia
quantitative
studies
were
made
of
the
changes
in
the
blood
and
bone
marrow
in
secondary
as
in
primary
hypoxia
there
is
a
significant
increase
in
the
nucleated
red
cells
of
the
marrow
in
secondary
hypoxia
however
there
is
a
very
marked
increase
in
the
marrow
lymphocytes
whereas
in
primary
hypoxia
the
lymphocytes
fall
the
marrow
reticulocytes
remain
at
a
fairly
constant
level
despite
marked
fluctuations
in
erythropoiesis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
433
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
lymphocyte
production
in
guinea
pig
bone
marrow
evidence
from
a
variety
of
experiments
indicates
that
lymphocytes
are
produced
in
guinea
pig
bone
marrow
under
certain
conditions
the
numbers
produced
appear
to
be
considerable
during
recovery
from
irradiation
there
are
numerous
telophases
in
marrow
smears
which
appear
to
be
forming
small
lymphocytes
moreover
many
lymphocytes
are
still
found
in
shielded
bone
marrow
after
the
rest
of
the
body
in
cluding
the
conventional
lymphoid
tissues
has
received
lethal
or
supra
lethal
irra
diation
almost
of
these
cells
are
formed
after
the
irradiation
finally
when
bone
marrow
is
cultured
in
the
peritoneal
cavity
of
a
host
whose
own
lymphocyte
production
has
been
suppressed
by
irradiation
small
percentages
of
newly
formed
small
lymphocytes
are
found
in
this
marrow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
434
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
repopulation
of
bone
marrow
in
mice
number
and
type
of
cells
required
for
post
x
irradiation
protection
fractionation
of
cells
from
mouse
bone
marrow
and
autologous
mouse
spleen
indi
cates
that
the
cell
responsible
for
bone
marrow
repopulation
and
x
irradiation
protection
resembles
the
small
lymphocyte
experiments
with
injection
of
different
numbers
of
bone
marrow
and
spleen
cells
and
observations
on
survival
obtained
by
fractional
irradiation
of
the
entire
body
and
of
extirpation
of
the
shielded
spleen
after
irradiation
indicate
that
approximately
x
cells
of
this
type
are
required
to
provide
survival
and
that
approximately
this
number
migrates
from
the
shielded
extremity
or
spleen
of
a
mouse
per
hour
slightly
faster
for
spleen
and
slower
for
bone
marrow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
435
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hyperbasophilic
cells
as
an
indication
of
proliferation
of
bone
marrow
transplanted
to
irradiated
dogs
a
study
was
made
of
hyperbasophilic
cells
which
appeared
following
transplantation
of
bone
marrow
to
irradiated
mongrel
dogs
of
both
sexes
in
the
main
series
of
experiments
the
animals
were
irradiated
with
a
dosage
of
r
using
a
four
tube
rum
x
ray
machine
voltage
kv
current
ma
filters
cu
mm
mm
al
target
distance
cm
rate
r
min
at
days
after
irradiation
a
suspension
of
bone
marrow
cells
in
a
dosage
of
x
nuclear
cells
was
administered
i
v
the
marrow
was
obtained
by
aspiration
from
various
skeletal
bones
or
by
compression
from
the
sternum
ribs
and
other
bones
a
study
was
made
of
the
morphological
composition
of
the
blood
and
bone
marrow
before
irradiation
and
at
and
days
after
irradiation
and
transfusion
of
bone
mar
row
and
thereafter
at
days
intervals
smears
of
blood
and
marrow
were
stained
with
azure
ii
eosin
it
was
found
that
distinctive
cells
with
basophilic
proto
plasm
and
frequent
incidence
of
an
immature
nucleus
were
present
in
the
blood
of
dogs
following
irradiation
with
r
and
transplantation
of
bone
marrow
hyper
basophilic
cells
appeared
in
the
blood
at
days
after
transplantation
and
attained
a
maximum
days
later
thereafter
their
number
diminished
rapidly
the
trend
of
number
of
hyperbasophilic
cells
coincided
with
that
of
other
donor
elements
leukocytes
erythrocytes
hyperbasophilic
cells
were
not
found
during
acute
radia
tion
sickness
in
dogs
which
were
not
given
injections
of
bone
marrow
they
were
found
mth
after
transplantation
of
bone
marrow
to
nonirradiated
puppies
at
days
of
age
when
the
irradiation
dosage
was
increased
to
r
the
number
of
hyperbasophilic
cells
increased
and
attained
a
peak
sooner
than
after
the
r
dosage
such
cells
were
formed
from
the
donor
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
436
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
autoradiographic
studies
of
lymphoid
cells
in
blood
and
bone
marrow
of
nor
mal
and
irradiated
dogs
the
migration
fate
and
turnover
of
lymphoid
cells
in
blood
and
bone
marrow
of
irradiated
and
non
irradiated
dogs
were
studied
by
serial
autoradiography
with
clamping
of
the
hind
legs
during
the
plasma
clear
ance
time
of
h
thymidine
injected
into
an
anterior
vein
in
irradiated
dogs
the
h
thymidine
injection
pro
cedure
was
carried
out
during
the
early
recovery
phase
after
r
of
whole
body
x
irradiation
the
results
on
irradiated
and
normal
dogs
were
described
in
de
tail
migration
of
lymphoid
cells
from
blood
to
marrow
parenchyma
was
confirmed
in
the
irradiated
dogs
con
clusive
evidence
of
transformation
of
these
cells
into
hemopoietic
precursors
was
not
found
the
relative
number
of
large
lymphoid
cells
the
labeling
index
of
the
whole
population
of
lymphoid
cells
and
that
of
small
lymphoid
cells
were
increased
in
irradiated
marrow
few
initially
labeled
small
lymphoid
cells
could
also
be
observed
these
data
indicate
that
the
pattern
of
pro
liferation
of
lymphoid
cells
is
changed
in
irradiated
re
generating
bone
marrow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
437
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lysozyme
in
bone
marrow
and
periph
eral
blood
cells
by
means
of
an
indirect
histochemical
technique
the
intracellular
lysozyme
of
the
formed
elements
of
the
peripheral
blood
and
bone
marrow
was
estimated
evi
dence
is
presented
that
monocytes
as
well
as
mature
neutrophils
and
their
precursors
extending
back
to
the
progranulocyte
contain
significant
amounts
of
this
en
zyme
a
rare
mature
eosinophil
demonstrated
a
trace
of
lysozyme
activity
there
was
no
evidence
of
lyso
zyme
activity
in
basophils
erythrocytes
megakaryo
cytes
platelets
plasma
cells
tissue
mast
cells
or
bone
marrow
reticuloendothelial
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
438
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
proliferative
activity
of
the
lymphatic
tissues
of
rats
as
studied
with
tritium
labelled
thymidine
cytokinetic
data
are
presented
employing
quantitation
of
h
dna
in
the
lymphatic
tissues
of
normal
rats
serially
sacrificed
after
h
tdr
administration
a
marked
difference
in
the
patterns
of
initial
labeling
and
label
loss
was
observed
between
the
thymus
and
peripheral
lymphatic
tissue
the
data
are
compatible
with
other
indica
tions
of
rapid
cell
renewal
in
the
thymus
there
is
suppression
of
initial
uptake
of
h
tdr
into
the
dna
of
each
large
lymphocytic
progenitor
cell
in
the
thymus
appa
rently
because
of
a
feedback
of
thymidine
containing
material
from
small
lympho
cytes
in
the
thymus
depletion
of
the
thymus
of
small
cells
as
by
operative
stress
or
whole
body
x
ray
leads
to
a
marked
increase
in
the
uptake
of
h
tdr
into
the
dna
of
large
thymocytes
this
finding
which
is
in
agreement
with
the
previous
findings
of
sugino
et
al
suggesting
transfer
of
thymine
nucleotides
from
small
thy
mus
lymphocytes
to
precursor
cells
may
or
may
not
be
related
to
the
apparent
transfer
of
dna
label
between
thymic
cells
the
evidence
for
the
latter
consists
of
the
curvilinear
dilution
of
the
dna
label
in
the
thymus
proliferating
cell
population
and
the
relationship
between
the
rate
of
dna
label
dilution
in
large
cells
and
the
dna
in
the
small
cells
in
the
thymus
after
the
dna
label
in
progenitor
cells
in
the
thymus
and
lymph
nodes
has
entered
the
small
cell
population
the
subsequent
dilution
of
grains
in
these
dividing
cells
follows
the
same
slope
as
the
loss
of
radio
activity
from
the
entire
lymph
node
there
is
a
long
retention
of
some
h
dna
label
in
the
dividing
lymph
node
cell
population
this
suggests
that
the
loss
of
radioacti
vity
from
the
dividing
cells
and
from
the
small
cell
population
as
a
whole
occurs
e
qually
this
pattern
prevails
regardless
of
whether
the
percentage
of
large
and
small
cells
is
altered
experimentally
these
findings
can
be
explained
by
an
inter
change
of
the
dna
nuclear
label
between
small
lymphocytes
and
large
lymphocytes
this
could
occur
by
some
process
such
as
phagocytosis
or
pinocytosis
or
by
trans
formation
of
the
small
lymphocyte
into
a
large
dividing
cell
the
data
fit
best
with
the
latter
possibility
all
or
any
of
these
mechanisms
would
lead
to
an
equilibration
of
the
dna
label
between
large
and
small
cells
this
finding
prevents
the
assign
ment
of
a
finite
life
span
to
lymphocytes
on
the
basis
of
dna
labeling
kinetics
ne
vertheless
there
appear
to
be
at
least
two
different
types
of
lymphocytes
one
the
'thymus
type'
lymphocyte
is
found
in
the
thymus
cortex
bone
marrow
and
ger
minal
centers
of
lymphoid
follicles
the
other
type
found
abundantly
in
the
wide
spread
peripheral
lymphatic
tissue
shows
a
very
prolonged
retention
of
dna
la
bel
and
is
believed
to
be
recirculating
'immunologically
committed'
cells
described
by
others
these
cells
do
not
appear
to
enter
the
thymus
cortex
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
439
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
free
and
glucuronic
acid
bound
hydroxy
corticosteroids
in
the
plasma
of
patients
with
cancer
of
the
breast
on
i
v
infusion
of
acth
seventeen
patients
with
advanced
mammary
cancer
were
given
an
infusion
with
u
of
acth
in
hr
and
others
an
infusion
of
u
determinations
were
made
of
the
plasma
hydroxy
corticosteroids
free
and
bound
to
glucuronic
acid
both
before
and
after
the
infusion
in
rapidly
growing
carcinomas
high
initial
values
were
found
for
the
free
corticosteroids
more
than
ug
ml
of
plasma
the
ratio
of
free
to
bound
corticosteroids
is
for
stage
iv
patients
on
the
average
and
approximately
for
the
mixed
forms
stage
iv
m
these
ratios
are
not
altered
by
acth
shifts
in
the
ratio
of
free
to
bound
corticosteroids
with
acth
treatment
can
be
seen
depending
on
the
initial
value
of
the
free
corticosteroids
the
administration
of
u
is
enough
and
the
hr
value
is
some
related
to
a
maximal
stimulation
with
u
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
44
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
influence
of
methemoglobinemia
on
the
lethality
of
some
toxic
anions
azide
the
time
course
and
extent
of
the
methemoglobinemia
induced
by
intraperitoneal
sodium
nitrite
and
p
aminopropiophenone
papp
have
been
characterized
in
female
mice
the
peak
methemoglobin
formation
is
achieved
in
about
minutes
comparable
levels
from
papp
mg
kg
are
achieved
more
quickly
between
and
minutes
but
decline
more
rapidly
to
normal
both
nitrite
and
papp
induced
methemoglobinemia
afford
a
significant
degree
of
protection
against
poisoning
by
sodium
azide
when
administered
in
an
appropriate
time
sequence
it
was
not
possible
under
the
same
circumstances
to
protect
mice
against
death
from
fluoride
cyanate
thiocyanate
selenate
or
borate
although
some
prolongation
of
survival
time
was
seen
after
fluoride
the
formation
of
the
azide
methemoglobin
complex
has
been
demonstrated
within
intact
mouse
red
blood
cells
and
small
amounts
of
the
complex
were
identified
in
vivo
in
an
antidotal
situation
we
think
it
important
that
the
protective
action
of
methemoglobinemia
has
been
demonstrated
to
date
only
against
established
inhibitors
of
cytochrome
oxidase
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
440
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
reduced
estriol
excretion
in
patients
with
breast
cancer
prior
to
endocrine
therapy
the
urinary
quotient
of
estriol
estrone
estradiol
b
eq
was
measured
chemically
in
women
with
and
without
breast
cancer
as
an
in
dex
of
the
ratio
of
noncarcinogenic
impeded
es
trogens
to
mammary
carcinogenic
estrogens
in
controls
the
median
eq
was
before
and
after
menopause
with
only
of
the
patients
sub
normal
in
breast
cancer
patients
without
endo
crine
treatment
or
recent
surgery
the
median
eq
was
and
respectively
with
of
the
pa
tients
subnormal
after
major
surgery
or
hormo
nal
therapy
only
of
patients
were
subnor
mal
no
remissions
being
observed
unless
the
eq
rose
toward
normal
matching
of
controls
and
patients
in
pairs
by
age
and
ovarian
status
in
the
wilcoxon
test
indicated
that
the
decreased
eq
ex
creted
in
untreated
cancer
was
significant
at
the
confidence
level
the
marked
increase
in
eq
induced
by
castration
and
androgen
estrogen
and
corticosteroid
therapy
suggests
that
normaliza
tion
of
a
precancerous
metabolic
imbalance
be
tween
impeded
and
active
estrogens
derived
from
ovarian
and
adrenocortical
sources
contributed
to
arrested
growth
of
estradiol
dependent
metastases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
441
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
urinary
excretion
of
estrone
estradiol
and
estriol
by
pa
tients
with
breast
cancer
and
benign
breast
disease
premenopausal
patients
with
breast
cancer
and
benign
breast
disease
appear
to
ex
crete
a
significantly
lower
percentage
of
the
total
estrogen
as
estrone
and
a
signifi
cantly
higher
percentage
as
estriol
than
women
in
the
premenopausal
control
group
there
was
no
significant
difference
in
the
excretion
of
total
estrogen
between
cancer
groups
and
controls
in
good
health
postmenopausal
patients
with
cancer
excreted
higher
levels
of
estriol
than
postmenopausal
control
groups
the
increase
in
estriol
excretion
cannot
be
explained
by
debilitation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
442
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
systemic
effects
of
androgenic
and
estrogenic
hormones
in
advanced
breast
cancer
the
systemic
effects
of
diethylstilbestrol
patients
testosterone
propionate
patients
and
both
hormones
patients
were
studied
during
the
treatment
six
weeks
to
over
three
months
of
advanced
breast
cancer
in
postmenopausal
women
serious
complications
included
induced
hypercalcemia
and
fluid
re
tention
physiologic
effects
such
as
urinary
incontinence
diethylstilbestrol
virilization
testosterone
or
nausea
and
vomiting
did
not
necessitate
disconti
nuance
of
treatment
androgenic
therapy
stimulated
erythropoiesis
observa
tions
on
the
systemic
reactions
to
these
hormonal
agents
definitely
contribute
to
the
evaluation
of
sex
steroid
therapy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
443
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
on
the
hydroxycorti
costeroids
in
the
plasma
in
various
stages
of
cancer
and
other
diseases
of
the
breast
the
reducing
effect
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
on
the
plasma
corticosteroids
is
on
the
average
shortened
in
advanced
stage
iv
cases
of
breast
cancer
in
groups
of
patients
the
lowest
corticosteroid
levels
were
found
up
to
hr
after
infusion
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
phosphate
in
patients
with
mastopathy
the
effect
was
still
detectable
hr
later
in
patients
with
breast
cancer
in
stage
iv
the
initial
levels
were
reached
at
that
time
in
cases
with
stages
i
and
ii
lesions
the
findings
were
intermediate
the
shortening
is
attributed
to
a
more
intensive
transformation
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
in
advanced
cases
of
breast
cancer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
444
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
urinary
excretion
of
estrone
estradiol
and
estriol
by
patients
with
prostatic
cancer
and
benign
prostatic
hypertrophy
and
hopkins
c
e
urinary
estrone
estradiol
and
estriol
fractions
excreted
by
patients
with
prostatic
cancer
patients
with
benign
hypertrophy
and
clinically
well
subjects
were
assayed
to
determine
whether
differences
exist
absolute
levels
of
estrone
estradiol
and
estriol
fractions
were
not
significantly
different
the
excretion
of
relatively
lower
levels
of
estrone
and
estradiol
and
relatively
higher
levels
of
estriol
by
patients
with
prostatic
cancer
compared
to
clinically
well
subjects
resulted
in
significantly
lower
proportions
of
the
total
estrogen
being
excreted
as
estrone
and
estradiol
differences
in
the
proportions
of
estrogen
frac
tions
between
patients
with
benign
hypertrophy
and
clinically
well
subjects
were
not
significant
with
the
exception
of
a
significantly
higher
percentage
of
the
total
estrogen
being
excreted
as
estrone
by
the
patients
with
benign
hypertrophy
differences
between
that
group
and
the
cancer
group
were
also
not
significant
clinical
variations
between
the
groups
and
within
the
cancer
and
hypertrophy
groups
preclude
assignment
of
significant
differences
to
prostatic
dystrophies
alone
cancer
patients
experiencing
inanition
due
to
a
loss
of
appetite
excreted
significantly
lower
levels
of
estrone
than
patients
who
reported
no
loss
of
appetite
significantly
lower
levels
of
estrone
were
excreted
by
patients
with
benign
hyper
trophy
hospitalized
days
or
more
compared
to
patients
hospitalized
days
or
less
a
significantly
higher
urinary
estrone
androsterone
ratio
was
present
in
the
cancer
group
than
in
the
clinically
well
group
it
is
not
believed
however
that
an
arbi
trary
ratio
can
be
used
to
suggest
an
internal
estrogen
androgen
imbalance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
445
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
enzymic
synthesis
of
steroid
sulfates
ii
presence
of
steroid
sulfo
kinase
in
human
mammary
carcinoma
extracts
extracts
of
human
primary
and
secondary
mammary
carcinomas
were
shown
to
contain
steroid
sulfokinase
s
in
every
case
examined
examination
of
normal
breast
tissue
surrounding
the
tumors
revealed
very
weak
steroid
sulfokinase
activity
in
some
instances
this
was
thought
to
be
due
to
the
fibrous
nature
and
poor
cellularity
of
the
normal
breast
tissue
normal
ovarian
tissue
specimens
obtained
from
cancer
patients
undergoing
oophorectomy
did
not
generally
contain
the
enzyme
but
trace
levels
were
detected
in
of
specimens
examined
steroids
without
necessarily
showing
conversion
to
steroid
sulfate
were
observed
to
increase
the
incorporation
of
s
sulfate
into
one
of
the
products
formed
enzy
mically
on
incubating
breast
tissue
extracts
with
s
adenosine
'
phosphate
'
phosphosulfate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
446
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
steroid
excretion
in
early
breast
cancer
patients
with
advanced
breast
cancer
who
subsequently
fail
to
respond
to
adrenalec
tomy
or
hypophysectomy
have
been
found
to
excrete
abnormal
amounts
of
the
urinary
metabolites
of
androgen
and
cortisol
when
similar
measurements
are
carried
out
on
patients
with
early
breast
cancer
it
is
found
that
approximately
half
the
cases
presenting
for
mastectomy
are
also
excreting
abnormal
amounts
of
these
steroids
subsequent
follow
up
shows
that
these
cases
tend
to
have
a
poor
progno
sis
and
a
trial
had
therefore
been
started
in
which
the
abnormality
is
being
cor
rected
in
addition
it
seems
possible
that
the
deficiency
in
adrogen
excretion
may
precede
the
onset
of
the
disease
this
problem
is
being
investigated
in
a
trial
involving
urinary
steroid
estimations
in
normal
women
the
measurements
are
being
compared
with
the
subsequent
development
of
breast
cancer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
447
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
excretion
of
oestrone
pregnanediol
and
pregnanetriol
in
breast
cancer
patients
i
excretion
after
spontaneous
menopause
the
urinary
excretion
of
oestrone
pregnanediol
and
pregnanetriol
was
determined
in
a
series
of
postmenopausal
breast
cancer
patients
receiving
no
endocrine
treat
ment
the
steroid
excretion
was
studied
both
in
relation
to
the
age
of
the
patients
as
well
as
in
relation
to
the
time
elapsed
since
the
last
menstrual
cycle
the
results
indicate
that
after
an
initial
slow
decrease
from
the
age
of
the
menopause
onward
the
excretion
of
oestrone
and
preganediol
increases
again
a
new
maximum
was
found
in
the
group
yr
after
the
menopause
the
excretion
of
pregnanetriol
however
remains
relatively
constant
after
a
more
rapid
fall
during
the
first
few
years
after
the
menopause
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
448
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
excretion
of
oestrone
pregnanediol
and
pregnanetriol
in
breast
cancer
patients
ii
effect
of
ovariectomy
ovarian
irradiation
and
corticos
teroids
the
urinary
excretion
of
oestrone
pregnanediol
and
pregnanetriol
was
determined
in
breast
cancer
patients
at
different
stages
of
their
endocrine
treatment
the
results
demonstrate
that
corticosteroids
in
substitution
doses
cortisone
mg
daily
or
prednisone
mg
daily
divided
in
daily
doses
are
very
effective
in
depressing
the
excretion
of
all
steroids
in
postmenopausal
patients
this
is
in
agreement
with
the
clinical
impression
that
these
easily
tolerated
small
doses
of
corticosteroids
have
the
same
therapeutic
effect
as
adrenalectomy
in
patients
with
breast
cancer
the
results
indicate
that
the
ovaries
may
contribute
to
the
production
of
oestrogens
for
many
years
after
the
menopause
and
that
this
production
is
depressed
by
ovarian
irradiation
this
is
in
agreement
with
the
clinical
observation
that
ovarian
irra
diation
has
a
therapeutic
value
in
postmenopausal
women
with
breast
cancer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
449
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
estimation
of
the
urinary
ketosteroids
in
the
diagnosis
of
car
cinoma
of
the
prostate
in
patients
with
histologically
confirmed
carcinoma
and
in
patients
with
confirmed
benign
hyperplasia
of
the
prostate
the
amount
of
neutral
ketosteroids
was
estimated
in
hr
samples
of
urine
the
results
revealed
that
contrary
to
reports
in
the
literature
this
diagnostic
method
is
quite
unreliable
raised
ketosteroid
levels
were
found
also
in
a
high
percentage
of
control
subjects
moreover
the
estimation
of
ketosteroids
is
a
very
laborious
biochemical
method
and
involves
a
relatively
great
experimental
error
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
45
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selenium
as
a
trace
element
an
account
is
given
of
the
discovery
of
selenium
by
berzelius
and
gahn
the
toxic
behaviour
of
large
selenium
quantities
in
soils
upon
vegetation
animals
and
man
is
surveyed
a
review
is
also
given
of
the
role
of
trace
amounts
of
selenium
in
the
prevention
of
myopathies
in
animals
finally
some
recent
theories
on
the
importance
of
retinal
selenium
to
vision
are
mentioned
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
450
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
influence
of
small
doses
of
corticosteroids
on
the
excretion
of
pregnanetriol
and
oestrone
in
a
series
of
patients
with
breast
cancer
excretion
of
oestrone
and
pregnanetriol
was
determined
with
administration
of
corticosteroids
oestrone
excretion
in
postmenopausal
women
diminished
a
decrease
of
pregnanetriol
ex
cretion
values
was
observed
as
well
evidently
a
low
oestrone
excretion
in
patients
subjected
to
corticosteroid
therapy
is
due
to
a
depression
of
the
adrenal
function
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
451
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
urinary
ii
deoxy
oxosteroids
in
british
and
japanese
women
with
reference
to
the
incidence
of
breast
cancer
japanese
women
excrete
more
andosterene
a
relative
to
aetiocholanone
b
than
do
british
women
living
in
tokyo
the
mean
a
b
ratio
in
the
former
is
and
in
the
latter
and
these
means
differ
significantly
the
ratio
is
markedly
affected
by
thyroid
function
and
thyroid
disease
has
been
reported
to
affect
the
incidence
of
breast
cancer
which
in
japan
is
only
one
eighth
of
that
in
white
women
in
north
america
or
great
britain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
452
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
plasma
ketosteroids
and
hydrocorticosteroids
in
women
with
breast
cancer
in
women
in
the
menopause
with
breast
cancer
the
mean
level
of
plasma
ketosteroids
ks
and
hydroxycorticosteroids
ohcs
was
significantly
higher
than
in
normal
women
of
equivalent
age
in
young
women
only
the
level
of
the
plasma
ohcs
was
significantly
higher
than
normal
in
menopausal
women
with
breast
cancer
whether
treated
or
not
there
is
no
correlation
between
the
level
of
the
plasma
ks
and
that
of
ohcs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
453
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
urinary
porter
silber
chromogens
following
intravenous
metho
pyrapone
and
acth
in
patients
with
breast
cancer
urinary
porter
silber
chromogens
have
been
measured
in
groups
of
patients
with
breast
cancer
before
during
and
after
intravenous
methopyrapone
and
acth
administration
the
control
group
consisted
of
females
free
of
disease
years
or
more
following
mastectomy
while
the
study
group
had
documented
metastatic
disease
no
significant
difference
in
the
urinary
porter
silber
chromo
gens
was
found
between
the
groups
on
any
day
during
the
course
of
the
study
and
were
within
the
range
of
normal
as
measured
in
this
laboratory
it
is
concluded
that
the
functional
reserve
capacity
for
both
pituitary
acth
secretion
and
adreno
cortical
steroidogenesis
in
patients
with
advanced
metastatic
breast
cancer
is
rela
tively
normal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
454
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
amyloidosis
in
the
autopsy
material
of
the
pathology
department
of
tuberculosis
institute
warsaw
in
the
autopsy
material
of
the
pathology
department
of
the
tuberculosis
institute
in
included
postmortem
examinations
of
patients
who
died
from
tuberculo
sis
in
cases
tuberculosis
was
complicated
by
amyloidosis
in
amy
loidosis
accounted
for
of
the
cases
in
this
percentage
was
there
was
no
difference
in
the
incidence
between
men
and
women
the
only
difference
between
the
two
sexes
was
that
the
peak
tuberculosis
fatality
curve
in
men
was
in
the
years
age
group
and
that
of
amyloidosis
at
the
age
group
while
in
women
the
greatest
number
of
death
from
tuberculosis
was
in
the
age
group
and
from
amyloidosis
in
the
age
group
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
455
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
certain
features
of
the
haemogram
in
patients
with
pulmonary
tuberculosis
complicated
by
amyloidosis
russian
regression
of
amyloidosis
in
the
early
stages
seems
possible
and
for
this
reason
russian
clinicians
are
exploring
the
possibilities
of
finding
means
of
early
diagnosis
of
this
complication
the
author
studied
complete
clinical
blood
analyses
made
in
patients
viz
with
chronic
fibrocavernous
and
cirrhotic
forms
of
tb
com
plicated
by
amyloidosis
and
with
the
same
forms
of
tb
without
amyloidosis
from
detailed
serial
study
of
the
haemogram
in
patients
with
pulmonary
tb
it
is
possible
to
diagnose
associated
amyloidosis
of
the
internal
organs
in
its
initial
stage
the
presence
of
amyloidosis
of
the
internal
organs
can
be
inferred
from
the
following
changes
in
the
blood
picture
a
the
appearance
of
normochromic
and
hypochromic
anaemia
in
patients
with
various
forms
of
tb
with
the
exception
of
tb
of
the
kidneys
intestinal
tract
or
larynx
and
of
caseous
lymph
nodes
b
progressive
increase
in
the
leucocyte
count
with
a
neutrophil
shift
to
the
left
not
corresponding
with
a
phase
of
quiescence
of
the
main
disease
c
consistently
high
esr
in
the
absence
of
an
active
process
d
thrombocytosis
in
the
phase
of
subsidence
of
a
flare
up
and
also
changes
in
the
thrombocytic
formula
tending
towards
the
appearance
of
de
generative
forms
and
old
and
mature
thrombocytes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
456
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
diffuse
tracheo
bronchial
amyloidosis
a
rare
variant
of
a
protean
disease
a
patient
with
diffuse
tracheo
bronchial
amyloidosis
is
described
brief
clinical
details
supplement
those
published
in
a
previous
report
prowse
and
are
followed
by
an
account
of
the
necropsy
findings
and
the
histological
appearances
at
the
site
of
amyloid
deposition
the
literature
is
reviewed
and
arguments
are
advanced
in
favour
of
a
common
aetiology
for
amyloidosis
in
all
its
forms
if
this
acts
through
the
immunity
mechanism
it
is
suggested
that
variations
in
the
site
strength
duration
and
frequency
of
the
antigen
stimulus
and
the
antibody
response
may
determine
the
nature
and
distribution
of
the
amyloid
deposits
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
457
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
modern
methods
of
treatment
of
visceral
amyloidosis
in
patients
with
pulmonary
tuberculosis
russian
the
immediate
and
long
term
results
of
treatment
during
of
patients
with
pulmonary
tuberculosis
complicated
by
amyloidosis
were
studied
hormonal
corticosteroid
therapy
is
the
pathogenetic
treatment
for
visceral
amyloidosis
and
is
indicated
in
the
proteinuric
and
early
edema
hypotonic
phase
of
amyloidosis
when
the
functional
capacity
of
the
kidneys
and
the
liver
is
still
adequate
in
the
azotemic
phase
of
amyloidosis
hormonal
corticosteroid
therapy
is
not
indicated
since
it
leads
to
rapid
deterioration
in
the
patient's
condition
since
hypoxemia
is
one
of
the
main
factors
in
the
pathogenesis
of
amyloidosis
oxygen
therapy
is
rational
patho
genetic
therapy
for
patients
with
pulmonary
tuberculosis
complicated
by
hypoxemia
and
with
symptoms
of
the
proteinuric
or
edema
hypotonic
phase
of
amyloidosis
without
ascites
in
the
form
of
subcutaneous
introduction
of
oxygen
or
oxy
geno
peritoneum
in
patients
with
pulmonary
tuberculosis
surgical
interven
tion
on
account
of
the
main
process
is
indicated
only
in
the
early
stages
of
amyloi
dosis
when
pronounced
functional
disorders
of
the
kidneys
and
liver
are
absent
co
joint
therapy
using
protein
vitamins
particularly
ascorbic
acid
hormonal
corticos
teroid
preparations
oxygen
and
desensitizing
agents
and
elimination
of
all
foci
of
infection
is
indicated
in
treatment
of
pulmonary
tuberculosis
with
even
the
earliest
signs
of
amyloidosis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
458
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
needle
biopsy
of
the
liver
in
the
diagnosis
of
visceral
amyloidosis
in
patients
with
pulmonary
tuberculosis
russian
the
results
of
puncture
biopsies
of
the
liver
in
patients
with
pulmonary
tuber
culosis
men
and
women
aged
from
to
yr
for
the
purpose
of
diagnosing
amyloidosis
are
reported
puncture
was
performed
when
amyloidosis
was
suspected
on
the
basis
of
the
case
history
destructive
process
of
more
than
years'
duration
clinical
signs
in
the
form
of
enlargement
of
the
liver
and
spleen
edema
changes
in
the
blood
picture
and
blood
protein
formula
and
changes
in
the
urine
proteinuria
cylindruria
isohyposthenuria
amyloidosis
was
diagnosed
or
its
presence
surmised
before
puncture
in
patients
the
puncture
biopsy
confirmed
the
diagnosis
in
and
refuted
it
in
of
them
in
patients
without
clinical
symptoms
amyloidosis
was
diagnosed
on
the
basis
of
the
puncture
biopsy
alone
in
cases
with
fatal
out
come
the
post
mortem
findings
coincided
with
the
results
of
the
bioptic
puncture
of
the
patients
in
whom
amyloidosis
was
not
detected
by
biopsy
had
moderate
dystrophic
changes
and
had
marked
dystrophic
changes
while
in
cases
no
patho
logical
changes
were
found
of
these
patients
later
developed
amyloidosis
these
findings
supported
the
contention
that
liver
amyloidosis
is
linked
with
dystrophic
changes
in
the
epithelial
cells
marked
dystrophic
changes
can
precede
amyloidosis
or
may
occur
simultaneously
with
it
moderate
dystrophic
changes
are
quite
common
in
patients
with
an
exacerbating
tuberculous
process
in
the
lungs
the
wide
applica
tion
of
bioptic
puncture
of
the
liver
in
indicated
cases
can
increase
our
knowledge
of
the
morphological
changes
taking
place
in
the
liver
in
tb
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
459
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
role
of
certain
additional
factors
in
the
development
of
amyloidosis
and
its
prophylaxis
in
patients
with
pulmonary
tuberculosis
russian
in
patients
with
chronic
fibrocavernous
tuberculosis
of
the
lungs
any
toxic
aller
gic
side
reactions
to
antibacterial
therapy
chronic
foci
or
infection
and
diseases
with
an
allergic
component
can
contribute
to
the
development
of
amyloidosis
the
early
detection
and
clearing
of
chronic
foci
of
infection
and
effective
measures
against
even
mildly
pronounced
toxic
allergic
side
reactions
are
of
prime
impor
tance
in
the
prevention
of
amyloidosis
the
unsystematic
and
prolonged
administra
tion
of
antibacterial
preparations
along
with
their
toxic
side
effects
tends
to
in
crease
the
incidence
of
amyloidosis
in
patients
with
chronic
fibrocavernous
pulmon
ary
tb
individual
constitutional
factors
are
of
great
importance
in
the
development
of
side
effects
side
reactions
to
chemopreparations
in
cases
of
hypofunction
of
the
liver
and
kidneys
and
autonomic
dysfunction
promote
the
development
of
dys
trophic
processes
as
is
confirmed
by
the
high
frequency
of
toxic
allergic
reac
tions
in
patients
with
fibrocavernous
pulmonary
tb
who
later
develop
amyloidosis
the
administration
of
desensitizing
drugs
to
patients
showing
side
reactions
there
fore
helps
to
prevent
amyloidosis
in
cases
of
chronic
fibrocavernous
tb
and
chemo
therapy
should
be
automatically
combined
with
the
administration
of
desensitizing
and
stimulatory
drugs
in
this
class
of
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
46
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
toxicity
of
inorganic
selenium
salts
to
chick
embryos
the
effects
of
selenite
and
selenate
treatment
by
air
cell
injection
on
mortality
and
growth
of
day
chick
embryos
during
a
hour
period
were
studied
the
ld
for
selenite
se
was
about
ppm
based
on
weight
of
the
egg
contents
and
that
for
selenate
se
about
ppm
growth
depression
was
evident
from
these
treatments
but
other
gross
effects
were
not
prominent
the
treatment
of
embryos
with
selenite
and
sulfate
together
caused
a
greater
mortality
than
treatment
with
selenite
alone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
460
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
decrease
of
the
steroids
in
the
urine
in
the
course
of
lung
tb
the
therapeutic
value
of
their
increase
after
calciferol
quantitative
determination
of
the
urinary
steroids
in
patients
with
extensive
ul
cero
caseous
pulmonary
tb
confirmed
that
the
ketosteroids
are
always
decreased
in
these
cases
calciferol
in
the
form
of
one
ampoule
of
vit
d
of
u
every
days
in
combination
with
active
tuberculostatic
drugs
in
the
majority
of
the
cases
leads
to
an
increase
of
the
urinary
ketosteroids
from
to
in
mth
it
appears
that
the
calciferol
exerts
its
action
through
proteolysis
it
stimulates
the
liquefaction
and
evacuation
of
the
caseous
material
this
proteolytic
effect
is
related
to
that
of
the
mineralocorticoids
which
are
phlogistic
and
proteolytic
sub
stances
calciferol
offers
the
advantage
over
these
substances
that
it
does
not
affect
the
electrolytes
and
is
well
tolerated
by
the
organism
for
this
reason
good
results
may
be
expected
from
its
administration
in
cases
of
extensive
pulmonary
tb
in
which
the
myc
tuberculosis
has
remained
sensitive
to
the
administered
tuberculostic
drugs
but
nevertheless
does
not
proceed
towards
recovery
because
of
the
marked
caseous
lesions
in
such
cases
calciferol
treatment
leads
to
a
rapid
and
pronounced
decrease
of
the
radiological
shadows
improves
the
general
condition
and
also
modifies
the
steroid
metabolism
rendered
abnormal
by
the
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
461
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
development
of
amylosis
in
less
than
months
in
the
course
of
a
primary
tb
infection
the
case
is
reported
of
a
previously
healthy
young
north
african
male
in
whom
a
post
primary
ulcero
infiltrative
tb
in
less
than
mth
led
to
the
development
of
visceral
amyloidosis
which
could
be
confirmed
by
biopsies
of
the
kidney
and
liver
during
treatment
with
antibiotics
the
hepatic
amyloidosis
regressed
parallel
with
the
improvement
of
the
tb
and
the
biological
signs
of
the
renal
amyloidosis
dis
appeared
with
the
exception
of
a
pronounced
proteinuria
the
persistence
of
which
renders
the
long
term
prognosis
highly
doubtful
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
462
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
relations
between
lupus
erythematosus
and
diseases
of
the
lympho
reticular
system
a
case
report
of
a
patient
with
led
aged
years
who
developed
secondarily
a
lymphoblastic
sarcoma
when
the
sarcomatous
degeneration
of
the
lympho
reticular
system
became
apparent
the
serological
and
immuno
hematological
tests
typical
for
led
were
negative
to
interpret
the
observation
further
patients
with
lymphogranuloma
lymphosarcoma
leukemias
other
malignant
tumors
sar
coidosis
and
tuberculosis
were
investigated
serologically
and
immunohematolo
gically
antinuclear
factors
were
found
in
serum
of
patients
with
lymphogranulo
ma
one
patient
with
anaplastic
carcinoma
and
one
patient
with
metastasizing
mixed
parotid
tumor
the
identity
of
the
antinuclear
antibodies
with
those
found
in
led
could
not
be
proved
by
different
methods
the
importance
of
certain
diseases
of
the
lympho
reticular
system
for
the
production
of
antinuclear
factors
was
dis
cussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
463
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
value
and
significance
of
the
prednisolone
test
in
diseases
of
the
kidney
twelve
normal
subjects
cases
of
tubulo
interstitial
nephropathy
cases
of
glomerular
nephropathy
and
cases
of
other
renal
disorders
were
investigated
all
patients
were
given
a
prednisolone
test
with
urine
culture
before
and
after
the
test
and
in
many
instances
determination
of
the
urinary
osmolarity
the
urinary
sediment
was
examined
with
the
sternheimer
and
malbin
staining
technique
and
with
the
peroxydase
stain
to
investigate
the
urinary
cytology
with
the
criteria
adopted
the
test
was
negative
in
the
normals
and
was
positive
in
of
the
cases
of
chronic
pyelonephritis
and
in
of
the
remaining
cases
of
unequivocally
non
infectious
renal
disease
the
increase
of
the
urinary
bacterial
count
after
cortico
steroid
administration
and
investigation
of
the
various
components
of
the
urinary
sediment
also
supplied
useful
diagnostic
information
on
the
contrary
the
stern
heimer
malbin
stain
for
the
urinary
sediment
proved
of
little
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
464
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
tumoral
amyloidosis
of
the
lung
an
incidental
finding
at
necropsy
on
a
woman
aged
was
a
tumor
like
mass
x
x
cm
in
the
lower
lobe
of
the
left
lung
the
detailed
structure
of
this
may
suggested
angioma
of
hamartoma
the
stroma
and
some
vessels
contained
amyloid
amyloid
is
not
uncommon
in
the
stroma
of
tumors
a
summary
of
tumoral
amyloid
cases
reported
by
others
is
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
465
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experimental
amyloidosis
in
immunity
much
of
interest
in
the
mechanism
of
experimental
amyloidosis
as
a
result
of
the
parenteral
introduction
of
foreign
protein
has
been
centered
around
the
nature
of
the
links
leading
to
cytological
and
biochemical
changes
in
tissues
and
body
fluids
some
of
the
authors
suggested
that
such
links
may
be
of
immunological
nature
there
is
however
no
clear
cut
proof
either
in
favor
of
or
against
the
theory
of
an
immunological
origin
of
amyloid
since
injection
of
proteins
during
the
perinatal
period
prevents
an
immune
response
when
the
animal
is
subsequently
challenged
with
the
same
antigen
the
authors
studied
amyloidosis
caused
by
casein
in
mice
treated
after
birth
with
this
protein
mice
exposed
soon
after
birth
to
casein
ac
quire
an
immune
tolerance
to
this
antigen
this
was
demonstrated
by
the
absence
of
circulating
antibodies
as
measured
by
the
disappearance
of
i
labeled
casein
from
the
circulation
and
by
means
of
passive
hemagglutination
tests
with
ascitic
fluids
both
tolerant
and
control
animals
developed
amyloidosis
to
the
same
extent
the
results
imply
that
the
pathogenesis
of
amyloidosis
does
not
rest
upon
a
classic
immunological
basis
they
do
not
exclude
the
possibility
that
the
disease
may
be
due
to
some
auto
immune
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
466
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electron
microscopic
study
of
six
cases
of
human
renal
amyloidosis
this
study
is
particularly
concerned
with
a
the
basal
membrane
in
the
different
stages
and
b
the
intercapillary
spaces
in
the
early
stages
the
conclusions
may
be
put
as
follows
the
amyloid
substance
seems
to
have
a
fibrillar
structure
from
the
start
when
the
walls
of
the
peripheral
capillary
loops
are
thickened
by
voluminous
amyloid
deposits
the
hyaline
aspect
of
the
primitive
basal
membrane
persists
but
its
structure
is
altered
by
the
presence
of
multiple
amyloid
fibrils
on
the
other
hand
in
the
initial
stages
amyloid
fibrils
cannot
be
seen
in
the
'lamina
densa'
of
the
basal
membrane
they
only
appear
on
the
epithelial
and
endo
thelial
surfaces
of
the
membrane
this
suggests
that
amyloidosis
represents
an
abnormal
precipitate
of
extrinsic
origin
rather
than
a
transformation
'in
situ'
of
the
basal
membrane
in
the
very
early
stages
of
amyloid
infiltration
into
the
glomeruli
the
fibrillar
substance
is
found
first
in
the
intercapillary
spaces
only
later
does
it
reach
the
peripheral
capillary
walls
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
467
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
morphology
and
development
of
infectious
toxic
affections
of
the
kidneys
in
pulmonary
tuberculosis
russian
the
kidneys
of
patients
dead
from
tb
of
the
lungs
and
of
rabbits
with
pulmonary
tb
were
examined
the
first
lesions
develop
in
the
glomeruli
followed
by
changes
in
the
stroma
and
tubules
infectious
toxic
affection
of
the
kidneys
is
a
complex
and
prolonged
process
involving
organic
immune
reactions
lymphostasis
venous
stasis
and
finally
nephrosclerosis
infectious
toxic
lesions
were
found
in
one
third
of
the
patients
who
died
of
pulmonary
tb
these
changes
had
produced
clinical
manifestations
on
the
basis
of
which
the
following
affections
had
been
diagnosed
nephritis
nephrosis
amyloi
dosis
antibacterial
therapy
of
the
pulmonary
process
reduced
the
renal
lesions
how
ever
severe
infectious
toxic
affection
of
the
kidneys
may
develop
after
recovery
from
pulmonary
tb
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
468
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
diffuse
nodular
amyloidosis
of
the
lungs
in
a
year
old
man
who
yr
previously
had
ceased
working
in
an
aluminium
factory
and
who
had
died
from
respiratory
insufficiency
the
postmortem
examination
revealed
disseminated
nodules
in
the
lungs
the
nodules
were
sharply
defined
of
a
greyish
color
and
of
a
doughy
consistency
and
could
easily
be
removed
from
their
capsules
the
diagnosis
of
amyloidosis
was
made
on
the
basis
of
the
histological
findings
the
staining
qualities
of
the
material
its
intraseptal
and
periarteriolar
localization
and
the
existence
of
plasmocytic
infiltrates
and
foreign
body
giant
cell
granulomas
amyloid
deposits
were
also
found
in
the
spleen
kidney
and
some
coronary
branches
in
regard
to
the
pathogenesis
it
is
suggested
that
the
exposure
to
aluminium
products
for
more
than
yr
might
have
constituted
a
predisposing
factor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
469
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
bacterial
induction
of
homograft
sensitivity
ii
effects
of
sensitization
with
staphylococci
and
other
microorganisms
heat
killed
strains
of
staph
aureus
and
staph
albus
can
induce
in
guinea
pigs
a
state
of
altered
reactivity
to
skin
homografts
which
is
indistinguishable
from
that
which
results
from
sensitization
with
homologous
tissues
or
group
a
streptococci
challenge
of
suitably
prepared
recipients
with
st
set
skin
homografts
obtained
from
unrelated
randomly
selected
donors
elicits
white
graft
reactions
or
accelera
ted
rejections
of
such
grafts
other
bacteria
tested
included
lancefield
streptococcal
groups
b
c
d
e
g
h
l
and
o
pneumococcus
types
ii
iii
xiv
and
a
rough
strain
c
xerosis
b
subtilis
e
coli
a
aerogenes
s
typhimurium
pr
vul
garis
n
catarrhalis
h
influenzae
and
human
virulent
strains
of
myc
tuber
culosis
none
of
these
microorganisms
was
active
in
the
induction
of
homograft
sensitivity
in
the
guinea
pig
pretreatment
of
recipients
with
gram
negative
bac
terial
suspensions
was
associated
with
a
slight
increase
in
the
mean
survival
time
of
st
set
skin
homografts
results
of
this
study
suggest
the
presence
in
staphylo
cocci
as
well
as
in
group
a
streptococci
of
antigens
related
in
their
biologic
ef
fects
to
tissue
transplantation
antigens
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
47
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lesions
of
the
islets
of
langerhans
during
injections
of
sodium
selenite
administered
intravenously
sodium
selenite
was
administered
intravenously
in
rabbits
and
in
dogs
repeated
injections
can
lead
to
the
development
of
a
diabetic
syndrome
in
the
rabbit
the
histological
examination
of
the
pancreas
in
the
poisoned
animals
dogs
and
rabbits
has
shown
the
existence
of
lesions
of
the
islets
of
langerhans
mostly
of
the
b
cells
which
lose
their
granules
partly
or
completely
these
changes
seem
analogous
to
the
ones
produced
by
alloxan
these
two
poisons
act
at
first
by
inactivating
the
sh
groups
which
leads
to
a
deficiency
to
which
the
b
cells
are
very
sensitive
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
470
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
structure
and
function
of
cross
linked
dna
i
reversible
denaturation
and
bacillus
subtilis
transformation
reaction
of
nitrous
acid
with
dna
results
in
covalent
linkage
of
complementary
polynucleotide
strands
the
resulting
material
denatures
reversibly
and
retains
biological
activity
in
bacterial
transformation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
471
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
mechanism
of
messenger
rna
replication
in
bacteria
the
transformation
of
bacillus
subtilis
sb
his
tryp
by
two
linked
genetic
mar
kers
under
the
action
of
hybrid
molecules
of
dna
was
investigated
the
molecular
hybrids
were
obtained
by
thermal
denaturation
and
annealing
of
a
mixture
of
two
dna's
each
one
extracted
from
a
single
auxotrophic
strain
h
his
and
tryp
the
formation
of
the
heterozygous
dna
double
helices
was
proved
by
special
experi
ments
the
transformation
procedure
excluded
dna
synthesis
by
recipient
cells
prior
to
the
formation
of
enzymes
for
histidine
and
tryptophane
synthesis
it
was
found
that
heterozygous
molecules
of
dna
are
able
to
transform
in
these
conditions
the
double
auxotrophic
cells
to
prototrophic
ones
this
means
that
both
strands
of
the
dna
double
helix
can
serve
as
templates
for
the
m
rna
synthesis
the
possi
bility
of
a
secondary
replication
of
m
rna
outside
the
chromosome
under
the
action
of
rna
polymerases
using
rna
as
a
primer
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
472
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
molecular
basis
of
histidase
induction
in
bacillus
subtilis
bacillus
subtilis
growing
at
on
glutamate
as
only
carbon
source
is
induced
to
form
histidase
by
l
histidine
this
enzyme
converting
histidine
to
urocanic
acid
was
isolated
in
a
purified
form
a
highly
sensitive
and
convenient
assay
for
the
induced
enzyme
is
described
and
applied
to
show
that
histidase
appears
in
the
cell
min
after
addition
of
the
inducer
histidase
synthesizing
capacity
appears
after
min
and
decays
exponentially
after
addition
of
actinomycin
an
inhibitor
of
dna
dependent
rna
synthesis
the
half
time
value
of
histidase
synthesizing
capacity
of
is
high
compared
with
the
half
time
value
of
messenger
rna
the
histidase
formation
after
addition
of
actinomycin
was
not
only
due
to
protein
synthesis
directed
by
accumulated
m
rna
but
also
by
conversion
of
an
enzymatical
ly
inactive
protein
present
on
the
moment
of
actinomycin
addition
and
product
of
the
specific
m
rna
to
the
active
enzyme
the
existence
of
this
enzyme
pre
cursor
was
shown
by
means
of
experiments
performed
in
the
presence
of
chlor
amphenicof
finally
numerical
values
for
the
steady
state
of
histidase
synthesis
reached
min
after
addition
of
the
inducer
are
calculated
on
the
basis
of
ki
netics
of
histidase
synthetic
capacity
precursor
and
enzyme
formation
the
cell
contains
sufficient
precursor
to
form
approximately
molecules
of
histidase
the
cell
produces
approximately
molecules
histidase
per
min
the
cell
ac
quires
and
loses
every
minute
the
capacity
to
make
molecules
of
histidase
per
minute
the
maximal
enzyme
level
is
molecules
per
cell
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
473
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
symposium
on
the
fine
structure
and
replication
of
bacteria
and
their
parts
ii
bacterial
cytoplasm
comparison
of
the
fine
structure
of
the
cytoplasm
of
the
bacterial
cell
with
that
of
the
'cell
in
general'
reveals
important
differences
leading
to
the
conclusion
that
in
the
bacterial
cytoplasm
there
is
little
differentiation
into
separate
functional
en
tities
there
is
no
nuclear
membrane
and
fine
fibrils
appear
to
extend
from
the
nucleo
plasm
into
the
cytoplasm
where
they
may
expand
in
all
directions
the
cytoplasm
is
not
necessarily
intersected
by
membranous
profiles
of
special
configuration
as
is
borne
out
by
e
coli
b
and
other
gram
negative
organisms
when
membranous
profiles
of
special
configuration
are
present
as
in
the
gram
positive
b
subtilis
these
do
not
appear
differentiated
into
clearly
definable
endoplasmic
reticulum
golgi
substance
microbodies
etc
and
mitochondria
as
for
kinetosomes
the
presence
of
centrioles
is
perhaps
not
very
likely
the
experiments
in
which
tellurite
is
re
duced
in
the
cells
suggest
that
there
are
structures
at
the
base
of
the
flagella
with
reductive
capacity
however
upon
application
of
the
tetranitro
blue
tetrazolium
technic
to
b
subtilis
these
are
not
stained
they
are
presumably
identical
with
basal
granules
the
membranous
structures
in
b
subtilis
are
called
chondrioids
by
the
author
because
probably
one
of
their
functions
is
that
they
are
the
sites
of
the
respiratory
enzyme
chain
in
the
gram
negative
p
vulgaris
the
probable
site
of
the
respiratory
chain
has
a
structure
very
different
from
that
in
the
bacillus
it
is
not
clear
whether
membranes
are
involved
in
their
structure
morphologically
even
in
b
subtilis
chondrioids
differ
fundamentally
from
the
mitochondria
in
that
they
are
not
built
up
from
composite
membranes
they
are
extensions
of
the
plasma
membrane
and
they
may
not
be
completely
closed
systems
regarding
this
last
point
it
was
observed
that
chondrioids
may
possibly
stand
in
open
connection
with
the
cell's
environment
since
its
lumen
is
not
separated
from
the
cell
wall
by
a
plasma
membrane
although
as
yet
nothing
is
known
about
this
it
does
not
seem
to
be
precluded
that
these
membranous
organelles
may
function
also
as
intracellular
transport
systems
contrary
to
porter's
ideas
about
er
the
chondrioids
are
not
extensions
of
a
nuclear
envelope
but
of
the
plasma
membrane
on
the
other
hand
they
are
in
the
nuclear
area
in
direct
contact
with
the
nucleoplasm
and
therefore
perhaps
they
need
not
carry
in
their
interior
some
dna
as
is
now
becoming
known
for
ordinary
mitochondria
the
chromatophore
vesicle
is
of
a
simple
structure
and
in
connection
with
the
plasma
membrane
it
is
covered
by
a
single
membrane
and
thus
resembles
the
granum
disc
but
it
is
much
smaller
in
tissue
cells
an
im
portant
function
of
the
er
is
the
support
of
protein
synthesis
by
ribosomes
bound
to
their
surfaces
evidence
is
now
accumulating
that
the
active
complexes
for
poly
peptide
synthesis
in
bacteria
are
also
membrane
bound
and
are
series
of
s
ribo
somes
using
the
same
messenger
rna
molecule
it
remains
a
contradictory
situ
ation
that
the
particles
obtained
here
through
release
of
cytoplasm
from
protoplasts
in
diluted
rather
crude
fixing
media
and
identified
as
ribosomes
could
not
be
recognized
as
such
in
thin
sections
of
the
ryter
kellenberger
fixed
protoplasts
this
point
is
much
in
need
of
clarification
but
even
if
the
cytoplasm
in
the
thin
sections
of
the
protoplasts
is
in
a
state
of
dispersion
brought
about
artificially
it
is
still
apparent
from
the
various
micrographs
that
basically
the
cytoplasm
is
a
network
of
presumably
linear
arrays
with
many
interconnections
due
to
fibrillar
systems
fibrils
from
the
nucleoplasm
penetrate
deeply
into
the
cytoplasm
the
presence
of
fine
fibrils
of
various
thicknesses
electron
densities
and
orientations
makes
high
resolution
study
of
the
cytoplasmic
details
an
intriguing
prospect
from
which
much
fundamental
information
can
be
gained
the
organizational
pattern
on
the
ultrastructural
level
in
bacteria
reveals
fundamental
similarities
and
divergen
cies
from
that
in
the
'cell
in
general'
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
474
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
molecular
mechanism
of
genetic
recombination
in
bacterial
transformation
the
mechanism
of
dna
incorporation
into
the
recipient
cell
chromosome
was
in
vestigated
in
a
b
subtilis
transformation
system
the
recipient
cells
were
auxo
trophic
for
linked
markers
hybrid
dna
used
for
transformation
was
heterozy
gous
for
one
of
these
markers
no
differences
in
transformation
activity
were
found
when
the
effect
of
native
and
hybrid
dna
was
compared
according
to
the
authors
this
observation
is
easily
explained
if
we
accept
that
each
of
both
complementary
strands
of
the
donor
dna
can
be
incorporated
into
the
recipient
chromosome
with
equal
probability
the
results
on
the
segregation
of
genetic
characters
in
the
pro
geny
of
transformed
cells
are
also
consistent
with
the
model
of
independent
incorpo
ration
of
both
dna
strands
some
calculations
were
done
on
the
probability
of
the
integration
of
a
single
dna
strand
carrying
a
particular
genetic
marker
and
on
the
probability
of
recombination
leading
to
double
transformants
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
475
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
multiplication
of
bacteriophages
the
reproduction
of
bacteriophages
requires
the
participation
of
bacterial
metabol
ism
synthesis
of
the
viral
protein
components
is
accomplished
by
the
same
me
chanism
as
ordinarily
produces
bacterial
proteins
however
for
the
synthesis
of
nucleic
acids
dna
or
rna
enzymes
may
be
required
which
are
not
present
in
non
infected
bacteria
their
formation
is
then
induced
by
the
virus
itself
the
fundamental
biological
processes
of
replication
transcription
and
translation
are
discussed
in
this
context
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
476
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
mechanism
of
histidase
induction
and
formation
in
bacillus
subtilis
the
role
of
the
inducer
l
histidine
in
the
synthesis
of
histidase
l
histidine
am
monia
lyase
in
b
subtilis
was
investigated
it
was
found
that
induced
cells
poisoned
with
actinomycin
an
inhibitor
of
rna
synthesis
lose
their
capacity
for
the
forma
tion
of
a
protein
precursor
of
histidase
at
a
rate
which
is
independent
of
the
presence
or
absence
of
the
inducer
these
results
show
that
the
inducer
does
not
increase
the
intracellular
level
of
histidase
specific
messenger
rna
by
preventing
the
des
truction
of
the
major
portion
of
this
material
the
fraction
that
is
engaged
in
pro
tein
synthesis
the
possibility
has
not
been
excluded
that
the
inducer
exerts
its
effect
by
bringing
about
the
stabilization
of
the
messenger
rna
that
is
still
attached
to
dna
or
has
not
yet
become
attached
to
ribosomes
alternatively
the
inducer
may
actually
stimulate
the
synthesis
of
histidase
specific
messenger
rna
the
conver
sion
of
the
precursor
to
active
enzyme
appears
to
involve
polymerization
of
mono
mers
rather
than
the
release
of
ribosome
bound
inactive
enzyme
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
477
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
synthesis
of
phage
and
host
dna
in
the
establishment
of
lysogeny
a
method
of
extraction
is
described
which
prevents
excessive
fragmentation
of
bac
terial
dna
the
larger
bacterial
dna
can
then
be
separated
from
the
phage
dna
on
sucrose
gradients
the
relative
amounts
of
phage
and
host
dna
made
at
various
times
during
infection
of
s
typhimurium
with
phage
p
leading
to
lysogeny
have
been
determined
phage
specific
dna
synthesis
begins
at
about
min
continues
to
increase
for
min
and
then
decreases
until
complete
repression
is
attained
at
min
autonomous
phage
dna
synthesis
remains
repressed
from
then
on
bac
teria
specific
synthesis
proceeds
at
a
decreasing
rate
until
about
min
when
almost
complete
inhibition
is
reached
when
dna
synthesis
recovers
in
the
in
fected
cells
only
host
specific
material
is
made
a
new
species
of
dna
which
is
made
only
when
phage
dna
is
synthesized
has
been
detected
the
possible
implica
tions
of
these
findings
in
the
understanding
of
the
lysogenic
interaction
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
478
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lag
period
characterizing
the
entry
of
transforming
deoxyribonucleic
acid
into
bacillus
subtilis
the
kinetics
of
appearance
of
transformants
as
a
function
of
time
of
exposure
to
dna
has
been
studied
a
short
lag
period
of
approximately
min
at
c
is
evi
dent
when
the
transformation
is
terminated
with
deoxyribonuclease
the
length
of
this
lag
is
independent
of
the
genetic
trait
transferred
moreover
the
lag
is
unaf
fected
by
transforming
dna
concentration
by
the
presence
of
homologous
unmarked
dna
and
by
shearing
and
cross
linking
of
the
transforming
dna
the
lag
shows
a
strong
inverse
temperature
dependence
the
energy
of
activation
is
kcal
the
lag
is
abolished
when
the
transformation
is
terminated
by
washing
instead
of
by
addition
of
deoxyribonuclease
these
results
are
taken
to
indicate
an
immediate
adsorption
of
dna
to
cells
followed
by
a
deoxyribonuclease
sensitive
period
of
min
during
which
time
the
genetic
trait
is
entering
the
cell
these
results
make
feasible
an
investigation
of
the
configuration
assumed
by
the
dna
molecule
during
entry
into
the
cell
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
479
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
configuration
of
transforming
deoxyribonucleic
acid
during
entry
into
bacillus
subtilis
a
correlation
was
obtained
between
map
distance
and
the
length
of
the
lag
period
preceding
the
appearance
of
pairs
of
genetic
traits
after
the
addition
of
dna
to
a
competent
culture
of
b
subtilis
the
results
are
taken
to
indicate
that
dna
enters
competent
cells
in
lengthwise
fashion
the
smallest
length
of
transforming
dna
which
can
participate
in
a
recombination
event
and
the
number
of
nucleotide
pairs
which
enter
the
cell
per
unit
time
have
been
estimated
the
evidence
indicates
that
only
part
of
the
lag
period
is
devoted
to
the
transport
of
dna
into
the
cell
the
significance
of
these
results
with
respect
to
the
mechanism
of
entry
of
dna
into
the
cell
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
48
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
toxicity
of
sulfur
selenium
and
tellurium
to
avian
embryos
continuous
internal
irradiation
of
chick
embryos
with
sulfur
administered
on
the
th
or
th
day
of
incubation
produced
abnormalities
similar
to
those
observed
in
selenium
toxicosis
of
avian
embryos
the
highest
level
of
sulfur
uc
injected
into
eggs
containing
day
embryos
produced
morphological
abnormalities
more
severe
than
those
produced
by
the
same
level
of
radiosulfur
administered
to
day
embryos
or
by
any
level
of
stable
selenium
tolerated
selenium
at
levels
greater
than
ug
killed
all
the
embryos
within
hours
after
injection
nearly
times
more
tellurium
than
selenium
was
required
to
kill
all
the
embryos
within
hours
no
abnormalities
were
observed
in
the
tellurium
injected
embryos
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
480
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chemical
inactivation
and
reactivation
of
transforming
dna
russian
the
kinetics
of
the
inactivation
of
linked
and
unlinked
genetic
markers
by
means
of
hno
or
uv
light
was
studied
closely
linked
markers
are
inactivated
simul
taneously
unlinked
markers
are
inactivated
independently
it
seems
that
the
chemical
attack
on
dna
impairs
a
large
part
of
macromolecule
including
many
cistrons
it
was
shown
by
genetic
experiments
that
chemical
inactivation
prac
tically
does
not
influence
the
process
of
dna
inclusion
into
competent
cells
by
means
of
viscosity
measurements
it
was
shown
that
the
molecular
weight
and
macromolecular
properties
of
dna
do
not
significantly
change
during
chemical
inactivation
by
means
of
hno
two
explanations
for
the
inactivation
of
trans
forming
activity
of
dna
are
discussed
structural
deteriorations
preventing
integration
of
dna
molecule
into
the
genome
of
recipient
cell
or
deletion
of
a
chain
unit
out
of
dna
chain
resulting
in
wrong
reading
of
code
triplets
it
was
previously
described
in
the
literature
that
extensive
inactivation
leads
to
a
state
of
dna
apparently
more
resistant
than
the
initial
one
inactivation
does
not
con
firm
to
exponential
kinetics
the
authors
discuss
the
coding
mistake
hypothesis
as
an
explanation
for
this
remarkable
fact
extensive
hno
or
uv
light
action
re
sults
in
multiple
lesions
in
the
dna
molecule
and
leads
to
reactivation
because
the
deletions
restore
correct
reading
of
the
code
in
a
large
part
of
dna
molecule
on
the
basis
of
this
explanation
reactivation
of
chemically
injured
dna
by
means
of
fusion
and
annealing
with
homologous
but
genetically
inactive
dna
or
by
slight
fragmentation
of
dna
by
means
of
ultrasonic
vibrations
may
be
expected
attempts
to
achieve
reactivation
by
both
methods
gave
positive
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
481
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
separation
of
the
transforming
and
viral
deoxyribonucleic
acids
of
a
transducing
bacteriophage
of
bacillus
subtilis
the
authors
used
the
transducing
b
subtilis
phage
ps
and
present
the
fol
lowing
experimental
data
dna
isolated
from
ps
is
effective
for
transformation
of
competent
b
subtilis
cells
ps
dna
is
distinguishable
from
b
subtilis
dna
by
its
higher
density
in
a
cs
so
gradient
and
its
lower
thermal
denaturation
temperature
the
transforming
activity
present
in
dna
from
ps
denatures
at
a
temperature
characteristic
of
b
subtilis
dna
rather
than
of
viral
dna
the
transforming
activity
of
ps
dna
bands
in
a
cs
so
gradient
with
bacterial
dna
this
data
indicated
that
bacterial
dna
is
incorporated
into
phage
ps
without
being
integrated
in
the
viral
dna
this
incorporated
bacterial
dna
is
involved
in
transduction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
482
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
repair
of
damage
induced
by
a
monofunctional
alkylating
agent
in
a
transformable
ultraviolet
sensitive
strain
of
bacillus
subtilis
a
uv
sensitive
transformable
strain
of
b
subtilis
uvr
was
unable
to
carry
out
host
cell
reactivation
of
the
virulent
bacteriophage
spo
the
ratio
of
the
slopes
kuvr
kuvr
of
the
uv
inactivation
curves
was
for
cells
or
for
whole
phage
and
for
indole
transforming
dna
or
for
spo
phage
dna
measured
in
a
transforming
system
whole
phage
inactivated
with
nitrogen
mustard
showed
greater
survival
on
uvr
cells
than
on
uvr
there
was
no
such
difference
for
whole
phage
inactivated
with
methyl
methanesulfonate
whole
uvr
cells
recovered
from
uv
induced
damage
as
determined
by
an
increase
in
extractable
transforming
activity
during
a
period
of
incubation
in
which
net
dna
synthesis
did
not
occur
uvr
cells
were
unable
to
reco
ver
from
uv
induced
damage
but
they
did
recover
from
methyl
methanesulfonate
induced
damage
in
similar
experiments
density
labeled
h
n
methyl
methanesul
fonate
treated
uvr
cells
incubated
in
h
n
medium
containing
h
thymidine
show
ed
a
fold
increase
in
extractable
transforming
activity
with
no
formation
of
new
dna
molecules
as
determined
by
pyknometric
analysis
the
repair
of
damage
in
duced
by
uv
irradiation
differs
by
at
least
one
step
from
the
repair
of
damage
in
duced
by
methyl
methanesulfonate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
483
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
biosynthesis
of
hydroxymethyldeoxyuridyli
acid
in
bacteriophage
infected
bacillus
subtilis
when
phage
e
which
contains
hydroxymethyluracil
in
its
dna
in
place
of
thymine
infects
b
subtilis
enzyme
changes
occur
in
the
host
organism
which
can
account
for
the
synthesis
of
the
abnormal
base
deoxycytidylate
deaminase
increases
at
least
fold
and
the
product
of
its
action
deoxyuridylic
acid
is
converted
directly
into
the
deoxynucleotide
of
hydroxymethyluracil
by
a
hydroxymethylase
enzyme
the
activity
of
thymidylate
synthetase
which
also
uses
deoxyuridylic
acid
as
substrate
decreases
rapidly
after
phage
infection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
484
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
death
anxiety
in
children
with
a
fatal
illness
the
author
reports
studies
of
a
series
of
children
hospitalized
because
of
fatal
illness
due
to
leukemia
or
some
other
form
of
cancer
it
was
postulated
that
the
younger
children
would
experience
separation
anxiety
while
the
older
children
would
be
more
likely
to
experience
death
anxiety
in
general
the
hypothesis
was
supported
by
the
results
of
the
study
there
was
some
evidence
to
indicate
that
the
younger
children
perceive
death
anxiety
but
deal
with
it
in
more
symbolic
form
in
older
children
it
was
felt
that
boys
tended
to
react
to
death
anxiety
by
acting
out
behavior
while
girls
tended
to
become
depressed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
485
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
theory
and
practice
of
the
family
diagnostic
ii
theoretical
aspects
and
resident
education
family
intervention
and
observation
have
proved
useful
in
areas
the
st
of
these
is
observation
of
the
psychosocial
context
in
the
patient
on
admission
to
a
mental
hospital
the
phenomenon
of
extrusion
and
separ
ation
from
the
family
is
evident
and
the
need
for
study
of
the
interaction
between
the
patient
and
his
family
milieu
is
vital
the
nd
area
where
the
family
inter
view
has
a
major
role
is
resident
education
the
tra
ditional
medical
education
of
the
ill
prepares
the
stu
dent
for
consideration
of
the
multifactorial
problems
of
emotional
disorder
in
which
balances
between
mem
bers
of
a
group
may
be
the
issue
rather
than
external
pathogenes
the
family
interview
offers
a
unique
point
of
observation
of
factually
evident
and
emotionally
con
vincing
group
data
in
addition
to
the
observation
of
family
phenomena
mutual
understanding
of
others'
problems
is
created
finally
the
family
interview
serves
as
an
instrument
for
data
collection
and
hypo
thesis
seeking
in
relating
individual
psychopathology
to
family
adaptations
the
patient
and
his
family
at
the
time
of
admission
are
dealing
with
a
crisis
some
times
this
is
traumatic
such
as
the
unexpected
loss
of
a
young
marital
partner
an
unexpected
illness
or
a
financial
reverse
more
commonly
however
it
is
developmental
being
a
natural
part
of
the
life
cycle
characteristically
the
developmental
task
involved
in
dealing
with
the
crises
has
been
postponed
so
that
one
does
not
see
the
family
at
the
age
specific
and
ap
propriate
time
for
this
task
the
crisis
emerges
dis
ruptively
because
of
inevitable
biological
maturation
personal
decision
or
social
expectation
a
primary
concern
of
the
leader
is
to
determine
what
life
task
is
being
faced
families
have
a
mentally
ill
member
not
merely
because
they
are
dealing
with
the
vicissitudes
of
life
they
are
unable
to
cope
with
the
crisis
be
cause
of
the
feelings
which
are
aroused
each
life
cri
sis
leads
to
a
particular
constellation
of
effects
in
any
given
family
these
include
primarily
sadness
anger
and
guilt
but
there
may
well
be
specific
affective
con
stellations
appropriate
to
different
developmental
tasks
the
patient's
inability
to
cope
with
a
life
crisis
is
due
to
his
particular
adaptation
of
a
style
of
dealing
with
feelings
that
is
employed
by
other
members
of
the
family
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
486
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
in
personality
ii
a
bio
psychological
and
experimental
approach
to
problems
of
human
adaptation
in
modern
society
experimentally
determined
fixation
ambivalence
measures
are
related
to
some
anxiety
estimates
obtain
ed
from
a
projective
test
in
a
group
of
male
adolescents
it
is
shown
that
fixation
increases
with
increase
in
corporal
injury
anxiety
when
ambivalence
is
kept
con
stant
ambivalence
increases
with
increase
in
separa
tion
anxiety
when
fixation
is
kept
constant
extremely
hetero
fixated
subjects
show
presence
of
intense
guilt
and
absence
of
aggression
towards
the
mother
one
ef
fect
of
this
system
of
organizers
seems
to
be
suicidal
tendencies
extremely
ambivalent
subjects
have
in
tense
separation
anxiety
one
effect
seems
to
be
suicidal
tendencies
combined
with
high
ambition
and
impaired
cognitive
capacity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
487
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
early
indicators
of
outcome
in
schizophrenia
the
case
material
of
persons
who
were
seen
at
a
child
guidance
center
in
child
hood
or
adolescence
and
were
later
hospitalized
with
schizophrenia
were
examined
intensively
the
study
concentrated
especially
on
the
differences
associated
with
chronicity
vs
hospital
release
the
following
factors
were
significantly
related
to
chronicity
psychotic
or
schizoid
pathology
in
the
mothering
person
no
se
paration
of
any
kind
from
the
pathogenic
families
pre
illness
history
of
poor
so
cial
and
sexual
adjustment
failure
to
continue
in
treatment
during
childhood
for
at
least
mth
less
acting
out
in
the
community
neither
disorientation
nor
confusion
on
admission
no
symptoms
of
depressive
psychosis
premor
bid
schizoid
personality
no
clear
precipitating
events
no
concern
with
dying
during
the
acute
phase
of
the
illness
length
of
onset
over
mth
and
schi
zophrenic
reaction
in
patients'
heredity
items
and
were
derived
from
early
life
history
data
and
are
thought
to
be
new
to
the
literature
of
prognosis
in
schizo
phrenia
the
remaining
factors
can
be
scored
from
hospital
data
alone
and
have
been
cited
in
previous
prognostic
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
488
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
the
formation
of
object
relations
and
identifications
of
the
kibbutz
child
some
of
the
issues
relevant
to
the
early
stages
of
object
relation
formation
and
identification
of
kibbutz
children
are
discussed
for
this
purpose
the
child
rearing
milieu
of
the
kibbutz
child
is
described
and
some
clinical
illustrations
are
given
the
relationship
to
the
mother
is
seen
as
the
main
object
relation
and
those
to
the
educators
as
transient
interchangeable
need
satisfying
relationships
on
the
basis
of
retrospective
analytical
material
it
appears
that
in
the
course
of
development
the
two
relations
as
well
as
the
two
respective
originally
distinct
object
represen
tations
are
synthetised
into
one
the
conditions
of
communal
education
character
ised
by
double
object
relation
formation
from
birth
on
are
seen
as
factors
that
in
tensify
the
'normative
crisis
of
infancy'
especially
the
transition
from
the
symbio
tic
to
the
separation
individuation
stage
of
object
relation
development
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
489
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
meaning
of
crying
the
multiple
meanings
of
crying
are
reviewed
and
in
particular
stress
is
laid
on
tears
as
a
response
to
some
type
of
separation
loss
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
49
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
selenium
on
the
upper
respiratory
passages
results
are
reported
of
examination
of
workers
exposed
to
selenium
with
special
reference
to
chronic
changes
in
the
respiratory
passages
the
findings
are
the
same
as
reported
in
the
literature
we
emphasize
the
occurrence
of
teleangiectasias
on
the
uvula
and
on
the
posterior
palatinal
arcs
and
on
the
epiglotis
we
describe
the
occurrence
of
the
first
poisoning
with
selenium
xyde
in
this
country
the
poisoning
healed
within
a
few
days
under
symptomatic
treatment
the
patient
had
however
to
be
transferred
into
another
shop
owing
to
frequent
symptoms
due
to
toxic
effect
of
selenium
we
report
also
on
secondary
findings
in
examination
of
chronic
changes
and
we
emphasize
particularly
the
finding
of
profesional
selenium
external
otitis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
490
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
death
of
a
parent
in
the
case
of
depressive
illnesses
the
death
of
either
parent
prior
to
the
child
reach
ing
the
age
of
seemed
to
be
correlated
as
a
significant
contributory
factor
with
this
exception
statistical
studies
suggest
that
it
is
the
death
of
a
mother
in
the
first
yr
of
a
child's
life
as
opposed
to
that
of
a
father
that
is
potentially
an
etiologi
cal
factor
for
the
future
development
of
psychoses
delinquency
and
psychoneuroses
the
case
histories
of
boys
who
had
lost
their
fathers
were
given
in
each
instance
there
was
distinct
evidence
that
the
psychological
symptoms
and
behavioral
disturb
ances
were
to
be
attributed
in
large
measure
to
the
effect
of
the
death
upon
the
child
and
that
in
some
cases
the
symptom
choice
was
to
be
correlated
with
specific
cir
cumstances
surrounding
the
death
of
the
father
in
some
cases
it
was
the
unresolved
grief
reaction
in
the
mother
which
helped
to
perpetuate
the
disorder
in
the
child
re
solution
of
this
in
the
mother
during
therapy
led
to
improvement
in
the
child's
func
tioning
in
other
instances
improvement
occurred
especially
when
the
child
ceased
to
be
preoccupied
with
a
close
identification
with
the
dead
father
those
boys
who
were
involved
most
closely
in
their
mother's
grief
reactions
were
the
ones
who
were
most
disturbed
the
brief
treatment
given
these
boys
and
their
mothers
appeared
to
be
responsible
for
the
considerable
amelioration
of
symptoms
that
resulted
ther
apeutic
intervention
is
worthwhile
especially
in
those
instances
where
there
is
an
unresolved
grief
reaction
in
the
mother
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
491
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
child's
concept
of
death
in
this
translation
of
a
paper
which
first
appeared
in
it
is
shown
according
to
freud
how
far
a
child's
appreciation
of
being
dead
differs
from
its
true
signifi
cance
death
means
a
reversible
decrease
in
life
functions
that
can
be
interrupted
at
any
time
like
sleep
at
other
times
it
may
mean
a
temporary
separation
but
always
it
is
in
man's
power
to
change
it
in
this
concept
the
child's
unconscious
finds
license
for
his
sadism
cruelty
to
animals
and
death
wishes
against
persons
close
to
him
appear
in
overcompensation
as
exaggerated
pity
for
dead
creatures
and
the
belief
in
man's
power
over
life
and
death
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
492
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mother
child
interaction
during
separation
individuation
after
a
stage
of
normal
autism
during
the
st
weeks
of
extrauterine
life
the
infant
passes
into
a
symbiotic
phase
gradually
emerging
from
this
stage
of
dual
unity
at
the
end
of
the
th
mth
and
during
the
th
mth
just
before
this
the
next
phase
separation
individuation
begins
four
characteristic
subphases
of
this
separation
individuation
process
are
described
differentiation
the
practicing
period
association
and
a
stage
characterized
by
unfolding
of
complex
cognitive
functions
the
relation
of
mother
and
child
throughout
these
subphases
are
studied
and
illustrated
by
clinical
material
a
poor
relation
between
mother
and
child
in
subphase
does
not
necessarily
or
usually
preclude
impressive
changes
for
the
better
in
the
next
subphase
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
493
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
emotional
needs
of
children
in
hospital
hospitalization
of
a
child
for
physical
reasons
brings
with
it
separation
from
pa
rents
siblings
and
familiar
surroundings
as
well
as
the
probability
of
subjection
to
frightening
and
painful
procedures
unless
steps
are
taken
to
prevent
or
modify
the
resultant
stress
behavioral
disturbances
may
arise
and
may
result
in
per
manent
damage
to
the
developing
personality
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
494
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
early
childhood
separations
every
child
in
this
long
term
study
of
child
rearing
showed
significant
reactions
to
ordinary
separations
by
about
yr
of
age
the
similar
pattern
of
response
in
this
group
of
children
suggests
a
biologically
determined
cause
the
clinging
reaction
appeared
when
the
child
became
mobile
and
able
to
move
away
from
his
mother
re
gardless
of
the
frequency
or
duration
of
his
separations
the
majority
of
the
mothers
did
not
understand
this
natural
phenomenon
and
regarded
the
clinging
and
crying
of
the
year
old
as
evidence
of
spoiled
or
regressed
behavior
the
pediatrician
can
be
helpful
to
a
mother
by
anticipating
and
explaining
separation
responses
by
indi
cating
their
universality
and
by
giving
specific
recommendations
for
gradual
changes
to
modify
these
reactions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
495
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
changes
in
developmental
quotient
under
two
conditions
of
maternal
separation
developmental
scales
were
administered
to
groups
of
infants
during
and
sub
sequent
to
a
temporary
period
of
institutionalization
although
both
groups
experienced
maternal
separa
tion
only
group
was
subjected
to
deprivation
in
that
it
received
very
much
less
stimulation
than
the
other
results
from
a
longitudinal
testing
program
show
that
the
scores
of
the
deprived
group
during
the
period
of
separation
were
significantly
lower
than
those
of
the
nondeprived
group
no
progressive
de
terioration
of
scores
took
place
in
the
course
of
institutionalization
immediately
following
return
home
while
the
scores
of
the
nondeprived
group
re
mained
constant
those
of
the
deprived
infants
jumped
to
the
level
of
the
other
group
theories
regarding
the
mechanism
underlying
the
association
between
deprivation
and
developmental
retardation
are
exam
ined
and
it
is
suggested
that
an
explanation
in
moti
vational
terms
best
fits
the
results
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
496
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
separation
anxiety
a
factor
in
the
object
relations
of
schizophrenic
patients
the
thesis
is
advanced
that
special
vulnerability
to
separation
anxiety
is
a
crucial
factor
in
the
schizophrenic's
difficulty
in
establishing
and
maintaining
satisfactory
interpersonal
relationships
major
reasons
for
this
are
lack
of
autonomy
and
lack
of
object
constancy
without
a
stable
autonomous
capacity
for
self
regulation
and
adaptation
he
is
inordi
nately
dependent
upon
others
for
help
protection
and
direction
without
object
constancy
he
is
unable
to
maintain
a
stable
representation
of
the
needed
person
in
the
latter's
absence
evidence
is
presented
from
the
intensive
psychotherapy
of
schizophrenic
patients
many
of
the
vicissitudes
of
the
doctor
patient
relation
ship
center
about
the
patient's
separation
anxiety
and
his
attempted
defenses
against
it
these
include
clinging
perceptual
and
cognitive
distortions
designed
to
deny
separation
and
recourse
to
substitute
objects
promi
nent
in
many
of
these
efforts
is
the
attempt
to
reverse
passive
victimization
into
active
mastery
the
practical
implications
of
this
thesis
for
the
treatment
of
schiz
ophrenic
patients
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
497
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
separation
experiences
and
health
records
in
a
group
of
normal
adults
about
of
ostensibly
normal
ss
reported
a
recent
separation
experience
as
defined
in
this
study
the
frequency
of
visits
to
the
dis
pensary
for
symptomatic
complaints
was
not
signifi
cantly
higher
among
those
who
reported
separation
than
among
those
who
did
not
the
data
suggest
that
an
apparent
association
between
relatively
high
cornell
medical
index
score
and
history
of
separation
experience
may
be
understandable
in
terms
of
a
cause
effect
relationship
between
separation
experience
and
illness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
498
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
separation
and
attempted
suicide
of
groups
of
psychiatric
patients
at
tempted
suicides
those
with
suicidal
urges
and
non
suicides
there
were
significantly
more
attempted
suicides
among
patients
with
a
history
of
childhood
and
antecedent
separation
than
controls
in
childhood
the
significant
difference
was
found
primarily
in
the
period
from
birth
to
yr
there
was
no
significant
interaction
between
childhood
and
antecendent
separation
and
suicide
attempt
or
suicide
urge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
499
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
investigations
of
lens
protein
and
microelectrophoresis
of
hydrosoluble
protein
in
senile
cataract
the
investigations
on
lens
protein
and
on
agar
microelectrophoresis
of
hydro
soluble
protein
in
normal
lenses
and
in
those
affected
with
senile
cataract
re
vealed
the
following
facts
in
opaque
lenses
a
diminution
of
the
total
protein
and
the
soluble
protein
takes
place
as
well
as
an
increase
in
the
amount
of
in
soluble
protein
the
decrease
in
the
quantity
of
soluble
protein
is
higher
than
the
increase
of
insoluble
protein
which
does
not
only
point
to
a
transformation
of
the
soluble
protein
into
the
insoluble
variety
but
also
to
the
disappearance
of
a
protein
fraction
from
the
lens
changes
in
the
quantity
of
soluble
protein
are
accompanied
by
the
decrease
of
protein
in
slow
fractions
of
the
electropherogram
and
even
by
the
disappearance
of
these
fractions
and
the
increase
of
the
amount
of
protein
in
fractions
of
medium
velocity
with
the
development
of
cataract
and
the
mature
phase
of
cataract
all
these
processes
become
more
and
more
distinct
in
this
respect
a
strong
parallelism
exists
between
the
protein
changes
and
the
clinical
picture
of
senile
cataract
qualitative
and
quantitative
changes
which
occur
in
the
protein
of
normal
lenses
with
advancing
age
show
a
character
similar
to
those
in
senile
cataract
however
they
are
less
pronounced
in
this
instance
the
de
crease
in
the
quantity
of
soluble
protein
is
likewise
closely
associated
with
the
diminution
of
the
protein
content
in
the
slow
fractions
of
the
electropherogram
the
changes
in
the
soluble
protein
content
of
the
lens
and
the
alterations
of
the
protein
amounts
in
the
slow
fractions
which
always
accompany
the
former
play
the
principal
role
in
the
aging
process
of
the
lens
and
in
the
development
of
senile
cataract
the
investigations
seem
to
indicate
that
the
aging
processes
of
lenses
as
well
as
the
development
of
senile
cataract
are
of
a
similar
character
but
of
different
intensity
undoubtedly
the
processes
of
transition
from
slow
fractions
of
soluble
protein
into
faster
ones
and
the
transformation
of
part
of
the
soluble
protein
into
insoluble
protein
which
is
likely
to
be
associated
with
these
processes
as
well
as
the
partial
disappearance
of
total
protein
from
the
lens
seem
to
play
a
very
important
part
in
the
mechanisms
pertaining
to
the
development
of
cataract
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
5
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
free
fatty
acid
concentration
in
maternal
plasma
and
fetal
body
fat
content
subcutaneous
injection
of
u
s
p
units
of
heparin
into
female
sprague
dawley
rats
produced
large
and
sustained
elevations
of
plasma
free
fatty
acids
but
no
significant
change
in
blood
glucose
a
group
of
pregnant
rats
received
such
injections
of
heparin
times
daily
throughout
pregnancy
the
fetuses
from
mothers
of
this
group
at
and
days
of
gestation
had
significantly
more
body
fat
than
the
fetuses
from
uninjected
mothers
the
hypothesis
is
presented
that
the
maternal
free
fatty
acid
concentration
in
part
determines
fetal
fat
accumulation
it
is
proposed
that
the
body
composition
changes
noted
in
babies
of
mothers
with
diabetes
might
thus
be
ascribed
to
abnormally
high
maternal
plasma
free
fatty
acid
concentrations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
50
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
influence
of
small
selenite
doses
upon
the
toxic
fatty
degeneration
of
the
liver
sodium
selenite
ug
kg
manifests
a
lipotropic
effect
after
toxication
of
the
rat
by
tetrachlorocarbon
this
effect
is
absent
when
the
selenite
dose
is
increased
to
ug
kg
the
level
of
the
total
lipides
of
the
liver
after
ethionine
toxication
is
not
significantly
influenced
by
ug
selenite
kg
it
is
increased
by
ug
selenite
kg
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
500
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
the
soluble
proteins
of
bovine
lens
immuno
chemical
analyses
of
protein
fractions
the
lyophilized
soluble
lens
proteins
were
dissolved
in
m
phosphate
buffer
at
ph
and
the
solution
was
subjected
to
column
chromatography
on
deae
die
thylamino
ethyl
cellulose
elution
was
accomplished
by
changing
the
ph
and
ionic
strength
of
the
eluting
buffer
the
components
were
fractionated
by
stepwise
elu
tion
the
lens
proteins
were
separated
into
fractions
by
column
chromatogra
phy
these
fractions
were
compared
with
a
b
and
y
crystallines
for
electrophore
tic
mobility
and
the
antigenic
purity
of
each
fraction
was
examined
immunochemi
cally
the
results
showed
that
while
the
fractions
were
not
completely
pure
they
were
purer
than
the
a
b
and
y
crystalline
fractions
and
that
f
a
b
c
and
d
corresponded
to
y
crystalline
while
f
a
b
c
d
e
and
f
corresponded
to
b
crystalline
and
f
and
to
a
crystalline
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
501
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
y
crystallin
from
calf
lens
ii
purification
and
some
properties
of
the
main
protein
components
four
proteins
belonging
to
the
y
crystallin
group
were
purified
by
chromatography
on
sulphoethyl
sephadex
and
phosphate
cellulose
columns
the
proteins
were
homo
geneous
in
gel
and
immunoelectrophoresis
experiments
and
could
be
crystallized
their
molecular
weights
n
terminal
amino
acid
sequences
and
antigenic
structures
were
all
similar
but
their
amino
acid
compositions
and
the
sulphydryl
groups
con
tained
showed
certain
dissimilarities
it
is
probable
that
the
proteins
possess
small
differences
in
their
primary
structure
which
are
not
associated
with
the
antigenic
sites
and
which
may
have
arisen
from
mutations
during
evolution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
502
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
the
subunits
of
a
crystallin
and
their
recombi
nation
earlier
investigations
have
shown
that
in
the
presence
of
high
concentrations
of
urea
a
crystallin
from
bovine
lens
is
split
into
a
number
of
subunits
with
apparent
ly
different
electrophoretic
mobilities
but
similar
molecular
weights
the
recom
bination
of
these
subunits
after
removal
of
the
urea
has
been
studied
by
ultracentri
fugation
and
immunoprecipitation
techniques
it
was
found
that
maximal
recombina
tion
was
obtained
when
the
ionic
strength
during
the
removal
of
the
urea
was
high
whereas
at
low
ionic
strengths
a
molecule
with
only
half
the
molecular
weight
of
native
a
crystallin
and
a
much
lower
sedimentation
coefficient
was
obtained
a
complete
recovery
of
the
structure
of
native
a
crystallin
was
never
obtained
even
at
high
ionic
strengths
as
was
evident
from
electrophoretic
and
quantitative
preci
pitin
analyses
the
subunits
were
fractionated
by
chromatography
on
deae
cellu
lose
in
the
presence
of
m
urea
the
purification
was
followed
by
polyacrylamide
gel
electrophoresis
after
removal
of
the
urea
at
high
ionic
strength
of
the
fractions
obtained
showed
reactions
of
only
partial
identity
with
native
a
crystallin
in
immunodiffusion
tests
but
all
other
fractions
showed
complete
identity
the
differences
in
the
electrophoretic
mobilities
of
the
fractions
in
the
presence
of
urea
persisted
after
removal
of
the
urea
all
fractions
had
much
higher
sedimen
tation
coefficients
in
the
absence
of
urea
than
in
its
presence
although
the
values
for
urea
treated
unfractionated
a
crystallin
obtained
after
removal
of
the
urea
were
not
reached
even
at
high
ionic
strengths
the
amino
acid
composition
of
the
fractions
was
found
to
differ
these
observations
suggest
that
a
crystallin
is
com
posed
of
a
number
of
chemically
different
but
related
subunits
of
approximately
the
same
size
which
are
bound
together
by
nonspecific
noncovalent
bonds
pos
sibly
hydrophobic
bonds
moreover
when
isolated
these
subunits
have
the
ability
to
associate
and
form
molecules
of
high
molecular
weight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
503
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
fractionation
of
b
crystallin
from
calf
lens
by
gel
fil
tration
b
crystallin
was
isolated
from
calf
lenses
by
a
combination
of
gel
filtration
on
sephadex
g
and
vertical
column
zone
electrophoresis
it
was
subdivided
into
fractions
by
subsequent
gel
filtration
on
dextran
gels
with
low
cross
linkage
each
fraction
showed
only
major
peak
in
the
ultracentrifuge
the
sedimentation
coefficients
of
which
were
and
s
for
fractions
i
iv
respectively
however
all
fractions
contained
some
additional
minor
components
as
revealed
by
sedimentation
and
immunoelectrophoretic
analyses
the
fractionation
procedure
may
be
of
value
as
a
first
step
in
the
isolation
of
individual
proteins
of
the
b
crystal
lin
group
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
504
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
properties
of
a
cold
precipitable
protein
fraction
in
the
lens
a
soluble
protein
fraction
which
precipitates
in
aqueous
solutions
at
temperatures
below
c
has
been
isolated
from
the
rat
lens
this
fraction
appears
to
be
re
sponsible
for
the
reversible
'cold
cataract'
which
has
been
seen
to
develop
when
young
mammals
are
exposed
to
temperatures
below
c
as
the
rat
ages
the
concentration
of
this
protein
fraction
decreases
but
the
fraction
does
not
com
pletely
disappear
even
from
the
lenses
of
year
old
rats
although
the
molecular
species
comprising
this
fraction
appear
to
be
homogeneous
in
the
ultracentrifuge
disc
electrophoresis
and
immunodiffusion
have
shown
that
they
are
a
heterogeneous
mixture
of
a
b
and
y
crystallin
subunits
the
ability
of
the
cold
precipitable
protein
ccp
fraction
to
precipitate
in
the
cold
depends
upon
its
concentration
and
the
ionic
strength
and
ph
of
the
solvent
in
solutions
of
ph
some
aggregation
of
the
s
cpp
occurs
to
form
a
s
component
which
no
longer
precipitates
in
the
cold
the
ability
of
this
protein
fraction
to
precipitate
in
the
cold
may
depend
on
hydrophobic
bonding
and
its
influence
on
the
conformation
of
the
protein
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
505
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
radiation
on
lenticular
epithelial
enzymes
in
young
rabbits
the
mitochondrial
fraction
and
the
soluble
fraction
of
the
epithelial
cells
of
the
lens
from
week
old
new
zealand
white
male
rabbits
exposed
to
r
of
whole
head
x
irradiation
were
evaluated
for
glucose
phosphate
dehydrogenase
isocitrate
dehydrogenase
malate
dehydrogenase
glutathione
reductase
glyceraldehydephos
phate
dehydrogenase
purine
nucleoside
phosphorylase
nadph
diaphorase
and
nadh
cytochrome
c
reductase
activities
increased
enzyme
activities
were
noted
in
the
irradiated
lenticular
tissues
for
purine
nucleoside
phosphorylase
nadph
diaphorase
and
nadh
cytochrome
c
reductase
decreased
activities
for
glucose
phosphate
dehydrogenase
malate
dehydrogenase
glutathione
reductase
and
gly
ceraldehydephosphate
dehydrogenase
were
observed
in
the
lenticular
tissues
of
ir
radiated
animals
the
activity
of
isocitrate
dehydrogenase
was
the
same
in
the
ir
radiated
and
in
the
control
animals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
506
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
conversion
of
a
crystallin
of
bovine
lens
into
insoluble
protein
in
vitro
a
crystallin
can
be
converted
into
an
insoluble
form
by
treatment
with
alloxan
and
to
a
very
small
extent
with
iodoacetate
other
reagents
such
as
hcl
naoh
reduced
glutathione
hydrogen
peroxide
mercaptoethanol
were
not
able
to
convert
a
crys
tallin
into
an
insoluble
form
the
alloxan
treated
insoluble
a
crystallin
could
be
made
soluble
by
treatment
with
m
urea
the
product
thus
made
soluble
had
the
same
electrophoretic
mobility
as
a
crystallin
but
showed
cross
reaction
with
a
crystallin
in
ouchterlony
plate
and
did
not
have
proteolytic
activity
alloxan
was
effective
in
producing
cataract
of
rabbit
lens
when
very
small
amounts
were
injected
into
the
aqueous
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
507
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
structural
studies
of
a
crystallin
a
crystallin
has
been
isolated
from
the
cortex
of
ox
lens
by
isoelectric
precipitation
followed
by
chromatography
on
deae
cellulose
the
amino
acid
composition
is
in
agreement
with
that
reported
for
a
crystallin
prepared
by
a
different
method
there
is
one
thiol
group
g
of
protein
is
the
order
of
magnitude
of
the
sub
unit
molecular
weight
and
disulphide
bonds
are
absent
the
thiol
group
has
been
alkylated
with
radioactive
iodoacetate
in
the
presence
of
urea
partial
acid
hydroly
sis
of
the
alkylated
protein
gives
according
to
the
conditions
mainly
radioactive
peptides
or
nearly
exclusively
one
radioactive
dipeptide
the
dipeptide
is
n
seryl
s
carboxymethyl
cysteine
ser
cmcys
the
other
peptides
are
probably
the
tri
peptides
related
to
ser
cmcys
the
simplest
interpretation
of
these
results
is
that
the
sequence
around
the
cysteine
residue
is
a
common
structural
feature
of
the
sub
units
of
a
crystallin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
508
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
the
subunits
of
a
crystallin
a
crystallin
was
isolated
from
total
water
soluble
lens
extract
by
preparative
zone
electrophoresis
on
starch
or
pevikon
c
blocks
and
purified
by
density
gradient
centrifugation
and
sephadex
chromatography
these
preparations
were
treated
with
urea
or
sodium
dodecyl
sulphate
and
submitted
to
electrophoresis
on
polyacrylamide
gels
containing
either
urea
or
sodium
dodecyl
sulphate
whereas
in
m
urea
a
large
number
of
zones
was
detected
only
three
bands
were
observed
in
sodium
dodecyl
sulphate
on
the
other
hand
the
sedimentation
coefficient
had
the
same
value
in
both
media
the
authors
re
investigated
the
n
terminal
amino
acid
content
in
the
starch
block
preparations
and
compared
the
result
with
that
obtained
from
the
preparations
isolated
according
to
their
new
procedure
the
concentration
of
dinitrophenyl
glutamic
acid
was
lower
in
the
purified
samples
urea
treated
samples
had
the
same
concentration
of
n
terminal
glutamic
acid
whereas
the
concentration
of
the
'trace'
end
groups
did
not
change
sedimentation
diffusion
equilibrium
in
the
analytical
ultracentrifuge
revealed
a
slight
heterogeneity
in
the
purified
samples
electron
micrographs
of
electrophoretic
and
of
further
purified
samples
were
very
similar
at
neutral
or
slightly
alkaline
ph
they
showed
almost
uniform
spherical
aggregates
in
which
a
substructure
was
observed
at
acid
ph
coiled
filaments
rather
than
small
globules
could
be
demonstrated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
509
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
separation
of
the
soluble
proteins
of
bovine
lenses
on
polyacrylamide
gels
the
soluble
proteins
of
bovine
lenses
were
separated
by
gel
filtration
on
polyacryl
amide
gels
the
presence
of
ethylenediaminetetra
acetate
in
the
buffer
was
found
to
be
essential
for
achieving
a
good
separation
of
the
lens
homogenate
into
four
fractions
a
b
c
and
d
ultracentrifugal
electrophoretic
and
immunochemical
analyses
were
used
to
compare
these
fractions
with
the
soluble
crystallin
fractions
of
the
lens
fraction
a
was
compared
with
a
crystallin
fractions
b
and
c
with
b
crystallin
and
fraction
d
with
y
crystallin
the
distribution
of
these
four
protein
fractions
in
the
nuclear
and
cortical
parts
of
calf
and
cow
lenses
was
determined
the
oxidation
sensitive
protein
fraction
of
the
calf
lenses
was
separated
from
fraction
b
on
an
se
sephadex
column
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
51
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selenium
caused
tumours
in
out
of
heterozygous
rats
administered
mg
na
seo
per
kg
food
containing
protein
and
surviving
for
months
cancer
of
the
liver
with
metastases
in
the
lungs
along
with
sarcoma
and
adenoma
was
recorded
in
another
series
of
the
yet
incompleted
experiment
the
animals
were
fed
higher
quantities
of
protein
and
selenium
toward
months
in
three
of
them
sarcoma
was
noted
in
two
sarcoma
of
the
lymphatic
nodes
and
in
one
of
the
mediastinum
it
is
suggested
that
the
changes
caused
by
selenium
compounds
are
to
some
extent
due
to
their
antagonistic
relationship
with
methionine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
510
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
deaggregation
of
bovine
lens
a
crystallin
sedimentation
equilibrium
studies
of
lens
a
crystallin
at
neutral
ph
indicate
that
this
material
is
composed
of
a
number
of
different
sized
species
a
study
of
the
effect
of
alkali
upon
a
crystallin
indicates
a
progressive
deaggregation
of
the
ma
terial
with
increasing
ph
sedimentation
equilibrium
studies
were
performed
at
ph
as
well
as
in
guanidine
hydrochloride
m
urea
and
with
succinylated
material
under
all
of
these
conditions
a
molecular
heterogeneity
was
observed
the
data
indicate
that
independent
species
coexisted
under
most
dissociating
conditions
the
weight
average
molecular
weights
of
the
succinylated
and
of
the
alkali
urea
and
guanidine
hydrochloride
treated
material
were
found
to
have
an
integral
relation
ship
of
respectively
since
a
constant
ratio
of
m
mw
was
found
it
was
concluded
that
the
same
spread
of
distribution
of
molecular
species
occurred
for
each
of
the
deaggregating
conditions
the
results
in
guanidine
hydrochloride
could
not
be
evaluated
in
this
manner
because
of
a
small
concentration
dependence
these
conclusions
imply
that
not
only
the
weight
average
molecular
weight
in
m
urea
but
the
actual
molecular
weight
of
each
individual
species
in
urea
was
one
half
of
the
value
to
be
found
in
alkali
and
one
quarter
that
of
the
succinylated
material
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
511
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
albuminoid
albuminoid
is
the
main
constituent
of
the
insoluble
fraction
of
the
lens
proteins
albuminoid
from
the
cortex
of
ox
lens
has
been
fractionated
on
deae
cellulose
in
m
urea
peptide
maps
of
the
fractions
are
very
similar
to
those
from
the
corre
sponding
fractions
from
a
crystallin
albuminoid
can
be
regarded
as
an
insoluble
a
crystallin
an
undiluted
ground
lens
is
clear
but
becomes
turbid
on
dilution
if
albuminoid
is
present
in
the
normal
lens
it
does
not
cause
turbidity
even
when
the
cellular
structure
is
disrupted
it
is
perhaps
more
likely
that
the
albuminoid
is
formed
on
dilution
of
the
lens
mush
the
high
concentration
of
proteins
in
the
lens
especially
in
the
nucleus
entails
a
high
degree
of
order
which
will
be
destroyed
on
dilution
this
phenomenon
may
well
be
connected
with
the
precipitation
of
the
albuminoid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
512
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
further
autoradiographic
studies
of
the
lens
epithelium
normal
and
x
irradiated
rat
eyes
cell
proliferation
and
migration
in
the
lens
epithelium
of
normal
and
x
irradiated
rat
eyes
were
studied
by
means
of
autoradiography
after
labelling
with
tritiated
thymidine
cells
of
the
normal
lens
epithelium
require
hr
to
pass
from
the
beginning
of
the
synthesizing
period
to
the
completion
of
mitosis
this
interval
is
partitioned
as
follows
s
period
approximately
hr
g
slightly
less
than
hr
and
mitosis
min
following
division
labelled
daughter
cells
migrate
from
the
germinative
zone
to
the
postequatorial
rows
and
by
weeks
after
tracer
injection
many
radioactive
nuclei
are
found
in
the
lens
bow
epithelial
cells
irradiated
while
in
the
dna
synthesis
phase
undergo
degeneration
beginning
approximately
hr
after
exposure
the
onset
of
cell
death
corresponds
to
the
time
at
which
these
cells
would
normally
be
preparing
for
mitosis
indicating
that
they
die
in
abortive
divisions
a
small
percentage
of
the
originally
labelled
cells
survived
until
days
after
irradi
ation
but
by
weeks
this
number
fell
almost
to
zero
the
loss
of
radioactive
cells
occurred
most
rapidly
in
the
equatorial
zone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
513
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chicken
lens
development
epithelial
cell
production
and
migration
in
the
earliest
stages
of
chicken
lens
development
cell
division
occurred
over
the
entire
lens
cell
division
first
stopped
in
the
posterior
side
of
the
lens
vesicle
as
the
cells
differentiated
into
primary
lens
fibers
after
the
annular
pad
developed
cell
division
occurred
for
the
most
part
in
the
anterior
surface
epithelial
cells
shortly
after
hatching
and
thereafter
a
germinative
zone
consisting
of
a
narrow
band
of
epithelial
cells
adjacent
to
the
annular
pad
developed
the
cells
from
the
germinative
zone
migrated
slowly
and
differentiated
first
into
annular
pad
cells
and
then
into
lens
cortex
fibers
over
an
estimated
year
period
this
slow
migration
of
cells
in
the
lens
is
discussed
in
relation
to
the
failure
of
the
adult
chicken
to
de
velop
radiation
cataracts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
514
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selenium
content
of
fish
flour
in
relation
to
kwashiorkor
and
dental
caries
the
fact
that
fish
flour
was
shown
to
be
a
rich
source
of
dietary
selenium
p
p
m
may
have
important
implications
i
e
deleterious
effect
on
teeth
in
the
treatment
and
prevention
of
protein
malnutrition
it
indicates
that
some
disease
syndromes
in
man
may
be
a
manifestation
of
selenium
deficiency
it
is
recommended
that
the
role
played
by
selenium
in
protein
malnutrition
should
be
given
serious
consideration
by
research
workers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
515
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selenium
content
of
fresh
eggs
during
a
study
of
effects
of
traces
of
se
on
dental
caries
the
authors
determined
this
element
in
eggs
whole
egg
contains
appreciable
amounts
of
se
this
is
found
chiefly
in
the
yolk
mean
value
p
p
m
with
only
p
p
m
in
the
white
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
516
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selenium
content
of
human
milk
possible
effect
on
dental
caries
selenium
appears
to
be
a
factor
capable
of
increasing
susceptibility
to
dental
caries
in
children
and
rats
in
an
area
considered
to
be
nonseleniferous
milk
collected
from
mothers
yr
old
of
low
socio
economic
class
had
a
mean
selenium
content
of
p
p
m
standard
error
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
517
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mode
of
action
of
selenium
in
relation
to
biological
activity
of
tocopherols
dietary
selenium
at
levels
below
ppm
has
a
partially
beneficial
effect
upon
nutritional
muscular
dystrophy
but
is
ineffective
or
detrimental
at
higher
levels
the
role
of
selenium
in
improving
the
effectiveness
of
vitamin
e
is
due
at
least
in
part
to
the
fact
that
dietary
selenium
increases
the
retention
of
the
a
tocopherols
especially
d
a
tocopherol
this
has
been
shown
by
chemical
determination
of
plasma
tocopherols
and
also
by
tracing
the
activities
of
tritiated
tocopherols
and
selenium
in
serum
and
in
various
fractions
of
serum
proteins
in
chicks
receiving
these
nutrients
alone
and
in
combination
se
and
h
a
tocopherol
activities
followed
each
other
very
closely
in
the
serum
proteins
these
studies
indicated
that
vitamin
e
may
be
carried
by
a
selenolipoprotein
fraction
associated
with
serum
y
globulin
thus
one
biological
role
of
selenium
appears
to
lie
in
a
selenium
containing
compound
which
acts
as
a
carrier
of
vitamin
e
and
which
may
function
in
absorption
retention
prevention
of
destruction
and
perhaps
transfer
across
cell
membranes
of
d
a
tocopherol
thereby
enhancing
its
biological
activity
in
the
blood
and
perhaps
in
cells
throughout
the
body
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
518
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
sodium
selenate
on
acute
poisoning
with
thallium
experiments
were
performed
on
wistar
rats
weighing
g
thallium
was
ad
ministered
s
c
in
doses
of
mg
kg
and
mg
kg
sodium
selenate
was
given
per
os
in
doses
of
mg
kg
hr
after
poisoning
and
mg
kg
daily
for
the
next
days
results
indicate
that
sodium
selenate
protects
the
animals
from
death
it
binds
the
thallium
ions
and
increases
their
deposition
in
organs
comparison
of
the
level
of
thallium
in
organs
of
treated
rats
shows
that
selenate
increases
in
liver
by
in
kidneys
by
and
in
bones
by
no
influence
of
selenate
on
excretion
of
thallium
in
the
urine
was
found
but
fecal
excretion
of
thallium
increased
by
an
average
of
of
the
treated
animals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
519
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
inhibition
of
active
transport
of
sugars
through
rat
intestine
in
vitro
ii
action
of
mepacrine
atractyloside
and
selenite
it
is
shown
that
mepacrine
atractyloside
and
selenite
which
had
been
regarded
as
inhibitors
of
intestinal
absorption
of
glucose
are
inhibitors
of
active
transport
of
sugars
in
sacs
of
everted
jejunum
of
rat
wilson
and
wiseman's
method
mepacrine
x
m
and
m
inhibit
by
and
respectively
the
active
transport
of
galactose
with
atractyloside
m
and
m
the
inhibitions
were
and
and
with
selenite
m
and
m
about
in
general
the
inhibitors
are
effective
within
orders
of
magnitude
which
are
similar
in
vivo
and
in
vitro
atractyloside
is
rather
more
effective
in
vitro
than
in
vivo
and
mepacrine
rather
less
it
is
easier
to
achieve
total
inhibitions
of
the
active
transport
of
sugars
in
vitro
than
of
intestinal
absorption
from
isotonic
solutions
in
vivo
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
52
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
blood
and
bone
marrow
damage
caused
by
drugs
drug
side
effects
on
blood
and
bone
marrow
are
briefly
reviewed
they
embrace
a
wide
variety
of
symptoms
and
pathogenetic
mechanisms
and
in
recent
years
study
of
these
effects
has
made
important
contributions
to
our
knowledge
of
the
immunology
biochemistry
and
metabolism
of
the
blood
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
520
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
analogs
parasympathetic
neuroeffectors
ii
comparative
pharmacological
studies
of
acetylcholine
its
thio
and
seleno
analogs
and
their
hydrolysis
products
acetylthiocholine
and
acetylselenocholine
exert
acetylcholine
like
effects
on
the
guinea
pig
ileum
and
frog
rectus
abdominis
preparations
with
the
latter
preparation
responses
to
acetylthiocholine
and
acetylselenocholine
in
contrast
to
that
to
acetylcholine
are
not
enhanced
by
the
addition
of
an
anticholinesterase
this
is
attributable
to
the
relatively
high
activity
of
the
hydrolysis
products
cholinethiol
and
cholineselenol
acetylthiocholine
and
acetyselenocholine
undergo
enzymatic
hydrolysis
at
approximately
the
same
rate
as
does
acetylcholine
the
hydrolysis
products
of
acetylthiocholine
and
acetylselenocholine
which
have
effects
on
the
guinea
pig
ileum
comparable
to
those
of
the
parent
esters
are
readily
oxidized
in
air
to
the
relatively
inactive
choline
disulfide
and
choline
diselenide
respectively
these
observations
are
helpful
in
explaining
many
of
the
apparently
contradictory
statements
in
the
literature
regarding
the
actions
of
acetylthiocholine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
521
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cytotoxicity
of
organophosphorus
compounds
comparative
activities
of
trimethyl
derivatives
of
thiophosphoric
and
selenophosphoric
acids
on
vegetable
pisum
root
and
human
hela
cells
of
the
compounds
studied
the
seleno
compounds
were
more
cytotoxic
for
hela
cells
than
their
thio
analogues
whereas
the
activities
on
pisum
root
cells
were
equal
the
parent
phosphoric
acid
derivatives
have
a
wider
activity
range
on
hela
cells
than
the
seleno
and
thio
derivatives
further
studies
are
in
progress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
522
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
poisoning
with
sodium
selenite
chronic
poisoning
with
na
selenite
in
the
drinking
water
causes
hepatic
cirrhosis
usually
of
atrophic
type
in
rats
in
rabbits
there
seems
to
be
a
definite
diabetogenic
action
while
attempts
to
demonstrate
such
action
in
dogs
have
so
far
given
inconclusive
results
the
difference
between
these
species
is
perhaps
due
to
the
technique
used
different
spacing
of
injections
for
practical
reasons
the
action
of
selenite
on
the
pancreas
is
discussed
and
it
is
pointed
out
that
se
can
replace
s
in
sh
groups
thus
rendering
the
latter
ineffective
both
in
effects
on
the
liver
and
in
those
on
the
pancreas
se
seems
to
resemble
alloxan
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
523
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
tissue
distribution
of
se
selenouracil
and
se
selenourea
when
selenium
analogues
of
thiouracil
and
thiourea
labelled
with
se
were
injected
into
rabbits
high
radioactivity
appeared
in
lung
liver
and
kidney
the
animal's
lungs
could
be
visualised
by
photoscanning
but
quality
was
poor
and
neither
compound
is
recommended
for
trial
for
lung
or
adrenal
scanning
in
man
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
524
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
sodium
selenate
toxicosis
pathology
and
pathogenesis
of
sodium
selenate
toxicosis
in
sheep
the
pathogenesis
of
selenium
toxicosis
was
studied
in
ewes
fed
subtoxic
to
toxic
levels
of
sodium
selenate
for
to
mth
seventeen
of
the
died
of
selenium
toxicosis
the
most
severe
and
consistent
pathologic
changes
were
found
in
the
myocardium
and
lungs
myocardial
alterations
were
focal
to
diffuse
degeneration
necrosis
and
early
replacement
fibrosis
pulmonary
changes
consisting
of
edema
and
interstitial
hemorrhages
were
typical
of
the
degenerative
processes
which
characterize
passive
congestion
of
the
lungs
resulting
from
left
ventricular
insufficiency
atrophy
of
lymphoid
centers
in
the
spleen
and
lymph
nodes
was
common
degenerative
changes
were
occasionally
found
in
liver
kidneys
and
gastrointestinal
tract
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
525
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
sodium
selenate
toxicosis
the
distribution
of
selenium
within
the
body
after
prolonged
feeding
of
toxic
quantities
of
sodium
selenate
to
sheep
the
distribution
of
selenium
in
the
body
tissues
of
adult
sheep
fed
subtoxic
to
toxic
quantities
of
sodium
selenate
daily
for
to
mth
varied
with
the
tissue
type
and
with
the
level
and
duration
of
selenium
consumption
selenium
concentration
was
highest
in
the
liver
followed
by
in
descending
order
the
kidneys
lungs
spleen
myocardium
skeletal
muscles
and
brain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
526
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
selenium
toxicity
and
chondroitin
sulfate
and
taurine
biosynthesis
in
the
chick
embryo
fourteen
day
old
chick
embryos
were
used
in
in
vivo
experiments
a
toxic
selenite
treatment
did
not
cause
a
reduction
in
the
extent
of
sulfate
s
incorporation
into
chondroitin
sulfate
or
into
taurine
or
a
reduction
in
the
observed
tissue
levels
of
these
metabolites
rather
the
taurine
level
was
significantly
greater
with
the
embryos
which
received
selenium
the
extent
of
the
incorporation
of
selenite
se
into
the
metabolites
was
low
or
not
significant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
527
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
reactions
of
seleno
and
sulfoamino
acids
with
hydroperoxides
reactions
of
methionine
cystine
and
their
selenium
analogues
with
hydrogen
peroxide
and
organic
peroxides
have
been
studied
methionine
reacts
most
rapidly
with
hydrogen
peroxide
but
selenocystine
causes
the
most
decomposition
both
react
much
more
slowly
with
organic
peroxides
the
results
suggest
that
selenocystine
may
act
as
a
biological
antioxidant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
528
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
selenium
toxicity
in
domestic
animals
the
article
with
an
extensive
bibliography
is
a
compendium
of
available
information
on
selenium
toxicity
in
domestic
animals
literature
reveals
evidence
of
organically
bound
se
being
more
biologically
active
when
given
orally
to
domestic
animals
than
inorganic
se
salts
there
is
also
variation
in
toxicity
of
organic
se
analogs
when
exposed
to
ruminal
digestion
there
is
considerable
reduction
of
se
salts
to
the
relatively
biologically
inactive
elemental
se
which
may
result
in
fecal
excretion
of
se
as
such
to
as
much
as
of
a
single
oral
dose
fluorine
molybdenum
chromium
vanadium
cadmium
zinc
cobalt
nickel
and
uranium
increase
se
toxicity
arsenic
and
tungsten
give
some
protection
against
it
bromobenzene
benzene
and
napthalene
mobilize
tissue
se
and
stimulate
its
excretion
since
se
preparations
designed
for
topical
application
in
treatment
of
skin
disease
have
been
available
for
use
in
both
man
and
dogs
the
literature
has
reported
cases
of
poisoning
from
misuse
of
such
preparations
selenium
properly
used
can
be
a
valuable
therapeutic
agent
though
certain
salts
of
se
must
be
regarded
as
potentially
toxic
however
there
is
considerable
latitude
between
therapeutic
and
or
nutritional
and
toxic
doses
of
these
salts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
529
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
further
studies
on
specific
transplantation
antigens
in
rous
sarcoma
of
mice
mice
allografted
with
different
sarcomas
induced
by
the
schmidt
ruppin
variant
of
rous
sarcoma
virus
rsv
sr
showed
a
resistance
against
subsequent
isografting
of
different
rous
sarcomas
transplantation
resistance
could
also
be
induced
by
rous
mouse
tumor
cells
x
irradiated
with
r
or
with
cell
free
tumor
extracts
containing
no
demonstrable
virus
no
transplantation
resistance
could
be
demon
strated
after
allograft
pretreatment
with
various
polyoma
tumors
or
non
viral
tu
mors
allograft
pretreatment
with
rous
tumors
induced
no
demonstrable
resistance
against
isografting
of
polyoma
tumors
inoculation
of
rsv
sr
or
rous
chicken
sar
coma
suspension
into
adult
mice
gave
no
clear
cut
resistance
against
isograft
ing
of
mouse
sarcomas
neither
after
allografting
of
rous
tumors
nor
after
virus
or
chicken
sarcoma
inoculation
into
adult
mice
could
virus
neutralizing
activity
be
demonstrated
in
the
sera
the
results
demonstrate
the
presence
of
common
speci
fic
transplantation
antigen
s
in
different
rous
sarcomas
in
mice
and
speak
against
an
identity
between
the
transplantation
antigen
s
and
viral
antigen
s
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
53
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypothermia
physiologic
effects
and
clinical
application
a
survey
of
the
background
physiologic
effects
indications
technique
and
complications
of
hypothermia
is
presented
the
application
of
this
technique
is
straightforward
and
safe
when
used
at
the
proper
levels
with
the
proper
indications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
530
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
anaphylactic
tests
in
model
tumour
antigen
investigations
the
efficacy
of
anaphylactic
tests
in
detecting
'tumor'
antigen
in
serum
was
investi
gated
a
simple
model
of
a
tumor
antigen
study
was
carried
out
using
rat
tissue
and
rat
serum
with
bovine
y
globulin
byg
acting
as
a
mock
cancer
antigen
it
was
found
that
if
byg
absolute
dosage
ug
had
formed
of
the
antigen
mix
ture
used
for
sensitization
it
was
readily
detected
when
present
in
a
concentration
of
in
the
serum
used
for
challenge
but
not
invariably
detected
in
a
concentra
tion
of
if
byg
absolute
dosage
ug
had
formed
approximately
of
the
sensitizing
mixture
it
was
infrequently
detected
even
when
present
in
the
challeng
ing
serum
in
a
concentration
of
it
is
concluded
that
anaphylactic
tests
used
in
this
context
do
not
have
a
very
high
sensitivity
or
discriminatory
capacity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
531
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
lymphoid
cells
from
the
lymph
of
specifically
immunised
sheep
on
the
growth
of
primary
sarcomata
in
rats
the
growth
of
primary
fibrosarcomata
induced
in
rats
with
benzpyrene
was
retarded
by
the
injection
of
lymphocytes
obtained
from
the
efferent
duct
of
a
lymph
node
in
a
sheep
immunized
with
a
piece
of
the
tumor
to
be
treated
the
action
of
the
heterologous
lym
phocytes
was
specific
to
the
particular
tumor
used
for
immunization
suggesting
that
reaction
against
tumor
specific
antigens
is
involved
the
cells
responsible
are
believed
to
be
medium
sized
pyroninophilic
lymphocytes
which
may
stimulate
the
immune
system
of
the
host
to
react
against
the
autochthonous
tumor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
532
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
of
canine
neoplasms
with
autogenous
vaccinial
preparations
inbred
mice
with
transplantable
sarcoma
and
carcinoma
were
treated
with
im
plants
of
their
tumours
which
had
been
grown
in
strains
of
mice
normally
resistant
to
the
tumours
complete
regression
of
transplantable
tumours
was
noted
in
of
the
treated
mice
and
had
life
spans
double
that
of
untreated
controls
one
dog
with
spontaneous
scirrhous
mammary
carcinoma
and
another
with
lymphosarcoma
were
treated
with
implants
of
their
own
tumours
after
growth
in
cortisone
treated
mice
regression
of
the
spontaneous
neoplasms
followed
in
both
cases
it
is
suggested
that
growth
of
a
neoplasm
in
a
foreign
host
alters
the
mole
cular
structure
of
the
neoplasm
making
it
antigenic
when
returned
to
the
original
host
antigens
produced
are
also
effective
against
the
original
lesions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
533
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
protein
and
nucleic
acid
metabolism
in
virus
in
fected
mammalian
cells
the
formation
of
a
virus
specific
antigen
in
krebs
ii
ascites
tumour
cells
infected
with
ence
phalomyocarditis
virus
krebs
ii
mouse
ascites
tumor
cells
infected
with
encephalomyocarditis
virus
were
found
to
contain
in
addition
to
mature
virus
a
virus
specific
protein
antigen
an
assay
based
on
the
ability
of
this
antigen
to
block
the
neutralization
of
purified
virus
by
its
specific
antiserum
was
developed
this
antigen
was
present
both
in
the
cul
ture
fluid
hr
after
the
infection
of
cells
with
virus
and
intracellularly
where
its
titer
increased
at
a
time
when
viral
capsid
protein
was
being
synthesized
within
the
cell
it
was
mostly
localized
in
the
soluble
cell
sap
in
contrast
with
virus
the
anti
gen
did
not
agglutinate
sheep
erythrocytes
and
its
immunological
properties
were
destroyed
by
digestion
with
trypsin
ribonucleic
acid
was
not
detected
in
concentrat
ed
preparations
of
the
antigen
nor
was
the
titer
of
antigen
affected
by
ribonuclease
the
antigen
had
a
sedimentation
coefficient
of
approx
s
and
its
diffusion
co
efficient
determined
by
the
method
of
allison
and
humphrey
was
x
sq
cm
sec
the
particle
weight
of
the
antigen
was
hence
the
capsid
protein
from
purified
encephalomyocarditis
virus
could
be
degraded
by
treat
ment
with
ethanolamine
into
a
protein
of
sedimentation
coefficient
of
approx
s
the
s
antigen
when
similarly
treated
yielded
a
protein
of
similar
size
however
no
such
smaller
antigen
was
detected
in
virus
infected
cells
it
is
concluded
that
the
non
hemagglutinating
antigen
represents
a
polymeric
form
of
the
basic
viral
capsid
protein
molecule
and
that
it
is
synthesized
in
the
cytoplasm
of
infected
cells
it
may
be
either
an
intermediate
or
a
by
product
in
the
process
of
viral
capsid
protein
syn
thesis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
534
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
immunologic
competence
and
induction
of
neoplasms
by
polyoma
virus
thymectomy
at
days
of
age
in
several
inbred
strains
of
mice
and
in
an
f
hybrid
resulted
in
a
strikingly
increased
frequency
of
neoplasms
following
infection
with
polyoma
virus
age
susceptibility
was
extended
to
at
least
days
of
age
in
highly
resistant
c
bl
mice
the
usual
stigmata
associated
with
thymectomy
at
birth
were
not
found
in
the
day
thymectomized
mice
nonetheless
the
methods
used
to
restore
immunologically
deficient
thymectomized
neonates
were
also
effective
in
restoring
the
capacity
to
resist
polyoma
virus
tumor
induction
adult
syngeneic
spleen
cells
thymus
tissue
in
millipore
diffusion
chambers
and
syngeneic
thymus
grafts
growth
curves
of
polyoma
virus
in
kidney
salivary
glands
and
liver
were
quite
similar
in
thymectomized
and
intact
litter
mates
hemagglutination
inhibition
antibodies
deter
mined
periodically
up
to
days
after
infection
were
also
similar
in
both
groups
these
results
are
discussed
in
terms
of
a
concept
involving
virus
specific
'tumor'
antigens
and
the
immunologic
status
of
the
animal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
535
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
antigen
analysis
of
sera
from
patients
with
malignant
tumors
by
immunodiffusion
methods
immunoelectrophoresis
and
ouchterlony's
method
were
used
for
the
antigen
analy
sis
of
sera
from
cancer
patients
normal
or
non
tumorous
cases
served
as
controls
immunoelectrophoresis
showed
abnormal
precipitin
lines
which
could
not
be
demonstrated
in
normal
sera
most
of
the
abnormal
antigens
were
demonstrated
in
the
a
and
b
globulin
fractions
the
distribution
of
these
antigens
differed
in
individual
cases
and
was
not
related
to
the
histopathological
classification
and
site
of
the
tumors
however
these
antigens
increased
in
parallel
with
growth
of
the
tumors
and
disappeared
or
markedly
decreased
after
surgical
removal
of
the
tumor
tissue
almost
all
sera
of
patients
with
myeloma
leukemia
and
malignant
lymph
oma
formed
one
characteristic
line
in
the
b
globulin
region
and
they
could
be
dif
ferentiated
from
the
patterns
in
cases
of
carcinoma
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
536
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
isoantigenic
properties
of
tumors
transgressing
histocompatibility
barriers
of
the
h
system
sublines
capable
of
transgressing
h
histocompatibility
barriers
have
been
derived
from
strictly
strain
specific
tumors
by
passage
through
newborn
hosts
of
a
foreign
genotype
passage
through
adult
h
incompatible
recipients
pretreated
with
isoantisera
directed
against
the
tumor
cells
the
nonspecific
character
induced
by
these
procedures
was
usually
expressed
in
a
number
of
different
h
incompa
tible
recipients
the
changes
responsible
for
the
conversion
to
nonspecific
growth
appeared
to
proceed
in
a
stepwise
fashion
expression
of
the
nonspecific
character
required
exposure
to
the
foreign
host
environment
for
more
than
days
at
this
stage
and
during
the
subsequent
transfer
generations
reversion
to
strain
specific
growth
occurred
on
back
transfer
to
the
strain
of
origin
after
passages
in
the
foreign
hosts
the
nonspecific
character
was
permanently
established
however
and
could
not
be
reverted
by
prolonged
passage
in
the
original
host
genotype
the
growth
rate
of
strain
specific
tumors
and
their
nonspecific
sublines
was
compared
in
the
strain
of
origin
no
difference
was
found
with
one
tumor
while
the
strain
specific
line
grew
better
than
the
nonspecific
sublines
with
another
this
difference
was
detected
in
the
homozygous
strain
of
origin
and
in
different
semi
isologous
f
hybrids
all
lines
grew
better
in
the
homozygous
strain
than
in
the
f
hybrids
however
a
comparison
was
made
between
the
concentration
of
h
isoantigenic
surface
determinants
in
strain
specific
tumors
and
their
nonspecific
sublines
by
a
quantitative
absorption
technique
in
vitro
all
nonspecific
sublines
had
a
lower
concentration
of
h
isoantigens
than
the
strain
specific
tumors
this
suggests
that
nonspecific
tumors
develop
as
a
result
of
immunoselection
of
variants
resistant
to
the
homograft
reaction
and
are
characterized
by
a
lowered
concentration
of
h
antigens
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
537
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
participation
of
s
and
s
antibodies
in
enhancement
and
resistance
to
methylcholanthrene
induced
tumours
serum
factors
responsible
for
enhancement
and
resistance
to
methylcholanthrene
induced
tumors
in
a
syngeneic
system
in
mice
were
studied
they
were
found
to
be
part
of
the
serum
immunoglobulin
system
the
active
components
of
specific
anti
tumor
serum
were
always
contained
in
the
s
y
and
s
y
m
fraction
while
no
activity
was
detected
in
the
s
fraction
in
sera
which
in
the
given
dose
enhanced
growth
of
the
tumor
graft
enhancing
activity
was
present
in
both
the
s
and
s
fraction
of
the
serum
and
was
higher
in
the
former
in
sera
which
in
the
given
dose
influenced
the
interaction
of
the
organism
with
the
tumor
by
producing
resistance
to
the
tumor
graft
both
fractions
were
again
active
the
activity
of
fraction
s
being
higher
than
that
of
fraction
s
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
538
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
immunity
against
sex
antigen
on
a
tumour
graft
containing
sex
antigen
the
tumor
bp
induced
by
benzpyrene
in
c
bl
male
mice
contains
sex
antigen
sex
antigen
is
not
lost
during
growth
of
tumor
against
immunity
directed
against
this
antigen
the
tumor
however
becomes
more
resistant
to
immunity
and
the
content
of
sex
antigen
is
decreased
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
539
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
factors
influencing
the
induction
of
enhancement
and
re
sistance
to
methylcholanthrene
induced
tumours
in
a
syn
geneic
system
active
immunological
enhancement
of
the
growth
of
methylcholanthrene
induced
tu
mors
was
demonstrated
in
a
syngeneic
system
in
mice
enhancement
was
detected
wk
after
preimmunization
with
irradiated
tumor
suspension
and
was
succeeded
after
the
th
wk
by
the
development
of
resistance
to
the
tumor
analysis
by
means
of
adoptive
and
passive
transfer
showed
these
to
be
true
immunological
phenomena
enhancement
and
resistance
were
transferred
by
serum
and
by
the
lymph
node
cells
of
preimmunized
mice
threshold
doses
of
tumor
cells
were
found
to
be
the
most
satisfactory
for
the
detection
of
resistance
and
enhancement
in
this
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
54
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ehrlich
ascites
tumor
cells
agglutination
the
interference
exerted
by
epsilonaminocaproic
acid
eac
and
its
acetyl
derivative
eaca
the
activity
of
epsilon
aminocaproic
acid
eac
and
of
its
acetyl
derivative
eaca
was
studied
on
antigen
antibody
reactions
membrane
antigens
and
immune
globulins
in
vitro
eac
and
eaca
do
not
affect
immune
globulins
but
they
do
alter
the
membrane
antigens
of
ehrlich
ascites
tumor
cells
and
inhibit
the
agglutination
reaction
induced
by
a
specific
antiserum
inhibition
is
only
partially
due
to
the
antigenic
alteration
observed
and
it
represents
more
prominently
a
direct
interference
at
the
level
of
the
antigen
antibody
reaction
the
membrane
antigen
alternations
induced
by
the
drugs
and
by
nitrogen
mustard
were
compared
taking
into
account
their
toxicity
eac
and
eaca
were
found
to
be
much
more
active
and
more
specific
than
nitrogen
mustard
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
540
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
antigenic
properties
of
human
tumours
preliminary
studies
on
the
antigenic
properties
of
human
tumours
have
been
carried
out
using
heterologous
antisera
prepared
in
rabbits
against
a
number
of
different
cancerous
and
normal
tissues
after
repeated
absorptions
antisera
were
obtained
which
reacted
only
with
tissue
antigens
some
antisera
after
ab
sorption
with
normal
tissues
reacted
only
with
tumours
seventy
two
tumour
and
normal
tissue
extracts
were
studied
by
means
of
the
ouchterlony
agar
gel
double
diffusion
technique
the
results
showed
the
presence
of
an
antigen
or
antigens
in
some
human
malignant
tumours
which
were
not
detectable
in
normal
tissues
in
foetal
tissues
or
in
hela
cells
in
addition
there
was
some
loss
of
normal
tissue
antigens
from
tumours
attempts
are
being
made
to
isolate
and
characterize
these
tumour
and
normal
tissue
antigens
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
541
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
incorporation
of
sv
genetic
material
into
adenovirus
as
measured
by
intranuclear
synthesis
of
sv
tumor
antigen
the
l
l
strain
of
adenovirus
free
of
detectable
infectious
sv
virus
induced
sv
tumour
antigen
demonstrable
by
fluorescent
antibody
staining
in
green
mon
key
kidney
rabbit
kidney
hamster
embryo
and
human
embryo
kidney
cell
cultures
in
green
monkey
and
human
cell
cultures
there
was
a
cytopathic
effect
and
more
cells
contained
the
sv
tumour
antigen
than
in
the
other
types
of
culture
adenovirus
viral
antiserum
neutralized
the
sv
tumour
antigen
inducing
ability
of
the
l
l
strain
virus
but
anti
sv
monkey
serum
and
serum
from
sv
tumour
bearing
hamsters
did
not
an
adenovirus
preparation
propagated
exclusively
in
human
tissue
did
not
induce
the
sv
tumour
antigen
the
sv
tumour
antigen
was
entirely
localised
within
the
cell
nuclei
and
appeared
to
be
transmitted
to
daughter
cells
during
mitosis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
542
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
fluorescent
antibodies
to
human
cancer
specific
dna
and
nuclear
proteins
specific
antigens
have
been
demonstrated
in
certain
cancers
in
this
study
they
were
obtained
from
an
adenocarcinoma
of
the
colon
and
an
ewing's
sarcoma
homogenates
were
prepared
and
male
rabbits
were
immunized
the
animals
were
bled
to
death
days
after
the
last
injection
testing
included
fluorescent
antibody
methods
and
agar
gel
horizontal
double
diffusion
precipitin
test
the
pattern
of
reaction
of
these
antibodies
against
various
cancers
seems
to
be
dependent
upon
the
source
of
the
cancerous
dna
bound
proteins
and
the
salt
concentration
used
in
their
isolation
human
cancer
specific
cross
nuclear
antigens
seem
to
be
cross
reacting
rather
than
identical
in
structure
the
cancer
specific
antibodies
could
be
removed
only
with
absorption
of
the
immune
globulins
with
cancerous
tissues
salt
soluble
human
dna
bound
proteins
from
an
adenocarcinoma
of
the
colon
and
an
ewing's
sarcoma
induced
the
formation
of
cancer
specific
antibodies
which
showed
positive
fta
re
actions
to
a
maximum
titer
of
against
of
the
cancerous
tissues
studied
these
cancer
specific
antibodies
gave
similar
fta
reactions
with
cell
nuclei
of
normal
appearing
liver
parenchyma
adjacent
to
metastatic
carcinoma
of
colon
nor
mal
appearing
colon
near
to
metastatic
carcinoma
of
the
colon
normal
appearing
colon
near
to
carcinoma
of
the
colon
and
a
long
standing
case
of
chronic
ulcerative
colitis
evidence
is
shown
that
this
finding
possibly
may
represent
a
serological
detection
of
an
early
or
latent
cancerous
change
in
morphologically
normal
cells
these
cancer
specific
antigens
have
been
identified
as
rounded
intranuclear
dna
bodies
and
nuclear
proteins
which
can
be
specifically
destroyed
by
dnase
trypsin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
543
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
immunology
of
the
cancer
cell
tumour
specific
antigens
after
a
broad
historical
survey
of
immunological
studies
of
cancer
a
review
is
given
of
the
evidence
showing
that
antigens
present
in
normal
cells
are
missing
from
the
malignant
cells
that
arise
from
the
same
tissue
this
evidence
is
considered
in
con
junction
with
the
deletion
hypothesis
of
carcinogenesis
and
the
author
emphasizes
that
in
his
view
the
key
event
in
carcinogenesis
is
enzymatic
deletion
antigenic
gain
and
intensification
in
the
course
of
spontaneous
chemical
and
viral
carcino
genesis
is
reviewed
together
with
experiments
demonstrating
the
existence
of
tumour
specific
antigens
the
question
is
then
posed
if
tumours
have
specific
anti
gens
why
is
evidence
for
their
rejection
so
scanty
the
occasional
spontaneous
re
gression
points
to
host
resistance
but
its
rarity
suggests
that
tolerance
generally
develops
consideration
is
given
to
the
application
of
immunological
methods
to
therapy
and
although
current
achievement
in
this
field
is
limited
new
immunological
stratagems
might
yet
transform
the
picture
finally
a
plea
is
made
for
the
integra
tion
of
the
disciplines
of
immunology
and
cellular
differentiation
the
prospect
is
raised
that
through
a
synthetic
and
holistic
approach
we
might
discover
the
suscepti
bility
of
the
cancer
cell
to
re
differentiation
and
re
recognition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
544
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effets
de
la
carence
potassique
chez
le
rat
sur
le
squelette
le
cholesterol
plasmatique
l'histologie
des
surrenales
r
habib
j
lefebvre
et
p
royer
potassium
deficiency
in
the
male
rat
at
the
time
of
weaning
provokes
an
increase
in
the
weight
of
the
suprarenals
an
atrophy
of
the
glomerular
zone
and
a
lipoid
hypertrophy
of
the
fasciculae
it
causes
a
rise
in
the
level
of
the
blood
cholesterol
it
reduces
the
phosphate
level
in
the
blood
and
increases
the
phosphate
in
the
urine
the
blood
calcium
level
is
not
altered
but
a
hypocalciuria
is
noted
it
leads
to
a
severe
osteopathy
which
has
been
investigated
by
radiography
microradiography
and
histological
and
bio
chemical
study
of
the
skeleton
the
following
are
the
charac
teristics
arrest
of
osseous
growth
delay
of
maturation
arrest
of
chondrogenesis
formation
of
dense
metaphyseal
lines
or
lines
of
arrest
osteoporosis
these
facts
are
discussed
and
compared
to
the
analogous
changes
found
in
the
syndrome
of
chronic
idiopathic
hypo
kalaemia
with
hyperkaluria
in
the
infant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
545
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
vergleichende
renale
phosphatelearance
untersuchungen
beim
hyperparathyreoidismus
und
beim
sog
phosphatdiabetes
the
analysis
of
the
function
of
the
kidneys
give
a
contribution
to
the
pathophysiology
of
two
different
diseases
of
general
osteopathies
whose
pathogenesis
or
etiology
are
still
not
clear
in
some
points
the
phosphate
clearance
pre
and
postoperative
in
one
patient
with
hyper
parathyroidism
showed
that
after
the
removal
of
the
adenoma
of
the
parathyroid
the
renal
reabsorption
of
phosphate
improved
only
tempo
rary
as
a
secondary
form
of
hyperparathyroidism
was
already
present
in
a
patient
with
a
phosphatdiabetes
the
clearance
examination
showed
that
under
a
high
dosage
of
vitamin
d
the
reabsorption
of
phosphate
did
not
increase
based
on
these
results
we
have
not
continued
therapy
with
vitamin
d
which
is
certainly
not
indifferent
comparative
renal
clearance
examinations
were
carried
out
in
patients
which
did
not
show
any
disturbances
of
calcium
phosphate
metabolism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
546
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
unreliability
of
the
titan
yellow
method
for
the
determination
of
magnesium
in
patients
receiving
intravenous
calcium
gluconate
gluconate
was
found
to
interfere
with
the
determination
of
magnesium
by
the
titan
yellow
method
with
this
method
false
low
results
were
found
in
the
serum
and
urine
of
patients
receiving
intravenous
calcium
gluconate
the
interference
can
be
prevented
by
ashing
of
the
specimen
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
547
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
absorption
and
excretion
of
toxogonin
an
alkyl
phosphate
antidote
after
intramuscular
injection
in
man
tolerance
absorption
and
urinary
excretion
stu
dies
of
toxogonin
bis
hydroxyiminomethyl
pyridine
methyl
ether
dichloride
a
specific
anti
dote
in
poisoning
by
esterase
blocking
organic
phosphates
were
made
on
men
by
intramuscular
injection
of
mg
ca
mg
kg
of
the
drug
given
by
self
injection
ampoules
injections
made
with
the
automatic
ampoule
autule
caused
no
local
irritation
certain
facial
symptoms
reported
can
for
the
time
being
be
regarded
as
resorptive
side
effects
of
toxogonin
maximum
blood
levels
of
ug
ml
were
recorded
within
minutes
even
after
four
hours
the
level
was
still
ug
ml
a
concentra
tion
amply
sufficient
to
ensure
reactivation
of
blood
esterases
of
the
injected
dose
was
excreted
in
the
urine
after
two
hours
after
eight
hours
toxogonin
appears
to
pass
through
the
body
un
changed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
548
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
study
of
osteoporosis
and
osteomalacia
radiological
evidence
strongly
suggests
that
osteoporosis
with
the
possible
exception
of
acute
immobilization
osteoporosis
may
be
an
irrever
sible
condition
the
changes
therefore
to
be
expected
in
calcium
balance
when
an
osteoporotic
is
treated
are
small
compared
with
those
often
seen
in
osteomalacia
methods
of
obtaining
more
accurate
calcium
balances
are
needed
to
show
these
small
changes
especially
when
a
high
calcium
intake
is
used
the
method
of
continuous
marking
of
stools
with
chromium
sesquioxide
seems
to
provide
just
such
a
method
using
this
method
it
has
so
far
proved
impossible
to
obtain
prolonged
large
positive
calcium
balances
in
osteoporosis
on
either
high
calcium
intake
anabolic
hormones
or
sodium
fluoride
two
alternative
therapies
to
vitamin
d
have
been
explored
for
use
in
vitamin
d
resistant
osteomalacia
atp
has
been
found
to
be
inneffective
intravenous
phosphate
alone
has
been
ineffective
in
producing
positive
calcium
balances
but
is
effective
as
a
complement
to
vitamin
d
under
certain
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
549
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
aetiology
and
treatment
of
urinary
calculus
investigations
in
this
laboratory
have
been
based
on
the
hypothesis
that
calculus
formation
is
primarily
a
process
of
crystallization
from
super
saturated
solutions
rather
than
one
of
adsorption
on
a
specific
protein
matrix
as
has
been
postulated
by
boyce
and
his
colleagues
boyce
and
king
that
crystallization
is
the
primary
factor
is
strongly
suggested
by
the
recent
studies
of
vermeulen
lyon
and
gill
these
authors
produced
artificial
concretions
which
closely
resembled
urinary
calculi
by
immersing
a
rotating
wire
loop
in
normal
urine
for
several
days
and
slowly
adding
the
appropriate
stone
forming
elements
if
the
above
hypothesis
is
correct
then
the
factors
of
primary
interest
in
urinary
stone
formation
are
those
responsible
for
supersaturation
nucleation
and
crystal
poisoning
much
remains
to
be
learnt
about
these
various
factors
their
inter
relationships
and
their
relative
importance
the
significance
of
the
urinary
colloids
proteins
muco
proteins
and
polysaccharides
in
calculus
formation
is
still
not
clear
but
it
is
probable
that
they
play
an
important
secondary
role
in
binding
crystalline
precipitates
to
form
a
non
friable
calculus
since
time
is
an
important
factor
in
crystal
growth
such
non
specific
binding
by
proteins
would
increase
the
chances
of
stone
growth
and
retention
within
the
upper
urinary
tract
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
55
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
study
on
the
behavior
of
tumor
tissue
in
diffusion
chambers
against
penetrating
host
cells
in
tumor
resistant
rats
tumour
cells
in
diffusion
chambers
which
were
implanted
in
tumour
resistant
rats
were
only
destroyed
by
penetrating
immunized
host
cells
when
membrane
filters
of
large
pore
size
were
used
whereas
with
filters
of
small
pore
size
the
tumour
cells
survived
and
remained
virulent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
550
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
control
of
idiopathic
hypercalciuria
the
paper
discusses
the
causes
of
hypercalciuria
and
describes
cases
of
different
origins
all
of
which
presented
similarly
with
renal
stones
the
diagnosis
of
idiopathic
hypercalciuria
was
made
by
exclusion
the
effects
of
dietary
restriction
of
calcium
sodium
bicarbonate
cortisone
sodium
phosphate
sodium
phytate
and
cellulose
phosphate
were
demonstrated
by
calcium
and
phosphorus
balance
techniques
all
were
shown
to
have
some
urinary
calcium
lowering
effect
finally
a
chlorothiazide
derivative
namely
bendrofluazide
was
also
demonstrated
to
have
a
hypocalciuric
effect
and
the
mode
of
action
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
551
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
parathyroid
hormone
and
other
proteins
in
vitro
on
mitochondrial
metabolism
it
is
apparent
that
in
addition
to
parathyroid
hormone
several
non
hormonal
basic
proteins
stimulate
mitochondrial
respiration
ion
transport
and
atpase
but
inhibit
the
pi
atp
exchange
reaction
thus
these
effects
may
not
be
so
uniquely
a
measure
of
the
biological
actions
of
parathyroid
hormone
as
the
previous
reports
suggested
rasmussen
et
al
have
also
isolated
from
parathyroid
extracts
a
protein
that
is
inert
in
vivo
but
stimulates
mitochondrial
transport
of
phosphate
in
vitro
they
postulated
that
this
protein
might
be
yet
another
biologically
important
factor
produced
by
para
thyroid
glands
the
latter
speculation
may
not
be
warranted
in
view
of
the
uncertain
specificity
of
protein
effects
on
mitochondria
all
of
our
tests
completed
to
date
show
that
the
non
hormonal
parathyroid
proteins
c
and
c
are
unrelated
either
biologically
immunologically
or
chemically
by
amino
acid
analysis
to
the
parathyroid
hormone
further
rigorous
studies
are
necessary
to
precisely
determine
whether
any
effects
of
parathyroid
hormone
on
mitochondria
validly
reflect
the
mechanism
of
action
of
the
hormone
and
whether
it
is
sound
to
use
the
in
vitro
tests
as
bioassay
tools
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
552
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
treatment
of
phosphatic
encrusted
cystitis
alkaline
cystitis
with
nalidixic
acid
phosphatic
encrusted
cystitis
is
caused
by
persistent
infection
by
b
proteus
or
ps
pyocyaneus
associated
with
an
alkaline
urine
its
incidence
may
be
increasing
and
may
follow
megavoltage
therapy
of
a
bladder
tumour
its
incidence
in
post
radiation
cases
is
per
cent
mandelamine
often
fails
to
relieve
this
condition
in
this
series
of
ten
patients
who
had
failed
to
respond
to
mandelamine
eight
responded
to
treatment
with
nalidixic
acid
no
side
effect
of
treatment
was
noted
in
the
series
nalidixic
acid
is
of
value
in
the
treatment
of
b
proteus
infections
of
the
urinary
tract
and
is
the
drug
of
choice
in
the
treatment
of
phosphatic
encrusted
cystitis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
553
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
role
of
the
liver
in
the
glycoprotein
mobilizing
property
of
parathyroid
extract
studies
were
carried
out
to
de
termine
the
action
of
hepatectomy
on
the
glycoprotein
action
of
pte
as
well
as
on
pte
induced
renal
calcification
and
deposi
tion
of
glycoprotein
our
data
showed
that
in
hepatectomized
rats
pte
no
longer
caused
an
elevation
in
serum
glycoproteins
how
ever
hepatectomy
did
not
alter
the
forma
tion
of
glycoprotein
tubular
casts
produced
by
pte
administration
the
data
suggest
that
the
liver
is
the
major
source
of
the
ele
vated
serum
glycoproteins
found
in
rats
re
ceiving
pte
in
addition
it
is
possible
that
pte
may
have
a
direct
stimulating
action
on
biosynthesis
of
glycoprotein
by
the
kidney
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
554
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
distribution
and
excretion
of
radioactivity
after
parenteral
administration
of
radioactive
polydiethylstilbestrol
phosphate
to
rats
and
a
cow
polydiethylstilbestrol
phosphate
psp
a
water
soluble
polyester
of
phos
phoric
acid
and
diethylstilbestrol
was
in
jected
in
rats
and
a
cow
and
the
distribution
and
excretion
of
radioactivity
were
followed
in
both
species
after
a
subcutaneous
or
intramuscular
injection
the
bulk
of
the
radio
activity
was
accumulated
at
the
site
of
injec
tion
the
disappearance
of
radioactivity
from
this
depot
was
very
slow
as
late
as
days
after
the
injection
into
rats
of
the
administered
radioactivity
was
still
accumu
lated
at
the
site
of
injection
the
liver
was
very
effective
in
removing
labeled
material
from
circulating
blood
twenty
four
hours
after
intravenous
injection
in
rats
about
of
the
radioactivity
was
recovered
from
this
organ
the
distribution
of
radioactivity
in
the
cow
indicated
that
the
polymer
was
preferably
accumulated
in
organs
containing
reticuloendothelial
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
555
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
study
of
phosphate
excretion
by
the
stop
flow
technique
m
de
myttenaere
the
stop
flow
technique
has
been
applied
to
the
dog
in
an
attempt
to
rule
out
tubular
secretion
of
phosphate
and
to
locate
the
site
of
action
of
parathyroid
hormone
p
t
h
on
the
renal
tubule
under
the
experimental
conditions
used
no
significant
inward
transtubular
movement
of
p
could
be
demonstrated
ruling
out
tubular
secretion
of
phosphate
stop
flow
experiments
performed
in
parathyroidectomized
dogs
before
and
after
p
t
h
administration
demonstrated
inhibition
of
phosphorus
reabsorption
by
the
hormone
in
addition
the
stop
flow
pattern
indicated
that
this
phenomenon
took
place
mainly
in
the
distal
part
of
the
proximal
tubules
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
556
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
stupor
hypercalcemia
and
carcinoma
of
the
renal
pelvis
since
albright
suggested
that
some
tumors
might
be
producing
parathyroid
hormone
hy
percalcemia
associated
with
malignant
tumors
with
out
bony
metastases
has
been
recorded
with
increas
ing
frequency
transitional
cell
carcinoma
of
the
renal
pelvis
is
here
added
to
the
list
of
neoplasms
that
hypercalcemia
may
accompany
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
557
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
anodized
aluminium
grains
labelled
with
radiophosphorus
for
medical
purposes
g
b
fasolo
r
malvano
u
rosa
and
e
zimmer
interstitial
b
therapy
by
implantation
in
tissues
of
radioactive
sources
is
widely
applied
to
the
treatment
of
certain
forms
of
human
malignancies
among
the
radio
elements
proposed
for
this
therapeutic
technique
yttrium
and
gold
are
the
most
generally
used
radiophosphorus
p
shows
some
attractive
features
because
of
its
suitable
half
life
days
and
its
rather
high
energy
b
emission
maximum
energy
mev
but
the
use
of
this
radionuclide
is
limited
by
the
diffi
culties
found
in
the
preparation
of
safe
solid
sources
the
only
techniques
we
have
found
in
the
literature
are
those
reported
by
riechert
and
mundinger
and
by
rames
and
moravek
who
used
respectively
small
plastic
capsules
filled
with
phosphomolybdic
acid
solution
and
ca
po
grains
labelled
with
phosphorus
these
methods
require
a
delicate
preparative
work
and
moreover
a
large
b
self
absorption
effect
can
be
expected
in
both
cases
a
new
simple
method
for
the
preparation
of
grains
labelled
with
phosphorus
basically
consists
in
ad
sorbing
labelled
po
ions
on
an
active
aluminium
oxide
film
produced
by
anodic
oxidation
of
aluminium
wire
the
adsorption
capacity
of
the
oxide
film
for
po
ions
is
quite
high
but
the
process
is
reversible
the
phos
phorus
activity
is
partially
desorbed
even
after
'sealing'
in
boiling
water
when
the
labelled
wire
is
kept
in
isotonic
sodium
chloride
solution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
558
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
parathyroidectomy
and
ferric
dextrin
upon
calciphylactic
sensitization
by
uremia
experiments
on
the
rat
indicate
that
calciphy
lactic
sensitization
can
be
achieved
by
bilateral
nephrectomy
intravenous
administration
of
a
ferric
dextrin
preparation
fe
din
induces
selective
calcification
in
the
buccal
mucosa
esophagus
trachea
and
mediastinum
of
the
nephrectomized
rat
although
it
produces
no
such
changes
in
intact
control
animals
conversely
fe
din
prevents
the
cardiovascular
calcification
normally
elicited
by
nephrectomy
parathy
roidectomy
protects
the
nephrectomized
rat
against
the
fe
din
induced
calciphylaxis
hence
it
may
be
concluded
that
autologous
parathyroid
hormone
in
amounts
secreted
by
the
glands
can
act
as
a
calciphylactic
sensitizer
and
fe
din
is
highly
effective
in
protecting
the
cardiovascular
system
against
uremic
damage
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
559
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mediastinal
parathyroid
adenoma
a
case
of
hyperparathyroidism
with
hypercalcemic
crisis
is
presented
the
tumor
was
a
well
differentiated
and
encapsulated
parathyroid
adenoma
un
usually
located
in
the
anterior
mediastinum
lying
both
within
and
without
the
pericardial
sac
the
surgical
approach
was
directly
through
the
sternum
with
a
mediastinal
exploration
the
postoperative
course
was
uneventful
and
gratifying
with
complete
correction
of
both
symptoms
and
abnormal
laboratory
findings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
56
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
current
status
of
hypothermia
moderate
hypothermia
has
been
recommended
for
many
and
varied
conditions
today
its
value
is
being
questioned
in
the
light
of
controlled
groups
of
patients
at
the
moment
its
use
is
justified
in
certain
cardiac
and
other
operations
where
circulation
may
be
interrupted
for
short
periods
in
general
surgical
procedures
where
massive
sudden
blood
loss
may
be
anticipated
in
neurosurgical
operations
where
a
relaxed
brain
is
required
following
acute
hypoxia
such
as
seen
in
cardiac
arrest
and
perhaps
in
the
therapy
of
acute
septicemic
shock
profound
hypothermia
in
association
with
extracorporeal
circulation
rests
on
shakier
premises
but
can
be
of
value
in
major
cardiac
operations
where
asystole
is
required
and
in
certain
neurosurgical
procedures
where
complete
interruption
of
circulation
is
indicated
there
is
a
great
hazard
in
the
development
of
inadvertent
or
unrecognized
hypothermia
in
the
anesthetized
patient
monitoring
of
body
temperature
is
an
important
feature
of
the
care
of
the
patient
in
the
operating
theater
and
in
the
recovery
room
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
560
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
clinical
experience
with
primary
hyperparathyroidism
evaluation
of
treatment
forty
four
patients
with
operatively
proven
hyperparathyroidism
were
evaluated
to
decide
whether
or
not
the
diagnosis
could
be
substantiated
by
some
postoperative
observations
other
than
the
gross
anatomic
diagnosis
of
the
operative
specimen
and
what
the
long
term
value
of
operative
treatment
would
be
it
was
found
that
an
immediate
and
significant
fall
in
urinary
phosphorus
excretion
best
documented
the
diagnosis
of
primary
hyperparathyroidism
over
intervals
up
to
years
follow
up
of
the
patients
suggested
a
favourable
response
of
the
disease
to
operative
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
561
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
dilution
test
as
a
measure
of
renal
function
in
niobium
poisoned
rats
control
female
albino
rats
given
a
water
load
of
ml
kg
excreted
per
cent
of
this
load
as
urine
within
minutes
teu
the
administration
of
a
single
intraperitoneal
dose
ranging
from
to
mg
nb
kg
resulted
in
to
fold
increases
in
the
teu
value
hours
after
the
niobium
was
injected
when
niobium
was
complexed
with
ascorbic
acid
prior
to
injection
the
teu
value
was
within
control
limits
however
rats
given
a
single
intraperitoneal
dose
of
niobium
and
then
given
doses
of
ascorbic
acid
at
intervals
of
and
hours
showed
teu
values
that
were
not
markedly
different
from
those
observed
in
rats
given
niobium
only
increased
teu
values
were
observed
in
rats
given
single
intraperitoneal
doses
of
uranyl
nitrate
mg
u
kg
mercuric
chloride
mg
hg
kg
and
sodium
tripolyphosphate
mg
kg
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
562
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
influence
of
parathyroid
activity
on
ion
exchange
in
various
tissues
balance
data
from
three
patients
with
hypoparathyroidism
who
were
given
parathyroid
extract
are
presented
the
metabolic
response
was
complex
the
data
demonstrate
losses
of
phosphate
magnesium
sodium
and
potassium
which
were
not
accounted
for
by
destruction
of
either
bone
or
non
osseous
tissues
preferential
depletion
of
these
minerals
from
bone
or
loss
from
non
osseous
tissues
must
be
presumed
the
exchange
of
ca
mg
and
p
in
a
spectrum
of
rat
tissues
has
been
studied
in
sham
operated
parathyroidectomized
and
parathyroid
extract
treated
rats
the
effects
of
parathyroidectomy
on
the
development
of
magnesium
deficiency
were
determined
four
hours
after
parathyroidectomy
increased
transport
of
calcium
into
bone
kidney
intestine
liver
brain
and
muscle
was
found
six
days
after
parathyroidectomy
equilibrium
had
been
reestablished
and
exchange
rates
were
identical
to
those
in
sham
operated
animals
the
administration
of
parathyroid
extract
was
associated
with
de
creased
transport
of
ca
mg
and
p
into
bone
ca
exchange
in
kidney
was
reduced
but
in
all
other
tissues
exchange
of
ca
and
mg
was
in
creased
p
exchange
in
both
intestine
and
kidney
was
mardedly
increased
in
animals
receiving
the
extract
parathyroidectomy
greatly
minimized
the
manifestations
of
mag
nesium
deficiency
in
young
rats
on
magnesium
deficient
diets
the
results
suggest
that
parathyroid
hormone
may
affect
the
trans
port
and
exchange
of
calcium
magnesium
and
phosphate
and
perhaps
sodium
and
potassium
in
tissues
other
than
those
usually
considered
to
be
target
organs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
563
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
alkalosis
on
plasma
concentration
and
urinary
excretion
of
inorganic
phosphate
in
man
acute
respiratory
and
metabolic
alkalosis
have
been
shown
to
depress
plasma
phosphorus
con
centration
in
normal
man
the
fall
in
plasma
phosphorus
concentration
is
greater
in
respiratory
than
in
comparable
levels
of
extracellular
meta
bolic
alkalosis
this
fall
is
not
attributable
to
in
creased
renal
excretion
or
to
migration
into
red
blood
cells
the
evaluation
of
low
serum
phos
phorus
concentrations
should
always
be
carried
out
with
a
knowledge
of
the
ph
and
total
co
content
of
the
plasma
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
564
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
relationship
between
vitamin
d
and
parathyroid
hormone
marit
von
stedingk
the
effect
of
parathyroidectomy
and
parathy
roid
hormone
administration
upon
the
concentra
tions
of
plasma
calcium
and
phosphate
have
been
measured
in
vitamin
d
deficient
rats
and
the
re
sults
compared
to
those
observed
in
d
fed
ani
mals
also
the
influence
of
dietary
calcium
and
phosphate
content
upon
these
responses
has
been
investigated
parathyroidectomy
in
the
d
fed
ani
mal
results
in
a
rapid
fall
in
plasma
calcium
and
a
biphasic
plasma
phosphate
response
with
an
initial
fall
followed
by
a
striking
rise
in
contrast
parathyroidectomy
in
the
d
deficient
rat
is
fol
lowed
by
no
significant
change
in
plasma
calcium
and
an
immediate
rise
in
plasma
phosphate
that
can
be
prevented
by
the
administration
of
para
thyroid
hormone
dietary
phosphate
restriction
abolished
the
effect
of
parathyroidectomy
in
both
groups
of
animals
administration
of
a
dose
of
u
of
hormone
to
the
intact
d
deficient
rat
had
little
influence
upon
plasma
calcium
a
dose
of
u
did
in
crease
plasma
calcium
a
dose
of
u
was
suffi
cient
to
increase
the
plasma
calcium
of
the
d
fed
animal
these
results
are
discussed
in
relation
to
the
effects
of
vitamin
d
and
parathyroid
hor
mone
upon
mitochondrial
metabolism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
565
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
decrease
in
serum
and
urinary
phosphorus
in
man
in
the
course
of
pyrotherapy
during
the
fever
peak
occurring
a
few
hours
after
the
in
jection
urinary
phosphorus
up
dis
appears
entirely
this
fact
cannot
be
accounted
for
by
the
parallel
decrease
in
gfr
because
serum
phosphorus
level
sp
does
not
increase
as
it
would
be
expected
to
should
retention
occur
but
on
the
contrary
it
too
declines
to
a
marked
degree
the
possibility
that
changes
in
sp
and
up
could
have
been
brought
about
by
an
increased
utilization
of
glucose
was
also
considered
an
intravenous
glucose
toler
ance
test
method
of
macho
and
licko
was
carried
out
in
another
group
of
patients
on
control
days
and
on
days
of
pyrotherapy
five
hours
after
the
pyrogen
administration
an
increase
in
the
rate
of
glucose
utilization
was
observed
table
however
a
different
opinion
is
found
in
the
literature
in
the
course
of
glucose
tolerance
tests
conn
and
comparini
observed
a
lowered
rate
of
glucose
utilization
in
febrile
subjects
malizia
found
an
accentuated
rate
of
decline
of
serum
phosphorus
during
glucose
tolerance
tests
in
subjects
with
high
temperatures
but
the
glycemic
responses
did
not
differ
from
those
ob
tained
when
controls
without
fever
were
subjected
to
the
same
tests
whether
it
be
for
utilization
purposes
or
not
the
fact
remains
that
a
massive
transfer
of
phosphorus
from
the
serum
into
the
tissues
takes
place
in
fever
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
566
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
relationship
of
maximal
tubular
phosphate
reabsorption
to
filtration
rate
in
the
dog
a
maximal
renal
tubular
rate
of
reabsorption
of
phos
phate
tmp
has
been
demonstrated
in
the
normal
dog
in
the
dog
as
in
the
man
considerable
variability
in
the
tmp
often
occurs
while
some
of
this
variability
remains
unex
plained
a
direct
relationship
between
glomerular
filtration
rate
gfr
and
tmp
can
be
demonstrated
when
the
gfr
is
varied
over
a
wide
range
this
relationship
suggests
that
glomerular
intermittency
may
exist
in
the
dog
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
567
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
human
growth
hormone
clinical
measurement
response
to
hypoglycemia
and
suppression
by
corticosteroids
a
standard
test
of
growth
hormone
secretory
ca
pacity
based
on
radioimmunoassay
of
plasma
growth
hormone
after
insulin
hypoglycemia
is
described
in
normal
subjects
a
standard
insulin
tolerance
test
caus
ing
an
average
blood
glucose
drop
to
per
cent
of
resting
values
produced
a
mean
rise
in
growth
hor
mone
to
millimicrogm
per
milliliter
at
one
hour
with
a
total
range
of
to
millimicrogm
per
mil
liliter
no
response
was
observed
in
hypopituitary
subjects
under
comparable
hypoglycemic
stimulation
glu
cocorticoid
treated
patients
showed
a
marked
in
hibition
of
the
growth
hormone
response
which
was
related
to
dose
subjects
receiving
more
than
mg
of
cortisol
equivalent
per
day
showed
a
mean
plasma
rise
to
millimicrogm
per
milliliter
range
to
millimicrogm
subjects
receiving
to
mg
of
cortisol
equivalent
per
day
showed
a
mean
rise
to
millimicrogm
per
milliliter
range
to
millimicrogm
inhibition
of
human
growth
hormone
was
also
affected
by
duration
of
glucocorticoid
treatment
be
ing
greater
with
long
term
than
with
short
term
ad
ministration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
568
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
obesity
and
plasma
levels
of
insulin
and
growth
hormone
studies
of
serum
levels
of
glucose
free
fatty
acids
insulin
and
growth
hormone
during
prolonged
fasting
suggest
that
insulin
and
growth
hormone
are
not
responsible
for
certain
metabolic
abnormalities
accompanying
obesity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
569
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypophysectomy
replacement
therapy
and
the
tolerance
of
the
euryhaline
killifish
fundulus
heteroclitus
to
hypotonic
media
hypophysectomized
fundulus
heteroclitus
as
previously
reported
survive
only
a
few
days
after
transfer
from
salt
to
fresh
water
survival
time
is
the
same
when
fish
are
tested
weeks
or
months
after
hypophysectomy
gradual
dilution
of
the
external
medium
produces
failure
at
an
average
salinity
of
this
salinity
is
comparable
to
that
causing
failure
after
abrupt
transfer
although
failure
is
associated
with
hypochloremia
daily
injections
of
a
balanced
salt
solution
or
nacl
shorten
survival
daily
injections
of
teleostean
neurohypophysial
peptides
arginine
vasotocin
and
pressor
mu
per
gram
and
isotocin
and
oxytocic
mu
per
gram
do
not
prolong
survival
an
extract
of
caudal
neurosecretory
tissue
urophysis
from
male
tilapia
mossambica
had
no
beneficial
action
at
doses
of
ug
per
gram
every
other
day
purified
ovine
prolactin
mu
per
gram
on
alternate
days
maintained
survival
of
of
fish
for
the
duration
of
the
day
test
period
in
fresh
water
irrespective
of
the
period
of
pretreatment
in
salt
water
purified
bovine
prolactin
prolonged
survival
and
of
fish
were
maintained
for
days
purified
bovine
growth
hormone
was
ineffective
monkey
growth
hormone
containing
u
per
milligram
of
prolactin
activity
administered
at
a
dose
of
ug
per
gram
equivalent
to
mu
per
gram
prolactin
activity
prolonged
survival
human
growth
hormone
containing
u
per
milligram
of
prolactin
activity
at
a
dose
of
ug
per
gram
equivalent
to
ml
per
gram
prolactin
activity
also
prolonged
survival
and
of
fish
were
maintained
for
days
the
ability
of
pituitary
preparations
to
protect
hypophysectomized
f
heteroclitus
from
failure
in
fresh
water
appears
to
be
related
to
their
prolactin
activity
and
not
to
their
content
of
neurohypophysial
peptides
this
suggests
that
an
adenohypophysial
hormone
resembling
mammalian
prolactin
is
essential
for
survival
of
this
fish
in
hypotonic
external
media
carp
pituitary
preparations
do
not
protect
hypophysectomized
f
heteroclitus
although
f
heteroclitus
pituitaries
are
known
to
be
effective
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
57
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hyperglycemic
coronary
perfusion
effect
of
hypothermia
on
myocardial
function
during
cardiopulmonary
bypass
in
a
series
of
animal
experiments
hyperglycemic
perfusion
of
the
heart
gave
significant
protection
to
the
anoxic
heart
this
protection
was
evaluated
by
ventricular
function
and
contractile
force
studies
and
was
observed
after
aortic
occlusion
at
and
degrees
c
metabolic
data
revealed
a
considerable
myocardial
glucose
uptake
higher
coronary
ph
higher
po
and
lower
pco
in
the
glucose
perfused
groups
as
compared
to
controls
a
hypothesis
for
the
protective
effect
may
be
an
alteration
in
metabolic
pathway
and
support
of
the
myocardial
enzyme
systems
associated
with
high
glucose
concentration
and
utilization
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
570
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
resistance
to
human
growth
hormone
in
pituitary
dwarfism
clinical
and
immunologic
studies
thirteen
pituitary
dwarfs
have
been
treated
with
human
growth
hormone
hgh
and
growth
acceleration
with
doses
of
mg
week
has
been
observed
in
all
but
one
patient
on
therapy
this
year
old
girl
grew
at
a
rate
of
cm
month
for
months
thereafter
despite
larger
doses
of
growth
hormone
mg
week
growth
rate
fell
to
cm
month
this
rate
of
growth
persisted
after
stopping
hgh
on
retreatment
on
occasions
acceleration
of
growth
did
not
occur
antibodies
to
hgh
absent
in
her
serum
before
treatment
were
repeatedly
demonstrated
in
her
serum
in
high
concentra
tion
hgh
binding
capacity
up
to
mg
during
treatment
comparable
titers
of
anti
body
have
not
been
found
in
any
of
the
other
patients
receiving
long
term
hgh
treat
ment
the
specificity
of
the
human
anti
hgh
serum
differed
from
rabbit
anti
hgh
serum
whereas
both
monkey
growth
hormone
mgh
and
hgh
were
effective
inhibitors
of
the
binding
of
hgh
i
by
rabbit
antiserum
only
hgh
was
an
effective
inhibitor
with
human
antiserum
in
like
manner
a
crude
placental
extract
which
was
an
effective
in
hibitor
for
rabbit
antiserum
was
ineffective
with
human
anti
hgh
serum
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
571
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
influence
of
alloxan
diabetes
on
growth
hormone
content
of
the
rat
hypophysis
homog
enates
of
adenophypophysial
tissue
obtained
from
alloxan
injected
adult
male
rats
varying
in
duration
and
severity
of
diabetes
as
well
as
from
diabetic
rats
maintained
on
an
insulin
replacement
regimen
were
assayed
in
immature
hypophysectomized
female
rats
the
ability
of
these
crude
hypophysial
extracts
to
encourage
tibial
cartilage
width
ex
pansion
gain
in
body
weight
and
to
depress
hematocrit
and
blood
area
levels
was
determined
significant
decrements
in
ability
to
increase
epiphysial
cartilage
width
and
ability
to
depress
hematocrits
were
noted
to
days
following
injection
of
alloxan
increasing
the
intensity
of
the
diabetic
state
was
associated
with
decreased
growth
promoting
potency
of
hypo
physial
preparations
as
well
as
with
decreased
ability
to
influence
the
hematological
indices
hypophysial
extracts
taken
from
insulin
treated
diabetic
rats
contained
more
growth
hormone
than
equivalent
amounts
of
tissue
obtained
from
control
rats
it
is
concluded
that
the
adenohypophyses
of
diabetic
rats
contain
diminished
amounts
of
growth
hormone
and
the
insulin
repairs
or
encourages
greater
than
normal
ac
cumulation
of
somatotrophin
in
these
animals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
572
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pheochromocytoma
without
hypertension
the
patient
developed
symptoms
of
pheochromo
cytoma
about
years
after
the
diagnosis
of
eosinophilic
adenoma
of
the
pituitary
gland
the
predominating
symptoms
were
profuse
sweating
and
tachycardia
hypertension
hyperglycemia
and
glycosuria
were
absent
the
relation
of
the
quan
tity
and
the
relative
composition
of
catechol
amines
to
the
symptomatology
is
discussed
some
speculation
regarding
the
etiological
importance
of
hypersecretion
of
growth
hormone
in
pheochromo
cytoma
seems
to
be
in
order
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
573
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypoglycemia
growth
retardation
and
probable
isolated
growth
hormone
deficiency
in
a
year
old
child
a
heretofore
unreported
association
of
defects
namely
hypoglycemia
growth
retardation
and
deficiency
of
serum
growth
hormonelike
activity
in
a
year
old
child
is
described
human
growth
hormone
hgh
mg
a
day
for
days
doubled
the
fasting
blood
sugar
prevented
the
postprandial
hypoglycemia
and
reversed
the
sensitivity
to
tolbutamide
and
leucine
treatment
with
mg
of
hgh
times
a
week
produced
a
growth
of
inches
in
months
compared
to
a
growth
of
inch
in
the
previous
months
since
the
protein
bound
iodine
and
the
response
to
methopyrapone
were
normal
and
the
blood
level
of
growth
hormone
was
low
this
case
is
presented
as
a
probable
isolated
growth
hormone
deficiency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
574
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
production
secretion
and
availability
of
insulin
a
more
precise
understanding
of
the
metabolic
phase
of
diabetes
mellitus
requires
reliable
information
concerning
the
synthesis
manner
of
release
and
transport
of
insulin
as
well
as
of
the
behavior
of
agents
which
interfere
with
the
actions
of
the
hormone
by
inhibition
or
destruction
we
shall
deal
with
a
variety
of
these
problems
here
and
it
might
be
helpful
at
the
outset
to
outline
first
our
present
understanding
of
the
chemical
structure
of
insulin
since
many
useful
hints
flow
out
of
a
consideration
of
the
nature
of
the
molecule
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
575
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
growth
and
growth
retardation
various
attempts
have
been
made
over
the
years
to
define
growth
from
the
standpoint
of
this
review
growth
is
the
physiological
accretion
of
new
tissue
which
is
reflected
in
the
acquisition
of
protein
and
water
this
process
in
almost
all
instances
leads
to
increase
in
size
length
weight
and
volume
and
actively
progresses
from
the
fertilization
of
the
ovum
to
the
period
of
sexual
maturity
where
millions
of
cells
are
present
in
a
state
of
advanced
organization
with
further
time
growth
is
less
and
indeed
may
become
negative
insofar
as
cells
are
lost
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
576
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
long
term
treatment
of
hypopituitary
and
of
achondroplastic
dwarfism
with
human
growth
hormone
we
have
treated
an
year
old
hypopi
tuitary
dwarf
intermittently
with
hgh
wilhelmi
for
years
with
mg
times
a
week
the
monthly
growth
rate
was
inch
as
treatment
continued
he
became
resistant
increasing
the
dosage
to
mg
times
a
week
at
the
age
of
induced
a
monthly
growth
rate
of
inch
this
growth
promoting
effect
is
at
least
as
great
as
that
reported
for
the
li
and
raben
preparations
we
have
also
treated
a
year
old
severely
de
formed
'achondroplastic'
dwarf
for
a
year
with
mg
times
a
week
he
grew
inch
in
the
first
month
the
spurt
in
growth
subsided
with
mg
times
a
week
he
grew
another
inch
in
a
month
but
growth
was
not
main
tained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
577
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acromegaly
the
effects
of
various
steroid
hormones
on
the
insulin
induced
growth
hormone
response
and
peter
h
forsham
the
availability
of
a
sensitive
assay
for
human
growth
hormone
has
made
it
possible
to
directly
measure
the
effects
of
various
agents
purported
to
alter
growth
patterns
acromegalic
patients
present
a
special
problem
both
in
early
diagnosis
and
in
therapy
being
able
to
measure
growth
hormone
in
these
patients
provides
an
accurate
index
of
activity
and
a
precise
measure
of
therapeutic
effectiveness
in
an
attempt
to
determine
whether
a
pituitary
block
of
growth
hormone
secretion
is
feasible
in
this
condition
a
study
was
made
of
the
effects
of
estrogen
androgen
and
glucocorticoid
administration
on
growth
hormone
response
to
a
standard
insulin
tolerance
test
in
a
patient
with
active
acro
megaly
in
the
dosage
schedules
used
in
this
study
it
was
not
possible
to
suppress
either
basal
growth
hormone
secretion
or
blunt
its
responsiveness
to
the
normal
physiologic
stimulus
of
hypoglycemia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
578
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
practical
human
growth
hormone
preparation
and
clinical
use
human
growth
hormone
was
prepared
from
acetone
dried
pituitary
powder
by
hot
glacial
acetic
acid
extraction
and
subsequent
precipita
tion
by
sodium
chloride
and
cold
acetone
the
yield
was
per
cent
and
the
preparation
was
called
practical
growth
hormone
in
recognition
of
its
complement
of
corticotropin
treatment
of
two
dwarfs
with
practical
growth
hormone
in
aqueous
solution
or
mg
intra
muscularly
on
alternate
days
accelerated
the
growth
rate
and
there
were
no
physical
signs
or
laboratory
indications
of
adrenal
stimulation
or
other
adverse
effects
the
preparation
is
recom
mended
for
its
safety
simplicity
and
relatively
good
yield
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
579
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypophysectomy
and
the
lipolytic
action
of
epinephrine
in
vitro
the
response
of
normal
adipose
tissue
to
epinephrine
ug
ml
incubation
medium
is
completely
abolished
by
hypo
physectomy
of
the
donor
rats
treatment
of
hypophysectomized
rats
with
crude
whole
rat
pituitary
extract
restored
the
lipolytic
ac
tion
of
epinephrine
to
normal
posterior
pi
tuitary
extract
and
corticotropin
replacement
was
without
effect
thyrotropin
injections
produced
a
partial
and
growth
hormone
treatment
a
full
restoration
of
the
lipolytic
action
of
epinephrine
treatment
of
hypo
physectomized
rats
with
cortisol
or
cortico
sterone
reestablished
the
sensitivity
of
their
adipose
tissue
to
epinephrine
but
only
when
relatively
large
doses
of
these
hormones
were
given
physiological
doses
of
triiodothyronine
ug
rat
day
however
restored
the
nor
mal
response
to
epinephrine
it
is
concluded
that
several
endocrine
factors
can
influence
the
lipolytic
action
of
epinephrine
but
that
their
physiological
importance
cannot
yet
be
quantitated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
58
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
specific
carcinoembryonic
antigens
of
the
human
digestive
system
a
wide
variety
of
human
adult
and
fetal
tissues
were
studied
by
immunodiffusion
techniques
in
agar
gel
to
determine
whether
they
contained
the
tumor
specific
antigen
s
previously
found
in
colonic
cancers
in
the
adult
tissues
it
was
demonstrated
that
identical
antigens
were
present
in
all
tested
specimens
of
malignant
tumors
of
the
entodermally
derived
epithelium
of
the
gastro
intestinal
tract
and
pancreas
but
were
absent
from
all
other
tested
adult
tissues
the
common
antigenic
constituents
therefore
represent
system
specific
cancer
antigens
of
the
human
digestive
system
system
specific
cancer
antigens
have
not
previously
been
demonstrated
in
humans
experiments
with
fetal
tissues
demonstrated
that
identical
antigens
were
also
present
in
fetal
gut
liver
and
pancreas
between
and
months
of
gestation
these
components
were
named
carcinoembryonic
antigens
of
the
human
digestive
system
on
the
basis
of
the
present
findings
and
the
recent
work
regarding
control
of
the
expression
of
genetic
potentialities
in
various
genetic
potentialities
in
various
types
of
cells
it
was
concluded
that
the
carcinoembryonic
antigens
represent
cellular
constituents
which
are
repressed
during
the
course
of
differentiation
of
the
normal
digestive
system
epithelium
and
reappear
in
the
corresponding
malignant
cells
by
a
process
of
derepressive
dedifferentiation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
580
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
c
acetyl
bovine
growth
hormone
a
procedure
is
described
for
labeling
bovine
growth
hormone
and
human
albumin
with
c
acetylation
the
labeled
molecule
was
biologically
and
antigenically
similar
to
unlabeled
bovine
growth
hormone
following
administration
of
the
labeled
hormone
to
animals
the
label
appeared
to
remain
attached
to
the
growth
hormone
molecule
for
at
least
hours
administra
tion
of
the
labeled
hormone
promoted
growth
in
hypophysec
tomized
rats
and
increased
the
free
fatty
acid
concentration
in
rabbit
serum
to
a
degree
comparable
with
that
seen
following
administration
of
unlabeled
growth
hormone
rabbit
anti
bovine
growth
hormone
serum
neutralized
the
rat
growth
response
to
the
acetylated
hormone
and
immunized
rabbits
had
altered
isotope
dilution
and
no
increase
in
serum
free
fatty
acids
after
intravenous
injection
of
the
labeled
hormone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
581
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
growth
hormone
growth
hormone
influences
protein
fat
carbohydrate
and
mineral
metabolism
it
promotes
nitrogen
retention
growth
of
cartilage
transportation
of
amino
acids
through
the
cell
wall
and
incorporation
of
amino
acids
into
protein
this
factor
mo
bilizes
free
fatty
acids
from
adipose
tissue
and
increases
the
serum
concentration
of
these
substances
long
term
administration
of
this
hormone
is
followed
by
depletion
of
body
fat
stores
and
inhibition
of
fatty
acid
synthesis
in
diabetic
subjects
growth
hor
mone
administration
is
followed
by
hyper
glycemia
glycosuria
and
ketosis
its
effect
on
carbohydrate
metabolism
in
normal
sub
jects
is
more
subtle
sodium
potassium
and
inorganic
phosphate
are
retained
following
the
administration
of
growth
hormone
hypercalciuria
also
accompanies
such
treat
ment
an
effect
mediated
through
the
para
thyroid
glands
human
growth
hormone
may
be
detected
in
the
serum
through
the
use
of
the
radio
immunoassay
the
hypothalamus
is
inti
mately
involved
with
the
control
of
the
secretion
and
release
of
growth
hormone
from
the
pituitary
there
is
a
correlation
between
the
availability
of
glucose
for
me
tabolism
and
the
plasma
concentration
of
growth
hormone
when
glucose
is
unavail
able
growth
hormone
is
released
in
order
to
provide
a
substitute
source
of
energy
fatty
acids
the
administration
of
growth
hormone
to
the
patient
with
hypopituitarism
is
fol
lowed
by
growth
in
many
instances
but
it
has
not
usually
been
effective
in
promoting
growth
in
individuals
with
other
abnormali
ties
acquired
resistance
to
the
effect
of
growth
hormone
is
accompanied
by
the
de
velopment
of
antibodies
directed
against
this
protein
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
582
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
recent
advances
in
physiology
of
bone
part
i
our
introductory
textbook
summarizes
knowledge
of
the
biochemistry
and
physiology
of
bone
and
calcium
metabolism
up
through
in
this
lecture
we
will
outline
a
few
important
advances
appearing
since
that
time
references
to
the
original
literature
need
not
be
repeated
here
the
object
is
to
bring
some
of
the
subjects
we
are
investigating
up
to
date
and
to
present
new
problems
for
laboratory
research
the
hypothetical
new
hormone
calcitonin
of
copp
and
cameron
will
be
discussed
in
detail
in
dr
mclean's
lecture
on
the
parathyroid
glands
and
bone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
583
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hyperplastic
lesions
of
mouse
mammary
glands
after
treatment
with
methyl
cholanthrene
hyperplastic
lesions
were
present
in
the
mammary
glands
of
mice
treated
with
methylcholanthrene
and
exogenous
hormones
the
lesions
were
similar
to
those
found
in
glands
that
were
exposed
to
mammary
tumor
virus
it
is
probable
that
the
production
of
mammary
gland
hyper
plastic
lesions
could
serve
as
a
measure
of
the
effectiveness
of
a
chemical
compound
as
a
carcinogenic
agent
for
the
mammary
gland
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
584
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
bone
growth
and
metabolic
studies
of
premature
infants
treated
with
human
growth
hormone
the
influence
of
exogenous
human
growth
hormone
on
growth
and
metabo
lism
of
premature
infants
was
observed
it
was
not
possible
to
register
any
in
crease
of
linear
bone
growth
after
hormone
administration
concomitantly
urinary
hy
droxyproline
excretion
did
not
change
significantly
nitrogen
balance
studies
indicated
a
sharp
increase
of
nitrogen
retention
due
to
a
reduced
urinary
excretion
in
all
infants
calcium
and
phosphorus
balances
rose
in
three
out
of
four
premature
infants
treated
with
growth
hormone
but
the
characteris
tic
sth
calciuric
action
of
sth
was
not
observed
furthermore
sth
failed
to
in
duce
any
significant
increase
in
nefa
serum
concentration
of
premature
infants
it
may
therefore
be
concluded
that
the
metabolic
response
of
premature
infants
to
sth
differs
consistently
from
that
normally
observed
in
more
mature
subjects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
585
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
growth
hormone
action
on
rat
liver
rna
polymerase
the
effect
of
growth
hormone
on
the
activity
of
the
rna
polymerase
measured
in
this
system
is
shown
in
table
it
can
be
seen
that
hypophysectomy
of
the
rat
results
in
decreased
activity
of
the
rna
polymerase
and
that
the
injection
of
mg
of
human
growth
hormone
into
the
rat
h
before
death
increased
the
enzyme
activity
both
in
hypophysectomized
rats
and
in
normal
rats
however
the
stimulating
effect
of
growth
hormone
was
only
seen
in
the
absence
of
high
concentrations
of
ammon
ium
sulphate
raising
the
ionic
strength
of
the
assay
medium
abolished
the
growth
hormone
effect
it
should
be
mentioned
that
addition
of
growth
hormone
in
vitro
in
the
presence
or
absence
of
ammonium
sulphate
has
had
no
significant
effect
on
the
labelling
of
the
rna
by
the
nuclear
preparations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
586
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mammary
growth
in
rats
treated
with
somatotropin
during
pregnancy
and
or
lactation
groups
of
rats
received
daily
injections
of
mg
somatotropin
sth
from
either
day
of
pregnancy
or
day
of
lactation
another
group
of
rats
received
graded
increments
mg
of
sth
every
days
during
both
pregnancy
and
lactation
other
groups
of
rats
served
as
pregnancy
and
lactation
controls
mammary
gland
deoxyribonucleic
acid
dna
content
was
determined
in
all
rats
and
milk
yield
was
determined
in
all
rats
carried
to
day
postpartum
significant
increases
in
mam
mary
dna
occurred
in
all
rats
treated
with
sth
irrespective
of
dose
or
schedule
of
in
jections
when
compared
to
gestation
controls
a
significant
elevation
in
mammary
dna
above
the
lactation
control
level
was
also
evident
in
rats
receiving
the
hormone
and
carried
to
day
of
lactation
milk
yield
of
rats
treated
with
graded
increments
of
sth
was
significantly
greater
than
that
of
control
lactators
but
milk
yield
of
rats
re
ceiving
a
constant
daily
dose
of
the
hormone
did
not
differ
from
that
of
controls
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
587
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
growth
retardation
accompanying
diabetes
insipidus
an
additional
mechanism
from
the
above
considerations
we
may
divide
patients
with
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
into
at
least
two
categories
those
who
fail
to
respond
to
currently
available
therapeutic
products
as
well
as
to
their
own
presumably
normal
secretion
of
adh
those
with
similar
similar
unresponsiveness
to
treatment
but
with
presumably
reduced
secretion
of
adh
the
adh
growth
hormone
theory
may
well
account
in
part
for
growth
retardation
in
the
later
group
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
588
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
growth
hormone
secretion
in
rats
with
the
hypophysis
autotransplanted
to
the
kidney
capsule
the
secretory
capacity
of
the
pituitary
gland
autotransplanted
to
the
kidney
capsule
was
studied
with
special
regard
to
the
secretion
of
growth
hormone
gh
body
weight
body
length
tibial
epiphyseal
width
and
the
mammary
gland
development
after
testosterone
stimulation
were
studied
body
growth
and
tibial
epiphyseal
width
were
markedly
reduced
in
the
rats
with
transplanted
hypophysis
but
not
as
much
as
in
the
hypophys
ectomized
controls
after
injections
of
mg
testosterone
propionate
daily
for
days
only
a
few
groups
of
alveoli
were
seen
in
the
mam
mary
glands
of
the
transplanted
rats
these
observations
show
that
there
is
a
considerable
deficiency
of
gh
in
rats
with
the
pituitary
gland
auto
transplanted
to
the
kidney
capsule
however
the
development
of
a
few
alveoli
in
the
mammary
glands
is
in
favour
of
the
theory
that
a
small
amount
of
gh
is
secreted
from
the
transplanted
pituitary
tissue
injections
of
a
purified
vasopressin
preparation
pitressin
in
the
rats
with
autotransplanted
hypophysis
did
not
influence
body
growth
tibial
epiphyseal
width
or
mammary
gland
development
further
no
effect
of
pitressin
was
seen
on
the
tibial
epiphyseal
cartilage
of
rats
with
intact
pituitary
gland
as
has
been
reported
by
del
vecchio
et
al
and
hiroshige
itoh
these
experiments
therefore
do
not
support
the
view
that
vasopressin
acts
as
a
gh
releasing
factor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
589
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
human
growth
hormone
in
hypopituitary
dwarfism
human
growth
hormone
hgh
raben
has
been
used
in
a
dosage
of
mg
m
day
or
mg
m
twice
weekly
this
dosage
is
probably
in
or
below
but
certainly
not
above
the
range
of
physiological
replacement
therapy
in
a
standardized
five
day
metabolic
hgh
test
hypopituitary
dwarfs
retain
more
n
than
children
without
gh
deficiency
this
test
is
valuable
diagnostic
help
in
hypopituitary
dwarfism
a
prolonged
treatment
with
hgh
accelerates
growth
in
hypopituitary
dwarfs
but
not
in
children
without
gh
deficiency
growth
rate
induced
by
this
treatment
is
first
above
average
and
later
average
or
below
average
for
age
this
decreasing
response
to
hgh
is
typical
for
the
general
phenomenon
of
catch
up
growth
and
is
not
caused
by
the
develop
ment
of
antibodies
of
hypopituitary
dwarfs
treated
for
at
least
months
were
growth
resistant
from
the
beginning
in
spite
of
a
high
n
retention
in
the
preceding
hgh
test
this
resistance
is
caused
by
the
development
of
high
titres
of
specific
hgh
antibodies
in
the
very
first
few
months
of
treatment
these
antibodies
suppress
the
effect
of
hgh
both
on
metabolism
and
on
growth
the
unexpected
occasional
induction
in
man
of
antibodies
against
a
homologous
protein
hormone
is
of
great
interest
the
possibility
that
these
antibodies
might
be
active
not
only
against
the
homogenous
but
also
against
the
endogenous
hormone
could
have
a
far
reaching
biological
importance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
59
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
course
of
influenza
virus
infection
in
mice
organ
tissues
of
infected
mice
tested
by
electron
microscope
using
the
electron
microscope
the
presence
of
inclusions
could
be
shown
in
the
lungs
and
liver
of
mice
infected
with
the
pr
strain
the
inclusions
contained
particles
of
size
and
shape
closely
resembling
the
most
frequently
seen
forms
of
influenza
virus
the
presence
of
inclusions
in
liver
tissue
might
perhaps
speak
for
the
possibility
of
virus
multiplication
in
this
organ
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
590
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
short
term
administration
of
hysiological
doses
of
human
growth
hormone
in
three
patients
with
turner's
syndrome
h
e
sjoberg
the
effect
of
apparently
physiological
doses
of
human
growth
hormone
was
investigated
in
three
patients
with
turner's
syndrome
in
short
term
metabolic
balance
studies
the
subjects
presented
an
abnormal
sex
chro
mosome
constitution
and
an
increased
level
of
sulphation
factor
activity
in
serum
two
dose
levels
of
hormone
were
used
and
there
appeared
an
anabolic
response
to
both
no
correlation
with
dose
was
obtained
for
any
of
the
parameters
used
except
for
urinary
magnesium
where
the
retention
was
greater
with
the
higher
dose
the
sulphation
factor
activity
of
serum
in
creased
during
hormone
administration
in
the
one
case
studied
in
this
respect
the
urinary
excretion
of
hydroxyproline
was
within
the
normal
range
in
the
two
patients
studied
in
this
respect
and
was
not
altered
by
growth
hormone
all
patients
had
an
increased
urinary
excretion
of
creatine
which
at
present
cannot
be
explained
the
creatinuria
diminished
during
growth
hormone
treatment
the
mechanism
behind
the
retarded
growth
is
discussed
it
is
suggested
that
a
major
factor
might
be
a
defect
in
the
center
for
linear
growth
i
e
the
epiphyses
that
would
make
these
less
responsive
to
all
the
factors
normally
stimulating
the
growth
processes
in
the
epiphyseal
zones
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
591
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
growth
hormone
on
kidney
transamidinase
in
the
hypophysectomized
mouse
the
role
of
growth
hormone
and
certain
other
endocrine
factors
in
re
gulating
kidney
transamidinase
has
been
investigated
in
the
mouse
the
kidney
transamidinase
values
are
low
following
hypophysectomy
growth
hormone
administration
in
doses
of
to
ug
day
ovine
nih
restore
the
enzyme
activity
towards
normal
a
bioassay
for
growth
hormone
is
suggested
based
on
the
determination
of
the
total
kidney
transamidinase
intact
mice
that
had
been
given
relatively
large
doses
of
triiodothyronin
had
low
enzyme
activities
enzyme
values
in
alloxan
treated
mice
were
normal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
592
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
influence
of
hormones
on
tumor
growth
and
plasma
prolactin
levels
in
rats
bearing
a
pituitary
mammotropic
tumor
the
effects
of
estradiol
cortisol
acetate
thyroxine
or
thiouracil
on
tumor
growth
organ
weights
and
plasma
prolactin
levels
were
determined
in
rats
bearing
a
furth
pituitary
mammotropic
tumor
mtt
f
this
tumor
is
known
to
secrete
large
amounts
of
adrenocorticotropin
somatotropin
and
prolactin
but
no
follicle
stimulating
hormone
luteinizing
hormone
or
thyrotropin
at
the
dose
levels
used
estradiol
significantly
suppressed
tumor
growth
without
influencing
body
growth
and
it
partially
inhibited
enlargement
of
the
adrenals
and
atrophy
of
the
thymus
cortisol
acetate
significantly
reduced
both
tumor
and
body
growth
thyroxine
had
no
significant
effect
on
tumor
growth
but
enhanced
the
somatotropic
effect
as
indicated
by
increases
in
body
growth
and
organ
weights
thiouracil
had
no
significant
effect
on
tumor
or
body
growth
although
it
significantly
increased
thyroid
weight
estradiol
cortisol
acetate
and
thyroxine
each
increased
the
plasma
prolactin
levels
of
the
tumor
bearing
rats
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
593
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
with
human
growth
hormone
ten
dwarfed
patients
whose
short
stature
was
of
varying
aetiology
were
studied
by
investigation
of
some
of
the
metabolic
effects
of
human
growth
hormone
mg
being
administered
daily
for
a
period
of
to
days
the
patients
were
maintained
on
a
constant
diet
during
a
preliminary
control
period
while
receiving
hgh
and
in
patients
from
to
days
in
the
post
hgh
period
hgh
produced
a
reduction
in
serum
cholesterol
with
a
rebound
on
withdrawal
in
a
delayed
clearance
of
fat
from
the
blood
after
a
fat
load
in
and
the
appearance
of
pre
b
lipoprotein
in
the
fasting
state
as
measured
by
paper
electrophoresis
in
all
of
them
the
fall
in
serum
cholesterol
and
the
rebound
on
withdrawal
of
hgh
has
some
relevance
to
the
observation
that
hypercholesterolaemia
occurs
in
some
hypopituitary
patients
even
in
the
absence
of
hypothyroidism
no
change
was
observed
in
tests
of
thyroid
and
adrenocortical
function
during
the
short
term
high
dosage
administration
of
hgh
hypopituitary
patients
show
a
considerable
retention
of
nitrogen
on
hgh
administration
and
we
have
confirmed
the
work
of
prader
and
his
colleagues
that
this
provides
a
valuable
diagnostic
test
for
growth
hormone
deficiency
the
measurement
of
urinary
nitrogen
excretion
after
the
withdrawal
of
hgh
also
promises
to
be
a
useful
investigation
in
the
differential
diagnosis
of
short
stature
nitrogen
excretion
in
the
withdrawal
phase
in
hypopituitary
children
returns
slowly
to
its
pre
hgh
levels
two
non
hypopituitary
dwarfed
children
excreted
much
more
nitrogen
in
the
withdrawal
period
than
they
retained
in
the
hgh
period
one
primordial
dwarf
showed
a
negligible
change
in
urinary
nitrogen
excretion
both
in
the
hgh
and
in
the
post
hgh
periods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
594
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hormonal
modification
of
the
distribution
of
amino
cyclopentanecarboxylic
acid
c
in
the
rat
four
hormones
have
been
examined
for
their
ability
to
alter
the
distribution
in
the
rat
of
the
new
model
amino
acid
aminocyclopentanecarboxyl
acid
c
although
the
total
tissue
concentrations
of
this
amino
acid
were
considerably
less
than
those
found
previously
for
a
aminoisobutyric
acid
the
changes
produced
by
the
hormones
were
much
the
same
for
both
amino
acids
hydrocortisone
elevated
the
liver
level
of
aminocyclopentanecarboxyl
acid
within
hr
bovine
growth
hormone
accelerated
entry
of
the
amino
acid
into
both
skeletal
muscle
and
liver
of
hypophysectomized
rats
within
hr
testosterone
propionate
elevated
its
distribution
ratio
in
the
kidney
but
not
in
skeletal
muscle
whereas
b
estradiol
significantly
increased
uptake
of
the
model
amino
acid
only
by
the
immature
uterus
only
growth
hormone
produced
a
significant
change
in
the
serum
level
of
aminocyclopentanecarboxyl
acid
under
the
conditions
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
595
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
insulin
and
insulin
antagonism
as
i
said
earlier
no
simple
answer
has
yet
emerged
from
the
large
amount
of
research
that
has
been
directed
toward
determining
the
nature
of
the
substance
or
substances
responsible
for
the
diabetes
inducing
and
insulin
antagonizing
actions
of
the
anterior
lobe
of
the
pituitary
gland
and
to
ascertaining
their
mechanism
of
action
growth
hormone
and
corticotropin
certainly
qualify
but
so
do
any
other
factors
that
can
increase
the
mobilization
of
fats
as
plasma
albumin
bound
free
fatty
acids
the
idea
that
the
yet
incompletely
characterized
insulin
antagonist
in
the
pancreas
may
be
liberated
into
the
blood
under
the
influence
of
growth
hormone
and
may
play
a
role
in
the
process
by
which
growth
hormone
diminishes
the
activity
of
insulin
in
promoting
the
utilization
of
glucose
is
attractive
to
me
but
still
remains
to
be
confirmed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
596
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
relationships
of
growth
hormone
steroids
and
relaxin
in
the
transformation
of
pubic
joint
cartilage
to
ligament
in
hypophysectomized
mice
the
histological
changes
occurring
in
the
pubic
joint
of
hormonally
treated
intact
or
hypophysectomized
mice
have
been
studied
estrogen
treatment
resulted
in
bone
resorption
and
transformation
of
the
cartilage
caps
of
the
pubic
bones
to
fibrocartilage
in
intact
mice
but
not
in
hypophysectomized
mice
furthermore
relaxin
failed
to
influence
the
appearance
of
the
pubic
joint
of
estrogen
primed
hypophysectomized
mice
whereas
it
induced
the
development
of
long
interpubic
ligaments
in
intact
mice
when
growth
hormone
sth
was
administered
to
hypophysectomized
mice
the
pubic
joints
responded
to
estrogen
with
bone
resorption
and
transformation
of
the
cartilage
caps
to
fibrocartilage
sth
treatment
also
restored
the
ability
of
the
pubic
joint
of
hypophysectomized
mice
to
proliferate
long
interpubic
ligaments
when
estrogen
and
relaxin
were
administered
progesterone
specifically
inhibited
ligament
formation
due
to
relaxin
injection
without
altering
the
histological
changes
associated
with
estrogen
treatment
both
in
intact
mice
and
in
sth
maintained
hypophysectomized
mice
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
597
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
testosterone
propionate
and
growth
hormone
on
growth
and
chemical
composition
of
muscle
and
other
tissues
in
hypophysectomized
male
rats
the
effect
of
testosterone
propionate
and
growth
hormone
on
the
growth
of
muscle
bone
pelt
viscera
and
seminal
vesicles
was
studied
in
hypophysectomized
male
rats
testosterone
mg
day
stimulated
growth
in
the
levator
ani
muscle
and
seminal
vesicles
but
had
no
effect
on
the
other
tissues
studied
growth
hormone
mg
day
accelerated
growth
in
all
tissues
except
the
seminal
vesicles
testosterone
did
not
enhance
the
growth
promoting
effect
of
growth
hormone
in
any
tissue
except
the
levator
ani
muscle
growth
hormone
stimulated
deposition
of
myosin
sarcoplasmic
proteins
collagen
and
alkali
soluble
proteins
in
the
thigh
muscle
of
hypophysectomized
rats
the
composition
of
the
muscle
in
treated
and
control
hypophysectomized
rats
was
the
same
as
that
in
normal
rats
growth
hormone
also
increased
the
collagen
keratin
clastin
and
globular
protein
content
of
the
pelt
the
effect
of
growth
hormone
on
the
proteins
of
muscle
and
pelt
was
not
enhanced
by
testosterone
testosterone
given
alone
had
no
effect
on
the
chemical
composition
or
content
of
the
muscle
and
pelt
in
hypophysectomized
rats
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
598
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
growth
hormone
and
diabetes
mellitus
since
the
advent
of
insulin
the
vascular
and
neurological
lesions
have
replaced
ketoacidosis
as
the
major
problem
in
diabetes
although
good
control
of
hyperglycemia
and
glycosuria
with
diet
and
insulin
may
influence
favorably
the
development
of
the
ocular
angiopathy
there
remains
a
high
incidence
of
these
lesions
with
resulting
blindness
despite
such
good
control
growth
hormone
may
be
a
major
factor
in
the
pathophysiology
of
diabetes
mellitus
and
its
effects
may
be
a
reflection
of
the
genetic
disturbance
its
importance
was
first
realized
by
the
classical
experiments
of
houssay
and
those
of
young
which
revealed
its
diabetogenic
effects
in
experimental
animals
the
association
of
acromegaly
with
diabetes
has
been
for
a
long
time
the
major
argument
in
support
of
the
hypothesis
of
the
diabetogenic
effect
of
growth
hormone
in
man
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
599
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experiments
on
the
contribution
of
somatotrophin
to
prenatal
growth
in
the
rat
hypophyseoprivus
in
a
fetal
rat
induced
by
decapitating
the
fetus
in
utero
retards
fetal
growth
this
effect
can
be
prevented
by
injected
somatotrophin
these
observations
substantially
support
the
view
that
in
the
normal
rat
shortly
before
birth
the
fetal
somatotrophin
from
the
developing
hypophysis
governs
in
part
the
prenatal
growth
which
occurs
at
that
time
although
complete
hypophysectomy
of
a
pregnant
rat
retards
the
growth
of
fetuses
the
manner
of
its
action
is
obscure
in
an
individual
litter
combined
hypophysectomy
of
the
mother
and
hypophyseoprivus
in
a
fetus
retards
fetal
growth
but
not
to
any
greater
extent
than
hypophysectomy
of
the
mother
without
hypophyseoprivus
in
the
fetus
in
the
intact
fetus
injections
of
somatotrophin
armour
do
not
accelerate
fetal
growth
presumably
because
ample
fetal
somatotrophin
from
the
developing
hypophysis
is
present
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
6
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
concentration
of
non
esterified
fatty
acids
in
maternal
and
fetal
plasma
in
intact
alloxan
diabetic
and
x
ray
irradiated
rats
determinations
of
the
non
esterified
fatty
acids
in
the
plasma
of
pregnant
rats
showed
that
there
do
not
exist
any
increases
in
the
concentrations
depending
on
pregnancy
during
the
period
from
the
th
nd
day
of
pregnancy
in
the
fetal
plasma
the
concentrations
of
non
esterified
fatty
acids
only
amounted
to
per
cent
of
the
maternal
values
with
alloxan
diabetes
produced
days
prior
to
the
test
the
concentration
in
the
maternal
plasma
increased
three
to
fivefold
while
at
the
same
time
a
significant
rise
was
absent
in
fetal
plasma
with
slightly
increased
average
values
whole
body
x
ray
exposures
dose
r
dose
output
r
min
of
non
pregnant
female
and
of
pregnant
rats
beginning
on
the
th
day
of
pregnancy
did
not
result
in
any
changes
of
the
concentration
of
non
esterified
fatty
acids
immediately
after
irradiation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
60
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
comparative
bone
marrow
study
using
two
aspiration
needles
and
two
biopsy
sites
bone
marrow
aspiration
is
now
widely
used
in
the
diagnosis
of
hematologic
diseases
and
many
conditions
not
primarily
affecting
the
blood
system
a
number
of
techniques
have
been
devised
by
which
a
suitable
specimen
of
marrow
can
be
obtained
with
relatively
little
discomfort
to
the
patient
the
two
needle
sets
described
in
this
paper
have
been
found
to
be
equally
reliable
in
obtaining
bone
marrow
for
microscopic
study
and
diagnosis
comparative
studies
of
bone
marrow
aspirated
simultaneously
from
the
iliac
crest
and
the
sternum
in
patients
show
no
significant
difference
however
there
were
four
instances
of
dry
tap
at
the
iliac
site
this
fact
in
addition
to
the
observation
that
less
discomfort
was
experienced
by
the
patient
when
the
sternum
was
used
might
indicate
that
the
sternal
area
is
a
more
reliable
and
efficient
site
for
obtaining
bone
marrow
it
was
also
observed
during
this
study
that
patients
experienced
less
discomfort
when
the
university
of
illinois
needle
was
used
the
major
objection
to
the
use
of
this
needle
is
the
inability
to
obtain
a
bone
core
for
biopsy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
600
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
insulin
and
protein
metabolism
the
present
status
of
protein
synthesis
within
cells
has
been
outlined
protein
is
formed
in
the
absence
of
insulin
the
net
formation
of
protein
is
accelerated
by
insulin
the
effects
of
insulin
on
protein
metabolism
take
place
independently
of
the
transport
of
glucose
or
amino
acids
into
the
cell
of
glycogen
synthesis
and
of
the
stimulation
of
high
energy
phosphate
formation
in
the
case
of
protein
metabolism
as
in
certain
studies
on
the
pathways
of
glucose
and
fat
metabolism
these
observations
reveal
striking
intracellular
effects
of
insulin
in
many
tissues
within
most
tissues
the
effect
of
insulin
appears
to
find
expression
predominantly
at
the
microsomal
level
incidentally
other
hormones
which
affect
protein
metabolism
such
as
growth
or
sex
hormones
appear
to
act
at
the
microsomes
the
fact
that
insulin
exerts
effects
on
protein
metabolism
at
other
intracellular
sites
as
well
as
the
above
independent
effects
leads
one
to
agree
that
its
action
consists
of
a
stimulation
of
multiple
seemingly
unrelated
metabolic
events
the
fact
that
an
immediate
effect
of
insulin
on
protein
synthesis
is
independent
of
the
immediate
need
for
extracellular
glucose
or
amino
acids
does
not
mean
that
the
sustained
functioning
of
cells
is
likewise
independent
the
biochemist
is
fully
aware
of
metabolic
defects
in
diabetes
which
are
not
altered
by
insulin
in
vitro
but
which
demand
varying
periods
of
pretreatment
of
the
animal
it
is
also
known
that
in
diabetes
some
proteins
enzymes
may
be
deficient
while
others
may
be
produced
in
excess
in
the
absence
of
insulin
it
is
suggested
that
the
physician
desires
at
least
two
kinds
of
relation
between
these
fundamental
studies
and
his
patients
one
is
the
possible
relation
of
a
deficiency
of
insulin
action
to
pathological
processes
in
tissues
which
have
not
as
yet
been
examined
by
the
methods
described
the
other
is
the
need
for
more
accurate
measurements
of
the
metabolic
disorder
and
its
control
than
such
things
as
urinary
and
blood
glucose
in
developing
such
future
improvements
the
place
of
insulin
in
protein
biosynthesis
must
be
kept
in
mind
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
601
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
influence
of
blood
glucose
on
the
plasma
concentration
of
growth
hormone
a
berson
m
d
a
sensitive
and
specific
assay
method
has
been
used
to
demonstrate
acute
changes
in
plasma
hgh
in
normal
and
diabetic
subjects
hgh
secretion
is
suppressed
by
glucose
administration
and
markedly
stimulated
by
hypoglycemia
by
interference
with
intracellular
glucose
utilization
high
levels
of
hgh
were
also
observed
during
prolonged
fasting
after
exercise
and
four
to
six
hours
following
oral
glucose
administration
abnormalities
in
hgh
secretion
were
found
in
association
with
acromegaly
and
obesity
and
following
section
of
the
hypophyseal
stalk
the
half
time
for
disappearance
of
endogenous
plasma
hgh
is
twenty
to
thirty
minutes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
602
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
failure
to
thrive
the
diencephalic
syndrome
of
infancy
and
childhood
we
have
presented
a
case
of
a
patient
with
an
astrocytoma
of
the
optic
chiasm
who
demonstrated
the
features
of
the
diencephalic
or
failure
to
thrive
syndrome
overactivity
overalertness
and
emaciation
were
significant
symptoms
in
this
patient
roentgenograms
characteristically
demonstrate
normal
bone
growth
good
muscular
outline
and
absent
subcutaneous
fat
increased
growth
hormone
was
found
and
may
be
a
factor
in
the
disturbed
lipid
metabolism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
603
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
increased
stature
the
fact
that
some
patients
respond
to
growth
hormone
administration
with
linear
growth
does
not
indicate
growth
hormone
deficiency
or
hypopituitarism
yet
this
appears
to
be
the
main
factor
that
led
these
authors
to
assume
that
their
patients
were
suffering
from
hypopituitarism
the
conclusion
that
children
with
growth
retardation
should
be
subjected
to
a
short
trial
period
of
treatment
with
growth
hormone
to
single
out
those
who
are
deficient
in
growth
hormone
is
therefore
of
questionable
validity
rather
because
of
the
limited
supply
of
human
growth
hormone
it
appears
that
much
more
stringent
criteria
for
administration
of
human
growth
hormone
should
be
advocated
every
effort
should
be
made
to
uncover
the
patients
who
might
benefit
from
growth
hormone
by
utilizing
reliable
tests
of
pituitary
function
and
perfecting
a
suitable
growth
hormone
assay
those
who
have
more
than
suggestive
evidence
of
hypopituitarism
and
growth
hormone
deficiency
should
then
be
treated
and
carefully
evaluated
for
response
after
long
term
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
604
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
language
disorders
in
young
children
a
reorganization
of
thinking
current
questions
and
confusions
about
the
use
of
the
term
aphasia
with
reference
to
young
children
seem
often
to
reflect
semantic
problems
accruing
from
professional
habits
of
thinking
in
terms
of
etiologic
and
pathologic
labels
it
is
argued
that
if
the
term
aphasia
is
generalized
simply
to
refer
to
inabilities
or
interferences
in
the
development
of
language
comprehension
and
use
then
it
is
the
task
of
an
evaluating
group
to
describe
as
well
as
possible
and
in
detail
the
specific
impairments
of
function
in
each
child
this
task
commonly
requires
the
use
of
an
extensive
period
of
diagnostic
teaching
wherein
care
is
taken
to
explore
which
sensory
and
motor
modalities
are
working
and
which
are
not
and
whether
integration
of
various
stimuli
is
taking
place
some
current
ideas
are
discussed
with
reference
to
descriptions
of
impairment
causal
factors
that
are
fairly
unique
in
childhood
some
thoughts
about
the
neurophysiology
of
the
human
language
system
and
some
psychosocial
factors
important
for
language
learning
special
attention
is
given
to
various
relations
in
terms
of
temporal
resolving
power
between
sensation
and
sensory
integration
a
scheme
or
model
is
suggested
which
may
prove
fruitful
for
experimental
design
in
attacking
some
of
these
problems
at
a
prelanguage
or
premeaning
level
it
is
argued
that
the
proportion
of
unknowns
can
be
reduced
by
careful
study
based
on
information
about
impaired
functions
within
the
sensory
integrative
motor
complex
without
particular
regard
for
site
and
extent
of
lesion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
605
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
therapy
for
hearing
impaired
children
in
comparison
with
the
u
s
a
and
europe
canada
is
still
in
the
early
stages
of
developing
rehabilitative
services
for
speech
and
hearing
impaired
children
and
adults
they
are
available
in
some
large
canadian
cities
but
in
the
opinion
of
the
authors
these
services
and
more
should
be
made
available
to
the
hearing
impaired
of
every
canadian
community
specialists
in
the
rehabilitation
of
communication
problems
along
with
members
of
other
medical
paramedical
and
social
services
recognize
the
vast
variety
of
communication
problems
that
can
occur
in
persons
of
all
ages
the
tremendous
handicap
that
such
problems
represent
to
the
individual
the
loss
that
such
handicapped
persons
represent
to
our
society
and
the
pressing
need
for
efficient
and
effective
rehabilitation
more
practically
it
is
hoped
that
this
article
has
made
its
readers
more
aware
of
the
vast
variety
of
rehabilitative
procedures
available
today
for
the
hearing
impaired
with
a
better
understanding
of
the
problems
of
defective
hearing
it
is
hoped
that
all
readers
professional
and
non
professional
will
join
in
mutual
support
for
the
establishment
of
these
vitally
needed
services
in
their
respective
communities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
606
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
baby
habits
genesis
and
ontogenesis
for
adam
may
be
looked
upon
as
the
personification
of
paleolithic
man
generations
of
primitive
human
animal
whose
evolution
can
be
of
vast
importance
to
the
understanding
of
the
ontogenesis
of
the
behavior
of
babies
not
for
nothing
did
the
deuteronomist
reiterate
remember
the
days
of
old
consider
the
years
of
many
generations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
607
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
speech
therapy
with
selected
patients
with
congenital
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
this
paper
has
described
the
clinical
speech
problems
of
three
patients
without
cleft
palates
but
with
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
pharyngeal
flap
surgery
was
performed
on
each
patient
after
speech
therapy
was
found
to
be
ineffective
following
systematic
trial
therapy
continued
following
the
surgery
the
youngest
child
a
first
grader
realized
normal
speech
following
the
surgery
and
therapy
the
two
other
children
continue
to
have
aberrant
but
improved
speech
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
608
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
stimulus
overload
action
cycles
and
the
completion
gradient
systematic
inquiries
into
the
origin
of
certain
emotional
disturbances
of
infants
show
that
consistent
maternal
care
is
vital
for
the
child's
normal
physical
psychic
and
social
development
indeed
for
his
survival
the
most
elementary
precondition
for
consistent
maternal
care
is
the
physical
presence
of
the
mother
or
her
substitute
it
has
however
become
increasingly
apparent
that
children's
development
can
also
be
stunted
and
that
they
suffer
damage
of
varying
extent
by
the
attention
of
and
close
contact
with
a
mother
who
dispenses
what
seems
to
be
the
wrong
kind
of
mothering
a
model
of
the
mother
baby
interaction
is
proposed
to
explicate
the
dynamics
of
the
wrong
kind
of
mothering
and
its
consequences
my
proposition
is
that
the
mutual
exchanges
between
mother
and
baby
consist
in
a
give
and
take
of
action
and
reaction
between
the
two
partners
which
requires
from
each
of
them
both
active
and
passive
responses
these
responses
form
series
and
chains
the
single
links
of
which
consist
in
what
i
call
action
cycles
each
completed
in
itself
and
at
the
same
time
anticipating
the
next
link
i
designated
these
seriated
response
exchanges
as
the
precursor
of
dialogue
as
a
primal
dialogue
the
dialogue
acts
as
a
vector
of
the
baby's
development
influencing
its
direction
and
stimulating
it
to
adaptive
efforts
and
psychic
growth
it
follows
that
inappropriate
mothering
quantitatively
as
well
as
qualitatively
results
in
what
is
referred
to
at
this
time
as
the
derailment
of
the
primal
dialogue
controlled
experiments
with
animals
findings
of
experimental
psychology
and
lastly
clinical
findings
illustrate
the
mechanics
of
the
derailed
dialogue
and
its
sequelae
in
the
cases
under
review
a
surfeit
of
stimulation
a
psychic
overloading
resulted
in
the
derailment
of
dialogue
overloading
prevents
its
subject
from
completing
actions
or
responses
initiated
by
him
long
lasting
overload
results
in
the
cumulation
of
incompleted
action
cycles
the
sequelae
of
this
cumulation
are
profound
changes
in
the
behavior
of
the
individual
these
changes
are
manifested
in
a
departure
from
the
norms
of
individual
and
social
behavior
patterns
that
are
maladaptive
for
the
individual
and
asyntonic
with
his
society
that
is
asocial
the
derailment
of
the
dialogue
is
triggered
perhaps
even
caused
by
the
nature
of
the
social
setting
one
setting
over
population
is
extensively
discussed
in
connection
with
an
animal
experiment
and
the
implications
for
the
human
community
are
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
609
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
children
at
kelbourne
kelbourne
school
glasgow
which
educates
both
spastic
and
aphasic
children
is
the
first
school
of
its
kind
to
be
administered
by
a
local
education
authority
its
aphasic
department
largely
experimental
in
nature
contains
children
aged
three
to
eight
in
the
spastics
department
there
are
children
with
severe
physical
handicaps
and
their
ages
range
from
to
the
school
which
celebrated
its
golden
jubilee
last
year
has
its
origins
in
the
maryhill
hall
public
school
for
defective
and
epileptic
children
which
opened
in
with
pupils
in
premises
of
which
as
an
h
m
i
reported
four
years
later
'it
was
impossible
to
speak
favourably'
the
report
continued
'a
public
hall
used
frequently
in
the
evenings
for
public
entertainments
lacking
proper
cloakrooms
bare
in
appearance
and
generally
comfortless
should
not
be
used
for
this
purpose'
the
inspector's
words
did
not
go
unheeded
and
seven
years
later
the
children
were
transferred
with
others
to
the
new
buildings
of
percy
street
special
school
in
the
s
the
name
was
changed
to
kelbourne
school
between
and
through
two
world
wars
the
school
provided
education
for
physically
and
mentally
handicapped
children
but
in
a
new
unit
was
added
and
spastic
children
were
admitted
for
the
first
time
gradually
the
emphasis
shifted
from
children
with
other
physical
and
mental
handicaps
to
the
cerebrally
palsied
and
finally
the
entire
building
became
available
for
spastics
two
years
ago
the
aphasic
children
joined
the
school
miss
e
f
hamilton
is
the
headmistress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
61
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cell
populations
in
the
bone
marrow
of
the
normal
guinea
pig
quantitative
data
have
been
obtained
for
cell
populations
in
the
bone
marrow
of
the
normal
g
guinea
pig
based
on
a
study
of
animals
there
was
good
agreement
between
two
independent
groups
of
observations
and
an
average
of
nucleated
cells
per
c
mm
was
found
of
this
total
were
lymphocytes
granulocyte
precursors
and
nucleated
erythrocyte
precursors
whole
body
populations
have
been
computed
and
the
implications
of
the
findings
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
610
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
deafness
methods
of
detection
diagnosis
and
management
of
deafness
in
children
depend
so
entirely
on
a
knowledge
of
the
processes
involved
in
communication
by
speech
and
in
the
acquisition
of
this
skill
that
i
propose
to
consider
them
first
it
will
be
found
that
the
practical
steps
to
be
taken
in
dealing
with
patients
flow
naturally
from
this
knowledge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
611
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pharyngoplasty
in
speech
where
adequate
palate
repair
is
undertaken
at
year
there
is
no
indication
for
pharyngoplasty
as
well
at
that
age
pharyngoplasty
is
indicated
as
a
supportive
operation
only
when
the
result
of
the
palate
repair
can
be
assessed
years
plus
and
where
the
speech
result
proves
disappointing
the
figure
of
pharyngoplastics
in
cases
applies
to
the
known
speech
results
up
to
april
it
follows
that
with
follow
up
of
the
more
recent
primary
cases
pharyngoplasty
may
well
be
necessary
in
some
the
hynes
pharyngoplasty
has
proved
to
be
the
most
satisfactory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
612
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
verbal
effects
in
the
intermediate
size
transportation
problem
preschool
children
were
given
an
intermediate
size
discrimination
problem
told
before
each
response
that
the
reward
was
under
the
medium
stimulus
and
and
step
transposition
tests
during
training
group
i
was
group
ii
was
told
that
it
was
not
under
the
big
or
little
one
and
group
iii
was
not
told
anything
the
verbalizations
were
not
given
during
the
tests
groups
i
and
ii
learned
the
initial
discrimination
faster
than
group
iii
and
transposed
more
than
group
iii
but
there
was
a
distance
effect
in
all
three
groups
these
results
and
other
data
suggest
that
the
deficiency
in
the
verbal
control
over
motor
behavior
in
young
children
arises
from
deficiencies
in
both
the
decoding
and
encoding
processes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
613
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
acquisition
of
formal
features
of
language
children
from
different
groups
do
not
learn
the
same
uses
and
functions
for
language
but
every
child
must
learn
the
formal
features
or
the
code
for
his
language
thus
creating
a
constant
in
every
language
acquisition
situation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
614
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mongolism
some
clinical
aspects
this
is
a
review
of
mongoloids
seen
over
years
at
the
nebraska
psychiatric
institute
one
half
of
the
sample
were
evaluated
before
their
second
birthday
eighteen
per
cent
of
the
cases
for
whom
birth
weight
data
were
available
weighed
less
than
lbs
double
the
national
rate
for
prematurity
there
was
a
bi
modal
distribution
of
mother's
age
at
the
birth
of
the
mongoloid
child
pregnancy
labor
and
delivery
complications
were
reported
in
almost
one
half
of
the
cases
seven
per
cent
were
breech
deliveries
all
cases
were
mr
the
most
frequent
type
was
moderate
most
frequently
mentioned
characteristics
were
generalized
hypotonia
all
but
cases
psychiatric
disorders
cases
abnormal
eeg
cases
hearing
loss
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
615
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
learning
problems
in
children
ii
emotional
aspects
at
the
last
meeting
we
tried
to
deal
with
a
general
over
all
approach
to
the
problem
of
learning
considering
it
not
merely
as
a
problem
in
reading
but
learning
in
general
which
begins
at
birth
we
hope
to
deal
with
this
problem
at
a
relatively
high
level
and
we
want
to
have
the
emotional
problems
dealt
with
in
this
manner
rather
than
in
terms
of
diagnostic
criteria
the
child
with
learning
problems
should
not
be
compartmentalized
in
terms
of
organicity
and
nonorganicity
the
subject
of
this
talk
then
is
emotional
issues
in
learning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
616
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
management
of
communication
problems
in
infants
and
children
early
detection
and
referral
of
a
child
with
a
hearing
or
speech
language
problem
is
feasible
and
in
most
cases
very
critical
further
consultation
can
then
be
obtained
and
the
child
placed
on
a
training
program
geared
to
his
needs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
617
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
formation
of
a
cleft
palate
unit
a
preliminary
report
with
cleft
palates
as
in
other
surgical
fields
changing
techniques
and
better
management
of
the
patient
as
a
whole
render
inexcusable
the
operative
procedures
that
merely
drag
together
the
edges
of
the
defect
and
then
leave
a
cosmetically
and
functionally
crippled
child
to
adapt
itself
as
best
it
may
to
the
harsh
competition
of
the
outside
world
ironically
the
problem
of
congenital
defects
increases
as
our
competence
to
deal
with
them
advances
in
the
past
these
cases
struggled
to
take
their
place
on
the
marriage
market
but
the
more
skilled
our
rehabilitative
procedures
become
the
more
likely
are
they
to
perpetuate
their
disability
since
a
significant
number
show
a
hereditary
tendency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
618
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acquisition
of
language
although
the
work
of
bullowa
jones
and
bever
has
some
of
its
greatest
promise
in
the
light
it
may
shed
on
the
development
of
functions
of
language
in
children
the
promise
cannot
be
realized
unless
the
authors
give
a
great
deal
of
explicit
attention
to
the
framework
of
such
analysis
for
there
is
not
as
may
be
the
case
for
phonological
and
grammatical
development
anything
like
a
satisfactory
body
of
linguistic
theory
and
method
as
to
the
terminal
state
while
a
good
deal
may
be
learned
without
such
a
theory
and
necessarily
must
be
so
learned
since
the
work
in
progress
cannot
be
suspended
until
such
an
unpredictable
millenium
it
still
would
be
a
pity
if
the
chance
were
lost
for
the
interaction
of
the
acquisition
of
data
and
the
improvement
of
theoretical
notions
let
me
complete
my
discussion
by
developing
my
argument
in
two
ways
a
by
briefly
stating
the
nature
of
the
problem
with
regard
to
the
terminal
state
of
verbal
development
b
and
by
indicating
what
present
and
future
contribution
such
fields
as
anthropology
sociology
and
social
psychology
may
be
able
to
make
to
the
solution
of
the
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
619
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
speech
production
and
spoken
language
of
the
deaf
the
distinction
was
made
between
speech
production
and
spoken
language
in
analysing
the
oral
output
of
those
with
hearing
impairment
a
brief
review
of
studies
in
both
areas
was
undertaken
including
the
report
of
a
new
electronic
visual
monitoring
device
the
glossal
transducer
it
was
postulated
that
the
deaf
utilise
a
unique
visual
to
motor
conversion
within
the
brain
when
speaking
and
monitor
conscously
by
tactile
kinaesthetic
control
the
more
recent
studies
relate
to
the
syntactical
features
of
the
speech
of
the
deaf
these
show
that
deafness
creates
telegraphic
speech
with
reduced
sentence
length
and
omissions
of
essential
words
such
as
functors
the
speech
of
the
deaf
seems
to
contain
mostly
nouns
and
verbs
with
a
limited
number
of
words
used
to
expand
verb
forms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
62
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pneumocystis
carinii
pneumonia
case
studies
with
electron
microscopy
this
paper
deals
with
the
clinicopathologic
findings
in
patients
with
pneumocystis
carinii
pneumonia
the
first
example
was
in
a
month
old
white
female
infant
without
an
underlying
disease
the
second
occurred
in
association
with
cytomegalic
inclusion
disease
of
the
lungs
in
a
year
old
white
woman
who
had
received
steroid
therapy
cytotoxic
agents
and
irradiation
to
the
thorax
for
hodgkin's
disease
an
electron
microscope
was
used
for
the
study
of
the
morphology
of
the
organisms
in
tissue
removed
at
autopsy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
620
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cognitive
functioning
in
early
infantile
autism
an
examination
of
four
cases
by
means
of
the
wechsler
intelligence
scale
for
children
the
results
are
communicated
which
were
obtained
from
an
examination
by
means
of
the
wechsler
intelligence
scale
for
children
of
four
cases
of
early
infantile
autism
these
cases
had
developed
in
such
a
way
that
a
reliable
investigation
by
means
of
a
mental
test
had
become
possible
according
to
their
full
scale
iq's
the
four
cases
fell
within
the
category
of
dull
normal
intelligence
or
less
all
of
them
showed
a
considerable
discrepancy
between
the
verbal
and
the
performance
iq
the
performance
iq
being
of
much
higher
value
the
composition
of
the
autistic
test
profiles
was
characterized
by
a
large
variability
in
the
subtest
scores
discriminating
the
autistic
group
significantly
from
non
autistic
control
groups
the
subtest
score
divergencies
responsible
for
the
large
variability
showed
a
distinct
pattern
being
specific
for
the
autistic
group
as
a
whole
this
group
could
be
considered
as
a
distinct
group
particularly
by
a
marked
tendency
to
achieve
poorly
and
far
below
the
subject's
average
level
in
the
subtests
comprehension
and
vocabulary
and
to
achieve
superiorly
and
far
above
that
level
in
the
subtests
block
design
and
object
assembly
by
specifying
the
mental
functions
conditional
for
success
in
these
four
subtests
that
occupy
extreme
positions
within
the
autistic
test
profiles
it
was
concluded
that
the
autistic
patients
apparently
were
able
to
achieve
well
or
even
superiorly
only
if
the
task
could
be
performed
on
a
purely
perceptual
level
but
they
failed
as
soon
as
an
appeal
was
made
to
thinking
proper
this
was
thought
to
be
due
to
a
disability
in
dealing
with
imaginary
things
and
imaginary
situations
or
in
other
words
to
an
incapability
to
objectify
what
is
not
actually
present
in
the
subject's
concrete
situation
it
is
proposed
that
this
impairment
could
be
reduced
to
a
lack
of
symbolic
means
being
the
correlate
of
a
defective
or
insufficiently
developed
language
in
the
patients
it
is
further
proposed
that
children
suffering
from
early
infantile
autism
might
not
be
able
or
at
a
later
stage
only
to
reach
that
level
of
language
development
in
which
words
can
be
used
as
symbols
representing
absent
things
and
absent
situations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
621
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
otologic
care
of
cleft
palate
cases
the
purpose
of
this
study
was
to
review
the
ear
pathology
in
patients
whose
cleft
palates
had
previously
been
repaired
despite
concern
over
speech
regression
tonsil
and
adenoid
surgery
was
carried
out
on
of
these
patients
when
carefully
done
this
was
accomplished
with
considerable
overall
improvement
particularly
for
the
benefit
of
the
conductive
hearing
loss
sixteen
cases
had
exact
documentation
of
these
results
by
virtue
of
speech
recording
and
accurate
audiometric
records
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
622
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
congenital
heart
disease
deaf
mutism
and
associated
somatic
malformations
occurring
in
several
members
of
one
family
m
d
and
patrick
h
lehan
m
d
a
unique
family
is
described
in
which
the
mother
and
four
of
her
eight
children
have
pulmonary
stenosis
two
of
the
four
affected
children
are
deaf
mutes
one
of
these
has
in
addition
to
the
pulmonary
valvular
stenosis
idiopathic
hypertrophic
subaortic
stenosis
all
the
affected
children
had
several
associated
somatic
malformations
genetic
and
nongenetic
factors
and
their
role
in
the
development
of
the
malformations
are
discussed
it
is
suggested
that
the
cardiac
defect
is
transmitted
by
a
single
non
sex
linked
genetic
factor
dominant
autosomal
inheritance
in
the
presence
of
a
normal
karyotype
it
appears
that
a
single
dose
of
either
a
point
mutation
or
a
small
deletion
or
translocation
is
the
most
likely
cause
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
623
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
histidinemia
a
review
of
published
reports
of
histidinemia
indicates
that
this
condition
has
a
variability
of
clinical
and
biochemical
expression
three
children
with
histidinemia
born
of
a
consanguineous
marriage
are
reported
here
they
had
blond
hair
blue
eyes
speech
defects
mental
retardation
and
a
peculiar
eeg
abnormality
they
also
exhibited
characteristic
biochemical
findings
of
the
disease
elevated
blood
and
urine
histidine
increased
urine
imidazolepyruvic
acid
and
a
sustained
high
rise
in
plasma
histidine
following
an
oral
histidine
tolerance
test
they
did
not
however
have
the
reduction
of
skin
histidine
a
deaminase
activity
which
has
been
observed
in
some
children
with
this
condition
tests
for
determination
of
heterozygotes
in
the
family
were
not
successful
parental
consanguinity
and
normal
skin
a
deaminase
activity
set
these
children
apart
from
other
reported
cases
the
first
lends
support
to
the
hypothesis
that
histidinemia
is
inherited
as
an
autosomal
recessive
trait
the
second
supports
the
idea
that
the
genic
fault
which
results
in
reduced
histidine
a
deaminase
activity
can
be
expressed
to
a
different
degree
in
different
tissues
these
children
seem
to
represent
a
variant
of
histidinemia
where
liver
histidase
activity
is
reduced
while
skin
histidase
activity
is
present
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
624
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
interpretation
within
the
metaphor
analytic
investigation
of
the
use
of
the
metaphor
was
first
given
impetus
by
ella
freeman
sharpe
who
explored
the
symbolic
meaning
of
particular
metaphoric
phrases
with
reference
to
the
body
and
libidinal
needs
currently
interest
has
become
focused
upon
the
use
of
the
metaphor
as
a
self
conscious
rational
therapeutic
technique
of
communication
of
particular
value
with
those
patients
who
have
reached
the
borderline
of
sanity
ekstein
and
ekstein
and
wallerstein
have
emphasized
that
the
use
of
the
metaphor
should
be
regarded
as
an
essential
technique
for
gradually
establishing
communication
and
initial
insight
with
borderline
and
schizophrenic
patients
but
that
it
must
not
be
regarded
as
a
treatment
technique
in
itself
it
is
but
a
preliminary
approximation
to
the
final
therapeutic
act
which
ultimately
will
consist
of
a
classical
interpretation
at
the
level
of
the
secondary
process
the
use
of
the
metaphor
derives
its
primary
value
from
maintaining
contact
with
patients
who
are
constantly
in
danger
of
being
inundated
by
a
break
through
of
primary
process
material
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
625
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
evolution
of
a
characteristic
speech
disorder
in
juvenile
cerebral
lipidosis
juvenile
cerebral
lipidosis
is
being
diagnosed
with
increasing
frequency
in
this
country
especially
in
schools
for
the
visually
handicapped
the
manifestations
of
rapidly
developing
loss
of
vision
seizures
muscular
rigidity
ataxia
retinitis
pigmentosa
and
eeg
abnormalities
are
well
known
in
this
disorder
a
speech
disorder
described
as
a
lolling
stammering
speech
was
mentioned
by
sjogren
in
his
comprehensive
description
of
juvenile
amaurotic
idiocy
but
this
has
not
been
emphasized
in
recent
descriptions
this
report
based
upon
an
analysis
of
cases
describes
the
evolution
of
a
characteristic
form
of
speech
pathology
that
is
invariably
present
in
juvenile
cerebral
lipidosis
the
initial
speech
abnormality
seen
early
in
the
disorder
is
a
hesitancy
of
speech
and
occasional
repetition
of
words
in
time
dysarthria
becomes
evident
with
slurring
nasality
and
impairment
of
phonation
similar
to
that
seen
in
pseudobulbar
palsy
in
addition
to
the
dysarthria
a
highly
characteristic
perseverative
speech
appears
which
often
has
a
close
resemblance
to
true
stuttering
this
stuttering
like
speech
has
been
observed
in
of
the
cases
at
some
time
during
the
course
of
their
illnesses
as
the
speech
patterns
deteriorate
the
patient
becomes
less
communicative
and
finally
lapses
into
mutism
the
speech
disorder
is
often
the
most
disabling
aspect
of
this
syndrome
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
626
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
relation
of
crying
activity
in
early
infancy
to
speech
and
intellectual
development
at
age
three
years
rosenfeld
cries
of
infants
age
to
days
were
measured
for
outburst
frequency
during
the
most
active
sec
period
of
crying
crying
scores
showed
a
significant
correlation
with
stanford
binet
iq
at
years
a
borderline
correlation
with
cattell
iq
at
to
months
and
a
nonsignificant
trend
with
speech
ratings
at
years
although
no
correlations
were
adequate
for
individual
prediction
infant
crying
is
deemed
worthy
of
further
investigation
as
a
possible
indicator
of
intellectual
potential
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
627
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
labial
supportive
appliance
the
patient
with
a
repaired
cleft
lip
and
palate
and
an
associated
displacement
and
deficiency
of
the
premaxilla
presents
problems
which
may
be
of
concern
to
the
plastic
surgeon
speech
pathologist
orthodontist
and
prosthodontist
the
upper
lip
may
appear
flat
or
retruded
in
relation
to
the
lower
lip
when
maxillary
anterior
teeth
are
missing
either
congenitally
naturally
as
in
the
mixed
dentition
period
or
because
of
neglect
the
upper
lip
may
appear
to
be
rolled
under
the
premaxilla
the
lower
lip
usually
assumes
a
characteristic
'pouty'
appearance
this
complex
of
tissue
deformities
also
may
be
important
in
the
articulation
of
speech
sounds
fricatives
and
plosives
are
difficult
to
produce
correctly
because
of
the
malposition
of
the
lip
there
may
be
interference
with
direction
of
air
current
contact
of
tongue
to
alveolar
ridge
and
normal
contact
of
lips
corrective
procedures
are
designed
to
improve
the
labial
profile
and
to
establish
more
normal
relationships
of
intraoral
structures
these
procedures
employed
individually
or
in
combination
may
include
othodontic
movement
of
maxillary
segments
dental
prosthesis
and
cheiloplasty
another
more
recently
developed
adjunct
involves
autogenous
osscous
implantation
in
the
cleft
areas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
628
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
heterogeneity
of
the
'cleft
palate
population'
and
research
designs
the
primary
point
made
in
this
paper
is
that
we
must
reject
the
notion
that
there
is
some
inherent
universal
commonality
among
individuals
who
are
born
with
a
cleft
lip
and
or
cleft
palate
we
must
recognize
the
various
pertinent
subgroups
within
this
population
this
does
not
mean
however
that
one
must
always
recognize
the
smallest
subgroup
in
doing
a
given
study
on
the
contrary
we
would
defend
the
use
of
fewest
possible
subgroups
consistent
with
the
specific
research
purpose
nevertheless
we
feel
that
time
spent
considering
the
purposes
of
a
study
and
the
subgroups
which
need
to
be
identified
will
tend
to
minimize
the
number
of
contradictory
results
and
will
assist
us
in
the
interpretation
of
the
observations
that
our
insight
and
technology
make
possible
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
629
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cineradiographic
comparison
of
normal
to
noncleft
subjects
with
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
cineradiographic
studies
of
the
normal
subjects
were
compared
with
studies
of
noncleft
subjects
who
demonstrated
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
the
following
conclusions
were
made
a
there
was
a
significant
difference
between
soft
palate
length
in
normals
and
the
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
group
b
there
was
not
a
significant
difference
between
depth
of
nasopharynx
in
normal
and
the
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
group
c
the
difference
of
the
means
of
the
soft
palate
length
and
depth
of
nasopharynx
between
the
normals
and
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
group
was
significant
d
the
thickness
of
the
soft
palate
was
greater
in
the
normal
than
the
abnormal
group
e
in
of
the
normal
and
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
groups
the
height
of
soft
palate
elevation
was
above
the
palatal
plane
f
in
of
the
normal
group
the
height
of
velopharyngeal
closure
took
place
below
the
palatal
plane
none
of
the
subjects
in
the
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
group
obtained
velopharyngeal
closure
g
there
was
no
significant
correlation
between
amount
of
gap
and
voice
quality
h
there
was
no
significant
correlation
between
amount
of
gap
and
intelligibility
of
speech
i
there
was
a
difference
between
vital
capacity
readings
for
the
velopharyngeal
inadequacy
group
with
nose
occluded
and
unoccluded
j
the
correlation
coefficient
between
quality
judgment
and
intelligibility
judgment
was
highly
significant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
63
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
on
the
dehydroxycorticosteroids
in
the
plasms
in
various
stages
of
breast
cancer
and
mastopathy
the
depressing
effect
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
on
plasma
corticosteroids
is
on
an
average
shortened
in
advanced
breast
cancer
stage
iv
the
lowest
corticosteroid
values
have
been
found
with
the
three
groups
of
patients
hours
after
infusion
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
phosphate
the
effect
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
being
still
provable
after
hours
with
the
group
suffering
from
mastopathy
the
breast
cancer
group
of
stage
iv
had
at
this
time
already
reached
the
level
of
the
initial
values
the
breast
cancer
group
of
stage
iv
had
at
this
time
already
reached
the
level
of
the
initial
values
the
breast
cancer
group
of
stage
i
ii
behaved
intermediately
the
less
lasting
effect
of
dehydroepiandrosterone
is
attributed
to
its
accelerated
transformation
in
advanced
breast
cancer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
630
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
spontaneous
verbal
rehearsal
in
a
memory
task
as
a
function
of
age
a
distinction
is
made
between
alternative
hypotheses
for
explaining
an
often
reported
deficiency
in
verbally
mediated
performance
during
early
childhood
the
verbal
response
is
made
but
tends
not
to
mediate
performance
mediational
deficiency
hypothesis
the
verbal
response
tends
not
to
be
made
production
deficiency
hypothesis
a
study
is
described
which
attempts
to
meet
the
ideal
criteria
for
a
test
of
the
production
deficiency
hypothesis
the
method
used
was
that
of
direct
observation
of
s's
spontaneous
verbalizations
and
the
hypothesis
was
confirmed
by
the
finding
that
kindergarteners
are
less
likely
than
older
children
to
rehearse
stimulus
names
in
a
nonverbal
serial
recall
task
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
631
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
early
experience
and
the
socialization
of
cognitive
modes
in
children
this
paper
deals
with
the
question
what
is
cultural
deprivation
and
how
does
it
act
to
shape
and
depress
the
resources
of
the
human
mind
the
arguments
presented
are
first
that
the
behavior
which
leads
to
social
educational
and
economic
poverty
is
socialized
in
early
childhood
second
that
the
central
quality
involved
in
the
effects
of
cultural
deprivation
is
a
lack
of
cognitive
meaning
in
the
mother
child
communication
system
and
third
that
the
growth
of
cognitive
processes
is
fostered
in
family
control
systems
which
offer
and
permit
a
wide
range
of
alternatives
of
action
and
thought
and
that
such
growth
is
constricted
by
systems
of
control
which
offer
predetermined
solutions
and
few
alternatives
for
consideration
and
choice
the
research
group
was
composed
of
negro
mothers
and
their
year
old
children
selected
from
four
different
social
status
levels
the
data
are
presented
to
show
social
status
differences
among
the
four
groups
with
respect
to
cognitive
functioning
and
linguistic
codes
and
to
offer
examples
of
relations
between
maternal
and
child
behavior
that
are
congruent
with
the
general
lines
of
argument
laid
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
632
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
recovery
of
mycoplasmas
in
the
study
of
human
leukaemia
and
other
malignancies
numerous
reports
have
been
published
concerning
the
necessity
of
testing
for
the
presence
of
mycoplasmas
before
the
interpretation
of
experiments
performed
in
cell
cultures
such
tests
are
especially
important
when
the
presence
of
viruses
is
suspected
since
recent
evidence
indicates
that
some
mycoplasmas
are
capable
of
eliciting
a
transmissible
cytopathic
effect
in
addition
some
mycoplasmas
and
viruses
share
properties
such
as
size
filterability
morphology
in
electron
microscopy
sensitivity
to
ether
ability
to
haemagglutinate
and
cause
haemadsorption
interference
with
virus
replication
in
vitro
lack
of
inhibition
by
certain
commonly
used
antibiotics
and
inhibition
of
growth
by
homologous
antiserum
thus
the
absence
of
ordinary
bacteria
and
moulds
in
preparations
eliciting
a
cytopathic
effect
in
cell
cultures
is
an
unreliable
criterion
for
viral
identification
great
caution
should
be
exercised
in
classifying
new
agents
as
viruses
especially
as
myxo
viruses
without
adequate
testing
to
exclude
their
identity
as
mycoplasmas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
633
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pneumonia
due
to
mycoplasma
pneumoniae
its
incidence
in
the
membership
of
a
co
operative
medical
group
ruth
mcmahan
edmund
r
clarke
william
a
maccoll
and
j
thomas
grayston
a
total
of
cases
of
pneumonia
occurred
in
persons
who
were
members
of
a
medical
co
operative
in
the
period
december
to
december
the
annual
rate
of
pneumonia
was
per
isolation
of
mycoplasma
pneumoniae
from
throat
swabs
was
attempted
in
over
half
the
cases
reported
and
paired
blood
specimens
were
obtained
in
one
third
on
the
basis
of
laboratory
examination
of
these
specimens
the
incidence
of
clinically
recognized
pneumonia
due
to
m
pneumoniae
was
between
and
persons
per
per
year
although
peak
rates
of
pneumonia
occurred
under
five
years
of
age
per
pneumonia
due
to
m
pneumoniae
was
uncommon
in
this
age
group
it
was
most
common
in
children
five
to
nine
years
old
and
was
frequently
the
cause
of
pneumonia
in
adolescents
ten
to
nineteen
years
of
age
the
rates
in
children
in
primary
school
was
twice
the
average
incidence
m
pneumoniae
pneumonia
also
differed
from
the
pneumonias
of
other
etiology
in
that
it
occurred
throughout
the
year
with
no
seasonal
excess
whereas
total
pneumonia
showed
a
predominance
in
winter
the
typical
clinical
syndrome
of
the
pneumonias
in
which
m
pneumoniae
was
isolated
was
one
of
prominent
systemic
manifestations
of
headache
and
fever
but
few
respiratory
symptoms
occurred
except
cough
upper
respiratory
tract
complaints
and
an
elevated
white
cell
count
were
much
more
frequent
in
the
other
pneumonias
the
patients
with
m
pneumoniae
pneumonia
were
almost
never
hospitalized
but
suffered
significant
absenteeism
they
came
from
larger
families
usually
with
children
of
school
age
reporting
physicians
were
usually
correct
in
diagnosing
these
pneumonias
as
atypical
or
viral
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
634
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
establishment
of
a
turkey
flock
free
of
'n'
strain
mycoplasma
mycoplasma
of
the
'n'
strain
are
frequently
isolated
from
turkey
poults
affected
with
airsacculitis
but
free
of
mycoplasma
gallisepticum
research
on
the
'n'
strain
has
been
impeded
by
the
presence
of
a
high
proportion
of
turkey
poults
with
airsacculitis
in
all
breeding
flocks
examined
by
the
difficulty
of
culturing
and
identifying
the
mycoplasma
strains
and
by
the
lack
of
a
practical
serologic
test
this
communication
describes
the
establishment
of
a
small
nucleus
of
'n'
free
turkeys
from
a
commercial
breeding
flock
known
to
carry
'n'
mycoplasma
hens
and
toms
for
the
production
of
'n'
free
poults
were
selected
from
the
parent
flock
by
serology
and
culture
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
635
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
septicemia
due
to
mycoplasma
hominis
type
viola
m
young
ph
d
and
sheldon
m
wolff
m
d
a
febrile
illness
that
followed
therapeutic
abortion
and
was
accompanied
by
the
presence
of
mycoplasma
hominis
type
in
the
blood
is
described
the
patient
upon
recovery
exhibited
a
specific
antibody
response
to
the
mycoplasma
isolated
from
the
blood
as
well
as
to
another
strain
of
the
same
serotype
these
findings
are
regarded
as
additional
evidence
for
the
pathogenicity
of
m
hominis
type
organisms
particularly
in
situations
favoring
their
dissemination
from
the
female
genital
tract
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
636
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
infectie
door
mycoplasma
hominis
bij
een
pasgeborene
mycoplasma
hominis
infection
in
a
newborn
child
in
a
baby
born
by
a
difficult
forceps
delivery
abscesses
began
to
form
in
the
neck
a
few
days
after
birth
mycoplasma
hominis
was
recovered
from
the
pus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
637
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
intraspecies
differences
in
antigens
on
the
surface
of
certain
living
human
cells
surface
antigens
of
several
types
of
living
cells
of
human
origin
were
partially
characterized
with
hyperimmune
antisera
prepared
in
the
rabbit
against
living
hela
cells
and
living
uncultured
full
term
human
amnion
cells
hemagglutination
mixed
agglutination
and
direct
and
indirect
immunofluorescence
fab
techniques
were
employed
with
these
techniques
and
fractional
absorption
procedures
common
and
specific
cell
antigens
were
detected
on
the
surface
of
several
human
living
cells
uncultured
and
primary
amnion
two
established
human
cell
lines
rp
am
and
u
amnion
of
presumed
normal
origin
and
two
hela
and
hep
of
presumed
malignant
origin
and
human
erythrocytes
none
of
the
antigens
were
found
on
nctc
mouse
cells
the
human
cells
possessed
species
related
antigens
demonstrable
by
hemagglutination
after
removal
of
the
hemagglutinins
by
absorption
with
human
erythrocytes
antibody
in
high
titer
for
the
homologous
cells
was
detected
by
fab
methods
in
addition
some
changes
in
antigens
on
the
surface
of
amnion
cells
during
primary
culture
were
observed
finally
an
antigen
was
found
on
hela
and
hep
cells
by
use
of
anti
hela
serum
absorbed
with
human
erythrocytes
and
rp
am
cells
that
was
not
found
on
either
human
erythrocytes
uncultured
amnion
cells
or
on
the
cells
of
the
two
established
amnion
cell
lines
at
the
dilutions
used
in
the
tests
antibodies
to
the
abo
blood
group
isoanti
gens
forssman
hapten
or
adsorbed
serum
proteins
could
not
account
for
the
antigens
detected
the
possibility
that
mycoplasma
sp
antigens
were
responsible
for
the
reactions
was
inconsistent
with
the
results
the
specificity
of
the
fab
methods
on
living
cells
was
confirmed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
638
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
coombs
positive
hemolytic
anemia
and
generalized
amyloidosis
in
mice
following
transmission
of
subcellular
leukemic
material
following
transmission
with
cell
free
supernatant
fluid
or
with
virus
ex
tract
of
leukemic
tissue
or
plasma
from
vari
ous
types
of
murine
plasma
cell
leukemias
a
disease
developed
characterized
by
hyper
gammaglobulinemia
weight
loss
anemia
marked
splenic
renal
and
hepatic
amyloido
sis
and
plasma
cell
infiltrations
in
the
lungs
the
disease
was
also
transmissible
through
the
placenta
or
with
the
milk
of
infected
mice
in
dba
males
the
incidence
of
the
disease
was
much
higher
the
sur
vival
shorter
and
the
anemia
much
more
severe
than
was
the
case
in
dba
females
and
in
dba
x
cba
f
mice
of
both
sexes
it
is
proposed
that
the
development
of
the
lesions
is
mediated
through
an
auto
immune
mechanism
created
by
the
antigenic
effect
of
the
virus
transformed
host
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
639
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
ph
antigen
in
strains
of
pasteurella
pseudotuberculosis
and
its
relation
to
biological
activities
it
may
be
concluded
that
only
part
of
the
p
pseudotuberculosis
strains
can
synthesize
the
ph
antigen
whereas
this
property
seems
to
be
shared
by
all
the
strains
of
p
pestis
as
in
the
case
of
p
pestis
three
kinds
of
biological
activi
ties
were
related
to
the
presence
of
the
ph
antigen
isolated
from
a
strain
of
p
pseudotubercu
losis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
64
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
meaning
of
ph
at
low
temperatures
during
extra
corporeal
circulation
a
review
of
the
temperature
gradients
occurring
during
profound
hypothermia
is
made
in
regard
to
acid
base
changes
in
general
and
to
ph
readings
in
particular
it
is
concluded
that
terms
such
as
'body'
'mean'
'average'
and
'core'
temperature
should
be
discarded
and
that
when
a
temperature
is
quoted
it
should
be
referred
to
the
site
at
which
it
was
measured
the
main
circumstances
in
which
blood
ph
is
measured
at
a
temperature
different
from
that
at
which
the
blood
is
equilibrated
with
respiratory
gases
are
reviewed
by
describing
the
changes
which
occur
during
tonometry
experiments
in
this
way
fundamental
changes
can
be
understood
before
considering
the
more
complicated
sequences
of
events
taking
place
in
the
living
body
the
alterations
that
occur
in
the
concentrations
of
protein
and
bicarbonate
ion
when
whole
blood
is
cooled
are
reviewed
together
with
their
influence
on
'correction
factors'
the
reasons
why
these
factors
should
not
be
applied
to
blood
when
the
living
body
is
undergoing
hypothermia
involving
the
use
of
an
extra
corporeal
circulation
are
discussed
examples
of
the
numerical
values
for
blood
ph
during
the
two
main
methods
for
producing
profound
hypothermia
one
using
autogenous
lung
perfusion
and
the
other
a
pump
oxygenator
are
given
with
reference
to
the
influence
of
pco
upon
these
values
the
existing
methods
of
acid
base
measurement
appear
to
be
sufficiently
accurate
to
reflect
the
metabolic
component
during
profound
hypothermia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
640
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
serological
relationships
among
human
mycoplasmas
as
shown
by
complement
fixation
and
gel
diffusion
and
robert
m
chanock
antigenic
relationships
among
human
mycoplasmas
were
studied
by
complement
fixation
and
agar
gel
diffusion
techniques
four
recognized
human
species
mycoplasma
hominis
type
m
hominis
type
m
salivarium
and
m
fermentans
were
antigenically
distinct
in
these
tests
in
addition
m
pneumoniae
eaton
agent
the
etiological
agent
of
cold
agglutinin
positive
atypical
pneumonia
was
different
from
these
four
species
although
these
species
were
distinct
evidence
of
shared
antigenic
components
was
obtained
in
complement
fixation
and
agar
gel
diffusion
tests
since
rabbits
were
immunized
with
mycoplasmas
grown
in
rabbit
muscle
infu
sion
broth
supplemented
with
rabbit
serum
or
in
the
case
of
m
pneumoniae
with
infected
chick
embryo
lung
suspension
the
possibility
that
the
heterologous
reactions
resulted
from
antibody
to
growth
medium
components
could
be
excluded
four
recent
mycoplasma
isolates
from
the
oro
pharynx
were
analyzed
and
three
were
shown
to
be
closely
related
to
m
hominis
type
and
the
fourth
was
closely
related
to
m
salivarium
although
the
recent
isolates
could
not
be
dis
tinguished
from
the
related
prototype
human
species
by
complement
fixation
differences
could
be
detected
by
the
agar
gel
diffusion
technique
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
641
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mammalian
cell
cultures
contaminated
with
pleuropneumonia
like
organisms
ii
effect
of
pplo
on
cell
morphology
in
established
monolayer
cultures
the
occurrence
of
cytopathogenic
changes
in
monolayer
cultures
of
pplo
contaminated
mammalian
cells
has
been
shown
to
be
related
to
deficiency
of
arginine
in
the
medium
the
same
effects
were
seen
when
the
cell
culture
medium
was
depleted
by
pplo
prior
to
application
to
pplo
free
cell
cultures
even
though
viable
pplo
were
no
longer
present
the
fact
that
the
same
picture
resulted
in
the
absence
of
pplo
when
either
arginine
or
glucose
were
omitted
from
the
medium
would
indicate
that
while
the
defi
ciency
created
under
the
conditions
described
was
specific
the
cellular
changes
could
as
well
be
the
result
of
omission
or
depletion
of
other
mam
malian
cell
growth
requirements
the
importance
of
surveillance
of
cell
lines
for
the
presence
of
pplo
to
avoid
misinterpretation
of
cytopathogenic
effects
was
stressed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
642
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
suppression
of
rous
sarcoma
virus
growth
in
tissue
cultures
by
mycoplasma
orale
an
agent
which
produced
cell
destruction
in
human
diploid
and
chick
embryo
fibroblasts
was
isolated
from
wi
strain
of
human
diploid
fibroblasts
and
shown
to
be
a
mycoplasma
the
multiplication
of
rous
sarcoma
virus
rsv
and
rous
associated
virus
rav
was
inhibited
in
wi
wi
and
chick
embryo
fibroblasts
infected
with
this
mycoplasma
the
mycoplasma
isolate
designated
strain
reacted
strongly
in
the
complement
fixation
test
with
antiserum
to
mycoplasma
orale
ch
an
isolate
obtained
from
the
human
oral
cavity
the
cytopathic
effect
of
mycoplasma
strain
could
be
eliminated
by
growing
the
mycoplasma
on
an
artificial
agar
medium
before
inoculation
into
chick
embryo
fibroblasts
serial
passage
in
chick
embryo
fibroblasts
restored
the
cytopathogenicity
of
the
agar
grown
mycoplasma
however
growth
of
rsv
and
rav
was
inhibited
by
both
the
tissue
culture
grown
and
the
agar
grown
strain
and
also
by
the
ch
strain
which
did
not
produce
any
cytopathic
effect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
643
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
method
for
direct
demonstration
of
pleuropneumonia
like
organisms
in
cultured
cells
direct
microscopic
observation
of
pleuropneumonia
like
organisms
pplo
in
cell
cultures
is
easily
accomplished
follow
ing
hypotonic
treatment
air
drying
and
staining
with
orcein
a
rapid
technique
using
fl
human
amnion
cells
inoculated
with
su
pernatant
from
suspected
cultures
is
de
scribed
the
demonstration
of
pplo
con
tamination
of
cell
lines
by
this
rapid
method
was
in
complete
agreement
with
re
sults
of
pplo
agar
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
644
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
fatal
septicemic
disease
of
infant
puppies
caused
by
cytopathogenic
organisms
with
characteristics
of
mycoplasma
pathogenic
organisms
were
iso
lated
from
outbreaks
of
a
fatal
septicemic
disease
of
infant
puppies
and
from
dog
kidney
cells
that
degenerated
spontaneously
the
iso
lates
were
indistinguishable
serologically
and
possessed
characteristics
of
mycoplasma
the
pathogenic
organisms
were
cytopathogenic
for
dog
kidney
cell
cultures
and
in
inoculated
puppies
produced
pathological
changes
that
resembled
those
seen
in
natural
cases
le
sions
consisted
principally
of
necrosis
and
hemorrhage
the
isolates
were
culturally
and
serologically
distinct
from
recognized
canine
mycoplasma
species
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
645
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chromosome
changes
in
pplo
infected
fl
human
amnion
cells
characteristic
chromosome
changes
were
observed
in
pplo
infected
fl
human
amnion
cells
these
changes
included
a
gradual
reduction
in
chromosome
numbers
increase
in
chromosome
aberrations
and
the
appearance
of
new
varieties
although
some
of
the
aberrations
appeared
early
after
infec
tion
most
changes
developed
slowly
over
a
period
of
several
months
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
646
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
mycoplasma
pneumoniae
infection
in
sweden
sera
from
cases
of
pneumonia
and
cases
of
milder
respiratory
infection
were
examined
by
the
cf
test
against
m
pneumoniae
antigen
thirty
five
patients
with
pneumonia
and
patients
with
bronchitis
had
serologic
evidence
of
m
pneumoniae
infection
all
cases
which
had
a
significant
antibody
rise
with
the
cf
test
also
showed
a
corresponding
rise
with
the
fluorescent
antibody
test
m
pneumoniae
was
isolated
from
of
serologically
positive
cases
cold
agglutinins
were
demon
strated
in
of
cases
per
cent
with
m
pneumoniae
infection
m
pneumoniae
infections
occurred
during
all
seasons
of
the
year
and
were
most
common
in
older
children
and
young
adults
the
clinical
features
of
the
cases
with
m
pneumoniae
infection
in
this
study
re
semble
those
described
in
similar
investigations
in
other
countries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
647
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
spontane
genetische
veranderungen
am
zellstamm
l
earle
the
chromosomal
constitution
of
a
clone
of
the
cell
strain
l''
was
studied
by
repeated
chromosomal
analyses
within
years
there
resulted
the
stability
of
the
cellular
clone
with
regard
to
the
tested
feature
for
the
duration
of
about
one
year
the
maximal
number
of
chromosomes
amounted
to
in
later
tests
a
spon
taneous
doubling
of
the
chromosomal
number
maximum
chromosomes
was
ascertained
the
cause
of
this
phenomenon
could
not
yet
be
cleared
up
this
new
chromosomal
pattern
remained
unchanged
in
the
subsequent
examination
period
of
months
as
was
proved
by
these
observations
under
the
present
cultivation
conditions
cell
populations
can
be
retained
stabile
in
vitro
for
a
certain
period
the
defined
substances
however
still
imply
unknown
factors
which
may
have
a
mutagenous
effect
so
that
sudden
changes
of
cell
populations
may
result
the
respective
physiological
features
are
hardly
known
as
yet
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
648
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chromosome
changes
in
human
diploid
cell
cultures
infected
with
mycoplasma
this
communication
shows
that
mycoplasma
may
also
change
cell
chromosomes
and
therefore
emphasizes
the
need
for
caution
in
interpreting
experimental
results
without
adequately
testing
for
the
presence
of
mycoplasma
chromosome
damage
similar
to
that
described
here
has
been
induced
by
viruses
in
cell
cultures
and
in
blood
cul
tures
chromosomal
abnormalities
have
also
been
reported
in
blood
cultures
and
bone
marrow
from
leukaemic
patients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
649
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
evaluation
of
tylosin
in
preventing
egg
transmission
of
mycoplasma
gallisepticum
in
chickens
the
inoculation
of
mycoplasma
gallisepticum
infective
yolk
into
the
left
posterior
thoracic
air
sac
of
laying
chickens
resulted
in
an
infection
which
produced
a
rate
of
egg
infection
satisfactory
for
experimental
purposes
culturing
of
all
live
embryonating
eggs
as
well
as
all
dead
and
infertile
eggs
was
necessary
to
determine
the
rate
of
egg
infection
tylosin
either
injected
subcutaneously
administered
in
the
drinking
water
or
employed
in
an
egg
dipping
solution
greatly
reduced
but
did
not
completely
eliminate
egg
infection
in
the
egg
dipping
trials
only
isolates
of
m
gallisepticum
were
ob
tained
from
tylosin
dipped
eggs
compared
to
isolates
from
control
eggs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
65
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
induced
tumour
resistance
in
rats
the
human
sarcoma
hs
has
been
grown
in
weanling
rats
treated
with
cortisone
this
growth
was
modified
by
prior
injection
of
various
tissue
antigens
active
immunity
was
produced
by
using
human
placenta
or
embryonic
tissue
as
antigen
and
similar
results
were
obtained
using
suspensions
of
rapidly
growing
human
tumours
the
response
to
other
human
tissues
varied
foetal
muscle
and
spleen
were
active
whereas
adult
plasma
was
inactive
except
from
some
patients
with
extensive
malignant
disease
passive
protection
was
produced
by
using
certain
human
sera
at
the
time
of
challenging
with
hs
sera
from
five
women
who
aborted
showed
this
characteristic
where
the
pregnancy
continued
to
term
antisubstances
were
not
found
and
they
were
present
in
the
puerperium
in
only
two
out
of
fifty
cases
further
groups
of
rats
were
given
rat
embryonic
tissues
as
antigen
and
the
tumour
challenge
was
then
made
with
walker
tumour
the
results
were
variable
with
a
benzpyrene
induced
tumour
in
a
pure
line
of
wag
rat
the
effect
was
not
obtained
except
in
isolated
cases
in
experiments
in
mice
using
as
challenge
an
irondextran
induced
mouse
sarcoma
prior
injection
with
embryonic
mouse
liver
or
placenta
increased
the
resistance
to
the
growth
of
the
tumour
but
the
tumour
has
not
as
yet
been
produced
in
a
pure
line
mouse
on
the
other
hand
mouse
experiments
using
as
challenge
the
crocker
tumour
proved
negative
it
is
suggested
that
immune
reactions
may
play
a
part
in
causing
some
abortions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
650
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
epidemiology
of
mycoplasma
pneumoniae
infection
in
families
and
ruth
mcmahan
the
transmission
and
clinical
manifestations
of
in
fection
with
mycoplasma
pneumoniae
were
studied
in
families
in
which
there
was
a
case
of
atypical
pneumonia
m
pneumoniae
was
isolated
from
a
throat
culture
of
the
index
pneumonia
patient
in
of
these
families
trans
mission
to
other
family
members
occurred
in
of
the
families
in
these
families
of
the
children
and
of
the
adults
were
infected
the
index
cases
are
included
of
the
total
patients
with
family
contact
infections
had
lower
respiratory
tract
symptoms
had
pharyngitis
alone
all
children
were
asympto
matic
and
had
probably
unrelated
symptoms
the
time
intervals
between
cases
within
a
family
suggested
a
median
incubation
period
of
days
treatment
with
tetracycline
seemed
neither
to
cure
the
symptoms
com
pletely
nor
to
abolish
the
carrier
state
that
often
lasted
one
to
three
months
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
651
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
case
of
salpingitis
due
to
pleuro
pneumonalike
organisms
a
case
of
acute
salpingitis
following
a
diagnostic
curettage
and
aspiration
of
the
pouch
of
douglas
is
described
this
case
was
resistant
to
penicillin
and
streptomycin
therapy
a
pure
culture
of
pleuropneu
monia
like
organisms
pplo
grew
from
pus
removed
from
the
secon
dary
pyosalpinx
by
aspiration
these
organisms
were
sensitive
to
tetra
cycline
which
cured
the
adnexal
infection
no
pplo
were
found
in
the
vaginal
discharge
pplo
have
frequently
been
isolated
from
the
vaginae
of
healthy
and
infected
women
however
only
cases
of
pelvic
inflammatory
disease
with
a
pure
culture
of
pplo
have
been
reported
the
possibi
lity
that
these
growths
of
pplo
in
the
internal
genitalia
followed
the
use
of
antibiotic
therapy
is
discussed
infection
with
pplo
should
be
considered
when
pelvic
inflam
matory
disease
proves
resistant
to
the
common
antibiotics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
652
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
serological
differentiation
of
mycoplasma
strains
pleuro
pneumonia
like
organisms
from
various
sources
a
complement
fixation
test
with
rabbit
antisera
was
used
to
differentiate
cultures
of
mycoplasma
from
man
mammalian
cell
cultures
laboratory
rats
and
mice
cattle
goats
poultry
embryonated
eggs
and
sewage
seventeen
serotypes
were
distinguished
from
man
from
mammalian
cell
cultures
from
rats
and
mice
from
cattle
and
goats
from
poultry
and
one
saprophytic
most
of
these
corresponded
to
recognized
species
of
mycoplasma
but
of
human
origin
represented
by
strain
navel
and
from
tissue
cultures
strains
may
represent
new
species
r
one
of
the
serotypes
from
rats
could
be
distinguished
from
the
species
m
arthritidis
but
is
probably
an
antigenic
variant
rather
than
a
distinct
species
two
species
hitherto
recognized
as
distinct
m
arthritidis
and
m
hominis
type
could
not
be
distinguished
and
appear
to
constitute
a
single
species
these
findings
illustrate
the
necessity
from
the
viewpoint
of
taxonomy
of
comparing
mycoplasma
strains
by
serological
methods
the
serotypes
of
human
and
animal
origin
were
largely
host
specific
exceptions
were
the
inclusion
of
m
arthritidis
from
rats
and
m
hominis
type
from
man
in
a
single
serotype
the
finding
of
a
bovine
organism
among
the
strains
isolated
from
goats
and
of
a
saprophytic
strain
in
a
rat
in
relation
to
the
aetiology
of
disease
in
man
and
animals
the
isolation
of
an
endogenous
mycoplasma
from
embryonated
eggs
used
to
passage
infective
material
illustrates
the
importance
of
identifying
these
organisms
serologically
the
demonstration
of
mixed
mycoplasma
infections
in
lesions
in
two
rats
shows
the
necessity
of
adequately
purifying
all
cultures
of
mycoplasma
before
examination
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
653
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
spiramycin
in
the
treatment
of
experimental
mycoplasmosis
in
day
old
chicks
and
turkey
poults
day
old
chicks
and
turkey
poults
experimentally
infected
with
m
gallisepticum
have
been
treated
at
the
time
of
infection
with
spiramycin
administered
by
subcutaneous
injection
or
drinking
water
medication
a
dose
of
mg
kg
bodyweight
by
subcutaneous
injection
or
an
per
cent
concentration
in
the
drinking
water
continuously
for
three
days
eliminated
the
infection
in
most
of
the
birds
which
remained
free
of
air
sac
lesions
and
did
not
react
to
the
slide
agg
lutination
or
haemagglutination
inhibition
tests
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
654
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
further
studies
of
agents
isolated
from
tissue
cultures
inoculated
with
human
leukaemic
bone
marrow
d
a
woods
mycoplasmas
were
isolated
from
tissue
cultures
inoculated
with
bone
marrow
from
leukaemic
patients
all
cultures
which
showed
a
cytopathic
effect
contained
mycoplasmas
there
was
no
evidence
of
mycoplasmas
in
control
cultures
the
mycoplasmas
isolated
seemed
biologically
and
serologic
ally
to
be
of
one
strain
which
was
different
from
any
previously
reported
as
being
isolated
from
human
sources
although
there
was
some
relationship
to
a
rodent
mycoplasma
m
pulmonis
mycoplasmas
cannot
readily
be
distinguished
from
viruses
electron
microscopically
the
relationship
of
mycoplasmas
to
leukaemia
is
not
yet
clear
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
655
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
microbiological
studies
of
reiter's
disease
attempts
were
made
to
demonstrate
viruses
and
pplo
in
body
fluids
and
synovial
tissues
of
patients
with
various
rheumatic
diseases
all
attempts
to
demonstrate
viruses
were
negative
pplo
were
looked
for
in
specimens
from
patients
with
rheumatic
and
non
rheumatic
diseases
whereas
these
organisms
were
readily
isolated
from
genito
urinary
specimens
they
were
found
in
none
of
synovial
fluid
specimens
they
could
not
be
grown
from
synovial
tissue
biopsies
of
patients
with
rheumatoid
arthritis
ankylosing
spondylitis
gout
gonococcal
arthritis
psoriatic
arthritis
traumatic
arthritis
or
arthritis
accompanying
ulcerative
colitis
but
they
were
present
in
one
and
possibly
in
two
of
eight
synovial
tissue
specimens
from
patients
with
reiter's
disease
complement
fixation
tests
were
negative
in
nine
patients
with
reiter's
disease
including
the
two
from
whose
synovial
tissues
pplo
were
thought
to
have
been
isolated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
656
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
recovery
of
a
pleuropneumonia
like
organism
p
p
l
o
from
the
genitalia
of
the
female
albino
rat
the
genital
organs
of
seventy
seven
nonproductive
breeder
female
rats
were
examined
grossly
and
histologically
and
bacteriological
cultures
of
the
uterus
and
ovaries
were
made
three
of
the
seventy
seven
animals
showed
a
purulent
salpingitis
and
oophoritis
a
pleuropneumonia
like
organism
was
isolated
from
the
uterus
and
ovaries
of
of
the
animals
examined
the
cultures
obtained
from
the
genitalia
were
compared
with
the
p
p
l
o
isolated
from
the
middle
ears
of
some
of
these
same
animals
and
the
two
appeared
to
be
identical
intraperitoneal
injection
of
the
p
p
l
o
cultures
into
young
rats
and
mice
produced
oophoritis
and
salpingitis
in
the
mice
but
not
in
the
rats
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
657
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chronic
respiratory
disease
in
mice
and
rats
chronic
respiratory
disease
crd
in
both
mice
and
rats
embraces
two
separate
entities
namely
infectious
catarrh
caused
by
mycoplasmas
pleuropneumonia
like
organisms
and
enzootic
bronchiectasis
by
a
virus
the
two
syndromes
are
discussed
in
regard
to
their
etiology
pathologic
manifestations
and
transmission
particular
attention
is
paid
to
the
relation
of
mycoplasmas
to
infectious
catarrh
the
morphologic
and
cultural
characteristics
of
the
catarrhal
types
of
these
organisms
are
considered
from
the
standpoint
of
differential
diagnosis
the
importance
of
crd
in
the
maintenance
of
breeding
colonies
and
in
the
use
of
animals
for
experimental
purposes
is
stressed
methods
for
the
establishment
of
specific
pathogen
free
colonies
as
a
means
of
control
are
briefly
outlined
together
with
observations
on
a
cesarean
derived
line
of
swiss
mice
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
658
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
further
observations
of
the
lymphomas
of
african
children
during
cytopathogenic
filtrable
agents
were
frequently
encountered
in
cultures
of
embryonic
human
kidney
cells
following
their
inoculation
with
supernatant
fluids
from
primary
human
amnion
cultures
which
had
previously
been
exposed
to
extracts
of
tumors
and
other
specimens
from
east
african
children
with
malignant
lymphomas
of
the
kind
described
by
burkitt
and
others
the
results
seemed
noteworthy
because
they
suggested
an
intimate
association
between
the
agents
and
the
disease
and
also
because
of
the
nature
of
the
isolations
which
involved
two
phenomena
an
initial
induction
of
a
peculiar
spindling
and
twisting
of
the
amnion
cells
fig
and
subsequently
destructive
changes
in
kidney
cells
inoculated
with
fluid
from
such
altered
amnion
cultures
the
direct
inoculation
of
embryonic
kidney
cells
with
extracts
of
tumors
or
bone
marrow
never
caused
cytopathogenic
effects
nor
did
the
isolated
transmissible
agents
have
the
capacity
to
induce
the
amnion
lesions
nevertheless
the
two
effects
were
closely
associated
and
clearly
related
to
the
specimens
the
cytopathogenic
agents
were
later
cultivated
on
protein
rich
media
and
found
to
have
the
characteristics
of
mycoplasma
they
failed
to
induce
tumors
in
a
variety
of
animals
and
serologic
tests
in
which
they
served
as
antigen
gave
suggestive
but
inconclusive
evidence
of
a
relationship
to
the
disease
the
mycoplasma
also
failed
to
induce
the
amnion
lesions
caused
by
the
specimens
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
659
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mycoplasma
species
of
man
at
present
six
distinct
species
of
mycoplasmas
are
known
to
infect
man
certain
biological
and
ecological
properties
of
these
agents
have
been
defined
one
species
m
pneumoniae
has
been
definitely
shown
to
be
an
important
respiratory
tract
pathogen
and
another
species
m
hominis
type
may
play
a
role
in
respiratory
tract
and
genital
tract
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
66
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
urinary
steroid
estimations
in
the
prediction
of
response
to
adrenalectomy
or
hypophysectomy
a
clinical
trial
has
been
carried
out
to
test
the
use
of
the
discriminant
in
assessing
the
suitability
of
patients
with
advanced
breast
cancer
for
hypophysectomy
or
adrenalectomy
patients
with
positive
discriminants
submitted
to
hypophysectomy
have
a
much
better
prognosis
than
patients
with
negative
discriminants
submitted
to
adrenalectomy
patients
selected
for
adrenalectomy
because
of
negative
discriminants
have
a
significantly
worse
response
to
the
operation
than
patients
selected
by
random
sample
patients
selected
for
hypophysectomy
because
of
positive
discriminants
tend
to
have
a
better
response
to
the
operation
than
do
patients
selected
by
random
sample
but
the
difference
is
not
significant
adrenalectomy
is
not
recommended
for
patients
with
negative
discriminants
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
660
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pleuropneumonia
like
organisms
despite
their
small
size
the
pplo
carry
the
full
complement
of
the
chemical
com
pounds
and
enzymes
contained
in
larger
bacteria
and
in
cells
they
contain
both
dna
and
rna
and
in
their
independent
metabolism
they
are
essentially
like
other
free
living
cells
in
contrast
to
the
viruses
which
have
no
independent
metabolism
outside
the
living
host
cell
several
strains
of
pplo
have
been
cultivated
from
the
mucous
membranes
of
apparently
normal
human
subjects
espe
cially
from
the
respiratory
and
urinary
tracts
until
recently
however
definite
evidence
of
the
association
between
the
pplo
and
clear
ly
defined
clinical
disease
in
the
human
sub
ject
was
lacking
in
it
became
evident
that
the
so
called
eaton
virus
originally
isolated
by
eaton
and
his
associates
in
from
patients
with
primary
atypical
pneu
monia
was
in
reality
a
pleuropneumonia
like
organism
typical
pplo
colonies
are
pro
duced
on
a
cell
free
agar
medium
which
is
enriched
by
the
addition
of
blood
serum
or
yeast
a
number
of
strains
of
pplo
has
now
been
identified
and
in
recognition
of
their
unique
characteristics
they
have
been
classi
fied
in
a
separate
order
the
mycoplasmatales
genus
mycoplasma
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
661
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
problems
of
disease
of
parathyroid
glands
if
biochemical
tests
indicate
unequivocally
that
there
is
a
functioning
parathyroid
tumour
usually
an
adenoma
its
removal
will
relieve
symptoms
and
prevent
any
further
damage
to
organs
such
as
the
kidneys
in
per
cent
of
such
cases
the
operation
is
not
particularly
difficult
to
anyone
with
experience
of
thyroid
surgery
the
tumour
is
seldom
of
great
size
usually
less
than
half
an
inch
in
diameter
but
a
careful
search
in
the
expected
position
in
close
apposition
to
the
posterior
surface
of
the
thyroid
lobes
will
usually
reveal
it
such
adenomata
are
usually
more
brown
in
colour
than
the
normal
yellow
gland
but
in
some
per
cent
of
cases
one
or
more
of
the
glands
may
be
aberrant
or
possibly
absent
and
super
numerary
glands
may
be
present
it
is
usually
one
of
the
lower
pair
of
glands
which
occupies
an
ectopic
position
and
as
i
explained
in
the
outline
of
the
embryological
development
it
may
accompany
the
thymus
into
the
mediasti
num
rather
a
vast
area
in
which
to
seek
a
small
tumour
such
an
exploration
cannot
be
lightly
undertaken
but
if
the
evidence
is
indisputable
the
burden
must
be
shouldered
it
is
correct
policy
i
believe
first
to
carry
out
a
thorough
exploration
of
the
neck
and
if
this
proves
un
availing
to
inspect
the
mediastinum
through
a
sternum
splitting
incision
some
two
weeks
later
rather
than
completing
this
major
undertaking
at
one
session
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
662
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
age
factor
in
experimental
hypertension
of
the
dca
type
in
rats
rats
aged
and
days
were
sensibilised
by
unilateral
nephrectomy
and
a
week
later
were
given
mg
g
dca
every
third
day
for
weeks
and
a
nacl
solution
to
drink
the
younger
rats
reacted
with
a
greater
increase
in
blood
pressure
more
so
male
rats
hypertrophy
of
the
heart
and
kidneys
and
mortality
and
supression
of
growth
were
also
all
more
evident
in
the
younger
age
group
only
male
rats
given
the
steroid
hormone
starting
from
day
showed
permanent
suppression
of
growth
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
663
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
response
of
a
serum
glycoprotein
to
tissue
injury
and
necrosis
the
response
to
necrosis
hyperplasia
and
tumour
growth
a
serum
glycoprotein
of
the
rat
underwent
a
fold
increase
during
days
growth
of
the
walker
tumour
and
this
increase
was
not
affected
when
the
rats
were
treated
with
terramycin
the
protein
increased
at
the
same
or
a
greater
rate
when
rats
were
subjected
to
ischaemic
necrosis
of
one
kidney
or
of
two
thirds
of
the
liver
boiled
kidney
tissue
on
the
other
hand
had
little
effect
upon
the
protein
response
and
kidney
hyperplasia
had
none
it
is
suggested
that
this
protein
increase
is
a
response
to
substances
liberated
from
damaged
or
necrotic
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
664
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
natural
history
of
autoimmune
disease
in
nzb
mice
a
comparison
with
the
pattern
of
human
autoimmune
manifestations
all
mice
of
the
nzb
bl
strain
spon
taneously
develop
serological
and
pathological
evidence
of
autoimmune
dis
ease
during
adult
life
the
nzb
bl
strain
was
developed
by
dr
marianne
bielschow
sky
in
dunedin
new
zealand
by
inbreed
ing
from
an
outbred
colony
of
mixed
coat
color
several
inbred
strains
nzb
nzc
nzo
nzw
nzy
and
others
have
been
evolved
in
dunedin
from
the
original
col
ony
evidence
for
autoimmune
disease
in
the
nzb
strain
was
first
reported
by
bielschowsky
helyer
and
howie
who
found
evidence
of
an
autoimmune
hemo
lytic
anemia
the
dunedin
group
used
the
presence
of
agglutinins
for
ficin
treated
red
cells
as
the
index
of
the
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
665
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
remaining
kidney
in
irradiated
survivors
of
wilms's
tumor
the
intravenous
urograms
of
patients
who
had
survived
years
after
irradiation
for
wilms's
tumor
were
studied
for
kidney
size
and
configuration
the
diseased
kidney
had
been
removed
by
nephrectomy
the
remaining
kidneys
had
been
sub
jected
to
varying
doses
of
ionizing
radia
tion
at
the
time
the
area
of
the
diseased
kidney
was
irradiated
in
none
was
there
evidence
of
atrophy
all
were
within
the
range
of
expected
normal
size
and
most
of
them
were
enlarged
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
666
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cellular
proliferation
and
deoxyribonucleic
acid
synthesis
in
compensating
kidneys
of
mice
and
the
effect
of
food
and
water
restriction
compensatory
enlargement
of
the
kid
ney
occurred
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
in
mice
fourteen
days
after
the
removal
of
one
kidney
the
surviving
renal
tissue
weighed
per
cent
more
than
single
kid
neys
from
sham
operated
animals
the
hyperplastic
response
of
the
cortex
on
the
second
postoperative
day
was
times
greater
than
that
seen
in
the
same
zone
of
kidneys
from
sham
operated
animals
by
days
after
surgery
the
mitotic
index
of
the
cortex
returned
to
control
values
the
outer
medulla
also
underwent
hyperplasia
but
only
on
the
second
day
following
unilateral
nephrectomy
was
the
increase
significant
an
increase
in
mitotic
activity
was
found
in
the
inner
medulla
of
surviving
kidneys
but
it
was
not
statistically
signifi
cant
both
starvation
for
hours
and
water
restriction
for
hours
prevented
the
hyper
plastic
responses
in
the
remaining
kidneys
days
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
when
water
was
given
hours
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
after
hours
of
water
restriction
significant
increases
in
mitotic
activity
were
noted
in
the
cortex
of
remain
ing
kidneys
on
the
fourth
and
fifth
post
operative
days
however
even
after
free
access
to
food
was
allowed
after
hours
without
food
no
significant
increase
in
mitotic
frequency
of
the
remaining
kidney
was
found
deoxyribonucleic
acid
synthesis
in
con
trol
kidneys
of
mice
was
highest
in
the
cor
tex
and
lowest
in
the
inner
medulla
as
revealed
by
radioautographic
studies
fol
lowing
the
injection
of
tritiated
thymidine
two
days
following
removal
of
one
kidney
the
labeling
index
of
the
cortex
of
remaining
kidneys
increased
fold
no
statistically
significant
increases
of
deoxyribonucleic
acid
synthesis
were
noted
in
either
the
outer
or
inner
medullary
regions
of
the
remaining
kidneys
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
667
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
compensatory
renal
enlargement
hypertrophy
versus
hyperplasia
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
in
the
mouse
the
compensatory
growth
of
the
remaining
kidney
is
characterized
by
an
increase
in
rna
and
protein
synthesis
within
the
first
hour
dna
synthesis
remains
un
changed
for
about
hours
and
then
rises
to
a
maximum
at
hours
by
the
end
of
the
fifth
day
when
dna
synthesis
has
passed
its
peak
and
is
in
decline
cellular
hyperplasia
has
accounted
for
only
one
fourth
of
the
increase
in
kidney
weight
thus
it
is
shown
that
cell
hypertrophy
is
both
the
primary
and
the
predominant
response
in
the
early
phase
of
compen
satory
renal
enlargement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
668
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cell
proliferation
in
experimental
hydronephrosis
and
compensatory
renal
hyperplasia
mitosis
counts
and
autoradiographic
counts
of
nuclei
labeled
with
tritiated
thymidine
were
made
in
the
renal
cortex
of
male
rats
in
which
the
left
ureter
was
ligated
these
were
compared
with
corresponding
counts
in
the
remaining
kidney
after
left
nephrectomy
and
in
sham
operated
controls
and
hours
after
operation
the
cortex
of
the
kidney
on
the
obstructed
side
showed
a
greater
number
of
tritium
labeled
nuclei
and
mitotic
figures
than
in
the
kidney
undergoing
com
pensatory
hyperplasia
epithelial
and
interstitial
cells
responded
simul
taneously
on
the
obstructed
side
whereas
in
the
remaining
kidney
after
nephrectomy
the
epithelial
response
preceded
a
slight
interstitial
re
sponse
by
hours
the
contralateral
kidney
in
rats
subjected
to
ureteral
ligation
showed
no
response
we
concluded
that
the
early
response
of
increased
dna
synthesis
and
cell
division
in
the
obstructed
kidney
was
not
mediated
by
humoral
factors
it
was
localized
and
probably
had
a
different
mechanism
than
the
proliferative
response
occurring
in
compensatory
renal
hyperplasia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
669
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
renal
factors
in
the
pathogenesis
of
hypertension
renal
arteriography
and
other
modern
diagnostic
procedures
have
provided
the
means
of
establishing
a
close
relationship
between
high
blood
pressure
and
renovascular
disease
many
of
these
cases
are
amenable
to
surgical
cure
at
the
present
time
there
is
no
single
test
for
the
definitive
diagnosis
of
renal
hypertension
careful
and
intensive
studies
are
mandatory
in
the
selection
of
cases
suitable
for
surgery
since
hypertension
has
many
etiologic
factors
and
involves
many
complex
and
sometimes
obscure
mechanisms
aortography
intravenous
urography
and
split
function
tests
are
among
the
most
important
methods
for
definitive
diagnosis
and
for
the
planning
of
appropriate
surgical
procedures
at
operation
the
most
commonly
observed
cause
of
renal
arterial
con
striction
in
the
elderly
is
atherosclerosis
whereas
in
younger
patients
it
is
hyperplasia
of
the
intimal
and
muscular
coats
of
the
renal
artery
and
its
branches
renovascular
surgery
may
require
a
variety
of
technical
procedures
in
the
successful
cases
there
is
a
striking
and
permanent
reduction
in
blood
pressure
the
accuracy
of
blood
pressure
readings
is
emphasized
since
hypertension
is
usually
discovered
for
the
first
time
during
the
course
of
a
routine
physical
examination
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
67
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
primary
epidermoid
cancer
of
the
lung
ultrastructural
study
the
early
epidermoidic
epithelioma
of
the
human
lung
are
initiated
by
the
proliferation
of
body
cells
whose
structure
is
analogical
to
that
of
the
medium
cells
and
or
the
modificated
basal
cells
of
the
normal
bronchial
wall
the
presence
of
desmosomes
and
tonofibrils
in
the
cells
of
the
stratum
germinativum
of
the
bronchial
epithelium
and
in
the
cells
derived
from
it
allows
us
a
better
understanding
of
the
malpighian
metaplasis
of
this
wall
and
gives
account
of
the
epidermoidic
evolution
of
the
bronchial
epithelioma
certain
nuclear
and
cytoplasmic
modifications
suggest
the
possibility
of
a
causal
virus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
670
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cell
proliferation
in
compensatory
renal
growth
rats
with
one
kidney
removed
showed
a
progressive
increase
in
weight
of
the
remaining
kidney
over
a
six
week
period
autoradiographic
and
radiochemical
studies
with
h
thymidine
indicated
that
the
increase
in
new
kidney
cell
formation
was
maximal
forty
eight
to
seventy
two
hours
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
this
early
response
was
chiefly
due
to
the
production
of
new
cells
by
the
renal
cortical
tubules
normal
rates
of
tubule
cell
turnover
were
achieved
two
weeks
after
operation
the
glomerular
tufts
contained
fewer
new
cells
and
their
peak
production
was
delayed
to
the
one
week
period
with
a
slow
decline
thereafter
rats
forty
eight
hours
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
were
chosen
as
a
model
to
study
the
effect
of
various
substances
on
the
magnitude
of
new
cell
formation
the
number
of
dna
synthesising
cells
in
the
stimulated
kidney
was
reduced
by
treatment
with
hydrocortisone
acth
dimethyl
benzanthracene
and
benzanthracene
the
numbers
were
increased
by
the
administration
of
deoxycorticosterone
and
aldosterone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
671
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
adrenalectomy
on
the
parathyroids
in
nephrectomized
rats
rat
parathyroids
were
studied
both
after
nephrectomy
and
after
com
bined
nephrectomy
and
adrenalectomy
as
early
as
hours
after
nephrectomy
there
were
morphological
indications
of
increased
para
thyroid
activity
in
the
form
of
increased
glandular
volume
and
enlarged
cell
nuclei
the
corresponding
changes
after
combined
nephrectomy
and
adrenalectomy
were
less
marked
and
the
total
serum
calcium
was
higher
than
after
nephrectomy
only
these
observations
suggest
that
the
adrenals
could
induce
a
change
in
calcium
homeostasis
opposite
to
that
of
the
parathyroids
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
672
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pathogenesis
of
polycystic
kidneys
microdissection
confirms
our
previous
de
scription
of
an
uncommon
variety
of
poly
cystic
kidney
found
only
in
the
newborn
periods
it
is
characterized
by
symmetrical
enlargement
caused
by
saccular
or
cylindri
cal
increase
in
size
of
all
collecting
tubules
the
number
and
relative
length
of
different
generations
of
collecting
tubules
are
normal
nephrons
are
present
in
normal
numbers
and
their
attachment
to
collecting
tubules
is
normal
the
pattern
of
the
nephrons
is
nor
mal
except
for
minimal
localized
areas
of
dilatation
interstitial
connective
tissue
is
not
increased
intrahepatic
bile
ducts
are
in
variably
cystic
siblings
may
be
affected
we
believe
that
in
such
kidneys
the
be
havior
of
the
ampullae
of
the
branches
of
the
ureteral
bud
is
normal
and
that
secondary
hyperplasia
of
the
interstitial
portions
of
the
branches
is
responsible
for
the
greatly
in
creased
renal
size
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
673
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
concurrence
of
hyperplasia
and
neoplasia
of
the
parathyroid
glands
the
concurrence
of
parathyroid
hyperplasia
and
neoplasia
in
a
group
of
six
patients
is
re
ported
two
patients
had
long
standing
renal
disease
with
azotemia
and
hyperphosphatemia
in
both
hypercalcemia
developed
while
they
were
under
observation
and
they
were
found
to
have
parathyroid
adenomas
as
well
as
hyper
plasia
of
the
other
glands
a
third
patient
followed
an
apparently
similar
course
one
pa
tient
with
primary
hyperparathyroidism
due
to
a
large
mediastinal
adenoma
displayed
hyper
plasia
of
other
glands
in
association
with
moder
ate
renal
insufficiency
two
patients
with
pri
mary
generalized
parathyroid
hyperplasia
were
found
to
have
superimposed
neoplastic
lesions
multiple
adenomatous
nodules
in
one
adenocar
cinoma
in
the
other
these
observations
add
new
dimensions
to
the
diagnosis
and
therapy
of
parathyroid
disorders
they
indicate
the
necessity
of
examining
all
four
parathyroid
areas
at
time
of
surgery
they
also
emphasize
that
hypercalcemia
developing
in
patients
with
chronic
renal
disease
is
a
manifesta
tion
of
autonomous
parathyroid
function
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
674
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experimentelle
nierenvergroberung
nach
unilateraler
nephrektomie
bei
ratten
untersuchungen
mit
h
thymidin
in
this
paper
it
is
attempted
to
clarify
certain
questions
as
to
the
mechanism
of
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
by
means
of
histological
cytological
and
autoradiographical
examinations
in
nephrectomy
experiments
on
young
and
grown
rats
based
on
the
results
of
this
investigation
the
process
of
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
must
be
imagined
as
follows
as
early
as
two
hours
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
a
distinct
increase
of
the
mitosis
index
without
a
simultaneous
increase
in
dna
synthesizing
cells
was
observed
in
the
remaining
kidney
it
is
assumed
that
a
cell
division
of
polyploid
cells
is
involved
which
were
in
a
prolonged
premitotic
rest
phase
after
a
latent
period
of
hours
the
dna
synthesizing
cells
and
dividing
cells
start
to
increase
the
maximum
of
the
regenerative
processes
is
reached
between
the
rd
and
th
day
after
nephrectomy
twenty
days
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
the
regenerative
processes
are
largely
concluded
all
tubule
sections
participate
in
the
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
although
the
regenerative
processes
are
most
marked
in
the
central
section
one
cannot
speak
of
the
development
of
an
actual
indifference
zone
in
the
regenerating
kidney
in
young
test
animals
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
is
determined
more
by
mitotic
cell
division
in
older
test
animals
more
by
polyploidization
processes
the
results
of
these
investigations
provide
no
certain
indications
for
the
assumption
that
amitotic
nuclear
divisions
play
a
major
part
in
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
proliferation
processes
which
in
extent
and
localization
run
parallel
to
the
regeneration
of
the
parenchyma
are
also
observed
in
the
cells
of
the
connective
tissue
of
the
renal
vessels
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
675
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
abscopal
effects
of
whole
body
x
irradiation
on
compensatory
hypertrophy
of
the
rat
kidney
the
weight
and
dna
content
of
normal
growing
i
e
intact
and
hypertrophying
i
e
following
uninephrectomy
rat
kidneys
were
obtained
from
several
hundred
sprague
dawley
white
rats
the
effect
of
whole
body
x
irradiation
with
rad
and
local
irradiation
to
the
kidney
with
rad
was
then
determined
by
following
the
rate
and
degree
of
hypertrophy
and
the
dna
content
of
the
kidney
when
calculated
on
the
basis
of
body
surface
area
a
constant
ratio
of
kidney
weight
and
of
kidney
dna
was
found
in
the
normal
non
hypertrophying
kidneys
of
week
old
rats
after
days
of
hypertrophy
these
values
increased
approximately
per
cent
over
normal
in
rats
weeks
old
at
the
time
of
nephrectomy
for
animals
weeks
old
at
the
time
of
nephrectomy
the
corresponding
increase
was
only
about
per
cent
following
uninephrectomy
and
x
irradiation
with
rad
to
the
exteriorized
remaining
kidney
week
old
rats
whose
bodies
were
lead
shielded
during
irradiation
showed
no
body
weight
growth
retardation
no
significant
difference
in
the
dna
content
of
the
kidney
and
a
small
but
significant
decrease
in
weight
increment
of
the
hypertrophying
kidney
after
days
rats
exposed
to
rad
of
x
rays
with
the
kidney
shielded
during
irradiation
when
compared
with
nonirradiated
controls
showed
body
weight
growth
retardation
a
reduction
in
the
dna
content
of
the
kidney
and
a
reduction
in
the
amount
of
kidney
hypertrophy
days
following
uninephrectomy
a
still
greater
inhibition
of
both
kidney
compensatory
hypertrophy
and
the
increase
in
dna
content
of
the
kidney
occurred
after
rad
whole
body
irradiation
food
restriction
in
nonirradiated
week
old
rats
resulting
in
body
weight
growth
retardation
elicited
a
marked
reduction
in
kidney
weight
and
in
dna
content
of
the
hypertrophying
kidney
days
after
uninephrectomy
it
is
concluded
that
the
reduction
in
kidney
hypertrophy
following
whole
body
x
irradiation
with
rad
is
due
in
some
measure
to
an
abscopal
or
indirect
effect
secondary
to
decreased
body
weight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
676
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radiation
effects
renal
enlargement
in
the
mouse
three
hours
following
unilateral
nephrectomy
weanling
female
cf
mice
were
subjected
to
local
abdominal
or
total
body
exposure
to
either
or
r
other
groups
were
given
r
to
half
the
abdomen
with
and
without
prior
nephrectomy
signifi
cant
decreases
in
renal
weight
gain
compared
to
controls
were
obtained
in
the
r
total
body
group
and
in
the
locally
irradiated
ani
mals
given
r
when
the
renal
weight
changes
are
compared
on
the
basis
of
the
ratio
of
renal
weight
to
body
weight
in
per
cent
an
increase
from
to
is
seen
in
animals
subjected
to
nephrectomy
alone
the
final
value
in
all
of
the
irradiated
and
nephrectomized
groups
was
similar
ranging
from
to
the
results
suggest
that
irradiation
in
these
dose
ranges
does
not
exert
a
direct
inhibitory
effect
on
renal
weight
increase
but
it
limits
body
weight
gain
which
influences
kidney
weight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
677
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
renal
hyperplasia
and
neoplasia
in
rats
given
dimethylnitrosamine
multiple
foci
of
hyperplasia
and
neoplasia
were
induced
in
the
kidney
of
rats
that
had
been
dosed
orally
with
dimethylnitrosamine
the
younger
rats
and
the
male
sex
had
a
greater
incidence
of
renal
tumors
the
hyperplastic
or
neoplastic
lesions
were
classified
into
two
groups
on
the
basis
of
their
histogenesis
namely
that
of
tubular
epithelial
origin
and
that
of
interstitial
cell
origin
dimethylnitrosamine
is
recommended
as
a
useful
chemical
compound
for
the
study
of
renal
carcinogenesis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
678
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
role
of
age
and
x
irradiation
on
kidney
function
in
the
mouse
female
mouse
kidneys
show
a
decline
with
respect
to
age
in
the
ability
to
concentrate
the
urine
during
a
hour
water
fast
x
irradiation
early
in
life
has
no
measurable
long
term
effect
on
this
process
kidney
cortex
slices
of
old
female
mice
can
concentrate
p
aminohippuric
acid
against
a
concentration
gradient
equally
as
well
as
slices
from
young
mice
there
is
no
loss
in
this
ability
by
cortex
slices
from
young
or
old
female
x
irradiated
mice
it
is
uncertain
whether
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
declines
with
age
in
nonirradiated
mice
x
irradiation
does
cause
a
reduction
in
the
degree
of
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
in
the
aging
mouse
this
reduction
may
represent
a
loss
in
the
ability
of
kidney
cells
to
undergo
cell
division
the
administration
of
testosterone
propionate
to
old
mice
during
compen
satory
renal
hypertrophy
results
in
an
increased
hypertrophy
the
increase
is
relatively
the
same
for
irradiated
and
nonirradiated
mice
indicating
the
lack
of
a
long
term
effect
of
x
irradiation
to
reduce
the
ability
of
a
target
organ
to
respond
to
a
hormone
the
over
all
conclusion
of
this
study
with
respect
to
radiation
induced
aging
is
that
x
irradiation
of
the
female
swiss
mouse
early
in
life
does
not
have
a
pronounced
effect
on
kidney
function
late
in
life
but
may
have
a
long
term
effect
on
those
processes
concerned
with
cell
division
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
679
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hyperaldosteronism
hyperplasia
of
the
juxtaglomerular
complex
normal
blood
pressure
and
dwarfism
report
of
a
case
a
patient
with
the
syndrome
of
hyperal
dosteronism
hyperplasia
of
the
juxtaglo
merular
complex
dwarfism
and
normal
blood
pressure
is
reported
in
detail
in
this
patient
the
aldosterone
secretion
rate
in
creased
significantly
and
the
serum
potas
sium
rose
slightly
with
sodium
depriva
tion
with
a
low
sodium
diet
urinary
sodi
um
fell
to
zero
spironolactone
with
a
low
sodium
diet
raised
serum
potassium
to
nor
mal
infusion
of
albumin
however
resul
ted
in
a
rapid
increase
in
serum
potassium
and
a
fall
in
aldosterone
secretion
rate
the
unique
features
in
this
patient
are
the
re
sponse
to
albumin
and
the
lowering
of
uri
nary
sodium
to
zero
in
response
to
a
low
sodium
intake
in
all
other
essentials
the
case
resembles
the
two
previously
reported
cases
treatment
by
subtotal
adrenalecto
my
was
not
curative
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
68
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
biosynthesis
of
glycoproteins
i
incorporation
of
glucosamine
c
into
liver
and
plasma
proteins
of
the
rat
it
has
been
shown
that
glucosamine
c
administered
intravenously
to
fed
rats
is
rapidly
removed
from
the
blood
stream
and
appears
first
as
trichloroacetic
acid
soluble
derivatives
in
the
tissues
this
is
followed
by
a
conversion
to
macromolecules
at
least
of
the
administered
compound
can
be
recovered
in
tissues
the
liver
is
by
far
the
most
active
organ
in
accumulating
glucosamine
this
is
rapidly
converted
to
protein
bound
components
of
the
liver
particulate
fraction
microsomes
and
mitochondria
and
is
then
released
to
the
plasma
without
appreciable
accumulation
in
the
soluble
proteins
of
the
liver
it
is
concluded
that
the
glucosamine
is
transferred
to
the
peptide
chains
of
glycoproteins
at
some
stage
before
these
proteins
are
released
from
the
liver
particulate
fraction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
680
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
juxtaglomerular
cells
of
the
kidney
and
the
zona
glomerulosa
of
the
adrenal
cortex
in
the
sodium
losing
and
the
hypertensive
forms
of
virilizing
adrenal
hyperplasia
pathological
and
biochemical
observations
are
presented
in
two
cases
of
virilizing
ad
renal
hyperplasia
one
of
the
sodium
losing
type
and
the
other
of
the
hypertensive
type
examination
of
the
kidneys
revealed
hyper
trophy
of
the
juxtaglomerular
cells
in
the
case
exhibiting
excessive
sodium
loss
the
adrenal
cortex
showed
hypertrophy
of
the
zona
glomerulosa
it
is
hypothesized
that
the
chronic
state
of
sodium
loss
caused
changes
in
the
intravascular
compartment
which
led
to
compensatory
activity
of
the
juxtaglomerular
cells
with
resultant
stimula
tion
of
the
zona
glomerulosa
examination
of
the
hypertensive
case
known
to
involve
a
different
enzyme
defi
cit
showed
hypertrophy
of
the
zona
glom
erulosa
without
hypertrophy
of
the
juxta
glomerular
cells
the
intrinsic
overproduc
tion
of
sodium
retaining
steroids
associated
with
the
genetic
defect
in
this
clinical
form
could
account
for
both
the
hypertension
and
the
absence
of
hypertrophy
of
the
juxta
glomerular
apparatus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
681
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
eperythrozoon
infection
in
sheep
the
intravenous
inoculation
of
blood
from
sheep
in
the
parasi
taemic
stage
of
eperythrozoon
infection
produced
detectable
parasitaemia
in
recipient
sheep
within
days
the
parasitaemia
lasted
from
to
weeks
and
was
accompanied
by
anaemia
and
occasionally
by
icterus
no
other
symptoms
developed
and
in
a
controlled
experiment
on
hoggs
there
was
no
significant
difference
in
weight
gain
between
infected
and
control
animals
a
concurrent
attack
of
tick
borne
fever
led
to
the
disappearance
of
eperythrozoon
from
the
circulating
blood
it
is
suggested
that
this
phenomenon
may
be
caused
by
the
pyrexia
the
incubation
period
following
the
inoculation
of
infected
blood
in
ten
to
week
old
lambs
varied
from
to
weeks
in
eight
of
these
animals
the
symptoms
were
less
severe
than
in
adult
sheep
but
the
two
smallest
lambs
developed
a
profound
anaemia
and
failed
to
gain
weight
culture
of
the
organism
on
sheep
blood
agar
or
on
sheep
kidney
monolayers
was
unsuccessful
as
was
the
attempted
transmission
of
the
infection
to
mice
the
transference
of
keds
and
lice
from
infected
to
uninfected
sheep
failed
to
transmit
the
infection
but
a
sheep
was
infected
by
the
intravenous
inoculation
of
ground
up
lice
from
an
infected
animal
the
only
characteristic
histopathological
changes
in
infected
sheep
were
lymphoid
hyperplasia
of
the
malphigian
corpuscles
in
the
spleen
and
deposition
of
haemosiderin
in
the
cells
of
the
proximal
convoluted
tubules
in
the
kidney
cortex
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
682
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
age
differences
in
cellular
proliferation
in
rat
kidneys
the
hyperplastic
response
to
unilateral
ne
phrectomy
after
hours
in
the
cortex
and
medulla
of
the
remaining
kidneys
of
weanling
and
young
adult
rats
was
studied
by
means
of
autoradiography
tritiated
thymidine
which
is
destined
exclusively
for
nucleoprotein
synthe
sis
was
administered
to
control
and
ex
perimental
rats
hours
prior
to
sacrifice
labeled
tubular
cells
were
rare
in
control
tissues
especially
in
medulla
where
the
per
centages
did
not
differ
greatly
for
the
two
age
groups
in
the
cortex
of
controls
such
cells
were
three
times
more
frequent
for
weanling
rats
than
for
adults
significant
increases
in
per
centages
of
labeled
cells
over
control
levels
were
found
in
both
regions
of
the
remaining
kidneys
for
both
age
groups
the
percentage
of
increase
was
greater
in
medulla
than
in
cortex
and
most
pronounced
in
medulla
of
the
young
adult
rats
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
683
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
phospholipids
of
the
sexual
segment
of
the
kidney
of
the
indian
house
lizard
hemidactylus
flaviviridis
ruppell
the
indian
house
lizard
hemidactylus
flaviviridis
breeds
seas
onally
in
a
sexually
mature
male
lizard
from
october
to
may
of
the
following
year
the
secondary
and
tertiary
collecting
tubules
of
the
kidney
are
hypertrophied
forming
the
sexual
seg
ment
the
development
of
the
sexual
segment
is
synchronous
with
the
testicular
cycle
and
maximum
development
occurs
during
the
period
when
the
testes
are
spermatogenically
active
the
sex
ual
segment
is
not
developed
in
the
females
in
any
season
of
the
year
it
is
completely
regressed
in
males
during
sexual
quiescence
june
and
july
injection
of
mg
of
testosterone
propionate
over
two
weeks
stimulated
the
regressed
sexual
segment
to
hyper
trophy
in
males
during
quiescence
and
also
in
females
the
apical
portions
of
the
cells
of
the
sexual
segment
are
loaded
with
granular
secretions
which
are
stained
with
baker's
acid
hae
matein
and
phosphomolybdic
acid
stannous
chloride
indicating
the
presence
of
choline
containing
phospholipids
the
composi
tion
of
the
phospholipids
of
the
sexual
segment
which
is
a
unique
feature
of
the
lizards
and
snakes
is
unknown
this
preliminary
communication
describes
the
isolation
and
quantitative
estimation
of
phospholipids
present
in
the
sexual
segment
of
the
indian
house
lizard
hemidactylus
flaviviridis
ruppell
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
684
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
the
erythropoietic
effect
of
different
tissue
suspensions
the
stimulating
effect
on
erythropoiesis
of
regenerated
liver
and
hyper
trophic
kidney
tissue
after
partial
hepatectomy
and
unilateral
nephrectomy
respectively
was
studied
in
the
rat
by
means
of
the
erythrocyte
count
haemo
globin
determination
reticulocyte
count
and
fe
utilization
the
reticulocyte
count
and
fe
utilization
increased
significantly
after
treatment
with
normal
liver
and
renal
tissue
and
more
strongly
after
regenerated
liver
and
hypertrophic
kidney
tissue
the
same
effect
was
seen
after
treatment
with
the
sera
of
rats
which
had
undergone
partial
hepatectomy
or
unilateral
nephrectomy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
685
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hemihypertrophy
and
medullary
sponge
kidney
congenital
hemihypertrophy
is
an
over
growth
of
one
side
of
the
body
which
is
associated
with
an
asymmetry
beyond
the
ex
pected
range
it
is
to
be
distinguished
from
hemiatrophy
in
which
atrophy
or
withering
of
one
half
of
the
body
has
occurred
usually
be
cause
of
neurological
lesions
this
condition
of
hemihypertrophy
though
rare
is
very
frequently
associated
with
other
congenital
abnormalities
these
include
several
in
the
urogenital
tract
such
as
hypospadias
cryptorchidism
unilateral
renal
hypertrophy
and
an
increased
incidence
of
wilms'
tumour
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
686
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chemical
aspects
of
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
the
effect
of
unilateral
nephrectomy
on
the
size
and
composition
of
the
remaining
kidney
has
been
investigated
in
rats
in
normal
rats
the
right
kidney
is
on
the
average
significantly
heavier
than
the
left
and
has
a
higher
total
content
of
dna
and
rna
the
kidneys
have
almost
identical
ratios
of
rna
dna
and
protein
dna
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
the
surviving
kidney
increases
steadily
in
wet
and
dry
weight
for
the
st
days
after
the
operation
this
is
accompanied
by
a
much
slower
increase
in
total
dna
content
and
by
a
dramatic
increase
in
rna
dna
ratio
the
rna
dna
ratio
in
kidney
is
also
affected
by
diet
being
higher
on
a
high
protein
than
on
a
low
protein
intake
moreover
the
rise
in
rna
dna
ratio
that
follows
unilateral
nephrectomy
is
greater
in
animals
fed
a
high
protein
diet
the
changes
in
kidney
weight
and
in
total
contents
of
dna
rna
protein
and
lipid
phosphorus
resulting
from
the
feeding
of
a
high
protein
diet
were
found
to
be
of
approximately
the
same
magnitude
as
those
in
the
remaining
kidney
days
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
the
rna
dna
and
protein
dna
ratios
are
also
greater
in
rats
fed
a
diet
containing
urea
but
the
increase
is
much
less
than
that
in
the
remaining
kidney
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
687
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
antidiuretic
mechanism
of
hydrochlorothia
zide
in
the
treatment
of
diabetes
insipidus
the
changes
in
water
and
electro
lyte
balance
during
hydrochlorothiazide
therapy
in
patients
with
vasopressin
deficient
diabetes
insipidus
were
studi
ed
in
case
under
fixed
daily
so
dium
intake
the
urinary
sodium
excre
tion
markedly
increased
on
the
first
day
of
treatment
but
the
urinary
volume
began
to
fall
on
the
second
day
and
per
sisted
low
for
days
after
discontinua
tion
of
the
drug
in
the
other
case
the
urinary
volume
markedly
decreased
when
the
daily
sodium
intake
was
strict
ly
limited
it
further
decreased
on
hydrochlorothiazide
therapy
but
after
sodium
intake
was
restored
it
returned
to
the
pretreatment
level
despite
con
tinued
use
of
the
drug
the
antidiuretic
action
of
hydro
chlorothiazide
in
the
treatment
of
dia
betes
insipidus
is
believed
to
be
related
to
the
sodium
depletion
state
of
the
body
brought
about
by
increased
output
or
decreased
intake
of
sodium
sodium
and
water
reabsorption
in
the
proximal
convoluted
tubules
in
the
kidney
in
creases
and
the
amount
of
glomerular
filtrate
reaching
the
distal
convoluted
tubules
decreases
thus
the
final
urinary
volume
falls
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
688
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
action
of
oral
diuretics
in
diabetes
insipidus
chronic
administration
of
chlorothiazide
and
other
thiazide
analogues
in
diabetes
insipidus
results
in
a
striking
reduction
in
urinary
volume
with
increase
in
urinary
osmolality
this
curious
antidiuretic
action
was
first
described
by
crawford
kennedy
and
though
it
has
since
been
widely
confirmed
in
both
the
pituitary
and
nephrogenic
forms
of
the
disease
its
precise
mechanism
remains
obscure
a
number
of
investigators
have
sought
to
explain
the
phenom
enon
entirely
on
the
basis
of
the
renal
actions
of
these
drugs
earley
orloff
goodman
carter
whilst
others
have
contended
that
abatement
of
polyuria
may
be
secondary
to
a
central
effect
of
the
thiazides
in
decreasing
thirst
robson
lambie
skadhauge
over
the
past
two
years
we
have
conducted
detailed
in
patient
studies
of
the
action
of
various
diuretic
drugs
of
the
thiazide
and
other
series
in
a
group
of
patients
with
pituitary
diabetes
insipidus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
689
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
investigations
into
the
thiazide
induced
antidiuresis
in
patients
with
diabetes
insipidus
plasma
sodium
osmolality
and
serum
chloride
together
with
creatinine
clear
ance
were
studied
before
and
during
thiazide
treatment
of
patients
with
diabetes
insipidus
the
diuresis
was
reduced
by
the
urine
osmolality
was
increased
by
an
average
decrease
in
plasma
sodium
of
meq
i
in
plasma
osmolality
of
mosm
kg
and
in
serum
chloride
of
meq
i
was
observed
only
in
one
pa
tient
was
the
creatinine
clearance
re
duced
significantly
the
thirst
feeling
was
reduced
even
from
the
first
day
of
treat
ment
the
diuresis
was
not
minimal
until
the
third
to
fourth
day
if
the
diuresis
was
corrected
for
the
extra
electrolyte
ex
cretion
initiated
by
the
thiazide
the
antidiuresis
was
found
to
be
operating
to
the
full
extent
even
on
the
first
day
of
treatment
it
is
concluded
that
the
antidiuresis
is
mainly
secondary
to
the
natriuresis
and
to
a
certain
degree
due
to
a
decreased
thirst
feeling
but
there
seems
also
to
be
a
direct
renal
action
involving
at
least
a
reduc
tion
of
the
glomerular
filtration
rate
a
pronounced
antidiuresis
was
found
by
a
water
deprivation
test
after
thiazide
treatment
in
one
patient
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
69
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acute
experimental
pneumococcal
type
i
pneumonia
in
the
mouse
the
migration
of
leucocytes
from
the
pulmonary
capillaries
into
the
alveolar
spaces
as
revealed
by
the
electron
microscope
in
this
preliminary
study
of
experimental
pneumococcal
pulmonary
pneumonia
in
the
mouse
the
leucocytes
were
observed
to
pass
from
the
capillaries
into
the
interstitial
tissue
and
eventually
into
the
alveolar
spaces
through
the
intercellular
junctions
of
the
endothelial
and
epithelial
cell
membranes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
690
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
salt
and
water
the
antidiuretic
effect
of
thiazides
is
thus
the
result
of
the
induced
sodium
deficit
the
fall
in
serum
osmolality
may
be
contributory
by
reducing
thirst
as
depletion
of
body
sodium
will
be
self
limiting
the
major
hazard
to
the
use
of
thiazides
is
potassium
depletion
treatment
of
patients
with
vasopressin
insufficiency
type
of
diabetes
insipidus
with
thiazides
is
only
indicated
for
those
who
are
intolerant
of
hormone
replace
ment
in
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
thiazides
have
a
more
important
therapeutic
application
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
691
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
chlorothiazide
has
been
found
of
value
in
establishing
and
maintaining
adequate
hydra
tion
in
some
patients
its
exact
mechanism
of
action
is
not
known
the
antidiuretic
effects
of
chlorothiazide
and
its
analogues
have
been
studied
in
six
patients
with
ndi
two
of
whom
were
infants
less
than
six
months
of
age
dehydrated
infants
showed
a
dramatic
response
to
treatment
with
those
unable
to
achieve
an
optimal
fluid
intake
prior
to
treat
ment
the
initial
beneficial
response
was
asso
ciated
with
an
increased
fluid
intake
follow
ing
this
initial
antidiuretic
response
a
vari
able
degree
of
escape
or
resistance
to
the
action
of
the
drug
commonly
occurred
de
spite
the
unpredictability
of
a
prolonged
anti
diuretic
response
a
therapeutic
trial
of
chloro
thiazide
in
ndi
seems
warranted
if
diet
alone
is
not
sufficient
to
maintain
hydration
it
must
be
remembered
however
that
this
drug
is
po
tentially
toxic
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
692
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
fluid
and
electrolyte
metabolism
in
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
the
body
fluid
volumes
have
been
fol
lowed
in
two
infants
with
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
without
treatment
both
patients
had
a
low
extracellular
fluid
volume
ecv
and
a
normal
to
low
normal
total
body
water
tbw
following
thiazide
therapy
case
and
during
a
fluid
deprivation
test
case
a
further
reduction
of
ecv
and
tbw
was
found
untreated
both
patients
revealed
a
se
vere
hypernatriemia
without
any
increase
in
the
urinary
aldosterone
excretion
the
first
patient
had
a
cerebral
atro
phy
and
a
rightsided
hydronephrosis
a
higher
diuresis
and
a
lower
concentration
capacity
was
found
on
this
side
the
patient
was
treated
continuously
with
thiazide
when
an
ordinary
house
diet
was
given
this
drug
could
only
maintain
normal
electrolytemia
in
combination
with
spirolactone
a
considerable
increase
in
height
and
psychic
development
took
place
during
this
combined
treatment
it
is
noted
that
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
may
be
present
in
infants
with
unexplained
fever
and
vomiting
in
the
absence
of
polydipsia
and
polyuria
the
urine
may
even
be
hypertonic
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
693
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
diuretics
in
pediatric
practice
clinical
notes
and
comments
with
the
development
of
more
and
more
potent
oral
diuretics
in
recent
years
these
drugs
which
were
once
looked
upon
as
being
of
only
limited
usefulness
in
pediatrics
are
now
receiving
clinical
application
they
per
mit
a
new
approach
to
the
management
of
edematous
states
that
most
of
them
can
be
given
orally
is
a
significant
advantage
par
ticularly
when
coupled
with
their
relative
lack
of
toxicity
although
the
number
of
patients
in
the
pediatric
age
range
who
require
these
agents
is
relatively
small
they
are
valuable
adjuncts
in
the
management
of
chronic
renal
disease
refractory
heart
failure
and
hyper
tension
this
discussion
reviews
their
pharma
cology
and
clinical
indications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
694
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
role
of
aldosterone
and
vasopressin
in
the
postural
changes
in
renal
excretion
in
normal
subjects
and
patients
with
idiopathic
edema
the
effects
of
the
upright
posture
leisurely
walking
for
hours
on
half
hourly
urine
volume
and
excretion
of
sodium
and
creatinine
were
studied
in
normal
subjects
and
patients
with
idiopathic
edema
while
they
drank
or
ml
of
per
cent
sodium
chloride
solution
every
half
hour
when
the
hours
of
walking
were
compared
with
a
preceding
recumbent
period
of
hours
both
groups
were
found
to
show
a
significant
antidiuresis
upright
the
administration
of
ethanol
during
the
last
half
hour
of
recumbency
abolished
the
fall
in
urine
flow
and
in
free
water
clear
ance
during
the
first
hour
of
walking
in
the
normal
subjects
and
significantly
re
duced
this
fall
in
the
patients
with
edema
sodium
excretion
in
the
normal
subjects
was
slightly
but
not
significantly
lower
when
upright
than
when
recum
bent
but
in
the
edematous
patients
was
significantly
lower
when
upright
and
fell
progressively
over
the
hour
period
ad
ministration
of
spironolactone
or
d
amphetamine
increased
sodium
excretion
during
recumbency
in
both
groups
but
increased
sodium
excretion
upright
only
in
the
edematous
patients
to
equal
that
of
the
normal
subjects
creatinine
excre
tion
was
not
changed
in
either
group
by
posture
or
drug
therapy
similar
studies
were
performed
on
patients
with
un
treated
diabetes
insipidus
and
on
pa
tients
with
adrenal
insufficiency
treated
with
hydrocortisone
alone
lack
of
al
dosterone
in
adrenal
insufficiency
did
not
increase
the
amount
of
sodium
ex
creted
above
that
of
normal
subjects
in
recumbency
and
did
not
prevent
the
oc
currence
of
significant
sodium
retention
in
the
upright
posture
however
lack
of
adh
in
diabetes
insipidus
delayed
the
antidiuresis
upright
for
minutes
the
results
indicate
that
adh
release
is
probably
responsible
for
the
reduction
in
urine
volume
during
the
first
min
utes
after
assuming
the
upright
posture
but
not
thereafter
the
excessive
magni
tude
of
the
orthostatic
antidiuresis
in
idiopathic
edema
probably
results
from
a
cause
other
than
adh
release
since
it
is
not
completely
overcome
by
ethanol
reduced
na
excretion
during
hours
in
the
upright
posture
can
occur
in
the
absence
of
circulating
aldosterone
but
the
abnormal
magnitude
of
the
na
re
tention
in
the
patients
with
idiopathic
edema
probably
results
from
hyperal
dosteronism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
695
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
use
and
mode
of
action
of
ethacrynic
acid
in
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
the
use
of
diuretic
agents
in
the
treatment
of
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
had
been
re
ported
to
result
in
decreased
urine
volume
and
decreased
clearance
of
free
water
a
study
of
the
use
of
ethacrynic
acid
a
potent
saluretic
agent
was
instituted
in
patients
with
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
in
an
attempt
to
achieve
a
significant
antidiuretic
response
while
allowing
a
liberal
sodium
diet
intravenous
ethacrynic
acid
resulted
in
de
creased
urine
volume
decreased
clearance
of
free
water
and
decreased
rpf
and
gfr
prolonged
oral
administration
of
ethacrynic
acid
promoted
a
significant
antidiuretic
re
sponse
when
the
daily
sodium
intake
was
limited
to
meq
the
effect
of
ethacrynic
acid
on
renal
function
potassium
and
chlo
ride
excretion
and
uric
acid
metabolism
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
696
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
treatment
of
pituitary
responsive
diabetes
insipidus
in
evaluating
therapy
in
diabetes
insipidus
it
is
important
to
note
we
are
altering
only
ten
per
cent
of
the
reabsorption
function
of
the
kidney
the
kidney
function
in
a
case
of
diabetes
insipidus
is
as
efficient
in
its
activity
as
are
biological
tests
the
purpose
of
therapy
is
patient
convenience
economy
and
normal
function
in
society
the
diabetes
insipidus
itself
does
not
alter
the
life
span
however
secondary
factors
may
introduce
it
into
a
health
problem
lysyl
vasopressin
nasal
spray
is
effective
offers
a
maximum
of
conve
nience
and
has
produced
no
untoward
reactions
it
is
as
expected
ineffective
in
the
treatment
of
extrapituitary
pituitary
unresponsive
diabetes
insipidus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
697
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
antidiuretic
effect
of
hydrochlorothiazide
in
diabetes
insipidus
and
ch'iuan
lu
cases
of
diabetes
insipidus
were
studied
during
hydrochlorothia
zide
therapy
under
a
fixed
diet
the
symptoms
blood
pressure
urinary
volume
blood
and
urinary
electrolytes
plasma
volume
electrocardiogram
and
hypertonic
saline
intravenous
drip
test
were
compared
before
and
after
treat
ment
a
daily
dose
of
mg
brought
down
the
urinary
volume
to
about
of
the
pretreatment
value
the
initial
antidiuretic
effect
was
noted
hours
after
medication
and
the
maximal
effect
after
the
fourth
or
fifth
day
owing
to
the
kaluretic
action
of
the
drug
gm
of
potassium
salt
was
also
given
each
day
satisfactory
re
sults
were
obtained
with
dietary
sodium
ion
at
not
more
than
meq
daily
but
ingestion
of
excessive
table
salt
fre
quently
diminished
or
even
destroyed
the
therapeutic
effect
the
physical
signs
blood
pres
sure
and
ecg
were
essentially
un
changed
and
the
plasma
volumes
were
altered
after
treatment
the
hyper
tonic
saline
test
was
improved
in
some
of
the
patients
low
salt
syndrome
was
fre
quently
encountered
as
the
therapy
continued
over
month
but
this
and
even
secondary
failure
could
be
pre
vented
by
timely
use
of
intermittent
or
alternative
regimen
the
therapeutic
mechanism
indications
and
side
effects
of
the
drug
were
briefly
discussed
the
drug
might
possibly
act
through
the
mechanism
of
salt
depletion
contraction
of
extracel
lular
fluid
volume
and
decrease
of
renal
glomerular
filtrate
and
in
consequence
urinary
volume
decreases
and
thirst
is
alleviated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
698
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
hydrochlorothiazide
on
water
intake
and
plasma
osmolality
in
diabetes
insipidus
in
the
rat
a
fall
in
plasma
osmolality
accompanied
the
reduction
of
urine
volume
in
rats
with
hypothalamic
diabetes
insipidus
given
hydrochlorothiazide
and
an
otherwise
normal
diet
the
plasma
concentration
was
not
reduced
with
a
high
sodium
intake
although
urine
volume
still
fell
normal
rats
and
hypo
thalamic
obese
rats
increased
their
water
turnover
after
hydrochlorothiazide
yet
their
plasma
concentration
fell
moreover
the
antidiuretic
response
to
vasopressin
which
is
purely
renal
was
also
accompanied
by
plasma
dilution
although
it
is
self
evident
that
rats
which
drink
less
are
less
thirsty
the
reduction
in
thirst
after
hydrochlorothiazide
may
not
be
a
direct
result
of
the
change
in
plasma
osmolality
as
previously
shown
in
patients
kennedy
and
hill
a
high
sodium
intake
increased
free
water
clearance
in
diabetes
insipidus
but
did
not
interfere
with
the
reduction
of
polyuria
by
hydrochlorothiazide
whereas
a
high
potassium
intake
reduced
free
water
clearance
and
prevented
any
effect
of
the
drug
on
urine
volume
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
699
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
antidiuretic
properties
of
chlorothiazide
in
diabetes
insipidus
dogs
chlorothiazide
was
found
to
decrease
urine
volume
and
increase
urine
con
centration
in
diabetes
insipidus
dogs
there
was
no
change
in
gfr
rpf
tmpah
plasma
volume
extracellular
fluid
or
total
body
water
the
one
con
sistent
altered
function
was
a
decrease
in
free
water
clearance
diazoxide
and
mercuhydrin
were
not
antidiuretic
it
is
believed
that
the
antidiuretic
action
is
dependent
on
the
chlorothiazide
induced
saluresis
although
the
mechanism
of
this
antidiuresis
has
not
been
clearly
de
fined
it
seems
best
explained
by
postu
lating
a
decrease
in
filtrate
reaching
the
distal
nephron
giving
a
decreased
final
urine
volume
coupled
with
inhibition
of
solute
reabsorption
in
the
distal
tubule
preventing
the
selective
reabsorption
of
solute
in
the
distal
tubule
that
is
nor
mally
seen
accounting
for
the
increase
in
urine
concentration
the
possible
role
of
the
mineralocorticoids
in
the
antidiuretic
response
to
chlorothiazide
therapy
was
investigated
in
diabetes
in
sipidus
and
adrenalectomized
dogs
ad
ministration
of
sodium
retaining
steroids
to
diabetes
insipidus
dogs
did
not
re
produce
the
urinary
changes
associated
with
chlorothiazide
therapy
in
addition
the
antidiuretic
response
to
chlorothia
zide
was
not
altered
by
adrenalectomy
or
spironolactone
administration
there
fore
the
presence
of
the
sodium
retain
ing
steroids
are
not
essential
for
the
anti
diuretic
response
of
chlorothiazide
in
diabetes
insipidus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
7
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lipid
metabolism
in
toxemia
and
normal
pregnancy
the
amount
and
fatty
acid
composition
of
total
lipid
extract
from
serum
were
examined
in
normal
pregnant
women
in
the
first
second
and
third
trimesters
and
early
postpartum
period
and
in
patients
with
mild
and
severe
preeclampsia
and
with
essential
hypertension
placentas
at
term
were
also
examined
for
total
lipid
and
its
fatty
acid
composition
in
the
normal
women
total
serum
lipid
increased
during
pregnancy
the
rise
was
less
pronounced
in
those
with
preeclampsia
or
hypertension
serum
palmitate
was
mildly
but
significantly
elevated
in
preeclampsia
total
lipid
and
arachidonic
acid
were
elevated
in
the
placentas
of
preeclamptic
women
the
findings
are
compared
with
those
obtained
from
animals
developing
eclampsia
on
an
experimental
basis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
70
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
light
and
electron
microscope
study
of
developing
respiratory
tissue
in
the
rat
light
microscopic
observations
on
the
development
of
the
rat
lung
have
shown
the
presence
of
glandular
canalicular
and
alveolar
stages
these
same
three
stages
can
be
identified
by
electron
microscopy
and
all
may
be
present
in
different
parts
of
the
lung
at
one
time
e
g
at
and
mm
c
r
length
in
the
glandular
stage
the
lung
tissue
itself
has
an
immature
appearance
by
light
microscopy
and
by
electron
microscopy
individual
cells
also
are
immature
in
respect
of
organelles
glycogen
is
present
in
immature
cells
during
the
canalicular
stage
lung
tissue
becomes
more
vascular
throughout
all
stages
of
development
the
'duct'
or
'air'
spaces
are
always
lined
by
a
continuous
and
complete
epithelium
and
blood
vessels
by
a
complete
endothelium
lamellated
inclusion
bodies
are
present
in
epithelial
endodermal
cells
at
an
early
stage
of
development
micropinocytotic
vesicles
are
present
in
large
numbers
in
both
epithelial
and
endothelial
cytoplasm
and
it
is
suggested
that
in
the
foetus
they
may
indicate
absorption
of
amniotic
fluid
from
alveolar
spaces
the
mechanism
of
alveolar
distension
is
discussed
and
its
nature
remains
uncertain
respiratory
tissue
of
the
rat
is
not
fully
differentiated
at
birth
and
the
importance
of
this
fact
in
human
infants
is
discussed
the
adult
blood
air
barrier
consisting
of
epithelium
zona
diffusa
and
endothelium
varies
in
thickness
this
project
was
performed
whilst
both
of
us
were
in
receipt
of
grants
from
the
medical
research
council
of
canada
for
which
gratitude
is
expressed
our
gratitude
is
also
expressed
to
miss
sylvia
smith
for
typing
the
manuscript
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
700
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
stable
strontium
in
human
bone
geographical
and
age
differences
in
the
united
kingdom
and
their
correlation
with
levels
of
strontium
a
re
assessment
has
been
made
of
published
data
of
other
workers
on
sr
and
sr
in
human
bone
in
different
parts
of
great
britain
the
mean
ratio
of
stable
sr
to
ca
in
adult
human
bones
ranged
from
to
ug
g
extreme
values
were
found
even
as
close
as
miles
apart
carlisle
v
westmorland
perinatal
levels
of
stable
sr
were
correlated
with
adult
levels
an
estimate
of
placental
discrimination
may
be
derived
from
the
ratio
perinatal
level
adult
level
of
about
the
concentration
of
stable
sr
in
bones
of
children
from
to
years
old
or
more
was
not
demonstrably
different
from
that
of
adults
except
in
one
area
carlisle
with
the
striking
exception
of
london
and
south
east
england
the
change
from
perinatal
to
adult
levels
occurred
in
the
nd
year
of
life
there
was
no
particular
change
during
the
first
months
or
so
in
london
and
south
east
england
the
pattern
of
change
with
age
was
quite
different
there
was
a
progressive
rise
in
sr
level
from
shortly
after
birth
to
the
end
of
the
st
year
by
which
time
adult
levels
were
reached
it
is
concluded
that
geographical
differences
need
to
be
taken
into
account
when
making
physiological
deductions
about
turnover
of
bone
salt
from
changes
with
age
in
the
level
of
stable
sr
when
children
in
the
south
east
of
england
and
the
rest
of
the
united
kingdom
were
compared
there
seemed
to
be
a
broad
inverse
correlation
between
levels
of
stable
sr
and
of
sr
detailed
analysis
of
perinatal
results
from
one
area
suggested
that
the
level
of
stable
sr
in
bone
was
somewhat
higher
in
summer
than
in
winter
and
somewhat
higher
in
anatomically
normal
babies
than
in
babies
dying
with
gross
congenital
defects
sr
showed
the
seasonal
change
only
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
701
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
fibrin
and
thrombosis
in
the
central
nervous
system
in
children
with
particular
reference
to
congenital
hydrocephalus
while
rare
metabolic
and
degenerative
diseases
of
the
central
nervous
system
in
children
are
reported
at
great
length
the
much
commoner
diseases
relating
to
vascular
incidents
are
rarely
discussed
only
those
aspects
of
disease
of
the
central
nervous
system
related
to
thrombosis
and
the
deposition
of
fibrin
will
be
discussed
here
diseases
related
to
general
vasculitis
and
aneurysm
are
omitted
the
conditions
discussed
here
fall
into
two
main
categories
first
the
presence
of
thrombosis
in
small
blood
vessels
or
in
the
large
superficial
veins
draining
the
brain
and
second
the
deposition
of
fibrin
either
in
the
ventricles
or
on
the
membranes
overlying
the
brain
in
association
with
thrombotic
lesions
haemorrhage
or
infiltration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
702
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hydrocephalus
due
to
unrecognized
cerebellar
astrocytoma
treated
by
ventriculoatrial
shunt
for
four
years
a
case
of
a
year
old
girl
is
presented
in
whom
prolonged
palliation
of
signs
of
increased
intracranial
pressure
presumed
to
be
due
to
aqueductal
obstruction
was
achieved
by
means
of
a
ventriculoatrial
shunt
four
years
after
placement
of
the
shunt
signs
of
a
cerebellar
mass
became
apparent
the
neoplasm
a
cystic
astrocytoma
was
subsequently
totally
resected
and
the
shunt
was
removed
air
studies
demonstrating
diminution
of
ventricular
size
within
this
four
year
period
are
compared
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
703
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hydrocephalus
the
problem
of
hydrocephalus
formerly
a
hopeless
one
has
in
recent
years
begun
to
yield
to
clinical
research
the
indications
for
the
new
forms
of
treatment
and
their
drawbacks
are
clearly
delineated
in
this
discussion
by
a
leading
authority
in
the
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
704
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
case
of
unilateral
hydrocephalus
secondary
to
occlusion
of
one
foramen
of
monro
a
unique
case
of
unilateral
obstructive
hydro
cephalus
secondary
to
occlusion
of
one
foramen
of
monro
by
gliomatosis
in
a
day
old
infant
is
reported
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
705
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
calcification
within
congenital
aneurysms
of
the
vein
of
galen
thirty
one
cases
of
aneurysm
of
the
vein
of
galen
had
been
reported
previ
ously
calcification
within
the
wall
of
the
aneurysm
was
visible
on
plain
skull
roent
genograms
in
of
this
number
the
present
communication
describes
an
additional
case
in
which
calcification
of
the
aneurysm
was
discovered
at
the
age
of
years
the
youngest
patient
heretofore
reported
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
706
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ventriculo
venous
shunts
for
infantile
hydrocephalus
a
review
of
hydrocephalic
patients
treated
with
atrioventricular
shunts
during
a
year
period
has
been
presented
we
have
discussed
function
of
the
shunt
complica
tions
of
the
procedure
and
revisions
neces
sitated
by
nonfunctioning
the
overall
per
cent
survival
rate
and
per
cent
in
fection
rate
is
comparable
to
that
in
other
series
the
major
cause
of
death
in
our
pa
tients
has
been
infection
our
experience
to
date
supports
the
ob
servation
that
spontaneous
arrest
of
the
hy
drocephalic
process
does
not
occur
once
a
ventriculo
venous
shunt
has
been
estab
lished
meticulous
introduction
of
a
ventriculo
venous
shunt
appears
to
be
the
present
treat
ment
of
choice
for
patients
with
severe
hy
drocephalus
results
are
only
satisfactory
when
the
patients
are
carefully
followed
and
complications
recognized
and
treated
promptly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
707
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
congenital
malformations
of
c
n
s
it
seems
that
only
a
small
proportion
of
malformations
of
the
central
nervous
system
can
be
explained
in
simple
genetical
terms
and
that
most
are
dependent
to
some
extent
at
least
on
environmental
factors
the
nature
of
these
has
yet
to
be
determined
dr
williamson
found
that
the
maternal
aunts
uncles
and
cousins
of
her
index
cases
of
anencephalus
and
spina
bifida
were
more
frequently
affected
than
the
paternal
relatives
were
she
suggested
that
mothers
of
affected
children
had
some
genetic
factor
which
modifies
the
intra
uterine
environment
and
thus
predisposes
the
embryo
to
these
malformations
such
a
hypothesis
opens
up
interesting
possibilities
but
before
accepting
it
one
would
have
to
be
satisfied
that
the
higher
incidence
in
maternal
relatives
is
not
merely
due
to
the
fact
that
the
history
is
obtained
in
most
cases
from
the
mother
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
708
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experimental
studies
on
cerebrospinal
fluid
flow
a
mixed
suspension
of
kaolin
and
lyco
podium
was
injected
into
the
cisterna
magna
of
dogs
blockade
of
csf
space
was
produced
successfully
in
of
dogs
in
of
the
ventricular
dilatation
of
more
than
interme
diate
degree
was
observed
in
these
hydrocephalic
dogs
experimental
shunting
was
performed
either
between
the
lateral
ventricle
and
the
lumbar
cistern
or
be
tween
the
unilateral
lateral
ventricle
and
the
contralateral
cerebral
subarachnoid
space
uni
directional
steady
csf
flow
averaged
ml
per
hour
in
the
cases
of
the
former
shunting
and
the
flow
averaged
ml
per
hour
in
the
cases
of
the
latter
shunting
csf
flow
rate
from
the
ventricle
toward
the
cerebral
subarachnoid
space
was
larger
when
intraventricular
pressure
was
higher
this
in
crease
in
flow
rate
parallel
to
increasing
pres
sure
probably
results
from
an
increase
in
csf
absorption
there
seems
to
be
an
upper
limit
of
the
flow
rate
as
the
pressure
is
raised
transient
reflux
of
csf
flow
was
induced
by
jugular
or
abdominal
compression
following
intravenous
administration
of
hy
pertonic
solutions
csf
flow
rate
decreased
parallel
to
the
fall
of
csf
pressure
and
re
gained
the
original
value
as
the
pressure
was
recovered
when
the
pressure
fell
as
low
as
mm
of
water
the
flow
almost
stopped
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
709
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
dandy
walker
syndrome
the
dandy
walker
syndrome
is
a
specific
morbid
entity
in
which
the
fourth
ventricle
is
grossly
dilated
and
there
is
a
congenital
malformation
of
the
cerebellar
vermis
it
is
nearly
always
associated
with
atresia
of
the
foramen
of
magendie
and
in
many
cases
with
atresia
of
the
foramina
of
luschka
also
the
lateral
and
third
ventricles
are
usually
dilated
figure
illustrates
a
specimen
of
the
condition
most
cases
present
in
infancy
but
others
are
discovered
in
childhood
and
in
adult
life
the
oldest
patient
recorded
to
have
had
this
anomaly
was
aged
years
the
first
recognized
case
was
published
by
dandy
and
blackfen
in
but
the
best
early
description
of
the
condition
is
that
of
taggart
and
walker
who
concluded
that
the
cerebellar
lesions
were
consequent
upon
the
atresia
of
the
foramen
of
magendie
in
benda
proposed
the
term
dandy
walker
syndrome
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
71
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
pathogenesis
of
viral
influenzal
pneumonia
in
mice
the
pathogenesis
of
influenzal
pneumonia
in
mice
was
studied
by
electron
microscopy
mice
were
inoculated
with
ld
of
pr
influenza
virus
and
killed
at
varying
intervals
after
inoculation
observations
by
light
microscopy
were
correlated
with
those
by
electron
microscopy
in
order
to
evaluate
the
lesions
produced
at
the
periphery
the
earliest
lesions
were
focal
areas
of
edema
of
alveolar
lining
cells
the
capillary
endothelium
and
the
interposed
basement
membrane
this
caused
an
appreciable
thickening
of
the
blood
air
pathway
hypertrophy
degeneration
and
desquamation
of
the
alveolar
lining
and
proliferation
of
alveolar
macrophages
resulted
in
complete
consolidation
which
was
progressive
up
to
week
after
infection
the
central
areas
of
the
lung
were
affected
somewhat
differently
at
days
after
infection
the
nonciliated
bronchiolar
cells
showed
considerable
hyperplasia
of
endoplasmic
reticulum
and
apical
cytoplasmic
edema
viral
particles
matured
at
the
lumen
surface
of
these
cells
and
were
then
released
into
the
bronchiolar
lumen
the
bronchiolar
cells
both
ciliated
and
nonciliated
underwent
degeneration
and
sloughed
into
the
bronchiolar
lumen
the
regenerating
epithelium
was
stratified
and
the
surface
cells
were
elongated
and
flattened
the
peribronchiolar
interstitial
tissue
gradually
became
totally
infiltrated
by
cells
mostly
of
the
mononuclear
type
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
710
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
probable
epidemic
of
congenital
hydrocephalus
in
a
peak
in
the
incidence
of
congenital
hydrocephalus
in
is
described
reasons
are
given
for
believing
it
to
be
a
genuine
phenomenon
though
it
is
too
late
to
find
the
cause
epidemics
of
malformations
are
to
be
detected
promptly
only
if
the
incidence
of
malformations
in
a
defined
population
is
studied
continuously
and
for
some
epidemics
the
population
studied
must
be
very
large
indeed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
711
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
functional
craniology
an
aid
in
interpreting
roentgenograms
of
the
skull
analysis
of
the
form
of
the
skull
is
facilitated
by
considering
it
to
be
composed
of
a
number
of
functional
components
for
the
roentgenologist's
purposes
division
into
the
facial
or
somatic
skeleton
and
the
neu
ral
skeleton
is
valuable
as
is
the
recognition
of
three
functionally
separate
portions
within
each
calvarial
bone
the
inner
table
the
diploe
and
the
outer
table
the
base
of
the
skull
is
the
only
por
tion
that
is
preformed
in
cartilage
this
ac
counts
for
the
unusual
appearance
of
the
skull
in
achondroplasia
in
addition
the
base
apparently
is
more
closely
related
to
facial
and
general
somatic
growth
than
to
neural
growth
calvarial
bone
forms
directly
from
membrane
within
the
cerebral
capsule
consequently
the
size
and
shape
of
the
cal
varia
directly
reflect
the
form
of
the
grow
ing
neural
mass
the
inner
table
of
the
calvaria
at
all
ages
is
intimately
related
to
the
dura
mater
and
directly
reflects
the
form
of
the
dura
mater
consequently
the
inner
table
re
flects
the
form
of
the
arachnoid
mater
and
usually
of
the
brain
as
well
the
outer
table
of
the
calvaria
serves
not
only
to
protect
the
brain
but
also
to
anchor
many
of
the
intrinsic
and
extrinsic
muscles
of
the
skull
its
form
particularly
in
thick
skulled
mammals
such
as
the
pig
is
determined
more
by
the
demands
of
these
muscles
and
of
the
scalp
than
by
the
form
of
the
brain
the
principal
function
of
the
diploe
is
to
form
a
lightweight
yet
rigid
separation
of
the
two
osseous
tables
in
addition
it
serves
as
a
site
of
hematopoiesis
for
this
reason
it
may
tend
to
a
specific
volume
at
a
given
age
the
calvarial
sutures
oppose
separa
tion
of
the
bones
of
the
calvaria
while
al
lowing
relative
motion
between
them
when
the
calvarial
bones
are
passively
car
ried
apart
with
the
expanding
cerebral
cap
sule
by
the
growth
of
the
neural
mass
their
areas
are
increased
by
the
deposition
of
bone
in
the
suture
margins
the
sutures
however
do
not
function
as
epiphyses
and
have
no
innate
growth
potential
removal
of
a
suture
does
not
disturb
final
skull
form
because
the
calvaria
represents
ossi
fication
of
the
cerebral
capsule
it
is
small
when
the
neural
mass
is
small
the
de
formity
of
the
skull
and
the
secondary
changes
that
occur
in
the
air
sinuses
and
the
diploe
can
be
explained
in
terms
of
the
functional
cranial
components
the
op
posite
changes
occur
when
the
neural
mass
is
abnormally
large
the
correlation
between
skull
size
and
intelligence
is
only
fair
the
presence
of
a
brain
of
distinctly
abnormal
size
however
may
be
inferred
from
plain
roentgeno
grams
of
the
skull
premature
closure
of
the
cranial
su
tures
may
be
due
to
an
abnormal
form
of
the
cranial
base
and
possibly
of
the
primi
tive
chondrocranium
that
precedes
it
the
abnormality
is
mediated
through
the
dural
fiber
tracts
that
underlie
the
major
cal
varial
sutures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
712
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hydrocephalus
changes
in
formation
and
absorption
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
within
the
cerebral
ventricles
formation
flow
and
absorption
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
were
measured
in
normal
and
progressively
hydrocephalic
dogs
by
steady
state
studies
during
ventricular
per
fusion
the
formation
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
was
found
to
be
constant
independent
of
hydrostatic
pressure
and
unaffected
by
the
development
of
hydrocephalus
the
normal
dog
produced
ml
cerebrospinal
fluid
min
in
the
lateral
ventricles
ml
cere
brospinal
fluid
min
in
the
th
ventricle
and
ml
cerebrospinal
fluid
min
in
the
sub
arachnoid
space
the
intraventricular
forma
tion
of
fluid
was
calculated
to
be
ml
cerebrospinal
fluid
min
gm
of
choroid
plexus
and
x
ml
cerebrospinal
fluid
min
cm
of
ependymal
surface
absorption
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
was
found
to
take
place
within
the
ventricles
as
well
as
in
the
subarachnoid
spaces
the
re
sistance
to
absorption
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
in
the
normal
ventricle
was
much
higher
than
in
the
hydrocephalic
ventricle
the
decrease
in
resistance
occurred
as
the
ventricular
volume
increased
and
the
ependyma
became
flattened
so
that
in
chronic
hydrocephalus
the
resistance
was
not
significantly
different
than
in
the
normal
dog
the
theory
of
re
stricted
diffusion
was
applied
to
the
data
to
calculate
the
diffusive
permeabilities
of
crea
tinine
and
urea
and
from
this
the
mean
pore
radius
within
the
ventricle
using
formation
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
and
data
on
absorption
the
hydrocephalic
animals
could
not
be
distinguished
from
the
normal
with
sufficient
accuracy
to
suggest
using
this
as
a
clinical
test
the
reason
for
this
is
that
intraventricular
pressure
has
always
been
considered
as
if
it
were
constant
when
in
fact
it
is
changing
constantly
the
problem
of
ventricular
enlargement
concerns
the
ability
of
the
craniospinal
contents
to
adjust
to
and
absorb
the
small
but
very
rapid
changes
in
intracranial
contents
that
occur
with
each
beat
of
the
pulse
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
713
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
dural
sinus
pressure
in
normal
and
hydrocephalic
dogs
simultaneous
measurement
of
cerebro
spinal
fluid
pressure
csfp
and
venous
pressure
in
the
anterior
ssvp
and
poste
rior
sagittal
sinus
tvp
has
demonstrated
that
in
the
normal
dog
the
mean
pressures
are
related
as
follows
csfp
ssvp
tvp
the
statistical
relationship
between
the
pres
sures
has
shown
a
poor
correlation
of
ssvp
and
tvp
with
changes
in
csfp
on
the
other
hand
in
the
hydrocephalic
dog
ssvp
rises
to
meet
csfp
and
is
related
to
fluid
pressure
in
a
fashion
this
could
be
ex
pected
to
cause
a
non
venting
of
acute
changes
of
csfp
and
a
decrease
in
fluid
ab
sorption
it
is
postulated
that
the
mechanism
of
ssvp
elevation
is
a
partial
occlusion
of
the
sinus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
714
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
intraventricular
papilloma
a
case
of
intraventricular
papilloma
of
the
left
lateral
ventricle
is
reported
craniotomy
was
performed
and
removal
of
the
tumor
was
ac
complished
without
incident
the
literature
is
reviewed
an
unusual
although
perhaps
relatively
unim
portant
observation
in
the
reported
case
was
that
for
four
or
five
days
postoperatively
the
patient
a
month
old
female
kept
her
head
tilted
to
the
right
but
at
the
time
she
left
the
hospital
she
was
holding
it
erect
and
unsupported
and
was
sustaining
weight
satisfactorily
on
both
feet
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
715
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
five
year
comparative
study
of
hydrocephalus
in
children
with
and
without
operation
cases
on
the
basis
of
a
year
study
of
hy
drocephalic
children
of
whom
were
oper
ated
on
early
with
ventriculo
atrial
shunting
and
were
not
operated
on
all
of
them
hav
ing
been
studied
periodically
in
a
similar
manner
to
determine
mortality
morbidity
intelligence
and
related
factors
the
follow
ing
conclusions
are
justified
the
program
in
which
shunting
opera
tions
were
done
apparently
gives
significant
advantages
to
the
children
over
the
program
in
which
no
shunting
operations
were
done
based
on
life
table
data
projected
from
birth
to
years
survival
per
cent
as
compared
to
per
cent
number
of
competent
children
i
q
of
or
better
per
cent
vs
per
cent
number
of
noncompetitive
children
i
q
below
per
cent
vs
per
cent
the
major
cause
of
death
and
morbid
ity
in
both
groups
is
infection
in
the
operative
group
morbidity
associated
with
the
shunting
procedure
is
related
to
obstruction
of
the
shunt
and
septicemia
the
early
occlusions
show
a
correlation
with
abnormal
inflammatory
type
of
spinal
fluid
being
shunted
into
the
blood
stream
the
late
obstructions
are
associated
with
mechanical
breakage
of
the
shunt
or
factors
of
growth
causing
retraction
of
the
cardiac
end
from
the
atrium
prompt
re
establishment
of
a
functioning
shunt
has
been
possible
in
all
instances
periodic
follow
up
examinations
irrespective
of
symptoms
have
proved
invaluable
in
early
recognition
of
malfunctioning
shunts
septicemia
usually
required
removal
of
the
shunt
from
the
program
of
periodic
evalua
tions
including
bubble
ventriculograms
studies
of
clearance
of
risa
and
psycho
logical
testings
correlations
showed
intellectual
ability
seemed
associated
with
width
of
cerebral
mantle
width
of
cerebral
mantle
in
hydrocepha
lus
decreases
with
ventricular
pressures
of
or
over
it
increases
with
pres
sures
less
than
this
prolonged
shunting
of
cerebrospinal
fluid
can
give
dramatic
increase
in
width
of
cerebral
mantle
apparently
irrespective
of
basic
etiology
of
the
hydrocephalus
intellectual
capacity
could
not
be
cor
related
with
the
basic
etiology
of
the
hydrocephalus
but
did
correlate
in
versely
with
duration
of
increased
in
tracranial
pressure
the
many
etiologies
of
hydrocephalus
require
large
numbers
of
patients
in
each
group
for
thorough
evaluation
factors
favoring
such
studies
should
be
carried
out
in
medical
centers
where
appropriate
disciplines
can
study
in
depth
prevention
should
be
the
ultimate
goal
in
the
operative
group
only
patient
compensated
his
hydrocephalic
process
and
no
single
patient
demonstrated
arrest
of
or
recovery
from
the
basic
hydrocephalus
pro
ducing
process
in
spite
of
numerous
attempts
to
demonstrate
this
this
might
imply
a
necessity
for
life
long
shunting
of
cerebro
spinal
fluid
in
these
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
716
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hydrocephalus
any
present
day
definition
of
hydrocephalus
is
very
loose
the
authors
would
rather
adopt
the
concept
that
hydrocephalus
is
an
abnormal
condition
characterized
by
excessive
amount
of
cerebrospi
nal
fluid
with
or
without
enlarge
ment
of
the
head
the
most
common
cause
of
hydrocephalus
is
arachnoiditis
fol
lowed
by
congenital
anomalies
a
neoplasm
is
a
rare
cause
the
ideal
surgical
procedure
is
the
placement
of
a
ventriculo
atrial
shunt
using
either
pudenz
or
halter
valves
where
these
valves
cannot
be
availed
of
the
choice
is
between
a
conservative
waiting
with
medical
support
and
ventricular
tapping
from
the
older
surgical
shunting
procedures
like
ventriculo
peritoneal
choroidoplex
ectomy
thecal
fimbia
subarach
noid
ureteral
and
others
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
717
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
recognition
and
treatment
of
hydrocephalus
following
spontaneous
subarachnoid
hemorrhage
eight
adult
patients
with
hydrocephalus
secondary
to
spontaneous
subarachnoid
hem
orrhage
have
been
presented
with
a
discus
sion
of
diagnosis
and
treatment
a
number
of
possible
mechanisms
for
the
development
of
ventricular
dilatation
in
this
condition
have
been
advanced
and
pathological
data
have
been
presented
in
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
718
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
congenital
malformations
clinical
and
community
considerations
two
of
the
most
significant
medical
events
of
the
century
the
epidemic
of
post
rubella
anomalies
in
australia
during
and
and
the
pan
demic
of
thalidomide
embryopathies
in
europe
and
elsewhere
during
and
have
demonstrated
clearly
the
importance
of
monitoring
programs
to
record
the
occurrence
of
congenital
malformations
at
group
for
example
hospital
and
community
especially
city
levels
the
principle
of
report
ing
malformations
and
utilizing
the
data
for
service
programs
or
better
still
for
prevention
is
not
new
but
the
methodical
use
of
vital
statistics
in
a
scientifically
constructed
surveil
lance
system
is
new
so
also
is
the
joint
endeavor
on
the
part
of
clinicians
public
health
workers
and
basic
scien
tists
to
reconstruct
an
epidemiology
of
deformity
on
the
basis
of
time
place
person
distributions
of
malformations
a
primary
need
has
been
for
stand
ardized
methods
of
classifying
and
reporting
congenital
malformations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
719
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
family
history
of
spina
bifida
cystica
the
family
histories
of
infants
who
were
born
with
spina
bifida
cystica
were
studied
the
index
cases
were
referred
for
sur
gical
treatment
and
were
not
selected
in
any
way
from
the
genetic
point
of
view
intensive
inquiries
were
made
to
ob
tain
a
complete
family
pedigree
including
a
prospective
follow
up
of
siblings
born
after
the
index
case
of
siblings
or
had
gross
malformation
of
the
central
nervous
system
spina
bifida
cystica
in
anencephaly
in
and
uncomplicated
hydrocephalus
in
of
children
born
after
the
index
case
or
in
were
affected
there
was
a
progressive
increase
in
multiple
cases
in
the
family
with
increasing
family
size
in
sibships
of
five
or
more
mul
tiple
cases
occurred
in
in
families
cases
of
gross
malfor
mation
of
the
central
nervous
system
were
known
to
have
occurred
among
members
of
the
family
other
than
siblings
cases
oc
curred
in
three
generations
it
is
possible
that
spina
bifida
cystica
might
be
a
recessively
inherited
condition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
72
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
aging
with
horse
crystalline
lens
gel
as
a
contribution
to
biomorphosis
of
the
mammalian
crystalline
lens
the
effects
of
biomorphosis
dash
the
continuous
material
change
in
the
chemical
composition
of
the
organs
and
tissues
dash
are
studied
on
the
horse
crystalline
lens
in
respect
of
its
amino
acid
content
subject
to
substantial
variations
in
the
course
of
life
it
is
shown
by
electrophoretic
and
paperchromatographic
methods
that
the
qualitative
composition
of
horse
crystalline
lenses
remains
quite
the
same
but
that
within
the
individual
age
stages
there
occur
quantitative
variations
between
the
individual
amino
acids
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
720
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pulmonary
vascular
changes
complicating
ventriculovascular
shunting
for
hydrocephalus
a
patient
is
described
in
whom
pulmonary
hypertension
and
cor
pulmonale
were
noted
years
after
placement
of
a
ventriculovascular
shunting
apparatus
for
treatment
of
hypdrocephalus
in
addition
the
histologic
sections
of
lung
tissue
obtained
from
patients
with
hy
drocephalus
who
died
at
various
intervals
following
placement
of
a
ventriculovascular
shunting
apparatus
were
reviewed
with
regard
to
vas
cular
alterations
a
high
incidence
of
old
and
multiple
pulmonary
vascular
lesions
was
found
in
this
group
compared
to
the
incidence
in
control
subjects
this
difference
can
be
attributed
to
the
operative
procedure
the
lesions
in
postmortem
material
were
not
widespread
and
did
not
suggest
the
diagnosis
of
pulmonary
hypertension
on
purely
histologic
grounds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
721
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
etiology
of
trypan
blue
induced
antenatal
hydrocephalus
in
the
albino
rat
wistar
strain
albino
rats
were
injected
with
cm
of
a
solution
of
trypan
blue
three
types
of
dye
were
used
matheson
coleman
and
bell
chroma
gesellschaft
and
a
highly
purified
sample
the
dyes
were
injected
on
days
and
of
gestation
fetuses
were
excised
from
days
through
fixed
decalcified
where
necessary
embedded
in
paraffin
serially
sectioned
and
stained
newborn
young
were
treated
similarly
chroma
gesellschaft
trypan
blue
was
without
reproductive
or
teratogenic
effect
at
the
above
doses
increasing
the
dose
did
not
increase
the
teratogenicity
but
did
yield
a
decrease
in
litter
size
both
matheson
coleman
and
bell
trypan
blue
and
the
purified
sample
were
teratogenic
the
most
frequent
neural
defect
observed
was
hydrocephalus
serial
sections
of
the
newborn
hydrocephalics
showed
an
occluded
or
extremely
tenotic
aqueduct
of
sylvius
in
of
sectioned
animals
the
fetuses
collected
from
days
through
also
had
occluded
or
stenotic
aqueducts
if
hydrocephalic
aqueductal
stenosis
or
occlusion
was
present
in
day
old
fetuses
but
hydrocephalus
was
not
conclusively
demonstrated
at
this
age
sixteen
day
old
fetuses
did
not
have
aqueductal
occlusion
in
any
of
those
examined
but
stenosis
was
evident
it
is
concluded
that
the
defect
predisposing
to
hydrocephalus
in
the
young
of
trypan
blue
treated
rats
of
this
strain
is
aqueductal
stenosis
or
occlusion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
722
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
bilateral
papilloma
of
the
choroid
plexus
a
rare
case
of
bilateral
papilloma
of
the
choroid
plexus
in
a
five
and
a
half
year
old
hydrocephalic
girl
is
pre
sented
the
tumor
encountered
at
autopsy
was
not
suspected
during
life
the
existing
hydrocephalus
being
attributed
to
either
cytomegalic
inclusion
disease
or
toxoplasmosis
after
post
mortem
examination
it
was
evident
that
the
hydrocephalus
was
due
to
two
factors
hypersecretion
from
the
tumor
itself
and
obstruction
at
the
level
of
the
sylvian
aqueduct
by
a
delicate
tense
translucent
mem
brane
an
interesting
and
uncommon
additional
feature
of
this
case
was
the
presence
within
the
choroidal
papillo
ma
of
well
formed
haversian
bone
a
plea
is
made
for
regularly
considering
papilloma
of
the
choroid
plexus
in
the
differential
diagnosis
of
hydro
cephalus
in
children
for
here
early
diagnosis
and
treat
ment
might
conceivably
result
in
total
cure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
723
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
diagnosis
of
hydrocephalus
the
early
diagnosis
of
hydrocephalus
is
imperative
if
definitive
steps
for
its
correction
are
to
be
effective
transillumination
is
a
fairly
accurate
procedure
that
may
offer
the
earliest
means
of
determining
whether
or
not
the
infant's
head
is
enlarging
however
serial
head
measurements
constitute
the
easiest
and
most
accurate
method
for
early
detection
of
hydrocephalus
charts
of
normal
head
size
of
full
term
and
premature
infants
are
available
to
aid
the
physician
in
evaluating
any
deviation
from
normal
once
the
condition
has
been
detected
it
is
up
to
the
neurosurgeon
to
determine
the
treatment
plan
the
operative
procedure
most
widely
used
for
shunting
the
excessive
cerebrospinal
fluid
is
insertion
of
a
spitz
holter
valve
early
detection
and
improved
treatment
methods
will
help
prevent
irreversible
intellectual
damage
likely
to
develop
if
hydrocephalus
continues
unchecked
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
724
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
infantile
hydrocephalus
and
hematoma
in
the
posterior
fossa
we
have
presented
a
case
of
hydrocephalus
in
an
infant
the
basic
cause
being
intracranial
hemorrhage
in
the
perinatal
period
surgical
re
moval
of
a
hematoma
in
the
posterior
fossa
did
not
give
permanent
relief
of
the
raised
intracranial
pressure
a
lumbar
air
study
at
this
stage
dis
closed
information
that
the
passage
through
the
intracerebral
cerebrospinal
fluid
pathways
was
normalized
whereas
the
extracerebral
ones
still
were
occluded
by
arachnoiditis
the
condition
necessitated
a
ventriculo
atrial
shunt
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
725
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
urinary
excretion
of
i
diodrast
injected
intraventricularly
in
communicating
hydrocephalus
and
aqueduct
stenosis
nine
cases
of
expansive
infantile
hydro
cephalus
were
investigated
by
injecting
small
amounts
of
i
diodrast
intra
ventricularly
urinary
excretion
of
the
tracer
was
determined
during
the
first
hours
after
injection
the
cumulative
excretion
of
diodrast
from
the
c
s
f
dif
fers
in
cases
with
communicating
hydro
cephalus
from
those
with
stenosis
of
the
aqueduct
the
investigation
is
rapid
and
easily
performed
and
has
not
produced
any
side
effects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
726
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
gastrointestinal
ulceration
and
central
nervous
system
lesions
there
is
both
a
real
and
an
apparent
in
crease
in
the
incidence
of
severe
gastroin
testinal
ulceration
due
to
central
nervous
lesions
some
of
this
increased
incidence
reflects
recently
devised
iatrogenic
measures
including
new
drugs
and
surgical
therapy
in
adults
cerebrovascular
lesions
are
the
commonest
single
cause
of
acute
peptic
ul
ceration
found
at
autopsy
in
children
we
found
instances
of
upper
gastrointestinal
ulceration
due
to
central
nervous
system
le
sions
in
autopsies
two
general
ana
tomical
categories
could
be
recognized
acute
ulceration
and
malacias
a
variety
of
causative
central
nervous
sys
tem
lesions
was
responsible
in
these
cases
the
commonest
being
bacterial
meningitis
other
causes
were
poliomyelitis
brain
tu
mor
hydrocephalus
etc
theories
of
pathogenesis
are
presented
more
experience
with
both
drug
and
surgical
therapy
is
needed
the
recent
development
of
local
freezing
techniques
offers
promise
for
reduction
of
mortality
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
727
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
mansonia
crassipes
as
the
natural
vector
of
filarioids
plasmodium
gallinaceum
and
other
plasmodia
of
fowls
in
ceylon
it
would
appear
from
these
observations
that
m
crassipes
is
the
natural
vector
of
p
gallinaceum
of
fowls
in
ceylon
and
possibly
of
other
species
of
plasmodium
of
fowls
or
of
related
avian
hosts
if
one
of
the
other
plasmodia
from
m
crassipes
is
in
fact
p
lophurae
then
this
will
be
the
first
record
of
p
lophurae
from
this
part
of
the
world
we
are
however
not
certain
whether
the
fowl
is
the
natural
vertebrate
host
of
p
lophurae
in
ceylon
we
have
seen
crithidial
forms
in
the
midgut
of
engorged
wild
caught
m
crassipes
this
mosquito
may
therefore
prove
to
be
the
vector
of
the
trypanosome
as
well
the
trypanosome
differs
from
trypanosoma
gallinarum
and
t
calmettei
which
have
previously
been
reported
from
fowls
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
728
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
filariasis
in
portuguese
timor
with
observations
on
a
new
microfilaria
found
in
man
the
results
are
described
of
an
investigation
into
filariasis
in
portuguese
timor
two
types
of
microfilariae
were
found
in
blood
films
one
was
wuchereria
bancrofti
and
the
other
referred
to
as
the
timor
microfilaria
is
probably
a
new
species
blood
surveys
showed
that
w
bancrofti
and
the
timor
microfilaria
were
widely
distributed
in
the
territory
but
that
infection
rates
were
usually
low
clinical
lesions
were
few
and
mild
elephantiasis
was
confined
to
oedema
of
the
lower
limbs
below
the
knee
the
timor
microfilaria
resembles
that
of
brugia
malayi
in
general
staining
reaction
and
appearance
and
in
the
possession
of
two
nuclei
in
the
terminal
thread
but
differs
in
over
all
length
in
cephalic
space
ratio
and
in
failure
of
the
sheath
to
stain
with
giemsa
it
is
nocturnally
periodic
it
was
rapidly
removed
from
the
peripheral
blood
by
treatment
with
diethylcarbamazine
citrate
in
daily
doses
of
mgm
per
kgm
body
weight
or
mgm
per
kgm
body
weight
for
seven
days
only
damaged
fragments
of
adult
female
worms
were
recovered
the
timor
microfilaria
was
not
found
in
cats
dogs
or
monkeys
the
vectors
of
filariasis
in
timor
are
still
unknown
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
729
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
dipetalonema
obtusa
mccoy
comb
n
filarioidea
onchocercidae
in
colombian
primates
with
a
description
of
the
adult
microfilaria
obtusa
mccoy
was
identified
in
the
blood
of
of
cebus
capucinus
and
c
albifrons
from
northern
colombia
but
was
not
found
in
an
additional
c
apella
and
saimiri
sciurea
from
other
areas
in
colombia
the
adult
male
and
female
recovered
from
the
peri
esophageal
connective
tissue
of
the
infected
animals
are
described
in
detail
dipetalonema
obtusa
mc
coy
comb
n
resembles
tetrapetalonema
marmosetae
faust
but
is
smaller
and
the
right
spicule
is
complex
not
simple
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
73
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
role
of
alveolar
inclusion
bodies
in
the
developing
lung
the
developing
alveolar
epithelium
of
man
and
rat
contains
characteristic
inclusion
bodies
which
are
heterogeneous
structures
but
basically
consist
of
a
system
of
membranous
profiles
and
a
limiting
membrane
of
the
unit
type
inclusion
bodies
appear
to
result
from
focal
cytoplasmic
degradation
which
occurs
in
the
rapidly
changing
cuboidal
alveolar
epithelium
some
inclusion
bodies
in
the
developing
rat
lung
are
similar
to
the
so
called
lamellar
transformed
mitochondria
however
evidence
is
presented
suggesting
that
alteration
of
all
cytoplasmic
membranes
may
be
involved
in
the
process
of
inclusion
body
formation
certain
images
associated
with
the
golgi
complex
are
interpreted
as
early
forms
of
inclusion
bodies
there
is
also
evidence
that
inclusion
bodies
enlarge
by
accretion
of
membranes
which
finally
are
extruded
into
the
alveolar
space
inclusion
bodies
are
formed
and
secreted
in
greater
number
late
in
fetal
life
and
in
early
infancy
i
e
at
the
time
when
the
cuboidal
alveolar
epithelium
is
differentiating
to
the
mature
flattened
type
the
latter
contains
no
inclusion
bodies
on
the
basis
of
the
morphologic
characteristics
of
the
inclusion
bodies
and
the
distribution
of
the
acid
phosphatase
reaction
it
is
concluded
that
inclusion
bodies
are
lysosomal
structures
active
during
remodeling
of
the
developing
alveolar
epithelium
the
possible
interrelationship
of
inclusion
bodies
and
pulmonary
surfactant
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
74
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
retinal
detachment
cataract
keratoconus
as
ocular
symptom
complex
in
endogenous
eczema
with
reference
to
personal
observations
the
authors
describe
the
ovular
changes
encountered
in
endogenous
eczema
besides
the
cataract
which
has
been
known
to
occur
already
for
a
long
time
retinal
detachment
keratoconus
and
keratoconjunctivitis
do
still
belong
to
the
symptom
complex
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
75
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
postural
changes
in
blood
distribution
and
its
relation
to
the
change
in
cardiac
output
cardiac
output
and
the
blood
content
indices
of
the
several
parts
of
the
body
were
measured
in
subjects
including
patients
with
various
diseases
using
external
radioisotope
counting
techniques
changes
in
these
parameters
induced
by
standing
were
compared
with
each
other
average
changes
in
blood
distribution
produced
by
standing
were
as
follows
decrease
in
blood
content
in
the
lung
and
in
the
heart
and
increase
in
the
thigh
were
statistically
significant
no
significant
change
was
revealed
in
the
head
palm
liver
and
abdomen
cardiac
output
and
stroke
volume
decreased
by
standing
in
most
of
the
cases
recent
data
were
added
to
those
reported
previously
and
were
treated
statistically
average
decrease
in
cardiac
output
was
in
control
cases
in
cases
with
neurocirculatory
asthenia
and
in
cases
with
hyperthyroidism
the
difference
was
significant
between
control
and
neurocirculatory
asthenia
standing
induced
a
substantial
increase
in
cardiac
output
in
a
case
of
idiopathic
nodal
rhythm
although
there
remains
a
doubt
whether
it
is
the
ordinary
response
in
this
disease
significant
linear
correlation
was
revealed
between
per
cent
change
of
blood
content
in
the
thigh
or
in
the
lung
and
that
of
cardiac
output
or
stroke
volume
induced
by
standing
minimal
blood
shift
was
observed
when
the
latter
was
extreme
and
vice
versa
this
implies
as
follows
reactivity
of
the
heart
might
be
influenced
by
posture
and
transmural
pressure
of
veins
and
or
capillaries
is
probably
adjusted
as
in
arterioles
to
compensate
for
changes
in
cardiac
output
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
76
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
comparative
studies
of
the
glycogen
content
of
heart
liver
and
brain
before
and
after
iodine
treatment
and
under
conditions
of
asphyxia
blood
sugar
level
and
glycogen
concentration
in
the
heart
brain
and
liver
of
rabbits
after
treatment
with
inorganic
iodine
depot
insulin
iodine
and
insulin
combined
hostacortine
and
hostacortine
and
iodine
combined
are
being
examined
a
control
group
remains
untreated
in
a
second
test
series
the
glycogen
determination
under
asphyxia
the
trachea
is
being
pinched
off
for
three
minutes
is
repeated
contrary
to
the
brain
the
glycogen
content
of
the
heart
muscle
is
not
dependent
upon
the
blood
sugar
level
after
iodine
treatment
a
lowering
of
the
blood
sugar
becomes
noticeable
but
also
an
increase
in
heart
glycogen
the
liver
glycogen
shows
greater
variations
the
levels
achieved
in
these
test
series
therefore
show
no
significant
differences
during
asphyxia
there
is
a
significant
lowering
of
glycogen
in
all
three
organs
preliminary
treatment
with
iodine
succeeds
in
stopping
the
lowering
of
glycogen
in
the
heart
muscle
and
the
brain
the
possible
causes
for
this
phenomenon
are
being
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
77
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
altered
immunologic
activity
in
sarcoidosis
studies
in
patients
with
sarcoidosis
revealed
evidence
of
immunologic
alterations
other
than
impaired
delayed
hypersensitivity
transient
impairment
of
the
response
of
lymphocytes
cultured
from
patients
with
sarcoidosis
to
phytohemagglutinin
stimulation
was
found
to
parallel
the
clinical
severity
of
the
disease
the
hemolytic
activity
of
serum
complement
was
increased
a
disproportionate
increase
in
serum
iga
was
found
characteristic
of
the
hyperglobulinemia
of
sarcoidosis
these
observations
indicate
that
an
altered
immune
response
may
be
important
in
the
pathogenesis
of
sarcoidosis
a
simple
hypothesis
as
to
the
specific
kind
of
interaction
of
infectious
agent
and
immunity
which
might
result
in
the
immunologic
alterations
observed
is
formulated
and
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
78
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electron
microscopy
of
cytoplasmic
inclusions
within
macrophages
of
human
tissue
the
fine
structure
of
inclusions
found
within
the
cytoplasm
of
macrophages
of
human
lung
spleen
skin
lymph
node
and
rectum
has
been
described
the
inclusions
appear
as
concentric
or
whorled
lamellae
arranged
around
a
core
each
lamella
is
constructed
of
discrete
parallel
filaments
the
inclusions
do
not
resemble
currently
described
viruses
or
virus
like
particles
nor
do
they
resemble
asbestos
bodies
or
other
known
atmospheric
pollutants
or
ingestants
there
is
some
resemblance
to
lipid
phase
systems
as
well
as
mast
cell
granules
possibly
the
inclusions
represent
partial
intracellular
digestion
of
phagocytized
tissue
membranes
or
ingested
mast
cell
granules
respectively
differences
and
similarities
exist
between
the
inclusion
bodies
of
macrophages
and
the
granules
of
mast
cells
such
variations
could
be
due
to
alterations
in
mast
cell
granule
morphology
before
or
after
macrophage
ingestion
cytologic
distinctions
between
macrophages
laden
with
mast
cell
granules
and
mast
cells
proper
remains
obscure
and
requires
additional
experimental
evidence
for
clear
electron
microscopic
differentiation
of
these
two
cell
types
the
exact
nature
of
these
highly
structured
bodies
remains
speculative
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
79
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
histological
research
on
the
lens
in
condition
of
hypoxia
changes
in
the
mitotic
activity
of
the
epithelium
the
effect
of
hypoxia
on
the
mitotic
activity
of
the
cells
of
the
lens
epithelium
was
studied
in
rats
of
the
same
strain
and
weight
the
hypoxia
was
obtained
in
the
decompression
chamber
the
results
show
that
the
mitotic
activity
of
the
lens
epithelium
is
depressed
at
any
of
the
examined
altitudes
m
in
particular
a
marked
reduction
in
the
number
of
the
prophases
and
an
accumulation
in
metaphase
was
observed
the
results
were
examined
from
the
statistical
standpoint
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
8
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
essential
fatty
acids
and
acids
with
trans
configuration
in
the
subcutaneous
and
visceral
fat
of
the
newborn
we
made
an
investigation
of
the
subcutaneous
and
visceral
fat
in
the
newborn
we
estimated
the
contents
of
linolic
and
linolenic
acid
and
of
acids
with
trans
configuration
spectrophotometrically
we
were
able
to
show
the
penetration
of
these
acids
through
the
placental
barrier
the
essential
fatty
acid
contents
of
fat
in
the
newborn
is
low
in
immature
ones
about
g
there
is
a
rising
trend
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
80
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
rate
of
change
of
carbon
dioxide
tension
in
arterial
blood
jugular
venous
blood
and
cisternal
cerebrospinal
fluid
on
carbon
dioxide
administration
the
rate
of
change
of
p
in
arterial
blood
and
cisternal
c
s
f
was
measured
following
percent
co
administration
in
eight
anaesthetized
patients
undergoing
routine
air
encephalography
ventilation
was
maintained
constant
throughout
the
procedure
by
a
respirator
in
three
of
the
experiments
the
rate
of
change
of
p
in
the
jugular
venous
blood
was
also
measured
the
rise
in
p
varied
between
and
mm
hg
the
final
samples
of
blood
and
c
s
f
were
taken
min
after
the
start
of
co
administration
in
five
experiments
at
this
time
the
mean
rise
in
p
was
maximum
range
percent
of
the
rise
in
p
in
the
remaining
three
experiments
the
final
samples
were
taken
at
min
when
the
rises
in
p
were
and
percent
of
the
arterial
change
the
increases
in
p
were
and
percent
of
those
in
the
arterial
blood
the
changes
in
p
in
the
c
s
f
were
smaller
than
in
the
jugular
venous
blood
in
all
three
experiments
in
two
of
the
experiments
the
final
samples
were
taken
min
after
the
start
of
co
administration
when
the
increases
of
p
in
the
c
s
f
were
percent
and
percent
of
those
in
jugular
venous
blood
in
one
experiment
where
the
final
samples
were
taken
at
min
the
increase
in
p
was
percent
of
the
rise
in
p
there
was
a
delay
following
the
start
of
co
administration
in
the
rise
of
p
in
jugular
venous
blood
and
in
the
c
s
f
this
delay
was
about
min
in
the
jugular
venous
blood
but
in
the
c
s
f
it
varied
from
to
min
mean
the
rise
of
p
in
blood
and
c
s
f
was
exponential
the
rise
in
p
in
all
experiments
consisted
of
a
fast
component
with
time
constants
which
varied
between
and
min
mean
and
a
slow
component
with
time
constants
varying
between
and
mean
the
rise
in
p
and
p
consisted
of
only
one
component
the
time
constants
for
the
changes
in
jugular
venous
blood
were
and
min
whilst
in
the
c
s
f
they
varied
between
and
mean
it
is
probable
that
about
percent
of
the
increase
in
ventilation
following
co
administration
is
due
to
stimulation
of
an
area
in
the
antero
lateral
surface
of
the
medulla
sensitive
to
changes
in
ph
or
p
mitchell
et
al
this
area
is
superficial
and
ventilation
is
affected
by
changes
in
the
p
of
the
overlying
c
s
f
it
can
be
predicted
from
our
experiments
that
the
rise
in
p
on
co
administration
will
take
some
min
to
be
complete
this
may
explain
the
slow
rise
in
ventilation
on
co
breathing
when
compared
with
the
rate
of
rise
of
arterial
and
jugular
venous
p
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
81
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
the
compound
lipids
from
x
ray
irradiated
animal
ii
biological
and
biochemical
properties
of
the
compound
lipids
in
the
x
ray
irradiated
rabbit
organs
for
the
purpose
to
clarify
the
causes
of
x
ray
disturbances
a
series
of
experiments
have
been
conducted
on
biological
and
biochemical
properties
of
compound
lipids
extracted
from
normal
and
x
ray
irradiated
rabbit
organs
with
a
special
reference
to
the
p
labeled
compound
lipids
uptake
inhibitory
action
to
l
cell
proliferation
and
uncoupling
of
oxidative
phosphorylation
and
the
following
results
have
been
obtained
the
compound
lipids
lysophosphatide
rich
fraction
isolated
from
the
x
ray
irradiated
rabbit
organ
have
been
found
to
possess
a
strong
hemolytic
action
and
also
an
action
to
inhibit
the
cell
proliferation
as
well
as
to
accelerate
the
respiration
of
the
mitochondria
in
the
rabbit
liver
and
spleen
it
has
also
been
proven
that
they
act
as
to
induce
a
marked
swelling
of
mitochondria
to
impede
the
formation
of
high
energy
phosphate
as
well
as
to
act
as
an
uncoupler
of
oxidative
phosphorylation
in
vivo
in
the
test
to
see
the
uptake
of
p
labeled
compound
lipids
by
various
organs
a
marked
uptake
has
been
observed
in
spleen
bone
marrow
and
liver
of
both
irradiated
and
non
irradiated
groups
further
the
uptake
of
p
labeled
compound
lipids
in
the
rabbits
given
intravenous
injections
of
compound
lipid
fraction
for
consecutive
days
previously
has
been
found
to
be
greatest
in
pancreas
followed
by
bone
marrow
spleen
liver
in
the
order
mentioned
in
male
group
whereas
it
is
greatest
in
spleen
followed
by
liver
and
bone
marrow
in
the
female
group
with
these
results
the
discussion
was
conducted
concerning
the
relation
between
the
lipid
metabolism
and
x
ray
disturbances
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
82
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cesium
uptake
and
distribution
in
the
human
heart
an
analysis
of
cardiac
scans
in
patients
when
properly
used
cesium
is
a
satisfactory
agent
for
the
study
of
cardiac
morphology
by
photoscanning
which
we
believe
is
a
useful
adjunctive
diagnostic
procedure
in
patients
for
whom
the
results
of
other
methods
of
evaluation
are
at
variance
with
the
clinical
symptoms
of
cardiac
disease
the
studies
reported
here
suggest
that
perhaps
infarction
of
a
subclinical
type
size
or
location
may
occur
earlier
than
has
been
previously
thought
and
that
the
damage
it
leaves
may
not
be
detectable
by
any
means
other
than
autopsy
or
a
technique
such
as
scanning
we
have
not
yet
been
able
to
measure
the
actual
concentration
of
cesium
in
the
heart
at
autopsy
so
that
the
cold
and
cool
areas
could
be
examined
by
histologic
sections
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
83
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
oxygen
consumption
of
paralysed
men
exposed
to
cold
oxygen
consumption
and
carbon
dioxide
output
were
measured
when
human
subjects
were
cooled
for
min
two
subjects
were
normal
one
had
been
almost
completely
paralysed
below
the
neck
by
poliomyelitis
and
two
were
unconscious
as
a
result
of
intracranial
damage
and
were
observed
with
and
without
paralysing
doses
of
muscle
relaxants
d
tubocurarine
and
gallamine
when
normal
subjects
and
unconscious
subjects
receiving
no
drugs
were
cooled
oxygen
consumption
and
carbon
dioxide
output
rose
when
subjects
paralysed
by
disease
or
drugs
were
cooled
oxygen
consumption
and
carbon
dioxide
output
were
not
increased
these
observations
are
consistent
with
the
view
that
in
man
the
increase
in
metabolism
on
cooling
for
periods
up
to
hr
occurs
solely
in
skeletal
muscle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
84
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
heparin
levels
during
and
after
hypothermic
perfusion
perfusion
temperature
influences
the
rate
of
heparin
loss
during
extracorporeal
circulation
and
therefore
the
requirement
of
re
heparinization
heparin
half
lives
of
approximately
hours
and
hours
were
calculated
during
perfusions
conducted
at
average
temperatures
of
and
c
respectively
the
rate
of
heparin
loss
during
extracorporeal
circulation
is
inconstant
in
an
individual
and
variable
between
individuals
so
that
exact
neutralization
requires
an
accurate
estimation
of
the
heparin
concentration
present
at
the
end
of
perfusion
the
protamine
titration
test
provides
a
crude
but
simple
and
satisfactory
means
of
monitoring
free
heparin
levels
complete
neutralization
of
heparin
is
an
important
factor
in
minimizing
postoperative
blood
losses
protamine
is
a
less
efficient
neutralizing
agent
than
polybrene
at
the
same
dosage
level
it
may
be
most
effective
in
divided
dosage
rebound
was
detected
in
of
cases
studied
although
in
only
one
instance
was
it
of
a
degree
likely
to
be
significant
significant
prolongation
of
the
clotting
time
resulting
from
excess
neutralizing
agent
was
not
evident
in
this
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
85
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
platelet
sequestration
in
man
i
methods
current
methods
of
labeling
platelets
with
chromium
using
ethylenediamine
tetraacetate
edta
as
an
anticoagulant
were
found
to
cause
rapid
hepatic
sequestration
of
nearly
all
the
transfused
platelets
about
returned
to
the
circulation
but
then
were
partially
destroyed
in
the
spleen
less
than
one
third
survived
evidence
is
presented
which
indicates
that
edta
is
injurious
to
platelets
when
an
acid
citrate
medium
that
buffered
plasma
at
ph
was
used
as
an
anticoagulant
to
of
the
labeled
platelets
survived
average
and
marked
temporary
sequestration
did
not
occur
studies
in
thrombocytopenic
persons
showed
that
circulating
platelet
cr
activity
measures
the
true
survival
of
such
transfused
platelets
the
survival
and
sequestration
of
platelets
were
studied
in
normal
subjects
the
survival
data
support
the
concept
that
platelets
die
chiefly
by
a
process
of
senescence
external
scintillation
scanning
of
the
various
organs
suggests
that
normally
the
majority
of
platelets
is
destroyed
in
the
liver
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
86
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acute
leukemia
associated
with
phenylbutazone
treatment
a
review
of
the
literature
and
report
of
a
further
case
the
possible
toxic
reactions
to
phenylbutazone
have
been
listed
and
a
review
of
the
literature
of
haematological
complications
has
shown
that
deaths
attributable
to
agranulocytosis
aplastic
anaemia
and
thrombocytopenia
have
been
recorded
the
association
between
leukaemia
and
phenylbutazone
first
suggested
by
bean
has
been
amplified
by
further
reports
which
have
been
reviewed
a
further
case
history
has
been
presented
of
the
patients
with
acute
leukaemia
in
which
the
association
has
been
recorded
there
were
other
possible
leukaemogenic
factors
in
three
and
in
a
further
three
the
drug
had
been
given
for
only
a
short
time
before
the
leukaemia
was
diagnosed
however
in
the
remaining
nine
the
histories
are
such
that
the
phenylbutazone
ingestion
may
have
been
associated
with
the
development
of
the
leukaemia
further
studies
which
should
include
matched
controls
are
indicated
and
will
be
required
before
a
definite
opinion
can
be
given
as
to
any
causal
relationship
between
the
drug
and
the
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
87
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
absorbed
radiation
dose
and
excretion
of
cesium
in
humans
data
relating
to
the
effective
half
life
absorbed
dose
of
radiation
and
excretion
rates
of
cesium
have
been
presented
cesium
is
an
excellent
material
for
cardiac
scanning
since
a
very
low
amount
of
radiation
is
absorbed
dash
a
dose
of
the
order
of
one
twentieth
that
received
in
diagnostic
x
ray
studies
of
the
gastrointestinal
tract
absorption
of
radiation
can
be
reduced
further
by
the
administration
of
a
thiazide
type
of
diuretic
and
probably
by
catharsis
after
the
scan
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
88
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radiocardiography
principles
and
methods
the
aa
show
the
importance
of
radiocardiography
as
a
method
to
evaluate
the
cardiac
output
the
ventricular
volumes
and
the
pulmonary
blood
volume
in
this
first
paper
they
are
particulary
concerned
with
some
technical
aspects
which
are
very
important
to
collect
data
the
position
of
the
collimator
on
the
precordium
the
injection
of
isotopes
through
a
catheter
just
behind
the
ventricle
near
the
tricuspid
valve
the
selection
of
ratemeter
constants
the
velocity
of
paper
on
the
recorder
and
the
way
to
read
the
area
of
the
curve
were
specially
discussed
finally
they
present
the
formula
used
to
calculate
cardiac
output
ventricular
volumes
and
pulmonary
blood
volumes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
89
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
reaction
of
the
adrenal
cortex
during
controlled
experimental
hypothermia
the
stress
reaction
caused
by
hypothermia
was
studied
in
rabbits
subjected
to
controlled
hypothermia
by
immersion
in
an
icebath
some
of
the
animals
were
re
warmed
to
anesthetize
the
animals
pentobarbitone
sodium
nembutal
was
given
intraperitoneally
and
in
some
cases
followed
by
ether
anesthesia
further
the
stress
reaction
produced
by
pentobarbitone
alone
was
studied
in
five
animals
and
that
of
ether
anesthesia
alone
in
three
no
anesthesia
was
given
to
the
three
rabbits
placed
in
the
refrigerator
the
variation
in
distribution
and
amount
of
adrenocortical
lipids
served
as
an
indicator
for
evaluation
of
the
stress
reaction
in
all
the
hypothermia
tests
there
occurred
changes
in
the
distribution
and
amount
of
cortical
lipids
denoting
a
stress
reaction
brought
about
by
hypothermia
in
rabbits
the
barbiturate
did
not
seem
to
inhibit
the
stress
reaction
this
may
be
attributed
partly
to
the
test
animal
as
such
and
partly
to
the
fact
that
shivering
of
some
extent
always
occurred
during
the
hypothermia
experiments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
9
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acetoacetate
formation
by
livers
from
human
fetuses
aged
weeks
slices
and
homogenates
from
livers
of
human
fetuses
aged
weeks
have
a
low
rate
of
acetoacetate
formation
which
can
be
raised
by
addition
of
acetate
or
octanoate
to
the
incubation
medium
it
was
not
possible
to
demonstrate
acetoacetate
formation
by
isolated
liver
mitochondria
from
week
old
fetuses
probably
because
mitochondria
are
injured
during
isolation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
90
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
use
of
a
cross
circulation
technique
in
studying
respiratory
responses
to
co
the
effect
of
hypercapnia
and
hypocapnia
on
ventilation
was
investigated
in
cross
circulated
dogs
in
which
the
recipient
dog's
head
and
neck
regions
were
perfused
by
blood
from
a
donor
dog
hypercapnia
of
the
donor
dog
was
produced
by
administering
co
o
n
gas
mixtures
in
the
inspired
air
hypocapnia
was
produced
by
hyperventilating
the
donor
dog
with
the
aid
of
a
respiratory
pump
when
the
donor
dog
was
hyperventilated
the
ventilation
of
the
recipient
was
maintained
at
or
just
below
its
resting
level
and
it
was
independent
of
the
arterial
pco
of
the
donor
the
donor
dog
was
apneic
when
the
artificial
hyperventilation
was
suspended
and
this
response
was
not
abolished
by
vagotomy
bilateral
vagotomy
caused
an
increase
in
ventilation
in
the
recipient
when
its
head
was
perfused
by
hypocapnic
blood
bilateral
removal
of
the
carotid
receptors
did
not
influence
the
response
to
co
qualitatively
although
there
was
some
reduction
in
the
ventilation
of
the
recipient
to
cephalic
hypercapnia
the
ventilation
of
the
recipient
dog
was
best
correlated
to
the
ph
and
pco
of
its
cerebrospinal
fluid
in
both
hypercapnic
and
hypocapnic
states
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
91
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
action
of
phytohaemagglutinin
in
vitro
on
the
lymphocytes
of
chronic
lymphoid
leukaemia
the
in
vitro
action
of
phytohaemagglutinin
has
been
the
subjects
of
a
comparative
investigation
of
the
lymphocytes
of
normal
subjects
and
of
cases
of
chronic
lymphatic
leukaemia
in
both
groups
there
is
cellular
change
shown
by
the
appearance
of
large
basophil
nucleolated
cells
showing
mitotic
activity
in
all
the
cases
of
lymphatic
leukaemia
the
percentage
of
cells
undergoing
such
change
is
lower
than
in
normal
subjects
and
the
transformation
occurs
more
slowly
the
two
phenomena
are
more
striking
the
higher
the
initial
leucocytosis
these
results
suggest
in
chronic
lymphatic
leukaemia
the
cells
affected
by
the
transformation
are
residual
normal
lymphoid
elements
leukaemic
lymphoid
cells
appear
to
be
incapable
of
this
transformation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
92
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
demonstration
of
ventricular
aneurysms
by
radioisotope
scanning
radioisotope
scanning
of
the
cardiac
blood
pool
after
the
intravenous
injection
of
i
labeled
iodipamide
was
carried
out
in
patients
with
ventricular
aneurysm
in
the
aneurysm
could
be
demonstrated
on
neither
the
anteroposterior
chest
roentgenogram
nor
the
scan
in
the
aneurysm
was
apparent
on
the
radiograph
but
the
blood
pool
did
not
enter
the
area
suggesting
a
thrombus
within
the
aneurysm
in
the
aneurysm
was
detectable
on
the
film
and
was
also
seen
to
be
filled
with
radioactivity
on
the
scan
presumably
these
findings
showed
that
a
thrombus
had
not
yet
formed
blood
pool
radioisotope
scanning
appears
to
be
another
tool
in
the
diagnosis
of
ventricular
aneurysm
useful
also
in
demonstrating
in
some
patients
the
presence
or
absence
of
an
intraluminal
clot
within
the
aneurysm
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
93
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
propagation
of
lactic
dehydrogenase
elevating
virus
in
cell
culture
primary
cultures
of
adult
mouse
lung
spleen
and
liver
and
of
mouse
embryo
support
the
multiplication
of
the
lactic
dehydrogenase
elevating
virus
such
cultures
produced
virus
continuously
until
they
had
been
subcultured
times
this
corresponded
to
weeks
in
the
case
of
lung
and
spleen
and
to
weeks
with
cultures
of
embryo
viral
multiplication
was
not
accompanied
by
cytologic
alterations
in
the
cells
or
by
changes
in
their
rate
of
synthesis
of
nucleic
acids
or
protein
infection
did
not
cause
detectable
changes
in
either
the
production
of
ldh
or
in
its
release
from
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
94
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
transformation
of
bovine
cells
in
vitro
after
inoculation
of
simian
virus
or
its
nucleic
acid
cells
of
bovine
embryonic
lung
tissue
in
culture
were
inoculated
with
simian
virus
sv
or
a
phenol
extract
of
a
high
titer
suspension
of
sv
both
the
virus
and
the
nucleic
acid
preparation
induced
proliferative
morphological
changes
characteristic
for
sv
transformation
non
infected
control
cultures
and
cultures
which
were
inoculated
with
a
preparation
of
nucleic
acid
exposed
to
dnase
and
maintained
under
the
same
conditions
as
infected
cultures
showed
a
regular
fibroblastic
growth
cell
lines
of
rapidly
growing
transformed
cells
have
been
obtained
most
attempts
to
isolate
virus
from
the
transformed
cells
were
negative
but
minute
amounts
of
virus
were
recovered
from
occasional
passages
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
95
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
rapid
transformation
of
human
fibroblast
cultures
by
simian
virus
the
risk
of
systemic
embolism
is
assessed
in
a
group
of
patients
with
chronic
rheumatic
heart
disease
followed
over
a
period
of
patient
years
the
incidence
of
embolism
was
per
patient
year
for
the
whole
group
it
was
seven
times
higher
in
atrial
fibrillation
than
in
sinus
rhythm
when
the
duration
of
atrial
fibrillation
was
known
it
was
found
that
one
third
of
the
emboli
occurred
within
one
month
and
two
thirds
within
months
after
the
onset
of
atrial
fibrillation
the
incidence
of
embolic
recurrences
was
per
patient
year
irrespective
of
the
nature
of
the
cardiac
rhythm
but
of
the
recurrences
took
place
within
months
of
the
initial
embolic
episode
mitral
valvotomy
did
not
eliminate
the
danger
of
embolism
it
is
questionable
whether
it
reduced
its
incidence
anticoagulant
treatment
reduced
the
incidence
of
embolic
recurrences
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
96
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
tissue
reaction
to
hyperbaric
oxygen
hyperbaric
oxygen
damages
tissues
exposed
in
vitro
but
their
sensitivity
varies
if
exposure
is
limited
some
tissues
may
recover
the
effect
appears
to
depend
on
oxygen
tension
rather
than
raised
pressure
per
se
the
tissue
reaction
may
be
involved
in
the
clinical
application
of
hyperbaric
oxygen
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
97
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
attitudinal
factors
in
congenital
heart
disease
this
study
considers
the
behavioral
implications
of
congenital
heart
disease
for
the
pediatric
patient
his
siblings
and
his
parents
the
effects
of
a
disease
on
the
child
on
his
siblings
and
on
his
parents
and
the
interplay
among
these
individuals
are
explored
the
impact
of
the
physician's
diagnosis
is
illustrated
by
the
induced
significant
changes
in
family
attitudes
which
are
not
necessarily
related
to
disease
severity
or
child
incapacity
poorer
adjustment
and
anxiety
in
the
cardiac
child
related
more
highly
to
maternal
anxiety
and
pampering
than
to
his
degree
of
incapacity
maternal
protectiveness
and
pampering
were
significantly
greater
in
the
cardiac
than
in
the
normal
group
and
were
highest
in
the
cyanotic
group
the
best
predictor
of
maternal
protectiveness
was
maternal
anxiety
and
it
was
found
that
the
addition
of
other
variables
such
as
incapacity
and
child
dependence
failed
to
improve
prediction
substantially
maternal
anxiety
seemed
related
to
the
presence
rather
than
to
the
severity
of
the
heart
condition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
98
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
maternal
anxiety
during
pregnancy
and
adequacy
of
mother
and
child
adjustment
eight
months
following
childbirth
fifty
pregnant
women
were
administered
a
battery
of
psychological
tests
on
the
basis
of
scores
obtained
from
the
manifest
anxiety
scale
these
pregnant
women
were
dichotomized
into
a
high
anxiety
group
and
a
low
anxiety
group
eight
months
following
childbirth
the
mothers
and
children
were
seen
for
a
psychological
assessment
it
was
found
that
the
women
in
the
high
anxious
group
evidenced
significantly
more
negative
childrearing
attitudes
that
is
the
high
anxious
mothers
obtained
significantly
higher
scores
on
the
hostility
and
control
factors
measured
by
the
pari
on
the
basis
of
the
examiner's
ratings
of
the
mother's
personality
traits
it
was
found
that
the
women
who
were
highly
anxious
during
pregnancy
received
much
less
favorable
personality
ratings
at
the
time
of
the
month
assessment
moreover
there
was
a
significant
difference
in
the
proportions
of
mothers
in
the
two
groups
who
received
a
favorable
rating
from
the
examiner
on
the
basis
of
his
observation
of
the
mother
child
interaction
during
the
session
in
studying
the
children
of
these
mothers
it
was
found
that
the
children
of
the
low
anxious
mothers
received
a
significantly
higher
developmental
quotient
on
the
infant
mental
scale
in
keeping
with
this
finding
they
also
obtained
a
higher
developmental
quotient
on
the
motor
scale
although
on
this
aspect
of
the
intellectual
assessment
the
difference
was
not
statistically
significant
also
the
children
from
the
low
anxious
mothers
tended
to
receive
a
score
indicative
of
a
more
favorable
general
emotional
tone
than
did
the
offspring
of
the
high
anxious
mothers
this
difference
between
the
two
groups
of
children
was
not
statistically
significant
in
general
the
findings
were
consistent
with
the
predictions
that
the
children
who
were
being
reared
by
women
who
had
been
highly
anxious
during
pregnancy
would
fare
less
well
on
tests
of
intellectual
development
and
indices
of
emotional
adjustment
the
findings
also
were
in
keeping
with
the
prediction
that
the
highly
anxious
women
during
pregnancy
would
evidence
less
desirable
parental
attitudes
during
their
child's
early
development
and
that
they
would
present
a
less
favorable
personality
picture
at
a
time
approximately
months
following
pregnancy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
99
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
maternal
separation
in
the
rhesus
monkey
the
present
study
involved
separation
of
eight
monkey
mother
infant
pairs
for
a
period
of
two
weeks
and
measurement
of
the
behavior
of
the
infants
before
during
and
after
reunion
with
their
mothers
and
of
the
mothers
before
and
after
reunion
all
infants
showed
emotional
disturbance
in
response
to
separation
and
drastic
decreases
in
play
and
other
complex
social
behaviors
while
separated
it
is
clear
that
infant
mother
separation
produces
emotional
disturbance
in
both
human
and
macaque
infants
and
that
the
patterns
of
responses
following
separation
are
similar
in
both
species
the
results
obtained
in
studies
of
monkey
infant
mother
separation
indicate
that
sheer
physical
separation
is
the
crucial
aspect
of
maternal
separation
for
monkeys
undoubtedly
other
factors
associated
with
separation
from
the
mother
are
vitally
important
for
human
children
and
may
account
in
part
for
the
absence
or
rarity
of
the
detachment
stage
as
seen
in
human
response
pattern
in
separated
monkey
infants
the
overall
results
show
considerable
similarity
in
the
responses
of
human
children
and
infant
monkeys
to
separation
from
the
mother
bodyend
documentend
bitti